This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal. The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
Keying and markup guidelines are available at the Text Creation Partnership web site.
ANNOTATIONS VPON THE FIVE BOOKES OF MOSES; THE BOOKE OF THE PSALMES, AND THE SONG OF SONGS, OR, CANTICLES.
VVHEREIN THE HEBREW WORDS and sentences, are compared with, and explained by the ancient Greeke and Chaldee versions, and other Records and Mo
With an Advertisement touching some objections made against the sinceritie of the Hebrew Text, and allegation of the Rabbines in these ANNOTATIONS.
As also Tables directing unto such principall things as are observed in the Annotations upon each severall Booke.
BY HENRY AINSWORTH.
LVKE 24. 44.
All things must be fulfilled which are written in the Law ofMOSES,and in the Prophets, and in the Psalmes.
LONDON, ¶ Printed for John Bellamie, and are to be sold at his shop in Cornehill, at the Signe of the three Golden Lions neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE. 1627.
ANNOTATIONS VPON THE FIRST BOOKE OF MOSES, CALLED GENESIS: VVHEREIN THE HEBREVV VVORDS and sentences, are compared with, and explained by the Greeke and Chaldee versions: but chiefly, by conferring with the holy Scriptures.
BY HENRY AINSWORTH.
DEVT. 33. 4.
Moses commanded us a Law; the inheritance of the Church of Iakob.
MALACH. 4. 4.
Remember the Law, of Moses my servant: which I commanded him in Horeb, for all Israel;withthe Statutes and Iudgements.
LONDON, ¶ Printed by Miles Flesher for John Bellamie, and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE. 1626.
He wrote the law, in five books; containing a briefe Genesis, that is, Generation. In the second, he set downe the Departure of Israel out of Egypt, with the Covenant which God plighted with them, the same yeere that they went out: which booke thereupon is named Exodus. In the third, hee describeth the sacrifices and service of God, under the Leviticall priesthood; called accordingly Leviticus. In the fourth, he reckoned the Numbers of the tribes, and, of their journeyes from Egypt to Canaan, with the order wherein God setled that Common-wealth of Israel, whiles they were travelling towards their Rest: which booke is therefore called Numbers. In the fift, he wrote a repetition of the Law, and covenant which God had giDeuteronomie. In the propounding of all these things, Moses hath
The things which Moses wrote, were not his owne: but the Old Testament, under which the New was veiled; and which many reading, even to this day have a
The literall sense of Moses Hebrew, (which is the tongue wherein he wrote the Law,) is the ground of all interpretation; and that language hath figures and propieties of speech, different from ours: those therefore in the first place are to be opened; that the naturall meaning of the scripture being knowne, the mysteries of godlinesse therein implied, may the better be discerned. This may be attained in a great meaI live: Num. 14. 21. 28, this we are to understand as an oath: for elsewhere he saith, I have sworne by my selfe, Esa. 45. 23. and to expresse this, Paul alledgeth it, I live, saith the Lord, Rom. 14. 11. Also when he saith, I am the Lord that healeth thee, Exod. 15. 26. hereby he intendeth the pardoning of our sinnes: for where other scriptures speake of healing his people, Esa. 6. 10. Mat. 13. 15. elsewhere it is interpreted, the forgiving of their sinnes, Mark. 4. 12. So, he rolled himselfe on the Lord, Psal. 22. 9. is in plainer speech, he trusted, Math. 27. 43. and Christ who should be an ensigne of the
peoples, Esa. 11. 10. is under that phrase prophesied,
Oft times we shall see in Moses and the Prophets, a defect of words, which reason teacheth are to be supplied; as Adam begat in his likenesse, Gen. 5. 3. that is, begat a sonne. The Scripture sheweth us to supply such wants: as, I the God of thy father, Exod. 3. 6 that is, I am the God, Mat. 22. 32. Samuel saith, Vzza put forth to the Arke, 2 Sam. 6. 6. another doth explaine it, Vzza put forth his hand to the Arke, 1 Chron. 13. 9. One Prophet writeth briefly, I with scorpions, 2 Chron. 10. 11. another morefully, I will chastise you with scorpions, 1 King. 12. 11. One saith no more, but in the ninth of the moneth, 2 King. 25. 3. another supplieth the want thus, In the fourth moneth, in the ninth of the moneth, Ierem. 52. 6. So, thy servant hath found to pray, 1 Chro. 17. 25. that is, hath found in his heart to pray, 2 Sam. 7. 17. and many the like. Here men may see the reason, why translators doe sometime adde words (which are to be discerned by the different letter;) for the originall tongue affecteth brevity; but we desire and need plainnesse of speech. Yea this may helpe in weighty controversies: as, Iesus tooke bread, and blessed, and brake, Matth. 26. 26. here some imagining a tranfubstantiation of the bread, blame those that translate, he brake it, as adding to the scripture: whereas such additions are necessarily understood, many a hundred time in the Bible; and the same Apostle else-where saith, Christ blessed and brake, Matth. 14. 19. when another writeth, he blessed them and brake, Luk. 9. 16. which a third Evangelist explaineth, he blessed and brake the loaves (or bread) Mark. 6. 41. againe hee saith, a man shall leave father and mother, Matth. 19. 5. when Moses plainely saith, his father and his mother, Gen. 2. 24. But such usuall defects, all of any judgement, will soone understand.
On the other hand, but more seldome, there is an abundance of words, (though not in vaine,) which in other languages, may be made fewer; and the holy Ghost approveth it. As where Moses writeth, a man a prince, Exod. 2. 14. Stephen saith onely a prince, omitting the word man, Act. 7. 27. So one Prophet saith, men shooters, 1 Sam. 31. 3. another saith but shooters, 1 Chron. 10. 3. Esay saith, a man of his counsell, Esa. 40. 13. Paul abridgeth it, his councellor. 1 Cor. 2. 16. And, one said saying on this manner, 2 Chron. 18. 19. or, one said on this manner, 1 King. 22. 20. with sundry other of like sort.
But the change of names, words, and letters; as also of number, time, person, and the like; is very freIob, Gen. 46. 13. elsewhere hee nameth him Iashub, Num. 26. 24. Ashbel, Gen. 46. 21. is by another Prophet named Iediael, 1 Chron 7. 6. Nebuchad nezer, 2 King. 25. 1. is also
Questions, are as in other languages, so in the holy tongue, used for carnest affirmations, deprecations, denials, forbiddings, wishes, and the like: as when the people said, Why should we dye? Deut. 5. 25. it was both an asseveration that they should dye, and a prayer against it. The Scripture openeth it selfe: as, why doth he speake blasphemies? Mark. 7. 2. which another Evangelist writeth, this man blasphemeth, Math. 9. 3. And, art thou come to torment us? Mat. 8. 29. wherein was implied, I pray thee torment me not, Luk. 8. 28. So, are they not written? 2 King. 20. 20. is affirmed, behold they are written, 2 Chro. 32. 32. and that which the Prophet averreth, All these my hand hath made, Esa. 66. 1. is turned into a question; hath not my hand made all these? Act. 7. 49. Againe, when God said to David; shalt thou build me an house? 2 Sam. 7. 5. he meant, thou shalt not build, 1 Chron. 17. 4. when Christ saith, how shall Satans kingdome stand? Mat. 12. 26. he meaneth, it cannot stand, Mark. 3. 26. and thinke ye that I am come to give peace? Luk. 12. 51. is as if hee had said, thinke it not, Matth. 10. 34.
I will passe on to a few moheare thou the word, 1 King. 22. 19. or, heare ye the word, 2 Chron. 18. 18. And they killed, 2 King. 25. 6. or, the king of Babel killed; Ier. 52. 10. David offered, 2 Sam. 6. 17. or, they offered, 1 Chron. 16. 1. They made peace with David, and served him; 1 Chron. 19 19. or, they made peace with Israel, and served them, 2 Sam. 10. 19. So, Peter said unto Christ, Mat. 15. 15. whereas another Evangelist saith, his disciples asked him; Mar. 7. 17. And, couldest not thou (Peter) watch? Mar. 14. 37. or, could not ye (my disciples) watch? Mat. 26. 40. By this, we may gather the reason, why Christ at other times spake to Peter singularly, that which was intended also to the rest, in Matth. 16. 17. 19. compared with Ioh. 20. 22. 23. which some not observing, would restraine the keyes of the kingdome unto Peter onely.
they shall be one flesh, Gen. 2. 24. he meaneth, they two (not moc) shall be one flesh, Mat. 19. 5. and saying of God, him thou shall serve, Deut. 6. 13. he intendeth him onely, Mat. 4. 10. It was not lawfull to eat the Shew bread, but for the Priests, Mar. 2. 26. that is, but for the Priests onely, Mat. 12. 4. and, the fig tree had nothing but leaues, Mark. 11. 13. that is, nothing but leaves onely, Mat. 21. 19. Accordingly Paul saith, a man is not justifibut by the faith of Iesus Christ, Gal. 2. 16. whereby is meant, by faith onely.
In expounding the Oracles of God, we are taught to take absolute and indefinite speeches in the larSee, and make thou them, according to their patterne, Exod. 25. 40. the meaning is, See thou make all things, according to the patterne, Heb. 8. 5. And in saying,
But sometime generall words are used, which scripture and reason teacheth to restraine: as, all Israel went up with David to Baalah, 1 Chron. 13. 6. meaning, all the people that were with him, as another Proall that were sicke, Mat. 8. 16. that is, all the sicke that were brought unto him; or, as another Evangelist saith, Many that were sicke: Mark. 1 34. Thus all, is used for very many, Mat. 21. 26. Luk. 21. 17. Phil. 2. 21. Gen. 41. 57. none, for very few, Ier. 8. 6. 1 Cor. 2. 8. nothing, for very little, Ioh. 18. 20. Act. 27. 33. Or, with other speciall restraint; as, of his fulnesse, have wee all received, Ioh. 1. 16. that is, all we which beleeve, and the like.
It is not the least help in opening the scriptures, to observe words & speeches that differ in sound, but accord in sense; & set down the same thing in sundry termes, one of wch do often give light unto another. As, the word of the Lord came, 2 Sam. 24. 11. or, the Lord spake, 1 Chro. 21. 9. There fell, 1 Chro. 21. 14. or, there died, 2 Sam. 24. 15. To sit on his throne, 1 King. 3. 6. or, to reigne in his stead, 2 Chro. 1. 8. They fast not, Mat. 9. 14. or, they eat and drinke, Luk. 5. 33. The time of tentation, Luk. 8. 13. or, of affliction and persecution, Mark. 4. 17. To enter into life, Mat. 18. 9. or, into Gods kingdome, Mar. 9. 47. To take away the key of knowledge, Luk. 11. 52. or, to shut up the kingdome of heaven, Matth. 23. 13. Thus they that are in one place called Hypocrites, Matth. 24. 51. are in another called
It is needfull for us to understand, that as the scriptures are God spake unto Moses, Mark. 12. 26. another saith, it was spoken unto you by God, Matth. 22. 31. Againe,
For these causes, I have chiefly laboured in these annotations upon Moses, to explaine his words and speeches, by conference with himselfe, and the other Prophets and Appostles, all which are commenters upon his lawes, and do open unto us the mysteries which were covered under his veile: for by a true and sound literall explication, the spirituall meaning may the better be discerned. And the exquisite scanning of words and phrases, which to some may seeme needlesse, will be found, (as painfull to the writer) profijote and tittle, Matth. 5. 18. that we should not thinke any word or sentence to be used in vaine. On the contrary, the mistaking of phrases, oft times occasioneth errour: as from Iakobs speech, in Genesis 48. 16. let my name be called on them, and the name of my fathers Abraham and Isaak: some would gather the doctrine of prayer unto the dead, or saints departed: whereas the phrase there, meaneth not prayer at all, but to be named of them, as their children, as by other scriptures compared, may be seene: Dan. 9. 19. Esay 4. 1.
Next this main helpe of the scriptures themselves. I compare the Greek & Chaldee versions, the first of them being in the world before Christs comming in the flesh; the other, soon after: both of great authorian ensigne of the peoples: this the Greeke version explaineth, to rule over the nations, and so doth Paul alledge it, in Rom. 15. 12. In Prov. 3. 34. God scorneth the scorners, the Greek translateth, he resisteth the proud, and Iames followeth their very words, Iam. 4. 6. In Prov. 11. 31. the righteous is
Concerning the Chaldee paraphrast, and other Heberew doctors of the ancienter sort, and some later of best esteeme for learning, as Maimony, or Rabbi Moses ben Maimon, (who abridged the Talmuds,) & others; I alledge their expositions for two causes: the one one, to give light to the ordinances of Moses touching the externall practice of them in the common wealth of Israel, which the Rabbines did record, and without whose helpe, many of those legall rites (especially in Exodus and Leviticus) will not easily be understood. By their records also, many particulars about the Passeover which Christ kept, Matt. 26. the Phylacteries which the Pharisees wore, Mat. 23. & other things mentioned in the Evangelists, will much be cleared: whereof see the annotations on Exod. 12. and Exod. 13. 19. As for the theologicall exposition, therein the later Rabbines are for the most part blinde; but we are enlighted by the Apostles of Christ, whose writings, (specially Pauls) doe unfold the mysteries of the law. Another reason why I cite the Rabbines, is to shew how in many words, phrases, and points of doctrine, they approve the new TestaThe day of judgement, or Iudgement of the great day, Iude vers. 6. was used of the godly Iewes, against the opinion of the Sadduces, as Iom dinarabba, in the Chaldee on Psal. 50. 3. and many other places. So Paradise for
The Christian Fathers and Doctors, because they are usually cited by other expositors abundantly; I thought needlesse to repeat: and the rather for brevitie, which is requisite in annotations.
The testimonie of heathen writers, I alledge more spiringly also; as of whom wee have least need. Yet Paul had occasion
Finally, in all this labour, I desire the furtherance and stirring up of people in the study and understanMinchah or Meat-offring, (as we English it,) in the law, is turned into Greeke, Thusia, Sacrifice, Acts 7. 42. from Amos 5. and Prosphora, Oblation. Heb. 10. 5. from Psal. 40. The Hebrew word Pinnah, Esa. 40. 3. is Euthuno, to Make-straight, Ioh. 1. 23. Hetoimazo, to Prepare, Matth. 3. 3. and Kataskevaso, to Make ready, Matth. 11. 10. That one phrase of Moses in Deut. 25. 5. (uben aeinlo) and hee have no sonne; is by three Evangelists translated three wayes, all good; having no children, Matth. 22. 24. and leave no children, Mark. 12. 19. and he dye childlesse, Luk. 20. 28. Yea one Hebrew word Sorer, in Esa. 65. 2. is expressed of Paul by two Greeke words together, Apeithounta, and Antilegont
that is,
But forasmuch as my portion is small, in the knowledge of holy things; let the godly reader try what I set downe, and not accept it, because I say it: and let the learned be provoked unto more large & fruit
THe first Booke of Moses, sheweth the Generation of the World; the Corruption thereof by Sinne; the restauration promised in Christ; the Governement of the old World, 1656. yeeres, till it perished by the Flood: and of the World that now is, (especially of Gods Church therein) 713. yeeres moe, till the death of Ioseph.
The number of the Sections (or Lectures) in Genesis, are twelve: the Chapters, fiftie: the verses, 1534. The midst is at Gen. 27. 40.
Search the Scriptures: Iohn 5. 39.
To the Law, and to the Testimonie: Esay 8. 20.
Whatsoever things were written aforetime, were written for our learning: that we through patience, and comfort of the Scriptures, might have hope.Rom. 15. 4.
1 The Heavens and the Earth are created, and the Light; in the first day. 6. In the second, the firmament is spred, and the waters divided. 9. In the third, the earth is made dry land, and fruitfull: the waters are gathered to be seas. 14. The Sunne, Moone and Stars, are created for Lights, the fourth day, 20. Fish and Fowles are brought forth, and blessed in the fifth. 24. In the sixth, Beasts are made out of the Earth. 26. Man is created in the image of God, 28. he is blessed, and hath dominion of the world. 29 Food is appointed for Man and beast. 31. Gods workes are all good.
was upon the face of the deepe: and the Spirit of God, moved upon the face of the waters. And God sayd, Let there bee it was good: and God sepa
And God said; Let there be an Out-spred were under the outspred-firmament, and the waters which were above the outspred-fir
And God sayd; Let the waters under the land appeare: and it was so. And God called the dry land, Earth: it was good. And God said; Let the earth bud-forth the is in it selfe, upon the earth: and it was so. And the earth brought-forth was in it selfe, after his kinde: and God saw, that it was good. And the evening was,
And God sayd; Let there be lights in the it was good. And the evening was, and the
And GOD sayd; Let the waters bring that may flye above the earth, on the face of the outspred-firmait was good. And God blessed them, say
And God said, Let the earth bring forth it was good. And God sayd, Let us is upon the face of all the earth, and every tree, in the which is the fruit of a tree seeding seed: to you it shall be, for meat. And to every beast of the hath in it a living soule: every green herb, for meat: and it was so. And God thing that hee had made, and beit was very good: and the evening was, and the morning was, the sixt day.
BOoke of Moses.] so it is intituled, in Mark. 12. 26. called elsewhere the booke of the law of Moses, 2. King 14. 6. Luke 2. 22. being indeed
Vers. 1. In the beginning,] namely, of the Creature
which God created; as our Saviour expoundeth it, Mark. 13. 19. the whole frame whereof, is called the World, Mat. 24. 21. Beginning therefore is here extraordinary and supernaturall, of the Creature or Creation; and so, of time. The Chaldee paraphrase called Ierusalemy, translateth it, In wisedome: so sunthe wisedome of God whereby the world was created, as it is written, The Lord by wisdome founded the earth, Prov. 3. 19. and, in wisdome hast thou made them all, Psal. 104. 24. R. Menachem on Gen. 1. Many Christian writers also, apply it unto Christ, the wisdome of God, by whom he made the world, 1. Cor. 1. 24. Heb. 1. 2. Prov. 8. 27. 30. God,] in Hebrew Aelohim, which signifieth the Almighties, or Almightie-powers: his name is most used in this forme plurall, but ioyned with a word singular,
Vers. 2. empty,] Hebr. emptinesse: a thing empty; without inhabitants, and void without ornaments, Hee created it not to be emptie, he formed it to be inhabited, Esay 45. 18. and when extreme emptinesse and desolation of a place is meant, it is expressed by (Tehu and Bohu) the words here used, Esay 34. 11. Ier. 4. 23. or by one of them, as Psal. 107. 40. Deut. 32. 10. Darknesse was:] It is not said God created darknesse, for it was but the want or privation of light, and so meer nothing. This darknesse is mystically applyed to mans corrupt state, destitute of heavenly light. Eph. 5. 8. and 4. 18. Sometime it signifieth affliction, and then God is said to create it, Esay 45. 7. The word was, and such like, are in the original tongues often vnderstood, but not expressed; though in translations we usually set them downe, for plainetrue the word, for which in 1. King. 10. 6. is written, true was the word. So in 2. Sam. 23. 18. he chiefe among the three; for which in 1. Chron. 11. 20. is said, he was chi
And the Greeke translation adding such words, the holy Ghost alloweth it, as in Psal. 2. 7.
Vers. 3. God said:] This sheweth how God word; saying, and it was; commanding, and it was created, Psal. 33. 6. 9. and 148. 5. light,] the first ornament of the world, wherewith the Lord decked it as with a garment, Psal. 104. 2. This glorious worke, Paul applieth to our regeneration, thus, God who said that out of darknesse light should shine, he hath shined in our hearts, &c. 2. Cor. 4. 6. that wee which were once darknesse, are now light in the Lord, Ephes. 5. 8. yea, God himselfe, and Christ, is called Light: for the brightnesse of his glory, and graces given unto us, 1. Ioh. 1. 5. 7. Ioh. 1. 4, 5. Psal. 27. 1. and 118. 27. And as God made light in the first day; so Christ
where is the way where light dwelleth? &c. how much lesse of the Creator, who dwelleth in the light that no man can approach unto, 1. Tim. 6. 16.
Vers. 4. it was good] that is, agreeable to the will there is none good but God, Mark. 10. 18. who is good of himselfe, withevery creature so far as in the being thereof it agreeth with the will of the Creator, is also good by participation of Gods goodnesse, Gen. 1. 31. 1. Tim. 4. 4. And the Hebrew word is largely exgood, Mark. 9. 42. another calleth profitable, Luke 17. 2. and goodnesse of heart is opposed to sorrow, Esay 65. 14. And of light in speciall, Solomon saith it is sweet, Eccles. 11. 7. and light is used for comfort and joy: Ester 8. 16. Psal. 97. 11. and 112. 4. separated betweene.] that is, divided the light from the darknesse, that alseparated betweene the light and betweene the darknesse. So after usually.
V. 5. Light, Day:] Hereupon, one of these words is put for another, the day shall declare it, 1 Cor. 3. 13. light, Eph. 5. 13. So the Apostle applying this to our spiritual estate, calleth us both children of the light, & of the day, not of the night, nor of darknesse. 1. Thes. 5. 5. The names which God gaue in HeIom, we english Day, and Lajlah, wee call Night: yea the reason of these names is not alwayes vnderstood; so great punishment doe we sustaine by that confusion of tongues, Gen. 11. Howbeit, by affinity with other words, it seemeth the Day was named Iom, of the tumult, stir, and businesse in it: and the Night, Lajlah, of the yelthe evening was and the morning:] The evening, which is the beNight, and the morning, which is the beginning of the Day, are here used for the whole time of the light and darknesse in one succeeding course; which is with us, the space of 24 houres, which also in a more large sense, is here called a Day; as the time while light shineth, is the Day strictly taken, in which sense Christ saith, there are twelve houres in the day; Iohn 1.
that is, an
Vers. 6. Outspred firmament,] This name is of Rakiagh, which signifieth a thing spred abroad, and of the Greeke stereoma, which signifia firmament, or fast thing: for the heavens are stretched out as a curtaine, and spred out as a tent to dwell in, Psal. 104. 2. Esa. 40. 22. the skies are also firme and fast, & as a molten looking-glasse, Iob 37. 18 Prov. 8. 28. These, tell Gods glory, and shew his handy worke, Psal. 19. 2. for, in the heavens hee buildeth his stories (or sphaeres,) Amos 9. 6. and planchereth his lofts in the waters, Psal. 104. 3.
V. 7. and the waters,] Hebr. and betweene the
waters. which were above] to weet, in the ayre, above the lowest region whereof, the waters are. So elsewhere they are sayd to be above the heavens, Psal. 148. 4. meaning those
V. 8. Heavens] in Hebrew, Shamajim: so Sham, There, and Majim, waters, which are remoued, or heaved up from us. And so the whole, hath the name of a part thereof. The word Heavens, is put for the aire, wherein windes, cloudes, and fowles doe flye: Dan. 7. 2. 13. Psal. 8. 9. and for the upper firmament, where the Sunne, Moone, and Starres are set, Gen. 1. 16. 17. and for the high places, where Angels dwell. Mat. 22. 30. Hereupon Paul mentioneth the third heaven. 2 Cor. 12. 2. And
V. 9. be gathered,] or flow together, as with into one place:] which is, the Ocean, or mayne sea, from which many armes of seas are derived. Or, each to his severall place. Hereby all the face of the earth is no longer coveabove the mountaines, Psal. 104. 6. So now, all rivers goe into the Sea, their common reit was so.] At Gods rebuke, the waters fled, at the voyce of his thunder, they hasted away, to the place which he had founded for them, Psal. 104. 7. 8. And hee put the deepes into treasuries, Psal. 33. 7. (as appeareth by the waters springs, that come out of the bowels of the earth, Iob 28. 4. 10.) and he shut up the sea with doores, and set barres, and sayd, hitherto shalt thou come, but no further: Iob 38. 8. 10. 11. and so the earth is founded upon the seas, and stablished upon the rivers, Psalm. 24. 2. the waters which were above, are put be
V. 10. Earth:] so named of the Hebrew, Aerets: which implieth a thing trod and run upland: as the land (or earth) of Canaan, Gen. 12. 5. The earth is the midst or centre of the world, and round in forme, as a globe or cir
V. 11. yeelding:] Hebr. making: that is, beaafter his kinde:] so that men doe not gather figges of thornes, nor grapes of the bramble, Luke 6. 44. This also noteth the great varietie of hearbs, weeds, trees of sundry sorts, and different qualities. The like, is after, conwhose seed is,] or, which hath it seed in it selfe: whereby it is continued, and yearely renewed. For by seed sowne, the hearbs and trees spring up againe, 1. Cor. 15. 37. 38. And from this worke of God in nature, the Apothe seede of God remaineth in us, 1 Ioh. 3. 9. and from the springing up of seed, after it is dead in the earth, a si
V. 14. Lights,] or Lighters, that is, lightsome for signes,] to signifie things, both naturall and ordinary; and extraordiseasons,] or, set times; as summer, winter, spring, and autumne; Gen. 8. 22. which come by the course of the Sun: the Moone also, is for appoynted times, Psal. 104. 19. so bee the Stars and constellations, Iob 38. 31. 32. In Israel also the set times of Gods seruice were by them, as new moones, and festivities, Numb. 28. Of the stars Iob saith, God maketh Arcturus, (which riseth in September, and beginneth Autumne;) and Orion, (which ariseth in December, and beginneth WinPleiades, (which arise in the Spring;) and the chambers of the South (that is, the southerne stars, which are for the most part hidden from us as in chambers, but some arise to us in Summer; as the dog-star, and the like) Iob 9. 9. dayes,] both large dayes, of 24. houres, from sun setting to sun setting; and strict, of 12. houres, from sunne rising to sunne setting, as is observed before on verse 5. a speciall use wherof, is shewed in Psal. 104. 19.—23. and yeares:] that is, and for yeares, as the Greeke translateth it. A proprietie of speech, when a word oft before expressed, is in the last branch oyeare, hath the name in HeChanging, or iteration, which is by the reyeares, he may comprehend not onely the period or circuit of the sunne, (which is in 365. dayes, and 6. houres) but of the other planets also. The Hebrew Doctors say; The moneths of the yeare, they are the moneths of the moone; and the yeares that we count, they are the yeares of the Sunne. The dayes of the yeare of the moone, are 354. The yeare of the Sun, hath 365. dayes and a quarter, which is sixe houres. Maimony in Misn. in Kiddush hachodesh, ch. 1. S. 1. &c. 8. S. 3. &c. 9. S. 1.
V. 16. the greater,] or, the great light, meaning the
Sun, Ps. 136. 8. which is called in Hebrew, somtime Chammah, the warme-sun, Esai. 30. 26. because none is hid from his heat, Psal. 19. 7. sometime Cheres, the
Verse 17. set.] Hebr. gave them; which word is often used, for setting or putting: as, I have given
V. 18. over the day:] or, as the Greeke translato rule the day: for, by their successive courses, the light is dispensed of God, unto the world, by day and by night: Ier. 31. 35.
Vers. 20. the moving thing:] or, as the Greeke creeping things. But the Hebrew, Sherets, is more large then that which wee call the creeping thing, for it conteyneth, things moving swiftly in the waters, as swimming fishes, &c. Lev. 11. 10. and on the earth, as running weasels, mise, &c. Lev. 11. 29. and fowles also flying in the ayre, Levit. 11. 29. Moving things in the waters there are
V. 21. Whales,] or Dragons: the Hebrew Tannin,
V. 22. Blessed:] that is, gave power to conblessing, is often apblessing also: see Gen. 14. 19. 20.
V. 24. cattell.] in Greeke it is translated, fourefooted
Vers. 26. Let us:] This is meant of the three in heaven
Vers. 27. Created:] By reason of the excellenCreature is appropriated unto him, as often in the Hebrew Doctors wrievery creature, that is, every man: Mar. 16. 15. Coloss. 1. 23. So, all living; for all men, Gen. 3. 20. because the most excellent life is in man. male:] or, a male and a female, meaning one and not moe females for a male. This beginning of mans creation, Christ ala loase of bread and a flagon of wine, 1 Chron. 16. 3. which another Prophet writeth thus, one cake of bread, and one flagon of wine, 2 Sam. 6. 19. So the Law,
Vers. 28. subdue it:] or keepe it in subjection: the exercise dominion over it. Subduing, meaneth such a prevailing and possessing, as a master hath over servants, Ier. 34. 11. 16. 2 Chr. 28. 10. Neh. 5. 5. For this state of man, made a little lower then the Angels, but crowned with glory and honor, and set over the works of Gods hands, David laudeth the Lord, in Psal. 8.
Vers. 31. everything;] or, as the Greeke transall things, very good:] or, vehemently good; and so pleasing and profitable: see be
The seventh day is sanctified for a Sabbath. 4, The manner of the Creation. 8, The planting of the Garden of Eden, 10, and the River thereof, 17, The tree of
knowledge onely forbidden. 19, Adam nameth the creatures. 21, The making of Woman, and institution of mariage.
ANd the heavens and the earth were
These are the generations of the heavens that Iehovah God made the earth and the heavens. And every plant of the field, before it was in the earth; and every there was not a man, to till the ground. And a myst went-up from the is it
is gold. And the gold of that is good: there is Bdelium, and the Beis it that compasseth, is it that goeth, to the east of Assyria: and the fourth river, is Euphrates. And Iehovah God, tooke the man: and put him in the garden of It is not them unwas the name thereof. And Ais bone of my bones, and flesh of my flesh: she shall bee called Woman, be
FInished:] or, al-done, perfected. host:] or, army;
Vers. 2. seventh day:] The Hebrew shebang,
sieben, and Engseven, are derived,) hath the signification of fulnesse; and is a perfect and complete number, afseven, is used for many or a full number, Gen. 33. 3. Lev. 4. 6. 1 Sam. 2. 5. Ier. 15. 9. Prov. 26. 25. And many mysteries are throughout the Scripture, set forth by the number of seven, as in the feasts and sacrifices of Israel, Deut. 16. 3. 8. 9. 15. Num. 28. 19. and 29. 12. 32. especially in the booke of the Revelation. See also Gen. 21. 31. The
the sixt day, for the seventh, left the heathens should thinke, (mistaking the phrase,) that God wrought upon the Sabbath. rested:] or, sabbathised, that is, kept sabbath: for of this Hebrew shebath, it is called the Sabbath (or Rest) day. God rested (or ceased) from making moe creatures, Exod. 20. 11. Heb. 4. 3. though as touching the preserving, ordering, governing of the world, the Father worketh hitherto, and Christ worketh, Ioh. 5. 17. Gods Sabbath, was also his rejoycing in his workes, Psal. 104. 31. and this the Chaldee paraphrast observed here; saying, and God delighted the seventh day in his worke which hee had made, and rested. This resting, is spoken of God, after the manner of men; and implieth not any wearinesse in him; for the Creator of the ends of the earth, fainteth not, neither is weary, Esa. 40. 28. worke:] generally put for workes; as the Apo
Vers. 3. And God blessed:] in Exod. 20. 11. it is sayd, Therefore God blessed, that is, because he him-selfe hee that is entred into his rest, hee also hath ceased from his owne workes, as God did from his; Heb. 4. 10. and he blessed the seventh day by giving it this singular priviledge, to bee a day of rest and holinesse, of delight and of feasting vnto the world; Exod. 20. 10. 11. Nehem. 9. 14. Esai. 58. 13. Levit. 23. 2. 3. Wherefore this day is not deevening and morning, as were the other sixe, which consisted of light and darknesse: but this is all day (or light;) figuring out our perpetuall joyes; Esa. 60. 20. Zach. 14. 6. 7. Revel. 21. 25. And so the Hebrew Doctors understand it of the world to come: for in Breshith rabbah they say; The blessing of the Lord it maketh rich, (Prov. 10. 22.) this is the Sabbath day, as it is written, And God blessed the seventh day, (Gen. 2. 3.) he calleth the Sabbath, the Blessing of the Lord, because it is receiued from the Blessing that is on high: therefore hee sayth, it maketh rich, because it is the abundant wealth of the world, &c, And if we expound the seventh day, of the seventh thousand of yeares, which is the world to come, the exposition is, and he blessed, because in the seventh thousand, all soules shall be bound in the bundell of life; for there shall be there, the augmentation of the Holy Ghost, wherein we shall delight our selves: and so our Rabbines of blessed memory, have sayd in their Commentarie; God blessed the seventh day, the holy God blessed the world to come, which beginneth in the seventh thousand (of yeares.) Compare the last note on Gen. 1. 31.
V. 4. the generations:] the Greeke turneth it, the booke (or storie) of the generation, that is, of the procreation or making of the world, and of the acbegetting and gendering of the dew and frost, Iob 38. 28. 29. of the bearing and bringing forth of the earth, Psal. 90. 2. and of that which a day may bring forth, Prov. 27. 1. the day:] that is, the time: so day is used for the time wherein any thing is done; as the day of salvation, 2 Cor. 6. 2. this thy day, Luk. 19. 42. and sundry the like. Iehovah:] This is Gods proper name, Exod. 15. 3. the force whereof is opened in Rev. 1. 4. 8. & 11. 17. & 16. 5. by He that is, that was, and that will be, (or, is to come.) It commeth of Havah, he was: and by the first letter I, it signifieth, he will be, and by the second Ho, it signifieth hee is. This the Hebrew Doctors acknowledge, for R. Bechai, (on Exodus, fol. 65) saith, that these three times, past, present, and to come, are comprehended in this proper name [Iehovah,] as is knowne unto all. It implieth also, that God hath his being or existence, of him-selfe, before the world was, Esa. 44. 6. that he gibeing unto all things: for in him, they both are and consist, Act. 17. 25. that he giueth being to his word, effecting whatsoever he speaketh, Exod. 6. 3. Esa. 45. 2. 3. Ezek. 5. 17. And thus it differeth from Adonai Lord, which is Gods name, of his sustentation and
Verse 5. plant:] or tree, as the Chaldee intergreene thing. before it was] or, which was not yet: neyther should have beene, had not God made them by his word: who still caucaused it to rayne:] which rayne, is the ordinary meanes to make the earth fruitfull: Iob 38. 26. 27. Heb. 6. 7. And this is spoken of God, because none but hee, can give rayne, Ier. 14. 22.
Verse 6. And a mist:] or, vapour: the Chaldee calleth it a cloud: the Greeke, a fountaine. As be
V. 7. formed man] or, the earthly man, Adam. Hereupon it is sayd: we are the clay, and thou (Lord) our former, (or potter:) Esa. 64. 8. dust:] or, mould: that is, of the dust, as Eccles. 3. 20. but the speech is forcible, noting mans base originall, whereof he was after put in minde, Gen. 3. 19. and we all, Eccles. 12. 7. Hereupon Paul sayth, the first man was of the earth, dustie, 1 Cor. 15. 47. and wee are sayd to dwell in houses of clay, and to have our foundation in the dust, Iob 4. 19. inspired:] or, blew. This sheweth mans spirit not to be of the earth as his bodie; but of nothing, by the insufflaThe forme of the soule (of man) is not compounded of the elements, &c. but is of the Lord from heaven. Therefore when the materiall body, which is compounded of the elements, is separated, and the breath perisheth because it is not found but with the body, and is needfull for the body in all the actions thereof; this (essentiall) forme is not destroyed, &c. but continueth for ever, even for ever and ever. This is that which Solomon by his wisedome sayd, (in Eccles. 12. 7.) and dust shall returne unto the earth as it was, and the spirit shall returne unto God, who gave it. Maibreath of life:] or, spirit of lives: whereby is intimabreath here is in Hebrew, Neshamah, which hath affinitie with Shamajim heavens: usually it signifieth eyther the breath of God or of men, not of other things: and so it is put for mans minde, or reasonable soule: and the Latine word Mens, minde, is of the same consoMinde is the Lords candle, searching all the toward roomes of the belly, Prov. 20. 27. The Helives, is by the holy Ghost translated in Greeke, life, Act. 2. 28. from Psal. 16. 11. and it is so and men:] or Adam: which Paul openeth thus, the first man Adam: 1 Cor. 15. 45 was,] or, was to, that is, become a living soule. The word to, as it is often expressed, so is it sometime omitted in the Hebrew textto (or for) a lying spirit: which in 1 King. 22. 22. is written, I will be a lying spirit: unto this living soule, Paul opposeth the second Adam, Christ, who is a livemaking spirit, 1 Cor. 15. 45. where he compareth living or quicke, with livemaking, or quickning; & soule, with spirit: as also the souly (or naturall) body, with the spirituall, verse 44. 46. So by living soule, here is meant, the naturall estate of life in this world, where men doe eat and drinke, procreate children, &c. which in the world to come, shall be otherwise, when this animalitie, or souly state, shall be changed into spiritualtie. As for the terme of this our souly, or naturall life, it dubreath is in us, and the spirit of God in our nostrills, Iob 27. 3. for the breath of the Almighty, giveth us life, Iob 33. 4. And here, for a
V. 8. a garden:] called hereupon, the garden of
Iehovah, Gen. 13. 10. the Greeke translateth it a paradise, which name is borrowed from the Hebrew,
Vers. 9. desireable:] that is, goodly, pleasant, tree of life:] which was continuthe tree of life, which bare twelve manner of fruits, and yeelded her fruit every moneth, and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations, Rev. 22. 2. This was unto Adam a symbolicall tree, a signe not onely of a blessed naturall life in Paradise for a time, but of a spirituall life after in Heaven for ethe bread of life, is that which giveth life etertree of life signified the like, as God himselfe after sheweth, Gen. 3. 22. Compare also Prov. 13. 12. midst of the garden:] the Greeke sayth, of the paradise: which the Holy Ghost
to him that overcommeth, I will give to eate of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the Paradise of God. The word
Vers. 10. to water] From this river, and the use of the pure river of the water of life, Rev. 22. 1. the river of God full of waters, Psal. 65. 10.
Vers. 11. Pison:] or, as in the Greeke, Phison: it is so called of the multitude or increase of waters. compasseth:] This word is sometime used for turperieleusetai, passe by: and so it may be taked here. Havilah:] in Greeke, Evilat. This was the name of two men, one the sonne of Cush, the sonne of Cham, the sonne of Noe, Gen. 10. 7. the country where hee dwelt, was called by his name, and that is it here mentioned, and after in Gen. 25. 18. 1 Sam. 15. 7. Another Havilah was the sonne of Ioktan, the sonne of Heber, of the race of Sem, sonne of Noe, Gen. 1029. His countrie be
Vers. 12. good:] that is, fine, precious: so in 2 Chr. Bdelium:] the name of a tree, and of a sweet gumme that runneth from it. The Hebrew name is Bedólach: and some thinke it to bee a kind of Pearle: the Manna was like unto it, and the coBeryll:] a precious stone, called in Hebrew Shoham: which the Greeke in Exod. 28. 20. translateth a Beryll; the Chaldee calleth it Burla, and the Arabik al Belor. On two of these stones, the names of the twelve Tribes were graven, and borne on the high Priests shoulders, Exod. 28. 9. 10. see the notes there.
Vers. 13. Gihon:] in Greeke, Geon: a river about Gihon in Canaan, neere Ierusalem, whereof see 2 Chron. 32. 30. Cush:] the sonne of Cham, the sonne of Noe, Gen. 10. 6. whose posterity in these parts of the world are called Aethiopians: and so the Greeke here translateth Ethiopia.
Vers. 14. Hiddekel:] The signification of this sharpnesse and lightnesse: for it was a swift running river. The Greeke translateth it Tigris, the Tigre, which is the name of a beast very light of foot, as Pliny sheweth, in b. 8. chap. 18. Tigris also in the Medes and Persian tongue, signifieth an arrow, saith Pliny, b. 6. ch. 27. and Q. Curtius b. 4. speaking of this violent River. By it, Daniel saw visions of God, Dan. 10. 4. The Chaldee calleth it
Vers. 15. garden:] in Greeke, paradise. to till:]
dresse: the Greeke saith, to labour it. The HePirke R. Eliezer chap. 12. And that the morall law, and work ther
Vers. 16. commanded:] Besides the law of nature, eating thou maist eat:] that is, maist (or shalt) freely eat: thus God first sheweth his love and liberality, before he makes any restraint. The doubling of words is ofsmiting thou hast smitten; for which in 2 Chron. 25. 19. is written, thou saist, loe I have smitten. So, Building I have builded, 1 King. 8. 13. or, as in 2 Chron. 6. 2. and I, I have builded. Sometime the doubling of the word is omitted; as, hath any delivering delivered? 2 King. 18. 33. which another Prophet writeth thus, hath any delivered? Esay 36. 18. In translating also, God useth sometimes the phrase which we follow here; as in Heb. 6. 14.
Vers. 17. But of:] Heb. And of: and ▪
is often used
Vers. 18. himselfe alone:] or, alone, as the Greeke translateth it: so 1 King. 19. 10. I am left my selfe alone:
V. 19. them unto Adam:] or, unto the man: but the Adam, & addeth the word them, for to make the sense plain. So the holy Ghost sometime doth, in repeating matters; as, he blessed and brake, Mat. 14. 19. that is, and brake them, Luke 9. 16. Shew to the Priest, Mar. 1. 44. that is, shew thy selfe, Mat. 8. 4. See also Gen. 31. 42. would call them:] or, call it, that is, every of them. This sheweth Gods bounty, in giving man dominion over all earthly creatures, Psal. 8. for the giving of names, is a signe of soveraignty, Numb. 32. 38. 41. Gen. 35. 18. and 26. 18. It manifesteth also Adams wisedome, in naming things presently according to their natures; as the Hebrew names by which he called them, doe declare.
Vers. 20. he found not,] that is, the man found there was not found an helper like unto him. So in Gen. 15. 6. he imputed it, is translated, it was imputed, Rom. 4. 3. See also Gen 6. 20. and 16. 14.
Vers. 21. a dead fleepe:] This the Greeke calleth an extasie, or trance; which the Scriptures shew to have falne also on men, when they did see visions of God, as Gen. 15. 12. Act. 10. 10. In such deepe-sleepe, the senses are all bound up, as 1 Sam. 26. 12.
V. 22. builded:] To build the rib to a woman, is houses, Iob 4. 19. 2 Cor. 5. 1. And albuilding, is meant making; (as the Lord will build thee an house, 1 Chron. 17. 10. is the same that he will make thee an house, 2 Sam. 7. 11.) yet by the many words used in the generation of man-kind, as creating, Gen. 1. 27. making, Gen. 1. 26. forming, and
Vers. 23. This now:] or, this time: this once.
flesh, &c.] Hereby Adam shewed, both his thankto love their wives as their owne bodies, for no man ever hated his owne flesh, Ephes. 5. 28. 29. The like speeches are used of persons neere a kin, that they are their bone and their flesh, Gen. 29. 14. Judg. 9. 2. So the Amembers of his body, of his flesh, and of his bones, Ephes. 5. 30. woman:] or, Mannesse, of Man: as in Hebrew shee is
Ishah, of Ish: which word Ish, hath the signistrength and valour: so that the Scripshew your selves men, for, be yee strong, or couragious, Esay 46. 8. 1 Cor. 16. 13. And it hath affinity with Esh, which in Hebrew is fire: for heat in man, causeth strength and courage. Therefore as Adam is used for base men, borne of adamah, the earth: so Ish is used for noblemen, Psal. 49. 3. Also Ish, is used both for man and husband: and Ishah, both for woman, and wife: as in the verses following. out of man:] The Greeke translaout of her man; and the Chaldee, out of her husband. Hence is a third reason of womens subthe man is not of the woman, but the woman of the man, as Paul saith, 1 Cor. 11. 8.
Vers. 24. leave his father, &c.] This is a perpetuhe shall leave the bed of his father and mother. And the Hebrew Doctors gathered from hence a law unto all Adams sonnes, against unjust carnall copulations, and incestuous mariages, with a mans fathers wife, or mother in law; and with his owne mother; as after, by
Vers. 25. not ashamed:] thought not themselves they knew not what shame was. For they being innocent, and adorned with the image and glory of God, had nothing in soule or body, that was defective, miserable, or shamefull: but now by sin, nakednesse in us, is a want, a filthy thing, and a shame, Deut. 28. 48. Rev. 3. 18. For shame or confusion is the fruit of sin, Rom. 6. 21. the opposite of
1, The Serpent deceiveth Eve. 6, Man falleth, 9, God arraigneth them. 14, The Serpent is cursed. 15, A seed promised that should bruise his head. 16, Mankind is chastised. 21, God clotheth them, 22, and drives them out of Paradise.
NOw the Serpent was subtill, more
was good was a desire to the eyes, and a tree to be coveted to make one wise; and she took of the fruit thereof, and did eat: and she gave also unto her husband with her, and he did eat. And the eyes of them both were naked: and they sewed-together fig leaves, and made themselves aprons. And they art thou? And he said, I heard thy voice in the garden: am naked, and I hid my selfe. And he said, who told thee that art naked? Hast thou eaten of the tree, which I commanded thee that thou shouldest not eat of it? And Adam said; the woman to be with mee, she gave me of the tree, and I did eat. And Iehovah is this that thou hast done? And the woman said, the Serpent beguiled me, and I did eate. And art thou above all cattell, and above every beast of the field: upon thy belly shalt thou goe, and dust shalt thou eate all the dayes of thy life. And I will
Vnto the woman hee said, multiplying I shall be to thy husband; and he shall rule over thee.
And unto Adam hee said, Because thou is the ground for thy sake; in sorrow shalt thou eat of it all the dayes of thy life. And thornes and thistles shall it bring-forth art, and unto dust shalt thou returne. And A
And Iehovah God said, Behold the man is become as one of us, to know good and evill: And now left he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever. And Iehovah God sent him forth,
Vers. SE
named in English, of
Vers. 2. Trees:] in Hebrew, tree: so in vers. 7. leafe, for leaves. This the Scripture openeth, as parable, Psal. 78. 2. is expounded
Vers. 3. lest ye dye:] or, (as the Greek translateth) that ye die not. This manner of speech doth not allest he bee angry: Gen. 24. 6. lest thou bring, for, that thou bring not. So Mar. 14. 2. lest there be an uprore, for, that there be not an uprore, Mat. 26. 5. Yea sometime it rather affirmeth a thing, lest Ezekiah deceive, Esa. 36. 18. for which in 2 King. 18. 3. is written, for he deceiveth you. So, lest they faint in the way, Mat. 15. 32. that is, they will faint, Mark. 8. 3.
Vers. 4. not dying dye:] that is, not surely dye: the not die the death. Here hee ima lyar, and the father thereof, Ioh. 8. 44.
Vers. 5. in the day:] that is, presently: so he opthen your eyes, &c.] By an ambiguous deceitfull promise, hee draweth her into sinne: for by opening of eyes, shee understood a further degree of wisedome, as the like speech importeth, Acts 26. 18. Eph. 1. 18. but he meant, a seeing of their nakednesse, and conand your eyes: but and, is often used for then; as Mark 14. 34. And he saith: which another Evangelist writeth, Then saith he; Mat. 26. 38. so Mark 15. 27. and they cruthen were crucified: and many the like. as Gods] This the woman understood of the Father, Sonne, and Holy Ghost, as appeaAngels, which had sinned, (for Angels are called Gods, Psal. 8. 6.) who of their knowledge are named Daemons, and have wofull experience of the good which they have lost, and the evill wherein they lye. The Chaldee saith, as princes: and Devils are also called principalities and powers, Col. 2. 15. Another ChalGods, translateth Angels. knowing, &c.] the name before given to this tree, Gen. 2. 17. the serpent here wresteth to a wrong sense: as if to know good and evill, were to be like God himselfe, & that the eating of the fruit, would worke such an effect: whereas the tree was so called for another cause. See Gen. 2. 9.
Vers. 6. saw:] that is, looked upon with affectasaw and coveted, and tooke, Ios. 7. 21. a desire:] or a lust, that is, most pleasant, and to be desired. to make one wise:] or, to get prudency, and so prosperity and good successe thereby; as the Hebrew word often signifieth. According to these three things which the woman (by false suggestion) saw in the tree, for
V. 7. naked:] both in body and soule, which were Sewed:] that is, fastned together, by twisting and platting the leaves and twigs, for to gird about them.
Vers. 8. the voice of Iehovah:] this sometime sigwalking:] this by the Greeke is referred to God walking: it may also bee meant of the voice, which is said to walke, or goe on, when it increaseth more and more, Exod. 19. 19. the wind:] by the Greeke version, this was the eventide ▪
So in the evening of the world, at the last day, the Lord shall descend from heaven, with a showt, with the voice of the Archangell, and with the trumpet of God, &c. 1 Thes. 4. 16.
Vers. 10. feared:] or, was afraid: this feare was torment with it, which who so feareth, is not perfect in love, 1 Iohn 4. 18. and procee
Vers. 12. thou gavest:] Adams confession is mixThe foolishnesse of man, perverteth his way, and his heart fretteth against the Lord: Prov. 19. 3.
Vers. 13. what is this:] or, For what? that is, Why hast thou done this ▪
Vers. 14. unto the serpent:] unto the beast and the devill; which together were the meanes to draw cursed:] this is conblessed, Deut. 28. 3. 16. and as to blesse, is to say well
curse ▪
is to
V. 15. enmity:] this is opposed to the amity and thy seed and her seed:] that is, thy posterity and hers. Seed, is often used for children: by the Serpents seed, are meant not onely those venemous beasts, which have enmity with mankind: but also wicked men, called serpents, generations of vipers, and children of the Devill, Matth. 23. 33. 1 Iohn 3. 10. By the womans seed, is meant (in respect of Satan) chiefly Christ, who being God over all, blessed for ever, should come of David and Abraham, and so of Eve, according to the flesh, for she was the mother of all living, Roman. 1. 3. and 9. 5. And with Christ all Christians, who are Eves seed both in nature and in faith, as all Christians are called Abrahams seed: Gal. 3. 29. He:] or, it; that is, the Seed. This is first to be understood of Christ, who was made of a woman, Gal. 4. 4. the fruit of the wombe of the Virgin Mary, Luke 1. 42. Hee through death, hath destroyed him that had the power of death, that is the Devill, Hebrewes 2. 14. Secondly,
Christians (the children of Christ, Heb. 2. 13) who resisting the Devill stedfastly in faith, the God of peace bruiseth Satan under their feet; 1 Pet. 5. 9. Rom. 16. 20. When promise is made concerning the seed, the faithfull parents are also included, and so on the contrary: as when Moses saith, I will multiply thy seed, Gen. 22. 17. Paul alI will multiply thee, Heb. 6. 14. Ain thee, Gen. 12, 3. Peter alledgeth it, they shall be blessed in thy seed, Act. 3. 25. Also this word seed, is used either for a multitude, as Gen. 15. 5. or for one particular person, as Gen. 21. 13. and 4. 25. so here it meaneth one speciall seed Christ, Gal. 3. 16. This the ancient Hebrew Doctors also acknowthe last dayes, the dayes of the King Messias. And the mystery of originall sinne, and thereby death over all, and of deliverance by Christ, R. Menachem on Lev. 25. noteth from the profound Cabbalists, in these words; So long as the spirit of uncleannesse is not taken away out of the world, the soules that come downe into the world, must needs die, for to root out the power of uncleannesse out of the world, and to consume the same. And all this is, because of the decree which was decreed for the uncleannesse and filthinesse which the Serpent brought upon Eve. And if it be so, all the soules that are created & become unclean by that filthinesse, must needs die before the comming of the Messias, &c. and at the comming of the Messias, all soules shall be consummate thenceforth. bruise,] or, pierce, crush: the Hethy head:] or, thee on the head. Hereby is meant Satans overthrow & destruction in respect of his power and workes, Ioh. 12. 31. 1 Ioh. 3. 8. for the head being bruised, strength and life is peThe womans children shall be cured; but thou ô Serpent, shalt not be cured. And he saith thee, (rather then thy seed,) because Christ was to vanquish that old serpent, which overcame our first parents: who being destroyed, his seed perish with him, Revel. 12. 9. Ioh. 14. 30. and 12. 31. 32. his heele:] or, his foot sole: for the Hebrew and Greeke here used, signifie not onely the heele, but the whole foot sole, and sometime the foot step, or print of the foot. By the heele, or foot bruised, is meant Christs wayes, which Satan should seeke to suppresse by afflicticrucified through infirmity, and put to death concerning the flesh, but was quickned by the spirit, & liveth through the power of God, 2 Cor. 13. 4. 1 Pet. 3. 18. and so his foot, not his head was bruised by the Serpent. Who yet brought upon him a death that was shamefull, and painfull, and cursed, because hee was hanged on a tree, Gal. 3. 13. for it is probable, that partly in remembrance of this first sinne, by eating of the tree of knowledge, (which tree was a signe of curse and death if man transgressed:) Gods law after accounteth such as dye on a tree, to have in more speciall manner, the signe of curse upon them, Deut. 21. 23. But Christ swallowed up death in victory, Esay 25. 8. through whom, God also giveth us the victory, 1 Cor. 15. 57 unto which promise the Prophet hath reference, saying, Why should I feare, in the dayes of evill: when the iniquity of my heeles shall compasse me about? God will redeeme my soule, from the hand of Hell, Psalm. 49. 6. 16.
Vers. 16. multiplying I will multiply:] that is, I wil conception:] meaning painfull conception; and this word is ugroning. The reason of this chastisement, is, because sinne is from Adam derived by propagation to all his posterity, Psalm 51. 7. Roman. 5.
Vers. 17. the ground:] or, the earth: whereby is ground cursed, there followthe earth, and the workes therein, shall bee burnt up. 2 Pet. 3. 10. And as for mans sake this world is cursed, and the creature made subject to vanity;
earnestly expecteth the manifestation of the sonnes of God, that it may be delivered from the bondage of corruption, Rom. 8. 19. 20. 21. in sorrow:] with painfull labour, as Prov. 5. 10. Hereupon the Scripbread of sorrowes, Psal. 127. 2. Adam was to have labored in his innocency, Gen. 2. 15. but without sorrow; being under the Lords blessing, which maketh rich, and hee addeth no sorrow with it, Prov. 10. 22. Concerning this sorrow (or toyle) of our hands, Noe (the figure of Christ) was a comforter, Gen. 5. 29.
Vers. 18. thornes:] Heb. the thorne. Hereby is meant harmfull weeds, in stead of wholesome of thistles doe not gather figs, Mat. 7. 16. Thornes doe choak the good corne, as Mat. 13. 7. And spiritually, these signifie evill fruits, which wicked earthly men bring forth, Heb. 6. 8. of the field:] and so, no longer the pleasant fruits of Paradise, Gen. 2. 9. 16. But as Nebuchadnezar, when he had a beasts heart, was driven out among beasts, to eat grasse as the oxen, Dan. 4. 13. 22. so man, not lodging a night in honour, nor understanding, but becomming like beasts that perish, is to eat herbes with them, Psal. 49. 13. 21. but by the labour of his hands, his diet is bettered.
Vers. 19. sweat:] with much labour, which Aif any will not worke neither should he eate, 2 Thess. 3. 10. The sweat of the face, though it is to be distinguished from the care of the a sore occupation, which God hath given to the sonnes of Adam, to be occupied therein, and humbread:] that is, all food; whereof bread is the principall, as that which upholds the heart of man, Psal. 104. 15. Therefore that which one Evangelist calleth bread, Mar. 6. 36 another calleth victuals, or meats, Mat. 14. 15. the ground:] or, the earth; (called elsewhere our earth, Psal. 146. 4. and our dust, Psal. 104. 28.) meaning till man returne to the dust of death, the grave: and there, the wearied be at rest from their labours, Iob 3. 17. Rev. 14. 13. dust thou art:] or, thou wast, to weet, concerning the body, as Gen. 2. 7. not the spirit, which being immortall, goeth unto God for eternall joyes or torments, Luke 16. 22. 23. and 23. 43. This difference SoloAnd dust returne to the earth, as it was, and the spirit returne to God that gave it, Eccles. 12. 7. Here God condemneth mankind to death, which is the wages of sinne, Rom. 6 23. and to the grave, the house appointed for all living, Iob 30. 23. where they must wait, till their change come, Iob 14. 14. for it is appointed to men once to dye, and after this, is the judgement, Hebr. 4. 27. Otherwise the life eternall could not bee obtained: for
Vers. 20. Eve:] in Hebrew Chavah: which is by Life, (as the Greeke also translateth it,) or Living; Adam first called her Woman, Gen. 2. 23. God called her Adam, Gen. 5. 2. and now the man calleth her Eve, Life: by which new name, he testifieth his faith in, and thankfulnesse for Gods former promise, in vers. 15. In which he also trained up his children, teaching them to saWisdome, (that is, faith in Christ) brought out of his fall: Ioseph. Antiq. b. 1. c. 4. and the AuWisedome, c. 10. v. 1. all living:] that is, as the Chaldee paraphraseth,
V. 21. coats:] to cover the body from shame and garments of justice and salvation, which men have of God, that their filthy nakednesse doe not appeare, Rev. 3. 18. & 19. 8. 2 Cor. 5. 2. 3. 4. The Chaldegarments of honor. of skin:] that is, in likelihood, of the skins of beasts, which God taught him to kill for sacrifice. Which offerings were even from the beginning of the Gospell preached, as appeareth Gen. 4. 3. 4. & 8. 20. And after by the Law, the Skinnes of the sacrifices were given to the Priests, Lev. 7. 8. And the sacrifigirdle of skin which Iohn Baptist wore, Mat. 3. 4.) and new life, by putting on the Lord Iesus Christ Rom. 13. 13. 14. and the garments of salvation, wher
Vers. 22. is become as one,] to weet, of us three,
the Father, the Word, and the Holy Spirit, 1 Ioh. 5. 7 See before in Gen. 1. 26. Thus God upbraided Sais as one; meaneth, is made, or become as one: as, this is, Psal. 118. 23. the Evangelist translateth, this is done, Mat. 21. 42. lest he put:] An unperfect speech; where we may understand by that which followeth, he must be driven out, lest he be put. &c. Such phrases are usuall, as Gen. 38. 11. & 42. 4. Mat. 25. 9. and eate and live: or, that he may eate and live. And, is often used for That, and noteth the end and purSam. 21. 3. 2 King. 3. 11. Lam. 1. 19. Because the tree of life, and the eating of it, was at first a signe of eternall life to man, if he had obeyed his creator, (as is noted on Gen. 2. 9.) it might not now in the justice of God, be so continued to man fallen into disobedience. Neither was the new covenant betweene God and man, of obedience againe by the workes of the Law, unto life: but of faith in Christ the wois hid with Christ in God, Col. 3. 1. 2. 3. who will give to such as by faith doe overcome the world, to eate of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the Paradise of God; Rev. 2
V. 23. to till:] tillage, hath the name in Hebrew, of servile-worke, for all, even Kings, are as servants Eccles. 5. 8. And this hard labour, was a continuall remembrance of sinne, and doctrine of humiliation and repentance. Wherefore God afLev. 25. 4. 6. to remember their former ease, lost by sinne, but to bee restored spiritually by Christ, when hee should preach the acceptable yeare of the Lord: Esay 61. 2. 2 Cor. 6. 2.
Vers. 24. drove out:] or, expulsed, not to return thither againe; but that he might seeke admission Luke 23. 43. minding himselfe an exile and pilgrime here on earth, 1 Pet. 2. 11. 2 Cor. 5. 1. 4. The Hebrewes say (in Bresith ketanna on this place,) Adam was driven out of paradise in this world, but in the world to come, he shalnot be driven out, The remembrance of this future mercy, was kept afterward among the Gentiles; for it is one of the Chaldean oracles, Seeke paradise, the glorious country of the soule. Cherubins:] or
1. The birth, trade, and religion of Kaine and A
ANd Adam, knew Eve his wife: and shee conceiued, and bare Kain; and is there not forgivenesse? and if thou dost not well, sinne lyeth at the doore: and unto thee shall be his desire; and thou shalt rule over him. And Kain spake unto Abel art
is greater then may bee forgiven. Behold, thou hast this day, from the face of the earth; and from thy face, shall I be hid: and I shall bee a fugitive and a vagabond in the earth; and it shall be, that whosoever findeth me, will kill me. And Iehovah said unto him; Therefore, whosoever killeth Kain; was Adah; and the name of the second, Zillah. And Adah bare Iabel: hee was the that have Cattell. And his brothers name was
was Naamah. And Lamech sayd un
And Adam knew his wife againe, and she men prophanely, to call on the name of Ie
KNew:] by lying with her; as this phrase is exKain:] by interpretation, Gotten, or, a Possession; the reason followeth,
Vers. 2. againe bare:] in Hebrew, she added, to
beare. From this phrase of her adding to beare, withPirkei R. Eliezer, chap. 21. Abel:] so the Greeke, and the Evangelists write him, Math. 23. 35. The Hebrew name is Hebel, which signiUanitie, or a soone-vanishing vapour: such is every mans life, Iam. 4. 14. and so was AbeUanitie [Abel] though setled, as men may thinke, Psal. 39. 6. feeder:] or shepheard, Pastor and Governor of a flocke: which flocke (in the originall) comprehendeth both sheepe and goates, as is explayned in Lev. 1. 10. The new Testament translateth it into Greeke, sometime sheepe, as Rom. 8. 36. from Psal. 44. 23. sometime flocke, as 1 Cor. 9. 7. and sometime both together, as, the sheepe of the flocke, Mat. 26. 31. from Zach. 13. 7. for which in Mar. 14. 27. is writthe sheepe. Abel in sheeperdy, as in sacrificing and martyrdome, was a figure of Christ; Ioh. 10. 11. Of this trade also were the Patriarches of Israel, Gen. 46. 32. 34. and Moses, David, and many other men of note: Exod. 3. 1. Psal. 78. 70. 71.
Vers. 3. at the end of dayes:] that is, at the end of the yeare. Some understand it to meane, after many
Vers. 4. the fat of them:] As the first fruits of the the fat of all sacrifices peculiarly to himselfe, Lev. 3. 16. 17. and 7. 25. which fat, sometime figured mans unbeleefe, hardnesse of hearinlarge his hand, and bring his offring of the fairest and most laudable amongst those kinde of things whereof he bringeth. Behold it is written in the law, And Abel hee also brought of the firstlings of his flocke, and of the fat of them. And this is a common law, in every thing which is for the name of the good God, that it be of the goodliest and best. If one build a house of prayer, let it bee fayrer then his owne dwelling house: if he feed the hungry, let him feed him with the best and sweetest that is on his Table: If he cloathe the naked, let it be with the fayrest of his cloathes; if he sanctifie any thing, let him sanctifie of the fayrest of his goods; and so hee sayth, (Lev. 3. 16.)
Vers. 5. grieved:] or, displeased: very wroth. The Hebrew word signifieth to burne or be inflamed,
Vers. 7. doe well:] or, doe good. Hereby God teacheth, that wel-doing consisted not in the outworkes were evill, 1 Ioh. 3. 12. forgivenesse:] or, acceptation. The Hebrew word, which properly sig
Vers. 8. spake:] or, sayd unto Abel his brother,
let us goe out into the field: and Thargum Ierusalemy adno judgement, nor judge, nor other world to come, nor good reward for justice, nor vengeance for wickednesse, &c. all which Abel gayne-sayed, and then his broneither good nor bad: 2 Sam. 13, 22. killed him.] And wherefore killed he him? Because his owne workes were evill, and his brothers good. 1 Ioh. 3. 12. Hereupon the Scripture giueth them these titles,
Where is Abel?] Here God sheweth himselfe to bee the seeker-out of bloods, Psal. 9. 13. The Lord looke upon it and require it, 2 Chron. 24. 22. Hereupon these two martyrs are mentioned by our Saviour, (whose bloods with all the rest,) should come upon the Iewes, Mat. 23. 35. 36.
Vers. 10. bloods:] This word in the plurall number, usually signifieth murther, and the guilt men of bloods, Psal. 5. 7. Sometime bloods meaneth mans naturall generation, Ioh. 1. 13. To this latter, the Chaldee Paraphrases have reference, translating it, The voice of the bloods of the generations, (the multitudes of just men,) which should have proceeded from thy brother. cry] or, are crying. This word hath reference in number, to the bloods fore-mentioned; as if many were spilt and cryed. From hence the Apostle noteth the effaith, how by it, being dead he yet speaketh, Heb. 11. 4. This
Vers. 11. Cursed] As Gods blessing implyeth athe light of his face, and curse bring
Vers. 12. not henceforth] Hebr. not adde to yeeld:
not yeeld any more her strength, meaning the naturall fruit, which otherwise, through Gods blessing it could, Ioel 2. 22. For as the cursed fig-tree, lost the vigour, and withered: Mark. 11. 21. so the fruitfull land is made barren, when it is curfugitive] or, wanderer: a curse which David wished to his enemies, Psal. 59. 12. and 109. 10. contrary to the safe and setled estate of Gods people; Psal. 112. 6. 7. Mich. 4. 4. The word is sometime used for the fearfull moving of the heart, as in Esay 7. 2. so the Greeke here translateth, Sighing and trembling shalt thou be on the earth.
Vers. 13. my iniquity] or, my punishment for iniquity:
Vers. 14. shall I be hid] or, be absent: as Gen. 31. whosoever:] or, every one that findeth (or
Vers. 15. sevenfold:] that is, he shall have much seven, meaneth much or many: Prov. 26. 25. Iob 5. 19. Psal. 12. 7. The Chaldee here understands it of punishment to the seventh generation. Hereby God repressed further bloodshed, which men else might rush into; for soone after, the earth was filled with violence, Gen. 6. 11. He let Kain live miserably, for a warning to others, as David (having reference hereto) saith, Slay them not; lest my people forget: make them wander abroad (as fugitives) by thy power: Psal. 59. 12. Thus also he provided for the encrease of the world at the beginning: wherefore Kains posterity is after reckoned, to the seventh generation. upon Kain:] or, unto Kain, to secure him from his feare. Vpon him, to keepe others from killing him: as in another case, in Ezek. 9. 4. 5. 6. they that had Gods marke set upon them, were not slaine. lest any:] or, that not any. slay:] or smite, that is, kill him The full speech is to smite him in soule, as Gen. 37. 21. and where one Prophet saith, he smote, 2 King. 14. 5. another expounds it, hee killed: 2 Chron. 25. 3.
from the presence:] or, from before the
face of Iehovah: that is, from the place of Gods word and publique worship, which in likelihood was held by Adam the father, who being a Procome into Gods presence (or before him) 1 Chron. 16. 29. is exinto his courts. Gods face, or presence is mans greatest joy in this life, and in that which is to come, Exod. 33. 14, 15. 16. Psal. 17. 15. Of which Kain was now deprived: for, the evill shall not sojourne with God, nor fooles shall stand before his eyes, Psal. 5. 5. 6. Otherface signifieth his al-seeing provito flee from the presence of the Lord; Ion. 1. 3. dwelt:] or, sate: that is, seated himselfe. Sitting, is udwelling, as after in vers. 10. and often in the Scriptures. Nod:] in Greek, Naid; so named, beNad, that is, a vagabond, as God threatneth before, in vers. 12.
Vers. 17. knew his wife:] that is, lay with her, as daughters, spoken of in Gen. 5. 4. to whom it seemeth hee was maried before. And here follow seven generations of Kain reckoned: for God letteth the wicked prohe increaseth nations, and (afterward) destroyeth them, Iob. 12. 23. Enoch:] in Hebrew
Vers. 18. Irad:] or Gh
in Greeke,
Vers. 19. two wives:] so violating the law of Adah:] by interpretation an Ornament: as Zillah (or Sella) sigShadow.
Vers. 20. Iabal:] in Greeke, Iobel. father:]
master, as the Chaldee expoundeth it. Evecrafts-master that either first inventeth, or perfeFather. So in the verse following. dwell in tents:] that is, used Shepherdy: for shepheards used tents, to rehim that dwelleth, is meant of many, as the Greeke also translateth it, them that dwell. So dweller, 2 Sam. 5. 6. is expoundwellers, 1 Chron. 1. 4. enemie, 1 King. 8. 37. 44. is enemies, 2 Chron. 6. 28. 34. and many the like. See also Gen. 3. 2. cattell:] Hebr. possession: understanding the word
Vers. 21. handle:] that is, play upon: as the he was master of all that play on the Psaltery, and knew musicke, which the Greeke translateth, this was he that shewed the Psaltery, and the Harpe, organ:] it hath the name in Hebrew, of lovelinesse and delight; and it was an instrument of joy, Iob 21. 12. so was the Harpe, called therepleasant Harpe, Psal. 81. 3. Thus God gave the Kainites skill to invent things profitable and delightfull to the flesh: yet were they irreligious, as is written; they said vnto God depart from us: and what should the Almighty doe for them? For he filled their houses with good things: Iob. 22. 17. 18.
Vers. 22. instructer:] Hebr. a whetter (or, sharpner:)
Vers. 23. I have killed &c.] or, I would kill a man in
my wound, yea a yong man in my hurt. The Hebrew is of the time past, as speaking of murther committed; (and so the Greeke translateth, I have killed a man:) but it may also be interpreted, as a boastfull threat for time to come; that if any did wound or hurt him, he should surely dye for it. And it may bee, that for violating the law of mariage by taking two wives, God vexed him with a disquiet
for have I killed, &c. that is, I have not: and expoundeth it thus, For I have not killed a man, that I should beare sinne for him; nor destroyed a young man, that my seed should be consumed for him. to my hurt] or,
Vers. 24. seventy and seven fold:] that is, if he that
killeth Kain, shall be punished seven fold; then hee that killeth me, shall be seventy seven fold. It seemeth to be an insolent contempt of Gods judgement, and aBecause sentence against an evill worke is not executed speedily, therefore the hearts of the sonnes of men, is full in them to doe evill, Eccles. 8. 11.
Vers. 25. Seth] Heb. Sheth: that is, Set or Appointed,
Vers. 26. also himselfe] or, to him also: when hee was 105, yeeres old, Gen. 5 6. and the world 235. Enos] so he is written in Greeke, Luke 3. 38. in Hebrew Aenosh; that is by interpretation, sorrowfull, grievously-sicke, miserable. So named, (as seem
1, The genealogie of the tenne first Patriarchs of the world. 3, Of Adam, 6, Seth, 9, Enos, 12, Kainan, 15, Maleleel, 18, Iared, 21, Enoch, (who walked with God, & was taken away without death;) 25, Ma
THis is the booke of the generations of (a sonne) in his likenesse; in his image: and called his name Seth. And the dayes of Adam were, after he had begotten
And Seth lived a hundred yeeres, and five
And Enos lived ninety yeeres: and begat Kainan. And Enos lived, after hee begat
And Kainan lived seventy yeeres; and be
And Maleleel lived sixtie yeeres, and five
And Iared lived a hundred yeeres, and
And Enoch lived sixty and five yeres: and was not: for God tooke him.
And Mathusala lived a hundred yeeres,
And Lamech lived a hundred yeeres, and
And Noe was five hundred yeres old: and
THe booke:] that is, the narration, or rehearsall.
generations of Adam:] the Greeke translageneration of men, it meaneth both the children which Adam begat, and the events that did begeneration, is used for all accidents in times and ages, whatsoever the day may bring forth, (as Solomon speaketh, Prolikenesse of God:] See Gen. 1. 26.
Vers. 2. their name:] so Adam was the common name of man and woman, (which were one flesh,
Vers. 3. and begat] to weet, a sonne, as the sequell sheweth. The Scripture often omitteth such words, David put in Syria, 1 Chron. 18. 6. that is, he put garisons in Syria, 2 Sam. 8. 6. See before the note on Gen. 4. 20. in his likenesse:] namely, that which he now had in his sinfull state: for the first likeSeth:] that is, Set or Appointed in stead of Abel: see Gen. 4. 25. onely his posterity were reserved, when all the world was drowned. And from him the genealogy is reko
Vers. 6. yeeres:] Hebr. yeere: sometime the Oeight yeeres, 2 Chron. 34. 1. for which in 2 King. 22. 1. is written eight yeere. It is also the property of the Hebrew, to set the least number for most, as here, Seth lived five yeeres, and an hundred yeere; and so after: which because it differeth from our manwhen he commeth in, & when he goeth out: which in 2 Kin. 11. 8. is, when he goeth out, and when hee commeth in. So, great and small, 2 Chron. 34. 30. or, small and great, 2 King. 23. 2. And in translating, the holy Ghost often also changeth the order of words: as Ioel 2. 28. your old men shall dreame dreames, your young men shall see visions: which in Act. 2. 17. is placed thus, your young men shall see visions, and your old men shall dreame dreames. So in 1 King. 19. 10. they haue broke downe thy Altars, and killed thy Prophets: which Paul rehearseth thus,
Verse 9. Kainan] so Luke 3. 37. in Hebrew Kenan.
Verse 12. Maleleel] Hebr. Mahalalel.
Vers. 15. Iared] Hebr. Iered.
Vers. 18. Enoch] in Hebrew Chanoch, that is, Dedicated, or Catechised: he is said to be the seventh from Adam, and a prophesier of Gods judgement upon wicked men for their impious deeds, and hard speeches against God, Iude ver. 14. 15. So hee is diseven being the num
The lives of these Patriarchs are also to be noted.
By this computation it appeareth, that Adam lived to see Lamech the ninth generation, in the 56 yeere of whose life hee dyed, first of all these Patriarchs. That Enoch the 7 from Adam, (after he had lived on earth, so many yeeres as there be dayes in the yeere of the Sunne,) was taken away into Paradise, next after Adams death, seven Pa
Vers. 21. Mathusala:] so in Luke 3. 37. in HeMethushelach, which is by interpretation, He dyeth, and the emission (or dart) meaning the flood,
Vers. 22. walked with God:] that is, led his life he pleased God, (which without faith it is unpossible to doe,) Heb. 11. 5. 6. The Chaldee transhe walked in the feare of the Lord: and the lehe served (or laboured) in the truth before the Lord. And by comparing the like speech unto Eli, 1 Sam. 2. 30. 35. it seemeth to imply a pleasing or acceptable ministration of office before the Lord. Wherefore Enoch is noted to be a Prophet, Iude 14. And Noe who also walked with God, Gen. 6. 9. was a Preacher of justice, 2 Pet. 2. 5. Of Eli, it is spoken touching the Priesthood, 1 Sam. 2. 30. 35. and of David in the Kingdome, Psal. 56. 14. and 116. 9. See also Gen. 17. 1. Thus Enoch was a speciall figure of Christ.
Vers. 24. he was not] to weet, not found, as the he appeared not, and yet the Lord killed him not. The like speech is also used of them that are taken away by death, Ier. 31. 15. which the Evangelist alledging, addeth the word are (or were) that wanted in the Hebrew, as in this place it is wanting also God tooke him,] that is, translated him, (saith the Apostle) that he should not see death, Heb. 11. 5. where the Arabicke version addeth, he was translated into Paradise: meaning the heavenly Paradise, mentioned Luke 23. 43. 2 Cor. 12. 2. 4. So Elias was taken up into heaven, 2 King. 2. and the Hebrew Doctors say, that Enoch was taken up in a whilewind as Elias was; and that he
Vers. 25. Lamech] Hebr. Lemec.
Vers. 29. Noe:] so written in Luke 3. 36. 1 Pet. 3. 20. The Hebrew soundeth Noach, which sigrest, which proceedeth from comfort, as the words following shew; his name having affinity with Nachum. comfort us from our worke:] that is, comfort us with rest from our worke: as the Greeke translateth, he shall give us rest from our workes. This prophesie his father uttered of him, as hee that should be a figure of Christ, in his building the Arke, and offering of sacrifice, whereby God smelled a savour of rest, and said, hee would not curse the ground any more for mans sake, Gen. 8. 21. Of wee may reade it,
Vers. 32. 500. yeares old:] Hebr. sonne of 500. yeeres: that is, going in his 500. yeere. An usuall speech in the Hebrew Scripture of mens age, or of beasts: Gen. 17. 1. Exod. 12. 5. But sometime it is not meant of naturall age properly, as appeareth 2 Chron. 22. 2. compared with 2 King. 8. 26. where Ahaziah is sonne of 22. yeeres, for his owne life: but sonne of 42. yeeres, for the state of his kingdome. And by being old, (or sonne of) 500. yeere, is not meant that yeere full ended; but while hee was living in that yeere: As appeareth by Gen. 7. 6. where Noe is 600 yere old: which in v. 11. is exIn the yeare of the 600. yeere of his life. Accordingly, must we understand the ages of men, and beasts, spoken of in Scripture: as when a Lebeing a sonne of 30. yeeres, Num. 4. 3. it is meant, going in the 30. yere of his life. Therefore Christ fulfilling that and all other figures, entred upon his Ministery, when he began to be of 30. yeeres, as is expressed, Luk. 3. 23. And for the sacrifices in the Law, which were to be of any yeerling beast, (after the Hebrew phrase, sonne of a yeere, Exod. 12. 5.) the Iewes have left reMaimony, 8. book in Magnaseh Korbanoth, chap. 1. S. 13. Noe begat,] that is, began to beget; for all his three sonnes were not borne in a yeere, but Shem was borne two yeeres after, when his father was 502 yeers old: as may bee gathered by Gen. 11. 10. where two yeeres after the flood, hee was but an hundred yeeres old: and then was Noe his father 602. by Gen. 7. 6. See the like of Thara, Gen. 11. 26. Sem, Cham, and Iapheth,] sounShem, Cham, and Iepheth: of which Iapheth was the eldest, Sem the next, and Cham the youngest; as is evident both by the former note of Sems age, and by Gen. 10. 21. and 9. 24. But because Sem was in dignity preferred of God before his brethren, Gen. 9. 26. 27 therefore he is first named. The like is in the history of Abram and his brethren, Gen. 11. 26. So Iaakob is named before Esau his elder, Gen. 28. 5. and Ephraim beManasses, Gen. 48. 20.
1, The sonnes of God, marry with the daughters of men: 4, so Giants are bred: 5, wickednesse increa
ANd it was when men began to mulwere faire: and they tooke unto them wives, of all which they chose. And Iehovah said; My spirit shall not strive is flesh: and his dayes shall be an hundred and twenchildren to them: they were mighty men; which were of old, men of name.
And Iehovah saw, that the wickednesse of was much in the earth; and every imawas onely evill every day. And it repented Ie
THESE are THE GENERATIONS OF
And God said unto Noe; An end of all in the Arke: and shalt pitch it within and without with pitch. And this (the fashion) which thou shalt of: three hundred cubits the length of the Arke; fifty cubits the bredth of it; and thirty cubits the height of it. A clearewith lower, second and third stories shalt thou make it. And I, behold I doe hath in it the spiis in the earth, shall give-up the ghost. But I will stablish my covenant with living
MEn:] Hebr. Adam: put generally for men,
the sonnes of man. The posterity of Kain is hereby meant, who increased faster then Seths did: and sought so to doe by taking moe wives, Gen. 4. 19.
Vers. 2. the sons of God:] the men of the Church ye are the sonnes of Iehovah your God, Deut. 14. 1. so 1 Ioh. 3. 1. The name God, in Hebrew Aelohim, is in the forme plurall, and sometime Princes are so named, Exod. 21. 6. Psal. 82. so the Chaldee here translateth, the sonnes of Princes: understanding (as I thinke) Seth, and the other Patriarchs. daughters of men:] meaning of Kains posterity, that were out of Gods Church, Gen. 4. 14. and because they were not borne againe of God, by the immortall seed of his word, (1 Ioh. 3. 9. 10. 1 Pet. 1. 23.) they continued children of the old Adam, and naturall man still. So Paul saith, 1 Cor. 3. 3. walke ye not as men? that is, as unregenerate men. fayre:] or goodly: Hebr. good, to weet, of countenance, as is expressed, Gen. 24. 16. the Chaldee translateth it fayre. tooke unto them:] that is, tooke to themselves, and regarded not the counsell of their god
Vers. 3. my spirit:] This is that holy spirit of Christ by which he preached in the Patriarches, not strive] or, not judge, that is, not contend in judgement for so this word is elsewhere also used, Eccles. 6. 10. and may here import, both
Vers. 4. Gyants] in Hebrew, Nephilim, which hath the signification of falling, as being Apostates,
faine from God: and being fierce and cruell to men, falling on them (as Iob. 1. 15.) and whom they made by feare and force, to fall before them: Such were men of great stature, that other men were as grashoppers in respect of them, Num. 13. 33. The Chaldee calleth them Gibbaraja, that is, mighty men; (and so Nimrod was Gibbor, that is, mighty on the earth, Gen. 10. 8.) the Greeke nameth them Giganies, whereof our English is derived, and the Greeke Poets feyned them to be borne of the earth, noting them to be earthly minded, not caring for heaven: and borne also of such parents. after that] that is, as before; so after God had threatned their destruction, that they were not bettered, or brought to repentance. went in] namely, into the chamber, as is expressed, Iudg. 15. 1. and concompanyed with them: in like sense as knowing is used before, Gen. 4. 1. So David went in to Bathsheba, Psal. 51. 2. Abram to Agar, Genes. 16. 2. Iaakob to his wife, Gen. 29. 21. a modest phrase they bare] to weet, the women last mentioned: or, they (the men) begat children to themselves. The Hebrew implyeth both. mighty men] the Greeke translateth this also Giants; and it seemeth to bee an explanation of their former name. men of name] that is, of renowm: famous and renowmed. Contrary hereto is, men without name, Iob 30. 8.
Vers. 5. wickednesse,] or malice, evill. every
imagination,] or, the whole fiction; the word is geneevery day,] or, all the day: that is, continually. The Greeke translateth thus, and every one mindeth in his heart carefully for evils, all dayes.
Vers. 6. it repented Iohovah,] This is spoken not repenteth not, 1 Sam. 15. 29. but after the manner of men; for God changing his deed, and dealing otherwise then before, doth as men doe when they repent. So 1 Sam. 15. 11. the earth] hereby teaching, that there was none on earth whom God respected. So that but for the second man (Christ)
Vers. 7. blot-out:] that is, destroy and abolish.
from man:] that is, both men and beasts. For as the beasts were made for man, Gen. 1. 28. so they be
Vers. 8. found grace:] that is, obtained favour, or mercies, (as the Chaldee translateth it.) So this phrase is interpreted in Greeke, sometime finding grace, Heb. 4. 16. sometime finding mercy, 2. Tim. 1. 18. and grace is opposed unto workes, and unto debt, Rom. 11. 6. and 4. 4. And it is a speciall title of God, that he is named Gracious, Exod. 34. 6. and a speciall prerogative of his people, that they find grace in his eyes, as after of Lot. Gen. 19. 19. of Moses, Exod. 33. 12. of
Parasha, or great Section of MoBreshith, that is, In the beginning; this second, which reacheth to the twelvth Chapter, they call Noe; and so the rest: There are in all 54. SectiIt is a common custome throughout all Israel, that they finish wholly the (reading of the) law, in one yeare; beginning in the Sabbath which is after the feast of Tabernacles, at the first section of Genesis: in the second (Sabbath) at These are the generations of Noe: in the third, at The Lord said unto Abraham, (Gen. 12. 1.) so they reade and goe on in this order, till they have ended the Law, at the feast of Tabernacles: Maimony in Misn. treat. of
Vers. 9. generations:] that is, off-spring, and things that did befall him and them: so Gen. 25. 19. and just,] or, righteous: Noe is the first in the world that hath this title of just; and as generally the just liveth by faith, Rom. 1. 17. so of Noe the Apostle witnesseth, he was made heyre of the justice which is by faith, Heb. 11. 7. perfect] or, intire, syncere, of a simple, plaine, and upright cariage: as justice usually respecteth faith, so perfectnesse respecteth life and conversation, in the heart of man, Esay 38. 3. and in his wayes, Psalm. 119. 1. This is not meant of perfection in measure or degrees, as being without all sinne, Eccles. 7. 22. Iames 3. 2. 1. Ioh. 1. 8. but when men by the grace of God,
Vers. 11. the earth was corrupt;] that is, the inhabitants
Vers. 12. all flesh:] that is, all men, who are calflesh, both for their frailty, Psal. 71. 39. and corflesh is exmen, and people Psal. 56. 5. 12. Esay 40. 5. 6. their way:] that is, both their religion, or faith; (for so a way often signifieth, Act. 18. 25. 26. and 22. 4. 2 Pet. 2. 2.) and their manners, workes, or course of life; as elsewhere is mentioned the way of Kain, for maliciousnesse, Iude vers. 11. the way of Balaam for covetousnesse, 2 Pet. 2. 15. and sundry the like. And of this way of the old world, wherein wicked men did walke, it is noted, that God had filled their houses with good things, but they said unto him, depart from us: they did eate, they dranke, they maried wives, they were given in mariage, untill the day that Noe entred into the Arke, and the flood came, and destroyed them all: Iob 22. 15. 17. 18. Luke 17. 27.
An end is come:] that is, the time of de
Vers. 14. an Arke] or Chest, Coffin: called in HeTebah: and differeth from the Arke or Coffer which Moses made for Gods Sanctuary, which was called
Vers. 15. cubits:] or ells: a cubit is the measure sixe hand bredths, or a foot and a halfe: so 300 cubits make 450 foot. height,] or stature. By these measures here set downe, the Arke was by proporCoffin for a mans body, sixe times so long as it was broad, and ten times so long as it was high: which was commodious for swimbaptisme, 1 Pet. 3. 20. 21. whereby wee are become dead and buried with Christ, Rom. 6. 3. 4. 6.
Vers. 16. A
whether by one, or
Vers. 17. I doe bring:] or, am bringing: the Lord sit at the flood: Psal. 29. 10. as being the judge from whom this wrath proceeded, and moderator in mercy to Noe. the flood,] or, deluge: the Hebrew mabbul, is a peculiar naine to this flood, which drowned the world, and made all things fade and dye on earth, whereof it hath the name. In Greeke the holy Ghost calleth it Kataclysmos, of the abundant shedding and inundation of the waters. Mat. 24. 38.
Vers. 18. I will establish:] that is, make sure and
stable, and faithfully keepe my covenant. For so the word importeth, and other Scriptures open it, as, establish thou, 2 Sam. 7. 25. is expounded, let it bee faithfull (or sure.) 1 Chron. 17. 23. and to stablish the words of a covenant, 2 King. 23. 3. is to doe (or performe) them, 2 Chron. 34. 31. and to continue in doing them, Gal. 3. 10. with Deut. 27. 26. my covenant,] or, testament; a disposition of good things faithfully declared: which God here usuour covenant, Zach. 9. 11. The Apostles call it Diathekee, that is, a Testament or Disposition; and it is mixed of properties both of covenant and of testament, as the Apostle sheweth in Heb. 9. 16. 17. &c. and of both may be named a testamentall covenant, or a
Vers. 19. two] or, by twoes, that is, by paires: which is after explained to be seven of every clean, saver of man and beast, Psal. 36. 7. to keepe alive, that is, that thou maist keepe alive: (as the Greeke explaineth it, that thou maist nourish.) Observe how verbs indefinite, doe often times include (though not expresse) a certaine person, especially such as was spoken of before: as Eccles. 4. 17. (or 5. 1.) they know not to do evill; that is, they know not that they doe evill. Zach. 12. 10. they shall mourne, and to be bitternesse; that is, and they shall be in bitternesse This the Hebrew text it selfe sometime manifesteth: as Esa. 37. 18. 19. they have laid wast: and to cast their gods, &c. that is, and they have cast their gods: as is written 2 King. 1build me an house to dwell in: for which in 2 Sam. 7. 5. is written, build me an house for me to dwell in. Likewise in the Greek, as, Suzetein, to question, that is, they questioned, Mar. 1. 17. for which another Evangelist saith, Sunelaloun, they spake together, Luke 4. 36.
Vers. 20. shall come to thee:] to weet, of their to keepe alive:] that is, that thou maist keepe them alive: as beto be kept alive: as the Greeke here translateth, to be nourished with thee. For a verb indefinite active, is often to be understood passivea time to beare, Eccles. 3. 2. that is, to be borne. What to doe? Est. 6. 6. that is, what shall be done? So, for to declare my name, Ex. 9. 16. is by the Apostles authority translated, that my name may bee declared, Rom. 9. 17. See Gen. 2. 20. and 4. 13.
Vers. 22. And Noe did it] This commendeth By faith Noe being spoken to of God, of things not seene as yet, moved with reverence, (or using carefulnesse) preparedan Arke, to the saving of his house: by the which he condemned the world, and became heyre of the justice which is by faith, Heb. 11. 7.
1, God commandeth Noe and his house, to enter into the Arke, with beasts and fowles. 7, Noe and they goe in. 12, It raineth forty dayes and forty nights: 17, the waters beare up the Arke, 18, and drowne the earth. 21, All that were on the dry land dyed, 23, save Noe, and those with him. 24, The waters prevaile an hun
ANd Iehovah said unto Noe, Enter and seven, the male and his female: and of the beast which is not cleane, two, the male and his female. Also of the fowle of the heavens, seven and
will cause-it-to raine upliving substance that I have made, from upon the face of the earth. And Noe did: according to all that was sixe hundred yeeres old: and the Flood was; waters upon the earth. And Noe went in, thing that creepeth upon the earth. Two and two went in unto and two of all flesh which had in it the spirit of life. And they are under all the heavens, were covered. Fifteene cubits upthe ghost; of fowle, and of cattell, and of beast; and of ehad the was in the dry land, they died. And living substance was blotted out, which was upon the face of the earth; from man unto cattell, unto the creeping thing, and unto the fowle of the heavens; and they were blotted out from the earth: and Noe onely remained, and they that were with him in the arke. And the waters prevailed upon
ENter thou] that is, Betake thy selfe unto my tuition and providence, who will save thee just before me] that is, syncerely just, by faith, and so
Vers. 2. of every cle
Of these there were after by Moses law, two sorts; some cleane for men
Vers. 3. seven] to weet, of the cleane, and two of the
uncleane, as was before of beasts. And so the Greek expresseth it.
Vers. 4. seven dayes hence] Hebr. to yet seven daies,
the seventh day after this, as vers. 10. So, yet three dayes, 2 Chron. 10. vers. 5. is in vers. 12. shewin the third day: So in Gen. 40. 13. The Hebrew to, is sometime used for after, as Exod. 16. 1 Psal. 19. 3. Num. 33. 38. Ier. 41. 4. Ezr. 3. 8. I will cause] Hebr. I causing: it is spoken as if it were then in doing, for the more certainty. So, thou heaping coles, Prov. 25. 22. is translated, thou shalt heape, Rom. 12forty dayes] This time of vengeance is after used for the time of humiliation: as Moses, Elias, and Christ our Lord, fasted forty dayes, and forty nights, Deut. 9. 9. 11. 1 King. 19. 8. Mat. 4. 2. And forty daies respite was given to Niniveh, Ion. 3. 4. as thrice 40. (that is 120.) yeeres to the old world before it was drowned, Gen. 6. 3. blot out] or, wipe out: that is, destroy, and abolish. This the Hebrew Doctors expound to be out of the land of the world to come, the land of the living: R. Menachem. on Gen. 7. and the Apostle plaspirits in prison, 1 Pet. 3. 19. living substance] every thing that standeth up, or
Vers. 6. 600 yeere old] Hebr. a sonne of 600. yeeres: that is, going in his 600 yeere. See Gen. 5. 32. and waters] or, as the Greeke hath, the Flood of water.
Vers. 7. his sonnes wives] Thus but a few, that is, eight soules were saved by water: as the Apostle obbecause] or,
Vers. 9. and two] that is, by twoes: as v. 2.
Vers. 10. at the seventh] or, as the Greeke saith, after seven dayes: see before v. 4.
Vers. 11. the 600 yeere] or, In the yeere of 600 yeres;
while Noe was living, in the 600 yeere of his life: which was from the creation of the world the 1656 yeere, and this was the beginning of that yeere of his life, for hee continued a yeere in the Arke, Gen. 8. 13. and lived 350 yeere after the flood, and dyed 950 yeere old, Gen. 9. 28. 29. the second moneth] to weet, of the yeere: agreeable in part to that we now call October: for the end, and revolution of the yeere, was about the moneth which we call September, Exod. 23. 16. and 34. 22. and so the new yeere then began: this was after called the moneth of Ethanim, 1 King. 8. 2. where the Chalthey called it of old, the first moneth, but now (saith he) it is the seventh moneth. For the yeere changed the beginning of it ecclesiApril. of the great deepe,] that is, of the waters, which had by the proOcean sea, which sometime is called the Deepe, Iob 38. 16. 30. and 41. 31. Psal. 106. 9. the windowes] or sluices, flood-gates of heaven: that is, of the ayre; as is noted on Gen. 1. 7. So Esay 24. 18. This denoteth the extraordinary violent falling of the waters from above; as the former did their springing up from beneath. Hereupon waters, deeps, floods, and the like, are used for great afflictions, whereby the life is indangered, Psal. 69. 2. 3. 15. 16.
Vers. 12. the raine] or shower, that is, vehement
raine. After this manner the Israelites were bapti
Vers. 13. In this selfe same] Hebr. In the strength
body) of this day. So Gen. 17. 23. Levit. 23. 14. Ios. 10. 27.
Vers. 14. every beast,] that is, some of every sort,
two of the uncleane; as before, v. 2. every wing] that is, of every sort; for some are winged with feBatts. Therefore the Greeke translateth here, as before, according to his kind.
Vers. 15. went in] of their owne accord, miracu
Vers. 16. shut him in] or, shut (the doore) upon
him, or after him: the Greeke saith, shut the Arke on the outside of him. And this was to keepe him safe, and (as the Chaldee translateth) protect him, from the violence of the raine: also that no other should come in: for so the like speech seemeth to import, in 2 King. 4. 4. 5. The record of this grace to Noe, is found in sundry heathen Writers; they say Deucalion (when waters drowned all the rest) was with his wife preserved in a ship or arke,
Vers. 17. 40 dayes] that is, large dayes, comprenights also: as v. 4. and so the Greeke exforty dayes, and forty nights. See the notes of Gen. 1. 5. from] or from upon: but the Greek saith, from the earth: and the Hebrew meghnal, from upon, is sometime onely from: as Exod. 10. 28. Therefore that which in 2 Chron. 33. 8. is written from upon the Land, in 2 King. 21. 8. is but from the land. So from by me, Gen. 13. 9.
Vers. 18. went upon the face] that is, as the Greeke was caried upon the waters: So ships are said to goe (or walke,) Psal. 104. 26. Thus Noe in the Arke escaped the waters of Gods wrath, wher
Vers. 19. most exceedingly] or, most vehemently:
vehemently vehemently. So Gen. 17. 2. and 30. 43. and often.
Vers. 20. Fifteene cubits] that is, 22 foot and an
halfe. God weigheth the waters by measure, Iob 28. 25 prevaile] that is, as the Greeke explaineth, were lifted up, higher then all mountaines: To this Iob hath reference, saying; he sendeth out (the waand they overturne the earth, Iob 12. 15. this judgement was admirable, seeing there are mounAtlas, Olympus, Causacus, Athos, and othe mountaines of Ararat so high, that the Arke rested upon them long before the face of the earth was discovered, Gen. 8. 4. 5. &c.
Vers. 21. every man] the flood came and destroyed
them all, Luke 17. 27. they were wrinkled before theirtime; a flood was powred upon their foundations, Iob. 22. 16.
Vers. 23. Noe onely] or, but Noe. To this the though Noe, Daniel, and Iob were among them, they should deliver but
1, The waters of the flood asswage. 4, The Arke resteth on Ararat. 7, Noe sends forth the Raven and the Dove. 15, God biddeth, Noe goe forth of the Ark, 18, and he goeth. 20, He buildeth an Altar, and of
ANd God remembred Noe, and every was with him in the Arke: and God made a wind to passe over the earth; and the waters asswaged. And the fountaines of the Deep, (moneth) in the first of the moneth, the tops of the mounwere on the face of all the earth: and he put-forth his hand, and tooke her; and caused her to come unto him into the arke. And hee waited yet other seven was in her mouth: and Noe knew that the waters were abated from off the earth. And he waited yet other seven dayes: and sent-forth the Dove; and she did not againe (moneth) in the first of the moneth; the wa
And God spake unto Noe, saying. Goe-forth is with thee, of all is evill from his youth: and I will not againe any more smite every living thing, as I have done. Hence
GOd remembred] that is, shewed himselfe to every beast] or, every living thing; the Greek translateth, all wild beasts, and addeth all fowles and all creeping things. a wind:] The Hebrew name Ruach, signifieth generally any spirit, or wind; and all winds are brought forth of God out of his treasuries, Psal. 135. 7. and wee know not whence they come, or whither they goe, Ioh. 3. 8. but God ma
Vers. 2. of the deepe] the water gulfes within the stopped] thus God shewed himselfe to be hee that can stay the bottles of heaven, Iob 38. 37.
Vers. 3. going and returning] that is, continually returning,
Vers. 4. of Ararat] that is, of Armenia: a country Ararat, but in Esay 37. 38. it translateth it Armenia. Also the Chaldee here calleth them mounts of Kardu, which many Writers witnesse to be hills in Armenia. And the name Ararat seemeth to bee turned into Armenia, of
Vers. 5. tops] Hebr. the heads.
Vers. 6. that Noe opened] Hebr. and Noe opened:
and, as doth the Greeke, and our English speech also beareth: which the Hebrew it selfe elsewhere sheweth may bee done, as 2 King. 14. 10. and why shouldst thou meddle? but in 2 Chron. 25. 19. and is left out: so in 2 Chron. 18. 12. and is set downe, which in 2 King. 22. 13. is left out. So it may be in many other places, as Gen. 22. 4.
Vers. 7. a Raven] an uncleane fowle, Deut. 14. 14 to see if the waters were abated, as the Greek addeth, and as the next verse sheweth of the dove. For the Raven would have fed on the dead karProv. 30. 17. returning] that is,
Vers. 8. a Dove from him] the Greeke saith, after him, meaning the Raven. This Dove seemeth to be other seven dayes. Of the sending forth of this Dove, and of her returning unto Noe, (whom heathens name Deucalion) there is express mention in humane Writers, Plutarch. dialog. de industr. animal. abated] Hebr. lightned: that is, decreased: so in v. 11.
Vers. 10. he waited] or, patiently abode: so in v. did againe send] or, added to send: so in v. 12. did not adde to returne: and verse 21. I will not adde to curse; that is, not curse any more.
Vers. 11. leafe] or branch: as it is elsewhere englast dayes, Heb. 1. 1.
Vers. 13. the 601 yeere] to weer, of Noes life: as in the first] to weet, the first moneth, as the Greeke addeth; and the Hethe first of the moneth, that is, the first day, as the first of the feast, Mat. 26. 17. is expounthe first day of the feast, Marke 14. 12.
Vers. 14. the 27 day of the moneth] By this it apth Chapter shew. Now the twelve moneths of the Hebrewes had 354 dayes, (for sixe moneths had each of them thirty dayes, and the other sixe mo
Vers. 19. after their families] that is, the male with
his female, not confusedly rushing out all together, but in order, and after their kind, as the Greeke translateth. Families are here attributed to the bruit creatures, as before, man and wife, Gen. 7. 2.
Vers. 20. built an Altar] of earth, as is probable an Altar of earth shalt thou make unto me. And such the NatiAltars of grasse, and of turfe, Uirgil. Aeneid. 12. Horat. l. 1. od 19. An Altar is called in Hebrew,
Vers. 21. the smell] or, the odour savour: It hath respiration, and it signified Gods gracious acceptation of the sacrifice offered; as 1 Sam. let him smell an offring: Lev. 26. 31 I will not smell the smell of your sweet odours: So in Amos 5. the Lord accepted with favour his oblation. The Scripof rest] that is, of sweetnesse, or of sweet savour, which refresheth, comforteth, and quieteth the sense. The Hebrew word is of the same root that Noes name was of, which signified rest and comfort, Gen. 5. 29. The Greeke here, and usually, turneth it eu
of
Vers. 22. Henceforth, all dayes of the earth] that is, Hereafter, so long is the earth endureth. It is a pro
1. God blesseth Noe and his sonnes. 4, Flesh with the blood, and murder, are forbidden. 9. Gods cove
ANd God blessed Noe and his sonnes: upon the ground, and on all the fishes of the sea; into your hand are they given. Every moving thing that is living, things. But every mans bro
And God said unto Noe, and unto his is with you; of the fowle, of the cattell, and of every beast of the earth, with you: from all that goe out of the arke, to every beast of the earth. And I will estais the signe of the cois with you: to eternall generations. My Bow I have giis upon the earth. And God said unto Noe; This is the signe of the covenant which I have established, betweene me and all flesh that is upon the earth.
And the sonnes of Noe that went-out of is the father of Canaan. These were the sonnes of Noe: and of these all the earth was over-spred. And Noe beto be an husbandman: and he planted a vineyard. And he dranke of the wine, and it upon both their shoulders, and went backward and covered the nakednesse of their father: and their faces were backward; and they saw not their fathers nakednesse. And Noe awoke from his wine: and hee be Canaan: be Iehovah, the
BE fruitfull] the blessing first given to Adam, Gen. 1. 28. is here renewed, in the same words: and exercise dominion (or
Vers. 2. shall be upon every beast] or, be it upon
every nature of wild beasts, and of birds, and of creeping things, and things in the Sea, is tamed, and hath beene tamed of the nature of man, Iam. 3. 7.
Vers. 3. moving] or, creeping thing that is living:
moving things which live: whereby things that dye alone, or are not lawfully killed, seeme unto some to bee excepted; as after in the Law, such are plainly forbidden to be eaten, Lev. 22. 8. Exod. 22. 31. So the law touching uncleane beasts, fowles, fishes, &c. mentioned in Lev. 11. seemeth not to be given as yet. And this was the ancient Rabbines judgement, as in Breshith rabba they say. What is that which Psal. 145. 7. teacheth us, saying: The Lord looseth the bound? All beasts which have beene forbidden as uncleane in this world, God will clense and licence them in the world to come of the Messias. Even as to the sonnes of Noe, at the first they were cleane, as it is written (Gen. 9. 3.) every moving thing that is living, to you shall bee for meat: as the greene herbe, &c. As the herbe is permitted unto all, so all beasts shall be permitted unto all. as the greene herbe] given before for meat to man and beast, Gen. 1. 29. 30.
Vers. 4. with the soule] or, in the soule, that is, the
life: for so the soule often signifieth, Iob 2. 6. Ioh. 10. 15. 17. the blood] this declareth what the former meant; in the soule, that is, the blood: a reafor the soule (or life) of the flesh is in the blood: and in vers. 14. the soule of all slesh, is the blood thereof. So this law against eating flesh with the life or blood; seemeth to be against cruelty, not to eate any part while the creature is alive, or the flesh not orderly mortified, and clensed of the blood: 1 Sam. 14. 32. 33. 34. and this the reason following doth confirm. Also the Hebrew Doctors make this the seventh commandement given to the sons of Noe, which all Nations were bound to keepe: as there had bin sixe from Adams time. Which they reckon thus; The first against idolatry, worship of starres, imaMaimony in Misneh, treat. of Kings, chap. 9. But the Heathens that would yeeld to obey these seven precepts, though they recei
Vers. 5. And surely your blood] This the Greeke For even your blood: so making it a cause and reason of the former prohibition. of your soules] that is, your life blood, whereby your persons are kept alive. Or, of your soules, that is, of your selves; meaning, that whoso killeth himselfe, God will require his blood at his owne hands, and judge him as a murderer. So the Iewes expound these words: Maimony in Misn. tom. 4. treat. of Murder, chap. 2. S. 3. require] or, seeke out; and consepunish, as Gen. 42. 22. Hereupon God is called the requirer (or seeker out) of bloods, Psalm. 9. 13. and so the punisher. For where Moses saith in Deut. 18. 19. I will require it of him: Peter exhe shall be destroyed from among the people, Act. 3. 23.
Vers. 6. He that sheddeth, &c.] meaning wilfully:
by man shall his blood be shed] that is, by the Magistrate; whose power is here stablished, for killing all wilfull murderers: as the Chaldee expresseth it, saying,
Vers. 11, to destroy] Hebr. to corrupt: the Greek to corrupt all the earth. This sheweth that the covenant was against the universall drowning of the world, not but that some particular countries may so perish. Also by saying a flood, he reserveth other meanes to consume the whole world, as by fire, 2 Pet: 3. 7. 10. See the notes on Gen. 8. 21.
Vers. 12. is the signe] or shall be the token. The use doe give] or, am giving; that is, doe put, or set: as the holy Ghost translateth giving, Esay 42. 1. by putting, Mat. 12. 18. So in the Hebrew, that is expressed by the word set, 1 King. 10. 9. which elsewhere is written given, 2 Chron. 9. 8. See Gen. 1. 17. And the Chalbetweene me and you, saith, betweene my word and you: as oftentimes for the Lord, he putteth his Word; by which name Christ is called, Ioh. 1. 1. in whom al Gods promises are yea & Amen: 2 Cor. 1. 20
Vers. 13. my bow] that which we call the Raine-bow,
in the cloud in the day of raine, Ezek. 1. 28. which God calleth his, for the wonderfulThaumantias, as being the worke of the wonderfull God. It is called a bow, for the likenesse: and hath many colours, partly waterish, and partly fiery; to put us in mind both of the watry flood, whereby the old world perished, and of the fire, wherewith the world that now is shall bee burnt, Iob 22. 15. 16. 20. 2 Pet. 3. 5. 6. 7. 10. And as the bow is an instrument of war, and so used in Scripbend his bow like an enemy, (Lam. 2. 4.) yet in wrath hee remembreth mercy. I have given] or, doe give: for which the Greeke saith, I doe put. As the covenant made with Noe concerning the waters, is applied to the spirituall covenant made with us in Christ, Esay 54. 9. 10. so the raine-bow, (the signe of that covethe earth] that is, all people in the world: See Gen. 11. 1.
Vers. 14. when I make cloudy the cloud] that is, when I bring many thicke and watry clouds: which naclouds are often used in Scripture to deafflictions and dangers unto men, as Ezek. 30. 3. 18. & 32. 7. & 34. 12. Soph. 1. 15. Ioel 2. 2. the bow shall be seen] the use whereof is, on Gods part, to remember his covenant, (as the next verse sheweth) and on mens part, that they rest in faith upon his pro
Vers. 18. Cham] or Ham: Ch, is to be pronounchamber,
Vers. 20. began to be] This speech doth not nehe began to say, Luke 12. 1. that is, he said, Mat. 16. 6. he began to cast out, Mar. 11. 15. that is, he did cast out, Mat. 21. 12. and of others, they began to disdaine, Mark. 10. 41. that is, they disdained, Mat. 20. 24. and suna husband man] or lands man: in Hebrew, a man of the ground; that is, giving him-selfe to husbandry or tillage: as the Chaldee saith, working in the earth: so a man of warre, is a soldjer, Ios. 5. 4. a man of blood, is a murtherer, 2 Sam. 16. 7. a man of cattell, is a shepheard, or grasier, Gen. 46. 32. a man of words, Exod. 4. 10. that is, eloquent.
Vers. 21. hee uncovered himselfe] that his shame wine is a mocker, Prov. 20. 1. and to be drunke therewith is a riotous excesse, Ephes. 5. 18. This fell out (in likelihood) some yeeres after his comming out of the Arke, as appeareth by the increase of his childrens children: after Canaan was borne. Noes sinne may be compared with Adams, who transNoe found a vine, that was cast out of the garden of Eden: R. Menachem on Gen 9.
Vers. 22. he told it] and this (as the sequell shew
Vers. 23. Sem] in that Sem the younger is named before his elder brother Iapheth, and after blessed
Vers. 24. his younger son] which the Hebrew callesser, meaning in yeeres.
Vers. 25. Cursea be Canaan] or Cursed shall hee be. It is thought of some, that Canaan told Cham Canaans father, (as the Greeke translation hath
Vers. 26. the God of Sem] under this, Sem also blessed is the people whose God Iehovah is, Psal. 144. 15. and eter
Vers. 27. perswade] or, shall perswade: or (as the inlarge. The oriperswade, entise, or allure, by faire and kind words, and is applied to Gods drawing of men unto him by the Gospell, Hos. 2. 14. and in the Hebrew there is allusion to his name, Iaphth le Iepheth: Perswade the perswasible: It meaneth by fayre alluring words to per
Vers. 29. he died] in the yeere from the worlds creation 2006. and did see Tharah the father of Abram, the tenth generation after him, before his death.
1, The generations of Noes three sonnes after the Flood. 2, The sons of Iaphet: 6; The sonnes of Cham: 8, amongst whom is Nimrod, the mighty hunter, and King; 15, and the twelve families of Canaan, 19, the borders of their land. 21, The sonnes of Sem, father of the Hebrewes.
ANd these are the generations of the every man after his tongue; after their families in their nations.
And the sonnes of Cham; Cush and Mizis a great City. And Mizraim, begat the Lu
And Canaan, hee begat Sidon his first-borne, are
And there was borne also to Sem himself: were sons of Ioktan. And their dwelling was from Mesha: as thou goest to Sephar, a mount of the east. These are the sonnes of are
THe generations] that is, the children begotten
Iapheth] the eldest of the three brethren, vers. 21. Hee is renowmed in the ancient Greeke Iapetos; of him many things are fabled by the Poets; and his posterity called Iapetionides, by
Thiras,] of him came the Thracians, and the Greeke name Thrax: hee is not mentioned againe in Scripture, save in the genealogy, 1 Chron. 1. 5. Here are of Iapheth reckoned seven sonnes, which first setled in Asia; and from thence further North
Vers. 3. Ascanaz] in Hebrew, Ashehenaz: his land and children retained his name, when they Axenos Pontos, and after, Euxenos: and his posterity dwelt in Asia, Pontus, & Bythinia, (menAscanius. The Iewes now commonly call Germany, Ashchenaz: and others with them derive from it
Vers. 4. Elisa] or (as the Hebrew writeth) Elishah:
Dodanim] written also Rodanim, 1 Chron. 1. 7. and here in Greeke Rhodioi. The Rhodeans and Doreans about Greece, seeme to come of these. The Scriptures mention not this
Vers. 5. the Iles] that is, the countries where the Ile is strictnations (or Gentiles) Mat. 12. 21. which in Hebrew is Iles, Esay 42. 4. every-man] The Hebrew Ish, man, is often put for every-one; and is so translated in Greeke by the holy Ghost, Heb. 8. 11. from Ier. 31. 34. See also Gen. 15. 10. their families,] or kinreds: in Greeke, their tribes: which word is affamily, stocke, or kinred of any nation. And in the Hebrew, Aegypt is said to have tribes, Esay 19. 13. of which word, see the notes on Gen. 49. 10. 16.
Cush] he was father of the Arabians and Aethopia is mentioned in Scripture, the Hebrew name is Cush, Esay 37. 9. and often oAethiopians (accorMizraim] of him came the Aegyptians: and the land of Aegypt, (so called of the Greeke, in Mat. 2. 15. and alwayes in the new Testament:) in the Hebrew by Moses and the Prophets, alwayes called the land of Mizraim. And it is said to have the name Aegypt, of one
Vers. 7. Seba] or, Saba: (as the Greeke writeth it) Sabaeans, who being mixt afterArabians, that is, a mixed people: for Arab, (that is, Arabia) 2 Chron. 9. 14. is written also Aereb, 1 King. 10. 15. which properly signifieth a mixed-multitude, as in Exod. 12. 38. Havilah] in Greeke Euila: the posterity of this man, with his foure brethren following, dwelt neere the former Sabaeans, and with others many, caused the name of their large territories to be called Arabie, of the mixture of peoples, as before is noted. Sheba] called also in Greeke Saba: his posterity dwelt southward, in Aethiopia, a rich land. The Queene of Sheba came from far to heare the wisedome of Solomon, 1 King. 10. 1. in the Gospell she is called Queene of the South, Mat. 12. 42. Dedan] hee is mentioned with his seed, among the Merchants, in Ezek. 27. 15. and 38. 13.
Vers. 8. Nimrod] called in Greeke Nebrod: so M. and B. are put one for anoMerodach, Esay 39. 1. or Berodach, 2 King. 20. 12. Nimrod signifieth a Rebell, he was the chiefe builder of Babel. a mighty-one] the Greeke cala Giant.
Vers. 9. in hunting:] This the Scripture applyeth to hunting of men, by persecution, oppression, tyIerusalemy paraphrast here expounds it of a sinfull hunting of the sonnes of men. And Moses in the next verse sheweth, how hee hunted for a kingdome: which by right pertained not to him, seeing he came of Cham, the youngest of the three brethren, Gen. 9. 24. before Iehovah] that is, mightily, openly, and without feare of God, as Gen. 6. 11. And so as the Lord tooke notice of his evill. it is sayd] that is, commonly said; and bea proverbe against all tyrants and perse
Vers. 10. Babylon] in Hebrew, Babel: which the Babylon, Rev. 18. 2. A City named of the event, because God there confounded their tongues, and
Shinar] in Greeke Senaar: which is by inter(She naar) That which scattered (the inout of it, as the like phrase is used in Iob 38. 13. and hereof it seemeth to have the name: for otherwise, as all other countries were called by the name of their first possessors, so this was named the land of Nimrod, Mic. 5. 6. But usually it is called Shinar, Gen. 11. 2. 9. and 14. 1. Esay 11. 11. Dan. 1. 2. and is noted for the dwelling place of wickednesse, Zach. 5. 11. The same land is also called
Vers. 11. went forth Assur] so the Greeke translaIosephus maAssur the builder of Niniveh, Antiq. l. 1. c. 7. But it may also well be translated, hee went forth to Assur, that is, to Assyria, a country lying neere to Shinar, or Chaldea, having the name of Assur. Thus Nimrod hunted from one land to another, increato; as often elsewhere: which the Scripthe house, 2 Sam. 6. 10. for unto the house, 1 Chron. 13. 13. the land, 2 Sam. 10. 2 for, unto the land, 1 Chron. 19. 2. and many the like.
Niniveh] a great City, famous by the preachthe citie] this is added, because Rechoboth signifieth also streets: but here it is the name of a city, which the Greek and Chaldee versions doe confirme: as also Gen. 36. 37.
Vers. 13. the Ludims] that is, Lud and his posterity;
Vers. 14 Philistims] or, Phylistians; a people after Caphtorims, (next menCaphtor, the Lord brought them into Canaan, Amos 9. 7. where they remai
Vers. 15. Sidon] of him came the Sidonians, and a great Sidon Ios. 11. 8. and 19. 28. a City renowmed also in huQu. Curtius l. 4. This was after alAser, sonne of Israel; though they failed in not casting out the inhabitants, Iudg. 1. 31. Cheth] of whom came the Chethites, or Hittites, Gen. 15. 20.
Vers. 16. the Iebusite] that is (as the Chaldee paIebusites, Amorites, &c. the singular number being put for the plurall, as
the Iebusite the inhabitant, for which, in 1 Chron. 11. 4. is written,
Vers. 17. the Evite] Hebr. Chivvite: in Greeke Euite, that is, Evites, a people mentioned after, in Gen. 34. 2. and 36. 2. Exod. 3. 8. of them came the Gibeonites, whose lives were spared by Iosua, Ios. 11. 19. The rest which follow, dwelt also in cities neere the former; as the Arkite, in Arka by the bottome of mount Lebanon; the Semarite, in Semaraim, which after fell to the Benjamites, Ios. 18. 22. and so the rest.
Vers. 19. Sidon] a City in the North west part of Gaza] a City of the Philistines, Iudg. 16. situate in the South-west of Canaan. Sodom] in Hebrew Sedom: of this and the rest, see the history, Gen. 18. and 19. They lay in the South-east part of the land of Ca
Vers. 21. there was borne] to weet, an off-spring, or children: set downe afterward. Such words are ofsonnes of Heber] or, of Eber, that is, of Gods Church, which (when others fell away) continuHebers posterity, of whom came Abram the Hebrew, Gen. 14. 13. and his children were called Hebrews, Gen. 39. 14. 17. Exod. 1. 15. 16. And though Sem were father of many moe sonnes then of Hebers; yet are they counted Sems in speciall, for retaining his faith and promises: as Rom. 9. 8. So on the contrary, Cham is called the father of Canaan, Gen. 9. 18. who had other sonnes also, but on Canaan his youngest, was Chams curse vibrother of Iapheth] he was also brother of Cham; but the Scripture calleth them brethren more especially, that are alSem and Iapheth for good, Gen 9. 23. 27. Simeon and Levi, for evill, Gen. 49. 5. the elder] or, the great, to weet, in birth: for Iapheth was borne before Sem, as is observed in Gen. 5. 32. and the Greeke version here plainly sheweth that Iapheth was the elder. So greater is used for elder, lesser for younger, in Gen. 27. 1. 15. and often in the Scriptures.
Vers. 22. Elam] of whom came the Elamites,
Elam, in the upAssur] or, Ashshur: of him came the
Lud] of whom came the Lydians, a people in Asia, differing from Lud, sonne of Mizraim, sonne of Cham, of whom came the Lydians in A
Aram] of whom came the Aramites, that is, (after the Greeke) Syrians, enemies also to Gods people, Iudg. 3. 10. 2 Sam. 8. 5. 6. 1 King. 20. &c. For Aram seating in the land of Shur in Asia, his country is therefore called in the Hebrew by his name, Aram, in the Greeke Syria: as of Asshur, commeth Assyria, the new Testament alwayes folPadan Aram, Gen. 28. 2. Aram Naharaim, (or Mesopotamia) Gen 24. 10. Aram of Damascus. 2 Sam. 8. 6. Aram Zobah, Psal. 60. 2. Aram Maacah. 1 Chron. 19. 6. and Aram beth Rehob, 2 Sam. 10. 6.
Vers. 24. Salah] Heb. Shelach.
Vers. 25. Phalee] or Phalee, as Luke 3. 35. in HePeleg, that signifieth division.
Vers. 20. Ioktan] or Ioktan: of him and his poste
Chasarmaveth] in Greeke Sarmoth: this mans posterity seeme to have dwelt in Sarmatia, a great Country beyond Germany, and named (as is like) of this man.
Vers. 27. Hadoram] in Greeke Hedorra: of the Hado, some thinke Hodu, that is India, was so called, Esth. 1. 1.
Vers. 29. Ophir,] in Greeke Oupheir: from this Ophir, Iob 22. 24. and in other languages Obruson, and Obryzum, of Ophyrizum, pure gold.
Vers. 30. their dwelling] Hebr. their seat. Mesha]
Vers. 32. the families] in Greeke, the tribes, or kinreds. By this genealogy here, compared with the names of nations in humane Writers, it aphath made of one blood, all nations of men, for to dwell on all the face of the earth: and hath determined the times before appointed, and the bounds of their habitation, Act. 17. 26.
1, One Language was in all the world. 3. The buil
ANd all the earth was of one lip; and every man to them with a burning: and they had bricke, for stone; and slime had they for morter. And they said; Goe too, let us let the top thereof reach to the heavens; and let us make us a name: lest we be scattered-abroad upon the face of all the earth.
And Iehovah came downe, to see the Ciis one, and they have all one lip; and this they begin to doe: and now, there will not bee cut-off from them, any thing that they have imagined to doe. Goe too, Let every-man his neighbours lip. And Iehovah scattered
These are the generations of Sem; Sem was a hundred yeeres old; and hee begat Ar
And Arphaxad lived five & thirty yeres:
And Salah lived thirty yeeres: and he be
And Heber lived foure and thirty yeres:
And Phaleg lived thirty yeeres: and hee
And Ragau lived two and thirty yeeres:
And Saruch lived thirty yeeres: and hee
And Nachor lived nine & twenty yeeres:
And Tharah lived seventy yeeres: and he are the generations of Tharah; Tharah begat Abram, Nachor, and Haran: and Hawas Sarai; and the name of Nachors wife, Milcah; the daughter of Ha
THe earth] that is, the inhabitants of the earth, all
nations: Such words, easie to be understood, are often wanting: the Scripture it selfe sometime maketh them plaine; as, will God dwell on the earth? 1 King. 8. 27. that is, with men on the earth: 2 Chr. 6. 18. and, all lands and their land, Esay 37. 18. is exnations and their land, 2 King. 19. 17. all the earth sought to see Solomon, 1 King. 10. 24. that is, all the Kings of the earth, as is expressed 2 Chron. 9. 23. See Gen. 6. 11. and 27. 46. of one lip,]
Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth it,) of one tongue, or language. The like is in vers. 6. and 7. So lips are languages, 1 Cor. 14. 21. one speech] or, the same words. This speech was Hebrew, (which after the confusion remained in Hebers family) as the names of men doe plainly confirme. So the Ierusalemy Thargum here saith,
Vers. 2. Shimar] or Senaar, which was also naChaldea, and (as the Chaldee paraphrast transBabylon; the land of Nimrod: see before, Gen. 10. 10. Thargum Ierusalemy calleth it Pontus.
Vers. 3. Goe too] or, Come on: Hebr. give: a word make] or, forme as brickes. with a burning] or, to a burning: that is, thorowly, or as the Greeke saith, with fire. Thus wanting stones, they devised matter to make their cursed building. slime] a kind of naturall lime, that was found there in pits and rivers, which served for building, as well or better then artificithey had chemer (naturall lime) for chomer (artificiall lime, or morter.) So Gen. 14. 10. Compare hereprecious stones Rev. 21. 19. 1 Pet. 2. 5
Vers. 4. the top] Hebr. the head, and here the reach, or the like, is to be understood; for so the Scripture oft speaketh with brevity: as, the ark under curtaines, 1 Chron. 17. 1. that is, remaining under curtaines, 2 Sam. 7. 1. the men of war, by night, 2 King 25. 4. that is, fled by night, Ier. 52. 7. and many the like. See Gen. 13. 9. and 23. 13. And by the head reaching to heaven, is meant a very high towre; as Deut. 1. 28. Mat. 11. 23. and Babylon afa name] meaning a great name, to bee renowI have made thee a name, 1 Chron. 17. 8. another exa great name, 2 Sam. 7. 9. See also 2 Sam. 8. 13. This word name, is sometime put for God himselfe, Lev. 24. 11. 16. whose name is a strong tower, into which the righteous runneth, and is set aloft, Prov. 18. 10. and to
Vers. 5. came down] that is, shewed by his works, And the Lord appeared to take vengeance upon the workes of the Citie and Tower.
Vers. 6. there will not be cut off from them] that is, they will not be restrained: so noting their wilfull persisting in the evill begun. Or question-wise thus, should they not be cut off? (or restrained?) mea
Vers. 7. Let us goe downe] The holy Trinity here Let us make man:) against the former determination of vaine men, vers. 4. So he dissipateth the counsell of the nations, Psal. 33. 10. not heare] that is, not understand: so in 1 Cor. 14. 2.
Vers. 8. scattered] and so dissolved their comthat which the wicked feareth, shall come upon him, Prov. 10. 24. The Hebrew Doctors from hence doe conclude, The generation of the division (of tongues) have no part in the world to come, (that is, in the kingdome of heaas it is written: And the Lord scattered them from thence, &c. The Lord scattered them in this world; and from thence the Lord scattered them in the world to come. Thalmud Bab. in Sanhedr. ch. 10. left off to build] the contrary miracle God wrought by the gift of tongues, to build up Ierusalem, Act. 2. 4. 6. 11. &c.
Vers. 9. Babel] or Babylon, in the Greeke translaConfusion: because there the Lord (Balal, that is,) Confounded their language: And Babel is the same that Balbel, but for ease of speech the first l is left out: and it accordeth with the Chaldee or BaBalal, Balbel, as the Chaldee paraphrast here hath it.
Vers. 10. old] Hebr. sox, and so in the rest that
Vers. 11. 500 yeere] By this we may gather, that
Vers. 12. begat Salah] or, Shelach: and as the hotwo yeeres after the flood; vers. 10. so may wee gather it for all the rest: as Sala was borne 37 yeeres after the flood, and after the creation of the world, 1693 The Greek translation inserteth here, a man which never was, by the Hebrew verity, saying that Arphaxad begat Kainan: and that
Vers. 14. begat Heber] after the flood, 67 yeeres,
Vers. 16. begat Phaleg] or, Peleg: after the flood
Vers. 17. 430 yeere] So Heber lived till Abraham
Vers. 18. begat Ragau] or Rehu: after the flood
Vers. 20. begat Saruch] or Serug: after the flood
Vers. 22. thirty yeere] at the same age, Phaleg and begat Nachor] after the flood 193. and of the world 1849.
Vers. 24. begat Tharah] or Terach: after the flood
Vers. 26. begat Abram, Nachor, and Haran] that is, began to beget: and so begat one of these three (to
Vers. 28. land of his nativity] that is, his native
country: or, as the Greeke saith, wherein hee was borne. Vr of the Chaldees] that is, Vr in the land of the Chaldeans; which land Stephen calleth also Mesopotamia, Act. 7. 2. 4. for it lay betweene two rivers. And Chaldea is by humane writers also called Mesopotamia, Plin. hist. b. 6. c. 27. Vr sigLight and Fire: here the Chaldee paraCountry: and Stephen in Act. 7. 4. saith, the land of the Chaldeans. And the Chaldees being idolaters, in likelihood consecraFire, which they had seene to come downe from heaOrimasda, lights of grace. So other heathens after used to honour fire, as Qu. Curtius, b. 4. saith of Darius, that he called upon the sacred and eternall Fire. Or it might be a place of sacrificing in ChalVr (that is, Fire) in Sion, and Fornace in Ierusalem, Esay 31. 9 So the Ierusalemy paraphrast calleth it here, the fiery fornace of the Chaldees. Chaldees] or
Vers. 29. Sarai] she was daughter of Abrams faSarah, as Abram also was naAbraham: see Gen. 17. 15. 5. daughter of Haran] by this also it appeareth, that Haran was eldest of the three brethren. And this Milcah (or Melcha, as the Greeke writeth her) was grandRebecca, Isaaks wife, Gen. 22. 20. 23. Ischa,] in Greeke Iescha; the Iewes thinke this was Sarai, and that she had two names: and was said to be daughter of Tharah, Gen. 20. 12. as being his grandchild.
Vers. 31. Tharah tooke Abraham,] It appeareth served other gods in Chaldea or Mesopotamia: and there
1, God calleth Abram to goe into another land, 2, promiseth to blesse him, and in him, all families of the earth. 4, Abram departeth with Lot, from Char
ANd Iehovah sayd unto Abram; Goe was seventy yeeres and five yeeres old, when hee went-out from Charran. And Abram tooke Sawas then in the land. And Iehovah appeared unto Abram, and said, unto thy seed will I give this land: having Beth-el Sea-ward, and Al East-ward; and he buil
And there was a famine in the land: and art a woman of faire countenance. And it will be is his wife: and they will kill me, and thee they will save alive. Say I pray art my sister; that it may be well with me for thy sake; and my soule shall live because of thee. And it was, when Abram was very faire. And Pharaohs Princes saw her, and they into Pharaohs house. And he did with great plagues: because of Sarai, Abrams wife. And Pharaoh called is this that thou hast done to me? Why didst thou not tell mee, that she is thy wife? Why saidst thou, she is
away. And Pharaoh commanded
Lec leca, that is, Goe thou. See before in chap. 6. 9.
Vers. 1. sayd] to weet, after that Abrams father
was dead, Acts 7. 4. Thus God was he that redeemed Abram, Esay 29. 22. Goe thou] or, Goe for thy selfe: signifie in that though no other would, yet he should for his own good, get him out from that idolatrous place. So God calleth al from such estate. Rev. 18. 4. from thy land] or, out of thy country; that wherein he now dwelt in Charran, which was in the same land of Mesopotamia that Vr stood in, Gen. 24. 10. and 28. 2. 7. 10. compared with Act. 7. 2. Gen. 11. 28. The Hebrew Doctors expound the name Charan, by Charonaph, that is, wrathfull anger, (R. Menachem on Gen. 12.) as if hee were now to depart from the place of wrath. So wee which by nature were children of wrath, (Eph. 2. 3.)
delivered from the wrath to come: 1 Thes. 1. 10. thy kinred] to weet, Nachor and the rest, excepting Lot. For although there is no expresse mention of Nachor, among others that went with Thara from Vr, in Gen. 11. 31. yet it apNachors City, Gen. 25. 20. and 24. 10. 15. and the same was Charran, Gen. 28. 2. 10. and there was Abrams kinred, and country here spoken of, Gen. 24. 4.
Vers. 2. a great] or, to a great nation, that is, to become the father of a great nation: see Gen. 2. 7. and
Vers. 3. that speaketh thee-evill] or curseth thee: but here are two words used, and this first, signiCursing also signifieth evilspeaking by men, as Paul sheweth, Act. 23. 5. from Exod. 22. 28. The like blessing, Isaak pronounced unto Iaakob, Gen. 27. 29. and Balaam to Israel, Num. 24. 9.
Vers. 4. went] By faith, Abraham being called did
obey, to goe out unto a place which hee should after receive for an inheritance: and he went-out, not knowing whither he should come, Heb. 11. 8.
Vers. 5. substance] or, gathered-goods: for of getting
Vers. 6 passed through,] to survey his land wherSechem] or Sychem; that is, the place where Sychem after was: of which see Gen. 33. 18. This was about the midthe oke] that is, the okes, (as it is written in Deut. 11. 30.) meaning a grove or plaine set with okes: the Chaldee therefore calleth it a plaine: but the Greeke, an oke; and it is named in Hebrew, Aelon, of strength. Moreh] this seethe okes of Mamre, Gen. 13. 18.) or of some hill, as in Iudg. 7. 1. The Greeke translateth it, an high oke. Moreh signifieth also a Doctor, Iob 36. 22. the Canaanite] that is, Canaanites, as Gen. 10. 16. 18. So the Greeke saith, the Chanaanites dwelt in the land. An idolatrous and wicked people, as the Chaldeans from whom Abram came, Deut. 12. 30. 31. So Gen. 13. 7. But when God promiseth the clensing of his Church, he saith, the Canaanite shall be there no more, Zach. 14. 21.
Vers. 7. thy seed] that is, to all the children of promise
Vers. 8. eastward,] or on the east of Bethel: a City Beth-el, that is, Gods house: at this time it was named Luz: Gen. 28. 19. his tent] shewing by this, that he abode there as in a strange country, Heb. 11. 9. Psal. 105. 12. for a tent is opposed to an house, or setled dwelling, 1 Chron. 17. 1. 5. seaward,] that is, on the West: for besea is often put for the West: so Gen. 28. 14. Ex. 10. 19. and 26. 22. Ezek. 48. 1. 2. &c. For like readesert is used for the south, in Psal. 75. 7. A
a city, whereof see Ios. 8.
Vers. 9. going and journying] that is, continually
journying: see Gen. 8. 3. the south] as towards the Sunne: whereby may be figured his progresse in faith and grace, as Prov. 4. 18. 2 Cor. 3. 18. So the building of the City which Ezekiel saw in vision, was toward the south: Ezek. 40. 2. The Hebrew Doctors say, that Abraham cleaved unto the condion of mercy, for that is the south of the world; and therefore all Abrahams journeyes were towards the south: R. Menachem on Gen. 12. The
Vers. 10. a famine] a new affliction for Abram alwalking from nation to nation, from one kingdome to another people, Psal. 105. 13. Although Canaan was a most fruitfull land, Deut. 8. 7. 8. 9. yet God now made it barren, for the wickednesse of them that dwelt therein, Psal. 107. 34.
Vers. 11. now] or, I pray thee: a word not of time, of faire countenance] or faire of looke, or visage: Sarai was a figure of the new Testament, and of Ierusalem the mother of us all, Galat. 4. 24. 26. That Spouse of Christ is
Ver. 12. that they] Hebr. and they: so after v. 14. but and is often put for that: as the Hebrew text shewand the Lord will build: for which in 2 Sam. 7. 11. is written, that he will. See Gen. 27. 4.
Vers. 13. my soule shall live] that is, I, or my selfe
shall live. The word soule is used for any person. That Sarai was indeed Abrams sister, is after mani
Vers. 16. Pharaoh] a common name for all the P
And
Vers. 16. he did good] or, dealt well with: as the he used well. hee had] or, there was to him: such is the Hebrew phrase usuThere is not to us, Luke 9. 13. that is, wee have not, Mat. 14. 17.
Vers. 17. plagued] or touched, stroke Pharaoh with
great strokes. This great deliverance David celebraHe suffered no man to doe them wrong, but reproved Kings for them.
Vers. 19. and I] or, for I. And, is often in stead For: as, and he heard, Esay 39. 1. that is, for hee heard, 2 King 20. 12.
Vers. 20. sent away] This word is often used for sending, or conveighing away with honour, as Exod. 28. 27. and so with accompanying and bringing them on their way, as the Greeke and Chaldee translate it here.
1, Abram and Lot returne out of Aegypt into Ca
ANd Abram went up out of Aegypt, was very rich: in cattell, in silwas then dwelling in the land. And Abram said unto Lot, let there be men brethren. Is not (thou wilt take) the left-hand, then I will take the right; and if the right-hand, then I will take the left. And was well-watered: before Iehovah destroyed Sodom and Go(it was) as the garden of Iehovah, as the land of Aegypt, as thou commest to Zoar. And Lot chose to him, all the plaine each man from his brother. Abram, hee dwelt in the land of were evill and sinart: to the north, and to the south, and to the east, and to the Sea. For all the land which thou seest, is in Chebron: and hee builded there an altar unto Iehovah.
THe south] in Greeke, the desert: meaning the southerne part of Canaan. (see Gen. 12. 9.) for otherwise Canaan was Northward from Aegypt.
Vers. 2. very rich] Hebrew, vehemently waighty
heavy ▪) Which word is applyed to weight of burden, as in 1 King. 12. 4. to weight of glory, as in Gen. 31. 1. to waight of multitude of people, as in 2 King. 6. 14. or of cattell, as Exod. 12. 38. and so to all manner of
Vers. 4. called there] the Chaldee saith, prayed
there. See the notes on Gen. 12. 8. As Abram re
Vers. 5. tents] that is, servants dwelling in tents. So Ier. 49. 29. 1 Chron. 4. 41.
Vers. 6. did not beare] the Greeke translateth, received (or
Vers. 7. the Pherezite] that is, Pherezites; as
Vers. 8. and betweene my heardraen] that is, or betweene
Vers. 9. Is not all?] that is, Loe surely it is. A queis it not written? Mar. it is written, Mat. 21. 13. doe ye not erre? Mark. 12. 24. for, ye doe erre, Mat. 22. 29. and sunbefore thee] at thy pleasure, to choose, by my permission. So the Lord set the land before the Israelites, Deut. 1. 21. The like is in Gen. 20. 15. and 34. 10. if thou wilt take] or wilt choose. These words are to bee unAnd Lot chose, &c. Oftentimes words wanting are to be supplied: as, I with Scorpions, 2 Chron. 10. 11. for, I will chastise you with Scorpions, 1 King. 12. 11. Against three hundred, 2 Sam. 23. 8. for, he lift up his speare against three hundred, 1 Chron. 11. 11. and many such like. See Gen. 11. 4. Thus Abram for peace, parted with his right: choosing rather to take wrong, then to contend, as 1 Cor. 6. 7.
Vers. 10. lifted up his eyes] that is, looked round about▪
Vers. 11. the plaine] or, the country about Iordan,
a plaine: and it is opposed to the mountaine, Gen. 19. 17. each man, &c.] that is, one from another.
Vers. 12. pitched tent] that is, removed his tents
dwelt in tents in Sodom.
Vers. 13. sinners to Iehovah] that is, before the
Lord, (as the Greeke translateth) and aganst him, as 1 Sam. 2. 25. meaning, very grievous and open sinners. And here the
Vers. 14. to the sea] that is, the west: see Gen. 12. 8.
Vers. 15. to thee] God gave Abram no inheritance
in the land, no not the bredth of a foot: yet hee promised that he would give it to him for a possession, and to his seed after him, when as yet hee had no child, Acts 7. 5. By faith hee sojourned in the land of promise, as in a strange country; for he looked for a City which hath foundations, whose builder and maker is God, Heb. 11. 9. 10. and to thy seed] this may be an interpretato thee, that is to thy seed: for the word and, sometime meaneth, that is, or even: as 1 Chron 21. 12. three dayes the Lords sword, and the pestilence, for, that is to say the pestilence: it expounthree dayes pestilence. So in 2 Sam. 17. 12. of him and of all (for that is of all) the men that are with him: thy seed] thy posterity. But as the earthly country figured an heavenly, Heb. 11. 16. so Aafter the flesh; and some by promise, Galat. 4. 22. 23. neither because they are the seed of Abram, are they all children, Rom. 9. 7.
for ever] or, unto eternity. Yet they possessed it but a little while, Esay 63. 18. For upon transgression they were threatned to be scattered among the heathens, their land to be wast, and their Cities desolate, Lev. 26. 33. and that
Vers. 16. will put] that is, will make: as the Greek if a man] This sheweth the com
Vers. 17. in the length] This survey was to strengheavenly, Heb. 11. 10. 16. that he might be able to comprehend the length and bredth, and depth and height, and know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge; Ephes. 3. 18. 19.
Vers. 18. in the okes] that is, the oke grove, or plain:
Mamree] in Greeke Mambree: a man of the Amorites then living, with whom Abram made league, Gen. 14. 13. One of the chiefe Sorcerers of Aegypt, was called by the like name. See the notes on Exod. 7. 11. Chebron] or Hebron, (the Greeke writeth it
1. The battell of foure foraine Kings, against five Kings of Canaan. 10, Sodom and Gomorrhe are spoiled; 12, Lot is taken prisoner: 14, Abram pursueth and smiteth the conquerors, 16, bringeth backe the spoyles, the captives, and his br
ANd it was, in the dayes of Amraphel is Zoar. All these is the sea of salt. Twelve yeeres were with him; and they smote the Rephaims, in Ashteroth Karnaim; and the Zuzims, in Ham: and the Emims in Shaveh Kirjathaim. And the Chorites in is by the wildernesse. And they returned, and is Kadesh; and they smote all the field of the Amalekite: and also the Amorite, that dwelt in Hazezonthere went out the King of Sois Zoar: and they joyned battell with them, in the valley of Siddim. With Chedor-laomer, king of had many pits of slime; and the King of Sodom and of Gomorrha, they fled, and fell there: and the residue fled to the mountaine. And they tooke all the subwere confederates with Abram. And Abram heard that his brother servants, the children of his house, three hundred, and eighteene, and hee pursued them unto Dan. And hee divided himselfe is on the left hand of Dawere with him: unto the valley of Shaveh, that is the valley of the King. And Melchibe Abe God most-hye; (I take) from a threed even to a shoe latthat which the young-men have
IN the dayes] the Greeke saith, in the reigne. of Shinar] that is, Chaldea: or (as the Chaldee turBabylon: see Gen. 10. 10. Thargum IeruPontus. Ellasar] this is thought to be Syria. Chedor-laomer] written in Greeke, Chodollogomor. Elam] that is, the Elamites or
Vers. 2. Zebojim] in Greeke Seboeim: it is writZebiim, of Zebi, which signifieth glory, pleasantnesse, and a Roe; by which name the pleasant and glorious land of Israel is calZebojim, as being unthat is Zoar] or Zogar, so called after, upon Lots request, Gen. 19. 20. 22. These five Cities stood neere tosea of salt] or salt sea: so Ios. 3. 16. meaning, that this goodly valley, after it was burnt from heaa salt sea; and so barren and fruitlesse, salt and dead sea, as it was also called. And the holy Scripsaltnesse for barrennesse, Deut. 29. 23. Psal. 107. 34. This judgement of God brought upon one of the goodliest places in all Canaany; signifying, how that land and inhabitants should for their sinnes be deprived and made barren of all spirituall graces. But by the Gospell and spirit of Christ, graces are restored: as was figured in a vision of waters issuing out of Gods house, run
Vers. 4. served Chedor. laomer] herein God shewCanaan should be Sems servant, Gen. 9. 26. Chedorlaomer of Sems progeny, was chiefe of all these Kings, and Lord of the Canaanites.
Vers. 5. smote] that is, killed: see vers. 17. Rephaims] or Raphaeans, called of the Greeke and Chaldee paraphrast, Giants: and the Hebrew word is after used for such, Deut. 2. 11. and Rapha was the name of a Giant that had foure sonnes Giants, in Davids dayes, 2 Sam. 21. 16. 22. But these Rephaims were now a people in Canaan, Gen. 15. 20.
Vers. 6. Chorites] or Chorreans, or Chorims, a peoSeir, till Esau and his sonns drove them thence, Deut. 2. 22. Gen. 36. 20. &c. El-pharan] by interpretation, the Oke (or plaine) of Pharan, (or Paran;) which was a City by the wil
Vers. 7. En-mishpat] that is by interpretation the Well of judgement; and so the Greeke here calleth it: the Chaldee nameth it, the plaine of the division of judgement. So called, as it seemeth, of Gods judgement or sentence given against Moses and Aaron, for sinning at that place; see Num. 20. 1. 10. 12. 13. the field] that is, the country or region: so the field of Edom, Gen. 32. 3. the field of Moab, Gen. 36. 35. the field of Soan, Psal. 78. 12. the field of Syria, Hos. 12. 12. wherby those
Vers. 10. had many pits] Hebr. pits pits, which many, or diuers pits: so heapet heapes, is
many heapes, Exod. 8. 14. rankes rankes, Mar. 5. 40. for, by many rankes. fell] that is, were slaine there; as the word also signifieth in Ios. 8. 24. 25. Iudg. 8. 10. and 12. 6. and many other places: So, there fell of Israel, 1 Chron. 21. 14. for which in 2 Sam. 24. 15. is written, there dyed. See after, Gen. 25. 18.
Vers. 11. the substance] or the goods, cattell, mony, their victuals] or, their meat; the fruits of the land; which were both sweet and plentifull, made now a prey to the hungry soul
Vers. 12. dwelt] or, was dwelling: and so became
Vers. 13. the Hebrew] so named of his father Heber,
Vers. 14. brother] that is, his kinsman: see Gen. armed] or drew out, that is, ledforth of his house. Greeke, numbred, mustered. trained] or instructed: we may understand it both of civill affaires, and religion, wherein hee had trained them: the Chaldee calleth them young men: and so doth Moses, in vers. 24. children] that is, serborne in his house, and to it belonging. See afpursued] to weet, after them, as the Greeke saith: meaning those kings fore-mentioned. Dan] a place in the north parts of Canaan, called of old Leshem, and being won by the Danites, it was named Dan, Ios. 19. 47. After, it was called Caesarea: so the Ierusalemy paraphrase calleth it, Dan de Kasarjon.
Vers. 15. the left hand of Damascus] called in HeDammesek. (and sometime Darmesek, as 1 Chron. 18. 5.) which was the head of Aram, (or Syria) Es. 7. 8. and for the left hand, both the Chalnorth of Damascus; and that rightly: for the east is counted the formost part of the world, and the west the hindmost; Esay 9. 12. and the South is called the rightside, opposed to the North, Psal. 89. 13. Thus Abram pursued them, passed in peace, by a way that hee had not gone with his feet, Esay 41. 3.
Vers. 16. the substance] or, goods, to weet, of the
S
as the Greeke version addeth. Thus God
Vers. 17. from smiting] or from the slaughter, as he smote, 2 King. 14. 5. another saith, he killed, 2 Chron. 25. 3. of the King] a val
Vers. 18. Melchisedek] the Ierusalemy Thargum hu Shem rabba, this was Sem the great: and in Breshith rabba upon this place, it is said, this Melchisedek was Sem the sonne of Noe. Hee was called
Vers. 19. he blessed] this was a worke of the Priests office, to blesse in the name of God for ever:
without all contradiction, the lesse is blessed of the better, though Abram
Vers. 20. blessed be God] that is, thanked, or praised:
Vers. 21. the soules] Hebr. soule: one put for masoules, for persons, the men and women of Sodom, whom Abram had brought backe from the enemy. See Gen. 12. 5. and 3. 2. So the Greek translateth, the men.
Vers. 22. lift up my hand] So they were wont, lifting up in prayer: it see
Vers. 23. If from a threed] An unperfect speech, If I take from a threed, that is, I will not take so much as a threed, or a shoe-latchet. So God sware, if they shall enter into my rest, Psal. 95. 11. which is expounded by the Apostle, that they should not enter, Heb. 3 11. 18. and Christ saith, if a signe be given to this generation, Mark 8. 12. which another Evangelist explaineth thus, a signe shall not be given, Mat. 16. 4. See after in Gen. 21. 23. and thou shalt not] or, as the Greek translateth, that thou maist not say.
Vers. 24. Save,] or, Except; So the Greeke and It shall not be with me; or, Far be it from me. young men] those trained souldiers, vers. 14. This word is not alwayes meant of age, but often of service and ministery, though they be men of ripe yeares: as Est. 2. 2. Exod. 24. 5. and 33. 11. So such as one Evan
1, God incourageth Abram. 2, Abram complain
AFter these things, was the word of am a shield to thee; thy reward shall be exceeding great. And Abram said; Lord Iehovih, is this Eliezer of Damaskus. And Abram said, Behold to came unto him, saying, This shall not be thine heyre: but he that shall come out of thy bowels, hee shall be thy heyre. And he brought him forth afor justice. And he said unto him: I am Iehovah, that dove, and a yong-pigeon. And he tooke unto him all these, and parted will judge: and afterward they shall come out, with great substance. And thou shalt come
THese things] Hebr. these words: that is, these
things spoken of: for a word, is generally used for any thing mentioned in speech or writing, or whereof speech may be: the like is in Gen. 19. 22. and 24. 40. So an uncleane word, that is, thing: Lean evill word, for, an evill thing: Deut. 17. 5. and many the like. in a vision] or a sight: the Chaldee saith, in prophesie: the Greeke, in a vision of the night: which the 5. verse confirmeth. Prophets of old, were called
Vers. 2. Lord] in Hebr. Adonai, which signifimy stayes, or pillars: implying in it a mystery of (the Lord of heaven and earth, Mat. 11. 25.) who as a base, sustained Abram in all infirmities. It is written here with long A in the end, and so is proper to God, having the vowels of Iehovah: when it is written with a short a, it is applied to creatures. In in the forme singular Adón, Lord, or susteyner, it is also ascribed unto God, the Lord of all the earth, Psal. 97. 5. and in the forme plurall Adonim, as Mal. 1. 6. If I be (Adonim) a Lord, where is my feare?
Iehovih] or God, in Greeke Lord: this name is usually thus written, when it is joyned with the former Adonai: and it hath the consonant letters of Iehovah, and the vowels of Aelohim, God: and where one Prophet writeth Adonai Iehovih, (as here) 2 Sam. 7. 18. aIehovah Aelohim, 1 Chron. 17. 16. It is of the same signification that Iehovah: whereof see Gen. 2. 4. goe childlesse] by going, the Ierusalemy paragoing out of the world, as feaI am let depart (as Simeon speaketh in Luke 2. 29.)
Vers. 3. seed] that is, a child, as the Chaldee exson of my house] that is, my houshold
servant, or bondman borne: so in Eccl. 2. 7. I got men-servants and women-servants, and I had sonnes of the house: that is, home-borne-slaves: so called, to distinsonnes of the wombe, Prov. 31. 2. Iob 19. 17. See before, Gen. 14. 14. also Gen. 17. 12. Ier. 2. 14. is mine heyre] or inheriteth, that is, (as the Greeke translateth) shall inherit mee: shall possesse and enjoy all that I have. So to
Vers. 4. And behold] the Greeke turneth it, And
straight way: it noteth Gods speedy helpe of Ashall come out] that is, the sonne of thine owne body: opposed to the sonne of the house, or servant aforesaid. So the Chaldee translateth, a sonne whom thou shalt beget. A like promise was to David, 2 Sam 7. 12. thy seed after thee, which shall come out of thy bowels: for which in 1 Chron. 17. 11 is written, which shall be of thy sonnes.
Vers. 5. the starres] which cannot by man bee counteth their number, and calleth them all by names, Psal. 147. 4. Before in Gen. 13. 16. God promised him seed like the dust of the earth: here, like the stars of heaven: that, might signifie his naturall seed; this, his spistarres, and the host of heaven, Gen. 37. 9. 10. Dan. 8. 10. In Gen. 22. 17. Abrams seed are compared with the starres of heaven, and sand of the sea. so shall thy seed be] and so it was fulfilled in Moses time, Deut. 1. 10. and 10. 22. and this promise was after renew
Vers. 6. he beleeved] or, had faith. This is the first faith, or beleefe is expresly spoken of in Scripture; and is found in Abram, called the father of all beleevers, Rom. 4. 11. 12. 16. and hath imputation of justice added to it; because under this pro
Vers. 7. from Vr] This sheweth that Abram was Vr, see Gen. 11. 28.
Vers. 9. Take unto me] that is, Take and offer unto
me: so the Chaldee translateth, Offer before me: & Gen. 48. 9. take them to me, is bring them: so in Exod. 25. 2. and often: and, thou hast taken gifts, Psal. 68. 19. is expounded by the Apostle, thou hast given gifts, Eph. 48. a three-yeerling] or, a trebled heiffer: but the Greeke translateth, a three yeerling heiffer. Howbeit the Chaldee paraphrast saith, three heiffers, &c. the Hebrew signifying trebled, or thirded, is indifferent to either; but the first seemin the mids, vers. 10. a young pigeon] the Hebrew word is used in Deut. 32. 11. for yong eagles: but the Chaldee here hath barjonah, a yong dove; and the Greeke hath a dove: and thus also it accordeth with the law in Lev. 1. 14 where yong doves are expresly mentioned. And as there, all offrings were either of beeves, or sheepe, or of goats, of turtles, or yong doves, Lev. 1. 2. 10. 14. so here they all are commanded to Abram. And figu
Vers. 10. and gave] that is, layd, or put.
every one
or,
Vers. 11. the fowles] ravenous birds, as Eagles, Eagles, Ezek. 17. 3. 7. 12. and the fowles are called to eat of sacribuffed them] drove them away with a wind or blowing, as the Hebrew importeth. So Moses and Aaron saved Israel, from being devoured by the Aegyptians, Exod. 7. &c.
Vers. 12. going] or, to goe downe: that is, about or ready to set: Hebr. to goe in. a deep-sleepe] The Greeke calleth it an extasie, (or trance,) so Gen. 2. 21. The Hebrew Doctors observe, concerning vithey saw no propheticall vision, but by dream, or by night vision; (Num. 12. 6. and 22. 19. 20.)
Vers. 13. knowing know] that is, know assuredly:
not theirs] meaning Aegypt, Mestrangers, Gen. 17. 8. Psal. 105. 11. 12. and thereyeere] which beganne when Ismael sonne of Agar the Aegyptian mocked and persecuted Isaak, Gen. 21. 9. Gal. 4. 29. which fell out thirty yeeres after the promise, Gen. 12. 3. which promise was 430 yeeres before the Law,
Vers. 14. will judge,] that is, punish as their sinnes deserve: the judgements that God brought on the Exodus. great substance] or
Vers. 15. unto thy fathers] that is, shalt die: the bo
Vers. 16. the fourth generation] This promise was verified, when Eleazar the son of Aaron, the sonne Amran, the sonne of Kohath, came out of Egypt and parted the land of Canaan to Israel, Ios. 14. 1. Kohath being one that went into Egypt with Iaaof the Amorite] that is, the Amorites, and other sinfull na
Vers. 17. going downe] the going downe of the sun, and darknesse, usually noteth calamities comAmos 8. 9, 10. Esa. 5. 30. and 8. 22. and 9. 1, 2. a smoking oven] Heb. an oven of smoke, but as a crowne of thornes, Mat. 27. 29. is resola thornie crowne, Mar. 15. 17. so this here as the Greeke translateth it a smoking oven, or fornace. And this word oven, is used to note our great afflictions, Mal. 4. 1. Psal. 21. 10. Lam. 5. 10. Luke 12. 28. So this smoking oven, may represent Egypt, the place of Israels affliction, called by another like name, an
Deut. 4. 20. Ier. 11. 4. The Ierusalemy Thargum applyeth this vision to
Vers. 18. stroke] Hebrew, cut a covenant, that is, made or stroke, and (as the Greeke translateth it) disposed a covenant, or Testament: called usually cutting, because of the slaying and cutting of beasts at the making of it, as this place and Ier. 34. 18. doe shew. The holy Ghost in Greeke expresseth this word carath cut, sundry wayes; as by poieo, make, Heb. 8. 9. sunteleo make perfect, Heb. 8. 8. diatithemi, dispose, Heb. 8. 10. all from Ier. 31. 31, 32, 33. and entellomai, command, Heb. 9. 10. from Exod. 24. 8. Of a covenant, see, Gen. 6. 18. give I,] or I have given. The time past is often used, in actions preI will give. Of this gift, see Gen. 13. 15. But the Hebrew Doctors scan the word thus, Hee saith not, I will give, but I have giuen: and yet Abraham had now begotten no children. But because the word of the holy blessed (God) is a deed, therefore he so speaketh: Midras tillim, in Psal. 107. 2. the river,] called Sichor, Ios. 13. 3. Euphrates:] Hebrew Phrath: see Gen. 2. 14. This promise was accomplished in Davids dayes, 2 Sam. 8. 3. &c. and in Salomons, 2 Chron. 9. 26.
Vers. 19. The Kenite,] that is, Kenites, or Keneans:
1 Sarai being barren, giveth Hagar (her Egyptian maid) to Abram. 4 Hagar being with child, and af
ANd Sarai, Abrams wife; did not bearchildren, unto him: and shee had, an
Hbond-maid, seruant: opposed to a free woman, Ier. 34. 10, 11. Gal. 4. 22. The Doulee, a woman
Vers. 2. restrained] the Greeke interpreteth closed me up, according to that phrase of closing up the wombe, Gen. 20. 18. contrary to which is the opening of the wombe, Gen. 30. 22. God had promiafter the flesh, Gal. 4. 23. goe in] that is, accompany with: see Gen. 6. 4. it may be] or, peraduenture: a speech not of faith, but of uncertaine hope, and likelihood after the flesh, but Sarai her selfe, had afterward a son by promise, Gal. 4. 23. and the word of promise was, In this same time will I come, and Sarah shall have a son, Rom. 9. 9. wherefore shee had a son by Agar, but hee was no heyre, Gen. 21. 10. so the Church hath had children by the Law, but they were not heires of the Kingdome of God: for the Law is not of faith; neither are the heires or inheritance, obee builded] that is, shall have a son. So the Greeke explaineth it; and Moses in Deut. 25. 9. And in Hebrew, ben, a sonne, is nabanah, he builded. So Rachel and Leah, are said to build the house of Israel (by bearing children) Ruth 4. 11. and God promised a seed to David, unhouse, 2 Sam. 7. 11, 12, 27. Sarai reckoneth her maids children, as her owne: so by the Law, bond servants children were their masters, Exod. 21. 4. Rachel likewise counted her maids children, as given to her selfe, Gen. 30. 3, 6, 8. And among the heathens, Plutarch sheweth, how Stratonice the wife of King Deiotarus being barren, gave secretly her mayd
Vers. 3. end of ten yeres] that is, after hee had dwelt
there ten yeres. So Abram was now 85. yeres old and Sarai 75. Gen. 12. 4. and 17. 17. In the yeere of the world, 2093. a wife] to weet, a secondary and not a full wife, but a concubine, Gen. 25. 6. So Ketura called
Vers. 5. my wrong] or, my injurie, (which I suffer) upon thee; that is, thou art the cause of it. So the Greeke expounds it, I am injured of thee: and the Chaldee, I have a plea against thee: as if Abraham faulted, in suffring such misdemeanor: Or, my wrong be upon thee, that is, either right thou my wrong, or
Thargum Ierusalemy explaineth it:
Vers. 6. is in] or, be in thy hand, that is, in thy own power to correct her. good] that is, pleasing:
use her as pleaseth thee. So in Gen. 45. 16. and often: on the contrary, evill in thy eyes, is displeasing, Gen. 28. 8. afflicted] to humble her, and abate her pride. This seemeth to be by rough handling, or stripes; for a seruant will not be corrected by words, Prov. 29. 19. shee fled] as impatient of correction, whereby she added sinne unto sinne, for she should not have left her place, Eccles. 10. 4. nor bereaved Abram of his child in her body: therefore the Angell sendeth her home againe; vers. 9. But hereby the diffe
Vers. 7. Angel] so named of the Greeke Aggelos:
Vers. 9. humble] or submit thy selfe. This word
Vers. 10. multiplying I will multiply] that is, I
will surely much multiply, see this phrase noted on Gen. 2. 17. Here the Angel speaketh in the per
Vers. 11. shalt beare,] or, shalt very shortly bring
forth. The originall word implyeth both the time present and to come; noting the soone accomplishIsmael,] that is, God hath heard, to weet, thy affliction. This shewadded because of transgressions, Gal. 3. 19. and giveth knowledge of sinne, Rom. 3. 20. and so causeth wrath, Rom. 4. 15. whereby the conscience being afflicted, calleth upheard:] or hearkened unto, meahath receiued thy prayer.
Vers. 12. a man like a wild asse,] or, as the Chala wild-asse among men: the Greeke saith onely, a wild man. This was first acIsmaelites mentioned in Gen. 37. 25. are there by Thargum Ierusalemy called [Sarkain] Saracens, that is by interpretation Theeves or Robbers. Spiritually this signified the wilde and fierce nature of man, which by the law cannot bee tamed, but is made more rebellious; for when the commandement commeth: sinne reviveth, and worketh death in us, by that which is good, that sinne, by the Commandement, might become exceeding sinfull, Rom. 7. 9. 13. The wild asse, liveth in the wildernesse and mountaines, is a beast of an untawild asse, Ier. 2. 24. and the nature of the wilde asse, is opposed (as signifying our una man, in Iob 11. 12. And as here Ismael and his off-spring are called of the Angel, Phere Adam, a Wild-asse Man: so Israel on the contrary are named by the
Tson Adam, Sheep for men; or Men like a Flocke, Ezek 36. 37. 38. to signifie our renewed nature in Christ, whose Sheep weare by faith, and obedient to his voyce, Ioh. 10. 3.—16. Mahomet the false Prophet of the Turkes, and curse of the world, he had his generation from this wild-asse, Ismael, against all] or, against every man: it meaneth, warres and fighting. before] that is, neere unto, and in the sight of his brethren: see Gen. 25. 18.
Vers. 13. Iehovah] the Angell is so called, which Christ himselfe, who is called an Angel, as is noted on vers. 7. The Chaldee translateth it, she called on the name of the Lord: and Thargum Ierusalemy saith, shee prayed in the name of the word of the Lord, that was revealed to her, and said, Blessed art thou ô God, &c. God that seest me] or, God of sight, (of vision:) which is more generall, as the Chaldee paraphraseth, the God that seest all: Gods seeing is often mentioned in respect of afflictions; as Exod. 3. 7. Psal. 25. 18. and 9. 14. and this Agar seemeth here to intend, from the Angels speech, in vers. 11. here seene] The Greeke translateth, for I have openly seene him that appeared unto me. In this sense she magnifieth Gods mercy, for letting her have so cleare a sight of him, which is more then the hearing of him, Iob 42. 5. and so here, in the desert, is opposed to her master Abrams house, where viseeing, may be meant the discerning of her evill plight, and her reviving after affliction, as in 1 Sam. 14. 29. so the Chaldee translateth, Loe I doe beginne to see, after that hee appeared unto me. Or,
Vers. 14. was called] Hebr. he called: that is, evecalled, 2 Sam. 5. 20. is by another Prophet written, they called, 1 Chron. 14. 11. and, they had anointed David, 2 Sam. 15. 17. that
Vers. 15. Abram called] by this it appeareth that
Vers. 16. old] Hebr. sonne of 86 yeeres: see Gen. that is first which is naturall, and afterward that which is spirituall, 1 Cor. 15. 46. And this servants sonne was serviceable to Abram and Sarai, till the promised seed was come, and then Ismael was put away with his mother, Gen. 21. 10. 14. even so the service of the Law is needful for the Church, till Christ be come, and formed in us, and we by him, doe bring forth fruit unto God, Rom. 7. 4. Gal. 4. 1.—5. 19. 31.
1, God reneweth his covenant with Abram: 5, chan
ANd Abram was ninety yeeres, and am God Almighty, walke thou beAs for me, beis with thee: and thou shalt be a father of a multitude of nations. And thy name shall not any more bee called to be. And I will make thee fruitbecome nations: and Kings shall come out of thee. And I will establish my coveis my covenant which yee shall keepe, be
And God said unto Abraham, Sarai thy shall her name be. And I will blesse a child be borne to him that is an hundred yeeres old? and shall Sarah that is ninety yeeres old, beare? And Abraham sayd unto God: O that Isbe a great nation. But my covenant next. after. And he made an end of speakthat were bought with his money; every male, among the men of Abrahams house: and he circumcised the flesh of their superwas
in the flesh of his superfluous-foreskin. And Ismael his sonne was thirteen in the flesh of his superfluous-foreskinne. In this
OLd] Hebr. sonne of 99 yeeres: that is, going in
his 99 yeere: see Gen. 5. 32. and the last note of the former chapter. Almighty] or Alsufficient: in Hebrew
Vers. 2. give] that is, dispose and make my covenant
Vers. 3. fell] in reverence to Gods word and
Vers. 4. As for me] Hebr. I: the Greeke addeth, And I. a father] or, for afather; but the word for, may be omitted in English, as the Greeke here also doth; and sometime the Hebrew it selfe: as, I will be for a lying spirit, 2 Chron. 18. 21. that is, I will be a lying spirit, 1 King. 22. 22. The New Testaa multitude] that is, of many nations, as Paul expoundeth it, Rom. 4. 16. 17. where the Apostle sheweth a twofold seed, that which is of the Law, and that which is of the Faith of A
Vers. 5. Abraham] Abram signifieth A high father: and the first letter of
Vers. 6. Kings] as David, Solomon, and the rest
Vers. 7. thy seed] thy children: especially Isaak, verse 19. for in Isaak was his seed called, Gen. 21. the children of the flesh, are not the children of God, but the children of the promise are counted for the seed, Rom 9. 8. everlasting] Hebr. covenant of eternity. Although the outward signes, and manner of dispensing this covenant, were temporary and changeable, (as Circumcision into Baptisme, Col. 2. 11. 12.) yet the covenant it selfe remaineth one in substance for ever: being sta God] or, for a God, unto thee, that is, thy God, as the Greeke translateth it. Herein consistblessed is the people, whose God Iehovah is, Psal. 144. 15. they shall be delivered out of miseries, Rev. 21. 3. 4. raised up from the dead, Mat. 22. 31. 32. and God hath prepared for them an heavenly Ci
Vers. 8. of thy sojournings] that is, as the Greeke which thou sojournest in. For God gave Abraham no inheritance in it, no not so much as to set his foot on, Acts 7. 5. but he by faith, sojourned in the land of promise, as in a strange country, Heb. 11. 9. So this land, figured unto him the kingdome of heaven; as is shewed on Gen. 12. 4. But the rebelsojourners there, Ezek. 20. 38. and 11. 15. as being rather usurpers, then lawfull possessors of that land.
Vers. 9. thy seed] thy children, as before in v. 7. meaCircumcision was commanded unto Abraham and his seed onely, as it is written, thou and thy seed after thee, (Gen. 17. 9.) The seed of Ismael is excepted, as it is written, For in Isaak shall seed be called to thee, (Gen. 21. 12.) And Esau is excepted, for loe, Isaak said to Iakob, And he give to thee the blessing of Abraham, to thee and to thy seed, (Gen. 28. 4.) It is a generall rule, that he onely is Abrahams seed, that retaineth his law and his right way; and these are they that ought to be circumcised, Maimony in Misneh treat. of Kings, ch. 10. S. 7.
Vers. 10. my covenant,] that is, the signe of my covenant
Vers. 11. superfluous-foreskin] The Hebrew Gnorlah,
Vers. 12. a son of eight dayes] that is, a man child of
eight dayes old, meaning in the 8 day. Which time was so strict, that if the eight day fell to bee the Sabbath, yet they circumcised the child therein, Ioh. 7. 22. And so it is in the Hebrew Canons, Circumcision in the time thereof driveth away the Sabbath: that is, a man must omit the keeping of the Sab
Vers. 13. circumcised with circumcision] or, circumcising circumcised; that is,
Vers. 14. that soule] that is, as the Chaldee exthat man: see Gen. 12. 5. cut off] The Greeke and Chaldee translate it, destroyed, and consumed. This word is used before, in Gen. 9. 11. and after often in the law, Exod. 12. 15. 19. and 31. 14. Lev. 7. 20. 21. 25. 27 &c. It is sometime spoMaimony in treat. of Repentance, chap. 8. S. 1. speaking of eternall death, saith, And this is the Cutting off written of in the Law, as it is said (in Num. 15. 31.) that soule shall bee cut-off he shall be cut off. Which we have heard expounded thus, cut off in this world, and cut off in the world to come. Of this sanction here they say, If the father or master doe transgresse, and circumcise not, they break a commandement, but are not guilty of cutting-off: for cutting-off belongs but to the uncircumcised person him-selfe: Maimony treat. of Circumcis. c. 1. S. 1. Howbebroken] or, made frustrate, broken downe: this word is opposed to the former stablishing, or making firm, in vers. 7. The Hebrewes have a canon, who so breaketh the covenant of Abraham our father, and leaveth his superfluous-foreskin, or gathereth it over again; although he have in him the law and good workes, hee hath no portion in the world to come. Maimony treat. of Circumcis. chap. 3. S. 8. Which rule is true according to the Apostles interpretation, applying circumci
Vers. 15. Sarah] in Greeke Sarrha. The letter j
h, signified the multiplication of her children, as before in Abrams name, vers. 5. And the Greeke having no h at the end of words, dour, with an aspiration Sarrha, and so the Apostles also write it, Rom. 9. 9. 1 Pet. 3. 6.
Vers. 16. shall be to nations] that is, shall become
nations, and bee a mother of them, both in the flesh, and in the Lord. For all godly women are called her children, 1 Pet. 3. 6. and Ierusalem her answerable type, is the mother of us all, Galat. 4. 26. Psal. 87. 5. 6.
Vers. 17. laughed] that is, as the Chaldee translarejoyced: and so the word after importeth, Gen. 21. 6. though sometime it implyeth also a doubting, as in Gen. 18. 12. 13. but the praise of Abrahams faith, who was not weake, nor staggering, but gave glory to God, Rom. 4. 19. 20. seemeth to free him from this imputation. Thargum Ierusahe marvelled. Of this word laughed, in Hebrew jsaak, the child promised was called Isaak: in whom Abraham saw the day of Christ, and rejoyced. old] Hebr. sonne of 100 yeeres, that is, going in his hundred yeere. So Sarah was daughter of ninety yeeres. See Gen. 5. 32. At these yeeres, both their bodies were now dead, unapt for generation, Rom. 4. 19. Heb. 11. 12.
Vers. 19. shall beare] or beareth: speaking as of a calleth the things which bee not, as though they were, Rom. 4. 17. Isaak] Heb. Iitschak; the same word used before in vers. 17. and signifieth laughing or joy: for besides his father and mother, all that heare, have occasion to laugh and rejoice for his birth, Gen. 21. 6. in whom both Christ the joy of the whole earth was represented, and all the children of promise, Iohn 8. 56. Rom. 9. 7. 8. Gal. 4. 28. seed] the Greeke version adto be a God to him and to his seed; as before in verse 7.
Vers. 20. heard] the Chaldee explaineth it, I have
accepted thy prayer. twelve Princes] So of Iakob, Isaaks sonne, came twelve Patriarchs, Act. 7. 8. These Princes are after named, in Gen. 25. 12.—16.
Vers. 21. covenant] This is the thirteenth time
Vers. 22. God went up] to weet, into heaven, and into heaven, Luke 2. 25. For God, the Chaldee saith, the glory of the Lord, meaning the vision which had now appeared: which phrase the holy text sometime useth, as in Ezekiel 1. 29. and 3. 23. and 8. 4. So after, in Gen. 35. 13.
Vers. 23. Abraham tooke] herein hee shewed a the seale of the righteousnesse of faith, Rom. 4. 11. Here the Iewes have their uncertaine conjectures, or traditions; as that Abraham sent and called for Sem the sonne of Noe, (he was Melchisedek) about this businesse: that it was done on Atonement day (spoPirke. R. Eliezer, ch. 29. circumcised] or, cut off, to weet, all the skin that covered the top of the flesh, that the top of the flesh remained bare; for so the Hebrew shew the manner of Circumcision to have beene. And this being a holy signe and seale, Abraham doubtlesse sanctified the work by praier: which custome all the Iewes keepe to this day. For hee that circumciseth, doth first blesse him that sanctified them with his commandements, and commanded them to circumcise; and to gather themselves into the covenant of Abraham their father, that sanctified his beloved from the womb, and sealed their off-spring with the signe of the holy covenant: that commanded them to circumMaimony recordeth in his foresaid treatise of Circumcision, ch. 3. S. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. where he also noteth, that
Vers. 27. circumcised with him] Not onely Abrahis houshold with him, kept the way of the Lord, Gen. 18. 19. and by faith they all obeyed this hard precept, whereby they were wounded, pained, and sore in their flesh, all at once, as Gen. 34. 25. and spiritually, did put off the body of the sinnes of the flesh, by the circumcision of Christ: Col. 2. 11.
1, Abraham entertaineth three Angels, 9, who promiseth Sarah a sonne, 12, where at she laugheth, and is reproved. 17, The destruction of Sodom is revealed to Abraham: 23, and hee maketh intercession for the men thereof. 32, The whole Citie should bee spared, if but ten just persons were found therein.
ANd Iehovah appeared unto him, in was sitat the tent doore, in the heat of the day. And he lifted up his eyes, and saw; it to a yongman; and hee hastned to make it (ready.) And hee tooke (ready,) and set it before them: and he was standing by them, under the tree, and they did eat. And they said unis Sarah thy wife? And hee said, behold in the tent. And hee said, Rethis time reviveth; and loe, Sarah thy wife shall have a sonne: And Sarah heard, in the tent doore, and it was behind him. And Abrawere old, comming into daies: it ceased a-child, and I am old? Shall any-thing be unpossible this time reviveth, and Sarah shall have a sonne. And Sarah am doing? And Abraham being shall bee a great and mighty nation: and blessed shall be in him, all nations of the earth? For I know him, how that hee will that I may know. And the men turnedmen, within the are within it? Far-be-it from thee to doe according to men within the city: then will I spare all the place for their sake. And Abraham answered, and am dust and ashes. If-so-be there lacke of fifty just men,
it, for fourties sake. And he said, O let not it, if I shall find thirty there. And he said, Behold now I have taken-upon this once; If-so-be, ten shall bee found there: And he said, I will not destroy, for tennes sake. And Iehovah went-away,
Vajera, that is, And (the Lord) appeared. See Gen. 6. 9.
Vers. 1. appeared] or, was seene of him, meaning Abraham. This vision was to renew the promise of Isaaks birth; and to acquaint Abraham with Gods purpose of destroying Sodom. And for us, to see how Abrahams faith wrought with his workes; and by workes, faith was made perfect, as Iam. 2. 22. the akes] that is, the oke-grove, or the plaine: see Gen. 13. 18. in the heat] that is, at
as the Greeke translateth it. At such time travellers wexe saint and hungry:
Vers. 2. three men] so they seemed at first to Aentertained Angels unawares, Heb. 13. 2. for one of these is called Iehovah, vers. 13. 14. 17. 20. 22. and Abraham after so acknowledged him as the Lord and Iudge of all the earth, ver. 25. 27. And this was Christ, Rom. 10 9. Iohn 5. 22. The other two were created Angels, Gen. 19. 1. The Hebrew Doctors here say; And behold three Angels were sent to Abraham our father: and they three were sent for three things, because it cannot be, that moe things then one should be sent by the hand of one of the high Angels. The first Angell was sent to shew gladtidings unto Abraham our father, that Sarah should beare Isaak. The second Angell was sent to deliver Let from the overthrow (of Sodom.) The third Angell was sent to overthrow Sodom and Gomorrha, Admah and Seboim: Thargum Ierusalemy on Gen. 18.
Vers. 3. Lord] the Hebrew Adonai is written A in the end, which is the usuall title of God, as is observed on Gen. 15. 2. The Greeke also translateth it absolutely Lord, and the Chaldee expresseth it by the letters of Iehovah; otherwise then in Gen. 19. 2. And Abraham in vers. 27. under this title, acknowledgeth him for God; opposing himselfe, as dust and ashes.
Vers. 4. leane ye downe] that is, rest ye; or as the refresh your selves.
Vers. 5. sustaine ye] or uphold; that is, comfort or strengthen your heart: the Greeke translateth it eat. Bread is compared to a staffe or stay, Esay 3. 1. for that it is the chiefe sustenance that upholds the life of man. So in Iudg. 19. 5. Psal. 104. 15.
Vers. 6. three peckes] or measures, each of them Ephah, or Bushel, (wherpecke, (which they call Seah, the Greeke Saton,) contained as much as 144 common hens egges. For their least measure is the quantiLog, or Pinte, (whereof see Lev. 14. 10.) and foure of them Logs make a Kab, (wherof see 2 Kin. 6. 25.) and sixe Kabs make this Seah or Pecke; three whereof Abraham prepareth here, for three mens dinner; which with other things doe manifest his liberality: contrary to Nabals, 1 Sam. 25. 11. Our Saviour also hath a Parable of three peckes of meale which a woman leavened, Mat. 13. 33. That which in Ruth 2. 17. is an Ephah (or Bushell) of barly; the Chaldee Paraphrase there calleth three Seahs (or peckes.) So also in Exod. 16. 36. flowery meale] that is, fine meale: Hebr. meale of flower. This, and the tender and good calfe, vers. 7. sheweth that Abra
Vers. 7. the herd] or, the beeves: as the Greeke a calfe] Hebr. son of the herd, or beefe: so, sonnes of the flocke, for Lambes, Psal. 114. 4. sonne of the asse, for a foale, Gen. 49. 11.
Psal. 29. 6. and sundry the like.
Vers. 8. set] Hebr. gave. standing] the Chalhe ministred to them. And so the Hebrew word oft signifieth, as the Levites that stood, Neh. 12. 44. that is, served, or wayted: so hee which stood before the King, Ier. 52. 12. is said to bee the servant of the King, 2 King. 25. 8. And this set
Vers. 9. in the tent] It is a vertue for women, to keepers at home, Tit. 2. 5. but the lewd womens feet, abide not in her house, Prov. 7. 11.
Vers. 10. Returning I will returne] that is, I will
certainly returne: see Gen. 2. 17. This was a word of promise, whereby the children of God, and true seed of Abraham, were discerned from the other, Rom. 9. 8. 9. Neither doe wee find that this returne was by the Angels apparition againe: but by the complement of the thing promised. when this time reviveth] or liveth; that is, the next yeere at this time: as appeareth by the accomplishment, Gen. 21. 2. 5. for then Abraham was an hundred yeere old, and now he was ninety nine, Gen. 17. 24. In the revolution of the yeere, things returne to the same life and estate, which they had before. And in spirituall things, when promises are fulfilled, it is called the acceptable yeere of the Lord, Luke 4. 19. So a City is said to be revived, when it is built and rerevive, when they are restored to their former state, Nehem. 4. 2. And the Apostle confirmeth this interpretation, citing the place thus, At this time will I come, Rom. 9. 9. It may also be translated, According to the time of life: or rather, at this time of life: the word this, being usually understood, as in Exod. 9. 18. 1 Sam. 9. 16. and 20. 12. and sometime expressed, as in Ios. 9. 6. The Chaldee referreth it to Abraham and his wife, According to this time when ye shall be alive. A like promise is made in 2 King. 4. 16. 17. where the Greeke version hath, as the time (or when the houre) liveth.
Vers. 11. into dayes] that is, into yeeres: as Gen. gone forward in dayes; for, very aged, Luke 1. 7. 18. So Gen. 24. 1. the way,] that is, the custome (or manner) of women, for the ordinary and naturall course of the body, or fluors; mentioned Levit. 15. 19. 25. meaning, that she was past naturall strength to con
Vers. 12. laughed] as thinking it could not bee: my Lord] that is, my husband, whom Sarah re
Vers. 14. any thing] or word, that is, whatsoever unpossible] or, marvellous; that is, hard to be done; or unpossible, as the holy Ghost translateth this according to the Greeke version, Luke 1. 37. So in Zach. 8. 6. It implyed also a thing hidden and unknowne. Here God graciously pardoblessed, in beleeving that there should be a performance of those things, which were told her from the Lord, (as Luke 1. 45.) For Zachary was stricken dumbe for a time, because hee beleeved not a like promise made unto him, Luke 1. 13. 18. 20.
Vers. 16. to bring them on the way] or, to send them
away, to weet, with honour, and after a godly sort, as the Apostle speaketh, 3 Ioh. 6. for this is a duti
Vers. 17. shall I hide] that is, I will not hide. As, shalt thou build me an house? 2 Sam. 7. 5. is the same that, thou shalt not build, 1 Chron. 17. 4. And, doe men gather grapes of thornes? Mat. 7. 16. which anomen doe not gather, Luke 6. 44. The Lord will doe nothing but he revealeth his secret unto his servants the Prophets, Amos. 37.
Vers. 18. being shall be] that is, shall surely bee, or, become. in him] that is, in his seed, Christ: see Gen. 12. 3.
Vers. 19. how that hee will] or, to the end that hee
may command: but the Greeke keepeth the former sense. his house] the men of his house, as the Chaland they shall keepe] or, that they may keepe: these two phrases are implyed in the Hebrew, and the Scripture useth them injudge not, and ye shall not bee judged, Luke 6. 37. or, that ye be not judged, as Mat. 7. 1. the way] that is, the true religion, faith, and obedithe wates that are right before the Lord. unto him,] or, of him. The Greeke translateth, all things that he hath spoken unto him.
Vers. 20. heavy] or grievous: of their sinnes, see their sinnes are very great.
Vers. 21. I will goe downe] see this phrase in Gen. I will appeare and judge. done altogether] or, made a full end: that is, have wholly finished their sinne, which bringeth forth death, Iam. 1. 15. This word full-end, (or consummation) is used also for the full-
Vers. 22. the men] two of the three which aptwo Angels, Gen. 19. 1. the third stayed with Abraham, and he is called
Vers. 23. drew-neere] to make his requests to the consume] or, make-an-end of.
Vers. 24. If so be] or, It may be; peradventure: it spare] or forbeare, forgive the place, under one City Sodom, implying all the rest.
Vers. 25. Far be it from thee] The Hebrew Chalilah,
Vers. 26. all the place] and so, the people of the
Vers. 27. have taken upon me] or, have willingly begun;
Vers. 28. destroy] or, corrupt, marre: see Gen. 6. 13 for five] that is, for lacke of five. So, for fatnesse, Psal. 109. 24. and, for the fruits, Lam. 4. 9. is, for the lacke of them.
Vers. 30. and I will] or, that I speake: as verse 19. If I speake: so verse 32. Also and, is put for and if, in Exodus 4. 23. Malac. 1. 2.
Vers. 32. this once] Abraham descended not to sewer then ten: a reason whereof the Hebrew DocBreshith rabbah, on Gen. 18.
Vers. 33 Iehovah went away:] the Chaldee saith, the glorie of the Lord was lifted up. made an end] the Greeke turneth it, had ceased speaking.
1. Lot in Sodom entertaineth two Angels, 4, the Sodomites (to abuse them) doe he set his house, and will not bee disswaded from their wickednesse. 11, The Angels strike them with blindnesse, 12, and send Lot for safety into the mountaine: 18, but hee obtai
ANd there came two Angels to Sowas sitwith the face to the ground. And hee said, Behold now my cakes, and they did eate. But before quarter. And they calare the men, which came unto thee, this night? bring them out unto us, that we may know them. And Lot went-out unto them, to is good in your eyes: onfellow came in to sojourn, and will he judging judge? now will we doe worse to thee then to them: and they preswere at the doore of the house, with blindthis place. For wee will destroy this place: bethat were taking his daughters; and he said, rise-up goe-out, from this place: for Iehovah will destroy the Ciare found here; lest thou bee consumed, in the iniquity of the City. And hee lingred, and so
is neere, to is a little one: oh let mee escape thither, is it not a little one? and my soule shall live. And he said unto him, Loe I accept thy face, for this thing also: that I for the which thou hast spoken. Hast thee, escape thither; for I cannot doe any thing, till thou be come
And Abraham gat-up-early, in the morhe overthrew the Cities in the which Lot dwelt. And Lot is old: and there is not a man in the land, to come in unto us, after the way of all the earth. Come, let us make our father drinke this night also; and goe thou in, lye thou with him; and let us keepe-alive seed of our father. And is the father of Moab, unto this day. And the yonger, she is the father of the sonnes of Amthis day.
THere came two] or, the two Angels came, called men, Gen. 18. 22. and so they seemed unto Lot, who also entertained Angels unawares, Heb. 13. 2. Compare this action of Lot, with A
Vers. 2. my Lords] so both Greeke and Chaldee Adonai, being writNay] The Angels as men, humanely refused; being sent also to view the man
Vers. 3. pressed upon] or, was instant, constrained: so Luke 24. 29. a banquet] or, a drinking; as the banquet of wine, Est. 5. 6. and 7. 7. and the King and Hamon came to drinke with Queene Ester, that is, to banquet, Est. 7. 1. So Est. 3. 15. unleavened-cakes] for hast, because time suffered them not to be leavened. See Exod. 12. 39. where the word cakes is expressed, which here wanteth: as on the contrary, cakes were expressed in Gen. 18. 6. where unleavened is to be understood.
Vers. 4. from the utmost] meaning, from every quarter:
Vers. 5. called unto Lot] They were not ashamed to proclaime their owne filthinesse: so God reprothey declare their sinnes as Sodom, they hide them not, Esay 3. 9. may know them] that is, may lye with them: as Gen. 4. 2. which sense the Greeke version also giveth here. Hereupon that horrible and unnaturall sin, which the Scriplying with the male, Lev. 18. 22. and 20. 13. is called Sodomy, as being first practised in SoSodom and Gomorrah, and the cities about them in like manner giving themselves to fornication, and going after other flesh; they are set forth for an example, suffering the vengeance of eternall fire, Iude vers. 7. The Canaanites having fallen from God, to idolatry, Deut. 11. 2. 3. 30. 31. God therefore gave them up to uncleannesse, to dishot men doing that which is unseemly; as Paul observeth, in Rom. 1. 23. 24.—27. An example of like filthinesse, fell out after this in Israel, Iudg. 19. 22. &c.
Vers. 6. the doore] two words are here used for a
doore, the first Pethach, which is the open-place, wherdeleth, which is the doore that shutteth up the passage.
Vers. 7. my brethren] thus he lovingly intreateth brethren, 1 Sam. 30. 23.
Vers. 8. not knowne] to weet, by lying with the male;
doe evill that good may come, Rom. 3. 8. of my rafter] or beame, that is, of my roofe, or house made with rafters: a part being put for the whole: so the Greek hath, under the roofe of my rafters: but the Chaldee saith, of my habitation.
Vers. 9. stand further] or, get thee a side: as if they and will hee judging judge?] or, hee will judging judge: but the Greeke resolveth it into a question, came he also to judge judgement? This phrase, doubling the word, (whereof see Gen. 2. 17.) may also imply Lots often rebuking of them at other times, for he was vexed with the lascivious conversation of those wicked men; and dwelling among them, in seeing and hearing, tormented his just soule, day after day, with their unlawfull deeds, 2 Pet. 7. 8.
Vers. 11. with blindnesses] or, dazeled-blindnesse,
extreameblindnesse.
Vers. 12. or thy sonnes] in the Hebrew, and is or; as the Greeke also translateth it: see Gen. 13. 8.
Vers. 13. will destroy] or, are destroying: Hebr. corrupting: see Gen. 6. 13. that is, we are about to destroy: so v. 14.
Vers. 14. were taking] that is, being betrothed, had taken, as the Greeke explaineth it. If wee thus understand it, then Lot had some daughters which perished with the Sodomites: for onely two which were virgins, escaped with him, vers. 8. 30. This also seemeth closely to be implyed in vers. 15. goe-out] The Hebrew word hath in it a pricke extraordinary, (noted also in the Hebrew margine) which increa
Vers. 15. are found] that is, present. The Chaldee which are found faithfull with thee: the Greek saith, which thou havest. But found is often used for present, 1 Chron 29. 17. 2 Chron. 5. 11. and 30. 21. and 31. 1. and 34. 32. the iniquity] that is, the punishment for iniquity. Hereupon is that usuall phrase of bearing iniquity, for suffering punishment, Lev. 20. 17. 19. 20. Num. 14. 34. Even the righte
Vers. 16. lingred] or, delayed, distracted himselfe,
they were troubled. David contrary wise delayed not, to keepe Gods commands, Psal. 119. 60.
Vers. 17. that he] or, then he said, meaning the Lord I
as appeareth v. 18. 24. who (it seemeth) was new come from Abraham to Sodom, Genesis 18. 22. 33.
Vers. 18. Lord] or, my Lords: for the Hebrew Adonai
Vers. 19. cleave unto me] the Greeke saith, take
hold on me. Herein Lot shewed his weak faith, not resting in Gods word; wherefore the place which he chose for safety, secured him not; but for feare he left it, ver. 30.
Vers. 20. to flee] that is, for me to flee: as the Greek
Vers. 21. accept thy face] or, lift up thy face; that is, doe respect, and so will gratifie thee, and grant thy the desire of them that feare him, Psal. 145. 19. This phrase of
Vers. 22. any-thing] or, the thing, to weet, now a word. he called] that is, every one, or, it was called. See the notes on Gen. 16. 14.
Zoar] or Zogor: in Greeke Sigor, and else-where Sogor, in the Latine Segor, by interpretation Litle: before it was called Bela, Gen. 14. 2.
Vers. 23. came forth ever] or, arose upon the earth. This time of the morning was fittest to shew the not know the morning thereof, as Esay 47. 11. For the rias it was in the dayes of Lot, they did eate, they dranke, they bought, they sold, they pl
Luke 17. 28. 29. 30.
Vers. 24. and upon Gomorra] with two other ciAdmah and Seboim, Deut. 29. 23. brimstone] this added to fire, increaseth it, Esay 30. 33. and so is used in Scripture to signithey suffer the vengeance of eternall fire, Iude ver. 7. and are made an ensample to those that after should live ungodly, 2 Pet. 2. 6. So the Hebrew Doctors say,
Vers. 25. overthrew] this word noteth a sudden,
unevitable, and perpetuall destruction, whereupon the Prophet saith, the Lord overthrew them and repented not, Ier. 20. 16. and the Apostle saith,
Vers. 26. from behind him] the Greeke translateth unto the things behind: which phrase is used in Luke 9. 62. Phil. 3. 14. This being done contrary to the commandement, vers. 17. and with a corhee that is in the field, let him not returne to the things behind, remember Lots wife, Luke 17. 31. 32.
Vers. 27. had stood] the Chaldee addeth, stood in
prayer: see Gen. 18. 22.
toward] Hebr. on the face of Sodom: so afthe smoke] a visible signe of the fire and judgement consuming them: and a fearfull change of this pleasant land which was before like the garden of the Lord, like Eden, Gen. 13. 10. So in the City of Antichrist, (spiritually called
Vers. 29. destroyed] Hebr. corrupted: see Gen. 6. Abraham] for whose sake Lot his nephew fared the better, as before, Gen. 14. 14. 16. accorin the which] that is, in one of the which; in Sodom. Things spo
Vers. 30. in the mountaine] where God appointed
Vers. 31. in the land] of Canaan; or, in the earth.
to come in] that is, to company with us: see Gen. 6. 4.
Vers. 32. and keepe-alive] or, that wee may keepe alive.
Vers. 37. Moab] by interpretation, Of the father; so the Greeke addeth, Moab, saying, of my father.
of Moab] that is, of the Moabites, as the Greek and Chaldee doe expresse. The Hebrew useth to call all posterity by the fathers name: as Iaakob and Israel, for the Iaakobites and Israelites, Gen. 34. 7. and 49. 7. Ismael, for the Ismaelites, Gen. 28. 9. Edom, for the
Vers. 38. Ben ammi] by interpretation, Son of my
people; in Greeke Amman; sonne of my kinred: in both names there was a memoriall of their incestuthe sons of Ammon] that is, according to the Greek, the Ammonites: as those whom the Prophets usualsonnes of Israel, the Apostles sometime call Israelites, Rom. 9. 4. and 11. 1. These Ammonites dwelt also by Moab, neere Canaan; and became partners with Moabs idolatry, and enemies to Is
1, Abraham sojourneth in Gerar, 2, saith againe, that his wife is his sister. 3, Abimelech (for taking her) is in a dreame threatned of God. 4, Abimelech excuseth himselfe unto the Lord; 9, rebuketh Abra
ANd Abraham journeyed from thence is my sister: and Abimeart a dead man, for the woman which thou hast taken; for she is maried to an husband. And Abimelech had not come-neere unto is my even shee also said, he is my brother: in the perfection of my heart, and in innocency of my hands, have I done this. And God said unto him, in a dreame; I also is a Prophet; and hee shall pray for thee, and live thou: and if thou restore her not; know thou, that dying thou shalt dye, thou, and all that are thine. And Abimelech rose-early in the there is no foare of God in this place: and they will kill me for my wives sake. And is my sister, the daughter of my father, but not the daughter of my moeven God, caused me to wander from my fathers house; then I said unto her, this is thy kindnesse which thou shalt doe unto me: at every place whither wee shall come, say thou of mee, hee is my brother. And Abimelech tooke sheepe and oxen, and that which is good in thine eyes. And unto Sarah hee shekels of silver to thy brother; behold he is to thee a covering of the eyes; unto all which are with thee: and all that (thou maist be) rebuchildren. For Iehovah had closing closed-up, every
I Ourneyed] or removed, to weet, from the okes of Mamre, Gen. 18. 1. country] or, land of the
south; that is, the south part of the land of Canaan: see Gen. 12. 9. Kadesh] see Gen. 16. 14. 7. Gerar] a country of the Philistines, in the southern parts of the Land of Canaan, Gen. 10. 19. Hither Isaak came afterward to so journe, for famine, Gen. 26. 1.
Vers. 2. of Sarah] the Hebrew el which properly signifieth unto, is used for of, or concerning and is so pros, in like manner, Heb. 1. 7. and 4. 13. Or if we reade it, unto Sarah, the meaning is, that together with her, both he and she said it: as after in vers. 5. is manifested. See the like done before, in Gen. 12. 11. 12. 13.
Vers. 2. Abimelech] by interpretation, Father-King: a common title of the Kings of Palestina, as Phar
was of the Kings of Aegypt: see Gen. 26. 1. Psal 34. 1. For
Vers. 3, God came] the Chaldee saith, word came from the face of God. This serteth forth Gods care he suffered
Psal. 165. 14.
Vers. 4. come-neere] that is lyen with her: being touched her not, the Hebrew also, in verse 6. So Paul useth the phrase of touching a woman, 1 Cor. 7. 1. and Solomon, Prov. 6. 29.
Vers. 5. perfection] or, integrity, simplicy, sincerity.
truth; the Greeke, a pure heart. It is opposed to hypocrisie. innocence of my hands] or, cleannesse of my palmes: the palmes of the hands are named, as wherein filthinesse might be hidden: so purging himselfe even from se
Vers. 6. with-held] the Greeke translateth, spared
thee It seemeth Gods chastisement restiained him, vers. 17. and so hee was not able to doe the evill, which otherwise naturally hee could, and was proneunto. from sinning] the Greeke saith, that thou shouldst not sinne. As God, for Abrahams sake, with held Abimelech from the fact; so respecting the integrity of the Kings hearr, hee kept him also from the sinne. gave thee not] that is, let or suffered thee not; as the Greeke translateth.
Vers. 7. a Prophet] therefore doe him no harme, Nabi, in Greek Prophetes, from which we have the word Prophet, so named of speaking, interpreting or uttering words and oracles that come from God, Deut. 18. 15. 16. 18. as of seeing or receiving them by visions, such were named Seers, 1 Sam. 9. 9. So Moses interpreter is called his Prophet, Exod. 7. 1. and all interpreters of the Scriptures, 1 Cor. 14. 29. In speciall, a Prophet was one indued with the Spirit of God, and could foretell things to come, Deut. 18. 22. Psalm. 74. 9. Ier. 29. 15. Such are called
Vers. 9. that should not] the Chaldee translateth, that are not meet to be done; the Greeke saith, which
none should doe.
Vers. 11. Surely or, Onely. The Greeke translateth, Lest there be not the feare of God: so making it an unMat. 25. 9. By the feare of the Lord men depart from evill: Prov. 16. 6.
Vers. 12. of my father] The Iewes opinion from Sarah was the same that Iseah, menThara, by another wobecame] Hebr. was to me, for a wife.
Vers. 13. they euen God] Aelohim the name of God, in forme plurall, is usually joyned with a hee created, Gen. 1. 1. here and in some few other places, it is coupled with a word plurall they even God went: which an other Prophet relating saith singularly, God hee went, I Chron. 17. 21. so that though words of the plurall number be joyned, yet the plurality of gods is no way intended; one Scripture clearing another: yea sometime the very same text, explaining it selfe, as Ios. 24. 19. Aelohim holies (or holy ones) he. The Greek translateth here singularly, when God brought mee out from my father house: the Chaldee otherAnd it was when the peoples wandered, (that is, committed idolarry,) after the workes of their hands, the Lord applyed mee unto his feare, out of my fathers house. is thy kindnesse] or shall be thy mercy, that is, thy worke of mercy: so love, (1 Iohn 3. 1.) is put for the benefits proceeding from love; and wrath, (Mic. 7. 9. Rom. 13.) is for punishment proceeding from wrath.
Vers. 15. before thee] exposed to thy choice: See good in thine eyes] that is, as the Greek translateth, where it pleaseth thee.
Vers. 16. a 1000 shekels] or shistings. The word shekels understood in the Hebrew, is expressed by the Chaldee interpreter: so in 2 Sam. 18. 12. and 2 King. 6. 25. and the Greeke also hath a 1000 didrachmes, meaning
Vers. 18. closing closed] that is, fast closed. See the
1 Isaak is borne; 4 he is circumcised. 6 Sarahs joy. 9 Hagar and Ismael are cast forth, 15 and fall into di
ANd Iehovah, visited Sarah, as hee had being a son of eight daies: as, God had commanded him. And Abraham was, a hundred yeeres old: when that Sarah should have given sonnes sucke? for I have borne a son, in his old age. And the childe grew, and was weaned: and is thy seed. And Abraham it on her shoulder; and the child, and sent her away: and shee went and wandred, in the wildernesse of Beer-sheba. And the him, gohim, and lifted up her voice and wept. And God heard, the voice of the aileth thee Agar? feare not, for God hath heard the voice of the lad, there where he is. Arise, lift
And it was, in that time; that Abimelech, is with thee, in all that thou dost. And now, sweare unto me here by it, but to day. And meane here, these seven ewe-lambes; which thou hast set by themselves? And hee said;
Visited] This word signifieth a remembrance, remembred: and the Hebrew im
Vers. 2. conceived,] hereupon her faith is comBy saith Sarah her selfe received strength to conceive seed, and was delivered of a child when when she was past age, because shee judged him faithfull who had promised, in his] or,
Vers. 3. Isaak] which signifieth Laughter, or Ioy: this name was foreappointed him of God,
Vers. 4. son of 8 daies] or, 8 daies old: but underin the 8 day, as the Greeke translateth it:
Vers. 6. made me] or, made laughter to me, that is, joy, as the Chaldee translateth it: as if shee had said, hath made me to laugh, or, rejoyce. The word is somelaughing to scorne, or mocking, as v. 9. & Ezek. 23. 32. and so some understand it here, laughter at me, that is,
Vers. 7. should have given sons] Hebrew hath given sons: so noting the certainty: speaking as of a thing sonnes, is meant any sonne, or child: as the Greeke explaineth it: see Gen. 46. 23. The like adwho hath begotten me these? The Chaldee paraphrast refaithfull is he that said to Abraham, and hath fulfilled it, that Sarah should give sucke,
Vers. 8. weaned] The Hebrew word signifieth
Vers. 9. laughing] that is, deriding or mocking: for laughing often signifieth, as Gen. 19. 14. Ezek. 23. 32. Lam. 1. 7. it meaneth also abusing otherplaying with Isaak her sonne: (which word playing is sometime used for fighting, 2 Sam. 2. 14, 16.) and by laughing or mocking, the Scripture often noteth a contemptupersecuting, and saith, as then he that was born after the flesh, persecuted him that was borne after the spirit, even so it is now, Gal. 4. 29. And here begin
Vers. 10. this bondwoman,] shee figured the old not be heire,] or, not inherit: under which inheritance is figured heavenly blessings in Christ, and life everlasting. Gal. 3. 18, 29. and 4. 7. 1 Pet. 1. 4. So Ismael cast out from be
Vers. 11. very evill,] or vehemently evill, that is, very much displeasing, as on the contrary, to be good in the eyes of any, is to please or content, Gen. 20. 15. because,] or, for the causes: so v. 25. The love to his son, caused this griefe: howbeit when God bad him kill his beloved son Isaak, he shewed no such discontentment, Gen. 22. 2, 3. it seemeth hee thought this to proceed but from Sarahs owne passion of minde, till hee was further informed of God, vers. 12. 14.
Vers. 12. shall seed bee called to thee] or, shall thy
seed be called: they shall be named of Isaak, not of Ismael: that is, (as Paul inferteth) they which are the children of the flesh, these are not the children of God; but the children of the promise, are counted for the seed: Rom. 9. 7. 8. Seed to thee, may also bee read seed of thee, that is, thy seed: for the Scripture somedisciples to thee, Mar. 2. 18. is the same that disciples of thee, or thy disciples, Mat. 9. 14. From this limitation of Abrahams seed to Isaak, the Iewes do reckon none for Abra
Vers. 13. make of him] Heb. put him unto a nation,
thy seed] thy sonne, according to the flesh: though not after the promise as Isaak was.
Vers. 14. bread] Sometime bread is used for all food, as in Mark. 6. 36. compared with Mat. 14. 15. and the child] to weet, he gave unto her, he being now about 18. yeeres of age: so casting him his first borne son, with her, out of his house. the wildernesse,] the way towards Egypt, where there was no way, no food, no waters, no inhabiwildernesse, signifieth a place where men goe wild, that is, goe astray, or wander, as Agar here did; and so in Iob 12. 24. Psal. 1074. 40. the like is spoken. In Hebrew it is called Midbar, as being
Vers. 15. she cast the child] that is, shee left him bea well of water, springing up unto everlasting life, Ioh. 4. 14. shrubbes,] or, trees, as the Chaldee expounds it. The Greeke saith, under a firre-tree.
Vers. 16. the death,] This sheweth the extremitie that they were come into in the desert, who erethat wandreth out of the way of understanding, shall remaine in the congregation of the dead, Prov. 21. 16.
Vers. 17. there where] in Greeke, from the place where he is: that is, in this desolate wildernesse,
Vers. 19. she saw a well,] which though it were waters breaking out in the wildernesse, and
Ver. 20. God was] The Chaldee paraphraseth, the word of the Lord was a helpe to the lad. shooter with bow] or, an archer: and so consequently, a waa wild man, and have his hand against every man, Gen. 16. 12.
Vers. 21. of Pharan] or Paran: a wildernesse next Num. 10. 12. and 13. 1. 4. Deut. 33. 2. Hab. 3. 3.
Vers. 22. Abimelech,] King of Gerar in PalestiPrince] that is, chiefe Captaine: as the Greeke calleth him
Vers. 23. if thou shalt lye,] that is, that thou wilt not
lye: as Psal. 89. 36. an imperfect speech, where an imprecation is understood, which sometimes is exthe Lord doe so to me and more also, if. &c. For an oath, is both a taking of the Lord to witnesse that which one sweareth, and to punish if any violate his faith: both which Paul expressed when he sware, I call God for a witnesse upon (or against) my soule, 2 Cor. 1. 23. See before Gen. 14. 23. and 26. 29. The Greeke for lying translateth hurting, or wronging. It meaneth false and deceitfull dealing contrary to the cove
V. 25. a well] which was of great use and worth in well, translawells, as being many: and indeed Abraham had there moe wells then one, as appeareth by Gen. 26 15. 18. and it is usuall in scripture, to put one for many, as is obserued, on Gen. 3. 2. and 4. 20. Albeit the 30. vers. sheweth rather one speciall to be here meant; where also the Greek speaketh of one.
Vers. 31. Beer sheba] by interpretation, the well
of the oath, as the Greeke translateth it, and the words following doe confirme: or, the well of seven; because of the 7 lambes forementioned, for Sheba usually signifieth seven, and Shebuah, an oath. See also Gen. 26. 33. they sware,] or, were sworne: for swearing is alwaies expressed in Hebrew, in
be sworne; because it is with a passion of the mind, and offred or occasioned by aseven, which is a mysticall number, Gen. 2. 2. The reason hereof some thinke to be, because it is confirmed as by seseven spirits that are before the throne of God, Rev. 1. 4. the seven hornes, and seven eyes of the Lambe (Christ,) which are the seven spirits of God sent into all the world, Rev. 5. 6. Wherefore Abra
Vers. 33. he planted] that is, Abraham planted: as a tree] or, a grove: that is, a plot of trees: the Greeke saith, hee planted a field: the Ierusalemy Thargum translaa paradise, or orchard: and it is usuall to put one for many, see Gen. 3. 2. The Hebrew Aeshel is used also for a tree, in 1 Sam. 22. 6. and 31. 13. which another Prophet rehearsing, calleth Aelah, that is, an Oake, 1 Chron. 10. 12. It is before recorhee called there on the name of the Lord, it is also probable, that this plangroves for religigreene trees: 2 King. 17. 10. Ier. 17. 2. Esay 57. 5. But God forbad such things, Deut. 16. 21. yet the heathen Romans comLucos in agris habento: Leg. 12. tab. de relig. lex. 2. eternall God] or, God of eternitie, or, of the World. But the Greeke translaeternall; and so God is called in Rom. 16. 26. Here is the first place, where this title was given him.
Ver. 34 many daies] or, yeres, (as Gen. 4. 3.) Thus
1 Abraham is tempted tr offer-up Isaak. 3 Hee gi
ANd it was, after these things; that God, here I am. And he said, Take now thy son, thy onely (son,) whom thou lovest, even Isaak; and goe thou, into the land of Morijah: and offer him there for a burnt-offering, upon one of the mountaines, which I shall say unto thee. And Abraham rose-earely in the morning, it upon Isaak his son; and he took in his hand, the fire, and the knife: and they went both of them together. And Isaak said unto Abraham his am here my son: and he said, Behold (here is) the fire, and the wood; but where is the lambe, for a burnt-offring? And Abraham here I am. And he said, Put not forth thy hand, unto the son, from me. And Abraham liftof which it is said to this day, in the mountaine of Iehovah, it shal be seene. And the Angel of Iehovah, called time, out of the heauens. And hee said; By my selfe have I son. Surely blesis upon the sea shore: and thy seed shall possesse the gate of his enemies. And in thy seed, shall all nati
And it was, after these things; that it was was Reumah: even she also did beare, Tebach, and Gacham; and Tachash, and Maacah.
THings] Hebr. words: that is, things spoken of: so in vers. 20. See the notes on Gen. 15. 1. tempt] that is, try or prove. The originall word hath the signification of lifting up as for a signe, or essaying of some high thing. And God tempteth men, when he requireth some great or high expetempteth no man, Iam. 1. 13. for it alwayes tengood at the end, Deut. 8. 26. 1 Cor. 10. 13. And this is spoken of God after the manner of men: for hee both knoweth long before what is in man, and what himselfe will doe, Psal. 139. 2 Iohn 2. 25. and 6. 6.
Vers. 2. onely son] Paul calleth him onely begotten
Isaak] who was parti
Morijah] the Greeke calleth it the high land: for it was a mountainy country, and this high mount was seene far off, vers. 4. The Chaldee nameth it of the service of God, there now performed, and after increased: for upon this mount Morijah, did Solomon build the Temple, for Gods worship, 2 Chron. 3. 1. And by the Iewes tradition, here Adam, and Noe sacrificed, and served God: see the notes on Gen. 8. 20. and 4. 3. burnt offering] Hebr. an ascension: so called, because it went all up in fire, burned upon the Altar. See Gen. 8. 20. Levit. 1.
Vers. 3. rose early] so it seemeth this was spoken
Vers. 4. the third day] As the number seven is of three is a mysticall number, beperfected, Luke 13. 32. and the carying of the wood, vers. 6. as Christ did the tree whereon he dyed, Ioh. 19. 17 the binding of Isaak, vers. 9. as Christ was bound, Mat. 27. 2. and in other like, he was a figure of the Lambe of God, sacrificed for the sinnes of the world. So Moses craved leave for three dayes jourthree dayes they went therein, ere they found water to drinke, Exod. 15. 22. and three dayes iourney the Arke of the Lords covenant went before them, to search out a resting place for them, Num. 10. 33. Against the
Vers. 5. bow downe] or, worship, to weet, God: for kneele, sometime to bend downe the head, sometime to prostrate themselves, or fall on their faces. See these gestures distinguished, in the annotations on Exod. 4. 31. we will returne] Aable to raise up Isaak even from the dead, Heb. 11. 19. therefore he thus spake, and prophe
Vers. 6. upon Isaak] so Christ bare the wood beare their crosse, and follow him, Luke 14. 27. And the sacrifice being to be burned to ashes, it was no small quantity of wood that would suffice hereunto: by which also appeareth that Isaak was not now a child but a man growne: Iosephus maketh him 25. yeere old: others 33.
Vers. 7. the lambe] or kid, The Hebrew word signifieth either yong sheepe or goat, Exod. 12. 5. sheepe.
Vers. 8. provide him] or, see for himselfe. So Abra
Vers. 9. altar,] to sanctifie the sacrifice Mat. 23. bound Isaak:] whose faith and obedience herein was also admirable, that hee neither in deed nor word resisted his father Abrabodies a living sacrifice; holy, acceptable to God, which is their reasonable service, Rom. 12. 1. The Iewes yearely feast upon the first of Tizri (or Septethe memoriall of blowing of trumpets, Levit. 23. 24. they named also The binding of Isaak, in remembrance of this action.
Vers. 10. to kill his sonne] By faith Abraham,
when he was tempted, offred up Isaak and he that had received the promises, offred up his onely begotten sonne, of whom it was said, that in Isaak, shall seed be called to thee: Heb. 11. 17. 18. Abraham our father, was hee not justified by works; having offred Isaak his sonne upon thee altar? Seest thou how faith wrought with his workes, and by workes, was faith perfected? And the scripture was fulfilled which saith, Abraham beleeved God, and it was imputed unto him for justice, and hee was called the friend of God, Iam. 2. 21. 22. 33.
Vers. 11. the Angell] who speaketh as God, ver.
V. 12. put not forth] or send not forth, that is, lay
no violent hands upon him. Thus God spared Isaak from death; and Abraham, who beleeved that God was able to raise him up, even from the dead; did from thence also receive him, in a parable: Heb. 11. 19. I know] that is, I have experience: God speaketh after the manner of men, as in Gen. 18. 21. and often. and thou hast,] or for that thou hast, see Gen. 12. 19.
Vers. 13. the ram,] Thus Abrahams word provide himselfe a lambe, verse 8. and hereby the redemption of the Church by Christ, (the lambe without blemish, 1 Pet. 1. 19.) was signified according to that in Iob 33. 24. Deliver him from going-downe to the pit; I have found a ransome.
Vers. 14. Iehovah Iireth] that is, Iehovah will see,
provide, as verse 8. the Greeke interpreteth it, The Lord hath seene: for hee answering to AbraMori-Iah, the usuall name of the mountaine, is of like interpretation:
Vers. 16. By my selfe,] the Chaldee turneth it By my word. Elsewhere the scripture saith, God sweareth by his soule, Ier. 51. 14. by his holinesse, Ahis name, Ier. 44. 26. Of this the Awhen God made promise to Abraham, because he could sweare by no greater, he sware by himselfe saying, surely &c. And,
Vers. 17. Surely] so the Apostle (following the Ki (which also signifieth Because, or That:) Heb. 6. 14. And here under the name blessing, is meant the promise of eternall salvation, as the Apostle there sheweth. thy seed] for which, the Apostle saith thee: Heb. 6. 14. Againe, where Moses saith thee, in Gen. 12. 3. the Apostle saith, thy seed, Act. 3. 25. By such interpretations, the holy Ghost teacheth us how to understand the Scriptures: and by Aseed, Christ the principall, and author of salvation, is implyed: and all the faithfull by him saved, Gal. 3. 16. 29. shore] Hebrew lip. Here they are compared to the sand of the sea, which before in Gen. 13. 16. were to be like the dust of the earth: see also Gen. 15. 5. This promise through the faith of Abraham and Sarah
thy seed] Isaaks posterity, Gen. 21. 12. the gate] for, gates, (as tree for trees, see Gen. 3. 2.) and by gates, he meaneth cities, and all strong defensed places: as the doore (or entring) of the gate, 2 Sam. 10. 8. is explained to be, the doore of the citie, 1 Chron. 19. 9. And at the gates of cities, were publike places of judgement, Deut. 22. 15. Iob 31. 21. So the strength and dominion of the enemies is meant here, by the gate & dominion over them, by inheritance, Levit. 25. 45. Psal. 82. 8. The Greeke also translateth it cities: and so in Gen. 24. 60. his] or, their enemies, meaning enemies of the seed, which word being put for children, (at the Chaldee translateth it) may have with it a word, singular or plurall, and so the Scripture speaketh init went, 2 Chr. 10. 5. or they went, 1 King. 12. 5. it rejoyced, 2 King. 11. 20. which another Prophet writing saith, they rejoyced, 2 Chron. 23. 21. So 2 King. 21. 24. with 2 Chron. 33. 25. and 2 King. 23. 30. with 2 Chr. 36. 1. The reason hereof is, because a multitude is many, and yet as one: therefore, that which in Mat. 20. 31. is (ochlos) a multitude, in Mar. 10. 48. is (polloi) many.
Vers. 18. in thy seed] here the word seed, is in speChrist, Gal. 3. 16. 18. who was both of the seed of David, and sonne of AbraGod over all blessed for ever, Rom. 9. 5. in whom the nablesse themselves] that is, apply thy faith the blessing of Christ to themselves, and so profess it: or, shall be blessed, as the Greeke translateth it, and as the promise was before made in that forme, in the Hebrew, Gen. 12. 3. and after in Genesis 28. 14.
Vers. 19. Beersheba] which the Greeke interprethe well of the oath: See before in Gen. 21. 31.
Vers. 20. Milcah] called in Greeke Melcha: shee
Vers. 21. Uz] or Urs: in Greeke Oox. In this Vz of Aram, Gen. 10. 23. and againe Vz of Seir, in Edoms country, Gen. 36. 28. Buz] in Greeke Baux: of him came that learned yong man Elihu, Iob 32. 2. Buz dwelt by his elder brother Vz, in Arabia, Ier. 25. 20. 23. 24. Kimuel] in Greeke
Vers. 22. Kesed] or Cesed: in Greeke Chazad.
Chazo] in Greeke Nazais. Pildash] in Greek Phaldese Iidlaph] in Greeke Iledaph.
Vers. 23. Bethuel] in Greeke Bathouel, of whom see after, Gen. 24. 15. Rebekah] or Rebekka; in Ribkah: she became wife to Isaak, Abra
Vers. 24. his concubine] to weet, Nachors concubine. The Hebrew
1, The age and death of Sarah, for whom Abra
ANd the life of Sarah was a hundred these were the yeeres of the life of Sarah. And Sarah dyed in Kirjath-Arba, is Chebron, in the land of Canaan: and Abraham came to mourne for Sarah, and to weepe for her. And Abraham am a stranger and a sojourner, with art a Prince of God, amongst us, in the choise of our buriall-places, bury thou thy dead: a man of us, shall not with-hold from thee his burying place, from buis in the end of his field: for full money, let him give it me, amongst you, for a possession of a buwas sitting, ais therein, I give it thee: in the eies of the sonnes of my people, give I it thee, bury thy dead. And Abraham bowed-down (wilt give it) I pray thee heare mee: I will give the money of the field, take it of me, and I will bury my dead there. And Ephron an(is worth) foure hundred shekels of silver, betweene mee and thee, what is that? and bury thy dead. And Abraof, in the eares of the sons of Cheth: foure hundred shekels of silver, currant with the merchant. And the field of Ephron, was in Macpelah, which was before Mamree, was made-sure: the field, and the cave which was therein, and everie tree which was in the field, which was in all the border thereof, round about. Vnto Ais Chebron, in the land of Canaan. And the was therein, was made sure to Abraham, for a possession of a burying place: by the sons of Cheth.
Chajjee Sarah, that is, The life of Sarah. See Gen. 6. 9.
Vers. 1. the life] in Hebrew lives: see Gen. 2. 7. mother of all living, Gen. 3. 20. and Sarah is mother of al the faithfull, 1 Pet. 3. 6. She lived a pilgrim with ACharran, 65. in all 127 yeeres.
Vers. 2. Kirjath Arba] that is, the citie of Arba.
Chebron: see Gen. 13. 18. came] or, went-in, namely into Sarahs tent, wherein she dwelt and dyed: for Ato weepe] Sarah also is the first, for whose death, mourning and weeping is mentioned, another note of honour, as appeareth by Gen 50. 9. 10. 11. Ier. 22. 18. 2 Sam. 1. 17. &c. But sorrow for the dead, must be moderate in Gods people, as having hope of the resurrection, 2 Thes. 4. 13. 14. and weepe, in the Hebrew hath one little letter, extraa man was bound by the law (in Lev. 21. 2. 3.) to mourne for his mother, and for his father, his son and his daughter; and his brother and his sister by the fathers side. And by the Rabbines, a man was to mourne for his wife that he had maried, and so the woman for her husband: to mourne also for brother and sister by the mothers side. Maimony in Misneh, tom. 4. treat. of Mourning. ch. 2. S. 1.
Vers. 3. from before] or, from the face of his dead: sons of Cheth] that is, the Chethites, or Hittites, the people which came of Cheth the son of Canaan, Gen. 10. 15.
Vers. 4. asojourner] or forreiner: properly it siga burying place] or, grave, sepulcher, in Hebrew Keber, from which the Germaine grab; and our English grave are deas in a strange Countrey, Heb. 11. 9. so this purchase of a grave, sheweth the like, not onely for the generall resurgave commandement of his bones, Gen. 50. 24. 25. Heb. 11. 22. For a Sepulchre of ones owne, was a signe of right, and firme possession, Esay 25. 16. out of my sight] or, from before me: so verse 8. Death, so defaceth all earthly things, that the most lovely, are by it made loathsome: for Sarah had beene the desire of his eyes, Ezek. 24. 16. but now hee cannot suffer her in his sight. And the living doe burie their dead, that according to the sentence of God, man may returne to his earth and dust, Gen. 3. 19. and be sowne as seed in the ground till the resurrection, 1 Cor. 15. 35. 36. &c. where they rest in their graves, as in their beds, till their change come, Esa. 57. 2. Iob 14. 14.
Vers. 6. a Prince of God] that is, a mighty prince,
an holy ruler: preferred and advanced of God. So AGod was with him; Gen. 21. 22. Things that excell, are said to be of God: as Mountaines of God, Psal. 36. 7. Cedars of God, Psal. 80. 11. wrastlings of God, Gen. 30. 5. and many the like. The Greeke here translateth, a King of God, the Chaldee, a prince before the Lord. A like speech is used of the Priests, called Princes of God, 1 Chron. 24. 5. the choise] that is, the best, the fayrest: as the Chaldee explaineth it; bechoise is put for chosen: as glory of grace, and riches of grace, Ephes. 1. 6. 7. for glorious and rich grace: the promise of the spirit, Gal. 3. 14. for the promised spirit; and many the like. with-hold] or closeup, forbid, either by word or deed.
Vers 7. bowed downe] did obeysance, in signe of reverence, and thankfulnesse: so verse 12. Some
Vers. 8. your mind,] or, your will: Hebrew with your soule; which word is often used for the mind
will of any: Psal. 27. 12. and 41. 3. and 105. 22. The Greeke translateth, if ye have in your soule: the Chaldee, if it bee the pleasure of your soule. to bury] that is, that I should bury: an usuall phrase, where the person is not expressed, but easily under
Vers. 9. of Macpelah] which is by interpretathe cave of doublenesse, as the Chaldee hath, and so the Greeke also translateth it, the double cave: but it appeareth by verse 17. 19. to be the name of the place. full money] Hebrew, full silver, that is, for as much money as it is worth: silver is namoney, and full, for full weight, as appearfor full silver; which another Prophet saith, for the price, that is, the worth of it, 2 Sam. 24. 24.
Vers. 10. sitting] there present among them: or dwelling, as the word often signifieth. in the eares] that is, in the audience, or hearing: as the Greeke explaineth it. So vers. 13. and 16. went in] meaning the citizens; who are described by going in, as in Gen. 34. 24. by going out: which two are often joyned together, to goe in and out, for to converse, trade, &c. see Ier. 17. 19. 20. 25. & 22. 4.
Vers. 11. in the eies,] that is, in the fight, or presence:
before: as the Greeke translateth it: so verse 18. sonnes of my people] which the Greeke turneth, my citizens; an usuall east country phrase: so in Luke 19. 14. his citizens, is turned in the Syriake, the sons of his citie. Bargains passed thus publikely in the ci
Ver. 13. if thou] that is, wilt give it, or if thou be he,
seeing thou art with me: (that is, present.) Such imperfect speeches are often used, where other fit words are to be understood, as the scripture it selfe sometime manifesteth: as behold the oxen, 2 Sam. 24. 22. which an other Prophet relating saith, behold I give the oxen, 1 Chron. 21. 23. See also before, Gen. 11. 4. and 13. 9. and after here in the 15. ver. money] Hebrew silver, that is, the price of the field.
Vers. 15. shekels:] or, (as we may call them) shillings:
V. 16. currant] or, passing to: and so allowed of Merchants,
Vers. 17. was made sure] the Hebrew is stood up:
confirmed, as the Greek translateth it in the last verse of this chapter. And this purchase thus assured to Abraham was a propheticall signe, that his posterity should have the inheritance of that land: even as Ieremies buy
Vers. 19. in the cave] or de
thus carefully bought,
1 Abraham sweareth his servant, to take a wife for Isaak, not of the Canaanites, but of his own kinred:
ANd Abraham was old, was come into things. And Abraham said, unto (water) goe forth. And he said, it-to-passe before mee, this day: and doe mercy, unto my lord Abraham. Bebe the same thou hast evidentlywas of a very good countenance, a virgin neither had any-man knowne her: and shee went down to the well, and filled her pitcher, and came-up. And the seruant ran, to meet was the weight therof: & two brace(shekels) of gold, was the weight of them. And he said, whose daughart thou? tel me I pray thee: is there in thy fathers house, place for us to lodge? And she am the daughter of Bethuel: the son of Milcah, whom she bare unto Nais both be Iehovah, God of my lord Ato the house of the brewas Laban: and Laban ranne unto the man, without, unto the well. And it was, he saw the earering, and the bracelets upon his sisters hands; and when hee heard, the words of Rebekah his sister, saying, thus spake the man unto mee: that hee came unto the man, and behold, hee was standwere with him. And there was set (meat) before am Abrahams servant. (one,) then shalt thou be cleare from my exsecration. And I came this day unto the well: and I said Iehovah God of let the same bee the woman, whom Iehovah hath evidently appointed, for my lords son. And before I had made-an-end of speaking art thou? right-hand, or unto the left. And Laban & Bethuel is before thee, take her
were with him, & taried-all-night: & they rose-up in the morning; and hee sayd, send me away unto my lord. And her broaway. And Isaak came from the way, to Beer-lachai-roi: and he dwelt in the south country. And Isaak went-out to were comming. And is this that walkis my lord: and she tooke a veile, and covered herselfe. And the servant told was dead.
INto dayes] that is, yeeres: see Gen. 18. 11. Hee
Vers. 2. the eldest] or, the Elder: so the Greeke elder, or ancient, whereby may bee meant Governour, as the words following doe exElder, is an usuall name for Governour, Gen. 50. 7. Num. 11. 16. Ruth. 4. 2. 1 Tim. 5. 17. This in likelihood was his Steward Eliezer, Gen. 15. 2. under my thigh] a signe which Iaathe soules that came out of Iaathigh: wherefore Abraham and Iaakob make their thighes as holy signes, in respect of Gods promise. For otherwise in swearing, they used to lift up the hand towards heaven: see Gen. 14. 22. Hereupon the Greekes have of the Hebrew word Ierek, that is, a Thigh, framed their Horkos, that is, an oath: even as of the Hebrew Iamin, which is the right hand, (used when oaths were taken, Esay 61. 8.) they have formed the Greeke word Omnuo, to
Vers. 3. by Iehovah] by whom alone we are comby the word of the Lord: that is, Christ: Ioh. 1. 1. the Canaanite] or Canaanites, as the Greeke translateth: see Gen. 10. 16. This care Abraham had for his sonnes wife, lest by marying with unbeThou shalt make no mariages with them; they daughter thou shalt not give unto his sonne, neither take his daughter unto thy sonne; for they will turne away thy sonne from following me, &c. Deut. 7. 3. 4. See also Gen. 27. 46. Plato a heathen Philobooke of lawes,) the end of mariage to be, the continuall propagaserve God, and to worship him according to the Law. As Isaak was a type of Christ, so in this procuring of him a holy wife by his servant, may bee typed the Church, gathered of Saints, by the employbridegroome, Ioh. 3. 29. and the Church is the bride the Lambes wife, Rev. 21. 9. 10. and the Apostles prepared the Churches for one husband, to present them a pure virgin to Christ, 2 Cor. 11. 2. which was not to be of the Canaanites, that figured the unholy shut out of the Lords house Zach. 14. 21. but from Christs owne land and kinfrom heaven, borne of God from above, Rev. 21. 2. 1 Per. 1. 23. 1 Iohn 3. 9. 10.
Vers. 4. my land] which after is named Mesopotamia,
Vers. 5. If so be] or, Peradventure, so vers. 39. see goe after] that is, follow, or come with me: so in ver. 8. &c. That which in Mar. 1. 20. is went after him, in Mat. 4. 22. is written, followed him. Againe, where one writeth, he followeth not us, Mar. 9. 38. another saith, hee followeth not with us, Luke 9. 49. that is, he accompanieth us not.
Vers. 6. lest thou] or, that thou returne not. As A
Vers. 7. thy seed] the Chaldee explaineth it, thy
sonne: the Greeke, to thee and to thy seed. See Gen. 12. 7. before thee] and with thee, as in the repea prudent wife is of the Lord, Prov. 19. 14. so Abraham beleeved that the Angels, who are all ministring spirits, sent forth to minister, for them, who shall be heyres of salvation, Heb. 1. 14. should bee sent for assistance in this businesse, which unto mahonourable, Heb. 13. 4.
Verse 8. cleare] or innocent: and so discharged
Vers. 9. his Lord] or master; the pillar and sustaiLord and Master; so the Scripture useth them indifferently: as where one Evangelist saith Lord, Matth. 17. 4. another saith Master, Mar. 9. 5.
Vers. 10. and all the goods] the Greeke translateth, and of all the goods of his Lord, with him. This by comparing ver. 53. seemeth to bee the true meanMesopotamia] in Hebrew called Aram Naharajim, that is to say, Aram (or Syria) of the two rivers, it being a country that lay betweene the rivers Euphrates and Tigris (or Chiddekel,) whereAram that is by Euphrates. As Mizraim is in Greek and other tongues, called Aegypt, Gen. 12. 10. so Aram Naharajim, is in Greeke
Vers. 11. to kneele downe] and consequently to rest
Vers. 12. bring it to passe] or, cause it to happen: that give good successe, or send me good lucke. The same word is in Gen. 27. 20. and is spoken of occurrenprospering: and the Greeke there and here, so trans
Vers. 14. the damsell] or yong-woman, maid: in Naarah, which five times in this chapter, and often otherwhere is written by the letters Naar, in the forme masculine, but by the vowels Naara. evidently-appointed] or prepared, as by certaine argument and demonstration: or nurtured, that is, prepared and brought up by nurture and chastisement. The originall word signifieth proargue, chastise, or nurture. Here it signifiappointing or preparing, (as the Greek and ChalElench, (answerable to the Hebrew here) for an
Vers. 15. it was, &c.] this may also be read thus, And the same was, (or came to passe,) before hee had made an end of speaking; for loe Rebekah, &c. So God promiseth his people, before they call, I will answer; and whiles they speake, I will heare, Esay 65. 24. And in the 45 verse following, it is said that this speaking was
Vers. 16. good countenance] or, good of visage, that fayre to looke upon. So Gen. 26. 7. and Exod. 2. 2. translated fayre or goodly, by the Apostles authority. knowne] that is, lyen with her: see Gen. 4. 1. These properties of humilitie, kindnesse, beauty and chastity, are mentioned by the Holy Ghost, as the most excellent: so Christs Spouse is spiritually described by such, Song 1. 8. 15. &c.
Vers. 17. let me drinke] or, slake my thirst. The hashkini, that is, let me drinke.
Ver. 21. wondering] that is, wondred; and as the considered her, and held his peace.
Ver. 22. tooke] and gave unto her: as taking, Psal. giving, Eph. 4. 8. eare-ring] or abillement, jewell, ouch: which was hanged sometime on the care, Genesis 35. 4. sometime on the nose, face, or forehead, Ezek. 16. 12. and so this here was, as the 47. ver. sheweth. The Greek turneth it as of many ear-rings. In narration of this story, (which yet seemeth to be of light and trivihalfe a shekel] a weight called in Hebrew
Vers. 24. Bothuel] in Greeke, Bathouel sonne of
Melcha.
Vers. 26. bowed himselfe] or, adored, worshipped
Iehovah. The former word signifieth the bending or stooping with the head: this meaneth the bowing or
Vers. 27. mercy] or gracious kindnesse: see v. 49. brethren] that is, kinsfolke: see Gen. 13. 8. or brethren is put for brother, as the Greeke and Chal
Ver. 31. blessed of Iehovah] an honourable title,
Ver. 33. there was set] to weet, by Laban; or he
set: (for the Hebrew hath a double reading to afhe set, and the Chaldee, they set: and here the word meat or bread (as the Greeke expresseth) is to bee understood; as elsewhere other words, which the scope of the place sheweth: as, hee put in Syria, 1 Chron. 18. 6. for, he put garisons in Syria, 2 Sam. 8. 6. See Exod. 34. 7. not eat] an example of a diligent and faithfull servant, preferring his worke for which he was sent, before his food. So the Ain singlenesse of their heart, as unto Christ: not with eye-service as men pleasers, &c. Eph. 6. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Vers. 36. after her old-age] that is, after shee was
wexen old: and so without natural strength to bear: see Gen. 18. 11. all that he hath] wherein he also was a figure of Christ, whom the Father hath made heyre of all things, Heb. 1. 2. and of true Chrishall inherit all things, Rev. 21. 7. So againe in Gen. 25. 5.
Vers. 38. If thou shalt not goe] understand, wishing
a curse to thy soule, if thou goe not: for so imprecations were annexed with solemne othes, but not expresbut thou shalt goe: which is also the meaning, and so expressed before, in v. 4. family] that is, kinred, or as the Greeke saith, my tribe: and so before in v. 4. and after, v. 40. 41.
Vers. 40. have walked] and pleased (as the Greeke with] and before thee: see vers. 7.
Vers. 41. execration] or, curse: as the Greeke an oath, vers. 8. and so the Chaldee still hath it here: but this word, and the forme of the oath in v. 38.
Alah, is by the Apostle in Greeke, ara; that is, acurse, Rom. 3. 14. and in Num. 5. 21. both are joyned, an oath of cursing.
Ver. 42. if thou be now] or, O bee thou I pray thee:
if it were already kindled: that is, O that it were: as the Syriacke translation explaineth it, I desire that it were already kindled. So in Psal. 139. 19. If thou wouldst slay the wicked: that is, O that thou wouldest: and sundry the like: see Gen. 28. 20.
Vers. 45. in my heart] or, unto my heart: the Greek in my mind. This was not expressed before, in vers. 15.
Vers. 46. from upon her] from her shoulder, and
Vers. 47. her face] or nose, forehead, from whence it hung downe on the nose: so Ezek. 16. 12. See
Verse 48. way of truth,] that is, the true (the
right) way.
Vers. 49. doe mercy and truth] that is, deale mercifully
Vers. 50. the thing] or, the word is come forth.
unto thee] the Greeke turneth it, speake against thee. evill or good] that is, any thing at all against it; but doe rest in the will of God. A like speech is in Gen. 31. 24.
Vers. 53. vessels] or instruments, ornaments, jewels,
&c. The word is large, signifying all things for use or ornament. precious things] or, dainties: and by conference with other places, the word seegifts. This word is used in Deut. 3. 3. 13. 14. 15. Song. 4. 13. 2. Chron. 21. 3. and 32. 23. Ezr. 1. 6. The hoopora, that is, summer or autumn-fruit, Rev. 18. 14.
Vers. 55. dayes, at least ten] or thus, dayes, or ten: meaning a yeere, or ten moneths. The Greeke interabout ten dayes; but the Chaldee addeth, or ten moneths, and so it may well be understood,
(that is, a full yeere)
Vers. 57. her mouth] that is, aske her consent: or, what she will say. The Chaldee translateth it, and
heare what she saith. The mouth is put for that which commeth out of the mouth: which the holy Ghost expoundeth the word, Luke 4. 4. from Deut. 8. 3. Hereupon the mouth is often used for speech, or words; as in Gen. 41. 40. and 45. 21. Exod. 17. 1. Num. 9. 20. Deut. 1. 26. Psal. 49. 14.
Vers. 59. her nurse] named Deborah, whom Iaa
Vers. 60. unto thousand,] that is, a mother of innumerable
Vers. 61. after] the Greeke translateth, with the
man. So in 1 Cor. 10. 4. the rocke that followed them, is in the Syriack and Arabick versions, turned, the rocke that went with them. Thus Rebekah left her friends, and fathers house, to goe unto Isaak her husband: so the Spouse of Christ is exhorted to forget her people and her fathers house, Psal. 45. 11.
Vers. 62. from the way] Hebr. from the comming:
from comming, that is, from walking. The Greeke translateth, Isaak walked through the wildernesse.
Beer lachai roi] that is, the well of him that liveth, that seeth me; whereof see Gen. 16. 14. The Greek saith, by the well of vision: the Chaldee, from the well whereat the Angell of life appeared. But the IerusaAnd Isaak went from the schoole-house of Sem the great, to the well whereat the majesty of the Lord had beene revealed. Though this exposition be uncertaine, yet it is certaine Sem was now alive, by comparing his life time, Gen. 14. 18. Where Melchisedek is counted by the Iewes, Sem the great: who might well be master of a schoole of the Prophets. south country] or, land of the south: the south part of Canaan: see Gen. 12. 9.
Vers. 63. to mediate] or to pray, as the Chaldee exercise him-selfe, which comprehendeth both meditation and prayer, as the Hebrew also doth, Psal. 77. 4. 7. 13. and 119. 15. and 102. 1. the looking forth] or, turning towards; that is, when it was towards evethe looking forth of the morning, Exod. 14. 27. is very early, before Sunne rising. So in Deut. 23. 11. where this phrase is explained to meane before the Sun be set. It seemeth to be at the ninth houre of the day, (with us, the third houre after noone) for then they beganne the daily evening service of God, and burning of sacrifice, and it was called in Israel, the houre of prayer, Act. 3. 1.
Vers. 64. lighted] Hebr. fell downe; the Greeke leaped downe, which was to meet him with the more reverence and submission. a veyl] a signe also of subjection, 1 Cor. 11. 5. 6. 10.
Vers. 67. the
which she had peculi
1, Abraham taking Keturah to wife, hath by her many sonnes and nephewes. 5, The division of his goods. 7, His age and death. 9, His buriall. 11, Isaak bles
ANd Abraham added, and tooke a wife, and her name was Keturah. And were the sonnes of Keturah. And Abraham gave all that he had to Isaak. And to the sonnes are the dayes of the yeeres of the life of Athe ghost, and dyed, in a good hoary: age, an old-man, and full (of is before Mamree. The field,
And these are the generations of Ismael, are the names of the sonnes of Isaccording to their geare their names; by their townes; and by their castles: twelve Princes, according to their nations. And these are the yeeres of the life of Ismael; the ghost and diis before Aegypt, as thou goest to Assiria: before the faces of all his brethren, did hee fall.
And these are the generations of Isaak, the was barren: and Iehovah was intreated of him, and Rebekah his wife conceived. And the it be so, why am I thus? And shee went to inquire of Iehovah. And Iehovah are in thy womb; and two peoples shall be separated from thy bowels: and the one people, shall be stronger then the other people; and the greater shall serve the lesser. And her dayes were fulfilwere in her wombe. And the first came-out red, was sixtie yeeres old, when she bare them. And the boyes grew; and Esau was a was a perfect man, dwelling in tents.
was
that red pottage, for I am faint: therefore he called his name Edom. And Iakob said, Sell am going to dye: and where(serveth) this first-birthright unto me? And Iakob said, Sweare unto me this day,
ADded] that is, did againe take a wife, when hee dead, in respect of naturall strength and vigour, as the Apostle noteth, Rom. 4. 19. a wife] called elsewhere a concubine, 1 Chron. 1. 32. what manner of wife that was, see on Gen. 22. 24. Keturah] in Greeke Chettoura.
Vers. 2. Zimran] in Greeke Zombran. Iekshan] in Greeke
Vers. 3. Sheba] in Greek, Saba: his posterity rob
Vers. 4. Ephah] or Gepha: in Greeke, Gephar. Epher] or Gepher, in Greek Apheir: of him the Aphrica is thought to have the name. Enoch] in Heb. Chanoch: as Gen. 5. 18.
Vers. 5. to Isaak] as being his onely heyre, and child of promise, Gen. 21. 12. a figure of Christ and
Vers. 6. concubines] Hagar, and Keturah: vers. 1. east country] or, land of the East: a part of Arathe sonnes of the East, Iob 1. 3. And Iob himselfe was in likelihood the son of one of these sons or nephewes of Abra
Vers. 7. 175 yeeres] This summe of his yeeres sheweth, how Abraham had lived a pilgrim in CaHeber, that great Patriarch and Prophet, of whom hee had the surHebrew, Gen. 11. 17. and 14. 13. and from whom he was the seventh generation, as E
Vers. 8. hoary age] as was promised, Gen. 15. 15. of dayes] so the Greek and Chaldee explaina full, for a full cup, Psal. 73. 10. see Gen. 4. 20. and 5. 3. and by being full of dayes, is meant a willingnesse to dye, without desiring longer life on earth. his peoples] the Greeke translateth, his people: the like is said of Ismael, vers. 17. of Isaak, Gen. 35. 29. of Iaakob, Gen. 49. 33. of Aaron, Num. 20. 24. of Moses, Deut. 32. 50. and others: sometime it is said, gathered to their fathers, 2 King. 22. 20. Iudg. 2. 10. Act. 13. 36. and by Abrahams peoples, are meant his fathers, Gen. 15. 15. and the phrase signifieth the immortality of soules: for Abrahams body was gathered to the body of Sarah onely, as the next words shew: and by his fathers, are meant the spirits of just men made perfect, Heb. 12. 23. See after, in verse 17.
Vers. 10. and Sarah] as is shewed in Gen. 23. 19.
Vers. 11. blessed Isaak] so applying and confirblessing, the righteousnesse of faith is implyed, to Abrahams seed, Galat. 3. 8. 9. &c. Beer-lachai-roi] in Greeke, the well of vision; in Chaldee,
Vers. 12. generations] a rehearsall of Ismaels off
Vers. 13. Nebajoth] he and his brethren seated
Vers. 16. castles,] or, villages: dwelling houses so habitations, as in Act. 1. 20. from Psal. 69.
Vers. 17. 137 yeeres] So he lived not so long as his his fathers to whom he was gathered, are meant the soules of wicked men bespirits in prison, 1 Pet. 3. 19.
Vers. 18. they] that is, Ismaels sonnes dwelt. In he dwelt. Shur] a place in the wilderChagra. did he fall] meaning either, that his lot did befall him, so to dwell, or that he so dyed, as the word fall sometime signifieth, Psal. 82. 7. Gen. 14. 10. But the Greeke here translateth it, he dwelt: so also doth the Chaldee paraphrast, & so the plaine text was before, in the promise, Gen. 16 12. and to make to fall, is to divide by lot an inheri
The generations of Isaak. See Gen. 6. 9.
Vers. 19. the generations] that is, the history of the
Vers. 20. old] Hebr. son of fourty yeere, so v. 26. the Syrian] the Hebrew name is Aramite: which the holy Ghost in Greeke calleth Syrian, Luke 4. 27. See Gen. 10. 22. Padan Aram] the same that Aram Naharajim, Gen. 24. 10 for the Greeke turneth them both, Mesopotamia of Syria. Aram is Syria, Gen. 24. 10. and 10. 22. Padan in the Syrian tongue is a payre or couple, and the country of Aram lying betweene a couple of rivers, is so named Padan Aram: and sometime onely Padan, as Gen. 48. 7.
Vers. 21. for] or, directly-for, (as the force of the before his wife: so it seemeth to bee some solemne prayer which they made together directly for this matter: having lived twenty yeeres together without any child, and Isaak wexen old, into the 60 yeere of his life, ver. 26. God exercising his faith hereby, as he had done Abrahams, Gen. 15. 2. The Iewes have a trato mount Morijah, to the place where he had beene bound, (Gen. 22. 9.) and prayed there: Pirke R. Eliezer, ch. 32.
Vers. 22. strugled-together] or, bruised themselves,
if so, &c.] an unperfect speech, which in her passion she uttered: the Greeke translateth it, if it shall so be with me, why (is) this unto me? why have I conceived, if I must feele such things? to enquire] or
Vers. 23. Two nations] that is, fathers of two nathe greater] to weet, in dignity, which came naturally by the first birthright: or, the elder. The Hebrew Rab, (whereof great men and masters are called Rabbies, Iohn 1. 39. Mat. 23. 8.) signifieth a superiour in dignity. The holy Ghost in Greeke translateth it, the greater, Rom. 9. 12. Hereby Esau and his posteritie are meant. shall serve] as came to passe carnally, when the Aedomites (of Esau) became servants to David, and to the Israelites which were of Iakob, 2 Sam. 8. 14. and spiritually, when Iakob got of Esau the first birthright, and bereaved him of the blessing, Gen. 25. 33. and 27. 29. For servitude came in with a curse, and figuloved Iakob, and hated Esau, Mal. 1. 2. 3. and the Apostle gathereth the doctrine of Gods election and reprobation, saying, when Rebekka had conceived by one, even by our father Isaak, the children being not yet borne, neither having done any good or evill, that the purpose of God according to election might stand, not of workes, but of him that calleth, it was said unto her, the greater shall serve the lesser, as it is written, Iakob have I loved, but Esau have I hated, Rom. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.
Vers. 25. red] a signe of the cholericke, cruell, Dragon was of red colour, Rev. 12. 3. The Hebrew Doctors say, Esau the wicked, was drawne after the workes of judgement, mystically signified in these words, And by thy sword shalt thou live, Gen. 27. 40. and therefore he was red: R. Menachem Rakenat. on Gen. 25. And in
Vers. 26. the heele] or foot sole; as if he would have he called] that is, every one called: as in vers. 25. it is written, they called: or, he was called; so vers. 30. See the notes on Gen. 16. 14. Iakob] that signifieth one that should hold by the foot, or overthrow his brother.
Vers. 27. a cunning huntsman] Hebr. a man knowing
Vers. 28. in his mouth] or, for his mouth; namely, his meat, as the Greeke explaineth it: that is, be
Vers. 29. pottage] or broth: Hebr. sod a seething.
faint] with wearinesse; as the word implyeth. This signified Esaus vaine imployment of his time and strength: whereas they that wait on the Lord spiritually, faint not, Esay 40. 30. 31. but the righteous eateth to the satisfying of his soule: Pro. 13. 25.
Vers. 30. Let me cast] or, let me have a draught;
tast. It is a word not used but in this place. red] which in Hebrew is Adom: whereupon his name was called Aedom. The doubling of the word red, and omitpottage, noteth Esaus hast and greehe called] or, his name was called Aedom, that is, Red: for hee was ruddy when hee was borne, vers. 25. and now longing for red broth, and selling his birthright for it, this name was given him, as a brand-marke of his greedinesse and profanenesse.
Vers. 31. this day] or, even now: the Hebr. Cajom,
As to day, is often used for hajom, this day, as the Greeke here interpreteth it, and in vers. 23. followAs, is often a very affirstbirthright] The dignity whereof the Law sheweth to be great, in that all the first-borne were peculiarly consecrated and given unto God, Exod. 22. 29. were next in hofirst-borne is used for one that is lofirstbirthrights; and so doth the Apostle in Heb. 12. 16.
Vers. 32. going to dye] that is, ready, or in danger to
dye: which may bee meant, both in respect of his present hunger, which could not (as he prophanewherefore serveth] or, what profiteth? as if he should say, nothing at all.
Vers. 33. Sweare] to confirme the bargain, (Heb. he sold] It is recorded in the Iewes canon lawes, that the first-borne who selloth the portion of his birthright, even before it be parted; his sale standeth in force: because the firstborne hath part in the birthright, before the parting thereof: Maimony, Treat. of Inheritances, ch. 3. S. 6.
Vers. 34. of lentiles] a kind of pulse much like to vetches, or small pease; and but course food, so vile an exchange did Esau make of his heavenly dignia profane person; who for one meales meat, sold his first birthrights, Heb. 12. 16. It is a tradition of the Hebrew Doctors, that Lentiles were wont to be eaten of men, in their sorrow and mourning: and that Iakob did feed upon Lentiles, in mourning and sorrow, for that the kingdome, and dominion, and first-birthright was Esaus. Whereupon they also gather, that
1. Isaak because of famine goeth to Gerar; 2, God biddeth him, not goe into Aegypt, but dwell in the land; and promiseth him the blessings of Abraham. 7, Isaak denyeth his wife, 9, Abimelech therefore reproveth him. 12, He groweth rich. 18, Hee diggeth three wels, Esek, Sitnah, and Rechoboth. 23, Abimelech maketh a covenant with him at Beersheba. 34, E
ANd there was a famine, in the land; is my sister: for he feared to say my wife, left the men of the place should kill mee for Rewas of a good countewas sporting, with Rebekah his wife. And Abiis thy wife; and how saydest thou, she is my sister? And Isaak said unto him; Because I said, lest I dye for her. And Abimelech is this thou hast done unto us? one of the people might lightly have lyen with thy wife, and thou shouldest have brought upon us guiltinesse. And Abimeis ours: and he called the name of the well, Esek; because they contended with him. And they digged am the God of Abraham thy faam with thee; and will blesse thee, and multiply thy seed, for my servant Abrahams sake. And hee builded ech-man to his brother: and Isaak sent them away, and they went from him,
is Beer-sheba, unto this day.
And Esau was fourty yeeres old; and he
FIrst famine] whereof see Gen. 12. 10. Abimelech]
Vers. 2. Aegypt] as Abraham did, Gen. 12. 10.
Vers. 3. this land] of Canaan, the land of promise, and figure of the place of heavenly rest; see the Dwell in the land, and feed on faith, Psalm. 37. 3. See Gen. 37. 1. I will be] the Chaldee expoundeth it, my word shall be an helpe unto thee: so in vers. 24. and 28. these lands] or countries, possessed by so many nations, Gen. 15. 19. 20. 21. so Psalm. 105. 44. The Greeke translateth singularly, land; and so was the promise made to Abraham, Gen. 13. 15. and 15. 18. and 17. 8. see the notes there. stablish the oath] that is, performe the promises: sworne, Gen. 22. 16. 17.
Vers. 4. starres] that is, innumerable: see Genes. seed] meaning Christ: Gal. 3. 16. 8. blesse themselves] or as the Greeke translateth, shall be blessed, see Gen. 22. 18.
Vers. 5. charge] Hebr. keeping, or observation: that is, ordinances to be kept. So in Lev. 8. 35. and 22. 9. lawes] for this word, elsewhere the Scripture saith, judgements, Deut. 11. 1. and 5. 1. 31. and 6. 1. 20. and 7. 11. and 8. 11. &c. and uncharge or custody forespoken of, is comprehended; as aftercommandements, or morall precepts, Exod. 20. Iudgements, or judiciand Statutes, or rules, ordinances and decrees for the service of God, Lev. 3. 17. and 6. 18. 22. Exod. 12. 24. & 27. 31. & 29. 9. & 30. 21. Al which Abraham observed, and is commended of God therefore.
Vers. 7. my sister] He imitateth his father Abrakill me] Moses expresseth this as Isaaks owne words of himselfe. The Greeke translateth it, should kill him: so elsewhere that version changeth the pergood countenance] elsewhere it is faire of countenance, (or visage) Gen. 12. 11. so the Greek turneth it here: and before, good is used for faire, or goodly, Gen. 24. 16.
V. 8. by him] or to him: that is, when he had beene,
a long time there. sporting] or laughing, playing, rejoycing: it is the word whereof
Vers. 10. might lightly] or, had almost lyen.
guiltinesse] a sinne making us guiltie of punishment, a shamefull crime: named in Hebrew Asham: the Greeke translateth it Ignorance: and so Paul calleth the sinnes of the people Ignorances, or ignorant trespasses, Heb. 9. 7. rightly so gathered from Levit. 4. 22. See the further explication of this word, there. Abimelech by this word
Vers. 11. toucheth] that is, hurteth, or injureth:
or] Hebr. and: which is often used for or, as is observed on Gen. 13. 8. dying] that is, he shall surely be put to death: as Ge
Vers. 12. 100 measures] that is, as the Chaldee a hundred for one when he measured it: or an hundred, may meane many: as an hundred fold, Matth. 19. 29. is elsewhere called manifold more, Luke 18. 23. The word Shegnarim, signifieth publicke measures, such as were used at the gates of ci
Vers. 14. possession] or cattell: so Gen. 47. 17. husbandry] so also the Greeke turneth it georgia. It implieth all manner worke and service belonging to a family; and so servants, and tillage of all sorts. The like is said of Iob, Iob 1. 3. envied] had an envious zeale and emulation. So Solomon saw how all labour and rightnesse of worke, brought envy to a man from his neighbour, Eccles. 4. 4.
Vers. 15. with dust] or earth, as the Greeke trans
Vers. 17. pitched] to weer, his tents: or, encamped.
Vers. 18. returned and digged] that is, as the Greek againe digged. Figuring the restotheir names] so renewing the ancient good names (that caried, as seemeth, the memo
Vers. 19. the valley] of Gerar, as the Greeke yerliving] that is, as the Chalspringing waters. Waters that spring or runne, are for their continuall motion, called living, Levit. 14. 5. 50. and 15. 13. Num. 19. 17. Song 4. 15. For life consisteth in continuall motion. The Greeke keepeth the Hebrew phrase: and so in the New Testament, where living waters, signifie heavenly graces, Iohn 4. 10. 11. 14. and 7. 38. Rev. 21. 6. and 22 1.
Vers. 20. ours] or (belonging) to us: the Greeke saying that the water was theirs. So ver. 7. Ezek] that is, Contention, or wrongfull strife: Wrangling, the Greeke translateth,
Vers. 21. Sitnah] that is, Hatred, or Spitefulnesse.
Satan.
Vers. 22. Rechoboth] that is, Roomths; or large spaces.
Vers. 24. feare not] for the opposition of the Phi
Vers. 25. called on] the Chaldee saith, prayed: so did Abraham his father, Gen. 12. 7. 8. and 13. 4. 18. stretched out] that is, set up, or pitched his tent, as the Greeke explaineth it, which was with sprea
Vers. 26. Achuzzath his friend] or, aretinue of his
friends: and so the Chaldee translateth it, a company of his friends: but the Greeke takes it for a pro
Vers. 28. Seeing &c.] that is, wee have evidently
seene. Iehovah] the Chaldee expounds it, the word of the Lord is thine helpe. an oath-of-execration] in Greeke,
Vers. 29. If thou shalt] understand, Taking a curse
upon thee, if thou shalt: meaning, that thou shalt not (or wi
as the Greeke explaineth it. See Gen 21. 23.
Vers. 30. a banquet] used when men made cove
Vers. 31. man to his brother] that is, one to another:
man to his neighbour.
Vers. 33. Shibeah] in Greeke Horkos; in English, Oath. Beersheba] that is, the well of the oath: as the Greeke also interprets it. This name was given before, Gen. 21. 31. It seemeth in tract of time the name was forgotten, the rather because the well then digged by Abraham, (vers. 30.) was by the Philistims stopped, Gen. 26. 15. and they would therefore have no such monument: but Isaak now reneweth the name. Or here the citie is named Beersheba; there the place, Gen. 21. 3. that is, the whole region.
Vers. 34. old] Hebr. sonne. This also was the age Iudith] one of the daughters of the Canaanites, called by another name, Gen. 36. 2. see the annoa Chethite] in Greeke, an Evite: see Gen. 36. 2. These were of the worst sort of people in the land, Ezek. 16. 3.
Vers. 35. a bitternesse of spirit] that is, a griefe of
mind, through their bitter provocation and rebelyrked of their life by reason of them, Gen. 27. 46. Or, of a rebellious spirit, resisting their parents. This latter the Greeke folContentious with Isaak and Rebekah: and the Chaldee saith,
1, Isaak sendeth Esau for venison, purposing to eat, and blesse him before his death. 5, Rebekah instructeth Iakob to obtaine the blessing. 15, Iakob under the per
ANd it was, when Isaak was old, and he could not see: then called hee Esau, his elhere am I. And he said, it to me, that I may eat: that my soule may blesse thee before I dye. And Refor venison, for to bring it. And Rebekah said according
THat he could not see] Hebr. from seeing: which not to see, Rom. 11. 10. from Psal. 69. 24. Vpon this occaelder] in Heb ew, greater, to weet, of age, or by birth; as the Greeke translateth Elder: and lesser for yonger: v. 15. see Gen. 10. 21.
Vers. 2. my death] the Greeke saith, my end: yet
Vers. 3. Venison] Hebr. hunting: whereof venison hath the name, as being gotten by hunting. So
Vers. 4. that I may] or, and I will eate: so in v. 7. and 10. These two phrases are used indifferently: that ye be not judged, Matth. 7. r. which another Evangelist saith, and ye shall not be judged, Luke 6. 37. See also Gen. 12. 12. that my soule] or, to the end my soule: that is; I my selfe: as after in v. 7. it is repeated. Isaak being to give the blessing in faith, Heb. 11. 20. would eate savoury meat, and drinke wine, ver. 25. to stir up and cheare his spirit, that he might be the more fit instrument of the spiwine maketh men to forget their misery, Prov. 31. 6. 7. and musicke alwhen hee played, the hand of the Lord came upon the Prophet, 2 King. 3. 14. 15. blesse thee] as the Priests with authority blessed and put the name of God upon the people, Gen. 14. 19. Num. 6. 23. 27. So the Patriarches derived the blessing before their death, unto their children, (or some one of them) as an inheritance by testainheriting the blessing, Heb. 12. 17. which also was of great authoDoing) is here promised the blessing upon his deeds; as the law also promiseth blessing and life to the doers thereof, Rom. 10. 5. but Iakob got the blessing by faith, as do all the faithfull, Gal. 3. 9.
Vers. 7. before Iehovah] that is, in his presence, cursing, 1 Sam. 26. 19.) And being done before his death, it was with the more power, case, reverence, and as by his last will and testament. So Deut. 33. 1.
Vers. 12. if so be] or, Peradventure my father will
feele me, and I shall be, &c. The Greeke translateth it, Mé pote, which word Paul useth, 2 Tim. 2. 25. in like sense; If so be, (or If peradventure) God will give them repentance. as a deceiver] or, as one that causeth to erre: the Greeke translateth it, a despiser, the Chaldee, a mocker. Or we may English it, a very deceiver: for in the Hebrew,
Vers. 13. upon me thy curse] a speech of her faith, the greater shall serve the lesse: which oracle, Isaak might understand not of the persons of Esau and Iakob, but of the nations and
Vers. 15. desireable garments] Hebr. garments of desire, that is,
Vers. 19. firstborne] This though it were not so properly (and cannot in that respect bee excused,) Elias, Matt. 11. 14. and we gentiles, are the Circumcision, Phil. 3. 3. Rom. 2. 28. and the chil
Vers. 20. brought it to passe] or, made it to meet
occurre) in Greeke, delivered it: in Chaldee prepared it. See 24. 12.
Vers. 22. and the hands] or, but the hands: the Iethe feeling of the hands.
of a field] the Greeke addeth, of a full (or plenteous) field: which with herbs, flowers and fruits, giveth a fragrant smell. Compare Song. 2. 13. and 4. 12. 13. 14. and 7. 11. 12. 13. The Ierusalemy Thargum applyeth this to the smell of the perfume of good spicies, that should after bee offered in the mount of the house of the sanctuary.
Vers. 28. And God give] or will give, it is both a And noteth the passion of the mind: for so it is often used to signiand the Lord thy God add. for which, in 1 Chron. 21. 3. is written, the Lord add: leaving out and, dew] which as it is the meanes to make the field fruitfull, so fatnesses] that is, sundry sorts and plenty of fat things: whereby is meant the best of every thing, (see Gen. 4. 4. and 49. 20. Esay 30. 23.) and spirituall graces, Esay 25. 6. The land of Cahaan, (the figure of all blessednesse,) is called therefore the fat land, Neh. 9. 25. 35. corne and new nine.] which as they are the stay and comfort of mans life, Psal. 104. 15. so they also signifie hea
Vers. 29. nations,] the Greeke translateth it, Princes: the Chaldee Kingdomes. The Ierusalemy Thargum applyeth these peoples, nations, brethren, and mothers sonnes: to the sons of Esau, of Ismael, Keturah and of Laban. As servitude implyeth a spirituall curse, Gen. 9. 25. so this soveraignty, is a spirituall blessing, Rev. 2. 26. 27. a master] or, a soveraigne, a Lord, or governour: named of prevai Herein was implyed a part of the first birth-right, 1 Chron. 5. 2. Psal. 89. 28.
Vers. 30. and it was] or, it was I say: the doubling going gone:] that is, newly gone, or scarce gone out.
Vers. 33. trembled] or, was terrified; as the Greeke was astonished: it signifieth an exceeding feare with trembling, as Exod. 19. 16. 18. Gen 42 28. who where] a trembling paswho then is he? he shall bee] So the gifts of God (which are without repentance Rom. 11. 29) are stablished to Iakob here, and af
Vers. 35. with guile] the Chaldee saith, with wisdome:
Vers. 36. Is it because] or understand, hath hee because? meaning surely hee hath. ThereRightly was his name called Iskob, and the Chaldee, Fitly: was called] Hebrew he called, meaning every one: See Gen. 16. 14. for he hath] or, that hee hath supplanted: where the Hebrew Iaakbeni, supplanted me, is Esaus interpretation of Iakobs name, as signifying a supplanter or
Vers. 37. appointed] or put; that is, made, as the sustained] the Greeke translateth strengthned: See Psal. 104. 15.
Vers. 38. and wept] yet found hee no place of rehe sought it with teares, Heb. 12.
fatnesses] that is, fat and fertile places:
Seir. Gen. 36. 6. 8. and this was unto Esau, a gift of God, Ios. 24. 4. Therefore this also is a blessing, which Isaak by faith uttered concerning things that were to come, unto Esau, as bewas rejected, Heb. 12. 17. and the oracles here follow
Vers. 40. And by] or, But by thy sword: that is, sword is opposed unto peace, Mat. 10. 34. and living by the sword, meaneth the continuance of that trouble some state; as life, is opswords are beaten into plow-shares, Esay 2. 4. thou serve] namely, in thy posteritie: for Esau in his person served not Iashalt get the dominion,] or
Vers. 41. hated] with an inward spitefull hatred, as the word signifieth, which sheweth his former hating his brother for the blessing: hee shewed himselfe to bee of that wicked one, as was Kain, 1 Ioh. 3. 12. 15. This hatred continued also in his pofor my father] the Hebrew phrase, as also the Greeke is, of my father; but the meaning is for my fathers death, as the like speeches otherwhere manifest, Ezek. 24. 17. Ier. 6. 26. and at burials they used to mourne seven daies, Gen. 50. 10. The Greeke translateth; Let the daies of my fathers mourning be nigh, that I may kill Iakob my brother: so making it a wish for his fa
Vers. 42. comforteth himselfe] in respect of his losse he threatneth thee, and the Chaldee, he layeth wayt for thee.
Vers. 43. flee thou] or, flee for thy selfe: and for thy
Vers. 44 a few daies] these fell out to bee twenty
yeeres: as the sequele of the history sheweth, Gen. 31. 38. and Rebekah saw him no more, as the He
Vers. 45. why should I be] the Greeke turneth it, lest I be bereaved: and she speaketh of the losse of them both, for that Esau for his murder, was also to be killed, by the law in Gen. 9. 6. or if man had not punished him, God might have cursed and cast him out, as he did Kain, Gen. 4. 11. 16. of Cheth] the Greeke saith, daughters of the sonnes of Cheth, the Chethites, whom Esau had maried, Gen. 26. 34. 35. This griefe, she tooke for an occasion alof the land] that is, of the inhabitants of the land, whewherefore have I] that is, what good will my life doe me? meaning, none at all.
1, Isaak blesseth Iakob, and sendeth him to Padan Aram for a wife, 9, Esau seeing it, marieth Macha
ANd Isaak called Iakob, and blessed were evill in the eyes of Isaak
And Iakob went-forth, from Beersheba: for his pillowes: and lay-downe, in that place. And he dreawas standing above it, and said; I Iehovah the will be
(the way) that thou shalt goe, and will returne thee ait not. And he is this place? this is no other, but the house of God; and this is the gate of heavens. And Iakob rose-up-early for his pillowes; and set itfor a pillar: and he powred oile, upon the head thereof. And hee called the name of that place, Bethel: but Luz was the name of the am going; and will give me bread to eat, and rayment to put on. And I returne in peace, unto my for a
BLessed him] God hereby confirmed Iakobs Better is the end of a thing, then the beginning thereof, (Eccles. 7, 8.) the first blessings where with Isaak blessed Iaakob, were of the dew of heaven, and corne of the earth. Gen. 27. 28.
Vers. 2 Padan Aram] or Mesopotamia, as the a wife,] The like care Abraham tooke, to provide a wife for Isaak, Gen. 24. But there, servants were sent with camels, and store of good things: here the son himselfe is sent on foot in poore estate, with his staffe, Gen. 32. 10. to serve for a wife, Hos. 12. 12. So great was the triall of Ia
Vers. 3. Almighty] or, Alsufficient; see Gen. 17. 1. an assembly] or, church, congregation, company, that is, a multitude of peoples, as, Ezek. 23, 24. I he Greeke translateth it synagogues (or assemblies) of nations, and the Chaldee,
Vers. 4. bessing of Abraham] which chiefly conof thy sojournings] wherein thou art a sogave to Abraham] to weet, by promise: of this gift, see Gen. 12. 7. and 13. 15. and 15. 7. 18. and 17. 8.
Vers. 5. Syrian] so the Greeke usually translateth the Aramite: see Gen 10. 22.
Vers. 8. evill] that is, displeasing, grievous: so good, is for pleasing, Gen. 16. 6. 8.
Vers. 9. Ismael] that is, Ismaels family, or the Is
maelites: for Ismael himselfe was now dead, Gen. 25. 17. See the notes on Gen. 19. 37. Machalath] called also
Parasha, a distinction; and signifie it by a threefold P: but when it is more full and absolute, Seder, an Order, and denote it by a threefold S
Vers. 10. Charan] of which place, see Gen. 11. Iakob fled into the land of Syria, and Israel served for a wise, Hos. 12. 12. So the afflictiSeventy and seven yeeres old was Iakob, when he departed from his fathers house, Pirkei R. Eliezer. ch. 35.
Vers. 11. he lighted upon,] or happened, met with, by pillowes] or head bolster: so in 1 Sam. 26. 7. The Greeke translateth, at his head. As this pillow of Iakob, sheweth his hard distresse for the present in body: so Gods appearing and word here revealed, manifesteth the comforts and refreshing of the spi
Vers. 12. dreamed] a divine dreame, such as in If there bee a Prophet among you, I Iehovah, will make my selfe knowne unto him in a vision, will speake unto him in a dreame: Num. 12. 6. See the notes on Gen. 15. 12. ladder,] reprethe sonne of man, on whom the Angels of God, ascend and descend, Ioh. 1. 51. applyed now in speciall to Iakob, and his journey, as followeth in verse 13. 15. The Hebrew Doctors say; The things made knowne to a Prophet by propheticall vision, were made knowne unto him by way of parable: and immediately, the interpretation of the parable, was written in his heart, and he knew what it was. As the Ladder which Iakob our father saw, and the Angels ascending and descending on it. And that was a parable of the (foure) monarchies. Maimony in Misn. in Iesud. hatorah, ch. 7. S. 3. Other Rabbines also apply this vision to the monarchies in Daniel; but our Savi
Vers. 13. Iehovah] whose providence and grace the glory of the Lord. God of Abraham, &c.] See Gen. 17. 7. He is not ashamed to be called their God, for he hath prepared for them a citie, Heb. 11. 16. Hereby also the resurrection of the dead, was taught unto Iakob; God calling himselfe no lesse the God of Abraham (now dead to the world) then of Isaak now living: for Abraham also was alive unto him, Luk 20. 37. 38. to thy seed] that is, as the Chaldee expounds it, to thy sonnes: when as yet he had no child, (as is noted of Abraham, Acts 7. 5.) nor wife. Here God confirmeth to Iakob, the blessing of Abraham, which his father Isaak had bequeathed unto him, before in v. 3. 4. And as the former, so this promise also was spirituall, to be accomplished by Christ in whom (under the name of David) God promiseth, that his people should dwell in the land, that he gave unto Iakob his servant, Ezek. 37. 24. 25. So the ladder which Iakob saw, should be for him (besides this earthly voyage) to climbe by, unto his heavenly countrey, and inheri
Vers. 14. the dust] that is, innumerable: see Gen. who can count the dust of Iakob Numb. 23. 20. In Gen. 32. 12. for dust, is said sand of the sea. The Chaldee here transthy sonnes shall be multiplyed as dust. spread-abroad] Heb. breakeforth: that is, greatly increase and suddenly spread abroad. So the word is al
Vers. 15. I will be with thee] The like promise God made at his returne, Gen. 31. 3. which Iakob I will doe thee good, Gen. 32. 9. The Chaldee translateth it, my word shall be thy helpe. See Exod. 33, 15. 16. Mat. 28. 20. Gen. 46. 4. all the way] so the Greeke expresseth the word way, here wanting; expressed also elsewhere in the Hebrew, Gen. 35. 3. And here the vision of the Ladder, (Christ,) is applyed to his present case & journey: for God giving his Sonne, doeth with him give all things also, Ro. 8. 32. & godlinesse hath the promise of the life present, and that which is to come, 1 Tim. 4. 8. not leave thee,] This taught Iakob to repose confidence in God, being content with things pre
Vers. 16. Iehovah is] The Chaldee paraphraseth, the glory of the Lord dwelleth in this place.
Vers. 17. this is, &c.] The Chaldee addeth, this is no common (or private) place, but a place wherein
God taketh pleasure, and over against this place, is the gate of heaven. This place represented the Church of Christ, called the house of God, 1 Tim. 3. 15. which oftentimes is, where men are not aware of it, Rev. 12. 6. Iohn 1. 46. where the Ladder Christ standeth, Matt. 18. 20. Rev. 14. 1. and where his servants see and serve him, Rev. 22. 3. 4. Vnto which (as to the gate of heaven) the Lord bringeth such as shall bee saved, to walke in the light of it; Acts 2. 47. Rev. 21. 24.
Vers. 18. the stone] either stone, is here put for stones, (as in Gen. 3. 2. tree, for trees,) or, that before in ver. 11. of the stones; is meant some one of them: sec Gen. 46. 23. a pillar] or statue, that is, a monument or
Vers. 19. Bethel] that is by interpretation, The
house of God, as verse 17. and so the Greeke here alBeth-el, Gods house, to beth-aven, the house of iniquity, (or of anidol) Hos. 4. 15. Of Luz see Gen. 30. 37.
Vers. 20. Uowed] that is, promised to God: for a vow, is an holy or religious promise, made therfore If God,] that is prayerwise, O that God would be with me; and in way of promise, When God shall have been with me, &c. For, a vow, implyeth both prayer and promise, as before is noted. And the Hebrew Im, that is, If, is used in prayers, as is noted on Gen. 24. 42. if thou bee, &c. It signifieth also, when, as in 1 Sam. 15. 17. Therefore one Prophet saith, If a man shall sinne, 2 Chron. 6. 22. another (relating the same) saith, When a man. So the Evangelists, one writeth, If thine eye be single, Matt. 6. 21. another, when thine eye is single, Luke 11. 34. with me] this respecteth the first part of that promise of God in v. 15. keepe me] as the second part of Gods promise was, v. 15. give me bread, &c.] this respecteth the fourth thing promised in ver. 15. I will not leave thee, which taught him contentation, Heb. 13. 5. and Iakob void of covetousnesse, desibe content, 1 Tim. 6. 8.
Vers. 21. returne] this respecteth the third part and Iehovah] or then Iehovah: for this may be the first part of Iakobs vow or promise againe to God, whom he would in faith and revehis God, that is, au
Vers. 22. the house of God] that is, a place of Gods
worship; as the Chaldee expoundeth, whereupon I will serve before the Lord. This Iakob after perfortithing give] that is, surely give the tenth. A signe also of ho
1, Iakob commeth to the well of Charan. 9, He taketh acquaintance of Rachel. 13, Laban entertaineth him. 18 Iakob covenanteth for Rachel to be his wife. 23, La
ANd Iakob, lifted up his feet, and went, to were three flocks of sheepe lying by it; for out of that well, they watered the flocks: and a great stone, was upon the wels mouth. And thither were al the flocks gathered, and they rolled the stone from the wells mouth, bee yee? and they sayd of are wee. And hee said unto them, Know ye Laban the sonne of Nachor? and him. And hee said to is comming with the sheepe. And hee sayd, is great, it is not time that the cattel should be gathered together: wawas speaking with them; and Rachel came, with the sheep which were her fathers: them. And it was, when Iakob was her fathers brother; and that he was Rebekahs son: and shee ran and told her father. And it was, when Laban heard, the tidings of Iakob his sisters sonne; art my bone and my flesh: and he abode with him, a moneth of dayes. And Laban said unto art my brother, shouldshall thy wages be? And Laban was Leah; and the name of the yonger, Rawere tender: It is better that I give her to thee, then mee my wife, for my dayes are fulfilled: that I may goe in unfor a handmaid, to Leah his daughter. And it was in the morwas Leah: and he said unto Laban, what is this thou hast done unto me? Did not I serve with thee, for Rachel? and wherefore hast thou beguiled me? And Lamore then Leah: and served with him, yet seven other yeeres. And Iehovah was barren. And Leah was hated; he hath therfore given me, this also: and she called his name Simeon. And she conceived againe, and bare
LIfted up] that is, went lightly and cheerfully sonnes of the East] that is, the easterne people, in Mesopotamia, which lay eastward from Canaan. So in Iob 1. 3. The Greeke omitteth the word sonnes, and translathe east countries. From the east God had raised up Abraham the (man of) righteousnesse, Esay 41. 2. Gen. 12. 1. & thither now Iakob his nephew fleeth,
serve for a wife, Hos. 12. 12. wherein the mystery of Christ and his Church, was figured: Eph. 5. 32. 2 Cor. 11. 2.
Vers. 2. a well] at a well in the field, Abrahams Iakobs Well (in Samaria) preached there of the living waters of his Gospell and spirit, which who so drinketh, they shall bee in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life, Iohn 4. 6.—14. and 7. 38. 39. lying] This the Gr. translateth resting. The two works of shepherds to their flockes, are feeding, and causing them to lye downe, or to rest; both which Christ performeth to his people, Song, 1. 6. Ezek. 34. 15. Psal. 23. 1. 2.
Vers. 3. the stone] wherewith the well was closed with joy draw waters out of the wells of salvation, Esa. 12. 3. The three flocks here mentioned, are by the Hebrew Doctors (in Bresith rabbah upon this place,) applyed to the whole body of the Church, Priests, Levites, and the other Israelites.
Vers. 6. Is there peace] that is, welfare & prosperity.
is he in health?
Vers. 7. is great] that is, much day yet remaineth; or it is high day. He exhorteth to use the time, whiles it remained, for the good of their sheep: and not to take them so soone from their pasture.
Vers. 8. cannot] that is, are not able, the stone is so may not, by right, till all come together. In this latter sense, the word is used, Gen. 34. 14. and 43. 32. and 44. 26. and other where.
Ver. 9. she fed them] or, she was shepherdesse. In Gr. she fed her fathers sheepe. It seemeth, men used to im
Ver. 10. rolled the stone] either, with the helpe of Iakobs steps were not straitned (as Prov. 4. 12)
Vers. 11. lifted-up] that is, with a loud voice wept:
cried with his voice & wept. It argued his great affection, and passion of minde for her sake; as the like was after in Ioseph, Gen. 43 30. and 45. 2. 14. 15. Such things God setteth downe particularly and often, (though they may seeme of smal mome
Verse 13. the tidings] or, the hearesay: in Hethe hearing: figuratively put for the word (or matter) heard. The Apostles in Greeke somewho hath beleeved our hearing? Rom. 10. 16. that is, our report, preaching, or word preached. Sometime they explaine one an other, with other words; as, his hearing spread abroad, Mark. 1. 28. for which in Luk. 4. 37. is writ
Vers. 14. my bone] that is, my kinsman, as the of my bones. See the like phrase, in Iudg. 9. 2. 1 Chro. 11. 1. 2 Sam. 19. 12. 13. of dayes] that is, a whole moneth: as a yeere of daies. 2 Sam. 14. 28. is a whole yeere. See the notes on Gen. 4. 3.
Vers. 15. brother] that is, kinsman: see Gen. shouldest thou?] The Greeke explaineth it, thou shalt not. See Gen. 18. 17.
Vers. 16. elder] Hebrew, greater: meaning in yonger, is the lesser. See Gen. 27. 1. By interpretation, Leah signifieth Labourious, or Painfull: and Rachel an Ewe or Sheepe.
Vers. 17. tender] as the Greeke translateth, infirme,
Verse. 20. served] These things are set downe how Iaakob fled into Syria, and Israel served for a wife, and for a wife, kept (sheepe:) Hos. 12. 12. For whereas men used of their substance to give, dowries, Gen. 34. 12. Exod. 22. 7. Iakob having no
are fulfulled] or, are full, complete: The the dayes of my service are fulfilled: meaning the seven yeers covenanted, v. 18. Some take it to meane full, in respect of his age: and that he was maried at the first; before the 7. yeers were expired. But in Pirkei R. Eliezer, cha, 36. it is said; Iakob began to serve for a wife 7. yeres: after 7. yeeres he made a banquet, & a rejoycing 7. daies, & had Leah &c. & added 7. daies banquet more, & receiued Rachel, goe in] into the chamber, (as Iudg. 15. 1.) that she may be to me as my wife. See Gen. 6. 4. The Bride, usually had a privie chamber (or closet) whereinto she entred at the mariage day, Ioel 2. 16. Wherethe assembling into the privy-chamber, Maimony in treat. of
Vers. 22. a banquet] named in Hebr: of drinking, as Bride-ale. The Greek translateth it a mariage: hereupon the word mariage is used for a banquet, or feast, in Luk. 14. 8. and so the Syriak there translateth it.
Ver. 23. Leah] in Greek, Leia. A notable example
Ver. 24. Zilpah] in Greek Zelpha. hand maid]
bondwoman, servant, see Gen. 16. 1.
V. 25. the morning] Every mans worke shall be made manifest, for the Day shall declare it, 1. Cor. 3. 13. know not the light; & the morning is to them, even as the shadow of death, Iob 24. 16. 17. Therefore is this fact observed to bee done in the evening, and discovered in the morning. beguiled me] The Chaldee saith, lyed unto me? These things as they shew the evill mind and cariage of Laban, both in this his fact, and the excuse following: so may they bee considered as a chastisement of God upon Iakob, who had by guile (tho with a better mind) gotten the blessing, Gen. 27. 35. For even the righteous are recompensed in the earth, Prov. 11. 31. and with what measure men mete, it shall bee measured to them againe, Mat. 7. 2. But how great an affliction was this unto Iakob: to bee beguiled of his Loue, and deflyed with another, whom in relove is strong as death, Song. 8. 6.
Ver. 27. the seven of this] or the weeke, that is, the seven daies banquet of this Leah, and so confirme weeke hath the name in Hebrue, of seven daies; as with us, it is called
Ver. 31. hated] not simply but in comparison of lesse loved, as the former verse shewopened her womb] that is, made her to beare children: the contrary was in Gen. 20. 18. The Chaldee translagave her conception.
Ver. 32. Ruben] that is, Son of-seeing (or of him
that seeth) meaning her affliction, as the next words doe explaine: or, See ye the Son. So in Pirkei R. Eliezer, chap. 36. it is said;
Vers. 33 Simeon] written in Greek by the EvanSymeon, 2 Pet. 1. 1. and Simon, Mat. 10. 2. by interpretation Hearing, or son of hearing, that Leah was hated.
Vers. 34. he called] or, (not noting any person,) his name was called: See Gen. 16. 14. Levi] that is, Ioyned: the reason of the name here, was of her husbands joyning unto her: after, the Levites were joyned unto the Priests in the ministery and service of God, as Numb. 18. 2. 4.
Vers. 35. this time] or now, to weet againe, as the confesse] that is, openly praise and celebrate, in solemne manner. This here applyIudah] or Iehudah; in Greeke, Iudas: by interpretation, A Confessor, or the son of Confession, or of
1. Rachel in griefe for her barrennesse, giveth Bilhah her mayd unto Iakob. 5. Bilhah beareth Dan and Naphtali. 9. Leah giveth him Zilpah her mayd, who beareth Gad and Asher. 14. Reuben findeth Mandrakes, with which Leah hireth her husband of Rachel. 17. Leah beareth Issachar, Zebulun, and Dinah. 22. Rachel beareth Ioseph. 25. Iakob desireth to depart. 27. Laban stayeth him, on a new covenant. 37. Iakobs policie, whereby he became rich.
ANd Rachel saw, that she did not bearechildren unto Iakob; and Rachel envied
And Reuben went, in the daies of wheat haruest; and found Mandrakes, in the field; Is it a small-matter, that thou hast taken my husband; and wouldest thou take, my sonnes Mandrakes also? And Rachel sayd, therefore he shall lye with thee to night, for thy sons Mandrakes. And Iame my hire, for that I gave my hand-maid, to my husband: and shee called his name, Issachar. And Leah conceived again: with a good dowrie: now will my husband dwell with me, because I have borne unto him sixe sonnes; and shee called his name, Zebulun. And afterward, she bare a daughter: and she me my wives it. And he said unto him; Thou knowest, how I have served thee: and how thy cattell hath been, with me. For it was little, which thou hadowne house? And he said, what shall I give them. I will (shall bee counted) stolne, with me. And Laban said, behold; I would, were ring-straked and spotted; and all the she goates, that were speckled and spotted; every-one that had some white in it, and evethem, into the hand of his sonnes. And selfe and Iakob: and Iakob, fed the rest of Labans flocks. And Iakob tooke unto him, the rods with making bare the white, which was on the rods. And he set, the rods which them not: so the feeble, were Labans; and the lustie, Iakobs. And the man encreased, most exceedingly: and hee had
ENvied,] One word in the originall, is for envie. zeale, and jealousie; taken somtime in the good wrath or anger, Pro. 27. 4. & a work of the flesh, Gal. 5. 21. 1 Cor. 3. 3. sons] some son, or child. or else I dye] or, and if not, I am a dead woman. The like phrase was before in Gen. 20. 3. Through fretfulnes & impatience, she should kill her selfe; fot envie is the rottennesse of the bones, Prov. 14. 30. whereas she ought to have sought unto the Lord, as did Isaak, Gen. 25. 21.
Ver. 2. in Gods stead] who only can give children: 1 Sa. 2. 5. 6. Ps. 113. 9. & 127. 3. So the Chaldee paAskest thou (sons) of me? shouldest thou not not aske the ̄ of the Lord? fruit] that is, as the Chal
Ver. 3. and she shal] or, that she may bear. upon my knees] meaning, children that might be brought up shalbe builded] that is, shal have children, as the Gr. translateth. See Gen. 16. 2. where the like was spo
V. 4. to wife] or, for a wife. The like is said of Agar, concubine: see Gen. 16. 3. & 22. 23. So this Bilhah (or Balla, as the Greek writeth her,) is called a concubine, Gen. 35. 22. The like is to be minded for Zilpah, in vers. 9.
Ver. 6. judged] This word, when it respecteth the chastisement, and afflictideliverance out of their affliction, as 1 Sa. 24. 15. 2 Sam. 18. 19. Both may be implyed here. heard my voice,] received my prayer, saith the Chaldee paraphrase: so in v. 17. and 22. By this it appeareth that faith & vertues, were mixed together with the infirmities of these holy persons. So after in v. 17. Dan] that is by interpretation, Iudging: so named of Gods judging, that is, helping, & delivering her. Afterward his name is applyed to the Iudging, that should be a
V. 8 Wrastlings of God] that is, divine & vehement
wrastlings, very great and earnest endevours both with God in prayer, and by all other meanes that she could; as wrastling is a writhing & turning eveGod, is added to things for excellency sake: see GeGod hath holpen me, & I have beene compared with my sister; the Chaldee addeth, God hath received my request; when I supplicated in my prayer, I desired that I might have a son, as my sister; and it is granted me. Naphtali] or as the Greek writeth it,
Vers. 11. with a troup] or, a troupe is come: for here ba Gad, a troupe is come, which in the text is one word bagad, that is, in (or with) a troup: so afbeasri, in (or with) my blessednes. And so the Greek translates it, In, or with; but the Chaldee turneth it is come. Gad signifieth a troup, or band of men, and to this interpretation Iakob after doth allude, Gen. 49. 19. How be it the Greek translates it, with good lucke (or fortune) Fortunately. And in Arabik, the planet Iupiter, is called Gad. Gad] that is, a troup or host: after the Greek, Luck, or fortune. This word is used in Esa. 65. 11.
Ver. 13. with my blessednes] or In my happinesse: that O blessed (or happy) am I: meaning that this child was both with her felicity. The Chaldee translateth it,
Vers. 14 Mandrakes] in Hebrew Dudaim, which lovely or amiable: the Greeke translateth them apples of Mandragoras, (or Mandrake-apples:) the Chaldee also calleth them Iabrochin, that is, Mandrakes, which name is borrowed from the Arabicke. They were such things as gave a smell, Song. 7. 13. Whether they were those that wee now call Mandrakes, is uncertain. The name is not found in Scripture, but in this history, and in Song 7. 13. there the Chaldee paraphrase calls it Balsa.
Vers. 15. Is it small] the Greeke translateth, Is it
not enough? These contentions were not meerly carnall, but partly also for desire of Gods ordinary
Vers. 17. heard Leah] the Chaldee saith, received
her prayer: so vers 6 and 22. Gods providence and goodnesse is here admirable, that he should regard, and in his booke record such things as these; about childish works, and womens contentions for their husband: unto which notwithstanding the Lord abase
V. 18 Issachar]
Issachar, that is; Hire. It is written with the letters Issaschar, but by the vowels Issachar, one S not pronounced, which is not usuall. Sachar signiHire or wage: whereof he had the name. But in that she counteth her sonne a reward from God, for giving her maid to her husband; it seemeth to be her error.
Vers. 20. endowed] or, given me a good gift, as the Zebulun] oZabulon; that is by inDwelling.
Vers. 21. Dinah] that is, Iudgement; in Greeke Deina.
Vers. 22. remembred] that is, shewed care, and help:
the remembrance of Rachel came before God, and hee receiued her prayer. So in 1 Sam. 1. 19. 20.
Vers. 23. gathered] or taken away my reproach,
barrennesse; which was a reproach among men, Luke 1. 25. 1 Sam. 1. 6. Esay 4. 1.
Vers. 24. Ioseph] that is, He will adde: or, adding.
Iehoseph, as in Psal. 81. 6. and so it was graven on Aarons Brestplate, Exod. 28. The like is in the writing of other names, as Ionathan, 1 Chron. 10. 2. or Iehonathan, 1 Sam. 31. 2. Ioash, 2 Chron. 24. 1. or Iehoash, 2 King. 12. 1. and sundrie the like. will adde] or prayerwise, be adde to me. The performance hereof, see in Gen. she said not other sonnes, for she know that there should be but twelve tribes; and she
Vers. 25. to my land] or country, meaning Canaan,
Vers. 27. grace] or, favour in thy eyes: an unpertary I pray thee See the notes before on Gen. 11. 4. and 13. 9. and 23 13.
Verse 28. Expresly-name] or, Nominate plainly, appoint:
Vers. 30. before me] that is, before my comming:
encreased] Hebrew, broken forth: that is, increased, and spred-abroad suddenly: so vers. 43. and Gen. 28. 14. The Greeke here translateth it,
Vers. 31. any thing] that is, any certaine wage, or stinted hire, of Labans gift. He chose rather to dewill turne againe, will feed, &c.] that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, I will againe feed thy sheepe, and keepe them.
Vers. 32. removing] or, remove thou: and so the separate thou. it shall be] mea
Vers. 33. my justice] that is, a just reward of my
labours from the hand of God, on whom I depend, and just dealing in me, who shall be seene to keepe nothing but my owne. answer sor] or testifie for (or with me.) The contrary is in Esay 59. 12. our sinnes answer, (or testifie) against us. Answering is for witnessing in Exod. 20. 16. in time to come] that is, hereafter shortly: the Hebrew phrase is, in day to morrow: but to morrow is often used for hereafter, or
Vers. 34. I would, it might be] or, I wish it, let it be:
Let it be.
Vers. 36. way] that is, journey: so Gen. 31. 23.
Vers. 37. rods] Heb. rod: as tree, for trees, Gen. greene] that is, m
opposed to
Ver. 38. conceive] Heb. be in heat; whereby conception
Vers. 39. ring-straked] with a round strake, or ring white: so in Gen. 31. 8.
Vers. 40. the lambs] which were so spotted and particoloured. vers. 39. gave] that is, set, or turned the faces of the sheep towards them, that by seeing them, they might conceive the like: as they did before, by seeing the pilled rods in the troughes.
Vers. 41. lusty] or strong. The Hebrew word signifieth bound together; which may be understood wel-set and trust together, and of their conspiring together the male and female for engendring. Which was at the beginning of the yeere, and therefore the Chaldee translateth it, the forward (or first borne.)
Vers. 42. feeble] or lateward, as the Chaldee also engendred late. It hath the significovering: and it may be understood, when they were thicke covered with wool, as towards the end of summer, when they are not so strong for generation.
Vers. 43. encreased] Hebrew brake forth: as v. 30. wexed rich. exceedingly] or vehemently: doubling the word to inlarge the sense, as in Gen. 7. 19. Thus erob those that robbed them, and spoile those that spoiled them: Ezek. 39. 10. Of the things in this chapter, and other the like, the Hebrew Doctors give this commenMarvelous mysteries are in the histories of the holy law: that none is able to tell the praise of the excellencie thereof, and of the hid things of the same, yea even then, when histories are found in the Law, which may be thought unnecessarie and unprofitable. And when wee read in the law, wee blesse (God) for the histories; by which he hath planted eternall life amongst us, as by the ten Commandements, (Exod. 20.)
1, Laban and his sons, envy Iakobs prosperity. 3, God biddeth him returne into Canaan. 4, He acquainteth his wives herewith, complaining of their fathers hard dea
ANd he heard, the words of Labans was our fathers: and of that which was our fathers, hath hee made all this glowas not with him, as in former dayes. And Iehovah said unto Iakob; Reis not toward mee, as in former daies: and the God of my father hath been with me. And ye know, that withthem to me. And it was, in the time that the were ring-straked, speckled and grisled. And the here I am. And hee sayd, are ring-straked, speckled and grisled: for I have seenam the God belongeth to us, and to our sonnes: and now, all that God hath said unto thee, doe thou. And Iakob arose, and tooke up in the land of Canaan. And Laban was were her fathers.
from the heart of Laban the toward mount Gilead. And it from my heart: and hast led-away my daughters, as captives with the sword? Wherefore didst thou flee secretly, from me: and didst not tell me? that I might have sent thee away, with mirth and with songs, with timbrell and with harpe. And hast not suffred me to kisse my so doing. It is in the pothou speake not with Iakob from good to bad. And now, going thou wouldest be gone, beis thine with mee, and take it to thee: and Iathem not: and he went out from the tent of Leah, and entred into the tent of Rachel. And Rathem not. And she said to her father, Let it not be is upon me: and he searched, and found not the Teraphims. And Iakob was is my tresis my sinne, that thou hast hotlyit here, before my brethren and thy brethren: and let them dehave I been with thee; thy ewes and thy shee-goats have not cast-their-young: and the rammes of thy flocke, I have not eaten. The by day, or stollen by night. I was was my twenty yeere, in thy thee yesternight. And Laban answeThese daughters are my daughters, and these sonnes my sons, and these cattell my cattell; and all that thou seest, it belongs to me: and to my daughters, what shall I doe to these this day; or to their sonnes, which they have borne? Now therfor a pillar. And Iakob said to his breis a witnesse, between me and thee, this day: therefore hee called the name of it Gal-eed. And Mizpah, for each man from his neighbour. If thou shalt afflict my daughis with us: see, God is witnesse, betweene me and thee. And Labe witnesse, and the be witnesse: that I will not passe over this heape unto thee; and that thou shalt not passe over this heape, and this pillar unto me, for evill. The God of Abraham, and the (of beasts,) in the mount; and cal
HE] that is, as the Greek expresseth, Iakob
heard. made all this glory] that is, (as the Chaldee expoundeth it) get all these riches; for, thereupon glory ariseth; as riches and glory are joyGlory (or honour) hath the name of weightinesse, (as Paul mentioneth the weight of glory, 2 Cor. 4. 17.) and Abraham was said to be weighty, when he was rich, Gen. 13. 2. And in Esay 61. 6. glory, is in Greek translated riches.
Vers. 2. face] or countenance, wherein favour or the looke of his face. as in former dayes] or, as in time past: the Hebrew phrase is, as yesterday, and the day before: which two dayes past, are used for all times before; even as today, is for the time present, Psal. 95. 7. and to morrow for all time to come, Gen. 30 33. So after here in vers. 5. Exod. 4. 10. and 5 7. 14. and often in the Scripture.
Vers. 3. of thy fathers] the land of Canaan, given be with thee] that is, doe thee good, Gen. 32. 9. the Chaldee translateth, my word shall be for thy helpe. See Gen. 28. 15.
Vers. 4. unto his flocke] the Greeke expounds it, where the flockes were.
Vers. 5. with me] to bid me depart, vers. 13. or, as the Chaldee explaineth it, his word hath beene
my helpe.
Vers. 7 ten times] in his sixe yeares service; ten
many times; so in Iob 19. 3. given] that is, suffred. See Gen. 20. 6.
Vers. 9. God hath] so it was not by Iakobs fraud, as his brethren unjustly calumniated him, vers. 1.
Vers. 10. a dreame] sent of God, as Gen. 28. 12. hee-goats] and rammes, as the Greeke expresly addeth. By this he was taught, that the generation of cattell in that manner, was by the instinct of God, for to inrich Iakob. grisled] or haile-spotted, that is, having many white spots like hayle
Vers. 11. Angel] called in verse 13. the God of
Bethel: that is, Christ. So after, Gen. 48. 16. The Hebrew Doctors also name this Angell, Michael:
36.
Vers. 12. he-goats] the Greeke againe addeth, and rammes. cattell] or flocke, which the Greek sheepe and goats, the Hebrew compre
Vers. 13. the God] Heb. El Beth-el, that is, the
God of the house of God: which the Chaldee exthe God which appeared unto thee in Beth-el: the Gthy God, which appeared unto thee in Gods place. God here manifest thkinred] or nativity, generation, as the Greeke translateth; adding moreover, and I will be with thee, as was in verse 3.
Vers. 14 for us] or, to us: these words may im
Vers. 15. of him] or to him: meaning that he had sold us] for fourteene yeeres service by thee our husband. eating he hath eaten] that is, quite eaten up, and consumed: or greedily eaten. Or questionwise, should hee eate? that is, consume us quite? For by often changing Iakobs wages, hee sought to have inriched himselfe, with the extreme poverty of his daughters, money] Hebr. silver: used here generally for their price, which hee had turned to his owne profit: or figuratively, the meats and commodities bought with such money as was due to them for their husband service: besides their owne portions.
Vers. 16. riches] the Greeke addeth, and glory,
Vers. 18. substance] or, gathered-goods: see Gen. Padan Aram] that is, as the Greeke hath it,
Vers. 19. Teraphims] the Greeke here translateth Idols; the Chaldee, Images: Laban calleth them his gods vers. 30. and that they were images or representations used in divine worship, other Scriptures also doe confirme, Iudg. 17. 5. and 18. 14. 17. 20 Hos. 3. 4. and it seemeth that idolaters consulted with their gods by them, and had oradeclarers, or manifesters, to weet, of hidden things. They were greatly displeasing to the true God, 1 Sam. 15. 23. and therefore were by the godly, rooted out, 2 King. 23. 24. Sometime the Greeke version keepeth the originall name Theraphein, Iudg. 17. and of it, the Heathen Greekes framed the word Therapeuein, for to signifie the service or worship of their gods; and using to consult with such, for reTherapeuin, for to heale ocure diseases. An ancient Rabine saith, What were those Teraphims? They
killed a man that was a first borne (sonne,) and tooke off his head, and salted it with salt and with oile, and wrote upon a plate of gold, the name of an uncleane spirit, and put it under the tongue thereof; and set it up on a wall, and lighted candles before it, and bowed themselves downe unto it, and it spake unto them; as it is written, (in Zach. 10. 2.) the Teraphims haue spoken vanitie. Pirkei R. Eliezer ch. 36. It is more likely, they were Images in the shape of men, as may be gathered by 1 Sam. 19. 13. 16.
Vers. 20. stale from the heart] that is, stale (or conveyed away himselfe) without the knowledge or consent of Laban. For the
Vers. 21. the river] Euphrates (as the Chaldee set his face] that is, his affections and actions, without declining to any other way. Therefore the Greeke translateth it hormesen, which signifieth an earnest (violent) running thitherward. The like phrase is in Ier. 50. 5. Luke 9 51. 53.
Vers. 22. the third day] his flocke being 3. daies journey from Iakobs, Gen. 30. 36.
Vers. 23. brethren] that is, kinsfolke: see Gen. 13. 8. way] that is, journey: so Gen. 30. 36. Laban pursueth Iakob gone out from his servitude: so Pharaoh pursueth his children, for the like cause, Exod. 14. 5. 6.—9.
Vers. 24. God came] The Chaldee saith, word came from the face of God. Compare Gen. 20. 3. Take thou heed] or, Keepe thy selfe, as the Greeke translateth. It was a rebuke unto Laban: verse 42. from good to bad] the Greeke saith onely, that thou speake not bad words. The Hebrew phrase seeeither good or bad: as in the like, Gen. 14. 23. and also in this very phrase, 2 Sam. 13. 22. And to speake neither good nor bad, is meant respectiuely to that end for which Laban pursued him; as to cary Iakob backe againe into his servi
Vers. 26. from my heart] secretly, and unawares concealed it from me: as verse 20. captiues] or prisoners. But they went voluntary, verse 16. and belonged to Iakob, ra
Vers. 27. secretly flee] Hebr. keepe thee secret in fleeing.
Vers. 28. to kisse] and so to bid farewell. For kissing
Vers. 29. It is] or It was: but the Greeke translaAnd now my hand is able. A vaine boast, like Pilates, Ioh. 19. 10. 11.
Verse 30. going &c.] that is, thou wouldst needes
be gone. longing] that is, thou greatly longedst, or desiredst. my gods] that is, Teraphims, vers. 19. images by which he worshipped God. For so figuratively the Scripture useth to call those things Gods, which represent God and his presence unto men: as Exod. 32. 4. 1 King. 12. 28. And the word Gods is spoken of one image, Exod. 32. 8. and is the same that God, Neh. 9. 18. So Teraphim, though a word of the plurall number, yet is used also for one Image, 1 Sam. 19. 13. 16. The Chaldee here translateth it, my Feare, that is, my God whom I feare, as in verse 53. This complaint of Laban that his Gods were stollen, sheweth the vanity of such I
Vers. 32. not liue] a severe judgement, uttered unhe knew not that Rachel had stollen them: yet the Hebrew Doctors note, that Iakob said, whosoeuer hath stollen the Teraphims, he shall die before his time; and that which commeth out of the mouth of a just man, is us if it came out of the mouth of an Angell, and Rachel travelled in childbirth, and dyed, Gen. 35. 16. 18.
Vers. 34. furniture] or, saddle: the Greeke word felt] that is, searched; So vers. 37.
Vers. 35. displeasing] or wrathfull, grieuous: see take it not ill, (or
grieuously.) my Lord] so in words shee honourise up] to doe thee honour; in gesture, as Lev. 19. 32. custome] Hebr. way of women; meaning her naturall disease, such as women used to be put apart for; Lev. 15. 19.
Vers. 36. trespasse] or, disloyal-iniquity; the Greek injurie, (or unrighteous-deed: and it is in degree greater then sinns; as Iob 34. 37. he addeth trespasse to his sinne.
Vers. 37. debate] or dispute, argue and discusse the thing; and consequently judge, and lay the blame
Vers. 38. not eaten] as is the manner of evill
Vers. 39. The torne] to weet, with wilde beasts, as the Greeke explaineth it. I made it good]
I payed for it; as the Greeke translateth. The Heexpiate, or satisfie as-for-sin, as if he should say, I put away the sinne by satisfaction: so spoken, because Laban imputed it to Iakob for a fault, though indeed it was not. thou require] which he could not doe without injurie: for Gods law sheweth, that that which is torne of beasts, should not be made good by him that kept it, Exod. 22. 10. 13.
Vers. 40. consume] or, eat: The Greeke translaburnt with heat. fled] The Greeke saith, departed. Care of his flocke, kept his eyes that they could not sleepe. The dutie of good shepheards, is hereby signified, Luke 2. 8. Hebr. 13. 17. the contrary is in the evill, Esa. 56. 10. This relation setteth forth Iakobs miserie while he dwelt in SyA Syrian ready to perish, was my father: Deut. 26. 5.
Vers. 42. the Feare] or Dread; that is, the GOD whom Isaak feared; as also after in verse 53. So the he whom Isaak feared So IaFeare, as unto whom all feare and dread is due, Esa. 8. 12. 13. with me] or for me, and on my side: see the like speech in Psal. 124. 1. 2. &c. hands] Hebr. palmes: a part being put for the whole. Though hereby secret and unknowne labour, may bee implyed. thee] This word the Greeke also addeth, the sense requiring it. The holy Ghost often supplieth the want of such words, as, I beleeved not the words, 1 King. 10. 7. that is, their words, 2 Chron. 9. 6. And, to provoke, 2 King. 21. 6. that is, to provoke him. 2 Chron. 33. 6. So, the heele, Psal. 41. 10. is translated, his heele, Ioh. 13. 18. And by the Evaninto the garner, Mat. 3. 12. that is, into his garner, Luke 8. 17. and sundry the like. See before, Gen. 2. 19.
Vers. 43. and to my daughters] that is, and as for
my daughters, what shall I doe to them? The pawses in the Hebrew, yeeld this sense: but the Greeke referreth it to the former, it is mine and my daughters.
Vers. 44. therefore] Hebr. and now; which the Greek also translateth, Now therefore. The Hebrew and hee called, 2 Sam. 5. 9. which another Prophet saith, therefore they called, 1 Chron. 11. 7.
Vers. 45. a pillar] a moniment of the covenant,
Vers. 46. did eate] after the covenant had beene
Vers. 47. Iegar sahadutha] these are Syriak The heape of witnesse, as the Greek turneth them. So Laban named it in his owne lanGal-eed] This is Hebrew, and signiThe heape a witnesse; as the Greek translaGalaad, or Gilead.
Vers. 48. heap] in Hebrew Gal. a witnesse]
Vers. 49. Mispah] that is by interpretation, a Watch-tower, or place of Espying. The place had these names figuratively, as being a signe of Gods witnesse to, and watch ouer the covenant now made. watch] or espie: it sheweth a reason of the former name. hid] that is, absent, out of the sight one of another. The Greeke translateth, because we depart one from another.
Vers. 50. If thou shalt] we may understand, Swearing, or,
Vers. 52. that I, will not] this manner of speaking If I, to weet, shall passe over this place, I will not passe over to thee for evill: and,
Vers. 53. God] or Gods. their father] that Tharah, and he served strange gods, Ios. 24. 2. So Laban sweareth by idols. the feare] that is, the God feared: as v. 42. So Iakob sware by the true God onely; as is commanded, Deut. 6. 13.
Vers. 54. slew a slaughter] for a feast; and so they bread] this word is often used generally for all food: (see Gen. 21. 14.) and sometime for flesh: Lev. 3. 11. and 21. 6. Numb. 28. 2.
Vers. 55. blessed them] Thus God over-ruled
1. Iakob meeteth an hoast of Angels. 3, Hee sendeth a message to Esau. 6, Hearing of Esaus comming, hee is afraid, 9, and prayeth for deliverance. 13, He sen
ANd Iakob went on his way: and the is Gods host: and hee called the name of that place, Ma
AND IAKOB SENT messengers, hee is comming to meet thee, and foure hundred men with him. And Iakob feared greatly, and was distressed: and hee divided the peowas with him; and the flockes, and the herds, and the camels, into two compais left, shall escape. And Iakob said; ô them, into art thou, and whither goest thou; and whose are these before thee? Then thou shalt say, (they be) thy servant Iakobs; it is a present sent to my Lord, to Esau: and behold hee also, is behinde us. And hee commanded is behinde us: for hee said, I will appease his face, with the present that goeth before me; and afterward, I will see his face; peradventure, he will accept my face. And the present passed-over, before is thy name? and hee said, Iakob. And hee said, thy name shall not bee called any more, Iakob; but Israel: for as-a-Princeis it, that thou askest for my name? And hee blessed him there. And is upon the hollow of the thigh; unto this day: because hee touched the hollow of Iakobs thigh; in the sinew that shranke.
ANgels] by interpretation Messengers, and so the word is used in the 3. vers. but these were heauenly spirits; of whom see the notes on Gen. 16. 7. By this vision, God confirmed Iakobs faith in him, who commanded his Angels to keepe his people in all their waies, Psal. 91. 11. host] or campe, armie; as in warres: for Angels are heavenly souldiers, Luk. 2. 13.
Vers. 3. AND IAKOB] Here beginneth the eight section, or lecture of the law, called of the first Vajishlak, that is, And he sent. But it it not dimessengers] the same word which before was translated Angels, verse 1. Seir] a mountainy land possessed before by the Chorims, Gen. 14. 6. but Esau with his children destroyed them, and dwelt in their stead, Deut. 2. 22. Thither was Esau gone from the face of his brofield] that is, as the Greeke translateth it, country of Edom, that is, Esau. See Gen. 14. 7. & 25. 30.
Vers. 4. my Lord] by this title Iakob honoured
Vers. 5. Oxen] Hebr. Oxe and Asse, &c. singular to finde] that is, that I may finde, as Gen. 6. 19. The Greeke translathat thy servant may finde grace before thee.
Vers. 6. and 400. men] armed for warre, as seePirkei R. Eliezer, c. 37. it is said, Iakobs case, was; As if a man did flee from a Lion, and a Beare met him, (Amos 5. 19.) The Lion was Laban, that pursued after Iakob, to teare his soule: the Beare was Esau, which stood by the way, as a Beare robbed of her whelpes, and came to slay the mother with the children. And the Lion hath shamefastnesse, but the Beare hath no shamefastnesse.
Vers. 7. companies] or camps: the word used be
Vers. 8. smite] that is slay (or kill) it: as Gen. 14. shall escape] Hebr. shall bee to escaping, or shall have evasion: the Greeke saith, shall be saved.
Vers. 9. will doe thee good] or, will deale well with
thee: thus Iakob understood the promise, I will bee with thee: Gen. 31. 3. So after in vers. 12.
Vers. 10. lesse] to weet, in worth, that is, am unworthy
Vers. 11. mother with the sonnes] in Greeke, and
the mother with the children: (or upon them.) It meaneth great cruelty, in sparing none, as Hos. 10. 14. For smite, the Chaldee translateth kill me.
Vers. 12. doing good &c.] that is, I will surely doe
thee good. put] that is, make thy seed: see this promise, Gen. 28. 14.
Vers. 13. came into his hand] that is, such as he had,
and could send for the present. And it was a rich gift; of five hundred and fiftie beasts, of sundry sorts, for store. A mans gift, maketh roome for him; and bringeth him before great men: Prov. 18. 16.
Vers. 15. yong-ones] or colts: in Hebrew, sonnes:
Verse 16. every herd] or drove. Hebr. herdherd:
and herd] Hebr. and betweene herd. This was done, that by di
Vers. 20. is behinde] or, as the Chaldee explains commeth after us. appease his face] or cover (and pacifie) his face, that is, his anger, as the Chalanger (as favour) appeareth in the face. See the like in Lev. 20. 6. Psal. 21. 10. And appeasing, is the word so often used in the law, for covering or taking-away offences, and so pacifythe present] for, a gift in secret pacifieth anger, Prov. 21. 14. my face] that is, favour me, and grant my request: see Gen. 19. 21.
Vers. 22. handmaids] or bondwomen: the Chalconcubines. See Gen. 35. 22. the foord] or the passage: so the Greeke saith the passage of Iaboch. A river mentioned also in Deut. 2. 37. and 3. 16.
Vers. 24. wrastled] or combated, by taking hold a man] called after, and by the Prophet Hosee, God, and an Angell, verse 28. 30. Hos. 12. 3. 4. It was therefore Christ, appearing in the forme of a man, (as before to Abraham, Gen. 18. 2. 22.) the Angel that redeemed Iakob from al evil, Gen. 48. 16. God
Vers. 25. he] that is, the man (the Angel) prevailed
Vers. 26. let me goe] or, send me away: the Angell weake, then are they strong, 2 Cor. 12. 10. Thus God said to Moses, Let me alone, Exod. 32. 10. and men by zealous prayer, are said to take hold on God, Esay 64. 7. riseth up] or, ascendeth: and so would reveale more clearly what manner of one hee was that wrastled with Iakob: but hee would not yet have his glory manifested, for hee dwelleth in the darke cloud, 2 Chron. 6. 1. and in the light that none can attaine unto, 1 Tim 6. 16. Benight signifieth the time of afflictions; so the day is the time of deliverance, joy, and comwill not] Iakob perceiving him to be a divine person, would not let him goe without a blessing, for which (with the feeling of his owne infirmity) he wept and prayed unto him, Hos. 12. 4. and in all his temptations got a full conquest through him that loved him, as Rom. 8. 37. So in Song. 3. 4. the spowse of Christ holdeth him, and will not let him goe: and such importunacy in prayer offendeth not, but pleaseth God, Luk. 18. 1.—7. 8.
Vers. 28. any more] meaning, not Iakob onely, or not so much as Israel: for he and his posterity, are often in the Scripture called Iakob, but much more often Israel. This change of name signifieth a change and more excellency of his estate; as in AIsrael] that is, one that hath princely power with God; as the words following doe manifest. He had both his names given him of striving and wrastling; but the first, Iakob, was at his birth, where hee strove to be the firstborne, but prevailed not till afterward, Gen. 25. 26. and 27. 36. this latter is upIakob; and when her glory and valour is signified, she is called Israel, as throughout the Scriptures may bee obserued. See Amos 7. 2. 5. 8. Esay 41. 14. Galat. 6. 16. as a Prince hast thou power] or, thou hast behaved thy selfe princely, hast had princely power, or got the princedome and dominion. The Greeke translateth, hast beenestrong, or,
Vers. 29. Wherefore] This was a refusall to tell it; wherefore thus askest thou my name which is marvellous? blessed him] so granting Ia
Vers. 30. Peniel] and Penuel, vers. 31. and after Phanouel; that is, The face of God; the Greeke expounds it, the shape of God: the reason whereof followeth. This memoGod] the Chaldee translateth it, the Angel of the Lord. face to face] that is,
Vers. 31. arose unto him] as the sonne of righteousnesse
Vers. 32. eat not] or, shall not (may not) eat. For sinew being toubecame like the fat of a dead thing: therefore it is unlawfull for the sonnes of Israel to eat of the sinew, &c. Pirkei R. Eliez. ch. 37. that shranke] or, that was removed; or, forgate his place. The Greek transthe sinew that was benummed. By the Hebrew Canons, they were bound to abstaine from eating this sinew, both within the land (of Israel) and without the land, in common meates, and in holy: in cattell and in wild beasts; in the right thigh (of the beast)
1, Iakob goeth before his family, and boweth unto Esau seven times. 4, the kindnesse of Iakob and Esan at their meeting. 6, Iakobs wives and children bow unto Esau. 10, With much intreaty, he receiveth Iakobs present. 12, Offereth to accompany Iakob, but his courtefie is modestly refused. 17, Iakob commeth to Succoth. 18, At the city of Sechem he buyeth a field, and buildeth an altar called El-Elohe-Israel.
ANd Iakob, lifted up his eyes; and are these with thee? and he said, The children, which God hath graciously given to thy servant. And is thine, be thine. And Iakob said; I had seene the face of God, and thou wast pleased with me. Take I pray thee it. And he said, let us take our jourare tender; and the flockes and herds, are with young with me: and if they overdrive them one day, then all the flockes will dye. Let my Lord, I pray thee, according to the foot of the worke which is before me, and to the foot of the children; untill I come unto my Lord, to Seir. And Esau said; Let me appoint I pray some of the folke which are with me: and he said, wherefore is this? let me find grace in the eyes of my Lord. And
And Iakob came safe, to the City of Seis, in the land of Canaan; when he came from Padan Aram: and he encam
HAndmaids] in the Chaldee, concubines. So
Vers. 3. seven] this may be taken for many times:
the barren hath borne seven, that is, many, 1 Sam. 2 5. seven (that is, many) abominations are in (the hatefull mans) heart, Prov. 26. 25. and sundry the like. Here Iakob doth that himselfe, which God promised should bee done unto him, Gen. 27. 29. But humility goeth before honour. And it is noPirkei. R. Eliezer, ch. 37.
Vers. 4. kissed him] These were signes of Esaus kissed is extraordinarily noted in the Hebrew with three prickes over it, as leading the reader to obthey wept both.
Vers. 8. what meanest thou] Hebr. what to thee?
company] or camp, the drove sent before, Gen. 32. 16. to finde] that is, that I may finde: the Greek explaineth it, that thy servant may finde grace.
Vers. 9. much] Hereby he may meane, inough, or, a great deale: the Greeke translateth it, many things.
I have all things. Thus Esau had received his blessing; Gen. 27. 39. be thine] that is, keepe it to thy selfe: or, (as the Chaldee explaineth it,) much good doe it thee, that which thou hast.
Vers. 10. therefore] or, because: as this word sigface of God] that is, hoGod (Elohim) translateth Princes: as the word somepleased] or, thou hast favourably accepted me.
Vers. 11. blessing] that is, the gift, which by the blessing of God I have received, and doe with a a blessing for a bounteous gift, or
Vers. 12. and goe] meaning unto Seir, where hee
Vers. 13. with yong] or, giving-sucke, as the Chal
Vers. 14. will lead on] or, will gently-lead softly. As the foot of the worke] that is, the pace of the cattell, as they are able to goe: called a worke, because about them his labour was imploywere able to heare, Mark. 4. 33. & so did his Apostles, becomming weake to the weake, 1 Cor. 3. 2. & 9. 22. Rom. 15. 1. For foot the Greek translateth leisure.
Vers. 15. appoint] or set; and consequently leave,
let mee finde grace] that is, grant my desire, and leave none. So to finde grace, is to have a request granted, Gen. 34. 11. and 47. 25. 1 Sam. 25. 8. Or, as the Greeke translateth, it is inough that I have found grace; as being a thankfull refusall: and so the Hebrew phrase seemeth elsewhere to im
Vers. 17. an house] in Greeke, houses: they were Succoth] that is, boothes, or tents: hereof the place had the name, and so the citie that was after there builded, was called Succoth, Iudg. 8. 15. 16. Likewise the place whither Iakobs sonnes first came, after they went out of Egypt, was called Succoth, Exod. 12. 37. and in memoriall of their dwelling in boothes God appointed a yeerely feast for all the people, called the feast of Succoth; that is, of boothes, or tents, made of green boughes of trees, wherein they dwelt seven daies in a yeere, Levit. 23. 34—42. 43.
V. 18. came safe] or came in peace, sound, & whole,
Salem is so interpreted here by the Chaldee para
Vers. 19. he bought] yet was that land given of Hamor] or
Vers. 20. an altar] for thanksgiving to God, as
El Elohe Israel] that is, God the God of Israel, so named, as a Iehovah Nissi. The Greek here translateth, he called upon the God of Israel: also the Chaldee, he sacrificed upon it, before God the God of Israel. About this time, fell out the departure of Iudah from his brethren, and mariage with a Ca
1, Dinah Iakobs daughter is ravished by Sechem. 4, He sueth to marie her. 8, Hamor his father follow
ANd Dinah the daughter of Leah, which shee bare unto Iakob: went-out, it; and the men were griewere a reproach, unto us. Onely in this, will we conare, that emore honourable, then all the house of his father. And Hamor, and Seare peaceable with us; therfore let them dwell in the land, and trade therein; for the land, behold is large of spaces, before them: let us take their daughare circumshall not they be ours? onely let us consent unto them, and they will dwell with us. And unto Hamor, and each-man his sword, and came upon the citie in confidence: and they killed, every male. And they killed Hamor, and Sewas in the citie, and that which was in the field. And all their wealth was in the house. And Iakob said, to Simeon and am few in number; and they will gather themselves together against me, and smite me; and I shall bee destroyed, I and my house. And they said: Should hee with an Harlot.
THe daughters] that is, the women; as Gen, 30. 13. to see them, MoPirkei. R. Eliezer, ch. 38. and that it was on a soIoseph. Antiq. b. 1. God noteth Dinahs going out, as an occasion of her evill; and after reacheth yong women to be keep rs at home, Tit. 2. 5. So among the Iewes, virgines were after this, wont to be kept in, 2 Maccab. 3. 19. Dinah was now about 14. yeers of age: Iakobs onely daughter.
Vers. 2. Hamor] called in Greeke, Emmor. So in Evite] HChivvite, see Gen. 10. 17. humbled] or afflicted, that is, defiled her, vers. 5. for this word is applied onely to adulterous and unlawfull copulation; as in Deut. 21. 14. & 22. 24. 29. Iudg. 19 24. 2 Sam. 13. 12. 14. Eze. 22. 10. 11.
Vers. 3. spake to the heart] or as the Greeke transaccording to the minde of the damsell; that is, kindly on his part, and such things as liked and comforted her; who it seemeth was sorrowfull for this injury done her, as Thamar was in like case, 2 Sam. 13. 19. 20. So the Chaldee translateth, hee spake consolations to the heart. A like phrase is used for kinde and comfortable speaking; in Gen. 50. 21. Esa. 40. 2. Hos. 2. 14. And that which in Ioh. 11. 19. is said to comfort them; the Syriak there translateth, to speake with their heart. So in 1 Thes. 2. 11.
Vers. 5. that he] namely Hamors sonne, as the held his peace] or, kept-silence as deafe, concealing his griefe, and asruling his owne spirit, did better then his sonnes that tooke the citie, verse 27. Prov. 16. 32.
Vers. 7. folly in Israel] or against Israel: that is, as filthy and ignominious fact; on his part, vile, foolish and fildoe folly in Israel, was meant of wicked acts, done to the scandall of the Church, as Deut. 21. 21. Ios. 7. 15. Iudg. 20. 6. Israel being put for his posterity the Israelites: see Gen. 19. 37. should not] the Chaldee addeth, it was not right (or meet) to be done. So the Law commanthere shall be no whore of the daughters of Israel; Deut. 23. 17. and whordome should not be named, among the Saints. Eph. 5. 3.
Vers. 8. is affected] or, is fastened, cleaveth: with the setting of the love upon any, Deut. 21. 11. & 7. 7.
Vers. 10. before you] free for you to choose where broad before you; as verse 21. get firme possessions] or, hold your selves as possessors in it.
Vers. 11. finde grace] and have my request gran
Vers. 12. Very largely aske] Hebr. Multiply yee
upon me vehemently. dowry] a gift of the man un
Vers. 13. and spake] to weet, deceitfully: or, when
they spake unto them.
Vers. 14. they said] This the Greeke referreth to Simeon and Levi, Dinahs brethren. superfluous] or, uncircumcised-foreskin: see Gen. 17. 11.
Vers. 15. Onely in this] or, But with this (conditiIn this we will bee like unto you: so in verse 22. where the Greeke addeth the word Onely. circumcised] cut in the flesh: see Gen. 17. 10. And herein was their deceit, pre
Vers. 18. good] that is (as the Greeke hath) pleasing.
Vers. 20. the gate] where the publike assembly
Vers. 21. large of spaces] Hebr. of hands, meaning large and spacious; or roomthy inough.
Vers. 23. consent] the Greeke saith, bee like unto
them in this.
Vers. 24. went out] that is, dwelt and conversed
were circumcised] which being done without the knowledge and faith of God, was a profanation of this seale of the righteousnesse of faith, (Rom. 4. 11.) and was not let goe un
Verse 25. were sore] with the wound of circumwhen their paines were strongest upon them. in confidence] that is, confidently, boldly; and securely or safely, (as the Greeke translateth) because the wounded men could not resist them. The Chaldee referreth this to the citie which dwelt securely, as Iudg. 18. 7. So it noteth both the boldnesse of Iakobs sons, and security of the Sechemites.
Vers. 26. edge] Hebr. mouth of the sword. These
The sonnes] the other brethren, besides they had] that is, one of them (Sechem) had; & the other repressed it not. So in Israel, the fact of one man, was sometime imthe men of Sechem were guilty of death, because Sechem committed rape; and they saw and knew it, & did not judge him for it. Maimony, in
Vers. 29. wealth] or power. The word comprehenarmy of men. 1 Sam. 10. 26. and riches, which many make their strength, and whereby men are inabled to doe much, Prov. 10, 15. but are indeed gotten by the power of God. Deut. 8. 17. 18. Psal. 62. 11. and 73. 12. The Greeke in this place translateth it bodies, (which seemeth to meane servants, as in Rev. 18. 13.) the Chaldee, riches. little-ones] The word being of the singular number, meaneth generally the multitude of little children, male and female; Num. 31. 17. 18. in the house] that is, in any house; therfore the Greek translateth, in the houses.
Vers. 30. troubled me] This word meaneth not yee have made me odious. So Achan
Vers. 31. Should he deale] or, doe? A stubborne Harlot] In the Hebrew Zonah, the first letter is extraordinarily great, for some hidden meaning. What if it be, to signifie the stout and big words of these yong men to their father? So a little letter is vsed before, in Gen. 23. 2. to signi
1, God sendeth Iakob to Bethel. 2, He purgeth his house of Idols. 6, He buildeth an altar at Bethel. S, Deborah Rebekahs nurse dieth at Allon bacuth. 9, God blesseth Iakob at Bethel. 16, Rachel trauelleth of Ben
ANd God said, unto Iakob; arise, goe-up were with him: Put-away the strange Gods, that are among you, and clense your selves, and change your garments. And let us arise to Bethel: and I will make there an altar, unto God that answered me in the day of my distresse; and hath beene with me, in the way which I have gone. And they were in their hand; and the earrings, which were in their eares: and Iakob hid him, unwas by Sechem. And was upon the cities which were round about them: and they did not pursue, after the is in the land of Canaan, that is Beth-el: hee, and all the people that were with him. And he builded there, an altar; and caleven God, was revealed unto him; when hee fled, from the face of his brother. And De
And God appeared unto Iakob againe; (hath beene) Iakob: thy name shall not be called any more Iakob, but Israel shall be thy name, and he called his name Israel. And am God almighty, be thou fruitfull and multiply; a nation, and an assembly of nations, shall bee of thee: and kings, shall come out of thy loines. And a child, and had hard child-birth. And it was, when she was in her hard child birth: that the midwife said unto her, feare not; for thou shalt have this sonne alis Bethleis the pillar of Rachels grave, unto this day. And Israel journeyed: and it: o
And the sons of Iakob, were twelve. The are the sons of Iakob; which were borne to him in Padan Aram. And Iakob came, unto Isaak his father; to
to the citie of Arba: that is Chethe ghost, and dyed, and was gathered unto his peoples; an old-man, and full of dayes: and Esau and Iakob his sons, buried him.
BEthel] that is, Gods house; a place distant from an altar] that is, offer sacrifice and pay thy vow with thanksgiving for thy former deliverances, and strengthen thy faith, against thy present feares; Gen. 28. 20. 22. & 31. 13. and 34. 30.
Vers. 2. his house] the folke of his house, whom the house of God, 2 Cor. 6. 16.) and informeth in Gods wayes, as did other saints, Gen. 18. 19. Ios. 24. 15. with him] this may be meant of the captived Sechemites, Gen. 34. 29. strange Gods] or strangers Gods: the Hebrew signifieth either Gods of alienation, that is, aliene or strange Gods, as the Greeke explaineth it, or Gods of the alien, that is,
Vers. 3. answered me] the Chaldee translateth, received my prayer, in the time of my distresse, and his word was my helpe in the way which I have gone. Gods answering of his people, is when by word or work, he granteth their request: as he is said to answer by fire, when by such a signe hee testifieth his apanswereth by gihearing, as Esay 30. 19. when hee heareth thee, he will answer thee. So here Iakob calanswer.
Vers. 4. earrings] idolatrous jewels, and superstiIt is commanded (they say) in Deut. 12. 2. 3. to destroy Idolatry, & the ministeriall instruments thereof,
and what soever is made for the same. And it is forbid den (by Deut. 7. 26.)
V. 5. they journeyed] the Gr. explaineth it, And
Israel removed from Sechem. terror of God] that is, a mighty terror sent of God upon the cities. The Chaldee saith a terror from before the Lord. Other
V. 7. El Bethel] that is, the God of Bethel before Bethel, that is, Gods house, Gen. 28. 19. now for addition of graces from God, hee addeth to the name, calling the place God, figuratively, as being his house. The like is in Exod. 17. 15. was revealed] or, were revealed, that is, did appeare in more manifest sort. Here againe a word plurall, is joyned with the name of God, to signify the mystewas revealed (or did appear:) so also doth the Chaldee, save that for God, it saith, the angel of God.
V. 8. nurse] sent with her from her fathers house, Gen. 24. 59. How she came to be in Iakobs family, The oke of weeping] Hebr. Allon Bacuth: this name sheweth his griefe, for the death of this matron; the place also being the safeOke, translateth the Plaine (or vally) of weeping. But the Greeke turOke: and so doth the Ierusalemy Thargum. See also Gen. 12. 6.
V. 9. again] the Gr. addeth, in Luz: where he had appeared to him before, Gen. 28. 11. 12. 19.
V. 10. Israel] the name given him before of the Angel, is here againe given & confirmed of God:
Ver. 11. Almighty] or Alsufficient: see Gen. 17. 1. thy God. an assembly] or company: church of nations: the Chaldee saith, an assembly of tribes. Here God confirmeth the blessing given to Iakob by his father Isaak: and amplifieth it, see Gen. 28. 3. and 48. 3. 4.
Ver. 12. and] or, that is to thy seed: see Gen. 13. 15. and to thy sonnes: the Greeke addeth through their generations.
Vers. 13. God] the Chaldee saith, the glory of the
Lord: meaning the vision which now appeared unto Iakob. See Gen. 17. 22.
Vers. 14. set up] this he had done before, and drinke offring] or,
Vers. 15. Bethel] that is, Gods house: see Gen. 28.
Vers. 16. they journeyed] the Greeke version adIakob journeyed from Baithel, and pitched his tent beyond the tower of Gader: borrowing these words from the 21. verse. a little peece] or, about a mile, as the Chaldee paraphrase explaineth it, This word is so used also in Gen. 48. 7. 2 King. 5. 19. and not elsewhere. Ephrath] a towne calBethlehem, that is, The house of Bread: v. 19. some thinke it to have the name Ephrath of Calebs wife, so called, 1 Chron. 2. 19. 24. It hath both names in Mic. 5. 2. Bethlehem Ephrata: there Christ was borne, Matt. 2. 1. the bread of God that came from heaven, Ioh. 6. 33. had hard child-birth] Hebrew, shee was hard in her child-bearing: that is, had sore and painfull labour. According to the chastisement layd on Eve and her daughters, Gen. 3. 16. It is daily to be seene, and the Philothat no creature suffreth such strong paines in trauell, as woman doth, (Aristot, de Animal. l. 7.) notwithstanding shee shall be saved in child-bearing, if they continue in faith, &c. 1 Tim. 2. 15.
Ver. 17. midwife] named in Hebrew, of helping
the woman in child-birth: so Exod. 1. 15. 16. thou shalt have] or, this also (shall bee) to thee a sonne: as Ioseph before was. And this was according to Rachels desire; see Gen. 30. 24.
Vers. 18. departing] or going-out, from the body Soule of man to bee a spirituall immortall substance, distinct from the body. The heath ens acknowledged this, saying, that death is nothing else, but the departing of the soule from the body, Aristot. in his book of Death: and that the soules of men are divine, and when they goe out of the body, they returne unto heaven: Cicero lib. de Amicit. Ben. oni] the Greek and Chaldee interprets it, Son of my sorrow. In that shee answered nothing, but thus named her son; it sheweth she received no comfort. The like case, was in 1 Sam. 4. 20. 21. The word oni, is after used by Iakob for his painfull strength: Gen. 49. 3. Benjamin] that is, Son of
the right hand: meaning
V. 20. unto this day] the time when Moses wrote Rachel wept for her children, and would not bee comforted because they were not, Ier. 31. 15. Mat. 2. 16. 18.
V. 21. Geder] or Gader as the Gr. writeth it: by the flocke or herd. A tower of this name is also mentioned in Mic. 4. 8.
V. 22. concubine] a secondary wife; see Gen. 22. 24. wife, Genot once named among the heathens, 1 Cor. 5. 5.) Reuben lost his first-birth: 1 Chron. 5. 1. Gen. 49. 4. Iakob also himselfe, having abused Bilhah, contrary to the first institution of mariage, Gen. 30. 4. is here chastised of God: So Absalom lying with his father Davids co
V. 23. Issachar] of the naming and interpretation Issachar & Zabulon, are set next after Iudah, though Dan & Naphtali, Gad & Aser, were borne between them, Gen. 29. 35. and 30. 6. 8. 11. 13. 18. because all the sonnes of one mother should be set together: so they are placed also in Gen. 46. 8. 14. 15. and 49. 3. 14. (where Zabulon is before Issachar,) and Exod. 1. 2. 3. Numb. 1. 5. 9. 26. 28. 1 Chron. 2. 1. And in this order, were they graven and set on the stones upon Aarons Ephod; see Exod. 28 10 21. in the annotations.
V. 26. were borne] so the Gr. expresseth it, the Hewas borne. So in Gen. 46. 22. Padan Aram] or Mesopotamia, see Gen. 25. 20. But here except Benjamin; for he was borne in Ca
Ver. 27. Mamre] see Gen. 13. 18. and 23. 2. the he being yet alive, to Mambre.
V. 29. his peoples] his godly forefathers: see Gen. buried him] so Isaak and Ismael buried Abraham: Gen. 25. 9. Esau & Iakob were now 120 yeeres old, Gen. 25. 26. the world was 2288. yeere old. And Isaak had lived blind, above 40. yeeres before his death, Gen. 27. 1. Which death is here mentioned, to make an end of Iakobs history: for otherwise the things following in Gen. 37. & 38. about Ioseph & Iudah, fell out before Isaak dyed.
1, The generations of Esau by his three wives. 6, His removing to mount Seir. 10, The names of his sonnes. 15, The Dukes which descended of his sons. 20, The sons and Dukes of Seir. 24, Anah findeth mules. 31, The Kings of Edom. 40, The Dukes that descended of Esau.
ANd these, are the generations of Eis Edom. Esau took his wives, of the daughters of Canaan: Adah, the daughter of Elon the Chethite; and Awere the sonnes of Esau, which were borne unto him, in the land of Canaan. And Esau that they might dwell together: & the land of their sojournings, was not able to beare them, because of their cattel. And is Edom. And these, are the generations of Eare the names of the sons of Ewere the sons of Adah, the wife of Ewere the sons of Reuel, Nawere Dukes of the sons of Esau: the sons of Eliwere the dukes of Eliphaz, in the land of Edom; these were, the sons of Adah. And these, were the sons of Reuel, the son of Esau; duke Nawere the duks of Reuel, in the land of Edom; these were the sonnes of Basewere the were the dukes of Aholibamah, the daughter of Anah, the wife of Esau. These were the sons of Esau; and these the dukes of them, he is
These were the sons of Seir, the Chorite; were the dukes of the Chorites; the sons of Seir, in the land of Edom. And the sons of Loton were Chori and Hemam: & the sister of Lotan, was Timwere, the sons of Shobal; Alwere the sons of Zibeon, was he that found the mules in the wildernesse; when he fed the asses, of Zibeon his father. And these were the sons of Anah, Dishon, and Aholibawere the sons of Dishan: Chemdan and Eshban, were, the sons of Ezer: Bilhan & Zaavan, and Akan. These were, the sons of Dishan; Vz & Aran. These were, the dukes of the Chorites: duke Lotan, duke Shobal, duke Zibeon, duke Anah. Duke Dishon, duke Ezer, duke Dishan: these were, the dukes of the Chorites, according to their dukes, in the land of Seir.
And these were the Kings, which reigned any King, of the sons of Israel. And there was, Dinhabah. And was, Avith. And Hadap dyed: and there by the river. And Saul dyed: and there reigned in his stead, Baal-chanan, the son of Achbor. And Baal-chanan was Paü: and the name of his wife, Mehetabel, the daughter of Matred, the daughter of Me-zahab. And these were the according to their families; according to their places, by their names: duke Timna, duke Alvah, duke Iethwere the dukes of Edom, according to their habitations, in the land of their possession; he is Esau, the father of Edom.
GEnerations] a rehearsall of Esaus of-spring, Edom] the name and note of his profanenesse, see Gen. 25. 30.
V. 2 of Canaan] that is, as the Gr. translateth, of the
Canaanites; contrary to the will of God, of Abraha
Adah, &c.] in Gen. 26. 34. Esaus wives had other names, which in those times was usuall; as Esau himself, is called Edom: Iakob, is called Israel. Maacah daughter of Abishalom, 1 King. 15. 2. is called
V. 3. Basemath] called also Machalath, Gen. 28. 9. Reuel] or Reguel, in Greek Ragonel.
land of Canaan] though they were there borne, and of Canaanitish mothers, yet they went
Vers. 6. tooke] or, had taken, to weet, before Iasoules] that is, persons: in Greeke, bodies: see Gen. 12. 5. and 46. 26. unto a land] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, to another land: or hee went from the land; and so the Greeke translateth it, from the land of Canaan. For though the Hebrew (el) usually signifieth unto; yet such words often vary their sense, as the text it selfe sometime shewel, unto (or in) thy dwelling place, unto heaven, in 2 Chron. 6. 21. is written, from thy dwelling place, from heaven. So, the Redeemer shall come unto Sion, Esay 59. 20. is by the Apostle translated, out of Sion, Rom. 11. 26. Alto the high place, is in Greeke according to the sense there, from the high place; so in Iudg. 17. 2. taken from thee: and sundry the like. from the face] or, from before, which may mean before his comming: as Gen. 30. 30.
Vers. 7. more then, &c.] or, much, for to dwell together.
Vers. 8. of Seir] a man, mentioned vers. 20. who
V. 9. of Edom] that is, as the Chaldee expounds of the Edomites: see Gen. 19. 37. in the annotaions.
Vers. 11. Zepho] called Zephi, 1 Chron. 1. 36. Thaiman, Omar, Sophar, Gothom, and Kenez.
Vers. 12. Timna] shee was sister to Lotan, of the Chorites, vers. 22. Amalek] hee was a Duke, vers. 16. his posterity were called Amalekites, and proved great enemies to Israel, Exod. 17. 8. 14. God therefore commanded the memory of them to be blotted out
Vers. 13. Reuel, &c.] in Greeke these are named Ragouel, Nachoth, Zare, Some, and Moze; (or Samme and Maze, as 1 Chron. 1. 37.)
Vers. 14. Iaalam] in Greeke, Ieglom, and Kore.
Vers. 15. dukes] that is, Governors, Chiefe-leaders; but inferiour to Kings. A Duke is named in HeAlluph, that is, a Chiefe-leader, or Guide, or Captaine of a thousand; in Chaldee Rabba, a Master: in Greeke Hegemon, a Ruler or Governour. Here fourteene Duke are reckoned to Esau; seven that came of his wife Adah; foure of Basemath, and three of Aholibamah.
Vers. 16. Korah] in v. 18. there is another Duke Korah before aTimna.
Vers. 19. he Edom] the Greeke translateth, these
are the sonnes of Edom.
Vers. 20. the Chorite] or Chorean, whereof see Evites fore-mentioned, v. 2. for Zibeon there called an Evite, commeth of this race here, and in v. 24. inhabitants] in Greeke, singularly,
Vers. 21. Dishon] called after, Dishan, ver. 26. the Deson. Ezer] in Greeke Asar. Dishan] in Greeke Rison: see the notes on Gen. 4. 18. So after in vers. 28 30.
Vers. 22. Hemam] called Homam, in 1 Chron. Haiman: in 1 Chron. 1. 39. Heman. Timnah] in Greeke Thamna, concuEliphaz sonne of Esau: vers. 12. So he and his father Esau (vers. 2.) marying into the stocke of the Chorites; therefore is this genealogy set down. That the occasion may be seene, how Esau and his seed, came to inherit the Chorites land in mount Seir: Deut. 2. 12. and so got his living by his sword Gen. 27. 40.
Vers. 23. Alvan] called Aljan. 1 Chron. 1. 40. Golom. Shepho] called Shephi, 1 Chr. 1. 40. in Greeke Sophar: but in 1 Chron. 1. 40. the Greeke is, Sapphi.
Vers. 24. both Ajah] Hebr. and Ajah: the Greek and, as superfluous, saying, the sonnes of Shebegon, Aie, and Onan. The Hebrew text doth the like, in 1 Chron. 1. 40. and in other places, as 2 King. 11. 1. and 2 Chron. 13 1. compaAnah] father in law to Esau, ver. 2. mules] The Hebr. Iemin, is no where found but in this place: mules elsewhere are called Peradim, 1 King. 10. 25. 2 King. 5. 17. It is therefore doubted what
Dishan] called Dishon: vers. 21. and Deson. Chemdan] calChamram, 1 Chron. 1. 41. d changed into r, as is often: see Gen. 10. 3. In Greeke Amada; and Amadam, 1. Chron. 1. 41. Cerán] pronounKeran, or Cran: in Greeke Charran.
Vers. 27. Akan] called Iakan, 1 Chron. 1. 42. in Oukam: and in 1 Chron. 1. 42. Ilakan.
Vers. 28. Aran.] Thus have wee here of Seir se
Vers. 29. Chorites] Hebr. Chorite: singular for Chorri.
Vers. 30. their Dukes] that is, their kingdomes,
King in Esay 23. 15. is used for the Kingdome of Babylon: and foure Kings, in Dan. 7. 17. are foure kingdomes, as the Holy Ghost there expoundeth it, in vers. 23. the fourth beast shall bee the fourth kingdome: and the throne of the Kings, 2 King. 11. 19. is by another Prophet called, the throne of the kingdome; 2 Chron. 23. 20.
Vers. 31. of the sonnes] or, to (that is, over or among)
Vers. 32. Bela] in Greek Balak: and in 1 Chron. Beor, the Greeke hath Sepphor, ac
Vers. 33. Bozrah] a chiefe Citie in the land of Edom, Esay 34. 6. and 63. 1. in Greek called Bosora.
Vers. 34. of Temani] that is, of the Temanites:
Duke Teman, Esaus NeEliphaz, Iobs friend, Iob 2. 11. By interpretation Teman signifiSouth: and so the Chaldee here taketh it. The Gr. translateth, Asom of the land of Thaimanon.
Vers. 35. Bedad] in Greeke here Barad: but in Badad. smote] that is, killed, as the Chaldee and Greeke explaine: see Gen. 14. 17. field] that is, country; see Gen. 14. 7. Avith] called
Vers. 36. Samlah] in Greeke Samada of Massekka:
Vers. 37. Rechoboth] a City built by Nimrod, Robooth. It was by the RiEuphrates, as the Chaldee expoundeth it.
Vers. 38. Baal-chanan] the same name by transHannibal (Channibaal) of which name were sundry Captaines afterward, as in the story of the Carthaginean wars. The Greek saith here Ballaenon, in 1 Chron. 1. 49. Balenon son of Achobor.
Vers. 39. Hadar] called Hadad, 1 Chron. 1. 50. The Greeke is, Arad son of Barad. Pau] called Pai, 1. Chron. 1. 50. in Greeke Phogor; but in 1. Chron. 1. 50. Phaoul. In that these Kings were of so sundry Cities, it appeareth their Kingdomes came not by inheritance, but either by election of the people; or gotten by conquest, according to the Oracle, by thy sword shalt thou live, Gen. 27. 40. daughter of Me-zahab] by daughter some unneece: others take Mezahab for the name of a City. Medava, named of golden waters, which the word signifieth; a daughter (or inhabitant) whereof she was. The Greek here translateth Son of Maizook, in 1 Chron. 1. daughter: in Chaldee, daughter of the Gold-melter (or Gold smith.) In 1 Chron. 1. 51. there is added the death of this Hadar, here omitted; as, And Hadad dyed.
Vers. 40. the Dukes] after eight Kings, it seemDukes of Edom, Ex. 15. 15. and as they passed through the wildernesse, they sent to the King of Edom, Num. 20. 14. and here it was said, these 8 Kings reigned in Edom before any king reigned in Israel, v. 31. It is likely therfore, that upch seemeth to be Hadar) who denyed to let Israel pass through their Land: the Lord removed the dignifamilies] the Greeke saith, in their tribes. Timna] in Greek Thamna: and Thaiman, in 1 Chron. 1. 51. Alva] called Alja, 1 Chron. 1. 51. in Greeke Gola: and there, Aloua. Ietheth] in Greeke Iethar.
Vers. 41. Aholibamah] the Greek writeth these Olibemas, Helas, Phinon: & in 1 Chr. 1. 52. Elibama, Hela, Phinon.
Vers. 42. Mibzar] in Greeke Mazar.
Vers. 43. Iram] in Greek here Zaphoei: but in Areraman. habitations] which the Greeke translateth aedifices, that is, builded habitations. possession] or,
2, Ioseph is hated of his brethren, 5, his two dreams portending his superiority over them. 13, Iakob sen deth him to visit his brethren. 18, They conspire his death. 21, Reuben saveth him. 23, They strip him and cast him into a pit. 26, By Iudahs advice, they sell him to the Ismaelites. 31, His father, deceived by the bloody coat, mourneth for him. 36, He is sold into Aegypt to Potiphar Pharaohs eunuch.
ANd Iakob dwelt, in the land of the soare the generations of Iakob; being seventeene yeeres old, was feewas a lad; with the sonnes of Bilhah and with the sonnes of Zilpah, his fathers wives: and Iomore
was the sonne of old age, unto him: and he made him a coat of many-colours. And his bremore then all his brethren; and they hated him: and could not speake to him, with peace. And Ioseph dreamed a dreame; and he told it to his brethren, and they hated were binding sheaves, within the field; and loe my it to his father, and to his brethren: and his father rebuked him, and said unto him; what a dreame is this, which thou hast dreahere am I. And he said to him; Goe I pray thee, see the peace he was wandring in the field: and the man asked him saying, what seekest thou? And am seeking my brethren: tell mee, I pray thee, where are they feeding? And the them saying, Let us goe to Dothan: And Ioseph, went after his brethren; and found them in Dothan. And they saw him, ech man unto his is comming. And now, come and let us kill it; and hee delivered in soule. And Reuben said unto is in the wildernesse, and lay no hand upon him: that, he might deliver him, out of their hand; to returne him unto his father. And it was, when Ioseph was come was on him. And they tooke him, there was no water in it. And they sate-downe, was comming from Gileit downe to Egypt. And Iudah said, unto his brethren: is it, if wee kill our brother, and conceale his blood? Come, & let us sell him is our brother, our flesh: & his brethren hearkened. And there passed by, (shekels) of silver: and they brought Ioseph, into Ewas not in the pit: and he rent his clothes. And hee returned unto his breit to their father; and said, this have wee found: know now, whether it be thy sonnes coat, or no. And he knew it, and said, it is my sonnes
And (Iakob) dwelt. See Gen. 6. 9. and 28. 10.
Vers. 1. of the sojournings] or pilgrimages, that is, (as the Geeke saith) wherein his father Isaak sojourned:
Vers. 2. These] which are rehearsed in Gen. 35. these which follow, are the generations, that is, the storie of things which did befall him: see Gen. 6. 9. and 25. 9. old] Hebr. sonne of 17. yeere: see Gen. 5. 32. As his father nourished him a childe 17. yeeres, so hee againe nourished his aged father 17. yeeres in Egypt, Gen. 47. 9. 28. alad] or yong man: which word is used not onely for yong in yeeres, but often for a servant, or minister, see Gen. 14. 24. In this sense, it noteth Iosephs humility; and how his father, though hee loved him most, yet brought him up without idlethe Sonne of man, came not to bee served, but to serve: Matth. 20. 28. report] or infamie: their infamous cariage, which caused ill report of them. It intimateth Iosephs good affection, and godlinesse. And this was one occasion, which his brethren tooke to hate him. So Christ was hated of the world, for testifyevill, Ioh. 7. 7.
Vers. 3. of old-age unto him] that is, of his old-age, borne when his father was old: so Gen. 44. 20. old age, to Iosephs manners, saying, he was a wise sonne unto him. And others say, was not Benjamin also a sonne of old age? But because (Iakob) saw by (the spirit of) prophesie, that Ioseph should reigne, therefore he loved him, above all his sonnes, Pirkei R. Eliez. ch. 38. many colours] Hebr.
Vers. 4. with peace] or, unto peacé, that is, peaceably, gently, lovingly: for of the abundance of the
Vers. 5. dreamed] by such meanes God used of the more] Hebr. they added yet to hate him. So Christ and his disciples for declaring Gods word, were hated of men, as Ioh. 17. 14. I have given them thy word, and the world hath hated them. This storie of Ioseph is a patterne of afflictions, which the godly suffer in this world for Christs sake and for the word of their testimony: and it ministreth com
V. 7. binding] Hebr. sheaving, or sheaf-binding. This for corne, this dreame was fulfilled. Gen. 42. 6. within] or, in the midst of a field. compassed] or
Vers. 8. reigning reign] that is, in deed reigne: so afin deed rule: and in verse 10. in deed come. They apply this dreame unto themselves, (as did also the Madianites, Iudg. 7. 13. 14) which aggravated their sinne, in resisting Gods manifested will, Ioh. 15. 22. The manner of speaking, is also a denyall: shalt thou reign? that is, thou shalt not: see Gen. 18. 17. Thus Moses, and Christ himselfe, were refu
Vers. 10. brethren] Abrahams seed were likened starres for multitude, Gen. 22. 17. here Iakobs children are likened to starres, for glory, shining as lights in the world, Phil. 2. 15. and in Dan. 8. 10. they are also the host of heaven. Iakob and his wife are here the sunne and moone; such honour God vouchsafeth to his contemned servants. And Ioseph in this, as in many other particulars, may resemble Iesus, at whose name all knees must bow, Phil. 2. 10.
Vers. 11. observed] laid it to heart, howsoever
Vers. 14. the peace] that is, the welfare, or how they
prosper: as the Greeke explaineth it, if they be well. See Gen. 41. 16. As Ioseph here, so Christ was sent to the lost sheepe of the house of Israel, not onely to know, but to procure their peace, Matt. 15. 24. Luk. 19. 42. to Sechem] which was about 60. English miles, distant from Chebron. There also was that great massacre committed a while before, by Ia
V. 15. a man] The Hebrew Doctors understand Angel Gabriel, called in Dan. 9. 21. the man Gabriel: Pirket R. Eliez. ch. 38. but this is uncertain.
Vers. 16. seeking my brethren] this setteth forth Ioseeke and save that which was lost: Luk. 19. 10.
Vers. 17. Dothan] or Dothain; for both waies it is Dothaim. It was
Vers. 18. craftily conspired] or malignantly, as the Greeke translation saith. This word is also used in This is the heire, come let us kill him.
Vers. 19. master of dreames] this they speake in mockage: the Greeke translateth it, a dreamer. The captaine dreamer: as his brethren, are after called masters of arrowes, that is, cunning archers, for their malicious practises against him, Gen. 49. 23. and a master of anger, is an angry furious man, Prov. 22. 24. and 29. 22.
Vers. 20. one of the pits] or, some pit; this setteth envie carying them, Acts 7. 9. Gen. 49. 23.
Vers. 21. delivered him] to weet, in respect of soul] that is, so as to take away his life: smite him dead. A like phrase is in Ier. 40. 14. Deut. 19. 6 11. for which in Numb. 35. 11. 15. is said, to smite a soule; so also in Levit. 24. 17. 18. where soule, is put for the life of man or beast. See Gen. 19. 17. Smiting is used for killing, Gen. 4. 15.
Vers. 22. that] or, to the end that. The Greeke sor he sought, that he might deliver him. It appeareth by Gen. 42. 22. that Ruben exhorted them to more then they would yeeld unto.
Vers. 23. stript Ioseph] so Iesus also was stripped
Vers. 24. no water] into such a dungeon was IeI have sent forth thy prisoners, out of the pit, wherein is no water.
Vers. 25. eate bread] so doe the wicked, eating Gods people, Psal. 14. 4. This sheweth they waneating of bread sometime signifieth, Exod. 18. 12. See also Gen. 25. 34. way-faring-company of Ism.] the Greeke translateth, wayfaring Ismaelites, and the Chaldee calleth them a troupe of Arabians. After in verse 28. they are called Madianites, and in verse 36. Medanites, so they were a mixt people, dwelling in that country, called therefore by the Chaldee Arabians which signifieth Mixed people, see Gen. 10. 7. Gilead] which was a place of merchandise, as appea
V. 26. conceale] or, cover, (hide) his blood, Iob 16. 18.
Vers. 27. hearkened] or, heard, and so consented, and obeyed.
Vers. 28. Midianites] children of Midian AbraAnd the men, the Midianite merchants, passed by. shekels] or shillings: this word the Chaldee exshekel was, see noted on Genes. 20. 16. Christs price was a little more, whom Iudas Iscariot sold for 30. shekels, Mat. 27. 3. yet that was but the price of a slaves life, Exod. 21. 32. here Ioseph is by the counsell of his brother Iudas the Patriarch, sold for a slave, Psal. 105. 17. for twenty shekels. After by the law, mens persons of Iosephs age, were in case of vowes, valued at twenty shekels, LeIsrael, because they sold the just one for silver; and the poore for a paire of shooes, Amos 2. 6. and they feigne, that of the 20. shekels, every of the tenne Patriarchs had two shekels, to buy shooes for their feet: Pirkei R. Eliez. ch. 38.
Vers. 29. rent his clothes] a signe of sorrow, and
Vers. 30. is not] to weet, alive: so hee thought;
Vers. 31. a kid] or, goat-bucke. By this pollicie,
Vers. 33. is torne is torne] or, tearing is torne, that surely torne: the Chaldee saith, killed. This is adIsaak also was yet alive, and a partaker of his son Iakobs griefe. See the notes on Gen. 35. 29.
Vers. 34. sackcloth] another signe of sorrow, with ashes upon their heads, 2. Sam. 3. 31. 1 King. 21. 27. Nehem. 9. 1. Est. 4. 1.
Vers. 35. all his sonnes] the evill doers counterthey had bound themselves by a curse not to bewray it. R. Eiezer. per. 38. to hell] or, to the grave: the word meaneth not the grave digged or made with hands, named in Hebrew Keber; but the common place, or state of death, here called in Hebrew Sheol; which hath the signification of craving or requiring,
Hades or Haides, which word is by change of letters, formed of the Hebrew Adam, and Adamah, the earth, unto which for sinne, God hath condemned Adam and all his race to returne, Gen. 3. 19. For so in the first booke of the ancient Greeke oracles of Sibylla, it is said: they call it Haden, for that Adam first went thither, when he tasted death. As Abram, is in Greek Habram, Gen. 12. 1. and Habraam, Luk. 3. 34. and Mizraim, in Greeke is Misrain, Gen. 10. 6. Hemam, is
Vers. 36. Medanites] which were the posterity Medan, the sonne of Abraham, and brethren to the Medianites before mentioned, vers. 28. Gen. 25. 1. 2. these were mixed in dwelling with the IsmaEunuch] properly and commonly this word is used for a gelded man, Esai. 56. 3. 4. 5. Mat. 19. 12. and is borrowed of the Greeke Eunouchos, which signifieth a keeper of the bed, or Chamberlaine: in Hebrew hee is called Saris. Such gelded men they used to have in Kings courts, for ChamberPotiphar, who was a maried man, Gen. 39. 7. and after to the kings chiefe butler and baker, Gen. 40. 2. Therefore the Chaldee here translates it
1. Iudas marieth a Canaanitesse, and begetteth of her Er, Onan, and Selah. 6, Er marieth Thamar, and di
ANd it was in that time; that Iudah went was Hirah. And Iudah saw there, a daughwas Shuah: and hee tooke her, and went-in unto her. And shee conceived, and bare a was Thahe might not give seed to his brother. And that which he did, in thy fathers house; till Selah my sonne, be grownin her fathers house. And the daies were is going up to Timher with a veil, and wrapped her selfe; and sate in the opening of Enaim, which is by the way to Timnath: for she saw, that Selah was growne-great; and shee, was not given unto him, to wife. And Iudah saw her; and thought her, to be
that I may come in unto thee; for he knew not, that she was his daughter-in-law: and she said, what wilt thou give me, that thou mayst come-in unto me? And he said; I will send a kid of the it. And he said; what is the pledge, that I shall give thee? is in thy hand: and hee gave them unto her, and went in unto her, and she conceived by him. And shee arose and went-away; and put-away her veil, from upon her: is the whore, she that was in Enaim, by the way? And they said, there was no whore, in this (place.) And (place.) And Iudah said, let her take it to her; lest wee beafter; that it was told unto she is with childe, by fornications: and Iudah said; bring her forth, and let her bee burnt. She was brought forth; and shee sent am I with childe: and shee said, acknowledge I pray thee; whose are these, the signet, and the bracelet, and the staffe? And Iudah acknowledged; is more just then I; for bechild-birth: that behold, twinnes were in her wombe. And it was in her child-birth, that the-one gave-out the hand: and the midwife tooke, and bound upon his hand a skarlet threed, saying, This, is come out first. And had on his hand, the skarlet-threed: and hee called his name, Zarah.
IN that time] in the time before spoken of, when Ezron, and Hamul, Gen. 46. 8. 12. Seeing then from the selling of Ioseph, unto Israels going into Egypt, there cannot bee above three and twenty yeeres; how is it possible that Iudas should take a wife, and have by her three sonnes one after another, and Selah the yongest of the three bee mariageable, when Iudas begat Pharez of Thamar, Gen. 38. 14. 24. and Pharez bee growne up, maried, and have two sonnes, all within so short a space? The time therefore here spoken of, seemeth to bee soone afIudah] or Iudas as the Greeke alwaies nameth him: Mat. 1. 2. a man an Adullamite] that is, an heaAdullam (or Odollam as the Greeke calleth it,) a citie in the land of Canaan, which afterward was given for a possession to the Sonnes of this Iudas, Ios. 15. 1. 35. The word man here (as in the verse following) may be omita man of Adullam, as where one Evangelist wriThe men Ninivites, Mat. 12. 41. another wriThe men of Niniveh, Luk. 11. 32.
Vers. 2. Canaanite] the Chaldee translateth it merchant, and so the word is sometime used in Scripture, Prov. 31. 24. Iob. 41. 6. but the Greeke
Chananaean. Shua] in Greek Saba: but in vers. 12. Saua. tooke her] nameto wife, as verse 12. Contrary to his dutie, for he should not have maried with such, Gen. 24. 3. and 27. 46. and 28. 1. Iudas was now in likelihood, awent in] that is, lay with her, see Gen. 6. 4.
Vers. 4. Onan] in Greeke Aunan.
Vers. 5. Selah] or Shelah: in Greeke Selom: so after, verse 11. &c. he was] the Greeke saith, she was. Chezib] a towne called also Achzib, which likewise fell to the tribe of Iudah, Ios. 15. 44. The Greeke calleth it Chazbi. The name hath in Hebrew the signification of lying: and to it the Prophet alludeth, saying, the houses of Achzib shall be (Achzab) a Lye to the Kings of Israel, Micah 1. 14.
Vers. 6. to Er] or, for Er; when in likelihood, he Thamar] or Tamar, that is by interpretation, a palme tree, Song 7. 7. Of what kindred she was, the scripture speaketh not; but shee became the mother to our Lord Christ, according to the flesh: Mat. 1. 3.
Vers. 7. evill in the eyes] that is, displeasing. The evill, and of his name Er, are the same, the order onely changed: the like whereof is before in Noes name, and Grace, Gen. 6. 8. slew him] this was very soone afevill doers shall bee cut off, Psal. 37. 9. And this judgement on Iudahs first borne, is mentioned sundry times, Gen. 46. 12. Num. 26. 19. 1 Chron. 2. 3. And as our Lord Christ was to come of Iudas, Hebr. 7. 14. so God would have no wicked man to be his progenitor.
Vers. 8. marie her] the Hebrew word is not marying with his brothers widow, and doIt is commanded by the Law (in Deut. 25. 5. 6.) that a man shall marie the wife of his brother by the fathers side, if they have beene maried, or if they have beene betrothed together, if he dye without seed. Brethren by the mothers side onely, are not counted brethren in this case of marying the brothers wife, or for matter of inheritance, &c. Maimony in Misneh. tom. 2. in Iibbum and Chalitsah. chap. 1. S. 1. 7. See the annotations on Deut. 25.
Vers. 9. not be his] but stand up with his brothers name, as his brothers childe: though this was onethat the seed should not bee called by his name. when] or if at any time. Whensoever. spilled] or corrupted, which the Greeke translateth, shed (or spilled.) An unkinde, and most unnaturall fact, to spill the seed, which by Gods blessing should serve for the propagation of man-kinde; and in this man, for the propagation of the sonne of God according to the flesh; in whom all nations of the earth should be blessed, Gen. 22. 18. which made the sinne most impious, and hastened Onans speedy death from the hand of God.
Vers. 11. Remaine] or sit, dwell a widow: so senas in her youth. he sayd] in his heart, as the Greeke explaineth it. lest hee dye] meaning, I will not give her unto Selah to wife, lest he dye also, vers. 14. An unperfect speech, (wher
Vers. 12. the daughter of Shuah] the Greek transand Saua the wife of Iudas dyed. was comforted] after mourning for his wives death, as Gen. 23. 2. and 24. 57. sheepe shearers] At such times they used to have feasts, 1 Sam. 25. 8. 11. So hee went to make merry after his mourning. his friend] the Greeke translateth Eira his shepheard: reading for Regneh, a friend, (without vowels) Rogneh a shepheard: and so in verse 20. but the Chaldee translateth friend: and it hath the name in Hebrew of feeding-together; and so generalsociety, friendship, neighbourhood. Timnath] or
Vers. 14. wrapped her selfe] that she might not be trimming and adorning. the opening] or, doore of Enaim, as being the name of a place: so the Greeke translateth, the gates of Ainan. Enaim sigeyes, or fountaines: and the doore (or opening) of the eyes, may be understood an open place to be viewplace of two wayes. After it is called onely Enaim, verse 21. Such open places, harlots used, Ezek. 16. 25. Ier. 3. 2.
Vers. 16. Grant] or Give me leave: as the Greeke Suffer me: or, Come on now, let me, &c. An exIudas) have nothing whereof to rejoyce in the flesh more then other nations: but onely in Christ, his holy seed, (if they would reto save sinners, 1 Tim. 1. 15.
Vers. 17. a pledge] or pawne; earnest; in Hebrew Erabon, whence the Greeke Arrhaebon, is borrowHarlots, Fzek. 16. 33.
signet] or seale: the Greeke translateth ring on the finger. Men did weare such for hobracelet] or, riband, or
Vers. 21. her place] that is, the place where shee was.
of this place; that is, made in this place, 2 Chron. 6. 40. the whore] the word here used, in Hebrew Kedesah, commeth from Kadas, which commonly signifieth holinesse: and the man thus prostitute unto filthinesse, is called Kades, usually Englished a Sodomite 1 King. 14. 24. This name is thought to bee given (by a contrary meaning,) to common whores, who are most unholy, and unchast. But it may bee such abomination was committed among the Canaanites, under a pretext of religion and holinesse. For in the apostasie of Israel, houses of such uncleane persons, were in the house of the Lord, 2. King. 23. 7. and they sacrificed with such whores, Hos. 4. 14. An expresse law was given to Israel, that there should bee no such Sodomite, or Sodomitesse among them, nor their hire brought into Gods house, for any vow, Deut. 23. 17. 18. become in contempt] or to be contempt: be laughed to scorne, for being thus deceived by a whore. A
Vers. 24. be burnt] by Gods law after given, to rosted two Iewes in the fire for committing adulterie, Ier. 29. 22. 23. Here Iudas in judging ancondemned himselfe, Rom. 2. 1. so David in like case, 2 Sam. 12. 5. 7.
Vers. 26. know her] that is, lye with her: see Gen. a Confessor) and abstaining from further evill with her; appeareth the true rech three onely, the fa
Vers. 28. gave out] that is, put forth: the Greeke the one brought forth the hand. This sheweth the birth to be most hard and dangerous, not according to the course of nature. God so chais come out] the Greeke translateth, shall come out: as comforting the woman in the extremity of her travell.
Vers. 29. Hast thou broken forth] or hast thou madea-breach?
1, Ioseph being sold into Egypt, is there advanced in Potiphars house. 5, The Lord blesseth the house for Iosephs sake. 7, His Mistresse tempteth him to lye with her, but he refuseth and shunneth her. 15, She complaineth of Ioseph to the men of her house: 17, and fasly accuseth him to her husband, 19, who in anger casteth him into prison. 33, but God is with him there.
ANd Ioseph, was brought-downe to Ewas with him; and all that he did, Iehovah made-it prosper in his hand. And Ioseph found grace, in his that he had, hee gave into his hand. And it was, that hee had made him over-seer, in his house, and over all that he had; that Iehovah blessed the house of the Egyp(that was) with him, save the bread which he did eate: and Ioseph was faire in forme, and fair in countenance.
And it was, after these things; that his lords th me. And he refused, & said unto is with me in the house: and all that he hath, he hath given into my hand. There
is not he greater in this house, then I: and he hath not kept-backe from me, any thing; but thee, because thou art his wife: and how shall I doe this great evill, and sinne against God? And it was, as shee spake to Ioseph, by day: that he hearkned not unto her, to lye by her, to be with her. And it was, on there was no man, of the men of the house, there in the house. And she caught him by his garment, were bound: and he was there in the tower house. And Iehovah was with keeper of the tower house. And the chiefe
EGypt] in Hebrew, Mizraim, meaning the land
of Mizraim: see Gen. 12. 10. God sent Ioseph before his brethren, for their preservation, Gen. 45. 5. 7. Potiphar] in Greeke, Pentephres. Provost Marshall] or Prince of the slayers: see Gen. 37. 36. Ismaelites] the Chaldee calleth them Arabians. See Gen. 37. 25.
Vers. 2. with Ioseph] and delivered him out of all
his afflictions, Act. 7. 9. 10. The Chaldee saith, the word of the Lord was his helpe: So after in vers. 3. and 21. The like promise God maketh to every faithfull man, I will be with him in trouble: Psal. 91. 15. was in the house] that is, remained there, paSeder Olam, chap. 2.
Vers. 4. ministred] or served: in Greeke pleased.
Ministration is a free service differing from slavery. made him overseer] or visiter: in Greek constituted him; which word is used in this sense; in Luk. 12. 44.
Vers. 5. from the time] so the Chaldee expounds from then: the Greeke tranafter.
Vers. 6. save the bread] this may be meant either bread, that is, meat and drinke, for that the Egyptians would not eate with the Hebrewes; see Gen. 43. 32.
V. 7. lifted up] that is, cast her eyes, or looked with adulterie; Matt. 5. 28. So the Apostle speaketh of eyes full of adulterie, 2 Pet. 2. 14. The contrary was in Iob, Iob 31. 1. I made covenant with mine eyes; &c. Lye with mee] this sheweth the impudency of her face, such as Solomon warneth of, Proverb. 7. 13 18. And the dangerous assault of Ioseph, whom Satan tempteth now with pleasure; when he could not before overcome him with af
V. 9. not he] This may be meant of all the housnot any; or of his lord himselfe, in a respect, not he himselfe.
Vers. 10. day by day] or daily: Hebrew, day day;
day after day: the Hebrew sometime addeth day and day: Hest. 3. 4. so the Greeke, in 2 Cor. 4. 16. to bee with her] in her company, so avoyding the occasions of evil. according to Solomons counsell, Remove thy way far from her; and come not nigh the doore of her house, Prov. 5. 8. This chastity of Ioseph, is here opposed to the unchast cariage of Iudah, in Gen. 38.
Vers. 11. on a certaine like day] so the Greeke exas this day: meanday, being put for time, (as in 2 Cor. 6. 2) the meaning may be, About this time. his worke] in Greeke, workes; which the Chaldee exsearching of the writings of his accounts.
Vers. 12. got him out] or, went forth out: so in v. The woman, whose heart is snares and nets, her hands, bands, is more bitter then death: but, he that is good before God, escapeth from her: Eccles. 7. 26.
V. 14. Hebrew] so she nameth him in contempt: for the Hebrews were abhorred of the Egyptians, to mocke] to abuse us, whereto play with us. This word was used before, but in a better sense, Gen. 26. 8. And here the adulteresse hunteth for the pretious life, Prov. 6. 26.
Verse 20. tower-house] or round house, a prison afort, (or skonce:) the Chaldee, a house of prisoners, prisoners] bound. men, or restrained of their lithey hurt his feet with fetters; untill the time that his word came, the word of the Lord tried him: Ps. 105. 18. 19. He suffered trouble as an evill doer, even unto bonds: but the word of God is not bound: 2 Tim. 2. 9. And in his sufferings he was a figure of Christ, who was taken from prison and from judgement: Esa. 53. 8. and in his humiliation, his judgement was taken away, Act. 8. 33.
Vers. 21. gave him grace] so the Greeke explaingave his grace: that is, made chief-keeper] Hebrew Prince, or master; the Greek translateth it, Chiefe gaolor.
Vers. 22. the doer] that is, by his word and apby his word. Thus Pilate is sayd to give the body of Christ unto Ioseph, Marke 15. 45. when he commanded it to be given: Matt. 27. 58. See also Exod. 7. 17.
Verse 23. looked not &c] or saw not any thing: the knew not any thing by him. The Chaldee saith, saw not any fault: understanding the Hebrew Meumah, as Meum in Dan. 1. 4. for a fault, or blemish. And thus, though many archers had shot at Ioseph, his bow abode in strength, and the armes of his hands were made firme, by the hands of the Mighty (God) of Iakob: Gen. 49. 23. 24.
1, The Butler and Baker of Pharaoh in prison, 4, Ioseph hath charge of them. 5, He interpreteth their dreames; 20, which come to passe according to his in
ANd it was, after these things; that the in the house, of the Provost Marshall, into the tower house: the place where Ioseph was bound. And the Provost Marshall, some dayes in ward. And they dreamed a dreame both of them, each-man his dream in one night; each-man, according to the interpretation of his dreame: the butler and the baker, which (belonged) to the King of Egypt, which were bound in the tower house. And Ioseph were sad. And he were with him in the ward of his lords house, saying: wherefore, are your faces evill, to day. And there is no interpreter of it: and Ioseph sayd unto them; doe not interpreta(belong) to God? tell me them, I pray you. And the chiefe of the butlers, told his was before mee. And in the vine, were three branches: and was as though it budded, the blossome therof shot-up; the clusters thereof, brought forth-ripe grapes. And Pharaohs cup, was
is the interpretation of it: the three branches, they are three dayes. Yet within three dayes shall Pharaoh lift-up (saw) in my dream; and behold, three white baskets, were on my head. And in the uppermost basket, there was
is the interpretation thereof: the three baskets, they are three daies. Yet withwhich was
BUtler] or, cupbearer, who used to give the cup
Verse 2. Eunuches] or officers, in Chaldee Princes,
chiefe] or Prince. The Greek translateth Archioinochoos, the Chiefe wine powrer: and Archisi
the
Vers. 3. Provost Marshall] see Gen. 37. 36. tower] prison, Gen. 39. 20.
Verse 4. some dayes] or a yeare: for so the word dayes often signifieth
Verse 5. according to the interpretation] that is, no dreaming, see the notes on Gen. 20. 3.
Vers. 6. sad] the Greeke translateth troubled, and
Vers. 7. evill] that is, sad; as the Greeke translaskuthropa, which word the Evangelists use in like sense, Luk. 24. 17. Matt. 6. 16. so good, is often used for merry or cheerfull, Esth. 1. 10. Esa. 65. 14.
Vers. 8. no interpreter] they being prisoners, tell me] Ioseph was in bonds, as an evill doer: but the word of God is not bound: and so Paul, 2 Tim. 2. 9. Here Iosephs faith shewed it selfe; before, hee himselfe was a dreamer, Gen. 37. 5. 9. now hee be
Ver. 9. behold] Hebrew, and behold: but the word and sometime is redundant in that tongue, as is ob
Vers. 10. as though] or, when it budded. shot-up] Hebrew, ascended.
Vers. 12. they are] that is, they signifie three dayes:
Vers. 13. within three dayes] which is explained in the third day: see a like phrase in Gen. 7. 4. and of the mysticall number three. See Gen. 22. 4. lift up] this phrase sometime sighead is used for summe, and it meaneth to take the summe, or to reckon, as Exod. 30. 12. which may also be intended here. The Greeke translashal remember thy principality: the Chaldee, shal remember thee. place] or base, seat: meaning his office, of butlership, as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it; and is confirmed by verse 21.
Vers. 14. this house] this prison; so the Greeke this hold. Ioseph though patient in adversi
Vers. 15. stollen by stealth] or indeed stollen: Hestealing stollen. The Hebrews] the land of Canaan, wherein the children of Abraham dwelt, who was called an Hebrue, Gen. 14. 13. Thus Ioholy land. dungeon] or pit: in Chaldee, the house of prisoners. Thus Ioseph pleadeth his innocency; as Daniel also did, Dan. 6. 22. and Paul, Act. 24. 12. 13. 20. and 25. 10. 11.
Vers. 16. saw] this word the Greeke addeth, I
saw a dreame. white] or, with holes; for the He
Vers. 19. lift-up] or (as the Greeke translateth take away thine head; in a contrary meaning to the former, vers. 13. but it may be understood of reckoning, as before; and putting this man out of the number of his officers. a tree] the Chala Gallow tree, or gybbet, crosse: such as that whereon Christ was crucified, called sometime onely a tree, as Act. 5. 30. and 10. 39. 1 Pet. 2. 24. After by the law, such as dyed on tree, had the curse of God upon them; Deut. 21. 23
Vers. 20. a banquet] Hebrew a drinking. This culifted up] the Chaldee translateth, he remembred the head, &c.
Vers. 22. hanged] As Ioseph was in prison with
Vers. 23. forgat him] which was both great ununtill the time his word came, Ps. 105. 19. So the scripture elsewhere taxeth forgetfulthe affliction of Ioseph. Ec
1, Pharaohs two dreames, of seven kine, and seven eares of corne. 8, The wise men of Egypt could not in
ANd it was, at the end of two yeeres of he was standing by the river. And be(other) kine; upon the brinke of the river. And the kine (that were) ill in sight, (that were) faire in sight, and fat: and Phaof-corn,
of ▪ corn, thinn & blasted
Vers. 1. of dayes] that is, two full yeares; as a moneth
Vers. 3. ill] that is, deformed, or (as the Greeke foule. So after, in v. 4. &c. brink] or bank, Hebrew. lip, So v. 17.
Vers. 6. East-wind] whose propertie is to burne
Vers. 7. the thin] the Greeke addeth, the seven
thin eares: so in ver. 20. 24. a dreame] or, the dreame was; that is, continued in his minde and troubled him, as the next words manifest. Of a dreame, see Gen. 20. 3. and 37. 5.
V. 8. striken amazed] the Greeke translateth, his
soule was troubled. The Hebrew word signifieth striken or beaten as with a hammer; be hammered. The same is spoken of King Nebuchadnezar in like case, Dan. 2. 1. 3. It sheweth the power of God in his word & works, even before men do understamagicians] in Hebrew Chartummim, the Greeke calleth them here
Vers. 13. he] that is, Pharaoh restored: v. 20. The that I was restored to my principalitie, and he was hanged. place] that is, as Chaldee expounds it,
Vers. 14. brought him hastily] Hebr. made him run. So Daniel was brought before the King in hast, Dan. The King sent and loosed him; the ruler of the people (sent) and released him: Psal. 105. 20. dungeon] or pit: the Chaldee saith, the house of the prisoners. shaved] who before (it seemeth) had let his haire grow, in signe of sornot trimmed (as the Chaldee paraphrast saith not shorn) his beard; from Davids departure, till his returne in peace. And other nations kept this rite: for T. Livius (in his 6. booke) telleth how one Malius being cast in prison, many men sorlet the haire of their head and beard grow long. The like is mentioned of others, Plutarch, in Caton. Vtic. Cicero in Orat. de lege Agrar. And by shaving, understand polling in a seemly sort; for to shave the haire all away, specially of the beard, was also a signe of sorrow, Ier. 41. 5. Theregarments] his prison weeds, which were also mournful, and so not meet to come in before the King; as Est. 4. 2.
Ver. 15. thou wilt heare] or, that thou canst understand: as
Ver. 16. It is not in me] or, Be it not in me, to take this upon me: or, without me, God will answer. The without God, shall not be answered, the salvation of Pharaoh. The Chaldee addeth,
Vers. 19. evilnesse] that is, leannes, ill favourednes,
deformity.
Ver. 21. the inward parts] that is, the bowels, as the the bellies, as the Greeke translateth. This noteth the greatnes of the famine: v. 30. And both sorts of kine, fat & leane, comming out of the same river, seemed to portend the means of the famine. For in Egypt there falleth no raine, but the land is watred by the overflowing of the river Nilus, and by the husbandmens care to draw small rivers aI awoke] the Greek addeth, and slept againe.
Vers. 30. the land] that is, as the Chaldee explaythe people of the land: So v. 36. See Gen. 11. 1.
Ver. 31. very heavy] or vehemently grievous: the strong.
Ver. 32. the thing] Hebr. word. firmly-prepared]
surely purposed, stablished: the Greek saith, the word is true. Here God teacheth the reason, why things are sundry times repeated in the Scriptures.
Vers. 34. Bishops] or overseers, officers to visit and Pakid as the Gr. Episcopos, (from whence wee have formed our English word Bishop) is any man that hath charge & office, for any busines civill or ecclesiathe Bishops of the army, Num. 31. 14. 2 King. 11. 16. the Bishops (or overseers) of them that did the work, 2 Chron. 34. 12. 17. So among the Priests & Levites, Num. 4. 16. Neh. 11. 9. 14. and Ministers of the Gospell, 1 Tim. 3. 1. 2. take up the fift] Hebr five the land; as to tithe, is to take the tenth part. So Thargum Ierusalemy expounds it, to take up one of five. Thus taught hee providence in the time of plenty, against time of want; as Solomon doth by example of the pismire, Prov. 6. 6. 7. 8. See also Luk. 16. 9.
Ver. 35. of Pharaoh] the Chaldee explaineth it, of Pharaoh officers.
Vers. 36. for store] or, provision; a thing committed
in trust to be kept. See Lev. 6. 2. the land] the Chaldee saith, the people of the land: as in v. 30.
Ver. 37. the word was good] or, the thing was pleasing.
Vers. 38. spirit of God] The Chaldee paraphrathe spirit of prophesie from before God. The like praise is of Daniel, Dan. 4. 6. & 5. 11. So for office in the Church, men are to bee chosen full of the holy spirit, Act. 6. 3. By this speech of Pharaoh, and by the verse following, it may be gathered, that Ioa teacher of wisdome unto his Senatours, Psal. 105. 22.
Ver. 39. all this] the Greeke saith, all these things.
discreet &c. the
more prudent and wiser then thou.
Vers. 40. over my house] as steward: or governour,
Officer of my house: so 1 Kings 8. 3. 2 Kings 18. 18. Luk. 12. 42. He made him Lord of his house, and ruler of all his possession. Psal. 105. 21. mouth] that is, word (as the Chaldee explaineth it) or commandement: so Iob 39. 30. Num. 9. 20. Luk. 19. 22. Gen. 24. 57. kisse] or apply, namely the hand to the mouth, as Iob 31. 27. in signe of honor and obedience; so the Gr. translateth, at thy mouth shall all my people obey. Or, we may refer it to the forshall kisse thy mouth, that is, love, honor, obey thee and thy words; in which sense David saith, kisse the son, Ps. 2. 12. and Samuel kissed Saul, when he anointed him King, 1 Sam. 10. 1. and men kisse his lips, that answereth right words, Prov. 24. 26. The Chaldee translateth, at thy word shall all the people be armed. Ioseph had authority over all the Princes of Egypt, to bind them to his will, and to make the Elders wise: Psal 105. 22. the king made him governour over Egypt, and all his house, Act. 7. 10.
V. 41. I set] or give: so v. 43. these words are used I constitute thee this day. As Ioseph over Egypt, so Daniel had the government over Babylon, for expounding the Kings dreame, Dan. 2. 48. Thus God bringeth low, and lifteth up: raiseth up the poore out of the dust; and lifteth up the begger from the dunghill, to set him among Princes, &c. 1 Sam. 2. 7. 8. Psal. 113. 7.
Ver. 42. fine linnen] or, bysse, in Hebrew, shesh:
bysse. See the notes on Exod. 25. 4.
Ver. 43. the second] Kings had two charrets, for more honour and use, 2 Chron. 35. 24. by setting Mordecai was, by riding on the Kings horse, Est. 6. 8. &c. The Hebrew phrase is
Ver. 44. am Pharaoh] that is, King: for this is an honourable title, and no proper name: see the so true as I am Pharaoh; so without thee, &c. his hand or foot] that is, do any thing. The Chaldee as before hee spake of armes, ver. 40. so here againe, translateth, without thy word shall not a man lift up his hand to hold weapons, nor his foot to ride on a hgrse, &c.
V. 45. Zaphnath paaneach] Egyptian words, which The man to whom secrets are revealed: & Philo saith,
V. 46. old] Hebr. son, that is, going on his 30. yeere: see Gen. 5. 32. So this exaltation of Ioseph was 13. yeers after he was sold into Egypt, Gen. 37. 2. And at this age of 30. yeeres our Lord Iesus began his administration, Luk. 3. 23. so did the Levites in the Lords tabernacle, Numb. 4. 3. and David then began his reigne, 2 Sam. 5. 4.
Ver. 47. yeelded] Hebr. made, that is, brought-forth fruit: see Gen. 11. by handfuls] meaning abundantly, a handfull increase of one kernell.
Ver. 48. laid up] Hebr. gave: see Gen. 9. 12. the field which was &c.] in the Hebrew the words stand thus, the field of the citie which (was) round about it.
V. 51. Manasses] Hebr. Manassheh, the holy Ghost in Gr. calleth him Manassei, Rev. 7. 6. by interpreForgetting, or making to forget: the reaformer troubles to bee for gotten. fathers house] meaning the molestation and injurie which he had sustained at his brethrens hands.
Vers. 52. Ephraim] that is, Made fruitfull. This son was by Iakob set before his elder brother; & of these two, came two tribes, so Ioseph had a double portion for the first birthright. Gen, 48. 5. 14. 19. 20. 1 Chron. 5. 2.
Vers. 55. was famished] or hungred, had famine.
Vers. 56. all the houses, &c] in Greeke, all the barnes of corne. sold,] to weet, corne. The Hebreaking, and because corne and meat breaketh mens fast and hunger; therupon it is applyed to the selling and buying of corn or food; the reason whereof is shewed in Gen. 42. 19. where it is called the breaking of the hunger; meaning corne for the hunger (or famine of their houses. So in Psal. 104. 11. by water, the wild asses are said to breake their thirst. To this albreaking bread, that is, of distributing and communicating it, Esay 58. 7. Act. 2. 46. and 20. 7. He that withholdeth corn, the people shall curse him: but blessing shall bee upon the head of him that selleth it: Prov. 11. 16.
Vers. 57. every land] or, all the earth: so the Chaldee saith, all the inhabitants of the earth: in Gr. all countries; that is, the people in them, meaning all the countries adioyning thereabout. in every
land] or,
1, Iakob sendeth his ten sonnes to buy corne in Egypt. 6, They are imprisoned by Ioseph for spies
ANd Iakob saw; that there was corne-tocorne-to-sell, in Egypt: go-ye-down thicorn for us from thence; that we may live, and not die. And Iosephs ten corn, among those that came: for the famine was, in the land of Canaan. And Ioseph, he was the ruler over the land; it was that sold corne to all the people of the land: and Iosephs brethren came, and bowed downe-themselves unto him, with their faces to the earth. And Ioseph saw his words; & said unto them, whence come ye? And they said, from the land of are spies; to see the nakednes of the land, you are come. And they said unto him, Nay are sons of one man: we are true-men; thy servants, are not spies. And he said, unto them: Nay, but yee are come to see, the nakednesse of the land. And they were twelve brethren, the sons of one man, in the land of Canaan: and behold, the yongest, is with our father this day; and one, is not. And Ioseph said, is it, that I spake unto you, saying, ye are spies. By this, ye shall be proas Pharaoh liveth, if ye go-forth from hence; except, when your yongest brother come, hither. Send one of you, and let him as Pharaoh liveth surely ye are spies. And he put them all tobe truemen; let for the famine of your houses. And bring each-man are guilty, conhim not: therfore, this diwas, in his bags mouth. And he said unto his brethren, it is in my bag: and their heart went-forth; and they treech-man to his brother, saying; what is this, that God hath done, unto us? And they came, unto Iakob their father, unwords: & took us, as spies of the land. And we said unto him, we are true men: we are not spies. We were 12. brethren, sons of our father: one is not, & the yongest is this day, with our father, in the land of Canaan. And the man, the lord of the land are true men: leave one of your brethreth me; and take for the famine of your houses; & go. And bring your yongest brother, unto me; are not spies; but that yee are true men: I wil give you, your
every mans bundle of money, was in his sacke: and they saw the bundles of their money, they and their father, and they feared. And Iakob their father, sayd unto away; all these things, are against me. And Reuben sayd unto his fa
COrne-to-sell] or sale of corne: so the Hebrew Sheber, (which is breaking,) is here translated in Greeke, the selling of wheat: the Chaldee also so expresseth it. See Gen. 41 56. Iakob saw, that is, understood this, by the report of others; he heard it, vers. 2. So the people saw the voyces, Exod. 18. 20. one on another] or, on your selves: as negligent, or as men helplesse, none knowing what to doe. The Greeke translateth, why are ye slothfull: By the famine that came over all Egypt and Canaan, there was great affliction, that our fathers found no sustenance: Act. 7. 11. In Abrams dayes, Canaan was vexed with famine, Gen. 12. 10. againe in Isaaks time, Gen. 26. 1. and now in Iakobs. So God exercised the faith and patience of the Saints, in the common calamities of the world. The like was in Act. 11. 28.
Vers. 4. lest mischiefe] understand, I must take heed lest, &c. see Gen. 3. 22. For mischiefe, the death: the word implyeth it, and lesser evill also, as appeareth by Exod. 21. 22. 23. 24. The Greeke calleth it, sicknesse.
Vers. 6. the ruler] he that had authority and poShallet, and Shilton, is made in ASultan, a title whereby the chiefe rulers of Egypt and Babylon are still called. bowed downe] so fulfilling the Oracle, in Gen. 37. 7. 8.
Vers. 7. made himselfe strange] in Greeke, he was allenated from them. The Chaldee expounds it, hee bethought him what hee should speake with them. with them] or, unto them: for the scripture useth these phrases indifferently, as speake not with us in the Iewes language, 2 Kings 18. 26. or speake not unto us, Esay 36. 11. and, spake with him, 2 Chron. 10. 10. or, spake unto him, 1 King. 12. 10. and in Greeke, as, he spake with them, Mark. 6. 50. or, he spake unto them, Mat. 14. 27.
Vers. 9. spies] The Hebrew hath the signification footing, or going from place to place. The Aspies, Heb. 11. 31. nakedues] that is, the naked, weake, or ruined places; as the Chaldee explaineth it. The Greeke translafootsteps. Ioseph dealeth with his brethren in sinne, as God doth with his children: who ofas his enemies, Iob. 19. 11. and 13. 24.
Vers. 11. true] or upright, honest men. The Greeke peaceable.
Vers. 13. is not] that is, he is dead: as the phrase
Vers. 15. as Pharoah liveth] a kind of asseveratithe Lord liveth, and as
Vers. 16. be ye in bonds] you shall be bound, or prisoners.
Vers. 17. put them altogether] Hebrew, gathered
them. ward] or prison: called the house of ward (or custodie) vers. 19. and so by the Chaldee here. Here God by tribulation, calleth the Patriarchs to repentarice for their sinnes: he chasteneth us for our profit, that we might bee partakers of his holinesse; Heb. 12. 10.
Vers. 18. the third day] of which number, divers
Vers. 19. bring] to your families. corne] for the famine: or, after the Hebrew phrase, the breaking of the famine; meaning
Ver. 21. guilty] the Greeke translateth in sinne.
our brother] Ioseph they meane, who besought them when they sold him into Egypt, Gen. 37. Thus by afflictions they are brought to acknowI will goe and returne to my place, till they acknowledge their guiltinesse, and seeke my face: in their affliction they will seeke mee earely: Hos. 5. 15. distresse] or anguish, the Greeke translateth, we despised the tribulation.
Vers. 22. is required] that is, God punisheth us
Verse 23. heard] that is, understood: as Gen.
Vers. 24. weps] shewing his love and naturall
hideth himselfe, Esay 46. 15. Psal. 10. 1. yet in all their affliction, he is afflicted, Esay 63. 9. Simeon] who seemeth by this, to have been the chiefe procurer of Iosephs trouble; he was by nature, bold and fierce, as his fact against the Sichemites doth manifest; Gen. 34. 25. & 49. 7.
Vers. 25. vessells] meaning, their sacks. money] Hebr.
Vers. 28. went forth] or, was gone, that is, fayled them: or (as the Greeke translateth) was astonied;
My soule went forth, that is, fayled: fainted. The Chaldee translateth, the knowledge of their heart departed. trembled] or, (as the Greeke saith) were troubled: and so ma
Vers. 30. tooke us] Hebrew, gave us: that is, esteemed and counted. Or used us; as the Greeke hee put us in prison. A like phrase is in 1 Sam. 1. 16.
Verse 33. for the famine] understand from the 19. verse, corne for the famine. And so the Gr. excorne that wanteth in your houses. Such defects are often in scripture: as, he slew Goliath, 2 Sam. 21. 19. for, the brother of Goliath, as is expressed in 1 Chro. 20. 5.
Vers. 36. against me] or upon me, as a heavie bur
Vers. 37. my two sonnes] so the Greeke translatwo of my sons: he having foure in all, Gen. 46. 9. This condition being unnaturall and sinfull, Iakob would not ad
Vers. 38. himselfe alone] meaning of Rachels and] or, if mischiefe; in Chaldee, death: see vers. 4. my gray haires] Hebrew, my grainesse, or, hoarinesse: that is, me who am gray headed. unto hell] to the grave, or
1, The famine continuing, Iakob would send againe into Egypt; but his sonnes durst not goe without their yongest brother. 8, Iudas offereth to be surety for Ben
ANd the famine, was heavie in the land. be with you. If thou wilt send our brother, wilt not send him, we be with you. And Israel said; wherfore had yet a brother? And they sayd, Is your father yet alive? have ye a brother? and wee told him, accor(it must be) so now, doe this, take of the prais-worwas restored, into the mouth of your baggs, ye shall cary againe in your hand: peradvenwas an over-sight. And take your of-my-children, I am bereaved. And the men tooke this him that was over his house, bring the men to house: and slay a slaughter (of beasts,) and make-ready; for the men shal eat with me at noone. And the man did as Iointo Iosephs house: and they sayd, for the matter of the money, that was returned in our bagges at the first; are we brought-in: to roll himselfe upon us: and to fall upon us; and to take us for servants, and our asses. And they came was over Iosephs house: and they spake unto him at the doore of the house. And sayd, Oh my lord: comevery-mans money was in the mouth of his bagge; our money in the weight thereof: and wee have brought it againe, in our hand. And be to you, feare not; your God, and the God of your father, hath given to you the treasure, in your bags; your mony, came unto me: and he brought out Simeon, unto them. And the man brought the men, into them water, and they washed their feet, and he gave provenwas in their hand, into the house: and they bowed-downe-themselves unto him, to the earth. And he asked them, of their peace; and said is there peace to your father the old-man, of
there is peace to thy servant, to our father, he is yet alive: and they bendedis this your younger brother, of whom you spake unto me? and he said, God be gracious unto thee, my son. And Ioseph made-hast; for his bowels did yern, towards (where) to weep; and entred into a chamber, and wept there. And he washed his face, and went-out: and is an abhomination, unto the Egyptians. And they sate before him; the first-borne, each man at his neighbour. And
BUy] Hebrew, breake: so after, vers. 4. 20. &c.
Vers. 3. protesting] that is, did solemnly and earbe] or, as the Greeke translateth, unlesse your yonger brother come with you.
Verse 7. asking] that is, straitly asked: see ver. 3. tenour] Hebrew mouth of these words; that is, as the Greeke translateth, according to this asking, of his.
Ver. 8. yong-man] meaning Benjamin: who was
Vers. 9. will I be a sinner] or sin; that is, be guilty,
sinners, is used in 1 King. 1. 21. all dayes] of my life: or, for ever:
Vers. 11. praise-worthy-fruit] Hebrew of the musicke
Verse 12. double money] because the famine conan over-sight] or errour, Greeke, an ignorant act. Hereup
Verse 14. if I be] or, when I be bereaved: a like Esth. 4. 16. if I perish, I perish. Both of them, seeme to bee a committing of themselves, and of the event of their actions unto God in faith: which if it fell out otherwise then they wi
him that was over] that is, his steward: so verse 19. and 44. 1. see Gen. 41. 40. a
slaughter.] as is wonnto be killed for a feast. So in Prov. 9. 2. 1 Sam. 25. 11. Gen. 31. 54.
Vers. 18. for the matter] or, because of the money,
gnal debar, signifieth because, or concerning, Exod. 8. 12. to roll] that he may roll; namely, the Lord of the land; by rolling, meaning
Vers. 20. Oh] or Vnto me; understand, looke, or let
thine eyes be; as the phrase is more fully expressed, in Iob 6. 28. and 7. 8. The Greeke and Chaldee translations make it here a word of intreating, Wee pray. So Gen. 44. 18. Exod. 4. 10. Iudg. 6. 15. Ios. 7. 8.
Vers. 23. peace to you] that is, bee of good comfort:
ye are in safety. Peace is here opposed to seare: so in Iob 21. 9.
Vers. 25. against] or, untill Ioseph come. eate bread] the Greeke explaineth it, dine there.
Vers. 26. the present] Gr. the gifts which they had
in their hands, which being also from their father; now the sunne, and eleven starres, doe obeysance to Ioseph; as he dreamed. Gen. 37. 10.
Vers. 27. of their peace] that is, of their welfare,
how doe yee? So after, is your father in health? See Gen. 37. 14. and 41. 16.
Vers. 30. made-hast] Gr. was troubled. did
yerne] or did burne, were kindled with naturall affeturned. The like is in 1 King. 3. 26.
Vers. 32. an abhomination] The Greeke explaievery feeder of sheepe was an abhomination to the Egyptians: and Moses telleth the same, Gen. 46. 34. The Chaldee more plainely saith, because the Hebrewes eat the cattell which the Egyptians worship. Compare this exposition with Exod. 8. 26.
Vers. 33. yongest] Hebr. least according to his littlenesse:
Vers. 34. unto them] understand, and sent unto
them. five times] or five parts: Hebr. five hands: which the Greeke expoundeth five fold; the Chalfive parts, (or portions.) so Gen. 47. 24. largely-dranke] or drunke themselves-merry: were drunken, which word is used for large drinking, unto mirth, but with sobriety. Hag. 1. 6. Ioh. 2. 10.
1. Ioseph sending his brethren away with corne, cau
ANd hee commanded him that was over with food; so much as they can carie: and put every mans money, in his bagges mouth. And was over his house; rise-up, follow after the men: and overtake them, and say unto them; wherfore have ye rewarded evill for good? Is not this in that yee have done. And hee soever of thy serlet it be: hee with whom it is found, shall be my servant; and you, shall be blamelesse. And they hastened, and tooke-downe, every
every man his bagge. And he searched, every man his asse, and returned to the citie. And Iudah and his brethren, came to was yet there: and they fell before him, on the ground. And is this, that ye have done? knew ye not, that such a man as I, could searching search-diligently? And are my Lords servants; both we, and hee in whose hand the cup is found. And he said, farre be
And Iudah came-neere unto him, and said; art, even as Pharaoh. My Lord asked his old-age, the yongest: and his brother is dead; and he himselfe alone, is left of his mother, and his father loveth him. And thou saydst if hee should leave his father, then hee would dye. And thou if ye take this be not with us: and his soule, is bound-up in his soule. Then will it be, when hee seeth is not, that he will dye: and thy servants shall bring-downe, the gray-haires of thy servant our father, with sorrow unto hell. For thy servant, became
OVer his house] that is, his steward: see Gen. 43. 16. 19. The Chaldee calleth him, Provost
over the house. So in verse 4. food] that is, corne; as the Chaldee explains it: So in verse 25.
Vers. 2. yongest] Heb. least: meaning in age: so af
Vers. 5. Is not this, &c.] Here the Greeke translaWherefore have ye stollen my silver cup?
Is not this, &c. would searching search] so the Chaldee here translateth it: or would learne by experience by it, that is, would try your truth and loyal
Vers. 7. such words] or, according to these words. farre be it] or, be it a prophane thing: see Gen. such a thing] or, according to this word.
Vers. 8. silver] the Chaldee expounds it, vessels
of silver, or vessels of gold.
Vers. 10. blemelesse] or, cleare, innocent, and so without punishment: the Greeke saith pure.
Vers. 13. rent their garments] for griefe of heart. See Gen. 37. 29. 34.
Vers. 16. iniquity] other sinnes, for which they By this shall the iniquity of Iakob be purged; and this is all the fruit, to take away his sinne, Esa. 27. 9.
Vajiggash, that is, And (Iudah) came-neere: see Gen. 6. 9.
Vers. 18. Oh] or, Have respect unto me: see Gen. I pray thee my Lord. as Pharaoh] that is, of princely power and Maiesty: so shewing a reason why he bethe Kings wrath, is like the roaring of a Lyon: Prov. 19. 12.
Vers. 20. and a childe] understand, he hath a child,
of old age] that is, borne him, when he was old, see Gen. 37 3. the yongest] or, a little one.
Vers. 21. that I may set] or, and I will set my eye,
be hold him. The Greeke translateth, and I will have care of him. So, setting of the eye, sometime signifieth, as Ier. 40. 4. In this sense, it was a pro
Vers. 22. yong-man] so called because he was the yongest of the brethren: yet was hee at this time he] that is, the father would dye.
Vers. 23. no more see] or, not adde to see my face.
Vers. 28 is torne] or, tearing is torne: the Chalkilled: the Greeke thus, yee said unto mee that he was eaten of wilde beasts: see Gen. 37. 33.
Vers. 29. mischiefe] in Chaldee, death.
gray-haires] Hebr. graynesse, or, hoarinesse. So Gen. 42. 38. with evill] that is, with affliction and sorrow, as is explained, verse 31. So
Vers. 30. his soule] that is, the old mans life: see bound up in his soule] that is, knit with the yong-mans life. The Greeke translateth, his soule hangeth on this mans soule, (or life.) This phrase signifieth intire love, as 1 Sam. 18. 1. So the Chaldee expresseth it, his soule is beloved unto him, as his owne soule.
Vers. 31. is not] namely, with us, as the Chaldee
Vers. 32. a sinner] and so guilty, and subject to punishment: see Gen. 43. 9.
Vers. 33. instead of the yong man] herein Iudah sheweth his faithfulnesse and love to his father, and (the Lion of the tribe of Iudah, Rev. 5. 5.) who being suretie for us, Heb. 7. 22. hereby have we perceived his love, that he laid downe his life for us, therefore we ought also to lay downe our lives for our brethren, 1 Ioh. 3. 16.
Vers. 34. shall finde] that is, shall come upon my finding is often used, 1 Chro. 10. 3. Psal. 116. 3. and 119. 113.
1. Ioseph maketh himselfe knowne to his brethren. 5, Hee comforteth them in Gods providence. 9, Hee sendeth for his father. 16, Pharach confirmeth it. 21, Ioseph furnisheth them for their journey, and exhor
ANd Ioseph could not refraine himselfe, before all that stood by him; and he cryforth his voice, with weeam Ioseph; is my father yet liam Ioseph your brother; hee whom you sold, into Egypt. And now, bee not grieved; neither let there hath the famine beene in midst of the land: and yet, (there are) five yeeres; in which there shall be no earing, or harvest. And God sent still. And thou (there are) five yeeres of famine: lest thou be impoverished, thou and thy house, and all that thou hast. it is my mouth, that speaketh unto you. And you shall tell in Pharaohs ech man changes of garments: and to Benjamin he gave, three hundred (shekels) of silver; and five changes of garments. And to his father, he sent after this
REfraine] or containe himselfe by force, from cryrefrained himselfe in the afflictions of his people; will in the end for their deliverance, crie out like a travelling woman, &c. Esa. 42. 14.
Vers. 2. gave forth his voyce] that is, cried-aloud, An Hebrew manner of speaking often used, as Hee sent forth his voyce with weeping.
Vers. 3. suddenly troubled] or appalled, with feare, and hasty troubled thoughts. Occasioned by the the spirit of grace shall be powred upon the Israelites, they shall see Iesus whom they have pierced; and shall mourne for him, &c. Zach. 12. 10. Rev. 1. 7.
Vers. 4. he whom] Hebr. me: which word either may be omitted, (as that observed on Gen. 5. 29.). he: added for vehemencie sake, and to assure his brethren, that he was Ioseph.
Vers. 5. anger] or displeasure, griefe, as Gen. 4. 5. be not angry (or displeased) with your selves. Hee would have them-moderate the sorrow for their sin, with consideration of Gods providence, that turned it unto good. The Greeke translateth, let it not seeme bad unto you. Here Ioseph is farre from revenge, or insulting against his troubled breprayed for his crucifiers, Luke 23. 34. and by his Apostles comforted them with hope of the blotting out of their sinnes, when the times of refreshing should come from the presence of the Lord, Acts 3. 14. 15. 17: 18. 19.
Vers. 6. earing] that is, ploughing, or tillage of the sowing. This seemeth to be for lacke of corne, which therefore in the last yeere, Ioseph supplied: Gen. 47. 23.
Vers. 7. to put for you a remnant] that is, to preserve
for (or unto) you, a remainder, that you and yours might remaine alive. The contrary whereof is in 2 Sam. 14. 7. The Greeke translateth, that there might be left unto you a reminant. to preserve-life unto you] that is, to keepe you and yours alive. Or, to preserve alive unto you: as the Greeke turneth it, to nourish up of you a great remnant. by a great escaping] or,
Vers. 8. but God] whose wisedome and proviHerod and Pontius Pilate, with the Gentiles & the people of Israel, did against Iesus, whatsoever Gods hand, and his counsell determined before to be done; Act. 4. 27. 28. put mee for] or, as the Greeke explaineth it, made me as a father; so acknowledging God to bee his exalter, as he had beene his afflicter. A father, is used for any teacher, guide, counceller, &c. Iudg. 17. 10. 11.
Vers. 10. Goshen] in Greeke Gesem: a province
Vers. 11. impoverished] Greeke, worne-out: that perish with povertie. thy house] that is, houshold: in Greeke, thy sonnes.
Vers. 12. my mouth] and not an interpreter, as interpreter is an omouth, Exod. 4. 16. The Chaldee saith; in your tongue I speake with you.
Vers. 14. wept] through joyfull passion of mind.
Vers. 15. spake] being refreshed by his words, speaking may also be implispake, Exod. 19. 19. that is, ac
Vers. 16. the voice] that is, the fame, or rumour of good in the eyes] that is, pleasing: they liked well of it. See Gen. 16. 6. The Greeke here translateth, Pharaoh was glad.
Vers. 18. Your houses] that is, your housholds, as the men of your houses: the Greeke, your goods. the good] that is, the good things: the Greeke addeth, of all the good things. So after in verse 20. and 23. the fat] the Chaldee translateth, the good; the Greeke, the marrow: that
the best fruits: see Gen. 27. 28.
Vers. 19 thou art commanded] thou (Ioseph) hast authority from me and full power. The Greeke exand thou command, thou these things, that they take wagons, &c. As Pharaoh here shewKings the nursing fathers of Israel, Esa. 49. 1.—23.
Vers. 20. let it not spare] that is, not regard your
stuffe (or vessels:) or, let it not be grieved, to leave your stuffe behinde you. The eye-sparing (or pittying) is a common phrase, see Deut. 7. 16. and 19. 13. 21. Ezek. 7. 4 9. and 16. 5. and 20. 17. &c.
Vers. 21. the mouth] that is, the commandements,
words, as the Greeke explaineth it. So in Iob 39. 30. Eccles. 8. 2. See Gen. 24. 57. provision] or food, as the Greeke hath.
Vers. 22. changes of garments] robes, or upper garstoles (or robes:) and the Grdouble stoles: & after to Benchangeable stoles. Such were wont to be given for honor, or reward, Iudg. 14. 12. 19. So in Rev. 6. 11. white stoles, (or robes) are given to the soules unshekels] or shillings: this word the Chaldee also addeth: see Gen. 20. 16.
Vers. 23. after this manner] as many robes and shekels, as he gave Benjamin: so the Greek translaaccording to the same things. Or, as this that followeth: viz. tenne asses, &c.
Vers. 24. be not stirred] or, make no stirre: that is, as the Greeke translateth, be not angry: the Chaldee contend not; or, fall not out by the way, The word sigstirring with anger and rage, as Prou. 29. 9. 2 King. 19. 27. or with griefe, as 2 Sam. 18. 33. This he spake, because some perswaded, and the rest (save Ruben) consented to the selling of him into Egypt: Gen. 37. that now, they should make no stirre about these and the like things; and Ru
Vers. 26. and that he] or, leaving out the word that, as superfluous, as the Greeke translateth, and
he ruleth all Egypt. For in the Hebrew, words somefainted] or, was weakened, with unbedoubted of that they said: yet daunted with the newes they brought. So the Chaldee indoubting, or wavering; and the Greeke, astonishment. For unbeliefe and doubting, weakeneth the heart, Rom. 4. 19. 20. Mat. 14. 31. See also Gen. 15. 6.
Vers. 27. revived] the Greeke expresseth it by a (anezopurese) which signifieth the reviving or stirring-up of fire that is buried under ashes; which word Paul useth in 2 Tim. 1. 6. for stirring-up the gift of God. The Chaldee also here translathe holy spirit restod upon Iakob.
Vers. 28. enough] or much. The Greeke translaIt is a great-thing to mee, if my sonne. Ioseph yet live: and the Chaldee faith, it is great joy unto me.
I, Iakob sacrificing at Beersheba, is comforted of God, concerning his journey. 5, Thence
ANd Israel journied, and all that he had; here I am. And hee said; I am God, the are the names, of the sonnes of were Hezbe the sonnes of Leah, which she bare unto Iakob, in Padan-Aram; and Dinah his daughter: all the soules, his sonnes and his daughters, were thirtie and three. And the sonnes of Gad; Ziphion, and are the sonnes of Zilpah; are
are the sonnes of Bilhah; whom were sewhich came out of his thigh, besides were sixtie and sixe. And the sonnes of Iowere two soules: all the soules of the house of Iakob, that came into Egypt, were seventie. And he sent Iudah before him, unto Ioseph; to signifie before him, to Goshen: and they art yet alive. And Ioseph said unto his brethren, and unto his fathers house; I will goe-up, and shew were in the land of Canaan, are come unto me. And the men, are sheep-herds; for they are, men that feed
are your workes? Then yee fed cattell, from our youth even untill now, both we, and also our fathers: that, ye may dwell, in the land of Goshen, because every sheep-herd, is an abhomination to the Egyp
BEersheba] in Greeke, The well of the eath, see Gen. 21. 14. 31. and 26. 33. this was the way sacrificed] that is, killed beasts for sacrifice: so both giving thankes for the tidings of Ioseph, and conby faith they had sojourFestus lib. 14.
Vers. 2. visions,] in Greeke, a vision, or Sight. See
Vers. 3. God] Hebr. Ael; that is, the mighty: see make of thee] Hebr. put thee there unto a great nation. So Gen. 21. 13. This God had promised him in times before, Gen. 28. 14. and 35. 11.
Vers. 4. bringing bring-up] that is, surely bring
thee up: Gr. will bring thee up unto the end. This promise was like that which God gave him when he went to Mesopotamia, Gen. 28. 15. And Iakob himselfe was brought againe into Canaan, dead Gen. 50. 5. 13. his posterity were brought alive a mighty army, Ios. 3. &c. And from hence, the Hebrew Doctors gather a generall rule, that whersoever Israel are in captiuity (or affliction)
Vers. 6. into Egypt] to sojourne there, in the land of Cham. Psal. 105. 23. This journey of his is sundry times mentioned, Ios. 24. 4. Esa. 52. 4. Act. 7. 15. Num. 20. 15. Deut. 10. 22. This was in the 130. yeere of Iakobs life, Gen. 47. 9. after the proseed] that is,
children, or posterity. See Gen. 3. 15. and 13. 55. So the Chaldee translateth it sonnes.
Vers. 7. daughters] one daughter, Dinah, verse 15. so in vers. 23. sonne. for one sonne.
Vers. 9. Carmi] in Greeke Charmee. These foure, were heads of their fathers house, and of them are families of the tribe of Reuben: Exod. 6. 14 Num. 26. 5. 6. 1 Chron. 5. 3. So of the rest that follow.
Vers. 10. Iemuel] called also Nemuel, in Numb. Ohad] in Greeke Aod. This man is not mentioned in the families of SimeIachin] called also Iarib. 1 Chron. 4. 24. of him was a familie called
Vers. 11. Gershon] called also Gershom, 1 Chron. Kohath] or Kehath, in Greeke Kath. This man was grand-father to Aaron and Moses, and Marie: Exod. 6. 18 20. Of this familie came the Priests of Israel, 1 Chro. 6. 3. 4. &c. and the Kohathites had the principall place in the service of the sanctuarie, Num. 3. 31. and they are reckoned before the
Vers. 12. dyed] by untimely death, at Gods Hezron] in Greeke Asron; but the Apostle writeth him in Greeke, Esrom, Mat. 1. 3. by interpretation, the middest of exultation.
V. 13. Issachar] why his familie is set before other his elder brethren, is shewed on Gen. 35. 23. Thola] he had a rare blessing, in multitude of chilTholah were 22600. valiant men of warre, in Davids dayes, 1 Chron. 7. 2. There was also a Iudge of this name and tribe, Iudg. 10. 1. Phuvah] called also Phuah, 1 Chron. 7. 1. and so the Greeke here writes him, Phoua. Iob] called also Iashub, Num. 26. 24. 1 Chron. 7. 1. and so the Greeke writeth him here, Iasoub. Simron] or Shimron; in Greeke, Zambran.
Vers. 14. Elon] in Greeke, Allon. Iahleel]
Aiel.
Vers. 15. Padan] or Mesopotamia; see Gen. 25. all the soules] that is, persons. Gen. 12. 5. Heb. soul, which the Greeke translateth, soules: so after. and three] counting Iakob himselfe for one, as verse 8. and excluding Er and Onan, which were dead; as Leah herselfe also was.
Vers. 16. Ziphion] called also Zephon, Num. 26. Saphon. Suni] in Greek, Sannis. Ezbon] called also Ozni, Num. 26. 16. in Greeke here Thasoban. Eri] in Greeke, Aedeis. Arodi] called Arod, Numb. 26. 17. in Greeke, Aoredes.
Vers. 17. Iisvah] in Greeke, Iesova. This mans name and familie is wanting, in Num. 26. 44. Beriah] in Greeke Baria, and Sara their sister.
Vers. 19. wife] so called rather then the rest, be
Vers. 20. priest] or prince: see Gen. 41. 45. The Priest of Heliopolis. Ephraim] Here the Greeke translation addeth these words: And the sonnes of Manasses, whom his concubine Syrabare unto him, were Machir: And Machir begat Galaad. And the sonnes of Ephraim, Manasses brother, were Sutalaam and Taam, and the sonnes of Sutalaam; Edem. This is not in the Hebrew of Moses, but was trans
Vers. 21. Belah] in Greeke, Bala; he was the elBecher] in Greeke, Chobor: he was not the second, but seemeth to be the fourth sonne, called Nohah, 1 Chron. 8. 2. neither is his name or family reckoned, in Numb. 26. 38. but in 1 Chro. 7. 8. there is mention of his children. Ashbel] in Greeke, Asphel. hee was the second sonne by birth, 1 Chro. 8. 1. called also Iediael. 1 Chron. 7. 6. and is named as second in Num. 26. 38.
Vers. 22. were borne] Hebr. was borne: so in Gen. fourteene] the Greeke saith, eighteene: by reason of that addition forementioned in v. 20. yet here faileth one in the summe. The Chaldee a
Vers. 23. sonnes] that is, one Sonne; which was all daughters, for one daughter. Change of number is often in the Hebrew. As
Vers. 24. Iachziel, &c.] in Greeke Asel, and Gouni,
Vers. 26. his thigh] that is, his body; or loynes: of sixtie and sixe] so also the Greeke here is. This number, is beside Iakob himselfe, with whom they came.
Vers. 27. two soules] these words the Greek transcame] understand, with Ioseph and his sonnes who were there before. seventie] with Iakob and Ioseph in the summe. The Greeke translateth, seventie five; and so Stephen alledgeth the number, Acts 7. 14. the cause is before touched in verse 20. The like is in Exod. 1. 5. But in Deut. 10. 22. the Lxxij. Greeke interpreters, as well as the Hebrew, have but 70
Vers. 28. to informe] or, to teach; that is, that hee
might informe (or teach) him. And it may be underto prepare before him. LikeThargum Ierusalemy expoundeth it, to prepare a place for him, wherein to dwell in Goshen. before him] that is, before himselfe came to Goshen: so the phrase sometime meaneth, as Gen. 30. 30. or, to his face, that is, to meet him; so the Greeke translateth, he sent Iudas before him unto Ioseph, to meet him at Heroopolis in the land of Ramesses.
Vers. 29. bound] that is, ordered and made ready, (as joyned. presented himselfe] or? was seene, appeared; this was to honour his faappearing (or presenting themselves) unto the Lord, Exod. 23. 17. still] or yet; that is, a good while; and as the Greeke translateth, with much weeping.
Vers. 30. let me dye] that is, I am willing to dye. The Chaldee translateth, now though I should dye; yet am I comforted; since I see thy face. So Simeon when he saw Christ, Luk. 2. 29. 30.
Vers. 32. sheep-herds] or feeders of sheepe: so verse 34. men that feed cattell] so the Greeke well explaineth the Hebrew phrase, men of cattell, that is, which feed or nourish them: grasiers. The ChalLords (or possessors) of flockes. So man of the ground, for an husbandman, Gen. 9. 20. Ioseph was not ashamed of his kindred, and their base trade, before King Pharaoh: though he knew their occu
Vers. 33. workes] in Greeke, worke: that is, your occupation, or trade. So in Gen. 47. 3. an abhomination] therefore the Egyptians would not so much as eate with them: see Gen. 43. 32. This is the condition of Gods Church on earth; they are
1, Ioseph presenteth five of his brethren, 7, and his father before Pharaoh. 11, He giveth them habitation and maintenance. 13, The famine increasing, Ioseph for corne getteth all the Egyptians money, 16, their cattell, 18, their lands to Pharaoh. 22, The Priests land was not bought. 23, He letteth the land to the E
ANd Ioseph came, and told Pharaoh; and said, my father and my brethren; and their flockes and their herds, and all that they have; are come, out of the land of Canaan: and behold they are in the land of Goshen. And he tooke some of his breare your workes? And they said unto Pharaoh, thy servants are sheepherds; both we, and also our fathers. And they said unto Pharaoh; for to sojourne in the land, are wee come: for there is no pasture, for the flocks, which thy servants have; for the fais heavy, in the land of Canaan: and now, we pray thee, let thy servants dwell, in the land of Goshen. And Pharaoh said, unto is before thee; in the best of the land, make thou thy father and thy brethren to dwellthose which I have. And Ioseph brought-in, are the dayes, of the yeeres of thy life? And Iakob said, unto Pharaoh; the dayes, of the are an hundred, and thirtie yeeres: few and evill, have beene the dayes, of the yeeres of my life; and they have not attained, unto the dayes of the yeers of the life of my fathers; in the daies, of their pilgrimages. And Iakob, blessed Pharaoh: with bread, accorthere was no was very heavy: and the land of Egypt, & the land of Canaan, fainted; by reason of the famin. And Ioseph gathered up all the money that was
in thy presence: because money faiit from my Lord; how-that money is spent, and the possession of beasts, (is come) unto my Lord: there is not left, before my Lord; ought save our bodies, and our land. Wherfore shall we every man his field; because the famine pre
AND IAKOB LIVED, in the land
SOme] or part: the Greeke faith onely, of his brethren.
V. 3. your workes] that is, your occupation. So Gen. sheepherds.] Hebr. a feeder of sheepe, the singular being put for all, as Gen. 3. 2. or underevery of them is a sheepherd.
Vers. 6. before thee] exposed unto, and free for of activity] or, of ability, power, prowesse. It implieth as well fitnesse of mind, as of body: and so prudence, diligence, valour, Exod. 18. 21. rulers] or masters: princes. those which I have] meaning either those
as the Greeke translateth,
Vers. 7. blessed] that is, saluted him, with prayer for his welfare, and thanks for his bountie. So blessaluting, 2 King. 4. 29. for praying, Num. 6. 23. 24. for thanks giving, Mat. 26. 26. with Luk. 22. 19. Againe, Iakob blessed Pharaoh when he went out, verse 10. that is, tooke his leave, com
Vers. 9. pilgrimages] or sojournings: so hee calleth life, both for his many removings from place to place, on earth; and for that we have here no abiding citie, Heb. 13. 14. and 11. 9. 13. See before, in Gen. 23. 4. are 130. yeeres] his being in the third yeere of the famine, Gen. 45. 6. Ioseph being 30. yeres old, 7. yeeres before the faof my fathers] for Abraham lived 175. yeeres, Gen. 25. 7. Isaak 180. yeeres, Gen. 35. 28.
Vers. 11. placed] or seated, made to dwell. Rameses]
Vers. 12. nourished] or sustained, fostered with all things needfull: as he had promised, Gen. 45. 11. the feeder and stone of Israel, Gen. 49. 24. The Greeke translateth it esitometrei, that is, hee gave them their measure of corne (or portion of meat;) A like word Sitometrion is used for
Vers. 13. the land] the Chaldee expoundeth it, the people of the land, fainted, (or were wearied.) So fainted: other, raged; as Prov. 26. 18.
Vers. 15. and why] or for why? but and, is oft used in troubled and passionate speeches; see Genes.
Vers. 16. give you] to weet, bread, as the Greeke explaineth, & the next verse confirmeth; meaning
Vers. 17. led them] that is, sed and nourished, as the Greeke interpreteth it.
Vers. 18. the 2. yeere] namely after their cattell were sold: which was the sixt yeere of the famine. possession of beasts] that is, flocks and herds and o
Vers. 19. and our land] to weet, dye, that is, be desol
as the Greeke explaineth it thus,
Vers. 20. of Egypt] or, of the Egyptians; as the
Vers. 21. removed] or made them passe, which was brought them into bondage unto him for servants. Thargum Ierusalemy giveth another reason hereof, that the Egyptians should not deride the sonnes of Iakob that were strangers among them. Here was an extraordinary punishment of God, up
Vers. 22. the priests] or Princes: the originall word priests. an allowance] or constitution, statute: that is, a constituted portion of food, (their daily bread) assigned and allowed them. The Greeke translateth it, a gift; the Chaldee a portion. See also Prov. 30. 8.
Vers. 24. in the revenue] that is, the increase, when
it brings forth fruit: as the Chaldee explaineth. parts] Hebr. hands: in Chaldee parts: see Genes. 43. 34.
Vers. 25. let us finde grace] vouchsafe to deale in
Vers. 27. exceedingly] or, vehemently, very mightily.
And (Iakob) lived. See Gen. 6. 9. This section hath but one let
Vers. 28. 17. yeere] so long Ioseph nourished his
Vers. 29. to dye] that is, that he must dye. See Gen. my thigh] to sweare: with this rite, Abraham took an oath of his servant: see Gen. 24. 2. doe with me mercy] or, deale mercifully (kindly) with me. See Gen. 24. 49.
Vers. 30. But I will lye] or, when I shall lye-downe
sleepe) with my fathers, then thou shalt cary me, &c.
Vers. 31. bowed himselfe] namely unto God, with thankfulnesse, who had after other blessings, given faith, Heb. 11. 21. the beds head] wherehe bowed himselfe upon the bed, when hee blessed God. 1 King. 1. 47. 48. The Hebrew Mittah, a bed; the Lxxij. Greeke interpreters, having a copie without vowels
1, Ioseph with his sonnes, visiteth his sicke father. 2, Iakob strengtheneth himselfe to blesse them. 3, Hee repeateth the promise. 5, Hee adopteth Ephraim and Manasseh Iosephs sonnes, as his owne. 7, Hee telleth him of his mothers grave. 9, He blesseth Ephraim and Manasseh, 17, He preferreth the yonger before the el
ANd it was, after these things; that one said unto Ioseph; Behold thy father is one told Iakob; will make thee be an assembly of peoples; and will give this land, to thy seed after thee, for an eternall possession. And now, thy two sonnes, which are mine: Ephraim and Manasses, as Ruben and Simeon, shall bee mine. And thy begotten there was a little-peece of ground, to come to Ephrath: and I buried her there, in the way of Ephrath; that is Bethlehem. And are these? And Ioseph said unto his father; are my sonnes; whom God hath given to me, in this place: and he said, take them I pray thee unto mee, and I will blesse them. And the eyes of Israel were heavy for old-age; them neere, unto him. And Israel stretched it upon Ephrawas the yonger; and his left-hand, upon Manasses head: hee prudentlywas the first borne. And he blessed Ioseph, and said: was, unto this day. The Anis the first borne; put thy right-hand, upit my sonne, I know it; hee also shall become a people, and he also shall be great: but truly, his yonger brother shall bee greater then hee; and his seed, shall be a plen
THings ▪
Hebr.
Vers. 3.
called also
Vers. 4. give thee to] that is, make of thee an assembly, that is,
Vers. 5. And now] or, as the Greeke translateth, Now therefore. From the former promises, hee before,] or,
Vers. 6. name of their brethren] of Ephraim and Manasses; counted of their stocke and tribe, as if
Vers. 7. Padan] or, as the Greeke hath it, Mesopotamia of Syria: see Gen. 25. 20. This mention of
Vers. 9. take] and bring them, as the Greeke transand I will] or, (as the that I may blesse: viz. in the name and au
Vers. 10. heavy] that is, dimme; in Greeke, heauy
sighted; the same word is used for eares, that are heavy or
Esa. 6. 10. & 59. 1. Compare Gen. 27. 1.
Vers. 11. thought] or judged. The Greeke exLoe I am not deprived of thy face; and loe, God hath shewed me thy seed also.
Vers. 12. betweene] Hebr. from with his knees; the from his knees: the Chaldee, fr
in reverence and thankefulnesse, for the former adoption, and fur
Vers. 14. prudently guided] so also the Chaldee he wisely guided: the Greeke translateth, changing hands. This signe of imposing hands on the head, is after used in blessings and designations to holy functions, Num. 8. 10. and 27. 18. 20. Deut. 34. 9. Act. 6. 6. 1 Tim. 4. 14. And as the right hand is naturally more strong and honourable then the left, (to which the scripture hath reference in speech also of God, Exod. 15. 6. Psal. 118. 16. and 110. 1.) so Iakob, (whose blessing was stronger then his parents, Gen. 49. 26) giveth the strongest and most honourable blessing to Ephraim, by this signe of the right hand put upon him.
Vers. 15. Ioseph] to weet, in his children, as the he blessed them. So on the contrary, Cham, was cursed in his yongest sonne Canaan: Gen. 9. 25. And in 1 Chron. 4. 31. whiles David raigned: that is, Davids sonnes. did walke] did please by faith, in their conversation and adminipleased: the Chaldee, served. See the notes on Gen. 5. 22. and 17. 1. fed me] or, hath beene my pastor: so David celebrateth God by this grace, Psal. 23. 1. and 80. 2. since I was] that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, from my youth.
Vers. 16. Angell] Christ, the Angel of the coveRedeemer, or Deliverer, which is the title of God, Psal. 19. 15. Esa. 43. 14. and 47. 4. The Rabbines acknowledge this Angel to be God, saying; hee mentioneth also Gods-majestie (Shechinah) when hee saith. the Angell that redeemed me. R. Menachem on Gen. 48. See also Gen. 31. 11. called] that is, named on them, let them bee called by my name; as my adopted children, vers. 5. So Gods name is said to be called on us, Deut. 28. 10. 2. Chron. 7. 14. Ier. 14. 9. that is, we are called the sonnes of God, 1 Iohn 3. 1. and the husbands name is called upon the wife, Esa. 4. 1. and the Lords name, upon the citie Ierusalem, Dan. 9. 19. and upon the Temple. 1 King. 8. 43. Ier. 7. 10. 11. on them] or in them. But the Hebrew in, is often used for upon; as Neh. 2. 12. Num. 13. 23. and bammeh, in 2 Chron. 7. 21. is the same that gnal meh, in 1 King. 9, 8. increase like fish] which multiply abundantly: therefore the Greeke translateth it, multiply: but the Chaldee addeth expresly, like the fishes of the sea; implied in one Hebrew word. According to this blessing, there were of Ioseph by these his two sonnes, 85. thoua great people. Ios. 17. 17.
Vers. 17. evill in his eyes] that is, it displeased him,
Se
had the honour above
Vers. 19. shall become] Hebr. shall be to a people: meaning, a father to a multitude. shall be great]
shall be exalted. greater] Therefore when the Israelites were first numbred in the wilEphraim was reckoned before, and had 8300. men, more then Manasses, Numb. 1. 32. 33. 35. Also in camping about the Tabernacle of the Lord, Ephraim had the standerd, and was set beEphraim is used for the name of that kingdome, Esa. 7. 2. 9. 17. and 11. 13. and 28. 1. Ier. 7. 15. Ezek. 37. 16 Hos. 5. 12. 13. and 9. 3. 11. a plentie] or fulnesse: that is, as the Greeke translateth, a multitude: so called for filling up a number or place. So, a plenty of sheepherds, Esa. 31. 4. that is, a multitude: and this phrase Paul useth in Rom. 11. 25. the plenty of the Gentiles, that is, the full multitude, and number of them. The Chaldee here translateth, his sonnes shall bee rulers among the peoples. Though Ephraim had thus the preemiEphraim mourned many daies, 1 Chron. 7. 20.—23.
Vers. 20. In thee] or, By thee, that is, taking thee Rachel and Leah are propounded for examples in blessing, Ruth 4. 11. Zedekias and Ahab, in curIsrael] that is, my posterity the Israelites: see Gen. 19. 37. and 34. 7.
V. 21. God willbe] the Chaldee expounds it, the
Word of the Lord will be your help the land] of Ca
Vers. 22. doe give] bequeathing as by will and teto thee, that is, to thy posterity: above thy brethren: for the first born was to have a double portion, Deut. 21. 17. & now the first birth-right became Iosephs, 1 Chron. 5. 2. & in the figurative description of Christs Church, Ioseph hath two portions, Ezek. 47. 13. portion] the Hebrew Sechem signifieth properly a shoulder, Gen. 9. 23. it was also the name of a citie (and the prince thereof,) where Iakob bought a piece of ground, Gen. 33. 18. 19. Here it is used (but with reference to the name of the place,) for a portion of ground, and so the Chaldee plainly expounds it, one chiefe portion. And that place of Sechem, was the inheritance of Iosephs sons the Ephraimites, Ios. 16. 1. &c. and 20. 7. Ioh. 4. 5. and thither were Iosephs bones caried out of Egypt, and buried, Ios. 24. 1. 25. 32. have taken] that is, shall take; but spoken prophetically, and in faith; (as unto us a childe is borne, Esa. 9. 6. which was a prophesie of Christ.) Thus Iakob disposeth of things to come, as already possessed: wherupon his faith in this action is comthe Amorite] that is, as the Greeke translateth, Amorites; which one name is used generally for all the heathens that possessed the land, Ios. 24. 8. Amos 2. 9. my sword] that is, the sword of my children; the Ephraimites; which helped to conquer the land, and were a mighty people in Iosuahs time: see Ios. 17. 14.—18. So my armeholes, Ezek. 13. 18. that is, the armeholes of my people: also my wombe, Iob 3. 10. that is, my mothers wombe. The Chaldee understood this sword and bow figuratively; translating, by my prayer, and by my supplication.
1. Iakob calleth his sonnes to blesse them. 3, The blessing of Ruben, 5, of Simeon and Levi, 8, of Iudas, 13, of Zabulon, 14, of Issachar, 16, of Dan, 19, of Gad, 20, of Aser. 21, of Naphtali, 22, of Ioseph, 27, of Benjamin. 29, Iakob chargeth them about his buriall in Canaan. 33, He dieth.
ANd Iakob called unto his sonnes: and art my first-borne; my might, unto.
Simeon and Levi, brethren: instruments of in their sojourning habitatibe their anger, for it was strong;
Iudah; thou, thy brethren shall confesse shall be in the necke of thy eneshall the obedience of peoples be. Binding his asse-colt unto the vine; and the foale of his asse, unto the choyce-vine: hee shall be
Zabulon, hee shall dwell, at the haven of shall be for an haven of ships; and his side, shall be unto Sidon.
Issachar, is a strong-boned asse: couching, it was good; and the land, that it was pleasant: and bowed his shoulder, to beare; and was, a servant unto tribute.
Dan, he shall judge his people: as one, of
Gad, a troupe shall with-troup-overcome him: and hee shall with-troup-overcome at
Concerning Aser, his bread shall be fat:
Naphtali, is a hinde let-loose: that giveth
Ioseph, sonne of a fruitfull vine, sonne of a fruitfull vine, by a well: the daughters, each
with blessings of heaven, from above; blessings of the deep, that lieth under; blessings of the brests, and of the wombe. The blessings of thy father; doe prevaile, above the blessings of my pro
Benjamin, he shall ravin as a wolfe; in the morning, he shall eat the prey: & at evening, is it, that their every-man, even according to his blessing, he blessed them. And he commanded them, and is in the field of Ephron the Chethite. In the cave, that is in the field of is before Mamre, in the land of Canaan: which Abraham bought, with the field; of Ephron the Chethite, for a possession of a burying-place. There they In the purchase of the is therein, from the sonnes of Cheth. And Iakob made-an-end, the ghost, and was gathered unto his peoples.
THe latter daies] that is, the daies following, or time
hereafter: Hebr the posterity of dayes: which phrase is often used for time to come; as Num. 24. 14. Deut. 4. 30. and 31. 29. Dan. 2. 28. and 10. 14. Prov. 31. 25. So that which is said in Act. 2. 16. it shall be in the last daies; is in Ioel 3. 1. it shall be hereafter. The Chaldee translateth it,
Vers. 2. hearken] the Chaldee saith, receive instruction.
Vers. 3. might] or, able-strength: this word (Coach)
valour, (Hebr. On.) meaneth the straining of the body forcibly to efof my valour] or, of my manhood; of my painefull strength: the first effect of the strength of my body. All the first borne are thus called. Deut. 21. 17. Psal. 78. 51. the Greeke translateth it, the beginning of my children; that is, my first childe. Such had naturall right to a double portion of all their fathers goods, Deut. 21. 17. the excellencie] that is, most excellent in dignitie (or
Vers. 4. Vnstable] or Light, soone-mooved: this is excell not] that is, thou shalt not excell, but lose thine honour. So the Chaldee explaineth it, thou shalt not have profit, nor receive the excellent portion. he went up unto] the Greeke changeth the person, and translateth, on which thou went est up: also the Chaldee expounwhen thou wentest up to my bed. Iakob as with indignation of the fact, turneth his speech from Ruben to his brethren. Such changes are often in the holy text, as Deut. 5. 10. that love me, and keepe his commandements; for which in Exod. 20. 6. is my commandements. And in Dan. 9. 4. thou keepest covenant towards them that love him: for, that love thee. So Mark. 11. 32. they feared the people: for wch in Matt. 21. 26. is written, we feare. Otherthou defiledst my couch, it is gone-up: that is, it is vanished away; meaning the excellencie which we should have had. For by defiling Bilhah his fathers concubine, he lost his birthright, Gen. 35. 22. 1 Chron. 5. 1. 2. To goe-up, is sometime used for vanishing away, Exod. 14. 16. Ier. 48. 15.
Vers. 5. brethren] specially consociate in that einstruments] or weapons, to weet,
Vers. 6. secret] that is, as the Greeke translateth their councill, their assembly. So David saith, the secret of evill doers, Psal. 64. 3. and Ieremy, the secret of mockers, Iere. 15. 17. that is, the assembly. Iakob here meaneth that neither should any, neither would he approve of their perfidy. glorie] or honour, hereby may be meant the tongue which is the glorie of man by speech, being good, and the contrary if it be evill, Iam. 3. 5. &c. So my glory, Psal. 16. 9. is by the Amy tongue, Act. 2. 26. Otherwise it is a repetition of the former, my glory, that is, my soule. a man] Hemor the King, and Sychem his son, with the men of the citie: Gen. 34. 25. 26. Theremen: and Thargum Ierusalemy, Kings and rulers. And the singular is often put for many, as the man of Israel fled, 1 Chro. 10. 1. that is, the men of Israel, 1 Sam. 31. 1. See also Gen. 3. 2. selfe-will] or pleasure. houghed the Oxe] so the Greeke also translateth it: meaning that they tooke away and destroyed the oxen, and other beasts of the Sychemites, Gen. 34. 28. Oxe is for Oxen, as Gen. 32. 5. Some (as the Chaldee) translate, they pulled downe the wall: but Shor, (the word here used) is properly an oxe or bull: and Shur a wall: neither was there mentioned any pulling downe of walls in Gen. 34. Therefore the Ierusaselling of Ioseph who is likened to an oxe. Deut, 33. 17. But that seem
Vers. 7. I will divide] that is, I prophesie their devision: so Ezekiel saith,
Vers. 8. thou] to weet, art so by name, and shalt Iudah signifieth Confession or Praise: and to his name he hath reference; Praised, thou art called,
Vers. 9. renting-lions whelp] As there are sundry sorts of Lions, so they have sundry names, Iob 4. strong, Prov. 30. 30. bold, Prov. 28. 1. stout-hearted, 2 Sam. 17. 10. and of a terrible countenance, 1 Chro. 12. 8. Such are fit to be kings armes, and twelve such were stayes for the steps of King Solomons throne 2 Chron. 9. 18. 19. This kind here menOthoniel, Iudg. 3. 9. 10. David, 2 Sam. 8. and especially Christ, called the Lion of the tribe of Iudah, Rev. 5. 5. couched] lay downe to rest, after hee hath taken the prey: this was fulfilled when after Davids conquests, all Isracouragious] or harty-lion, named Labi, of leb, an hart. By these three is signified the growth of the Kingdome of Iudah, from Princes to Kings, and from David to Christ, in whom all glory restHe shall have dominion in the beginning; and in the end, the kingdome of the house of Iudah shall be magnified: for from the judgement of death, thou hast rid thy soule, O my sonne: he shall rest and dwell in strength, as a Lyon, and as a couragious-lion, and there shall bee no kingdome that shall stirre him.
Vers. 10. The scepter] or, The tribe. The Hebrew Shebet, (whence the Greeke word sceptron, and scepter is derived,) signifieth astaffe or rod; and is by Moses applied to the tribes of Israel, (whereof see the 16. and 28. verses following:) and so the Greeke interpreters, doe often translate Sceptron for Shebet, atribe; 1 Sam. 10. 19. 20. 21. 1 King. 11. 32. 35. 36. &c. The prophesie is of Iudahs tribe to continue distinct, untill Christs comming; whereas the other ten tribes were scatch they returned not, as the tribe of Iudah with Benjamin, did from Babylon, Ezra 1. 5. It may also imply the power of government which should be in this tribe: for Shebet a scepter, somea Prince; and the Chaldee one that hath dominion: and Thargum Ierusalemy, Kings shall not cease from the house of Iudah. And elsewhere the scripture saith, of Iudah came the Governour, 1 Chron. 5. 2.
Vers. 11. asse-colt] or, yong-asse: great men used bind such to the vine, seemeth to meane great store of vines, which should bee in the land of Iuvine, unIerusalem, and by the asse-colt the people of Israel; and thus expoundeth it, Israel shall dwell round about his citie, the peoples shall build his temple, & the just men shall be round about it, and the doers of the law in the doctrine thereof. This also may be referred to Christ, the King, who bean asses colt, Zachar. 9. 9. Ioh. 12. 14. 15. Mat. 21. 2. 5. 7. a figure of the people of the Gentiles, brought unto Christ for him to ride upon; and by this prophesie of Iakob, were to bee tied unto him and his Church, (compared unto the vine, Ioh. 15. 1. Esa. 5. 7.) where they should bee filled with the gospell of his love, and gifts of his spirit, better then wine, Song. 1. 3. Ephes. 5. 18. And so the Ierusalemy Thargum applyeth this to Christ, saying, How faire is the King Christ, that shall spring up of the house of Iudah! He shall gird his loynes, and
shall goe forth to warre against his enemies, &c. Like
Vers. 12. red with wine] another signe of plenty of fruits; for the drinking of much wine maketh How beautifull are the eyes of the King Christ to looke upon; more then fined wine, that he beholdeth not with them unchast copulations or murthers of innocents. His teeth are exercised in the law, that he eateth not with them iniquities and robberies. His mountaines shall bee red with vineyards and winepresses: his hills shall be white with store of wheat, and stocks of sheepe. Other of the Iew Doctors, reckon Iudah for the seventh patriarch, thus, 1,
Vers. 13. Zabulon] he though hee was yonger Issaehar, Gen. 30. 18. 20. yet Iakob gives him the blessing before him: so also doth Moses. Deut. 33. 18. and his lot befell him in his land, before Issachars: Ios. 19. 10. 17. seat] his borhee shall subdue provinces with ships, and shall eate the good things of the sea, &c. Moses giveth him a blessing, to rejoyce in his going out, or, trading, Deut. 33. 18.
Vers. 14. strong boned] Hebrew, asse of bone, that bony, hard, strong. two bounds] or set limits, borders: so the Chaldee paraphrast also expoundIssachar shall be a strong tribe, and his border shall be in the midst betweene two borders, So also the Greeke translateth, amidds the inheritances. Others expound it, betweene two burdens; such as are layd on asses backes.
Vers. 15. rest:] this may bee a note of their betweene the two bounds, (or burdens) Iudg. 5. 16. Howbeit Moses biddeth them rejoyce in their tents, Deut. 33. 18. And the Ierusalemy Thargum expoundeth it, hee seeth the house of the sanctuary, that it proclaimeth rest, therefore it is good: &c. gathering this sense (as I sup
Vers. 16. judge] an allusion to Dans name, Dan
Iadin: the Iudger shall judge: see Gen. 30. 6. This prophesie was fulfilled in Samson, one of his postejudged Israel, Iudg. 15. 20. So the ChalOf the house of Dan shall a man be chosen and rise up: in whose daies his people shall bee delivered, &c. But the Ierusalemy Thargum nameth him, saying, this is Samson sonne of Manoah. the tribes] This name Tribe is borrowed from the Latine word Tribus, used for a stocke or kinred that discend from one father. For Romulus the founder of Rome, divided the mulTribes, (as sheweth Pompon. Laetus de Rom. Magistrat.) But in the Hebrew a tribe is here called Shebet, that is, a staffe, rod, or scepter, (as is before touched, verse 10.) and elsewhere Matteh, which is also a
Vers. 17. an addar] or arrow snake: this name Shephiphon) is not elsewhere found in scripture. It is a prophesie of a sudden and unexLeshem (or Laish) for their possession: Iudg. 18. But Moses compareth Dan, to a Lyons whelpe, Deut. 33. 22. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus, There shall be a man that shall bee chosen and spring up out of the house of Dan, the feare of him shall fall upon the peoples, and he shall valiantly smite the Philistinis, as a serpent, as an addar he shall lye in wait by the path, he shall slay the mighty men in the campe of the Philistims, &c.
Vers. 18. thy salvation] speaking to the Lord, and desiring his salvation in Christ, figured by hee shall begin to save Israel, Iudg. 13. 5. Matt. 1Our father Iakob said, I exspect not the salvation (or redemption) of Gedeon son of Ioash, which is a temporall salvation, nor the salvation of Samson sonne of Manoah, which is a transitorie salvation: but the salvation of Christ the sonne of David, who shall come to bring unto himselfe the sonnes of Israel, whose salvation my soule desireth. Thus Simeon also cal
Vers. 19. a troupe] or band, armie: in Hebrew Gedud, which hath allusion to Gads name, that siga troup, Gen. 30. 11. Hee prophesieth of this tribes troubles by enemies that bordered upwith troupe-overcame] hee still run
Ver. 20. Concerning Aser] or Out of Aser; who blisse and felicitie: to him here is promised a blessed and fruitfull portion in the hobread] that is, food: for bread is used for all meats, See Gen. 3. 19. and 21. 14. and fat, is used for the best and most excellent of any thing, Gen. 4. 4. and 27. 28. The Chaldee saith, Asers land shall be very good, and he shall be nourished with Kings dainties. Moses also inclaring this blessing, sayd, Aser shall dip his foot in oile: Deut. 33. 24.
Vers. 21. let loose] and so light footed, both to feet like bindes, Psal. 18. 34. This may specialBarak a man of Naphtali, who with his people went up on his feet, against Siseraes yron charrets; put them to flight, pursued, and destroyed them all: Iudg. 4. 6. 10. 15. 16. Moses giveth Naphtali the fulnesse of Gods blessing, and pointeth out his inheritance in the land, Deut. 33. 23. To that the Chaldee referreth it here, sayNaphtalies lot shall fall in a good land, and his possession shall be fruitfull. He had the sixt lot, degoodly sayings] Hesayings of goodlinesse, or of fairnesse, that is, faire and pleasing words. Which in Baraks time was fulfilled, when his prowesse caused that pleaprayses and blessings that they should utter, for the good fruits of their land.
Vers. 22. son] that is, a bough, or branch, which agrowing sonne; so also the Chaldee paraphraseth, Ioseph a growing sonne, a sonne which shall be blessed as a vine that is planted by a well of waters. Whatsoever commeth of or from anosonne or daughter of the same, as the yong of beasts, birds, &c. Gearrowes are called sonnes of the bow, and of the quiver, Iob. 41.—28. Lam. 3. 13. sparks, are sonnes of the burning coale, Iob. 5. 7. and the like. And here the
Vers. 23. archers] Hebrew arrow masters, whereskilfull archers: as the strong men. See Gen. 37. 19. These were Iosephs brethren that hated and sold him into Egypt, Gen. 37. 4. 8. 11. 28. his mistresse that tempted and fasly accused; and his Master that imprisoned him, &c. Gen. 39. 7. 17. 20. Whereunto the Ierusalemy Thargum addeth the enchanters and wise men of Egypt that spake evill of him before Pharaoh.
Vers. 24. his bow] his faith. armes] his verAnd the prophesie was fulfilled in them, for that he observed the law in secret, and set his hope constant. made firme] strong and solid, like fine gold; for of the Hebrew Phoz, (here used) fine solid gold is call Phaz, Psal. 19. 11. And this similitude the Chaldee explayneth, saying; therefore gold was put upon his armes: hee strengthened and confirmed his kingdome, which was giuen him, &c. Mighty-one] meaning God: as Ps. 132. 2. Esay 49. 26. & 60. 16. from thence] or whence hee was the feeder, or pastor. From God, Ioseph was advanced to be the feeder of Israel, as before is shewed, Gen. 45. 5. 7. 11. and 47. 12. The Chaldee saith, who by his word, fed the fathers and the sonnes of the tribes of Israel. the stone] the stay and strength of Israel. This may be refera stone, Esay 28. 16.) or unto, God, fore-spoken of, who is the stone and rock of his church, by whom Ioseph was advanced.
Vers. 25. who shall helpe] Hebrew, and hee shall helpe; but the meaning of the phrase is, who shall
helpe: as in Mal. 3. 1. and he shall prepare, is transwhich shall prepare, Mark. 1. 2. so in the sentence following. The Chaldee interpreteth it, The word of the God of thy father shall be thy helpe. of heavens] that is, the raine and dew, that shall make thyraine of blessings. the deepe] springs of waters out of the earth: see Gen. 7. 11. Deut. 33 13. the brests] or teats, to nourish children, as the wombe to beare them: that is, many and well noursed children: ten thousands of Ephraim, and thousands of Manasses, Deut. 33. 17. Contrary to this blessing, is that curse in Hos. 9. 14. give them a mis-carying womb, and dry brests.
Vers. 26. of thy father] that is, which I thy father doe prevaile] or,
Vers. 27. ravin] or teare his prey: a prophesie of Wolfe, as before Iudah was likened to a Lion. Neither need it be thought any dishonour to Benjamin, that hee is likened to a Wolfe: for even God likeneth himselfe to a Leopard and
the twelve tribes] that is, heads and authors of the twelve tribes (or kinreds) that the twelve sonnes of Iakob. even according to, &c] that is, with such a blessing as was meet for every of them, as Gods spirit did allot.
Vers. 29. my people] to my holy fathers, by of Ephron] bought of him, as the next verse sheweth. See Gen. 23. 9. 10. &c. and 47. 30.
Vers. 31. buried Leah] of her death and buriall, ISRAEL.
Vers. 32. In the purchase] or understand, The
purchase was bought. But the Greeke addeth the word In.
Vers. 33. his feet] this seemeth to denote his bowed himselfe, Gen. 47. 31.
1, Ioseph weepeth for, and imbalmeth his father. 4, He getteth leave of Pharaoh, to goe to bury him. 7, The funer all solemnized by the Elders of Egypt; and by Ioseph and his brethren. 13, Iakob is buried in Machpelah. 15, Iosephs brethren aske him for give
ANd Ioseph fell, upon his fathers face; and wept upon him, and kissed him. was beyond Iordan; and they wailed there, with a very great and heavy wayling: and he made a mourning, for his father seis a heavy mourning, to the Egyptians: therefore the name of it was called, The mourning of the Egyptians; which is be(some) unto Ioseph, saying: thy father did command, before he dyed, saying. Thus be to thee, for seram I in the place of GOD? And you, ye meant against mee evill: God it is this day, to save-alive much people. And now, generation: also the sonnes of Machir, sonne of Manasses; were borne, upon Io
PHysicians] in Greeke imbalmers. imbalm] which was, with myrrh, aloes, and other spices,
tooke out the bowels of the dead, cleansed them, and washed them with wine of dates, and after that againe with odours: then filled they the bowels with pure myrrh beaten, and Cassia, and other odours (except frankincense;) and sowed them up. After this they seasoned the corps hidden in nitre, seventy daies, not longer. After seventie daies, they washed the corps, and wrapt it in fine linnen cloth gummed; which gumme the Egyptians often used in stead of glew, &c.
Vers. 5. Idye] or, I, am dying: see Gen. 47. 29. 30. 31. digged] or, bought, as the word some
Vers. 7. all the servants] that is, a great multitude of them: so Mat. 3. 5. all Iudea: that is, very many
Vers. 9. very great] Hebrew, vehemently heavie, or weighty; which the Greeke translateth a great
campe, (or company.) So a weightie people, 1 Kings 3. 9. is by the Hebrew text elsewhere expounded, agreat people, 2 Chron. 1. 10.
Vers. 10. Atad] by interpretation a bramble,
beyond] in the inside of Iordan, for Moses when hee wrote these things, was on the outside, in the wilderseven dayes] so long they were by the law of God uncleane by the dead, whosoever touched the same; Numb. 19. 11. so long also the Iewes custome after was to mourne, as Maimony sheweth in Misn. Tom. 4. treat. of Mourning, chap. 1. and Ben Syrach saith, Seven daies doe men mourne for him that is dead, Eccles. 22. 12. There was also a lesser degree of mourning, which dured thirty dayes, that the Hebrew doctors gathered from Deut. 21. 13. she shall bewaile her father and her mother a moneth of daies: those thirtie daies, they might not trim the haire of their head or beard; nor weare white new garments, nor marrie: and the like. Maimony ibidem, ch. 6.
Vers. 11. inhabitants] Hebrew, inhabitant: and Canaanite. See Gen. 10. 16. heavy] in Greek great, as before in verse 9. was called] Hebrew he (that is, every one) called: see the notes on Gen. 16. 14. The mourning] Hebr. Abel Mizaim.
Vers. 15. peradventure] or, it may be. The rewarded him] that is, done of our owne accord un
Vers. 16. commanded] that is, sent some on their command, is effectually to procure a thing to be done: as God commandeth his blessings and mercies, by effectuall sending them; Psal. 42. 9. and Levit. 25. 21. Deut. 28. 8. where the Greeke translateth send. Here, the Greeke expoundeth it, they came unto Ioseph, and said.
Vers. 17. of the God] by this speech, they seem, forgive one another, even as God for Christs sake forgave you. Ephes. 4. 32. But the Hehee that doth his neighbour dammage in his goods, when hee hath paid that which hee ought to pay; atonement is made for him. But he that hurteth his neighbour, although hee gave unto him (for satisfaction) the five things. (namely, 1. dammage it selfe, as when eye must bee given for eye, tooth for tooth, 2. for the smart, 3. for his healing, 4. for his resting from his labour, 5. for his shame or dishonour; of which see the notes on Exod. 21. 19.) yet atonement is not made for him: yea though he should sacrifice (to God) all the Rams of Nebaioth, (Esay 60. 7.) yet atonement is not made for him, nor his iniquitie forgiven; unill he request it of him that was hurt, and he doe forgive him. Maimony in
Vers. 21. unto their hart] that is, friendly, comfortably,
Vers. 23. third generation] or third sonnes. So borne] that is, brought up: Of Machir, see Num. 32. 39.
Vers. 24. visiting, &c.] that is, will surely visit,
by faith Ioseph at his ending, made mention of the departure of the sonnes of Israel, and gave commandement concerning his bones, Heb. 11. 22. The land of Canaan, was a signe of their heavenly in
Vers. 25. from hence] or, from this place: the with you. This charge was fulMoses tooke the bones of Ioseph with him, Exod. 13. 19. which afterward were buried in Sechem, Iakobs purchase, and Iosephs sonnes heritage, Ios. 24. 32. Stephen sheweth that the other Patriarchs (the sonnes of Iakob,) were buried also in Sychem in the land of Canaan, Act. 7. 16.
Vers. 26. old] Hebrew, sonne of 110. yeeres
an arke] or chist, coffin: to be ready, at their removall out of Egypt. This death of Ioseph, (whereat the first book of Moses endeth,) was after the creation of the world, 2369. yeeres.
ANNOTATIONS VPON THE SECOND BOOKE OF MOSES, CALLED EXODVS: VVHEREIN, BY CONFERRING THE HO
BY HENRY AINSWORTH.
PSAL. 103. 7. The Lord
made knowne his wayes unto Moses: his acts, unto the sonnes of Israel.
ACTS, 7. 38.
This is thatMoses,which was in the Chruch in the wildernesse, with the Angel; which spake to him in the mount Sina, and with our fathers: who received the lively Oracles, to give unto us.
IOHN, 1. 17.
The Law, was given by Moses: but Grace and Truth, came by Iesus Christ.
LONDON, ¶ Printed by Miles Flesher for John Bellamine, and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE. 1626.
THis second booke of Moses, sheweth the increase and oppression of Israel in Egypt: the sending of Moses to deliver them: the tenne plagues of God upon Egypt: the bringing out of Israel with strong hand: the leading of them through the sea, where Pharaoh was drowned: the safe conducting of them in the wildernesse: the Covenant be
1, The number of the sonnes of Israel that went into Egypt. 7, Their great increase after Iosephs death. 8, Their oppression by a new King. 12, Their multiplica
are the names, of every ▪
man and his house, came; with Iakob. Reuben, Si
And there arose-up a new King, over Ewas with rigor. And the king women: of which the name of one, was Shiphwomen; & see them, upon the stools: if it be a son, then ye shall kill him; and if it be a daughter, then she shall live. But the midwomen, are not as the Egiptian-women: for they are lively; and doe bring-forth, ere the midwife come-in unto them. And God is borne, ye shall cast him into the river; and every daughter, ye shall save-alive.
BOoke of Moses] so our Lord Christ calleth it, in Mark. 12. 26. See the first annotations on Genesis. Exodus] a Greeke word, signifying
Departing, because the first chief thing here handDeparting or Out-going of Israel from Egypt, Exod. 12. 41. This Greeke word is used in Heb. 11. 22. Luk. 9. 31. Exod. 19. 1. In Hebrew the booke is named of the first words, Elle shemoth, that iThese are the names. And here beginneth the thirteenth section, or lecture of the Law: See Gen. 6. 9.
Verse 1. Now these] Hebrew And these. This booke is a continuance of the former history of Genesis, therefore it beginneth with And, as coupMoses his two next bookes. Sometime And is used in the beginning of a story, as Esth. 1. 1. where it may in translating be omitted; as is noted on Gen 36. 24. and so the Greek omitteth it here. Egypt] Hebrew Mitsraim; that is,
Vers. 3. Issachar] hee is named in the fift place, because he was the fift of the same mother Leah; Benjamin] hee, though yongest, is set before the foure children of the bondwoIasper on which his name was graven, is the first foundation, Rev. 21. 19. Exod. 28. 20. And in Deut. 33. Moses giveth Benjamin a blessing, beIoseph.
Vers. 5. soules] that is, persons: and in Hebrew soule, put for soules: See Gen. 12. 5. thigh]
loynes, or seed: See Gen. 46. 26. seventie] the Greeke addeth 75. and so the Holy Ghost in Act. 7. 14. the reason whereof is noted on Gen. 46. 20. 27. And this small number when they came in, commendeth Gods blessing in multiplying them so greatly when they went out, Exo. 12. 37. Deut. 10. 22. and Ioseph] that is, with Ioseph who was in Egypt already, as the Chaldee explaineth it: wher
Vers. 6. brethren] who were caried out of Egypt, and buryed in Sychem, in the land of Canaan, generation] that is, the men of that generation or age; both Israelites and Egyptians: see Gen. 6. 9.
Vers. 7. increased] or, bred-swiftly, as the fishes or ceeping things of the earth, which of this word when the time of the promise drew nigh, which God had sworne to Abraham; Act. 7. 17. wherof see Gen. 12. 2. and 15. 5. &c. most exceedingly] Hebrew, with vehemency vehemencie: as Gen. 7. 19. and 30. 43. They became a nation, great, mighty, and populous, Deut. 26. 5.
Vers. 8. new] another King, saith the Greek versiknew not] this word is used both for knowledge and understanding with the mind, & for acknowwhich confirmed not the decree of Ioseph.
Vers. 10. with them] or against them, (as the Gr. wisely keepe them under. At this time, the sonnes of Israel began to corrupt their religion, and to commit whordome with the idols of Egypt, for which God was angry with them, Ezek. 23. 8. and 20. 5. 7. 8. Ios. 24. 14. And he turned the heart of the Egyptians to hate his people, to deale-craftily with his servants, Psal. 105. 25. warre] or understand occasions of warre: the Greeke saith, when warre befalleth us. goe up] to weet in
Vers. 11. task-masters:] Hebrew princes of taskes
of tributes:) that is commissaries to exact of Ismasters over works; the Chaldee calleth them rulers evill doers. So because Israel served not the Lord their God with gladnesse of heart, hee made them serve their enemies with much affliction, & put a yoke of yron upon their necke, as he threattreasure cities] or cities of store, wherein to lay up both the fruits of the earth, as 2 Chron. 32. 28. and other provision of armory and warlike furniture: wherfortified cities. Raamses] this differeth in writing, from Rameses spoken of in Gen. 47. 11. and Exod. 12. 37. the IePhilusin, (otherwise named Pelusium: and the former Pithom, he calTenis (or Tanis.)
Vers. 12. as they] that is, the more they afflicted them, the more they multiplied. There is no wisdome, prudency or counsell against the Lord; Prov. 21. 30. encreased] or spred abroad: Hebrew brake forth with sudden increase; see Gen. 30. 30. 43. and 28. 14. The Greek and Chaldee translate it, wexed strong. This mercy of God David celebrateth, saying, And hee increased his people mightily; and and made them stronger then their distressers. Psal. 105. 24.
Vers. 13. rigor] or fiercenesse (which English word Pherec:) the Greek tranforce; the Chaldee hardnesse. The Israelites were forbidden to rule after this manner, one over another, Levit. 25. 43. 46. Hereupon Egypt is calthe house of servants (or bondmen) Exod. 20. 2. and for the hardnesse of the servitude, an yron fornace; Deut. 4. 20. and because King Pharaoh caused this bondage, it is called
Vers. 14. bitter] in Greeke sorrowfull.
Ver. 15. Shiphrah] in Greeke Sepphora: and the other, Phoua. These seeme to be the chiefe of the midwives. The Thargum Ierusalemy maketh them to be Hebrew women of Levi, Iochebed, and Miriam.
Vers. 16. stooles] a peculiar round seat for women wheele or frame which potand they bee about to
bring forth. kill him] this hath alwayes beene Satans subtiltie, to labour the death of the
Vers. 19. Pharaoh] this was a name of honour; common to all the Kings of Egypt: as is noted on unto them] Thargum Ierusalemy expounds it thus, ere the midwife comes at them, they pray to their Father which is in heaven; and he answereth them, and they doe bring forth.
Vers. 21. that he] Hebrew, and he them:] the Hebrew lahem, is properly them men, and so may lahen, them women: the couragious midlahem: for which in 2 Chro. 18. 16. is written lahen. Also in 1 Chron. 10. 7. bahem: which in 1 Sam. 31. 7. is written bahen. And so the Gr. here, & Thargum Ierusalemy, referreth it to the women saying; because the midwives feared before the Lord, therefore they got them a good name in a strange nation, and made them houses; the house of the Levites, and the house of the High priesthood. See the like after in Exod. 2. 17. also in Iudg. 21. 22. and before, noted on Gen. 4. 7.
Vers. 22. all his people] so from secret oppression, making their babes to bee cast out, that they might not be saved-alive, Act. 7. 19. which though Israels sinne did deserve, Ezek. 20. 5. 7. 8. yet God after repayed to the Egyptians, in turning the wathat is borne] namely to the Hebrewes (or Iewes:) as the Greeke and Chaldee doe expresse.
1, Moses is borne, and hidden three moneths: 3, then in an Arke he is cast into the flags. 5, He is found, and brought up by Pharaohs daughter, as her owne sonne. 11, He looketh on his brethrens wrongs, and slayeth an Egyptian. 13. He reproveth an Hebrew that wronged his neighbour. 15, Hee fleeth for feare of his life, into Midian; 17, rescueth the Priests daugh
AND there went a man, of the house was a goodly child; and she hid him, three moneths. And she could not longer hide it in the flags, by the rivers brink. And his it, and saw the child; and behold, the babe wept: and she had-compassion on him, and said; This is one of the Hebrewes children. And his sister said, to Pharaohs daughter; women: that she may nurse the child for thee? And Pharaohs daughter said thee thy wages; and the woman tooke the child & nursed it. And the child grew great, and she brought him unto one of his brethren. And hee looked this there was no man: and he smote, the Egyptian; and hid him, in the land. And he went-out in this, to kill me, as thou killedst the Ewater, and filled the troughes; to water, their fathers flocke. And the sheedwater for us; and watred the flocke And he sayd unto his daughters, and where is he? wherefore now, have ye left the man? call him, that he may eate bread. And Mothem.
A Man] named Amram, the sonne of Kohath, the sonne of Levi: Exod. 6. 16. 18. 20. To tooke] to wife, Exod. 6. 20. the daughter] named Iochebed, sister unto Kohath, and next daughter to Levi: aunt unto Amram her husband, Exod 6. 20. Numb. 26. 59. So Thargum Ierusalemy saith, hee tooke Iochebed his aunt, to him to wife. Such mariages with their neere kindred, were afterwards forbidden, when the tribes and families were multiplyed: Levit. 18. 12. a sonne] this was not their first childe, for Marie a daughter, and Aaron a sonne were both borne before him: Verse 4. Numb. 26. 59. Exod. 7. 7.
Vers. 2. a goodly childe] or fayre proper child, so the Apostle (following the Greeke version) good, meaning in forme and beauty; as Gen. 24. 16. and Stephen addeth goodly (or faire) to God: Act. 7. 20. that is, exceeding faire, or hadivine beauty and g
and there be of the Iew Doctors which write to the like effect, that hee had
Vers. 3. longer] or any more: by reason they arke] or coffin, whereof see Gen. 6. 14. Thus Mobulrushes:] a thing there growing, of which the Egyptians used to make leight botes and vessels to goe upon the waters, Esay, 18. 2.
Vers. 4. his sister] named Marie, or Miriam,
stood] or, set her selfe to stand and looke; or espied (as the Greek translateth it) to learne what should befall him.
Vers. 6. saw the child] or, saw him, (namely) the
child. had compassion] or, mercifully spared him: see this word, in Cen. 19. 16. Hebrewes] so the Israelites were called, of Heber: see Gen. 14. 13. and 39. 14. The Chaldee translateth it Iewes: so after verse 7. 11. 13. &c.
Vers. 7. a woman a nurse] an Hebrew phrase, the woman may in English bee omitted: as the word man, in verse 11. 14. See Gen. 13. 8. & 38. 1.
Vers. 10. for a sonne] adopted to be as her owne child, and trained up in all the wisedome of the Egyptians; Act. 7. 21. 22.
Vers. 11. growen great] both in yeeres, and full sorty yeeres old; and mightie in words and in deeds: Act. 7. 23. 22. There fore In those dayes, may hee read, After those daies: as in verse 23. went-out:] it came into his heart to visit his brethren the sons of Israel, Act. 7. 23. and hee after this, renounced his honours and pleasures in Pharaohs Court, and associated him-selfe to Gods afflicted people: for by faith, heerefused to bee called the sonne of Pharaohs daughter chosing rather to to suffer affliction with the people of God, then to injoy the pleasures of sinne for a season; esteeming the reproach of Christe, greater riches then the treasures in Egypt, for he had respect unto the recompense of the reward, Heb. 11. 24. 25. 26.
smote] that is, killed him, (as is shewed on Gen. 14. 17) so defending and avenging his opsupposing that his brethren would have vnderstood, how that God by his hand would deliver them: but they understood not. Act. 7. 24. 25. And because his calling was not yet manifested, he did this action secretly, and hid the Egyptian in the sand. From this action of Moses, the Iew Doctors did gather a law, that if
Vers. 13. the second day] the day next after the former, Act. 7. 26. so prosecuting diligently the to the wicked one] that is, to him that did the wrong, as the Greeke translateth it; and Stephen approThe next day hee shewed him-selfe unto them as they strove, and earnestly exhorted them unto peace, saying, Sirs, ye are brethren, why doe ye wrong one to another? Act. 7. 26.
Vers. 14. he] that did his neighbour wrong, hee a man a prince] or, constituted thee a prince; omitting the word man, as Stephen (following the Greeke version) doth. See also Gen. 13. 8. This refusall of Moses, by one, is imputed to the rest of the Israelites, Act. 7. 35. And God for their unthankfulnesse, withdrew Moses from them 40. yeeres, before he sent him asayest thou] to wit, in thy heart; (as Gen. 27. 41.) that is, intendest thou, thinkest thou; or, wilt thou kill me? as the Greeke translateth it; and so Stephen alleadgeth it, Act. 7. 28. And other scriptures have the like phrase, 2 Sam. 21. 16. the Egyptian] the Greek addeth, yesterday, and so it is in Act. 7. 28. the thing] Hebr. the word: Gr. this word: So in the verse following.
Vers. 15. fled] at this saying Act. 7. 29. Of this first departure, as well as of the second, some doe By faith Moses left Egypt, not fearing the wrath of the king; for he indured, as seeing him who is invisible, Heb. 11. 27. dwelt] or, seated, namely as a stranger, Act. 7. 29. and so here in vers. 22. and Exod. 12. 40. Midian] Madiam, as the Greeke calleth it, or
Vers. 16. Priest] or, Prince, as the Chaldee transpriest: See Gen. 41. 45. father] the Greeke addeth his name Iothor, that is, Iethor, as Exod. 3. 1.
Vers. 17. them] the daughters, as the Greeke verthem men, which some understand to be the shepherds that looked to the flocke, under these women: but the Hebrew putsaved] in Greeke delivered them daughters. Compare this fact of Moses, with Iakobs, Gen. 29. 9. 10.
Vers. 18. Reguel] in Greeke, Ragouel: hee was a Hobab or Iethro the next fafathers: 2 Kin. 14. 3. & 16. 2. & 18. 3.
Heb.
Vers. 19. drawing drew] that is, drew readily and
enough; the Greeke saith, and drew for us.
Vers. 20. now] or, at this time; it being so Iate. thus.
Vers. 21. was content] or began; as the word is And Moses dwelt with the man: and the Holy Ghost often omitteth the like, as some Evangehe began to say, Luk. 12. 1. Mark. 13. 5. another writeth, Iesus said, Matth. 16. 6. and 24. 4. so, he began to cast out, Mark. 11. 15. that is, he cast out, Mat. 21. 12. he began to crie, Mark. 10. 47. that is, he cried, Luke 18. 38. they began to beseech, Mark. 5. 17. that is, they besought him, Matth. 8. 34. and sundry the like. gave Zipporah] to wife, as the Greeke addeth; and calleth her Zemphora, as the letter m, is often put in such Greeke names; as Abbakuk the Prophet, is Amb
in Greek, Ab. 1. 1. so
Vers. 22. Gershon] by interpretation, A desolate
stranger; the reason whereof followeth. Here the Greeke addeth, And she conceived againe, and bare a second sonne; and he called his name Eliezer, saying; for the God of my father is my helper, and hath delivered me from the hand of Pharaoh. This addition is borrowed from Exod. 18. 4.
Vers. 23. after those many daies] that is, as Stephen when forty yeeres were expired, Act. 7. 30. Exod. 7. 7. So the Hebrew Doctors also reckon the time: they say Moses was Iethroes shepherd 40. yeeres; and the wilde beasts spoiled not his sheepe, but they were fruitfull and multiplied greatly. Pirkei R. Eliezer, c. 40. Thus Moses had lived 40. yeeres in Pharaohs court; was 40. yeeres a stranger & shepIn, is rightly translated in Greeke After, as it elsewhere also plainely signiin those daies, that is, after them, as is explained, Matth. 24. 29. after the tribulation of those daies. So in Dan. 2. 44. In (that is, After) the daies of these Kings, was dead] both the King, and all other that sought Moses life, Exod. 4. 19. servitude] or, bondage: in Greeke workes: which, as appeareth, continued though the King was dead. The Chaldee addeth, servitude which was hard upon them. came up] or ascended up to heaven. This their misery, and Gods mercy in re
Vers. 24. covenant] whereof see Gen. 15. 14. and remember (after the manner of men) when hee sheweth care, of performance: See Gen. 8. 1.
V. 25. knew] namely their sorrowes, as is expressed knew them, in their sorrowes, that is, cared for them; as knowing often signifieth, Psal. 31. 8. and 1. 6. Prov. 12. 20. The Greek transhee was knowne unto them; The Chaldee, he said by his word, that he would deliver them.
1. Moses keepeth Iethros flocke.
AND Moses was feeding the flocke of Iethro his father in law, the Priest of here I am. And hee said, Draw not nigh hiam the God of thy father, the God of Abraham, the God are in Egypt, am I, that I should goe unto Pharaoh, and that I should shall be unto thee a signe that I have sent thee; when thou hast brought forth the people out of Egypt, yee shall serve God at this mountaine. And Moses said unto God; when I come unto the sonnes of Isis his name? what shall I say unto them? And God said unto Moses; is my name for ever, and this is my meand generation. Goe is done to you in Egypt. And I have said, I will bring you up, out of the affliction of Egypt, unto the land of the Canaanite, and the Chethite, and the Amorite, and the Pheevery woman shall them upon your sons, and upon your daugh
IEthro] in Greeke Iothor: he was also named Hobab,
Vers. 2. Angell] This was Christ, who in vers. 6. calleth himselfe the God of Abraham; named an Angell; as before in Gen. 48. 16. therefore Moses blessing Israel, mentioneth the good will of this dweller in the bush. Deut. 33. 16. where the Chaldee paraphrast addeth,
Verse 3. great sight] or, vision: whereat Moses wondred, and drew neere to consider it, Act. 7. 34. not burnt:] the Ierusalemy Thargum addeth, is greene and not burnt.
Vers. 4. unto him] and what God said unto him,
to us; as our Lord himselfe explaineth it; Have ye not read, that which was spoken unto you by God? Mat. 22. 31. 32. And although God spake thus to Moses, yet hee writing these things for the Church, it is said, that
Vers. 5. thy shooes] the putting off of shooes, was whosoever standeth in the holy place, must put off his shooes: Pirkei R. Eliezer. c. 40. So from that precept in Lev. 19. 30. yee shall reverence my sanctuary, they conclude, that this belongeth to the re
Vers. 6. I am] The word am, is added by the thy father] the Holy Ghost expoundeth this, thy fathers: Act. 7. 32. and the
God of Abraham] to whom the land of Canaan was first promised, Gen. 12. 1. 7. the affliction of his seed in Egypt; prophesied; and the deliverance from the same, now to be performed: Gen. 15. 13. 16. ExGod is not the God of the dead but of the living, our Saviour from this speech prohid] in Greeke, turned away: this hiding was in conscience of his owne infirmiMoses trembled and durst not behold; Act. 7. 32. Elias covered his face with his mantle, 1 King. 19. 13. and the Seraphims covered theirs with their wings, Esa. 6. 2. See also Iob 13. 20. Luk. 5. 8. Esa. 6. 5. to looke] so the Greeke also translateth it, referring it to the last word feared. It may also be Englished, from looking, or, that he might not looke, referring it to the forhe hid his face. For God, the Chaldee translathe glory of the Lord.
Vers. 7. seeing I have seene] that is, I have surely seene: the like phrase is in Gen. 2. 17. Gods seeing
hearing, implied a mercifull regard and pittyZohar upon this place) expounSeeing for the good of Israel; I have seene, for vengeance upon those that oppresse them. In this sense Zacharie said at his death, The Lord see it, and require it: 2 Chron. 24. 22. their taskemasters] or, his taskmaster; speaking of the people as of one man: see the notes on Gen. 22. 17. Taskmasters, here properly are Exactors; and is generally used for such as require and exact, either money, as in 2 King. 23. 35. or any debt, Deut. 15. 2. or otherworkmasters; the Chaldee, rulers. They figured spirituall tyrants also, from whom will deliver his people; Esa. 9. 4. and 14. 2. and 60. 17.
Vers. 8. am come downe] to wit, in this vision: as the Chaldee translateth, I doe appeare, (or, am rethem] Hebr. him: that is, the people. The Greeke translateth it them: so doth the Holy Ghost, in Act. 7. 34. the hand] that is, the power and dominion: as Gen. 16. 6. and 32. 11. So Christ came to deliver us out of the hands of our enemies, Luk. 1. 74. whereof this now was a type. milke and honey] under which, all other blessings are comprehended; there was no lacke of any thing, Deut. 8. 7. 8. 9. Of this country, see the notes on Gen. 12. 5. and as the land figured out a heavenly country; so milke and honey signified spiland that floweth with milke and honey: Num. 16. 13. 14. Canaanite] that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee translate,
Vers. 10. send thee] The secret inspiration which refused, saying, who made thee a ruler and a judge? the same did God send to be a ruler and deliverer, by the hand of the Angel, which appeared to him in the bramble-bush: Act. 7. 35. This sending of Moses, is also mentioned as a mercie of God, Psal. 105. 26. Mich. 6. 4. Hos. 12. 13. unto Pharaoh] the Greeke addeth, king of Egypt: in Act. 7. 34. it is, I will send thee into Egypt. bring thou] in Greeke, thou shalt bring. See the notes on Gen. 20. 7.
Vers. 12. Certainly] or, Because I will be: the because my word shall be thine helpe. this] the present apparition of my glory in the bush, which thou seest: or, this, that followeth, ye shall serve God at this mount. The first was a signe to st engthen Moses in his businesse with Pharaat this] or, by this mount. This was fulfilled when at mount Sinai, the law being given, the tabernacle was made, and sacrifice and other service perforAgar, and figured the old Testament and those under the same, by Moses law; Gal. 4. 24. 25. Now wee by Christ are not come thither, but unSion, where all the house of Israel, and all in the land are to serve the Lord: Heb. 12. 18. 22. Ezek. 20. 40. Rev. 14. 1.
Vers. 13. what is his name?] This may imply, after Elle shemoth rabba upon this place) that when God judgeth his creatures, hee is called Elohim (God;) when he warreth against the wicked, hee is called Sabaoth (Lord of hosts;) when he doth mercie unto the world, he is called Iehovah; as in Exod. 34. 6. Iehovah, Iehovah, God mercifull and gracious.
Vers. 14. I am that I am] The Hebrew, Ehjeh asher ehjeh, properly signifieth I will bee that I will be: the Greek translateth, I am he that Is. And God is called, He that Is, that was, and that will bee, Rev. 16. 5. where this name Ehjeh, is opened, as also the name Iehovah, whereof see Gen. 2. 4. Exod. 6. 3. It implieth Gods eternall and unchangeable Being in himselfe (before whom, all nations are as nothing, Esa. 40. 17.) and the constant performing of all his words, to be now and for ever that which he was before, to Abraham, Isaak and Iakob: verse 15. So,
Vers. 15. my memoriall] or, the memoriall of mee that whereby I will be remembred and mentioIehovah God of hosts; Iehovah is his memoriall: and
Vers. 16. Elders:] or Senatours: in Greeke the senate:
Vers. 17. Egypt] or, the Egyptians, as vers. 8. and Canaanite] that is, Canaanites, Chethites, &c. See verse 8.
Vers. 18. met with us] that is, appeared unto us, and so called and commanded us to offer him sacrifice. Men are said to meet with God, by praier, and hee to meet them, by appearing and speaking unto them; as in Num. 23. 3. 4. 15. 16. where the Greek translateth it appeare. Here the Greeke version is, he hath called us, three dates journey] Hebr. three daies way. This was, to mount Horeb, where they should serve God, verse 12. which it seemeth was bthree, see the notes on Gen. 22. 4. wildernesse:] the globe of the earth is of three parts, inhabited land, sea, and wilthe shadow of death it selfe, Ier. 2. 6. Deut. 8. 15. Psal. 107. 4. 5. into such a place must Israel goe, because they might not sacrifice to God in Egypt, Exod. 8. 25. 26. Such was the place of Christs tentation 40 daies, Luk. 4. 1. 2. and of Israelwoman that fled infrom the presente of the serpent, Rev. 12. 14.
Vers. 1no not] Hebr. and not: meaning, though and not, may If not, that is, but by strong hand, as the Greeke here translateth it: the Chaldee also saith, but for strong feare. For tenne plagues were sent on Pharaoh, before hee would let them goe; Exod. 11. 1 So and, is put for if, in Exod. 4. 23. Num. 12. 14.
Vers. 20. my hand] the Chaldee saith, the plague of
my strength; that is, my strong plague.
Vers. 21. grace] that is, favour ▪
the Hebrew
Vers. 22. jewels] or, instruments vessels. Thus the spoile] So Ezek. 39. 10. they shall spoile those that spoiled them.
1, Moses doubting that he should not be beleeved, is confirmed by miracles; of his rod turned to a serpent; 6, and his hand leprous. 9, Waters should also be tur
ANd Moses answered, and said; But beis that in (turned) to a serpent: and Moses fled from before it. And Iehouah said (turned) to a rowas leprous as snow. And hee said, upon the dry land, and the waters shall be, which thou shalt take out of the ri(turned) to blood upam not a man of words, either from daies heretofore, or since thou hast spoken unto thy servant; but I am of an heauy mouth, and of an heavy tongue. And Iehovah said unto him; VVho hath made the Is
is comming forth to meet thee; and when he seeth thee, hee will bee glad in his heart. And thou shalt speake unto him, and shalt put the words in his mouth, and I will bee even he shall be to thee for a mouth, and thou shalt be to him for a God. And this are in Egypt, and see whether they be yet ainto Egypt, for all the men are is my sonne my first-borne. And I say if thou refuse to send him ait at his feet, and said, Surely a husband of bloods art thou to me. And he
BVt beheld] Hebr. and beheld: or, and if, as the Greeke translateth it, adding this question, what shall I say unto them? So (hên) behold, is used for (im) if, in Ier. 3. 1. Moses having experience of former refusall, Exod. 2. 14. feareth the like againe; and maketh exceptions.
Vers. 2. a rod] or, a staffe; as in Gen. 38. 18. Athe rod of God, v. 20. and many great things were effected by it. To this the Profeed thy people
Mich. 7. 14.
Vers. 3. was (turned) to] or, became a serpent:
turned, is expressed in Exod. 7. 15. and the Greeke here addeth it in verse 17. As the shining of Moses face, and veile put upon it, (Exod. 34. 30. 33.) signified the glory of his ministerie, and the hiding of the end thereof, from unbeleeving Israrod, was a signe of life and grace, and comfort. Mith. 7. 14. 15. Psal. 23. 4. the rod turned to a serpent, was a signe of death, Gen. 3. Num. 21. 6. Esa. 14. 29. Ierem. 8. 17. from before] or, from the face of it: for feare: because all serpents are odious to man; and this was terrible, called a dragon, in Exod. 7. 10. So the woman
Vers. 4. by
which was dangerous to
Vers. 5. That they may] this sheweth the end of the former signe was to worke faith: and it is an Doe this before them that they may beleeve. Such wants the holy Scripture ofbut that the scriptures might be fulled: which another explaineth thus, but all this is done that the scriptures of the Prophets might be fulfilled; Matth. 26. 56. So in 2 Sam 5. 8. these words are wanting, hee shall be chiefe and Captaine: which are afterwards supplied in 1 Chron. 11. 6. and sundry the like. See Exod. 13. 8. and 16. 8. and 18. 11. and 3
Verse 6. leprous as snow] that is, white as snow, as the Chaldee translateth. The leprosie was a sore Mary the sister of Moses, Num. 12. 10. upon Gehazi, 2 King. 5. 27. and leas dead, their flesh halfe con
Vers. 7. as his flesh] that is, ruddy and lively: the Greeke translateth, into the colour of his flesh: A thing in the bosonte, signifieth secrecie, and effectu
Deut. 32. 39. Compare Ex
Vers. 8. the
or
Vers. 9. to blood This third signe, was for like end
V. 10. Oh] in Gr. v I pray thee Lord: see this word in man of words] that is, eloquent: so a man of
that is,
Vers. 11 hath made] or as the Greek translateth, hath given Heb put, the mouth to
or,
Vers. 12. I will be] The Chaldee, expounds it my
word shall be: the Greeke, I will open thy mouth. will t
by my spirit, as Christ in like manner promiseth his Apostles, Matth. 10. 19. 20. Mark. 13. 11. Luke 12. 11. 12.
Vers. 13. by the hand thou shouldest] that is, by his by the hand (of any other whom) thou wilt send. The Chaldee, and That gum Ierusalemy translate, by the hand of him whom it is meet to send: and the Greeke choose an
Moses
Vers. 24. speaking speake] that is, speake well and eloto one is given by the spirit, the word of wisedome; to
1 Cor. 12. 8. 10. So among the Apo
Vers. 15. the words] which I have spoken to thee; as the Greeke saith, my words. God signifying hereI will be] the Chaldee faith, my word shall be: the Greeke, I will open thy mouth: as vers. 12.
Verse 16. hee shall bee] or, it shall bee that hee shall be: the word is doubled, for more vehea mouth] that is, a spokes-man, or as the Chaldee saith, an interpreter. In ExProphet. a God] the Chaldee saith (Rab, that is,) a Master: and the Iean inquirer of Doctrine from before the Lord. The Greeke translateth, in things pertaining to God: which very phrase Paul useth in Hebrewes 5. 1. The Hebrew Elohim, God, is after attributed to Iudges and Magistrates. Exod. 22. 8. 9. Psal. 82. 6. and the reason is rendred by Christ, because the word of God is given to them, Ioh. 10. 34. 35. Here Moses, though the yonger brother (Exodus 7. 7.) is preferred before Aaron his elder: so God oftentimes disposed: see Gene
Vers. 17. this rod] which was turned into a serpent,
the rod of God; it was before Moses shepherds staffe.
Vers. 18. Iether] called after, Iethro: in Greeke Iethor: see Exod. 3. 1. in peace] or with peace:
with health or welfare.
Vers. 19. thy saule] that is, thy life; as Genesis 19. 17. So the Chaldee well explaineth it, that sought
to
Though sometime to
Vers. 20. sonnes] two, Gershom and Eliezer, Exodus 18. 3, 4. an asse] the Greeke transla
as moe then one, and often the Hebrew putteth the singular, for many. See Genesis 3. 2. This may argue Moses poore estate, as Christs, Zichar.
Vers. 21. have put] or, shall p
that
Vers. 22. my first borne] This sheweth both the right which God had in them, and the love which Israel here is meant the people, the sonnes or Church of Israel; as all Israel, 1 King. 8. 62. is in verse 63. all the sonnes of Israel, and in 2 Chall the people. So, all Israel, 2 Chron. 10. 3. is expounded, all the Church (or congregation) of Israel, 1 Kings 12. 3. Howbeit as the like speech in Hos. 11. 1. is applied unto Christ himselfe, Matth. 2. 15. so is this place by the Heon Psalme 2. 7.
Vers. 23. And I] or Therefore I: see Gen. 31. 44. say unto thee] This manner of speech is with commanding: so the Greeke translasay, in Luke 9. 54. and 4. 3. is for command: and a thing spoken in Gods name, 1 Chron. 21. 19. is said to bee commanded, 2 Sam. 24. 19. and that which in Mark. 7. 13. is called the word of God, is in Matth. 15. 6. called his commandement. send away] that is, by thy word, let my sonne goe, or suffer him to goe; to wit, willingly: as that which in Mark. 5. 12. is written, Send us unto the swine; is in Matthew 8. 31. and Luke 8. 32. Suffer us to goe. And it is meant here, of letting them goe free out of their servitude, (as after, this word is used in like cases, Exodus 21. 26. 27.) for Egypt was the house of servants, Exodus 20. 1. and 1. 13. thy first borne] not onely of Pharaoh, but of all the Egyptians, as was fulfilled Exodus 12. 29. and upon all the hoast of Pharaoh, Exod. 14. 28.
Vers. 24. the way] towards Egypt. Iehovah]
Vers. 25. sharpe stone] or, sharpe knife: but both a stone: the Hebrew hath the name of edge, or sharpenesse, Psal. 89. 44. and a stone-rocke is so called for the sharpemak thee knives of edges, (that is, sharpe knives,) or of stones. cast it] Hemade it touch his feet: the Chaldee saith, brought it neere before him. Hereby, Moses feet seeme to be meant: howbeit the Ierusalemy Thargum expoundeth it, the feet of the Destroyer, meaning of the Angell that came to kill Moses. The Greeke translateth, shee fell at his feet. a husband] or, a bridegroome of bloods; that is, a bloody bridegroome or
Vers. 26. hee let him goe] or, left off (slaked)
from him: by hee, meaning GOD, who sought before to kill Moses, verse 24. So the Thargum Ierusalemy saith, the Destroyer let him goe. a husband, &c.] here the Chaldee paraphraseth thus, had it not beene for the blood of this circumcision, my husband must needes have beene killed. And it is like that upon this occasion and trouble, Zip
Vers. 27. of God] that is, mount Horeb; where
the glory of the Lord had beene revealed, saith the Chaldee paraphrast. See Exod. 3. 1. And now God shewed that mercy to Aaron, which after hee reDid not I plainely appeare unto the house of thy father, when they were in Egypt, &c.
Vers. 30. Aaron spake] as God ordained, verse hee] that is, Moses did, as was appointed, verse 17. and the signes were those three foremen
Vers. 31. heard] that is, hearkened gladly to this and they rejoyced that the Lord had visited. And the Holy Ghost shewEzekias heard, (or hearkened) 2 King. 20. 13. another saith, Ezekias was glad. Esa. 39. 2. visited] to wit, in mercy: the Chaldee saith, remembred. See Gen. 21. 1. Luk. 1. 68. seene] to wit, with commiseration, as Ex. 3. 7. bended downe the head] this was a gesture of humiliation, with the face toward the ground, as is expressed in 2 Chronicles 20. 18. Exodus 34. 8. bowed themselves] or,
1, Moses and Aaron doing their message to Phara
AND afterward, Moses and Aaron went in, and said unto Pharaoh; Thus is Iehovah, that I should oare many, and ye make them to rest from their burdens. And Pharaoh commanded, in that day, the ought thereof; for they be idle, therefore they cry out saying, Let us goe and sacrifice to our God. Let will not give you straw. Goe ye, take your straw where you can find it: yet not ought of your worke shall bee diminithem saying, Fulfill your workes, every daies taske in his day, as when there was straw. And the officers of the sonnes of Israel, which Pharaohs taske-masters had set over them, were beaten, saying, Wheretaske to make bricke, both yesterday and to day, as heretofore? And the officers of the sonnes of Israel came, and cried out unto Pharaoh, saying, Wherefore doest thou thus to thy servants? There is no straw given unto thy servants, and they say to us, make brickes: and behold, thy servants are beaten, and it is the sinne of thy people. And he said, ye are idle, ye are idle: therefore yee say, let us goe, and sacrifice to Iehovah. Now therought from your brickes, every daies taske in his day. And they lighted upon Mois it that thou hast sent me? For
SEnd away] let goe out of thy servitude: see the keepe a feast] The first signification of the Hebrew word chagag, is to dance, 1 Sam, 30. 16. or, to turne round, Psal. 107. 27. and secondly it is applied to keeping a feast relito the Lord; but they performed it to an idoll, the worke of their owne hands, Exod. 32. 6. 19. Act. 7. 41. Among the heathens, they observed also such rites, sacrificing to their Gods, with dances, &c. Sophocles in Electra. Plutarch in Theseo.
Vers. 2. Who is Iehovah] The Chaldee paraphraThe name of the Lord is not revealed unto mee, that I should obey his word, &c. Such an answer God foretold, that he would give, Exod. 3. 19. I know not] againe the Chaldee turneth it, the name of the Lord is not revealed unto me.
Vers. 3. hath met] See Exod. 3. 18. The Greeke translateth, hath called us. journey] or way: see fall upon] or meet us, as verse 20. and Gen. 32. 1. but when there is added the sword, or the like, it signifieth falling upon, as Iudg. 8. 20. 21. pestilence] or mortalitie. The Greeke and Chaldee translate it here and oftentimes, death. So the Holy Ghost putteth death, for the pestilence, in Rev. 6. 8. from Ezek. 14. 21. The Hebrewes (who had orders for fasting and prayer in time of pestilence) seeme also not to restraine it to that contagious sicknesse, which wee commonly call the pest or plague; but count all extraordinary and continued mortalitie, the pestilence; if it be among five hundred strong men, that three die in three daies one after another; and so in all number aWhat is the Pestilence (Deber?) A citie wherein are five hundred footmen, (that is, strong and lusty men, as Exod. 12. 37.) if there goe out of it (that is, be buried) three dead men in three daies one after another;
•
oe, this is Deber (the pestilence.) If they goe out in one day, or in foure daies, it is not the pestilence. If there be in it a thousand, and there goe out of it sixe dead men in three daies one after another, this is the pestilence: if they goe out in one day, or in foure, it is not the pestilence. And so (in others) according to this computation. But no women, or children, or old men that have left off working, are at all reckoned for men in this case. Maimony in Mis
•
eh in Tagnanioth (or treat of fasting) chapter 2. S. 5.
Vers. 4. cease,] as free, and at liberty: the Greeke doe yee turne away the people. The Miyour burdens] The Chaldee saith, your service; the Greeke,
Vers. 5. of the land] meaning the Israelites in the behold now this people is multiplied on the land.
Verse 6 taskemasters of the people] or, exactors
among the people; but both Greeke and Chalof: and so Moses speaketh in verse 10. officers] the Greeke translateth them Scribes: so in vers. 10. 14. and usually.
Verse 7 any more give] Hebrew, adde to give.
all these things hapned unto them for types, 1 Corinth. 10. 11.) they first had the word or promise, which caused them to beleeve, Exodus 4. 30. 31.) then followeth affliction, greater then ever before; which almost discouraheretofore] Hebr.
Vers. 8. idle] or, lazie: slicke: so vers. 17. and
sacrifice] or, let us sacrifice: which manner of speech noteth their importunity: but the Greeke suppliand. So after, vers. 17.
Vers. 9. labour] or, doe; that is, be doing, or busie
themselves; and so the Chaldee saith, let them busie themselves therein, and not busie themselves in idle words: So in Matthew 20. 12.
Vers. 13. taske] Hebr. word, or thing: which in
Vers. 14. of the sonnes of Israel] that is, which were Israelites; and the Greeke explaineth it thus, the
scribes of the linage of the sonnes of Israel. The taskemasters therefore, were Egyptians; the
Verse 16. it is the sinne, &c.] or, sinne is laid upon thy people: It may be understood of the Egyptians, as if the sinne or fault were theirs; and so the ChalThy people sinneth against them; that is, against thy seruants the Israelites, Or, sinne (and so, punishment) is laid upon thy people, us the Israelites, without cause: and so the Greeke translateth, wilt thou therefore wrong thy people? Sinne, is often used for punishment. See Gen. 4. 7.
Vers. 19. them in evill] that is, both themselves,
saying] vnderstand from verse 13. and 18. the
Vers. 20. lighted upon] that is, met with as unloofell upon them, with hard words: as verse 21. It is the word used before, in verse 3. and Gen. 28. 11.
Vers. 21. judge] the Chaldee saith, be avenged.
to stinke] that is, as the Greeke explato be abhorred: see Gen. 34. 30. to give] or, and hath given: as, to hold the arke, 1 Chro. 13. 9. is expounded, and held it, 2 Sam. 6. 6.
Vers. 23. delivering thou, &c.] that is, thou hast
not at all delivered, nor shewed any likelihood as yet thereof. And here Moses himselfe bewraieth the remnants of his former infirmitie, Exod. 4. 10. 13.
1, God comforteth Moses, renewing his promise by his name Iehovah; 5, and remembrance of his cove
AND Iehovah said unto Moses; Now
AND God spake unto Moses, and said unam Iehovah. And I appeared (the name of) God Almightie: but by my name Iehovah was I not knowne to them. And also, I established my covenant with am Iehovah, and I will bring you out from under the burdens of the Egyptians, and I will rid you out of their servitude, and I will redeeme you with a stretched out arme, and with great judgam Iehovah your God, which bringeth you out from under the burdens of the Egyptians. And I will bring you in unto the land, which I did lift up my hand to give it to Abraham, to Isaak, and to Iakob: and I will give it to you for an heritage, I am Ieam of unbe the heads of their fathers houses: the sonnes of Ruben the first-borne of Isbe the families of Ruben. And the sonnes of Simeon; Iemuel, and Iaare the faare the names acording to their genewere an hunaccording to their were an hunare the famiaccording to their generations. And Amram tooke Iochebed his aunt unto were an hundred seven and thirty yeeres. And the sonnes of Ishar; Korah and Nepheg and Zichri. And the sonnes of Vzziell; Miare the families of the Korhite. And Eleazar sonne of Aaron, tooke unto him one
are the heads of the fathers of the Levites, according to their families. This
BY a strong hand] that is, by force and constraint,
And I appeared. See Gen. 6. 9. and 28. 10.
Vers. 3. Almighty] or Alsufficient: see Gen. 17. 1. being theit God. The two titles here expressed, Ael, God; and Shaddai, Almighty; are not used in Scripture till Abrahams time, and in speech to him, Gen. 14. 18. and 17. 1.
Vers. 4. established] or, erected frame and sure: see sojournings] or, peregrinations, pilgrimage: see Gen. 17. 8. and 26. 3. and 35. 27.
Vers. 6. the burdens:] the Greeke saith, from the
power: the Chaldee, from amidst the tribulation of the servitude of the Egyptians: so in verse 7. This
firetched our] that is, lifted up on high, as both the Gr. and Chaldee doe explaine it: and it signifieth Gods might, and open manifestation, with continuancie of the same against Egypt, till the redemption of Israel were fully performed, Deut. 4. 34 2 King. 17. 36. Esay 9. 12. 17. 11.
Vers. 7. a God] or, for a God: this was the cove
Vers. 8. life up my hand] that is, sweare: as the I sweare by my word to give it. Of this signe see Gen. 14. 22. Hereof is that speech, Iehovah hath sworne with his right hand, &c. Esay 62. 8. will give it] under which figure, eit signified the Ierusalem that is above. R. Menachem on Exod. 6.
Vers. 9. anguish] Hebrew, shortnesse, that is, anger,
griefe and discouragement of spirit; that they could not patiently endure their troubles: the Greeke translateth it, pusill
or
Vers. 12. of uncircumcised lips] Hebrew, superfluous,
Vers. 13. unto] that is, as the Greeke addeth, to
goe unto. to bring forth] that is, that they might bring forth; so ver. 27. see the notes on Gen. 6. 19. Thus Gods worke and faithfulnesse was not hin
Ver. 14. heads] that is, as the Greeke translateth, chiefe governors, or captaines. This genealogie folEnoch] Hebrew Chanoch: in Greeke Enoch: see Gen. 46 9. &c.
Ver. 16. 137. yeeres] This mans age with his
Vers. 20. his aunt] that is, his fathers sister; as saith the daughter of his fathers sister; and the Greeke saith, the daughter of his fathers brother: neither of them well; for she was the daughter of Levi, Exod. 2. 1. and so sister to Amrams father.
Vers. 21. Korah] he proved a rebell against Mo
Vers. 22. Vzziel] of him and his two sonnes mention is made in Levit. 10. 4. where he is called Aarons uncle.
Vers. 23. Elisabet] so the Greeke writeth this name, and the new Testament, Luk. 1. 5. and so we Elishebangh. She was of the tribe of Iudah, being the Prince Naassons sister; Numb. 2. 3. 1 Chron. 2. 3. 10. Nadab and Abihu] these dyed before the Lord by a fire, Levit. 10. 1. 2. Eleazar] hee succeeded his father Aaron in the high priesthood: Numb. 20. 25. 26. &c. Of the priests that were of him and his brother Ithamar, see 1 Chron. 24.
Vers. 25. Phinehas] of him, see Numb. 25. 7. &c.
Ver. 26. their armies] or, their hosts: that is, not confusedly, but their ordered troups, being increathe hosts of the Lord, Exod. 12. 37. 41. and 7 4. These were after ordered according to their tribes, Numb. 10. 14. 15. &c. Of the word host, or army, see Gen. 2. 1.
Vers. 27. to bring] that is, that they might bring, as
Vers. 30. of uncircumcised] Greek of a small voice
of an heavy speech; see before verse 12. and Exod. 4. 10.
1, Moses is made Pharohs God, and Aaron his Pro
AND Iehovah said unto Moses; See, am Iehovah, when I stretch forth my hand upon Egypt: and I will bring out the sonnes of Israel from among them. And was fourit before Pharaoh, it shall be (turned) to a dragon. And Moses and (turned) to a dragon. And Pharaoh also called the wise men, and every man his rod, and is heavy; he refuseth to send away the people. Go unto Pharaoh in the morning; loe, he goam Iehovah: behold, I smite with the rod which is in my hand upare in the river, & they shall bee turned into blood. And the fish which is in the river, shall dye, and the river vessels of wood, and in vessels of stone. And were in the river, in the eyes of Pharaoh, and in the eyes of his servants, and all the waters which were in the river were turned to blood. And the fish which was in the river dyed, and the river stanke, and the Egyptians could not drinke the wa
MAde] or, given thee for a God: that is, one to God, translateth a master: see Exod. 4. 16. Prophet] to speake for thee, (as the next verse manifesteth) the Chaldee saith, thy interpreter: before, God calmouth, Exod. 4. 16. A Prophet hath the name of speaking or interpreting Gods word: see the notes on Gen. 20. 7. Thus God confirmes Mo
Ver. 2. speake] the Greeke addeth, to him, meaAaron, as Exod. 4. 15.
Vers. 3. harden] as before he said, he would make
strong: Exod. 4. 21. wonders] or, perswadingmiracles, for to draw men to beleeve and obey, as Deut. 13. 1. 2. Ioh. 4. 48. Rom. 15. 18. 19. By such God beareth witnesse to his word preached, Heb 2. 4. and they portend, either good, 2 Chron. 32. 24. or evill, Deut. 6. 22. and 28. 46. yet can they not perswade any without the speciall grace of God, Deut. 29. 2. 3. 4.
Vers. 4. lay] Hebrew, give my hand; which the lay my powerfull plague: so verse 5. armies] or hosts: see Exod. 6. 26. The Greeke translateth, with my power.
Ver. 7. old] Hebrew some of 80 yeere: of which
Ver. 9. a wonder] or, perswading miracle, that I a signe or a wonder. thy rod] because Aaron now used it: before it was Moses rod and Gods: Exod. 4. 2. 20. a dragon] that is a great serpent: and therefore in ver. 15. it is called a serpent; as also before in Exod. 4. 3. So the Devill is called the dragon the old serpent. Rev. 20. 2. And Pharaoh himselfe, with his Egyptians, are called
dragons, Ezek. 29. 3. Psal. 74. 13. But this wonder was a signe of their destruction, if they obeyed not: for the desolation of a Countrey is signified, by the dwelling of dragons there, Mal. 1. 3. Esay 13.
Vers. 11. wise men] Philosophers: of these see Gesorcerers,] or; witches: such as do bewiteh the senses and minds of men, by changCashaph, (which hath the signichanging or turning) the Greekes have formed their word Bascaino, and the Latines Fascino, which is to
Vers. 13. waxed strong] or hard; both by his own impenitency, Rom. 2. 5. and Gods just worke in
Vers. 14. heavy] by reason of the hardnesse of it: and so unfit to bee lifted up unto the obedi
Vers. 17. I smite:] Aaron it was that smote, vers. he called, Matt. 20. 32. that is, he commanded to be called, Mar. 10. 49. and he gave, Mar. 15. 45. that is, he commanded to be given, Matt. 27. 58. See also the notes on Gen. 39. 22. and 48. 22. And God fore-telleth the plague before hee brings it, to wame him in mercie: but useth the time present, I smite, (or, am smiting:) to signifie judgement to bee at hand. So Exod. 8. 2.
Ver. 18. be wearied:] both by digging round about the river for waters, as vers. 24. and being grieved and loathing the waters turned to blood, which they shall not be able to drinke; as in vers. 21. and so the Greek here translateth, they shall not bee able to drinke. And this plague being threatned to the Egyptians onely: it is to be thought, the Israelites in Gosen were free frothe plague of blood, was blood to the Egyptians, and water to the Israelites: R. Elias in Sepher reshith chocmah, treat. of Love, ch. 7. Here God proceedeth in his worke, from signes and wonders, to plagues and punishments: tenne whereof he bringeth upon Egypt before the Israe
Vers. 19. gathering together] that is, place of gathering, as the Chaldee expounds it: the word
Vers. 20. he lift up] the Greeke explaineth it, Aaron lift up his rod. to blood:] as the EgyptiR. Menachem, (on this place) saith, signified mercy turned unto them to judgement. So upon the spiritually Egyptians, (by whose sinne, the third part of the sea became blood, and of other waters, became wormewood: Revel. 8. 8. 11.) there be the like plagues, from the phials (or cups) of Gods Angels, as are here by the rod of Gods messengers: their sea, rivers, and fountaines becomming
Vers. 21. died:] so in Antichrists sea, every living
Vers. 22. did so] as before in verse 11. They wexed strongs] the Greeke saith, was hardened: see verse 13.
Vers. 23. set not] that is, regarded not, nor cared setting of the heart signifieth carefull regard, Exod. 9. 21. Prov. 22. 17. 2 Sam. 18. 3.
1, God threatneth Pharaoh, if hee send not Israel a
AND Iehovah said unto Moses; Goe them away, behold, I smite all thy border with frogs. And the river shall (be it) according to thy word, that thou maist know that there is none like Iehovah our God. And the frogs shall de(turned) to lice in all the land of Egypt. And they did so, and Aaron stretched out his hand with his rod, and is the finger of God: and Pha
commeth forth to the waters; and say
ABundantly bring] This word is used in the waters: the next is from the earth, verse 16. this is threatned before it was inflicted; the next is not so. house] The Greeke Interprehouses, chambers &c. which the Hebrew also may imply: see Gen. 3. 2. and upon] or, and into (the houses of) thy people: in this sense the Greeke translateth it.
or (as the Greeke ex
Vers. 4. upon thee] or, against thee: This signifieth Tsoan (or T
a region in Egypt, which was distinct from Goshen, where Israel dwelt.
Vers. 6. the frog] put generally for frogs; with corrupted (or destroyed) them. Frogs are loathsome and trouble
V. 7. did so] or, did likewise: see Exod. 7 11. 22.
V. 8. that he may take away] or, and let him remove:
V. 9. Glorie over me.] in appointing me the time Appoint unto mee when I shall pray; and the Chaldee paraphraseth, Aske for thee a powerfull worke, and give thou the time, &c. The Hebr. proglorie over, or, to vaunt ones selfe against another: as Iudg. 7. 2. Esay 10. 15. In this speech Moses shewed both great faith in God, and humilitie towards the king. cut off] that is, destroy, or
V. 12. because of] or, concerning the word (or busines, as the Chaldee translateth it) of the frogs: which the Gr. interpreteth, for the limited ending of the frogs, as he had appointed to Pharaoh. he had put] that is, God had laid as a plague: or, wch Moses had put unto Pharaoh, for choise of the time, v. 9. The Gr. fa
V. 14. upon heaps] or, many heaps: Hebr. heapes,
heaps: of which phrase, see Gen. 14. 10. stanke] with dead frogs, as the river did before with dead fish, Exod. 7. 21. The Chaldee translateth, they stank upon the land. Hereby God recompensed the Egyp
V. 15. a breathing] or respiration, in Gr. a refreshing:
V. 16. thy rod:] the Gr. addeth, with thy hand, wch
hand, seemeth to be meant his rod withall. Of this third plague, God gave Pharaoh no warning aforehand, as he did of the other two: but hastened his punishthe earth, which was neerer unto them than the waters. So of the fourth and fifth plagues, God gave thech were from the waters and earth, cameby Aarons hand stretching out the rod, Exod. 7. 19. & 8. 5. 16. three which were from the heavens and aire, came by Moses stretching out his hand and rod, as the Haile, Exod. 9. 22. 23. the Locusts, Exod. 10. 12. 13. and the Darknesse, Exod. 10. 21. 22. Three came without the hand, either of Moses or Aaron, as the Mixed swarme, Exo. 8. 21. 24. the Murraine, Exod. 9. 3.
V. 17. there were lice] Hebr. there was the lowse;
the Priests of Egypt did shave their whole bodies, every third day, lest any lowse, or other filth, should breed upon them that served their gods, Herodot in Euterpe. So, with things which they superstitiously loath
V. 18. did so] that is, endevored to doe so, but could
not: and when men are said to doe things above their ability, it meaneth their labour and endeenter in at the strait gate: that is, strive to enter, Luk. 13. 24.
V. 19. the finger:] that is, the worke, Spirit and power
Vers. 20 stand] or present thy selfe.
V. 21 a mixed swarme] of flies, wasps, hornets; or as somethinke, of wilde beasts, serpents, mice, and the like. The Hebrew and Chaldee words, signifie onely a mixed multitude; but shew not of what creatures. The Greeke now extant, hath Kunomnia, that is, the Dog flye: Hierom saith, of old the Lxxij. Interpreters called it Koinomuia, and Aquila translated it Pammuia; that is, the common, or,
Vers. 22. will marvellously sever,] will separate and exempt in a marvellous and glorious manner: paradoxaso, that is, I will marvellously glorifie, or miraculously honour. See Exodus 33. 16. Goshen] in Greek Gesem: a province in Egypt, where Israel dwelt: see Gen. 45. 10. standeth] that is, staieth or tarieth, from being sent away to serve me: as Exodus 9. 28. or,
Vers. 23. a redemption:] that is, as the Greeke translateth, a division (or distinction:) whereby it I will put a redemption to my people, and upon thy people I will bring a plague. So in Psalme 111. 9.
Vers. 24. did so,] he said, and there came a mixed swarme, Psal. 105. 31. which here Moses calleth heavy or grievous: both for the multitude of these noysome creatures, (as the Greeke interpieth the word;) and for the hurt which they did to the people and) and which was corrupted, or, (as the Greeke saith) destroyed by them.
Vers. 26. not meet:] or, not right, as being not so
appointed of God, who called into the wildernes, Exod. 3. 18. The Greeke translateth, it cannot so be done. the abomination:] that is, the beasts which the Egyptians doe worship, and doe ababominations; & the Chaldee explaineth it thus; for the beasts which the Egyptian worshippeth, we shall offer for sacrifice: loe, shall we sacrifice the beasts which the Egyptians worship, &c. The Scripture often calleth the
Vers. 27. shall say:] for they knew not how hath said, re
Verse 28. not remove very farre:] or, not in any
ease remove farre: Hebrew, removing farre, not remove farre: of which phrase, see Gen. 2. 17.
Vers. 29. that the mixed swarme may] or as the Greeke translateth, and the mixed swarme shall depart:
V. 32. made heavy by hardning his heart against the Lord: see verse 15. and chap. 7. 14. sent not] is the Greek are; he would not send. And often when things are denied to be done, it implieth an unwillingnesse: which the Holy Ghost sometime explaineth; as David removed not the Arke, 1 Chro. 13. 13. that is, he would not remove it, 2 Sam. 6. 10.
1. God threatneth the fift Plague, the murraine of cattell, 4 but exempteth Israel. 6 The Egyptians cat
AND Iehovah said unto Moses; Goe them away, & thou still wilt hold them: Beis in the field, upon the horses, upon the asses, upon the camels, upon the oxen, and upon the sheepe: a very grievous mur(turned) to small dust, upon all the land of will send all my plagues into thy hart, and upon thy servants, and upon thy people, that thou maist know that there is none like me in all the earth. For now in thee my power, and that my name may be declared in all the earth. As yet exalthou wilt not send them away? Behold, I will
this time to morrow, a very heaand speedily gather
quicked
HEbrewes] in Chaldee, Iewes: so in v. 13. and usually in other places. For they which of Hebrewes of Heber the Patriarch, Gen. 14. 13. were after called Iewes, E
V. 3. the
The Chaldee expounds it,
V. 4. sever] In the Greeke, will glorifie: see Exod. 8. 22. any thing] Hebr. a word; that is, ought word, is for thing, in v. 5. & 6.
V. 6. all the cattell] that is, of all sorts some: for other some renamed for an after plague, v. 19. 25. weighed out
&c.
V. 7. made heavie] and so, obstinate: see Exodus
Ver. 8. your hands full] Hebrew, the fulnesse of your
Here againe, the sixt plague is brought upon
V. 10. it was] or there was, as the Greeke translathere were boyles. Thus the plagues come neethere was an evill and malignant boyle, upon the men which had the marke of the beast, and which worshiped his image, Rev. 16. 2.
V. 11. couldnot stand] as hitherto they had withtheir follie was manifested unto all men: see 2 Tim. 3. 8. 9. Exod. 7. 11. 12. and 8. 18. Compare also here with, Rev. 6. 17. where it is said,
Ver. 12. made strong:] and as the Greeke translahardned. See Exthey blaspheme the God of heaven, for their paines and for their boyles; but repent not of their workes, Rev. 16. 11.
Vers. 15. I send out my hand] by the pestilence or muand I had smitten thee with the same pestilence; and thou hadst beene cut off, for so thy sinnes deserved; but for another cause, (which after is declared in v. 16.) I have spaI will send, namely, if thou submit not. And so the Greek expounds it, I will send; and the Chaldee thus, for now it is neere before me, that I will send out my powerfull plague. pestilence] in the Greeke and Chaldee, death.
V. 16. But in very deed] or, And verily. for this] the Apostle (Rom. 9.) addeth a word of intention, for this same: meaning cause, or purpose; as the Greeke expounds it, for this cause. raised thee up] so the Apostle (in Rom. 9. 17.) expounds the Hebr. I have made thee stand up; or I have constituted (and se
The common Gr. version hath,
Vers. 18. about this time:] Greeke at this houre,
time) for the Greeke useth these two indiffeIn that houre, Luk. 10. 21. whereas MatIn that time, Matt. 1very heavy,] or, vehemently weighty; that is, sore and griefounded] that is, the foundation of it laid: as the Greeke saith, created.
Vers. 19. speedily gather] gather for to flee, or to retire, as the word signifieth, Ier. 4. 6. and 6. 1. This
Vers. 20. made to flie,] the Greeke and Chaldee gathered; this explaineth the former word, in verse 19.
Verse 21. set not his heart,] that is, regarded not.
he left,] or, he also left. But the word also (or and) may be omitted, as is shew
Vers. 23. gave voices,] that is, sent noyses of thunder:
Vers. 24. catching it selfe;] that is, one flash of inflaming, (or setting on fire, which word the Apostle useth, I am. 3. 6.) and so the Chaldee saith, inflaming it selfe. And David calleth it, fire of flames, Psal. 1 5. 32. a nation] or, to a nation: which the Greek explaineth, since there was a nation upon it. A like phrase is in Re 16. 18. since men were upon the earth.
Ver. 25. from man &c.] that is, both men & beasts.
every tree] the Gr. saith, all the trees, meaning of all sorts; for there were some left remaining for an after plague, Exod. 10. 5. A like phrase is in Act. 10. 12. all four footed beasts &c. & before in verse 6.
Vers. 26. no haile] So God had preserved them quiet resting places, when it shall haile on the forrest, Esa. 32. 18. 19.
Ver. 28. for it is enough,] or, and let it be enough:
and let it cease. voices of God,] that is, thunders from God, or mighty loud thunders: as mountaines of God, Psal. 26. 7. are high and strong mounts; see the notes on Gen. 30. 5. and 23. 6. The Greeke retaino longer stay] Hebr. ye shall not adde to stand: that is, to stay, or remaine, as the Greek translateth: or as the Chaldee expounds it, be delaied.
V. 29. my hands] Hebt. my palmes; that is, as the my hands in prayer. So in v. 33. The spreading out of the palmes of the hands, was a common gesture used in prayer, as kneeling also was; signifying a desire that they might receive from God, the things they craved: so Salomon did when he prayed, 2 Chron. 6. 13. and David, Psal. 143. 6. and Ezra, Ezr. 9. 9. and others, Iob 11. 13. Like this was the lifting up of the hands; where of see Exod. 17. 11. is Iehovah's] or belongeth to Iehovah, as the Creator, Possessor, Governor of all things; doing whatsoever he pleaseth, in heavens, earth, seas, &c. Psal. 135. 6. Of this sentence there is often mention and great use in the Scriptures: see Deut. 10. 14. 15. Psal. 24. 1. &c. 1 Cor. 10. 26. 28.
V. 30. will not yet feare] this the event shewed to
V. 31. in the eare] the Hebrew Abib, signifieth a greene eare of corne with the stalke, Levit. 2. 14. Of it, the month when corde was newly ripe, is called Abib, where of see Exod. 13. 4. bolled,] or in the stalke: the Greeke translateth it seeding.
V. 32.
or the graine called
Vers. 33. haile ceased] This sheweth the effect prayed, and it rained not on the earth by the space of three yeeres and sixe moneths: and he prayed againe, and the heaven gaveraine. Iam. 5. 17. 18. This is written for our comfort, for they were men, subject to like passions as we are. The same is to be observed in Exod. 10. 18. 19. and the other plagues which Moses by prayer tooke away.
Vers. 34. made heavie] that is, obstinate and hard. See Exod. 7. 14.
Vers. 35. waxed strong] was made fast and hard: see Exod. 4. 21. by the hand] that is, by the ministerie
1. God sheweth Moses wherefore he hardned Pha
AND Iehovah said unto Moses; Goe in unto Pharaoh, for I have made things which I have wrought in Egypt, and my signes which I have put athat ye may know that I am Iehovah. And Moses and Aaron came in unto Pharaoh, and sayd unto him, Thus thy selfe before mee? Send away my people, that they may serve mee. For if thou refuse to send away my people, behold, I bring to one shall not bee able to see the earth: and they shall eate the residue of that which is escaped, which remaineth unto you from the haile; and shall eate every tree which groweth for you, out of the field. And they that they were upon the earth, unto this day: and he turned himselfe, and went out from Pharaoh. And man be a snare unto us? send away the men, that they may serve Iehovah their God: knowest thou not yet that Egypt is destroyed? And Moses and Aaron were are they that shall goe? And to it, for evill is beone may feele the darkenesse. And Moses stretched out his any man his brother, any man from his place, three daies: but to all the sonnes of Israel there was light in their dwellings. And Phasacrifice to Iehowith what we shall serve Iehovah, untill we come thither. And
Vers. 1. for I] or, though I have made heavy, that is, hardned: see Exod. 7. 14. of him] of Pharathem; saying, that these signes may hereafter come upon them.
Vers. 2. thou] this also meaneth Moses and the yee; and so the Greeke translateth here. And in Deut. 6. 20. 22. Moses wilthe signes and wonders, great and evill, which the Lord had brought upon Egypt. The like is in Psal. 78. 5. 6. 7. &c.
Vers. 3. Hebrewes] in the Chaldee Iewes. humble
Vers. 4. Locusts] or Grashoppers: the Hebrew is Locust; put generally for a multitude of Locusts; (as tree, for trees, Gen. 3. 2.) And the originall Arbeh, hath the denomination of a multitude, because their nature is to be many together, as Prov. 30. 27. the Locusts have no king. yet goe they forth all of them by heapes: and huge multitudes are therefore resembled to Locusts, Ier. 46. 23. Iudg. 6. 5.
Vers. 5. the eye] put for the whole face, or upmost
part of the earth, which is seene with the eye: as the Greeke translateth it, the sight, or superficies. The Chaldee explaines it, of hiding the sight of the sunne from the earth: so in verse 15. Humane writhe great Locusts flie, and make great noise with their wings, as if they were birds, and doe darken the Sunne. Plinie, booke 11. chapter 29. that which is escaped] Hebr. the escaping, or, evasion.
Vers. 6. houses] the Locusts are reported to gnaw
all things, even the doores of houses: Plinie, booke 11. chapter 29. Some of the Hebrewes write, that these Locusts did not onely hurt the fruits of the earth, but men also; as the author of the booke of Wisethe bitings of Locusts and of flies, killed them; neither was there found any remedy for their life.
Vers. 7. servants] the nobles and counsellors of a snare] that is, a destruction, by the plagues that he bringeth vpon us. This word snare, usually signifieth the meanes of destruction; as Exa snare is in the transgression of an evill man, Prov. 29. 6. knowest thou;] the Greek interpreteth it, or wouldest thou know?
Vers. 9. we have] Hebr. to us is: whereby is we have; as is noted on Genes. 12. 16. The word is, is supplied here in the Greeke version. feast of Iehovah] so called, because it was coma feast before the Lord; and as elsewhere it is said, a feast unto Iehovah, Exod. 32. 5.
Vers. 10. so with you, &c.] It is an imprecation or the Word of the Lord so be your help. Here Satan, who had before sought the death of Israels Infants, Exthe woman; he maketh warre with the remnant of her seede. evill] this word is used both for sinne, and for the punishment of the same, as Ierem. 18. 8. if they turne from their evill, I will repent of the evill that I thought to doe unto them. Both may be here implied by Pharaoh, but the latter chiefly; threatning more affliction, if they left not off their intended course. The Chaldee expoundeth it thus; see how the evill which you thinke to doe, sitteth before your faces. he drove] that is, Pharaoh drove, or caused them to be driven out of his presence. Or, he drove, is put for they were driven: see the notes on Gen. 16. 14.
Vers. 13. over the land of Egypt] the Greeke extowards heaven. the east winde,] which is a strong and violent winde, with it God
L
or
Vers. 14. heavy,] both grievous for the hurt they many. such.] Yet great judgein India there are some of three foot long: Plinie, booke 11. chapter 29.
Vers. 15. the eye,] the face, as verse 5. darkned,]
Vers. 17. death,] that is, deadly plague; so 2 King. 4 40. death is in the pot.
Vers. 19. sea winde,] that is, west winde, as the from the sea. For the maine sea lay westward: see Genes. 12. 8. fastened,] or, pitched them in, the Greeke and Chaldee translate cast them: but the word meaneth, that they were so throwne in, as there to remaine and rise no more; as when a Tent or other thing is pitched and fast nailed. After this manner God ofbeing taken up by heapes with the winde, they fall into seas or lakes, saith Plinie, b, 11. c. 29. red sea;] or, weedy sea: called in Hebrew, the sea Suph; which word signisedge, or sea-weedes, that grew therein, and whereof it seemeth it had the name: see Exod. 2. 3. Ion. 2. 5. The Holy Ghost in Greeke calleth it, Eruthran, the Red sea, Act. 7. 36. Heb. 11. 29. eiErythras a king, as Strabo writeth in his 16. booke. But the Latines called it Rubrum m
that is, the
Vers. 20. made strong,] that is, hardned, as the Greeke translateth, see Exod. 4. 21.
V. 21. there shal be] or as the Gr. translateth, let there be darknesse. Of this plague also, God warneth not that one may feele] or
(that, is Pharaoh, or every one)
Vers. 22. obscure darkenesse,] Hebr. darkenesse of
that is, most obscure
Vers. 23. saw not,] neither by sunne or stars from the light of the wicked shall be put out, and the sparke of his fire shall not shine; the light shall bee darke in his tabernacle, Iob 18. 5. 6. from his place,] or, from under him: the Greek translateth, from his bed. Thus in them the saying was fulfilled, the wicked shall bee silent in darkenesse, 1 Sam. 2. 9. was light;] so they had beene freed from former plagues, see ExArise thou, bee inlightned, for thy light is come, &c.
Vers. 25. doe sacrifice,] or, offer. The word sacrifice,
Vers. 26. not an hoofe,] not any thing, saith the an hoofe behinde, signifi
Vers. 27. made strong,] that is, hardned, as the would not,] or, was not perswaded, consented not to send them, notwithstanding all these plagues. This word is not used in all this historie, untill now: it setteth forth Pharaohs wilfulnesse.
Vers. 28. no more] Hebr. adde not to see: so in the not fearing (as Paul saith) the wrath of the king, but induring, as seeing him who is invisible, Heb. 11. 27. Therefore ere hee went out of his presence, he denounceth the last plague, (in the chapter following) and departed, neuer seeing him more. As Pharaoh by all these plagues, is not bettered, but worse hardned: so when the beasts throne and kindome is darkened, they g
Rev. 16. 10. 11.
Vers. 29. well] or right: the Greeke translateth, as thou hast said. So it was not an approbation of
wrath he feared not, as the Apostle observeth in Hebr. 11. 27. For before his departure, hee threatneth the last plague, and goeth out very an
1. Gods message to the Israelites, to borrow jewels of their neighbours the Egyptians. 4, Moses threatneth Pharaoh with the death of all the First-borne in Egypt. 9, Pharaohs heart is hardened still.
ANd Iehovah said unto Moses; Yet one plague will I bring upon Pharaoh, you away, he shall thrusting thrust you out from hence altogether. Speake now in the eares of the people; & let every man aske every woman of her neighbour, jewels of silver, and jewels of gold. And Iehovah gave the people grace in was very great in the land of Egypt, in the eyes of Pharaohs servants, and in the eyes of the people. And Moses said, thus saith Iewill I goe out into is behinde the mill; and every first borne of beasts. And there shall bee a is at thy feet; and after that, I will goe out: and hee went out from Pharaoh, in heat of anger. And Ie
SAid] or, had said, before he went last unto Phathrusting thrust] that is, earnestly and hastily thrust, as came to passe, Exod. 12. 31. 33. The Greeke translateth, with all rejection he shall reject (or
Vers. 2. in the eares] The Greeke addeth, privily.
the people] the Israelites. his neighbour] an Egyptian: this was signified at the first Exod. 3. 22. jewels, or, vessels, instruments, of all sorts. These they borrowed, but never restored; Gods extraordinary commandement was their warrant, as it was unto Abraham for the killing of his sonne, Gen. 22. and it was a recompence of their labours, wherewith they had served the Egyptians.
Vers. 3. grace] that is, favour, Hebr. the grace of
the people; which the Greeke translateth, grace to his people: see the notes on Exod. 3. 21. and Gen. 39. 21.
Verse. 4. said] to Pharaoh, before he went out of I goe out] the Chaldee saith, I will be revealed: this God did by his Angell that destroyed them, Exod. 12. 23. And this going out, as the like phrase of passing through, in Exod. 12. 12. is meant for evill unto Egypt: unto which the Scriptures elsewhere have reference, as in Amos 5. 17. I will passe through thee, saith the Lord.
Vers. 5. on his throne] that is, which shall reigne after
Vers. 7. move] that is, they shall not have the least dog signifieth the wicked, Psal. 22. 17. 21. that such should not move their tongue, is according to that saying, Iniquitie shall stop her mouth, Iob 5. 16. Psal. 1severeth] Greeke, glorifieth: see Ex
V. 8. servants] the Counsellors, Nobles, Courtiers. at thy feete,] following thee: the Greeke translateth it, whom thou leadest: the Chaldee, with thee, heat,] or, inflammation of anger. Though Moses was a very meeke man, above all the men that were upon the
earth, Numb. 12. 3. yet now in the Lords cause, with whom Pharaoh had so often mocked, hee is very wroth, and so the king and hee doe part, an
Vers. 10. made strong] that is, as the Greeke exhardned. Herein the unsearchable
1. The moneth wherein Israel went out of Egypt, is made the first moneth. 3, A commandement to prepare a Lambe for the Passeover. 11, The manner of eating the Passeover. 15, Unlevened bread must be eaten se
AND Iehovah said unto Moses and unto Aaron, in the land of Egypt, shall be unto you the head of moneths: it shall be unto every man a lambe according to the house of their fathers, a lambe for an house. And if the house be too euery man according to his eating, yee shall make your count for the lambe. A lambe perfect, a it be to you; yee shall take it of the sheepe or of the goates. And it shall be by you kept up, untill the it upon the two side-posts, and upon the upper doore-post, upon the houses wherein they shall eat it. And they shall eat the flesh in that night, with fire, and with unlevened cakes; and with bitter herbs they shall eate it. Yee shall with fire; the head thereof, with the legs thereof, and with the purtenance thereought remaine of it which remaineth of it untill the morning, ye shall burne with fire. And thus shall yee eat it. with your is Iehovahs Passeover. And I will passe are; and I will see the blood, and will passe over you, and the plague shall not bee upon you to destruction, when I smite the land of Eby an everlacakes, even in the first day ye shall cause the old leven to cease out of your houses: for whosoever eateth levened bread, even that soule shal be cut off from Israel, from the first day untill the seventh day. And in the first that which shall be eaten of every soule, that onely shall bee done of you. And ye shall observe the (feast of) unlecakes, for in this selfe-same day have I brought forth your armies out of the land of Egypt: and yee shall observe this day throughout your generations, by an everla(moneth) in the fourcakes, untill the one and twentieth day of the moneth at the evening.
that
which is levened, even that soule shall be cut off from the congregation of Israel, be he of the stranger, or of the home-borne of the land. Any levened thing ye shall not eat: in cakes. And Moses called for all the Elders of according to your famiit in the blood is in the bason, and strike on the upper doore-post, and on the two side-posts, with the blood that is in the bason: and you, yee shall not goe forth any man out of the doore of his house, untill the morning. For Iehois this service to you? Then ye is the sacrifice of the Passeover, to Iehovah, who passed over the houses of the sonnes of Israel in Egypt, when hee smote the Egyptians, and delivered our houses: And the people bended downe the head, and bowed themselves. And the sonnes of was in the prison house, and every first-borne of beasts. And Pharaoh rose up in the there was not a house where there was not one dead. And hee called for Moses and in the night, and said, Rise up, goe out from amongst my people, both you and the sonnes of Israel; and goe, serve Iebe all dead men. And the peotheir asking: and they spoiled the Egyptithat were men, beside little ones. And also much mixed people went of cattell. And they baked ready for themselves any victuall. And the was foure hundred yeeres, and thirty yeeres. And it was, at the end of the is a night of observations to Iehois that night of Iehovah, of obis the statute of the Passeover: no strangers sonne shall eat thereof. But every servant of any man, servant shall not eat thereof. In one house shall it be eaten; thou shalt not ought of the flesh abroad out of the house, and yee shall not breake a bone thereof. All the congregation of Israel shall
ANd] or, Also Iebovah had said: to wit, before This moneth
Abib, Exod. 13. 4. and Nisan, Nehem. 2. 1. (by which name the Chaldee calleth it in this chapter, verse 18.) it is with us called March, or Aprill; for it fell out sometime to be part of both. the head] that is, as the Greeke translateth, the beginning. So the head (that is, the beginning) of the yeere, Ezek. 40. 1. unto you;] By reason of this their going out of Egypt, the yeere (which before began in September, Exod. 23. 16,) hath his beginAbib, or March: but for the Iubilees, and civill affaires, it began as it had done before, Levit. 25. 8. 9. 10. This also Iosephus testifieth, in Antiq. b. 1. c 4. See the notes on Gen. 7. 11. Because this release of Ishead and first of the yeere: that by it the Church might bee taught to expect the acceptable yeere of the Lord, which Christ preached, Luk. 4. 19.
Vers. 3. the tenth] that is, the 10. day: as, the first, Matth. 26. 17. is expounded, the first day, Mar. 14. Hosanna, &c. Ioh. 12. 1. 12. 13. &c. In him this type was truly fulfilled. that they] or, and let them take: the Greeke translateth, let them take: leaand; which the Hebrew somelambe] or kid: a young sheepe or goat, as is explained in vers. 5. It was a figure of Christ, the true Lambe of GOD, 1 Cor. 5. 7. Ioh. 1. 29. house,] that is, as the Greeke translateth, houses. The whole armie of Istribes, those tribes into families, the families againe into houses, and then to particular persons; as appeareth by Num. 1. and Ios. 7. 14. &c.
Vers. 4. to befor] or, to be above a lambe; so that they cannot overcome the same by eating it up. eating: and the Greeke translateth thus, if there bee few in the house so that they are not enough for the lamb. As the word little, or lesse, sometime signifieth unworthinesse, Gen. 32. 10. so here and elsewhere it signifieth
Vers. 5. perfect,] that is, intire, whole, sound, in all without blemish; as the Law elsewhere explaineth it; saying, it shall be perfect to be accepted, there shall be no blemish therein, Levit. 22. 21. And the Greeke in this place, translateth it both waies, perfect, and unblemished. This also reChrist our Passeover, called the Lambe unblemished, 1 Pet. 1. 19. And all sacrifices, the types of him, were to be such, Levit. 1. 3. 10. &c. And by
Vers. 6. by you kept up:] or, for you kept; Heb. for
a keeping up (or a custody) to you: that is, kept apart from the rest of the flocke, from the tenth to the fourteenth day. Of this rite there is no mention after in the Law, Levit. 23. 5.—8. Num. 9. 2. 11.
dispersed in Egypt; 2. the taking up of the paschall Lambe, from the tenth day; 3. the charge to strike the blood on the doore posts; 4, and that they should eate it in hafle
in
Verse 7. give it] that is, strike it, with the hys Law was after to be written on their doore posts, Deut. 6. 9. intending it chiefly upon their hearts, Heb. 8. 10. Compare with this, the Law in Ewithin any of their owne gates, but in the publique place of Gods worship, Deut. 16 5, 6, 7. which at last was Ierusalem, where by the Priests the Passeover was killed, and flayed in the court of the temple, and the blood sprinkled on the altar, 2 Chron. 35. 1. 2 6. 10. 11. Levit. 17. 3.—6. Then the owner of the Lamb took it of the Priests, and brought it to his house in Ierusalem, and roasted it, and ate it in the evening; as Maimony sheweth in Korban Pesach, chap. 1. S 6. After this manner Christ with his disciples kept the Passeover, eating it in a chamber within Ierusalem, Luk. 22. 7. 8. 10. 11. &c upper doore post] but on the threshold under their feet, it was not commanded to be sprinkled. Hereby a reverent regard of the blood of Christ, seemeth to be taught: that men should not tread under foot the son of God; nor count the blood of the covena ̄t. wher
Ver. 8. unlevened cakes] or, loaves: but the word cakes is expressed in the 39 verse. The signification hereof Paul declareth, saying, Let us keepe the feast, not with old leven, neither with the leven of malice and wickednesse; but with the unlovened cakes of sincerity and truth, 1 Cor. 5. 8. The manner of speaking wch Moses here useth, and unlevened cakes with bitter herbs, is changed in Num. 9. 11. thus, with unlevened cakes, and bitter herbs: so the one explaines the oThe eating of the flesh of the peschall lamb on the 15 night, is commanded to be done: & it may be eaten alone, if unlevened bread and bitter herbs cannot be gotten: but bitter herbs, without the paschall lamb, are not commanded; for it, is written, with unlevened bread & bitter berbs, shall they eat it, Maimony in Korban Pesach, c. 8 S. 1. 2. bitter herbs] Hebr,
Verse 9. raw] That raw, whereof the Law warneth
Vers. 10. till the morning;] they were to eat up morning, the change of our estate is often signified, Psalme 30. 6. Esay. 17. 14. 2 Kings 19. 35. for our sleepe is an image of death. And the Iewes have recorded that though it was
Vers. 11. girded;] this signifieth, a readinesse to girding of the loynes of the minde, with strength, justice veritie, &c. Prov. 31. 17. Esay. 11. 5. Eph. 6. 14. Wherefore the Apostle saith, Gird up the loynes of your minde, be sober, and hope perfectly for the grace that is to be brought unto you, at the revelation of Iesus Christ, 1 Pet. 1. 13.
Vers. 12. the gods;] the Chaldee translateth, the
idols: the same is againe mentioned in Num. 33. 4. And after, a like thing is prophesied, the Lord shall come into Egypt, and the idols of Egypt shall bee moved at his presence, Esay. 19. 1. and againe, he shall breake the images of the house of the sunne, &c. and the houses of the gods of the Egyptians, shall be burnt with fire, Ieremie 43. 13. So Laban lost his idols, when Isra
Vers. 13. passe.] or leape: the Hebrew is pasach,
Pasch or Passeover, and so Christ is called, because his blood clenseth us from all sinne, and delivereth us from wrath, 1 Ioh. 1. 7. 1 Thes. 1. 10. The Greeke translateth, I will protect you: the Chaldee, I will spare you: and so in verse 27. to destruction,] Hebr. to corruption; that is, to be corrupted, or destroyed, by the destroyer, as vers. 23.
V. 14. festivally keepe,] it implieth mirth & joy, for rejoyce, and forbidden to mourne or weepe, Deut. 16. 11. 15. Nehem. 8. 9.—12. everlasting statute] Heb. statute of eternity; meaning an eternall ordinance, to be kept once a yeere, al daies of their life, till Christ became our Passeover: since which time it is also kept eter
Vers. 15. Seven daies] after the paschall day, for Passeover was to be kept on the fourteenth day of the first moneth, at even: the feast of Vnlevened bread, bethe fifteenth day of the same moneth, and
seven daies, of which the first day, and the last, the seventh day, were holy convocations, wherein they might doe no servile worke, as Moses plainely shewin every place, where they dwelled, if they could not be at Ierusalem. And the eating of it (they say) depended not on the eating of the Passeover, but was a commandement by it self: Maimony treat, of Leven and Unlevened bread, chap. 6. 8. 1. Howbeit, with the Passeover they might eat no leven, as before is shewed in verse. 8. It is unlawfull to eat Leven, in the fourteenth day, from mid day and upward, which is from the beginning of the seventh houre of the day: and who so eateth it at that time, is to be beaten by the law; for it is said (in Deut. 16. 3.) Thou shalt eat no leven with it, meaning with the sacrifice of the Passeover. This they have expounded thus, Thou shalt not eat leven from the houre that the Passeover may be killed, which is between the two evenings, and that (beginneth) at mid-day. Maimony ibidem, c. 1.
Vers. 16. convocation,] an holy assembly, of all the people: and so a Sabbath, as Levit. 23. 39. The like done,] dressed and made ready to eat: which yet on the Sabbath day, was unlawfull to be done: Exodus 16. 5. 23. 29. and 35. 2. 3.
Vers. 17. selfe same:] Hebr. the strength (or, body) of this day: so verse 41. and 51. see Gen. 17. 23. I brought forth] God did this by his Angell, as it is written, he sent an Angell and brought us forth out of Egypt, Num. 20. 16. The Hebrew Doctors say, The redemption from Egypt, was by the hand of the Angell the Redeemer, with the power of the great God, as is said, (in Exod. 32. 11,) which thou hast brought forth out of the land of Egypt, with great power, and with a strong hand. R. Menachem, on Exod. 12.
Vers. 18. first,] The Chaldee nameth it, In Nisan, in the tenth day: see verse 1. The Greeke saith,
Verse 19. not be found:] from hence the Hebrew Doctors gather; Whosoever leaveth leven within his
power at the Passeover, although he eat not of it, yet hee transgresseth two prohibitions; no old leven shall be seene with thee; Ezod. 13. 7. and; old leven shall not be found in your houses, Exod. 12. 19. Moreover, Leven when the Passeover is gone over it, is for ever unlawfull to bee put to any use. Maimony, treatof Leven, chap. 1 S. 2stranger] that is, strangers, as the Greek translateth it: opposed to the naturall Israelites to be borne afterward in the land of Canaan.
Vers. 21. elders] by whom hee would signifie this law, to all the people, as vers. 3. So before, draw out] separate from the restoGoe and take
or,
Verse 22. hyssope] called in Hebrew, a
in
Vers. 23. smite] or plague; as Exod. 8. 2. so after, and in verse 27. not give the destroyer] that is, not suffer him, as the Greeke translateth it. But the Hebrew speech is more forcible, to expresse Gods providence and hand in all things. As God by an Angell delivered his people, Num. 20. 16. so by an Angell he destroyed their enemies; as in the pestilence that was in Israel, he is called the Angell that destroyed the people,
lest hee that destroyed the first borne, should touch them; Heb. 11. 28. Compare also Psal. 78. 49.
Vers. 24. this thing] Hebr. this word, the com
Vers. 25. the land] of Canaan, Ios. 5. 10. 11.
Vers. 26. what is?] that is, what signifieth? So every child that could hold his father by the hand, and goe up from Ierusalem (gates) to the mountaine of the Temple, his father was bound to cause him to goe up, and to appeare (before God) with him, to the end he might catechize him in the commandements. And who so was bound to appeare, was bound to keepe the feast, Maimony in
Ver. 27. bended,] and so humbly thanked God for this mercie: see Exod. 4. 31. in the annotations.
Vers. 28. and did,] in faith Moses and they obeyby faith he did (keepe) the Passeover, and the sprinkling of blood: that hee who destroyed the first-borne, might not touch them, Hebr. 11. 28. Vnto the keep
Vers. 29. at midnight:] at the time of mens most secure rest, when they say peace and safety; then commeth
Vers. 31. goe out:] to wit, hastily; for an extraorat midnight there was a cry made there was a crie made, Behold the bridegroome commeth, goe ye out to meet him.
Vers. 32. blesse me,] that is, as the Chaldee transpray for me. In that Pharaoh desired the prayers and blessing of Gods people, both before, (Exod. 8. 8. 28. and 9. 28. and 10. 16. 17.) and now at their departing: it sheweth, that in his heart he was convicted of sin, in oppressing Gods servants, and that with reluctation of conscience, he had re
Vers. 33. were urgent] or, were strong: and as the forcibly urged. This was with humble intreatie, Exod. 1they rejoyced when they went out, for the dread of them was fallen upon the, Psal. 105. 38. they said] the Ierusalemy Tharthe Egyptians said, if Israel tarie one houre, toe all the Egyptians are dead men.
Vers. 34 lumps of dough]
kneading troughes: see Exod. & 3.
Vers. 35. jewels] or vessells, instruments: see Exod.
Vers. 36. grace] Hebrew, the grace of the people:
gave them their asking,] the Greeke translateth, lent unto them. Thus the proThey shall come out with great substance, Gen. 15. 14.
Vers. 37. Rameses] a citie in Egypt, Gen. 47. 11. with an high hand, in the sight of all the Egyptians, Num. 33. 3. Succoth] by interpretation, Boothes, or Tabernacles: so called of the Israelites making them boothes of the boughes of treee, in this place: for perpetuall memorie whereof, God appointed a
Vers. 38. mixed people] Egyptians and other namany strangers) who were moved by Gods works shewed in Egypt, to goe out with Israel. These afterward fell a lustgreat] Hebrew weightie possession: see the notes on Gen. 13. 2.
Ver. 39. thrust out] as was foretold of God, Exo
Vers. 40. dwelling] or, peregrination, that is
Vers. 41. selfe same] Hebrew, the body (or strength)
of that day; as Gen. 17. 23. The Iew Doctors gamid day, (as hee slew the first-borne of Egypt at mid-night). Pirkei R. Eliezer, chap. 48. And Moses saith, it was with an high hand, in the sight of all the Egyptians, Numb. 33. 3. But, for the beginning of their rising up to goe their journey, they are said to be brought forth by night, Deut. 16. 1. with Num. 3armies] or hosts; meaning the tribes of Israel no. see Exod. 6. 26.
Vers. 42. of observations,] that is, to bee much and carefully observed of the people.
Vers. 43. the statute,] or ordinance; in Greeke, the law. strangers sonne] that is, paynim, or gentile:
no sonne of Israel that is apostate (or fal
So David calleth the persecuting Iewes
Verse. 44 height for] Hebrew, the purchase of silver that is, of
Vers. 45. forreiner,] or sojourner, (as Gen. 23. 4.) stranger, who dwelt in another countrey) no such, nor hired person, might eate. Such forGer to shab, a so journer among them; or, a stranger within their gates (as Moses speaketh) Deut. 14. 21. and he was to submit unto the seven commandements given unto the sonnes of Noe; whereof see the notes on Gen. 9. 4. not eat:] and so by proportion, not have communion with the other rites, as sprinkIf they kill (the Passeover) for persons circumcised, and sprinkle the blood in the name of the circumcised and uncircumcised, it is unallowable) or
Vers. 46. one house,] in the same house, or roome: in one societie. The Iew Doctors explaine it thus: Who so eateth of the pasche may not eat, but in one societie, (or, in the same company) neither may they carie ought thereof out of the societie wherein they eat. And the flesh of the Passeover that is caried out of the society, whether presumptuously or ignorantly, is unlawfull to be eaten, &c. but must be burnt. Also,
Vers. 47. doe it] that is, prepare, offer, and eate the pasche, as is ordained. For neglect, and not cut off, Numb. 9. 13.
Vers. 48. a strangers,] The Greeke translateth; when any proselyte come unto you: and so the Chalwhen a stranger shall become a proselyte (or joyne himselfe) with you. So this differeth from that which was before in v. 22. and also in ver. 45. and is meant of a third sort of strangers that were converts, in Greeke called proselytes, such as were joyned to the Iewes Church, Act. 13. 43. and 2. 10. Matth. 23. 15. Such they were wont to call strangers within the covenant; and just strangers; to distinguish them from strangers within the gates (that did but dwell among them) mentioned in Deut. 14. 21. and here in v. 45. doe the Passe-over] that is, keepe or celebrate it. This phrase is used in Matt. 26. 18. Heb. 11. 28. and then,] so not onely himselfe, but his male children must be circumcised, ere hee might bee admitted to the Passeover; for he was yet in his sinne, whiles his children were (through his default) uncircumcithat as the circumcision of himselfe, (if it be omitted) debarreth him from doing the Passeover, so doth the circumcision of his sons, and of his servants, &c. and if hee kill it before hee doe circumcise them, it is unlawfull. Maimony in
Vers. 49. that sojourneth,] the Greeke here (as in ver. 48.) translateth, the proselyte that is come among
you. So the obedient heathens, might by faith in Christ have part in all the holy things with Israel alwaies: for in Christ all are one, Galat. 3. 28. Act. 15. 9. And unto strangers, is promised inheritance with the tribes of Israel in the holy land, Ezek, 47. 22. 23. The Iew Doctors of old have thus written concerning this; Moses our master gave the inheritance of the Law and commandements to Israel onely, as it is written (Deut. 33. 4.)
1, God commandeth to sanctifie all the Firstborne, unto him: 3, to remember the day of their going out of Egypt: 5, to keepe the feast of Vnlevened bread, in Canaan: 8, to shew their sonnes the cause thereof: 12, to set apart for the Lord, the firstlings of beasts. 16, Phylacteries, for a signe of Gods former mer
AND Iehovah spake unto Moses, is mine. And Moses said unin which ye came out from Egypt, from the house of servants; for by strength of hand Iehovah brought you out from hence: & no levened bread shall bee eaten. This day you come ch he sware unto thy fathers to give thee, a land flowing with milke and honey: that thou shalt serve this service, in this moneth. Seven daies thou shalt eat unlevened cakes: & shall be a feast to Iehovah. Vnlevened cakes shall bee eaten seven daies; and no levened bread shall bee seene with thee, and no old leven shall bee seene with thee, in all thy border. And thou shalt which Iehovah did unto mee when I came out from Egypt. And it shall bee to thee for a signe upon thy hand, & for a me(the wombe) of the yong of a beast, which thou shalt have, the males shall bee Ie(the wombe) of an asse, thou shalt redeeme with a lambe; it, then thou shalt breake the necke of it: and all the first-borne of man, amongst thy sons, shalt thou redeeme. And it shall be, when thy son shall aske thee to morrow, saying, What is this?
And it was, when Pharaoh had sent away the people, that God led them not the way was neere; for God said, lest the people reby
SAnctifie] or, Hallow, Consecrate; that is, put apart that which openeth] so the holy Ghost translateth it in Greeke, Luk. 2. 23. but the Hebrew phrase is, the opening (or emission) of every wombe (or matrice) meaning the first birth of man or beast; and so the Chaldee, in v. 13. expoundeth it, the first-borne; and in Exod. 34. 19. 20. the Greeke translateth it, first-borne, (or firstling.) This law signified, that Gods people (which are a congregation of first-borne, Heb. 12. 23. Exod. 4. 22. being redeemed from death by the blood of Christ) should both themselves and theirs be consecrated to the service of the Lord, Rom. 6. 13. 19. 22. and 12. 1
V. 3. Remember] The Heb. Zacor, here & in Exo. To remember; but used for Imparatives, as Halok, To go, 2 Sam. 24. 12. is explained,
Abib,] which the Greeke translateth New fruits: the word signifieth, a greene eare (or
Exod. 9. 31. and because in those Countries corne was
Vers. 5. Canaanite] that is, as the Greeke translaCanaanites and Chethites, &c. see Gen. 10. 16. Iebusite] the Greeke version addeth, Gergesites and Pherezites; to make up the number of seven, which is here understood, as in Deut. 7. 1.
Vers. 6. Seven] or, a seven (a weeke) of daies:
a feast] which among other duties, was kept with an holy convocation, Levit. 23. 8.
Vers. 8. shew thy sonne] It is commanded that wee shew our sonnes, though they aske not: according to the
knowledge of the sonne, must his father teach him, saith Maimony in treat. of Leven, ch. 7. S. 2. because] or, for this which Iehovah did unto me: understand, This is done; or, This feast we keepe, for, or because of that. Such want of words is oft in the Scripture, as in 2 Sam. 23. 8. against 800. meaning, hee lift up his speare against 800. as the words are supplyed in 1 Chron. 11. 11. So before in Exod. 4. 5. The Hewhat is that which the Scripture saith, For this? It is like This is my God, Exod. 15. 2. as if he should say; for his names sake, and for his glorie, did he unto us, and brought us out of Egypt; and not for our righteousnesse. R. Menachem, on Exod. 13.
Vers. 9. a signe] or, a token: so in vers. 16. but in Deut. 6. 8. and 11. 18. it is said, Thou shalt binde the ̄
Vers. 10. from yeere,] Hebr. from dayes to dayes:
dayes often signifieth a full yeere, as is shewed on Gen. 4. 3. The Chaldee translateth, from time to time: The Greeke keepeth the Hebrew phrase: wherefore dayes are prophetically used for yeeres, in the Greeke of the New Testament, Rev. 11. 3.
Vers. 12. to passe] namely either through the fire;
Sacrifice. Or,
Vers. 13. an asse] so in Exod. 34. 20. but in Num. of an uncleane beast: so that by the asse here, may be implyed all other uncleane beasts, not meet for sacrifice. Howbeit some of the Iew Doctors understand the uncleane beast there, to meane the asse onely; as Maimony in Misneh, treat. of First fruits, chap. 12. S. 3. and R. Solomon Iarchi, upon this text. a lambe] or kid, as the word implyeth both, Exod. 12. 3. And this the Iewes take strictly, of a living lambe onely, saying, it may not be redeemed with a calfe, or with a wild beast, nor with a lambe that is killed, &c. Maimony treat of First fruits, chap. 12. S. 8. This lambe was to be given to the Lord, that is, to his Priest, Num. 18. 8. 15. and then the owner of the asse might use it for his own service; which otherwise he might not doe, Deut. 15. 19. breake the necke] or, cut off the necke, as the word is translated in Deut. 21. 4. and Esay 66. 3 where it is spoken of a dog. The Ierusalemy parakill it. redeeme] for five shekels of money, Num. 18. 16. And (by the Hebrew Doctors) the father when hee redeemed his sonne, was to blesse God who gave this comMaimony, treat. of First fruits, chap. 11. S. 2. 5. See the annotations on Num. 18. Hereby was figured the redemption of Gods elect, (the Church of the first-borne which are written in heaven, Heb. 12. 23.) from the second death: for in respect of the first death, no man can give any ransome to God, Psal. 49. 8. 9. Heb. 9. 27.
Vers. 14. to morrow] that is, in time to come: see the notes on Gen. 30. 33. The Greeke translateth, hereafter: elsewhere the Greeke keepeth the Heus out] the things done to the fathers, are to be rethey passed through the river on foot, there did we rejoyce in him: and Hos. 12. 4. he found him in Bethel, and there be stroke with us. So the Hebrew Canons say, Thorowout all generations, a man is bound to shew himselfe, as if it were he himselfe that came now out from the bondage of Egypt, as it is written, AND HE BROVGHT VS OVT,
Verse 15. was hard to send us] that is, was stubborn, refusing to send us away. Or, hardned himselfe, against sending us away, so that hee would not let vs goe. The Hebrew word which commonly signi
Verse 16. phylacteries] or, frontlets: in Hebrew Totaphoth, typicall monuments: called in verse 9. 4 memoriall: the Greeke translateth them, an unmoveable monument: the Hebrew Doctors usually call them
Vers. 17. the way of] that is, towards the land: so in Num. 14. 25. the way of the red sea, is towards it. Or, by the way; as in the verse here following. see warre] that is, be warred against by the Philifearfull or faint-hearted should goe to warre, Deuteron. 20. 8. See also the notes on Ge
Vers. 18. went up] it is the usuall phrase in the a going up, as here, and in Gen. 13. 1. and 44. 17. and often. On the contrary, from Canaan into Egypt, they are said to
goe d
Gen. 12. 10. and 26. 2. Deut. 10. 22. Act. 7. 15. and usually.
Vers. 19. swearing sworne,] or, as the Greeke sworne with an oath, that is, straitly and earnestly adjured. Of this, see Gen. 50. 25.
Vers. 20. Succoth] the place of Boothes: see Etham] in Greeke, Othom. Of this and their other journeyes, see Numb. 33. 6. &c. the edge] or the end; that is, which Eby the wildernesse.
Vers. 21. Iehovah] called in Exodus 14. 19. the
Angell of God; meaning Christ whom the Israelites tempted in the wildernesse, 1 Cor. 10. 9. he is naIehovah our justice, Ierem. 23. 6. went before them] that is, as the Greeke expoundeth it, guided them. pillar] which in Hebrew is named of standing up, or stabilitie: and is by similitude here applyed to the cloud and fire, that stood over the host of Israel, (as elsewhere smoake arising is called a pillar, Iudg. 20. 40. and pillars of smoake, Ioel 2. 30. are by the Apostle called vapour of smoake, Act. 2. 19.) In Psalm. 105. 39. this cloud is said to bee spread for a covering; so that it shabaptised, 1 Corinth. 10. 2. and as there was occasion it removed, sometime before, someThe Lord will create upon every dwelling place of mount Sion, and upon her assemblies, a cloud, and smoake by day, and the shinning of a flaming fire by night: for upon all the glory shall be a covering, &c. Esay 4. 5. 6.
1, God instructeth the Israelites in their jour
AND Iehovah spake unto Moses, are intangled in the land, the Wildernesse hath shut them in. And am Iehovah: And they did so. And it was told the King of there were no graves at all in Egypt, hast thou taken us away to die in the wildernesse? wherefore hast thou done this unto us, to bring us forth out of Egypt? Is not this the word which wee spake unto it had beene better for us to serve the Egyptians, than that we should die in the wildernesse. And Moses said unto the people, Feare yee not, ground. And I, behold, I will make strong the heart am Iehovah, when I am honoubacke, by a strong East winde, all the night and made the sea dry land: and the waters were cloven. And the sonnes of Isground: and the waters were a wall unto them on their right hand and on their left. And the Egyptians followed, and went in land, in the midst of the sea, and the waters were a wall unto them on their right hand, and on their left. And Iehovah saved Israel in that day out of the hand of the Egyptians: and Israel saw the Egyptians dead vpon the sea shore. And Israel saw the great hand which Iehovah did upon the Egyptians; and the people feared Iehovah, and they beleeved in Ieho
PI-hahiroth] or, the mouth of Hiroth, that is, the straight (or passage) betweene the mountaines of Hiroth: for in Numb. 33. 8. the word Pi, (that is, Mouth,) is left out of the name. Into these streights did God lead Israel, both to free them from war with the Philistians, Exod. 13. 17. 18. and to give the Egyptians occasion hereby to pursue them, (as the verses following here shew;) as also to try the faith of his people; which even here at first was turned to unbeleefe and rebellion, verse 11. 12. Deut. 8. 2. Psalme 106. 7. Migdol] in Greeke Magdol: the name of a citie of the Egyptians, Ier. 44. 1. by interpretation it signifieth a Tower. Baal-zephon] in Greeke Beelsepphon. The Iethe idoll of Zephon: and so it seemeth to be an idolatrous place or monument of the Egyptians; as
Vers. 3. intangled] or, perplexed, not knowing what to doe, as the Greeke translateth, they wander
stray) and the word is used in Ioel 1. 18. of cat
Vers. 4. make strong] that is, as the Greeke saith, harden: so after, verse 8 17. See Exodus 4. 21. honoured] or, as the Greeke translateth, gloried: will get me honour, by their destruction, vers. 17. 18. For God hath glory by wrath upon the wicked, as by mercy upon the elect, Roman. 9. 22. 23. So Eze
Vers. 6. bound] in Greeke, joyned, to wit, the hormade ready. So Gen. 46. 29.
Vers 7. captaines] or Princes, the third sort of governours in the kingdome: having the name of three, or third: the Chaldee calleth them Mighties.
Vers. 8. a high hand] that is, powerfully, openly, and boldly, like armed men, as in Exod. 13. 18. and high hand, Num. 15. 30. is to doe it boldly and openly. The Chaldee chanwith uncovered (or
Vers. 9. army] Hebr. power: used for an army or host, as the Greeke here translateth it; so in verse 17. 28. And here againe is to be understood, they followed and overtooke them.
Vers. 10. were fore afraid] or, feared vehemently. This was for want of faith and love towards God, the congregation of Israel was shut in, from the foure parts of the world: before them was the sea, behind them followed the enemy: and on each side of them were wildernesses full of fiery Serpents, which did bite and kill men with their venome: saith the Chaldee paraphrase upon Song. 2. 14.
Vers. 11. at all] or, none: a double deniall shewthey remembred not the multitude of thy mercies, but rebelled at the sea, at thered sea: yet he saved them for his names sake, Psal. 106. 7 8.
Vers. 12. Let us alone] or, Cease from us. They re
Vers. 13. feare not] the Greeke saith, be bold, (or, of good comfort.) whom ye have seene] or, as the so as ye sec: meaning, they should see them no more alive, but dead, as verse 30. not againe see] Hebr. not adde to see. By these prothou heardest their cry by the red sea.
Vers. 14. shall hold your peace] or, shall bee silent,
shall cease from speaking or doing any thing in this battell. The originall word is often used for ceahold ye your peace, that is, cease from murmuring against God and me.
Verse 15. wherefore] Hebr. what, that is, For what
criest thou? God encourageth Moses to goe on with the worke in hand, which the peoples murwhich maketh intercession for the Saints, with groanings which cannot be uttered, Rom. 8. 26. The Chaldee paraI have accepted thy prayer: speake to the sonnes of Israel; &c. as if he had cried our for feare of wrath to come upon them for their sinne, as they deserved. So elsewhere another Chaldee paraphrast (on Song 1. 9.) more plainly saith, When Pharaoh and his host were drowned, Israel also had likewise perished, if Moses the Prophet had not stretched out his hands in prayer before the Lord, and turned away the Lords wrath from them. A like preservation of them by Moses prayer, is after recorded in Deut. 9. 13. 14.—19. 20.
Verse 16 thy rod] where with miracles were done the rod of God, Exod. 17. 9 it signified the Word of God, which is the rod of his mouth, wherewith hee smiteth the earth, Esay 11. 4. but feedeth his people, Mic. 7. 14 cleave it] that is, forcibly divide, and (as the Greeke translateth) rent it. It is a commandement implying a promise.
Vers. 17. honoured upon] or, as the Greeke turglorified in Pharaoh: get me glory and hothey dealt proudly against his people, so hee made himselfe a name, as it is this day, Nehem. 9. 10.
Vers. 19. the Angell,] that is, Christ, called Iehovah,
Vers. 20. a cloud and darknesse,] that is, the cloud made light (or illumined) the night to the Israelites. And so the Chaldee paraphrase, and Thargum Ieruthe cloud was halfe light, and halfe darknesse, the light, gave light unto Israel; and the darknesse, gave darknesse unto the Egyptians.
and there was darknesse & thicke darknesse, and the night came. A like manifeHe set darknesse, his secret place; round about him his pavillion: darknesse of waters, (that is, of watrie clouds) thicke clouds of the skies, Psal. 18. 12.
Vers. 21. to goe backe,] O s
Vers. 22. went in] following the Lord by faith: by the right hand of Moses, with his glorious arme dividing the water before them, to make himselfe an everlasting name, Esay 63. 12. and, by faith they passed through the red sea as by dry land, which the Egyptians assaying to doe were drowned, Heb. 11. 29. And in this sea they were baptized, 1 Cor. 10. 2. a wall] standing up stedfast, as an heape, Psal. 78. 13. so they went safely: God led them through the deepe, as an horse in the wildernesse, that they should not stumble: as a beast goeth downe into the valley, the Spirit of the Lord quietly led the people, to make himselfe
Vers. 24. watch,] or ward, custodie; so called bemorning watch; so in Lam. 2. 19. the beginning of the watches; and in Iudg. 7. 19. the middle watch is spoken of: in Luk. 12. 38. the second and third watch; and in Matt. 14. 25. the fourth watch of the night; which in Mar 13. 35 are named, evening, midnight, cock-crowing and day-dawning. See also after in v. 27. looked,] and manifested his presence with Israel, and wrath against Egypt; for the clouds streamed downe waters, the skies gave out a sound; Gods arrowes also (or hailestones) went abroad, the voice of his thunder was in the aire, lightnings lightned the world; the earth trembled & quaked, Psal. 77. 18. 19. pillar of fire,] wherein God did as it were ride upon his horses, his chariots of salvation, for his people, Habak. 3. 8. 9. troubled the campe] or made a tumult in their host; and terribly strooke them downe. The Ierusalemy Thargum here saith, God threw downe upon them pitch, and fire, and haile-stones, and astonished the host of the Egyptians. This word is after used, when God promiseth to dehe sent out his arrowes, and scattered them: and he hurled forth lightnings, and troubled them, Psalme 18. 15.
Vers. 25. heavily,] Hebrew, with heavinesse: Greeke by force. For the raine and tempest so softEgyptians] Hebrew, the Egyptian said, let meflee: spoken as of one man, to note their joynt consent. So in v. 26.
Vers. 26. shall returne] the Greeke translateth, let the water returne and cover the Egyptians. The word cover, is borrowed from v. 28. This was done with a wind, as before, v. 21. Exod. 15. 10.
Vers. 27. the looking forth, or, turning towards of
the morning, at the day dawning: which time the Scripture noteth, both for judgement upon the wicked, as in this place; and for mercy to the city of God, as in Psal. 46. 6. It was also the time of Christs resurrection, Matt. 28. 1. 2. The like phrase, is, of the evening, in Gen. 24. 63. shooke off,] that is, cast away, destroyed: so this word is elsewhere used, Iob 38. 13. Nehem. 5. 13. Herein God resubduing our iniquities, and casting al our sinnes into the depths of the sea, Micah. 7. 15. 19.
Vers. 29. walked] or went on dry land, as before, so whiles the waters retired and drowned the Ethy way was in the sea, and thy pathes in the many waters; and thy foot-steps were not knowne: thou didst lead thy people like a flocke, by the hand of Moses and Aaron, Psal. 77. 20. 21. Alike marvellous worke, was at the river Iordan, when Israel entred in Canaan, Ios. 3. 16.
Vers. 30. shore] Heb. lip of the sea.
Vers. 31. hand,] that is, handy worke; so in Psalme 109. 27. the Chaldee translateth it, the power of the great hand. in Iehovah] the Greeke translabeleeved God: so in Gen. 15. 6. where is shewin Moses,] that is, in the word which Moses taught them from God: as the Chaldee explaineth it, they beleeved in the word of the Lord, and in the prophesie of Moses his servant. So in 2 Chro. 20. 20. it is said,
1, The song of Moses and Israel; wherein they celebrate Gods power and grace, for drowning the E
THen sang Moses and the sonnes of Is
Ioh is my strength and song, and hee hath is my God, and I will make him an habitation; the God of my father, and I will exalt him.
Iehovah is a man of warre: Iehovah is his name.
Pharaohs charets and his host hath he cast into the sea; and the choise of his captaines
The depths have covered them: they sank downe into the bottomes as a stone.
Thy right hand, O Iehovah, is become
And in the greatnesse of thine excellencie, which did eat them up as stubble.
And with the blast of thy nostrills the
The enemie said, I will pursue, I will o
Thou didst blow with thy winde, the sea
Who is like thee amongst the gods, O Ieis like thee, glorious in holi
Thou stretchedst out thy right hand; the
Thou leadest forth in thy mercy, this peowhich thou hast redeemed: thou guidest them in thy strength, unto the habitation of thine holinesse.
This may be sung also as the 113. Psalme. Nto Iehovah sing will I, for he excelleth
gloriously: the horse and him that rode
thereon, into the sea throwne downe hath
he. Iah is my strength and melodee, and
hath beene my salvation.
and bee stirred:
Then the Dukes of Edom shall be amazed;
Terrour and dread shall fall upon them;
Thou wilt bring them in, and plant them in the place, O Iehovah, which thou hast made for thee to dwell in, in the Sanctuarie, O Lord, which thy hands have established.
Iehovah shall reigne for ever and aye.
For the horse of Pharaoh went in, with land, in the mids of the sea.
And Mary the Prophetesse, the sister of
And Mary answered them: SING yee
And Moses removed Israel forward were bitter; therefore the name of it was called Marah. And the peoit into the waters, and the waters were made sweet: there he appointed to him a statute and a judgement, & there he tempwhich is right in his eyes, and wilt give eare to his commandeam Iehovah, were twelve we
VNto Iehovah] that is, unto his praise, as DaThey beleeved in his words, they sang his praise, Psal. 106. 12. So the Chaldee beginneth the song thus, We will sing praise and confesse unto the Lord. With this song of victory over Pharaoh, the Holy Ghost compareth the song of those that have gotten victorie over the spirituall Pharaoh, the Beast (Antichrist) when they stand, by the sea of glasse mingled with fire, (as Israel here standeth by the red sea,) having harpes of God, (as the woand they sing the song of Moses the servant of God, and the song of the Lamb, the Son of God, Rev. 15. 2. 3. 4. gloriously] or excellently; Hebr. excelling excelleth; which the Gr. translateth, is become gloriously glorious. The Chalfor he excelleth above the excellent, and excellencie is his.
Vers. 2. Iah.] this is one of the proper names of God, Psal. 68. 5. first used in this song; and seldome but in songs and psalmes. The Hebrew Halelujah, (that is, Praise yejah) is kept by the Holy Ghost in Greeke, Allelouia, Rev. 19. 1. 3. 4. 6. The meIu-piter,
Iah father. The Greeke Bible usually translateth Iah Lord, the Chaldee, Feare: and Th
on this place expoundeth it, the
Vers. 3. man of warre,] that is, a noble warriour:
man, added to other things, often siga man of arme, is a mighty one, Iob 22. 8. a man of words, is an eloquent person, Exod. 4. 10. And so the Chaldee here expresseth it, calling him the Lord, and Victour of wars: and the Greeke, a breaker of warres. Now did the Lord ride upon his horses, and his chariots of salvation, his bow was made quite naked; Habakkuk 3. 8. 9. This also may have reference to Christ, the ConqueIehovah] this name among other things, noteth Gods powerfull effecting of judgements upon his ene
Vers. 4. the choise] that is, as the Greeke translahis chosen captaines; meaning the fairest, best and valiantest; as the Chaldee translateth, the fairest: so in Gen. 23. 6. Of these
Vers. 5. as a stone:] that they could not helpe they sanke as lead. This is remembred in Nehem. 9. 11. their persecutors thou threwest into the deepes, as a stone into the mighty waters. A like judga stone cast into the sea, so with violence shall that great citie Babylon be throwne downe, and shall be found no more at all, Revel. 18. 21.
Ver. 6. become glorious,] or, wondrous excellent,
ample and magnificent. It may also imply, is become glorious to me. So David extolleth the workes of Gods right hand, Psal. 118. 15. 16.
Vers. 7. against thee,] the Chaldee saith, against
thy people: for that which is done against them, is against God himselfe, Zacharie 2. 8. Mateat them up] that is, devoure and consume them; as the Chaldee explaiconsumed them as the fire doth the stubble. So Gods wrath is likened to fire, Psalme 89. 47. and the wicked, to stubble, Esa. 5. 24. and 47. 14.
Vers. 8. blast,] or, spirit, or winde of thy wrath, as Aph signifieth both anger, and the nostrils: and this speech is used in cases of judgment upon Gods eby the blast of God they perish, &c. The Chaldee here translateth, with the word of thy mouth. It respecteth Gods command, in Exod. 14. 26. 27. which was performed also by a winde; as after verse 10. So the Lord will consume Antiwith the spirit of his mouth, 2 Thes. 2. 8. gathered] or, heaped up: became as heaps. And this being done with a mighty winde, was with a great
the deepe uttered his voice, and life up his hands on high, Habakkuk 3. 10. congealed,] as ice, froled his people through the deepe, as an horse in the wildernesse, Esay 63. 13. Some understand it of the waters, that they were congealed as ice. the heart] that is, the mids, or deepe of the sea, so Psalme 46. 3. Ezek. 28. 2. And now, the channels of waters were seene, and the foundations of the world were revealed: at the rebuke of the Lord, at the breath of the winde of his an
Vers. 9. divide the spoile] which is done after visoule,] that is, lust, or, will: so in Psal. 27. 12. and 41. 3. and 78. 18. destroy them] or, repossesse them: for so the originall is used sometime for destroying or disinheriting; as Numb. 14. 12. sometime for causing to inherit, or taking possession, Numb. 14. 24. The Chaldee here translateth it, destroy: the Greeke, have dominion, (or Lord over them) The Egyptians came out as a whirlewinde to scatter Israel: their rejoycing was even to dovoure the poore, in secret, Hab. 3. 14.
Vers. 10. blow;] the Chaldee translateth it, thou
didst say with thy word. Of this winde there was no mention in Exod. 14. 27. but it is gathered from verse 21. where the Lord, by a strong east winde, caused the sea to goe backe. covered them] God made the waters of the red sea to flow over their faces, as they pursued after Israel, Deut. 11. 4. the waters covered the distressers of Israel; not one of them was left, Psal. 106. 11. And here God brake the heads of the Dragons, in the waters: the heads of Livjathan, Psalme 74. 13. 14.
Vers. 11. the Gods,] or, the Mighties, the Potentates:
Vers. 12. the earth,] in the bottome of the sea: so Ionas in the sea, said the earth with her bars was about
Vers. 13. leadest,] to wit, softly or quietly, as a flocke is led: this was done by the pillar of the stretch out his hand, which was ministerially done by Moses, Exodus 14. 26. So in Psalme 77. 21. thou didst leade thy people like a flocke, by the hand of Moses and Aaron. habitation of thine holinesse] in Greeke
Vers. 14. stirred,] with feare, or anger: both which doe stirre the minde and body, and cause it to quake and tremble: and these were in the peoangry.
Vers. 15. amazed] or suddenly troubled: it implieth both feare and haste; and so the Greeke translateth it hasten. See this fulfilled in Deut. 2. 4. and of EDukes, see Gen. 36. take hold] that is, they shall greatly tremble. For passions of the minde, feare, trembling, astonishment, and the like, are said to take hold, or fall upon men, when they are overcome by them. In Luk. 5. 26. it is said, amazement tooke all; which in Mark. 2. 12. is expounded,
Vers. 16. terrour;] this also is signified in Deut. 2. 25. and 11. 25. Thargum Ierusalemy expounds it the terrour of death: which phrase David useth in Psal. 55. 5. terrours of death are fallen upon me. The Hebrew aemathah, hath here a letter added in the end, to denote the excesse of feare, great terrour. This, though it was in respect of the people, as it is said,
Vers. 17. plant] that is, give them a setled dwelmountaine] that is, mountany counSanctuarie, signifieth the Ierusalem which is above. R. Menachem, on Ex. 15.
and aye,] or, and yet: in this world, and for ever, and for ever and ever. God is said to reigne or be King, when he manifesteth his power and goodnesse, in subduing his enemies, and savoices in heaven doe say, The kingdomes of this world are become (the kingdomes) of our Lord, and of his Christ; and he shall reigne for ever and ever. Wee give thee thanks O Lord God almighty, &c. because thou hast taken to thee thy great power, and reignest, Rev. 11. 15. 17.
Vers. 20. Marie] in Hebrew Mirjam, in Greek Mariam: which was also the name of the mother of Christ, Matth. 1. 16. This Marie the Prophetesse, was one of the three principall guides, which God sent before his people; which mercy is re
Vers. 21. them:] that is, the men, to whom the for his mercy endureth for ever. So also in a Chron. 5. 13.
Vers. 22. of Shur,] called also the wildernesse of Etham,
Vers. 23. Marah,] that is, by interpretation Bitternesse:
Vers. 25. a tree,] the Ierusalemy Thargum saith, And Moses prayed before the Lord, and the Word of the Lord shewed him the tree Ardiphne. This is said to be a tree that hath flowers like lilies, but very bitter: Elias in Lexico Chald. It seemeth to figure out the Tree of Christ, the Crosse, whereby the bittersalt, 2 King. 2. 21. The Hebrew Doctors, (in Thancuma,) upon this say;
Vers. 26. right] or, pleasing; for so the phrase alWhatsoever we aske, we receive of him, because wee keepe his commandements, and doe those things that are pleasing in his sight. This is often mendiseases,] or, sicknesses: the plagues of Egypt threatned to the transgressors, in Deut. 28. 27. 60. So Gods bleshealeth:] this word is applied to the soule as well as to the body: and imheale my soule, for I have sinned against thee, Psalme 41. 9. And Christ when he healed diseases, for gave sinnes also, Matth. 9. 2. 6. and healing of men, Matth. 13. 15. is exforgiving of their sinnes, Mark. 4. 12.
Vers. 27. palme trees,] or, date trees, which are wels, and 70. palme trees, the Ierusalemy Thargum maketh answerable to the 12. tribes of Israel, and the 70. Elders of the Synedrion, mentioned in Gen. 49. 28. and Num. 11. 16. It accordeth al
1, The Israelites come to the wildernesse of Sin. 2, They murmur for want of bread. 4, God promiseth them bread from heaven. 11, Quailes are sent, 14, and Manna. 16, The ordering of the Manna. 25, It was not to be found on the Sabbath. 32, An Omer of it is kept for the generations following.
is betweene Elim and Sinai, in the fifteenth day of the second moneth after their departing out of the land of Egypt. And all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel murmured against Moses and against will raine unto you bread from the heavens; and the people shall goe out and gather a daies portiby day. And Moses and Aaron said unto all the sons In the evening then yee shall know that Iehovah hath brought you out from the land of Egypt. And in the morning, then are we, that yee murmure against us? And Moses said, (This shall be) when Ieshall give unto you in the evening flesh to eat, and bread in the morning to the full: for that Iehovah heareth your murmuare wee? your murmurings are not against us, but against Iehovah. And Moses am Iehovah your God. And it was in the evening, that was a small round thing, small as the it, and said each man unto his brother, It is Manna; for they knew not what it was: and Moses said unto them This is the bread which Iehovah hath given unto you to eat. This is the word which Ieevery man according to his eating; an Omer for an head,
OF Sin] after they had beene againe by the red
sea; which journey here omitted, Moses exSin a strong citie of Egypt, neere which this wilsuffred their manners forty yeeres, Act. 13. 18. It fiI will bring you into the wildernesse of the peoples, and there will I plead with you face to face, as I pleaded with your fathers, in the wildernesse of the land of Egypt, Ezek. 20. 35. 36.
Vers. 3. O we wish] Hebr. who will give: which is a wish, oh that some would give; or, that God would grant; namely, to have ones request, as is explained in Iob 6. 8. by the hand;] the Chaldee saith, by the word: the Greeke explaineth it, smitten of the Lord. This was in them a desperate unthankfulthis whole assemblie] or,
Vers. 4. bread,] Manna, the wheat of heaven,
bread or meat, Psal, 78. 24. portion,] Hebr. word: put for any thing: and here for the portion of meat by the day. Wherprove them] or tempt them ▪
Heb.
Vers. 5. then they shall] Hebr. and they shall prepare.
Vers. 6. Iehovah hath brought] and not we of our
Vers. 7. the glory] a visible signe of Christs glothe glory of Iehovah, may be meant that glorious worke of his, the Manna which they saw in the morning, verse 15. So Christs divine worke, in raising Lathe glory of God, Ioh. 11. 40. So glory is used for glorious workes, in Num. 14. 21. 22.
Vers. 8. This shall be,] or understand from verse ye shall know this. Such wants are often to bee supplied, as in Exod. 45. not against us,] to wit, us onely, or, us so much as against the Lord: for it was also against them, verse 2. The like speech is in 1 Sam. 8. 7. Ioh. 12. 44. See also Gen. 32. 28. against Iehovah,] the Chaldee expounds it, against the word of the Lord.
Vers. 9. before Iehovah] that is, assemble togedied before God, 1 Chron. 13. 10. that is, by the Arks of God, 2 Sam. 6. 7. And the commandement to appeare before the Lord Iehovah, Exod. 23. 17. was at the place which hee did chuse to put his name there; namely, the Tabernacle, or Temple, Deut. 12. 5. 6. Levit. 17. 4. 5. 1 King. 14. 21.
Vers. 10. the wildernesse] where the cloud went
Vers. 12. betweene the two evenings,] towards eventide,
Vers. 13. the quailes,] Hebr. the quaile: put for a multitude of quailes: (as frog, for frogs, Exod. 8. 6.) they asked, and he brought the Quaile. that lay,] or, that lay poured out: Hebr. a
(or,
Vers. 14. went up,] into the ayre, vanishing with the heat of the Sun. So going up is used for going away,
Vers. 16. an Omer,] or Gomer as the Greeke calGomer: the tenth part of an Epha or bushell; see verse 36. an head] or skull, poll: that is, for a person; the head being put for the whole man. So in Exod. 38. 26.
Vers. 17. both he that did gather more,] or, some did gather more, and some lesse: but the former ex
Vers. 18. nothing over,] to wit, besides an Omer full for a man, according to the number of persons in his familie: and so there was an equality both for poore and rich; and hereupon the Apostle ga
Vers. 20. it bred,] Hebr. wormed wormes, that is, bred abundantly, or crawled full of wormes. This miraculous judgment God sheweth for their unMoses gave you not the bread from heaven, but my Father giveth you the true Bread from heaven, Ioh. 6. 32. so Manna was but a shadow and figure, which when the truth is come by Christ, is (as all other shadowes) become vaine and unprofitable, to the corruption and hurt of those that retaine them, Col. 2. 16. 17. Gal. 4. 9. 10. 11. Heb. 13. 10.
Vers. 21. and when,] or, for when the Sunne waxed hot, and so heated the Manna, it melted; therefore they were to gather it in the morning: whereby God taught them diligence to provide for the food of their bodies and soules, whiles they had time and meanes. Compare Pro. 10. 4. 5. and 6. 6. 8. Ioh, 12. 35. Gal. 6. 10. The like here followeth, for no Manna to bee found on the Sabbath day, verse 25. 26.
Verse 23. sabbatisme,] that is, rest, or cessation:
is retained by the
Verse
as they that laboured
Vers. 26. there shall be none] This life and world is As in the sixe daies a man must prepare for the Sabbath, both in respect of food and of worke: so if a man prepare not aright his workes in this world, he shall have nothing to eat in the world to come. Againe they say, The Sabbath, in it there shall be none,
this signifieth the world which shall bee all Sabbath; for there shall bee there no doing of the Law, but receiving of reward; as our Doctors of blessed memory have explained it, Who so laboureth in the evening of the Sabbath, he shall eat in the Sabbath. R. Elias, in Sepher reshith chochmah, treat. of Holinesse, cap. 2. foli
V. 29. Out of his place] The Sabbath was sanctified an holy convocation, or assembling of the peoplace therefore whereto God restraineth them, was not their private tents, but the camp of Israel: out of which they might not goe on the Sabbath. From hence the Hebrewes gathered a generall prohibitwo thousand cubits, from the Law in Num. 35. 5. and a like space was betweene the Arke of God and the people, at their passage over Iordan, Ios. 3. 4. The Chaldee paraphrase on Ruth 1. 16. (in the Masorites Bible,) saith,
V. 31. like cortander] in shape & quantity: but the white as
or crystall, Num. 11. 7. The Heb.
V. 33 golden pot,] so the Apostle in Hebput there,] Heb. give there the fulnesse of an Omer. before Ieh vah:] that is before the Arke of testimonie, which was a signe of Gods presence. So it is explaibefore Iehovah,
in the house of Iehovah, verse 5.
Vers. 34. Testimonie,] that is, the tables of Gods
law which were in the Arke, which testified Gods will to the people: see Exod. 25 16. 21. These were given afterward at mount Sinai, and there the Arke was made; although therefore Moses rehearseth the thing here, to make a full end of the storie of Manna, yet the performance of this was not till after.
Vers. 35. did eat Manna:] all of them for their unbeleefe, 1 Coriathians 10. 5. Iude verse 5. therefore though they did eat Manna, yet
Vers. 36. Ephah,] a common measure, much bushel; containing three Seahs (or pecks) mentioned in Gen. 18. 6. as the Chaldee here translateth, an Omer is one of ten (that is, the tenth part) of three Seahs: so also the Greek saith, the tenth of three measures. The Ephah therefore contained so much as 432. hens egges; about 7. gallons and a halfe of our measure. So the Omer was more than twice so much as the Chaenix ▪
(a measure spo
1, The people murmur
AND all the congregation of the sons there were no wais this, that thou hast brought us up out of Egypt, to kill us, and our sonnes, and our cattell, with thirst? And Moses cried will stand will stand on the top of the hill, and the rod of God in my hand. And Ioshua were
it under him, and he sate upon it: and Aaside, and one on the other side; and his hands were steadie untill the going downe of the Sunne. And Ioshua discomfited Afor a memoriall in a booke, and put is in the cares of Iowill have warre with Amalek from generation to generation.
AFter their,] or, by their journeyes; which were from Sin to Dophkah, from Dophkah, to Al
and from thence to
V. 2. contended] or, did chide: with many & reprechgive ye,] thou and Aaron who have brought us hither: see Exod. 16. 2. 3. tempt ye] by unbeleefe: for they doubted of Gods presence with them, verse 7. and would by miracles be assured thereof: which is to tempt God; as Matth. 16. 1. Psal. 78. 18. 19.
Vers. 3. us,] so the Greeke also translateth in the Hebrew is, me, and my sonnes, &c. speaking of the multitude, as of one man.
Vers. 4. cried,] the Chaldee translateth, praied This was Moses usuall refuge, in such troubles: see Exod. 14. 15. and 15. 25. Num. 11. 10. 11. they be almost ready:] Hebr. yet a little, and they
Like outrage they shewed also in Num
Vers. 5. Goe on,] or, passe on: that is, journey towards Mount Horeb, and goe thou and the Elrod,] or staffe, mentioned also in Exod. 7. 20. Num. 20. 8. 9.
Vers. 6. I will stand,] Hebr. I standing: to wit, in the pillar of the cloud, (the signe of my presence) standing at mount Horeb: whereof see Exod. 3. 1. in the eyes,] or, before the eyes of the Elders, as witnesses of this glorious miracle; whereby God (turning the Rocke into alake of water, the fli
Psal. 114. 8.) gave them drinke, both for their bodies and soules. For
Vers. 7. Massah] that is in English Tentati
Vers. 8. Amalek] the Amalekites, the posteritie the first of the nations, who warring against Israel, proAfter they had passed through the sea, they murmured for waters: then came against them, the wicked Amalek, who hated them for the first birth right and blessing, which our father Iakob had taken from Esau; and he came and fought against Israel, because they had violated the words of the law, &c.
Vers. 9. Ioshuah] or, Iesus: in Hebrew Iehoshuah,
Iesus, Acts 7. 45. Heb. 4. 8. Hee was first called Hoseas. and Moses called his name Iesus, that is, Saviour, Num. 13. 17. Hee was a figure of Iesus Christ the Saviour of the world, both in his name and actiminister or servant of Moses, and his successor in the governthe top] Hebr. the head of the hill: so in vers. 10. There Morod of God:] the Chaldee expoundeth it, the rod wherewith miracles have beene done from before the Lord. Of it, see Exod. 4. 20. and 7. 9. &c.
Vers. 10. to fight] that is, as the Greeke explaiand fought. See the notes on Genes. 2. 3. A like phrase also is in Numb. 18. 22. Deut. 2. 16. 1 King. 12. 33. The Hebrew text sometime manito build, 1 Chron. 14. 1. for which in 2 Sam. and they built. To say, (or, Saying) 1 Chronicles 13. 12. for which in 2 Sam. 6. 9. is written, and said. So in 1 Chronicles 34. 16. compared with 2 Kings 22. 9. Hur] or Chur: called in Greeke Oar, hee was a Prince of the Tribe of Iudah, being the sonne of Caleb, the son of Ezron, the sonne of Pharez, the sonne of Iudah, 1 Chronicles 2. 5. 9. 18. 19. This Hur was also left with Aaron to judge controversies, when Moses went up unto GOD, upon mount Sinai, Exodus 24. 14. His sonnes sonne B
Vers. 11. held up,] or, held al
his hand with the
Vers. 12. heavy:] that he could not continue to The spirit is willing, but the flesh is weake, Matth. 26. 41. 43. See also Luke 18. 1. Rom. 12 12.
Vers. 13. edge:] Hebr. mouth: which the Greeke slaughter of the sword: and that phrase the Apostle followeth, in Heb. 11. 37. So in the Greek version of Num. 21. 24. Deut. 13. 15.
Vers. 14. put in the eares,] that is, rehearse it in the
bearing of Iesus; he was to be Moses his successor; and so the charge was to continue successively, till it was accomplished. wiping I will wipe] that is, will utterly wipe (or blot) out. This God perforthou shalt wipe out the remembrance of Amalek, from under the heavens; forget it not, Deuteronomie 25. 19. Whereupon the Hebrew Canons say, Wee are commanded to destroy the remembrance of Amalek, (Deuteronomie 25.) and commanded to remember continually his evill deedes, and his treacherie; to the end to stirre up enmitie against him, &c. and it is unlawfull to forget his enmity and hatred, Maimony in Misn. treat. of Kings, c. 5. S. 5. This, as it figured the destruction of Antichrist; so the fulfilling of it, is by the Iewes themselves referred to the dayes of Christ: for they say;
Vers 15. Iehovah
that is
Vers. 16. upon the throne] or against the throne of
This referred to Amalek, mea
AND Iethro the Priest of Midian, the father in law of Moses, heard of all that God had done for Moses, and for was Gershom: for he said, I have beene an alien in a strange land. And the name of the other was Eliezer: for the God of my father hath been my help, and delivered me from the sword of Pharawas encamping, at the mountaine of God. And he said unto Moses, I thy father in law Iethro, am come unto thee, and thy wife, and her two sonnes with her. And Moses went out to meet his father in law, and bowed himselfe downe and kistheir peace; and they came into the tent. And Mohow Iehovah had deli
Iehovah, who hath delivered you out of the hand of the Egyptians, and out of the hand of Pharaoh: who hath delivered the people from under the hand of the Egypti
THe Priest] the Chaldee calleth him prince; the Greeke, Iothor priest of Madiam: see Exodus
Vers. 2. he had sent her backe] Heb. after her sending
Vers. 3. an alien] or, forreiner so Ger, the first part
Vers. 4. Eliezer] by interpretation, My God is my helpe] Hebr. in my helpe; which the Greeke translateth my helper: the Chalhath beene for my helpe.
God] the mountaine (saith the Chaldee,) glory of God was revealed, that was
Vers. 6. he said]
said unto Iesus, that which And it was told Moses, saying; Loe Iothor thy father in law commeth, &c.
Vers. 7. each other] Hebr. man his neighbour: this they saluted one another: and to
Vers. 8. found them] that is, befallen, or come upon
them: as the Greeke explaineth it. A phrase often used for afflictions that come upon any, as Nehem. 9. 32. Psal. 116. 3. and 119. 143. Esth. 8. 6.
Vers. 9. rejoyced] the Greeke translateth, was astonished.
Vers. 10. the hand,] that is, the power and tyranny:
the anguish of the dominion of the Egyptians.
Vers. 11. in the thing] Hebr. in the word: which is for this cause. he was above them] that is, above the Egyptians. Or, wherein they dealt proudly against them, that is, against the Israelites. This sense the Greeke affordeth: and so we are to understand words wanting, as therein hath hee beene greater then the Egyptians; and hath gotten himselfe a name, as is expressed in Nehem. 9. 10. which place giveth light unto this. For Iethroes speech is broin the thing wherein the Egyptians thought to judge Israel, in that are they judged. They drowned the children of Israel in the river, Exod. 1. 22. and themselves were drowned in the sea, Exod. 14.
Vers. 12. tooke a burnt-offring] the Greeke transtooke burnt-offrings: (wherof see Gen. 8. 20.) These he tooke for, or tooke and offered unto God; as taking of gifts, Psal. 68. 19. is by the Apostle exgiving of gifts, Ephes. 4. 8. So Exod. 25. 2. sacrifices] to wit, of peace, or for thanksgiving, which word is sometime added, as in Ex. 24. 5. and they now keeping a banquet before the Lord, it is to be understood of peace offrings, which men did eat of, Lev. 7. 15. whereas no man did eat of the burnt-offring, Lev. 1. 9. bread] which word is umeat, Gen. 3. 19. and 21. 14. and eating of bread, is here for feasting; as bread is put for a feast. Eccl. 10. 19. Dan. 5. 1. and the flesh of the sacrifices, is also called bread, Lev. 3. 11. and 21. 6. Num. 28. 2. before God] so it was a religious banquet, eaten beeat before the Lord, Deut. 12. 5. 7. 1 Chron. 29. 21. 22.
Vers. 15. to enquire of God] or, to seeke God: which to seeke judgement of God; and the Chaldee, to seeke doctrine from the face of the Lord: which was done by Moses, bringing their matters unto God, v. 19. Num. 27. 5. 6. & 15. 33. 34. 35. & for doubtfull things, they used in Israel to enquire of God by the Prophets, 1 Sam. 9. 9. Hereupon Moses told the Iudges whom he appointed under
Vers. 16. a matter] Hebr. a word: which the a controversie; so in Exmake knowne] the Greeke saith, I instruct them: which version the holy Ghost approveth, 1 Cor. 2. 16. from Esa. 40. 13
Vers. 18. fade away] a similitude from the leafe of
Vers. 19. God shall be with thee] and consequentthe Word of the Lord shall be thy helpe. to God-ward] Chald. inquiring doctrine from the face of the Lord: as verse 15. thou shalt bring] or, bring thou the matters; (or words:) in Greeke, their words: meaning their hard controversies, which could not bee determined without counsell from God; as sometime fell out, Num. 15. 33. 34. 35. and 27. 5. 6.
Vers. 20. the worke] or deed: in Greeke, the works.
all the things which they should doe, Deut. 1. 18.
Vers. 21. men of ability] or, of power, vertue, and activity; that is, vertuous, active, and able men, able (or mighty) men. The Hebrewes describe them thus: Anshei chajil (that is, Men of ability,) are such as bee mighty in the commandements, and exactly looke to themselves, and subdue their affections; so that there bee no dishonest (or contemptible) thing in them, nor evill name. And generally, able men are such as have a strong (or couragious) heart, to deliver the oppressed out of the oppressors hand; as it is said of Moses, he stood up and saved them, (Exod. 2. 17.)
Vers. 22. at all time] alwaies ready to heare the every houre. But the Sabbaths and feast daies were excepted from these, as from all other civill affaires, Levit. 23. 3. 7. 8. 21. &c. and by the Iewes canons, the evening beat all time. Maimony in Sanhedrin, c. 11. S. 2. and 3. And they used in Israel, (as hee there sheweth in Sanhedrin, c. 3. S. 1.) the lesser courts, to sit from morning prayer till the sixt houre of the day, that is, till noone: and the greater court sate,
Vers. 23. to stand] that is, to endure. come to
their place] that is, the land of Canaan, whither they are travelling; as Num. 10. 29. or, return home with an end of their controversies, without long waihouse, or home is called his place. Iudg. 7. 7. and 9. 55. and 19. 28. 29.
Vers. 25. Moses chose] by the peoples consent, made them] Hebr. gave (or set) them heads, that is, rulers. This he did, with a charge unto the ru
Vers. 27. his way] or, himselfe: as Gen. 12. 1. And
1, The people come to Sinai. 3, God calleth Moses up into the
IN the third Moneth, after the going forth is mine. And you are the words which thou shalt speake unto the sonnes of Israel. And Moses came, and called for the Elders it bee beast or man, it shall not live: when the sound of the trumpet is drawne long, they shall goe up into the mountaine. And Moses went downe from was in the Campe trembled. And Moses brought part of the mountaine. And mount Sinai it unto them.
MOneth] or, new moone; which was the first in the same day, to signifie not the Moneth onely, but the first day thereof to be meant. Or (as some thinke) the same day meaneth the third day, as it was the third moyeeres after the promise made unto Abraham: but the covenant of the Law now given, could not disanull the covenant (of grace) that was confirmed afore of God, in respect of Christ, Gal. 3. 17. Sines] in Greeke, the Holy Ghost writeth it Sina: which is a mountaine in Arabia, situate in the wildernesse, called thereupon,
Vers. 3. unto God] the Greeke saith, unto the
mountaine of God: the Chaldee, into the presence of the word of the Lord: this was Christ, who is calthe Angel, Act. 7. 38. the Angel of Gods Face, (or presence) Esay 63. 9. It seemeth that the cloud by which God conducted them, now rested upon that mount. See Numb. 9. 17. &c.
Vers. 4. you] or your selves have seene, &c. This Eagles wings] to cary you out of your place of bontwo wings of a great Eagle, Rev. 12. 14. The Greeke and Chaldee here translate, as upon Eagles wings. unto my selfe,] to serve me at this mount, (as was promised in Exod. 3. 12) and for ever: so the Chaldee exto my service; and Thargum Ierusalemy saith, to the doctrine of my Law.
Vers. 5. my voice] the voice of my Word, saith Thargum Ierusalemy. a peculiar treasure] or jewell. The Hebrew Segullah, signifieth ones own proper good, which he loveth and keepeth in store for himselfe, and for speciall use, 1 Chron. 29. 3. Eceles. 2. 8. Here it is applyed to Gods Church, and translated in Greeke a peculiar people, which phrase Paul followeth, in Tit. 2. 14. but Peter exa people for peculiar possession, 1 Pet. 2. 9. as the Greek version is in Mal. 3. 17. The Chaldee translateth it, beloved: so doe other Hebrews, saying, Segullah, signifieth that they should be beloved before him, as a desirable treasure, which a king delivereth not into the hand of any of his officers, but keepeth it himselfe. And such is the case of Israel, of whom it is said, (in Deut. 32. 9.) For the Lords portion is his people &c. R. Menachem on Exo. 19. This grace (which the Apostles shew we have obtained by Christ) is sundry times mentioned to the praise of God, Deut. 7. 6. and 14. 2. and 26. 18. For Iah hath chosen Iakob unto himselfe: Israel for his peculiar treasure, Psal. 135 4. the earth] with the plenty thereof is mine, yet my deThou Israel art my servant; Iakob, whom I have chosen; the seed of Abraham my friend. Thou whom I have taken from the ends of the earth, and called thee from the chiefe men thereof, and said unto thee; Thou art
Vers. 6. a kingdome of priests,] which the Apostle a kingly priesthood, 1 Pet. 2. 9. The Chaldee saith ye shall be before mee, kings, priests, and an holy people. Such Christ hath made us, unto God his father, Rev. 1. 6. Kings, to reigne on the earth, Rev. 5. 10. and priests Mosser up spirituall sacrifices, 1 Pet. 2. 5. Rom. 12. 1.
Vers. 7. Elders] by them to communicate these laid] or proposed; Hebrew put.
Vers. 8. together] with one accord, as the Greeke with one
weak through the flesh, Rom. 8. 3. make promise of more than they were able to performe. After, when the law in the thicke cloud ▪
Hebrew
Vers. 10. sanctifie them] that is, bid them, and with the washing of water, by the Word, even the washing of regeneration, and renewing of the holy Ghost. Ephes. 5 26. Tit. 3. 5. From this preMaimony sheweth in Asurei Biah, ch. 13. and is more fully set downe in the annotations on Gen. 17. 12.
V. 11. the third day] which is thought to be the Pentecost, the 50. day after the Passeover; then was a yeerly feast, Exo. 23. 16. Lev. 23. 15. 16. &c. Act. 20. 16. On this day the fiery law was now given on mount Sina: on this day the fiery tongues were after given for preaching the Gospell in Ierusalem, Acts 2. 1. 2. &c. And many mysteries are of the third day, in the Scriptures: see the notes on Gen. 22. 4.
touch it] or, touch him; that is, the man the mount that might be touched; terrible, that the people could unbeare that which was commanded; and shewed the nature and use of the law, contrary to the Gospell on mount Sion, as Paul explaineth it, Heb. 12. 18. 20. 22. &c. with a shot] with arrow (or dart,) as the Apostle in Greek openeth the Hebrew phrase shooting, shot through, Heb. 12. 20. the sound of the trumpet] or, the sounding trumpet: called in HeIobel, translated in Greeke, voices and trumpets; but the Apostle seemeth to expresse it by the
Vers. 15. unto a wife] or to a woman; that is, any the ministerie of the bed. A like speech passed betweene Achimelech the priest and David, about eating of the holy bread, 1 Sam. 21. 4. 5. This was for the more hufasting and prayer, 1 Cor. 7. 5. It seemeth also by the Law in Levit. 15. 18. that there was a figura
Vers. 16. voyces] that is, thunders; see Exod. 9. heavy] that is, very thicke cloud, the Greeke translateth, darkesome clouds. These were signes of Gods glorious presence, and of his judgements aAngels, Act. 7. 53. Gal. 3. 19. for God came, with ten thousands of saints, Deut. 33. 2. trumpet] shewing the nature of the Law, to manifest Gods will, mens transgressitrembled] or was afraid. The spirit of bondage which was in the people, caused them to feare, Rom.
Vers. 17. to meet with God] as the Chaldee parawith the Word of the Lord. Thus Moses as a Mediatour stood betweene the Lord and the people; because they were afraid, Deut. 5. 5. Gal. 3. 19. at the nether part] without the bounds that Moses had limited, vers. 12. They flood here (as the Hebrews write) after the order that Moses mentioneth (in Deut. 29. 10. 11.) when after 40. yeeres he renewed the covenant; First there were the firstborne (the priests, Exod. 19. 22.) which came neare unto the Lord: after them the Heads of the Tribes, the Rulers: after them the Elders: then the officers: after them all the men of Israel: then the little ones: after them the women: and then the strangers. Aben Ezra on Exod. 19.
Vers. 18. on a smoke] With clouds and smoke, the hiding of his power, Hab. 3. 4. descended] God who filleth heaven and earth, Ier. 23. 24. is said to descend or come downe to certaine places, when hee there manifesteth his glory: and it is spoken of him afin fire] for Gods Word is like to fire, Ier. 23. 29. and his law was firie, Deut. 33. 2. as hee himselfe is a consuming fire, Deutro. 4. 24. Thargum Ierusalemy explaineth it thus, because the glorie of the Majestie of the Lord was revealed upon it, in a flame of fire. The mountaine burnt with fire unto the midst of heaven, with darknesse, clouds, and thicke darknesse, Deut. 4. 11. all the mount] the mountaines saw the Lord, and trembled, Hab. 3. 10. they leaped like rammes, Psal. 114. 4. the earth quaked, the heavens also dropped at the presence of God; even Sinai it selfe, at the presence of God, the God of Israel, Psal. 68. 6. Iudg. 5. 5. The Greek translateth,
Vers. 19. going and waxing strong] that is, continuMoses spake] so fearfull was the sight, that Moses said, I am sore afraid and tremble, Heb. 12. 21. by a voyce] by a more gentle meane than the thunder, or loud shrilling trumpet: that Moses might be confirmed and not affrighted. (So Davoyce was heard of the people; as is likely by that promise unto Moses, in verse 9. It signified also, that onely the Lords voyce takes away the terrors of the Law: for by Moses the Law was gigrace and truth, Ioh. 1. 17.
Vers. 21. testifie unto] or, charge (contest) the people.
Vers 22. which come neare] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth, which come neare to minister before the
Lord. These priests are after called yong men of the sonnes of Israel, Exodus 24. 5. and were the first borne of the people whom God had sanctified to him-selfe, Exodus 13. 2. in whose place hee afterward tooke the tribe of Levi, Numb. 8. 14. 15. 17. 18. sanctifie themselves] that is, prepare, wash, and keepe themselves from being defiled with sinne, by touching the mount, as vers. 24. 12. breake forth] which the Chaldee expoundeth, bee strong, (that is, very angry) but it implieth death also, when God breaketh forth as the breach of waters up
Vers. 23. cannot] or, shall not be able to come up, ministration of death, 2 Cor. 3. 7. Gal. 3. 10. 11. 19. 21. 22. 23. 24. Mount Sina, is in bondage with her children, Gal. 4. 25.
Vers. 24. breake through] the Greeke here translalet them not violently presse to come up: but that which the Law suffereth not, the Gospell admit
1, The ten Commandements are spoken by God on mount Sinai, 18, With thunders, lightnings, sound of the trumpet, &c. whereat the people are afraid. 20, Moses comforteth them. 22, God upon this occasion, againe forbiddeth them Idolatrie. 24, Of what sort the altar should be.
AND God spake all these words, sayany other gods before my thing, or any likenesse of things which are in the heavens above, or which are in the earth beneath, or which are in the waters beam a jealous God, visiting the iniquitie of the fathers upon the sonnes, upon the third and upon the fourth generation of them that hate me: And doing mer
GOd spake] The Law was given by the minifire, cloud and darknesse, with a great voice, which shooke the earth, Deut. 4. 22. Heb. 12. 26. all these words] these tenne Commandehe added no moe, Deut. 5. 22. wherefore they are called the ten Words, Ex. 34. 28. that is, the ten Commandements; as the Word of God, Marke 7. 13. is the commandement of God, Matth. 15. 6. See the notes on Exod. 34. 28. The Apostle calleth the Law, the voice of words, Heb. 12. 19.
Vers. 2. I Iehovah] understand, I am Iehovah, as I Iehovah am thy God. The words I Iehovah, note the unity of the God-head, as elsewhere he saith, Iehovah our God, Iehovah is
Vers. 3. Thou shalt not have] or, There shall not be to thee: but this Hebrew phrase the Holy Ghost There is not to us, Luke 9. 13. that is, We have not, Matth. 14. 17 This and most of the other precepts are prohibiti
Psalme 34. 15. But Gods forbode bindeth most strictly, and alwayes, and we are borne in evill and are prone unto it, rather then to good; and are therefore called by these commandements from all corruption, unto the in
Vers 4 Thou shalt not make] As the former prein spirit and truth, Iohn 4. 24. In the Chaldee paraIonathans, this is expresly said to bee the second Commandement; and such is the genePhilo in exposit. Decalogi; Iosephus antiq l. 3. and others: yet some now would make this but a part of the first ComSabbath is by him and other ancient Rabbines called the fourth precept, (as is observed on Gen 49. 12.) which by the others acMaking, here meaneth not onely with the hand, but with the heart or imagiwe ought not to thinke that the godhead is like unto gold, &c. Act. 17. 29. And to worship the Sunne or Moone, or any creature, is to make an Iunto thee] to (or for) thy selfe: to wit, without commandement from God; for by his commandement Moses made the Cherubims in the sanctuary, Exod. 25. 18. and the brazen Serpent in the wildernesse, Num. 21. 8. And this forbiddeth not all images of creatures for civil use, (which are allowable, Matth. 22. 20.) but for religious. So the Law explaineth it; as, ye shall not set up any image of stone in your land, to bow downe unto it, Levit. 26. 1. and the Prophets phrase of Ima
Ver. 5. not bow downe] or, not worship: under this one, all other gestures of reverence are forbidden; to them] that is, to any creature, Rom. 1. 25. though an Angell, Rev. 22. 8. 9. or, to the Image of any creature; or of God himselfe, Esay 40. 18. 21. Rom. 1. 23. or to any
of our
Verse 6. love me &c.] Love is first named as that from which the keeping of the commandements proceedeth, Iohn 14. 15: for the end of the Commandement, is Love out of a pure heart, &c. 1 Tim. 1. 5. and towards such as
Verse. 7. not take up] to wit, upon thy lippes, or mouth, (as this phrase is opened in Psalme 16. 4. and 50. 16.) that is, not speake, use, or mention. So to take up a proverbe, Esay 14. 4. to take up a lamentation, Ezek: 26. 17. is to speake or utter the same. The Chaldee restraineth it to one particular,
V. 8. Remember] Heb. To remember: of wch phrase, Observe (or keep) the sabbath. Deut. 5. 12. In Esa. 58. call the Sabbath a Delight the holy day of the Lord honourable, all which doe show the waight of this precept.
Vers. 9. labour] or serve, which some doe underservice is a dutie to the Lord, Exod. 3. 12. & 23. 25. But comparing this place with Exod. 34. 21. where it is opposed unto Rest, it seemeth rather to intend our owne worke or labour, which God of his bounty allowthy worke] the Greeke translateth, thy
V. 10. But]
And the seventh. This is perpeseventh day
Vers. 11. therefore] Hereby it appeareth, that
Vers. 12 Honour] This is called the first commandement with promise, Ephesians 6. 2. that is, the first
Vers. 13. Thou shalt not kill] or, Thou shalt not
murder: for the Hebrew Ratsach properly sigMurder, that is, killing of mankinde unHarag, which is to kill a person, which sometime is justly, Deut. 13. 9. We may also English it, Kill not: and so the rest, Commit not adultery: Steale not, &c. for both these waies doth the holy Ghost translate these precepts into Greeke, Matt. 19. 18. Mark. 10. 19. This sixt Commandement is for preserving mans life: the seventh is, for the just propagation of mankinde: the eight concerneth his goods: the ninth his good name: the tenth teacheth every man to be contented with his owne estate. The Chaldee translateth this, Thou shalt not kill a soule ▪
that is, any person: and it for biddeth all murder of soule or of body, Ezek. 13. 19. and 3. 18. Gen. 9. 6. of ones selfe, or of another, Act. 16. 27. 28. Prov.
Verse 14. not commit
or,
Verse 15. not steale] either persons, Exodus
Verse 16. not answer] that is, not speake, or witnesse,
Vers. 17. not covet] in Deut. 5. 21. another word Desire, is also used: and there the coveting of the wife is first named; and then the coveting of the house: there also the field is added, whereof here is no mention: howbeit the Greeke hath the same order and addition in this place. This commandeCovetousnesse, coveteth all the day, Prov. 21. 26. therefore God here re
Ver. 18. saw] this word is generally used for seeing,
V. 19. they said] by the chiefe of their Tribes and will heare] & do it. This speech of theirs God well approved of, Deut. 5. 27. 28. For as they desired Moses to bee a mediatour between God and them; so the Law is a Schoolemaster to bring us to Christ, the mediator of the new Testament, Gal. 3. 24. Heb. 12. 24. wherefore up
Vers. 20. Feare not] but as the Gr. translateth, be
of good comfort. He encourageth them against the exceeding feare which dismaied them: (for otherlearne to feare him, Deu. 4. 10.) So when the Angell said, Feare not, Matt. 28. 5. he meant, bee not affrighted (or dismayed) Mar. 16. 6. is come] as the Chaldee paraphraseth, his glorie is revealed. to tempt] or, to prove: see Exod. 15. 25. not sinne] thus the Law was added because of trangressions ▪
Gal. 3. 19. to manifest sin, and to restraine men from it, Rom. 3. 20. Psal. 119. 11. Iam. 2. 9. for,
Ver. 21. thicke darknesse] or, tempestuous darknesse.
gnaraphel, which signifieth thicke (or obscure) darknesse, is by the Holy Ghost translated in Greeke thuella ▪
Heb. 12. 18. which signifieth
Ver. 22. the heavens] This was when God came
Ver. 22. with me] to wit, any gods with me, which before me as in verse 3. So with me, in Esth. 7. 8. is used for before me; and with the arke of God, 2 Sam, 6. 7. is expounded before God. 1 Chron. 13. 10. gods] that is, idols of gold or silver, representing God unto you. Thus Israel when they made the calfe in the wildernesse, (which was an idoll, Act. 7. 41. are said to have made them Gods of gold, Exod 32. 8. 31. and the idols (or images) of the Philistines, are called their gods, 2 Sam. 5. 21. 1 Chron. 14. 12.
Vers. 24. of earth] this seemeth to differ from an altar of earth, is opposed to the gods of silver and gold, before prohibited. For God is to be worshipped in spirit and truth, not with outward, carnall pompe, Iohn 4. 24. And as the altar figured Christ, Hebrewes 13. 10. so his earthly or humane nature, was hereby signipeace-offrings] or thanke-offrings; of thesemake the memoriall] or cause the remembrance of my name to be: or, make you to remember my name: that is, all places of publike worship and service of God; and monuments of him: such as were the many encamping places in the wildernesse, and sunto put his name there, Deuter. 12. 5. as in Iemake mention (or
Vers. 25. of hewen stones] so the Greek and Chalof hewing: wherestones of hewing. (as is expressed in 1 King. 5. 17) that is, stones hewed: of such the alwhole stones, over which no man had lift up any iron; as Iesus did on mount Ebal, Ios. 8. 30. 31. thy toole] or, thy axe, thy sword: any iron or edge toole; therefore in Deut. 27. 5. Moses useth the word iron. And the Hebrew Chereb (an axe, or sword) here used, hath the name of wasting or destroying, being instruments of warre for destruction of men, and of towers, as in Ezek. 26. 6. 9. and is here forbidden in making the altar: and in the building of Salomons Temple, no iron toole was heard, 1 King. 6. 7. polluted] Thus that which in mans judgement and art, should polish it, Gods Law maketh to be pollution. So humane wisdome of speech, in preaching the Gospell, maketh
Vers. 26. by steps] or, by stayres, greeces: albeit the nakednesse] that is, uncomely parts, or shame, as the Greeke translateth it: which as honesty would have covered from the eyes of man, Gen. 9. 22. 23. so religion teacheth us to cover in the presence of God. And this rule extendeth to the comely covering of all parts of our body, 1 Cor. 11. 4. 5. 13. especially to hide our spirituall shame and nakednesse, Revel. 16. 15. Wherefore God appointed linnen breeches to cover the naked
2. Iudiciall lewes for men servants. 5, For the ser
AND these are the Iudgments which thou shalt set before them. When were the husband of a wife, then his wife shall goe out with him. If his master have given him a wife, and shee have borne him sonnes or daughters, the wife and her children shall bee her masters, and he shall goe out with his body. And if the servant saying shall say, I love my mashe be evill in the eyes of her maor hath betrothed her to himselfe.th draw. And if he do not these three unto her, then shall shee goe out freely withhim into his hand; then I will aphim. And when a man smite his man-servant, or his woman servant, with a rod, and hee dye under his hand, avenging hee shall bee avenis his money. And when men striue and strike a woman with childe, and her births depart from her, and there be no mischiefe; punishing he shal be punished, according as the womans husshall be innocent. And in, but that he hath killed a man or a woman; the oxe shall bee stoned, and his owner also shall be killed. If a ranof silver, and the oxe shall be stoned. And when a man shall obeast shall be his. And when a mans if it be knowne that the in, paying he shall pay oxe for oxe, and the dead shall be his owne.
Mishpatim, that is, Iudgments. See Genes. 6. 9.
THE Iudgments] the Iudiciall lawes, annexed statutes, or decrees, Exod. 12. 24. 43. and 27. 21. and 29. 9. Lev. 3. 17. and 6. 18. 22. The Greeke here and often tran lateth them Dicaiomata, Iust judgements: and so the Holy Ghost useth the word, in Revel. 15. 4. The
Vers. 2. Hebrew servant] that is, as the Chaldee a sonne of Israel: see Exod. 3. 18. A man might not buy an Hebrew, but either when hee willingly sold himselfe, for extreme poverty, Deut. 15. 12. Levit. 25. 39. or when he was sold against his will, by the Magistrate, for theft which he was not able to restore, Exod. 22. 3. shall serve] the Greeke explaineth it, shall serve thee. This might not be with the service of a bond-servant, but as an hired servant; and without rigour, Levit. 25. 39. 40. 43. For the time, the Hebrew canons say, He whom the Synedrion (the Magistrates) sell, serveth sixe yeeres from the day of his sale: and in the beginning of his seventh yeere, he goeth out free. If the yeere of release (Deut. 15. 1.)
Vers. 3. with his body] onely, and hath no wife, as himselfe alone, of a wise] which is entred into servitude with him; therefore the Greeke translateth it thus, If a wife came in together with him, then the wife shall goe out together with him.
Vers. 4. given him a wife] to wit, an heathen bond Hee whom the Magistrates doe sell, his master may give him a Canaanitesse bond woman, &c.
Vers. 5. saying shall say] that is, shall freely, openly,
and plainely say: Greeke, shall answer and say. my master] in Deut. 15. 16. is mentioned also his house: from which the Hebrewes gather, that if the master have not wife and children, the servant is not to be bored in the eare: or if his master love not him, or if either the master or servant be sicke, the servant is not to be bored; for it is said, (in Deut. 15. 16.) because he is well with thee. Maimony, treat, of Servants, chap. 3. Sect. 11.
Vers. 6. the gods] that is, the Iudges, or Magistrates.
gods in Psalme 82. 1. 6. because the Word of God was given to them, Ioh. 10. 34. 35. So the Chaldee translateth it Iudges: the Greeke, the judgment of God. The Rabbines expound it,
Vers. 7. sell his daughter] which the Hebrew canothing left of goods moveable, or unmoveable, unto the cloathes on his backe. Maimony, treat. of
Vers. 8. evill] that is, displeasing, as the Greeke althat he doe not betroth her] unto who hath betrothed her to himselfe: for the Hebrew hath both readings, the first in the line, the latter in the mar
Vers. 9. of daughters] which the Chaldee explaiof the daughters of Israel: as is right and cu
Vers. 10. take him] this the Greeke interpreteth, take to himselfe: though it may imply both the faher mariage dutie] the due benevolence betweene man and wife, such as the Apostle speaketh of, 1 Cor. 7. 3. and so the Greek translateth it conversation, (or companying together.) the Hebrew Doctors also explain it (from the phrase in Gen. 19. 31.)
Vers. 11. these three] mentioned last, in verse those three fore-mentioned, touching her bethrothing to himselfe, or to his sonne, or her redeeming. In this latter sense Maimony expounServants, chap. 4. Sect. 9. freely, or, for nothing, as verse 2.
Vers. 12. that smiteth] to wit, wilfully, as the next put to die] or, made to die, that is, killed by the MaFoure deaths were in Israel by the Iudges; Stoning, and Burning, and Slaying with the sword, and Strangling (or Hanging.) Stoning was heavier than burning; and burning heavier then killing with the sword; and the sword heavier then strangling. All that were to be stoned to death by the law, were eighteene, namely, these: 1 Hee that lieth with his owne mother: 2 or with his fathers wife: 3 or with his daughter in law: 4 or with a betrothed maid: 5 or with the male: 6 or with any beast. 7 The woman that lieth downe to a beast. 8. The blasphemer. 9 He that worshippeth on Idoll. 10 or that giveth of his seed to Molech. 11 He that hath a familiar spirit, 12 and the Wizard, (Leviticus 20. 27.) 13
Vers. 13. not l
as 1 Samuel 24. 12. The Greeke translateth,
Vers. 14. shall come presumptuously] or, shall deale proudly: the Chaldee saith, doe wickedly. It meaneth from my] in Chaldee, from before my altar. The Greeke addeth, and flee unto the altar; from my altar shalt thou take him, &c. But Thargum Ierusalemy exthough hee be the high priest, who standeth and ministreth before me, from thhnce shall yee take him, and kill him. Ioab fearing his life, fled uncaught hold on the hornes of the altar, 1 King. 28. and among the Heathens, altars were places of refuge; The wilde beast hath the Rocke for a refuge; and seruants the altars of God; saith Euripides in Supplic. to die] or,
Vers. 15. his father, &c.] though he kill him not, Maimony sheweth, it treat. of Rebels, chap. 5. Sect. 5. 6.
Vers. 16. a man] any of the sonnes of Israel, saith a soule, (that is, man, woman, or child) of his brethren, of the sonnes of Israel.
Vers. 17. curseth] or, speaketh evill to, revileth; useth light, vile and reproachfull speech: see Geput to die] the holy Ghost in Matth. 15. 4. (following the Greeke version) translateth, let him be ended with death: that is, killed. This law is repeated in Levit. 20. 9. The Hebrew Doctors say, that if he curse them either alive or dead, hee is to be stoned to death for it. But they restraine this to his next parents onely: if he curse his grand-father, they teach, hee is not to be stoned, but puMaimony treat, of Rebels, chap. 5. Sect. 1. 2.
Vers. 18. fist] so the Greeke translateth, but the Chaldee is, a clod of earth. falleth] that is, lieth on, or keepeth his bed through infirmitie.
Vers. 19. innocent] and so quit, and not punished as a murderer: though for the hurt, hee is to satisgive his sitting] that is, pay for his sitting, or ceasing from labour, and losse of time. So the Greeke translates, But hee shall pay for his ceasing from labour, and for the charges of healing. Here also is to be understood, that if he have caused a blemish in his neighbour, he is also to pay for it, Levit. 24. 19. 20. And the Hebrew Do
Vers. 20. man servant] his slave, which after in his money: but with Hebrew sera rod] or staffe, such as is meet to give correction with: wherefore the Hebrewes gather, that if he smite him with a sword, dagger, stone, or the like, hee hath not the priviledge of this law; but if the servant die of the blow, though a yeere after, hee must be killed for him. Maimony, treat. of Murder, chap. 2. S. 14. under his hand] whiles he is in beating: as the verse following manifesteth. avenging] Greeke, with vengeance: that is, he shall surely be avenged, or punished with death. The Chaldee translateth, judged. This is meant, by the Magistrate, who is the
Vers. 21. continue,] Hebr. stand, which the Greek live. a day,] a large day of foure and twentie houres; which is as much as two other daies which have each but twelve houres, Iohn 11. 9. Thus the Iew Doctors explaine it: if he continue foure and twenty houres, and afterward die, hee is not killed for him; though he die upon the beating, &c.
Vers. 22. births] or childe, as the Greeke translano mischiefe] to the woman or childe: the Chaldee expounds it, no death: but it implieth lesse also than death, as the words following maniif it be not figured, that is, have not the shape and proportion. punished] or, amearsed, mulcted, topay a summe of money, as this word is explaito the woman for the dammage and for the paine. Maimony treat. of Hurts, chap. 4. Sect. by the Iudges] as the Chaldee saith, by the sentence of the Iudges: the Greeke transwith authoritie (or dignitie.)
Vers. 23. thou give] speaking to the offender; hee shall give, as it was in verse 22. Otliers referre it to the Iudge; thou (Iudge) shalt give by thy sentence. soule] that is, life.
Vers. 25. stripe] or waile; the print or marke of the blow in the flesh. And all these (except life for life,)
he shall take no ransome for the life of a murderer: so that other maimes or hurts, are not forbidden to be satisfied for: and in respect of satisfaction, it is said (in Deut. 19. 21.) thi
&c.
Vers. 26. his man servant] or, his bond-man, of the his owne, not another mans sercorrupt it] that is, perish it; and as the Greeke translateth, make it blinde. send him away] dismisse him free, from slaverie; without any o
V. 27. for his tooth] and so by proportion for other if he strike him on the eare, and he become deafe thereby, or the like, he is to goe out free for the same, saith Maimony, treat. of Servants, chap. 5. Sect. 7.
Ver. 28. an oxe] or, bull: and by proportion any Every living creature which is in the power of man, if it shall damnifie, the owners are bound to pay for it, because their goods have done the dammage. The Scripture speaketh not of the
saith
Vers. 29. in time past] Hebr. from yesterday, and the third day. So in verse 36. to his owner] and that before the Magistrate; as the Hebrew Doctors say, there is no testification but before the owners, and before the Synedrion (or Court,) Maimony, treat. of Dammages, chap. 6. Sect. 2.
Vers. 30. of his soule] that is, of his life. But how much? For servants the summe is set, verse 32. for as the Iudges shall value the slaine. And the ransome is to be given unto the heires of him that is slain. Maimony, in Dammages. chap. 11. Sect. 1. 2.
Vers. 31. a sonne] the Chaldee addeth a sonne of
Israel, or a daughter of Israel.
Vers. 32. thirtie shekels] or, shillings; in Greeke didrachmes: see the notes on Genes. 20. 16. This price is here set both for men and maid-servants, and as the Iewes explaine it, both for great and small, whether the servant were worth an hundred pounds, or not worth one, &c. Maimony, ibid. This thirty shegoodly price, that our Lord Christ was valued at, or the vile Iewes, Zacharie 11. 12. 13. Matthew 26. 15.
Vers. 33. or an asse] or any other beast, cattell, or fowle; the oxe and the asse is named but for an instance.
vessels (or instruments) that fall into a pit and are broken, the owner of the pit is not bound to pay for them. The law is, if an oxe fall, hee saith not if a man: or an asse he saith not a vessell. Although an oxe with his instruments fall in, and the oxe die, and the instruments be broken: the owner of the pit is bound to pay for the beast, but not for the instruments. Maimony, treat, of Dammages, chap. 12. Sect. 1. and chap. 13. Sect. 1. fall] that is, die there; as the words folten hand breadths (that is, two foot and a halfe) deepe. If it be any lesse, though an oxe or any beast fall into it and die, the owis not bound to pay for it. Maimony, in the same booke, chap. 12. Sect. 10.
Vers. 34. owner] or master: that is, the doer or occasioner of the doing thereof; in whom the
Verse 35. oxe] or any other beast of his: as behis neighbours oxe] This the HeIf an Israelites oxe push an oxe sanctified (unto God;) or an oxe that is sanctified doe push an Israelites oxe, he is not bound to
for it is said, HIS NEIGHMaimony, in Dammages, chap. 8. Sect. 1. the dead] the Chaldee paraphraseth, the price of the dead also.
Vers. 36. be knowne] or, as the Greeke translabe made knowne: that is testified to the owner,
1, Of theft. 5, Of dammage by beasts, or fire. 7, Of trespasses, in things delivered to be kept. 14, Of hur
WHen a man shall steale an oxe, or a (shall be shed) for him. If (shall be shed) for him: paying he shall pay; if hee have not, then hee shall be sold for his theft. If the theft by finding be found in his hand, of the best of his owne field, and the best of his vineyard shall he pay. When fire shall is he; the matter of them both shall come unto the gods: whom the gods shall condemne, he shall pay double unto his neighbour. When a man shall give unto his neighbour, asse, or oxe, or sheepe, or any beast to keepe, and it die, or be broken, or driven away, none seeing it: An oath of Iehovah shall be betweene them both, if he have not put forth his hand unto his neighbours goods: and the owner of it shall accept it, and he shall not pay. And if it be stollen by stealth from him, hee shall pay unto the owner thereof. If it bee torne in pieces, let him bring it for witnesse: that
which is torne, he shall not pay. And when ought of his neighbour, and it be broken, or die, the owner thereof being not with it, paying he shall pay. If the be with it, hee shall not pay: if it be an hired thing, it came for his hire. And when a man shall entice a maid that is not betrothed, and lie with her, endowing even to him onely. And a stranger thou shalt childe. If afflicting thou shalt afflict him, man with thee, thou shalt not be to him as an exacting credis his covering, that only; that is his raiment for his skin: wherein shall he sleepe? And it shall be, when he crieth unto me, then I will heare, for I am gracious. Thou shalt not reand with thy sheep: seven daies it shall be with his mother; in the eighth day thou shalt give it unto me. And
A Sheepe] or a lambe; a young sheepe, or young goat: for the Hebrew word comprehendeth both, Exod. 12. 3. Deut. 14. 4. five oxen] or, five of the herd, for an oxe; and foure of the flocke for a sheepe: the Hebrew differeth in word, but the Greeke version keepeth the same words here, that were before. This Law was, if the oxe were killed or sold: but if it were found in his hand alive, hee paid but two for one, v. 4. neither was it for any oMaimony, treat. of Theft, chap. 1. Sect. 6. But these, b
Vers. 2. in the digging through] that is, digging in the hole digged; and so entring by the breach. By this the Hebrewes understand all obecause it is the way of most theeves, to enter by digging through in the night. Maimony, treat. of
Vers. 3. risen upon him] if it be cleere day when Sun, the Chaldee paraphrast translateth, the eye of witnesses. But Maimony (in the foresaid place, Sect. 10.) giIf the matter be cleere to the master of the house, that this theefe will not kill him, and that he commeth not but to steale goods, it is unlawfull to kill him: and if he kill him, he is a man slayer, as it is written, IF THE SVN BE RISEN VPON HIM;
Vers. 4. finding be found] that is, be certainly and
wholy found: the Greeke translateth, bee taken and found. whether, Oxe, &c.] Hebr. from oxe unto asse, unto lambe. hee shall pay double;] that is, shall restore that which was stollen, and another as good. Here the Hebrew Doctors have their exceptions, for women, children, and servants. If a mans wife (steale) and she hath not to pay, the double shall lie upon her as a debt, till shee be divorced, or her husband dye, then the Iudges shall exact it of her. A childe that stealeth, is free from paying the double, &c. and if the thing be lost, he is not bound to pay the principall, no not after he is growne in age. A servant that stealeth is free from paying the double, his master is free also: for no man is bound to pay his servants dammages, &c.
Vers. 5. or vineyard] and so by proportion any o
Vers. 6. finde] that is, catch hold on thornes; or on Maimony sheweth in treat of Dammages, chap. 14. Sect. 15. that kindled] or, that set on fire the fire: that burned the burning. The Hebrew Doctors explaine this Law thus: One brings fire, and another after brings wood; he that brings the wood, is bound to pay. One brings wood, and then another brings fire; now he that brings the fire is bound to pay. If one come and make the flame, then he is bound to pay, &c. Maimony, treat. of Dammages, chap. 14. Sect. 7.
Vers. 7. money or stuffe] Hebr. silver or vessels,
(instruments:) or any beast, as the 9. verse after sheweth. to keep] of trust; and for no reward, but of friendship.
Vers. 8. the gods] that is, as the Chaldee expresthe Iudges: see Exod. 21. 6. The Greeke here translateth, before God. if he have] understand, to see if hee have not; meaning that the Iudges may finde it out by oath; as is expressed in vers. 11. So the Greeke translateth, and hee shall sweare, that in very deed he hath not dealt evill. The putting forth the hand unto the thing, the Hebrew Doctors underR. Ios. Karro in Chosen hamishphat, treat. Pikkadon, c. 2. S. 1. goods] Heb. worke, that is, any thing gotten wherein ones worke or labour is imployed; as in Gen. 33. 14. The Greeke translateth it, the thing committed unto him, (which word Paul useth in 1 Tim. 6. 20. 2 Tim. 1. 14.) also the Chaldee saith,
Vers. 9. matter of trespasse] or, word of trespasse] that is, any injury spoken or complained of: which may be other waies than by putting to his hand fore-mentioned: as, if hee kept it not in a meet place, &c. The Hebrew canons say, Some things are usually kept in out-houses or yards, as timber, stones, &c. some in houses, as garments, &c. some lockt up in coffers, as money, jewels, &c.
Vers. 10. to keepe] not for nothing, as in the forThere are foure keepers
spoken of in the Law, and three lawes are for them. The fourtkeepers are, he that keepeth for nothing, and hee that borroweth, and he that taketh wages (for keeping) and he that hireth a thing. The three
&c.
Vers. 11. oath of Iehovah] that is, whereby the Lord is taken to witnesse: because there was no Maimony sheweth in the foresaid treat. c. 3. S. 1. accept it] the Chaldee saith, shall take the oath, that is, accept of it, and so end the controversie, as Heb. 6. 16. hee] that is, the keeper shall not pay for it. Also the Hebrew Doctors say, If the keeper deliver (the goods) to a second keeper, and there be witnesses that the second kept them as the manner of keepers is to doe, and that some such violent accident did befall, the first keeper was free. But if there be not witnesses, the first keeMaimony, treat. of Hired things, chap. 1. Sect. 4.
Vers. 13. torne in peeces] Hebr. tearing torne: to wit, by wilde beasts, as the Greeke version manibring it] that which is torne, or the remnants of it, as in Amos 3. 12. is mentioned a legge, or an eare, or the like. So the Ierusalemy Thargum saith, let him bring of the members of it, for a witnesse that it is killed. not pay] understanA shepheard when wolves come and take a prey from him, if there be but one wolfe, it is not (counted) violence; if there be two wolves, that is violence. If two dogges come, it is not violence, if moe, then it is. A lion, a beare, a leopard, a serpent, &c.
Vers. 14. borrow] Hebr. aske, and consequently, receive a thing lent. This law concerneth all moveable goods, beasts, houshould stuffe, and the like or die] or perish any other way; therefore the Greeke addeth, or bee driven away: as was in verse 10. The Hebrewes explaine this law thus: He that borroweth of his neighbour stuffe, or beast, or any like moveable goods, and it be lost, or stollen though with great violence, as if the beast be hurt, or taken away by force, or die, he is bound to pay all, Exodus 22. 14.
Vers. 15. be with it] This the Hebrewes underwith it, in the time when it is borrowed, not in the time when it is used: for they say; Wee have beene taught, that whereas it is said, if the owner thereofbe with it, the meaning is, if he be with it in the time of borrowing it, &c. and there is no need that he be with it in the time when it is broken, or dieth. If he be not w th it in the time whe ̄ it is borrowed, though he be with it in the time when it is broken, or dieth, (the borrower) is bound to pay for it. Ra (or
Vers. 16. entice] or perswade, so that she consent Shee that is lien with in the field, it is certainely presumed that
she was forced; unlesse witnesse testifie that
in
Vers. 17. weigh] that pay money. The summe is shewed in Deuteronomie 22. 29. to be fiftie shethey compelled him not, but hee gave the mulct, and went his way. If he maried her, then he paid not this mulct, but gave her a writing, as other maids had. Maimony in Nagyarah chap. 1. Sect. 3.
Vers. 18. a witch] or, sorceresse, whereof see the notes on Exodus 7. 11. He speaketh of the woman, man-witch, or sorcerer (who is likewise named in Deuteronomie 18. 10.) ThereWitches. The Hebrewes observe,
Vers. 19. put to dye] Gr. ye shall kill him with death. Elsewhere it is commanded, that the beast bee Confusion, Lev.
Vers. 20. sacrificeth to the gods] that is, as the Chaldee expounds it, to the idols of the peoples; and either the Sunne, or the Moone, or any of the host of heaven, &c. Deut. 17. 2. 3. And by sacrifice, he implieth also worship and service, as is expressed in Deuteronomie 17. 3. utterly destroyed] or,
Vers. 21. vex] or, make a spoile and prey, Coppresse
and
Vers. 23. afflicting afflict,] that is, in any measure, or any manner of way afflict. It seemeth also to bee I will afflict thee. See the like in Luke 13. 9. surely if] or and if: so the Greeke translateth it here and in 1 Sam. 2. 21. Also the Hebrew Ci, Surely (or For) and Vau, And, are put one for another, 2 Sam. 22. 28. with Psal. 18. 28. Esa. 39. 1. with 2 King 20. 12.
Vers. 25. money] Hebr. silver: by it is meant allend, Deut. 15. 7. 8. Luke 6. 35. my people,] this putteth a difference betweene Gods people, and strangers infidels, unto whom they might lend upon usury, Deut 23. 20. as an exacting creditor:] as a lender that is urgent to have his owne a
Vers. 26. neighbours raiment] if hee be a Poore Maimony in treat. of Lender and Borrower, chap. 3. Sect. 4. See more for this point in the annotatiraiment] which he either weareth by day, or lieth in by night; and so by proportion all other things whereof hee hath present use, as tooles & instruments to worke with, and such like, But things necessarie for to feed the life, as the mill-stone which grindeth corne, or any the like, may not be taken to pawne, Deubefore the Sunne] or untill the Sunne goeth in, that is, setteth, or goeth downe, meaning, by day. In Deuteronomie 24. 13. it is said, when the Sunne goeth downe. Hereupon the HeWhen one takes a pledge of his neighbour, if he be a poore man, and his pledge be a thing that hee hath need of, it is commanded that hee restore the pledge at the time when he needeth it: hee is to restore him his bedding at night, that hee may sleepe on it; and his working tooles by day, that he may doe his worke with them. If he doe not restore the instrument of the day by day, and the instrument of the night at night, he transgresseth against this prohibition, Thou shalt not sleepe with his pledge, Deut. 24. 12.
Vers. 27. his skinne] the Greeke translateth it, his shame. when he crieth] or, that hee will cry unto me, and I will heare. The Greeke translateth, if therefore he cry.
Vers. 28. revile] curse, banne, or blaspheme, (which speake evill and dishonourably. See Gen. 12. 3. gods] that is, as the Chaldee transIudges: as Exod. 21. 6. the ruler of] Heb. ruler in; but it meaneth of thy people, as it is transprince or ruler, NumWhosoeuer revileth a Iudge among the Iudges of Israel, transgresseth this Law, Thou shalt not revile the gods. And so if he revile the Ruler, either the chiefe of the great Synedrion, or the King, hee transgresseth this Law, Thou shalt not curse the ruler of thy people. Maimony, in
Vers. 29. Thy full-ripe fruit] to wit, the first-fruits
Thy first fruits; and the Greeke, The first fruits of thy floore. The Hebrew signifieth, fulnesse, or
Vers. 30. and with thy sheepe] under which name, the goat also is comprehended, for the Hebrew imAnd, understood in the Hebrew; which sometime the holyby each man, by all thy people, 1 King. 8. 38. that is, and by all thy people, 2 Chronicles, 6. 29. So, fight not with small, with great, 2 Chro. 18. 30. that is, with small or with great, 1 King. 22. 31. the eighth day] and from that day forward, it was acceptable, both for first fruits, & for other sacrifices, Levit. 22. 27. And beMaimony, treat. of Forbidden Meats, chap. 4. Sect. 4. The reason hereof was, that in this time, the Sabbath day passed over it, for there is no seven without a Sabbath, saith R. Menachem upon this place. See the notes on Gen. 17. 12.
Vers. 31. men of holinesse] or as the Greeke and holy men: that is, separated from other men, as by inward vertue, so by outward abnot eat] This was a legall rite and figure of sanctification: and if any had unawares eaten of flesh torne, he was to wash his clothes, and bathe him-selfe in water, and be uncleane untill the evening, otherbeare his iniquity, Levit. 17. 15. 16. torne in the field] that is, torne by wilde beasts in the field, as the Gr. and Chaldee versions doe explaine. The like is for beasts that dye alone, Levit. 17. 15. Of this the Hebrewes say; The torne thing spoken of in the Law, is that which is torne by the wilde beasts of the wood, as Lion, Leopard, and the like. And so the fowle which is torne by ravenous fowles, as Eagle or the like. Though it be a torne thing which is not dead, it is forbidden: as if a Wolfe take a Kid by the leg, and some m
in
1, Of vaine report and false witnesse. 2, Of follow
THou shalt not take up a vaine report: things: nei(judgement.) And a poore man shalt thou not counteand to thy olive-yard. Sixe daies thou shalt doe thy workes, and in the seventh day thou shalt cease, that thine oxe and thine asse may rest, and the sonne of thy bond-woman, and the stranger may be refreshed. And in all that
cakes
cakes, as I have commanded thee, at the appointed time of the moneth of Abread, neither shall the fat of my feast remaine untill the morinto the house of Iehovah thy God. Thou shalt not seeth a kid in his mothers milke. Behold, I doe send an Anis in him. But if obeying thou shalt any casting their young, or barren in thy land: the number of thy dayes I will fulfill. My terrour I will send before thee, (to turne) the necke unto thee. And I will send hornets before thee: and they shal By little and lit
NOt take up] that is, neither receive (as the Greek taking up, in Exod. 20. 7. is for speaking or using any way. Both these are unlawa vaine report] or, a false rumor: Hebrew, an hearing of vanitie: which the Greeke translateth, vaine hearing. Uanitie and
Vers. 2. after many] or, after the great men, that is, with many. So in the sentence following. answer] that is, speake in a cause, (or plea) The Chaldee paraphraseth, neither shalt thou refraine from teaching that which thou seest (meet) in judgement. to wrest] or,
Vers. 3. not countenance] or, not honor, which the not pity in judgment.
Thou shalt not countenance the face of the great man. It teacheth to doe right in all causes, without re
Vers. 4. asse] and so any other beast, or garment, not to looke on his owne things onely, but also on the things of other men, Phil. 2. 4. and to love and doe good unreturning returne] that is, in any case returne and restore him: if the owner be not neere, or not knowne, it is to bee kept till inquirie be made after it, Deut. 22. 2. Also the Hebrew Doctors say, Who so findeth a lost thing, which he is bound to restore, he is bound to cry the same, and to make it knowne and say, Who so hath lost such a kind of thing, let him come and give the signes of it, and he shall receive it, &c. Maimony, in treat. of Robberie, and of losse, ch. 13. sect. 1.
Vers. 5. his burden] or, falne by any other occaand wouldest forbeare to helpe him up] or, then thou shalt cease from forsaking him, that is, shalt cease and leave off all ill will, and looke that thou forsake him not. The Greeke translateth, thou shalt not passe by the same. helping helpeup] that is, in any wise helpe up. Or, thou shalt leaving leave (thy owne businesse to be) with him. But the former translation seemthou shalt not passe by the same, but shalt raise up the same together with him. And so Moses repeating this Law explaineth it, in Deut. 22. 4. thou shalt raising raise up with him. Likewise this Hebrew word Azab, which commonly signifieth
Vers. 6. of thy poore] that is, thy poore neighbor: the stranger, the fatherlesse and the widow: whose
Vers. 7. word of falshood] that is, false word, or false matter. The Chaldee saith, idle words: the Greek every unjust word. From hence the Iewes have a rule: A Iudge that knoweth of his fellow, that he is a violent extortioner, or a wicked man, it is unlawfull to be joyned in society with him, as it is written, FROM A WORD OF FALSHOOD, THOV SHALT BE FARRE. And so they in Ierusalem that had a cleere conscience were wont to doe: they sate not in judgement, untill they knew with whom they should sit, nor sealed any writing untill they knew who should seale it with them, &c. Maimony in Sanhedr. c. 22. sect. 10. not justifie] but will condemne the wicked, though he be the Iudge himselfe. See Rom. 2. 1. 2. 3. So, not to hold guiltlesse. Exod. 20. 7. meaneth, to damne and punish as guiltie. This which is spoken of God: is also an example for us: thereand thou shalt not justifie the wicked, for gifts sake.
Vers. 8. gift] or bribe; for fire shall consume the Tabernacles
Vers. 9. the soule] that is, the affection or heart. See
Vers. 10. thy land] the land of Canaan, which Maimony treat. of Intermission and
Vers. 11. the seventh] every seventh yeere: which was to bee a Sabbath yeere; as every seventh day was a Sabbath day: therefore repeating this Law, he calleth it a Sabbath of sabbatisme (or of rest) to the land, a Sabbath to Iehovah, Levit. 25. 4. As the Sablet it rest] or, intermit it, let it be free from manuring: as the Gr. translateth, make a remission. They might neither sow their fields, nor prune their vineyards, nor reape the corne, nor gather the vintage, &c. Lev. 25. 4. 5. The Hebrew canons explaine it thus, that they might neither dig nor plough the ground, nor gather out the stones, nor dung it; neither graffe nor plant any trees save such as bare no fruit; nor cut off the knobs of trees, nor brush off the leaves, or withered boughes, nor binde up the branches, nor make a smoke to kill: he wermes, nor any the like thing pertaining to husbandry. Maimony, treat. of the Intermission and Iubilee, ch. 1. If any said, What shall wee eat the seventh yeere? behold, wee may not sewe nor gather in our revenue. The Lord promised, I will command my blessing upon you in the sixt yeere, and it shall bring forth fruit for three yeeres, Levit. 25. 20. 21. God would by this Sabbath yeere, call his people from
that the poore] or, and the poore of thy people shall eat; to wit, as well as the owners and their servants, Lev. 25. 6. may eat] to wit, that which groweth of it owne accord in the seventh yeere, Levit. 25. 5. 6. By the Hebrew records, it is shewed, that Whosoever looked up his vineyard, or hedged in his field in the seventh yeere, brake the commandement. Likewise if he gathered any of his fruits into his house: but he was to let all be common, and every mans hand equall in every place. Hee might bring into his house a little, after the manner of those that brought in common goods. Moreover, concerning the fruits of the seventh yeere,
Vers. 12. cease] or rest, or keepe Sabbath: see Exrefreshed] or, take breath: the Chaldee expoundeth it, may rest. See the Iewes canons for these, on Exod. 20. 10.
Vers. 13. shall be warie] or take heed to your selves
other gods] the Chalidols of the peoples. So in Zacha. 13. 2. God saith he will cut off the names of the idols out of the land; and in Hosea 2. 17. that hee will take away the names of Baalim out of their mouthes; and David would not take up the names of such upon his lips, Psal. 16. 4. and so the Israelites practised, in changing the names of idolatrous places, Numb. 32. 38. See also Iosuah 23. 7. By the Hebrew canons it was decreed from this Law; Who so maketh a vow in the name of an idoll, or that sweareth by it, is to bee beaten, whether be sweareth thereby for himselfe, or for an infidell. And it is forbidden to make an infidell sweare by his God; or to mention the name thereof, though not by way of oath. Maimony, treat. of Idolatrie, ch. 5. S. 10. out of] or,
Vers. 14. times] Hebr. feet: meaning three jourtimes.
Vers. 15. Abib] which we call March; the Gr. the moneth of now fruits: the first moneth unto Isthey shall not appeare] that is, the males of Israel, ver. 17. Deut. 16. 16. The Greeke translateth it as before, thou shalt not; the Chaldee, ye shall not appeare empty that is, without some gift or oblation to the Lord; as 1 Sam. 6. 3. Deut. 15. 13. 14. The Hebrew Docthree things commanded unto Israel at every of the three feasts; namely, Appearing, as it is said, All thy males shall appeare, Exod. 23. 17. And Feasting, as it is said, Thou shalt keepe a feast unto the Lord thy God, Deut. 16. 15. And Rejoycing, as it is said, Thou shalt rejoyce in thy feast, Deuteronom. 16. 14. The appearing spoken of in the Law, is, that his face should be seene in the Court (of the Sanctuary) in the first Good day of the feast. And hee must bring with him a burnt-offring, either of fowle, or of beast: and who so commeth into the court in the first day, and bringeth not a burnt-offring, doth not onely omit a thing commanded, but transgresseth also a prohibition; as it is said, They shall not appeare before mee empty, Exod. 23. 15. The Feast spoken of in the Law, is, that hee offer Peace-offrings in the first good day of the Feast, when hee commeth to appeare: and it is a knowne thing, that no peace-offrings are brought, but of beasts. And the Rejoycing spoken of at the Feasts, is, that he offer Peace-offrings more than the peace-offrings of the Feast: and these are called the Peace-offrings of the rejoycing of the Feast; as it is said, Thou shalt slay Peace-offrings, and shalt eat there, and rejoyce before the Lord thy God, Deuteronomy 27. 7. Who so commeth into the Court in the other dayes of the Feast, is not bound to bring a burnt-offring in his hand, every time that he assembleth: for that which is said, They shall not appeare before me empty, is not but for the root (or beginning) of the Feast onely, which is the first day, or in recompence for the first. But if he bring every time that he commeth, they receive it of him, and offer it in the name of a Burnt-offring for Appearing: for this appearing hath no stinted measure. Maimony in
Vers. 16. of harvest] called also, the feast of weekes,
of sevens,) Exodus 34. 22. because it was seven
Penteast, LeviFirst fruits] whereof in signe of homage and thankfulnesse to God, he man was to bring a tribute, of a free offring of his
and give unto the Lord as he had bles
Vers. 17. every male] to wit, which were freemen, perfect males, and in health, able to goe unto the Women and servants are not bound to appeare: but all men are bound except the deafe, and the dumbe, and the foole, and the little child, and the blinde, and the lame, and the defiled, and the uncircumcised, and the old man, and the sicke, and the tender and weake, which are not able to goe up on their feet. All these eleven are discharged, but all other men are bound to appeare. Such as are of neither sex, and that are of both sexes, male and female, are also discharged; and likewise they that are partly bond and partly free men. Every child that can hold his father by the hand, and goe up from Ierusalem (gates)
Vers. 18. sacrifice] noslay for sacrifice; as in reof my sacrifice] that is,
Vers. 19. The first] or, The first fruit, the beginthy land] so this concerHe that buyeth a tree in his neighbours field, he bringeth not the first-fruits, because the ground is not his owne: but he that buyeth tree and ground, bringeth the first-fruits thereof. And so the like. M
treat. of
Vers. 20. an Angell] this is Christ, whom the IsR. Me
upon this place, teacheth from ancient R
Vers. 21. because of him] or, of his face, or presence.
take heed unto him ▪ provoke] or,
Ver. 23. before thee] as a leader of thee, saith the Malachi, My Angell, some of the Rabbines say, is Michael, by transposition of letters. the Amorite] that is, the land of the Amorites, &c. See Gen. 15. 18. 21.
Ver. 24. gods] called in the Chaldee, idols. their workes] that is, the workes of the Heathen pillars] or, standing images, statues. Vnder these all other monuments of idolatry are comprehenWee are commanded to destroy idolatry, and the services thereof, and whatsoever is made for the same, Deuteronomy 12. And in the land of Israel we are commanded to persecute it untill it be destroyed out of all our land: but without the land wee are not commanded to persecute it: but every place which wee shall subdue, we are to destroy all the idolatry that is therein. Maimony in
Vers. 25. thy bread, &c.] hereby the coursest fare thy meat and thy drinke: and the Greeke addeth, thy bread, and thy wine, and thy water. sicknesse] in Chaldee, evill sicknesses. Compare Exod. 15. 26. Deut. 7. 15.
Vers. 26. casting] or, miscarrying: the Greeke without seed. See a like promise in Deut. 7. 14. thy dayes] which by the course of nature thou shouldest live. So Iob dyed being old and full of dayes, Iob 42. 17. whereas the wicked live not out halfe their dayes, Psal. 55. 24.
Vers. 27. dismay] with tumult and trouble; as I will astonish all nations. shalt come] to warre against them: as the Chaldee addeth. to turne] this is added by the Chaldee for explanation. And by turning the neeke (or backe) is meant their flight; as the Greek translateth, I will give (that is, make) them fugitives. So David praised God that had given him the neck of his enemies: that is, made them flee, Psal. 18. 41.
Vers. 28. hornets] Hebr. the hornet, a kinde of great waspe, which stingeth venomously, threatthe Evite] that is, the whole nation of them, as the Greek saith, the Amorites, and the Evites, &c. These were the posterity of Canaan, of whom see Gene
V. 30. fructifie] that is, be increased or growne.
Vers. 31. the river] which the Greek explaineth, the great river Euphrates: and Moses elsewhere so nameth it, Deuter. 11. 24. Gen. 15. 18. See these bounds in Numb. 34. the accomplishment of this promise in part, fulfilled in Solomons time, 1 Kin. 4. 21. thou shalt drive] the Greeke translateth, I will drive.
Vers. 32. with them] the inhabitants of the land,
gods] in Chaldee, idols.
Vers. 33. if thou shalt] or, it may bee translated, for thou wilt serve, as came to passe, Iudg. 1. 21. 27. 29. and 2. 1. 2. 3. 12. &c. The Greeke translateth, for if thou shalt serve their gods: the Chaldee, and thou shalt not serve their idolls. surely] or, for it will be a snare; that is, a cause of thy fall and ruine: a scandall unto thee. See this fulfilled, Iudg. 2. Psal. 106. 34. 35. 36. Numb. 25. 1. 2. Compare also Deut. 7. 16. 25. A snare, is used to signifie the deceit whereby men fall into sinne, Deut. 12. 30. Ier. 5. 26. Prov. 13. 14. 27. and so the destruction that followeth thereupon, Prov. 12. 13. Esay 8. 15. and 28. 13. Eccles. 9. 12.
1. Moses is called up into the mountaine. 3. The people promise obedience. 4, Moses buildeth an Altar, and twelve pillars. 6, Hee sprinkleth the blood of the covenant. 9. Moses and the Elders of Israel see God. 12. Moses is to goe up the mount, for the the Tables. 14, Aaron and Hur have the charge of the people. 16, The glory of the Lord on mount Si
AND he said unto Moses, Come up with one voice, and said; All the words which Iehovah hath spoken, wee will doe. And Moses wrote all the words of Ieaccording to the twelve tribes of Israel. And he sent the yong men of the offerings, of bullocks, unto Iehovah. And Mo
ABihu] in Greeke Abioud: he and Nadab, were Aarons eldest sonnes, Exod. 28. 1 who were afterward, devoured with a fire from the Lord, Leseventie] This number was answebow downe] the Gt, translateth, they shall bow downe to (or worship) the Lord afarre off. This though it were a speciall fa
Vers. 2. with him] with Moses: not with the Elwith them. For the people abode beneath, at the foot of the mount: the Elders went up as it were halfe way: and saw part of Gods glory, vers. 9. 10. but Moses himselfe went up to the top of the mount, into the darke cloud, v. 18. For the Law was to bee given by the hand (or ministerie) of a mediatour, Gal. 3. 19.
Ver. 3. will doe] the Greeke addeth, and heare, (or obey) as is expressed in v. 7. Thus the covenant between God and Israel, was established by mutuimpossibilitie of the Law, which is weak through the flesh, Rom. 8. 3. So in Exod. 19. 8.
Vers. 4. wrote] in a booke, Heb. 9. 19. for the stoby the finger of God him-selfe, Exod. 31. 18. an altar] which represenpillars] or, statues; the Gr. translateth them stones: and pillars were wont to be of stones erected, Gen. 28. 18. 22. and 31. 45. and 35. 14. accorto] or, for the twelve tribes; that is, to represent them, (the other party in the Covenant) and their hard stony nature: as the tables of stone, signified their stony hearts, 2 Cor. 3. 3. 14. See Exod. 31. 1
Vers. 5. the yong men] that is, the first borne (as the Chaldee translateth) which were priests or sacrificers, untill the Levites (taken in stead of the first-borne of Israel, Numb. 3. 41.) had the priesthood in their tribe. And the Hebrew word doth not al
Vers. 6. on the altar] and so on the booke, Heb. 9. 19
Vers. 7. and obey] or, heare hearken unto: that is,
Vers. 8. on the people] which may be meant of the twelve pillars set up to represent the people, vers. 4. he sprinkled it on the Altar, to make propitiation for the people. Thus the first covenant (or testament) was not dedicated without blood, (as the Apostle observeth in Heb. 9. 18.—23.) and the patternes of heavenly things were purified by the blood of these sacrifices: sigwater, scarlet, wooll, and hyssope, Levit. 14. 6. 7. the Apostle telleth us, that this here was so done, though Moses nameth them not, Heb. 9. 19. behold, &c.] the Apostle explaineth it thus, This is the blood of the Covenant (or of the Testament,) which God hath commanded unto you, Heb. 9. 20. Thus the Sacrament of the old Testament, confirmed by the blood of beasts, had a resemblance unto the New Testament established upon better promises, and confirmed by the blood of Christ. But that was for workes of the Law: this is for remission of sins, Mat. 26. 28. Heb. 9. 15.
Vers. 10. the God] that is, signes of the glory and The glory of the God of Israel; and the Greeke translateth,
Vers. 11. the Nobles] or the select; or chosen men, laid not his hand] that is, hurt or affrighted them not: because they went up by the leave and Word of God, not of their owne temeritie, which was before forbidden, Exodus 19. 21. So the laying of the hand often sigthey had not hurt; and the Greeke, not one of them was dismayed (or killed.) did eate, &c.] The Chaldee paraphraseth, they saw the glory of God, and rejoyced in their sacrifices which were accepted; as if they had eaten and drunke. So other of the Hebrewes (as in Elle shemoth rabbah) say, they fed their eyes with the brightnesse of the Majestie (of God.) Christ promising felicitie to his Disciples, sayth they should
Verse 12. bee there] that is, continue there. So in these things be thou: that is, continue and give thy selfe unto them. So in Ruth 1. 2. Esay 66. 2. Psalme 64. 8. commandement] in Greeke commandements. But Moses often useth this word sigularly, though he speaketh of the Law in geto teach] to instruct, or confirme in the Law. To this word the Apostle (following the Gr. version) hath reference, when he saith, the Israelites had the giving of the Law, Rom. 9. 4. and the people received (or were taught) the Law, Heb. 7. 11. and the coveestablished (or taught) upon better promises, Heb. 8. 6. So that the word implieth a full information and constitution of them & their common wealth by the Law. Herein the Iewes did glorie, Rom. 2. 17. 18.
Vers. 13. Ioshua] in Greek, Iesus: see Exod. 17. 9. of God] that is, as the Chaldee translateth, on which the glorie of God was revealed. See v. 16.
Vers. 14. Sit] that is, Abide, or Tary, as the be quiet. Hur] of him see Exod. 17. 10. hath matters to doe] or, hath words to speake: that is, hath any questiIudgment or controversie. The Hebr. phrase is, who so is a master of words, (or of matters.)
Vers. 15. a cloud] the signe of Gods presence;
Verse 16. dwelt] the Greeke expoundeth it, came
downe upon the mount. six daies] to prepare Mo
Vers. 17. devouring] or, consuming fire, in Greek, flaming fire: this was for a terror to the transgres
Vers. 18. fortie dayes] during which time he did n
1, The Lord by Moses teacheth Israel what things they should willingly offer for the making of a Sanctua
AND Iehovah spake unto Moses, sayis the haire. And Ram skins died red, and Tachash skins, and Shittim wood. Oile for the light, spices them. And they shall make an Arke of Shittim wood: two shall be the length therof, and a cubit and a halfe the bredth thereof, & a cubit and an halfe the height thereof. And with pure gold; within and without shalt thou-overlay it: and thou shalt make upon it a crown of gold round ashal be in the one side of it, and two rings in the second side. And with gold. And thou shalt of pure gold: two cubits and an halfe shal be the length therof, and a cubit & an halfe the bredth thereof. And thou shalt make two Cherubims of gold: of beaten worke shalt thou make them, at the two ends of the Covering-mercy-seat. And make thou one Cherub on the one end, and oshall be one to aare upon the Arke of the Testimony, all things which I will commshall bee the length thereof, and a cubit the bredth thereof, and a cubit and an halfe the height thereof. And thou shalt overlaywith pure gold, and shalt make thereoare on the foure feet thereof. Oof Shittim wood, and shalt overlay them with gold; and the table shall be borne with them. And thof pure gold: of beaten worke shall be foure bowles made like almonds, his knops & his flowers. And there shall be a knop under two branches of the same, and a knop under two branches of the same, and a knop under two branches of the same, to the six branches, that come out of the Candlestick. Their knops & their branches shall be of the same: all of it shall be one beaten worke of pure gold. And thou shalt make the seven lamps thereof: and hee shall be of pure gold. Of a tathem according to their patterne, which thou wast shewed in the mount.
TAke for me] or, take unto me, that is, take & give (or bring) unto me. See the notes on Gen. 15. 9. The Gr. translateth, and say thou, take ye unto me first fruits. offring] or, heave offring: an oblation, which was taken up and separated, out of a mans goods; and usually (in the sacrifices) was heaved or lifted up, when it was presented unto the Lord, Exod. 29. 27. but generally the word is used for all things separated and given unto God, even land it selfe, Ezek. 48. 8. 9. 10. 20. The Chaldee translateth it, a separation: so doth the Grfirst-fruits. make him willing] or,
Ver. 3. and brasse] These three, are the richest, purest, and most glorious metals, they come out of the bowels of the earth, Iob 28. 1. 2. Deut. 8. 9. The scripture useth them to signifie persons, kingFor brass I will bring gold and for iron silver; and for wood brass,
V. 4. Blew] or hyacinth, as the Gr. translateth. Alblew, purple, & scarlet here, are colours only, and Moses expresseth not the stuffe coloured: yet Paul affirming that scarlet wooll was used in sprinkling of the blood, Hebr. 9. 19. seemeth to teach that the scarlet spoken of in the Law, was wooll dyed: and the like we may say of the other colours. Thus also the Hebrew Doctors explaine them. The blew spoken of in any place was wooll dyed like the body of the heavens; (that is, skie colour) The purple was wooll died red; and the scarlet was wooll died in scarlet; saith Maimony, in treat. of the Implements of the sanctuary, c. 8. s. 13. The blow was a thing used and worne of Princes and great personages; & the nations clad the images of their gods with it, purple] so we call it of the Gr. porphura: the name of a shelpurple; it is like an oPlinie sheweth in his nat. hist. b. 9. ch. 36. The Hebr. is Argaman, (and as Ezta wriArgevan, 2 Ch. 2. 7. 14.) from whence it seemeth the Gr. have borrowed Amorgis, the name of an herbe or reed, which is used to die purple. This also is a Princely colour, and used both for civill and religious honor, Dan. 5. 7. 29. Esth. 8. 15. Ier. 10. 9. Luk. 16. 19. Rev. 18. 12scarlet] or scarlet twise died, as the Heb. tolagnathshani, importeth. That which was answerable to this in Solomons
Vers. 5. Tachash skinnes] This the Greeke interblew (or violet colour) skinnes. The Tachash was a beast of whose skin fine shooes were made, Ezek. 16. 10. and save there, no mention is made in Scripture of this beast, but in this historie of the Tabernacle, whose upper covering was made of the skins of the Tachash, Exod. 26. 14. Of the Hebrew name seeme to bee derived the GerTachs, and Latine Taxo, which wee English the badger, but the Iewes hold it to be a clean beast, which our badger by Moses Law is not, neither are badgers skins used for shooes as the Tachas. Shittim] or, wood of the Shittah tree, mentioned in Esa. 41. 19. which is thought to be a kind of Cedar tree. It is nor found in scripture, save in this histoAspeta, that is, wood which never rotteth. The wood in Solomons Temple was of Cedar. 1 King. 6. 9. 10. Of it the Heb. Doctors write thus; Solomon the Prophet said, How fair is the house of the sanctuarie of the Lord, w ch is builde by my hands of Cedar wood: but fairer shal be the house of the sanctuary, which shall be builded in the dayes of the King Christ; the beames whereof shall be of the Cedars that are in the garden of Eden [in Para
Ver. 6. light] or, lig
that is, the
Vers. 7.
so also the Chaldee translates it: see the notes on Ex. 28. 9. 20.
Vers. 8.
The Greeke changeth the person,
Vers. 9. Tabernacle] or, Habitacle, Dwelling place: for of Gods dwelling aforesaid, it hath the name. Therefore the patterne hereof, fignifieth properly the frame or disposition of a building, like which an edifice is made. And as the patterne of this house and of all the implements, was given by God to Moses: even so had Solomon a patterne of the house which he builded, and of all things belong
Verse 10. they shall] the Greeke translateth,
even as in the verse following, and af
Vers. 11. a crowne] or, border: which was both for ornament, and for the close fastning of the cogolden writhen waves round about. So in ver. 24.
Vers. 12. shalt put] Hebr. shalt give.
Vers. 13. barres] or staves, to cary it with: verse bearers.
Vers. 14. to beare the Arke,] this none might doe but the Levites, and upon their shoulders:
Vers. 15. not be removed] this caution was, left the Levites should thinke themselves discharged when they beare the Arke upon their shoulders, they beare it with their faces one towards another, and their after parts outward, and their faces inward. And they are warned, that they pull not the barres out of the ring
treat. of the
Vers. 16. the Testimonie] in Greeke, the Testimonies,
Vera covering mercie-seat] named in He
which hath the signification of
Vers. 18. Cherubims] or Cherubs. See Gen. 3. Cherubims of glorie. The name Cherub, is neer unto Rechub, a charet, used to ride upon: and God is said to ride upon the Cherub, Psal. 18. 11. and to sit upon the Cherubims. Psa. 80. 2. and the Cherubims in Solomons Temple are called a charet, 1 Chron. 28. 18. The use of these was to cover or overshadow the mercy-seat, wth their wings, Ex. 25. 20. as they were made of it, v. 19. and from this seat God used to speak unto Moses, v. 22. Num. 7. 89. These being of the similitudes of heavenly things, Heb. 9. 23. may diversly be applied: unto Christ, whose mediation was signified by this merfiery charets, 2 Kin. 6. 17. Psal. 68. 18. whose service he useth for his honor, & to attend upon Christ, and upon his Church, into whose mysteries they desire to looke, Heb. 1. 6. 14. 1 Pet. 1. 12. and his Ministers also on earth. For Kings are called by the names of Cherubs, Ezek. 28. 14. and the foure living creatures with eyes & wings, Rev. 4. 6. 8. (wch by comparison with EzeCherubims,) are of them that are redeemed unto God by the blood of Christ, Rev. 5. 8. 9. 10. & so distinguished from heathrone of God is answeof beaten worke] that is, of whole peeces beaten out with the hammer. The like is said of the Candlesticke, vers. 31. 36. and of the Trumpets, Numb. 10. 2. The Gr. translateth it, turned worke.
Vers. 20. shall stretch] Hebrew, shall be stretching
spreading) covering or shadowing; as the Greeke, which the Apostlefolloweth, doth transan anointed Cherub, that covered (or protected.) Ezek. 28. 14. This here being (as is foreshewed) a fione to another] Hebr. man to his brother.
Ver. 22. will meet] or will convene, at set times, and the Tabernacle of Meeting (or of the Congregation) where I will meet with thee, Exod. 30. 36. The Chaldee translateth, I will appoint my word to thee there: the Greeke, I will be knowne to thee from thence. So this was the sign of Gods presence with, and direction of his Church, as before is noted on ver. 18. The Hebrew Doctors say, that the heart of man is answerable to the Most holy place of the Sanctuarie, wherein was the Arke, and the Covering-mercy-seat, and the Cherubims: whereby wee are taught, that as in the Sanctuary Gods Majestie (Shecinah) dwelled because there was the Arke, and the Tables, & the Cherubims; so the heart of man, it is meet that a place be made there for the divine Majestie to dwell in; and that it bee the Holy of Holies. R. Elias, in Sepher reshith chocmah, treat. of
Vers. 25. a border] or closure, that is, a border to
Vers. 27. places] Hebrew, houses.
Vers. 29. dishes] or chargers, wherein the bread was set on the table. Of such there is also mentiocups] or dishes; for incense to be put in, as apincense was with the shewbread, as is manifest by Lev. 24. 7. They have their name in Hebrew Cappoth of being hollow, like the hollow of the hand, or as a spoone: wherespeones. The Hebr. say, there were two of these cups, in each whereof was an handfull of incense: and they had verges at the bottome, that they might rest upon the table; and they were set beside the two rewes of bread. Maimony in
Verse 30. Shew-bread] in Hebrew called bread of faces, or of presence; because they were to bee set before the face, or in the presence of God conevery cake was made square, and so had as it were many faces. The length of every cake (they say) was ten hard-breaths, and the breadth five hand-breaths, and the height seven fingers. Mamony treat. of the
Vers. 31. Candlesticke] or Light-vessell: called the candlesticke of light, Exod. 35. 14. pure gold] whereupon it is called the pure candlesticke, Levit. 24. 4. Exod. 31. 8. beaton-worke] of one whole peece beaten with the hammer, and this was of a talent of gold, vers. 36. 39. branch] that is, branches, as the Greeke translateth; and the next verse manifesteth. bowles] or cups, as Gen. 44. 2. so named of the forme or fashion. flowers] in Greeke lilies. So R. Menachem on this place saith, that the flowers were lilies: and noteth from ancient Rabbines, 42. particulars in the Candlesticke, 22. bowles, 11. knops, and 9. flowers; which numCandlesticke signified his Law, in the light whereof his people doe serve him, Psal. 119. 105. Pro. 6. 23. 2 Pet. 1. 19. And the sundry branches, bowles, knops, and flowers, shew the varietie of things, and of delivering them in the Scripture; some easie, some hard to be understood, 2 Pet. 3. 16. some histories, some prophesies, some parables; &c.
Vers. 33. made like almonds] the Chaldee transfigured; and the Greeke, figured with alnuts: and this some referre to those also which follow, the knop, and the flower, as if they had that forme. The Almond tree hath the name in Hebrew, of hastie bringing forth blossomes and fruit: and God likeneth the hastie performance of his word unto It, Ier. 1. 11. 12. So Aarons rod mialmonds, Num. 17. 8.
Vers. 37. seven lamps] or, the lamps thereof seven: which figured the seven spirits (that is, the maniof God, as is written, there were seven lamps of fire, burning before the throne, which are the seven spirits of God, Revel. 4. 5. be] that is, the priest, as is expressed, Exod. 27. 21. Lev. 24. 3. See the notes there. to ascend] that is, as the Chaldee translateth, to burne: for that the flame ascends upward. So in Exod. 27. 20. But the Greeke version here understands it, of setting the lamps upon the top of the branches of the candleover against the face] that is, right for
Verse. 39. a talene] this is the greatest weight which
Vers. 40. that thou make] or, and make, to wit, all see that thou make all things according, &c. Heb. 8. 5. And of tentimes, things set downe in this manner, are expounded universally; as 2 Chron 6. 30. thou onely knowest the heart of the sonnes of men, that is,
1, God commandeth to make a Tabernacle, with ten curtaines embroidered. 7, And a Tent over it of ele
AND thou shalt make the Tabernacle with ten curtaines of fine linnen twiwith Cherubims, the worke of a cunshall be eight and twenty cubits, and the bredth foure cubits, of one curtaine: one measure shall be for all the curtaines. Five curtaines shall be coupled is in the second coupling, the loopes being one right over against another. And thou
for a Tent over the Taberna
or
Vers. 2cubits] Hebr. by cubit, that is, measuof one] which may bee unof every one, as in 2 Chron. 9. 16. one shield, it for every shield. Or, as the Greeke here translathe curtai
Vers. 3. one to anoth
Hebr.
Ver
Hebr.
Vers. 5. being one ▪ right ove
or,
Vers. 6. one Tabernacle] or the Habitacle shall bee
the first, called the Holy, and after the second
Vers. 7. a Tent] that is, a Covering, spred over, Covering; the Chaldee, an overspreading. See Exod. 40. 6. eleven] wherten, verse
Verse 14. Tachash skinnes] in Greeke Violet colour
skinnes, of them see Exod. 25. 5. These three sorts of Coverings served for the safetie of the Tent, and things in the same, from the injurie of the weather: also by these covers and veils, the people were kept from beholding the holy things: as at the reS
Rev. 7. 16
Vers. 15. boards] these were to beare up the emstyles or pillars: and to these, with the silver sockets wherthe pillar and stay of the Truth, 1 Tim. 3. 15.
Vers. 17. tenons] called in Hebrew hands, for that set in order] or, set ladder wise, that is, equally di
Vers. 19. sockets] or bases, as the Greeke transla
Vers. 20. twenty boards] and every be and being a
Vers. 22. S
that is,
Vers. 24. equally joyned] or j
that
Vers. 26.
or,
Vers. 28. in the mids] This
seemeth to bee
Vers. 29. places] Hebr. houses, as Exod. 25. 27. into which thou shalt bring the barres.
Vers. 30. right fashion] or, just constitution: Hebr. judgement, which the Greeke translateth fashion (or shape) and Stephen calleth it a type, Acts 7. 44. so it is the same in effect, with Exod. 25. 40.
Vers. 31. of a cunning workeman] that is, wrought (or woven) both sides alike: see the notes on he] that is, the workeman: the Greeke saith as before, thou shalt make. Cherubi
that is, as the Chaldee
Vers. 32. hang] Hebrew, give
so verse 33.
Vers. 33. of the testimony] that is, of the Tables where on the Law was written, for a testimonie to divide] or separate. This was the speciall use of this veile, to dewhereby. (as Paul saith) the Holy Ghost signified this ▪ that the way into the Holies was not yet manifested, while as the first Ta
Heb. 9. 8. that is, the way
Vers. 35. without] signifying that the twelve without, and enter in onely by the anker of hope, Heb. 6. 18. 19. 20. 1 Pet. 1. 4. 5. 2 Cor. 5. 1. 2. 3. &c. the south ▪
which is the right hand, both in respect of the world, Psal. 89. 13. and of this Tabernacle, where God from the most holy place betweene the Che
Vers. 36. an hanging veile] or covering, as the word more properly signifieth. This was another veile, which hung as a doore at the entry of the Tabernacle, through which the priests of the Law went every day to minister in the holy place; but the people might not, Heb. 9. embroiderer] or, weaver with tinsell worke, who worketh curiously, and with many colours; figuring the variety of graces which God deeketh his Church with, Ezek. 16. 10. Psal. 45.
Vers. 37.
for this in Exod. 36. 38. is said,
1, The brazen Altar of Burnt offring, with the ves
AND thou shalt make an Altar of
with brasse. And thou shalt make the pannes of it to receive the ashes thereof, of brasse. And thou shalt make for it a grate with brasse. And the bars thereof shall be put into the rings: and the with boards shalt thou make it, even as he shewed thee in the mounit.
And thou shalt make the Court of the Tabernacle for the south side Southward; of fine linof brasse; the hookes of the pillars and their of silver. And so (cubits) length; and the pillars thereof twenty, and their sockets twenty of brasse, the hookes of the pillars, and their fillets of silver. And for the bredth of fiftie cubits; their pillars tenne, and their sockets tenne. And the bredth of the Court on the East side Eastward, fifty cu(cubits,) the tapestrie hangings, their pillars three, and their sockets three. And shall be filletshall be an
And thou shalt command the sonnes of is before the Testimonie, Aaron and his sonnes shall order it, from evening unto morning, before Iehovah: it shall be a statute for ever
ALtar] in Hebrew Mizbeach, in Greeke Thusiasterion,
Vers. 2. hornes] which were not onely for ornabrasse] which was strong and durable, for to beare the fire that continually burned upon this Altar: hereby figuring Christs sufferance of Gods wrath and afflictions, without being consumed or overmountaines of brasse, signifie Gods invincible providencfeet, Revel. 1. 15. and the man like brasse in Ezek. 40. 3. have like mysterie of strength, and in
Vers. 3. sho
instruments to take away ashes,
V. 4. a grate] or, sieve, as the word is Englished in Amos 9. 9. It was a broad plate of brasse with
Vers. 5. put it] that is, the gra
or
Vers. 8. he] that is, God shewed: or, according to the Greeke translation, as it was shewed. Thus all
Vers. 9. Court] or, Courtyard, an open place: inBody.
and
Vers. 10. Pillars] which served to uphold those fillets] or hoopes of silver, which compassed the heads also (or chapiters) were overlaid with silver, Exo
Vers. 12. Sea] that is, the west side: see Genesis fiftie] so the bredth, was halfe so much as the length: and the forme of the Court was
Vers. 14. for the side] that is, for the one side, as the shoulder.
Vers. 16. hanging veile] or, covering, for of that blew, &c.] so it differed from the other hang
Vers. 18. with fiftie] that is, fiftie on the West five] halfe the height of the Taberna
Vers. 19. for all the service] the Greeke explaiand all the instruments, such as served for the worke thereof. pinnes] or,
which were to fasten it, and the parts thereof, that it might stand sure. These signified also the stabilitie of the Church, and the ministery
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉
Here beginneth the twentieth section, or lecture of the Law: see Gen. 6. 9.
Vers. take] and bring unto thee, so in Lev. 24. 2. where this law is againe repeated. Olive] that is, oile Olive signified the fruitfull graces flowing from Christ and the Saints compared to Olive trees, Iudg. 9. 9. Ps. 52. 10. Zach. 4. Rev. 11. 4. Ier. 11. 16. who by the fire of Gods spirit, cause the seven lampes to burne before his throne, and doe inlighten the Church with his word: Esa. 61. 1. 2. Rev. 4. 5. Psal. 119. 105. Prov. 5. 23. 2 Cor. 4. 46. beaten] signifying how with much labour, & affliction, the light of Gods word is to be prepared, & with patience preached, and made to shine in his Church; 2 Cor. 1. 4. & 2. 4. & 11. 23. 24. 25. &c. 1 Thes. 2. 9. to ascend] that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it, to burne.
V. 21. the Testimonie] the Tables of the Law, withshall order it] by causing burne, as the Greek interpreteth. The manner whereof, the Iewes record to be thus: When the Priest commeth to trim the Candlesticke; of every lampe that is burnt out, he takes away the weke, and all the oile that remaineth in the lampe, and wipeth it, and putteth in another weke, and other oile by measure, and that is halfe a log, (that is, about a quarter of a Pinte, of which measure, see Lev. 14. 10. and the notes on Exod. 30. 24.) and that which he taketh away, he casteth into the place of the ashes by the Altar, and lighteth the lampe which was out, and the lampe which he findeth not out, he dresseth it. The lampe which is middlemost, when it is out, he lights not it, (after it is made cleane,) but from the Altar in the Court; but the rest of the lampes, every one that is out, he lighteth from the lampe that is next. He lighteth not all the lampes at one time: but lighteth five lampes, and stayeth, and doth the other service, and afterwards commeth and lighteth the two that remaine. He whose dutie it is, to dresse the Candlesticke, commeth with a vessell in his hand, (which is called Cuz, and it is of gold, like to a great pitcher,) to take away in it the wekes that are burnt out, and the oile that remaineth i
&c.
1, Aaron and his sonnes are set apart for the Priests office. 2, Holy garments are appointed. 6, The Ephod
AND thou, take neere unto thee Aaron are the garments which they shal make, a Brestplate, and an Ephod, and a Robe, and a Coat of circled-work, a Miter, and a Girdle: and they shall make garments of Holinesse, for Aaron thy brother, and for his Sonnes, that hee may minister-in-the-Priests-office unto mee. And they shall take gold, and of gold, of
of purple, of scarlet, and fine linnen twined, the worke of a cunning workeman. It shall have the two shoulder-peeces is upon itof gold, of blew, and purare remaining, on the second stone, according to their births. The worke of an engraver in stone, like the
And thou shalt make ouches of gold. And of wreathen worke, & shalt fasten the wreathen chaines to the ouches.
And thou shalt make the Brest-plate of judgement, the worke of a cunning workeof gold, of blew, & purple, & scarlet, and fine linnen twined, shalt thou make it. Foursquare shall it be, doubled; a spanne the in gold in their emlike the engravings of a signet, every man with his name; they shall be according to the twelve Tribes. And thou shalt
And thou shalt make the Robe of the Ein the top of it, in the mids thereof: it shall have a binding for the hole, round about of woven worke, as the hole of an habergeon shall it have, that it bee not rent. And thou shalt make upon the skirts thereof, Pomgraplace before Ieho
And thou shalt make a Plate of pure gold, and shalt grave upon it like the engravings of a signet; HOLINES TO IEHOVAH. And thou shalt put it on a lace of blew, & it shall be upon the Miter, upon the forefront of the Miter it shall be. And it shall be upon Aarons forehead, and Aaron shall beare the iniquity of the holy things, which the Sons of Israel shall place, that they beare not iniquity, and die: (it shall be) a statute for ever, to him and to his seed after him.
TAke nere] or, cause to come
that is, to pre
Vers. 2. of holinesse] that is, holy garments, (in Greeke, an holy stole:) so called because they signiholy, harmlesse, undefiled, Heb. 7. 26. and Gods
Vers. 3. whomsoever] Heb. him whom I have filled.
sanctifie] or consecrate him, that is, to be a signe of his sanctificaholy garments, verse 2. and in times following were laid up in holy chambers, and the Priests might not weare them among the people, to sanctifie them with their garments, Ezek. 44. 19.
Vers. 4. circled worke] this differed from broidered
1. Breeches of linnen, put next upon his flesh.
2. A Coate of fine linnen, put over the Breeches.
3. A Girdle embroidered, of fine linnen, blew, purple, and scarlet: wherewith the coat was girded.
4. A robe, all of blew, with seventie two bels of gold, and as many Pomgranats, of blew, purple, and scarlet, upon the skirts thereof. This was put over the coat and girdle.
5 An Ephod, of Gold, and of blew, purple, scarlet and fine linnen, cunningly wrought: on the shoul
6. A Brestplate, cunningly wrought of gold, blew, purple, scarlet, and fine linnen: which being a span square, was fastened by golden chaines and rings upon the Ephod. Herein were set twelve se
7. A Miter of fine linnen, sixteene cubits long, wrapped about his head.
8 A Plate of pure gold, (or Holy crowne,) two fingers broad, whereon was graven HOLINES TO IEHOVAH. This was tyed with a lace of blew, upon the forefront of the Miter.
These eight did the high Priest weare in the Sanctuarie, his feet and hands (as of other Priests) being alwaies bare, and washed daily, when hee went into administer, Exod. 30. 21.
1 Linuen Breeches.
2 Fine linnen Coats.
3 Embroidered Girdles of fine linnen, blew, purple, and scatlet, like the high priests.
4 Bonnets of fine linne, as large as the high priests Miter. Of these shall be spoken after in this Chapter particularly
Vnto these we may here annexe the foure ex
These he put on, when he made reconciliation for the Church, in the most holy place, once in the yeere, (which was the tenth day of SeptemLev. 16. 4. 23. with the annot.
Verse 5. gold] beaten into thinne plates, and cut into wiers, see Exod. 39. 3. This gold, wrought
Verse 6 Ephod] or, Amicle. Ephod is the Hebr. name: so called of compassing fitly the body, and bredth, according to a mans backe, from shoulder to shoulder: and long behinde, downe to the feet. Maimony, treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuary, Chap. 9. Sect. 9. Others thinke is was short, as a jacke, or habergeon. Iosephus (in the 3. booke of his Antiquities, Chap. 8.) saith it was a cubit long. In Greeke it hath the name of the shoulders, upon which it was put. This was the outmost of all the priests garments; and served to hold fast the Brestplate: and figured out in Christ, his justice, which hee put on, as an habergeon, Esay 59. 17. who appeared clothed like a priest, Rev. 1. 13. Becunning workman] who wrought or wove both sides alikeThe gold that was in the weaving of the Ephod and of the Brestplate, was thus wrought; He tooke one
treat of the
Verse 7. shoulder peeces] Hercupon this garment is called in Greek Epomis, in Latine Superhumerale,
There were
saith
Vers. 8. curious girdle] called in Hebrew Cheshe
Vers. 10. birthes] or, generations, by their moMaimony writeth, in the same place, chap. 9. Sect. 9. Hee set on each shoulder a Beryll stone, fouresquare, embossed in gold: and he graved on the two stones, the names of the Tribes, sixe on one stone, and sixe on another, according to their birthes: and they wrote Iosephs name Ihoseph (as he is written in Psal. 81. 6.) So there were 25. letters on the one stone, and 25. on the other. And the stone whereon Reuben was written, was on the right shoulder; and the stone that Symeon was written on, was on the left; after the manner here set downe.
Vers. 11. ingraver in stone] or, stone cutter, Ieweller. This engraving in precions stone, and that like a signet, with the names of the Sonnes of Israel; signified the firme and perpetuall love, memoriall, esteeme, and sustentation of the Church of Christ, Iob 19. 23. 24. Song 8. 6. Hagg. 2. 23. ouches] that is, bellow places, in which the stones were set fast, see v. 4.
Vers. 12. a memoriall] The G. addeth a memorial concerning them. In this worke, Aaron was a figure of Christ, Hebrewes 7. 28. the Sonnes of Israel, of all Saints, called the Israel of God, Galath. 6. 16.
on which they are borne, signified the power and principalitie, which Christ hath
Verse 14. at the end] or, equall: of like proporlimited▪
Vers. 15. Brestplate] in Hebrew, Choshen, which is not easie to interpret; but because it was an orIosephus in his Greeke Antiquities, booke 3. chap. 8. keeEssen: the Lxx. Interpreters uLogeion, and Logion, as being the
because by
Verse 16. doubled] Maimony (in the foresaid treathe
cloth (of the Brestplate) was woven with cunning worke of gold, and of blew, purple, scarlet, and fine linnen; with 28. threds, as is before shewed. The length of it was a cubit (that is, two spannes)
Verse 17. Foure rewes] as the twelve tribes enSardius] or Sardine: a precious stone, called in Hebrew, Odem, of Adam, which signifieth Ruddie, Lam. 4. 7. for it was a blood-coloured stone. Accordingly the Chaldee Paraphrase calleth it Samkan, and TharSamketha, that is, Red. In the Greeke, and by the holy Ghost in Rev. 21. 20. it is named a Sardius, (of Sardis a chiefe City in Asia, where such stones were.) On this stone the name of R
was engraved, and it foreshewed the war
Vers. 18. Chalcedonie] in Hebrew Nophec, which Ismeragdin, that is, the Smaragd forem entioned; but Thargum IerusaCadcedana, to which the name giChalcedon, Revel. 21. 19. agreeth. The Greeke version hath Anthrax, that is, a Carbuncle, and so the Chalcedonte is like unto a Carbuncle, and one sort of it, as Plinie sheweth in booke 37. chap. 7. This Charcedonie (as it is also called) shineth cleare like a starre, but somewhat purple-coloured: and the Carbuncle (which is so called Pyropus,) hath the name of fire, like which it shineth. The ground of this Chalcedonie, seemeth to bee the Hebrew Cadcod mentioned in Esay. 54. 12. On this stone, Iudahs name was graven. In Caleb, Othoniel, David, and Solomon, this stone shewed his glory, but above all in Christ, who came of this Tribe according to the flesh,
Saphir] this is the Hebrew name, kept also in Greeke, and other tongues; but in the Chaldee it is Sh
It is a goodly stone, transparent, very hard, of blew or skie-colour, used therefore in heavenly visions as Exodus 24. 10. E
Verse 19. Hyacinth] or, Iacinth, that is, of a bright purple colour: by the Greeke it is translated the Ligure, but some copies have for it the Hyacinth, and so the Holy Ghost translateth it in Revelation 21. 20. In Hebrew it is named Leshem: upon it Dan was graven: and a citie called Leshem, did afterwards fall unto the Tribe of Dan, as this stone did portend, and so Leshem was called Dan, Ioshua 19. 47. Chrysoprase] which name signifieth a golden greene, so noting the colour of this stone. In Heb. it is Sheb
the common Greek version maketh it an
Vers. 20. Chrysolite] which signifieth a golden
stone, for the glorious colour of it, which is a golTh
which is also the name of the Ocean Sea, Psalme 48. 8. and accordingly the Chaldee
Vers. 21. according to] or, by their names, and here according to their generations (or birthes) as was expressed in the 10. vers. and is here againe implyed. For in the same order that they were graven upon the Be
This order of names is before shewed out of the Ierusalemy Thargum: the same is also expressed by the Chaldee paraphrast upon Son. 5. 14. where speaking of the twelve tribes engraved on twelve precious stones, he nameth them thus: 1 Reuben, 2 Syme
••
, 3 Levi, 4 Iudah, 5 Issachar, 6 Zabulon ▪ 7 D
••
, 8 Naphtali, 9 Ga
•
, 10 Aser, 11 Ioseph, 12 Benjamin: who were like to the twelve celestiall signes, bright as lamps, and polished in their workes like
〈◊〉
, and shining like Saphir
•
. The same order we shewed also from
Vers. 22. at the end] or, of equalitie: see vers. 14. The Greeke translateth, mixed.
V. 25. before it] or towards the forepart of it, or of
him, that is the priest; for both on the fore-part of the Ephod, and before the priest did the Brestplate hang.
Verse 26. border] or, edge: Hebrew lip.
Verse 28 bind] with high knots, or they shalt lift up. above, &c.] The curious girdle of the Ephod was bound upon his heart, under the Brest plate: saith Maimony, in the fore-said treatise, Chap. 9. Sect. 11. loosed] the Chaldee saith, broken off. The manThere were made on each shoulder two rings; one above on the top of the shoulder, and another beneath the shoulder, above the curious girdle. And they fastened two
treat. of the
Ver. 29. upon his heart] The Greeke translateth upon his brest: so in Revel. 15. 6. the brests girded meaneth the hearts. As before, presenting them Set me as a
Song. 8. 6.
Ver. 30. the Urim and the Thummim] which is the Lights and the Perfections; but what these were, is not easie to say. The Gr. translateth them, the Manifestation and the Truth. There is no commandement given unto Moses, for to make them; neither is there any mention of them in Exod. 39. where the making of all Aahe put in the Brestplate, the Vrim and the Thummim. From which some of the Hebrews (as R. Menachem on Exod. 28.) doe gather, that they were not the worke of the artificer, neither had the artificers, nor the Church of Israel, in them any worke, or any voluntary offring; but they were a mysterie delivered to Moses from the mouth of God; or they were the worke of God himselfe. For Moses tooke the Urim and the Thummim, and put them in the Brest-plate, after that he had put upon Aaron, the Ephod and the Brestplate, Levit. 8. 7. 8. Some doe thinke, that as those words,
Vers. 31. the Robe] in Hebrew Megnil; in Greek Hupodutes, that is, an Vnderclothing: it was a long garment, worne next under the Ephod. The HeVpon the Robe, was the Ephod and the Brestplate; and he girded with the curious girdle of the Ephod, upon the Robe, under the Brestplate: and therfore it is called the Robe of the Ephod, because he gird
3. See also Exodus 29. 5.
Vers. 32. an hole] called in Hebrew a mouth. top] Hebr. head. a binding] or welt; called in a lip. woven worke] Hebrew, the work of the weaver. Iosephus (in his 3. booke of Antiquities, Chap. 8.) saith,
Vers. 33. Pomgranats] that is, similitudes of them: so the Greeke translateth, as it were Pomgranats
Vers. 35. to minister] in the same: or, when hee ministreth. sound] or, voice; that is, the sound Bels were of gold, to signifie the purity and preciPomgranats, to signifie the fruits and comPomgranats, were of the fruits of the holy Land, Deut. 8. 8. and they with the wine that is in them, signified the fruits and graces of the Saints, Song. 4. goeth in, &c.] that is, publikely administreth, as this phrase signifieth, Numb. 27. 17. 1 Chron. 27. 1. Acts 1. 21. that he dye not] or, and he shall not dye.
Vers. 36. Plate] the Hebrew Tsits, properly sigfloure; the Greeke, Petalon, a leafe: because it appeared faire and glorious: after, it is called, the plate of the holy crowne, Exodus 39. 30. It was a long plate of gold, two fingers broad, and reached from one eare (of the Priest) to another, saith Maimony, in Implements of the Sanctuary, Chap. 9. Sect. 1. HOLYNESSE TO IEHOVAH] that is, these words shall be graven upon it: in Hebrew, KOHolinesse to Iehovah, or, The holinesse of Iehovah: and so the Greeke translateth it Hagiasma Kurtou, The holinesse (or Sanctification) of the Lord. These words might bee written (as the Hebrewes say) either in one line, or in two: and the letters were so graven, as that they stood out (above the rest of the plate, and were not cuMaimony, ibid.
Vers. 38. beare] or, take away the iniquity. This for favourable acceptation] that is, for a signe that the people are made accepbefore the Lord, who respecteth his, in the face of Christ.
Vers. 39. coat] the Greeke translateth coats: for woven with like worke, Exod. 39. 27. and Maimony in the foresaid treat. Ch. 8. Sect. 16. where he sheweth also, that these coats had sleeues woven of the same and sowen unto the bodies of the coats; which were long, reaching downe to the heeles: and the sleeues for length and widenesse fit for the armes. They figured the garments of justice, wherewith Christ and his children are arayed, Psal. 13 2. 9. ReMiter] in Hebrew Mistnepheth, which signifieth a thing wrapped about the head. Such as the Tuffe which at this day is worne in the Easterne countries. By the Hebrew records, the high priests Miter, and the inferiour priests Bonnets, were all of one stuffe and size: and differed onely in the manner of wrapping about the head; the Miter being woond more flat, and the Bonnets more round and high crowned. The Miter of the high priest, or of the inferiour priests, was sixteen cubits (that is, 24 foot) long, saith Maimony in Implements of the Sanctuary, Chap. 8. Sect. 2. 19. It was an ornaEzek. 21. 26. and
Zach. 3. 5. and their pure administration therof in Justice & judgMy judgment was as a Robe and a Miter, Iob 29. 14. So Christ our high priest, appeahis head, (that is, the attire of his head) and his haires, white as wooll, and as snow, Rev. 1. 13. 14. as in Song 5. 11. his head is of fine gold; as was the plate on the high priests forehead, and as a King with his crowne. Among the heathen Romanes, their chiefe priests were called Flamines; of the attire of their heads, as being Pileamines, without which, it was unlawfull for them to goe out of doores. Pomp. Laetus de Rom. sacerd. tit. de Flaminib. and Plutarch in Numa. Among the Arabians also, their high priests were clad with linnen garments, & Miters; Alex. ab Alex. lib. 2. cap. 8. Girdle] in Hebrew Abnet: it was made of fine linnen, and of blew, and purple, and scarlet, Exodus 39. 29. The Hebrew Doctors write, it was about three fingers broad, and two and thirtie cubits long: they wound it about, and turned it one fold upon another. The High priests Girdle was in making like to the other Priests. It was to gird the coat with, which was under the Robe, Levit. 8. 7. and Maimony, treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuary, Chap. 8. Sect. 2. 19. and Chap. 10. Sect. 1. Iosephus (in his 3. booke of Antiquities, Chap. 8.) saith, The coat was girt with a girdle foure fingers broad, but empty within; and woven so as it was like a serpents skin, pictured with flowers, red, purple, blew, and of fine linnen; the woofe was onely fine linnen; which being wound and tyed once or twice about the brest, hung downe to the ankles, so long as he did not minister; but when he ministred, lest it should hinder him, he cast it upon his left shoulder. This must bee understood of the inferiour Priests girdles; for the high priest could not so doe, by reason of his garments above it. These girdles signified the truth, constancy, and expedition of Christ in his ministration; and so of all Christians, Ephes. 6. 14. Esay 22. 21. Luke 12. 35. See the notes on Exodus 12. 11. embroiderer] or,
Vers. 40. Coats] of fine-linnen, such as the high Priest had, Exodus 39. 27. so for the girdles, and white rayment, Valer. Max. b. 1. c. 1. Bonnets] of linnen cloth, wrapthe hope of salvation for an helmet, and under it for to rejoyce, 1 Thes. 5. 8. Rom. 5. 2. for the tire upon the head, is opposed un
Vers. 41. anoint] with the holy oyle, made at Gods fill their hand] that is, consecrate and dedicate them unto the ministery. This was by putting the flesh of the sacrifice, with bread, &c. into their hand: whereof see Exodus 29. 9. 23. 24. The Greeke keethou shalt offer their offrings.
Vers. 42. breeches] alike for the High Priest, and naked flesh] that is, the secret and shamefull parts, called in the Hebrew the flesh of nakednesse (or of fhame,) because of those parts we are most ashamed when we are naked. The Greeke translateth, the shame of their body. So each of these words, is used for our shamefull parts: flesh, in Gen. 17. 11. Ezek. 23. 20. nakednesse, in Gen. 9. 22. 23. Lev. 18. 7. which are here commanded to bee covered with linnen, which signified righteousnesse, Revel. 19. 8. even the righteousnesse which is of God by faith, wherthe thighes] from above the navell, a little off from the heart, unto the end of the thigh; saith Maimony in Implements of the Sanctuary, Chap. 8. Sect. 18. Though these parts were covered by the former garments, yet lest by wind, or any other accident, they should haply be discovered, God (for more reverence of his MaMaimony expresseth) were tyed with strings, and made close like a purse. Thus God gave more abundant ho
Vers. 43. beare not iniquity] that is, beare not puand they shall not bring sinne upon themselves, that they dye not. For God is
1. The things which Moses was to get readie, for the consecrating of the Priests unto their office. 4, To wash their bodies. 5, The order how to put on the high priests garments, 7. and to aniont him. 8, The araying of the other priests. 10, The manner how to sacrifice the Bullocke, which was for a sin-offring; 15, And the first Ram, which was for a Burnt-offring; 19, And the second Ram which was for consecration of the Priests, to, that the blood therof, should be put on their eares, hands, and feet. 21, With that blood and with oile, they and their garments should be sprinkled. 26, The manner how to wave the brest of that sacrifice, and to leave up the shoulder thereof in the Priests hands. 30, Seven daies, the time of consecration. 32, The Priest must eate the Ram wherewith they should bee consecra
AND this is the thing that thou shalt doe unto them; to sanctifie them, to of wheaten flowre shalt thou make them. And thou shalt put them into one basket, and shalt bring them neer, in the it upon his head: and anoint him. And thou shalt bring neer at the doore of the Tent of the congregation. And thou shalt take of the blood of the bulthat is above the liver: and the two kidneyes; and the fat, which is upon them: and shalt burne them upon the Altar. And the flesh of the bullocke, and his is a Sinne (offring.) And thou shalt take the one Ram: and Aathem unto his peeces, and unto his head. And thou shalt burne all the Ram upon the is a Burnt-offring unto Iehovah: it is a savour of rest, a Fire-offring unto Iehoright eare of Aaron; and upon the tip of the right eare of his Sons, and upon the thumbe of their right hand, and upon the great toe of their right foot: And shalt sprinkle the blood upon the altar, round about And thou shalt take of the above
is upon them; and the right shoulder: for it is a ram of filling the hand. And one cakes, which is before Iehovah. And for a wave-offring before Iehovah. And thou them upon the Altar, for a Burnt-ofis a Fire-offring unto Iehovah. And thou of the hand, which is for Aaron, and wave it, for a wave offring before Iehovah: and it shall be thy part. And thou shalt sanctifie ch is heaved-up, of the ram of the filling of the hand; of that which is for Aaron, & of that which is for his Sons. And it shall be Aarons for ever, from the sonnes of Israel; for it is an heave-offring: and it shall be an heave-offring from the sons of Israel, of the sacrifices of their peace-ofeven their heave-offring unto Iehothat is Priest in Place. And thou shalt take the Ram of the filling of the hand: and shalt seeth his flesh, is in the basket at the doore of the Tent of the Congregation. And they shall eate those things, with the which atonement-was-made; to fill their (of them,) because they are holy. And if there remaine of the flesh of the filof the hand, & of the bread unto the morth fire, it shall not be eaten, because it is holy. And thou shalt doe unto Aaron and to his ready
every day a bullocke for a sinne-offring, for atonements: and thou shalt purifie the al
And this is that which thou shalt make ready, upon the altar: two lambes of the first yeere, day by day continually. The one ready in the morready betweene the two evenings. And a for a drinke-offring, the fourth part of an Hin of wine, for the one lambe. And the other ready betweene the two evenings: according to the meat ofoffring unto Ie(This shall be) a continuall burnt-ofat the doore of the Tent of the congregation, beam Iehovah their God, that broght the
THE thing] Hebrew, the word: the Greek these things. God having chosen Aabullocke] in Hebrew Par: which is greater then a calfe, but not so great as an oxe. The Hebrew Doctors thus distinguish them: Wheresoever it is said, (g
treat, of
unlevened] which signified, sinceritie, and inoile] which sigflowre] the best part of the principall grain, called somtime the fat of wheat, Deut. 32. 14. with such God spiritually feedeth his Charch, Psal. 81. 17. and 147. 14. Such bread sig
V. 4. the Tent] the whole Tabernacle or Habitathe Tent of Congregation, or of meeting; because there the people assembled, and there God met with them; as after in v. 43. Here the Priests were to be presented before God, and before the people, who were also there gathered together, Lev. 8. 3. So the ministers of Christ, were ordained in the Churches, Act. 14. 23. and 6. 5. 6. water] out of the sanctified Laver, Exo. 30. 18. 19. for it was made and anointed, and set in the Lords Court, before the priests were consecrated, Exod. 40. 7. 11. 12. Lev. 8. 6. This signified the wa
V. 5. clad] or, put upon Aaron: figuring the next worke of Gods grace, after the washing away and He put on the breeches first, and girded them higher then the navel, above his loynes. After that, he put on the coat; and then he girded the girdle, wrapping it about his brest. After the girdle, hee put on the Robe, and over the Robe, the Ephod & Brestplate: and girded him with the curious girdle of the Ephod, over the robe, and under the Brest plate. Afterward, he wrapped the Miter about his head, and fastened the golden plate thereupon. Maimony, treat. of the
Verse 6. fasten] or, put: Hebrew, give. See Crowne of holinesse] that is,
Verse 7. anointing oile] the making hereof, is anoint] this third thing, signified the communication of the graces of Gods Spirit, 1 Iohn 2. 27. as it is sayd, The Spirit of the Lord God is upon mee, because the Lord hath anointed mee, &c. Esay 61. 1. And this for to cause the odour of his administration to spread abroad unto the comfort of the Church, dwelling together in love and vnitie, Psalme 133. 2. 2 Cor. 2. 14. 15. 16. Anoint, is in Hebrew Mashach; whereupon the high Priest and King that was anointed, was called Mashiach or Messias, Leviticus 4. 3. 1 Samuel 12. 3. 5. which Messias, is in Greeke Christ, and is the name of the Sonne of God, our Saviour, Dan. 9. 25. Iohn 1. 41.
Verse 9. fill the hand] namely, with parts of the consecration: the Greeke calleth it perfecting; because hereby the priest was fully and perfectly authorized to doe the Priests office. And this word Paul useth in Greeke, writing of the priesthood of the Sonne (of God) who is perfected (or consecrated) for ever, Heb. 7. 28. By this manner of calling, God shewed that none might take in hand to minister before him, unlesse the things were first put into his hand, for a signe of his calling from God, Ioh. 3. 27. Heb. 5. 4. 5. But in Ieroboams priests it was otherwise, when whosoever would, he filled his hand, and became a priest of the high places, 1 King. 13. 33.
V. 10 the bullock] which was to be a sin-offring for bullocks; which were not so, for other ordinary men, Levit. 4. 3. 23. 28. impose their hands] with making confession of their sinnes, Levit. 5. 5. 6. and 16. 21. by which rite, they disburdened themselves of their sinnes, and layd them on the head of the sacrifice to bee killed: which was a figure of Christ, killed for our sins, upon whom the Lord layd the iniquitie of us all, Esay 53. 6. 7. 8. This imposition of hands was to be
There is no imposing of hands, but in the Courtyard: if he lay on hands without, hee must lay them on againe within. None may impose hands, but a cleane person. In the place where hands are imposed, there they kill the beast, immediately after the imposition. Hee that imposeth must doe it withall his might, with both his hands upon the beasts head, not upon the necke or sides: and there may bee nothing betweene his hands and the beast. If the sacrifice bee of the most holy things it standeth on the North side, (as Levit. 1. 11.)
Vers. 11. thou shalt kill] Moses now at first did ex
Ver. 12. the altar] which was most holy, and sanctified the sacrifice v. 37. Mat. 23. 19. which althe eternall Spirit, offred himselfe without spot unto God, Heb. 9. 14. so by the Godhead, the death of Christ was sanctified, and sufficient to cleanse all iniquity. This first sin-offring differed from the rest that or
V. 13. the fat] This in Scripture is often taken for evill, because fatnesse hindreth sense and feeling. their heart is fat as grease, Ps. 119. 70. and thou art waxen fat, thou art waxen grosse, &c. then he forsooke God, Deut. 32. 15. &, make the heart of this people fat, &c. lest they understand, Esay 6. 10. This fat therefore, which was a signe of mans corruption, God wold have to be consumed by fire on the altar; teaching thereby the mortififat is used to signifie the best of all things, as is noted on Gen. 4. 4. so it teacheth us, to give the best unto the Lord. the inwards] or inmost part, that is, the heart, wch is most inward, and in the midst of the body. So the inward of man is used for the heart, and conseinward part, Ier. 31. 33. the Apostle calthe mind, Heb. 8. 10. By the fat upon the inwards therefore, is signified all corruption that covereth mans heart, as carnall reason, unbeliefe, hypocrisie, evill thoughts and purposes, &c. all which must be consumed, and the heart purified by the Spirit of God. caule that is above] named also, the caule of the liver, in v. 22. It is thought to be the midriffe or the at skin that is above the liver, the Gr. translobon, the lap of the liver. kidneyes] or reine
which as they are the instruments of seed for generation: so in Scripture they are used for the inmost affections and desires, and are joyned with the
burne] It was a generall Law, that no sinwithout] a figure how Christ, the true Sacrifice for our sins, should suffer without the gate of Ierusalem, which was part of his reproch that he bare for us, Heb. 13. 11. 12. 13. a Sin] that is, an offring for sinne; so the Apostle (according to the Gr. version) translateth it for sin, Heb. 10. 6. from Psal. 40. 7. And after this Hebrew phrase, may that be understood of Christ, that God made him, who knew no sin, to be sin for us, that is, a sin-offring, or, an exceeding sinner, 2 Cor. 5. 21. Thus the law made men priests which had infirmitie, & needed to offer sacrifice, first for their owne sins: but we now have the Son, who is consecrated for ever, Heb. 7. 27. 28.
Vers. 15. impose] with both hands betweene the homes; as before is noted on v. 10. and this every five men bring one sacrifice, they all impose hands upon it, one after another: saith Maimony, in treat. of Offring sacrifice, c. 3. S. 9. By this rite, the priests presented the Ram, a figure of Christ, unto God for them as a burnt-offring; in whom they were also by faith to present their ownebodies, a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unch was their reasonable service, Ro. 12. 1.
Ver. 16. sprinkle] this rite belonged to all burnt
V. 17. cut the ram] after the skin is flayed off. Of burnt-offring] or, whole burnt sacrifice, in Heb. an ascension; because it went up in fire all of it unto God: see Gen. 8. 20. of rest] of quieting or pathat it may be received with favourable acceptation: so in v. 25. The Gr. translateth it, a savour of sweet smell, which phrase Paul useth, Ephes. 5. 2. See the notes on Gen. 8. 21. fire offring] in the Gr. it is called asacrifice, in Chaldee, an oblation. The fire that sent up the sacrifices, signified both the afflictions on Christ and his members; (for every one shall be salted
V. 19. the other] Hebr. the second ram which was hands] as they did in the former: signifying that from God in Christ (fi
V. 20. the tip] the highest part, as the Chaldee exhand] that their worke and administration, might also be sanctified by the blood of Christ, and acceptable to God: Deut. 33. 11. Act. 5. 12. foot] that their walking & conAltar] that by Christ, their purity and sanctification might bee fully perfected, 2 Cor. 3. 5. 6.
V. 21. sprinkle] for sanctification, as is after expresgarments) are by the blood of Christ, and oile of his graces, sprinkled in their hearts from an evill conscience, and sanctified for the work of the ministery, Heb. 10. 22. 1 Cor. 15. 10. and 3. 10.
V. 22. of filling] to wit, the hand, as v. 9. that is, of consecration,
V. 23. loafe] or, great-round-cake: for this, in Lev. one cake, So in 1 Chro. 16. 3. that is called a loase, which in 2 Sam. 6. 19. is called a cake. oile bread] tempered with oile, as in ver. 2. which is] or, as the Greeke explaineth it, which are set before the Lord.
Vers. 24. wave] that is, move to and fro round asisting in a sieve, Esa. 30. 28. that signifieth trials and afflictions, Luk. 22. 31. and so the Prophets apply this word unto troubles, Esay 10. 32. and 13. 2. and 30. 28. And as here the things, so elsewhere the persons are waved as a
V. 25. rest] Gr. of sweet smell: see v. 18. This signifithe savour of his knowledge by his ministers, 2 Cor. 2. 14. 15.
V. 26. thy part] Heb. to thee for a part, (or portion:) to eate the same. That which was after given to
V. 27. heave-offring] so called because it was heabrest & the shoulder, thus waved & heaved up, and so given to the Lord and his minister, did teach the priests now coth all their heart, and with al their strength, they should give themselves unto the service of the Lord in his Church, wth much labour, & manifold afflictions; even as the prince of our salvation was consecrated also through afflictions, 2 Cor. 6. 4. 10. Heb. 2. 10.
Vers. 29. to be anointed] Hebrew to anoint: but that they may be anointed in them, and to perfect (or consecrate) their hands. See Exod. 30. 30. and 40. 15.
Vers. 30. Seven daies] during which time, they Seven, see the notes on Exod. 12. 15. Gen. 2. 2. Lev. 4. 6. It taught the priest here, that the whole terme of their life should be spent before the Lord holily, and in his service, 1 Tim. 4. 15. 16. In this time of Seven daies also, the Sabbath (which was a signe of sanctification (came over them, as is observed on Gen. 17. 12. And so the Hebrewes doe note of this action in particular, saying: Great is the Sabbath day, for the high priest entreth not upon his service, after he is anointed, untill the Sabbath passe over him, as it is written (in Exodus 29. 30.)
Verse 31. the holy place] the Courtyard of the
Ver. 32. at the doore] there it must be both boy
Verse 33. atonement was made] to wit, with God, by sacrifice: which being figures of Christ, Eating of them, signifyed the applying of Christs death by faith unto their owne soules, Ioh. 6. 35. 51. The Greeke translateth, by which they were sanctifyed. a stranger] he that is not of the Priests flocke. holy] Hebrew holinesse, unmeats of holinesse.
Vers. 34. burne] as being unlawfull to bee eaten; and as all flesh that became polluted was burned, holy] or a holy thing: Hebrew, holinesse, as vers. 33.
Vers. 36. make] to wiready for sacrifice; that is, atonemento] or, expiations, propitiations, reconciliations: meaning for Aaron and his sonnes, and the al
V. 37. holy] Heb. holinesse of holinesses; that is, most
holy: not only sanctified it selfe, but sanctifying the gifts that were offred to God upon it; and so it was greater then the sacrifices as our Lord teacheth in Mat. 23. 19. & was herein a figure of Christ, the holy of holies, Daniel 9. 24. Heb. 13. 10. 15. he sanctifyed himselfe for his Church; and though he knew no sin, yet was he made sin for us, Ioh. 17. 19. 2 Cor. 5. 21. holy] or sanctified, as the Greeke & Chal
Vers. 38. make ready] or doe, that is, offer unto of the first yeere] Heb. sons of the yeere: see the notes on Ex. 12. 5. day by day] or, for a day, that is, every day; So in Numb. 28. 3.
Ver. 39. betweene the two evenings] that is, in the The continuall sacrifice of the morning, made atonement for the iniquities that were done in the night; and the evening sacrifice made atonement for the iniquities that were by day, R. Menachem, fol. 115.
Ver. 40. tenth-deale]
of an Ephah or bushel, Num. 28. 5. which measure was called also an Omer Exod. 16. 36. an Hin] a measure which contey
saith
Vers 42. continuall burnt offring] or, burnt offring of continuation ▪
(as the Greeke translateth it;) or,
Vers. 43. he shall] or it shall, meaning Israel, the Church, and every member of the samemy
g
my glorious presence, which often there ap
Vers. 45. will dwell] this was the signification Sha
that is,
ANd thou shalt make an altar, an inof Shittim wood shalt thou make it. A cubit shall be of the same. And thou shalt overlay it with pure gold, the roofe thereof, them: and they shall be for places for the barres to beare it withall. And thou shalt with gold. And thou shalt is by the Arke of the Testimony, before the Coveringis over the Testimony, where I will meet with thee. And Aaron offring of atoneis holyes, unto Iehovah.
And Ievery man the ransome of his soule unto Iehovah, when thou numbrest them: that there be no plague amongst them, when thou numbrest them. This they shall give, every one that pasthat are numbred; halfe a shekell, by the shekell of the Sanctuary: the shekell is twenty gerahs; an halfe shekell shall be an heave-offring to Iehovah. Every that are numgive-more, and the poore give-lesse, then halfe a shekell: in giving the heave-offring of Iehovah, to make atonement for your soules. And thou shalt in. And Aarowith water, that they dye not: or when they come-neere to the altar, to minister, to burn the Fire-offring, unto Iehovah. And they shall wash their for ever; to him and to his feed throughout their gene
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; (shekels;) and of sweet Cinamon the halfe thereof, two hundred and fifty: and of sweet Calaafter the worke of the Apothecary: it shall be an oyle of holy anointing. And thou shalt is, holinesse shall it be unto you. Any man that shall compound
And Iehovah said unto Moses; Take unone alone with another alone. And thou shalt make it an incense, a confection, the worke of the Apothecary:
AN incense altar of incense] or, a perfumatorie (a
perfuming place) of perfume: where odours were burned daily, and resolved into fume or smoke. In the making, it is called onely an altar of incense, Exod. 37. 25. and so the Greeke translateth it here. But because an Altar, in Hebrew Mizbeach, hath the name of
Vers. 2. hornes] sharpe high places in the foure
Vers. 3. gold] whereupon it was called the golden
Vers. 4. places] Hebrew, houses: so Exodus 25. barres in these, the golden Altar was caried, when the host and tabernacle removed, Num. 4. 5. 11. 25.
Vers. 6.
to answer by oracle, as
cense, perfume, (of-sweet
that is, sweet odoriferous in
Vers. 8. to ascend] that is, to burne; see Exodus Maimony, treat of the Daily service, Chap. 3. so that Zachary, as his lot fell, burned incense in the Temple, the whole multitude of the people were without at prayer, while the incense was burning Luk. 1. 9. 10. By this service, God taught then that the faithfull prayers of his people, are sweet as incense, and acceptable unto him; whiles our priest Christ Iesus, doth by his mediation, put served unto the example and shadow of heavenly things, Heb. 8. 5.
in Greeke,
Vers. 10. once] or, one time, which was the tenth of the Sinne offring] the Greeke translaof the purgation of sinnes: which phrase Paul useth, saying of Christ, that he made a purgation of our sinnes, that is, cleansed us from them, Heb. 1. 3. of atonements] that is, whereby reconciliation was made. Which being a figure of the blood of Christ, reconciling us to God, Heb. 2. 17. signified that the imperfections and sinnes which cleave even to the best prayers of the Saints are to be parholy of holies] that is,
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉
Here beginneth the 21 Section of the Law, see Gen. 6. 9.
Vers. 12. summe] or compt: in Hebrew head: becomputation, and the Chaldee, Compt or Number. So in Numb. 1. 2. by those that are to be numbred] the Greeke saith, in (or by) their visitation; the Chaldee, by their Numbers. of his soule] that is, of his life, which he should now lose, when he was particularly visigold and silver, but with his owne precious blood, 1 Pet. 1. 18. 19. no plague] for their sinnes, if they were not redeemed. When David numbred the people, the Lord sent a pestilence among them, to the death of 70 thousand men, 2 Sam. 24. 9. 15. For plague here, the Greeke translateth fall or ruine, the Chaldee, death.
Vers. 13. of the Sanctuary] which was twice so twenty gerahs] as if we should say, twenty pence: this summe is also expressed in LeA Gerah (which the Hebrew Doctors name also Megnah) weighed sixteen barley cornes: twenty gerahs made the shekel of the Sanctuary, which was 320 barley cornes weight of pure, silver, as Maimony affirmeth, in treat. of Ualuations, &c. ch. 1. S. 4.
Vers. 14. old] Hebr. son of twenty yeeres, that is, go
lesse]
God hereby
Vers. 16. service] which is after mentioned in every man of Israel
(that is which we call February)
Vers. 18. Laver,] in Hebrew Cijor, which word Cauldron. 1 Sam. 2. 16. but commonly a washing vessell, in. Greeke Louter ▪
that is, a
Vers. 19. therefrom] or, thereat, or, thereof: to wash the Chaldee translateth sanctifie. Touching this, the Hebrew Doctors say, It is commanded, to sanctifie in the water of the Laver, & if one sanctifie (that is, wash) in any of the vessels of ministery; it is lawfull; but not in any profane vessell. If he sanctifie in a vessell of ministery without (the Court,) or in a profane vessell within, and so performe his service, it is unlawfull. And they sanctifie not within the Laver; or with the ministring vessell, but from the same, as it is written, (Exod. 30. 19.) They shall wash THEREFROM:
Vers. dye not] by the hand of God, as Maimony (in
The Priest that serveth, and sanctifieth not his hands and his feet in the morning, is in danger of death by the hands of the (God of) heaven: as it is written, They shall wash with water, that they die not, and his service is unlawfull, whether
This rite did teach them and us, faith in Christ, in whose blood we are
Vers. 21. wash] in the Chaldee, sanctifie. to his seed] the posteritie of Aaron; the Chaldee exhis sonnes.
Vers. 23. chiefe] or head spices, that is, the principall and most excellent: so in Ezek. 27. 22. Song 4. 14. pure myrrh] in Greeke choise myrrh, Hebrew, myrrh of freedome; that is, free, pure, naturall as it floweth. Myrrh (so named of the Hebrew Mor,) is a sweet gumme or moisture, that issueth out of the myrrh tree, and none is preferred before it; as Plinie sheweth in his hist. booke 12. chap. 15. The graces of Christ and of his Church, are often resembled by this myrrh, Song 1. 13. and 3. 6. and 4. 14. and 5. 1. 5. 13. Psal. 45. 9. shekels] this word is adThargum Ierusalemy, and in the verse following it is here exsweet] or, aromaticall cinamon, which commeth of the Hebrew name Kinnemon, and is the barke of a tree, used for sweet odours: and sighalfe thereof] that is, halfe the fore-said quantity, (as followeth) 250. shekels weight. But the Heshekels, as of the former; and this which the Law saith, Cinamon the halfe thereof 250. is because they weighed it at two times, 250, at each time: saith Maimony, in treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuarie, chap. 1. Sect. 2.
Verse 24. Cassia] or Costus, another sweet cane, Kiddah, mentioned onely here, and in Ezek. 27. 19. an Hin] whereof see ExMaimony, in the fore-named treatise, chap. 2. Sect. 2. saith, the Hin was twelve logs; (of which measure, see Levit. 14. 10.) and every log, foure qu
Others, more fully thus:
Vers. 25. make it] The manner is recorded to be Every of those foure spices, was pounded severally: then mixed altogether, and steeped in waier pure and sweet, till all the strength of them was gone out into the water; then they put unto the water, an Hin of oile olive; and boyled all on the fire, till the water was consumed, and the oile left in the vessell for use afterward. Maimony, treat. of the
Vers. 26. anoint therewith the Tent] or, the Tabernacle,
Vers. 29. whatsoever] or, whosoever: so the Greek every-one that toucheth them, shall be sanctified.
Vers. 32. poured] in Greeke, anointed. not
make] the Greeke addeth, not make unto your selves. holinesse shall it be unto you]
holy it is ▪ and a sanctification (or
V. 33. like it] Of this point the Heb. doe record; He that maketh anointing oile, according to the work, & according to the weight of this, without adding or diminishing: if he do it presumptuously, is guilty of cutting off; if ignorantly, he is to bring the sacrifice appointed for it. He that shall anoint any with the anointing oile presumptisously, is guilty of cutting-off; if ignorantly, he is to bring a sacrifice, whether he anoint himselfe, or another man. Maimony, treat. of the
Vers. 34. Stacte] so called in Greeke, the HeNataph; both of them signifie Dropping: and this
Vers. 35. shalt make it] Moses made it now Maimony
chap.
Vers. 36. of it] of these, saith the Greeke, That is, some of this confection, (as it was daily to be used,) was first to be beaten small. Which may signifie unto us, exactnesse in the particularities of things to be prayed for; & how afflictions, and contrition of heart are furtherances in this worke, Act. 4. 24where I will meet with thee] the Greeke expounds it, whence I will be knowne unto thee; the Chaldee where I will appoint (or prepare) my Word unto thee.
Vers. 38. to smell thereto] This Law accordeth with the former of the oile, verse 33. the Hebrew Doctors explaine it thus: He that maketh a perfu
••
▪ according to these weights, for to smell thereto; although he doe not s
•
ell, is guilty of cutting-off, for the very making, if he doe it presumptuously. If ignorantly, he is
to bring the offring appointed: and this, although hee
•
ake not the whole quantitie, but a halfe, or a third part thereof: forasmuch as he hath made it according to these weights, he is guilty of being cut-off. If hee smell thereto, and made it not; hee is guilty of cutting-off, but his doome is like all theirs that use (or
1 Bezaleel and Aholiab, are called and made meet for the worke of the Taberna
AND Iehovah spake unto Moses sayis thereupon: and all the vessels of the Tent. And the Table, and the vessels thereof: and place: according to all that I have commanded thee, shall they doe.
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. is a signe betweene me and you, throughout your generations; to know, that I am Iehovah that sanctifieth you. And yee is holinesse to you: they that profane it, every one shall bee put-toany worke therein, even that soule shall bee cut-off, from amongst his peoples. Six daies is the Sabbath of Sabbathisme, holinesse to Ieany worke in the Sabbath day, shall be put to die the death. And the Sons of Israel shall keepe the Sabfor an everlasting coveshall be a signe for ever: for in Six daies, Ie
And he gave unto Moses, when hee had
BEzaleel] in Greeke, Beseleel; by interpretation, In the shadow of God: he was the sonne of Vri, the sonne of Hur, the sonne of Caleb, or Chelubai, the sonne of Esron, the sonne of Pharez, the sonne of Iudah; from whom he was the seventh generati
Vers. 3. Spirit] that is, gifts of the Spirit, such as a divine Spirit; the Chaldee, a Spirit from before the Lord. workmanship] or, Art: Heworke. So verse 4.
Vers. 4. devise cunning-workes] such as were mento thinke thoughts: which the Greek explaineth, to thinke (or minde) and to make-artificially: the Chaldee saith, to teach artificers: as it is in Exodus 35. 34. These three things in Bezaleel; a calling, a furnishing with gifts, and a working or operation accordingly, are necesgifts, by the Spirit; 2 of administrations (or ministeries) by the Lord [Iesus;] and 3 of operations, by God [the Father,] 1 Cor. 12. 4. 5. 6. to worke] or, to doe, to make: but doing is often used for working (as is noted on Exod. 5. 9.) and so the Greek translateth it here; also in verse 5.
Vers. 5. ingraving] or cutting. The Hebrew word ploughing,) or any other like handicraft. to fill] that is, to set in the golden ouches, as Exod. 28. 21. to worke] or, to make in all worke: meaning cunning worke; as is expressed in Exod. 35. 33.
Vers. 6. Aholiab] in Greeke, Eliab; by interpreThe Tabernacle of the Father. Hee is the se
Vers. 7. vessels] or instruments, furniture, implements.
Vers. 10. of ministerie] veiles, clothes, coverings,
Vers. 13. Uerily] or Notwithstanding: the Greeke See. Though the worke of the Taberto know] that is, that ye may know, as the Greeke translateth. The principall signification of the Sabbath, was for grace and sanctitie; which therefore the Lord ofThe Sabbath, and the precept against idolatrie, each of these two, is as weighty as all the other Commandements of the Law: and the Sabbath is a signe betweene God and us for ever. Therefore who so transgresseth the other Commandements, he is generally a wicked Israelite: but hee that openly profaneth the Sabbath, is as an Idolater, both of them as infidels in all their affaires. Therefore the Prophet laudeth and saith (Esay. 56. 2.)
Vers. 14. that soule] the Chaldee translateth, that
man shall be destroied. This cutting off, the Iewes undoing worke therein, if a man doe it willingly and presumptuously, he is guilty of cutting-off, (to peand if there bee witnesses that see him, he is to be stoned to death; [as was perforand if he doe it of ignorance, (or errour,) he is bound to bring the sin offring appointed for the same: (according to the Law in Numb.
Vers. 15. of Sabbathisme] that is, of cessation and rest. See Exod. 16. 23. The Greeke translateth it, a rest holy to the Lord.
Vers. 16. to observe] Hebrew to doe, see the notes
Vers. 17. me] the Chaldee translateth, Betweene
my Word and the sonnes of Israel: that Word is Christ, by whom the Sabbath is truely sanctified to his Church, Hebrewes 4. From this Scripture the HeTalmud. in Betsah, chap. Iom tob. So from Exod. 16. 29. Yet thus also they say; It is unlawfull to speake to an Infidel to doe any worke for us on the Sabbath day, although he be not charged to keepe the Sabbath, and although he be spoken to before the Sabbath. Maimony, treat. of the
Vers. 18. of stone] that so the record of them the worke of God, even as the writing was the writing of God, Exod. 32. 16. and these being bronot in Tables of stone, but in fleshly Tables of the hear
2 Cor. 3. 3. and these
1, The people in the absence of Moses, cause Aaron to make a Calfe. 6, They sacrifice thereunto. 7, God certifieth Moses of their sinne, 10, and his purpose to consume them therefore. 11, Moses intreateth for the people, 14, The Lord repenteth concerning the evill a
AND the people saw that Moses debecome of him. And Aaron said unto them; Breake-off the are in the eares of your wives, of your sonnes, and of your daughters: and bring them unto me. And all were in their eares: and brought them unto Aaron. And he received them at their be thy gods, O Israel, which brought thee up, out of the land of Egypt. And Aaron saw it; and he built an Altar beis a feast to Iehovah. And they
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, (saying:)
themselves. They have is a stiffe-necked people. And now, let me and say; For evill did hee bring them out, and kill them in the mountaines, and to consume them from upon the face of the earth: Turne from the hotnesse of thine anit for ever. And Iehovah repented concer
And Moses turned and went downe from were in his hand: the tables were writside & on the other, were they written. And the tables, were the worke of God: & the writing, that was the writing of God; graven upon the Tables. And Ioshua heard the voice of the there is a voyce of warre in the campe. And he said; It is not the voice of them that shout for masterie, neither is it
them that cry for discomfiture: the voice of singing, doe I heare. And it was it in the fire; and ground it, till it was small: and strewed it upon the face of the water; and made the sonnes of Israel drinke of it. And Moses said unto Aaron, so great a sinne? And Aaron said, Let not the anger of my are set on evill. And they said unto become of him. And I said soever hath any gold, breake ye it off; and they gave it me: and I cast it inwere naked: for Aaron had made them naked, unto their shame, amongst those that rose up against them. And Moses stood in the gate of the campe; and said, Who is for Iehovah? (let
him come) unto me: and all the Sons of Leevery man his sword upon his thigh: Passe ye and returne ye from gate to gate, in the campe, and kill ye every man his brother, and every man his fellow-friend, and every man his neighbour. And the Sons of Levi did, according to the word of Moses: every man in his Son, and in his brother: that that he may give upon you, this day a bles(the place) that I when I visit, then will I visit their sin upon them. And Ie
DElayed] The first signification of the Hebrew ashamed, Gen. 2. 25. and because long tarrying and looking for ones comming, cauthey tarried till they were ashamed;) therefore the word is also used for tarying or delaying of the time, Iudg. 5. 28. and is so here translated by the Chaldee and the Greek: and in Rev. 10. 6. time is used for delay. the people] that is, some of them, as the like word in v. 6. is opened by Paul, in 1 Cor. 10. 7. Gods] that is, an image or representation of God; as after in v. 4. and the words here following manifest. This narration sheweth, how the Israelites (who promised to doe all that the Lord commanded, Exod. 19. 8.) did behave themselves in keeping of the morall Law, and of that great Commandement, which God had both spoken to them himselfe from heaven, and repeaof him] or, done to him. They looked for Moses, to bring them a forme of worship, and some visible signe of Gods presence among them, (as afterwards was in the Tabernacle, and the Arke with the mercy-seat, Ex. 40. 34. 35. Num. 7. 89.) but because he came not, they would have a worship of their owne, such (in likelihood) as they had used or seene in Egypt; for now in their hearts they turned backe againe into Egypt, as is written in Act. 7. 39. 40. And yet fortie daies were not expired, neither were the terrible signes of Gods presence taken away; for the moun
Vers. 3. eare-rings] the Iewels which God had gichaines and ornaments, Prov. 1. 8. 9. the like sinne to Israels is com
V. 4. fashioned it] or, formed it, meaning the Calfe; it, is put for them, the Iewels every one: and so the Greek saith, he formed them. graving toole] or, pen, as the originall word elsewhere signifieth, Esa. 8. 1. which may bee understood, that first Aaron drew with pen or pencil, the form of a calfe, & after did cast the mould thereof: or, that he cut & polished the calfe herewith, when he had molten and made
and he made] or, when he had made it. molten Calfe] Hebrew, calfe of melting, or of molten worke; meaning the image of a calfe, as before the image of God, is called God, v. 1. As the Heathens chanchanged their Glory into the forme of an oxe that eateth grasse; and forgat God their Saviour, Psal. 106. 19. 20. 21. These be thy Gods] that is, This is thy God; as the holy Ghost expoundeth it in Nehem. 9. 18. They made them a molten calfe, and said, this is thy God; meaning an ithe intent of Israel in making the calfe, and the intent of Ieroboam were one. R. Menachem. on Exod. 32.
V. 5. to Iehovah] or of Iehovah, as the Gr. is, of the Lord; unto whom a feast should have beene kept, they sacrificed unto the Idol, and rejoyced in the workes of their owne hands, v. 8. Act. 7. 41. and in Gods account, offred unto Divels, after whom they went a whoring, Levit. 17. 7. So Iehu would be thought zealous for Iehovah, when yet he worshipped Ieroboams golden calves, which alDivels, 2. King, 10. 16. 29. 2 Chron. 11. 15.
Vers. 6. brought-neer] to the altar; that is, offred, as to play] so the Apostle translalaughing and rejoycing, Gen. 21. 6. here it is meant of their singing, dancing, &c. about their Gods of gold, v. 18. 19. So that which one Prophet calleth playing (the word here used) 1 Chro. 15. 29. another calleth dancing, 2 Sam. 6. 16. The Hebr. (as R. Menachem on this place) expound it whordome, according to that in Gen. 39. 14. He hath brought in to us an Hebrew man to mocke us (or to play with us,) which being understood of spirituall whoredome, that is, Idolatrie, is according to truth. And from this their practice, we are warned not to be Idolaters like them. 1 Cor. 10. 7.
V. 7. Goe] the Gr. addeth the word quickly, as MoArise, get thee down quickly.
Vers. 9. stiffenecked] or hard necked, as elsewhere the Lord saith, Thou art hard, and thy neck is an yron
sinew, Esay. 48. 4. It is a similitude taken from unruly heifers that will not submit their neck to the yoke, Hos. 4. 16. Ier. 5. 5. and 27. 8. and so meaneth stub
Vers. 10. Let me alone] that is, intreat me not to Leave off thy prayer before me. consume] and put out their name from under heaven, Deut. 9. 14. of thee] Hebrew make thee to a great nation. In Deut. 9. 14. it is said, a mighty nation, and greater then they. So againe in Num. 14. 12.
V. 11. the face] this the Gr. and Chaldee transhe prayed before the Lord: but Gods face, is somanger, as in Gen. 32. 20. Lev. 20. 6. Ps. 21. 10. & 34. 17. & so it meaneth a supplicating against the anger which was now waxing hot. For they had beene abolished, had not Moses stood beWherefore, &c.] This is not a question, as if there were no cause for the Lord to be angrie; but is a man
Ver. 12. for evill] or, in evill, in malice, that is, maliciously:
V. 13. by thy selfe] God having no greater to sweare by thy Word, see Gen. 22. 16. 17. 18. unto which place, this praier of Moses hath speciall reference, where also the blesThen Moses returned & sought mercy at the face of the Lord, and the Lord remembred the inclination of Isaack, who was bound by his father in mount Morijah upon the Altar: and the Lord turned from his anger, and caused his divine-presence to dwell in the midst of them, as before, Thargum in Cant. cap. 1. vers. 13. cap. 2. vers. 17.
Vers. 15. on the one] Hebr. on this side, and on this.
Vers. 16. the worke of God] herein they differed bewen out of the Saphir of the throne of Gods glory, (mentioned in Exod. 24. 10.) Thargumin Cant. cap. 1. verse 11.
Vers. 17. Ioshua] or, as the Greeke writeth him, Iesus: see Exod. 17. 9. of them that shout] or, of them that answer (or sing:) Hebrew, of answering, (or singing.) The Chaldee translates it, it is not the voice of strong men, which overcome in the warre, neither is it the voice of weake men, which are discomfited. discomfiture] or
Vers. 19. his hand] or, his hands; that is, each of breake them] to signifie the breaking of the covenant, by reason of their sin. For that Moses did this advisedly, and by the motion of Gods Spirit, appeareth by his relation of it againe, in Deut. 9. 16. 17. Wherefore the Ta
Vers. 20. small] even as dust, Deut. 9. 21. that it the waters] of the brooke that came downe out of the mount, Deut. 9. 11. from the Rocke in Horeb, Ex. 17. 6. which Rock was Christ, 1 Cor. 10. 4. drinke] By this they were taught the way of salvation from their sins: whiles Moses (that is, the Law) giveth the knowledge of sin & condem
V. 22. aroset] or, lie in evill; as the Apostle useth a in evill: that is, are very evill: as Gods works are said to be in faith, Ps. 33. 4. that is, most faithfull, or true: the woin the transgression. 1 Tim. 2. 14. that is, the transgressor, and many the like. The Greeke translateth, thou knowest the violent-force of this people.
Vers. 34. there came out] Aaron here is not so free
Vers. 25. naked] in the shame of their sinnes, dedissipated, (or scattered,) for Aaron had dissipated them; for a rejoycing to their adversaries. unto shame] or, infamie, and as the Greeke translates it, a rejoycing, or mockerie: which the Chaldee paraphraseth thus, to blot them with an evill name in their generations. So the Thargum on Solomons Song, cap. 1. vers. 12. saith hereof; the wicked of that generation rose up, and made a golden calse, together with the mixed people which were among them: and they made their workes to stinke, and their evill name went out into the world. And Paul applieth the like against the Iewes,
Vers. 26. the gate] the publike place of judgelet him come] this word, (supplied also by the Greeke,) Moses through haste and earnestnesse oThey that feare the Lord, let them come unto me.
Vers. 28. 3000 men] the principall authors of
Vers. 29. Fill your hand] that is, Consecrate your Yee have offered your offrings this day, &c. that he may give] or, that there may be given, namely, from God. For this fact of the Le
V. 30. per adventure I shall] or, it may be I shall, or, if so bee I may; the Greeke translateth,
unto Iehovah] before whom, he fell down
forty daies & fortie nights, as before: for he was afraid of the anger and hot displeasure, wherewith the Lord was wroth against them, Deut. 9. 18. 19. of gold] As Moses here particularly expresseth the sinne of Israel, so the Hebrew Doctors gather from this exMaimony, treat. of Repentance, ch. 2. s. 3.
V. 32. if thou wilt] an unperfect speech, through And now, if thou wilt for give them the sin, forgive them. The word If, is used also in prayers, as Gen. 24. 42. and 28. 20. thy Booke] the Booke of life, Phil. 4. 3. or, of the living, Psal. 69. 29. called the writing of the house of Israel, Ezek. 13. 9. spoken of God, after the manner of men. This wish proceeded from great sorrow in heart, for the fall of this people, from the zeale of Gods glorie, and love of his brethren, for whose sakes he could wish himselfe accursed (or separated) from Christ, as Paul also did, Rom. 9. 1. 2. 3. Herein also Moses dealt as a mediator betweene God and men; and was a figure of our Mediator Christ, who layd downe his life for the sheepe, Iohn 10. 15 and remade a curse for us, Gal. 3. 13. although Moses could not fully effect the grace that hee desired for the people. The intent of Moses (say the Heb. Docwas, that he might die in stead of them, and beare their punishment, according to that, (in Esay 53. 5.) he was wounded for our trespasses: for the death of the just maketh reconciliation, &c. R. Menachem, on Ex. 32.
Vers. 33. Whosoever] the Greeke saith, if any hath
sinned; meaning such sinne as whereby men fall away finally; against whom David prayeth, Let them be wiped out of the booke of the living. Psal. 69. 29. but who so overcommeth, Christ will not wipe his name out of the Booke of life, Rev. 3. 5. I will wipe] or, I should wipe him out, if any.
Vers. 34. unto the place] the word place, the Angel] there was an Angel fore-promised in Exodus 23. 20. HowR. Menachem on this place saith, This Angel is not the Angel of the covenant, of whom hee spake in the time of favourable acceptance, My presence shall goe, for now the holy blessed God, had taken away his devine presence from amongst them, and would have led them by the hand of another Angel. And Moses speech in Exodus 33. 12. seemeth to imply so much. when
Vers. 35. they made] that is, caused to bee made, purchased the field, (Act. 1. 18.) which was bought by the Priests, with the mony which Iudas returned, Matt. 27. 3. 7. see Ex. 7. The Greek here translateth, for the making of the Calfe, but the Chaldee saith, for that they served it. Amongst other punishments which God inflicted upon the people, there was one speciall for this sin, that God turned, and gave them up to worship the host of heaven, &c. Act. 7. 42. so giving them over from one evill to another, as he did also the Gen
1, The Lordrefuseth to goe as he had promised, with the people. 4, The people mourne for it, and put off their ornaments. 7, The Tabernacle is removed out of the campe. 9. Moses entreth into it, and God in a cloud talketh with him. 12, He prayeth the Lord to shew him his waies, 15, and to let his presence goe with his people. 17, God granteth it him. 18, He desireth to see Gods glory. 19, God promiseth to proclaime his Name before him, but his face no man can see & live.
AND Iehovah spake unto Moses, Go art a stiff-necked people, lest I consume thee in the way. And are a stiff-necked people; in one moment I will come-up in the midst of thee, and consume thee: now therefore put-off thy ornament from on thee, and I shall know what I shall doe unto thee. And the Sonnes of Israel, it for him, without the campe, afar off from the campe; and called it, the Tent of the congregation: and it was, that every one which sought Iehovah, went out unto the Tent of the congregation, which was without the campe. And it was when every man at the doore
at the doore of the Tent; and he spake with Moses. And at the doore of the Tent, and all the people rose-up, and bowed-them-selvesevery man at the doore of his Tent. And Iehovah spake unto Moses, face unto
And Moses said unto Iehovah, See, thou is thy people. And both I and thy people? Is it not in that thou goest with us? So shall we bee marare upon the face of the earth.
And Iehovah said unto Moses, I will doe this thing also, which thou hast spoken: for there is a place by mee: and thou shalt stand upon a rocke. And it shall bee
THy seed] that is, as the Chaldee saith, thy
Sons: the Greek saith, your seed. He respec
Verse 2. an Angel] in Greeke my Angell: of I will drive] The Greeke expounds it, thou shalt drive. Canaanite] that is, as the Chaldee translateth, Canaanites, &c. see Gen. 10. 16. Vnto the six nations here mentioned, the Greeke addeth
Verse 3. Vnto a land] for explanation the Greek And I will bring thee into a Land. milke] a figure of heavenly blessings: see the notes on Exodus 3. 8. I will not goe] to wit, with a visible signe of my presence, as in the cloud: so the Chaldee translateth, I will not cause my presence, (or Majestie) to goe up in the middest of thee. So after in verse 5. And now God had withdrawne the cloudy pillar (the signe of his gracious conduct) from them, as appeareth by verse 9. 10. So in the Thargum (or Chaldee paraThe Sonnes of Israel made the golden calfe, and the glorious cloud which overshadowed them, was taken away, and they remained uncovered, &c. stiffe] or hard necked, that is, stubborne and disobedient: see Exod. 32. 9.
Vers. 4. evill word] that is, hard or heavy rymourned] shewed their mourning, by their habit, gesture, &c. as the words following manifest; and the force of the originall word imthey mourned in mourning weeds.
Verse 5. to the sons of Israel] the Hebrewes (as R. Menachem on this place) doe observe, that this manner of speech, was in the way of mercy; for
THY PEOPLE (Exodus 32. 7.) and THE PEOPLE (Ex. 33. 1.)
from the mount] that is, farre from it, as burned with fire, Deut 9. 15.
V. 7. a Tent] or, the Tent; not that which after was the place of publike worship, for it was not yet his Tent,) or some other for this speciall use. Tent of the congregation] which was the name of that glorious Tent which God commanded to be made; see Exod. 29. 4. The Gr. translateth it, the Tabernacle of testimony: the Chald. the Tabernacle of house of doctrine. This which should have beene in the midst of the host, Num, 2 17. was now placed far out of it: signifying Gods displeasure against, and departure from his people, Prov. 15. 29. According to which situation, are the complaints of holy men made to God, in their tensought Iehovah] the Chaldee paraphraseth, that sought doctrine (or information) from the face of the Lord.
V. 8. and stood] to looke and observe with reveThargum on Solomons song, apply hereunto that in Song. 3. 1. 2. 3. thus: When the people of the house of Israel saw that the cloud of glorie was removed away, and the crowne of holinesse which had been given them at (mount) Sinai, was taken from them: then they remained dark as the night, and sought the crowne of holinesse which was taken from them, but found it not. The sons of Israel said one to another, let us rise, & goe, and compasse the Tent of the covenant, which Moses hath spread without the campe: and let us seek information from the face of the Lord, and the holy Majestie which is taken away from us, &c.
V. 9. he] that is, Iehovah spake (as in v. 11.) out of the cloudy pillar, wch was a signe of favor, Ps. 99. 7. bowed] or worshipped; so with humility tha
V. 11. face unto face] familiarly, plainly, in his preface to face, Deu. 5. 4. Howbeit, the Hebr. (as R. Menach. on this place,) observe a difference in the words, this here being Panim el panim; that in Deut. 5. 4. being Panim be panim, as implying a different manner of speaking to Moses, from that unto all Israel. A like phrase is of speaking mouth to mouth, Num. 12. 8. So this was a speciall priviledge that Moses had, above other Prophets, Deut. 34. 10. who had dark visions. See this more fully opeIoshua] in Gr. Iesus the sonne of Naue. youngman] so called in respect of his serhe] that is, Iesus (or Iosua) departednot. This sense the Greeke plainly yeeldeth; but the Hebr. is so understood by some, as if Iesus returned with Moses, and Iehovah departed not out of the Tent.
V. 12. whom] or, what thou wilt send, that is, what thou hast not manifested unto me, whom thou wilt send with mee. See the notes on Exod. 32. 34. by name] that is, in speciall & parabove all men. So after in ver. 17.
V. 13. thy waies] This sometime meaneth Gods the way of thy goodnesse; and the Gr. thus, Shew thy selfe unto me; let me manifestly see thee, that I may find grace before thee: and that I may know, that this nation is thy people. consider] Hebr. see.
V. 14. my presence] or, my face, that is, a visible signe Shecinah, used for the divine presence or Majesty of God, and Christ dwelling with his people. The Greeke translateth, my selfe will goe before thee; and so the phrase is used in 2 Samuel 17. 11. that thy presence (or face) goe to battell; that is, thou in thine owne person. In Esay 63. 9. the Prophet mentioneth the Angel of Gods presence (or face) which saved his people. And so some Hebrewes have expounded this here, saying; The ground of this, My presence shall goe, is as if he should say, the Angel the Redeemer, as it is written (in Esay 63.) And the Angell of his presence saved them. And (in Malach. 3. 1.) the Angel of the Covenant whom yee delight in. And he is called the Face (or Presence,) because he is the Face of wrath to consume their enemies. And I will give thee rest, that thy people shall not be led, with the hard measure of judgement, but with the absolute measure of mercy; according to the meaning (of this word in Deuteronomy 25. 19.) when the Lord thy God hath given thee rest from all thine enemies. R. Monachem, on Exodus 33. give thee rest] to wit, from all thine enemies, as is explained in Deut. 12. 10. and so it implyeth the subduing of them; as I have given thee rest from all thy enemies, 2 Samuel 7. 11. is expounded, subdued all thy enemies, 1 Chron. 17. 10.
Vers. 15. thy presence] or, thy face. The Greeke If thou thy selfe goe not with us; and so it is explained by Moses, in verse 16. the ChalIf thy divine-presence, (Shecinah) goe not with us, that miraculous workes may bee done for us. It implieth Gods care and protection of his people by Christ (as is before noted,) who is the expresse-image of Gods face (or person) Hebr. 1. 3. Compare Psal. 31. 21.
Verse 16. here] or, now; the Greeke translashall it be knowne in deed, (or truely.) marvellously separated] severed and exempted to some marvellous and excellent use; the Gr. translateth,
V. 17. I know thee by name] the Gr. expoundeth it, I know thee above all men. So in verse 12.
thy glory] hereby he meant the face of What was that which Moses our master sought to attaine unto, when hee said, I PRAY THEE SHEVV ME THY GLORIE?
Ver. 19. my goodnesse] The Chaldee expounds it, my glory, and the Greek, I will passe before thee with my glory. The goodnesse (or good things) or God, is that wherewith his people are satisfied, Ier. 31. 14. Psal. 65. 5. the name] Thargum Ierusalemy adthe good name. This promise was fulfilled in Exod. 34. 6. The Hebrewes explaine it thus, I will proclaime before thee, my great name, which thou canst not see. R. Menachem, on Exod. 33. bee gracious] or, have mercy on, as the Gr. translateth, which the Apostle followeth, Rom. 9. 15. bee mercifull] or, have compassion, commiseration. As this teacheth that Gods grace, mercy, and compaswhom he will, it sheweth Gods freedome in communicating his grace where he pleaseth, withpeople, (v. 16.) God restraineth to his owne will, according to his election of grace, excluding all others, and mans owne will and works. WhereSo then, it is not in him that willeth, nor in him that runneth; but in God that sheweth mercy, Rom. 9. 15. 16. The ancient Hebrews saw this grace of God, though now they be ignorant of it. For R. Menachem on this place, writeth, how God shewed Moses at that time, his treasures; and he said, O Lord of the world, whose is that great treasure? Hee answered, who so hath good workes, to him will I give his wages: and who so hath none, I will doe, and give unto him freely: as it is written. I will be gracious, to whom I will be gracious. This exposition accordeth with Pauls, in Rom. 4. 4. 5. and 3. 24.
Ver. 20. my face] that is, see and know my gloas he is, even face to face, 1 Ioh. 3. 2. 1 Cor. 13. 12. So the Hebrews hence doe observe, whiles men live, they are not counted-worthy; when they die they shall be counted worthy, to see the face of God: R. Elias in Reshith choc
41. 4. And
Vers. 22. clift] or, hole, cave: which is a place of Rocke on which Gods people are set, is spiritually God himselfe in Christ, and faith in him, Psal. 18. 3. 32. Matth. 16. 18. cover] this sometime sigmy hand] or, my palme, the hollow of my hand, which also is sometime the instrument of helpe, (Psal. 91. 4. 12. and 119. 173.) sometime of affliction, Iob 13. 21. and 33. 7. It may also meane my cloud: for as a cloud arose in the sight of Elias servant, like a mans hand, 1 King. 18. 44. so Elihu calleth the clouds, Cappajim, that is,
Vers. 23. backe parts] or, after parts; the things behinde
1, God willeth Moses to hew two tables of stone, on which he would write againe the words of the covenant. 4, Moses having done so, went up into the mount; 5, The Lord descendeth in a cloud, and proclaimeth his Name. 8, Moses worshippeth, and int
ANd Iehovah said unto Moses, Hew any man bee seene, throughout all the (the guilty,) visiting the iniquity of the fageneration. And Moses made-hast, and benis a stiffe necked people; and pardon thou our iniquity and our sinne, and take us for thine inheritance. And he said: Behold, I, strike art, shall see the work of Iehovah, for it is a fearfull thing; which I doe with thee. Observe thou that this day: Behold I drive out from before thee, the Amorite, and the Canaanite, and the Chethite, and the Pherizzite, and the Evite, and the Iebuis Iealous; hee, is a Iealous God. Lest thou strike a covenant any mcakes shcakes, as I commanded thee; at th
All that openeth the wombe, is mine: that is male; that which openeth (the wombe;) of oxe and of sheepe. And that which openeth (the wombe) of an it, then thou shalt breake the necke of it: Every firstborne of thy Sonnes thou shalt redeeme; and they shall not appeare before me, empty. Sixe at the revolution of the yeer. Three times in the yeere, every male of bread: neither shall the sacrifice of the feast of the Passeover, remaine unto the morninto the house of Iehovah
And Iehovah said unto Moses, Write for
HEw thee] or, Hew unto thy selfe, whereas the worke of God himselfe, Exod. 32. 16. See the notes on Exod. 31. 18. Here followeth the renewing of the covenant, between God and his people: rehearsed againe in Deut. 10. 1. &c. and I] The Greeke here addeth, and come thou up unto me into the mount, and I, &c. So Moses himselfe repeateth it, in Deut. 10. 1.
Vers. 2. present thy selfe] or, stand for me there, that is, wait till I come downe, as vers. 5. and then stand before me there. And this being to be done in the morning, it was a signe of mercy, Psal. 90. 14. and 30. 6. and 5. 4.
Vers. 3. before] the Greeke translateth, neere the mount, see Exod. 19. 12. 13. with the annotations.
Vers. 5. descended] by a manifestation of his glowas revealed,
be proclaimed] that is, the Lord did proclaime; as hee promised, Exod. 33. 19. Or it may be understood of Moses, and transhe called on the name of Iehovah: for so the Hebrew phrase sometimes signifieth, as Gen. 12. 8.
Verse 6. passed by] that is, as the Chaldee transcaused his Majesty (Shecinah) to passe by. Whereupon the Hebrewes, comparing this with Exod. 33. 19. 22. say, The Shecinah (or divine-Majesty) called I, passed by. R. Menachem on Exod. 34. So they held this Shecinah, to be one with the Father. See after on vers. 9. he proclaimed] that is, God proclaimed, Exod. 33. 19. But Thargum Ierusalemy referreth it to Moses, saying; And the glory of the Majesty of the Lord passed before him, and Moses prayed and said, &c. Howbeit Moses him-selfe saith, the Lord spake these words, Numb. 14. 17. 18. And so other of the Hebrewes understand it, as before, that Shecinah (the Divine-presence) proclaimed these properties. R. Menachem. Iehovah, Iehovah, &c.] Here all Gods
Vers. 7. for thousands] that is, (as Thargfor a thousand generations: See Exod. 20. 6. The Greek translateth, and doing many unto thousands. not clearing cleare] that is,
(or
Vers. 8. bowed himselfe] or, worshipped, fell prostrate: Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth it,
Vers. 9. now goe] or, I pray thee goe, to wit, with the signes of his presence, in the cloudy fiery pillar. Let the Majesty of the Lord goe. By the Majesty (or Divine-presence) of the Lord, which the Hebrewes call She
wee may well understand Christ: for the Hebrews usually distin
Vers. 10. he said] the Greeke explaineth it, the
Lord said unto Moses. strike] that is, make, to wit, with thee, as the Greeke explaineth it. marvels] in Greeke,
Vers. 11. Observe thou] or, keepe for thy selfe: for Amorite] that is, Amorites, &c. as the Chaldee translateth. See Gen. 10. 16. Exod. 23. 23. 28.
Verse 12. snare] or cause of thy ruine. See Exod. 23. 33.
Vers. 13. pillars] or, standing images, statues: see groves] which they used to conwere the Temples of their gods, saith Pliny hist. booke 12. chap. 1. And in the Romane Lawes of the 12 Tables, in the 2 law of Religion, it was commanded to have groves in the fields. For this cause, Israel is here bidden to cut them downe, and in Deut. 12. 3. to burne them: and were also forbidden to plant any grove, or any tree neere unto the altar of the Lord, Deut. 6. 21.
Vers. 14. other god] to the idols of the peoples, as the
Vers. 15. goe a-whoring] that is, commit idolato erre after their errors: that is, their idols. he] that is, the inhabitant athey call; and so after. Compare Num 25. 1. 2. Prov. 9. 13. 15.
Vers. 17. molten gods] or, gods of metall: Hebrew of melting. So Levit. 19. 4. Exod. 20. 23.
Vers. 18. as I] or, which I commanded: but the asher, is put for caasher: as in Exodus 23. 15. and so the Greeke translateth it here.
Abib] in Greeke, the moneth of new fruits. See Exod. 13. 4.
Vers. 19. is mine] or, shall be mine: that is, santhat which openeth] or, the first borne, as the Greeke and Chaldee here translateth it. See Exod. 13. 12. 13. and 22. 29. 30.
Vers. 20. with a lambe] a living lambe, of the It might be redeemed with a lambe, whether male or female, unblemished or blemished, small or great, If a man have no lambe to redeeme it with, hee may redeeme it with the value of it, and give the price to the Priest. The Law commandeth not a Lambe, to make it heavier upon him, but lighter. For if hee have the firstling of an Asse, which is worth ten shekels, he may redeeme it with a lambe worth a quarter of a shekell. But the price in money, is from three zuzims and upward: [that is, three quarters of a shekell; for one zoz is the fourth part of a shekell.]
Vers. 21. labour] or, serve: see the notes on Exosixe dayes thou shalt doe thy workes.
Vers. 22. observe to thee] Hebr. doe to thee: meaobserve, or make holy, celebrate. According to this phrase, is, to doe the Sabbath day, Exod. 31. 16. Deut. 5. 15. to dee the Passeover, Deut. 16. 1. Matt. 26. 18. to doe the feast of Boothes, Deut 16. 13. and the like. The Greeke translateth, Thou shalt doe (that is, observe) to me. of weeks] or, of sevens: a feast seven weeks after the Passeover, called Pentecost, Lev. 23. 15. 16. Act. 2. 1. it was also called
Vers. 23. every male of thee] or, all thy male-kind: see Exod. 23. 17. Deut. 16. 16.
Vers. 24. no man] to wit, of thy neighbours or
Vers. 25. not slay] for sacrifice, as in Exodus 23. 18. see the notes there. sacrifice] in Greeke, sacrifices:
Vers. 26. first] or, beginning of the fruits: see Ex. a kid] in Greeke, a lambe: in Chalthou shalt not eate flesh with milke: and the Ienot to boyle nor to eat flesh and milke mixed together. See Exod. 23. 19.
Vers. 27. tenour] Hebrew, the mouth of these words: which the Chaldee expounds, the speech of these
words. have stricken] or, doe strike, that is, make: for these precepts were both given before, and now repeated.
Vers. 28. he] that is, God wrote, vers. 1. ten words] that is, ten commandements, which thereDecalogue. Ten, is often used for many; as ten times, meane many times, Gen. 31. 7. Iob 19. 3. ten men, Zach. 8. 23. and ten women, Lev. 26. 26. and ten thousands, Heb. 12. 22. that is, many: and as other numbers are made of ten, by reduplication; so all other writen words: so by this number ten, God gave a perWords, are used for whole sentences, or commandements: as Paul saith also, one word, Cal. 5. 14. when he rehearseth a comWord of God, in Marke 7. 13. which another calleth the Commandement of God, Matt. 15. 6. These
Vers. 29. shone] which the Greeke translateth, was glorious, and so the Apostle alleadgeth it, in 2 Cor. 3. where, by glory, is meant, shining brightnesse, as in 1 Cor. 15. 41.
Vers. 30. feared] for Moses his ministration was death and condemnation, 1 Cor. 3. 7. 9. (because the Law giveth knowledge of sin, and causeth wrath, Rom. 3. 20. and 4. 15.) and therefore the more bright and glorious that it is, the more terrour it striketh in all mens hearts, there being a weaknesse and impossibility in all men, to do the same, Rom. 8. 3. For Aaron himselfe, and all the Rulers were afraid of Moses, as well as the other people: even as at the first giving of the Law, Moses himselfe, with all the people, were affrighted, and trembled, Exodus 19.
Vers. 33. and he put] or, and hee had put a veil:
And when he had ceased speaking unto them, he put a veil, &c. that is, after this first communing with them, when hee knew the cause of their feare, he put on a veil (or coverR. Menachem here observeth how the former Ancients of Israel, at the reading of the Booke of the Law,
Vers. 34. tooke off the veil] whereof there was no turned to the Lord, the veile shall be taken away, 2 Cor. 3. 16.
Vers. 35. put the veil againe on] hereby signifythe ministration of the Spirit, and
1, Moses commandeth the people, from the Lord, to keepe the Sabbath; 4, to bring willing offrings, of gold, silver, brasse, and other stuffe for the Tabernacle and furniture thereof. 20, The people goe, and bring voluntary gifts. 22, Men and women bring their Ie
ANd Moses gathered together, all the Congregation of the sonnes of Isare the words, which Iehovah hath commanany worke therein, shall be put-to-death. Ye shall kindle no fire, in any of your habitations upon the
And Moses said, unto all the Congregais
is willing in his heart, let him bring it, the offring of Iehayre. And Rams skins dyed-red, and for the for the Light. And the Altar of incense, and the bars thereof, and the is for it; the bars thereof, and all the vessels thereof: the Laver, and the foot thereof. The tapestry-hangings of the Court, the holy-place: the garments of holinesse, for Aaron the Priest, and the garments of his sonnes, to minister-in-the-priests-office. And all that was willing hearted, they brought bracelets, and eare-rings, and rings, and tablets, all jewels of gold; and every man that offered, offred an offring of gold unto Iehovah. And every man with hayre: and Rammes skinnes dyed red, and Tathem. Every one it. And every woman that was wise hearhayre. And the Rulers brought Beryll offring, unto Iehovah.
And Moses said, unto the sonnes of Israel; with
even of them that doe any worke; and that devise cunning workes.
HEre beginneth the 22 Section of the Law. See Gen. 6. 9. and 28. 10.
Vers. 2. holinesse] that is, a day of holinesse: or, an
holy day: and signe of holinesse from the Lord: See Exod. 31. 13. 14 &c. of sabbathisme] that is, of rest: see Exod. 16. 23. and 31. 15. any worke] to wit, of his owne workes, wayes, or words, Ex. 20. 9. Esay 58. 13. to except the workes comman
Vers. 3. kindle no fire] either for to doe worke with; or, to dresse meat (for that was unlawfull Punishments may not be inflicted on the Sabbath: though it bee commanded to punish malefactors, yet may it not bee done on the Sabbath. As when one is condemned by the Iudges to stripes, or unto death, he may not bee beaten or put to death on the Sabbath: for it is written, Yee shall kindle no fire, &c. this is a warning to the Iudges, that they burne not on the Sabbath, him that is condemned to bee burnt; and the like is for other punishments. Maimony treat. of the
Vers. 5. an offring] or, an heave offring: in Greek and Chaldee, a separation; a gift separated unto
Vers. 6. blew] in Greeke, hyacinth: see Ex. 25. 4.
Vers. 7. Shittim] in Greeke, incorruptible wood:
Vers. 8. oile] of the olive: see Exod. 27. 20. anointing] or, oile of unction: whereof see Eoxd. 30. incense of sweet spices] in Greeke, composition of incense: see Exod. 30. 54. &c.
Vers. 9. filling] to be set in golden ouches; Hebr. stones of fillings: see Exod. 25. 7. and 28. 17. 20.
Vers. 11. Tabernacle] or, Habitacle: whereof see barres] or, barre; meaning all and eue
Vers. 12. Arke] or Coffer, wherein the Tables of the Arke of the testimony. of the covering] the veil that hid the most holy place; whereof see Exod. 26. 31. &c. So after in Exod. 39. 34. The Greeke translateth it onely, the veil.
Vers. 13. Table] described in Exod. 25. 23. &c. Shew bread] in Greeke, bread of proposition. See Exod. 25. 30.
Vers. 14. for the Light] or, Candlesticke of light;
starres of light, Psal. 148. 3. that is, shining starres.
Vers. 15. Altar] the golden altar: whereof see Exod. 30. 1. &c. hanging-veil] see Exod. 26. 36.
Vers. 16. Altar] the brazen altar; whereof see Exod. 27. 1. &c. the foot] or, the Base: see Exo
Vers. 17. tapestry-hangings] see Ex. 27. 9. &c.
Vers. 19. of ministery] or, of service: see Exodus 31. 10. for Aaron] described in Exod. 28. This was the summe of Moses Sermon to the peo
Vers. 21. stirred] or, lifted him up, to doe it chearwilling, as the Chalde
Vers. 22. bracelets] or, chaines, or hookes; the Greeke translateth, seals. Compare this with their fact before, in Exod. 32. where they gave their Ieoffred] Hebrew, waved because they were heaved up and waved, when they were given to the Lord; and is therefore calwave offring, Exod. 38. 24.
Vers. 24. was found] If there bee first a willing mind, it is accepted according to that a man hath, and not according to that he hath not, 2 Cor. 8. 12.
Vers. 25. did spin] of the vertuous woman it is said, She lareth her hands to the spindle, and her hands hold the distaffe, Prov. 31. 19. So for the building of Gods spirituall Tabernacle, there were women that laboured in the Gospell, Phil. 4. 3. that laboured much in the Lord, Rom. 16. 3. 6. 12. Contrary were they that wove hangings for the grove, 2 King. 2
Vers. 29. willing offring] or, voluntary gift. So ought all things that we give unto God, or for his sake, be freely given, as every man purposeth in his heart; not of griefe, or of necessity; for God leveth a chearfull giver, 2 Cor. 9. 7. Compare herewith, the offrings of David, and the Princes and people of
Vers. 30. Bezaleel] of whom see Exod. 31. 2. &c. He was for Moses Tabernacle, as Hiram for Sologreater and more perfect; not made with hands, that is, not of this building. Heb. 9. 11. and 10. 20. the Workmaster thereof, was the holy Ghost himselfe, Luke 1. 34. 35.
Vers. 31. Spirit of God] in Greeke, a divine Spirit
of wisedome. See Exod. 31. 3.
Vers. 34. Aholiab] in Greeke, Eliab. See Exo
Vers. 35. cunning-workman] who wrought both sides alike: whereas the embroiderer wrought cuof the weaver] which the Chaldee expounweaving: understanding by the weaver, the weavers worke: as elsewhere the Scripture useth Spirits for the gifts of the Spirit, 1 Cor. 14. 12. 32. that devise] in Chaldee, that teach cunning (or artificiall) workes. By these were figured the varie
1, The offrings are delivered to the workemen. 5, The people bringing more then enough for the worke, are restrained. 8, The making of the embroidered cur
THen did Bezaleel, and Aholiah, and for the service of the Sanctuary: according to all, that Iehovah had commanded. And even every-one whose heart stirred him up; to come-neere unto the worke, to doe it. And they tooke men that made all the worke of the Sanctumore then efor them, for
Then made they, even every wise hearted of fine-linnen twiwith Cherubims, the worke of a cunning workwas eight and twenty cubits; and the bredth, foure cubits, of one curtaine: one measure was for all the curtaines. And hee was in the second coupling, the loops being one right over against another. And he
And he made curtaines of Goates hayre,
was thirty cubits; and foure cubits the bredth of one curtaine: one measure, was for the eleven curtaines. And hee cou(one) curtaine, the outmost in the coupling: and fifty loopes, made hee, on the edge of the curtaine, of the second coupling. And hee of Rammes skins dyed-red: and a covering of Tachash skins above. And he made boards for the Taberof Shittim wood, standing-up. Ten cubits was the length of a board: and a cubit and halfe a cubit, the bredth of one board.
of Shittim wood: with gold, & made their rings, of gold, places for the bars: and overlaid the bars with gold. And he made a veile; of blew, with Cherubims. And he made therewith gold; their hookes were of gold: and he cast for them, foure sockets of silver. And he made an hanging-veile, for the doore of blew, and purple, and scarwith gold: and their five sockets were of brasse.
THen did] or, Then made Bezaleel, &c. that is, beAnd Bezaleel shall doe, &c. which interpretation the HeAnd Beseleel did.
Vers. 2. And Moses] or, For Moses had called, As they had gifts of wisedome from God, so were they also to have a calling unto the worke: as Aa
Vers. 3. they tooke from before Moses] so the Chalthey received of Moses. every morning] Hebr. in the morning in the morning. So in v. 4. man man, that is, every man. This noteth their zeale and diligence: for so the morning often signifieth, Psal. 5. 4. and 101. 8. Esay 50. 4. Ier. 21. 12.
Vers. 4. wise] that is, skilfull men. In this sense Paul useth the word wise, in 1 Cor. 3. 10. from his worke] or, as the Greeke translateth, according to his worke, for so the Hebrew phrase sometime sig
Vers. 6. a voice] that is, a proclamation: the Chala cryer; and the Greeke, he cryed (or proclaimed.) make any more worke] that is,
Vers. 7. the worke] that is, the stuffe for the work: as vers. 6. to be overplus] or, to remaine over: that is, too much. Thus the people shewed their ready obedience unto that part of the Law, which conworldly Sanctuary, (as the Apostle calleth it, Heb. 9. 1.) whereas in the former Law, which God had himselfe spoken from heaven they had shewed their headstrong disobedience. Exo
Vers. 8. the Tabernacle] or Habitacle: see the notes on Exod. 26. 1. &c. This is first made (though in the commanding of these things, the Arke, Table, and Candlesticke were first mentioned, Exod. 25) because it was to receive and containe those holy things, which might not stand without their Te
Vers. 9. cubits] or by the cubit, which is a foot and an halfe; see Exod. 26. 2.
Vers. 10 to another] Hebr. to one, meaning to the fellow of isister, in Exod. 26. 3.
Vers. 11. edge] Hebr. lip, so Exod. 26. 4.
Vers. 12. being one right-over] or or receiving one to another: the Greeke hath, opposite one to another: see Exod. 26. 5.
Vers 17. one curtaine] the word one (supplyed also in the Greeke) is expressed in Exod. 26. 10.
Vers. 18. for to be] or, that it might be: the Greeke saith, and it was one. See Exod. 26. 11.
Vers. 20. boards] in Greek, the pillars of the Tabonacle. See Exod. 26. 15. &c.
Vers. 27. Seaward] the Greeke interpreteth, the part toward the Sea, that is, as the Chaldee translathe West: so Exod. 26. 22.
Vers. 29. equally joyned] or, joyned-as-two-tw
see Exod. 26. 24.
Vers. 30. under one] or under every board; which the Greeke explaineth thus, two sockets for one pil
and so the Hebre
Vers. 32. of the Tabernacle] in Exod. 26. 27. it is of the side of the Tabernacle; and so the Greeke hthe backeside of the Tabernacle.
cunning workman] in Greeke, wovenworke. It meaneth woven both sides alike, see Ex
Vers. 37. embroiderer] or, weaver with tinsel work.
Vers. 38. their chapiters] Hebr. their heads, or tops. overlay them, having spoken of the pillars. fillets] or, hoops, see Exod. 27. 10.
1, The making of the Arke, 6, and the Covering
AND Bezaleel made the Arke of Shittim wood, two cubits, and a halfe was the length therof, and a cubit and a halfe, the bredth thereof; and a cubit and a halfe, the height thereof. And he overlaid it with pure gold, within and without: and made for it a crowne of gold round about. And he cast for it, foure rings of gold, in were in the one side of it; and two rings, in the second side of it. And hee made bars of
with gold. And hee put the bars into the rings, by the of pure gold: two cubits and a halfe was the length thereof; and a cubit and a halfe the bredth thereof. And he made two Cherubims of
side; and one Cheside, of the Coveringwere one to ano
And he made the Table of Shittim wood: was the length thereof, and a Cuwith
were on the foure feet thereof. Over of Shittim wood, and owith gold; to beare the Table. And he made the vessels, which were for the were to cover withall, of pure gold.
And hee made the Candlesticke of pure were foure bowles: made-like-almonds, his knops, and his flowers. And a was one beaten-worke, of pure gold. And he made the seven lamps therof; and the of pure gold. Of a talent of pure gold, made hee
And he wade the Altar of incense, of Shitwas the length thereof, and a cubit the bredth thereof, foursquare: and two cubits the height therof; the hornes thereof were of the same. And he over-laid with pure gold; the roofe thereof, and the wals thereof round about, and the hornes thereof: & he made unto it, a crown of gold, round about. And two rings of gold made he of Shittim wood: and overlaid them, with gold. And hee made the
ARKE] or, Coffer: whereof see Exodus
Covering-mercy-seat] or, Propitiatorie.
Vers. 8. on the end] or, out of the end. So after.
Vers. 9. stretched] Hebrew were stretching, (or spreading,) So Exod. 25. 20.
Vers. 16. dishes] or, chargers: see the notes on
Vers. 17. beaten worke] out of one whole peece.
Vers. 21. that came out of it] namely, of the Candlesticke,
Vers. 25. of incense] or, of perfume. See the notes
Vers. 26. roofe] or, top, Exod. 30. 3.
Vers. 29. holy anointing] Hebrew unction of holinesse. See Exod. 30. 25.
1, The making of the Altar of Burnt offring, 3, with the vessels thereof. 8, The Laver of brasse, and the foot therof. 9, The Court, and hangings therof round about. 20, The pinnes of the Tabernacle, and Court. 21, The summe of that the people offred, of gold, of silver, and of brasse, and the things that were made of them.
AND hee made the Altar of Burntof Shittim wood: five cubits with brasse. And he made all the vessels of the Altar, the pans, and the shovels, and the of brasse. And he made for the Altar, a grate, of net worke, of brasse: under the compasse therof, beneath, unto the midst of it. And he cast foure rings, in the foure utmost parts, for the grate of to be places, for the bars. And he made the bars of Shittim wood: and overlaid them with brasse. And hee put in the bars into the rings, on the sides of the Altar, to beare it with boards made he it.
And he made the Laver of brasse, and the the women assembling-by-troops, which asat the doore of the Tent of the congregation.
And he made the Court, for the Southside were of fine-linnen twined; an hundred cubits. Their pillars twenty; & their sockets of brasse: the hookes of the pillars and their fillets of silver. And for the North of brasse: the hooks of the pillars, and their fillets, of silver. And on the Sea side, tapestrie-hangings, of fiftie cubits; their pillars ten, and their sockets ten: the hooks of the pillars, and their fillets of silhand and on that, for the gate of the court: tapestrie-hangings, of fifteene cubits; their pillars three, and their sockets three. All the were of fine linnen twined. And the sockets were of brasse, the hookes of the pillars, and their fillets of silver, and the oof silver: & they were filleted with silver, all the pillars of the Court. And the hanging-veile for the gate of was the worke of the Embroideof blew, and purple, and scarlet, and fine-linnen twined: and twenty cubits was the length; and the height in the bredth, five cuwere foure, and of brasse: their hookes of silver, and the overlaying of their chapiters, and their fillets of silver. And all the pins of the Tabernacle, and of the Court round-about, were of brasse.
These are the counted-things of the Tafor the service of the Levites, by the hand of Ithat was occupied for the work, in all the worke of the Sanctuawas nine and twenty talents, and seven hundred & thirty
that were numbred of the congregation, was an hundred talents: and a thousand and seven hundred and seventie and five shekels, by the shekel of the Sanctuwere numbred from twenty yeeres old and upward; for sixe hundred thousand, and three thousand, and five hundred, and fiftie. And the hunshekels: hee made hooks for the pillars: and overlaid their chapiters, and filletted them. And the was seventie talents, and two thousand and foure hundred shekels. And therewith he made the sockets for the was for it: and all the vessels of the al
ALtar] whereof see Exod. 27. 1. &c. foure-square,]
the altar was fouresquare. So Exod. 27. 1. Ezek. 43. 16.
Vers. 8. Laver] see the notes on Exod. 30. 18. &c. assembling-by-troopes,] or, warring, to wit, the Lords spirituall warfare and service: as the Chaldee translateth, which came to pray; and the Gr. which fasted: and Thargum Ierusalemy;
Vers. 9. Court] whereof, see Exod. 27. 9.
Vers. 12. sea] that is, the west, as the Chaldee ex
Vers. 14. the side] that is, the one side; to wit, of the
Court gate, as after the text sheweth. See Ex. 27. 14.
Vers. 17. chapiters] or heads, tops: so after, in verse filleted] or, hooped.
Vers. 18. hanging-veile] of it, see Exod. 27. 16.
Vers. 20. pins] or nailes, stakes: see Exod. 27. 19.
Here beginneth the 23. Section of the Law, see Gen. 6. 9. and 28. 10.
Vers. 21. counted things] that is, the summe and particulars of the things about the making of the the constitution, (or,
Vers. 24. occupied] Hebr. made, in Greek, wrought. offring] Heb. wave-offring; as the offring of it, is waving, Exodus 35. 22. It was likewise called an heave-offring, Exodus 25. 2. what these two motions meant, see the notes on Exod. 29. 24. 27. talents] every talent was 120. pound weight; for a talent weighed three thousand shekels, and every shekell 320. graines of Barley; see the notes on Gen. 20. 16. and Exod. 25. 39. This is confirmed by the summe here following, in verse 25. 26. for 603550. men, paying every one halfe a shekel, it amounted to 100. talents, and 1775. shekels.
Vers. 26. Bekah] this, in the next words, is exhalfe a shekel; see the notes on Gen. 24. 22. The Greeke translateth it, a drachme (or dram,) as a shekel is sometime turned in Greeke didrachme, a
1, The making of the garments of ministery, and holy garments for the Priests. 2, The Ephod. 8, The Brest-plate. 10, The setting of the twelve precious stones, in foure rowes, upon it. 15, The chaines, ouches, and rings of it. 22, The Robe of the Ephod, with the pomgranats, and bells, on the skirts thereof. 27, The Coats, Miter, Bonnets, and Girdle of fine-linnen. 30, The plate of the holy Crowne, tyed to the Miter. 32, All the worke is finished, 33, and brought unto Moses by the particulars. 43. Moses vieweth all the worke, and seeing it to be done as the Lord had commanded, he blesseth them.
AND of the blew, and purple, and scarlet, they made the garments of Holy-place: and made the garments of holinesse, which were for Aaron, as Iehovah comman
And he made the Ephod of gold, of blew, it in the blew, and in the purple, and in the scarlet, and in the fine-linnen: with the worke of a cunwas upon it, was of the same, according to the worke thereof; of gold, of blew, and purple and scar
And they wrought Beryll stones inclosed, like the engra
And he made the Brestplate, the worke of of gold, of blew, and purple, and scarlet, and fine-linnen twined. It was foure-square; like the engravings of a signet, every-man with his name, according to the twelve tribes. And they made upon the Brestplate, chaines
And he made the Robe of the Ephod, of
there was a hole of the Robe in the midst thereof, as the hole of an habergeon: with a binding for the hole thereof, round about, that it should not be rent. And they made upon the skirts of of blew, and purple, and scarlet: twisted. And they made bells of
in: as Iehovah commanded Moses.
And they made Coats of fine-linnen, of
of fine-linnen twined. And a girdle
And they made the Plate of the crown of of pure gold: and wrote upon it a writing, like the ingravings of a signet; HOit upon the Miter, on high: as Iehovah commanded Moses.
And all the worke of the Tabernacle of the with the lamps thereof, the lamps to be set-in-order, & al the vessels therfor the light. And the Altar of for the doore of the Tent. The Altar of brasse; was for it; the barres thereof, and all the vessels thereplace: the garments of holinesse for Aaron the Priest; and the garments of his sons, to minister-in-the-priests-office. Ac
OF ministery] whereof see Exod. 31. 10. of holinesse] that is, the holy garments, specified in
V. 2. Ephod] described in Exod. 28. 6. &c.
V. 3. beat-thinne] or, spread abroad. wiers] or threds, of those plates. in the blew] or, in the midst of (wch the Gr. translateth with) the blew, &c. For the gold thred, was twisted with the blew, & with every of the other colors, as is noted on Exo
Vers. 6. Beryl] see Exod. 28. 9.
Ver. 8. Brestplate] whereof see Exod. 28. 15. &c.
V. 10. Smaragd] or, Emeraud: see Exod. 28. 17.
Vers. 22. woven worke] Hebrew, worke of the weaver: see Exod. 28. 31. &c.
Ver. 24. twisted] or twined: the Greeke addeth, and bysse (that is, fine linnen) twined. See the notes on Exod. 28. 33.
Vers. 27. coats] whereof see Exod. 28. 40.
Ver. 28. goodly ornaments] this words is sometime used for the Bonnets themselves, as in Ezek. 44. 18.
Vers. 30. crowne of holiness] that is, holy crowne, or separation, as both the Hebrew and Greeke signifi
Vers. 32. so did they] this hath respect unto the patterne and shadow, Heb. 8. 5. 1 Tim. 6. 13. 14. and 5. 21.
Vers. 33. bars] or, barre; an in Exod.
Vers. 37. to be set in order] Hebr. lamps of ordering,
of disposition, which the Priest were to trim evelamps of burning.
Vers. 38. of sweet spices] in Greeke, of composition, that is, the compounded incense.
Ver. 42. all the worke] or, all the service; which the Gr. calleth Preparation, or Furniture.
V. 43 saw] or, viewed, as he that was charged with the worke] in Gr. works. blessed them] that is, as Gods publike minister, pronounced a blesa doer of the worke, this man shall be blessed in his deed, Iam. 1. 25. Hereupon the Hebr. say, Worke is a great thing: for Shecinah (that is, the Divine presence or Majestie of God in Christ) dwelled not in Israel, untill they had done the worke; as it is written (in Exod. 39. 43. AND MOSES SAVV ALL THE VVORKE, &c. AND MOSES BLESSED THEM.
1, The Lord commandeth the Tabernacle to be rea
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, sayat the gate of the Court. And thou shalt take is therein: and shalt sancti
And it was in the first moneth, in the se(day) of the moneth: the Tabernacle was reared up. And Moses
And he tooke, and put the Testimony in
And hee put the Table in the Tent of the
And he put the Candlesticke in the Tent
And he put the altar of gold, in the Tent
And hee set-up the hanging-veil of the at the doore of the Tabernacle of the Tent of the Congrega
And he set the Laver, betweene the tent
And hee reared up the Court; round-about at the gate of the Court; and Moses finished the worke.
And the cloud covered the Tent of the that it was taken-up. was upon the Tabernacle by day; and fire was on it by night: in the eyes of all the house of Israel, in all their journeyes.
IN the day] to wit, the first day: so the Greeke exIn the first day of the first moneth, in the new Moone. Among the Iewes, the moneths of the yeere, were the moneths of the Moone: as their yeers were the yeeres of the Sunne: Maimony in treat. of Sanctifying the new Moone, chap. 1. And all new Moones (or first dayes of the Moneths) were sothe Princes of Israel, brought offrings of wagons and oxen for the service of the Tabernacle; and other offrings for the dedicating of the Altar, which solemnity dured twelve dayes, Num. 7. On the
Ver. 3. cover the Arke,] that is, hide it from the covering veile, Numb. 4. 5. The mystery of this veile is noted on Ex. 26. 33.
V. 4. the order] or the disposition thereof, that is, the shewbread; which was weekly to be set in two rows shalt propose the proposition, meaning the bread of propositio
V. 5. set] Heb. shalt give, which is used for setting,
placing, disposing, &c. often in this chapter, and else-where: see Gen. 1. 17. hanging-veil] or coveringveil: which hindred the people from entring or seeing into the holy place; see Exod. 26. 36.
Ver. 6. Tabernacle of the Tent] so called because the the Temple of the tent of the testimony in heaven was opened. For Moses Tabernacle is also called a
V. 7. there] that is, therein, as the Gr. translateth in it; so v. 30. See Exod. 30. 18.
V. 8. hanging veil] or, covering: see Ex. 27. 16.
V. 9. oile] whereof see Ex. 30. 23. &c. Levit. 8. 10. Num. 7. 1. holy] Hebr. holinesse.
V. 10. holy of holies] Hebrew, holinesse of holinesses,
most holy; as that which hallowed the sacri
V. 15. eternal priesthood] so that their children after
V. 17. second yeere] to wit, after they were come out
of Egypt; as the Gr. version here addeth for explafirst of the moneth] that is, the first day of it: as the first of the feast, Matt. 26. 17. is expounded, the first day of the feast, Mark. 14. 12. The Greeke saith, in the New moone: see the annotations on v. 2.
V. 18. the Tabernacle] a visible signe of Gods preI heard a great voice out of heaven, saying; Behold the Tabernacle of God is with men, and he will dwell with them, & they shal be his people, & God himself wil be with them, &c. Rev. 21. 3.
V. 19. the Tent] in Gr. the curtaines: which were of the covering] both that of rams skins, and the other of Tachash skins, Ex. 26. 14. This tent & covering, shadowed the heavenly graces wherewith Christ and his Church in him are adorned, their uniting together by the Spirit, through faith and love; and their safe protection: though these things veiled and obscure. See the notes on Exod. 26.
V. 20. the Testimonie] the two tables of Gods law, Covering-mercy-seat] a figure of Christ, in whose heart was Gods law; by whom our trans
V. 21. covered the Arke] hid it with the veile han
Ver. 23. the order of bread] that is, the bread set in the bread of proposition, and so in Mat. 12. 4. but Paul nameth it the proposition of bread Heb. 9. 2. which we call Shew-bread: twelve cakes representing the twelve tribes, that is, all beleevers presented pure unto God in Christ: see Ex. 25. 30.
Vers. 24. the Candlesticke] a figure of the Law,
Ver. 25. to ascend] that is, to burne and shine, as v.
Ver. 26. Altar of gold] figuring Christs mediati
Ver. 29. the altar of burnt-offring] the brazen Al
Ver. 30. The Laver] a figure of the sanctification
Vers. 33. the Court] an holy inclosure, for the (the holy citie, Neh. 11. 1.) was answerable. For some open uncleane, might not be in the campe, or citie: others though in the campe, might not come into the Lords Court, & of those in his court, none entred into the sanctuary but the Priests: & of theholines beco ̄meth the House of the Lord,
V. 34. the cloud] a testimony of Gods presence and the cloud filled the house; then spake Solomon; The LORD said, that he would dwell in the thicke darknesse, 1 Kin. 8. 10. 12. But when Gods presence was with dissmoake filling the Temple, Esa. 6. 4. Rev. 15. 8, for smoake was a signe of anger, Psal. 18. 9. Esay 14 31. glorie] a signe of Gods glorious presence, who now came to dwell there, as he had promised Exod. 25. 8. So in 2 Chron. 5. 14. and Ezek. 43. 4. 5. where it is opened by God himselfe thus; Sonne of man, the place of my throne, and the place of the soles of my feet, where I will dwell in the midst of the sons of Israel for ever, &c. Ezek. 43. 7. So the holy Ierusalem, hath
Vers. 35. dwelt] that is, abode or continued; and as over-shadowed it. And in that Moses could not now goe into the Tent, nor the priests into the Temple, 2 Chron. 5. 14. and 7. 2. it sheweth the weaknesse and unworthinesse of all flesh, to come into the presence of God: who therefore gave a Law, that the high Priest himselfe should not at all times come into the holy place within the veil, &c. that he died not; because God would appeare in the cloud upon the Mercie-seat, Lev. 16. 2.
Vers. 36. journeyed in all their journeyes] and in the place where the cloud abode, there the sons of Is
V. 38. the cloud of Iehovah] which in Thargum Ierusalemy is called the cloud of the glorie of Shecinah (the Divine presence) of the Lord. and fire] At evening, there was upon the Tabernacle as it were the appearance of fire untill the morning: so it was alway; the cloud covered it (by day) and the appearance of fire by night, Numb. 9. 15. 16. Hereby was figured the guidance and protection of the Church by Christ under the Gospel; whereof it is written, The Lord will create upon every dwelling place of mount Sion, and upon her assemblies, a Cloud and smoake by day, and the shining of a flaming fire by night: for upon all the glorie shall be a defence, Esay 4. 5.
Remember the Law of Moses my servant, which I commanded him in Horeb, for all Israel;withthe Statutes, and Iudgements,Malach. 4. 4.
By the Law, is the knowledge of Sinne,Rom. 3. 20.
The Law worketh wrath; for where no Law is, there is no transgression,Rom. 4. 15.
By the works of the Law shall no flesh be justified,Gal. 2. 16.
The Law was our Schoolemaster(to bring us)unto Christ,Gal. 3. 24.
Christ is the end of the Law, for righteousnesse to every one that beleeveth,Rom. 10. 4.
ANNOTATIONS VPON THE THIRD BOOKE OF MOSES, CALLED LEVITICVS: VVHEREIN, BY CONFERRING THE HO
BY HENRY AINSWORTH.
HEB. 7. 19.
The Law made nothing perfect, but the bringing in of a better hope, by the which wee draw nigh unto God.
HEB. 10. 14.
By one offring (Christ) hath perfected for ever, the m that are sanctified.
HEB. 13. 15.
By him therefore, let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually; that is, the fruit ofourlips confessing to his name.
LONDON, ¶ Printed by Miles Flesher for John Bellamie, and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE. 1626.
THis third Booke of Moses, containeth the Law of Sacrifices, and rites con
Ye shall be holy; for I Iehovah your God am holy. Lev. 19. 1.
1, God giveth by Moses a Law unto Israel, touch
any man of you, shal offer an oblation, to Iehovah: of the cattell, of the herd, & of the flock, ye shall offer your oblation. If his oblation be a Burnt-offring of the herd; let him offer it, a male perfect: is by the doore of the Tent of the congregatich
is on the fire, which is upon the altar. And the inwards it is a Burnt-offring, a Fire-offring, of a favour of rest, unto Iehovah.
And if his oblation be of the flocke: of the is on the fire, which is upon the altar. And the it upis a Burnt-offring, a Fire-offring, of a savour of rest, unto Iehovah.
And if the Burnt-offring his oblation to be of the fowle: then hee shall offer his oblation, of turtle-doves, or of yong pihis naile the head thereof, and burne it on the altar: and the blood thereof, shall bee wrung out, upon the side of the altar. And hee shall it-asunder: and the Priest shall burne it, upon the altar; upon the wood which is upon the fire: it is a Burnt-offring, a Fire offring, of a savour of rest, unto Ieho
LEviticus] this name the booke hath from the Greeke translation; because it chiefly treateth of the service and sacrifices, which the Levites used in the Tabernacle. The Hebrew name, is of the first word of the booke Vajikra, that is, And he called. See the like noted upon Genesis & Exodus.
Vers. 1. And he] namely the Lord (whose glory Thargum Ierusalemy thus, And the word of the Lord called unto Moses. This booke is by the word And, joyned to the former, as a continuance of the hicalled] The last letter of this word, in Hebrew is written extraordinarily small; where in the Hebrew Doche called, and Iehovahs name being mentihe said, come up unto Iehovah. Tent] or as the Chaldee transTabernacle, where God and his people met at appointed times, as he promised, Exodus 25. 22. and 30. 36. In Greeke it is, the Tent, (or Tabernacle) of testimonie: by which name Moses also calleth it, in Numb. 1. 53. and Stephen, in Act. 7. 44. As the Tabernacle principally figured Christ, Heb. 9. 11. Ioh. 2. 19 21. so God speaking now from it, who before had spoken on mount Sinai, signified how in the last dayes hee would speake unto us in the Sonne, who by himselfe should purge our sins, Heb. 1. 1. 2. 3.
Vers. 2. offer an oblation] or, an offring, or bring
neere a gift: called in Hebrew Korban, of comming neere unto God thereby: the Greek usually transladoron, a gift; and so doth the Holy Ghost in Mark. 7. 11. Mat. 5. 23. and 8. 4. and 23. 18. Hebr. 5 1. And to bring-neere, to weet, unto God, is to offer unto him: for one of these, is used for anothey brought neere Burntoffrings: for which in 2 Sam. 6. 17. is written,
Verse 3. Burnt-offring] called in Hebrew G
Vers. 4. shall lay his hand] or, impose his hand;
hand seemeth to be meant his hands; as else-where is expressed, Leviticus 16. 21. The man that brought the offring, was to lay or impose hands himselfe upon it while it was alive; thereby disburdening himselfe of sinne, and laying it upon the sacrifice, Leviticus 16. 21. and testifying his faith in Christ the true sacriAll oblations of beasts, which a particular person offreth either of debt or voluntarily, hee layeth hands on them whiles they are alive; except it bee the first-borne, and the tithe, and the Passeover. All doe impose hands,
Vers. 5. he shall kill] in Greeke, they shall kill:
the sonnes of Aaron the Priests, shall offer the blood; this killing is not restrained to them as the offring of the blood, but might be perfor
Vers. 6. he shall] the Greeke translateth, they shall
flay; it is meant of the Priests and Levites which were to assist the Priests in offring all burnt sacrithe Priests were too few, and not able to flay all the burnt-offrings; therefore their brethren the Levites helped them. The Priest also had the skinne of the burnt-offring which hee offred, Leviticus 7. 8.
Vers. 7. put fire] Hebrew, give fire. This may be understood of making and ordering the fire, which was continually nourished upon the Altar, Levialthough that fire came downe from heaven, it is here commanded to bring common fire. Maimony, treat. of the Daily oblation Chap. 2. Sect. 1. It figured the continuall ministra
Vers. 8. the pieces] When they had cut in pieces the burnt offring, they brought all the pieces to the footstall
Vers. 9. in water] not in wine, nor in any mixture,
or other liquor. And the inwards they washed not lesse then three times: saith Maimony in treat. of offring the sacrific. Chap. 6. Sect. 6. The washing of the inwards, and of the
Vers. 10. sheepe] or, young-rammes; which the lambes. They were of the first yeere, Exodus 29. 38. For the Hebrew Chesob, (called also Chebes, Levitie. 4. 32. whereSchaep, and English Sheepe; by transplacing the letters, is derived;) wheresoever these are spoken of in the Law, are sheepe of the first yeere. And wheresoever Ajil er Aelim (Rammes) are mentioned; they are males of the second yeere: saith Maimony, treat. of offring the sacrifices, chap. 1. s. 14 These also figured Christ the lambe of God, Esay 53. 7. Iohn 1. 29. or of the goats] the law exMaimony in Issureimizbeach, ch. 3. S. 4. 5. &c.
Vers. 11. the side] or, the thigh of the Altar;
That if a Beast bee hanged up and killed in the ayre of the Court, it is polluted. Maimony treat. of holy things polluted, Chapt. 1. Sect. 16. In killing the daily Burnt-offrings of the Church (mentioned in Numbers 28. 3.) they bound the Lambe, and laid his head to the South, his face to the West; the slayer stood on the East side, with his face to the West. The morning sacrifice hee killed by the North-west horne of the Altar; the evening sacrifice, by the North-east horne. Thalmud Bab. in Tamidin, chapter 4. northward] on the North side of the altar; which is also to bee understood of the
Of all sacrifices, they receive the blood in a vessell of ministration, by the hand of a Priest: but the place of killing them, and the place of receiving the blood, is not alike in them all. For the holy of holies, they kill not them, nor receive their blood, but on the northside of the Altar: but the light holy things, them they kill, and receive their blood, in any place of the Courtyard: saith Maimony, treat ▪ of offring the sacrif▪ chap. 5. sect. 1. 2. The most holy things that are killed on the southside, or whose blood is received on the south side, are polluted, Maimony treat. of holy things polluted, Chap. 1. Sect. 7. The Hebrew Doctors gather a mystery here; that as it is said in Ier. 1. 14.
Vers. 12. the Priest shall lay] Chazkuni observeth, they (the Priests) shall lay: but of the sheepe which was a small beast, it is written, he (the Priest) shall lay.
Vers. 13. offer all] or, bring neere all, and burne it:
The wool that was on the sheeps head, and the hayre on the Goats beard, and the bones and the sinewes, and the hornes and the hoofes: whiles they cleaved to the members, they burned all: saith
Vers. 14. Turtle doves] of the Hebrew Tor, the Turtur, and English Turtle are deriued: and the voice of this fowle, agreeth with the name. Here is no difference put of male or female, of perYoung Turtles are unlawfull, and old Doves are unlawfull. Yong pigeons are allowable, so long as if one plucke the wing, the place whereout he plucketh, fill up with blood. And turtles are allowable, after that they wexe golden coloured; [as Psalm. 68. 14.] Maimony tom. 3. in Issure Mizbeach. Chap. 3. Sect. 1. 2. yong pigeons] Hebr. sonnes of the dove. The holy Ghost in Greeke translateth these sonnes, young ones, Luke 2. 24. from Levit. 12. The Turtle doves were to be old, not young: the pigeons, young, not old: saith also
Vers. 15. bring-it-neere] or, offer it at the Altar ▪
Vers. 16. fethers of the same] or, filth of the same; to weet, of the crop, for thereunto (by the genOnkelos the Chaldee paraphrast translated
Vers. 17. with the wings] that is, having them on. And the not dividing it asunder, might fore-shadow the manner of Christs death, of whom of rest] Greeke, of sweet-smell: see vers. 9. God comFor
2 Cor. 8. 12. These Burnt offrings pleased God, and were a sweet savour unto him, not in them
1, The meat-offring of flowre, with oile and incense. 4, The Meat-offring baked in the oven; Cakes, or Wa
AND a soule, when it will offer an obof fine-flowre: and he shall powre oile upon it, and put franoffring, of a savour of rest, unto Iehoshall be Aarons, and his sonnes: it is Holy of holyes, of Iehovahs Fyre-offrings.
And when thou shalt offer, an oblation of it shall be of fine-flowre, unlevened cakes mingled with oile; or unlevened wafers, anoynted with oile.
And if thy oblation, be a Meat-offring on a pan: it shall be of fine-flowre, mingled with in pieces, is a Meat-offring.
And if thy oblation, be a Meat-offring of things, unto Iehovah: and he shall offer it unit upon the Altar: a Fyre offring, of a shall be Aarons and his sonnes: it is Holy of holyes, of Iehovahs Fyre-offrings. No Meat-offring, which yee in a Fyre-offring unto IehoIn the oblation of the first-fruits, ye shall
And if thou shalt offer, a Meat-offring of for the Meat-offring of thy first fruits, greeneout of the full-eare. And thou shalt put is a Meat-offring. And the Priest shall burne offring unto Iehovah.
ASoule] that is, a person, or man, as the Chaldee his oblation, and he shall poure: as shewing a man to be meant. See the notes on Gen. 12. 5. and 14. 21. when it] or, if he will offer, to weet, volunA particular person might bring a voluntary meat-offring, though he were the anoynted Priest: but the Congregation brought no voluntary Meat-offring; saith Chazkuni, on this place. an oblation of Meat-offring:] Hebr. korban Minchah; that is, the offring (or gift,) called Minchah: which was of things without life, as flowre, cakes, wafers, &c. Minchah was generally any solemne gift or PreMeat-offring: we might call it a Wheatoffring, for it was for the most part, of the flowre of wheat: Ezek. 45. 13. 15. 1 Chron. 21. 23. Exod. 29. 2. The Greeke sometime keepeth the Hebrew name
Vers. 2. the sonnes] that is, one of the sonnes, as and he shall take, meaning the Priest. shall take] or shall gather-up-with-the hand, as the word properThe Priest caried it to the altar, and brought it to the south-west horne thereof, and removing all the frankincense unto the one side, he tooke up a handfull of the flowre and oile mixed, and put that handfull into a ministring vessell, and sanctified it therein. Then gathering up all the frankincense, he put it upon the handfull in the vessell, and set it upon the altar, and salted it; and put it out of the ministring vessell, upon the fire. Maimony, treat. of
Vers. 3. Aarons] to eat the same, in the sanctuaholy of holies] Hebr. holinesse of holinesses; that is, most holy things. By this they are distinguished from oleight holy, and which might be eaten out of the sanctuarie, but within the host, and (in ages following) within Ierusalem. Maimony, treat. of offring sacrifices, chap. 10. Sect. 5. and chap. 11. S. 5. Thus the Meat-offrings were in part for the mainthe bread of God, the bread of life, that giveth us life for ever; Ioh. 6. 33. 35. &c. And of him, his whole church, (which are a royall Priesthood, 1 Pet. 2. 9.) are made partakers.
Vers. 4. baked in] Hebr. a baking (or batche) of
the oven. They kneaded and baked it within the sanctuarie, (though the wheat was ground and sifMaimony in the foresaid treatise sheweth: which is confirmed by Ezek. 46. 20. This is the place where the Priests shall boyle the trespasse-offring, and the sin-offring, where they shall bake the Meat-offring, &c. See also 1 Chron. 23. 28. 29. where the Levites were assistants to the Priests, in preparing the Meat-offrings.
Vers. 5. on a pan] or, on a plate, or slice, flat and Maimony (treat. of offring sacrif. chap. 13. Sect. 7.) saith, what differeth (Machahath) the Pan, from (Marchesheth) the Frying-pan? The Frying-pan hath a lip (or edge,) and the past that is baked thereon is soft, and for that it hath a lip, it runneth not out. But the pan hath no lip, and the past that is baked thereon is hard, so that it runs not off. Moreover,
Vers. 6. pieces] or, parts, They haked it in the sanctuarie,
Vers. 8. he shall offer] that is, the man that brings Sol. larchi expoundeth it, the owner thereof shall offer it to the Priest, and the Priest shall bring it unto the Altar. Or, it shall be offred, to weet, by thee: as, hee imputed, Gen. 15. 6. is translated, it was imputed, Rom. 4. 3. See also the notes on Gen. 2. 20. and 16. 14.
Vers. 9. take up] or, lift up; which the Chaldee separate; the Greeke, take-away. a memoriall] that is, an handfull of the pieces thereAll Meat-offrings that are offred upon the Altar, he taketh an handfull thereof, and burneth it all upon the Altar: and the rest is eaten by the Priests. Maimony ibidem, chap. 12. Sect. 9. See an Exception, in Lev. 6. 23. of rest] Greek, of sweet smell, The Chaldee translateth, an offring that shall be received with favour before the Lord.
Vers. 10. Holy] Hebr. holinesse of holinesses; that is, most holy: see vers. 3.
Vers. 11. with leven] except some thank-offrings, which were brought with levened bread, Levit. Leven and honey are unlawfull to be burnt upon the altar, and they are unlawfull every whit of them, Levit. 2. 11. But he is not guilty, except he burne them for an offring, or with an offring, and whether he offer them by themselves, or burne them mixed, hee is to be beaten for each of them by themselves. Maimony in Issure m
chap. 5. Sect. 1.
Vers. 12. In the oblation] the word In or With, is Of, as the Greeke version hath. them] leven and honey though they might not come on the altar, yet came with the first fruits: Leven is mentioned with the first fruits, Levit. 23. 17. and with thankHoney is also among the first fruits, in 2 Chro. 31. 5. though there the Hebrew Doctors understand Dates which are sweet as hoSol. Iarchi here expoundeth it saying, first fruits of honey, as the first-fruits of figges and dates. Otherwise by them, may be meant the one of them, to weet, Leve
(for Bees honey was not brought for first-fruits:) as the
Vers. 13. shalt salt] or, shalt season. This the Priest Salt is of a fierie nature, favoureth all meates, and presersalted, Ezek. 16. 4. of the covenant] which is a signe of the covenant of thy God: for by salt, the covenant of grace was signified in Christ, which wee by faith apprehend unto incorruptiHave salt in your selves, and have peace one with another. Mark. 9. 50. Hereupon a covenant of salt, is used for an inviolable, incorruptible, and perpetuall coMaimony, treatholy things polluted, chap. 11. Sect. 16. every oblation] not the Meat-offrings onely, but the Burnt-offrings, Ezek. 43. 24. and all other; as Christ saith, Every one shall be salted with fire, and every sacrifice shall be salted with salt, Mark. 9. 49. The Hebrew doctors say, It is commanded to salt all offrings, before they ascend on the Altar, (Levit. 2. 13.)
Vers. 14. Meat-offring of first fruits] This seemeth the sheaf (or Omer) of barley, wherof he speaketh againe in Levit. 23. 10. See the annotations there. So R. Menachem, and Sol. Iarchi here saith, the scripture speaketh of the Meat-offring of the Omer (in Levit. 23.) greene-ears-of-corne] in Hebrew Abib, by which name the first moneth is called, Exod. 13. 4. for then barley was eNew fruits. parched] for they dryed them with the fire, in the green-ears, because else they would not be ground in the mill, for that they were moyst, saith
Vers. 15. shalt put] Heb. shalt give (which the shalt poure) oile; which was ac
1, The Peace-offrings, of the herd; 6, and of the stocke; 7, either Sheepe, 12, or Goat.
AND if his oblation be, a sacrifice of at the doore of the Tent of the Congregation: and Aarons sonnes the Priests, shall sprinkle the blood, upon the Altar, round-about. And he shall offring unto Iehovah: the fat that coveis upon the inwards. And the two kidneyes, and the is upon them, which is upon the flanks: & the caule above the liver, with the kidneyes, he shall take-away it. And Aarons is upon the wood, that is on the fire: it is a Fire-offring, of a savour of rest, unto Iehovah.
And if his oblation, for a sacrifice of be of the flock: male or female, he shall offer it perfect. If he for his oblation: then shall he offer-it before Iehovah. And he shall lay his offring unto Iehovah: the fat thereof, and the whole rumpe, it shall he take-off hard-by the backbone: and the fat that covereth the inwards, and all the fat that is upon the inwards. And the two kidis upon them, which is upon the flankes: and the caule above the liver, with the kidneyes, he shall take-away it. And the Priest shall burne it, upon the Alit is the bread of the Fire-offring unto Iehovah.
And if his oblation, be a Goat: then he shall offring, unto Iehovah: the fat that cois upon the inwards. And the two kidneyes, is upon them, which is upon the flankes: and the caule above the liver, with the kidneyes, he shall take away it. And it is the bread of the Fire-offring, for a savour of rest; all the fat, is Iehovahs. It shall be an e
HIs oblation] his korban, which the Greeke translateth his gift unto the Lord: so korban
a gift, Mark. 7. 11.
Peace-offrings] or, Pay-offrings: Hebr. a sacrifice of Payments, or of pacifications, or of perfections, whereby men paid unto God Confession and thankes for their peace and prosperitie, and for his performing of mercies, and pacification, and paid their vowes; as is written,
Vers. 2. lay] or, impose his hand, (in Greeke, his
hands;) to testifie by this signe his faith in God through Christ: see the notes on Levit. 1. 4. The difference there and here, the Hebrew doctors thinke to be this, that ouer the Peace-offring, there was no confession (of sinnes,) but speaking words of Praise (unto God:) and that hands might be laid on in any place of the courtyard where he would, in the place where it was killed. Maimony, treat. of offring sacrifices, chap. 3. Sect. 14. 15.
Vers. 3. unto Iehovah] wholly burnt upon the Altar unto the Lord. There were besides, of every Peace-offring, the Brest and the right shoulder, which were waved and heaved before the Lord, and given the Priests to eat: whereof see Lev. 7. 30. 32. &c. the other flesh of the Peace-offring, was eaten by the owner that brought it, and his family and friends; Lev. 7. 15. 16. the fat] or, the su
This sometime signifieth the best of all things, (as is shewed upon Gen. 4. 4.) and so teacheth to offer the best unto the Lord: sometime it signifieth un
Vers. 4. which is] understand againe, the fat which is upon the flankes, or (as the Greeke and Chaldeupon the thighs: so the Hebrew doctors expound it as a distinct fat from the former, and say it was the fat which is in the roots of the thighes, on the forepart. Maimony, treat. of forbidden meats, chap. 7. Sect. 6.
Vers. 5. shall burne it] The order of offring this sacrifice was; the Priest killed it, and sprinkled the
blood, and flayed it, and tooke out the inwards. Afterwards he cut in pieces the flesh, and separated the brest and the right shoulder, (Levit. 7. 30. 32.)
Vers. 6. of the flocke] sheepe or goats, as after is exPeace-offrings are brought of sheepe, and of goats. and of bee
treat. of
Vers. 7. a Lamb] or sheepe; of the first yeere, as is
Vers. 8. he] that is, the Priest or Levite, shall kill before] the Greeke translateth, at the doore of the Tent, (as Mo
Verse 9. whole rumpe] the perfect (or intire) tayle;
Syria, as Plinie mentioneth, Hist. b. 8. c. 48. Therefore it is here commanded to be burnt upon the altar, with the other fat and inwards.
Verse 11. the bread] or, the food, meaning the flesh which the fire on the altar was to eat up and consume. The Greeke translateth it, a savour of sweet-smell: so in verse 16. And because these things were burnt unto God, therefore God calbread, Num. 28. 2. Ezek. 44. 7. and the Priests which burned them, are said to ofthe bread of their God. Levit. 21. 6. 8. 17. and the holy things which the Priests did eat, are cal
Vers. 12. a Goat] this is here handled in a sectiSol. Iarchi observeth, there is in the fat of the sheepe, that which is not in the fat of the goat, for the rumpe of the sheepe was offred with the fat, verse 9.
Verse 17. any fat] to weet, any such far, and beeves, sheepe, or goats, as the law after explaineth it, Leviticus 7. 23. and a man was not guilty, save for these three sorts of cleane beasts onely: of other tame or wilde beasts, whether cleane or uncleane, the fat was as the flesh: saith Maimony, in tom. 2. treat. of Forbidden meates, chapter 7. Section 1. Morethree sorts of fat, for eating wherthe fat which is upon the inwards, and which is upon the two kidneyes, and which is upon the flankes: but the rumpe was lawfull to be eaten, it was not called fat, but in the case of sacrifice onely: even as the kidneyes and the caule above the liver, are called fat, in the case of sacrifice. The fat which was covered over with flesh, was lawfull: the fat upon the kidneyes was forbidden, not that which was within the kidneyes. The fat of the heart, &c. was lawfull. Maimony ibidem Sect. 5. 7. 9. any blood] to weet of fowles, or of beasts absolutely, as is explained, Lev. 7. 26. But blood of fishes, Locusts, and other such things, was not withtherefore it was lawfull to eat or to drinke the blood of such fishes, locusts, &c. as were cleane for food: saith Maimony ibidem, chap. 6. S. blood (which was given upon the altar to make atonement for mens soules, Lev. 17. 11.) and of fat, (which was given-upon the altar to be consumed there with fire, and so was the Lords, Levit. 3. 16.) seemeth to forbid figurative
1, The sin-offrings, for the ignorances of the anoynted Priest: 13, of the Congregation; 22, of the Ruler, 27, or of any of the people.
AND Iehovah spake unto Moses, sayany one of them. If the Priest that is anoynted, shall sinne to the guiltie-sin Sinoffring. And he shall bring the bullock, unto
And if all the Congregation of Israel, sin any one of all the commandements of Iehovah, which should not bee done, and are guilty. When the sinne is knowne, which they have Sinoffring; and shall bring him, before the Tent of the congregation. And the Elders of the
When the Ruler, hath sinnedany one of all the commandements of Iehoif his is a Sin-offring. And the Priest shall take, of the blood of the offring, with his finger; and put it, upon
And if one soule, sinne through ignorance, of the people of the land: while it doth any
if his sinne bee made knowne unto him, which he hath sinned: then hee shall bring offring: and he shall kill the Sin-offring,
And if he bring a Lambe for his oblation, for a Sinne-offring: hee shall bring it, a feoffring; and hee shall offring, in the place where he killeth the Burnt-offering. And the priest shall take the blood of the Sin-offring, with it upon the hornes of the altar of Burnt-offring: and shall poure all the blood thereof, at the bottome of the aloffrings: and the priest shall make-an-atonement for him, for his sin which he hath finned; and it shall be mercifully-forgiven him.
A Soule] that is, a person or man, as the Chaldee when it shall sin] or, if it sin. Whereas he had taught the justification and sannot a just man upon earth that doth good and sinneth not. Eccles. 7. 20. but in many things we offend all, Iam. 3. 2. the Lord appointed meanes for the cleansing of his Church and all the members thereof, from the infirmities, errors and ignorant sins which they fall into. But if wee sinne wilfully, after that we have received the knowledge of the truth; there remaineth no more sacrifice for sinnes, but a certaine fearfull looking for of judgment, and fiery indignation, which shall devoure the adversaries, (or enemies of the Lord,) Heb 10. 26. 27. Esay 26. 10. 11. through ignorance] or, in errour, unawares, by unadvisednesse. Shegagah the word here used, sigerrour or going astray out of the right way, through ignorance or forgetfulnes, or unadvisedAgnoia, Ignorance, but here and often translateth it, Acousios, unwillingly: which is contrary to that which the Apostle calleth Heconsios, willingly or
V. 3. anointed] that is, the High Priest; (as both The anointed Priest or the King, which sin before they be put into office, although it be not knowne unto them, till after they are in office doe they are as a private man. Maimony in Shegagoth, c. 15. s. 10. Thus the Law (as the Apostle observeth) made men High Priests which had infirmitie, who neeto the guiltie-sin] here may bee unaccording to the sin of the people, that is, he sinning like them. It may also bee meant, that by his teaching, or practice, the people were caused to sinne; as David was a guilty sin, that is, a cause of sin, to Israel, 1 Chron. 21. 3. And this latter the Greeke version followeth, saying, so that the people sinne: and the old Latine expoundeth it, making the people to offend: and the Hebrewes, as Chazkuni, here openeth it, to make the people guiltie, in that hee hath taught, and permitted them to doe a thing forbidden. Of this the Hebrew canons say,
Vers. 4. lay his hand] and confesse his sin which with a true heart in assurance of faith in Christ, whom that sacrifice figured: Heb. 10. 4. 10. 22. Neither Reconciliation day, (Levit. 16.) nor Sinne-offring, nor Trespasse-offring, doe make atonement; saving for them repent and beleeve in their atonement: saith Maimony, treat. of Ignorances, Chapt. 3. s. 10. kill the bullocke] a figure of the death of Christ, Heb. 20. 5. 6. 8. 10. See the notes on Lev. 1. 5.
Vers. 5. anoynted] in Greeke, Christ, in Hebrew Messias, so named as a type of our great high Priest Christ Iesus, who entred, not into the holy places made with hands, but into very heaven, not with the blood of goats or bullockes, but with his owne blood, and obtained eternall redemption: Heb. 9. 24. 11. 12. This anoynted Priest was the sinner himselfe, (for he offred up sacrifice for his owne sinnes, Heb. 7. 27.) The Anointed Priests bullocke brought for any of the commandements; the anointed priest himselfe tooke the blood, and sprinkled thereof, &c. Maimony, treat. of offring the sacrifices, chap. 5. sect. 15.
Vers. 6. seven times] a mysticall number, signifySeven is a complete number, used for the perfect finishing of a worke; as was in the seven daies of the creation, Gen. 3. 2. 3. and is used for many, 1 Sam. 2. 5. Prov. 26. 25. and 24. 16. and in mysteries throughout the scripseven was observed also among other of the heaTo purifie my selfe, I wash me in the sea, dipping my head seven times in the waves; for the divine Pythagoras hath taught that that number is most fit, especially in religion. L. Apulei place] Hebr.
Vers. 7. of sweet-spices] the Greeke translateth of composition; it was the golden altar, on which the The bullockes that were burnt, &c. the blood of every one of them, was sprinkled seven times, upon the v
treat. of
Vers. 8. the fat] or, suet: see Levit. 3. 3. 4. Afthey
cut open (the Sinne-offrings,) and tooke out the fat and inwards, and put them in a vessell, and salted them, and strowed them on the fire, upon the Altar, Maimony, treat. of Offring the Sacrifices, chap. 7. sect, 2. Hereby it became a sweet savour unto the Lord; as after is said, in verse 31. For the burning of these fats and intrails upon the altar (which san
Vers. 11. the skin] to weet, cleaving to the flesh: for the sinne-offrings that were burned, were not flayed
at all. But after they were caried out of the camp, they there cut them in peeces, like the peeces of the Burnt-offring, (Levit. 1. 6. with their skin; and burned them there, in the place of the ashes, Maimony, treat. of Offring the sacrifices, c. 5. s. 18. and c. 7. s. 2.
Vers. 12. he shall cary] in Greeke, they shall earie forth: so after, and they shall burne. without the
campe] and after that they were seated in Canaan, and the Temple was in Ierusalem, they caried them out of the citie: (Maim. ibid.) The like is after, for the sin-offring of the Church, v. 21. and upon expiation day, Lev. 16. 27. The mysterie hereof, both touching Christ the sacrifice, and us the sinthe bodies of those beasts, whose blood is brought into the sanctuary by the high priest for sin, are burnt without the campe, wherefore
••
sus also, that he might sanctifie the people with his owne blood, suffered without the gate. Let us go forth therfore unto him, without the campe, bearing his reproach: for here have wee n
•
continuing citie, but wee seeke one to come, Heb. 13. 11. 14. See after in the notes upon Lev. 6. 30.
Vers. 13. all the congregation] This sheweth that Every thing, for the ignorant sinne whereof men are bound to bring the sinne-offring appointed; if the great Session of Iudges ignorantly sinne in the teaching thereof, and teach that it is lawfull; and the people sinne of ignorance by their teaching, and the people doe the thing, and relye upon their teaching. And afterward it is knowne to the Iudges, that they have erred; loe the Iudges are bound to bring the sinne-offring, for their ignorance in teaching, although they themselves have not done the thing, &c. and the rest of the people are discharged of the sin-offring, although they were the doers of the thing, because they relyed on the Iudges. Provided, that they which teach, be the great Senate of 72. Iudges, and that the Chiefe of the Senate As for example. If the Iudges
Vers. 14. against it] or, as the Greeke translateth, in it. So the Hebrew word ghnal sometime signithe church] or, the assembly: in Hebrew, kahal; whence the Greeke word ekklesia, (a church) is derived. This the Hebrew Doctors understand, not onely for the twelvewhich is called (kahal) a church, as it is written, (in 2 Chron. 20. 5.) Iohosaphat stood in the church (or assembly) of Iudah. And from this law they say, Every Tribe was to bring a Bullo
in all
Vers. 15. lay their hands] There is no laying on of
hands, upon the offrings of the Congregation, but upon two; viz. vpon the scape goat, (Lev. 16. 21.) and upon the Bullock for the thing hid from the eyes of the church, (Lev. 4. 13. 15.) Upon it three of the Synedrion, doe lay their hands. Maimony treat of offring sacrifices, chap. 3. sect. 10. See also the notes on Levit. 1. 4. It figured their faith in Christ, upon whom God
the iniquity of us all, Esay 5their trespasses unto them,
he] that is, the Priest or Levite shall kill: see Levit. 1. 5.
Vers. 16. anointed] that is, as the Chaldee exthe chiefe Priest: in Greeke, Christ, that is Anointed: a figure of our Lord Christ.
Vers. 17. seven times] signifying a full purgation: see the notes on vers. 6. &c. For, the things done
Vers. 20. the sinne-offring] in Greeke, the Sin: meaning the sacrifice which was for the high the first Bullocke, as it is called in vers. 21. it shall] that is, as the Greek translateth, the sinne shall be forgiven them.
Vers. 21. he shall cary] in Greeke, they shall cary
out the whole Bullocke: as v. 12.
Vers. 22. the Ruler] or, the Prince; in Hebrew, Nasi, that is, one Preferred, or Advanced above oWho is the Ruler spoken of in the law? It is the King, over whom, no man of Israel hath power; neither
6 So in Ezek. 46. 2. 4. &c. the offrings of
Vers. 23. Or if] the Greeke translateth it, And
his sinne be knowne, &c. so in vers. 28. But though Or, be sometimes used for And, or If: yet here it may be used properly, meaning, if his sinne bee knowne of himselfe, or be made knowne to him by others. So Chazkuni explaineth it, And is guilty, that he knoweth it of himselfe: or it be made knowne unto him, by the meanes of others. This is for his own particular sinne, which he doth when he is a ruler. For,
Vers. 24. killeth the Burnt-offring] that is, on the where they kill (that is, use to kill) the Burnt-offrings.
Vers. 25. of burnt-offring] herein it differed from The sinne offrings that were eaten (as they were whose blood was not caried into the Sanctuary, Levit. 6. 26. 30.) their blood was to be put on the foure bo
in Greeke,
Vers. 27. one soule] in Chaldee, one man: meanpeople of the land] that is, of the common people, except onely the high Priest, and Prince forementioned: any either Israelite, common Priest, or Levite: as Aben E
explaineth it.
Vers. 28. a shee goat] This is the sacrifice appoinAll sins that deser
[and shewed in the notes on vers. 2.]
Vers. 29. his hand] with confession of his sinne: see Levit. 1. 4. the sinne-offring] in Greeke, the
head of his sinne: that is, his sacrifice. he shall] that is, the Priest or Levite shall kill: Greeke, they shall kill the Goat of sinne, that is, the goat to be sacri
Vers. 30. the hornes] the foure hornes of the Al
Verse 31. of rest] Greeke, of sweet smell: the Chalto be accepted with favour: see
Vers. 32. a Lambe] or, sheepe. This sacrifice is spoken of, apart from the former of the goat, be
Verse 33. he shall kill] in Greeke, they shall kill it for sinne, that is, for a sinne-offring: which Sol.
Iarohi expoundeth, that the killing be by the name of a sinne-offring. All these perfect unblemished sacrithe lambe without blemish and without spot, 1 Pet. 1. 19. the lambe of God, which taketh away the sinne of the world, Iohn 1. 29. who once suffred for sinnes, the just for the unjust that he might bring us to God, 1 Peter 3. 18. For he made him who knew no sinne, to be sinne for us, that we might be made the righteousnesse of God in him, 2 Cor. 5. 21.
Vers. 35. according to] or, upon, or with Iehovahs Fire-offrings: which the Greeke translateth, upon
the Lords Burnt-offring. For the daily Burnt-offring was first offred to the Lord; and other sacrifices af
1. He that sinneth, in concealing his knowledge, when he heareth an adjuration: 2, When hee hath touched an uncleane thing, or person, 4, or in making an oath: 6, His Trespasse-offring of the flocke, 7, or of fowles, 11, or of flowre. 14. The Trespasse-offring in sacri
ANd a soule when it shall sinne, and is a witnesse; whether hee hath seene, or knowne of it: if he doe not utter it, then hee shall beare his iniquity. Or a is uncleane, and is guilty. Or when he shall touch, the unaccording to all his unof it, and is guilty. Or a soule, when it shall according to all that a man shall pronounce, with an oath, and it be hidden from him: and he knoweth of it, and is guilty, in one of these. Then it shall Trespasseoffring
And if his hand reach not to the sufficienfor his trespasse which he hath sinned, two turtle-doves, or two yong pigeons, unto Iehovah: one for a Sinne-offring, and one for a Burntis for the sinne offring, first: and he shall cut-withit-asunder. And he shall sprinkle of the blood of the offring, upon the side of the Altar; and the rest of the blood, shall bee wrung-out, at the bottome of the Altar: it is a Sinne-offring. And the second, he shall make a burnt
And if his hand attaine not to two turtle-doves, for his oblation, the tenthpart of an Ephah, of fine-flowre, for a sin-
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. offring. And that which part thereof he shall adde thereunto, and give it unto the Priest: and the Priest shall make-atonement for him, with the Ram of the Trespasse-offring; and it shall be mercifully-forgiven him.
And a soule, when it shall sinne; and doe any one of all the commandements of Iehoit not, yet is he guilty, and shall beare his iniquity. And he shall bring a ram peroffring, unto the Priest: and the Priest shall make-an-atonement for him, for his ignorance which he ignorantly comit not; and it shall bee mercifully-forgiven him. It is a Trespasseoffring:
A Soule] that is, any person, or a man, as the Chaldee translateth it. And Moses in ver. 15. when a soule sinneth, he shall bring, &c. sheweth a man to be meant hereby. Though under the man, the woman also is comprehended, as in Num. 5. 6. touching which the Hebrew CaAll sacrifices that a woman is bound to offer, her husband bringeth them by her hand: if he bee poore, he brings the poore mans oblation, and if he bee rich, he brings by her hand, the rich mans oblation. Maimony, treat. of Ignorances, ch. 10. sect. 6. These Tres
Vers. 2. carkase] which who so touched, was by it be hidden
that is,
V. 3. according to all] or as the Gr. translateth it, of
all (or of any) his uncleannes: which might be sundry waies, as the law after sheweth, in the 12. 13. 14. and 15 chap. of this book. shall be uncleane withall] by touching it, as the Gr. explaineth it,
V. 4. a soule] in Chaldee, a man when he shall sweare. pronouncing] distinctly-uttering. This is that the oath of pronunciation, (as is noted before on v. 1.) and of it they make foure partwo of things to come, and two of things past: as when one sweares of a thing past, that it was done, or it was not done; and of a thing to come, that he will doe it, or he will not doe it. And no oath of pronunciation it to be used, but for things possible for him to doe, whether to come or past. He that sweareth any of these foure oathes, and the thing be otherwise; as,
(Lev. 19. 12.)
Vers. 5. in one of these] in one of these foure, saith Thargum Ionathan; meaning the foure sinnes menshall confesse] laying his hands on the head of the sacrifice, and confessing the iniquity of his trespasse; as is noted on Levit. 1. 4. And so other rites were per
Vers. 6. Trespasse-offring] or, Guilt-offring: in Hebrew Asham, that is, Guiltinesse or Trespasse, as Sin-offring, in chap. 4. was for sin (as the words here following manifest,) and is likewise called a Sin-offring. And as the former, so this figured out the sacrifice of Christ for our sinnes; of whom it is prophesied that his soule should be made an Asham, an
Vers. 7. his hand reach not] that is, he be not able enough to bring a lambe: thus God provideGn
that is,
Vers. 8. first] that atonement might be made for his sinne; after which was the Burnt-offring, a fibare our sinnes, in his
1 Pet. 2. 24. Albeit, the Burnt
Vers. 9. the side] Hebr. the wall. He sprinkled of the blood, upon the wall of the altar, beneath the middest
thereof, and the rest of the blood, hee wrung-out at the bottome. It is a generall rule, that which was put upon the wall, the residue thereof was wrung-out at the bottome: and this was the nether wall. Maim. ibidem. This rite might fore-shadow the manner of Christs suf
Vers. 10. the manner] or ordinance: Hebr. the judgement;
Vers. 11. attaine not] in Greeke, finde not: that is, reach not. So in Levit. 14. 21. 22. and 25. 26. 47. Num. 6. 21. an Ephah] that is, a Bushell: the tenth part whereof was called an Omer, about our Pottle: the Chaldee here for an Ephah, translateth
Vers. 12. shall take] or, shall gripe; shall gather up
with the hand: see Levit. 2. 2. This was the manner of all meat-offrings, that a handfull was burned on the altar, and the residue eaten by the Priests; exaccording to] or, upon Iehovahs Fireoffrings: which the Greeke translateth,
Vers. 13. shall be the Priests] the residue which is
Vers. 15. transgresse] or, sacrilegiously-trespasse, defraud.
Vers. 16 holy thing] Hebr. holines, which the Gholies, that is, holy things. The worth of it or of them must be payed. fift-part] so much was also added to holyThe payment of the principall, with the addition of the fift part, is commanded to be done together with the bringing of the sacrifice. The payment of the principall, and bringing of the trespasse, hinder the atonement, (
Verse 17. though he know it not] this may also bee translated thus; and he know it not, and is guilty, and
beareth his iniquity; This differeth from the former cases, in verse 4. and 15. where there was knowIgnorances (or, Vnadvised-sins) who can understand? clense thou me from secret-sins, Psal. 19. 13.
Vers. 18. a ram perfect] that is, without blemish.
Every sin, for the ignorant-doing whereof, they are bound to bring the Sinoffring appointed, (Levit
Vers. 19. trespassing he hath trespassed] that is, hee hath certainely trespassed; or, he is surely guilty. The It is a trespasse-offring for his sinne which he hath sinned: he shall offer a trespasse-offring before the Lord. The rites about this sacrifice; were the same with the former:
1, The Trespasse-offring for sins done against the Lord, and a mans neighbour. 8, The law of the Burnt-offring, 14, and of the Meat-offring, 19, The offring at the con
AND Iehovah spake unto Moses, sayany-one, of all that a man shall doe, sinning in these. Then it shall be, parts thereof: unto him to whom it appertaineth, shall hee give it, in the day of his Trespasse. And hee offring, unto Iehooffring, unto the Priest. And the Priest shall make-atonement any-one, of all that he hath done, in trespassing therein.
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, sayingis the law of the burnt-offring: it is the burnt-offring because of the burning, upon the altar al night, unto the morning; & the fire of the altar, shal beburning in it. And the Priest shal put-on, his
And this is the law, of the Meat-offring: is upon the Meatfor a savour of rest, the memoriall of it, unto Iein unlevened-cakes shall it bee eaten, in the holy place; in the court of the Tent of the congregation, they shall eat it. It shall not be baken with leven; I have given it for their portion, of my Fireoffrings:
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. is the oblation of Aaron, and of his sonnes, which they shall offer unto Iehovah, in the day that he is anoynted; the tenth part of an Ephah of fine-flowre, for a continuall Meat-offring: halfe of it in the morning, and halfe of it in the evening. On a pan, it for a savour of rest, unto Iehovah. And the Priest that is anoynit
is a statute for ever, unto Iehovah, it shall be burnt for a Whole-burnt-offring. And every
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. is the law, of the Sin-offring: in the place where the Burnt-offring is killed, shall the Sin-offring be killed, before Iehois holy of holies. The Priest that ofis,
offring, whereof any of the blood thereof, is brought into the with in the holy-place, shall be eaten: it shall be burnt, in the fire.
ASoule] that is, man or woman, as God explaia man. transgresse] it is the word bedespising despise the commendements of the Lord: (or, neglect them.) falsly deny] or, lye, as the Greeke translateth: but the word meaneth lying by denyall of a thing, as Gen. 18. 15. This sinne, God generally forbiddeth, Levit. 19. 11. And this law here, concerneth sinnes both against God, by swearing; and against our neighbour by injuring him. a thing-delivered him-to-keepe] a thingPikkadon, of encommending thing, and requiring it: in Greeke, Parathekee, or committing it to ones fidelitie, (which word Paul useth in 2 Tim. 1. 12. of God; I am perswaded that he is able to keepe that which I have committed unto him:) in Latine, a Depositum. So in 1 Tim. 6. 20. and 2 Tim. 1. 14. In Gen. 41. 36. the word is used for store or provision laid up. See the judiciall lawer for these cases, in Exod. 22. 7. 10. &c. the putting of the hand] This phrase (here onely used,) see
Vers. 3. a thing lost] Hebr. a losse: which the law with falshood] that is,
Vers. 4. he shall restore] in Numb. 5. 7. God requiconfesse the sinne; which is to be underWhether he be a violent robber, or a fraudulent-oppressor, or a stealer, or a borrower, or that hath by him a thing delivered to keepe, or hath found a thing lost, and falsly-denyeth it, or that there was partnership betweene him and his neighbor, and some of the goods remaine in his hand; or that hee hath done worke for him, and he hath not given him his wages. It is a gener all rule for every thing such as these, hee that consesseth, is bound to pay by sentence (of the Iudges:) and he that denyeth and sweareth, must pay the principal & the fift part, Lev. 6. 2. &c.
V. 5. all] or of any thing: so implying other partiprincipall] or, summe; Hebr. head: which Sol. Iarchi expoundeth the principal (the thing it selfe.) Head sometime is used for beginning or first: & so Chazkuni here noteth that the meaning may be, before hee bring his Oblation he shall put out of his hand, the thing got by rapine, &c. the fist-parts] the Greek translateth, the fist part, as the Hebrew also was in Lev. 5. 16. And it may be put for every fift part, the fist part of every thing defrauded, as in Ezek. 16. 55. thy sisters, meaneth each of thy sisters. But the Hebrew Doctors insist upon the number thus; He that restoreth the principall to the owners, & denyeth at the second time the fist part, and sweareth about it; that fist part is made as the principall in every respect, and hee must pay for it another fist part, as it is written, hee shall adde thereto the fist parts thereof, teaching that he must adde a fist part for a fist part, untill the fist part which he denyeth and sweareth for, bee become lesse then the worth of a mite. Who so hath by him a thing delivered to keepe, and he pleadeth that it is lost, and sweareth, and returneth and confesseth that he hath it by him. And commeth againe, and pleadeth that it is lost, and sweareth, and againe returneth and confesseth that he hath it by him; he must pay a fist part for every oath, with that one principall; as it is written, He shall adde thereto the fist parts thereof, teaching that hee may pay many fifts for one principall. Maim. treat. of
Ver. 6. perfect] without blemish. This oblation was th such rites, as the other before menc. 5. see the notes there; and on Numb. 5. 8. in trespassing] or, by guilty-trespasse, or, with guiltinesse therein: The Greek translateth, and hath trespassed therein. These sacrifices, could not by theThou delightest not sacrifice, that I should give it &c. the sacrifices of God, are a broken spirit, as broken and a contrite hart, &c. Ps. 51. 18. 19. And where true repentance, faith in Christ, & amendement of life is found in the sinner; there is promise of grace, and of forgivenesse of sins;
Vers. 9. because of the burning] or, it is that which
ascendeth by the burning. Here is the reason of the name: for the Burnt-offring, is in Hebrew Gnolah, that is, an Ascension; because by burning all in fire, it went up in smoake and vapour. Therefore the Holy ghost translateth it in Greeke, Holocautoma, that is, a whole Burnt-offring: Hebr. 10. 6. from Psal. 40. The use of this sacrifice is shewed on LeThargum called Ionathans, saith, it was to make atonement for the imaginations of the heart. all night] though the time of the ENo sacrifices were offred, but by day: therefore they killed no sacrifice but by day, nor sprinkled any blood, but in the day that it was killed; for when the Sun was set, the blood became unlawfull (to be sprinkled.) Sacrifices whose blood was sprinkled by day, their fat was burned by night, till the pillar of the morning ascended, (that is, till breake of the day.)
Vers. 10. his linnen raiment] or, the linnen robe; as the Greeke translateth, a sinnen coat. Such were Middo, signifieth a large garment, proportionable to the bodie. It is the Co
(as
Vers. 11. other garments] Vnto the Altar, no Priest into the utter court to the people, they shall put off the garments wherein they ministred, and lay them in the holy chambers: and they shall put
Ezek. 44. 19. Yet forasmuch as the carying away of the ashes, belonged to the Priests, by
Vers. 12. shall be burning] or, shall be kindled (or made burne) on it. From hence the Hebrews gather, the fire might not bee kindled beneath, and then laid upon the altar, but was to be kindled on the altar it selfe: Maimony, treat of the daily sacrifice. c. 2. s. 9. And Baal Hatturim noteth how from hence they have said, Although fire came downe from heaven, yet they were commanded to bring of common fire. be put out] or, quenched. The Hebrew canons say, Hee that quencheth the fire of the Altar, is to bee beaten; for it is said, It shall not be put out, (Lev. 6. 12.) though it be but one coale, and though it be downe from upon the Altar, hee that putteth it out is to bee beaten. Maimony, ibid c. 2. s. 6. wood] no other fewell was allowable for the altar, and it was to bee the wood of the publike congregation, (as is obserMaimo
in
Vers. 13. Fire continually] This commandement to send fire on the earth, and kindled, Luke 12. 49that it was as a làdder for the Angells to ascend by: as (in Iudg. 13. 20.) the Angel of the Lord ascended in the flame of the Altar; and in Ezek. 9. 2. six men stood beside the brazen altar: Baal Hatturim on Lev. 6.
Vers. 14. Meat-offring] the Minchah, whereof see before the Altar] that is, saith Sol. Iarchi, the south, for that was the face (or forepart) of the altar; for the foot banke was set on that side.
Ver. 15. of rest] of sweet smell: see Lev. 2. 2. The of favourable acceptation: and Oto be received with favorable acceptation.
Ver. 16. unlevened cakes] that is, made into unleve
and
Vers. 17. with leven] or, levened; as the Greeke holy
that is,
Vers. 18. Every male] although he bee a ble
Vers. 20. in the day] and so, from that day forward, Chazkuni saith, that In here is in stead of From. And that it is used for After, is noted on Exod. 2. 23. the day that he] that is, Aaron him-selfe, (as Lev. 8.) or any of his sons after him. The Chaldee called Ionathans, saith, in the day that they anoint him to possesse the high priests office. The Priest-hood was by naturall succession to Aarons sonnes, such as were meet for the same, having no blemiNone doe constitute an high priest, but the Senate of 71. Iudges: and they doe not anoint him, but by day, as it is written (Lev. 6. 20.)
Vers. 21. a pan] to weet, a flat-pan, plate or slice:
hastily fryed] or,
that is, so fried, that it may bee hoven as with bubbles: so in Lev. 7. 12. The man
Vers. 22. the Priest that is anointed] Thargum Iothe high Priest that is anointed with oile. a whole-burnt-offring.] Hebr. a Ca
that is,
Vers. 25. be killed] that was, on the north side of ch was on the sides of the North, Ps. 48 2. crucified on mount Calvarie, which was on the North west side of Ie
Verse 26. offreth] or, expiateth-sin-by-it; as the that maketh atonement by the blood thereof: in Greek, that offreth it. The Priest
eating the sinne of Gods people; and lifting up their soule, unto their iniquitie: Hos. 4. 8. It further figured our commuan holy Priest-hood, even Kings and Priests unto God his father, 1 Pet. 2. 5. Rev. 1. 6. in the holy place] within the courtyard of the sanctuarie, not without the same. Seven other things were also to bee eaten there, noted on Lev. 24. 9.
Vers. 27. blood thereof] of the sinne-offring; wheMaimony, treat. of offring the sacrif. ch. 8. s. 1. 2. As the sinne-offring in speciall sort figuwash] This washing was for casuall sprinkling, as when any blood sprung out of the bason, upon a garment: or the like. And as the Hebrew canons say, Nothing was charged to be washed, but the bloody place only: and that which was upon an instrument apt to receive uncleannes, and apt to be washed. But if it were sprinkled on an instrument of wood or of metall, it was not to bee washed, because they are things not fit to be washed, but they are onely s
Maimony, i
Vers. 28. scowred] as the washing, was to be in the holy place, or Court; ver. 27. so it was required that the earthen vessell should be broken in the court, and the vessell of metal, should be scoured and rinsed with water in the court. The scowring, was with hot water, and the rinsing, with cold. With water, not with wine, or any mixture, or other liquor. Maimibidem. ch. 8. s. 11. 12. Of breaking the earthen vessells, see the notes on Lev. 11. 33.
Ver. 29. holy of holyes] Hebr. holynes of holynesses, that is, most holy; and the Greeke addeth, unto the
Lord.
Ver. 30. into the Tent] as was the blood of the sin-offrings for the high Priest; & for the Church. we have an Altar (meawherof they have no right to eate, which serve the Tabernacle: (so excluding from Christ, all that cleaved to the rudiments of Moses. Which he proveth thus,) For the bodies of those beasts, whose blood is brought into the sanctuary by the high Priest for sin, (wherein Christs sacrifice was most lively figured,) are burnt without the
(so that the Priest had no meat, or livelyhood thereby:)
1, The law of the Trespasse-offring. 11, and of the Peace-offrings
ANd this is the law, of the Trespasseoffring: it
And this is the law, of the sacrifice of Peace-offrings: which he shall offer unto Ieof fine flowre hastily-fryed, cakes mingled with oile. With the cakes, levened cakes of-bread, shall he offer for his oblation: with them, out of the whole oblation; for an Heave-offring, even his that sprinkleth the blood of the peacebee a vow or a voluntary offring; it shall be eaten, in the day that hee offreth his sacrifice: and on the morrow, the remainder also of it shall bee eaten. But the remainder of the flesh of the sacrifice: in the third day, shall be burnt with any of the flesh of the sacrifice of his Peace-offrings be eaten at all, in the third pertaine unto Iehovah, and hath his uncleannes upon him: even that soule shall be cut-off, from his peoples. And the thing; the uncleannesse of man, or an unclean beast, or any abomination that is uncleane; and eate of the flesh of the sacrifice of Peacepertaine unto Iehovah: even that soule shall be cut off, from his peoples.
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. offring, unit, shall be cut off from his peoples. And ye
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. offrings: the fat with the breast, it shall for a Wavefor a Heave-offor ever, from among the sons of Israel.
This is the anointing of Aaron, and the anointing of his sonnes; out-of Iehovahs offrings: in the day when hee presented them, to minister-in-the-priests-office, unto Iehovah. Which Iehovah commanded to by a statute for ever, throughout their generais the law, of the Burnt-offring, offring, and of the Trespasse-offring: and of the fil(of the hand,) and of the sacrifice of Peace-offrings. Which Iehovah comman
TRespass-offring] Hebrew, Asham, that is, trespass or, guiltinesse: in Greeke, the Ram for trespasse.
holy] Hebrew, holines of holinesses, that is, a most holy thing, so in vers. 6.
Ver. 2. the place] the Northside of the altar, Lev. 1. 11. figuring the place where Christ our sinne he sprinkle] meaning the Priest; as hee sprinkled the blood of the Burnt-of
V. 3. the rumpe, &c.] Of these rites, see the notes on Leviticus. 3. 4. 9. &c. for the same order in most Whether it were a
〈…〉
fest Trespass-offring, or a doubtfull Trespass-offring,
•
ee killed it, and sprinkled the blood, as is before declared. And flayed it, and tooke out the inwards, and salted them, and strowed them on the fire upon the altar. And if he would bring them in a vessell, he might: and the residue of the flesh, was eaten by the males of the Priests, in the court, as the sin-offring. Maimony, treat of
V. 4. which is upon] or, and that which is upon the flanks: in Gr. upon the thighes, it was a distinct the dew of Hermon, which descendeth, that is, and the dew which descendeth
V. Fire-offring] in Chaldee, an oblation, and the Ga smell of sweet sa
V.
and so of other like offrings. Touching this point the Heb
V. 9. the pan] or, the flat plate. Of these, see the notes for the Priest] or, the priests, ehis that offreth it. The scripture thus speaketh, (as the Hebrew doctors observe) of this and the other sacrifices, to teach that the Priest who is meet for to serve, hee hath his part in them to eate the same. And he that is not fit at the houre of the offring; as, one that is uncleane, he hath no part to eat, although he be purified at evening ▪ But in this matter of parting, all is for those that offer in the same day. And they all have their parts, in all th
Maimony, treat. of
Vers. 10. dry] that is, not mingled with oile, as one as another] Hebr. man as his brother; that is, every man alike; as the Greeke explaineth it. From this word, man, The Hebrew doctors say, A childe hath not a share, no not in the light holy things, although it be lawfull for him to eat even of the most holy things. Likewise a woman, or one that is both man and woman, have no share in the holy things of the sanctuarie at all, for it is said, MAN AS HIS BROTHER. But hee that hath a blemish, whether continuall or transitory; whether he be borne with his blemish, or is unblemished and yet disabled; hee hath a share and eateth, as it is written, The bread of his God, even of the most holy, and of the holy, shall he eat, (Lev. 21. 22.) He also that is meet to eat. But if he be unclean, he hath no portion to eat at evening. And the high Priest eateth, not by share, but taketh what he pleaseth, Maimony, treat. of
for Confession] or, for thanksgiving: the for Praise: and the sacrifice of praise, with confessing to Gods na
is mentioned by the Apostle, Heb. 13. 15. alluding to this law. See before in Levit. 3. This Confession, the He
Vers. 13. With the cakes] namely, with the unlewith the unlevened breads. levened cakes of bread] The Hebrew
(that is,
Vers. 14. one of them] to weet, one of the cakes aone of it, to weet, of the bread, (that is, the cakes) spoken of in verse 13. the whole oblation,] or, all the oblation: the Greek translateth it, all his gifts. The Priest had but one cake of eveif the owner of the sacrifice of confession were a priest, yet the residue of the bread, was eaten by the owners, as the sacrifice of another Israelite: for the bread that commeth with the sacrifice of Confession, or with the Nazirites ramme, is not called a Meat-offring. Maimony treat. of
Ver. 15. eaten in the day] the eating of the Peaceas the time of (eating) the flesh, so was the time for (eating) the bread, as Sol. Iarchi, here observeth.
V. 16. a vow, or a voluntary-offring] which he bringeth not for Confession for deliverance, as before is noted on verse 12. then
V. 17. in the third day, shall be burnt] as being unBehold I cast out Devils, and doe c
Luke 13. 32.
Ver. 18. eaten at all] Hebrew, eating be eaten. The rules for this, are thus explained. The Peace-offrings
Leviticus 7. 16. 17. 18.
V. 19. the flesh] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, the holy flesh; which Sol. Iarchi expoundeth, the holy flesh of the Peace-offrings. burnt with fire] The like law was for the remainders of things the second or third day, v 15. 17. And generally, that which remained and was polluted, & all the holy things, that became unallowable, were all burned. An oblation that became polluted or unallowable; was burnt in the sanctuary out of hand. Flesh of the most holy things, if it were made uncleane within (the sanctuary.) they burned it within: and if it were made uncleane without, they burned it without. If any of the leight holy things remained, the owners therof burnt it in their houses, W [such as used to watch upon the wals, 2 Kin. 9. 17.]
Vers. 20. u
The Hebrews ex
Vers. 21 of man] that is, of an uncleane man: such Vncleannes of man, is put for man of uncleannes: see the like in Lev. 5. 1Any man that is made uncleane with such
Lev. 7. 20.
Vers. 23. f
This explaineth and limi
V. 24. of a karkasse] to weet, that which dieth of it
selfe, or otherwise, after an unlawfull manner. To Hee that
Ver. 25 shall be cut off] the Greek translateth, shall
perish: to weet, if he doe it with a high hand. He that
1. So for the next case, of eat
V. 26. or of beast] This also is a limitation: wherSol. larchi here noteth, of fowle, or of beast, to except the blood of fishes, locusts, &c,
Vers. 29. his oblation] in Grhis gift, meaning those
Ver. 30. His hands] he might not doe it by anofat with the breast] of which, the fat was the Lords, burnt on the altar; the breast was the Priests, to eate, verse 31. wave it] The manner of doing this and the signification of it, see in Lev. 3. 5. and Exod. 29. 24. It figured the giving of our breast, that is, of the heart and affections, unto Ch
Ver. 32. Heave-offring] in Greek and Chaldee, a separation, or separated thing; because it was sepa
Verse 34. statute for ever] or, an eternall ordinance,
Verse 35. the anointing] that is, the portion or of the anointed Priests. For that hee speaketh of their portion, the words before and after manifest; and in verse 36. it is that which Iehovah commanded to give unto them. And
Vers. 37. fillings of the hand] that is, as the Perfection, or Consecration: when the hand was filled with parts of the sacri
Vers. 38. in the wildernesse of Sinai] named of Siof good things to come, Hebr: 10. his soule a Trespasse offring, Esay 53. 10. cause the Sacrifice and Oblation to cease, Dan. 9. 27. who hath by one offring, perfected for ever them that are sanctified, Heb. 10. 14. so that now among the Gentiles, in every place incense is offred unto the name of God, and a pure Meat-offring, Mal. 1. 11.
1. Moses consecrateth Aaron and his sonnes, to the Priests office. 14, Their Sinne-offring. 18, Their Burnt-offring. 22, The ram of the filling of the hands. 31, The place and time of their consecration.
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, sayfor a Sinne-offring, and two rammes, and a basket of unlevened cakes. And gather thou together, all the congregation: unto the doore, of the Tent is the thing, which Iehovah commanwas therein: and sanctified them. And he sprinkled there of upon the altar, sefor the Sinne-offring: and Aaron and his sons layed their hands, upon the head of the bullocke for the Sin-offring. And he killed it, and Moses tooke the blood it upon the horns of the altar round. about, with his finger; and purified the altar: and the blood, he poured at the bottome of the altar, and sanctified it, to make-atonewas upon the inwards; and the caule of the liver; and the two kidneyes, and their fat: and Moses burned them upon the altar. And the for the Burnt-offring: and Aaron and his sons, laid their handsupoit: and was a Burntwas a Fire-offring unto Iehovah; as Iehovah commanded Moses. And he brought-neere the second
AAron] who was before designed unto the gar
the holy garments which were prescribed
Vers. 3. of the congregation] in Greeke, of testimony:
Vers. 5. the thing] Hebr. the word: of this com
Vers. 6. water] to wash away uncleannesse: a came by water and blood, 1 Ioh. 5. 6. Ezek. 36. 25. Heb. 10. 22. Esay. 1. 16. See the notes on Exodus 29. 4.
Vers. 7. put] Hebr. gave. The putting off of his the Coat] the linnen coat, which was next his skin, save onely the linnen breeches under it upon his secret parts. See the annotations on Exfitly-girded] the Greeke saith, tyed-fast: a signe of making him strong and ready in heart, to doe his service: see Exod. 29. 5.
Vers. 8. the Breast-plate] called the Breast plate of
judgement: the making and meaning whereof is shewed, on Exod. 28. 15. &c. Urim and Thummim] that is,
Vers. 9. crowne of holinesse] the holy diademe, on Holinesse to Iehovah were graAaron did beare the iniquity of the holy things, which the sonnes of Israel should hallow, in all the gifts of their holy things; &c. Exod. 28. 38.
Vers. 10. the anoynting oyle] called the oile of holy
anointing; it was made of Mirrhe, Cinamon, Calamus, Cassia, and oile olive, Exod. 28. 23. 24. 25. and it figured the graces of the Spirit upon Christ, and his Church, Esa. 61. 1. 1 Ioh. 2. 20. 27.
Vers. 11. seven times] to signifie a full sanctifica
Vers. 12. head] and it ran down upon his beard, He anointed him after that he had
cloathed him, as is said in Targ. Ionathan: and
Vers. 14. sin-offring] Hebr. the sin-bullocke: see Exod. 29. 10. &c. layed] or, imposed their hands:
Vers. 15. killed it] whereby Christs death for sin without shedding of blood, is no remission: Hebr. 9. 22. 28. hornes] of this rite, see Levit. 4. 7. 25. and Exod. 29. 12. purified] or, clensed-from sinne: see the notes on Exod. 29. 36. the blood] that which remained. sanctified it] the Altar was by these rites sanctified, that from thenceforth atonement might be made for the sins of the people, by the sacrifices that should daily be offred thereon: for after this, the Altar sanctified the gifts and oblations upon it: Mat. 23. 19.
Vers. 16. fat] or, suet: see Lev. 3. 3. 4. 5. and 4. 8. caule of the liver] said in Levit. 3. 4. 10. to be the caule above the liver. And they used to take a little of the liver with the caule: as the Hebrewes doe record. Maimony, treat. of Offring the sacrif. chap. 1. Sect. 18.
Vers. 17. without the campe] a figure of Christ, suffering without the gate of Ierusalem, Heb. 13. 12.
Vers. 18. Burnt-offring] the law, and significati
Vers. 21. of rest] in Greeke, of sweet-odour, in Chaldee, to be accepted with favour. See Gen. 8. 21.
Vers. 22. fillings of the hand] that is, as the Greek saith, of perfection, or of consecration: see Exod. 29. 9. The ram of filling (the hand) is the ram of Peace offrings (or of perfections) for they filled a
It signifi
Vers. 24. foot] these rites signified, both the sufsprinkled the blood] that is, all the residue of the blood, as in Thargum Ionathan is explained: which being sprinkled on the Altar, figured the perfection of their consecration to bee in Christ.
V. 25. the rumpe] or tayle, whereof see Lev. 3 9.
Vers. 26. oiled] Hebr. bread of oile; meaning, tempered with oile, as Exod. 29. 2.
Vers. 27. waved] that is, moved to and fro: of
Vers. 28. upon the Burnt-offring] this Sol Iarchi after the Burnt-offring; adding withall, and we finde not that the shoulder of the Peace-offring was offred in any place saving in this. For usually the shoulder, as well as the Breast was given to the priest, Levit. 7. 32. 33. 34. Here Moses, (who was Priest extraordinarily) hath the breast onely, v. 29.
Vers. 29. part] or, to Moses for a part, (or portion:) see Exod. 29 26.
Vers. 30. upon the Altar] which sanctified the blood for atonement and justioile of grace for sanctification: that both their persons, office and administration might be acceptable unto God his Father.
Vers. 31. at the doore] which the Greeke explaiin the court: see before, on verse 3. In Exod. 29. 31. it is called the holy place: and in verse 32. the doore of the Tent.
Moses speaketh this in the person of God, whose commandement it was, Exod. 29. 32. The Greeke, for more plain
Vers. 32. the remainder] which cannot be eaten
Vers. 33. day of fulfilling] that is, the day, that the
dayes of your consecration be fulfilled: which the Chaltill the day that the dayes of your offring, be fulfilled; for seven daies shall your offring be offred. seven daies shall
that is, the Lord shall fill, or consecrate. In Exod. 29. 35. God said to Moses,
Vers. 34. he hath done] or, is done] As, he
2 Sam. 15. 31. that is,
Vers. 35. abide] Hebr. s
which word is often used for
Vers. 36. things] Hebr. words. Thus the covenant life and peace, Mal. 2. 5. But these are made Priests without an oath: also they were many Priests, because they were not suffred to continue, by reason of death, and they served unto the example and shadow of heavenly things, offring gifts and sacrifices, which could not make him that did the service, perfect, as pertaining to the conscience; for they were
1, The first offrings, of Aaron. for himselfe and the people. 8, The Sin-offring, 12, and the Burnt-offring for himselfe. 15, The offrings for the people
AND it was, on the eight day Moses offring; and a ram for a Burntboth perfectoffring, and a calfe, and a lambe, both of the first yeere, perfect, for a Burnt-offring. And a Bull and a Ram, for that yee should doe: and the glory of Iehovah, shall appeare unto you.
And Moses said unto Aaron; goe neere offring; and thy Burnt-offring; and make-atonement for thy selfe, and for the people: and make the oblation of the people, and make-atonement for them, as Iehovah commanded. And offring, which was for him selfe. And the sonnes of Aaron brought it upon the hornes of the Altar: and poured out the blood, at the bottome of the Altar. And the offring, he burnt upon the Althem, upon the Altar. And he washed the inwards, them upon the Burnt-offring, on the Altar.
And he brought-neere, the peoples oblawas for the people; and killed it and offred-it-for-sinne, as the first. And hee it, upon the Alwas for the people: and Aarons sonnes presented the blood, unto him; and hee sprinkled it upon the Altar, round-about. And the fat, of the the inwards, and the kidneyes; and the caule of the liver. And they put the fat, for a wave-offring,
offring, & the Burnt-offring, and the Peace-offrings. And Moses and Aathere came out a fire, it, and showted; and they fell on their faces.
THe eight day] which was the first day after the an holy Priesthood to offer up spirituall sacrifice, acceptable to God, 1 Pet. 2. 5. see the annoSeven daies shall they purge the Altar, and purifie it; and they shall fill their hands: and when these daies are expired, it shall be, on the eight day and so forward, the Priests shall make your Burntoffrings upon the Altar, and your Peace-offrings, and I will accept you saith the Lord God. the Elders] in Greeke,
Vers. 2. a calfe] a beast of the first yeere, as is obCalfe for Aarons Sin-offring, is by Thargum Ionamade sinne for us, 2 Cor. 5. 21.) there can bee no acceptation of any mans person, or service. yongling] Hebr. sonne of the herd; that is, a yong bull: see Gen. 18. 7. Levit. 1. 5. aram] a beast of the second yeere: see the notes on Levit. 8. 2. perfect] in Greeke, unblemished: see Levit. 1. 3. offer] in Greeke, offer them: these were, to make a
Vers. 3. the sonnes of Israel] in Greeke, the Senate
Elders) of Israel; as verse 1. a goat-bucke] a goat of the second yeere; for the Hebrew Seghnir so signifieth alwaies, as Maimony sheweth in treat. of Offring the sacrif. chap. 1. Sect. 14. where also he saith (in S. 15.) that All the oblations of the congregation were males, and the Sin-offrings of the congregation, were of goats, or bulls, and none of lambs. of the first yeere] Heb.
Vers. 4. a Meat-offring] of fine flowre of wheat, with oile] and franIehovah appeareth] that is, the glory of Iehovah will appeare, as in vers. 6. 23. and so the Chaldee translateth it. The glory of the LORD is revealed. And because of this appearance, the people were to prepare and sanctifie themselves with all kindes of sacrifice, that they might with joy be made parWee know that when he shall appeare, we shall be like him; for we shall see him as he is. And every man that hath this hope in him, purifieth himselfe, even as he is pure; 1 Ioh. 3. 2. 3. The presence and assistance of God in Christ, is alwayes necessary unto his Church, and therefore promised here and other, where, both unto it and all the ministers thereof, Ezek. 48. 35. Revel. 22. 3. 4. 5. Matth. 28. 20. And of this it is prophesied, When Iehovah shall build up Sion, shall appeare in his glory shall turne unto the prayer of the lowly, and not despise their prayer. This shall be written for the generation after; and the people created, shall praise Iah. Psal. 10. 17. 18. 19.
Vers. 5. they tooke] all they forementioned; as in Aaron and his sonnes, and all the sonnes of Israel tooke. before Iehovah] before the sanctuary, in the courtyard.
Vers. 7. Goe neere] before this time, Aaron ofno man taketh this honour is himselfe, but he that is called of God, as was Aaron so also Christ glorified not himselfe, to bee made an high Priest, &c. Heb. 5. 4. 5. make] or doe; that is, make-ready, and offer: see the notes on Exod. 10. 25. Thus the legall priests were to offer for themfor such an high Priest became us, who is holy, harmelesse, undefiled, separate from sinners, and made higher then the heavens: Heb. 5. 3. and 7. 26. 27. 28.
Vers. 9. the Altar] of Burnt-offring, at the bee
Vers. 10. commanded] of these rites, see the anno
Vers. 11. skin] with all other parts, even the whole beast: see Levit. 4. 11. 12 Sol. Iarchi here We finde no Sin-offring whose blood is sprinkled on the Altar without, to be burned withbut this, and that for Consecration, (Levit. 8)
Vers. 12. the Burnt-offring] the ram, which was also for himselfe, vers. 2. presented] or, reached,
Vers. 13. pieces] or, members, as the Greek trans
Vers. 14. washed] in water; see Levit. 1. 9. upon the Burnt-offring] that is, upon (or with) the oand he put the Burnt-offring upon the Altar.
Vers. 15. of sinne] which was for the sinne of the people; saith the Greeke version.
Vers. 16. the manner] or, the ordinance; Hebr. the
judgement; the Greeke saith, as was meet. It respe
Vers. 17. filled] that is, tooke his handfull out of of the morne] that is, which was daily to be offred every morning, as God comIt teacheth that there were two Meat-offrings, one with the Burnt-offring, and one by it selfe. Sol. Iarchi saith, All this he did after the daily Burnt-offring.
Vers. 18. sprinkled] according to the law in Lehe poured it.
Vers. 19. fat] Hebr. fats: so in vers. 20. rumpe] or, tayle, to weet, of the ram: see Levit. 3. 9. that which covereth] in Greeke, the fat which covereth, the inwards; and so the text explaineth it, in Levit. 3. 9.
Vers. 20. they put the fat] Hebr. the fatts. Sol. IarAfter the waving, the Priest that waved gave them to another Priest to burne them.
Vers. 21. waved] as was commanded, Lev. 7. 30. of God is made unto us, wisedome and righteousnesse, and sanctification, and redemption: 1 Cor. 1. 30.
Vers. 22. lift-up his hand] or, his hands, as the hands. See Exod. 32. 19. R. Menachem giveth this reason, why it is written Hand; to signifie the right hand, because that was listed up higher then the left. The lifting up of the hand was a gesture used in speaking or signifying of any weighty thing, Esa. 49. 22. and particularly, in swearing, Gen. 14. 22. praying, Psal. 28. 2. and blessing, eyther of God, Psal. 134. 2. or of men, as in this place. So Paul, speaking of prayer, useth the phrase of lifting up holy hands, 1 Tim. 2. 8. and Dathe lifting up of my hands, be as the evening sacrifice, Psal. 141. 2. blessed them] This apto blesse the people in the name of the Lord for ever, Deuter. 10. 8. 1 Chron. 23. 13. and was accomplished by our high Priest Christ Iesus, when having finished his ministery on earth, hee lift up his hands, and blessed his disciples, Luk. 24. 50. The forme of Aarons blessing is prescribed in Num. 6. 23.—27. see the annotations there. And this being done in the Lords name; by his Priests, (a figure of Christ whom God hath sent to blesse us. Act. 3. 26.) withthe lesse is blessed of the greater, Heb. 7. 7. came downe] from the banke or hilhe came downe from the Altar with joy, after that he had finished the making of the Sin-offring, &c. On the contrary, Christ when hee had blessed, went up into heaven, Luke 24. 51. from making] or doing, that is, offring, as vers. 7. After that he had done; as before is shewed.
Vers. 23. went into the Tent] the Priest went in When Aaron saw that they had offred all the oblations, and done all the workes, and the Majestie of God came not downe to Israel; he was grieved, and said, I know that the holy blessed (God) is angry with me, and for my sake, the Majestie of God commeth not downe to Israel; &c. Immediately Moses went in with him, and prayed for mercie; and the divine Majestie came downe unto Israel. After this manner Thargum Ionathan also ex
Vers. 24. from before Iehovah] the Greeke transfrom the Lord. And it was, either from heaFire came downe from heaven, and confirmed the Burnt-offring and sacrifices, 2 Chron. 7. 1. or, out of the Tabernacle. By this miracle God confirmed the people, touching the doctrine and ordinances given by Moses, and the priesthood now committed to Aaron and his sonnes, as appeareth by the prayer of Elias, (when the like miracle was shewed from heaven;)
1, Nadab and
AND Nadab and Abihu, the sonnes e
man his censer; and they put fire in them, and put in
And Iehovah spake, unto Aaron, saying, Doe not drinke wine or strong-drinke, thou, it shall be a statute for ever, through-out your generations. And that ye may separate, ye may teach, the sonnes of Israel: all the statutes, which Iehovah hath spoken unto them, by the hand of Moses.
And Moses spake unto Aaron, and unto Eleazar and unto Ithamar his sonnes, that were left: Take ye the Meat-offring, that is left, of the Fire-offrings of Iehovah, and in unlevened cakes, beside the altar: for it, is holy of holies. And ye shall eat it, in the holy place; for it is thy due and thy sonnes due, of the Fire-offrings of Iehovah: for so. I was commanded. And the wave brest, anas thy
offrings of the fat, shall they bring; to wave for a wave-offring, before Iefor ever; as, Iehovah hath commanded.
And Moses, seeking sought the goat-buck offring; and behold it was burnt: and he was wroth with Eleazar and with Iwere left, saying. Wherefore, have ye not eaten the Sin-offring, in the holy place; for it is holy place, within: ye should eating have eaten it, in the Holy-place, as I comthis day, they have offred their Sin-offring
CE
or,
Vers. 2. from before] or, from the face of the Lord.
Measure for measure; by fire they sinned, and by fire they were plagued. This is an example of Gods jealousie, for the ordinances of the Law: teaching the same much more for the Gospell; Heb. 2. 2. 3. and 10. 28. 29. So he shewed an example of judgment, upgreat feare came upon all; Acts 5. 1.devoured] or ate them; that is, killed them: for neither their bodies, nor their cloathes were burnt to ashes, as appeareth by v. 5. And in Targ. Ionathan it is thus explained, It burned their soules, but their bodies were not burnt. Hereupon our God is said to be a devouring fire; Heb. 12. 29. Deut. 1before Iehovah] that is, with sudden death, before the Ta
Vers. 3. spake] but where spake he this? It may sanctified] God is said to be sanctified, both when he graciously accepteth, and doth good unto them that serve him aright, Ezek. 20. 41. and when hee punisheth them that transgresse; as, I will be glorified in the mids of thee (Sidon), and they shall know; that I am Iehovah; when I shall have executed judgements in her, and shall be sanctified in her; Ezek. 28. 22. So in this place, and in Ezek. 38. 16. 23. Likewise God is sanctified of men, when they cary themselves holily and uprightly in his sight; as, Sanctifie the Lord God in your hearts, &c. 1 Pet. 3. 15. that come nigh] or, my nigh ones, that is, the Priests and Levites; as in Ezek. 4the Priests which are nigh unto Iehovah. See also Levit. 9. 7. Num. 16. 9. So judgment beginneth at the house of God, 1 Pet 4. 17. at his Sanctuary, Ezek. 9. 6. before] that is, openly the Gr. translateth, in al the congregation; as if the like danger were unto them also for transgression: see Ios. 22. 18. 20. glorified] or, honoured; which is also not in shewing mercies onely, as 2 Thes 1. 10. but in executing judgments; as Exod. 14. 4. Ezek. 28. 22. And he is glorified of men; when their thoughts, words and actions, are according to his will, and to his praise; Acts 4. 21. Rom. 1. 21. 1 Pet. 4. 11. 16. held his peace] or, was silent; that is, rested patiently without murmuring against the worke of God, who had killed his sonnes. So David saith, I am dumb, I will not open my mouth; because thou hast done it; Psal. 39. 10. And God said to Ezekiel the Priest,
Vers. 4. uncle] in Greek, the sonnes of the brother of
Aarons father: for Vzziel was brother to Amram, Aarons father; see Exod. 6. 18. 20. 22. cary] or, take up: this duty of buriall was laid upon their cousins the Levites, not upon their next
out of] or, to (a place) without the campe:
Vers. 6. Mak
or,
Vers. 7. not goe out] that is, not leave off your ministration for griefe of this which is befallen the oile, &c.] which signifieth the Anointing, that is, the graces of the Spirit, whereof Ioyfulnesse was one speciall, Psal. 45. 8. 1 Thes. 1. 6. Therfore it was sin for the Priests to mourn, when they administred before the Lord; compare Levit. 21. 10. 11. 12.
Vers. 9. wine or strong drinke] The Hebrewes, (as Baal hatturim and others) thinke that Aarons sons and forget the law, as Prov. 31. 5. should erre through wine, & be out of the way through strong-drinke, as Esay. 28. 7. Accordingly the Minisober, and not given
1 Tim. 3. 2. 3. It is likely, that all wine was forbidden the Priests, when they were to serve: yet the Hebrewes have their limitations; as that they might not drinke above
Vers. 10. that ye may separate] or, to make difference; and this is meant not onely for themselves,
Vers. 11. all the statutes] a part of the Priests ofThe Priests lips should preserve knowledge, and they should seeke the Law at his mouth, for he is the Angell (or Messenger) of the Lord of hosts, Mal. 2. 7. And as they were to teach, so the things to be taught, should be al Gods statutes; as the Apostle saith, I have kept nothing back, but have shewed you, al the counsel of God; Act. 20. 27.
Vers. 12. the Meat-offring] that before mentioned in Levit. 9. 17. unlevened] or, eat it made into unlevened cakes. See Levit. 6. 16. and 2. 10. where this law was before given; which Moses here re
Vers. 13. the holy place] the court of the Sanctuadue] or, statute, ordinance.
thy portion. So in v. 14.
Vers. 14. wave brest] of the peoples Peace-ofin a
cleane place] in Greeke, an holy place, meaning the campe of Israel, and in ages following, the citie Ierusalem, where the light holy things were eaThe former things (in verse 13.) were not eaten in an uncleane place, but they being most holy, were to be eaten in the holy place: and these needed not be eaten within the curtatnes (of the courtyard) but must be eaten within the campe of Israel ▪ for that was cleane that Lepers might not come into it, (Num. 5. 6.)
Vers. 15. by a statute] or, for an everlasting due. Of
Vers. 16. seeking sought] that is, diligently sought
the Goat; that spoken of in Levit. 9. 15. with Eleazar] and why not with Aaron? seeing he should have eaten of it, vers. 19. Sol. Iarchi saith,
Vers. 17. he.] that is, God hath given it you; by the to beare] or, to take away; as the Greeke translateth, that ye should take away. To beare iniquity, often signifieth punishbearing-away, whereupon God forgiveth the sinner; Exod. 28. 38. So the Priests bare, that is, took away the peoples sins, by eating their sin-offrings: wherein they figured ChristThe Priests were they that did eat, and the owners, they that had the atonement.
Vers. 18. within] into the Tabernacle, for if it
Vers. 19. they] the Targ. called Ionathans exthe sonnes of Israel have offred. such things] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, such tribulations: which the Ierusalemy Thargum exand great sorrow hath befallen me this day, for that my two sons Nadab and Abihu are dead, and I mourne for them. good in the eyes] that is, pleasing, and acceptable: see Gen. 16. 6. Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth it thus, Loe if I had eaten the sin-offring to day, were it possible that it could bee pleasing and right before the Lord? meaning, it could not be. So Aaron excuseth himselfe, by reason of his sorrow, which made him unfit and unworthy to eat of those holy things. The law requireth them that rejoyce, DeuteronoI have not eaten of it in my mourning, Deut. 26. 14. When God would reunto them as the bread of mourners; all that eat thereof, shall be polluted, Hosea 9. 4. In the HeAn inferiour Priest, which is in the Sanctuary, at his service; if hee heare that hee hath a friend dead, whom hee ought to bewaile; although hee goe not out of the Sanctuary, hee may not serve, because he is a mourner: and if hee serve when he mourneth, according to the law, he polluteth his service, whether it be in the offring of one man alone, or the offring of the Congregation. But the High Priest serveth when hee is a mourner, as it is written, (Levit. 21. 12.) HE SHALL NOT GOE OVT OF THE SANCTVART, AND HE SHALL NOT PRO
it was good] the Greeke translateth, it
pleased him. So Moses admitteth of the answer, as reasonable. For often times the letter of the law, giveth place to great necessities; as David in his hunger, did eaFor the Law maketh m
Heb. 7. 28.
1, A law teaching what beasts may, 4 and what may not be eaten. 9, What fishes, 13, and what fowles. 24, How carkasses doe pollute. 29, The creeping things which are unclean. 32, and how their carkasses doe de
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses and are the beasts, which ye shall eat; of all the beasts, which are on the earth. All that and cheweth the cud, ashall be uncleane unto you. And the Conie; because hee cheweth the shall be uncleane unto you. And the Hare; because shall be uncleane unto you. And the swine; because he parteth the hoofe, and shall be unclean unshall be uncleane unto y
These ye shall eat, of all that are in the wais in the waters: they, shall be an abhomination unto you. Even an abhomination, shall they shall be an abhomination unto you.
And these, ye shall have-in-abhomination shall be an abhomination: the Eagle, and the Ossifrage, and the Osprey. And the all foure: that, shall be an abhoall foure: which hath not legges, acommon-Locust, after his kinde; and the
And for these, yee shall be uncleane: who-soever ought of the carkasse of them; shall wash his clothes, and be unclean untill the evening. Of every beast, which doshall be uncleane unto you: whosoever toufeet; they, shall be uncleane unto you: whosoever toucheth the carkasse of them, shall be uncleane untill the evening. And hee that beareth the carkasse of them; shall be unclean unto you.
And these shall be unclean unto you, among shall be uncleane to you ought of them when they are dead doth fall, it shall be uncleane; of any vessell of
any of them falleth: whatsoever is within it, shall bee unought of their carkasses falleth, shall bee are; and uncleane shall they be unto you. But fountaine and pit, and
ought of their carkasse fall, upon any sowing seed, shall be cleane. But if ought of their carkasse fall thereon: it shall be uncleane unto you.
And if any beast dye, which is unto you for meat: he that toucheth the carkasse thershall be
all foure, or whatsoever hath many feet of any creeping-thing that creeare an abhomination. Make not your soules abhominable, by any creeping-thing your selves uncleane by them, that ye should be defiled by them. For I am Iehovah, your God. and am holy: and yee shall not make your soules uncleane, by any creeping-thing, that moveth upon the earth. For I am Iehoam holy. This is the law of the
SPeake ye] As before he gave speciall lawes, for speake, and teach, and see carefully practised: as afbefore Moses and before Aaron. And here the first kinde of uncleannesse, which commeth from things withthe sonnes of Israel] to them onely, and the proselites with them, was this law of uncleane meats given; not at all to other nations, as
Vers. 3. and cleaveth asunder] namely into two
hoofes, or clawes, Deut. 14. 6. and so the Greeke beparteth, may be when it is divided above, but not beneath, as appeareth after in verse 26. such parting is in the feet of dogs and the like, which have many clawes sundred above, and joyned under with a skinne. This second word meaneth a cleaving-quite through, as in the feete of sheepe, oxen, &c. Sol. Iarchi it is expounded,
Vers. 4. not eat] to weet ordinarily, but in case of Soldiers that come into the heathens countrie, and subdue them, it is lawfull for them to eat carkasses, or torne beasts, or swines flesh, or the like, if they be hungry and finde not what to eat, save these forbidden meats: and so they may drinke wine offred to idols: saith Maimony in tom. 4. treat. of Kings. chap. 8. Sect. 1. or of them] Heb. and of them. camel] named of the Hebrew Gamal; from which the Greekes also derived the name Kamelos, the Arabians, Gemal; the Chaldaeans, Gamla. It is a beast that hath a long necke, and a bunch on the backe, upon which men lay burdens, Esay. 30. 6. by reason of this shape, it is not easie for a camel to enter in a straight place; whereupon is that proa camel to goe thorough the eye of a needle: Math. 19. 24. Camels are of common use in other countries, both for service of warre and of peace, for men to ride upon, to use in charrets, or to lade with burdens, Gen. 24. 10. Iudg. 6. 5. 1 Sam. 30. 17. Esay. 21. 7. and 30. 6. But for to eat of, the ca
Vers. 5. conie] in Hebrew Shaphan; which hath the name of hiding in holes; as it is said, The conies
are but a feeble folke, yet make they their houses in the Rockes; Prov. 30. 26. and, The Rockes, are a shelter for the coneyes, Psal. 104. 18. In Chaldee, it is calTaphsa, of skipping.
Vers. 6. hare] in Hebrew, arnebeth: mentioned
Vers. 7. swine] in Hebrew, chazir; so named of returning: for this beast returneth after it is washed, to wallowing in the mire, 2 Pet. 2. 22. It is also given to wastand spoile, Psal. 80. 14. To feed on it, or offer it for sacrifice, is counted most abhominable, Esa. 65. 4. and 66. 3. 17.
Vers. 8. not eat] to weet, any whit of it at any All meats forbidden by the law, the quantity of them is as much as a common olive; whether (the punishment) be beating, or cutting off, or death by the hand of God. This measure or quantity, we have learned by tradition. And it is forbidden by the law, to eat any whit at all, of the thing that is forbidden: notwithstanding a man is not beaten, save for the quantity of an olive: yet if be eat any lesse, he is chastised with stripes. Maimony, treat. of
Vers. 9. fin and scale] or, as the Chaldee and finnes and scales, one being put For fiftes there are two signes, the fin and the scale: the fin, is that which groweth out of it; the scale, is that which cleareth unto all the body; and whatsoever hath scales hath sinnes also; &c. If it hath not scales to cover it all over, it is lawfull neverthelesse; though it hath but one fin and one scale, yet it is lawfull. Maimony, treat. or forbidden meates, chap. 1. Sect. 24. The fin of the fish, serveth as wings to guide her way: the scale is to cove
Vers. 10. every moving] or, any creeping thing of the waters] which the waters bring forth: see Gen. 1. 20. and the notes thereon. The Greeke translateth, of all things which the waters bring forth: The Hebrew doctors say; what is this moving thing of the waters? They be the lesser creatures, as wor
treat. of
Vers. 11. their flesh] so Paul mentioneth the of fishes, 1 Cor. 15. 39.
have in abomination] or, abhorre of the foule. There are no fignes of cleane fowles explained in
the law: but it reckoneth the sorts of uncleane fowles onely; and other sorts of fowles are lawfull: saith Maimony in treat of Forbidden meats, ch. 1 s. 14. eagle] in Hebrew, Nesher: it is the chiefe of fowls, flyeth most high and swiftly, sucketh blood, and feedeth on carkasses, Deut. 28. 49. Iob 39. 27. 30. used to signifie violent persecutors, Lam. 4. 19. Ier. 4. 13. and 48. 40. Hos. 8. 1. Heb. 1. 8. ossifrage] the Greeke translateth it, Gryphen: in Hebrew Peres, so named of
Vers. 14. vultur] called in old English, a geyr; in Hebrew here, daah, of flying, and in Deut. 14 13. raah, of seeing: (for the Hebrew letters D and R. be vultur espieth and smelleth her prey from farre, and flyeth with viogups, (that is, a geyr or vultur,) both here and in Deut. 14. The Chaldee here folDajtha: but in Deut. 14. 13. it hath Bath canpha; that is, daughter of wing. kyee] a knowne ravenous bird, called also a glede, and a puttock. In Hebrew it is named Ajah, of her manner of flying, which is as if she did swim, and by the bowing of her tayl, seemeth to have taught how to governe ships by a rudder, as Plinie noteth in hist. b. 10. c. 10, The scripture elsewhere mentiT
of
Vers. 15. raven] a knowne bird; named in HeOreb, in Chaldee Urba, of her darke, or blacke colour; Song. 5. 11. It is ravenous, and of his kinde] as crowes, caddowes, pies, and the like. It is said, after his kinde, to imply the Z
saith
Vers. 16. the owle] or, as in Greeke, the ostrich;
bath hajagnanah, properly is, the daughter of the owle (or
Vers. 17. great owle] called in Latine Bubo, Aristotle
the Red-shanke] so the Greeke translaPorphyrion, which is either that, or like Red-shanke. Hierome translateth it the Swan. Some of the Hebrew dothe Bat: which is more likely, because the HeTinshemeth, which here is a bird, after in ver. 30. is the name also of a creeping thing, called the Moll. Sol. Iarchi saith it is like a mouse, flyeth in the night, and is so called because it is like that creeping thing which lacketh eyes, called Talpa (a Moll.) The Chaldee here calleth it Cavtha: and in Deut. 14. 16. Botha. Pelecan] or, shovelard: a fowle that dwelleth in the wildernesse, Psal. 102. and in desoKaath, in Chaldee Katha, of Vomiting. So Aristotle and Plinie shew the nature of the Pelecan or Shovelard, that it vomiteth up shelfishes, which it before devoured. And Chazkuni saith hereof; Kaath, the name differeth not from the custome thereof, which is to vomit up the meat. gier-eagle] or, Swan, as the Greek here translateth it, but in Deu. 14. 17. the Greeke is the porphyrion. The Hebrew Racham, hath the signification of deare-love, which it beareth to the young, as Chazkuni saith, The Chaldee translateth it Ierakreka, which implyeth a greenish coloured fowle, such as the Greekes call Chlorion, a Witwol.
V. 19. Storke] in Hebrew Chasidah, which signikindnesse, such as the yong storkes are sayd to Sol. Iarchi here saith, because it sheweth kindnesse unto her fellowes, in food. The Greeke transla
Vers. 20. that flyeth] or, of the flying-fowle, as the All creeping-things of fowle
that is,
Ver. 21. hath not legs] or, as the Hebrew readhath legs. Both Greeke and Chath legs: buhave
above their feet. Or rather, because the yong locusts are borne
Vers. 22. common Locust] or, grashopper; in HeArbeh, so named of their multitude; see the notes on Exod. 10. 4. 5. 14. Such in the easterne countries are used for meat; so Iohn the Baptist, fed on Locusts, Mat. 3. 4. and humane stories tell, how some in Ethiopia used to eate them salted and Plinie, hist. b. 6 c. 30. Locust-Sol
V. 23. every creeping thing] to weet, every other,
Vers. 24. for these] or, by these; meaning as Solom. touching of them dead, they should be defiled. See before on v. 8. The uncleannes by touching, spoken of in any place, whether it be of a dead man, or of other uncleane things; is, when a man with his flesh toucheth the uncleane thing it selfe; whether it be with his hand, or with his foot, or with any other part of his flesh; though it be with his tongue, loe he is uncleane. And it seems to me, he is defiled if he touch with his nailes or with his teeth, whiles they are joyned to the body, they are as the body; saith
V. 25. beareth] the Hebr. canons say, although
he touch it not, though there bee a stone betweene him and it, for asmuch as he hath borne it, he is unclean, whether he beare it on his head, or on his hand, or on any other part of his body. Whether hee hath taken it up him-selfe, or an other hath laid it on him; yea though the uncleane thing hang by a threed, or haire, and that threed hang on his hand; he beareth it, and is uncleane. Maim. treat. of Pollut. by the dead, ch. 1 sect. 6. wash his clothes] that is, all the clothes that are upon him. Sol. Iarchi not eth, that
Vers. 26. them] that is, their dead carkasses, as the
Vers. 27. pawes, or palmes; which the Greeke hands. And to explaine this, Sol. Iarchi instanceth, the dog, and the beare, and the cat.
Ver. 29. upon the earth] this is spoken, as Chazkuto expect those that are in the sea. weasell] named in Hebrew, Choled; in Chaldee, Chulda; of running hastily from place to place. Iarchi explaiMustela: in Greeke it is called Galee. mouse] in Hebrew, Gnachar, of troubling, gnawing and rooting things in the house and fields. With such, God marred the Phitor
or, as the Greeke translateth,
Vers. 30. ferret] or weasell-mouse, as the Greeke Mugalee; which the Latines call Mus araneus, (the Shrew, as Gaza saith in hist. animal. l. 8. c. 24. It is of the colour of a weasell, and bignesse of a mouse, saith Aetius, in l. 13. c. 14. The Hebrew name is Anakah, which signifieth groaning; and the Chaldee, Iela, of yelling. The scripture mentioneth it not elsewhere. Chamaeleon] so the Greeke translateth it; others, the lisard. In Hebrew it is named Coach, of Strength. lizard] or, stellio, which is like a lizard, spoted on the backe as with stars: and to this latter, the Greek Askalabotes aLetaah, which Sol. Iarchi exLisard. snaile] or lisard, in Hebrew Chomet; in Greeke Saura, that is the Lisard: others thinke this to be the chamaeleon. These creatures names are not elsewher found in scripture. The Rabbins say, There are eight creeping things spoken of in the Law, the weasell &c. who so eateth of their flesh the quantity of a lentel (or little pease) is to bee beaten. Maim. in Forb. meats, c. 2. s. 7. Moll] in Hebr. Tinshemeth, in Chaldee Ashshutha; which Iarchi explaineth by the Latine name Talpa; but TharSallamandra.
Vers. 31. toucheth] Creeping things (as the Hebr. doe defile men and vessells when they are touched, and earthen vessells by the aier: but defile not when they are caried, (as other creatures do v. 25) and the measure of their vncleannes, is by (touching) so much as a lentell. Maim. in Aboth hatumoth, c. 4. s 2. are dead] There is no kinde of living creature that is defiled whiles it is alive, or that defileth whiles it is alive, save man only, saith Maimony, in treat. of Pollution by the dead, c. 1. s. 14. The creeping thing defileth not untill it bee dead. All other abominable creeping things, as frogs, serpents, scorpions, and the like, though
they are unlawfull to be eaten, &c (Lev. 11. 41. 42.)
Vers. 32. ought of them] to weet, of their flesh.
the bones, hornes, hoofes, gristles, sinews, &c. of their carkasses, doe not defile; to weet, when they are separated from the carkasse; though who so toucheth any of these things, while they are joyned with the flesh, hee is uncleane; so they say,
Vers. 33. earthen] or, vessell of pot bakers e
Ver. 34. Of all meat which may be eaten] Hebrew, which shall be eaten, that is, which usually is eaten of men. The Greeke translateth, And all meat which is eaten. on which water commeth] This is undersowing seed is not defiled by any carkasse, unlesse water bee put upon the seed. So Iarchi explaineth it, Hence wee learne (saith he) that meat is not apt and prepared to receive uncleannesse, untill water come upon it; but after water is once come upon it, it receiveth uncleannesse for ever, though it be dry againe. And wine and oyle
or
Vers. 35. oven] in Greeke ovens: wherein bread the hart of man is sometime likened, Hos. 7. 6. potts] so the Gr. Chy
also signifieth
Vers. 36. and a gathering.] The Greeke addeth and, whereby this is distinguished from pit and fountaine; implying all other places, di
Vers. 37. sowing] or sowen seed, which useth to be sowne. which shall be sowen] Chazkuni exwhich shall be rooted in the ground: teaching even of uncleane seeds, that when they are sowne and have taken root, they are cleane.
Vers. 38. water is put] Hebrew, is given; meaning willingly: the Greeke saith, is poured. Hereby is By word of mouth we have beene taught that this which is said, But if water be put upon the seed, (Lev. is meant either of water, or of any other of the seven liquors: so that it be put thereon by the owners wil, and after that it is pulled from the ground: for it is not spoken of putting water on, save after the meats are pl
M
Vers. 39. any beast dye] to weet, of it selfe; and is not orderly slaine. for meat] that is, any cleane toucheth the carkasse] Sol. Iarchi expoundeth this; the carkasse, and not the bones or sinewes, nor the hornes, or hoofes, neither the skin: for that these defiled not him that touched them.
Ver. 40. that
see the notes on
Vers. 41. every creeping thing] besides those eight forementioned in v. 29. 30. which defiled men by Who so eateth so much as an olive, of any creeping-thing on the earth, is to bee beaten: saith Maimon. in treat. of Forbidden meats, c. 2. s. 6. Touching this quantity, observe another rule which they give; This which we have said, of eating so much as an olive, is when he eateth that qua
Maimony,
Vers. 42. upon the belly] as serpents and the likeupon all foure] or, upon foure feet. T
saith Sol. Iarchi.
Vers. 43. any thing that creepeth] This implyeth all other besides the things spoken of; as He that
Levit. 11. 43.
Vers. 44. make holy] or sanctify your selves. Meat commendeth us n
1 Cor 8. 8.
V. 45. that bringeth you] upon condition that you shold
receive my commandements, have I brought you up from the land of Egypt: as Iarchi explaineth it. for I am holy] Hence doth the Apostle frame his exas he which hath called you is holy, so bee ye holy, in all manner of conversation: because it is written Be ye holy, for I am holy, 1 Pet. 1. 15
V 47. To make a difference] or to separate; & in the to teach the sons of Israel, between the living thing, &c ▪
as having reference to v. 1. 2. (where this law is spoken to Moses & Aaron,) and to the former precept, in Lev. 10. 10. 11.
1, The Law for a womans separation & purification after childbirth; 6, with the offrings for her purifying.
ANd Iehovan spake, unto Moses sayfor her infirmitie, shal she be unclean. And in the eight day: the her clensing; thirty daies and three daies: she shal not touch any holy thing, nor come into the Sanctuary; untill the dayes of her clensing, be fulfilled. And if she beare a maidin her separationher cleansing sixty dayes and six dayes. And when the daies of her cleandove, for a Sinne-offring: unto the doore of the tent of the Congregation, unto the Priest. And he shall offer it before Iehovah, is the law of the childbearing-woman; for a male, or for a female. And if her for a lambe: then she shall take two turtles, or two yong pigeoffring: & the Priest shall make atone
COnceived seed] or yeelded seed: Hebrew, seeded:
bearing, or yeelding of seed. Here also it meaneth the woborn, following, signifies the bringing forth therof into the world. The Chaldee translateth it, conceived. From these words,
V. 3. the flesh] that is, the secret-part, which hasuperfluous-foreskin upon it. So by the flesh of the
foreskin, is meant, the foreskin of the flesh: as by silver of shekels, Lev. 5. 15. is meant shekels of silver, and uncleannesse of man, Lev. 7. 21. is, for a man of uncleannesse; and many the like. Of this foreskin, and the
Ver. 4. shall continue] Heb. shall sit; that is, abid: at home, and not come into Gods sanctuary. So sitting is for abiding or continuing, in Lev. 8. 35. and often. in the bloods] or for the bloods: which word, in the plurall number, usually signifieth unborne, not of bloods, Iob. 1. 13. of her clensing] or,
Ver. 5. two weekes] The time of her uncleannes, & so for the daies of her cleansing, are doubled for a feWho so brought forth a male and a female, twins, she continued [in the bloods of her cleansing] for a female, [that is, 66. daies:] If she brought forth a child neither male nor female, or a child both male and female; she continued [in her cleansing] for a male, and for a female both. So if she brought forth twins, the one a male, the other of neither kinds or of both kinds, shee continued both for a male and a female. If the one were a female, and the other of neither kinds, or of both: shee continued for a female only. Maimony, in
Ver. 6. fulfilled] The woman after childbirth, Maimony sheweth, in Mechosrei capporah, ch. 1. s. 5. of his first yeere] Hebr. son of his yeere: of which phrase, see the notes on Gen. 5. 32 and Exod. 12. 5. And of these two sacrifices the Burnt-offring, and Sin-offring, see Lev. 1. and 4. There were foure sorts of uncleane perThe woman that hath an yssue, and the man that hath an yssue, (Lev. 15.) and the woman in childbed, and the Leper (Levit. 14.)
V. 7. atonement for her] So these sacrifices were in respect of the womans uncleannesse, not of the bed is undefiled, Hebrewes 13. 4. and that state of life is without sinne, 1 Corinth. 7. 28 so the chilholy sed, Ezra 9. 2. 1 Corinth. 7. 14. and a seed of God, Malac. 2. 15 and women shall bee saved in childbearing; if they continue in saith, and love, and holinesse, with sobrie, 1 Tim. 2. 15.
Verse 8. find not enough] that is, shee bee according to that a man hath, and not according to that he hath not, 2 Corinth. 8. 12. And the mother of our Lord, offering at her cleansing this poore womans sacrifice, (Luke 2. 22. 24.) it sheweth us both the humilitie, and the grace of our Lord Iesus Christ, that though hee was rich, yet for our sakes hee became poore, that wee through his povertie might be rich,
One for a Burnt-offring] When BurntSol. Iarchi observeth from the Talmud, that howyet for offring, the Sinne-offring was before the Burnt-offring.
1, The lawes and tokens whereby the Priest is to bee guided in discerning and judging the plagues of Lepro
ANd Iehovah spake, unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying. A man, when like to the plague of leprosie: then he shall be brought, unto Aaron the Priest; or, unto one of his sons, the Priests. And the Priest shall see, the plague in the skin of the flesh; and if the haire in the be deeper than the skinne of his flesh; it is the plague of leprosie: and the Priest shall see him, and pronounce him unbe
if the plague, staand the plague spread not, in the skin; then the Priest shall shut him up, seven dayes, the second time. And the Priest shall see him, in time: & behold, if the plague be somwhat dark; & the plague spread not, in the skinne: then the priest shall pronounce him clean, it is a scab; and he shall wash his clothes, and be clean. But if the scab spreading spread-abroad, in the skinne; after secondtime, of the priest. And
The plague of leprosie, when it shall be in a man: then he shall bee brought unto the if
be in the skinne; and it, hath turned the haire white: and livelynes of libee in the swelling. It is an old leis uncleane. And if the leif the leprosie hath covered, is unclean, it is a leprosie. Or when the living flesh, turne ais cleane.
And flesh, when there shall be in it in the if
is lower then the skin; and the haire thereof, is turned white: then the Priest shall prois the plague of leis no white haire therein; and it is not lower, than the skin, and it is somwhat-darke: then the Priest shall shut him up, seven daies. And if it sprea is the plague. But if the bright-spot stand in his place, is an inflammation of the bile: and the Priest, shall pronounce him cleane.
Or flesh, when there shall bee in the skin thereof, a burning of fire: and the livelines of the burning be, a bright-spot, white someif the hayre bee turned white, in the bright-spot; and the sight therbe deeper than the skin; it is a leprosie; is the plaguis no white hayre in the bright-pis no lower than the skinne. is somewhat darke: then the Priest shis the plague of leprosie. And if the bright-spot, stand in and spread not in the skin, and it bee somewhat-darke; it is a swelling of the buris, an inflammation of the burif the sight thereof, be deeper than the skin; and there be in it, yelis a skall; it is a leis no deeper than the skinne; and there is no blacke haire in it: then the priest shall shut-up, the plague of the skall, seven dayes. And the priest, shall if the skall spread not; and there be in it, no yellow hayre; and the sight of the skall, be no deeper than the skinne. Then he time. And the if the skall bee not spred in the skinne; and the sight thereof, be no deeper then the skin: then the priest, shal pronounce him cleane; and hee shall wash his clothes, and be cleane.
But if the skal, spreading spread abroad, in if the skall be spred, in the skin: the priest shall not seek, for yelis unclean. But if the skall stand; in his eyes, and blacke hayre bee growne-up is clean: and the priest, shall pronounce him cleane.
And man, or woman; when there shall be if in the skin of their flesh, be bright-spots, darkish white: it is a freckled-spot, that groweth in the skin, he is cleane.
And a man, when his head, hath the haire is bald, he is cleane. And if his headhath the haire falne off, from the part towards his face: he is forehead-bald, he is cleane. And if there be in the bald-head, or in the bald-forehead; a plague, white someis, a leprosie sprung-up; in his bald-head, or in his bald-forehead. And the priest shall see it; and behold if the swelbee white somewhat redin the skin of the flesh. Hee is a leprous man, hee is unis in his head. And is, his cloths, shal be rent; and his head, shall be bare; and he shall put-a-covering upon his upper-lip: and he shall cry uncleane, uncleane. All the shall be in him; he shall be uncleane, he is uncleane: he shall dwell ashall his dwelling be.
And a garment, when there shall be in it, if the plague be is a plague of leprosie: and shall bee seene of the priest. And the is a fretting leprosie, it is uncleane. And hee shall burne the garment, or the warpe or the is a fretting leprosie, it shall be burnt in fire. And if the Priest shall see; and behold, the is: and he shall shut it up, seven dayes, the second time. And the Priest shall see, after the if the plague hath not changed his colour, and the plague bee not spred; it is uncleane; thou shalt burne it in fire: it is a fret inward; in the bare inside thereof, or in the bare-outis somewhat darke, after it is washed: then hee shall rend it, out of the garment, or out of the skinne; or out of the warpe, or out of the woofe. And if is a plague breaking out-abroad: in fire thou shalt burne it; that wherein the plague is. And the garment, or the warpe, time, and shall be cleane. This is the in a garment of woollen, or of linnen; or in the warpe, or the woof; or any vessel of skin: to pronounce it clean, or to pronounce it uncleane.
A Man] or Woman; Hebr. Adam, used for all mankinde: as in verse 29. meaning all IsraeAll are defiled by the plague (of Leprosie) though it be a childe of a day old, and servants. But not infidels, nor strangers that sojourne (among the Israelites:) Maimony, treat. of Leprosie, chap. 9. Sect. 1. Here the law is given for the third sort of uncleannesse, which proceedeth outwardly from the bodies, garMarie MoUzziah, 2 Chron. 26. and of Gehazi, 2 King. 5. doc manifest. See the notes on Levit. 11. 2. and 12. 2. a swelling] or rising; in Hebrew Seeth, in Greeke, Oulee, that is, scarrc. Of this he treateth in verse 9. 10. &c. and of the third and last, the Bright-spot, (with the Scab which is neere unto it,) Moses speaketh in the first place. ascab,] or scurfe, named in Hebrew sapachath, that is, acleaving-thing: in Greeke semasia, a signification. This the Hebr. doctors say is of two sorts, the one neere unto the foresaid
Verse 3. the Priest shall see] or, looke upon, and consider it; teaching a care to discerne and judge by the Law, Romans 3. 20. and 7. 7.) and might by repentance and faith in Christ, be forgiven and healed. Deuteronomie 28. 22. Iob 33. 27. 28. Psalme 39. 11. 12. Numbers 12. 10.—13. Of this the Hebrew canons say, All men may lawfully see the plagues, save hee himselfe that hath the plague: but though all may see them, yet the prono
(in Deuteronomie 21. 5.)
Vers. 4. deeper] Any appearance of leprosie in the
skin of the flesh, is not called the plague (of leprosie,) neither defileth it a man, untill the appearance of the plague, be deeper then the skin of the flesh, &c. Maimony, treat. of
Vers. 5. the Priest] This is meant of the same The Priest that saw the plague at the first; hee is to see it at the end of the first seven dayes, and at the end of the second seven, &c. If the Priest that saw him at the first, be dead, or sicke; an other Priest may looke on him; but this second, may not pronounce him uncleane by the spreading (of the sore) because he knoweth not whether it be spred or no. Maimony, in Lepr. chap. 9. Sect. 4.
Vers. 6. the seventh day the second time.] This the Hebrewes expound to be the thirteenth day, from because the seventh day goeth to the count of the first weeke, and to the count of the second weeke, in all plagues, whether they be upon men, or on houses, or on garments. In the dayes betweene, what signes so ever fell out, they might doe nothing. Maimony, in Lepr. chap. 9. Sect. 9. 10. And in two weekes, the case was fully tried; for pronouncing him cleane or uncleane; he was to be shut up no longer; so the Talmud (in Nega. chap. 3. Sect. 3.) saith, The skin of the flesh, is made uncleane in two weekes, and by three signes; by white-haire, (Levit. 13. 3.) by
quick flesh, (Lev. 13. 14.)
Vers. 8. spreadeth] The spreading maketh unclean,
wheresoever it is, if it be in any of the appearances (or sorts) of the plague (of leprosie mentioned in Levit. 13. 2.) but if it be in a freckled spot (Levit. 13. 39) it is no spreading. Also, the spreading is no signe of uncleannesse, untill it be after the shutting up: but if at his first comming, the Priest seeth the plague that it spreadeth and goeth on, he shall not pronounce him uncleane, but shut him up till the weekes end, and then looke upon him againe. Maimony, treat. of
Vers. 9. The plague] to weet, the other principall swelling, first mentioned in verse 2. but handled here in the second place.
V. 10. and livelines of living flesh] or, quicknes (
Vers. 11. It is an old leprosie] or, The leprosie, i
Vers. 12. of the plague] that is, of him that
Verse 13. pronounce the plague cleane] Hebr. makecleane
Verse 15. living flesh] the Greeke translateth it sound (or whole) flesh: see verse 10. it is a leprosie] This is one of the most remarkable things in all this Law, that quicke or sound flesh in the sore, should be judged leprosie, and the man uncleane: whereas if
Vers. 18. flesh] the Chaldee translateth it a man:
flesh often signifieth, as is noted on Gen. 6. 12. though here it may be taken proabile] in Hebrew Shechin, which signifieth an ▪ hot-ulcer, or
Vers. 19. or a bright-spot] the same equitie is, for Maimony, in Lepr. chap. 1. sect. 4. somewhat-reddish] that hath any red colour, little or much, mingled with it. Which mixed apfoure cups full of milke; and in the first cup there are mixed two drops of blood; in the second, foure drops; in the third, eight drops; and in the fourth, sixteene drops. The mixture in the bright spot, hath the appearance of (the milke in) the fourth cup: and the mixture in the swelling, is as the appearance of the third cup. The mixture in the scab of the bright-spot, is as the appearance of the second cup: and the mixture in the Scab of the swelling, is as the appearance of the first cup. All these mixed appearances are accounted as one. Maimony, treat. of
Vers. 20. plague of leprosie] This sore, arising of a If after they have escaped the pollutions of the world, through the knowledge of the Lord and Saviour Iesus Christ, they are againe intangled therein, and overcome: the latter-end is worse with them then the beginning. 2 Pet. 2. 20. Wherefore our Saviour al
Vers. 21. seven dayes] for the former, they might The Bile, and the Burning doe make one uncleane, in one weeke, and by two signes; by white haire, and by the spreading. [And there is for them, no shutting up, but one weeke.] Talmud in Negagnim, c. 3. s. 4. Maimony, treat. of Lepr, c. 5. s. 4.
Vers. 22. it is the plague] to weet, of leprosie, as
Vers. 23. an inflammation] or, a skarre, a print, as If the Bile and the Burning begin to be quicke, and to heale; and there come upon them a rinde like the rinde of garlicke, that is, the Tsarebeth (or inflammation) of the Bile, spoken of in the Law; and the Michjath (or c
treat. of
Vers. 24. flesh] in Chaldee, a man: as verse 18. burning of fire] The Hebrewes understand this properly, to be done with coles, embers, red-hot yron or the like: Maimony, in Lepr. chap. 5. sect. 1. This also figured sinne; as, Can one goe upon ▪ hotcoles, and his feet not be burnt? So he that goeth in to his neighbours wife; whosoever toucheth her, shall not be innocent; Prov. 6. 28. 29.
Vers. 25. leprosie] The reason and signification
Verse 26. somewhat darke] not so white as any sort of leprosie; see verse 6. seven dayes] to weet, one seven, not moe; as is before noted on verse 21.
Vers. 28. an inflammation] or, skarre, print, character: as the Greeke and Chaldee translate: see
Vers. 29. plague] the Greeke addeth, the plague
of leprosie.
Vers. 30. a skall] in Hebrew Nethek which is a breaking or
Vers. 31. no blacke haire] for black haire, is a signe blacke as a Raven, Song 5. 11. Yelow haire and thin (or small,) is a signe here of the leprie, verse 30. as arguing decay and corthe yelow haire spoken of in this businesse, (as the Hebrewes say,) is that which is of the colour of gold; and that which is called thin (or small) is that which is short: but if it be long, though it be yellow as gold, it is no signe of uncleannesse ▪ Two yellow small haires, are a signe of uncleannesse; whether they be one hard by another, or one farre from another; whether they be in the midst of the skall, or in the edge of it; whether they be there before the skall, or the skall be there before the yellow haire; it is a signe of uncleannesse: Maimony, in treat. of
Vers. 33. shave himselfe] The manner hereof, they say, was this; he shaved (the haire that grew) without the skall, and left two haires close by it, that they might discerne whether it spred or no. Maimony in Lepr. chap. 8. sect. 3. the second time] and no more. There is no shutting up for the skall, more the
•
two weekes: and if after he be released, there grow yellow haire therein, or it spread; he shall then be pr
〈…〉
ced uncleane. Maimony, in
Vers. 37. stand in his eyes] in Chaldee, stand as it
was; to weet, at a stay, without spreading: see v. 5. So the Greeke saith, if before him it abide in the place. blacke haire] See the notes on verse 21. The blacke haire, freeth not a man in skalls, unlesse there be at least two haires: neither doe they free a man,
treat. of
Verse 39. darkish] or somewhat-darke, as in v. 6. So that their whitenesse (saith Sol. Iarchi) is not str
or
Vers. 40. hath the haire fallen-off] or, is pilled. bald] to weet, behinde, from the crowne toKarachath; and it is distinguished from the forehead-baldnesse called gabbachath, verse 41. 42. which is, from the crowne of the head, towards the face. And so the Hebrew doctors doe explaine them, as two sorts: Maimony, treat. of Leprie. chap. 5. sect. 8. 10. The Greeke also translateth them by two divers words, Ph
the
Verse 42. the bald head] or, baldnesse-behinde:
karachath. bald-forehead] or fore-baldnesse: Heb gabbachath. somewhat reddish] the Greek translateth, or somewhat reddish: see the notes on verse 19.
Verse 43. swelling] by naming this one, he combright-spot, the bile, and the burning, spoken of before in verse 2. 18. 24. all which might be upon the bald head, as well as upon the other skin of the bodie: and disleprosie in the skin] or, the leprosie of the skin of the flesh. From these words, the Hebrew doctors gather the signes of this kinde of leprosie, according to those forementioned; saying: The bald-head, and the bald forehead, defile by two signes, by quicke flesh, and by spreading And they are shut up for them two weekes: for it is said of them, As the sight of leprosie in the skin of the flesh. And because in them there is no haire, the white haire is no signe of uncleannesse in them. They make one uncleane by two signes, and in two weekes, thus. If there be a bright-spot in the bald head or bald-forehead, and there be quicke flesh therein, he is pronounced uncleane: if there be no quicke flesh, he shutteth him up, and seeth him at the seven dayes end; if there be growne any quicke flesh on it, or if it be spred, he is pronounced uncleane: if not, he shutteth him up seven daies more. If then it be spred, or have quicke flesh growne on it; he is pronounced uncleane: if not, he is set free. If after he is freed, it spread, or quicke flesh grow up; he is pronounced uncleane. The bald, head, or bald-forehead, or the beard whose haire is fallen off; if there be upon them a bile, or a burning; they make a man uncleane, as doe the bile and the burning upon the sk treat. of
Verse 44. utterly uncleane] Hebr. making-unclean
he shall make him uncleane; or, as the Gr. saith, shall pollute him with pollution. This signified, that if un
Vers. 45. the plague is] to weet, so pronounced by rent] in signe of sorrow: see Gen. 37. 29. Levit. 10. 6. Chazkuni expounHe shall mourne for his deedes: for because of his evil deedes, the plague is come upon him. bare] or free, to weet, from cutting, that is it shalbe unshorn: for to let the haire grow, was an other signe of sorfree, from cap or bonnet, that is, as the Greeke translateth uncovered; so the word also signifieth, Numb. 5. 18. yet not bare altogether, but coveIt is com manded that the leper pronounced uncleane, doc cover his head all the dayes that he is excluded; and put a covering on his upper lip, as a mourner; and rend his clothes; and make it knowne to those that passe by him, that he is uncleane, Levit. 13. 45.
Vers. 46. dwell] or sit alone, as the Greeke transseparated, from other, cleane mens societie. So King Azarias being a leper, dwelt in a severall house, 2 King. 15. 5. And Marie striken with leproshut out of the campe, Num. 12. 14. as all leIf a leper came into any house, all that was in the house, was uncleane, both men and vessels, although he touched them not. If he were standing under a tree, and a cleane person passed under that tree, he became uncleane. If he came into a Synagogue, they made for him a distinct roome apart, ten handbredths high, and and foure cubits broad, and he came in first, and went out last; that his situation might be by himselfe alone, and be might not stand among the people, and defile them. Maimony, treat. of Leprie, c. 10. s. 12. The Lepers were thus to be secluded, that they defiled not their campes, in the midst whereof the Lord dwelled, Num. 5. 3. figuring the putting of polluting sin
Vers. 47. woollen garment] Hebr. in a garment of
wooll, or in a garment of flaxe. These things the HeNo garments are made uncleane by plagues (or spots) but garments of wooll and of flaxe onely; and all vessels (or instruments) of skin, &c. Camels haire and sheepes wooll, that are sp
(or
Vers. 48. woofe] so named of weaving in: the Hemixture; because the woofe is mixed with and woven into the warpe or threeds that run along. These are thus distinguiif the plague appeare in the warpe onely, the woofe is cleane: or if it appeare in the woofe onely, the warpe is cleane. Maimony, in Lepr. chap. 13. sect. 9. Moreover they say, Garments that are died (or coloured) are not defiled by plagues; whether they be died by the hand of man, or by the hand of God; unlesse they bee white. If the warpe of a garment be died, and the woofe white; or the woofe died, and the warpe white: the whole goeth after that which appeareth. A garment that hath many pieces sowed on; some died, and some white: if there appeare a plague in the white, they shut it up: if it abide two weekes it is all uncleane, and to be burnt. If it be all died, and there be but one smal white piece in it, & there appeare a plague thereon; he shutteth it up: if it continue so two weekes, it shall be burnt. Ibidem chap. 12. sect. 10. 13.
Vers. 49 greenish] or very greene: and so after, very
red. The Hebrewes say, Three signes of uncleannesse are in garments; greennesse, rednesse, and spreading. Greennesse, is such a colour as is in greene hearbs, which is very much greene. And the red, is very much red, like fair-crimsin. And for both these colours, they shut up the garment: and if it abide in this colour, two weekes, they pronounce it uncleane, and burne it. Likewise if
treat. of
Vers. 50. shall shut up] in Greeke, shall separate
the plague; meaning the thing that hath the plague of Leprosie on it: see vers. 4.
Vers. 51. fretting] or rankling: this word is not pricking or ranckling briar. The Greeke translateth it a continuing leprosie, the Chaldee a diminishing; because that which fretteth, both continueth long, and wasteth the thing wherein it is. So in chap. 14. 44. it is uncleane] it is one of the maine uncleane things, and as the Hebrewes write,
Vers. 52. in woollen] Hebr. in wooll, or in flaxe; that is, made of wooll or of flaxe. This burning of leprous
Vers. 54. command, that they wash] the comBaal haturim here observeth.
Vers. 55. his colour] Hebrew, his eye: the colour fret-inward] or, a deepe-fret, that diminisheth and consumeth it: the Chaldee translateth it, a breaking: the Greeke thus, it is confirmed, (or fast-setled) in the garment, or in the warpe, or in the woofe. bare-inside] Hethe fore-baldnesse thereof, or in the hinder-baldnesse thereof. The words before used in verse 42. for the baldnesse of the head before or behind, are here applied to the garment; which when the wooll or stuffe is eaten off in the out side or in the inner, with the fretting leprie; is thereupon called
Vers. 56. rend it] rend the place of the plague, out of the garment, and burne it. saith Sol. Iarchi. But if
Ver. 57. a plague breaking out-abroad] or, a spreading
Vers. 58. washed the second time] Chazkuni exthe second time, for to clease it, and the first time, for to put away the plague of it. These legall washings were carnall ordinances, imposed on them, untill the time of reformation, Hebrew. 9. 10. but our washing is by the blood and spirit of Christ, wherhath washed us from our sinnes, Revel. 1. 5. so that we draw neer unto God, with a true heart, and full assurance of faith; having our hearts sprinkled from an evill conscience, and our bodies washed with pure water, Heb. 10. 22. and clensing our selves
1, The rites and sacrifices, in cleansing of the Leper: with two birds, cedar wood, scarlet,
ANd Iehovan spake, unto Moses sayif the plague of leprosie be healed, in the leper. Then the As for the living bird, hee that was killed; over the living water.
himselfe in water, that he may be cleane; and after, he shall come into the campe: and shall tary, abroad out of his tent, seven dayes. And it shall be, in the seventh day, hee shall for a Meat-offring, minhim cleane, shall present the man that is to be made-cleane, and those things: before Iehovah; at the doore, of the Tent of the congregation. And the Priest offring, and the Log of oile: and he shall wave them, for a Wave-offring, beoffring,
offring, so the Trespasseoffring is the Priests; it
And if hee be poore; and his hand attaine it not: then hee shall take one hee-lambe for a Trespasse-offring, for a waving, to make atonement for him: and one tenth-deale of fine-flowre, mingled with oile for a MeatSinoffring; and the other, a Burnt-offring. And he shall bring them, in the eight day, for his cleansing, unto the Priest: unto the doore, of the Tent of the congregation, before Iehovah. And the Priest shall take, the hee
And Iehovah spake, unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying. When ye be come, into the land of Canaan; which I give unto you, for a possession: and I put, the plague ois; and tell the Priest, saying: as it went the plague, appeareth to mee in the house. And the Priest shall command, and is in the house, be not made-uncleane: and afterif the plague, be in the walls of the house; with holbe lower then the wall. Then the Priest, shall goe out of the house, to the if the plague bee spred, in the walles of the house. Then the Priest, shall command; and is: and cast them, into (a place) without the citie; into an uncleane place. And he shall cause the house, to bee scraped within, round-about: and they shall poure(a place) without the citie; in an uncleane place. And they shall take, other stones; and them in the place of those stones: and he shall take, other dust, and shall plaister the house. And if the plague returne, and breakthat hee hath taken-away the stones: and after hee hath scraped the house, and after it is plaistered. Then if the plague be spred, in the house: it is, a fretting leprosie in the house, it is unthem forth, to (a place) without the citie; to an uncleane place. And hee that commeth, into that he hath shut it up: he shall be uncleane, untill the evening. And hee that lieth in the house; shall wash his clothes: and he that eateth in the house, is the law; is the law, of Leprosie.
Metsorangh, that is, the Leper. See Gen. 6. 9.
THat he shall be brought] The leper dwelt withcomming to the Priest, was requisite for every leGoe shew thy selfe to the Priest, and offer the gift that Moses commanded: Matth. 8. 4.
Vers. 3. be healed] The Priest healed it not, but himselfe tooke our infirmities, and bare our sicknesses, Matth. 8. 16. 17. And the rites and sacrifices following, which were a profession of thankes unto God in Christ, closely taught them this: but the Gospell declareth the way of curing to be by faith, as unto the SamariThy faith hath made thee whole, Luke 17. 19. which faith, causeth Lepers, though they stand a farre off, to lift up their voices, and cry unto Iesus for mercy, Luk. 17. 12. 13. who sendeth his word, and healeth them, and delivereth them from their corruptions, Psal. 107. 20. Matth. 10. 7. 8. For, being moved with compassion, hee putteth forth his hand, toucheth and speaketh; and immediately the leprosie departeth, Mark. 1. 41. 42. and so healeth he the soules of sin
Vers. 4. and he shall take] the Greeke saith, and they shall take, speaking indefinitely, of the leper or birds] whether doves or turtles, commonly used in sacrifices (which are called
Verse 5. and he shall kill] in Greeke, and they shall
kill; meaning some man. Chazkuni saith, The commandement was
Vers. 6. dip them, and the living bird] He bound together
Vers. 7. seven times] signifying hereby a fseven is a perfect number, see the notes on Lev. 4. 6. So Naaman the Leper, washed himselfe seven times in Iordan, 2 King. 5. 10. 14. And David praying to be cleansed of his spirituall
wash me throughly from mine iniquitie, Psal. 51.
Vers. 8. all his haire] on every part of his bodie: he must cause the rasour to passe ever all his flesh that is seene, even his secret parts, and the haire all over his body: Maimony ibidem. The haire naturally springeth of hot & grosse matter or fume, and argueth strength of nature: so in the Leprous and uncleane, the haire signified the strength of uncleannesse, which was to be cut off: for it is needfull to beat downe the power of uncleannesse, which aboundeth in him; saith
Vers. 9. all his haire] In the seventh day, the Priest
shall shave him the second time, as at the first. Both times when he shaveth him, it must not be but with a rasour; if he shave him not with a rasour, and if he leave but two haires, he hath not done any thing. And none may shave him, but a Priest. And if there be left but two haires, at the first shaving, and he shave them off the second time; it serveth him but for one shaving onely, and that is, for the first. The killing of the bird, and the shaving, and the sprinkling; are to be done by day: and all his other workes, either by day or by night. These are to be done by men; and all the other workes; eyther by men or by women. These, by Priests, and all other works, either by Priests or (other) Israelites. Maimony, treat. of
Vers. 10. two hee lambs] one for a Trespasse-ofperfect] that is, as the Greeke translateth unblemished. See the notes on Exod. 12. 5. and Lev. 1. 3. of the first yeere] Hebr. daughter of her yeere: which the Greeke translateth a yeereling: but it must not be more then a yeere old: see the notes on Exod. 12. 5. and Genesis 5. 32. This ewe-lambe was for a Sin-ofthree tenth deales] to weet, of an Ephah or Bushell; (as is expressed in Numb. 28. 5.) that is, three Omers or Pottles:
log] or halfe pinte: the log, is an Hebrew measure, containing so much as sixe hennes egges; as is noted on Exod. 30. 24. The Greeke calleth it
which was a measure of about nine ounces. This Log of oile figured the measure of grace, and joy of the Spirit, bestowed upon us in our sanctifi
Vers. 11. of the congregation] the Greeke translathe Tent of the testimonie. Herein the worke with the washing of water, by the word; that he might present us
Vers. 12. Trespasse-offring] or, guilt-offring: whersoule was made a Trespasse-offring, Esa. 53. 10.
Vers. 13. where he shall kill] that is, where he useth to kill: which was on the north side of the Altar: place of holinesse] in Greeke, the holy place, meaning the courtyard of the San
Vers. 14. tip of the right eare] These rites were to signifie how by the blood of Christ, the eare should had no thumbe on his right hand, or toe on his right foot, or no right eare: he was never cleansed; saith Maimony, in Mechosrei capporah, chap. 5. sect. 1.
Vers. 15. the Priests palme] meaning either into his owne, or anothers Priests; for by the Hebrew When a Leper is healed of his leprosie, after they have cleansed him with cedar wood, and isope, and scarlet, and the two birds, and sheved all his flesh, and baptised him; after all this, hee commeth into Ierusalem, and reckoneth seven dayes. And in the 7. day he is shaved the second time, as at the first, and baptised, &c. And on the morrow, in the 8. day, he is baptised the second time, and afterwards they offer his offrings. And he is baptised in the womens court, in the
(that is,
Vers. 16. in the oile] or, of the oile; that is, taking some of it. But of, is here in stead of in; as Chazkubefore Iehovah] that is, towards the Sanctuarie; as before is shewed.
Vers. 17. upon the blood] that is, the same pl
where the blood was put; as is explained in verse 28. and so the Greeke translateth here: wherefore the Hebrewes say,
Vers. 18. shall make-atonement] but with
Ver. 19. make the Sin-offring] or, doe, that is, offer the Sin-offring; a figure of Christ, made sinne for us the Burnt-offring] which figured also Christs oblation of himselfe, Heb. 10. 8, 9. 10. and the reasonable service of a sanctified person, acceptable to God, Rom. 12. 1. therfore be
Vers. 20. the Meat-offring] that of three tenth-deales the fourth part of an Hin of wine; and that no sinne or trespasse offring save this of the Lepers, had the Meat offring and Drink offring added unto them. Maimony in Magnaseh hakorbaneth, ch. 2. sect. 5. 6. See the annotations on Num. 15.
Ver. 21. attaine it not] or, reach, get it not; the Gr. find it not: it meaneth, want of ability. So after ver. 22. 30. 31. & Lev. 27. 8. a waving] or, wave-offring, to be waved alive, as before, in ver. 12. and after, in v. 24. 25. tenth-deale] of an E
Ver. 29. to make atonement] the Greeke explaineth and the Priest shall make-atonement: so Moses wrot before, in vers. 18. See the like, noted on Gen. 2. 3. Exod. 17. 10. and otherwhere.
Vers. 30. shall make] or doe; that is, shall offer.
hand can attaine] in Greeke, as his hand hath fo
V. 32. to his clensing] that is, to the greater sacrifiThe poore man that brings the offring of the rich; it may posse: but the rich that brings the offring of the poore, it passeth not, Talmud in Negagn. ch. 14. sect. 12. Also they say; If a rich man vow and say, the oblation of this leper be upon me; & the leper be poore: yet must be bring the offrings of the rich; because the hand of him that
Mai
Vers. 34. and I put &c.] by mentioning before, the land of Canaan, and now saying if I put (or give:) he teacheth this to be an extraordinary and superLeprosie of garments, and of houses, is not wont to bee in the world, but was a signe and miracle in Israel, to give them warning of an evill tongue, &c, Maimony treat. of Leprie, chap. 16. sect. 10. From Maries example in Numb. 12. they gather that leprosie is a punishment for an evill tongue. of your possession] or t
Hence the Hebrewes gather, that
Vers. 35. as it were the plague] to weet, of leprosie:
Although hee bee a wise man, and knoweth certainely that it is the plague, hee may not determine and say, The plague appeareth to me in the house; but he shall say, As it were the plague &c. saith Maim in treat. of Lepr. ch. 14. sect. 4. and Sol. Iarchi on Lev. 14 35.
Ver. 36. and they shall empty] or, that they empty:
empty properly signifieth to prepare, by removing all things out of sight. that all &c.] bethough stackes of wood, or of reed, as the Hebrew docLepr. ch. 14. sect. 4. And God in mercy, would thus preserve the stuffe from pollution, by being removed in time.
V. 37. hollow-strakes] or deep-strakes: concavities, as no plagues in houses doe make them uncleane, till the appearance of the plague be lower then the well; as it is said, hollowstrakes, that they be deepe in the walls; Maimony in Lepr. chap. 14. sect. 3. or reddish] these two colours, and the spreading ver. 39. are the three signes of lepry in houses. By the Hebrew cathe house were darke, they opened not the windowes, to see the plague; but if the plague appeared not init, it was cleane. Maimony
Vers. 38. to the doore] there without the house, ibidem, ch. 14. sect. 5. seven dayes] though he see the plague to bee deepe, greenish or reddish, and so find it all at the first, yet he shutteth
ibidem. c. 15. s. 2.
Ver. 39. be spred] then the things after commanthe plague bee dim, and I need not say, if it be gone away; hee scrapeth the place of the plague onely, and the house is cleans. If he find that it standeth at a stay in his eyes, and is not spread, he shuts it up seven daies more, and looketh on it the thirteene day; if the plague be dim, or gone away, hee scrateth the place of the plague, and maketh the house cleane with the birds. And if hee finde that the plague is spred, at the end of the second seven dayes, or that it standeth at a stay in his eyes; then hee pulleth out the stones, wherein the plague is, and some of the dust, carying them out of the citie, and plaistereth all the house, and shutteth it up the third seven dayes, and in the nineteenth day he looketh on it; if the plague come againe into it, this is spreading after the plaistering, and he pulleth downe all the house, If the plague returne not into it, he maketh it cleane with the birds. MaimoLeprie, cha. 15. sect. 2. Thus there were three weekes for the shutting up of houses, wherePlagues of houses, there is for them a shutting up three weekes, which are 19. dayes; for the seventh day is reckned for the last of the first weeke, and first of the second weeke; and the thirteenth day is reckoned for the last of the second weeke, and first of the third weeke, ibidem. chap. 15. sect. 1. As the plague was greater, and Gods judgement more se
Ver. 40. and they shall take away] or, and they shall
that they) pull out the stones. As the law speaketh here of stones, and after of wood ▪
and
Veother stones] He may not bring one stone, in
Vers. 44. be spred] though it bee but so much as two graines of barley, (for so much spreading the Hebrewes hold enough to make it unclean. Maimony in Lepr. ch. 15. sect. 2.
Vers. 45. he shall breake] in Greek, they shall break
pull) downe; that is, it shall be broken downe. the timber] or, the stickes: all wood works. he shall carie] in Greeke, they shall carie, meaning some men. The Hebrews (as Chazkuni on Lev. 14) apply the meaning of this Law, against the idolaLepr. ch. 16. maketh Lepro
V. 46. into the house] An house shut up, defileth
Ver. 47. wash his clothes] The lying in the house is more weightie, for hee the doth so, is bound to wash his clothes; and to wash his flesh: for whosoever is bound to wash his clothes, is bounded to wash himselfe also, and it was not needfull to repeat, he shall be uncleane till evening; for who so eateth or lyeth in the house, he commeth into the same, for which he was uncleane till evening, vers. 46.
Vers. 48. pronounce cleane] Hebrew make cleane,
purifie; to weet, by his words: see Lev. 13. 3.
Vers. 49. to purifie] to weet, from sinne: as the birds] whereof see vers. 4. &c. For the cleansing of the house, was like the cleansing of the man. The Hebrewes say: They cl
••
se the house,
as they cleanse the man forespoken of, in every point.
〈◊〉
that in the man, they sprinkle 7. times upon his
〈◊〉
; but in the house they sprinkle seven times upon the
•
pper do
•
e post of the house, without: all other
〈◊〉
are alike. Maimony, treat. of
Vers. 54. for every plague] From hence the Henot view the plagues untill hee were expert in them all, and in all their names here written. Chazku
Vers. 57. in the day] that is, concerning the day: meaning, as the Greeke translateth, what day hee uncleane, and what day hee shall bee made cleane.
1
ANd Iehovah spake, unto Moses & unis uncleane. And this whether his flesh run, with his issue; or his flesh bee stopped, from his issue; it is his uncleannes. Every bed, which hee shall lye upon, that hath the issue, shall be uncleane: and every himselfe in water, and bee uncleane untill the evening. And he that sitteth, upon the vessell; which himselfe in water, and be uncleane untill the evening. And he that toucheth, the flesh of him that hath the issue, himselfe in water, and hee uncleane untill the evening. And if he that hath the issue, spit upon him
that it cleane; then he shall wash his clothes, and himselfe in water, and be uncleane untill the evening. And every saddle, which himself in water, & be unclean untill the evehimselfe in water, and be uncleane untill the evening. And the vessell of earth, selfe, seven dayes, for his cleansing, and wash his clothes: and shall bathe his flesh, in living water, and shall be cleane. And in the eight day, he shall take doves; or two yong pigeoffring; and the other, a Burnt-offring: and the Priest, shall make-atonement for him, before Iehovah; for his issue.
And a man, when seed of copulation, shall with seed of copulation: they shall also bathe themselves in water; and bee uncleane, untill the evening.
And a woman when she shal have an issue; and her issue in her flesh, be blood: shee shall be in her separation, seven daies; and every-one that toucheth her shall be uncleane untill the evening. And every-thing, which she himselfe in water, and be uncleane untill the evening. And every-one that touhimselefe in water, and bee uncleane untill the evening. And if it bee on the bed, or on the vessell
And a woman, when the issue of her in the dayes of her sepahim-selfe in water, and be uncleane untill the eveselfe seven dayes; and after that shee shall bee cleane. And in the eight day, shee shall take unto her two turtle-doves; or two yong pigeons: Sinneoffring, and the other a Burnt-offring: and
ANd to Aaron] the reason why hee is joyned Moses, was because both of them in their places, were to looke unto the sanctification of Israel: as is noted on Lev. 11. 1. And here fol
Vers. 2. sonnes of Israel] to whom this law pecuServants doe make uncleane by issues, by menstruallfluors, and by childbirth, as Israelites: but the heathens make not uncleane, either by issue, fluors, or child-birth, (Lev. 15. 2.) Maimony, in
Vers. 3. his uncleannes] namely, the mans that And this is
his secret parts.
Vers. 4.
(and so his seat and saddle)
V. 5. and bathe] or wash, baptise, to weet, himselfe, or his flesh, as is expressed in ver. 13. 16. meaning his shall wash his body. The Hebrews say, Every place where it is said in the Law, of bathing the flesh, and washing the clothes of the uncleane: it is not meant, but of baptizing the whole body in water. Maim. in
Vers. 8. shall spit] The spittle of him that hath an issue is uncleane, and defileth even as the issue it spittle, all excrements of the mouth and nose (except blood) are comprehenThe man and wo
(Lev. 15. 8.)
Vers. 9. saddle] or, thing to ride with, as the word generally signifieth.
Vers. 10. under him] wherefore they say, If hee that hath an issue, and a cleane person sit in a boat, or on
a peece of timber, or ride on a beast together; though their clothes touch not: yet they are uncleane. Talmud. Bab. in Zabim, c. 3. s. 1. Likewise if it be not immebeareth] hereupon is that which sundry times is before mentioned, of pollution by bearing, although they touch them not. The contagion of heresie, idolatry, and other sinnes, was hereby sha
Vers. 11. rinsed his hands] or, washed them. Alhands here are put the part for the whole. So the Hebrewes explaine it, saying; that which is said of him that hath an issue, (in Lev. 15. 11.) & hath not rinsed his hands, is as if he should say, that he should baptise his whole bodie: and the same ordinance is for other unclean persons; so that if a man baptise himselfe all over, saving the tip of his little finger, he is yet in his uncleannesse, &c. Behold it is said (in Levit. 11. 32.)
Vers. 12. of earth] or of potters earth, such as potAll vessells that are uncleane, are made cleane by water, save vessels of potters-earth, and vessells of glasse: such have no cleannesse but breaking. Maim. in Mikvaoth, ch. 1. s. 3. Earthen vessells somtime signify reprobate persons, Psal. 2. 9. Ier. 19. 11. so the brea
Vers. 13. shall be cleansed] that is, healed; but the meanes of healing are not declared, save that by I will save you from all your uncleannesses, Ezek. 36. 29. and, from all your filthines, and from all your idols, will I clense you, Ezek. 36. 25. which cleansing is shewed to be, by pardoning inia cleane heart in sinners, Psal. 51. 12. so that they come unto Christ in faith; as the woman that had an issue of blood, and had spent all her living on Physicians, but could not be healed of any; when she touched the border of Christs garment, her issue stanched; and Christ said unto her, Thy faith hath made thee whole; Luke 8. 43. 44. 48. seven daies for his cleansing] to try whether he be perfectly cured and cleane; and to lead him in mystery unto the day of Christ, and Sabbath or rest from sin under him: for so the numseven signified; as is noted on Exodus 12. 15. Levit. 4. 7. And from hence the Hebrewes gather, he must count seven cleane daies, and be baptised in the seventh, and bring his offring in the eight. If he see any appearance of his issue, though it be at the end of the seventh day, after he is baptised; all that he hath done is nothing, but he must begin againe to reckon seven cleane dayes, after the day of the last appearance of his issue. Maimony in
yong pigeons] Hebrew, sonnes of the dove: one for a Sin offring, and the other for a Burnt-offring
Vers. 15. for his issue] or, from his issue: that is, vertue proceedeth to heale us by his spirit; as it healed the woman that had a boissue of blood twelve yeere, when no Physicians could cure her, Marke 5. 25.—30. For he hath taken our infirmities, and borne our sicknesses, Mat
Vers. 16. a man] Chazkuni observeth here, man, excepteth a little (childe,) and hee is not exempted from being counted a childe, untill he be nine yeeres old and a day. seed of copulation] or, the effusion of seed; the Hebrew and Greeke properly signifieth the lying or bed of seed, that is, by changing the order of words, the seed of the bed, or of copulation: and it is not meant here of the issue forespoken of, nor when he lyeth with a woman, whereof see vers. 18. but of the seed of the healthall his flesh] that is, as the Greek translateth all his bodie. See the notes on vers. 5. untill the evening] notwithstanding his washing, he continueth uncleane, till his Sun be fet, and a new day begin: See the notes on Lev. 11. 24. 32. The Hebrewes say, The seed of copulation is a principall uncleane thing, defiling men and vessels (or other things) by touching: and earthen vessels by the aier; but it defileth not by bearing; neither doth be which is defiled there with, defile garments, when hee hath touched it. Maimony in
V. 17. skin] any thing made of skin; see Lev. 11. hate even the garments spotted by the flesh, Iude v. 23.
Vers. 18. they also shall bath] or, and they shall
wash; to weet, both of them. By this wee may see the reason, why the people which were to bee sanctified at the giving of the Law, were to abwives, Exod. 19. 15. and why the Priest put this caution to David, if the yong men have kept themselves at least from women, 1 Samuel 21. 4. For this law seemeth to imply a pollution, even in ordinary carnall copulation, which in it selfe was lawfull, as being the ordinance of God Gen. 2. 24. But by reason of Sinne, nature is so corThe man and the woman that doe the act of generation, both of them are uncleane by the sentence of the law. And the woman is not uncleane, by reason of touching the seed of copulation, (for that is not the touching which the law speaketh of,) but hoc that doth the act, is as he that seeth an accident (of uncleannesse, Deut. 23. 10.) &c. Among the heathens, there remained monuments of this religion; as appeareth by that saying of the Poet: discedat ab aris, Cui tulit histerna gaudia nocte Uenus. Al. Tibull. l. 2. Eleg. 1. And anoIlle petit veniam, quoties non abstinet uxor Concubitus. sacris, observandis
6. Some refe
Vers. 19. in her flesh] the Greeke saith, in her body:
V. 24. lying shall lye] that is, shall at all, or by any occasionlye with her, to weet, ignorantly: for if he her fluors] or (as before) her separation, which the Greek here translateth her uncleannes.
Vers. 25. many dayes] Here he passeth from the menstrues, which were naturall purgations, and issues, which were diseases that decayed naturall strtwelve yeeres, and suffered many things of many Physicians, but all in vaine, till she came to Christ, Mark. 5. 25. 26. These
Vers. 26. e
Vers. 27. in water] ordinary cleane waterliving water onely, which was peculiarly appointed for the man that had an issue vers. 13. and for the Leper, Levit. 14. 5. and for the water of sprinkling, Num. 19. 17.
Ver. 28. seven daies] as the man also did, see beshe shall be cleane] having perIn that day there sha
Zach. 13. 1.
Vers. 30. make atonement] for her sin-offring was burnt-offring, figured the same Christ, offred to make us ac
V. 31. shall separate] or, shall religiously-separate and holyly exempt and sever them; by teaching them to understand & carefully to keepe these orye shal ma
the
1, Moses is taught how to direct the high Priest for to doe his service on Atonement day; 3, with what sa
ANd Iehovah spake, unto Moses, afplace; within the veile: before the Coveringis upon the arke, that hee dye not; for in the cloud, I will appear upon the Covering-mercie-seat. With this, shall Aaron come, into the holy-place: with a buloffring, and a ram for a Burnt-offring. He shall put-on, an holy linnen Coat; & linnen Breeches, are garments of holines; and he shall wash his flesh in waoffring: and one ram, for a Burnt-offring. And Aaron shall offer, the bullocke of the Sinne-offring,
at the doore of the Tent of the congregation. And Aaron shall give lots, upon the two goat-bucks: one lot offring. But the goat-bucke; that upon which the offring, which is for himselfe; and shall make atonement for himselfe, and for his house: and shall kill, the bullocke of the sinoffring, which
THe two sons] Nadab and Abihu, Lev. 10. 1. afthey offred] to weet, strange fire, as the Gr. and Chaldee versions here annex; and as Moses shewed before, Lev. 10. 1.
V. 2. speake unto Aaron] God appointeth Moses to informe the Priest of his duty, and to see that hee elders, of the elders of the Synedrion, which did read before him, and taught him the service of this day, and the order of it: as
Ver. 3. With this] in Greeke, Thus. a yongling]
Ver. 4. holy] Hebr of holinesse, the Gr. casseth it a
sanctified linnen Coat. This and the rest, were pecuwhite garments, the other his golden garments, because some were made with gold threed woven in them. These foure, were made of
Ver. 5. a Sin-offring] figuring Christ, who shold put to death in the flesh, but quickned by the Spirit, 1 Pet. 3. 18. The Healike to see to, of equall stature, and price; and to be taken both at one time. Maimony in Iom hakipp. chap. 5. sect. 14. Burnt-offring] which was offered after
Vers. 6. for himselfe] or, which shall be his owne:
Sol. Iarchi hence teacheth, that it was to be of his owne, and not of the congregations: and Targum sonathan expoundeth it, of his own goods. This was the first sacrifice which was peculiar for this day, and for the worke of Reconciliation: which befor himselfe to offer for sinnes. Thus the Law, made men high Priests, which had infirmitie; but the word of the oath, which was since the Law, maketh the Son (of God) who is perfected for ever, Hebr. 5. 1. 2. 3. and 7. 28. and for his house] in Chaldee, for the men of his house. And hereby the Hebrewes understand all the Priests: see after on vers. 11. As in all sinnewashed his body, put on his white garments, and sanctified his hands and his feet; he came to his bullocke, which (afterward in Solomons Temple)
Ver. 7. present them] Hebrew, make them to stand: After the slaying of his own sin-offring, the Priest Sagan [who was the second chiefe priest, next in order to the high Priest,] on his right hand; and the other called Rosh beth ab, [that is, the chiese of the house of the father, or principall houshold, as 1 Chron. 24. 6.]
Vers. 8. give lots] that is, cast lots; the Greeke impose (or put lots;) The manner is said to bee thus. The two lots, the one had written upon it, FOR IEHOVAH, and on the other was written, FOR: A SCAPE-GOAT: and they might be of any matter, either of wood, or of stone, or of ma
(or
Ver. 9. did ascend] that is, did light, or fall: which ascend or come up, because it was first taken up out of the vessell, and after was laid upon the beast. So in vers. 10. and elsewhere, Lots are said to ascend or come up, as in Iosh. 18. 11. somtimes to come-forth (as out of the vessell,) Numb. 33. 54. Ios. 19. 1. and sometimes to fall, as Ion. 1. 7. 1 Chrmake him] that is, as the offer him, for sin: the manner is after shewed in vers. 15. by killing him; to figure out the death of Christ, according to the flesh. Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it thus, when he layeth the Lot upon
Ver. 10. presented alive] after that the Priest hath killed his owne bullocke and the other Goat, whose lot was to die: ver. 11. 15. 20. In the meane time, after the casting of these lots; the Hebrewes say, that the Priest bound a long piece (they call it tongue) of scarlet, of two shekels weight, upon the hea
Maimony in
Vers. 11. shall make atonement] laying his hands hee came to his bullocke the second time, and laid both his hands on the head thereof, and confessed a second confession, for himselfe, and his house, and for the sonnes of Aaron (all the Priests) and asked mercie of God, and then killed the bullocke. Maimony, in Iom. hakipp. c. 4. s. 1. So elsewhere (in the same treatise, ch. 2. s. 6.) he menthree confessions which the Priest made this day. One which he made for himselfe at the first, a second, which he made for himself with the other Priests, and both these were upon the bullocke of Sinne-offring which was for himselfe. And the third confession was for all Israel, upon the Scape goat. for his house] that is, saith Sol. Iarchi,
Ver. 12. shall take a censer] after the bullock was Censer or Fire-pan (as the word is Englished in ExPureion, that is, a Fire vessell; in the new Testament never so named, but Libanotos, an Incense vessel or Censer, Rev. 8. 3. 5. where mention is made of a golden Censer. Of this here, the Hebrewes say; Every (other) day, he whose duty it is to use the Censer, putteth coles in a censer of silver, &c. but this day the high Priest putteth coles in a censer of gold. Maimony in Iom. hakipp. c. 2. sect. 5. before Iehovah] this was the burnt-offring alnext to the west, (that is, towards the Sanctuarie:) Maimony, ibidem. chap. 4. sect. 1. So Iarchi expoundeth it, from that side (of the outerwhich is before the doore, and that is the west side. of incense] the making, and signification hereof, is shewed on Exodus 30. 34, &c. It figured the prayers and mediation of Christ: Psal. 141. 2. beaten-small] it was beaten the evening beagonie of Christ in his prayers before his death, which hee offred up with strong crying and teares: Luke 22. 44. Heb. 5. 7. within the veile] meaning the second veile, (as the Apostle calleth it, Heb. 9. 3.) and so into the most holy place: a figure of heaven it selfe, into which the incense of Christs prayer and mediation should come before God, for his Church, Heb. 9. 24. Rev. 8. 3. 4. Maim. (in Iom hakippur. c. 1. s. 7.) telleth how
Vers. 13. the cloud of the incense] that is, as the the vapour of the incense. This cloud covering the Mercie-seat, figured the medithat he dye not. Comtooke the Censer with fire in his right hand, and the Cup with incense in his left, &c. and went within the veile, till hee came at the Arke: there
in
Vers. 14. blood of the bullocke] which was killed not without blood, which he offred for himselfe, &c. wherein he figured Christ, who should enter heaven, not by the blood of Goats and Buls, but by his owne blood, Heb. 9. 7. 11. 12. though his blood was shed, not for himselfe, (in whom was no sinne,) but for our iniquities. sprinkle with his finger] this was one sprinkling, as Sol. Iarchi and others doe note; and besides this, he after sprinkled seven times. upon] Hebr. on the face, that is, the upper part; which the Greek translateth but upon: and so the Hebrew it selfe as, in verse 15. and before] Hebrew and to the face: so in verse 15. seven times] a number oft used in the legall services; it signified a full and perfect applying, and purging by the blood of Christ: see Levit. 46. and compare Heb. 9. 14.—23. 1 Pet. 1 2. The Hebrewes understand these seven times, to be besides the former, and so to be eight in all: they relate the order of it thus. He killed the bullocke of the sin-offring which was for himselfe, and the goat on the which the Lot fell for the Lord. And he caried their blood into the Temple, and he sprinkled of the blood of them both, in this day, three and fortie sprinklings. First he sprinkled of the blood of the bullocke, eight sprinklings, in the most holy place, betweene the barres of the Arke; neere the Mercie-seat, within an hand-bredth: as it is said, AND BEFORE THE MERCY-SEAT, HE SHALL SPRIN
V. 15. he shall kill the goat] after he had sprinkled hee left it in the Temple, upon a base of gold that was there; and afterward went out of the Temple, and killed the goat: saith
Vers. 16. because of] or, from the uncleannesses,
from dead workes, to serve the living God: Heb. 9. 7. 11. 14. &c. and all] or, in all their sinnes: see after, on verse 21. that dwelleth] that is, is placed and remaineth; the Greeke translabuilded: unto which phrase Paul hath refenot of this building, Hebr. 9. 11. The Temple of his bodie, (Ioh. 2. 21.) and veile of his flesh, (Hebr. 10. 20.) were by imputation of our sinnes made as unclean, and sprinkled with his owne precious blood; that he might reconcile us unto God. Esa. 53. 2 Cor. 5. 19. 21. It was necessary that (Moses Tabernacle, and Solomons Temple,) the patternes of things in the heavens, should be purified with these (sacrifices foremen
Vers. 17. not be any man] neither of the people, the inquitie of us all, Esa. 53. 6. who his
1 Per. 2. 24. who hath
V. 18. shall goe out] from the most holy place. to the Altar] of incense which stood in the holyplace. and of the blood of the goat] both bloods mixed together in a basin; as before is noted. and put] Hebr. and give: so this was a striking of his finger with the blood upon the hornes. And hee beg
(they say)
Vers. 19. blood upon it] After the Priest had put blood upon the foure hornes: he removed the coles
and ashes which were on the golden altar, so that the gold appeared: then he sprinkled of the mixed blood, on the cleane place of the altar, seven times; by the south side, by the place where he had finished the putting therof upon the hornes. And he went out, and poured the residue of the blood, at the westerne bottome of the (brazen) altar that was without, Maim, in Iom hakipp. chap. 4. sect. 2.
Vers. 21. shall impose] or, shall lay both his hands,
and all their sinnes] or, in, or with all their sinnes: But the Greeke translateth it and: and so the Hebrew often signifieth, as is noted on Gen. 2. 3. and on Exod. 17. 10. These three, comprehend sinne of all sorts, which the Priest confessed in generall, with the three names here used, (as in the ages following is recorded;) and asked mercy also for them all, saying, Oh Lord, thy people the house of Israel, have sinned, and done iniquitie, and trespassed before thee: Oh Lord make-atonement now for the sinnes and for the iniquities and for the trespasses that thy people the house of Israel, have sinned, and unrighteously done, and trespassed before thee: as it is written in the law of Moses thy servant, that in this day, he shall make-atonement for you, &c. Maimony in Iom hakipp. chap. 4. sect. 2.
Vers. 22. all their iniquities] by this it appeareth, bare our griefes, and caried our sorrowes; and on whom God
Vers. 23. Aaron shall come] whiles the goat afore-said After he hath sent away the goat, by the hand of him that led him, hee returneth to the bullocke and goat, wholse blood hee had sprinkled within (the Sanctuarie) and openeth them, and taketh out their fat, which he putteth in a vessell, to burne them upon the Altar. And he cutteth the rest of their flesh into great pieces, but one cleaving to another, and not parted asunder: and them he sondeth by the hand of others, to be caried out to the place of burning (without the campe, Levit. 16. 27.)
Vers. 24. wash his flesh] that is, as the Greeke his body: so he washed before hee put on the linnen garments, verse 4. and this was an usuall rite, so oft as hee shifted his clothes; as from this place the Hebrewes teach, saying; Every time that he changeth garments, and putteth off garments, and putteth on other garments, he is charged to wash or baptise.) And the high Priest washed five times, and sanctified (that is, washed his hands and feet) ten times this day. As, at first hee put off his common garments which he wore, and washed [or baptised his whole body] and came-up and wiped himselfe, and put on the golden garments, and sanctified his hands and his feete. A
[as is before shewed]
Vers. 25. shall burne] or shall perfume: for the burning
Vers. 26. he that sent away] that is, as the Chalhe that led (or caried) away: that fit man forementioned in verse 21. for the scape-goat] Hebr. for (or to) Azazel; which some take here to be the place in the wildernesse. The Greeke translateth it, that which was sent away unto dismission. his flesh] in Greeke, his body: which was a signe that he was uncleane, as Levit. 15. 5. The like is said of the man that burned the red heiffer of whose ashes the water of sprinkling the uncleane, was made, in Num. 19. 8. afterward] at evening, for till then hee was uncleane, Levit. 15. 5. After he had beene with the goat, at the Rocke,
Vers. 27. without the Campe] So the blood of this into the holy place of heaven, not with the blood of others, but
Vers. 28. his flesh] in Greeke, his bodie: for th
Vers. 29. a statute for ever] Hebr. for a statute of
eternitie: that is, an everlasting ordinance. Meaning from yeere to yeere, till the ever of the Iubilee (as the Iewes use to speake) that is, till Christ should come, in whom all these figures have an end. So ever is ended at the Iubilee, as is noted on Exod. 21. 6. tenth day] This service being done upFor the Law, having a shadow of good things to come, and not the very image of the things, can never with those sacrifices which they offred yeere by yeere continually, make the commers thereunto perfect. For then would they not have ceased to be offred, because that the worshippers once purged, should have had no more conscience of sinnes? But in those, (there is) a remembrance againe of sinnes every yeere. For it is not possible that the blood of buls and of goats, should take away sinnes. Wherefore when [Christ] commeth into the world hee saith: Sacrifice and offring thou wouldest not; but a body hast thou prepared me. Heb. 10. 1. 5. The com
Vers. 30. he shall] that is, God by the Priest (as shall make etonement (or expiation) to cleanse (or purifie) you. Herein was figured the power and efficacie of Christs Priesthood, and sacrifice: that he expiateth and maketh atonement for our sinnes with God, 1 Ioh. 2. 1. 2. and cleanseth us by his blood and spirit from all sinne: 1 Iohn 1. 7. Ro
Vers. 31. sabbathisme] or rest: this word the Asabbath, it noteth an exact and carefull rest: therfore God threatneth to destroy them that did any worke this day Levit. 23. 30. See also the notes on Exod. 16. 23.
Vers. 32. whom he] that is, whom God shall awhich shall be anointed, as the Greek transwhom they shall anoint. Such words are often used without designing any person; as is noted on Genes. 16. 14. By this anointed, the high Priest is meant, Levit. 21. 10. shall fill] that is, shall consecrate, see Exod. 29. 9. The Greeke translateth,
Vers. 33. the Sanctuarie of holinesse] that is, as the Greeke translateth, the holy of the holy, meaning the most holy place: into which hee went first with inthe Tent] the Holy place or first Tabernacle; which he secondly expiated, verse 16. &c. all the people] in Greeke
A law that all sacrifices must be killed and offred in the Sanctuarie, and no other where, 7, that they might no more sacrifice unto Divels. 8, They that did other
ANd Iehovah said unto Moses, saying. is the thing, which Iehovah hath commanded, saying. Every man of the house of Israel; that killeth it out of the Camp: And bringthat they may bring them unto Iehovah, unfor saat the doore, of the Tent of the congregation: and burn the fat, for a for ever, throughout their generations. And
And every man, of the house of Israel; or is in the blood: and I have given it to you, upis the blood, that maketh-atone
And every man, of the sonnes of Israel; it is the soule of all flesh; is for the soule thereof: and I have said unto the sonnes of Israel; ye shall not eat, the blood of any flesh: for the soule of all flesh, it is the blood therof; who-soever eateth it, shall be cut-off.
And every soule, that shall eat a carkasse, thing; whether it be an home-borne person, or a stranger: hee shall both wash his clothes, and bathe (his flesh) in wathen hee shall be cleane. And if hee wash them not, and bathe not his flesh: then hee shall beare, his iniquitie.
HIs sonnes] the Priests; for they were the sacrifithe thing] Hebr. the word. Every man] or, Any man, who-soever. Hebrew, man man, of the house of Israel; whereunto the Greeke addeth, or of the Proselytes that are adjoyned unto you: and so Moses addeth in verse 8. Targum Ionathan explaineth it, yong man or old: and so in verse 10. and 13. killeth an Oxe] or a Bull, meaning for sacrifice to God, verse 4. 5. for this law concerneth holy things, sanctifikilled, nor offred (as v. 8.) but in the Lords Court. This is often and instantly commanded, Deut. 12. 5. 6. 13. 14. 26. 27. & 14. 23. 26. & 15. 19. 20. The Hebrew canons say, He that killeth holy things out of the court (of the Sanctuarie) although he offer them not; if he doe it presumptuously, is guilty of cutting-off, Lev. 17. 3. 4. If he kill in ignorance, hee is to bring the Sin-offring appointed, Maim. in Magnaseh hakorbanoth, (or treat of
Vers. 4. blood] that is, murder: for such corruptiHe that killeth an oxe, is as if he slew a man. So the Hebrewes; as Sol. Iarchi here saith, As if hee shed the blood of man, for which he is guilty of his life. he hath shed blood] TarAnd it shall be to him, as if he had shed innocent blood.
in Chaldee,
Vers. 5. the face of the field] that is, the open field: see the notes on Levit. 14. 7. As the heathens, so Before the Tabernacle was set up, the high places were lawfull; and the service was by the Firstborne: after the Tabernacle was erected, high places were unlawfull, and the service (was performed) by the Priests. Thalmud Bab. in Zebachim, chap. 14. Here Israel is restrained to the Tabernacle, but the other nations were not so, but might sacrifice other where, as did Iob and his friends, Iob 1. 5. and 42. 8. 9. And in the Hebrew canons it is said;
Verse 6. a savour of rest] in Greeke, a savour of
sweet smel: which the Chaldee expoundeth, to be accepted with favour before the Lord. Of these words and rites, see Levit. 1. 9.
Verunto divels] as all Iewes and Gentiles they sacrificed unto the idol, Act. 7. 41. and so unto the divell; as Ieroboams idols are also called Divels, 2 Chron. 11. 15. and Antichrists likewise. Revel. 9. 20.
Vers. 8. stranger] or sojourner, in Greeke a proselyte:
Vers. 9. doore of Tent] and so in ages following, doore of the House or Temple, that is, in the courtyard. And if the Tabernacleor Temple should haply bee burnt, (as it was by the Babylonians, 2 King. 25. 9.) yet was it lawfull to offer in the courtyard upon the altar, as Ezra did after their returne, Ezr. 3. 3. 4. 5. 6. So the Hebrewes say, Who so killeth holy things at this time, and offreth th
chap. 19. sect. 15. It figured,
Vers. 10. every man] Hebr. man man; which Ioyong man or old man: as in vers. the stranger] in Greeke, or of the proselytes adjoyned unto you. This Law therefore see
Verse 11. the soule,] that is, the life: see Gen. 9. 4. So in Targum Ionathan it is expounded here, and in verse 13. the life of the soule. of the flesh] the Gr. addeth, of all flesh; & so Moses speaketh in v. 14. is in the blood] the Greeke saith, is the blood thereof; as in verse 14. which blood is figuratively called the life, because the seat thereof is in the blood, as Moses here sheweth: so that if the blood be gone, the life is gone with it, as daily experiWhat profit is in my blood? Psal. 30. 10. that is,
Vers. 12. Therefore] in Greeke, For this cause. Magi, or wise men of Chaldea, used to eat blood, when they conveMaimony sheweth in Moreh nebuchim:) yet the maine, if not the onely cause is here given of God, to be the use of blood upon the Altar, for their athe way into the Holiest of all was not yet made manifest, while as the first Tabernacle was yet standing, Heb. 9. 8. so the communion with that blood whereby atone
hunt a hunting,] and so take it by hunthou shalt kill of thy herd and of thy flocke, &c. and thou shalt eat. And as it is said in Deut. 15. 22. of the blemished firstlings, which were to be eaten in their cities, as the Roe-bucke, and as the Hart, From which words the Hebrewes say, Here thou art taught, that the wilde beast and the tame, are alike in this businesse of killing, &c. Maimony in Shechitah (or treat. of Killing beasts:) chap. 1. sect. 1.
the soule] that is, the life: as Ionathan exthe life of the soule. for the soule] Heb. in the soule. In is often in stead of For: but some here keepe the usuall signification, and change the orin the blood thereof is the soule thereof. But Iarchi thus, the blood is to it in
to weet, of beasts or birds, not
Vers. 15. every soule] that is, as the Chaldee transevery man: as verse 10. a carkasse] to weet, that which died of it selfe, or is killed by an oHee that eateth (presumptuously) so much as an olive of the flesh of any cattell that is dead, or wilde beast that is dead, or fowle that is dead, is to be beaten. And whatsoever is not killed so as is meet, loe that is a dead-carkasse. Nothing is forbidden by the name of a carkasse, but the sorts of cleane things onely; because they are fit to be slaine, and if they bee slaine, after a lawfull manner, they are lawfull to be eaten. But uncleane things, whose slaying availeth them not, whether they be duely slaine, or dye alone, or the flesh be cut off from them alive; who so eateth of them is not beaten as for a carkasse, or a torne thing; but as for eating of uncleane flesh. Who so eateth a cleane bird alive all of it; is beaten as for eating a carkasse. Who so eateth of the flesh of an untimely birth of a cleane beast, is beaten as for eating of a carkasse. And it is unlawfull to eat of any beast that is borne, untill the eight night (after,) Exodus 22. 30.
Vers. 16. his flesh] his body with water, saith the bodies washed with pure water, Heb. 10. 22. It figured their cleansing by repentance, as Iohn said,
1, God forbiddeth his people to doe after the manner of the beathens. 6, Unlawfull mariages and copulati
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, sayam Iehovah your God. After the doing of the land of Eam Iehovah your God. And ye shall keepe my statutes, and my judgments; which a man shall doe, and am Iehovah.
None of you shall approach, unto any (their) nakednesse: I, am Iehovah.
The nakednesse of thy father, and the nais thy mother, thou shalt not unco
The nakednesse of thy fathers wife, shalt is thy fathers nakednes.
The nakednesse of thy sister, the daughwhether she be borne at home, or borne abroad: thou shalt not uncover, their na
The nakednesse of thy sonnes daughter, are thy nakednesse.
The nakednes of thy fathers wives daughis thy sister:
The nakednesse of thy fathers sister, thou is thy fathers neere-kinne.
The nakednesse of thy mothers sister, thou is thy mothers neere-kinne.
The nakednes of thy fathers brother, thou is thine aunt.
The nakednes of thy daughter-in-law, thou shalt not uncover: shee, is thy sonnes wife; thou shalt not uncover her nakednes.
The nakednes of thy brothers wife, thou shalt not uncover: it, is thy brothers na
The nakednes of a woman, and of her daughter, thou shalt not uncover: her sonnes daughter, or her daughters daughter, thou shalt not take, to uncover her nakednes; they are neere-kinne, it is wickednes.
And a woman unto her sister, thou shalt not take; to vexe (her,) to uncover her naked
And unto a woman, in the separation of her uncleannes: thou shalt not approach, to uncover her nakednes.
And unto thy neighbours wife, thou shalt thy selfe with her.
And of thy seed shalt thou not give, to (the fire) unto Moam Iehovah.
With a male; thou shalt not lye, like copuwith a woman: it, is abomination.
Neither shalt thou give thy copulation, with any beast, to defile thy selfe therewith: neither shall a woman, stand before a beast, to lye downe thereto; it, is confusion.
Be not ye defiled, in any of these (things:)
neither the homeborne, nor the stranger that so journeth among you. For all these abominations, have the men of the land done, which were before you: and the land, is defiled. That the land spue not out, you also; when ye defile it: as it spued out, the nation, which was before you. For whosoever shall doe, any of ththem, shall be cut-off, from among their peoany of the statutes of abomiam Iehovah your God.
DOing] that is, doings or actions, as the Greek and Chaldee translate: the singular number imland] which the Chaldee explaineth, the people of the land. Of Egypt, the scripture testistatutes] or, decrees, ordinances described by their lawes; either for religion or otherwise if they were superstitious. The Hebrew doctors explaine it thus; We may not walke in the statutes of the heathens, nor bee like unto them, either in apparell, or in haire [Lev. 19. 27.] or any the like, Lev. 18. 3. But Israel must be separated from them & known by their apparell and their other workes, as they are separated from them in their knowledge and opinions: and so he saith (Lev. 20. 26) I have separated you from (other) peoples. A man must not apparell himselfe with the apparell that is peculiar unto them, nor let the locks of his head grow, like the lockes of their heads, nor shave off the sides, and leave the haire in the midst, as they doe, &c. nor build places, as they build temples for idolatrie, &c. Maimony treat. of Idolatrie, ch. 11. sect. 1.
Vers. 4. my statutes] that is, mine onely; as, him thou
shalt serve, Deut. 6. 13. is expounded by our Savihim onely thou shalt serve: Matt. 4. 10. It meaall my statutes, Deutero. 12. 32. and so The words of this law, Deut. 27. 26. is explained by the Apostle, all things which are written in the booke of the law, Ga. 3. 10. therfore in the next verse here, the Greeke version addeth, And ye shall keepe all my statutes. Of this it is said; Iehovah who brought you up out of the land of Egypt, with great power, and a stretched out arme, him shall ye feare, and him shall yee worship, and to him shall yee doe sacrifice, and the Statutes, and the jugdements, and the Law, and commandement which he wrote for you, yee shall observe to doe for evermore, and yee shall not feare other Gods; and the Covenant which I have made with you, yee shall not forget, &c. 2 King. 17. 36. 38. By this there
Vers. 5. shall live by them] or, in them: that is, shal hee shall live by them to life eternall: and as Solomon Iarchi saith, in the world that is to come. This and the like promises elsewhere, as in Ezek. 20. 13. are legall, and differ from the promises of the Gospell; as the Apostle observeth saying; The just shall live by faith: and the Law is not of faith, but the man that doth them, shall live by them, Gal. 3. 11. 12. and againe, For Moses describeth the justice which is of the Law, that the man which doth them, shall live by them, (alledgbut the justice which is of faith, speaketh on this wise; Say not in thine heart, who shall goe up to heaven, &c. That, if thou shalt confesse with thy mouth, that Iesus is the LORD; and shalt beleeve in thine heart, that God hath raised him from the dead, thou shalt be saved: Rom. 10. 5.—9.
Vers. 6. None of you] Heb. Man man yee shall not
approach: that is, not any man. To approach or (come neere) is used for carnall copulation, as in Gen. 20. 4. Abimelech had not come neere unto her. So in Ezek. 18. 6. and Esa. 8. 3. I approached unto the Prophetesse, and she conceived, &c. Moreover from this word approach, the Hebrewes (comparing herewith the 30. v.) doe say,
Vers. 7. of thy father, and the nakednesse of thy mother]
V. 8. thy fathers wife] though shee be not thine A mans fathers wife, and his sonnes wife, and his brothers wife, and his fathers brothers wife, these foure are a nakednesse unto him [that is, unlawfull for him] for ever: whether they be of the betrothed, or of the maried, be they divorsed or not divorsed, bee their husbands alive or dead; except it bee his brothers wife who hath left no childe (at his death, Deut. 25. 5.) And if he lye with any one of them, whiles her husband is alive, he is double guilty: in respect that she is of his neere kinne, and againe for that she is another mans wife. Maimony in
chap. 2. sect. 1.
Vers. 9. whether she be borne at home, &c.] Hebr. of the birth (or kindred) of the house (or home;) or of the
birth abroad: which the Chaldee expoundeth thus, which is begotten by the father, of an other woman; or of thy mother, by an other man. The Hebrew canons further explaine it, thus; whether shee be his sister by his father, or by his mother, either in maried estate, or by fornication; as if his mother or his father have committed whordome with others, and he hath a sister from fornication; loe this is a nakednesse [that is
Verse 10. daughters daughter] and so other of furWho so companieth with a woman by way of fornication, and begetteth a daughter of her, that daughter is a nakednesse (forbidden) him, in the name of his daughter. And although hit be not said in the Law, Thou shalt not uncover thy daughters nakednesse: for as much as it forbiddeth the daughters daughter, it keepeth silence concerning the daughter, which yet is forbidden by the Law, and not by the Scribes onely. Maimony in Issureibiah chap. 2. sect. 6.
Vers. 11. begotten] or, the generation, or kin of thy
father. This some doe understand, a kin to thy faHomo patria, begotten of the same father; and the Chaldee expoundeth it likewise. The Hebrew doctors also explaine it, The daughter of his fathers wife, which is his sister by his father: she is a nakednesse (unlawfull) for him. But if his father mary a wife, and shee hath a daughter by another man, that daughter is lawfull for him, for she is not (Moledeth) begotten of his father. But is he not guilty concerning her, by the name of his sister? And why is it said, the daughter of thy fathers wife? to make him guilty concerning her, in this respect also. Therefore
•
e that companieth with his sister, which is his fathers daughter in mariage, is double guilty; once by the name of Thy sisters nakednesse; and againe by the name of The nakednesse of thy fathers wives daughter. But if his father have forced a woman, or inticed her, and begotten a daughter of her, and (the sonne) company with her, he is not guilty but by the name of his sister onely: for the daughter of a forced woman, is not the daughter of his fathers wife. Maimony in Issure
•
〈◊〉
, chap. 2. sect. 3. 4.
V. 12. fathers sister] thy aunt, by thy fathers side.
Vers. 13. mothers sister] thy aunt, by the mothers side. Of these the Hebrewes say; His mothers sister, whether it be her sister by her father, or her sister by her mother; whether in maried estate, or in fornication; loe she is a nakednesse (forbidden) unto him, by the name of his mothers sister. And so the fathers sister, whether by mother or father, in mariage or in fornication; she is forbidden him by the name of his fathers sister▪ Maimony in Issureibiah, chap. 2. sect. 5.
Vers. 14. fathers brother] meaning his wife (as the his nakednesse, because man and wife are one flesh, Matth. 19. 6. So in verse 16. So the notes on verse 8. not approach] in Greeke, not goe in: that is, not lye with her: see the notes on verse 6. thine aunt] the Chaldee exthy fathers brothers wife.
Vers. 15. daughter-in-law] that is, thy sonnes wife,
Callab, elsewhere signifieth a spouse or bride: here it is, the sonnes wife; touching whom, see what is noted on verse 8.
Vers. 16. brothers wife] except when the brother
Vers. 17. or her] Hebr. and her: but and is often or; as is noted on Genes. 13. 8. Of these lawes, the Hebrewes write thus; When a man marieth a woman, there are sixe women of her kinne, unlawfull for him for ever, whether his wife live with him, or be divorsed, whether she be alive or after her death▪ and they are those; her mother, and her mothers mother, and her fathers mother, and her daughter, and her daughters daughter, and her sonnes daughter. And if he lie with any one of them, whiles his wife liveth; both of them are to be burned, (Levit. 20. 14.)
Vers. 18. a woman] or, a wife unto her sister, which with her sister. Which word sister, may be understood of any other woman, (as brother is often used for any
Vers. 19a woman] or, a wife: even from his own wife, every man was to abstain, during this her unsepar
that is, so long as she is separated for the uncleannesse of her monthly fluors; whereof see Lev. 15. 19. They that transgressed this Law pre
Vers. 20. not give thy copulation, for seed] or, of seed; that is, not lye fleshly with her; not comit adultery:
lying (or bed) unto seed: and in Leviticus 19. 20. the lying (or
Vers. 21. of thy seed] that is, of any of thy chilson or thy daughter, as Moses expoundeth it in Deut. 18. 10. See also Lev. 20. 2. through the fire] this word fire, is after expressed in Deut. 18. 10. and in 2 Kings 11. 3. which another Proburne in the fire, 2 Chron. 28. 3. which was the abominable custome of the heahe defiled Topheth, which was in the valley of the sons of Hinnom; that no man might make his sonne or his daughter, to passe through the fire to Molech, 2 King. 23. 10. This sin is here forbidden amongst whordomes and incests, because even it is spiritual whoredome; as in Lev. 20. 5. it is called a going a wh
The manner of doing this wickednesse, it not now certainly knowne: but is thought to be done two waies, some being burned to death, othersome made to passe onely betweene two fires, for a signe of consecration. So of Achaz King of Iudah, it is said,
Vers. 22. with a male] or, with man-kinde: this going after other flesh, Iuce vers. 7. They that thus sinned, were by Mocopulation with a woman] Hebrew, with the lyings (or copulations) of a woman.
Vers. 23. to lye downe thereto] or, that it may lye with her, which sense the Greeke version also afforAnd whether it be tame-beast, or wild-beast, or fowle, all are to be stoned to death, Maimony in Issureibiah, ch. 1. sect. 16.
Vers. 24. in any of these] or, in all these; which Tarin any-one of all these;
Nakednes, after the scripture phrase: and they say, There are also other women, which are forbidden by tradition, and the doctrine of the Scribes; these they call Secondaries, as being second (or next) to the foresaid nakednesses; and of them there be 20. women and they are these.
1 The mothers mother, and this is infinite, as the mothers mothers mothers mother, and so all upward, are unlawfull.
2 The mother of his mothers father, onely: and no further are forbidden.
3 His fathers mother, infinite: as the fathers mothers, mothers mother, and all upward, are unlawfull.
4 The mother of his fathers father, and no further.
5 The wife of his fathers father, infinite. Though she were the wife of our father Iakob [or Noe] shee is unlawfull for every of us.
6 The wife of his mothers father, and no further.
7 The wife of his fathers brother by the mother.
8 The wife of his mothers brother, whether by the mother or by the father.
9 His sons daughter in law [that is, his sons sons wife] infinite: though it should be his sons sons sons sons wife, even to the worlds end. So that Noe if he were now living, might never marry with any widow, that had been wife to any of his sons.
10 His daughters daughter in law (or sonnes wife) and no further.
11 The daughter of his sons daughter, & no further.
12 The daughter of his son, son and no further.
13 The daughter of his daughters daughter, onely,
14 The daughter of his daughters son, onely.
15 The daughter of his wives sons son, onely.
16 The daughter of his wives daughters daughter, onely.
17 The mother of his wives fathers mother, onely.
18 The mother of his wives mothers father, only.
19 The mother of his wives mothers mother, onely.
20 The mother of his wives fathers father onely. So there are found of these which are secondarily unlawfull, foure which are infinite. The mothers mother, and all upward. The fathers mother, and all upward. The grandfathers wife, and all upward. The sons son wife, and all downward. Maimony in
Vers. 25. doe visit] or, have visited, that is, punished,
Vers. 26. any of these] or, any of all these abo
Vers. 28. the nation] in Greeke, the nations,
the peoples.
Vers. 29. the soules] that is, the persons.
Vers. 30. my charge] Hebrew my keeping (or
Sundry lawes, teaching 2, holinesse, 3, obed
ANd Iehovah spake, unto Moses, sayam holy.
Ye shall feare, every-man his mother and his father; and keepe my Sabbaths: I am Ie
Turne yee not unto Idols; and make not am Iehovah your God.
And when ye sacrifice, a sacrifice of Peace that ye sacrifice it, it shall bee eaten, and on the morrow: and that which remaineth, unis
every one
And when ye reape, the harvest of your am Iehovah your God.
Ye shall not steale: neither falsly-deny, nor deale-falsly, any-man with his neigh
And ye shall not sweare by my name, to falshood: and thou shalt not profane, the name of thy God, I am Iehovah.
Thou shalt not fraudulently-oppresse thy him: the work of him that is hired, shall not abide-all-night with thee, untill the morning.
Thou shalt not curse the deafe; and before am Ie
Ye shall not do unrighteousnesse, in judgman: in justice shalt thou judge thy neigh
Thou shalt not walke a talebearer, among am Iehovah.
Thou shalt not hate thy brother, in thine
Thou shalt not avenge: nor keep grudge, aam Iehovah.
Ye shall keepe my statutes; Thou shalt not with divers-kindes: Thou shalt not sow thy field, with divers-kindes: and a garment of divers-kindes, of linsie-woolsie; shall not come upon thee.
And a man, when he shall lye with a woto copulation of seed; and shee a bond-woman, betrothed to a man; and redeeming she is not redeemed; or freedome, is not gioffring, unto for a Trespass-offring. And the Priest shall make-atonement for offring, before Iehovah; for his sinne, which he hath sinned: and the sinne, which hee hath sinned, shall be forgiven him.
And when ye shall come into the land, & for food; then ye shall count-as-uncircumcised the uncircumas uncircumcised, it shall not be eaten. And in the fourth yeere, all the am Iehovah your God.
Ye shall not eat, with the blood: ye shall any cutany marke; I am Iehovah.
Profane not thy daughter, to cause her to
Yee shall keepe my Sabbaths; and reveam Iehovah.
Turne not unto them that have familiar-spirits, am Iehovah your God.
am Iehovah.
And when a stranger, shall sojourne with am Iehovah your God.
Yee shall not doe unrighteousnesse, in am Iehovah your God, which brought you out, from the land of Egypt. And yee shall keepe all my am Iehovah.
BE holy] that is, separated from sin, & dedicated As obedient children, not fashioning your selves, according to the former lusts in your ignorance: but as hee which hath called you is holy, so bee yee holy in all manner of conversation: because it is written, Be ye holy, for I am holy, 1 Pet. 1. 14. 15. 16. See also Lev. 11. 44.
Ver. 3. feare] or reverence. This openeth the fift commandement, Honour &c. Exod. 20. 12. shewspirituall, Rom. 7. 14. And here the mother is named before the father, which is not usuall. See the notes on Exod. 20. 12. The Hebrewes say, It is written, Honour thy father and thy mother, Exod. 20. 12. it is also written, Honour the Lord with thy substance, Prov. 3. 9. Againe it is written, Yee shall feare every man his mother and his father, Lev. 19. 3. it is also written, Thou shalt feare the Lord thy God, Deut. 6. 13. as he commandeth the honour of Gods great name and his feare, so he commandeth the honour and feare of parents. He that curseth his father or mother, is stoned: and he that blasphemeth (God) is stoned: loe he maketh them equall in punishment. For honor, the father is set before the mother; and for feare, the mother before the father: to teach that they are both alike for honour or for feare. What is this Feare? It is not to stand in his place, nor sit in his place, nor to oppose his words, nor to carpe at his words, nor to call him by his name either living or dead; but to say Sir, or my Lord, my Father, Maimony in Misneh. tom. 4. treat. of Rebells, chap. 6. sect. 1. &c.
Vers. 4. Turne ye not] to weet, your faces: or Looke not, Regard not: in Greeke, Follow not. It implyeth also the turning-away of the heart, Deut. 30. 17. and 29. 18. But from this word, the Hebrewes say, that it is forbidden even to looke-attentively, on the similitude of an image. Maimony treat. of Idolatrie, ch. 2. sect. 2 Idols] called in Hebrew Elilim, which properly signifieth things of nought, nothing, vaine, and nought worth: according to the nature of which name, Paul saith, we know that an Idoll is nothing in the world, and that there is none other God but one, 1 Cor. 8. 4.
Vers. 5. of Peace-offrings] or of payments, whereof for your favourable-acceptation] that it may be acceptable to God for you: see the notes on Lev. 1. 3. This sense Sol. Iarchi giveth of these words here. Some doe understand it, at your owne will, such as you like best to offer: but the 7. verse following, sheweth the former interpretation C
that they should give their good will therein, and not grudge or have an evill eye in that which they offred before the Lord.
Vers. 6. burnt] as being polluted by over long keeping it. See these things opened in Levi
Verse 7. eaten at all] or, any of it eaten: Hebrew, eating eaten. a polluted-thing] or, abominable, is Greeke, unsacrificeable; but Aquila turneth it Apobleton, a thing to be rejected, which word Paul useth, in 1 Tim. 4. 4. See the notes
his iniquitie] in Greeke, sinne, meaning punishment for his iniquitiethe holy thing] Hebrew, the holinesse; in Greeke, the holy things. that soule] that is, as the Chaldee translateth, that man shall be destroyed: see Lev. 7. 18. In Greeke, the soules that eat it, shall be destroyed out of their people.
Vers. 9. not wholly-rid] or, not make a full-end, not
make cleane-riddance, of the corner of thy field, to reape the same. The like is after, in Levit. 23. 22. corner] that is, the out side, or utmost-part: the corner may also be understood for many corners. The HeHee that reapeth his field, must not reape all the field wholly; but must leave a little standing corne for the poore, in end of the field, (Lev. 23. 22.) whether he cut it, or plucke it up: and that which is left, is called the Corner [Peah.] And as he must leave of the field, so of the trees, when he gathereth their fruits, he must leave a little for the poore. If be transgresse, and do reape all the field, or gather all the fruits of the trees: he must take a little of that which he hath reaped, or of that which hee hath gathered, and give it to the poore; for the giving of it is a commandement. Yea though he have ground it, or baked it into bread, yet he must give therof a corner to the poore. If all w
Vers. 10. not gather-the-single-grapes] that is, the Gnoleloth are single-grapes Esay 24. 13. Hobad, vers. 5. differing from the clusters of grapes, Mich. 7. 1. So the Hebrewes explaine this law, saying,
Vers 11. not steale] see the notes on Exod. 20. 15. ye shall not, Chazkuhe that seeth one steale,
in Greeke,
Ver. 12. to falshood] or falsly; in Greek, to an unjust
thing; The contrary is required, Thou shalt sweare, the Lord liveth, in Truth, in Iudgement, and in Instice. Ierem. 4. 2. And Gods Name is of large significahee that liveth for ever, bee that created heaven and earth, &c. (as Rev. 10. 6.) or any the like, it is a full oath. And by swea
Vers. 13. fraudulently-oppresse] in Greeke, doe
V. 14. not curse] or, as the Greeke translateth, not
speake evill of the deafe: or, not revile; as in Exod. 22. 28. is spoken of the Magistrates; here it is spoken of the deafe, who cannot hear, nor thereat be offenBlesse your persecutors; blesse and curse not: Romans 12. 14. By the Hebrew caa ruler onely, but any one of Israel, bee was to bee beaten: which they grounded upon this Law, Thou shalt not ourse the deafe: and wherefore mentioneth he the deafe? For that, though it bee one that heareth not, neither is grieved for the curse, yet is he to be beaten for his cursing. Hee that curseth any of Israel, man or woman, great or small, he is once beaten: and if he curse a Iudge, he is twise beaten; and if he curse the Ruler (or Prince) he is thrise beaten. He that curseth himselfe, is beaten, as he that curseth others; for it is written (in Deut. 4. 9.)
Vers. 15. unrighteousness] or injurious evill: it is a generall word for all in justice either in heart, as an abomination to the Lord, Deut. 25. 16. respect the person] or, lift up (or accept) the face, which is to shew favour, and to grant ones request: which sometime is taken in the good part, as is noted on Gen. 19. 21. and may be observed in 2 King. 3. 14. Lam. 4. 16. but in caof the poore] though in respect of his poverty he may seeme to bee pitied, yet God would have all partiality in judgement to be avoihonour the person] or, countenance the person (or
Vers. 16. not walke a talebearer,] or, calumniator, or not walke with talebearing, and crimination. The Rokel, properly signifieth, a merchant, or traffiquer up & down with spices, or other things, 1 Kings 10. 15. Ezek. 27. 15. 17. 22. 23. Whereupon Rakil (the word here used) is a talebearer or accuser, that maketh merchandise as it were of words, utterevealer of secrets, Prov. 1to shed blood, Ezek. 22. 9. yet pretending friendship and good neighbourhood, Ierm. 9. 4. 5. Wherfore the Greeke translateth it here, Thou shal not walke with guile, and in Prov. 11. 13. and 20. 19. he is called in Greek double-tongued. The Holy Ghost in the new Testament seemeth to call him in Greeke Diabolos, that is,
Vers. 17. not hate thy brother] by brother, is meant Thou shalt love thy neighbour, and hate thine enemie, and hath said unto us, Love your enemies: Mat. 5. 43. 44. And this Law followeth the former about blood, because Whosoever hateth his brother, is a murtherer, 1 Ioh. 3. 15. And because hatred often riseth of offences, he commandeth to rebuke, and not to hate for such things: which the Hebrewes explaine thus; When one man sinneth against another, he must not inwardly hate him, and keepe silence, as it is said of the wicked, And Absalom spake
ch. 6. sect. 6.
Vers. 18. not avenge] The Greek translaceth, Let
not thy hand revenge. The Apostle openeth it thus, Beloved, avenge not your selves, but give place unto wrath: for it is written, Uengeance is mine, I will repay,
saith the Lord: Rom. 12. 19. Hereupon David said to Saul,
Vers. 19. my statutes] in Greeke, my law. This is Statute (or, Decree) is sometime used for Gods ordinances in nature, bounding and lilet thy catted] or, cause thy beast, of any sort. The Hebrewes say, He that causeth the male to ingender with the female which is not of the same kinde, whether it be of cattell, or wilde-beast, or fowle, yea though it bee of the kindes of wilde-beasts that are in the sea; he is to be beaten [of the Magistrates] by the Law, in every place; whether it be within the land [of Israel,] or without the same, Levit. 19. 19. and whether it be a beast or fowle of his owne, or of his neighbours. Who so transgresseth, and causeth he
•
beast to ingender with another kinde, that which is bred of them, is lawfull for use. And if it bee one kinde of cleane beasts, with another kinde of cleane beast; it is lawfull to be eaten. Two kindes of beasts that are one like another, though they be mixed together, and one like an other; yet for as much as they are of two kindes, it is unlawfull to cause them to gender together: as a wolfe, with a dog; a Roe bucke with a Goat; an horse, with a mule, &c. Beasts that are bred of divers kindes, if their dammes be of one kinde, it is lawfull to let them gender together; but if they be of two kindes it is unlawfull. As, a mule, whose damme is an asse, it is lawfull to let him gender with a shee-mule, if her damme be an asse. But if the damme of the mule, be a mare; it is unlawfull
〈◊〉
let him gender, with a shee-mule, whose damme is
〈◊〉
asse; and so in all other like cases. Maimony in Mis
〈…〉
, tom. 3 in Kilajim (or treat. of divers-kindes) chap. 9. sect. 1. 3. &c. The reason of this law, may be part
Vers. 20. a man] in Greeke, if any (man) lye with
a woman. betrothed] so the Chaldee expounNecherepheth, which comming of Caraph, that is, to publish and to reproach, is dipublikely betrothed. The Greeke translateth it, kept (or reserved) to a man. The Hebrew doctors explaine it thus.
Vers. 21. his trespasse-offring] whereof see Lev. 5.
Vers. 23 into the land] of Canaan: the Greeke which the Lord your God, giveth unto you. This Law was peculiar for the Land of Canaan, not for other countries. tree for food] or, tree of food, that is, whose fruit serveth for mans meat. So this law concerneth not other trees that are for timber: and (as the Hebrewes thinke) not fruit trees which are not intended by the owner for food. They say, He that planteth a tree for food, and he intendeth it to be a fense for a garden, or that he hath planted it for timber, not for fruit: it is free from the (Law of the) uncircumcised (fruits.) If he plant it for fense, and after changeth his minde, and reputeth it for food; or planteth it for food, & after reputeth it for fense: as he shall please to intend, so is hee bound concerning it. If he planted it three yeeres for fense, and thenceforth for food, it is not the fourth yeere sanctified: for whatsoever hath not beene (three yeeres) uncircumcised, cannot be the fourth yeere sanctified. He that planteth, for (to observe) a commandement, as when hee planteth a Citron tree, for branches at the feast of Tabernacles; or an Olive tree for (oile for) the Candlesticke (in the Sanctuarie,) it is bound to (this law of) the uncircumcision. That which the heathens planted before (Israel) came into the land, was free from it: but after they came into he land, though the heathens planted it, it was bound thereunto. Whether a man plant a slip or branch of a tree, or pull up the whole tree out of his place and plant it in an other place; it is bound to the uncircumcision: and they are to reckon from the houre of the planting thereof. Whether he plant it, or slip it, or graffe it; it is bound hereunto. Maimony in
Vers. 24. holinesse of praises] that is, fruit of holithey made praises; that is, songs and mirth, and as the Greeke there transladances. This was done, either by giving them to the Priests, as Num. 18. 12. 13. &c. (and so Aben Ezra on Levit. 19. saith,
Vers. 25. ye shall eat] to weet, as other common com
in Deuter. 20. 6. which was in the fift yeere from the plantation, when they were free to bee eaten.
Vers. 26. with the blood] that is, any flesh that is Behold the people sin against the Lord, in that they eat with the blood: &c. See the annotations on Levit. 17. The Hebrewes understand hereby two things,
Vers. 27. not round] not compasse, that is, not cut
ro
which the Greeke translateth,
Vers. 28. not make] Hebr. not give in your flesh: which the Greeke translateth, not make in your body,
cutting] or incision; in Greeke, incisions; in the Chaldee, hurt, or corruption: so in Leviticus 21. 5. Compare also Deut. 14. 1. Ier. 48. 37. for a soule] meaning for a dead soule or person, as Numb. 6. 6. and as in Targum Ionathan it is here explaifor the dead; (as Moses himselfe explaineth it, in Deut. 14. 1.) but the Greeke keepeth the word soule. Among the Latines also Anima, the soule, was used for a dead bodie: as in Virgil Ae
•
eid. 3. Animamque sepulchro Co
•
din
•
us. Hereby God calleth them from the heathenish manners, and would have them
Vers. 29. to be an where] or, to commit fornication. This word is used both for carnall whordome, and Prophane not thy daughter to cause her to erre: wherean whore was in Israel, is noted on Levit. 21. 7. the land] that is, the people of the land, following her evill exwickednesse] or, wicked thoughts: in Chaldee, counsell (or purpose) of sinnes: but Targum Ionathan expoundeth it whoredome. See the notes on Levit. 18. 17.
Vers. 30. Sabbaths] in Chaldee, sabbath dayes;
reverence] or, feare my sanctuarie; unto which they were to come on the Sabbaths, Ezek. 46. 3. which Sanctuarie was now the Tabernacle, afterwards the Temple. This feare was for the presence of God therein: whereupon Iakob feared and said, How fearefull is this place? this is no other but the house of God, &c. Gen. 28. 16. 17. And Salomon saith, Take heed to thy foot; when thou goest into the house of God: Eccles. 5. 1. And in Targum Ionathan this Law is explained thus, yee shall goe to the house of my Sanctuarie infeare. From hence the Iewes had many rites, for comming into the Sanctuarie, and behaving themselves in it; which Maimony in tom. 3. in Beth habchirah (or treat. of the Temple) chap. 7. sheweth thus. It is commanded to reverence the Sanctuarie, Levit. 19. 30.
Vers. 31. Turne not unto them] the Chaldee saith, after them: and so the Greeke, ye shall not follow. So consulting with or
of them: as Deut. 18. 11.
Vers. 32. rise up] in signe of honour, 1 King. 2. 19. the
that is, the man which hath
Vers. 33. a stranger] in Greeke, a proselyte: this vexe him] in Greeke, afflict him: and Targum Ionathan addeth,
Vers. 34. as one homeborne] that is, as a naturall as thy selfe] the same which was commanded before touching the Israelites; verse 18. The Hebrewes write hereof thus: The love of the stranger, which commeth and gathereth him-selfe under the wings of the Divine-Majestie, is a twofold commandement, first because he is among our generall neighbours; and againe because he is a stranger: and the law saith, YE SHALL LOVE THE STRAN
Vers. 35. unrighteousnesse] or injurious-evill: see in mete yard] the Greeke translateth it in measures. The Hebrew Middah is properly such measure or dimension, as concerneth the greatnesse of things, or length of them, by the yard, elle, inch, rod, or the like: the next two concerne the multiweight, as in skoles, or by measure, as in vessels. Hereof the Hebrewes say,
just stones] Hebr. stones of justice; which true weights; and the Greeke, just weights. So stones are often used for weights, Deut. 25. 12. Prov. 11. 1. and 16. 11. and 20. 20. 23. where double and deceitfull weights, are shewed to bee an abhomination to the Lord. The reason of this name is, for that they used weights of stone, rather then of other things. They make no weights either of yron or of lead, or of other like metall, because they will canker and waxe too light. but they make them of the cleare stony-rocke, or of glasse, or the like. Maimony, treat. of Theft, chap. 8. sect. 4. Ephah] put for all measures, as the Greek and Chaldee here translate: though the Ephah was one certaine measure, like our Bushel; containing ten Omers: see the annotations on Exod. 16. 36. just Hin] Hebr. Hin of justice: the Hin was a measeventie two hennes egges: see the notes on Exod. 30. 24. And under these two names, all other measures are compreThe Iudges are bound to appoint Officers in every citie, and in every shire, that they may goe about into shops, and look that their ballances and measures be just, and determine the stinted measure of them. And with whomsoever they finde any weight or measure too light or short, or ballances that goe awry; they have authoritie to smite him, and to mulct him, as the Iudges shall
treat. of
1. Lawes for the punishment of him that giveth of his
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, say(them that have) familiar spirits, and unto wizards; to goe-a-whoring after them: I will also set my face, against that soule; and will cut him off, from among his people. And yee shall sanctifie your selves; am Iehovah, your God. And yee shall keepe, my statutes; and doe am Iehovah, that sanctifieth you. For every man, that curseth his father, or shall be upon him. And the man, that shall be upon them. And the man, that lyeth with his shall be upon them. And the like copulation with a woman; they have done abhominatishall be upon them. And the man that taketh a wife, and her mois wickednes: they shall burne him and them, with fire: that there be no wicshall be upon them. And the man that taketh is impietie; and they shal be cut off, in the eyes of the sonnes of their people; he hath uncovered, his sisters nakedis uncleannes: he hath uncothings, have they done; and I am yrked with them. And I have said unto you; you, shall inherit their land; and I, will give it unto with milke, and honey: I, am Iehovah your God; which have separated you, from the peoples. And yee shall separate, betweene the cleane thing that creepeth on the ground; which I have separated unto you, for uncleane. And ye shall be holy unam holy: and have se(that is) a wizard, they shall surely be put to death: they shall stone them with stones, their bloods shall be upon them.
EVery man] or Any man whosoever. Hebr. man
as Levit. 17. 3. Targum Ionathan explai
Vers. 3. And I will set] Heb. will give; that is, will oppose and set firmly: for which in verse 5. Moses set. This is meant, if the sinne were not knowne, or could not be proved by witnesses sufficiently before men, that God himselfe would cut off the sinner, which the Chaldee and Greeke doe interpret destroy, or make to perish. So Chazkuni expoundeth it, I will set my face, when he transgresseth without witnesses and evident-proofe. The He
Vers. 4. the people of the land] which the Chaldee the people of the house of Israel: and so the Greeke saith, the homeborne of the land. hiding shall hide] that is,
Vers. 5. my face] the Chaldee expoundeth it, mine anger: and so face often signifieth, Psal. 21. 10. and his familie] in Greeke, his kinred; and so the word familie signifieth, in Gen. 24. 38. the Chalhis helpers; that is, such as tooke part with him; as the next words doe declare. that goe a whoring after him] that is, commit idolathat erre: so in verse 6. the Greeke translateth, all that consent unto him. This judgment God executed upon the Iewes; for this idolatrie, and their other sins: as he signified by his Prophet, that he would give their city Ierusalem into the hand of the Chaldeans, who should set fire upon it, and burne it with the houses, upon whose roofes they had burnt incense unto Baal, &c. Because they, their Kings, their Princes, their Priests, and their Prophets, and the men of Iudah, and the inhabitants of Ierusalem, had set their abhominations in the house which was called by his
Vers. 6. the soule] that is, as the Chaldee expounthe man. that turneth unto] or, looketh after; in Greeke followeth: meaning that consulteth with them, as Deut. 18. 11. familiar spirits] Targum Ionathan expoundeth it, them that aske of familiar spirits. Of these; and the wizards following (whom the Greeke calleth Inchanters,) see the anset my face] Hebr. give my face: in Chaldee, give mine anger against that man, and destroy him. This judgment was executed upon K. Saul, who dyed, for asking counsell of one that had a familiar spirit. 1 Chron. 10. 13. 1 Sam. 28.
Vers. 7. And] This may bee a reason of the forTherefore ye shall sanctifie your selves; by abstaibe holy] or, be saints: for I am Iehovah, to weet, that sanctifieth you, as vers. 8. or, for
Vers. 9. For every man] or, any man: Hebr. man
man, meaning any whosoever, as vers. 2. And this is inferred upon the former precept, be holy: For, ocurseth] or revileth; speaketh evill, as the Greeke translateth; which the holy Ghost approveth in Acts 23. 5. See the notes on Exodus 21. 17. or] Heand, which the Greeke translateth or; and so in Matthew 15. 4. For death was his due, if he cursed either of them, and they are distinguito make him guilty for the one without the oth
as Chazkuni here explaineth it, and as Iarchi ad
Vers. 10. that committeth adultery] the Greek ador that commits-adul
Vers. 11. their bloods upon them] that is, they shall be stoned: in Greeke, both of them are guilty;
worthy to be killed. So in the rest that follow.
Vers. 12. wrought] or, done confusion, which the Greeke translateth, have done-impiously.
Vers. 13. like copulation with a woman] Hebr. the lyings (or copulations) of a woman: see Le
Vers. 14. wickednesse] or, a wicked purpose: in counsell of sinnes: in Greeke, an unlawfull act. See Levit. 18. 17.
Vers. 17. impietie] or, reproach, ignominie, as the Greeke and Chaldee doe translate it. cut-off]
destroyed before the sonnes of their kinne: that is, soone and openly; to weet by the hand of God: and to be beaten by the Magistrate, as the Hebrewes say. See the notes on verse 10. his iniquitie] that is, the punishment due thereunto: as Gen. 19. 15.
Vers. 18. having her sicknesse] her menstrual-infirmitie,
Vers. 20. his aunt] which the Chaldee expounhis uncles (or fathers-brothers) wife: see Lechildlesse] meaning either that God will give them no children, or soon take them away if he doe give them. For, by the Hebrew ca
Verse 21. shall be childlesse] the Greeke translashall dye childlesse; as verse 20. Sol. Iarchi hereChildlesse, meaneth, if he have children, he shall bury them; if he have no children, hee shall dye without children: therefore the scripture differeth, saying (in verse 20.)
Vers. 22. And] or, Therefore ye shall keepe.
spue] or, vomit you not out; which the Greeke and Chaldee turne, loathe, or abhorre you. See Levit. 18. 25. 26. 28.
Verse 23. nation] in Greeke, nations, in Chaldee, peoples. amyrked] or, am grieved with, and conabhorre them, as the Greeke translamy Word abhorreth them.
Fortie yeeres I was yrked with that generation, Psal. 95. 10.
Vers. 24. milke and honey] that is, all good and separated] in Greeke disparted (or disbounded) you from all the nations. Gods lawes are as a wall and hedge to keepe his people from the statutes and manners of the wicked. So Solomon said, Thou didst separate them to thy selfe for an inheritance; from all the peoples of the earth: 1 King. 8. 53.
Vers. 25. separate betweene the cleane beast] that is, R. Menachem on Levit. fol. 151. for uncleane] that is, that you should count them unclean, and abstaine from them. The Greeke translateth,
Vers. 26. from the peoples] in Grefrom all the
nations; as in verse 24. to be mine] or, to bee unto me: which the Chaldee interpreteth, to serve before me.
Vers. 27. familiar spirit] or spirit of divination: see their bloods upon them] in Greeke, they are guiltie: in Chaldee, worthy to be killed. See before on verse 9.
1, Lawes concerning the Priests mourning for the dead: 6, Of their holinesse, 7, and mariage. 9, The Priests daughter that playeth the whore, is to be burnt. 10, Lawes concerning the high Priests mourning, 13, and his mariage. 16, The Priests that have blemi
AND Iehovah said, unto Moses; Say is nigh unto him: for his mother, and for his father, and for his son, and for his daughter, and for his brother. And for his sister a virgin, that is nigh unto any man: for her, he shall defile himself. He shall not defile being a chief-man amoany cutting. They shall be holy, unto their God; and shall not prophane, the name of their God: for the Fire-offrings of Iehovah, the bread of their God, they doe offer, and they shall be holithat is an whore, or prophane; neither shall they take a woman, put-away from her husband: for hee is holy, unto his God. And thou shalt am holy. And the her selfe, to commit-whordome: she prophaneth her father: she shall be burnt, with fire.
And the Priest that is great among his is upon him, I am Iehoone put-away, or prophane, or an whore; these shall he not take: but a virto wife. And
And Iehovah spake, unto Moses, saying Any man of thy seed, in their generations, in whom there shall be a blemish; hee shall not approch, to offer the bread of his God. For any man, hath in him a blemish, shall not apthat is crookhath a smal-spot, or a confusion in his eye: or scurse, or scab; or hath his stones broken. No man that hath a blemish in him, is in him; he shall not come-nigh, to is in him: & he shall not prophane my Sanctuaries; for I Iehovah, doe sanctifie them. And Moses spake it, unto Aaron, and
THe Priests] After the generall rules of holines for all the people, here followeth a speciall a Prophet, whom he would raise up unto them, by whom they might know his will; Deut. 18. 10. 11. 15. so it is observed here by the Hebrewes, (as Baalhatturim, and Chazkuni,) that immediately after the Law against famili
Vers. 2. his neere-kin] those of his consanguiniwife by it; as one for whom hee might defile himselfe. See the notes on verse 3. This law is for the inferiour Priests: but the high Priest might not defile himselfe for these, verse 10. 11.
Vers. 3. not beene to any man] which the Greeke not given to (or not bestowed on) a man; meaning, which hath had no husband. For such as had husbands, were to be buried and mourned for by them, as Abraham mourned for Sarah, Genes. 23. 2. These sixe, Father, and Mother, and Sonne, and Daughter, and Brother, and Sister that hath had no husband, are againe mentioned in Ezek. 44. 25. &c. that for them the Priests might be defiled, and after their cleansing, and dayes appointed, to bring their Sin-offring. And it seemeth they were to doe the like for their wives, because Ezekiel the Priest was commanded as an extraordinary case, not to mourne for his wife when sheedied, Ezek. 24. 16. 17. 18. So the Hebrew canons say, Every Priest that is defiled for the dead, except for those sixe dead which are expressed in the Law, or for his wife: if it bee proved by witnesses, he is to be beaten: Leviticus 21. 1. And whether hee touch the dead, or come into the tent, or beare him, and whether it bee the dead person himselfe, or any other uncleannesse about him: and so if a Priest touch a grave, he is to be beaten. And every Priest that commeth within foure cubits of the dead, is to be chastised with stripes: Maimony treat. of Mourning, chap. 1. sect. 1. 2. 13.
Vers. 4. being a chiefe-man] or, for a chief-man,
A common Priest shall not defile himselfe for a chiefe man among his peoples; be he the high Priest among his people. Although I permit thee to defile thy selfe for thy neere-kinne, thou shalt not defile thy selfe for the high Priest, who is not of thy neere-kinne. The Hebrew Baal, signifieth a Lord, Master, or chiefe man, Iudg. 9. 51. Esa. 60. 8. and so the Chaldee translateth it here Rabba; that is, a master, or chiefe-man: (but the Greek expoundeth it Suddenly, as if it were written
Bahal.) Baal also signifieth an husband, Exod. 21. 3. 22. which interpretation some keepe in this place.
Vers. 5. not make] or, not shave, (as the Greeke not balde baldnesse, meaning any way, either by shaving, or pulling off the hayre, or otherwise: and the Greeke addeth for the dead, which is here intended, as is expressed in Deut. 14. 1. And that not the Gentiles onely, but the IsraeAnd the Priests sit in their Temples, having their clothes rent, and their heads and beards shaven, and nothing upon their heads: they roare and cry before their gods, as men doe at the feast when one is dead. the corner] that is, any of the corners; this was the manner of Idolaters, and is forbidden not the Priests onely, but all Israelites: see the annotations on Leviticus 19. 27. cut any cutting] or, make any incision: a thing forbidwhich have no hope, 1 Thes. 4. 13.) nor to imitate the heathenish customes, which were idolatrous: see the notes on Levit. 19. 28. and Deut. 14. 1.
Vers. 6. Fire-offrings] in Groeke, sacrifices, in Chaldee, offrings, which were burnt in fire unto holy, & Gods peculiar-treasure, above all peoples, Deuter. 14. 2. so the Priests in speciall, because they were to be hothe bread] or, the food: which the Greeke interpreteth the gifts, the Chaldee, the offring. See Levit. 3. 11. shall be holinesse] that is, men of holinesse: which the Greeke and Chaldee translate holy-ones.
Vers. 7. a wife that is an whore] This is the second law concerning the Priests holinesse; that as they whore, (called in Hebrew, Zo
is by the Hebrewes said to be
Vers. 8. And thou] or, Therefore thou shalt sanctifie
Verse 9. of any Priest] Hebr. of a man a Priest ▪
Ver. 10. great among his brethren] or, greater then
that is,
Vers. 11. goe in] namely into any tent, house or place where any dead is, whereby he should be deany soules of the dead] in Greeke, any dead soule; meaning a dead corpse; as before in vers. 1. his father, &c.] which was lawfull for any common Priest, vers. 2. but not for the high Priest. The Hebrewes explaine it thus; The high Priest may not be defiled for his neere-kinne, as for his father or his mother, &c. neither may hee come to any tent where the dead is, though his neerekindred. Loe thou art taught (in Lev. 21. 11.)
Ver. 12. goe out of the Sanctuary] to weet, in the A priest that goeth out of the Sanctuary in the time of service onely, is guilty of death, whether he be the high priest, or a common priest, Levit. 10. 7. So that which is said of the high Priest, (in Lev. 21. 12.) AND HE SHALL NOT GOE OVT, &c. is not but for the time of service onely, that hee shall not leave his service and goe out. If it be so, why is this warning repeated for the high Priest? Because a common priest, which is in the Sanctuarie, in his service, and he heareth of death of one for whom he is bound to mourne; though he may not goe out of the Sanctuary, yet he serveth not, because he is sorowfull, and if he serve when he is sorowfull, by the law he prophaneth his service, whether it be about the sacrifice of a particular person, or the sacrifice of the congregation. But the high Priest serveth when he is sorrowfull; for it is said, Neither shall hee goe-out of the Sanctuary, nor prophane the Sanctuary; as if he should say, hee shall continue and serve the service that he is imployed in, and it is not prophaned. But though the high Priest serveth when hee is sorrowfull, yet is it unlawfull for him to eate of the holy things; as it is written (in Lev. 10. 19.)
V. 13. a wife in her virginities] that is, a wife that a virgin, as the Greeke translateth it. Three women are unlawfull for all Priests, the divorced, the whore and the prophane: and the high Priest is forbidden foure, the three forenamed, and the widow. Whether it be the high Priest which is anointed with the anointing oile, or ordained in the (priestly) garments; and whether it be the priest that serveth, or the great Priest that serveth in his place; [in stead of the high Priest when hee is pollured, called the second Priest, 1 King 2. 28.]
V. 14. a widow] whether she be a widow after betrothing
Vers. 15. not prophane his seed] which he should A priest that goeth in to a divorced woman, or an whore; and an high priest that goeth in to them, or unto a widow; those are made profane (women) for ever: and if hee beget a sonne of her, that which is borne is prophane. Maimony in Issureibiah, ch. 19. sect. 3. Therefore the magistrates punished the priests, that maryed and lay with any unlawful woman.
Vers. 17. of thy seed] that is, as the Chaldee inof thy sons. in their generations] that is, they or any of their posteritie, in the ages folablemish] in Hebrew Mum, in Gt. Momos, in Chaldee Muma; which signifieth, any thing to be blamed, for deformitie, want or superflto offer the bread] that is, as the Gr. saith, the gifts, in Chaldee, the offring, or sacrifice. The reason here of was, that the Priests were both in their persons and works, to figure out Christ his person and worke; who was holy, harmlesse, undefiled, separated from sinners; and a
Vers. 18. blind] either in whole or in part, purnineteene blemishes, that might bee in the eye of a priest; and seven in the eyelid. Maimony in Biath hamikdash, cha. 8. sect. 17. lame] or halting; on one, or both legs; having any imperfecti
V. 19. the breaking of a foot] that is, a broken foot; he broken-footed, or broken handed. In the hands, the Hebrewes say there might bee seven blemishes.
Vers. 20. crookt-backt] that hath a bunch or hilThargum Ierusalemy referreth it to the eyebrowes, that hang over the eyes; and so it agreeth with them which follow. But the Greeke favoureth the former ina smal-spot] or, a thin filme: this by the Hebrews, is referred to Imperfection in the eye. By others to the small or thin stature of the body, as to be a dwarfe, or over slender. The HeDak, is generally that which is small or th
(of the eye)
Verse 22. He shall eate] Herein the blemished
Vers. 23. unto the veile] of the holy place, whiwent in alwaies, accomplishing the services, Heb. 9. 6. unto the Altar] that which was in the courtyard, Exod. 40. 29. Any priest that had a blemish, might not come into the Sanctuary, from the Altar & forward, Lev. 21. 23. and if hee transgressed & went in, he was to be beaten, although hee served not. And if hee served in the Sanctuary, it was unlawfull; and he prophaned the service, and was to be beaten also for the service. Maimony in
Ver. 24. all the sons of Israel] because as it concersanctifie them, v. 8. and to looke that no disallowable perthe great Synedrion used to sit in the chamber of hewen-stone [by the Sanctuarie,] and the principall of their worke continually was to sit and judge concerning the Priesthood; and to examine the priests for their genealogies, and for their blemishes. Every priest that was found disallowable for his genealogie; he put on blacke cloathes, and wrapped himselfe over with blacks, and went out of the court. And who-soever was found perfect and lawfull; he put on whites, and went in and ministred with his brethren the priests. Who so was found lawfull for his genealogie, but had a blemish found upon him, hee sate in the wood chamber, and hewed wood, &c. Maimony in
1, The Priests in their uncleannes, must abstaine from the holy things. 6, How they shall bee cleansed. 10, Who of the priests house may eate of the holy things. 14, What they must pay that eate of them unlawfully. 17, The sacrifices must be without blemish. 26, The age of the sacrifice. 26, The Law of eating the sacrifice of Confession.
ANd Iehovah spake, unto Moses, sayin the things which they sanctifie unam Iehovah. Say unto them; am Iehovah. Any man, thing that is uncleane by a soule; or a man, whose seed of copulation goeth from him. Or a man, that toucheth, any creeping-thing, whereby hee is made-unby whom he is made-unaccording to any uncleannes of him. The soule, which hath toucheth it; even he shall be uncleane, untill the evening: and when the Sun is gone downe, then he shall be cleane: and afterward, hee shall eate of the holy-things; for it is his bread. And a carhimselfe uncleane therewith: I, am Ieof the holy thing: a forreiner of the Priests, and an hired person, shall not eate of the holy-thing. But a priest, if he buy a soule, with the purchase of his money; he, shal eate of it: and he that is borne in his house; they shall eate of his bread. And a priests daughmaried to a man that is a stranin her youth; she shall eat, of her faof the holy-thing, part thereof, unto it; and he shall give unto the priest, the holy-thing. And they
And Iehovah spake, unto Moses, saying. according to all their vowes, and to all their voluntarie-offrings; which they will offer unto Iehovah, for a burnt-offring. For your favourable-acceptation: a perfect hath a blemish in it, yee offring; of the herd, or of the flock: it shall be perfect, for favourable-accephaving:
Fireoffring, upon the Altar, unto Iehovah. And bull or lambe, that hath
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. A bull, or a sheep, or a goat, when it shall bee offring, unam Iehovah. And yee shall am Iehovah. And ye shall not prophane, am Iehovah.
LEt them be separated] in Greeke, Let them take
heed of the holy things, meaning, that they deNazar here used, signifieth a religious separ
in respect of holinesse; as is noted on Lev. 15. 31.
Vers. 3. your generations] either now, or at any shall come nigh] namely, to eate, as is expressed in ver. 4. So Iarchi saith, This com
that is, your children: so in vers. 4.
Vers. 4. Any man] Hebrew Man man: that is, Whosoever: Targum Ionathan saith yong man
or old man. And this concerneth women also, the daughters of Aaron, who were to eate of some of the holy things; but so as they were cleane when they did eate. Numb. 18. 19. 11. See after, in vers. 11. 12. leprous] whereof see Levit. 13. an issue] whereof see Lev. 15. 2. &c. by a soule] the Greeke translateth, any uncleannesse of a soule; wherthe dead is meant, as Lev. 19. 28. and 21. 1. and what uncleannes that was, see in Numb. 19. 11. 14. seed of copulation] or, effusion of seed, whereof see Lev. 15. 16.
Vers. 5. creeping thing] which when it is dead, demade uncleane] so much as would make a man unof a lentile (or little pease) as Iarchi here no teth. See Lev. 11. 31. a man] to weet, an unan olive would defile.
Vers. 6. The soule] that is, the man, as the Chalthe man a priest. untill the evening] untill the end of that day, and beginning of a new. See the notes on Lev. 11. 24. 32. bathe] or, wash his flesh, that is, his body, as the Gr. translateth: see Lev. 15. 5. 13. It figured repentance for sins, as I baptise you with water unto repentance, Mat. 3. 11. & sanctiye are washed, ye are sanctified, ye are justified, in the name of the Lord Iesus, and by the Spirit of our God, 1 Cor. 6. 11. And this sanctimony, though common to the whole Church, Lev. 11. did specially pertaine to the priests and ministers, whom Christ (who is likened to a refiners fire, and to fullers sope) should purifie by his grace, as it is said, He shall purifie the sonnes of Levi, and purge them as gold and silver: that they may offer unto the Lord, an offring in righteousnesse, Malac. 3. 2. 3.
Vers. 7. and afterward] in Greeke, and then he shall (or may) eat, to weet, when his sunne is gone his bread] his food, allowed him of God for his livelihood: Numb. 18. 11. 19. Whosoever eateth of the heave-offrings, blesseth with a blessing for the food; and after that, hee blesseth him that sanctifieth
them with the sanctification of Aaron, (Numb. 18. 8.)
Vers. 8. a carkasse and a torne thing] what these
Vers. 9. my charge] or, observe my observation, that is, which I commanded to be kept: in Chaldec, the
observation of my word. Here it is specially to bee understood, as larchi also saith, of eating the heaveoffring, and of uncleannes of body. sinne] that is, the punishment of sinne: So in Lev. 19. 17. Numb. 18. 32. and 9. 13.
Vers. 10. any stranger] that is, whosoever is not The heave-offring, and the heave-offring of the tithes, are to be eaten by the Priests, whether old or yong, male or female, by them, and their Cananitish servants, and their cattell: Lev. 22. 11.
Vers. 11. buy a soule] that is, a person, to a Cananitish servant. Such by comming to bee of the Priests familie might eate, though Israelites might not eate. And, as the HeAn uncircumcised Priest, and all
c. 7. s. 12. with
Vers. 12. a stranger] such as were not of the Priests stock: for other Israelites are counted strana stranger is here expounded by larchi, a Levite, or an Israelite. of the heaveoffring] which the Chaldee expoundeth
Ver. 13. no seed] no son, saith the Chaldee version. as in her youth] so that though shee hath brought forth no seed, yet if she be with child, shee may not eate of the holy things. Maim. in Trum. ch. 8. s. 2. of her fathers bread] The Hebrew doctors say, We have heard this expounded, of the bread, and not all the bread: shee returneth to (eate of) the heaveoffrings, but not of the wave-brest, and heave-shoulder. Maimony in Trumoth. ch. 6. sect. 9. Hereupon also they inferre, An
Vers. 14. a man] that is, any stranger formentioa man of Israel. in ignorance] or, through unadvised errour. But if hee doe it presumptuously, hee is guilty of death, by the hand of God, vers. 9. of beating by the hand of the Magistrate. adde the fift] The stranger that eateth of the heave-offrings in ignorance; payeth the principall and the fift (part.) Though hee knoweth it to bee the heave-offring, and that it is forbidden him, but knoweth not whether hee is guity of death for it, or no: loe this is ignorance, and he payeth the principall, and the fift part. Whether he eate, or drinke, or anoynt himselfe with it; and whether he eate the heaveoffring that is cleane, or that is uncleane, in ignorance; he must pay the principall, & the fift. Whosoever payeth the principall and the fift; payeth to the owners, and the fift part to any Priest that he will. And he never payeth, but according to the price that it was worth, at the time when he did eate it: whether it bee cheaper at the time when hee payeth for it, or dearer. Maimony in Trumoth, c. 10. s. 1. 2. 16. 25. See also the annotations on Lev. 5. 15. 16.
Vers. 15. not profane] by suffring the holy things which they heave-up] that is, offer; or (as the Greeke and Chalseparate unto (or before) the Lord.
Vers. 16. Ocause them to beare] or, And they
shall not cause them to beare: which may be underAnd bring upon them iniquity. Or, it may be referred to the people, that they should not cause them selves to beare iniquity (that is, the punishment) of trespasse, for eating the holy things. The Chaldee translateth,
Ver. 18. all the sonnes] in Greeke, all the congregation
Any man] Hebrew man man; that is, whosoever. Targum Ionathan saith,
Vers. 19. For your favourable-acceptation] to Acceptable: see the notes on Levit. 1. 3. Sol. Iarchi here explaiBring the thing that is meet to make you acceptable before me, that it may be unto you for favourable-acceptation. a perfect male] in Greeke,
Ver. 20. to favourable acceptation] that is, favourablie-accepted,
Ver. 21. of peace offrings] or, of payments: in Greek of salvation, in Chaldee, of sanctification. See the to separate] or, in separating (in Greeke distinguishing) a vow: which may bee understood both of making a singular vow, and of accomplishing it, for both must bee unblemished. So in Numb. 15. 3. 8. See also Lev. 27. 2. The HeIt is commanded that all oblations bee perfect and choise, Lev. 22. 21. and whosever sanctifieth a beast which hath a blemish for the top of the altar, transgresseth against a prohibition, and is to be beaten for his sanctifying of it; as it is written, (Lev. 22. 20.) ANIE WHICH
Vers. 22. Blinde] either wholly, or in part; of it see not with both eyes, or with one of them, and that
with a cleare sight, &c. Maimony Biath
ch. 5. sect. 7.
Ves. 23. superfluous] or, overlong; and as Iarehi expoundeth it, a member greater then his fellow: see lacking] or too short: any memshrunke up: not lacking wholly, (for so it was uncurttailed. mayest makes or shalt make. voluntary-offring] which some understand of the peace-offrings, the most inferious; therefore God permitteth such imperfea vow, is shewed on LevitiThou shalt make them slaine (beasts) for thy selfe: the Hebrew doctors understand these not for sacrifice on the altar, (on which no blemished beast might bee ofIt is unlawfull to sanctifie perfect (beasts) to the reparation (or maintenance) of the sanctuarie; for it is written, And bull or sheepe, that hath any (member) superfluous or lacking, thou shalt make it a voluntary (offring.) We have beene taught that this is a voluntary (offring) for the maintenanee of the Sanctuarie, &c. for they may offer no blemished thing upon the Altar: For
tom. 3. in
Vers. 24. bruised] in any part of the body, and Thladias signifieth that which hath the stones bruised, or is in your land] that is, any in the land of Israel; opposed to the alien, in the verse following. not doe it] that is, not offer, or make it a sacriit shall not be done, (or sacrificed.) Or, we may reade it, not make such, and so the Hebrewes understand it to bee a prohiMaimony in Issure biah, chap. 16. s. 9. See the notes on Deut. 23. 1.
Vers. 25. strangers sonne] or, sonne of an alien, that a
or
Vers. 27. under his dam] Hebrew under his mother.
Vers 28. Cow] The Hebrew word is the same that was in verse 27. and may imply the male as The prohibition concerning IT AND THE YONG THEREOF,
Vers. 29. of confession] or, of thanksgiving; which
Vers. 30. untill the morning] If it were kept longer
Vers. 31. I am Iehovah] Targum Ionathan exI am the Lord, who will give a good reward to them that keepe my preceptss and my lawes.
Vers. 32. not prophane] Gods name is prophaned, or polluted, by the wilfull & presumptuous breach doe sanctifie you] God the soleSpirit, 1 Corinth. 1. 2. and 6. 11. the outin meats and drink, and divers washings and carnall rites imposed on them untill the time of reformation, sanctified unto the purifying of the flesh, Hebrewes 9. 10. 13. but
1, The feasts of the Lord. 3, The Sabbath. 4, The Passeover, and unlevened-cakes. 9, The sheafe of first-fruits. 15, The feast of Pentecost. 22, Gleanings to be left for the poore. 23, The feast of Trumpets. 16. The day of Atonement. 33, The feast of Tabernacles.
ANd Iehoah spake unto Moses, sayshall be a Sabbath of sabbatisme, a convocation of holinesse; ye shall not doe, any worke: it shall be a Sabbath, to Iehovah; in all your dwellings.
These are the solemne-feasts of Iehovah; day of the moneth, betweene the two-evenings: shall be the Passeover, to Ieovah. And in the fifteenth day, of the same moneth, shall bee
cakes, unto Iehovah: seven daies, yee shall eate unlevened-cakes. In the first day ye shall have, a convocation offring, unshall be a convocation of holinesse; yee shall not doe, any servile worke.
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. after the sabbath, the Priest shall wave it. And yee shall offer, in shall be two tenth deales; of fine flowre mingled with oile; a Fire-offring to Iehovah, a savour of rest: and the drinkshall be wine, the fourth part of an Hin. And ye shall not eat bread, or corne, or green-eares; untill this self same day; untill ye have brought, the oblatiit shall be a statute for ever; throughout your generations, in all your dwellings.
And ye shall number unto you, from the after the sabbath; from the day that ye brought the sheafe of the wave-offring: seven sabbaths, they shal be complete. Vntill after the seventh Sabbath; ye shall number, fifty dayes: and ye shall offor a wave-offring; two loaves, of two tenth-deales; they shal be of fine-flowre; they shall be baken with leaven: they are the first-fruits, offring of a savour of rest, unto Iehovah. And yee shall offer, one offring: and two hee-lambes, of the first yere, for a sacrifor a wave-offring, before Iehovah; with the two lambes: holines shall they be unto Iehoit shall be a statute for ever, in all your dwellings, throughout your generati
And when you reape the harvest of your am Iehovah your God.
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. day of the moof trumpets, a convocation of hooffring unto Iehovah.
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. day of this seveshall be a day of Atonements; a convocatioffring unto Iehovah. And ye shall not do any work is a day of atonemeit
shall bee a statute for ever, throughout your generations, in all your dwellings. It shall be
day of the moneth, in the evening; from evening unto evening; ye shall rest your Sabbath.
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying. shall be the feast of Boothes, seven dayes, unto Ieshall bee a convoFireoffring,
SOlemne feasts] The Hebrew M
is general
V. 3. shall worke be done] in Gr
that is,
V. 4. convocations of holinesse] the Gr. translateth, Feasts to the Lord, called holy, that is, holy by calling orproclamation. Hereupon the Hebr. say, As we are commanded in honour the Sabbath, and delight
[that is,
V. 5. first moneth] called Abib, and Nisan, which was made the first, upon their comming out of EIn the moneth of N
that is, in the afternoone: as is opened on Exod. 72. 6. So all the forenoone of the fourteenth day of Abib (the day wherein they killed the Paschal lambes,) was
Vers. 6. of unlevened-cakes] a feast adjoyned to the Passeover, Exod. 12. 15. and 13. 6. the rites seven dayes mystically figured; as is shewed on Exod. 12. 15. Chazkuni (on Levit. 23.) saith; The evening of the first good day, and that might, is called the Passeover; according as they imploy themselves about the oblation which is called the Passeover. But the residue of the feast, from the first night and forw
Verse 7. servile worke] Hebr. worke of service, or of se
or
Vers. 8. a Fire offring] that is, burnt-offrings, as the an oblation to the name of the Lord. seven dayes] all the dayes of the feast, seeme to be called generally convocations of holinesse, verse 2. and in every of them, an extraordinary number of sacrifices were to be offred, Numb. 28. 24. and 29. 17. 20. 23. 26. &c. though the first and last were the great dayes of the feast, in which they might doe no servile worke. Of these other dayes, the Hebrewes say; The dayes which are betweene the first and the seventh of the Passeover, and the first and the eight of the feast of boothes; are called the prophane (or common working) dayes of the solemne-feast, and they are called the Solemne-feast. And although it is not said of any of them, it shall bee a Sabbatisme; yet for asmuch as it is called a convocation of holinesse, and it is the time of feasting in the sanctuarie, it is unlawfull to doe worke in them; that they be not like other prophane dayes, wherein there is no holinesse at all. And who so doth unlawfull worke in them, he is scourged, because it is forbidden him, by the doctrine of the Scribes. Yet all servile worke is not forbidden: for any worke, which if a man doe it not in the solemne-feast, much hurt (or corruption) followeth, they may doe it. As a man may gather his fruits, and the grapes of his vineyard, in the feast, if they be ripe. But it is unlawfull for a man purposely to deferre such workes untill the feast. If a man have fruits on the ground, and hath nothing to eate in the feast, but of them, though there be no danger of their perishing; they lay no necessity upon him to buy food in the market, till he reape after the feast; but hee may reape, and binde, and thresh, and fanne, and grinde what him needeth. Also they may judge money-matters, and matters of life and death, in the solemne feast; and may write the matters of the judgement hall (or Court,) and all
[as did they that imbalmed our Sa
Vers. 10. reape the harvest] the originall words reape the reaping, or, harvest the harvest. This law appertained to the Passeover, at what time, harvest in Canaan began to be ripe; and was to be done in the feast, namely on the 16. day of A
V. 11. for your favourable acceptation] in Greeke, acceptable for you: that is, that you and your otIf you offer it according to this right, it shall be acceptable for you;
Vers. 12. shall
H
Vers. 13. two tenth deales] to weet, of an Ephah: that is two Ofine flowr] of wheat, as was for all ordinary meat-offrings, Levit. 2. Exoile] to weet, oile olive: and a log (or halfe pinte) of oile was the stint for every tenth deale (or Omer) of flowMaimony in Magnaseh
chap. 12. sect. 7.
Vers. 14. not eat bread, &c.] God here by taught them, that they had no right to eare of any of the It was unlawfull, to reape in the land of Israel, any of the five kindes of corne, before they had reaped the shease (of wave offring,) Levit. 23. 10. They brought no meatoffring, drinke-offring, or first-fruits of new (fruits) before they brought the sheafe; and if they brought any, it was not allowable. Maimony in Ta chap. 7. sect. 13. 17.
Vers. 15. ye shall number] This commandement is
unto every man of Israel, and in every place: but women and servants are free from counting; faith Maimony in Tamidin, chap. 7. sect. 24. from the morrow] or, on the morrow; the Chaldee saith after the feast day; as in verse 11. and Targum Ionathan saith, after the first good day of the Passeover. And by the Hebrew canons, They reckon from the beginning of the day th
chap 7.
Verse 16 the morrow after the seventh sa
the
Vers. 17. your habitations] in the land of Canaan. They bring not the two loaves, but from the land, and of new fruits, saith Maimony in Timidin, chap. 8. sect. 2. for a wave-offring] Hebr. bread of waving, that is, to be waved before the Lord. This was brought at the churches charge: the manner is noted on Levit. 24. 8. two loaves] or cakes; which word is added both by the Greeke and Chaldee: the manner of this service, is said to be thus: They brought three Sea
(that is, an Ephah or Bushell)
Vers. 18. perfect] in Greeke, unblemished. of the first yeere] Hebr. sonnes of a yeere: see Exod. 12. one bullocke] in Num. 28. 27. there are two bullockes, and one ram; here is one bullocke, and two rammes: those were an addition in respect of the feast day; these are a further addition, in respect of the two loaves, & therfore to be offred with them, as before he saith. The Hebrewes explaine it thus: In the fiftieth day from the numbring of the sheafe, is the feast of Weekes [Exod. 34. 22. or of Pentecost, Act. 2. 1.] and it is a Retention [or solemne assemblie;] and this day they offer more (than other dayes) two bullocks, and aram, and seven lambs, all of them burnt offrings; and a goat for a sin-offring, and these are the offrings spoken of in Num. 28. 26. 27. 30.
Vers. 19. shall offer] Hebr. shall doe, as verse 12. a Sin-offring] whereby they acknowledged of Peace-offrings] or, of payments, wherby they payed thanks and praises unto God for his mercies; which being done also with sacrifices, shewed that by Christ, we must offer praise to God continually, Heb. 13. 15. It is observed by the Hebrewes, that the Church (or Congregation) never offred aMaimony treat of Offring sacrifices, chap. 1. sect. 4. See the notes o
Vers. 20. wave them with the loaves ▪
The
Vers. 21. shall proclaime] or, shall convocate,
Vers. 22. not wholly-rid] not
Vers. 24. the seventh moneth] called of the He
of us now,
a day of Atonemente] or, of expiation and reconciliation to God, that they might have forafflict your soules] humble your selves in fasting, prayer, &c. see the notes on Levit. 16. 29. where five things are shewed to belong unto this afflicting of thema fire-offring] many burnt-offrings and sacrifices, described in Levit. 16. and Numb. 29. 7. 11.
Vers. 29. every soule] in the Chaldee, every man: so in verse 30. cut-off] in the Greek and Chaldestroyed; and Targum Ionathan addeth destroyed by death: meaning if they did it presumptu
Vers. 30. I will even destroy that soule] or, wil make him perish: in Greeke, that soule shall perish from the
people thereof. The Hebrewes explaine this law thus; It is commanded to rest from worke, on the tenth of the seventh moneth, Levit. 16. 31. and who so doth worke therein, omitteth the keeping of a commandement, and transgresseth against a prohibition, Numb. 29. 7. And if he doe it willingly of presumption, he is guilty of cutting off: if ignorantly, hee is to bring the sin-offring appointed for the same. All worke for which they are to be stoned, if they doe it on the Sabbath, if they doe it on this day, they are to be cut-off. And whatsoever is unlawfull to be done on the sabbath, which is not worke; is unlawfull to be done on this day; and if he doe it, he is to be scourged, as he is to be scourged for doing it on the sabbath. There is no difference betweene the sabbath, and this day, for these matters, save this, that for presumptuous doing it on the sabbath, he is to be stoned, and for doing it on this day, he is to be cut off. Maimony treat. of the
Vers. 32. in the ninth] the Greeke translateth, from the ninth of the moneth from the evening, untill the tenth
of the moneth at evening ye shall sabbatize (or rest) your sabbathes. From these words the Hebrewes gather, that their fast began a little before the tenth day began, and continued a little after it was ended. See the notes on Levit. 16. 29.
Vers. 34. of Roothes] or, of Tabernacles, made of boughes of greene trees; as verse 40. In the new Skenopegia, that is, the pitching of tents, or setting up of boothes, Ioh. 7. 2. and so the Lxx. translated it in Deut. 16. 16. This feast they kept, in remembrance of Gods favours to them in the wildernesse, where they dwelt in boothes, vers. 43. and to shew their thankmade flesh, and dwelt (or pitcht his tent) among us, Ioh. 1. 14. At this feast, Solomons Temple, (a figure of Christs body, Ioh. 2. 19. 21.) was dedicated with great solemnitie, and the Arke brought into it, 2 Chron. 5. 2. 3. 7. This feast the power of Christ resteth upon us (or protecteth us as a Tabernacle) as Paul saith, 2 Cor. 12. 9. Likewise knowing that when our
Vers. 35. convocation of holinesse] an holy assemservile wor
Hebr.
Vers. 36. a fire-offring] in Greeke, burnt-offring
There were many sacrifices offred all the dayes of
Vers. 37. a sacrifice] this may meane the Sin-ofthe thing] Heb.
whereby is meant, ev
Vers. 38. your gifts] hereby may bee meant the firstborne cattell, and first fruits, which they gavowes] that is, vowed sacri
Vers. 39. the revenue] or income, that is, the corne and wine and oile, &c. Hereupon this is called the
Feast of ingathering, Exod. 23. 16. a sabbatisme] that is, arest from your labours.
Vers. 40. the first day] to weet, of the feast; which was the fifteenth day of the moneth, verse the Feast (or Atonement day) and this Feast of Boothes; as there had beene eight daies betweene the feast of Trompets, and that Feast. the fruit] this may be understood of branches with the fruit upon them: as in Ezek. 19. 12. where for fruit, the Greek translateth branches: howbeit the Hebrewes take it properly for the fruit of the tree. of goodly trees] Hebr. of the tree of goodlinesse (or of honour,) which the Chaldee, and Targum Ierusalemy translateth, of the Pome-citron tree. So the Hebrew doctors say, The fruit of the goodly tree spoken of in the law, is the Pome-citron. Maimony in Shophar and Succah, chap. 7. sect. 2. This tree beareth apples at all times, some falling-off, some ripe, some springPlinie saith, Nat. hist. lib. 12. cap. 3. Some take this fruit of goodly-trees, to be the branches of Olives, Oile-trees, and Mirtles mentioboughes] in Hebr. Cappoth, so named of being bowboughes of Palme-trees, the Chaldee and the Ierusalemy Targum calleth Lulabin, as growing out of the heart of the tree; and the Hebrewes describe them to be
Vers. 42. dwell in Boothes] or, sit in taberna
which after in Ierusalem, they made on the tops of their houses, and in their courtyards, and in the streetes, &c. Neh. 8. 16. They were made of the branches of trees, as there appeareth, verse 15. And by the Hebrew canons, the Boothes might not be covered with any cloth, or other thing, which had not growne out of the earth, or was not cut
Vers. 43. your generations] your posterity. to dwell in boothes] so that the first place where S
that is,
1, The Israelites are commanded to bring oile for the lampes, which Aaron must order. 5, The Shew bread, with from kincense, to be set on the Table every Sabbath, and eaten by the Priests. 10, 23, Shelomiths son blas
AND Iehovah spake unto Moses, sayit shall be a statute for ever, through-out your generations. Vpon the pure candle
And thou shalt take fine-flowre, and bake it, twelve cakes: two tenth-deales, shall be in
in two on a row: upon the pure table, before Iehovah. And thou shalt put upon each row, pure frankincense: that it may bee offring unto Iehovah. In the sabbath day in the sabis holy of holies to him, of the Fire-offrings of Iehovah, by an everlasting statute.
And there went out, the sonne of an Israwas, the sonne of an Egyptian man; amongst the sons of Israel: and the son of the Israelitesse, and a man an Israelite, strove-together in the campe. And was Shehee
him, lay their hands upon his head: and let al the conwell the stranger, as the home-borne; when he blasphemeth the Name, shal be put to death.
And a man, when he shall smite, any soule well the have it: for, I am Iehovah, your God. And Moses spake, with stones: and the sons of Israel did, as Iehovah commanded Moses.
THat they take] or, as the Greeke translateth, and
let them take unto thee; that is, take and give (or bring) unto thee: see the like phrase in Gen. 15. 9. Exod. 25. 2. Num. 19. 2. As the former lawes in chap. 23. taught Israel the profession of their obeolive] or, of the olive-tree: the oile whereof, figured the graces of Gods spirit; and the beating of the oile, signified the lathe Lampe] in Chaldee, the Lampes, meaning the seven lampes, as is explaithe seven Spirits of God, Rev. 4. 5. that is, the manifold graces of the Spirit: now there are diversities of gracious gifts, but one and the same Spirit, 1 Cor. 12. 5. 11. so the seto ascend-up] that is, to burne, as the Greeke and Chaldee expound it: for the flame alwaies ascendeth. continually] this the Hebrewes expound, from night to night, as the continuall Burnt-offring, which was not but from day to day. Sol.
on Lev. 24. And in
Vers. 3. without the veile] meaning without the second veile (as it is called in Heb. 9. 3.) which of the testimony] which is before the testimony. Exod. 27. 21. meaning the Tables within the Arke; called
Vers. 4. the pure candlesticke] made all of pure gold; a figure of Gods Law. See Exod. 25. 31. Or, it may before Iehovah] there in the holy place were the lamps to be trimmed; and so might not be trimChazkuni here observeth.
Vers. 5. fine-flowre] of wheat. The making of the shew bread is said to be thus; They brought foure
and twentie Seahs [or Peckes, which are eight Eof wheat for the Meat-offrings; out of which, being beaten and ground, they boulfoure and twenty tenth-deales (or Pottles) of fine-flowre: and made thereof twelve unlevened cakes. They were kneaded and moulded without the court, but baked within the courtyard, as other Meat offrings. And they had three formes (or moulds) of gold; one wherein they put the cake, when it was dough; and the second, wherein they baked it; and the third wherein they put it after it was taken out of the Oven. Every cake was square, ten hand-bredths long, and five broad; and seven fingers high. And the Table, was twelve hand bredths long, and fixe broad: they set the length of the cake, on the bredth of the table, so that the cake was two band-bredths over the one side, and two over the other, &c. Maimony in Tamidin (or Daily sacrifices) chap. 5. sect. 5.—9. See also the notes on Exod. 25. 29.
Vers. 6. sixe] the Greeke addeth, sixe cake; and Targum lonathan, sixe on one row, and sixe on another row. These were not set one by another, (or to the table could not well containe them, but one upon another, as Maimony sheweth, ibidem, sect. 9. 2. and as is noted on Exod. 25. 29. pure table] which was of Shittim wood, but overlaid with pure gold, Exod. 25. 24.
Vers. 7. shalt put] Heb. shalt give upon (or by)
which the Greeke translateth,
Vers. 8. In the sabbath day in the sabbath day] that In every sabbath: the Greeke translateth, in the day of the sabbathes. he] that is, the Priest, meaFoure Priests went in, two of them h
[that is, when the one tooke off, the other set on,]
Vers. 9. for Aaron and for his sonnes,] that is, for the high Priest, and for the other Priests, such as In the Sabbath when there are the daily sacrifices, and the additions, (Num. 28. 9. 10.)
Vers. 10. Israelitish] Heb. an Israelitesse, which a daughter of Israel: her name was Shelomith, vers. 11.
Vers. 11. blasphemed] the Greeke here translanamed; the Chaldee, expressed. The Hebrew Nakab, properly signifieth to pierce, or, strike through, Esa. 36. 6. Habbak. 3. 14. Whereupon it is figuratively used for cursing or blaspheming, Numb. 23. 13. 25. which is as a striking through with eexpresse-naming of a thing, sometime in the good part, as Esa. 62. 2. and sometime in the evill, as the Greeke and Chaldee interpret it, in this place. the Name] underof Iehovah, as verse 16. which is here omita shame to speake, as Eph. 5. 12. 3. So elsewhere the scripture sometime othe right hand of the power, Mark. 14. 62. for, the right hand of the power of God, Luk. 22. 69. and in comthe Blessed; for, (the blessed) God: Mark. 14. 61. Math. 26. 63. And when the High Priest heard words, which he thought to be blasphemie, hee rent his clothes, Matth. 26. 65. according to a canon which they have, (recorded by Maimony in his treat. of Idolatrie, chap. 2. sect. 10.) thus; Whosoever heareth blasphemy of the Name, he is bound to rend (his clothes;) whether hee himselfe heareth it, or heareth from the mouth of him that heard it, he is bound to rend (his clothes.) But he that heareth it from the mouth of an heathen, is not bound to rend (his clothes:) and Elinkim & Shebna had not rent (their clothes,) but for that Rabshakeh was an Apostate from the faith; (Esa. 36. 22.)
Vers. 12. in ward] or, in prison.
he
Vers. 14. out of the campe] or, to (a place) without
the campe: because the campe of Israel was holy, and all uncleane persons were to be put out of it, Num. 5. 2. 3. much more the flagitious. lay their hands] both to signifie the truth of their testiAll the witnesses and the Iudges every one lay their hands on the blasphemers head, and say unto him, Thy blood (be) upon thine head, for thou hast occasioned it unto thy selfe. And of all that are killed by the Synedrion, there is none upon whom they impose hands, save the blasphemer onely, (Levit. 24. 14.)
Vers. 15. Anyman] or Every man: Hebr. Man
man: which Targum Ionathan expoundeth yong man or old man. Vpon this particular occasion, a generall law is here given, for punishing of blasbeare his sinne] that is, the punishment due for his sinne.
Vers. 16. blasphemeth] in Chaldee, expresseth, in nameth: see vers. 11. name of Iehovah] Hereupon some of the Heb ewes gather, that the blasphemer is not to be stoned, unlesse he expresse that sacred name IEHOVAH, but the wiser of them justly mislike that restraint, though themThere be some that expound it, that he is not guiltie (of death) save for the name IHVH, that is, Iehovah:) but I say that for Adonai
(that is, LORD)
Vers. 17. shall smite] that is, as the Chaldee transshall kill. See the notes on Gen. 14. 17. soule] that is, life: see Gen. 19. 17. and 37. 21. and for putting murtherers to death, see Exod. 21. 22. shall surely be put to death] or, shall bee put to dye the death; and Targum Ionathan explaineth it,
Vers. 18. the soule of a beast] that is, the life of it: hee that sm
or,
Vers. 19. so shall it be done] by the Magistrate, He that hurteth his neighbour, is bound to pay unto him five things; to weet,
EYE FOR EYE;
V. 10. Breach for breach] Targum Ionathan saith, The price of ba
As there are severall sorts and degrees of hurts and blemishes, so were the penalties rated; which the Hebrewes lay downe thus;
Vers. 21. that smiteth]. the Chaldee translateth, that killeth a beast: but it extendeth further, even to the-hurting or mayming of his neighbours beast, and consequently any other of his goods, acHee that doth d
AND HEE THAT SMITETH A BEAST
Vers. 22. One judgement] that is, one manner of shall ye have] or, shall be to you as well the stranger] or as the stranger (the proselyte,) so shall the homeborne be.
Vers. 23. and stoned him] the Greeke addeth, and all the congregation stoned him as vers. 14. Of the manner of stoning, which they used afterward in Israel, it is recorded in Thalmud Bab. in Sanhedrin. ch. 6. and by Maimony in Sanhedrin. chap. 15. that when they came within foure cubits of the place of execution, they stThe hand of the witnesses shall be first upon him, to put him to death; and afterward, the hand of all the people. De
1, God commandeth that every seventh year should be a Sabbath and a yeere of rest to the Land of Canaan, 4. in which it might neither be tilled nor reaped, 6, and the fruits that grew of their owne accord that yeere, were to be common for all. 8, The law for the Iubilee in the fiftieth yeere; for libertie to the inhabitants of the land, returning to their families and possessions, and rest unto the land. 14. Oppression may not be in selling of Pos
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, in man servant, servant, and unto thy sojourthat are with thee. And unto thy cattell; and unto the beast, that are
And thou shalt number unto thee seven day of the moneth: in the day of Aevery-man unevery-man unto his fashall it be, a yeere of fifty yeeres, shall it be unto you: ye the grapes, of the separations theris the Iubile; holinesse, shall it bee unto you: out of the field, yee shall eate the every-man unto his possession. any man his brother. According to the number of yeeres, after the Iubile; thou shalt buy, of thy neighbour: according to the number of the yeeres of the revenues, he shall sell unto thee. According to the (according to) the number of the revenues, doth he sell unto thee. And ye any man his neighbor; but thou shalt feare thy God: for, I am Iehovah, your God. And yee shall doe my statutes, is mine: for ye are strangers and sojour
If thy brother be waxen poore; and hath some of his possession: then the redeeis neere unto him, shall come; and shall redeeme, the sale of his brofor the redemption thereof. Then he
And a man, if he sell a dwelling house, in a yeere of daies, shal be the redempis in the citie that hath
every-one coun(shall be) of the Levites; and is their possession; among the sonnes of Israel. And the field, of the suburbs of their cities, shall not be sold: for it is to them, a possesfor ever.
And if thy brother be waxen poore; and his hand fayleth, with thee: then thou shalt even the stranger and the sohim thy meat, upon increase. I, am Iehovah your
And if thy brothr be waxen-poore, with thy selfe with him, with the service of a servant. As an hired servant as a sojourner, he are my servants; whom I with the sale of a servant. Thou man-servant and (shall be) of the heathens, that are round-aman-servant and woman-servant. And also, of the sons of the sojourners, that doe sojourne with are with you; which they beget, in your land: and they shall be to you, for a possession. And ye shall take them as an-infor a possession; for ever, with them ye shall serve your selves: but over your brethren, the sons of Israel, any-man over his brother; thou shalt not rule over him, with rigour.
And if the hand of the stranger and soany of the neere-kin of his flesh, of his family, shall redeeme him: or if his hand hath attained, then he shall reservant, shall he be with him. If there but a few, of the yeeres, unto the yeere of Iubile, when hee hath counted with him: according to his yeeres, hee shall restore his redemption. As an hired-servant
IN mount Sinai] or, by the mount; that is, in in his house, 2 Chro. 33. 20. when it was but in the garden of his house, 2 King. 21. 18. And here God beginneth to teach his people the profession and practise of their obedience unto him, in their land and possessions, sanctified by the Sabbaths & Iubilees. Which were a shadow of things to come, but the body is of Christ, Coloss. 2. 17. 12. Therefore these were the ordinances of mount Sinai, which brought forth children unto bondage: but wee are come unto mount Sion, where the Lambe (Christ) standeth with his 144. thousand, that have his Fathers name written in their foreheads; and by faith doe enter into his rest. Gal. 4. 25. Rev. 14. 1. Heb. 12. 22. and 4. 3.
Vers. 2. rest] or keepe sabbath. a Sabbath] or, a rest: the Chaldee calleth it a release or remission; which word Moses useth in Deut. 15. 1. This
V. 3. the revenue] or, income, that is, the fruit, as the Greeke translateth. And under these princi
V. 4. Sabbath of sabbatisme] that is, of rest: which two words signifie an exact rest, as is noted on Exunto the land] which should have rest every seventh yeere, from being plougha Sabbath unto Iehovah, meana release before the Lord. The Sabbath day was a rest from their labours, laid upon man for sinne, Gen. 3. 19. the Sabbath yeere was a rest for the ground, which for mans sin, God had cursed, Gen. 3. 17. In this yeer, at the feast of boothes, there was a solemn reading of Gods Law, before all Israel, Deut 31. 10.—13. and at the end of this yeer, a release of debts, Deut. 15. 1. 2. &c. It was a figure of the Sabbath or rest, which Christ was to give unto his Church; of the understanding, which they should have in his Law; and the remission of their sins, (which were their debts, Mat. 6. 12. Luk. 11. 4.) when the time of grace, the acceptable yeere of the Lord should be proclaimed, Esay 61. 1. 2. Luke 4. 18. 19. &c. 1 Cor. 6. 2. Thus every seventh yeere, was for them to meditate of, and in faith to expect Christ; who is the true Noe, that giveth us comfort and rest from our worke, and from the sorrow of our hands; because of the ground which the Lord hath cursed, Genesis 5. 29. prune] or, cut thy vineyard, meaning the superfluous branches of the vines, which the husbandman cutteth off, to make the trees more fruitfull. Therefore to signifie that God would leave the vine of his Church wast, he saith, it shal not be pruned, Esa. 5. 6. And under these, all other worke of husbandry is forbidden. The Hebrew canons shew it thus. It is commanded to rest from tilling of the land, and dressing of trees, in the seventh yeere, Lev. 25. And who so doth worke of tillage of land or trees, in that yeere, be frus
Lev. 25. 4.
Ver. 5. That which groweth of it owne accord] called Saphiach: which is said to be All that the earth bringeth forth in the seve
Maimony in
Vers. 6. the Sabbath] that is, the fruits of the S
Vers. 7. the beast] or, as the Greeke translateth, the wilde beasts: under which the fowles also are the fruits which were properly m
in
Vers. 8. thou shalt number] The Hebrewes hold, that this comandement of numbring seven times sanctifying the fiftieth yeere, vers. 10. was given to the high Sy
(or great Senate of Israel)
Vers. 9. shalt cause to sound] Hebrew shalt cause to passe: which word when it is used of sounds or proclaime, publish, or declare,
the Greeke here translateth it; so after, and in
Vers. 10. the yeere of fiftie yeeres] an Hebrew Phrase, meaning the yeere even the fiftieth yeere: so The yeere of Iubile commeth not in the count of the yeeres of the seven; but the nine and fourtieth yeere is the Release, and the fiftieth yeere the Iubile; and the one and fifteth yeere beginneth the sixe yeeres of the Seven (following:) and so in every Iubile. Maimony in
Vers. 11. A Iubile shall it be] or, That Iubile,
that is, even in the fiftieth yeere. The Greeke translateth it, (A yeer)
Vers. 12. it is the Iubile] in Greeke, it is the signification of remission. holinesse] that is,
Vers. 14. if ye sell] that is, if any of you: the Greeke for more plainness, changeth the number, if thou sell: so after, the Greeke sayth oppresse (or
or,
V. 15. According to] or By the number of yeeres: which two phrases doe explaine one another, and In (or by) the word of Gad, 1 Chron. 21. 19. is by another ProAccording to the word of Gad, 2 Sam. 24. 19. And so the Greeke translateth it here, According to. So after, in vers. 50. and in Numb. 14. 34. yeeres of the revenues] that is, of the fruits: so that the land properly was not sold, but the fruits thereof, v. 16. See after on vers. 23 25. From this word yeeres, the Hebrewes gather, that Who so selleth his field, he cannot redeeme it till after two yeers, because it is said, according to the number of the yeeres of the revenues, hee shall sell unto thee. Yea though he that bought it would consent, yet he may not: till after two yeeres from the sale thereof. And the buyer must eat two revenues of two yeeres, and afterward it may bee redeemed. Therefore if the seventh yeere be one of the two yeeres, or if it be a yeere of blasting or m
THE YEERES OF THE REVENVES.
Vers. 16. the number of the revenues] that is, according
Verse. 17. feare thy God] by abstaining from this evill, and doing the contrary good; for; by the feare
of the Lord, men depart from evill, Prov. 16. 6. and whereas it is said, in 1 King. 8. 40 that they may feare
another Prophet openeth
V. 18. my statutes] the Gr. addeth, all my st
Vers. 19. give] or yeeld her fruit: which was a eate to the full] or, eate unto satie
see the notes on Lev. 26. 5.
Vers. 20. behold we shall not sow] the Greeke if we sow not, nor gather, &c. This saying or thought of theirs, God approveth not o
Verse 21. will command] that is, will powerfully
Verse 22. yee shall eate] This promise of godlinesse is profitable unto all things; having promise of the life which now is, and of that which is to come, 1 Timothie 4. 8. And God is able to make all grace abound towards us, that wee alwayes having all-sufficiencie in all things, may abound to every good worke. And
Vers. 23. for ever] or absolutely, precisely: Hebrew to binding-fast; meaning unto the buyer, as ver. 30. and this the Greeke version favoureth, translating, unto confirmation; that is, to bee firme and fast unto him that bought it, as his owne for ever. And as the originall word is sometime used for cutting off, so it may here bee Englished; and then it meaabsolutely or properly, for the proprietie of him that buyeth the same. Hereupon Naboth would not sell his inheritance to the King, 1 King, 21. 3. See also Ezek. 48. 14 where the oblation of land given to the Priests and Levites, they might not sell it, neither exchange, nor alienate the first fruits of the land: because it was holy, unto the LORD. is mine] Though the whole earth be the Lords, and the plentie thereof, Psal. 24. 1. yet the land of Canaan was his in more speciall manner, (even as Israel to whom he gave it, was his peculiar people above others, Exod. 19. 5.) beland, Hos. 9. 3. and Immanuels (that is, Christs) land, Esay 8. 8. and the holy land, Zach. 2. 12. and so being Gods, men had no right to sell it; and it taught them, that the gift of God may not be purchased with money, Act. 8. 20. and that the heavetrompet of God shall sound, Rom. 8. 38. 39. Iohn 10. 28. 29. 1 Pet. 1. 4. 5. 1 Thes. 4. 16. 17. sojourners with mee] that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee expound it, before me. Thus David professed, I am a stranger with thee, a sojourner as all my fathers, Psalme 39. 13. and so hee speaketh of all Iwith thee, he saith before thee.) So that as the heaan heavenly; where there remaineth a rest for the people of God: Heb. 11. 13. 14. 16. 9. 10. and 4. 8. 9. See the annotations on Gen. 12. 5. and 13. 15. Some understand this with me, as if the Lord himselfe were but as a sojourner in this world, and his people with him; whereupon R. Menachem, (on this place) bringeth an exposition of more ancient Doctors thus: For ye are strangers and sojourners with me; it is enough for the servant, that he be as his master. This may have use, if it bee referred unto Christ, and his sojourning here in our flesh; who also himselfe used this proverb unto his, saying,
Vers. 24. grant] or give a redemption, that is, sufgiving, is often used for suffering, as is noted on Gen. 20. 6.) And this rethe land of Israel, which was parted among the tribes, may not be sold for ever, Lev. 25. 23. And if a man selleth for ever, both of them [the seller and the buyer] doe transgresse against a prohibition: and it availeth them nothing; for in the Iubile, the land returneth to the owner thereof. The Iubile is above the seventh yeere, for that the Iubile letteth servants goe out free, and releaseth land: and this is the right of the sale of fields, spoken of in the law, and is a thing commanded, as it is written, YE SHALL GRANT A REDEMP
V. 25. waxen-poore] or brought low, as the Greeke waxen poore. Hereupon the Hebrew canons say, A man may sell his house, or field of his possession, (although they returne againe unto him after the time,) unlesse he be a poore man, Lev. 25. 25.
Vers. 26. hath attained] in Greeke, aboundeth, or,
which word is used in Act. 11. 29.
V. 27. restore the overplus] The Hebrewes explaine it thus; As if there remaine unto the Iubile ten yeeres,
and he selleth him his field for an hundered crownes, &
ch. 11. sect. 5.
Vers. 28. the Iubile] in Greeke, the Remission.
to his possession] that is, to his land, but trees and the like, are by the Hebrewes excepted. If a man sell trees; he cannot redeeme them before two yeeres, [as is before noted on vers. 15.] and if hee doe not redeeme them, they returne not to the owner, in the Iubile: for it is written, HE SHALL RETVRNE to his possession, he saith not to the trees. Maimony in Iobel, ch. 11. sect. 14. See more in Lev. 27. This returthe seller shall
Ezek. 7. 13.
Vers. 29. a walled city] Hebrew, citie of wall, which walled; the Chaldee, compassed with a wall, the end] or, the perfection, the whole accomplishment of the yeere; in Greeke, till the yeere be fulfilled; meaning, that it might bee redeemed by the owner any time within the yeere; but not after. dayes] understand, a yeere of dayes, as the Hebrew sometime expresseth, Gen. 41. 1. meaan whole or perfect yeere, (as the next verse sheweth,) which consisteth of 365. dayes and sixe houres. Thus the sale and redemption of houses, differed from lands; wch in the Hebrew canons is explained thus. He that selleth an house within a citie compassed with a wall, hee may redeeme it all a twelve moneths (space) from the day that hee sold it, at any time that he pleaseth, yea though it bee the same day that be sold it. And when he pleaseth to redeeme it, he giveth all the price which be tooke. and abateth nothing to him that bought it. And his neer ki
[as they might doe his land, verse 25.]
Vers. 30. hath not a wall] this because it seemeth contrarie to the former, is written and noted in the hath a wall; there behath a wall, and that the meaning is so, the words foregoing shew. Yet is not the text corThe citie which was not compassed with a wall, at the time when Iosua conquered the land; though it bee walled now, yet it is like the houses of the villages: and the city which was compassed with a wall in Iosuahs dayes, though it
2 Kings 25.)
Vers. 31. villages] or, open-places; the word is elsewhere used for Courtyards. no wall-round-about]
a citie that had the gardens thereof for a wall, or that had the Sea for a wall, was not (counted)
Vers. 32. of the Levites] which were the sixe cia redemption ever] that is,
Vers. 33. redeeme, of the Levites] understood,
and it shall not be redeemed by other Israelites. Some take
Ver. 34. the field] that is, the fields: as the Greeke of the suburbs] which wee three thousand cubits every way, from the wall of the city and outward; see Numb. 35. 4. 5. with the annot be sold] this seemeth to be an abBarnabas a Levite sold his field, that hee might injoy a better inheritance among the saints Act. 4. 36. 37. Howbeit the Hebrew doctors unThe Priests and the Levites, which sell any field of their cities,
Lev. 25. 32.
Vers. 35. waxen poore] or brought low, as vers. 25. hand faileth] or, hand is moved, which the Greeke translateth, and he bee weake (or impotent) in his
V. 36. biting-usurie] of this, see what is noted on increase] or multiplication, overplus; that is, when one taketh more then he lent. So in Ezek. 18. 8. 13. 17. Spirituall usury and exaction (which under this Law is also forbidden) is when the Law is urged upon the conscience of repen
Vers. 39. waxen poore] in Greeke, be humbled, or, brought low: as vers. 25 be sold] for extreame povertie, debt, or theft; as 2 King. 4. 1. Exod. 22. 3. See the notes on Exod. 21. 2. not serve thy selfe] in Greeke, hee shall not serve thee. of a servant] of a slave, or bondman, as to compell him to doe base and slavish works. The Hebrewes say, It is unlawfull for an Israelite when he buyeth any Hebrew servāt to make him serve in things vile, which are proper for servants (or slaves) to doe; as to cary his vessells after him to the bath, or to untie his shoes &c. Lev. 25. 49.
Vers. 40. as a sojourner] in Greeke, or a sojourner:
brother, vers. 46. The Hebrew canons say, Every Hebrew servant or handmaid, their master is bound to make them equall to himselfe in meat, in drinke, in clothing & in dwelling; as it is said (in Deut. 15. 16.) because he is well with thee: so that thou maist not eate white bread, and he eate browne bread; or thou drinke old wine, and he drinke new; or thou sleepe on a fetherbed, and he sleepe on straw, &c. Hereupon they say, who so buyeth an Hebrew servant, buyeth himselfe a master: &c. Neverthelesse it is necessary that the servant behave himselfe with a servants behaviour, in those services which he doth unto him. Maim. in Servants, ch. 1. s. 9.
Vers. 41. goe out from with thee] the Greek saith, he shall goe out to remission, (into liberty.) For what He whom the Synedrion sold, served six yeeres (Exod. 21. 2.) from the day of his sale; and in the beginning of his seventh yeere, hee went out a free man. If the yere of release (Deut. 15. 1.) Fel within those six yeers yet he did serve therein: but if the yeere of Iubile fel in them, though he were sold but a yeer before the Iubile, he goeth out free. (Lev. 25. 40. 41.) A man may soll himselfe for mee then six yeeres; if he sell himselfe for 10. or 20 yeeres, and the Iubile fall out, though within a yeere, he goeth out at the Iubile. If a man have sold himselfe or beene sold by the Synedrion, and he runs away: he is bound to make up the six yeeres; but if the Iubile fall, he goeth out free. If he have been sicke, either by a continued sicknes yeere after yeere, or beene sicke by fits; if the whole time (of his sickene) be lesse then foure yeers, they are reckned among the six (yeeres service:) out if he have been foure yeers sick. he is bound to make good all the dayes of his sicknes as it is written (Lev. 25. 40.)
Vers. 42. my servants] their redemption from Pharaoh, figured the redemption from Satan by ye are bought with a price,
1 Cor. 7. 23. and
Ver. 43. with rigour] as the Egyptians ruled over Israel, Exod. 1. 13. The Hebrewes describe it thus: What is rigorous service? It is service which is not determined, and service whereof there is no need: but (the masters) purpose is to make him worke, and onely that he should not cease. Hereupon our wise men have said, that (the master) should not say unto him, Digge under the vines untill I come; for loe he giveth him no determined stint: but hee is to say unto him, dig till such an houre, or unto such a place. And so hee may not say to him, Dig this place; when there is no need to doe it, &c. Maimony in Servants, chap. 1 sect. 6. But this
V. 44. of the heathens] as the Hebrew servants set heathens brought into subjectiThe Lord will have mercy
Esay 14. 1. 2.
Verseof the sojou
or,
Vers. 46. as an inheritance for your sonnes] the Greeke translateth, you shall divide (or impart) them
unto your children. These words, possession and
applyed thus to servants; meane their subjection under their masters; according to which phrase, God is said to
Vers. 47. the stranger] which the Chaldee exthe uncircumcised: so after. doe attaine]
Vers. 48. redemption shall be to him] that is, hee his brethren] that is, his kinred; as is after explained.
Vers. 49. his uncle] in Greeke and Chaldee, his
fathers brother. his hand hath attained] to weet, wealth enough; if he be able of himselfe. The HeHe that is sold to a stranger, if his owne hand attaine not to redeeme himselfe, his kinred are to redeeme him; and one kinsman before another, as it is said, his uncle, or his uncles sonne, &c. And the Synedrion are to compell his kindred to redeeme him, that he be not drowned (or swallowed up) among the heathens. If his kinred redeeme him not, or his owne hand cannot attaine to i
[and not to be a ser
Vers. 50. with him that bought him] This is a comwhether he had sold himselfe to an Israelite, or to an heathen, or had beene sold by the Magistrates, hee aba chap. 2. sect. 8.
Vers. 52. according to his yeeres] As ▪ if hee had sold
V. 53. As an hired servant of the yeere, by the yeere]
as a yeerely hireling: see verse 50. before thine eyes] that is, thou shalt not suffer the stranger to rule over him with rigour, and thou winke at it. But every Israelite was bound to forbid: him this; and because it was a stranger that dwelt in the land, the Magistrates of Israel, might restrain him from rigour.
V. 54. by these] Greeke, by these things (or means:)
of Iubile] Greeke, of Remission: which was a yeere of full discharge of all servants from the hands of al other masters, that they might be the Lords, and serve him onely. Which thing Christ hath fulfilled for us in truth, who dying in the last Iubile, the acceptable yeere of the Lord; hath set us free from all sinfull servitude; that sinne should reigne no more in our mortall bodie, nor wee obey it in the lusts thereof; but present our selves unto God, as those that are alive from the dead; and our members as instruments of righte
1, God forbidding Idolatrie, commanded true religi
YE shall not make unto you, Idols; neithing, or a pillar, neither shall ye set, any stone of imagerie, in your land; to bow downe your selves unto it: for I Iehoam your God. Ye shall keepe, my Sabam Iehovah.
IF ye shall walke, in my statutes: and keepe, shall make you astore, very-old: and bring-forth the old, because of am Iehovah your God, which brought you forth, out of the land of Egypt;
But if ye will not hearken, unto me: and will not doe, all these commandements. yee
And if yet for these, yee will not hearken times for your sinnes. And I will breake,
And if ye walke with me, contrarie; and times, acof your children; and cut-off your cattell; and make you few: and your wayes, shall be desolate.
And if by these, ye will not be chastised, times, for your sinnes. And will bring upon you, a shall avenge, the vengeance of the covenant; and ye shall be gathered, into your cities: and I will send the pestilence, ashall breake un
And if for this, ye will not hearken unto times for your sinnes. And ye shall eat, the flesh of that it lyeth-desothat it lyeth-desolate, it shall are
as fleeing from a sword, and shall fall, when none pusueth. And they every man upon his brother, as beare left of you, shal if they shall confesse their iniquity, and the And that I also, have walked with Iakob: and also, my covenant with Isaak, and also my covenant with Abraham, will I remember, and I will remember the land. And the land, it lyeth-desolate, without them; and they, shall accept of their iniquitie: beam Iehovah, their God. But I will remember their Ancestors: them whom I brought forth, out of the land of Egypt, before the eyes of the heathens; to be unto them, a God; I Iehovah. These, are the Statutes and the Iudgements, and the
IDols] in Hebrew Elilim, that is, Vanities or things
of nought: in Greeke, things made-with hands. Of these and the making of them, see the notes on Levit. 19. 4. and Exod. 20. 4. graven thing] which the Chaldee expoundeth an image: see Expillar] or statue, or standing-image; which hath the name of setting-up, or standing; and seemeth to have beene usually of stone; as Iakob set up a stone for a pillar, Gen. 28. 18. and 35. 14. And pillars were set up either for civil moniments; as was the pillar on Rachels grave, Gen. 35. 20. and Absoloms pillar, 2 Sam. 18. 18. or for religious moMatsebah (the Pillar or Statue) which the Law forbiddeth, is a building (or edifice,) by which all doe gather themselves together, though it be to serve the LORD; because such was the manner of Idolaters; and who soreareth up a pillar, is to be beaten. Maimony treat. of Idolatrie, chap. 6. sect. 6. And Sol. Iarchi on Deut. 16. 22. saith; Matsebah (the Pillar) is a stone to offer upon; though it bee to (the God of) heaven. set] or
Vers. 2. Sabbathes] in Chaldee Sabbath dayes: see reverence] or feare
Vers. 3. Walke in my statutes] This maketh men just before God, Luk. 1. 6. and if the Law could give
verily justice should have beene by the Law, Gal. 3. 21. but when the commandement commeth, Sinne reviveth, and man dyeth, Rom. 7. 9. Thereshe just shall live by faith, Gal. 3. 11. and by faith this condiend of the Law, for justice to every one that beleeveth, Gal. 3. 24. Rom. 10. 4.
Vers. 4 your raines] in Greeke, raine unto you: hee meaneth the raine of the land, the first raine and the
latter raine, whereof see Deut. 11. 14. These none can give but God, Ier. 14. 22. they figured spirituall blessings, by the doctrine of the Gospell of Christ, Deut. 32. 2. Psal. 72. 6. 2 Sam. 23. 4. their season] that is,
Vers. 5. reach unto the vintage] or, to the grape-gathering: meaning hereby large blessings, with a bun
Vers. 6. peace] This though generally it signifieth sword, Matth. 10. 34. and unto warre, Psal. 120. 7. which seemeth to be that which is intended here, as the former was against famine. none shall make you afraid] This God promiseth to fulfill under Christ, Ieremie 30. 10. Ezekiel 34. 28. Mich. 4. 4. cause the evill beast to cease] that is, as the Greeke translateth, I will destroy evill beasts; one being put for a multitude, or many; and ceathe beasts of the field shall be at peace with thee. The contrary followeth in verse 22. By the evill beasts, R. Menachem here understanthe powers of uncleannesse, which flew from the uncleane Spirit; that they shal not prevaile to pollute the land which is on high. So they seeme to call our nature regenerate, as the Apostle calleth the Church,
Vers. 8. five of you shall pursue a hundred] This proOne man of you
and was notably performed it Davids Worthies, 1 Chron. 11. of whom some one lift up his speare against
Vers. 9. I will have respect] or turne my face, in Greeke, I will looke upon you and blesse you: and the I will have respect by my word to doe good unto you. For this grace David prayhee had respect unto them, because of his covenant, &c. 2 King. 13. 23. The contrary hereto, is the hiding of Gods face, Deut. 32. 20.
Vers. 10. very-old] in Greeke, old of old things: this respecteth the increase of their land, as the because of] or, as the Gr. translateth,
Vers. 11. set my tabernacle] Hebr. give, that is, set
stablish it; for both these wayes, is giving exTabernacle was a signe of his dwelling in favour amongst them, Revel. 21. 3. See the annotations on Exod. 25. 8. The the Tabernacle of David, which was fallen downe, Act. 15. 16. and in him God was reconciling the world unto himselfe, 2 Cor. 5. 18. and under this figure, eternal life in heaven was impliFor we know, that if our earthly house of this Tabernacle were dissolved, we have a building of God, an house not made with hands, eternall in the heavens, 2 Cor. 5. 1. And that the Israelites had of old, the true understanding of these promises, that they belonged to the dayes of Christ, and the end of them was eternall life in heaven; it appeareth by the footsteps which yet remaine in their later do
Vers. 12. I will walke among you] the Chaldee paI will cause my divine majestie to dwell among you; that Majestie is Christ, who by his spirit is with his church
V. 13. from being servants to them] under whom, Ye are bought with a price, be not yee the servants of men: 1 Cor. 7. 23. slaves of your yoke] or, barres, of your yoke: meaning the bondage of Egypt, and of sin which they were intangled with there, Ezek. 20. 7. 8. For though bonds and yokes signifie civill bondage, as in Ier. 27. 2. 3. 6. 7. 2 Chron. 10. 4. yet the wicked is also holden in the cords of his sin, Prov. 5. 22. And of this, the church complaineth, The yoke of my trespasses, is bound by his hand; they are wreathed, they are come-up upon my necke, Lam. 1. 14. And from this Christ hath freed us, as it was prohis yoke (shall be removed) from off thy necke, and the yoke shall be destroyed, because of the Oile, (that is, for Christs sake) Esa. 10. 27. So in Ezek. 34. 24. 27. Ier. 2. 20. Contrariwise, for their sins God threatneth them with a yoke of y
Deut. 28. 48. The Hebrew
Vers. 14. not hearken to me] that is, as the Greeke saith, not obey me; and the Chaldee, not receive my
word. So in verse 18. Here followeth many moe threatnings, whereby God prophesied of their fal
Vers. 15. despise] or, contemptuously reject, as Islothe or abhorre, as after (in verse 43.) he hath thy soule loathed Sion? why hast thou smitten us, and there is, no healing for us? Ier. 14. 19. all my Com.] with this also they are charged, in Ier. whatsoever thou commandedst them to dee, they have not done. breake] or, make frustrate, as Gen. 17. 14. and this God foretelleth Moses that Israel would doe, Deubre
the covenant, is expounded by the Apostle,
Vers. 16. appoint] or, constitute, give charge,
suddaine-terrour] speedy-plagtheir dayes with suddaine-terrour. So in Ierem. 15 8. Zeph. 1. 18. consumption] or, shaking-ague
Greeke,
Vers. 17. set my face] Heb. give my face, which the Chaldee translateth mine anger: so face is used for anger: Levit. 20. 5. 6. Psal. 21. 10.
that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth,
Vers. 18. not hearken] or, not obey; in Chaldee, not receive my word: as vers. 14. Here God, to shew his In vaine have I smitten your children, they received no correction: Ieremie 2. 30.
Vers. 19. the excellencie] or, the pompe, pride, haugh
called elsewhere,
Vers. 20. her increase] the increase, or fruit exincrease, is in Greeke translated spo
and so Paul useth it in like sense, saying, hee that ministreth seed
Verse 21. contrarie] Hebr. in contrarietie, (which
is added in verse. 27.) or,
Vers 22. wilde beasts] as God sent fierie serpents,
Lions, 2 King. 17. 25. Beares, 2 King. 2. 24. and threatneth other the like, Esa. 13. 21. 22. And spiritually, these are wicked rulers, and tyrants that kill and spoile, as Prov. 28. 15. Dan. 7. 3. 4. 5. 6. Psal. 80. 13. and false Prophets that devoure soules, Matth. 7. 15. Revel. 13. 1. 2. &c. So the Prophet (speaking of their punishments by Tyrants) saith, A Lion out of the forrest shall slay them; a Wolfe of the evenings, shall spoile them; a Leopard, shall watch over their cities; every one that goeth out thence, shall be torne in pieces, because their transgressions are many, &c. Ierem. 5. 6. And of their Prophets he saith, O Israel, thy Prophets, are like the Foxes in the deserts; Ezek. 13. 4. See also Ier. 8. 17. and 15. 3.
Vers. 23. by me] or to me, that is, so as to obey me: to my word. contrarie] or, stubbornely; or, at all adventures, as verse 21.
Verse 24. contrarie] Hebrew in contrarietie:
in hardnesse; the Greeke addeth, with contrary wrath, as in verse 28. GOD deawith the froward, hee sheweth himselfe w
Psal. 18. 27.
Verse 25. a sword] the Chaldee explaineth them that kill with the sword: see before on vers. 6. vengeance of the covenant] meaning the coveand it shall a
So in Ier. 50. 28. he mentioneth
Vers. 26. breake unto you the staffe of bread] that is, take from you the bread, which is the staffe (or wh
For as to
Vers. 27. not
or,
Vers. 28. in wrath contrary] Heb. in wrath (or hear) of
(o
Vers. 29. the flesh of
in Greeke,
Vers. 30. well destroy your high places] in Gwill make desolate your pillars. In high-places, they used to assemble for worship and sacrifice, 2 Chro. 1. 3. 1 King. 3. 4. especially the Idolaters erected and used such, Ier. 32. 35. Ezek. 16. 16. 2 Chro. 11. 15. and 33. 3. though all the Prophets foretold their destruction, as doth Moses; Hos. 10. 8. Amos 7. 9. Ezek. 6. 3. 4. 6. And by high-places, understand buildings erected; as of Iosiah it is said, he burnt an high-place; and stampt it small to powder: 2 King. 23. 15. Sun-images] called in Hebrew, Chammanim, of
Vers. 31. a waste]
place,
Vers. 32 the Land] in Greeke, your land. So in EI will lay the land most desolate, and the
Pompe of her strength shall cease, and the mountaines of Israel shall be desolate, that none shall passe through. And they shall know that I am Iehovah, when I have laid the land most desolate, because of al their abhominations which they have committed. The fulfilling here
V. 33. scatter] or fanne, that is, scatter as chaffe. Of this they complaine in Ps. 44. 12. Thou hast sanned
us among the nations. And in Zach. 7. 14. I scattered them with a whirlewinde among all the nations, whom they knew not: thus the land was desolate after them, &c. This is opposed to that blessing in v. 5. Ye shall dwell in confident safetie in your land. a sword] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, them that kill with the sword. The like is threatned in Ier. 9. 16. and in Ethe sword shall not passe through your land.
V. 34. injoy] accept, as v. 41. or, pay, accomplish her
Sabbathes: meaning her seventh yeeres, which the Chaldee calleth releases, (or remissions) whereof see Lev. 25. 2. Deut. 15. 1. So the word is used for paytill hee accomplish as an hireling, his day; though there also it may meane, a contented-acceptation, and injoying of that which was desired.
V. 35. it shall rest] or, it shall keep-sabbath; both from Vntill the land had injoyed her Sabbathes: as long as she lay desolate, she kept Sabbath, to fulfill seventie yeeres. rested not in your sabbathes] This sheweth, that it was not the outward rest and in
Vers. 36. a softnesse] or tendernesse, that is, a faintnes
fearefulnesse, and as the Chaldee translateth it, a breaking or discouragement. So softnesse; is used for faintnesse or want of courage in Deut. 20. 3. Esa. 7. 4. 2 Chron. 13. 7. a driven-leafe] or a tossed leafe, which the Greeke translateth caried, meaning with the winde: and as in Thargum Ionathan it is explaia leafe that is plucked from the tree. This judgeA sound of feares is in his eares; in peace the destroyer will come upon him; he beleeveth not to returne out of darkenesse; and he is waited for of the sword: &c. as fleeing from a sword] Hebr. the flight of a sword; which the Greeke explaineth as they that flee from batteil; and the Chaldee, as a flight from before them that kill with the sword. So Solomon saith, The wicked fleeth, where no man pursueth, Prov. 28. 1.
Vers. 37. shall fall] or, stumble-downe, through before a sword] Chaldee, before them that kill with sword. power-to-stand] Heb. standing, or uprightnesse; contrary to the blesye shall not be able to withstand your enemies.
Vers. 38. shall perish, &c.] or, shall be lost. The fulMy people hath beene perishing (or lost) sheepe, their sheepheards have caused them to goe astray, &c. Vnto this curse of the Law, the promise of grace under the Gospell is opThey shall come which are perishing in the land of Assyria, and the Outcasts
in the land of Egypt; and shall worship Iehovah, in the
in Chalden,
Vers. 39. pine away] in Chaldee, melt away: to pine in iniquite, is to consume and perish in the If our transgressions and our sinnes be upon us, and we pine away in them; how should wee then live? Ezek. 33. 10. See also Ezek 24. 23. It may like
Vers. 40. And they shall] that is, And if they shall confesse: as the word If is understood in Exod. 4. 23. W
[as in Esa. 64. 10]
Vers. 41. uncircumcised heart] which the Chaldee grosse (or foolish) heart; and Targum Ionathan, their proud heart. It meaneth also an unYee stiffe necked and uncircumcised in heart, and eares
Act. 7. 51. This hee speaketh, because the true circumcision is
Vers. 42. Then will I] Hebr. And I will remember.
Vers. 43. and shall injoy] as in verse 34. The Greek then shall the land accept her sabbathes.
because even for because] the reason is doubled, for the more vehemencie; and to imply their often and manifold sinnes, in the breaking of his cove
Vers. 44. in the land of their enemies] cast out thiwhen we were enemies, wee were reconciled to God, by the death of his Sonne: Rom. 5. 10. to consume them.] This promise, was partly fulfilled at their returne out of Babylon, as is remembred in Nehem. 9. 31. Neverthelesse for thy great mercies sake thou didst not utterly consume them, nor forsake them. But chiefly the complement hereof, is by the Gospell, as the Apostle sheweth in Rom. 11. 26. 28, 29. Like promises are made in DI am Iehovah] or, I Iehovah,
Vers. 45. of their
or,
A Law for vowes, whereby men sanctifie the estima
ANd Iehovah spake, unto Moses, saybe a female: (it be) from five yeeres old, and unto (it be) from a moshall be, three shekels of silver. And if it be
be
that which the hand of him that vowed can attaine, shal the Priest estimate him.
it be a beast, where of they offer, an oblation, unto Iehovah: all thit be any uncleane beast, whereof they doe not offer, an oblation, unto Iehovah: then he shall present the beast, before the Priest. And the Priest shall estimate it; whether it
be good or bad: according to thy estimation O Priest, so shall it be. And if redeeming he part thereof, unto thy estimation.
And a man, when hee shall sanctifie his house to be holy, unto Iehovah; then the Priest shall estimate it; whether it be good or bad: as the Priest shall estimate it, so shall it stand, And if hee that sanctified it, will rep
of the money of thy estimation, unto it, and it shall be his.
And if a man shall sanctifie unto Iehovah, (same part) of a field of his possession; then thy estimation shall bee, according to the seed therof: the seed of an homer of barley; at part, of the money of thy
buying; which is not of the field of
Notwithstanding, any devotedbut shall surely be put to death.
And all the tithe of the land, of the seed ought of his tithe: he shall adde thereto, the fift part thereof. And all the tithe of the herd, or of the flock; of all that passeth, under the rod: the tenth, shall be holy, unto Iehovah. Hee shall not it be good or bad; neither shall he change it: and if changing hee shall change it; then both it, and the change there
These are the commandements, which
A Man] or, Any-one, man or woman. The Lord separate a vow] in Greeke, vow a vow: the word separate, signifieth to exempt after a singular manner from common use,
expoundeth it,
Vers. 9. a best] in Greeke, of the beasts whereof a
meaning of the bullock, sheep or goat unble mished; which he shall separate by a vow, as in vers. 2.
Vers. 10. not alter] or, not scourse it, nor change it two words are use of one signification, to shew the weight of this law, whereby God forbiddeth and punisheth mens levity and inconstancy in hoWhosoever changeth, is to be beaten (by the Magistrate,) for every beast that he changeth, Lev. 27. 10. Maimony tTemurah (or treat. of Change) ch. 1. sect. 1. or a bad for a good] Though a man would give a better then he had vowed, the Law suffereth him not to change. For (as the Hebrewes say) the nature of man inolineth to increase his wealth, and to spare his goods, and though he have vowed and sanctified,
(l.
Vers. 11 uncleane beast] This may be taken genethe dogge, the price whereof might not bee brought into the house of the Lord, for any vow, Deut. 23. 18. But the Hebrewes understand it alHe that sanctifieth a perfect beast for the altar, and there fall a blemish upon it, whereby it is disalled: lot this is estimated and redeemed. And of this it is said (in Lev. 27. 11.) AND IF ANY VNCLEANE BEAST, &c. and he is to bring with the price thereof another oblation like it, Maim. in Erachin, ch. 5. s. 11. But that other uncleane beasts might be sanctified also, they grant, Ibidem, s. 17. present the beast] or, make it stand, as vers. 8. Whosoever sanctifieth a beast, either cleane or uncleane, either of the holy things for (Gods) house, or holy for the altar, whereupon a blemish is f
Lev. 27. 11.
Vers. 12. thy estimation ô Priest] The Greeke here As the Priest valueth it; likewise the Chaldee, According to the estimation of the Priest. This rate or value which the Priest set, was (as Sol. Iarchi here noteth,) for any other man that would come to buy it. But if the owner would redeeme it, the scripture layeth more upon him, to adde the fift part: and so for him that sanctifieth his house, or his field, or that would redeeme his second
Vers. 13. If redeeming he will redeeme it] that is, will at all redeeme it, as repenting of his vow which he hath made, and will not have the beast sold, that the price thereof may be given to the Lord, but reserve it for his own use. the fift part] and the fift part which is added, loe it is as the holy thing it selfe, and there is one law for them (both.) Maimony in Erachin, chap. 7 sect. unto thy estimation] unto the value which thou the Priest hast set the beast athe money which thou hast valued it at; as in v. 15. 19. So the owner was to give so much as any other man, and a fift part more.
V. 14. his house] and so by proportion, any other He that sanctifieth his house, or his uncleane beast, or any other of his moveables; they are to be valued according to that they are worth, be they good or bad; and if he that sanctified them, he or his wife or his heyre will redeme them, hee is to adde a fift part &c. whether it be an house in a walled citie, or an house in a village, it may be redeemed alwayes, Maimony in Erachin c. 5. s. 3. To
V. 15. the money] Hebrew, the silver of thy estimation,
Ver. 16. field of his possession] which in vers. 22. is a field of his owne buying; the field which commeth to a man by inheritance, that is called the field of his possession (or tenement,) saith Maimony in Erachin, chap. 4. sect. 1. to the seed therof] that is, the seed which is enough to sow the field. Not according to the worth of (the field) for whether the field were good or bad, the ransome of the holinesse thereof was alike. an Homer] the name of a measure, which contained ten Ephahs or bua Cor, and that was one with the Homer, Ezek. 45. 14. Of it there is mention in King. 4. 22. where King Solomons daily bread for his house, was thirtie Cors, of fine flowre, and three score Cors of meale, that is, three hundred Ephahs or bushels of flowre, and sixe hundred of meale. The Hebrewes likewise explaine it thus. The Homer is a Cor: and that is two Letheks [which Lethek is mentioned in Hos. 3. 2.] and the Lethek is fifteene Seahs [or pecks, whereof see Gen. 18. 6.] So the Homer is found to be thirtie Seahs which are ten Ephahs, every three Seahs an Ephah. Maim. in Erachin. ch. 4. sect. 4. By this we may understand that Iudgment threatned in Esay 5. 10. the seed of an Homer, shall yeeld an Ephah; where ten bushels are sowne, one bushell shall bee reaped. at fiftie shekels] that is, shall be esteemEvery place which is sit to have an Homer of barley sowne therein, &c. the estimation thereof is fifty shekels, for all the yeeres of the Iubilee; but the Iubilee yeere is none of the number. And whether he sanctifie the best field that is in all Israel, or the worst of all; the estimation is this same. Maimony in Erachin chap. 4. sect. 2. This estimation God set for a field meet to bee sown; of which the Hebrewes say further, that
Vers. 17. to thy estimation] in Greeke and Chalto the estimation thereof, meaning the fiftie she
Ver. 18. abated] or diminished from thy estimation,
from the estimation (or value) thereof. As, if a man sanctifie the field of his possession, when there remaine eight yeeres to the Iubilee, besides the yeere of Iubilee, which is none of the reckning, who so will redeeme it, must give for the seed of every, Homer of barley, eight shekels, and eight halfe GeErachin, ch. 4. l. 5. And
Vers. 19. that sanctified it] The Hebrewes say, his wife, or any of his
c. 4. s. 5. The reason why the owners were to pay more then other men, when they redeemed their la
V. 20. or if he have sold] Hebrew, and if, &c: bthere is many an A
The Hebrewes (as
V. 21. when it goeth out] out of the hand of him that
bought it of the Treasurer; as other fields that goe out of the hands of those that bought them, at the Iubile: saith Sol. Iarchi. holy] Hebrew holinesse; that is, an holy field: so in v. 23. a field devoted] Hea field of devotion, or of separation, as the Greek translateth it, a separated land; see after on v. 28. the Priests] but, as the Hebrewes write, not withHe that sanctifieth a field of his possession, and th
ch. 4. s. 19. But if it had beene re
Vers. 22. of his owne buying] not left him by inof the field] that is, of the fields, or land: for the word field is used for an whole coun
V. 23. the tribute] or, the summe, called by the Gr. and Chaldee, the tribute of the value therof so much as he was to give as a tribute to the Lord, accorfor he that bought it, had no power to sanctifie save the fruits which he had in it, untill the Iubilee, saith Chazkuni. This redemption of purchased or farmed land, differed from the re
Ver. 24. the possession] or, the inheritance of the land; that is, the first owner; according to the law If (a man) sold is field to the first, and the first sold it to the second, and the second to the third, though it were to a hu ̄dred one after another
Lev. 27. 24:
V. 25. all
Greeke,
Ver. 26. But the firstling] the Greeke And every firstborne, (or firstling,) which shall be born among thy beasts, shall be the Lords; and
Because the firstborne were already sanc
V. 27. of an uncleane beast] the Greeke translateth of uncleane beasts. Iarchi expoundeth this of such uncleane beasts as were spoken of in v. 11. which a man sanctified unto the reparation of the sanctuary. to thine estimation] the Greeke and Chaldee translate,
Vers. 28. devoted thing] in Hebrew Cherem, in Anathema: which word Luke useth in Greeke for the gifts wherewith the Temple was adorned, Luk. 21. 5. It meaneth things devoted, dedicated, and separated from common use to God. And often this Cherem is used for destroyforfeiting or confiscation of goods, Ezra 10 8. Here and in Num. 18. and other where it is put for devoted things, wholly given unto God. There is also a difference betweene the estimations forementioned, and the devoted things, as the Hebrewes observe: that the estimations are determined (or
V. 29. None devoted shall] or, Any devoted thing
shall not, Some understand this of beasts, devoted by men: but it seemeth rather to be spoken of men (as in the former verse,) which were devoted unWho so hath his judgement decreed by the Magistrates of Israel, that he is to be k
(in Lev. 27. 29)
V. 30. All the tithe] There are two safter that they have separated the great heave-offring they separate one of ten out of that which is left
Numb. 18.
Vers. 31. will redeeme] to weet, for himselfe and into money, and goe up therewith, Deut. 14. 23. 24. 25. so if they were uncleane, they were to be redeemed; but the fift part was added by such as would redeeme their owne tithe for their own use. So the Hebrew doctorHe that redeemeth his tithe for himselfe, whether it be his owne, or falne to him by inheritance, &c. must adde the fift part thereto: if it be worth foure, he must give fiue, Lev. 27. 31. If he
ch. 5. sect. 1. 3. 4.
Ver. 32. the herd or of the flock] The Hebrewes We are commanded to separate one of ten of all cleane beasts which are borne unto men every yeere: and this commandement is not in use, but for the herd and the flocke
Vers. 33. He shall not search] the Greeke translaThou shalt not change them, a good for a bad, or a bad for a good. the change thereof] that is, the beast put in the place thereof. not be redeemed] under this, the Hebrewes understand also a proMaimony in Becoroth, c. 6. s. 5. &c. saith,
If perfection were by the Leviticall Priesthood, (for under it the people received the Law:) what further need was there, that another Priest should rise, after the order of Melchisedek, and not be called after the order of Aaron? For the Priesthood being changed, there is made of necessitie a change also of the Law.
We have such an high Priest, who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majestie in the heavens: a minister of the Holies, and of the true Tabernacle, which the Lord pitched, and not man.
Christwasonce offred, to beare the sinnes of many: and unto them that looke for him, shall he appeare the second time without Sinne, unto salvation.
ANNOTATIONS VPON THE FOVRTH BOOKE OF MOSES, CALLED NVMBERS: WHEREIN, BY CONFERENCE OF THE Scriptures, by comparing the Greeke and Chaldee Versions, and Testimonies of Hebrew Writers, the Lawes and Ordinances given of old unto ISRAEL in this Booke, are explained.
BY HENRY AINSWORTH.
IVDE, vers. 5.
I will put you in remembrance, though ye once knew this, how that the Lord having saved a people out of the Land of Egypt, afterward destroyed them that beleeved not.
PSALM. 95. 10.
Fortie yeeres was I grieved withthisgeneration.
HEB. 3. 17, 18, 19. & 4. 11.
But with whom was he grieved fortie yeeres?Was itnot with them that had sinned, whose carkasses fell in the wildernesse? And to whom sware he, that they should not enter into his rest; but to them that beleeved not? So wee see, that they could not enter in, because of unbeleefe. Let us labour therefore to enter into that rest, lest any man fall after the same example of unbeleefe.
LONDON, ¶ Printed by John Haviland for John Bellamie, and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE. 1626.
THis fourth booke of Moses, sheweth the numbers and order of the Tribes of Israel, as they camped about Gods Sanctuarie, and journeyed thorow the Wil
1. In the second yeere after Israel was come out of Egypt, God commandeth Moses to number all the males of the people, from twenty yeeres old and up
[day] of the second moaccording to their families,
And the sons of Reuben, the first-borne by their generations according to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of the names, according to their polles; every male, from twentie yeeres old, and upward; every one, that went forth with the armie. Those that
were mustered of them, of the tribe of Reuwere six and forty thousand, and five hundred.
Of the sonnes of Simeon; by their geneaccording to their families, according to the house of their fathers: those that were
according to their polles; every male, from twentie yeeres old, and upward; every one, that went forth with the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of the tribe of Simeon, were nine and fifty thousand, and three hundred.
Of the sonnes of Gad; by their generatiaccording to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of the names, from twentie yeeres old, and upwith the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of were five and forty thou
Of the sonnes of Iudah; by their generatiaccording to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of the names, from twentie yeeres old, and upwith the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of were foure and seventy thousand, and six hundred.
Of the sonnes of Issachar; by their generaaccording to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of the names, from twentie yeeres old, and upwith the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of were foure and fifty thousand, and foure hundred.
Of the sonnes of Zabulon; by their generaaccording to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of the names, from twentie yeeres old, and upwith the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of were seven and fiftie thousand, and foure hundred.
Of the sonnes of Ioseph, of the sonnes of by their generations according to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of the names, from twentie yeeres old, and upward; every one, that went forth with the armie. Those that
were mustered of them, of the tribe of Ewere fortie thousand, and five hun
Of the sonnes of Manasses; by their geneaccording to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of their names, from twentie yeeres old, and upward; every one, that went forth with the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of were two and thirtie thousand, and two hundred.
Of the sonnes of Benjamin; by their geneaccording to their families, according to with the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of the tribe of Benjamin, were five and thirtie
Of the sonnes of Dan; by their generatiaccording to their families, according to with the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of were two and sixtie thou
Of the sonnes of Aser; by their generatiaccording to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of the names, from twentie yeeres old, and upwith the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of were one and fortie thou
The sonnes of Naphtali; by their generaaccording to their families, according to the house of their fathers: by the number of the names, from twentie yeeres old, and upwith the armie. Those that were mustered of them, of were three and fiftie thousand, and foure hundred.
These are those that were mustered, which that were mustered of the sonnes of Israel, according to the house of their fathers: from twentie yeeres old, and upward; everyone, that went forth
For Iehovah had spoken unto Moses, saythings that belong to it: they shall beare the Tabernacle, and all the vessels thereof; and they shaevery man by his owne campe, and every man by his owne standard, throughout their armies. But the Levites so: according
NVmbers] This name is given unto this booke, according to the Greeke title: because the first chiefe thing here handled, is the numbring of the tribes of Israel. The Hebrewes give it no other name then of the first words, Vajedabber, that is, And (the LORD) spake; or Bemidbar, that is, In the wildernesse: see the first annotations on GeGen. 6. 9.
Verse 1. Sinai] the mount whereon the Law Exod. 19. by which mountaine Israel yet abode, untill the twentieth day of this moneth, Numb. 10. 11. 12. the Tent] or, Tabernacle of meeting; whither the people were to assemble at the times appointed, and where God met with them, as he promised,
Vers. 2. the summe] Hebr. the head; which heads; that is, the Rulers: but the Chaldee expoundeth it, the summe (or count,) see the notes on Exod. 30. 12. This people was numbred by Moses, three times; in the first yeere after they came out of Egypt, when every man gave a ransome for his soule; whereby their redemption by Christ was figured, Exod. 30. 11, 12. &c. & 38. 25, 26. In the second yeere, when now they were to be set in order for their encamping about the Sanctuarie, and journeying with it towards Canaan; whereof the 4. first chapters of this booke doe treat. The third and last muster was in the fortieth yeere (the last of their travell;) when all this generation being dead, their sonnes were numthe sonnes of Israel] the twelue tribes, Gen. 49. 1. 2. 28. So all strangers are excluded from this numfamilies] or kindreds, which next descended of those twelve tribes; of which famiNumb. 26. 5. &c. house] that is, as the Greeke translateth, houses: and these were the next descent of the families aforesaid. See Ios. 7. 14. Aben Esra here noteth, that it is said, the house of their fathers, because the familie of the mother, is not called a familie. everymale] whereby the fevers. 3. their polles] or, their skulles, that is, as the Greeke translateth, their heads; meaning the parpersons: so in Exod. 38. 26.
V. 3. old] Hebr. sonne of twentie yeeres; that Gen. 5. 32. So all children and youths under 20. yeeres, were not in this acupward] some of the Hebrewes limit the time, unto sixtie yeeres old: R. Menachem, on Numb. 1. but the law setteth no such limitation. that goeth forth] to wit, usually; or is able to goe forth. So all that were unable for the warre, through old age, sicknesse, or other infirmities, are not mustered here with Israel. shall muster] or, shall number; which in the Hebrew and Greeke, hath the name of visiting. This numbring of Israhaires of their heads, which are all numbred, Luk. 12. 7. And in that they are numbred or mustred
V. 4. a man of every tribe] Hebr. a man a man
of (or for) a tribe. So there were twelve Princes, besides Moses and Aaron; fourteene in all: as in the Christian church, there were twelve Apostles,
head] that is, chiefe' or ruler.
V. 5. Of Reuben] understand, from the 10. Of the sonnes of Reuben: and so the Greeke explaineth it, Of those of Reuben. Elizur] in Greeke
V. 6. Of Simeon] Gr. Of those of Simeon; that is, Shelumiel] in Greeke,
V. 7. Naasson] so the Greeke writeth him, here Mat. 1. 4. in Hebrew Nachshon: by interExperiment; and Amninadab, My people
V. 8. Nethaneel] i. The gift of God: in Greeke, Nathanael; and so the name is written in Ioh. 1. 46, 47.
V 9. Zabulon] Hebr. Zebulun. Eliab]
Helon] or Chelon; in Greeke Chailon: he hath his name of strength.
V. 10. Ammihud] Hebr. Gnammihud, written Semioud; & so in Nu ̄. 7. 48. the Hebrew letter
Gamaliel] so the Greeke pronounceth him, here, and in Act. 5. 34. in Hebrew, Gamliel; that is, God is my reward. Pedahzur] in Greeke, Phadasour; by interpretation, The Rocke (Christ) redeemeth.
V. 11. Abidan] that is, My Father is the
Iudge. Gideoni] in Greeke, Gadaioni, The cutter downe, a warlike name.
V. 12. Ahiezer] or, Achiez
in Greeke,
V. 13. Pagi
in Greeke,
V. 14. Eljasaph] that is, God hath added: it hath affinitie with Iosephs name. Deguel] in Dagouel; afterward he is named Reguel, Num. 2. 14. Deguel signifieth, Know God; as Reguel, The friend of God.
V. 15. Naphtali] in Greeke, Nephthaleim; and so his name is written in Mat. 4. 15. Here the or
Reuben is first, for being Israels first borne, Gen. 46. 8. Then, Simeon, his nexLevi is omitted: because that tribe was to be numbred by it selfe, not with the other, Numb. 1. 47. 49. yeIudah, Isachar and Zabulon, were Leahs next sonnes in order, reckoExod. 1. 2, 3. and in their precious stones, Exod. 28. Ioseph Rachels first-borne, hath the first birth-right, that is, a double portion, so oChron. 5. 1, 2. Gen. 48. 5, 6. Ephraim the younger sonne of Ioseph, is set beManasses, according Gen. 48. 19, 20. and God made him standard-bearer, Num. 2. 18. and Benjamin the free womans children, are set before all the handmaids sonnes, as being the most noble. Dan is the first of all the bondwomens seed, both in birth, Gen. 30. 6. and in the high Priests Ephod, Exod. 28. and is one of the standard bearers, Num. 2. 25. Aser, the second sonne of Zilpha, is (contrary to the usuall order in Exod. 1. & 28.) named next to Dan, Bilhahs sonne; for he was next to his standard in pitching about the Tabernacle; Num. 2. 25. 27. Gad, as he was the first-borne of Leahs handmaid, so was he preferred to the higher place, being now joyned unto the standard of Reuben, Numb. 2. 10.—14. So Nathtali remaineth for the last place, as he was the l
V. 16. the called] or, the renowmed; that is, Numb. 16. 2. Sol. Iarchi (on Num 7 2.) saith, these were the officers over them in Egypt. which had beene beaten for them, Exod. 5. 14. princes] or rulers. Nasi,
Num. 11. 17. Exod. 18. 22. or, of being liheads] or captaines of thousands, in Greeke
V. 18. the second moneth] called Ziv, with us Aprill, as is noted on v. 1. So this assembling, was at the new Moone, (which signified a renewv. 1. they declared their genealogies] of what tribe and familie every man came: or,
Vers. 19. of Sinai] where the Lawes, IudgeNumb. 26. 3. 63, 64.
V. 20. by their generations] in Greeke, according
Vers. 24. Gad] he is set in the third place, (in v. 47.) because Gad was ioyned with Reuben and SimeNum. 2. 10—14. All the other tribes are mustred in the orvers. 5.—15.
V. 25. and fiftie] Gad the handmaids sonne, is fiftie: all the other are by thousands, and end with hundreds; which shewed Gods admirable providence and blessing in multiplying them after such a sort, that no odde or broken number was among all the tribes; (as when Moses blessed Ioseph, he mentioned the ten thousands of Ephraim, and the thousands of Manasses, Deut. 33. 17.) whereas in other numbrings, we shall finde few but broken numbers, as in the first borne of Israel, Num. 3. 43. and in those that returned out of BaEzr. 2. 1.—42. Nehem. 7. 6.—45. Here we may behold the number of every tribe, beginning at the greatest, and so in order to the least, thus;
Iudah hath the greatest number, for he was to bee celebrated of his brethren, Gen. 49. 8. he was stanNumb. 2. 3. His stanGen. 49. 9.) marched in the first place, as they journeyed towards the land of proNam. 10. 13, 14. He had halte the first birth-right, that of him the chiefe ruler should come, and our Lord Christ himselfe concerning the flesh, 1 Chron. 5. 2. Heb. 7. 14. Here he hath valiant men of warre, moe than double the number of Benjamin or Manasses; almost twelve thousand moe than the greatest tribe.
Dan the handmaids son hath the next number to the most, for Rachels sake; for Iakobs blessing, Gen. 49. 16. and for his place in the campe, to bee standard-bearer to the rere-ward; which was the greatest quarter next Iudahs, Numb. 3. 9. 3Gen. 46. 23. (and so one family, Num. 26. 42.) when BenGen. 46. 21. now God so disposed that Dan should be one of the greatest in number, and Benjamin one of the least. For God is the Iudge: he putteth downe one, and setteth up another, Psal. 75. 7. The barren hath borne seven; and she that had many children is waxed feeble, 1 Sam. 2. 5.
Simeon the second patriarch, is the third in numNum. 26. 14. so that Moses blessing the tribes, mentioneth not his name at all, Deut. 33.
Reuben, Israels first-borne, as he lost his digniGen. 49. 3, 4. so here, his increase is none of the greatest, but six of his brethren have moe than he.
Ephraim, as he was blessed before his elder broGen. 48. 20. so here he is increased by thousands more Deut. 33. 17. yet Satan to hinder this, had slaine by the Philistimes of Gath, the sons of Ephraim, whiles they dwelt in Egypt, for which their father Ephraim mourned many dayes, 1 Chr. 7. 20, 21, 22. And as they traNumb. 26. 37.
Benjamin, as he was the youngest of all the paGen. 46. 21.) Afterwards in Canaan, his tribe was almost rooted out, Iuag. 20. that he hath not without cause this attribute, Benjamin the little, Psal. 6 8. 28.
Manasses hath the last place in this count, that Iakobs prophecie might have effect, his younger brother (Ephraim) shall be greater than he, Gen. 48. 19. But God blessed this tribe in their travell thorow the wildernesse; that at the next muster, they were inreased above twentie thousand moe than at this time; whereas Ephraim his brother was not increased at all, but dimini
V. 32. of Ioseph] he, as his blessing was to bee Gen. 49. 22. so of him by his two sonnes, here are moe warriers than any tribe had, saving Iudah. And his two sonnes, Ephraim and Manasseh, are not families but tribes, as if they had beene Iakobs owne, according to his adoption of them, Gen. 48. 5. Thus Ioseph hath a double porthe first birthright, 1 Chron. 5. 1. 2.
V. 42. The sonnes of Naphtali] Of all the oOf the sonnes, and so the Greeke tranBaal hatturim upon this place) give a reason, which appeareth not in Moses, that Of Naphtali onely he saith THE SONNES, because Naphtalies tribe had moe daughters than sonnes: and therefore in Naphtalies blessing (Gen. 49. 21.) he is resembled to a female, an Hinde let loose: Therefore also in Numb. 26. it is written of them all, THE SONNES: because the men were dead, (Num. 26. 64, 65.) but the women multiplied.
V. 44. each one was] Hebr. one man, for the house of his fathers, were they: which the Greeke explaione man for one tribe, according to the tribe of their fathers houses were they.
V. 46. six hundred thousand &c.] a marvellous Gen. 46. 27. that so many thousands of able men (besides women and children) should in so few yeeres be multiplied, even as the starres of heaven, Deut. 10. 22. & this was the reward of faith, Heb. 11. 11, 12. Baalam looking upon them with admiratioWho can count the dust of Iakob, and the number of the fourth part of Israel? Numb. 23. 10. And such is the increase of the spirituall seed of Christ promised to be; that the Church shall say in her heart,
V. 49. Onely] or But the tribe; it is an exceptiSee, the tribe of Levi, thou shalt not muster; to wit, among the other Israelites, but apart by themselves, Num. 3. 15, &c.
V. 50. appoint] or constitute, give charge as Testimony] that is, the Tables of the Law, kept in an Arke, within the Tabernacle: Exod. 31. 18. they shall be are] according as God appoinNum. 4. 25. 31. 36. and to helpe them for some things, six waggons were alNum. 7. 7, 8, 9. round about the Tab.] and next unto the Tabernacle, betwixchap. 2. & 3.
V. 51. setteth forward] being carried after the Num. 10. 11.—17.—21. the stranger] any Israelite or other, that is not of the tribe of Levi. So for the worke of the Priesthood, both Israelites and Levites are counted strangers, save the seed of Aaron only: Num. 16. 40. put to death] either by men, or by the hand of God; as was VzChron. 13. 10. So in Thargum Ionathan it is expounded, he shall be killed with fire flaming out from before the Lord.
V. 52. by his owne campe] the Greeke transin his owne order; which is described in chap. 2. by his owne standard] in Greeke, according to his owne regiment: see
V. 53. no feruent wrath] no punishment from Chron. 13.
or,
1. The order of the Tribes pitching about the Ta
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying; The sonnes of Isevery man by his standard, with the ensignes, according to the house of their fathers: over against, round ashalbe the standard of the campe of Iudah, according to their armies; and the captaine of the sonnes of Iudah, shalbe Nathat were mustered of them, were seventy and foure thousand, and six hundred. And they that encampe next unshall be the tribe of Issachar: and the captaine of the sonnes of Issachar, shalbe Nethaneel, the sonne of Zuar. And his arthat were mustered thereof, were foure and fifty thousand, and foure hunshalbe Eliab the that were mustered thereof, were seven and fifty thousand, and foure hundred. All that were an hundred thousand, and eightie thousand, and six thousand, and foure hundred, according to their armies: they shall set forward, first.
The standard of the campe of Reuben shalbe Southward, according to their armies: and the captaine of the sonnes of Reuben, shalbe Elizur the sonne of Shedeur. And his that were mustered thereof, were six and fortie thousand, and five hunshalbe the tribe of Simeon: and the capshalbe Sheluthat were mustered thereof, were nine and fifty thousand, and three hunthat were mustered of them, were five and fortie thousand, and six hundred, and fifty. All that were mustered, of the campe of Reuwere an hundred thousand, and one and fifty thousand, and foure hundred and fifty, according to their armies: and they shall set forward, second.
And the Tent of the congregation shall every man in his place, according to their standards.
The standard of the campe of Ephraim, according to their armies, shalbe Sea-ward: and the captaine of the sonnes of Ephraim, shalbe Elishama the sonne of Ammihud. And that were mustered of them, forty thousand, and five hundred. And next unto him, shalbe the tribe of Mashalbe Gamaliel, the sonne of Pethat were
shalbe Abidan, the sonne of Gideoni. And his armie, and those that were mustered were an hundred thouaccording to their armies: and they shall set forward, third.
The standard of the campe of Dan, shalbe
according to their armies: and the captaine of the sonnes of Dan, shalbe Ahiezer, the son of Ammishaddai. And his that were mustered of them, sixty and two thousand, and seven hundred. And they that encampe next unto him, shalbe
These are those that were mustered of the according to the house of their fathers: all that were mustered of the camps, according to their armies, were six hunaccording to their standards, and so they set forward, every man according to his families, according to the house of his fathers.
SHall encampe] or, as the Greeke translateth, let
them encampe, that is, pitch their tents, as an arall things ought to be done decently and in order, 1 Cor. 14. 40. his standard] or, his banner; which the Greeke translateth his order; and so the Chaldee calleth it Tekes (a word borTaxis.) Order. And this phrase the Apostle useth (from this place) in 1 Cor. 15. 23. every man in his owne order. Here it is properly a standard, banner or flag, such as is used in the warres: which fitly denoteth the state of the Church in her spirituall warfare, said therefore to be terrible as an armie with banners, Song. 6. 4. 10. and it signifieth her victory; whereupon David saith, we will shout, in thy salvation; and in the name of our God, we will set up the banner, Psal. 20. 6. See also Ier. 50. 2. and 51. 27. where the setting up of a standard, is a signe of preparation unto warre awith the ensignes] or, with the signes; which were in the standards, for discerning of one from an other. What these were the Scripture sheweth not: it is not unlikely, that they were such colours as the precious stones had on Aarons brestplate, Exod. 28. on which the tribes names were engraThargum called Ionathans, upon this place, it is said; The standard of the campe of Iudah, was of linnen of three colours, according to the three precious stones in the Brestplate (of the Chalcedoand in it were engraved and expressed the names of the three tribes, Iudah, Issachar and Zabulon; and in the midst thereof was written; (from
V. 3. foremost] or, on the
V. 5. Issachar] and with him Zabulon, vers. 7.
V. 7. The tribe of Zabulon] understand from shall encampe next: so the Greeke explaineth it. And they that encampe next, &c. So in vers. 14. 22. 29.
V. 9. an hundred thousand &c.] the greatest
set forward first] or, march and journey first, when the host removeth, Num. 10. 14. as they en
V. 10. Southward] the order proceedeth from Gen. 49. which Iudas and Ioseph had shared betweene them; and he is put downe to the second place.
V. 12. Simeon] Next brother to Reuben, and of God the first-borne of that mothers maid Zilpha, (vers 14.) both for to keepe them the more easily in subjecti
V. 14. Reguel] in Greeke Rago
hee was
V. 16. second] in the second place: see Num.
V. 17. Tent of the congregation] in Greeke, the
Tent of the Testimony; the sanctuarie of God: which was to set forward in the midst of the campes, both to shew Gods presence among them; and the honour againe that they should doe unto him As it is written of the church, God is in the midst of her, she shall not be moved, Psal. 64. 5. See also Song. 3. 7, 8. The manner and order of carying the TabernaNum. 10. 17 &c. the campe] the order of the Levites camping, is shewed in Num. 3. their marching in Num. 10.
V. 18. Ephraim] he the younger brother, is Gen. 48. 14. 20. sea-ward] that is, as the ChaldWestward: see the notes on Gen. 12. 8.
V. 20. Manasses] and next him Berjamin, v.
V. 24. an hundred thousand, &c.] this was the
V. 25. Dan] He was the first borne of the Gen. 30. 6. and by prophesie he was to judge his people, as the other tribes, Genes. 49. 16. so God here ap
V. 27. Aser] the youngest sonne of the other Dan, as is noNum. 1. 15. with whom Naphtali Dans brother is joyned, v. 29. so the three handmaids children, were in the Northerne and hindmost quarter: that in Gods ordering of the Tribes, his wisdome might appeare. We may behold the or
1. IVDAH, Isachar, and Zabulon: in whose camps were 186400 warriours.
The Sanctuary and the Courtyard about it, were in a long square, twice so long as they were broad; as their description in Exod. 26. and 27. sheweth. But in what forme the campe of Israel was, the Scripture expresseth not, save that it was round aNum. 2. 2. It is likely thereIosephus (in Antiq. Iud. l. 3. c. 11.) saith, that betweene every tribe, in the foure quarIonathan in his
V. 29. And the tribe] in Greeke, And they that campe next, shall be the tribe of Naphtali. See Mat. 10. 2, 3, 4.
And these did Christ send forth Luk. 6. 16. Iude v. 1.)by two and two, Marke 6. 7. to warre the warfare of his Gospell; (as 1 Tim. 1. 18) And when Iscariot lost his ofAct. 1. 26. Afterward there were added Paul and Barnabas, Act. 13. 2.
Vers. 32. These are those mustered] in Greeke, This is the muster (or visitation.) the house] that is, as the Greeke saith, the houses: so in vers. 34. thousand &c.] the summe that was mentioned before, in Num. 1. 46. See the notes there.
V. 34. so they camped] or, pitched their tents. Exod. 39. 42, 43. so here in their orderly camping about, and marching before and after it. That as Order in all things is beautifull, and delejoyed to behold the order of the Church in Colosse, and the stedfastnesse of their faith in Christ, wherein he exhorted them still to walke in him
2. 5, 6. And Balaam when hee beheld this Campe of Israel,
1. The sonnes of Aaron, the Priests. 5. The Le
ANd these are the generations of Aathat Ieare the names of the sonnes are the were anointed: whose hand he filled, to minister in the Priests office. And Nadab
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; are given are given, unto him, out of the sonnes of Israel. And thou shalt
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; is mine: in am Iehovah.
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, in the wildernesse of Sinai, saying; Muster the sons according to the house of their faaccording to their families; every male, from a moneth old and upward, shalt thou muster them. And Moses mustered them, were the names of the sonnes of Gershon, according
according to their famiaccording to their families, Mahli, and Mushi: these are according to the house of their fathers. Of Gershon, was the familie of Libni, and the family of Shimei: that were mustered of thewere seven thoushall be
shall be the Tabernacle, and the Tent, the covering thereof, and the hangfor the doore of the Tent of the congregation. And the tapestrie-hangings of the Court, and the hanging veile for the is by the Taber
And of Kohath was the familie of the Amramites, and the familie of the Izharites, shall be Elishall be the Arke, and the Table, and the Candlesticke, and the Altars, and the vessels of the Sanctuary, with which they shall minister, and the hanging veile, and all the service thereof. And the Prince of shall be Eleazar, the sonne of Aaron the Priest, having the oversight of them that keepe the charge of the Sanctuarie.
Of Merari was the familie of the Mahthat
were mustered of them by the number of eveshall be Zuriel the sonne of Abihail: they shall pitch on the side of the Tabernacle, Northward. And the oversight of the charge of the sons shall be the boards of the Tabernashall be Moses, and Aaron and his sonnes, keeping the charge of the Sanctuarie, for the charge of the sons of Israel: and the stranger that commeth nigh shall be put to death. All that were
according to their families, every male, from a moneth old and upward, were two and twentie thousand.
And Iehovah said unto Moses, Muster am Iehovah; in stead of every first-borne of the sonnes of Israel; and the cattle of the Levites, in stead of every firstling among the cattle of the sonnes of Israel. And Moses mustered, as that were mustered of them, were two and twen
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Take the Levites in stead of every first-borne am Iehovah. And for those that are to be redeemed of the two hundred, and seventie and three, which are mois twentie gerahs. And thou shalt shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuarie. And Moses gave the money of them that were redeemed,
THe generations] that is, the children of Aaron, generations is used for accidents that fall out unto any, as is noted on Gen. 5. 1. In this and the next chapter, he shewNum. 1. 49. 50. and 3. 8, 9, 10. 23. 38. And they were to be numbred after an other manner, not from twentie yeeres old, as the tribes were, Num. 1. 3. but from a moneth old, as touching their tale, Num. 3. 15. and from thirtie yeeres old to fifty, as touching their service, Num. 4. 3. And also, because there
26. 62. but the Lord was their inheri
Aaron Aaron] the elder brother of Moses; and
V. 3. he filled] that is, consecrated (or perfected)
Ex
29. 9. and
V. 4. dyed] by a fire from the Lord, Levit. 10. Num. 26. 61. 1 Chron. 24. 1, 2. had no sonnes] the HeChazkuni upon this place,) say, if they had had sonnes, those sonnes had beene before Eleazar and Ithamar: for whosoever is fore-most in inheritance, is foremost for honour (or
V. 6. present it] or, cause it to stand; speaking present them.
V. 7. his charge] Hebr. his custody (or obseruation;)
V. 9. are given are given] that is, as the Greeke Num. 18. 6. explaiare a gift given: othey are wholly given. So the Ministers of the Gospell are called gifts, Ephes. 4. 8. 11.
for his helpe, in the charge and worke of the Sanctuarie: they mi
V. 11. shalt appoint] or, constitute, set in office as thou shalt constitute over the Tabernacle of Testimonie. their Priests office] for every thing of the Altar, and within the veile, Num. 18. 7. the stranger] that is, whosoeuer is
V. 12. every first-borne] which (before the LeExod. 24. 5. And upon what occasion God tooke the Levites instead of the first-borne, is to be seene in Exod. 32. 26. 29. Deut. 33. 9. shall be mine] to minister before me, as the Chaldee expoundeth it.
V. 13. I smote] in Chaldee, I killed: see Exod. 12. 29, 30. The Lord having slaine all the first-borne Exod. 13. 2. but tooke the Levites and their cattle, in stead of Israels first-borne men and cattle, Num. 3. 45. and gave them as a gift to Aaron, to minister unto him. Who bechildren, Hebr. 2. 13. and they are a congregation of first-borne written in heaven, Hebr. 12. 23. being of Gods owne will begotten by the word of truth, that they should be a kinde of first-fruits of his creatures, Iam. 1. 18. to whom he also giveth the first-fruits of his Spirit, Rom. 8. 23. These wait on, and follow the Lambe (Christ) being bought from among men, and first-fruits unto God and to the Lambe, Rev. 14. 4. These were brought for an offering unto the Lord, out of all nations; and of them the Lord hath taken for Priests and for Levites, Esai. 66. 20, 21. and Christ hath made us Kings and Priests unto God and his Father, that we may serve him day and night; in his Temple, Rev. 1. 6. and 7. 15.
V. 15. Muster] or Number, Hebr. Visit. This was done by Moses and Aaron, v. 39. and by the Princes of the congregation, Num. 4. 34. though here the commandement is directed unto Moses onely house] in Greeke, houses. old] Heb. sonne of a moneth. Tho cause why the Levites were numbred from this age, was for that they came in place of the first-borne of Israel, whose redemption is appointed from a moneth old, Num. 18. 15, 16. And they were counted after the houses of their fathers, not of their mothers; for if a woman of Levi were maried to a man of Iudah, or any other tribe, her sonne was not a Levite. The Hebrew canons say; Priests and Levites and Israelites
Maimony in
V. 16. the mouth] that is, as the Chaldee exthe word: and the Greeke saith, the
voice of the Lord.
V. 17. Gershon] in Greeke Gersom (but in Gerson.) So Ezron, in Gen. 46. 12. is Esrom, Mat. 1. 3. Kohath] or as in Greeke,
V. 18. Libni] in Greeke, Lobnei and Semeei.
Exod. 6. 17.
V. 19. Hebron] or, as the Greeke also wriChebron, and Oziel. See Exod. 6. 18. Here Kohath hath foure families: so many as both his brethren had together.
V. 20. Mahli] in Greeke Moolei and M
Vers. 21. Gershon] in Greeke Gedsom; mistaD. for R. by reason of the likenesse of the letGen. 4. 18.
V. 23. Seaward] that is, as the Chaldee explaiwestward: See Num. 2. 18.
V. 24. house of the father] that is, principall
house: so in v. 30. and 35. Eliasaph] in Greeke, Elisaph; by interpretation, God hath added. Lael] that is,
V. 25. the charge] or the custodie; the Holy Num. 4. Tabernacle] the curtaines of the Tabernacle,
V. 26. tapestrie hangings] whereof see Exod.
hanging veile] mentioned in Exod. 27. 16.
V. 28. of the Sanctuarie] Hebr. of the sanctifie,
holinesse: meaning the holy things; as the Greeke saith, of the Holies: what they were, is expressed in v. 31. See Num. 4. 4. 15. and 10. 21. Here the families of the Levites may be viewed by their numbers;
By their situation when they camped about the Tabernacle;
And to make up the square, Moses and Aaron with the Priests encamped formost Eastward, v. 23.v. 29.v. 35.v.
By their charges, for there was committed un
Among these families of Levi, wee may observe the speciall prerogatives of Kohath the second sonne:
1. Hee excelleth in multitude of families, or chiefe fathers, having foure, when as each of his brethren had but two.
2. He excelleth in multitude of children, ha
3. Of him came Moses the king, Aaron the priest, and Marie the prophetesse; and so all the Priests were of this familie; Exod. 6. 18. 20. Num. 26. 58, 59.
4. His families have the chiefest place about the Sanctuary, the South quarter, next unto Moses, Aaron and the priests, Num. 3. 29.
5. They have the charge of the most holy things within the Sanctuarie, as the Arke, Table, Candlesticke, Altars, &c. Num. 3. 31.
6. Whereas the tribe of Levi had 48. cities alIos. 21.
7. Of the Prince of these Kohathites Elizaphan (Num. 3. 30.) there were 200. Levites to helpe home with the Arke in Davids daies, (no such mention being made of the other two princes,) besides 312. Kohathites of other families: when of Gershon and MeChron. 15. 5.—8, 9, 10.
V. 29. Southward] the south is in Psal. 89. 13. called the right side; and in this place it hath a right hand; because so it is when men stand with their faces to the East: see the notes on Num. 2. 3.
V. 30. Elizapham. sonne of Vzziel] hee was of the fourth and youngest familie of the Kohathites, Num. 16. 1. Elizaphan is by interpretation,
V. 31. all the service thereof] in Greeke, all the
V. 32. of the princes] the Greeke saith, over
the princes; and the Chaldee addeth, appointed over the princes. of the Levites] Hebr. of Levi, whose name is put for all his posteritie, as the Greeke and Chaldee translate Levites. So Aaron, is used for the Aaronites; 1 Chron. 12. 27. Eleazar] by interpretation
V. 35. Zuriel] in Greeke Souriel, which sigGod is my Rocke. Abihail] or Abichail, as the Greeke pronounceth it: by interpretation, The fathers strength.
V. 36. the oversight of the charge] that is, as that which shall be committed to the charge (or
Vers. 38. foremost] or, as the Greeke translaEastward: see Num. 2. 3. Moses, and Aaron] The Hebrewes (as Baal hatturim vpon this place) doe observe, that here is a pause (or, distinction) betweene Moses and Aaron; to teach that Moses (pitched) in one place, by himselfe; and Aaron and his sonnes in another place by themselves. Thus Moses a Levite of Kohath,
Vers. 39. and Aaron] in the Hebrew, there are R. Sol. Iarchi saith they were to signifie that Aaron himselfe was not among the number of the Levites, none of the 22000. here mentioned. Observe Aarons dignitie; Hee was the elder brother unto Moses the King.
Vers. 40. Muster] or Number. moneth
old] Hebr. sonne of a moneth.
Vers. 41. for me] or, unto me, as the Chaldee expounds it, thou shalt bring neere the Levites before
Vers. 43. and seventie and three] Gods speciall providence appeareth againe in this number of Deut. 32. 8. how he had appointed the borders of the peoaccording to the number of the sonnes of Israel. And whereas six hundred thousand men and moe (Num. 1. 46.) had but 22. thousand and 273. first-borne males in all their families, it appeareth that the farre greater number of Israels first-borne were females, who by reason of their sex were not fit to serve God in his sanctuary. Which figured the small number of Gods elect, among the many that are called, Mat. 22. 14. Rom. 9. 6, 7, 8. For the elect are such as doe serve God day and night in his Temple, Revel. 7. 15. and are Priests unto God, Rev. 5. 10.
Vers. 45. shall be mine] which the Chaldee exshall minister before me.
Vers. 46. those that are to be redeemed] Hebr. And the redeemed; or, as the Greeke translateth it, And the redemptions (or ransomes.) So after in vers. 48, 49, 51. Here the overplus of the first-borne of man, is reckoned, and the summe of their ransome vers. 50. but the overplus of cattle is not reckoned.
Vers. 47. five shekels a peece] Heb. five five shekels:
Vers. 48. the money] Hebr. the silver: so in vers. 49, 50, 51. of the redeemed] unthe money of those that are redeemed: or, as the Greeke translateth, the redemptions of those that are moe.
Vers. 50. Of the first-borne] in Hebrew, B
Vers. 51. of them that were redeemed] the the silver, the ransomes of them that were overplus: this was given to Aaron, because the Levites were given to him, vers. 9. and when Levites failed, this money was in their stead, not the first-borne themselves, but their ransomes, for which the other Levites supplied their place and service. This redeeming of men by silver, fore-shadowed a better redemption by Christ; as it is written, Yee know that yee were not redeemed
〈◊〉
corruptible things, as silver and gold, &c. but with the pretious bloud of Christ, 1 Pet. 1. 18, 19. according to the mo
•
th] that is,
1. The age and time of the Levites service. 4. The cariage of the Kohathites, when the Priests have taken downe the Tabernacle. 16. The charge of Eleazar. 17. The office of the Priests. 21. The cariage of the Gershonites. 29. The cariage of the Merarites. 34. The number of the Kohathites that served. 38. of the Gershonites, 42. and of the Merarites.
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, and according to their families, according to the house of their fathers. From shall be the service of in the barres thereof. And upon the Table of Shew-bread
in the barres thereof. And they shall take a cloth of blew, and co
And they shall put it, and all the vessels it upon a staffe. And upon the in the barres therethem in a cloth of blew, and cover them with a covering of Tachash them on a staffe. And in the barres of it. And it; and they shall not touch the holinesse, lest they die: these things shall be the burden of the sonnes of Koto the oversight of Eleazar the sonne of Aa(pertaineth) the oile of the Light, and the incense of sweet spices, and the continuall meat-offering, and the anoinis, in the Sanctu
And Iehovah spake unto Moses and unto
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; according to the house of their fathers, according to their families. From shall be the service of the faskin, that is upon it above, and the hanging veile for the doore of the Tent of the congregation. And the for the doore of the gate of the Court, which is by the Tabernacle, and by the Altar, round about; and their cords, and all the instruments of their service, and all that is made for them; and they shall
in all their butden, and in all their service; and yee shall appoint unto them in charge all their burden. This is the service
The sonnes of Merari, according to their according to the house of their faaccording to all their service in the Tent of the congregation: the boords of the Tabernais the service of the families of the sons of Merari, according to all their service in the according to their families, and according to the house of their fathers. From thirtie yeeres old and upward, even unto that were muaccording to their families, were they that were mustered of the families of the Kohathites, every one that that were mustered of the sonnes of Gershon, according to their according to the house of their fathers. Form thirtie yeeres old and upthat were mustered of them, according to their families, according to the house of their fathers, were two thousand and six hunwere they that were
And those that were mustered of the famiaccording to their according to the house of their fathat were mustered of them, according to their families, were three thousand, and two hunwere they that were mustered that were mustered, whom Moaccording to their families, and according to the house of their fathers. From thirtie yeeres old and upthat were mustethey were mustered of him, as Iehovah com
TAke the summe] Hebr. To take (of which Exod. 13. 3.) the head, and that in number, is the summe, as the Greeke translateth it: and the Chaldee saith, the Count (or reckoning) of the sonnes of Kohath; whose families are here first reckoned, because they were to carry the holiest things. Of Kohaths preheminence, see the notes on Num. 3. 28. Of him Chazkuni here observeth, Though Gershon was the first-borne, yet Kohath is first reckoned, because
in Greeke
Vers. 3. thirtie yeeres old] Hebr. a sonne of
thirtie yeeres, of which phrase see the notes on Gen. 5. 32. Here the beginning of their service is at thirtie yeeres of age; in Num. 8. 24. it is said to be at five and twentie yeeres; (according to which, the Greeke here, and in vers. 23. 30. tranfive and twentie:) and in Davids twentie, 1 Chron. 23. 24. and so in EzekiChron. 31. 17. and after in Ezraes from twentie years old and upward, Ezra. 3. 8. The places in Moses may thus be accorded, that here he speaketh of catring upon their full ministration, which beNum. 8. 24. he appointeth 25. for the beginning of their learMaimony saith; A son of L
and ano
Vers. 4. the holinesse
that is, the
Vers. 5. setteth forward] or, removeth, journieth
the cloud was taken up from off the Tabernacle, by the Lord, Num. 10. 11, 12. the veile of the covering] called in Greeke, the shadowing veile; by the Apostle, the second veile, Heb. 9. 3. which was made of blew, purple, scarlet, and fine linnen, with Cherubims, and was hanged betweene the holy place and the most holy, Exod. 26. 31. 33. This veile figured the flesh of Christ, Heb. 10. 20. as the Arke principally signified Christ also, & Gods presence with his church in him. See the notes on Exod. 25. 10. 17. the Testimonie] the Tables of Gods law, which were in the Arke, as in the heart (or bowels) of Christ, Exo. 25. 16. Psal. 40. 8. This Arke of the testimonie was covered with the veile, whiles the Tabernacle did stand, Exod. 40. 3. and now when the Tabernacle is to be taken down and removed, the Arke is covered with the same veile.
Vers. 6. shall put] Hebr. shall giue; in Greeke, put over, to wit, over the Arke and veile. Tachash skin] in Greeke,
Vers. 7. of Shew-bread] Hebr. table of faces,
of presence: meaning of the bread of Presence (or Shew-bread) as the Chaldee here explaineth it, and Moses elsewhere expresseth. They were twelve cakes, representing the twelve tribes of Israel, or whole church: see the annotations on Exod. 25. 30. and Lev. 24. 5. of blew] the Greeke purple. to cover withall] Hebof covering or of powring out: of these, seo the notes on Exod. 25. 29. continuall bread] or,
Vers. 8. sccarlet] Onely the Arke (represenscarlet, but this Table onely.
Vers. 9. of the light] in Greeke, inlightning (or shining) candlesticke: see the notes on Exod. 35. 14. This was a figure of Gods Law, Psal. 119. 105. Prov. 6. 23. 2 Pet. 1. 19.
Vers. 10. upon a staffe] or, upon a leaver, or barre; such as things are removed and caried with Num. 13. 23. The Greeke translateth it, upon barres; so in vers. 12. Chazkuni noteth here, that it is said, upon a staffe, and not under a staffe, lest that which was caried should bee dragged on the ground.
Vers. 11. Altar of Gold] the Incense altar,
Exod. 30. 1,—6.
Vers. 12. instruments] or vessels of ministerie;
King. 25. 14, 15. Sanctuarie] Hebr. sanctitie; in Greeke,
Vers. 13. the ashes from the altar] This the Greeke translateth, They shall put a covering upon
the altar. The Altar of brasse, which stood in the courtyard, is heremeant. of purple] Onely the brazen altar wapurple; as the Table onely with scarlet, vers. 8. and these two colours are sometime used one for another; as, They put on him a scarlet robe, Mat. 27. 28. for which in Ioh. 19. 2. is written, they put on him a purple robe: so in Mark. 15. 17. they clothed him with purple: all these colours signified the heavenly dignity of these holy things, by the blood of Christ. And although the Altar of brasse stood in the open court, where all might see it, yet when they removed, it also was covered as the other holy things.
Vers. 14. Vessels] or instruments, as vers. 12. fire-pans] of these and the rest, see the notes on Exod. 27. 3. At the end of this verse the Greeke version mentioneth the Laver, Exod. 30. 18. (which in Moses is here altogether omitted) thus; And they shall take a purple cloth, and cover the Laver and the base (or foot) thereof, and shall put them into a covering of
It seemeth to be not without mystery, that Moses mentioning
Vers. 15. the sanctuary] Hebr. Sanctity, or Holinesse, that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, Holy things: see Num. 3. 28. This covering of the Sanput a veile upon his face, Exod. 34. 33. that the sonnes of Israel could not stedfastly looke to the end of that which is abolished, 2 Cor. 3. 1with Iesus into the possession of the Gentiles, Act. 7. 45.) was solden up, and veiles and coverings were cast upon the holy things, that the Israelites could not behold the end of those types, whose end and accomplishment we now clearely see by the Gospell, by
Vers. 16. to the oversight] the Bishops office, o
the Greeke translateth,
Vers, 18. Cut ye not off] or, Cause not to cut off;
destroy not, that is, Cause not, or occasiLev. 10. the families] understand, any of the families: the Greeke translateth, Destroy not of the tribe, the family of Kaath.
Vers. 19. live and not die] of this phrase, see Deut. 33. 6. Thargum Ionathan expounds it, live in the life of the righteous, and not die with flaming fire: having reference to Levit. 10. 2. of holinesses] that is,
Vers. 20. to see] so in Exod. 19. 21. the people were charged not to breake through unto the LORD to see: and because the men of Bethshemesh looked into the Arke of the Lord, he smote of the people fiftie thousand and seventy men, 1 Sam. 6. 19. This restraint taught them what discord there is betweene God and sinfull men, and how great need wee have of a Mediatour. And as the Priests themselves might not alwaies enter into the most holy place,
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉
Here beginneth the 35 section of the Law: see Gen. 6. 9.
Vers. 22. Take] Hebr. to take: see vers. 2. of them also] in Greeke, these also. Though the Kaa
towarre the warfare] which the Greeke to minister: see the notes on vers. 3. to serve the service] in Greeke, to doe the workes: this is an explanation of the former warfare.
Vers. 24. the service] in Greeke, the ministerie.
and for the burden] in Greeke, to serve and so boare. By the service. understand their ministerie in the Tabernacle when it stood, wherein they assisted the Priests; as also the taking downe and setting up of it, Num. 10. 21. and by the burden, their ca
Vers. 27. At the mouth] or, according to the
mouth; in Chaldee, At the word. So after in vers. 37. and 41. and 45. and 49. in all their burden] in Greeke,
Vers. 28. their charge] or, their custodie, their
observation. under the hand, or, in the hand, that is, under the government and direction of Ithavers. 33. The Priests being the chiefe in the Sanctuarie, and figures of Christ, were to apMat. 28. 20. 1 Cor. 12. 4, 5, 6. Tit. 1. 5. &c. 1. Tim. 1. 3. and 3. 1.—15.
Vers. 30. thirty yeeres] in Greeke, twenty five
yeeres: the reason of this difference is noted on ver. 3. So after, in v. 35. into the armie] or, warfare; that is, service in the Tabernacle; as the Greeke translateth it, to minister: see vers. 3.
Vers. 31. the charge] or, custodie; in Greeke, observations.
Vers. 32. their sockets] which were of brasse,
Exod. 27. 10—17. by names] in Chaldee, by their names: the Greeke said the like of the Gershovers. 27. Whereas the sockets, pilby names, lest any should be neglected, or left, or to seeke when the Tabernacle should be set vp againe. Signifying hereby the care that he hath of his Church, and of every member, even the least; and so of all his ordinances. Thus the good Shepheard is said to call his owne sheepe by name, Ioh. 10. 3. And David gave unto Solomon, both the pattern of all things to be made in the Temple, and gave gold and silChron. 28. 11.—17.
Vers. 35. into the armie] or, to the warfare; in to minister: see vers. 3. So after, in vers. 39. and 43.
Vers. 36. two thousand, seven hundred, and fifty]
eight thousand and six hundred, Num. 3. 28. of which, not a third part were able men for the Lords service, as here wee see.
Vers. 40. two thousand and six hundred and thirtie]
Vers. 44. three thousand and two hundred] So six thousand and two hundred Merarites (Num. 3. 34) there were moe than halfe fit to serve the Lord in his Sanctuary. The numbers of them all, and of such as were able to serve the Lord, and con
The wisdome and providence of God appeareth in these numbers. The Kohathites, that were most in the whose summe, are fewest for the service of God: the Merarites, that were fewest in number, yeeld most for his service. And whereas the greaTo one is given by the Spirit, the word of wisdome; to another the word of knowledge, by the same Spirit; to another, faith, by the same Spirit; to another, the gifts of healing, by the same Spirit, &c. dividing to every man severally as he will. 1 Cor. 12. 8.—12. David being employed in warres, had many valiant Worthies, and strong men for that purpose, rehearsed in 1. Chron. 11. & 12. ch. So had Iudah, and the other tribes, as wee see in Num. 2. Moses was furnished with wisdome and knowledge, but wanted speech and utterance; therefore Aaron was given to bee his mouth and spokes-man, Act. 7. 22. Exod. 4. 10. 14. 16. yeCor. 10. 10. and 11. 6. though he
Vers. 47. that entred] to wit, into the warfare,
as
Vers. 48. eight thousand and 500. and 80.] Bethousand and 600. for the outward warfare, in the host of Israel, Num. 1. 27.
Vers. 49. the month] in Chaldee, the word; in Greeke, the voice. mustered he] or, he numbred:
vers. 34. spo
1: The uncleane are removed out of the Campe. 5. Confession & restitution is to be made in trespasses: 11. The law of jealousie. 15. How the suspected woman is to be brought unto the Priest, with an obla
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, say
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; any of all the sop
thereof shall he adde unto it, and shall give it to him against whom he hath trespas
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; with
is no witnesse against her, and she is not taken: And the spirit of jealousie passe upon him, part of an Eis a Meat-offering of jealousies, a Meat-offering of memoriall, making meit into the water. And the Priest shall make the wois the Meat-offring of jealousies: & in the hand of the Priest shall be the bitter water, that causeth the curse. And the Priest shall to uncleannesse, under thy husband, be thou free from the bitter water that causeth the curse. But some man hath had his copulation with thee, beside thine husband: And the Priest shall by to be for a curse and for an oath, among thy people, when Iehovah doth giue thy thigh to fall, and thy
them out, into the bitter water. And he shall cause the woeven the memoriall thereof, and burne it upon the Altar; and afterward hee shall cause the woman to drinke the water. And when he hath caused her to drinke the water, is the law of jea
COmmand] After that God had set his church Command: whereby the weight of the things here spoken of, is signified. that they send away] or, as the Greeke translateth, and let them send away, that is, put out of the campe; and there were three Campes, the Sanctuary, called the Campe (or tents) of the LORD, 2 Chron. 31. 2. the Campe of the LeNum. 3. and the Campe of Israel, the twelve tribes, Num. 2. See the annotations on Exod. 40. 33. And as the uncleane were to be put out of the Campe, pitching about the Sanctuary: so out of he campe which went to warre against their eneD
23. 10, 11. The Campe of the Lords Sanctuary was most holy;
Vers. 3. male and female] Hebr. From male unto
female, whereby he meaneth both sorts: and as Chazkuni here observeth, he saith not man and woman, to teach that in case of uncleannesse, the great and the small are alike. Vpon this Law,
Vers. 6 the sinnes of men] in Greeke, humane
sinnes, that is, any such sinne as men use to fall into through their frailty. to transgresse a transgression] that is,
Vers. 7. shall confesse] This, though it be here adjoyned to this particular, belongeth to all sinne, he that confesseth and for saketh shall have mer
28. 13. for God
Vers. 8. no kinsman] Hebr. Goel; which is gethe stranger; for they say, there is no man in Israel without kinsmen, either brother, or child, or o
(meant of)
Vers. 9. heave-offring] or oblation, in Chaldee, separation (or separated thing.) of all] or, with all the holy things: according to which sense the Greeke translateth, and all the hallowed things. So in Ezek. 44. 30. the first of all the first fruits of all things, and every heave-offring of all, of all your heave-offrings shall be the Priests, and the first of your dough shall ye give unto the Priest, that he may cause the blessing to rest in thine house. shall bring neare] or, shall offer to the Priest, and so unto God by him: therefore the Greeke translateth, shall
Of the gifts which God appointed to the Priests, see
Vers. 10. shall be his] that is, shall be the priests,
Ezek. 44. 30.
Vers. 12. Any man] Hebr. man man, that is, who-soever. goe aside] to wit, from him to another man, and commit adulterie. A figuraProv. 7. 25. transgresse] diMag
sig
Vers. 13. Aman] in Greeke, any: meaning a
besides her husband.
Vers. 14. the spirit of jealousie
Vers. 15. his wife unto the Priest] who was in God will judge the secrets of men, Rom. 2. 16. the order of this actiThe husband commeth to the Magistrates of his citie (where hee dwelleth) and saith unto them; This my wife, I am jealous of her for such a man, and she hath been in secret with him, and these are witnesses; and loe, she saith that shee is cleare, and is willing to drinke, for triall of the thing. Then the Magistrates shall heare the words of the witnesses: and they appoint two to be with the man, to keepe him that he companie not with her, before shee have dr
it might be of no other graine, nor any other quantity than
Vers. 16. make her stand] present her before the Lord, for the judgment was his, not mans: by standing, some understand, her staying there, till the Priest went into the Tabernacle, to gather up dust to put in the water, (vers. 17.) For he went into the Tabernacle to take dust from thence: but shee went not in, Chazkuni on
Vers. 17. holy water] the Chaldee expoundeth Water of the Laver, (whereof see Exod. 30. 18. the Greeke translateth it, pure living water. The quantity, Moses mentioneth not: the Hebrewes say, halfe a log of water out of the Laver, and hee measured it by the halfe log which was in the Sanctuary. Maim. in Sotah. cap. 3. sect. 9. The halfe Log contained as much as three egges: see the notes on
Vers. 18. to stand] the same was said before, in vers. 16. Hereupon the Hebrews say, the woman was led about from place to place in the court, to weary and tyre her, to see if shee would confesse. Sel. Iarchi on Num. 5. and Maim. in Sotah, c. 3. s. 3. uncover the womans head] The covering on the womans head, is a signe of her subjection to the man, 1. Cor. 11. 5, 6, 7, 10. so the uncovering of her head might be a signe, that now she was in her own power, to cleare or condemne her selfe. It was also a signe of sorrow, Levit. 21. 10. so this her case and action was sorrowfull; & for a woman to have her head bare in such an assembly, was shamefull, 1. Cor. 11. 5, 6. Of this action the Hebrews writen that one of the Priests came and tooke hold on her clothes before, and rent them downe to her heart; and uncovered her hayre, and untied the lockes of her head, for to make her unseemely. Maim. in Sotah, c. 3. s. 11. the Meat-offring] which being brought by her husband for her, vers. 15. she was to take, as by that signe offring her selfe to the Lords try all; unto whom this Meat-offring was by her presenin the hand of the Priest] All the while that her head is bare, and the Meat-offring in her hands, the water is to bee in a vessell in the Priests hand, that she may see the water. Maim. in Sotah c. 3. s. 14. the bitter water] or water of bitternesse, in Greeke,
Vers. 19. charge her by oath] or, adjure her, make her to sweare. In ages following, when Israel Maim. in Sotah cap. 3. sect. 7. If no man] that is, no other man, besides thine husband: Rom. 7. 3. as in Gen. 36. 6. unto a land, is by the Chaldee expounded, to an other land. under thy husband] that is, since thou wast marRom. 7. 2. Or, in stead of thine husband, that is, beside him. The Hebrews say, The husband may deale by oath with her, that she hath not committed whoredome with that man concerning whom he is jealous of her, nor with any other man. And that she hath not committed whordome under him, after she was betrothed, before hee maried her, or after. But he may not deale with her, that shee did not commit whoredome before they were betrothed, neither after she was put away, if shee had beene put away, and returned to him againe: for if she committed whoredome in that time, she is not unlawfull for him. Maim. in Sotah, cap. 4. sect. 17. be thou free] or,
Vers. 20. had his copulation] or, given his copulation, that is,
Vers. 21. by oath charge] or, adjure the woIos. 6. 26. 1. Sam. 14. oath of cursing] or, of exsecration: in Greeke,
to be
Vers. 22. shall enter] or, let it enter, and the
thigh] that is, thy thigh, as the Greeke explaineth it. Amen Amen] in Greeke, So be it So be it, Amen is an Hebrew word, but retained by the ACor. 14. 16. and so is now used in all languages. By interpretation it signifieth Truth, Verily, or faithfulnesse, as in Esai. 65. 16. the God Amen, is the God of Trueth: and so Christ is called Amen, which is expounded the faithfull and true witnesse, Rev. 3. 14. And in speech unto men, it is an earnest asseueration, as Amen I say unto you, Mat. 24. 47. which another Evangelist inAlethoos, that is Uerily, or Of a truth, Luke 12. 44. It is also interpreted in Greeke Nai, that is Yea, as in Mat. 23. 36. Amen I say unto you; for which in Luk. 11. 51. is written Yea (or Verily) I say unto you, wherefore both Hebrew and Greeke are ioyned together in
Vers. 23. write these curses] all these words in a booke] or, in a scroll. The Hebrewes use to call all wribookes, whether they be large or briefe, all bills, bands, letters or epistles, and the like; as in Deut. 24. 1. a booke (that is a hill) of diuorcement: and in 2
Vers. 24. to bitternesses] in Chaldee to cursing:
Vers. 25. wave the Meat-offering] that is, Exod. 19. 24. The Hebrewes write, that the Priest tooke the ministring vessell wherein the Meat-offering was, and put it upon her hands; and the priest put his hand under hers, and waved it. Maim. in
Vers. 26. the memoriall] so the handfull is calLev. 2. 2.
Vers. 27. to bitternesses] with most bitter effect; to cursing; as vers. 24. The Hebrewes say, that if she be defiled, immediately her face
in
Vers. 28. shall be free] not havers. 19.
Vers. 29. under her husband] that is, being being under an husband ▪ s
Vers. 20. shall make the woman to stand] or, present her. The Hebrewes hold that some woA woman of whom (her husband) is jealous, and she hath beene in secret (with another man) they compell her not to drinke: but if shee agree, and say, I am defiled, she is put away without dowry, and is unlawfull for her husband ever after; and drinketh not. Likewise if shee say, I am not defiled, neither will I drinke; they compell her not to drinke, but she is put away without dowry. Also if her husband say, I will not cause her to drinke; or if he hath lyen with her after that shee was in secret (with another) shee drinketh not, but takes her dowry, and goes her way, and is unlawfull for him ever after. Some women (they say) are not meet to drinke, though they be willing, and their husbands also would have them drinke, but are put away without dowries: as, she that is wife to a man
Vers. 30. free from iniquitie] or guiltlesse, innocent from iniquitie, by doing what in him lieth
1. The Law of the Nazarite, what hee must ab
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, sayhimselfe unto Iehovah: He shall separate himselfe from wine & strong drinke; he shall not drinke vineger of wine, thing that is made of the wine vinetree, from the kernels, even to the huske. All the dayes of the vow of his Nazariteship, the rasour shall not himselfe unto Iethat hee separateth himselfe unto Iehovah, he shall not come at a dead soule. For his father, or for his mother; for his brother, or is upon his head. All the dayes of his Nazariteship, he shall bee
And this is the Law of the Nazarite: in the day, when the dayes of his Nazariteship are offering: and one ramme perfect, for Peace offrings. And cakes, cakes of fine flowre mingled with oyle, and wafers of uncakes, anointed with oile: and their Meat offering, and their drinke offerings. And the priest shall bring them neere before offering, and his Burnt offering. And the ramme, hee shall make a sacrifice of Peace offerings, cakes: and the Priest shall make his Meat ofat the doore of the Teit on the fire, which is under the sacrifice of Peace offrings. And the priest shall take the sodthem on the palmes of the hands of the Nazarite, after he hath shaved himselfe of his Nazariteship. And the priest shall wave them for a wave offring before Iehovah; it is holy, for the priest, with the wave brest, and with the heave shoulder: and after the Nazarite may drinke wine. This is the Law of the Nazathat, that his hand shall attaine: according to his vow, which he shall have vowed, so shall he doe, according to the law of his Nazariteship.
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying;
Iehovah blesse thee, and keepe thee.
Iehovah make his face shine vpon thee, and be gracious unto thee.
Iehovah lift up his face upon thee, and
And they shall put my name upon the
WHen he shall separate] to wit, himselfe. This separate, signifieth to exempt, after a speciall and maruellous manner, from common estate, as is noted on Levit. 27. 2. The Greeke translateth it, Who so shall greatly
The Lord having before given order for the pu
Vers. s
or,
Vers. 4. of his Naziriteship] or of his separation,
consecration, meaning the vow thereof, as vers. 5. so the Greeke here translateth of his vow. made of the wine vine-tree] that is, any of the fruit therea tree is said to make fruit, when it yeeldeth or bringeth it forth, as in Gen. 1. 11. therefore in Iudg. 13. 14. it is explained, that commeth of (or proccedeth from) the wine vine-tree: and the word wine is added to the vine, onely here and in that place, to signifie that wine, or the fruit of the vine (which cheereth God and man, Iudg. 9. 13.) is in speciall manner forbidden the Nazirite, for the myIudg. 13. it appeafrom the kernel
that is, either kernels or huske of the grape; which though they have not such force as the liquor to affect the minde, yet God here forbiddeth, to teach an exact care to avoid evill, and danger, occasion, provocation, yea or
Vers. 5. of his Naziriteship] or separation; in Greeke, of his sanctimonie (or puritie.)
in Greeke,
Vers. 6. at a dead soule] that is, a dead person,
soule is often used for the whole man, liuing or dead, see Lev. 19. 28. & 21. 1. and so Ionathan in his Thargum here explaineth it, at the sonne of man that is dead. Thus the soule is put for the bodie, for at death the soule departeth, Gen. 35. 18. and by the Hebrew Cathe dead d
Maimony in
Vers. 7. not make himselfe uncleane] or, as the not be defiled for them; namely in touching, mourning for, or burying them. For this, as for the former, the Nazirite if hee did it preMaim. in Nazir. ch. 5. sect. 15. &c. This also taught them to moderate their affections and sorrow, for their earthly parents, that they might be holy unto their father which is in heauen. Here the Hebrews have their traditionall exceptions, saying, It is lawfull for a Nazirite to leave the pollution by the dead which is commanded, as if walking by the way, he light upon a dead body, and there is none there to bury him, then is he to desile himselfe for him, and to bury him. If two Nazirites light upon a dead, the one a Nazirite for 30 dayes, the other for an hundred; he that is a Nazirite for 30 dayes shall make himselfe uncleane, (and the other not.) The like they say, for shaving his head, that it is lawfull for him, if it be a shaving commanded; as,
Vers. 8. holy]
Vers 9 unawares] or, on a sodaine, which is by another word after repeated, to shew that whatsoeand he hath defiled] or,
Verse 10. two turtles] This accordeth with Levit. 15. 14. &c. see the annotations there. The Hebrewes say, When a Nazirite is defiled with any uncleannesse, for which he is to shave himself, one is to sprinkle upon him on the third day, & on the seventh day, (Nu ̄. 19. 12.) and he is to shave off the haire of his head, in the seventh day, and to wash in the seventh day, after he is sprinkled, as do all that are defiled by the dead, (Num. 19. 19.) and when his sun is set, he shall bring his offerings on the eight day, and they are two turtles, or two yong daves, &c. Ma 11.
Verse 11. shall doe] or, make ready, that is, Chron. 21.
is by an other Prophet explained,
Verse 12. shall separate] to wit, as a Nazirite, sanctific. Hereby God taught, that as he hath given Christ to be an atonement for our sinnes, so when we are cleansed by faith in him, wee must not continue in sinne, that
but endevour anew to fulfill
Verse 13. the Law] the third part of the Nazihe shall bring him] heAct. 21. 26. that the Nazirite was to goe into the Sanctuarie, to signifie the accomplishment of the dayes of the sanctification, or Naziriteship. Some translate,
Vers. 14. shall offer] or, shall bring neere, as the hee shall bring his gift. perfect] in Greeke,
Verse 15. and wafers] The Hebrewes (as Sol.
Iarchi) here say, there were teno
ten cakes and ten wafers; which
Verse 16. shall offer them] or, shall bring them neere; which words doe one explaine another, in the Hebrew text, as, they brought neere burnt sacrifices, 1 Chr. 16. 1. that is,
shall make] or, shall doe, that is, offer (as verse 16.) for a sacrifice of peace-offerings, to Levit. 7. 14, 15.
Verse 18. the Nazirite] in Greeke, he that vewed;
Verse 19. the sodden shoulder] or, Lev. 7. 32. this was peculiar of the Nazirites ram onely, and not due to the Priest from any other sacrifice. The manner of this service, was thus; The ram was killed, and the blood sprinkled, and the b
in
Verse 20. wave them] this shoulder was waved (of which word, see the annotations on
Verse 21. his oblation] understand, this is his oblation; or, as the Greeke saith,
Verse 22. Iehovah spake] after that the people who so looketh into the perfect law of libertie, and continueth, he, being not a forgetfull hearer, but a doer of the worke, he shall be blessed in his doing. Iam. 1. 25.
Verse 23. his sonnes] the Priests to whom this them hath Ichovah thy God chosen, to minster unto him; and to blesse in the name of Iehovah, Deut. 21. 5. And Aaron was separated, that he should sanctifie the most holy things, hee and his sonnes for ever; to burne (incense) before Iehovah, to minister unto him, and to blesse in his name for ever, 1 Chron. 23. 13. Herein the work of Christ
Vers. 24. Iehovah blesse thee] The name Iehovah
the Father, the Sonne, and the Holy Ghost, into whose name we are baptised, Mat. 28. 19. which Iehovah is one, and his name one, Deut. 6. 4. Zach. 14. 9. So the Apostle beginneth wishing Grace and Peace, from him which Is, and which Was, and which Is to come, [that is, Iehovah God the Father] and from the seven Spirits which are before his throne, [that is, the Holy Spirit, whose graces are seven, that is, manifold and plentifull; but though there be diversities of gracious gifts, yet it is the same Spirit, 1 Cor. 12. 4.] and from Iesus Christ: Revel. 1. 4, 5. And another Apostle conThe grace of the Lord Iesus Christ, and the love of God, and the communion of the holy Spirit
13. 14. Which, as all o
Ver. 25. his face to shine upon thee] or, his countenance to shine (to be lightsome) unto thee. For
Verse 26. lift up his face] this in men, signifieth Ioh 29. 24. 2 Sam. 2. 22. so here in God toface understand as before the light of his face, that is, his favour; as in Psal. 4. 7. Iehovah lift thou up the light of thy face upon us; and it signifieth the applying and communicating of Gods foresaid grace, to mans conscience and seeThou hast put gladnesse in mine heart, &c. Psal. 4. 8. Thus the first branch of the blessing (in verse 24.) implieth the love of the Father; the second (in verse 25.) the
Verse 27. And they shall] the Priests in all ages, such as were meet to serve in the Sanctuary, perSix things doe let from lifting up the hands (to blesse) 1 the tongue, 2 blemishes, 3 transgression, 4 yeares, 5 wine, 6 and uncleannesse of hands. The tongue, as if they stammer and cannot pronounce the letters aright, or lisp, &c. Blemishes, as if they have any blemishes in their face, hands, or feet; as if they have crooked fingers, &c. Transgression, as if a Priest hath killed a man, though unawares, and though hee have repented for it, yet may he not lift up his hands, Esai. 1. 15. Or, if the Priest have served idols, &c. though he have repented for it, he may never lift up hands; as it is written (in 2 Kings 23. 9.) The Priests of the high places came not up to the Altar, &c. and blessing is as a service, Deut. 21. 5. Yeares, as a young Priest lifteth not up his hands till he be fully come to his age. Wine, as if he have drunke a quarter (of a Log) of wine, hee may not lift up his hands, till hee hath put away his wine from him, Levit. 10. 9. Vncleannesse of hands, as a Priest that hath not washed his hands, may not lift them up (to blesse) but he must wash his hands, as they use to sanctifie them for service, and afterwards hee blesseth. Maim. treat. of
1 When the Tabernacle was set up, anointed and sanctified, the Princes of the tribes give six wagons and twelve Oxen, for the service of the Sanctuarie, which were given to the Levites of Gershon and Me
ANd it was, in the day when Moses had finished the rearing up of the tabernawere the Princes of the Tribes: they were those that stood over them that were mustered. And they brought their it of them, that they may be to serve the serto every man according to his service. And Moses was upon them, they should beare with shoulder.
And the Princes offered, for the dedicati
And he that offered his oblation in the first was
shekels was the weight thereof; one silver bason, of seventie shekels, by the shekel of the Sanctuashekels of gold, full of incense. One buloffering.
In the second day, offered Nethaneel the shekels was the weight thereof; one silver bason, of seventie shekels, by the shekel of the Sanctuarie: both of them full of fine flowre mingled with oile, for a Meat-offring. One cup of ten shekels of gold, full of incense. offering. And for a sacrifice of was the oblation of Nethaneel the sonne of Zuar.
In the third day, the Prince of the sonnes of was, one silver dish, an hundred and thirtie shekels was the weight thereof: one silshekels of gold, full of incense. One bullocke, a yongling of the herd; one offering. And for a sacrifice of Peacewas the oblation of Eliab, the sonne of Helon.
In the fourth day, the Prince of the sonnes of Reuben: Elizur, the sonne of Shedeur. His was one silver dish, an hundred and thirtie shekels was the weight thereof; one silshekels of gold full of offering. And for a sacrifice of Peace-offerings, two oxen, five rammes, five hee-goats, five lams of the first yeare: this was the oblation of Elizur, the sonne of Shedeur.
In the fift day, the Prince of the sonnes of was one silver dish, an hunshekels was the weight thereof; one silver bason of seventy shekels, by the sheshekels of gold, full offering. And for a sacrifice of Peace-offerings, two oxen, five rammes, five hee-goats, five lambs of the first yeare: this was the oblation of Shelumiel, the sonne of Zurishaddai.
In the sixt day, the Prince of the sonnes of was, one silver dish, an hundred and thirtie shekels was the weight thereof; one silshekels of gold, full of incense. offering. And for a sacrifice of Peacewas the oblation of Eliasaph, the sonne of De
In the seventh day, the Prince of the sonnes was, one silver dish, an shekels was the weight thereof; one silver bason of seventie shekels, by the shekel of the Sanctuarie: both of them full of fine flowre mingled with oyle, for a Meat-offering. One cup of ten shekels of gold, offering. And for a sawas the oblation of Elishama, the sonne of Ammihud.
In the eighth day, the Prince of the sonnes was one silver dish, an shekels was the weight thereof; one silver bason of seventie shekels, by the shekel of the Sanctuarie: both of them full of fine flowre mingled with oyle, for a Meat-offering. One cup of ten shekels of offering. And for a sacrifice of Peace-offerings, two oxen, five rammes, five hee-goats, five lambs of the first yeare: this was the oblation of Gamaliel, the sonne of Pedahzur.
In the ninth day, the Prince of the sonnes of was one silver dish, an hundred Shekels was the weight thereof; one silver bason of seventie shekels, by the shekel of the Sanctuarie: both of them full of fine flowre mingled with oyle, for a Meat-offering. One cup of ten shekels of gold, full of incense. offering. And for a sacrifice of Peacewas the oblation of Abidan, the sonne of Gide
In the tenth day, the Prince of the sonnes was, one silver dish, an hundred shekels was the weight thereof; one silver bason of seventie shekels, by the shekell of the Sanctuary: both of them full of fine floure mingled with oyle, for a Meat-offering. One cup often shekels of gold, full of incense. offering. And for a sacrifice of Peace-offewas the oblation of Ahiezer, the sonne of Ammishad
In the eleventh day, the Prince of the sonns was, one silver dish, an hundred and thirty shekels was the weighshekels of gold, full of incense. One bullocke, a yongling of the herd; one ramme, one lambe of his first yeare, for a Burnt-offesinoffering.
In the twelfth day, the Prince of the sonnes
His oblation was, one silver dish, an hundred shekels was the weight thereof; one silver bason of seventie shekels, by the shekell of the Sanctuatie: both of them full of fine floure mingled with oyle, for a Meat-offering. One cup often shekels of gold, full of incense. offering. And for a sacrifice of Peacewas the oblation of Ahira, the sonne of Enan.
This was the Dedication of the Altar, (in weighed an hundred and thirtie shekels, and every bason, seventie: all the silver of the vessels, weighed two thousand and foure hunshekels, by the shekell of the Swere twelve, full of incenevery cup weighed ten shekels, by the was an hundred and twentie shekels. All the were twelve buloffering. And all the oxen for the sawere twentie and foure bullockes; the rammes sixtie, the heewas the Dedication of the Altar, after that it was anointed. And when Mohim speaking unto him, from above the Covering-mercie-seat, that was upon the Arke of the Testimonie, from betweene the two Cherubims: and he spake unto him.
FInished the rearing up] that is, had fully set u
which was reared the first day of the first moneth of the second yeare after their comming out of Egypt,
Verse 2. Then offered] Heb. And the Princes, &c ▪
Verse 3. their oblation] Hebr. their Korban; in Greeke, their gifts. This oblation was for the verse 5. Chazkuni here saith, it was to make atonement, for that they had numbred Israel, as in Numb. 31. 49, 50. Thy servants have taken the summe of the men of warre, &c. and there lacketh not one man of us; we have therefore brought an oblation for the LORD, &c. to make an atonement for our soules before the LORD. covered wagons] or,
Verse 5. that they may be to serve] or, and let
them be to serve the service, that is, to doe the work; as the Greek translateth, and they shall be for the ministeriall workes of the Tabernacle of Testimonie.
Verse 8. foure wagons, &c.] Because the service the boards, barres, pillars, and sockets of the Tabernacle; whereas the Gersocurtaines, coverings and hangi
4. 31. 25. therefore the Merarites had as many moe wagons and oxen, as the Gersonites.
Verse 9. of the Sanctuary] or, of the holy things,
of the holinesse: meaning, the Arke, Table, Candlesticke, Altars, &c. see Num 4 5—15. was upon them] the Greeke translateth, they have the ministeriall things of the holy. with shoulder] that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, they shall be are them on (their) shoulders, and no otherwise; thereSam. 6. 3, 7. then David acknowledged that the Lord had made a breach among them, because they sought him not in dChron. 15. 1
Verse 10. the
or,
Verse 11. One Prince for a day] this sentence
Verse 12. Naasson] Hebr. Nachshon: so in Num. 1. 7. of the tribe] or, for the tribe; in Prince of the tribe of Indas. Here the Captaines of the tribes ofNum. 1. but accorNum. 2. beginning at the East quarter, proceeding to the South, then to the West, and ending at the North, (according to the course of the Sunne) as may be viewed thus; of
Thus God would have that order kept in their ob
East.
Naasson, verse 12.Nethaneel, verse 18.Eliab, verse 24.
South.
Elizur, verse 30.She lumiel, verse 36.Eliasaph, verse 42.
West.
Elishama, verse 48.Gamaliel, verse 54.Abidan, verse 60.
North.
Ahiczer, verse 66.Pagiel, verse 7Ahira, verse 78.ch he had appointed for their situations, Num. 2. and so likewise for their journeyings, Num. 10. 14—27. to shew that he is not the author of contumult, but of peace, 1 Cor. 14. 33. And Iudah in Naasson his sonne, was first in these oblations (as in many other things,) for to type out the hoHeb. 7. 14.
Verse 13. dish] or, charger, platter, in Hebrew Kag
in Greeke,
Verse 14. of gold] touching this, C
no
Verse 15. bullocke] in Chaldee, a
in He
Verse 16. goat-bucke] a goat of the second yeere Levit. 4. 22, 23. But this is brought for sL
4. treateth of: and so it was also extraordinary,
Verse 17. of Peace-offerings] in Greake, of
Verse 18. Nethaneel the sonne of Zuar] called in Greeke Nathanael the sonne of Sogar: see Num. 1.
this title is given to all
Verse 19. He offered] In the Chaldee of He offered hi
writeth thus;
Verse 42. Deguel] in Num. 2. 14. he is called Reguel; and so the Greeke here hath Elisaph the
sonne of Rigovel: see Num. 1. 14.
Verse 48. the seventh day] the Hebrewes note this to be extraordinarie, that on the Sabbath day Ammihud] in Greeke, Semioud: see the notes on Numb. 1. 10.
Verse 54. Gamaliel] in Hebrew, Gamliel.
Pedahzur] in Greeke, Phaddasour: see Numb. 1. 10.
Verse 72. In the eleventh day] so the Greeke In the day of eleven dayes. So in ver. 78. In the day of twelve dayes; which the Greeke expoundeth, In the twelfth day. Pagiel] in Greeke, Phageel the sonne of E
Verse 84. dedication of the Altar] The Chalthe dedication of the anointing of the
Here God summeth up the offrings of the Princes, the number of ves
Verse 85. Every] Hebr. one. 2400. shekels] The reason of this exactnesse of their weight seveholy, and therefore warily to be kepby number, and by weight of every one: and all the weight was written at that time, Ezr. 8. 25, 27, 28, 29, 30, 33, 34.
Verse 86. an hundred and twentie] so there Ionathan in his Thargum maketh these 120 she
Verse 87. their meat-offering] the Greeke vertheir meat-offerings, and their drinke-offerings: which though they were not mentioned before, yet were to be understood by the sacrifices that were offered. For by the Law every burnt of
Verse 88. sixtie] so all the beasts which the 12 Lev. 7. 15. 29—34.
Verse 89. to speaker with him] that is, with God: of him speaking] or, of one speaking; which the Greeke translateth, of the Lord speaking. And Tharof the Spirit speaking. Herein Moses excelled all other Prophets; in that the Lord spake so familiarly with him. See the notes on Num. 12. 8. the covering mercie seat] thus the promise was fulfilled, I will meet with thee there; and I will speake with thee from above the covering mercie seat, Exod. 25. 22. And hereDebir, the Oracle or speaking place, 1 Kings 6. 23. And the Covering mercie seat (or Propitiatorie) being a figure of Christ, Rom. 3. 25. (as it is noted on Exod. 25. 17.) it was a Testimonie of Gods grace to his Church in Christ his Sonne, by whom hee alwayes spake unto our fathers, but more clearely unto us in these last dayes, Heb. 1. 2. And whereas it is said in Lev. 1. 1. the Lord spake unto Moses out of the Tabernacle; this place sheweth how it is to be understood; as Sol. Iarchi here saith, Two Scriptures contradict one another, the third commeth and decideth the case betweene them. One Scripture saith. The Lord spake unto him out of the Tabernacle which was without the veile; and another Scripture saith, I will speake unto thee from above the Mercy-seat. This commeth and decideth it betweene them; Moses went into the Tent, and there he heard tho voyce that came from above the Mercy-seat. The voyce came out from heaven to between the Cherubims; & frō thence it came out into the Tent of the congrega From hence also some of the Hebrews gather (as
1 How the Lampes were to be lighted, and what was the workemanship of the Candlesticke. 5 A commandement to cleanse the Levites, with sprink
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, say
And Aaron did so; he made the lampes thereof to ascend up over against the face of was of beaten worke of gold; unto the shaft was beaten work: according to the patterne which Iehooffring. And thou shalt
And Aaron shall wave the Levites for a offered of the sonnes of Israel; that they may be to serve the service of Iehovah. And the Levites offering, and the other a Burnt-offering, unto Ie
And thou shalt set the Levites before for a wave-offering unto Iehovah.
And thou shalt separate the Levites from for a wave-offering. For they are given, are given unto me from among the sonnes of Israel; in stead of such as open evein stead of the first-borne of every one of the sonnes of Israel, I have taken them unto me. For every first-borne of the sons is mine; of man, and of beast: in the day that I smote every first-borne in the land of Egypt, I sanctified them unto me. And as given to Aaron and to his sonnes, from among the sonnes of Israel, to serve the service of the sonnes of Israel, for a wave-offering before Ieho
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saving, This is it, that belongeth unto the Levites,
And from the age of fiftie yeares, he shall re
Here beginneth the 36 Lecture of the Gen. 6. 9.
LAmpes to ascend] that is, to burne, as the ChalExod. 25. 37. and 27. 20. Levit. 24. 2. The Greeke interpreteth, when thou shalt set up the lampes, to wit, upon the branches of the Candlesticke: howbeit in the next verse, the Greeke translateth, he kindled. As the Princes of the twelve tribes (in the former Chapter) ofover against the face of the Candlestick] that is, towards the middlemost of the seven branches: for this word
Verse 4. And this worke] or, And this was the worke of the Candlesticke; or of the Light vessell. The making hereof is described in Exod. 25. 31—39. and 37. 17—24. beaten worke] in Greeke, strong (or solid;) meaning, it was sound, not hollow, beaten with the hammer out of one peece, not of many peeces: understanding the whole CandleLamps were made a part, (as were the
and
Vers. 6. Levites] the residue of the tribe of Levi, besides the Priests, whose consecration is described Levit. 8. unto whom the other Levites were adNum. 3. 6. &c. but their consecration is shewed in this chapter. from among the sonnes] hereupon the Levites, as in office, so in name are distinguished from the other Israelites, as are also the Priests from the LeChron. 9. 2. the Israelites, the Priests, the Levites, and the Nethinims. cleanse them] or
Verse 7. Sin-water] that is, the water of purification from sin, which was made with the ashes of
Vers. 8. yongling of the herd] or, yong oxe, of the Exod. 29. 1. where the like was brought for the Priests. This was for a Burnt-offring, to make atonement for the Levites, vers. 12. and as
Verse 9. the whole] or, all the congrega
be
Verse 10. the sonnes of Israel] that is, some of the chiefe of them, (as the first borne) in the name Act. 6. 6. and 13. 3. Chazkuni here expoundeth it thus, The sons of Israel, that is, the first-borne which were in Israel; for the Levites gave an atonement for them: and every first-borne layed on (hands) on (the Levite) that was for him. This ordinance fitted the present businesse, for the Levites being taken to serve the service of the sonnes of Israel, & in stead of every first-borne, and
18, 19. and offered by them,
Verse 11. wave the Levites] this waving the Greeke expoundeth separate; which word is used Separate me Barnabas and Saul, for the worke whereunto I have called them, Act. 13. 2. so in
Verse 12. the head] that is, the heads of the bullocks, as the Greeke translateth: but called
Verse 13. shalt set] or, shalt present, shalt make to stand, as a signe that they were given to him and his verse 19.
Verse 14. shall be mine] which the Chaldee exshalbe ministers before me. See the notes Num. 16. 9.
Verse 15. to serve the Tent] in Greeke, to doe the the works of the Tent: this is explained in v. 19. to serve the service of the sonnes of Israel in the Tent. A like phrase is in Ezek. 48. 18, 19. to serve the citie: and in 2 Chron. 24. 18. they served the groves. and wave them] in Greeke, and give them before the Lord. This is the third time that the waving of the Levites is commanded: Sol. Iarchi faith, that the first (in ver. 11.) respected the Koathites; the second (in vers. 13.) was for the Gershonites; and this third for the Merariees.
Verse 16. are given, are given] that is, as the they are a gift given: or, the doubling of the word meaneth, they are wholly given: and the gift
Verse 17. the day that I smote] in Chaldee, the
day that I killed: by day, comprehending the night also, as in Gen. 1. where the day consisteth of evening and morning; for properly the first borne of Egypt were smitten
Verse 19. as given] in Greeke, a gift given to
Aaron: who being a figure of Christ, these Levites (in stead of the first borne) figured the Elect chilIoh. 17. 6. 9. 11. Heb. 2. 13. to serve the service] in Greeke, to doe the workes of the sonnes of Israel; that is, which the first borne of Israel should have done themselves, had not the Levites beene taken for them. to make atonement for the sonnes of Israel] this the Levites did, not by offering sacrifices for the peoples sinnes, (which was done by the Priests onely) but by their other service in the Tent; which being performed according to the will of God, hee was pleased with the people, and sent no plague upon them, either for neglect of his service, or for doing it amisse: and this the words following doe confirme, that there be no plague among the sonnes of Israel, &c. Thus Phineas, when hee had killed the whoremonthe Plague was stayed from the Israelites, is said to have made atonement
for the sonnes of Israel, Num. 25. 7. 8. 13. no plague] which the Chaldee expoundeth,
Verse 20. Then did Moses] Hebr. And Moses
did, &c. Moses set, or presented the Levites, verse 13. Aaron waved them, verse 11. and the sonnes of Israel laid their hands on them, verse 10. every one his worke as God had commanded.
Verse 21. purified themselves] from sinne, as sinne water upon them, verse 7. waved them] the Greeke saith, gave them for a gift: see verse 11. made atonement by offering their sactifices,
Verse 22. to serve their service] in Greeke, to
minister their ministerie (or liturgie.)
Verse 24. from twenty five yeares old] Hebr. from a sonne of twentie five yeares: so in verse 25. Num. 4. 3. it was said, from thirtie yeeres old: there he spake of their entrance upon their full adNum. 4. 3. he shall] that is, every of them shall; as the Greek translateth, they shall goe in: so in verse 25. to warre the warfare] in Greeke, to minister the ministerie (or liturgie.) Why their service is called a warfare, see Num. 4. 3 23.
Verse 25. from the age] Hebr. from a sonne of
fiftie yeares. he shall returne] that is, every of them shall returne, or cease; in Greeke, shall depart from the liturgie, and shall not worke any more. MeaMaimony (in treat. of the Implements of the Sanctuary, chap. 3. sect. 8.) saith, That which is spoken in the Law of the Levites, From fiftie yeares old, he shall returne, &c. is not meant but for the time that they carried the Sanctuary from place to place; and it is nos a commandement of force in the generations (following.) But in the ages (following) a Levite was not disallowable by yeares, neither by blemishes, but by voyce, when his voyce failed through much age, he was disabled from serving in the S
Verse 26. the charge] or, the custodie, the watch the custodies. not
in Greeke,
1 The Passeover is commanded againe to bee kept in the first moneth, 5 and so it was. 6 Vpon occasion of some that were uncleane, and could not keepe it, a second Passeover is allowed in the second moneth, for them that were before uncleane or
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses in the Wildernesse of Sinai, in the second yeare after they were gone out from the land of Egypt, in the first moneth, saving;
And let the sonnes of Israel do the Passemoneth, in the fourteenth day of the moneth, betweene the two evenings, in the Wildernesse of Si
And there were men who were uncleane by the soule of a man, that they could not are uncleane by the soule of a man, wherefore are we kept backe, that wee
still and I will heare what Iehovah will command
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; Speake unto the sonnes of Israel, saying; Any be in a journey a farre off of you, or of your generations; yet he shall doe the Passeover unto Iehovah. In the second moneth, in the fourteenth day, betweene the two evenings, cakes and bitter herbs shall they eat it. They shall not let ought remaine of it untill the morning;
And in the day, that the Tabernacle was even the Tent of the Testimony: and in the evening there was upon the Tabernacle, as the appearance of fire, untill the morning. So it was continually, the cloud covered it: by night. And when the cloud was taken up from off the Tent; then after that, the sonnes of Israel journeyed: and in the place where the cloud abode, there encamped the sonnes of Israel.
At the mouth of Iehovah the sonnes of Is
And when the cloud tarried long upon the by night, when the cloud was taken up, then they journeyed. Or two dayes or a moa yeare of dayes, when the cloud tar
IN the first moneth] This Commandement to of the second moneth, Num. 1. 1, 2. Whereupon the Hebrewes (as Sol. Iarchi here) doe observe, that there is no order of former and latter in the Law; but things done after, are sometimes ser before. The reason why it is mentiverse 11. which was after the foresaid master, after the dedication of the Altar, & ordination of the Levites. And the cause why God commanded them to keepe the Passeover in the Wildernesse, was for that by the first institution they were bound to keepe it, when they were come into the land of Canaan, Exod. 12. 25. and therefore without speciall warrant, they would not have kept it in the desert: neither kept they any moIos. 5.
Verse 3. doc the Passeover] that is, keepe, offer, or sacrifice the Passeover, called in Hebrew Pesach, in Greeke Pascha; so named because the Lord when he smote all the first-borne in the houses of the Epassed over the houses of the Israelites (whose doore-posts were sprinkled with the lambs blood) and slew not their first-borne. Hereupon the Lord appointed a yearely feast in rememour Passeover (or Paschal Lambe) sacrificed for us, in whom we keepe the feast in spirit and truth, 1 Cor. 5. 7, 8. See the annotations on Exod. 12. in his appointed season] every fourverse 3. which the Greeke here calleth the houre thereof; and in verse 3. the season thereof; and the Hebrewes explaine it, though it be on the Sabbath. So all the feasts in Israel were to be kept at the times appointed of God, Levit. 23. 4 &c. Therefore IeLevit. 23. 34. it is said to be the moneth which he had devised of his owne heart, 1 Kings 12. 32. 33.
Verse 3. betweene the two evenings] that is, in Sol. Iarchi (on Exod. 12.) saith, from the sixt houre (which is at mid-day) and upward, it is called betweene the two evenings, for that
the Sunne declineth towards his going downe, &c. betweene the evening of the day, and the evening of the night: the evening of the day is in the beginning of the seventh houre, and the evening of the night, is when the night beginneth. See the notes on
Verse 4. to doe] that is, to keepe (or offer) the
Passeover, as verse 2. This was for the sanctifica
Verse 6. by the soule] the soule is here put for the body; and that dead, as often other-where; see Levit. 19. 28. and Num. 5. 2. sometime the Scripdead soule, Num. 6. 6. The Chaldee, Greeke, and Latine, keepe the HeNum. 19. 11. and such might not come into the Lords Sanctuarie, Num. 5. 2. nor eat of the holy things, Levit. 7. 20. Hereupon they came to Moses and Aaron, to inLev. 11. 1.
Verse 7. wherefore are we kept backe] the Greek explaineth it, shall we be kept backe (or deprived?)
the oblation of Iehovah] the Passeover is so called, as being commanded by the Lord, and kept unto his honour; and it is called a sacrifice, Exod. 12. 27. The Greeke translateth it, a gift unto the Lord. So Korban, an Oblation, is by the Holy Ghost interpreted, a gift, Mar. 7. 11.
Verse 8. Stand still] or, Stay: which the ChalTarry till I heare. A religious anIoh. 7. 16, 17. and 8. 28. From this, and other the like examples of Moses, Ionathan in his Chaldee paraphrase on this place, saith, That the Iudges of the Sanhedrin (or courts) should not be ashamed to aske concerning the judgement which is to hard for them; for Moses who was the Master of Israel, had need to say, I have not heard.
Verse 10. Any man] Hebr. Man man; that is, man understand the woman also. Ionathan expoundeth it, yong man or old man. when he shall] or, though he be uncleane. by a soule] the Greeke and Chaldee adde the soule of a man, meaning a dead man, as verse 6. and so Ionathan explaineth it,
Verse 11. In the second moneth] of this second It is a commandement by it selfe, and therefore
Vertill the morning] if any were left till then, it vas to be burnt; see Exod. 12. 10. with the not breake a bone] this was fulIoh. 19. 33. 36. See Exod. 12. 46. The Hebrew Doctors say, that for brea
Verse 13. not in a journey] the Greeke explaiin a far journey, as v. 10. Here other be for
1, 2. Now for in
Verse 14. sojourne with you] this the Greeke if a proselyte come unto y
Of strangers to be admitted to the Passeover, see in the annotations on
Vers. 15. was reared up] or, that he (Moses) Exod. 40. 1. 17. the cloud] a signe of Gods favour and preExod. 33. 10, 11. and 40. 34. and the annotations there. Also Num. 14. 14. Ez
10. 3, 4. even
Vers. 16. cloud covered it] to wit, by day, as is Exod. 40. by day; and so doth the Chaldee called Ionathans. The continuance of this signe (notwithstanding the peoples unworthinesse) is remembred by NeYet thou in thy manifold mercies, forsook
9. 19.
Vers. 17. was taken up from off the Te
or,
Verse 18. At the mouth] that is, as the Greeke By the commandement; or, as the Chaldee saith, At the word of the Lord: for this signe from heaven, the removing and resting of the cloud, was to them as the mouth or word of God. For God speaketh by his signes, which are therefore called, the words of his signes, Psal. 105. 27. And it signified, that whatsoever we doe, in word or deed, we should doe all in the name of the Lord Iesus, Coloss. 3. 17.
Vers. 19. taried long] or, prolonged the time: Act. 1. 7. kept the charge] or, the watch: Hebr. observed the observation: of which phrase see Levit. 8. 35. The Chaldee here translateth the charge (or observation) of the word of the LORD. They kept watch and ward night and day, to see when the cloud should arise; or, they kept the charge (in the meane while) of ser
Vers. 20. a few daies] Hebr. daies of number:
a few: see this phrase in Gen. 34. 30.
Vers. 22. a yeere of daies] that is, a whole Lev. 25. 29. and Gen. 4. 3.
Vers. 23. the mouth] that is, as the Chaldee the word; in Greeke the commandement: and that the Lord signified his will sometimes by word, and not by signe onely of the clouds removing, apDeut. 1. 6, 7. and 2. 3, 4. by the hand] that is, by the ministerie of Moses, who both goNum. 10. 35, 36. Compare Psal. 77. 21. Esai. 63. 12.
1 The Lord commandeth to make two silver trumpets, and to use them for calling of the assem
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, say(if) yee blow an alarme, then the camps, that encampe on side, shall take their journey. And if ye blow an alarme the second time, then the camps, that encampe on the South-side, shall take their journey: they shall blow an alarme for their journeyes. And when yee
for ever, throughout your generations. And if yee goe to warre in am Iehovah your God.
And it was in the second yeere, in the seday of the moneth, the cloud was taken up from off the Tabernacle of the Testimonie. And (place,) according to their armies: and over his army, was Naasson the son of Amminadab. And was Nethaneel, the son of Zuar. And was Eliab, the son of Helon. And according to their armies: and over his armie, was Elizur, the son of Shedeur. And over was Shelumiel, the sonne of Zurishaddai. And over the armie of the tribe of the sons of Gad, was Eliasaph, the sonne of Deguel.
according to their armies: and over his army, was Elishama, the son of Ammihud. And over the armie of the tribe of the sons of Mawas Gamaliel, the sonne of Pedahzur. And over the armie of the tribe of the sons was Abidan, the son of Gidewas Pagiel, the was Ahira, were the journeyaccording to their
And Moses said unto Hobab the son of Reguel the Midianite, the father in law of are journeying unto the place, of which Iehovah said, I will give it unto you; goe thou with us, and we will doe thee good, for Iehovah hath spoken good conthat that good, wherewith Iehovah shall doe good unto us, we also will doe good unto thee. And they journeyed from the mountaine of Iehovah, three daies journey: was over them by day, when they journeyed out of the campe.
And it was, when the Arke journeyed, (unto) the ten thousands thousands of Israel.
MAke unto thee] After the constitution and order of the Church about the Lords Santwo trumpets] a trumpet (called
Verse 3. And they] that is, the Priests shall
blow, as is expressed in vers. 8. The Greeke tranthou shalt blow, meaning Moses, by the Priests whom he appointed thereto. with them] with both of them: for when but one was blowne, the Princes onely assembled, vers. 4.
with one] the Latine translateth it, once; but the Greeke better, with one trumpet
that is,
Verse 5. And if ye blow] or, And ye shall blow
an alarme, and the camps, &c. So after: and thus the Greeke translateth it. an alarme] or, a broken sound; in Hebrew,
Verse 6. on the South side] Reuben, Simeon, and Gad, Num. 2. 10. &c. for their journeyes] or, according to their journeyings; that is, not for these two quarters onely, but for the other also: as Chazkuni observeth, for all the foure camps. Here therefore the Greeke version addeth by way of exAnd ye shall sound the third alarme, and the camps that encampe towards the West shall
The like is signified also by F
Vers. 8. a statute for ever] an everlasting ordinance:
Vers. 9 yee goe to warre] Hebr. yee come to warre, which the Greeke translateth, come forth. But comming
Verse 10. day of your gladnesse] in Greeke, daies; one named for all. This is the fourth use of the trumpets, for joy and triumph before the Lord. And by the day of gladnesse, (distinguished from the solemne feasts) Baal
understan
Vers. 11. second yeere] after Israel was come Num. 9. 1. second moneth] which we now call Aprill, the Hebrewes called it Ijar. twentieth day] the second Passeover being enNum. 9. 11. when by Mount Sinai (where the Law was given them,) they had abidden twelve moneths, lacking ten daies, as appeareth by comparing Exod. 19. 1, 2. the cloud was taken up] by the Lord, which was a signe that now the people should remove, Numb. 9. 17. But they had withall, word from the Lord, who spake unto them, saying; Yee have dwelt long enough in this mountaine; turne you, and take your journey, and goe to the mount of the Amorites, &c. Behold I have given the land before you; goe in, and posse
1. 6, 7, 8. So both by word and signe, God called them from Sinai, the place of bondage, by reason of the Law there given,
Verse 12. by their journeyes] from Sinai to Taberah
Verse 13. at the mouth] that is, the word, as the Chaldee saith, or, by the voice, as the Greeke tranNum. 9. 18. 23. the hand] that v. 35. Thus they had foure things (at this first removall) to confirme their faith in their he led his people in the wildernesse, for his
endureth
Verse 14. according to] or, with their armies;
Num. 2. 2, 3.—9. So the Lion of Iudah as stanGen. 49. 8. Iudg.
Verse 17. was taken downe] after that the Priest had with veiles and clothes, covered the ArkNumb. 4. 5. &c. The taking downe of the Tabernacle, and removall thereof, and setting it up in another place; signified (among other th
12. 27, 28. Also the unsetled estate of the Church, and all the members thereof, in the wildernesse
Verse 18. of Reuben] who was standNumb. 2. 10.—16.
Vers. 20. Deguel ▪
called sometimes
Vers. 21. the Sanctuarie that is, (as the Greeke translateth) the holy things, as the Arke, CandleNumb. 4. 5.—15. and 7. 9. and they] that is, the Gershonites and Merarites forespoken of, in vers. 17. who therefore went before, that the house or tabernacle might be set up ready, to receive these holy things; for which the Tabernacle was made, and not they for the Ta
Vers. 22. Ephraim] the standard-bearer to the third quarter: see Numb. 2. 18.—24.
Vers. 25. the rere-ward] or, the gatherer, (in Greeke, the last of all the camps,) that gathered up Exod. 17. Deut. 25. 17, 18.) as also of the Leprous and unNum, 5. 2. (as in Num. 12. 15. the people journeyed not, till Mary (who had beeene a Leper) was gathered,) This shewed Gods love and care of the most weake among his people, in taking such order for their safetie. And unto this order of march, the Prophet hath reference in Esai. 52. 12. Iehovah will goe before you, and the God of Israel will be
Vers. 28. These were the journeyings] in Greek, These were the hosts (or armies.) By Th
is
The trumpets sounded an alarme the second time, then Reuben, Simeon and Gad, (with their armie of 151. thousand, 450. fighting men,) rose up, and followed the tabernacle.
After them went the Levites, sons of Kohath, in the middest of the twelve tribes, bearing on their shoulders, the Arke, Candlesticke, Table, Altar, and other holy things.
At the sound of the trumpets third alarme, rose up the standard of Ephraim, under which were of Ephraim, Manasses and Benjamin, 100. thousand and 8000. & an hundred men of war; and these folBefore Ephraim up thy strength, and come for salvation
80. 3.
At the fourth alarme, the standard of (
52. 12.) who when he rose up, his enemies were scattered, and they that hated him, fled before him,
Verse 29.
or,
Verse 30. I will not goe] This deniall is Iudg. 1. 16. and 4. 11. 1 Sam. 15. 6. Or, if he returned not into the wildernesse, yet at the least, his posteritie came unto Israel in Canaan, as the Scriptures
Verse 31. for eyes] in stead of eyes, to guide us Thou shalt be an Elder amongst us. Or, by eyes, may be meant deare, loved, and tendered, as men doe their owne eyes.
Verse 33. mount of
the Chaldee ex
Verse 34. the cloud of Iehovah] which had conExod. 13. 21. 22. the same guided them still. The Chaldee calleth it the cloud of the glory of the Lord. was over them] or, upon them; the Chaldee understanwent (or journeyed) over them: the Greeke saith, did over-shadow them: and David teacheth that it was spred for a covering, Psal. 105. 39. nameNum. 14. 14. Moses saith it stood over them. It signified unto them the glorious grace, guidance, and protection of God: and figured the like unto the Church after in Christ; who by his Word and Spirit, guideth and protecteth all his people, Esai. 4. 5, 6. For as God now led his people like a flocke in the Wildernesse, Psal. 78. 52. So Christ the good Shepheard calleth his owne sheepe by name, and leadeth them out, goeth before them, and the sheepe follow him, for they know his voyce; and goe in and out and finde pasture, Ioh. 10. 3, 4. 9. 11. See also the notes in
Verse 35. Rise up] or, Stand up: it is opposed Psal. 3. 8. and 7. 7. and 10. 12. and 17. 13. and 4Psalme, (which is a prophesie of Christ, his resurrection, and ascension into heaven,) and which he beginneth with these words of Moses, Let God rise up, let his enemies be scattered, &c. which sheweth that the fulfilling of all these mysteries, is by Christ and his rising from the dead, for the justification and salvation of his Church. Onkelos translateth it in Chaldee, Bee thou reveiled, O Lord: and Ionathan paraphraseth, Be thou reveiled now, O Word of the Lord, in the strength of thine anger. thine enemies] Ionathe enemies of thy people: and after, those that hate them: for the enemies and persecutors of the Church, are the enemies of God himselfe, Act. 9. 4. Matth. 25. 45. Zach. 2. 8. This David sheweth, when saying vnto God, thine enemies and
1 The people complaining, God punisheth them with fire, which at Moses prayer is quenched. 4 They lust for flesh, and loath Manna. 10 Moses grieved at their murmuring, complaineth to God of his charge. 16 God divideth his burden unto se
ANd the people was when they were complainers, evill in the eares of Iethem in the utmost part of the campe. And the was among them lusted with lust, there is nothing at all, onely out eyes are unto the Manna. And the it, and ground it in milles; or beat it in a morter; and bait in pannes, and made cakes of it; and the taste of it was, as the taste of the best moiin the night, the every man in the doore of his tent; and the anger of Iehovah was kindled greatit was evill. And Moses said unto Iehovah; Wherefore thou layest the burden of all these people upon me? Have I conceived all it is too heavie for me. And if thou doe thus
And Iehovah said unto Moses; Gather unare the Elders of the people and the officers of them, and take them unto the Tent of the Congregatiis upon thee, and will put it upon them, and they shall beare with thee the burden of the people, and thou shalt not beare it thy selfe alone. And say thou unto the people, it was well with us in Egypt; therefore Iehovah will give you flesh, and ye shall eat. Ye shall not eat one day, nor is among you, and have wept before him, saying; Wherefore now came we forth out of Egypt? And am, are six hundred thousand footmen; and thou hast said, I will give them flesh, and they shall eat it a moneth of dayes. Shall the flocks
And Iehovah said unto Moses, Is Iehowas upon him; and gave it unto the seventie men the Elders;
was Eldad; and the name of the second, Medad; and the Spirit rested upon them; and they were of them that were written, but went not out unto the Tent, and they prophesied in the campe.
And there ran a young man; and told Moone of his choise young men, answered and said; My lord Mothat all the people of Iehovah were prophets; that Iehovah would give his spithem fall by the campe, as it were a dayes journey on this side, and as it were a dayes journey on that side, round about the campe: and as it were two cubits above the face of the earth. And the people stood up gathered least, gathered ten homers: and spreading they spred them for themselves, round about the campe. The flesh was yet betweene their teeth; it was not yet cut off, unto Hazeroth: and they
ANd the people] Hitherto in this booke, Gods grace to his people hath beene manifested in when they were complainers] or, as complainers; that is, even complainers, very murmurers; grudging, and shewing themselves discon
Verse 2. sunke downe] that is, went out, or, was
quenched; in Greeke, ceased. Their seeking to the Lord in their afflictions, and his mercies towards them, are mentioned in Psal. 78. 34.—38.
Vers. 3. he called] that is, Moses called: or, the name of that
see the notes on
Vers. 4. the mixt-multitude] or, the ga
Verse 5. we remember] they stirred and inflafor nought] this may be referfish which they had for nought, without price, getting them out of the rivers freely; or, for nought, that is, for very little, very cheape; as nothing is used for very little,
Verse 6. our soule is dryed] The soule is often put for the body, or whole man, and for the appewheat of heaven (as Manna is called, Psal. 78. 24.) neither was their appetite satisfied: and heremeat for their soule, Psal. 78. 18. to satisfie their fleshly lust. our eyes are] or, our eyes behold onely the Manna; that is, we see no other food; neither can we expect for any other, but depend upon Manna onely. For the eyes unto any, signifie hope and expectation, as Psal. 25. 15. and 141. 8. Manna was unto them both a corporall food, and a spirituall, figuring Christ himselfe, with his word and grace, Ioh. 6. 31, 32, 33. 1 Cor. 10. 3. So the loathing of Manna, and longGal. 3. 3, 10. and 4. 9. Such mens eyes cannot see the Manna which is hid. Rev. 2. 17.
Verse 7. Manna] in Hebrew, Man: the reason Exod. 16. 14. Chazkuni on that place saith,
Verse 8. went about] or, went to and fro, to search, Ier. 5. 1. Amos 8. 12. Dan. 12. 4. therefore this word is applied sometime to the eie, as in 2 Chron. 16 9. It figured the labour and dilithe meat which endureth unto everlasting life, Iohn 6. 27. ground it] the grinding and beating of it, &c. figured also the afflictions of Christ, whereby he was prepared to be for us the bread of life,
Verse 9.
and upon the Man
Verse 10. throughout] or, by their families; so in the doore] that is, openly; and sinned not in secret onely, but as it were proclaimed their iniqui
Verse 11. done evill to thy servant] that is, afflievill when it commeth from God, meaneth trouble and affliction wherewith he chaIer. 18. 8. Esai. 45. 7. Amos 3. 6. that thou layest] Heb. for to lay, or to put: so it hath reference to the former part of the speech. See the notes on Gen. 6. 19. the burden] the weighty care and charge: so in Deut. 1. 12. The Greeke here translateth it anger; but after in vers. 17 ▪ violence, or
Verse 12. Have I conceived] so also the Greeke Am I the father of all this people? are they my sonnes? begotten them] Hebr.
Verse 13. flesh to give] By these complaints Deut. 34. whereby the impossibility of the Law was signified, that it could not bring men unto God, or satisfie, or restraine the lusts that reigne in our members, though the Law it selfe is holy, Rom. 7. 5—12. But what the Law could not doe, in that it was weake through the flesh, God (hath done) sending his owne Sonne, Rom. 8. 3. who giveth us not flesh to satisfie our carnall lusts, but his owne flesh to be the food of our soules, which he hath given for the life of the world, and which who so eateth, hath eternall life, Ioh. 6. 51. 54.
Verse 15. if thou doe thus] to leave the whole thou, spoken to God, is of the foeminine gender, contrary to common rule of speech, At, for Attah: which some thinke doth intimate Moses trouble of mind, as if he could not perfectly utter his wordDeut. 5. 27. where the people terSpeake thou (At) unto
here saith,
Verse 16. Gather unto me] in Chaldee, Gather
before me; and Thargum Ionathan explaineth it, Gather in my name seventy worthy men. This is anGen. 46. 27. Exod. 1. 5. Deut. 10. 22. and to the 70 Elders which went up unto the Lord at mount SiExod. 24. 1, 9. From hence the Hebrewes in their commonwealth, continued their chiefes: SeSanhedrin, ch. 1. and Maimony in Sanhedrin, c. 1. s. 3, 4, 5, explaineth it thus; there was in Israel,
Vers. 17. I will come downe] to wit, in signe I will reveale my selfe; and Targum Ionathan addeth,
V. 18. Sanctifie] in Chaldee, prepare your selves:
sanctifie warre is to prepare therefore, Ier. 64. & 51. 28. It meaneth an holy preparaSol Iarchi expoundeth it, Prepare yourselv
(in
Verse 20. Vntill a moneth of dayes] to wit, yee
shall eat, as the Greeke expresseth. Meaning a whole moneth; as a yeare of dayes is an whole yeare, 2 Sam. 14 28. So in Gen. 29. 14. loathsome] Hebr. to loathsomnesse or alienation; which the Greek translateth, to choler; the Chaldee, to offence, that is, offensive, have despised] or, contemptuously refased, set at nought; which the Greeke trans
Verse 22. to suffice them] so the Greeke and Ma
which usu
Verse 23. hand waxed short] that is, power abated;
Verse 25. they prophesied] this was a gift and effect of Gods Spirit upon them: and is elsewhere upon the handmaids in those dayes, I will powre out my spirit, Ioel 2. 29. that is, I will power out of my spirit, and they shall prophesie, Act. 2. 18. So in
Verse 26. Medad] in Greeke, Modad. the
spirit] in Chaldee, the spirit of prophesie. that were written] by Moses in a booke; or in papers (as the Hebrews thinke) and so were appointed averse 16. 24. but went not out] for what cause, the Scriphimselfe among the stuffe, 1 Sam. 10. 22. so these two, unwilling to take the charge upon them, withPsal. 139. 7. The Hebrewes have here their uncertaine conjeSol. Iarchi saith, They were all written expresly by their names, and should have beene taken by Lots. For the count was made for the twelve tribes out of every tribe six, except two tribes, of which were but five. Moses tooke seventy two papers (or
(a paper on which was written)
Verse 28. of his choise young men] in Greeke, his chosen one; the Chaldee saith, of his young men. The youth: whereupon some translate it, the minister of Moses, fro ̄ his youth: but this seemeth not fit; for Moses shepheards life in Midian, from which he came but a little before this, argueth the contrary.
Verse 29. Enviest thou] or, Hast thou en
Verse 30. gathered] that is, gat himselfe, or, at departed. the Elders] who were authorised of God to be of the high Councell or Synedrion with Moses, and his assistants: and thus they differed from those inferiour Magistrates, which had beene appointed before by Iechroes advice, Exod. 18. 21, 25. And as then all hard cauExod. 18. 26. so after this, such causes were brought to the high court or Synedrion, first ordained here. This is shewed by the Hebrew Canons in Talmud Bab. Sanbedrin, c. 1. and Maimony in Sanbedrin, c. 5. thus: They set up no King, but by the mouth of the Senate of 71. (Elders:) neither make they any lesser Synedrion for every tribe and for every citie, but by the Senate of 71. Neither judge they a whole tribe revolted (to idolatry,) nor a false Prophet, nor the high Priest in judgement of life and death, but by the great Synedrion. But money-matters are judged by the Court of three Iudges. Likewise they make (or judge) no elder rebellious (Deut. 17.) nor any citie drawne 5.)
Verse 31. a wind] God made an East wind to
passe forth in heaven; and brought on a South wind by his strength, Psal. 78. 26. brought Quailes] such fowles as he had fed them with before, in Exod. 16. 13. them now God againe
Verse 32. ten homers] or, ten heaps, as the Chalhomer sometime an heape, as in Ex. 8. 4. sometime a kind of measure containing ten Ephahs or Bushels, Ez. 45. 11. the wch measure is called also a Cor. Eze. 45. 14. & so Targum Ierusalemy interpreteth it here. Thus also the Greek translateth it ten Cors; (for of the HeCor, the Greeke Coros, in Luk. 16. 7. & Latine Corus are derived.) And Chazkuni here explaineth it, ten homers; there are in an homer thirtie Seahs (or Pecks;) so ten homers containe three hundred Seahs: loe he that gathered least, had every day ten Seahs. Of the Seah or Pecke, see the notes on Gen. 18. 6. This abundance of fowles was miraculous, whererained flesh upon them as dust; and feathered fowles as the sand of the seas, Psal. 78. 27. And with these they filled their greedy lust; (seeding themselves without feare, as Iude verse 12.) though the Lord had threatned to punish them, verse 20.
Verse 33. not yet cut off] to wit, from their mouth; that is, not taken from them, which the before it (that is, the flesh) failed. Thus the phrase is opened in Ioel 1. 5. the new wine is cut off from your mouth; that is, taken away from you. Or, by cutting, may be meant chewing. The Psalmist alleaging this, saith; They were not estranged from their desire; the meat was yet in their mouth, when the anger of God came up against them, &c. Psal. 78. 30, 31. And here
Verse 34. hee called] meaning, Moses called, Deut. 9. 22. and to us, that we should not lust after evill things as they lusted, 1 Cor. 10. 6. Or, as the Greeke translateth it, the name of the place was called; see verse 3. Kibroth hattaavah] that is, as the Greeke expoundeth it, Graves (or monuments) of lust. Where
Vers. 35. were in Hazeroth] or, Chatseroth, in Aseiroth; here they were, that is, abode, or continued; (as Daniel was, that is, continued, Dan. 1. 21. and they were, that is, continued there, Ruth 1. 2.) The cause of which abode, was a new trouble which Moses sister and brother raised against him, Num. 12.
1 Marie and Aaron speake against Moses, about his wife, and office. 4 The Lord calleth them all be
ANd Marie and Aaron spake against it. Now the man Mowas very meeke, above all the men which were upon the face of the earth.
And Iehovah said suddenly unto Moses, in the doore of the Tent, and called Aaron and Marie; & they two came forth. And he said, Heare now my words: If there among you, I Iehovah will make my selfe knowne unto him in a vision; I will speake unto him in a dreame. My seris not so, he is faithfull in all mine house. Mouth to mouth will I speake with in vision, and not in darke speeches; and the similitude of Iehovah shall hee behold: and wherefore were yee not abecame leprous as snow: and Aaron looked upon Marie, and behold she was leprous. And Aaron said unto Moone dead; of whom when hee commeth out of his Mothers wombe, halfe his flesh is even consumed. And Moses cried out unto Iehovah, saying;
And Iehovah said unto Moses; And if her in. And Marie was in againe. And afterward the people
MArie] in Hebrew, Mirjam; in Greeke, Mariam; she was a
Verse 2. by Moses] or, in Moses; as speaking of Hath the Lord spoken onely indeed with Moses, who is separated from copulation of the bed, meaning with his wife. also by us] or, in us: as David said, The spirit of Iehovah spake in me, 2 Sam. 23. 2. Here
Vers. 3. meeke] the originall word hath affiniaffliction and lowlinesse; for by affliction this vertue is furthered, Lam. 3. 27, 28, 29, 30. and is seated in the heart and spirit, as the Apostle mena meeke and quiet spirit, 1 Pet. 3. 4. As MoMat. 21. 5. and 11. 29. It is a vertue which keepeth a meane in anger, and avenging of our selves when we are offended, wronged, and conabove all the men] or, more than any man. This commendation the Spirit of God giCor. 11. 5, 6, 10, 22, &c. and 12. 11, 12.) although Moses is noted to have been very angry, sundry times, Exod. 11. 8. and 16. 20. and 32. 19. Levit. 10. 16 Num. 16. 15. and 31. 14. and 20. 10, 11. compared with Psal. 106. 32, 33.
Vers. 4. said suddenly] so shewing the greatPsal. 64. 7. Prov. 6. 15. Esai. 30 13. and preventing any that mought thinke Moses coma swift witnesse against evill doers, Mal. 3. 5. suddenly rose to plead the cause of his meekest serPsal. 50. 19, 20, 21. yee t
both parties are judicially summoned to appeare before the Lord, in the Tent of his habitation: as he riseth up to judgement,
Verse 5. came downe] in Chaldee, revealed him-selfe:
Gen. 11. 5. of the cloud] as the throne oPsal. 99. 7. Num. 16. 42. Vnto these apRev. 10. 1, 2, 3. and 14 14, &c.
Vers. 6. a Prophet among you] or, of you; Hebr. your Prophet: which the Chaldee expoundeth,
(or
V. 7. not so] is not such a Prophet, that I should speake to him by dreames and visions. faithfull
in all mine house] that is, in all my Church; for the house of God, is expounded the Church of the living God, 1. Tim. 3. 15. and so the Chaldee here translain all my people; and Ionathan, in all the house of Israel my people: and Chazkuni explaineth it thus, all the men of my house hold him for faithfull. This is further opened by the Apostle, saying; Consider the Apostle and high Priest of our prosession, Christ Iesus, who was faithfull to him that made him, as also Moses was in all his house, &c. And Moses verily was faithfull in all his house, as a servant, for a testimony of those things which were to be spoken after, but Christ as the Son over his owne house; whose house we are, if we hold fast the confidence, and the rejoycing of the hope firme unto the end. Hebr. 3. 1—6. Touching Moses faithfulnesse, and the confidence that Isra
Verse 8. Mouth to mouth] that is, familiarly, Speech with speech. So when Ioseph spake without an inmy mouth that speaketh unto
45. 12. and the Apostle opposeth it to speech by writing; as,
Vers. 9. he went away] withdrew the signe of
Vers. 10. the cloud departed] the cloud of the
glory of the divine presence of the Lord, saith Tarleprous as snow] that is, leprous white as snow; and this was the sorest leprosie, and most incurable, see Exod. 4. 6. 2 King. 5. 27. and they that had this disease, were put out of the Lords campe as uncleane, Levit. 13. and therefore God departed now away, for (as Chazkuni here saith,) It is not the way of the earth, that holinesse should stay in an unclean place. This punishment was very memorable, both for the suddennes and soreRemember what Iehovah thy God did unto Marie by the way
24. 9 And if God did thus unto so great a woman for Moses sake, what will he doe to such as rebell a
Verse 11. Alas my lord] or, Oh my lord, Hebr. unto me, to wit, have respect; the Chaldee explaiWe pray thee, my lord: see this phrase in Gen. 43. 20. Aaron as unworthy of accesse himselfe unto God now departed, maketh request unto Molord, confesseth their sinne against him, craveth pardon; and by Moses mediation, to have their sister cured. sinne] that is, the puLevit. 22. 9. Num. 18. 32.) which hee desireth that by Moses intercession, it might not be laid upon them of God. wherein we have done foolishly] or, because we are become foolish: the Greeke translateth, because we have done ignorantly in that we have sinned: in which sense it is a lessening of their sinne, as done through unadvi
Vers. 12. as one dead] by continuance of the leNum. 5. 2. should defile all that touched her, as doe the dead; and in the end be consumed and die utterly with that fretLet her not now be separated from among us, for she is our sister: pray now for this dead flesh that is in her, that it may be healed. is even consumed] or, is even eaten, to wit, with the disease: and by comming out of his mothers wombe, the Greeke understandeth and translateth, an untimely birth comming out, &c. for as of such a dead birth the flesh is halfe consumed, so is the flesh of a Leper.
Verse 13. cryed out] that is, as the Chaldee transprayed, but earnestly, and as grieved for her O God] Hebr. Ael, which is one of Gods names signifyMight, and together implying his mercy; as is noted on Gen. 14. 18. So in Targum Ionathan, it is here explained; And Moses prayed and besought mercy before the Lord, saying; I beseech for mercie of the mercifull God, I beseech God that hath power of the spirits of all flesh, heale her I beseech thee.
Verse 14. had spitting spitted] that is, had but spitted, to wit, in anger. The Chaldee expoundeth had rebuked. Spitting on the face, is a signe of anger, shame and contempt, Iob 30. 10. Esai. 50. 6. which if it had been from her earthly father, should have made her ashamed and sorrowfull seven dayes: how much more now that it is from her faseven dayes] so long every leper was to be shut up by the Law, for eveLevit. 13. 4, 5. 21, 26. and 14. 8. So long was he uncleane, that touched a dead man, Num. 19. 11. gathered] that is, received in, or as the Greeke translateth, enter in. So gathering is used for
Ver. 15. Mary was shut] in Greeke, was separated:
Deut. 24. 9. And even Kings when they were Lepers, were separated and dwelt apart, 2 Chron. 26. 20, 21. the people journeyed not] but stayed mourning for her, till she was recuNum. 5. 2, 4. Because this Mary was one of those who God sent before his people, Mic. 6. 4. Ex. 15. 20. Sol. Iarchi saith, The Lord imparted this honour unto her, because she once stayed for Moses when hee was cast into the river, as it is written, and his sister stood a farre off, &c. Exod. 2. 4.
Verse 16. Wildernesse of Pharan] or of Paran;
Gen. 21. 21. and the place where they pitched in this WilderRithmah, Num. 33. 18. and Cades barnea, Num. 13. 3. 26. Deut. 1. 19, &c.
1 The Lord biddeth Moses send one man of eve
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, saywere their names: Of the tribe of Reuben, Shammua the sonne of Zaccur. Of the
Of the trbe of Iudah, Caleb the sonne of are the names of the men which Moses sent to spie out the land: and Moses called Hoshea the sonne of Nun, Ioshua. And Moses sent way Southward, and goe up into the mountaine. And see the is, and the people that dwelleth theron, whether they be strong or weak, whebe few or many. And what the land is that they dwell in; whether it be good or bad, and what the cities be that they dwell in; whether in tents or in strong holds. And is, whether it bee fat or leane, whether there be wood therein or not: and be ye of good courage, and take of the fruit of the land; (Now the dayes were the dayes of the first ripe grapes.) And they went up were Ahiman, Sheshai and Talmai, the children of Anak: now Hebron was built seven yeares, before Zoan in Egypt. And they (they brought) of the pomegranates, and of the figs. That place was called the with milke and honey, and this is the fruit of it. Neverthelesse, the people is strong that dwelare stronger than wee. And they evill report of the land which they had searched, unto the sonnes of Israel, saying; The land, thorow which we have gone to search it, is a land that eateth up the Inhabitants thereof; and all the people that we saw within it, are men of statures. And which come of the Giants: and we were in our owne eyes as grashoppers; and so we were in their eyes.
Here beginneth the 37 section of the Gen. 6. 9.
IEhovah spake] By Moses relation after, it appeaLORD thy God hath given the land beWe will send men before us, and they shall search out the land for us, and bring us word againe by what way we shall go up, &c. That word liked Moses well; and he tooke of them twelve men, and sent them to spie out the land, Deut. 1. 19—24. So where here it is said, Iehovah spake, &c. it is not meant, that this motion came first from the Lord; but the people first spake of it to Moses, he consulted with the Lord about it; and the Lord approved, or at least permitted the thing which they desired.
Verse 2. Send thou] or, Send for thee: which Sol. Iarchi expoundeth to this sense; I comm
&c.
Verse 3. at the mouth] or, according to the mouth, that is, the word of the LORD, as the Chaldee by the voice of the Lord: and this Sol. Iarchi expoundeth by his permission. So in the commentarie called Phesikta. f. 47. it is said, The election of the Spies was according to the mouth of the LORD; not that God commanded them to send them. If thou sayest, why did he not forbid them to send? To accomplish their desire, and to render them their recompense, and to give unto Ioshua and Caleb a goodreward. heads] that is, as the Greeke saith,
Verse 4. Shammua] in Greeke, Samiel sonne of Zacchour.
Verse 5. Shaphat] in Greeke, Saphat sonne of Souri.
Verse 6. Caleb] in Greeke, Chaleb son of Iephonne.
Verse 7. Iigal] in Greeke, Igad.
Verse 8. Hoshea] in Greeke, Auses son of Naue.
Verse 9. Palti] or as in Greeke, Phalti.
Verse 10. Gaddiel] in Greeke, Goudiel sonne of Soudi.
Verse 11. of Ioseph] He was father of Ephraim
vers. 8. as well as of Manasseh here; and someEzek. 37. 16. 19. Revel. 7. 8. Here he is named as father of MaIos. 17. 1. albecause both of them uttered an ill report; Ioseph, of his brethren, (Gen. 37. 2.) and the Prince of Manasseh, of the land: which Hoshea of Ephraim did not. Chazkuni on Num. 13.
Verse 13. Sethur] in Greeke, Sadour.
Verse 14. Nahbi] or Nachbi; in Greeke, Naabi sonne of Sabi.
Verse 15. Geuel] in Greeke, Goudiel.
Verse 16. These are the names] Chazkuni here obserueth, He sent no spie of the tribe of Levi, because he had no portion in the land. Nun] cal
Verse 17. Southward] or, by the South; as in vers. 22. meaning the South part of the land of Canaan, as
Verse 18. the land what it is] This is againe revers. 19. and the third time in vers.
the land here, is meant the people of the land, as after Moses exthe land in vers. 19. is meant the aire of the countrey, and the cities, villages, tents, which were by the hand of man set theron; and by the land in v. 20. is meant the soile or ground it selfe, & fruits that grew thereon. and the people] and is here for explanàtion, that is, or I meane the people: see the notes on Gen. 13. 15. So in Psal. 66. 4. Let all the earth bow downe to thee, that is, all peoPsal. 100. 1. and 96. 1. and often in the scriptures. So house for houshold or people in it, Gen. 45. 11. 18. Cities for citizens, Ios. 17. 12. whether they] Hebr. whether it bee strong &c. speaking of the people, as one in multi
Verse 19. good or bad] this seemeth to respect King. 2. 19. the situation of this citie is good, but the water is bad, and the land causeth to miscarie. To this Chazkuni referreth it, saying, or bad, if it cause the inhabitants thereof to mis
(or
Vers. 20. fat or leane] This respecteth the soile fat, is fertile; if leane, barwhether it be rich or poore. So in Neh. 9. 25. 35. they tooke strong cities, and a fat land; and in Ezek. 34. 14. fat pasture. wood] or, trees, as the Greeke and Chaldee interpret it, and Targum Ionathan, trees of food; that is, of fruit to bee eaten. be yee of good courage] or, strengthen, encourage your selves. the first ripe grapes] or, the first fruits of grapes. And then, as Chazkuni: observeth, they had need to have courage, because the keepers (of the vineyards) watched them there.
Verse 21. of Zin] or, of Tsin: there was a wilderSin, so named of an Egyptian citie Sin neare it, Exod. 16. 1. Ezek. 30. 15, 16. This desart of Zin, seemeth to be so named as being a Thornie wildernesse; for Zinnim (in the forme plurall) signifieth thornes, Iob 5. 5. And as the former Sin bordered upon EZin bordered on the land of Canaan, Num. 34. 3, 4. Ios. 15. 3. Rehob] or Rechob, called in Greeke, Roob, (as Rechabham or Rehoboam, 1 King. 12. 1. is written in Greeke by the Holy Ghost
Verse 22. by the south] or Southward; Gr. by the wildernesse: see vers. 17. and he came unto Chebron]
Animan] or, as the Greeke writeth him, Achiman: he was one of the heathen Giants dwelling in Chebron: the Hebrewes interpret his name,
Verse 23. bourne] or vallie, brooke. The Hebrew Nachal signifieth both a valley, Gen. 26. 17. 19. and a river or brooke running in a valley: our Engbourne answereth to them bothEsh
signifieth a
Vers. 25. at the end of 40. dayes] in Greeke, after 40. dayes. In Targum Ionathan there is added,
Verse 26. to Kadesh] called also Kadesh
1. 19. There was a citie of the Edomite called
Verse 27. they told him] to wit, Moses, in the hearing of all the congregation. and honey]
Exod. 3. 8. Thus they acknowledged the truth of Gods promises; they said, It is a good land which the Lord our God doth give unto us, Deut. 1. 25.
Verse 28. Neverthelesse] or, But that. This latDeut. 1. 28. fenced] with strong holds, high walls and munition; the Greeke expresseth it by two words, fenced, walled: in Deut. 1. 28. and 9. 1. it is said, fenced up to heaven: and in Deut. 3. 5. fenced with high walls, gates and barres. children of Anak] in Greeke,
Vers. 29. Amalek] that is, the Amalekites, the posteritie of Amalek the sonne of Esau; of whom Exod. 17. 8, &c. Because they had beene smitten by Amalek (Deut. 25. 17, 18.) the spies doe now make mention of him, to make them afraid, saith IarNum. 13. This Amalek (who was the first of the nations. Num. 24. 20. and an enemie to Isin the mountaine] that is, the mountaines, or, as the Greeke translateth, the mountainy part; for these nations here reckoned were the most mighty; and the Chethites possesIudg. 1. 21. 34, 35, 36. and these AmoCedars, and strong as Oakes, Amos 2. 9. so the land seemed in their eyes unpossithe coast] or side, Hebr. the land of Iordan; which was towards the East, as the Sea was to the west.
Vers. 30. Caleb] and Iosua with him afterward, Num. 14. 6. 7. though now at first it may be Iosua purposely held his peace in prudence, because hee was Moses minister, and let Caleb speake. stilled the people before Moses] or made the people to keepe silence before (or unto) Moses: that is, the people beginning to mumure and speake unto Moses and against him, Caleb stilled them. The Chaldee exhe made the people to attend (that is, to hearken) unto Moses: and Ionathan in his Tarhee stilled the people and caused them to attend unto Moses. And it appeareth by Deut. 1. 29, 30. that Moses himselfe spake to incourage the people; but they would not obey. and said] that is, Caleb said; as the 31. vers. manifesteth; and the Greeke addeth, he said unto him. we are well able to overcome it] or,
Vers. 31. But the men] Hebr. And the men;
Iosua, Num. 14. 6.
Vers. 32. an evill report] an infamie, or diffamation:
Vers. 33. Giants] Hebr. Nephilim, such as were Gen. 6. 4. with the annotaas Grashoppers] or as locusts, that is, low, weake, base in comparison with them. So it is said of God, He sitteth upon the circle of the earth, and the inhabitants thereof are as Grashoppers, Esai. 40. 22. in their eyes] that is, they so esteemed us. And by reason hereof, it may be the spies passed thorow their land more safely, whiles these mighSam. 17. 42. The Hebrew Doctors to shew this, feigne this explanation; We heard them say one to another, there are pismires in the vineyards like unto men. Chazkuni on Num. 13. 33.
1. The Israelites weepe and murmure at the
ANd all the congregation lifted up, and gave their voice, and the people every man unto his brother: Let us make a captaine, and let which were of them that searched the land, rent their clothes. And they said unto all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel, sayis an exceeding good land. If are bread for us: their shadow is departed from them, and Iehovah is with us, feare them not.
But all the congregatioit, for thou broughtest up this people, in thy might, from among them. And they will say to the infor they have heard, that thou Iehovah art among this people, that thou Iehovah art seene eye to eye, and that thy cloud standeth over them, and in a pillar of a cloud thou goest before them by day, and in a pillar of fire by night. Now if thou shalt kill this people as one man, then the nations will say, which have heard the fame of thee, saying; Because Iehovah was
Iehovah is long suffering, & much in mer(the guilty;) visiting the iniquitie of the fathers upon the sonnes, unto the third, and unto the fourth generation. Pardon I beseech thee, the iniquitie
And Iehovah spake unto Moses and unto (shall I pardon) this evill congregation, which murmure aA
I live, assu
If you shall come into the land, concerning
But as for you, your carkasses shall fall in in which yee sear(of promise.) I Iehovah have spoare gathered together awhich returned, and made all the congregation to murmure against him, by bringing up an evill report upon the land: Even the men died that did bring up the evill report of the land, by the plague, before Iebe here, and will goe up unto the place, which Iehovah hath said, for we have sinned. And Moses
Goe not up, for Iehovah is not among you,
For the Amalekite and the Canaanite is
But they loftily presumed to goe up to the top
LIfted up] to wit, their voice, as after followeth, and as is expressed in Gen. 21. 16. she lifted up
Or,
Verse 2. and against Aaron] which were the but against the LORD, as Moses told them, in Exod. 16. 2. 8. and as after appeareth in vers. 3. Oh that we might die] or, (Would God) that we were dead: they are words of unbeleefe and despaire, and of great unthankExod. 16. 3. Psal. 106. 24, 25. The Greeke translateth, If we were dead: which is a forme of wishing, both in the Greeke and HeChron. 4. 10. If thou wilt blesse me; that is, Oh that thou wouldest blesse me; so in Luke 12. 49. If it were (for, Oh that it were) already kindled; and so the Syriak version there ex
Vers. 3. to fall] i. that we should fall, that is, They contemptuously refused the land of desire, (the pleathey beleeved not his word, but murmured in their tents; they heard not the voice of Iehovah, Psal. 106. 24. 25. were it not better] or,
Verse 4. Let us make a captaine] Hebr. Let us
give a head: where by give, is meant make or appoint, as the Chaldee expoundeth it; and by
Verse 5. fell on their faces] as much affected Numb. 16. 22. or to intreat them, not to proceed in their rebellion, as it followeth, before all the assembly. And elswhere it appeareth, that Moses spake to encourage the people, saying,
Verse 6. that searched the land] as appeareth Num. 13. 7. 9. 17. rent their clothes] in signe of sorrow, for the peoples rebellion and blasDeut. 1. 27.—32. Of renGen. 37. 29. Lev. 10. 6. in the annotations.
Vers. 9. Onely] or, But rebell not yee; which the Greeke interpreteth, But be not yee apostates
revolters) from the Lord: the Chaldee, But rebell not yee against the word of the LORD. are
Vers. 10. said, to stone them] that is, spake one Exod. 17. 4. So after this, IeMat. 23. 37. appeared in the Tent] the Greeke explaineth it,
Vers. 11. provoke me] or, despite, blaspheme,
contemptuously provoke me. So the Apostle expounblaspheme, in Rom. 2. 24. from Esai. 52. 5. and it implieth also a contempt or deProv. 1. 30. and 15. 5. Esai. 5. 24. not beleeve in me] in Greeke, not beleeve me; which the Chaldee explaineth, not beleeve in my word. This unbeleefe is noted as a chiefe cause of their rebelliDeut. 1. 32. Heb. 3. 18, 19. for all the signes] though many signes and wonders had beene shewed, yet they beleeved not: so of their posteriThough (Iesus) had done so many signes before them, yet they beleeved not in him, Ioh. 12. 37. among them] Hebr. in the midds thereof, to wit, of the people.
Vers. 12. smite them] Hebr. smite him, that is, vers. 15. pestilence] in Greeke and Chaldee, death: see the notes on Exod. 5. 3. disinherit them] dedestroy them. make of thee] Hebr. make thee, to a nation: the like speech God used, when they had made the golden calfe,
Vers. 14. they will say] that which after followvers. 16. to the inhabitants] or, with the inhabitants, meaning the Canaanites; so both the one and the other people, will take occasion to blaspheme. The Hebrew word which usually sigunto, is sometime used for with; as in 1 Sam. 23. 23. Ezr. 2. 63. thou Iehovah art] the Chalthat thy divine presence (or Majestie) abideth among this people. art
Vers. 15. as one man] that is, all of them togethe fame of thee] the hearsay or
Vers. 16. was not able] elswhere Moses sheweth, Deut. 9. 28. Exod. 32. 12. And this is the first argument of Moses sup
Vers. 17. the power of the Lord] or, the might, as in vers. 13. that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, the power of thee ô Lord. Lord is here in Hebrew Adonai, which the Chaldee expresseth by the letIehovah, and it signifieth My stayes, or sustainers: see the notes on
Vers. 18. long suffering] Hebr. long of anger; that is, long ere he be angrie. Here Moses mentioName of God, which was proclaimed at
Exod. 34. 5, 6, 7. in mercie] the Greek addeth, & true; from Ex. 34. 6. forgiving] or, as the Greeke translateth, taking away. iniquitie] in Greeke, iniquities, and unrighteousnesses, and sins; the Chaldee also addeth the word
Verse 19. even untill now] or, hitherto; as for Exod. 32. (besides other times,) at which time God destroyed them not as they deserved, but some of them onely perished.
Verse 20. I have pardoned] or, I doe pardon, as Chazkuni understandeth it of the time past, that God should say, he had pardoned them once, when they made the calfe; but now he would not pardon them, but execute vengeance. The foraccording to thy word, viz. that he would not destroy them all as one man, at once with the pestiEzek. 10. 8, 9. 13, 14, 21, 22, &c. Psal. 106. 7, 8. And hereupon the people after confessed, Tho
art
Verse 21. as I live] Hebr. and assuredly I live;
and all the earth shall be filled: which is a forme of Ezek. 18. 3. and 20. 33. and 5. 11. Whereupon it is said, And thou shalt sweare Iehovah liveth, &c. Ier. 4. 2. and where hee saith in the Prophet, I have sworne by my selfe, Esai. 45. 25. the Apostle expresseth it with these words, I live, saith the Lord, Rom. 14. 11. And the signe of an oaDeut. 32. 40. I lift up my hand to
Wherefore the oath
Verse 22. my glorie] under this, all Gods gloripowers are used for powerfull workes, Matth. 7. 22. and 11. 20. 1. Cor. 12. 10. 2 Cor. 12. 12. signes] that is, miracles, miraculous and significant workes. ten times] hereby may be meant no certaine number, but many times, as in
Verse 23. If they shall see] that is, as the Greeke Surely they shall not see. This also is an oath, whereby God sweareth they shall not see, that is, not goe in to enioy the land, as is explained by David, in Psal. 95. 11. I sware in my anger, if they shall enter into my rest; which the Apostle opeHe sware that they should not enter into his rest, Hebr. 3. 18. So, If a signe be given, Marke 8. 12. is more plainly expounded, A signe shall not be given, Matth. 16. 4. which I sware unto] that is, which I sware to give unto your fathers, Deut. 1. 35. this was the land of Canaan, Gen. 12. 5. 7. called the holy land, Zach. 2. 12. the land of Iehovah, Hos. 9. 3. the land of Immanuel, that is, of Christ, Esai. 8. 8. for it was a figure of the heavenly inheritance to bee obtained by Christ, Hebr. 11. 9, 10. therefore the keeping of them out of this land, figured also the excluding of them and of all unbeleevers out of the kingdome of heaven, Heb. 3. 12—19. and 4. 1, 2, 3—11.
Verse 24. spirit in him] or, with him; that is, Num. 32. 12. though not here mentioother spirit, was the spirit of faith, which the Law cannot give, Gal. 3. 2. the spirit of adoptiRom. 8. 14, 15. by the guidance of this spirit, Caleb conhe followed me fully] Hebr. he fulfilled after me: so in Deut. 1. 36. and Ios. 14. 8, 9. 14. By this manner of speech, is meant a full and constant following and obedience unto the end; the contrary whereof was in Solomon, of whom it is said, he fulfilled not after the LORD, as did David his father, 1 Kings 11. 6. and in this people of Israel now generally, of whom God saith, they fulfilled not after me, Num. 32. 11. The Greeke translateth it, he followed me; the Chaldee, he fulfilled (or
Verse 25. Now] Hebr. And. dwelt] or, dwelleth,
Verse 27. How long] to wit, shall I pardon, (as in v. 19. 20.) or, shall I beare with. An unperfect speech, such as men use in passion of mind, when through griefe they utter not all their words; as may be seene in Moses, Exod. 32. 32. Psal. 90. 13. in David, Psal. 6. 4. and sundry the like. which murmure] or, which cause (the people) to murmure, as in verse 36. Thus Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it, recongregation forementioned, to the ten spies; but the Greeke and Chaldee translate, which murmure; so in the sentence following.
Verse 28. I live] it is an oath, as in v. 21. whereby Psal. 95. 11. Heb. 3. 18. Num. 32. 10, 11. assuredly saith] or, the faithfull saying; see Gen. 22. 16. if I doe not] that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, surely I will doe: see before, on v. 23. spoken in mine eares] in Chaldee, spoken before me: this hath reference to their words, in verse 2. where they wished they might die in the wildernes.
V. 29. your carkasses] the Greek calleth theCola, that is, members, which word the Apostle also useth in Heb. 3. 17. for carkasses, or dead bodies. So in Levit. 26. 30. fall] that is, die, being destroyed of the destroyer, 1 Cor. 10. 10. mustered] numNum. 1. This senNum. 26. 64, 65.
Verse 30. I lifted up my hand] that is, sware, as I sware by my word: see Deut. 32. 40. and the notes before on v. 21. and Gen. 14. 22.
Verse 31. your little ones] your children vnder verse 3. shall know] in Greeke, shall inherit, rightly explaining the sense: for to know the land, is to enjoy the same. And so Moses relating this promise, saith, they shall possesse the land, Deut. 1. 39.
Verse 32. But as for you, your carkasses] Hebr. And your carkasses, you: where the latter you, is for explanation, to exempt their children, you or yours onely.
V. 33. shall feed] or, shall be feeding; so likewise feed, meaning wander as sheepe for pasture in the wildernesse: the ChalOnkelos expoundeth it, tary or abide; but Ionathan saith,
Verse 34. After] or, According to the number;
In is used for As, or according to, as the Greeke translateth it: see the notes on Lev. 25. 15. a day for a yeare, a day for a yeare] that is, each day for a yeare, or a yeare for every day: so in Eze. 4. 6. where the Prophet in a figure bare the iniquitie of Israel so many dayes as they had sinned yeares. Hereupon in prophesies, dayes are put for yeares, Dan. 9. 24. &c. Rev. 11. 3. yee shall know my
br
to wit,
Verse 35. have spoken] the Chaldee explaineth have decreed by my word. If I doe not] that is, surely I will doe, as the Greeke expoundeth it: it is an oath, as before in vers. 23. This sentence decreed, seised upon them, that all this generation died in the Wildernesse, Num. 26. 64, 65. & upon this ocPsalme, wherein he behappened unto them for ensamples; and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come, 1 Cor. 10. 11. So we see that they could not enter in (to the rest of God)
Verse 36. the men] the ten spies. made to
murmure] and murmured themselves; as the Hemurmured against it, unto (or before) the congregation. against him] against Moses, as in
Ver. 37. the plague before Iehovah] that is, by an v. 12. or some other dbefore Iehovah, may mean sudden death there by the Sanctuarie, where the glory of Iehovah appeared, v. 10. as it is said of Vzza,
Ver. 38. lived] that is, remained alive, safe and in Gen. 18. 25. And they survived, not onely the oIos. 14: Ier. 3. 14. where it is written, I will take you one of a citie, and two of a family, and I will bring you to Zion, doe say, As of six hundred thousand Israelites, onely two entred into the land of promise, to wit, Ioshua and Caleb; so shall it also be in the dayes of Christ. Talmud in
Verse 40. and went vp] that is, girded their weapressed forward of themselves to goe up, as Moses explaineth it, in Deut. 1. 41. For things which men endevour and are ready to doe, are said to be done by them, as Reuben delivered Ioseph out of his brethrens hand, when he endevoured by exhorting & perswading with them, that he might deliver him, Gen. 37. 21, 22. See also the annotations on Ex. 8. 18. will goe up] and fight, Deut. 1. 41. we have sinned] against Iehovah, Deut. 1. 41. Thus they shewed a kind of repentance and sorrow for their sin, which was not sincere, nor a godly sorrow; for they turned from one evill to another, and overthrew themselves.
Verse 41. Moses said] being first commanded Deut. 1. 42. the mouth] that is, as the Greeke translateth, the word of the Lord: and the Chaldee addeth, against the decree of the word of the LORD. But it] or, for it, that is, the thing which ye doe, shall not prosper, that is, not have good successe: in Greeke, It shall not be prosperous unto you. R. Menachem referreth this word
Verse 42. Iehovah is not among you] thus God for I am not among you, Deu. 1. 42. The Chaldee expoundeth it, for Shecinah (the Majestie or presence) of the LORD is not among you. not smitten] in Chaldee,
V. 43. from after Iehovah] in Chaldee, from after
the service of the LORD; which the Greeke transdisobeying (or not beleeving) the Lord Chazkuni explaineth it thus,
Verse 44. they loft
or,
Verse 45. The Canaanite] that is, the Amorite,
Deut. 5. 44. which was of the posteritie of Canaan, Gen. 10. 15, 16. which dwelt] or, which sate, lay in wait. discomfited them] pursued them as Bees doe, and destroyed them, Deut. 1. 44. Because they rebelled against God,
1 The Lord teacheth Israel how they should sa
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, sayoffering unto Iehovah, a Burnt-offering or a sacrifice, to separate a vow, or a voluntary offering; or in your solemne feasts, to make a savour of rest, unto Iehovah, of the herd, or of the flocke. Then he that offereth his oblati
And if a stranger sojourne with you, soever be among you in your generatioffering of a savour of rest unto Iehovah; as yee doe, so hee shall doe. Yee of the Church, one stature shall bee
for ever in your generations; as yee are, so shall the stranger be before Iehovah. One law, and one manner shall be for you, and
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; offering unto Iehovah. Of the first of for an heaveoffering; as the heave-
And when ye shall have sinned ignorantly, ch Iehovah hath spokeEven
ought be done by ignorance, from the eies of the congregation, that all the congregatireadie one bullocke, a youngoffering. And the Priest shall make is an ignorance, and they have brought their oblation, a Fire-offring unoffring before Iehowas in ignorance.
And if one soule sinne through ignorance, offering. And the Priest shall For
he be home-borne, or a stranger, the same reshall be upon him.
And the sonnes of Israel were in the Wil
And Iehovah said unto Moses; The man
And Iehovah said unto Moses, saying; that they put upon the Fringe of the skirt, arthat yee seeke not after your owne heart, and after your owne eyes, after which you goe a whoring. That am
am Iehovah your God.
SPake unto Moses] After the judgement upon the disobedient Israelites, who should perish in Num. 25. the Lord causeth the people to be mustered, Num. 26. and appointeth the land to bee given them for inheritance, and repeateth againe the Law of sacrificing at the solemne feasts, in Num. 28. and 29. that upon the example of wrath on the sinfull parents, he might shew his remem
land of your habitations] wherein you I will bring you into the wildernesse of the peoples, and there will I plead with you face to face. Like as I pleaded with your fathers in the wildernesse of the land of Egypt, so will I plead with you, saith the Lord GOD. And I will cause you to passe under the rod, &c. and I will purge out from among you the rebels, and them that transgresse against me, &c. For in the mountaine of mine bolinesse, in the mountaine of the height of Israel, saith the Lord GOD, there shall all the house of Israel, all of them in the land, serve me: there will I accept them, and there will I require your offerings, and the first fruits of your oblations, with all your holy things; with a savour of rest will I accept you, &c. Ezek. 20. 35, 36, 37, 38, 40, 41.
Verse 3. a Fire-offering] in Chaldee, an oblation before the LORD. Burnt-offering] the Law
Verse 4. his oblation] in Greeke, his gift: so Korban, is interpreted, a gift, in Mar. 7. 11. shall bring neere] or, shall offer: so after. Meat-offering] in Hebrew, Minchah: of Minchah: of iLet. 2. a tenth part] to wit, of an Ephah, as is expresNum. 28. 5. and as the Greeke version here addeth: of the Ephah or Bushell, see Exod. 16. 36. Hence the Hebrewes gather, (as Chazkuni here noteth from R. Nathan) that whosoever would voluntarily offer a Meat-offering, might not bring lesse than a tenth deale. an Hin] a measure in the Sanctuary for liquid things.
Verse 5. wine] expounded in Targum Ionared wine of the grapes. So in those that follow. It is called Shecar, or, strong wine, in Num. 28. 7. a drinke-offering] or, an effusion, a powred out offepowred out upon the Altar, but not upon the fire, as Maimony sheweth, in Magn. hakorbanoth, ch. 2. sect. 1. or for the sacrifice] to wit,
Verse 6. Or for a ramme] The Greeke interAnd for aramme. Aramme was of the second yeare, or upward: the lambe of the first yeare. two tenth parts] two Omers, which was deuverse 4. and this the Hebrewes understand for the ramme onely, The quantitie
4.
Verse 7. of rest] in Greeke, of sweet smell, or good odour: as in verse 3.
Verse 8. when thou shalt make] in Greeke, i
that is,
Verse 9. he bring] or, he offer: here the person is changed: before he said, when thou, verse 8. then shall he: the Greeke keepeth the perthen shall ye offer. three texth parts three Omeverse 4.
a Fire-offering] in Chaldee, an oblation.
Verse 11. or of the goats] bee it kid, or goat-bucke, frankincense with them (as they were with the Meat-offe
Verse 12. so shall yee make readie] or, thus shall
yee doe: The Hebrewes say, These Meat and Drinke-offerings, whether they be for Burnt-offering or Peace-offerings, must bee according to this measure for every one; (Num. 15. 12.) they may not adde more to these measures, nor diminish ought from them: and if they doe diminish, or adde more, the whole is made unlawfull. Except it bee the Lamb of Burnt-offering which they bring on the day that they wave the Omer of first-fruits (Levit. 23. 12, 13.) for the Meat-offering thereof is two tenth-deales of fine flower, mingled with the third part of an Hin of oile: but though the flower thereof bee doubled, yet is not the wine doubled, but the wine for the drinke-offering, is the fourth part of an Hin. When they measure the Meat or Drinke-offering, either of a particular person, or of the congregation, they mete it not by a measure of three tenth deales for a bullocke, or of two for aramme; but they measure all in one tenth deale, which is in the sanctuarie, & likewise the oile &c. The flower with the oile of the Meat-offerings, hinder not the wine; neither doth the wine hinder them: neither doe the meat or drinke-offerings hinder the sacrifice. But a man may bring his oblation to day, & his meat and drinke-offerings ten dayes after; provided, that he have not sanctified them in a ministring vessell. For if he have put them into a ministring vessell (of the Sanctuarie,) if they abide all night, they become thereby unlawfull. They may bring no Meat or Drinke-offerings, save of common things; they may not bring them of the heave-offering, nor of the second tithe, nor of the first-fruits, but of common things onely. Maimony in Magn. hakorbanoth, chap. 2. sect. 5. 8. 12, 13. The Burnt and Peace-offerings, served (as other sacri
Verse 13. home-borne] the naturall Israelite.
Vers. 14. stranger] in Greeke, Proselyte: the Gentile converted to the Iewes religion. in your generations] or, throughout, that is, in all ages sucverse 15.
Verse 15. Yee of the church] or, O Church, or congregation: or, Concerning the church; which in Targum Ionathan is expounded, the whole church. before Iehovah] in the exercises of re
Verse 16. one manner] that is, one manner of one judgement. So in vers. 24.
Vers. 17. And Iehovah spake] A second ordinance
Verse 18. When yee come into the land] As a proThis COMMING, differeth from all the COMMINGS mentioned in the Law: for, in them all it is said, When thou art (or shalt) come; When yee are come, meaning, after the possession thereof, and dwelling therein: but here it is said, When yee come, meaning, after they were entred into it, and did eat of the bread thereof, they were bound to give the cake, saith Sol. Iarchi on Num. 15. Now this they did, before the land was parted for inheIos. 5. 11, 12. where they did eat of the old corne of the land; and then the Manna ceased. And as an Omer of Manna was rethe bread which God gave them to eat in the wildernesse, Exod. 16. 32, 33. so a cake of the bread which he should give them in Canaan, was to bee given unto him, that they might acknowledge him, to be the preserver and nourisher of them in the land; for it is he
Verse 19. of the bread] that is, of the bread-corne,
Esai. 28. 28. Bread (that is, Corne) is bruised; and out of the earth commeth bread, Iob 28. 5. Psal. 104. 14. The Chaldee of Ionathan here paraphraseth thus; Of the bread of the revenue of the land, and not of rice, and millet, and lesser seeds. So by the Hebrew canons; Nothing oweth the cake, but the five kinds of graine onely; which are, Wheat, and Barley, and Rye, and Fox-eare barley, and Oats: for nothing is called BREAD, save that which is made of these. But hee that maketh meat of Rice, Millet, or other like pulse (or seeds,) they owe no cake at all. Maim. in
Verse 20. Of the first] or, The first-fruit: with Prov. 3. 9. that thereby all the rest of their food might be sanctified unto them: For if the first-fruit be holy, the lump (or dough) is also holy, Rom. 11. 16. and a promise of plentie is added to them that thus doe, Prov. 3. 10. as of this particular it is said, yee shall also give unto the Priest, the first of your dough, that be may cause the blessing to rest in thine house, Ezek. 44. 30. of your dough] of your paste, or lump. They gave of their corne, first-fruits and tithes, and other gifts, to the Priests, Levites, and poore, when they first reaped and threshed it, Exod. 23. 19. Num. 18. 12. 26. Lev. 23. 22. After them, when they made bread of it, they separated also this cake. And as the Levites separated an heave-ofNum. 18. 26. so the poore that glained, separated of their dough; as the Hebrewes write, That which is glained, and which is forgotten, (Deut. 24. 19.) and the corner, Lev. 19. 9. &c. though they be free from the Trumah (or heave-offering,) yet they owe the cake. Likewise the first tithes, &c. Maim. in Biccurim, chap. 6. sect. 3. And though other seeds or pulse, owe not the cake, as is before noted, yet they say,
yee shall give] The repeating of the to the LORD, whose blessing therefore was promiEzek. 44. 30 And as all things given unto God, were to be holy, pure and cleane; so of this the Hebrewes write, A man may not make his dough in uncleannesse at all; but is to be admonished, & must be carefull that he be cleane, both he and his vessels, that he may separate a pure cake. Maim, in Biccurim, chap. 8. sect. 11 in your] or, throughout your generations, in all ages: wherefore this ordinance was kept by Israel, after they were returned out of Babylon, Nehem. 10. 37. And besides that all their bread was sanctified unDeut. 8. 3. it seemeth to have a further sigRom. 11. 16. as the Prophet speaking of the first-fruits also saith, Israel was holinesse to the LORD, the first-fruits of his increase; all that eat him, shall beguilty, &c. Ier. 2. 3. And thus the Iewes of old understood this
Vers. 22. when yee shall have sinned ignorantly]
if yee have erred, that is, done unadvisedly of ignorance, errour, or oversight; whereto is oppowith an high hand, vers. 30. See the anLevit. 4. 2. As in the two former Lawes, the Lord repeated and inlarged the dohave not done all] The words of this Law differ from the former in Lev. 4. 2. 13. which spake of doing that which should not be done; whereas this speaketh of not doa Bullocke for a Sin-offering, Lev. 4. 14. here (in vers. 24.) they are willed to bring a Bullocke for a Burnt-offering; and a goat-bucke, for a Sin-offering. Whether is this difference, in respect of the comEzek. 46. 5. 11. compared with Num 15. 4, 5, 6, 7. and 28. 20, &c.
Vers. 23. Even all] This sheweth the large exthat one commandement, is as all the commandements, &c. and that this sheweth, that whosoever professeth idolatrie, is as if he denied all the Law wholly, and all that the Prophets have prophesied; as it is written, AND HENCE FORWARD: Sol. Iarchi on Num. 15. and Maimony tom. 1. treat. of Idolatry, chap. 2. sect. 4.
Verse 24. by ignorance] in Greeke, unwillingly:
Lev. 4. 2. from the eyes] understand, hidden from the eyes, as is expressed in Lev. 4. 13. This the Hebrew Doctors understand of things erroneously taught by the governours, and practised by the people, concerning idolatrie; as is shewed in the annotations on Lev. 4. 13. and so Sol. Iarchi exshall make readieshall offer for a sacrifice, Levit. 4. 14. And this the Hebrewes understand not of one sacrifice for the twelve tribes, but for every tribe so much. If the errour be in idolatry, that they (the goverhave erred, and taught it; they bring a Bullocke for a Burnt-offering, and a goat-bucke for a Sin-offering, for every tribe; and this oblation is that which is spoken of in Num. 15. saith
V. 25. for all the congregation] or, for every congregation;
Verse 26. and the stranger] the beleeving genand the proselyte that commeth unto you. Thus the Lord sheweth himselfe to be the God of the Gentiles also, Rom. 3. 29.
Vers. 27. if one soule] or, any soule, that is, any person: the Chaldee expoundeth it one man. So in Lev. 4. 27. through ignorance] in Greeke, unwillingly. This also by the Hebrewes (as
Verse 29. one law shall be to you] that is, yee shall
have one law: the Greeke translateth, one law shall be among them, (or for them.) that doth] or, that committeth, to wit, the sinne, through ignorance: in Greeke,
Vers. 30. the soule] in Chaldee, the man. with an high hand] that is, boldly, proudly and prewith the hand of pride; and Targum Ionathan, with pr
(or
Vers. 31. despised the word] or, contemned,
Verse 32. were in the wildernesse] For so (saith it was decreed concerning them, that they should not come into the land (of Canaan.) In the former commandements of the drinke-offerings, and Cake, it was written, When ye be come into the land, &c. to teach, that they were not to practise them save in the land: but the Sabbath was to be kept both within the land and without, though it were in the wildernesse; and therefore it is written concerning it, IN THE WILDERNESSE.
Verse 34. in ward] that is, in prison. So they dealt Lev. 24. 12. it was not declared] in Greeke,
Verse 35. stone him] This was esteemed the heaviest of all the foure kinds of death, that malesaExod. 21. 12. without the campe] Hereupon they used to carrie such out of the cities, and execute them farre off from the judgement hall, as S
noteth. So they dealt with Stephen, casting him
Verse 37. And Iehovah said] After the viola
Vers. 38. sonnes of Israel] This Law for Fringes,
Verse 39. for a Fringe] By the institution of a Fringe, and so a reliblessed the Lord their God, the King of the world, which sanctified them by his commandements, and co
in
1 Korah, Dathan, Abiram, and On, with 250 Princes, rise up against Moses and Aaron, about the Priesthood and government of the Church. 5 Mo
ANd Korah the sonne of Izhar, the son men; and Dathan and Abiram the sonnes of Eliab, and On the sonne of Peleth, sonnes of Reuben. And they rose up before
And they gathered themselves together, aYee take too much upon you; for all the congregation, all of them are holy, and Iehovah is among them; and wherefore lift ye up your selves above the Church of Ieit, and fell upon in the morning Iehovah will make knowne him that is his, and who is holy, and whom he will cause to come neere unto him: even him whom he hath chosen, hee will cause to come neere unto him. This doe yee: take that the man whom Iehovah doth choose, he shall be holy: ye take too much upon you, ye sons of Levi. And Moses said ye sons of LeIs it a small thing for you, that the God are gathered together against Iehovah: and Aaron what is he, that ye murmure against him? And Moses sent Is it
thing that thou hast brought us up out of the land that floweth with milke and hoevery
every man his censer, two hundred and fiftie censers: and thou and Aaron, each man his censer. And every man his censer, and put fire on them, and put incense on them: and they stood at the doore of the Tent of the congre
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, and unto in a moment. And they fell upon
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; thing that is theirs, lest ye be consumed in all their sinnes.
And they went up from the Tabernacle of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram, on every side; and stood in the doore of their Tents, and their wives, and their sonnes, and their little ones. And (I doe them) not of mine owne heart. If men die, as all men die, and they be visiafter the visitation of all men, Iehovah hath not sent me. But if Iehovah create appertaine unto them, and they goe downe a
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; owne soules, and let them make them broad plates, for a covering of the Altar; for they offered them before Iehovah, and they are hallowed, and they shall be for a signe unto the sonnes of Israel. And Eleazar that were burnt had offered, and they were made broad plates, for a covering of the Altar. A memoriall unto the sonnes of Isra
And on the morrow, all the congregation
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; in a moment: and they fell upon their faces. And Moses said on inon in
And he stood betweene the dead and the
Korah, because his rebellion is the principall thing here treated of: see Gen. 6. 9.
VErse 1. Korah] or Korach; in Greeke, Kore,
Iude, ver. 11. Izhar] in Greeke, Isaar. Kohath] in Greeke, Kaath. he tooke] to wit, men with him: so Korah is noted as the princithe gaine-saying of Kore, Iude verse 11. and in Num. 27. 3. onely Korahs company is mentiohe spake, to signifie that he tooke others by perswading them to his faction. The Chaldee understands it of taking, that is, withdrawing of himselfe, saying, And Korah separated himselfe. Thus Sol. Iarchi also expoundeth it, he tooke him-selfe aside to be apart from the congregation. and Dathan and Abiram] this may be understood, that
he tooke Dathan and Abiram, or he tooke both Dathan and Abiram; for the word and in HeGen. 8. 6. or be interpreted both, as explaining the former words: see the anGen. 36. 24. And thus Chazkuni exKorah tooke: it meaneth the taking of men; and whom tooke he? Dathan and Abiram, &c. AND
Verse 2. and men] that is, Korah and men, as apverse 5. 16, 17. where these are called Korahs congregation. the called of the assembly] Senators called to the assemblie (and as the Greeke translateth it,
Verse 3. Ye take too much upon you] or, Let it suffice you, as this phrase is translated in Deut. 3. 26. Hebr. much to you: or, enough for you: which Sol. Iarchi expoundeth thus, yee have taken to your selves greatnesse, much more than enough. So after in verse 7. holy] and therefore may approach unto God and offer their sacrifices. This they meant, as Moses answer sheweth in verse 5. and 10. So the presumption of their owne holinesse, brought them to ambition and affectation of the Priesthood: an honour which no man should take to himselfe, but he that is called of God, as was Aaron, Hebr. 5. 4. Iehovah is] in Chaldee, the divine presence (or Majestie) of the LORD dwelleth among them.
Verse 4. fell on his face] as affected with their verse 22. Chazkuni saith, He was abashed, and cast downe his face on the ground unto prayer: and there it was said unto him (of God) what he should say unto Korah. Like geNum. 14. 5. and after in Num. 20. 6.
Verse 5. Even in the morning] or, the morning
and Iehovah will make knowne, &c. Iudgement is deferred till the morrow morning, so they had that time to consider of their fact: and the morning is usually the time of judgement, both by men, as, In the mornings I will suppresse all the wicked of the land, Psal. 101. 8. Iudge judgement in the morning, Ier. 21. 12. and by God himselfe; as, Morning by morning doth he bring his judgement to light, Zeph. 3. 5. and, my rebuke is in the mornings, Psal. 73. 14. So in the morning judgement came upon Sodome, Gen. 19. 23, 24. and the plagues or Egypt, Exod. 7. 15. and 8. 20. and 9. 13. and 10. 1Sam. 24. 15. and so shall evill come upon sinners, and they shall not know the morning thereof, Esai. 47. 11. Boker, the morning, is derived of Baker, he inquired, or looked out; whereupon the Greeke Interpreters reading without vowels, translated it, The Lord hath looked out and knowne those that are his: but the Chaldee saith, in the morning, the ̄ the LORD wil make known, &c. make knowne him] or,
Verse 6. censers] or, fire vessels, as the Greeke fire pans; whereof see Exod. 27. 3. calincense-vessels, (because incense was burnt in them,) 2 Chron. 26. 19. Ezek. 8. 11. which name the Apostle followeth in the Greeke, Hebr. 9. 4.
Verse 7. put ye fire] Hebr. give ye fire, and put incense.
Verse 9. Is it a small thing] or, Seemeth it too little for you: meaning on the contrary, that it was a great thing, and that they should therewith have beene contented; for the Tribe of Levi were in the place of all the first-borne of Israel, Num. 3. 41. So here he reproveth their unthankfulnesse to God. separated you from the congregation] as Israel was separated from all other peoples, to be the Lords peculiar, Lev. 20. 26. 1 Kings 8. 53. so were the LeNum. 8. 14. And hereupon the Scripture speaketh of the Levites, as distinct from the IsraeChron. 9. 2. Psal. 135. 19, 20. So the Mseparated unto the Gospell of God, Rom. 1. 1. Gal. 1. 15. Acts 13. 2. the service of the Tabernacle] the workes belonging to the service of God therein, being assistants to the Priests; see
Verse 10. the Priesthood] in Chaldee, the high-Priesthood;
to doe the Priests Office. That was in degree above the Levites, who were to minister unto the Priests, but not to come nigh the Altar, as did the Priests, Num. 18. 2. 3. For the Levites were appointed unto all manner of service of the Tabernacle of the house of God: but Aaron and his sonnes offered on the Altar of Burnt-offering, and on the Altar of incense, (and were) for all the worke of the most holy place, and to make atonement for Israel, 1 Chron. 6. 48, 49. And Aaron was separated, [to wit, from the other Levites]
Verse 11. against Iehovah] because it was aThey have not rejected thee, but they have rejected me, that I should not reigne over them, 1 Sam. 87. and Christ said to his ministers, He that heareth you, heareth me; and hee that despiseth you, despiseth me; and hee that despiseth me, despiseth him that sent me. He that receiveth whomsoever I send, receiveth me; and he that receiveth me, receiveth him that sent me, Luke 10. 16. Iohn 13. 20. Aaron, what is he? to wit, other than the Minister of God. So the Apostle saith, Who is Paul? and who is Apollo? but ministers
by whom ye beleeved, 1 Cor. 3. 5. And thus had Mo
Vers. 12. We will not come up] An obstinate ancomming up, is meant unto the publike place of judgement, whither (in the Scripture phrase) men are said to goe up, as in Deut. 25. 7. Ruth. 4. 1. And in Ezra 10. 7. 8. whosoever would not goe to Ierusalem at the time appointed by the Princes and the Elders, all his substance should be forfeited, and himselfe separated from the Church of those that had been in captivitie. Of Dathan and Abiram, Sol. Iarchi here ob
Vers. 13. out of the land] of Egypt, as is added iron furnace unto them, Deut. 4. 20. they here call it a land flowing with milke and honey: so despising their reExod. 19, 4, 5. and 20. 2. even making] or,
Verse 14. not brought us] according to proExod. 3. 8. and 33. 3. Lev. 20. 24. of field that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, of fields and vineyards: one named generally for many, as is noted on Gen. 3. 2. dig out the eyes] that is, make them blinde, as the Chaldee expoundeth it: so in Iude. 16. 21. 1 Sam. 11. 2. of these men] or, as the Greeke translateth it, of those men; which may be meant, of the whole congregation, as if they were so blinde that they could not espie his fraud; or it may have speciall reference to Korah and his company. And thus Chazkuni here explaineth it; Thou hopest to dig out the eyes of Korah, and of all his congregation; as though they had no eyes to see and understand this offence, that thou hast brought us up from the good land of Egypt, and hast not performed unto us that which thou promisedst. to bring us into a land that floweth with milke and honey; but hast said, In this wildernesse they shall be consumed, and there they shall die, (Num. 14. 35.) Moreover, thou hast perverted judgement against us, and therefore we will not come up unto thee, for we beleeve thee not, concerning the triall of this matter.
Verse 15. very wroth] or, very much grieved;
Gen. 4. 5. Respect not] or, Looke not, Turne not the face unto; which the Chaldee exAccept not with fauour their oblation. their offering] or, their Meat-offering, their Minchab; whereof see the annotations on
Verse 16. Thou and all thy congregation] The Sanctifie thy congregation, and be ye ready before the Lord, &c. Because their rebellion was against God, verse 11. therefore Mo
Ver. 18. at the doore] in the court-yard of the Sanand Moses and Aaron] Targum Ioon the one side, and
Verse 19. assembled against them all] not onely verse. 41. glorie of Iehovah] in the cloud over the San
12. 5. and 14. 10.
Verse 21. as in a moment] or, even in a moment;
at once. So in verse 45. and thus God had before threatned, afExod. 33. 5.
Verse 22. God of the spirits of all flesh] By all flesh, is meant, all mankinde; as in Gen. 6. 13.
20. 48. and 21. 4, 5.
Verse 24. the tabernacle] this seemeth to bee put for tabernacles, or dwellings; the Greeke transthe congregation: so in vers. 27. where the Greeke also keepeth the word Tabernacle, which in vers. 26. is called Tents.
Vers. 25. the elders] the Greeke addeth, all the elders. went after him] in Greeke, went with
him, that is, accompanied him.
Verse 26. these wicked men] in Greeke, these
hard men: the originall word properly signifieth restlesse, turbulent, and such as for their sinnes are worthy to be condemned: see the notes on Psal. 1. 1. touch not any thing] because as they themselves, so all things of theirs were uncleane and execrable, and therefore to perish with them, vers. 32.
Verse 27. came out and stood] Heb. came out standing; which the Greeke explaineth, came out
and stood: and these two phrases are one; as where it is said that Iesus blessed, and breaking gave to the disciples, Mat. 14. 19. the other Evangelists exblessed, and brake, and gave, Luke 9. 16. Mark. 6. 41. so, Saying unto them, Matth. 21. 2. is, And saith unto them, Mark. 11. 2. This their standing up, argueth their boldnesse in so bad a cause: for standing up is a gesture denoting courage, Iob 33. 5. and 41. 10. 1 Sam. 17. 8. 16. Thus Pride went before destruction, and an haughty spirit before a fall; as
Verse 28. all these workes] both the former, in appointing Aaron to the Priest-hood, and the Leof mine owne heart] which the Chaldee explaineth, of mine owne will; the Greeke, of my selfe. For things devised of ones owne heart, are noted for evill, 1 King. 12. 33. Ezek. 13. 17.
Vers. 29. as all men die] their ordinarie naturall death; which the Greeke translateth, after the
death of all men.
Verse 30. create a new thing] Hebr. create a
creature, that is, doe a new and wonderfull worke, to kill them with such a death as never man died before them. Of this word create, see the notes on Gen. 1. 1. it is applied here to a strange and extraEsai. 45. 7. God is said to create evill; and in Exod. 34. 10. to create marvels; and in Esai. 48. 6. 7. new and
God would create. And as evill, so good things which are new and strange, are said to be created of God,
Verse 32. swallowed up them] to wit, Dathan Psal. 106. 17. The earth opened and swallowed up Dathan, and covered over the congregation of Abiram. So David prayed against his enemies,
Vers. 33. closed upon them] or, covered over
them: so there was no hope left for their recoverie. Against such judgement David prayeth, Let not the gulse swallow me, neither let the pit shut her mouth upon me, Psal. 69. 16.
Vers. 34. at the voice of them] at their crie or Ier. 49. 21. At the voice (or noise) of their fall, the earth is moved, &c. and, I made the nations to shake, at the noise of his fall, Ezek. 31. 16. Lest the earth swallow us] an unperfect speech, through feare: such as is often used in dangers; as in Psal. 38. 17. Rom. 11. 21. Thus the present judgement terrified them; and, When the scorner is punished, the simple is made wise, Prov. 21. 11.
Vers. 35. devoured] or, did eat the 250. men.
Levit. 10. 1, 2. Of this, David singeth, A fire burned in their congregation, a flame burnt up the wicked, Psal. 106. 18.
Vers. 37. unto Eleazar] Chazkuni here obserwould not have Aaron to bee defiled (by going among the dead,) because he was one of them that offered, vers. 17. out of the burning] that is, as the Greeke well explaineth it, from among those that are burnt. So in Num. 21. 1. captivitie, is for a company of captives; and in 2
Vers. 38. sinners against their soules] Sinners are Destroy the sinners the Amalekites, 1 Sam. 15. 18. and, the men of Sodem were evill and sinners, Gen. 13. 13. And they sinned against their soules, in causing their owne death and destruction: for the soule is often used for the life, as in Gen. 19. 17. and 37. 21. So he that provoketh a King to anger, sinneth against his owne soule, Prov. 20. 2. broad plates] Hebr. out-spreadings of plates, that is, plates beaten out and spread broad, to cover the brazen altar with them. and they are hallowed] or, sanctified: & so (as Sol. Iarchi explaineth it) unlawfull for common use, because they had made them for vessels of ministerie. Or, they were now sanctified of God (before whom they sinfully offered them,) to bee an holy signe unto the people. for a signe] and a memortall to the sonnes of Israel, vers. 40. to make them rememsigne, Num. 17. 10. and God threatneth by destroying the wicked, to make him a signe, and aproverbe, Ezek. 14. 8. Now all these things hapned unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come, 1 Cor. 10. 11.
Vers. 40. not any stranger] or, no man which is a
stranger. seed of Aaron] that is, sons, or, posteritie of Aaron: so all Israelites or Levites (save Aarons sonnes onely,) are counted
Vers. 41. you have killed] or, as the Chaldee exyou have caused the death. Though they had prayed for the people, v. 32. and the strange
Vers. 42. the glorie of Iehovah] it appeared to Num. 12. 5. and 14. 10. and 16. 19.
Vers. 45. Get you up] that is, Depart, or Sepaverse 21. as in a moment] in Greeke, at o
see the notes on
Verse 46. from off the Altar] of this, Chazkuhe warned him hereof, that hee might
〈◊〉
erre through haste, and effer strange fire a
•
〈◊〉
and Abihu (Levit. 10.) and these other had
••
re incense] Incense that caused death, when it was not in the hand of the Friest, giveth li
•
e when it is in the Priests hand, saith Chazkuni on this place. Hereby the mediation of Christ for sinners was fi
Vers. 47. he put on incense] to make atonementThey shall put it cense in thy
(or,
Verse 48. betweene the dead and the living] so ch yet remained.
There is
Vers. 49. about the matter] or, as the Greeke for the cause of Kore; which the Chaldee calleth the division of Korah.
Vers. 50. unto the doore of the Tent] into the offered Burnt-offering and Peace-offerings; after that the Lord was intreated for the land, and the plague was stayed from Israel, 2 Sam. 24. 25. 1 Chron. 21. 26, 27.
1 Twelve rods of the tribes of Israel being laid in the Tabernacle, on the morrow Aarons rod among them all, onely flourisheth and beareth almonds. 10 It is left in the Tabernacle for a monument against the rebels. 12 The people shew Moses their feare of death.
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, sayaccording to the house of their fathers, twelve rods: every mans name thou shalt write upon his rod. And Aarons name thou shalt write upon the rod of Levi: for, one rod shall be for that
according to the house of their fathers, twelve rods; & the rod of Aaron was among their rods. And Moses laid up every man his rod.
And Iehovah said unto Moses; Bring Aa
And the sonnes of Israel said unto Moses, the ghost, we pethe ghost?
SPeake unto] When God saw the covers. 10. a rod for every fathers house] Hebr. a rod a rod, for (or according to) the house of a father: which the Greeke explaineth thus; Take of them a rod, a rod of all their Princes, according to their fathers houses. A rod (or staffe) was such as men used to carrie in their hands, Gen. 38. 18. Exod. 4. 2. the same word (called in Hebrew Matteh) is often used for a
Vers. 3. for one rod shall be] The Greeke explaifor it is one rod: according to the
Vers. 4. lay them up] or, leave them, or as the Greeke translateth, put them. Tent of the congregation]
Vers. 5. I shall chuse] that ito minister before me. rod shall bud] or, shall flourish: see vers. 8. will make to cease from me] in Greeke, will take away from thee. This word is spoken of the ceasing or asswaging of waters,
Vers. 8. blessomes] or flowers. yeelded] or, ripened (as the word is Englished, in Esai. 18. 5.) that is, brought forth ripe almonds. almonds]
Nuts. An almond, in Hebrew, Shaked, is named Shaked, which signifieth with care, haste & watchfulnesse, to looke unto and perflourishing of the Almond tree, Eccles. 12. 5. By this miracle, God did confirme the Priesthood unto Aaron; as by the vi
Vers. 10. Bring againe] or, Returne Aarons red before the Testimonie] in Greeke,
Vers. 12. we give up the ghost] or, have given
up the ghost, that is, died: or, as the Greeke transare consumed. This may be taken as an unjust complaint of theirs, for the punishments that they had felt, and should still feele for their sinnes. Or raI was alive without the Law once; but when the commandement came, sinne revived, and I died; and the commandement which (was ordained) unto life, I found (to be) unto death, Rom. 7. 9, 10. The Chaldee paraphraseth upon their words, thus;
Vers. 13. that commeth neere] in Greeke, that
toucheth the Tabernacle. Shall we be consumed in giving up the ghost?] that is, shall wee die every one? This seemeth to be a deprecation; whereby acknowledging their sinnes to be worthy of death, they pray for mercy: for so questions are often used in earnest deprecations; as, Wilt thou be angry with us for ever? &c. Psal. 85. 6. Wilt thou utterly reject us? Lam. 5. 22. Wilt thou hold thy peace, and afflict us very fore? Esay. 64. 12. and many the like.
1 The different charges of the Priests, and of the Levites adjoyned unto them. 9 The Priests por
ANd Iehovah said unto Aaron; Thou, (shall minister) before the Tent of the Testimony. And they shall keepe thy charge, and the charge of all the Tent: but they shall not come nigh unto the vessels of holinesse, and unto the Altar; that they die not, both they and you. And they they are given as a gift for Iehovah, to serve the service of the Tent of the Congreas a service of gift; and the stranger that commeth nigh, shall be put to death.
And Iehovah spake unto Aaron; And I, for ever. This shall be thine, of (reserved) from the fire: every oblation of theirs, of every Meat-offeoffring of theirs, and of every Trespasse-offring of theirs, which they shall render unto me; it shall be holy of holyes, for thee and for thy sonnes. In the shall be thine; the heave-offring of their gift, with all the wave-offrings of the sonnes of Israel; unto thee have I given them, and to thy sonnes and to thy daughters with thee, by a statute for ever: every cleane person in thine house shall eat it. All the fat of the new fruits of them, which they shall give unto Iehovah, them have I given unto thee. The first-fruits of all which shall
be in their land, which they shall bring unto Iehovah, shall be thine: every cleane person in thine house shall eat it. Every devoted that are to be redeemed of for the silver of five sheis twenty gerahs. But the firstling of a cow, or are holy: their blood thou shalt sprinkle upon the Alfor a Fireoffering, for a savour of rest unto Iehovah.
And the flesh of them shall be thine: as the for ever: it is a covenant of salt for ever before Iehovah, to thee and to thy seed with thee. And Iehovah said unto am thy part, and thine inheriit shall be a statute for ever throughout your generatioany inheritance. But the tithe of for an heave-offering, I have given to the Levites for an inheritance: therany inherita
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying;
Out of all your gifts ye shall offer every heave-offering of Iehovah, of all the fat there
SAid unto Aaron] Because of the peoples feare deliver them who through feare of death, were all their life-time subiect to bondage, Heb. 2. 15. thy fathers house] the house or pothe iniquitie of the Sanctuary] that is, shall beare the punishment for all iniquitie that is done in the Sanctuarie; at your hands will I reUpon you I will bring the punishment of the strangers that shall sinne concerning the sanctified things that are d
And as
Verse 2. the tribe] The Hebrew here hath two words, Matteh (the tribe) of Levi, and Shebet (the tribe) of thy father: of which, the former signifieth a staffe; the latter, a rod: both of them applied to a tribe or kinred, which did spring and grow out of Levi, as rods, staves or branches from the stocke otribe, see what is noted on Gen. 49. 16. that they may be joyned] or, and let them be joyned; as the Greeke translateth, and
Here is an allusion to Le
Vers. 3. shall keepe thy charge] or observe thy observation;
Vers. 4. the charge] or, the custodie; in Greeke, the custodies, or the wards, watches; for so the word is used for keeping watch by night also, as in Psal. 90. 4. See the notes on Ex. 14. 24. a stranger] any of Israel that is not a Levite, is counted a stranver. 7. See the notes on Num. 3. 10.
Vers. 5. keepe the charge of the holy place] Heb. observe the observation of the holinesse; which the Greeke translateth, of the holies: by this name the Apostle calleth the first Tabernacle, wherin was the Candlesticke, Table, and Shew-bread; as the inholy of holies, that is, the holiest of all, Heb. 9. 2, 3. To keepe the charge, or observe the observation, is to have contikept the charge, (or
were such as endevoured to keepe and maintaine the Kingdome in Sauls fa
Vers. 6. I have taken] in stead of all the first-born Num 3. 12. and the annotations there. a gift for Iehovah] or, unto Iehovah, as the Greeke saith, to the Lord; the Chaldee, before the LORD. See Num. 3. 9. 12. and 8. 13, 16, 19. where they were offered unto the Lord, and given unto him, and by him given unto Aaron.
Vers. 7. within the veile] not onely the second veile (as it is called in Heb. 9. 3.) but the first veile, the Priests went alwayes, accomplishing the services, Heb. 9. 6. as
Vers. 8. I have given] after the office of the Doe ye not know that they which minister about holy things, eat of the things of the Temple? and they which wait at the Altar, are partakers with the Altar? Even so hath the Lord ordained, that they which preach the Gospell, should live of the Gospell, 1 Cor. 9. 13, 14. the charge] Hebr.
Vers. 9. of the holy of holies] Heb. of the holinesse
of holinesses, that is, of the most holy things; which the Greeke translateth, of the hallowed (or sanctified) holy things. Some oblations in the Sanctuarie are called holy, (and by the Hebrew Doctors, light holy things,) some holy of holies, that is, most holy things: of which difference, see the annotations on Lev. 6. 17. With these he here beginneth, which the Priests onely were to eat, and that within the Sanctuarie, vers. 10. then hee proceedeth to the light holy things, which the Priests and their families were to eat within the campe, (and in ages following, withverse 14. &c. from the fire] in Chaldee, left (or remaining) from the fire, meaning the fire of the Altar, where some part of the most holy things were burned to the Lord. every oblation] This may be understood Levit. 23. 17—20. Thus Iarchi here explaineth it, the Peaceofferings of the congregation. And there were no Peace-offerings of the Congregation, but onely those mentioned in
Vers. 10. In the holy of holies] Observe how holy of holies, or most holy place, in respect of the Camp of Israel and citie Ierusalem, which were holy plagreat court for the people which was without the Priests court, 2 Chron. 4. 9. Ezek. 42. 14. For that which is commonly called the holie of holies, or most holy place, (which was in the Tabernacle after the second veile,) was not a place to eat in, or for any to come into, save for the high Priest once in the yeare to make atoneLevit. 16. Hebr. 9. 3. 7. Neither might they eat in the Tabernacle, but in the Court; and that is here meant, as the Law sheweth, In the holy place in the court of the Tent of the congregation they shall eat it, Levit. 6. 16. And in the court of the TemNehem. 13. 5, 9. whereupon in Ezek. 42. 13. he speaketh of holy chambers, where the Priests that approach unto the LORD shall eat the most holy things; there shall they lay the most holy things, and the Meat-offering, and the Sin-offering, and the Trespasse-offering, for the place is holy. And whereas Ezekiel there prophesieth of the third Temple, the Temple of the Gospell which Christ should build, at which time the legall Priesthood of Aaron should have an end,
Vers. 11. And this] Here he passeth on to the the heave-offering of their gift] that is, which the Israelites give to the Priest out of their heave-offethe heave-offring of the sacrifice of confession, & of the peace-offerings, and of the Nazirites ram: whereof see Lev. 7. 11, 12, 14. 32, 34. & Num. 6. 17—20. In Deu. 12. 6. 17. there is methe heave-offering of your hand, wch is meant of the first-fruits spoken of in Deut. 26. See the annotations on those plathe wave-offerings] as the breast of the Peace-offerings, Levit. 7. 30, 31, 34. for that was waved, as the shoulder was heaved. thy daughters] understand, whiles they remained in their fa
Verse 12. All the fat] that is, as the Chaldee exAll the best; which the Greeke transAll the first-fruits. The fat is often used for that which is good, and best of things; not of beasts onely, but of wheat, as Deut. 32. 14. Psal. 81. 17. and 147. 14. and here, of oile and wine; and so of the land in generall; as Gen. 27. 28. and 45. 18. And as after God saith to the Levites, in v. 30. whe ̄ ye have heaved the fat therof: so this concerned all the people, that they should doe the like.
Vers. 13. The First-fruits] These were another gift, which the people brought into the Sanctuary, made consession over them to the Lord, and then gave them to his Priest: whereof see Deut. 26. vers. 21. The Hebrews say, When men separate the Heave-offring, and the Tithe, they are to separate them in order: as, he separateth the First-fruits [spoken of in Deut. 26.] first of all, and after them, the great Heave-offring; and after that, the first tithe [which was given to the Levites, vers. 21.] and after that, the second tithe, or tithe of the poore, [whereof fee Deut. 14. 22, 23, 28, 29.] Maim. in Trumoth, ch. 3. sect. 23. shal eat it] in Greek, shall eat them. Of the cleane person in the Priests house, see vers. 11. The eating of these first-fruits, was to be onely in Ierusalem, the holy Citie: and whosoever eateth of that gift wherein holinesse is, blesseth (God) who sanctified them with the sanctification of Aaron, and commanded them to eat so or s Maim. in Biccurim,
Vers. 14. devoted thing] in Hebr. Cherem: of Lev. ch. 27. vers. 28. &c. shall be thine] The use of these is not restrained to the Sanctuary, or holy Citie, or to the Priests alone; but (by the Hebrewes) these were the Priests due in every place, and were common things. Maimony in Biccurim, ch. 1. sect. 7.
Vers. 15. that openeth the wombe] Hebr. every opening of the wombe; which the Greeke translateth, every thing that openeth every wombe (or matrice.) Hereby the first-borne onely is meant, as the Law sheweth in Exo. 13. 2. and such as were males, Deut. 15. 19. Exo. 34. 19. redeeming thou shalt redeeme,] that is, thou shalt surely, or in any case redeeme: the father was to give, the Priest to take the redemption money. It figured the redemption of Gods people, called the Church of the first-borne, which are written in Heaven, Hebr. 12. 23. who are not redeemed with corruptible things, as silver and gold, &c. but with the precious bloud of Christ, 1 Pet. 1. 18, 19. So being bought from among men, they are the First-fruits unto God, and to the Lambe, Rev. 14. 4. of the uncleane beast] this is translated in Greeke, of uncleane beasts, as implying all sorts: elsewhere the Law mentiothe Asse, it may be for an instance, Exod. 13. 13. and 34. 20. But the Hebrews say, The uncleane bea
Maim. in Biccurim,
Vers. 16. Redeemed of him] or of them, meaning the redemption of him: and Targum Ionathan addeth for explanation, of the son of man. from a moneth old] Hebr. from the son of a moneth. See the AnnoLev. 27. 6. the silver of five shekels] that is, five shek
This sum was before gi
Vers. 17. the firstling] or, the first-borne: in the firstlings of cowes, &c. understand, being a male firstling, as Exod. 34 19. otherwise it was not sanctified, or given to the Priest. A firstling which is both male and female hath no holinesse in it at all; but it as a female, whereto the Priest hath no right. Maim. in Becoroth, ch. 2. s. 5. shalt not redeeme] thou mayest not give the worth of it, or any other for it, but the beast it selfe is to be given: neither may the owner use, or make profit of it, or of the Deut. 15. 19. they are holy] and therefore must be hallowed (or sanExod. 13. 2. The Hebrewes say, A man is commanded to sanctifie the first-borne of his cleane beast, and to say, Behold, this is holy. All are bound (to sanctifie) the firstling of a cleane beast; both Priests Levites, and Israelites: although the firstling is the Priests. If he have a firstling borne, he is to offer the bloud & fat (on the altar,) and to eat the rest of the flesh according to the Law of the Firstlings. Maim. in Bechoroth,
Vers. 18. as the wave-broast] the parts of the Levit. 7. 34. Set also before, on vers. 11.
Vers. 19. All the heave-offrings] the Greeke and Every separated thing. This conclusion implieth all other holy gifts, expressed in other places of the Law, though not particulathat they might be incouraged in the Law of the Lord as is said in 2
These were not eaten but in the Sanctuary.
The five which they might not eat but in Ierusalem, [and before that, within the campe of Israel, to which Ierusalem afterward was answerable, as is noted on
The five things due from the land of Israel onely, were:
1 The Heave-offring (or First-fruits, Numb. 18. 12.)
2 The Heave-offring of the Tithe, (Numb. 18. 28.)
3 The Cake, (Numb. 15. 20.) And these three were holy.
4 The First of the Fleece, (Deut. 18. 4.)
5 The field of possession, (Numb. 35.) and both of these were common. These were not due unto them by the Law; save in the Land of Israel.
The five things due to the Priests in every place, were;
These five are common things, in all respects.
Th
1 The skinnes of the Burnt-offrings, (Levit. 7. 8.) And the same Law was for the skinnes of the other most holy things: they all were the Priests.
The gifts which the females had part in, as well as the male (Priests) were five. 1 The Heave-offring (or first fruits.) 2 The Heave-offring of the tithe. 3. The cake. 4 The gifts of the beast, (Deut. 18. 3.) 5. And the first of the fleece. Maimony in Biccurim ch. 1. sect. 1. &c. a covenant of salt] that is, a staby a covenant of salt, 2. Chron. 13. 5. and there the Greeke explaineth it, an everlasting covena
Vers. 20. Thou shalt have] This concerneth not so much Aaron himselfe, (who died before he came Numb. 20. 28.) as his posterity; and not them only, but all the Levites; as alter Moses sheweth in Deut. 18. 1. The Priests the Levites; all the tribe of Levi, shall have no part, nor inheritance with Israel. inheritance in their land] which was divided by lot to the other tribes, according as God numbred them, when the tribe of Levi was numbred apart, Numb. 26. 53, 55, 57, 62. NotwithNum. 35. and in Ezek. 48. 10. &c. an holy oblation out of the spiritual land, is given to the Priests and Levites. a part or, a portion, a share among them. This word, though often it be spoken of a part or portion of land, as in Ios. 15. 13. and 19. 9. and 18. 5. &c. yet also it is meant of a part in the spoiles or prey, as in Numb. 31. 36. 1 Sam. 30. 24. And so it seemeth to be inDeut. 2. 35. and 3. 7. and 6. 11. so that Iosua said to some of the people, Returne with much riches unto your tents, and with very much cattell, and with silver, and with gold, and with brasse, and with iron, and with very much-raiment, &c.
And to the sonnes of Levi] Now folAnd, Chthe covenant of salt for ever, was to the Levites also. all the tenth] or, all the tithes. This is the first tithe which the Israelites payed to the Levites; after which they separated a second tithe, which they themselves did eat before the Lord, the first yeare and the second, and every third yeare gave it to the Levites and poore: whereof see Deut. 14. 22, 23. &c. Touching this, the Hebrewes say, that the Israelites, After they had separated the great Heave-offring (or First-fruits spoken of in Numb. 18. 12.) they separated one of ten out of that which remained, and this is called the first tithe; and it is that which is spoken of in Numb. 18. 24. and this tithe was for the males and females of the Levites. They pay no tithe but of the choice (or best,) as it is said (in Numb. 18. 30.) When ye have heaved the fat thereof, &c. as the tithes which the Levites separate, is to be of the fat thereof; so the tithe which the Israelites separate from the floore or wine-presse, is to be of the fat. They pay not the tithe but by measure, or by weight, or by number. He that separateth this tithe, blesseth (God) first, as they use to blesse for other commandements: so he blesseth for the second tithe, and for the poore mens tithe, and for the tithe of the tithe, hee blesseth for every one severally. Maim. tom. 3. Treat. of Tithes,
Vers. 22. not come nigh any more] to serve in the Num. 16. to beare sinne] that is, lest they suffer the punishment for their sinne. So in vers. 23. beare their iniquity; as in v. 1. to die] or, and die; see the notes on Gen. 2. 3. this sheweth the punishment to be death: the Greeke translateth it, deadly (or death-bringing) sinne.
Vers. 23. beare their iniquity] that is, beare the They the Levites shall beare the iniquity of the Israelites; for it is their duty to warne strangers from comming neere unto them.
Vers. 24. Heave up] in Greeke and Chaldee, separate
Vers. 26. the tithe of the tithe] or, a tenth part of the tenth.
Vers. 27. as the fulnesse] or, as the plenty, that is, the plentifull increase; or, the full that is ripe lias the separated thing. Sol. Iarchi saith, Fulnesse meaneth the ripe fruit, which is full. See the notes on Exod. 22. 29. where this word is also used for Full ripe fruit. From hence the Hebrewes gather, that seeing the Levites first tithes, (out of which they payed the Priests tithes,) were as the corne of the floore, and liquour of the presse; therefore they were as comThe first tithe is lawfull to be
[as in
Vers. 28. Thus you also] or, So you also; you Leto Aaron] and so to his poAnd the Priest the sonne of Aaron, shall be with the Levites, when the Levites take tithes; and the Levites shall bring up the tithe of the tithe, unto the house of our God, to the chambers into the treasure-house, Nehem. 10. 38. Thus also are we to understand the Apostle, when he saith that the Priests,
Vers. 29. Out of all your gifts ▪
This is more ge
Vers. 30. the revenue] in Greeke, the fruit of the
threshing-floore. This word revenue, as the Heafter it is cared; and after it is threshed and fanned, it is called (dagan) corne. Maimony tom. 1. in Beracoth, ch. 3. sect. 1.
Vers. 31. in every place] Sol. Iarchi explaineth it, though it be in the place of buriall; and that was an uncleane place. The first tithes therfore which were paid to the LeviDeut. 14. 22, 23. &c. your house] that is, your houshold; as the Chaldee translateth it, the men of your house. a reward] or, wages; and so your due for your service: so the Apostle speaking of the hoThe labourer is worthy of his reward, 1 Tim. 5. 17, 18. and Christ himselfe sending his disciples to preach, said unto them,
Vers. 32. beare sinne for it] that is, beare the puprofane the holy things] Hebr. the holinesses. This is a generall warning both to Priests and Levites, that the holy things of the people be not profaned by them, nor suffered to bee proLev. 19. 7, 8. or if the Priests were uncleane when they did eat them, as Lev. 22 2, 3, 9. or, if others did eat them, to whom they did not pertaine; as Levit. 22. 10, 15, 16. or if other the like unlawfull actions were done or suffered. The Ministers of God therefore had this charge upon them, by all meanes to sanctifie the Lord, his TaTim. 4. 16.
1. The Lord commandeth a red heiffer to be slain by the Priest, some of her bloud to be sprinkled, the re
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses and is the oris no blemish, upone shall slay her, before his face. And Eleazar one shall burne the heiffer,
And the Priest shall take Cedar wood, them into the midst of the burning of the heiffer.
And the Priest shall wash his cloathes, and
And hee that burneth her, shall wash his
And a man that is cleane shall gather up is a purification for sinne. And he that gafor ever. Hee that touchis the Law: When is in the tent, shalbe uncleane seven dayes. And every open vessell, which hath no covering bound upon it, it is unone that is slaine with the sword, or a dead bodie, or a bone of a man, or a grave, he shall be uncleane seven daies. And they shall take for the uncleane person, of the dust heiffer of purification for sinne; and he shall put thereto living water in a vesit in the water, and shall sprinkle it upone slaine, or one dead, or a grave. And a cleane person shall sprinkle upon the uncleane, in the third day, selfe in the seventh day, and shall wash his cloathes, and bathe (his flesh) in water, and shall be cleane at evening. And the man is uncleane. And it shall be unto them for for ever; and he that sprinkleth the water of separation, shall wash his cloathes; and he that toucheth the water of separation, shall be uncleane untill the evening. And person toucheth, shal be uncleane; and the soule that toucheth, shal be uncleane untill the evening.
Genes. 6. 9.
THe ordinance] or, the statute, constitution, the prescript ordinance; in Greeke, the distinction of the Law. As in the former Chapter God gave order for his Ministers, the tribe of Levi, by whom the service in his Tabernacle should be performed, and his people should come neere unto him, to oftake unto thee] that is, take and bring unto thee: see the like phrase in Gen. 15. 9. and Exod. 25. 2. and Levit. 24. 2. This heiffer was taa red heiffer] Targum Ionathan addeth, a three yeereling: so in the Hebrew canons they say, It is commanded that the red heiffer be of the third yeere, or of the fourth yeere, and it may be older. MaiRed heiffer) chap. 1. sect. 1. perfect] in Greeke, without blemish. As all sacrifices were to be unblemi
Vers. 3. unto Eleazar] hee was Aarons sonne, vers. 7. wherfore Aaron himselfe, who was the high Priest, did it not. Hence the Hebrewes say, that An ordinary Priest was fit for to burne the heiffer: for it is said, Give her unto Eleazar the Priest, and yet Aaron himselfe was living. And by word of mouth we have beene taught, that this was done by Eleazar; and all other heiffers (were done) either by the high Priest, or by a common Priest. And he that did it, was arayed with the foure ornaments of a common Priest, whether he were the high Priest, or an ordinary Priest that did it. Maimony in Pharah,
Vers. 4. with his finger] figuring the finger, that Spirit of our Priest Christ Iesus, whereby he hath sprinkled the way for us into heaven, and our hearts from an evill conscience, that we may have accesse thither by his bloud, Heb. 9. 22, 23, 24. and 10. 19, 20, 22. For as the fi
11. 20. is interpreted
Vers. 5. one shall burne] that is, some shall burne vers. 8. wherefore Targum Ionaanother Priest shall burne. The burning of the heiffer without the campe, figured how Iesus, that he might sanctifie the people with his owne bloud, should suffer without the gate (of IeruHebr. 13. 11, 12.
Vers. 6. Cedar wood] this, with the hyssop and Lev. 14. 4. See the AnnotaKing. 4. 33.) it is durable wood and rotchoise (or excellent) Song. 5. 15. fiby one offring hath perfected for ever them that are sanctified, Hebr. 10. 14. eyzop] or hyssope, whereof see Exod. 12. 22. As here it was burned with the heiffer, so after in vers. 18. a sprinkle was made with it, figuring the vertue and odour of Christs death, to purge our sinnes, and to sprinkle our hearts from an evill conscience, Hebr. 1. 3. and 10. 22. scarlet] or, twice died scarlet, called in Hebrew Sheni tholagnath; whereof see Exod. 25. 4. This bloudy colour sometime signifieth Sinnes, Esai. 1. 18. and it is the death and bloud of Christ that cleanseth us from all sinne, Rom. 6. 10. 1 Iohn 1. 7. the preaching hereof maketh the lips like a threed of scarlet, Song 4. 3. into the midst of the burning] The manner of burning this heiffer in the ages following, is described by the Hebrewes thus: They made a banke (or causey) from the mountaine of the house of God (in Ierusalem) unLuke 21. 37. Joh. 18. 2. whiLuke 22. 39, 40, &c. and it was over against the Temple, Mar. 13. 3. and from thence, after his resurrection, he ascended up into heaven, Act. 1. 9.—12.] and the heiffer, and hee that burned her, and all that assisted him in the burning of her, went out from the mount of the Temple, unto mount Olivet, upon that banke. The Elders of Israel wen
&c.
Vers. 7. Wash his cloathes] which was a signe of Lev. 11. 25. and 15 5. The same was concerning him that burned the heiffer, vers. 8. and the cleane man that gathered up her ashes, vers. 9, 10. Hereby the imperfection of the Legall Priesthood was shewed, in that the Priests which prepared the meanes of sanctification for the Church, were themselues polHebr. 7. 27, 28. and 10. 1, 2, 3. The sinne also of the Priests, and others that procured the death of Christ, (though it was the life of the world,) seemeth hereby to be signiMatth. 26. 65, 66, &c. Act. 2. 22, 23, 38. and 3. 14, 15, 17, 18, 19. Albeit by the tradition of the Hebrewes, they were very carefull about the cleanthey separated him (from his house) to a chamber prepared in the Court (of the Temple,) which was called the Stone chamber, because all the vessels thereof were of stone, which doe receive no uncleannesse, and he ministred in a vessell of stone all the seven daies that he was separated, and his brethren the Priests might not touch him, for the more care of his cleannesse. Seven daies before the burning of the heiffer, they separated the Priest that burned her from his house, as they separated the High Priest for his service on Atonement-day, (wher
Vers. 9. a man that is cleane] this man is said in a Priest. the ashes] It is reported, that After they had finished the burning of her, they beat her with staves, her and all the wood of the pile wherewith she was burned; and sifted all with sives: and whatsoever was blacke, which possibly they could pound and make it ashes, either of her flesh, or of the wood, they pounded it till it was made ashes; and that which had no ashes in it, they left the same; and every of her bones that remained unburnt, they pounded. Maimony in Pharah,
Vers. 10. shall wash] as when any bloud of the Levit. 6. 27. so here he that gathered up ashes was to wash his cloathes, for it could not be but some of the ashes would light upon them. See the notes on vers. 7. the stranger that sojourneth] in Greeke,
Vers. 11. of any soule of man] that is, of any dead soule is here used for the dead bodie, as is noted on Levit. 19. 26. and Numb. 6. 6. and this is an explanation of the former dead, that it is meant of man onely: for hee that touched a dead beast, was not uncleane seven daies, but one day only, Lev. 11. 24, 27, 39. neither was he to be sprinkled with these ashes. Sol. Iarchi here saith, it is spoken to except the soule of a beast, for the uncleannesse thereby needeth no sprinkling ▪ uncleane seven dayes] during which time of his un
Vers. 12. He shall purifie himselfe] by sprinkling He shall sprinkle; the Greek, He shall be purified. The originall word signifieth to purifie from sin; which sheweth that this outward uncleannes figured the pollution of the soule by sin; and the purification here commanded, signified repentance from dead works, and faith towards God, wch
purifieth the heart, Heb. 6. 1. Act. 15. 9. with it] with the water fore-spoken of, v. 9. and the ashes, as Targum lonathan here expresseth: the manner whereof followeth. he shall be cleane] that is, as the Greeke translaand he shall be cleane, and in the seventh] Chazkuni here observeth, Lest any should thinke, if he forget and be not sprinkled in the third day, he may be sprinkled twise on the seventh day, and it will serve the turne as if he were sprinkled on the third day, and on the seventh; therefore the Scripture saith, If hee purifie not himselfe in the third day, and in the seventh, &c. for it is necessary that there be three dayes betweene sprinkling and sprinkling.
Vers. 13. the soule] that is, the corps, as before is that is dead] in Greeke, if he be dead. From these words the Hebrewes gather, that the diad defileth not, till his soule be departed. Maim. in Tumath meth, c. 1. s. 15. For death is the departing of the soule from the body, Gen. 35. 18. Psa. 146. 4. he defileth the Tabernacle] if hee come in that estate into the court of the Tabernacle: yea though he have washed himselfe, yet if he have not bin sprinkled the third day and the seventh day, he defileth it, as I
Vers. 14. in a tent] and so by proportion, in a
house, as the Greeke here translateth it; for a tent is named, because the people then dwelt in tents in the wildernesse. But for uncleannesse the Hevers. 18. and all that is in the
the pollution by the dead is in this respect above all other pollutions, as the He
Vers. 15. every open vessell] The Chaldee transevery open earthen vessell, (or vessell of potters clay:) and so the Hebrew Doctors expound this Law, as Iarchi saith,
Vers. 16. in the face of the field] that is, in the
open field where no tent is, there pollution is by touching onely. slaine with the sword] or with any other instrument; the sword is named for an instance. Therefore in Num. 31. 19. the law saith more generally, whosoever hath killed any person, and whosoever hath touched any slaine, &c. Targum Ionathan here addeth, one that is slaine with the sword, or the sword wherwith he was slaine. So in the Hebrew Canons it is said, the sword is as the dead person, to wit, for defiling him that touched it. Maim. in Tumath meth, c. 5. s. 3. The word somewounded, though not dead, as in Ps. 69. 27. and 109. 22. Hereupon the Hebrewes say, A lim cut off from a living man, it is as an whole dead man, and maketh uncleane by touching, by bearing, and by tent, though it be but a small lim of a child of a day old. For there is no stinted measure of lims, as it is written, whosoever toucheth in the face of the field, one that is slaine with the sword, and it is a knowne thing that it is all one whether he be slaine with the sword, or with a stone, or with other things. This teacheth that he is uncleane, which toucheth a lim that the sword hath cut off; provided that it be a whole lim as it is created of flesh, sinews and
Maim. in Tumath meth,
Vers. 17. And they shall take] that is, some shall cleane man, as v. 18. for the uncleane] to cleanse him. of the dust] that is, of the ashes, as the Greeke explaineth it. of the burnt
of purification for sin] Hebr. of the burning of
that is, of the Sin-offering (the heifer) that is bur
Vers. 18. a cleane man] either he that tooke the v. 9. He that filleth the water for sanctification, it is not necessarie that it be he himselfe that sanctifieth, and that sprinkleth; but one may sanctifie, and another may sprinkle. Maim. in Pharah,
Vers. 19. in the third day] to wit, after his unWho so is uncleane by the dead, and tarieth many dayes without sprinkling, when he commeth to be sprinkled, he counteth before him three dayes, and they sprinkle on him in the third day, and in the seventh, &c. Maim. in Pharah,
Vers. 20. uncleane] by any of the things afore-said, not purifie himselfe] or, not be purified, to wit, by having the water sprinkthat soule] in Chaldee, that man cut off] in Greeke and Chaldee, destroyed. defiled the Sanctuarie] by comming into it before he hath beene purified. For such were shut out of the host,
Vers. 21. wash his cloathes] as being uncleane, a clean ma ̄
(as he is called in
Vers. 22. whatsoever] or whomsoever; Hebr. all,
the uncleane] to wit, by the dead, of whom was spoken before. shall be uncleane] to wit, untill evening, as the end of the verse sheweth: and this is an inferiour degree of uncleannesse; for the man or vessell polluted by the dead, was uncleane seven dayes, vers. 11. 14. but that wch such an unclean man or vessell touched, was uncleane till the end of that day. So in the Hebrew Canons, A man which is defiled by the dead, and the vessels which that man toucheth, are uncleane seven dayes, as it is said, And yee shall wash your cloathes in the seventh day, and ye shal be clean, (Num. 31. 24.) But a man that shall touch a man which is defiled by the dead, whether he touch him after that he is separated from the things that defiled him, or touch him whiles he toucheth the dead, lo this second man is uncleane till the evening, as it is said, (in Num. 19. 22.) And the soule that toucheth, shall be unclean untill the evening. Mai. in Tumath meth,
1 The children of Israel come to Zin, where Marie dieth. 2 They murmure for want of water. 7 The Lord biddeth Moses speake to the Rocke. and it should give forth water. 11 Moses smi
ANd the sons of Israel, even the whole into the wilderthere
that we had given up the ghost, when our brethren gave up the ghost, before Iehoit is no place of seed, or of figs, or vines, or of pomegranates, neither is there any water to drinke. And Moses and
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying;
And Iehovah said unto Moses and unto ch I have given them. This is the water of Meribah, because the sonnes of Israel contended with Iehovah: and hee was sanctified in them.
And Moses sent messengers from Kadesh, are in Kadesh, a citie in the utterrmost of thy border. Let us passe, I of the water of the well: we will goe by the kings way, wee will not turne aside, to the right hand or to the left, untill we have passed thy border. And doing any thing else, I will passe tho
And they journeyed froeven the whole congregation, came unto mount Hor. And Iehovah said unto
Take Aaron and Eleazar his son, and bring even all the house of Israel.
THe whole Congregation] to wit, of the next geNum. 14. 29. &c.) were for the most part now dead in the wildernesse, as appeareth by Deut. 2. 14, 15. Zin] or Tsin: whereof see the notes on Num. 23. 21. Betweene Hazeroth, mentioned in Num. 12. 16. and this place in Zin, where now they camNum. 33. 18.—36. the first moneth] to wit, of the fortieth yeare, after they were come out of Egypt, as appeareth by Num. 33. 38. compared with the 28. verse of this chapter, and Deut. 2. 1.—7. So this was the last yeare of Israels travel in the wilderNum. 23. unto this time, was about 38 yeares, Deut.
where sinne abounded, grace did much more abound, Rom. 5. 20. abode in Kadesh] about foure moneths they stayed here; the
Vers. 2. there was no water] In the first yeare, Exod. 17. 1. and in this last, the fortieth yeare, they wanted waNum. 33. is to be seene. There the people in their thirst, in stead of praying unto God, contended with Moses, and murmured for that hee had brought them out of Egypt, Exod. 17. 2, 3. here they doe the same, vers. 3 4. There Moses cried unto the Lord for the outrage of the people, Exod. 17. 4. here Moses and Aaron fall downe before the Lord, v. 6. There God promised and gave them water out of the Rocke, Exod. 17. 6. here he doth likewise, v. 8. There God willed Moses to take his rod: here also he commandeth him, Take the rod. There the Lord promised to stand before Moses, Exod. 17. 6. here his glory appeareth unto him and Aaron, v. 6. There Moses by commandement smiting the Rocke with his rod, waters came out of it: here hee smiting the Rocke without commandement, waMeribah or
Vers. 3. contended] chode with bitter and rereviled: see Exod. 17. 2. And oh] or, And would God. The word And, sheweth the passion of minde, out of which they spake abruptly: see the notes on Gen. 27. 28. and Num. 11. 29. wee had given up the ghost] in Chaldee, wee had and in Greeke, we had perished in the perdition of our brethren, before the Lord: whereby they seeme speci
Vers. 4. to die there] understand, that we should
die there with thirst; the Greeke translateth, to bill us and our children, which words they spake in Exod. 17. 3.
Vers. 5. of seed] to sow seed in, or to plant fig-trees, a land of desarts & of pits, a land of drought, and of the shadow of death, a land that no man passed thorow, and where no man dwelt, Ier. 2. 6. Otherwise, had there beene commodiousnesse of place, the Israelites might have sowen and reaped, planted and gathered fruits in those 38 yeares, which they abode therein, Deu. 2. 14.
Vers. 6. from the presence] or, from the face,
Rev. 12. 14. Psal. 3. 1. fell on their faces] in prayer unto God, whose glory dwelled in that Sanctuarie: so in Exod. 17. 4. Moses cr
See
Vers. 8. Take the rod] in Greeke, Take thy rod:
Exod. 17. 5. but here, some gather from verse 9. that it was the rod of Aaron which had budded, and was laid up before the Testimony, Num. 17. 10. Chazkuni saith, This was Aarons rod, for loe it is here written (in verse 9.) And Moses tooke the rod from before the LORD, and this was the rod of Aaron, as it is written (in Num. 17. 10.) Bring Aarons rod again
Howbeit Mo
Vers. 9. from before Jehovah] that is, out of the Num. 17. 7. Exod. 16. 33, 34.
Vers. 10. Heare now ye rebels] As here he speato the
Rocke, vers. 8. so the manner of his speech shewbitterly provoked his spirit, so that he spake unadvisedly (uttering his anger) with his lips, Psal. 106. 33. shall we bring forth water] a speech of doubting and unbeleefe, both in Moses and Aavers. 12. God blameth them because they beleeved not in him. So before, when Moses said, Shall the flockes and the herds be slaine for them, &c. he was blamed with this answer, Is the Lords hand waxed short? Numb. 11. 22, 23. Moses was sore moved against this latter generation of Israelites, who had seene so many miracles, and their fathers perished for rebellion, and yet they were not betNumb. 32. 14, 15.
Vers. 11. lifted up his hand] another signe of twice] the doubling of his stroke shewed also the heat of his anger. Sol. Iarchi (on this place) conjectureth, that because at first it brought forth b
(of water)
Vers. 12. ye beleeved not in me] the Chaldee exye beleeved not in my word. Thus unNumb. 14. so here in Moses and Aaron, who were Numb. 27. 14. and a transgression, Deut. 32. 51. which word, as R. Menachem here noteth, implieth salfhood, as in
Vers. 13. of Meribah] that is, of Contention,
Strife; which the Greeke translateth, of Contradiction; so called for a memoriall of their sinne, and for a warning to ages following, not to do the like; whereupon it is said by David,
Vers. 14. Edom] the Edomites, the posterity of Esais, who was surnamed Edom, Gen. 25. 30. and 36. 1. This message which Moses sent unto Edom, and all things about it following, were done by the direction and word of God, as appeareth by Deut: 2. 1, 2, 4, &c. thy brother Israel] so the whole nation is called, because Iakob, whose name was called Israel, Gen.
O
10,
Vers. 15. into Aegypt] The history hereof is in Gen. 46. dwelt] Hebr. sitten, that is, continued; in Greeke, sojourned. Many daies] see Exod. 12. 40. Did evill] afflicted with rigorous bonExod. 1, &c.
Vers. 16. We cried out] as is recorded in Exod.
an Angell] This was Christ: See Exod. 3. 2. and 14. 19. and 23. 20. with the AnnotatiMoses, because the Prophets are called
Vers. 17. thorow thy country] because it was the turned and passed by the way of the wildernesse of Moab, Deut. 2. 8. Iudg. 11. 17, 18. the vineyards] to rob, or make spoile of any mans goods. water of the well] that is, of the wells, or, of any well: the Greeke translateth, of thy well: Meaning either that they would not drinke without paying for it, as in vers. 19. or, that they would drinke of the rivers which were common, not of wells which were private, and digged of men for their owne use. the kings way] that is, the high-way, which is common for all to passe by, vers. 19. So againe in Numb. 21. 22.
Vers. 18. Not passe thorow me] that is, thorow
my country, vers. 17. as the Chaldee explaineth it, thorow my border. See the like phrase in Deut. 2. 30. Rom. 15. 28. left I come] it is a threatning which the Greeke explaineth, otherwise I will come: See the Annotations on Gen. 3. 3. with the sword] the Chaldee expoundeth it, with them that kill with the sword; the Greeke, in warre. It had beene the dutie of Edom, to have met their brother Israel with bread and with water in the way, as God speaketh of the Moabites, Deut. 23. 4. but by this unkindnesse the Lord would have his people to see, how all worldly friends and kindred after the flesh will faile them, yea and oppose them, that their hope and strength may be in him alone, Mat. 10. 21, 22.
Vers. 19. the high way] or causey; that which bethe Kings way, vers. 17. the Greeke here translateth it, the mountaine. the price] Hebr. the sale; which both Greeke and Chaldee translate, the price. This was so commanded of God, Ye shall buy meat of them for money, that
doing
Vers. 20. with much people] Hebr. with an heavie people; which the Chaldee expoundeth, a
Vers. 21. to give] that is, to suffer, or to give Israel
Vers. 22. mount Hor] a mount in the edge of the
land of E
and the next resting place which they came unto from
Vers. 24. gathered unto his people] that is, die, the spirits of just men made perfect, as Hebr. 12. 23. Gathering signifieth here taking away by death, as in vers. 26. and in Esai. 57. 1. mercifull men are gathered, that is, taken away: and that which is gathered, is the spirit of man, as in Psal. 104. 20. thou gatherest their spirit, they give up the ghost, and returne unto their dust. The peoples meane the Fathers deceased, as is spoken of David in Act. 13. 36. and in Judg. 2. 10. all that generation were gathered unto their fathers. So his peoples here, are Aarons godly foreGather not my soule with sinners, Psal. 26. 9. See the AnnotaGen. 25. 8. rebelled against my mouth] that is against my word, as the Chaldee expounyee provoked me. See bevers. 12.
Vers. 26. strip Aaron] or, disaray Aaron of his
garments, meaning of his Priestly robes, the garments of holinesse, which Moses had made him
Vers. 28. Moses stripped Aaron] The actions of Cor. 3. 13. Whereas therefore he unvested Auron, by reason of sinne and death which was to ensue, it shewed that no Priest who was a sinner, and under the power of death, could satisfie the justice of the Law, and avoid the wrath of God: so the Legall Priesthood now might say, He hath stript me of my glory, and taken the crowne from my head, Iob. 19. 9. Againe, in putting the priestly garments upon Eleazar, (who was before this, the Prince of the Princes of the Levites, Numb. 3. 32.) he signithe Law had a shadow of good things to come, Heb. 10. 1, and therefore the blessings figured thereby, should not be frustrate, but continued unthe Branch that should build the Temple of the Lord, and should beare the glory, and sit and rule upon his throne, and should be a Priest upon his throne, and the counsell of peace be betweene them both, Zac. 6. 12, 13.
33. 18. Thus the Law was a
Vers. 29. saw that Aaron had given up the ghost] seeing is here for perceiving by knowledge and unsaw that there was corne in Aegypt, when he heard thereof, Gen. 42. 1. Act. 7. 12. The people saw the voices, Exod. 20. 18. and sundry the like. Here also they might see the hand of God, chastiThe Lord was wroth with me for your sakes, Deut. 3. 26. yet in beholding his Priesthood continued in his son, they might althey wept] that is, they mourned. For publike persons, the whole congregation mourned, as here for AaLevit. 10. 6. and for the death of Moses, Deut. 34. 8. thirty daies] See the Annotations on Gen. 50. 10. MourDeut. 34. 8. and it is the lot of many of the servants of God, to have more honour after their death, than in their life. As Mary the sister, the prophetesse of Israel, died in the first moneth, vers. 1. so Aaron the high Priest died in the first day of the fifth moneth, in the fortieth yeare after their comming out of Aegypt, when he was 123. yeares old, Numb. 33. 38, 39. His buDeut. 10. 6.
1 The Canaanites fight with Israel, and captive some of them; but Israel by a vow, obtaine helpe of God, and destroy them and their cities. 4 The people murmuring because of their wants in the way, are plagued with fiery serpents. 7 They repenting, are healed by a brasen serpent. 10 Sundry journeyes of the Israelites. 16 Their song at Beer, for water which God gave them. 21 They requesting passage thorow the Amorites country, are denied it. 24 Is
ANd the Canaanite the King of Arad,
And they journeyed from mount Hor, by
there is no bread, neither is there water, and our soule loatheth this light bread. And Iehovah sent among the people fiery serpe
And Moses made a serpent of brasse, and put it upon a pole; and it was, that if a serpent
And the sonnes of Israel journeyed, and is before Moab, tois in the wildernesse, which commeth out of the boris the border of Moab, betweene Moab and the Amorite.
Wherefore it is said in the booke of the is, the
Then sang Israel this song: Spring up O (they journeyed) to Mattanah. And from Mattanah to Nahato Bamoth. And from Bamoth to the valley which is in the field of Moab, the head of Pisgah, and it loo
And Israel sent messengers unto Sihon would not grant Israel to passe thorow his border: but Sihon gathered together all his people, and went out against Israel into the wildernesse; and he came to Iahaz, and was strong. And Israel tooke
For a fire is gone out from Heshbon, a reacheth unto Medeba. And Israel dwelt in the
KIng of Arad] Arad seemeth to be the name Ios. 12. 14. and so the Chaldee here explaineth it. in the South] the South part in the land of Canaan, Numb. 33. 40. the way of the spies] or the way of Atharim, as the Greeke version retaineth the Hebrew name, as proper; and it might be a way so called, and well knowne in that time. But the Chalthe way of the spies; meaning that they came towards Canaan, after they had beene turned backe towards the red sea, Num. 14. 25. and had beene at Ezion-gaber, Num. 33. 35. they returNum. 13. a captivity] that is, some capcaptivity is used for captives, or people taken in warre, in Num. 31. 12. Iudg. 5. 12. 2 Chron. 28. 5. and often: as poverty, for a comKing. 24. 14. and spoile, for spoiled people, Amos 5. 9. thankesgivings, for a company of thanksgivers, Neh. 12. 31. and many the like. The Canaanites having heard of the oNumb. 14. 45. and of the hand of God against them so long in the wildernesse, were hardned and emboldened to encounter them now when they
Deut. 1. 27, 32, 35. so the children also might be deprived. And God for a chastisement of their sins, and for the triall of their faith, suffereth the enemie at first to prevaile, that his people might know that they should not conquer the land by their owne strength, or for their owne worthinesse, Psal. 44. 3, 4. Deut. 9. 4.
Vers. 2. vowed a vow] calling upon God for Gen. 28. 20. If giving thou wilt give] that is, if thou wilt indeed give; and it impliIabez called on the God of Israel. saying, If blessing thou wilt blesse me, &c. 1 Chron. 4. 10. utterly destroy] or, devote; in Greeke, anathematize: things devoted after this manner, the persons were to die, their goods confiscate to the Lord,
Vers. 3. hearkned to the voice] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, received the prayer of Israel.
gave up the Canaanite] to wit, into their hand, as the Greeke here repeateth from vers. 2. they utterly destroyed] Hebr. he utterly destroyed, or devoted, speaking of Israel, as of one body. But how could they being so farre off in the wildernesse, de
Vers. 4. to compasse the land] because Edom had denied them passage thorow it, Numb. 20. 18, 21. soule of the people was shortned] or, was straitned, that is, was grieved, or discouraged. This word, when it is applied to the hand, signifieth inability, as in Numb. 11. 23. Esay 37. 27. 2 King. 19. 26. unto the soule (as in this place) it meaneth griefe, vexation, or discomfort; so in Iudg. 16. 16. Samsons soule was shortned (that is,
Vers. 5. spake against God] The Chaldee exmurmured before the Lord, and contended with Moses, and so in
fiery serpents] or, burning serpents, as deadly (or killing) serpents. In the Hebrew they are named Seraphim, that is, Burners, because when they bite a man, he burneth with exfiery colour: Nicander in Theriacis. Of the Hebrew Saraph, the Greekes by changing the order of letters, have borrowed the name Prester, which is a kinde of venemous serpent, called also Dipsas, and Causon; of which it is reported, that who so is stung therethat he cannot be satisfied, but is tormented with it centinually, and though he drinke never so largely, yet is he presently as thirsty as before. And againe, that the bitings of these serpents were left of the most ancient (Physicias altogether incurable, Dioscorid. lib. 6. cap. 38. & 40. They are said to be like unto Vipers, but their biting more hurtfull; for the heart of a man is inSeraphim (burners) because they burned men with the venim of their teeth. The Prophet Esay mentioneth the flying fiery serpent, in
Vers. 7. We have sinned] The afflictions which When he slew them, then they sought him: and they returned, and enquired early after God, Psal. 78. 34. Yea the wicked are often forced hereby, to confesse and seeke helpe of God, as did Pharaoh. Exod. 9. 27, 28. that he take away] or, and let him take away the serpents; in Hebr. the serpent, put for the multitude of them; as in Exod. 8. 6. the frog, is for frogs; and in Exod. 8. 17. the louse, for li
and many the like. They desire the removing of the punishment, after repentance and confession of sinne; without which, plagues are not only conti
Vers. 8. Make thee a fiery serpent] or, a burning
serpent, Hebr. Saraph, which the Greeke translateth a serpent: hereby is meant, a serpent of brasse, vers. 9. a similitude of one of those fiery serpents, a fiAs Moses lifted up the serpent in the wildernesse, even so must the Son of Man be lifted up, Ioh. 3. 14. For as this had the similitude of a serpent, but had no venome; so Christ had the similitude of a sinfull man, yet without sin, Heb. 4. 15. upon a pole] or, for a signe; the originall Nes signifieth an ensigne or banner lifted up on high, and is here by the Grecke and Chaldee translated a signe, meaning a pole or pertch, which is usually set up for a signe or signifilifting up, or setting on high, in Joh. 3. 14. meaning of his crosse, upon which he was lifWhen ye have lifted up the Son of Man, Ioh. 8. 28. and againe when he signified What death he should die, he said, And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto me, Ioh. 12. 32. So the setting of this Serpent on a pole or signe, was a figure unto them of Christ to be crucified, and preached unto the world for salwhen hee looketh upon it, shall live] or, then he shall see (or looke upon) it, and he shall live; so implying both a commandement and a promise. And this was the reason of the putting it upon a pole, that the people which were farre off, might presently see it, every man from his place. As the Serpent lifted up, was a figure of Christ; so the looking upon it signified faith in Christ; as it is written, At that day shall a man looke to his Maker, and his eyes shall have respect to the holy one of Israel, Esay 17. 7. And thus our Lord himselfe expoundeth it,
Vers. 9. a serpent of Brasse] which metall, beEzek. 1. 7. Rev. 1. Is my strength the strength of stones? or is my flesh of brasse? Ioh. 6. à man, whose appearance was like the appearance of brasse, Ezek. 40. 3.
as in
Vers. 10. Oboth] Of these places and journeyes, Numb. 33. where they are reckoned in or
Vers. 11. before Moab] before the Moabites Gen. 19. 36.—38. had vanquished the Giants (called Emims and Zamzummims) which before dwelt in those parts, and succeeded them, and dwelt in their stead, Deut. 2. 10, 11, 20, Deut. 2. 9. 19
Vers. 12. The valley of Zared] or, the bourne
of Zared, or Zered: which word bourne (as also the Hebrew Nachal) is both a valley. and a river running thorow a valley: and so this Zared was a river or brooke also, over which Israel passed: See Deut. 2. 13.
Vers. 14. it is said] Hebr. it shall be said. The the booke] or, the narration, (the rehearsall) of the warres of Jehovah: what booke this was is uncerAct. 17. 28. Tit. 1. 12. Vaheb] this is thought by some to be the name of the King of Moab, whom Sihon vanquished, vers. 26. by others, to be the name of a place or citie. The Greeke InterpreZ. for †V. (which in Hebrew are one like another) reade it Zoob, and give this sense, Therefore it is said in the booke, The warre of the Lord hath set on fire (or burned) Zoob, and the brookes of Arnon. The Chaldee Paraphrast (whom others also follow) taketh it for no proper name, but expoundeth it thus: The warres that the Lord did at the red Sea, and the mightie workes at the brookes of Arnon. in a whirle-wind] o
understand, the Lord (by the
Vers. 15. And the streame] or, the shedding,
the
This verse seemeth to be a continuance of the former testimony, out of
Vers. 16. From thence to Beer] or, to the Well;
Beer signifieth; and the Greeke translateth it, front thence the Well (or pit.) Some understand here, from thence they journeyed to Beer: the Chaldee Paraphrast expoundeth it, from thence was given unto them the Well. Of this Beer there is no mentiNum. 33. I will give them water] The Greeke addeth water to drinke. The Lord, who before had suffeExod. 17. Numb. 20. doth now of his grace give them a Well of water, when they murmured not, to teach them to depend upon him by faith, for they that seeke the Lord, shall not want any good thing, Psal. 34. 10. Wherefore the people were to be assembled, that all might bethe Rocke was Christ, 1 Cor. 10. 4. so the Well figured him, who is the fountaine of the gardens, the Well of living waters, Song 4. 15. and the waters signified the Spirit, which they that beleeve on him shall receive, Iohn 7. 38, 39.
Vers. 17. Then sang Israel] Singing here was in Iam. 5. 13. and of beleefe in God, and thankfulnesse, as in Psal. 106. 12. and signified the spirituall joy which the faithfull have in Christ: concerning which it is prophesied, With joy shall yee draw water out of the wells of salvation. And in that day shall yee say, Praise Iehovah, call upon his name, declare his doings among the people, &c. Esay 12. 3, 4. Spring up] or, Ascend O Well. Answer ye to it] that is, sing (or shout) ye to it, or sing ye of it. The word Answer, here meaneth to
Vers. 18. The Well, the Princes digged it] or, O
Well, which the Princes digged, which the Nobles of the people delved: where digged and delved are two words of the same meaning, as in the Hebrew Caphar and Carah. The Princes and Nobles of IsChron. 17. 7, 8, 9. Gal. 3. 2. 1 Tim. 5. 17, 18. Hebr. 13. 7, 17. 1 Pet. 1. 10, 11, 12. So in ages following this Well was renowmed, being called Beer Elim, that is, the Well of the Mightie ones, Esay 15. 8. with the Law-giver] or, by the Law-giver, that is, together with him, and by his direction, as in vers. 16. unLaw-giver, Moses, as in Deut. 33. 21. or God himselfe, as in Esa. 33. 22. the LORD is our Law-giver. And the Law-giver in Israel was a figure of Christ, Gen. 49. 10. Iam. 4. 12. The Chaldee taketh one here to be used for many, and translateth it the Scribes, as Ezra the Priest is called a Scribe of the words of the commandements of the Lord, and of his statutes to Israel, Ezr. 7. 11. with their staves] a staffe or rod in the hand of governors, was a signe of their power and authority from God; wherefore the Scripture useth these words for such significatiNumb. 17. 2, 3, &c. Psal. 23. 4. and 110. 2. Ier. 48. 17. 1 Cor. 4. 21. So the Greeke translateth this here; when they ruled over them. The Hebrewes have feigned many things of this Well, of the springing and running of it from place to place, and of the mysteries of it concerning Israel: but our Saviour is the best Expositor, who hath taught us to apply the brasen Serpent fore-spoken of, to himselfe and his dying for the people, Iob. 3. 14. and this Well of water (which was the next token of grace to Israel in the wildernesse) to the waters of the Spirit, which is a Well springing up to eternall life, in such as beleeve in him, Iohn 4. 10.—14. and 7. 37, 38, 39. Also the Hebrewes themselves doe thus far testifie in Midrash Koheleth, on Eccles. 1. 9. As the first Redeemer (Moses) brought downe Manna, Exod. 16. so the last Redeemer (Christ)
Vers. 19. to Nahaliel] by interpretation, the
valley (or bourne) of God: the Greeke calleth it Naadiel. Chazkuni saith, this is that which in Numb. 33. 48. is called the plaines of Moab. to Bamoth] by interpretation High-places: that is called Beth Iesimoth (saith Chazkuni) in Numb. 33. 49.
Vers. 20. in the field] that is, in the countrey of
Moab. This valley, as Chazkuni saith, is called in Numb. 33. 49. Abel Shittim, in the plaines of Moab. the head of Pisgah] by head, may be underthe top of the mount Pisgah, or the beginning of the same: the Greeke translateth it from the top. Chazkuni expoundeth it thus, That Samab (or High place) which is in the field of Moab, is the head of Pisgah (or of the Hill) that looketh toward Iesbimon, which is a great wildernesse. and it looketh] that is, the Hill Pisgah looketh; and so the Greeke version referreth it thereto. And Sol. Iarchi saith,
Vers. 21. Israel sent Messengers] in Greeke, Moses
sent Messengers: which seemeth to be taken from
D
2. 26. where Moses saith,
Vers. 22. Let me passe] in Greeke, Let us passe:
Let me passe, as here, and in Deut. 2. 27. and Let us passe, Iudg. 11. 19. thorow thy land] that so I may come into the land of Canaan, unto my place, Iudg. 11. 19. Deut. 2. 29. we will not turne] in Deut. 2. 27. I will not turne, speaking of the multitude as of one man. into field, or into vineyard] to the right hand, or to the left Deut. 2. 27. See Num. 20. 17. of the well] in Greeke of thy well, meaning of any of his wells, for nought; but they would buy their water of him for money, Deut. 2. 28. the Kings way] the high way, common for all, which in Deut. 2. 27. is set downe thus, by the way, by the way. See also Num. 20. 17.
Vers. 23. would not grant] Hebr. granted (or would not give or suffer: as where it is said, David removed not the Arke, 1 Chro. 13. 13. another Prophet openeth it thus, David would not
6. 10. And so Moses ex
Vers. 24. Israel smote him] for, Iehovah the God
of Is
2. 33. Therefore the glory of this victory is ascribed unto God, in
Vers. 25. tooke all these cities] utterly destroying Deut. 2. 34, 35. the daughters] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, the townes or villages thereof: for the chiefe-cities are counted as mothers, the villages about them as daughters, thorowout the Scriptures,
Vers. 27. that speake in proverbs] or, that
speake parables; in Greeke, Aenigmatists they that speake riddles: such in Israel were the prophets, that used to speake by parables, as Ezek. 17. 2. and 20. 49. But it is also used for prouerbs and by-words, to the reproach of persons that are brought downe from high estate to misery; as Deut. 28. 37. 2 Chron. 7. 20. Ierem. 24. 9. Habak. 2. 6. and so it is meant in this place. The Hebrewes Tanchuma, and Sol. Iarchi, expound these that spake in proNumb. 24. 20.—23.) Iarchi saith, that Sihon was not able to subdue them, and he went and hired Balaam to curse them; and hereupon Balak said unto him (in
Vers. 28. a fire] by fire and flame, warres that Esay 47. 14. Dan. 11. 33. Amos 1. 7, 10, 12, 14. and 2. 2, 5. Hobad. 1. 18. Psal. 78. 63. So this is spoken of Sihons wars aA strong east wind like fire, and warriers like a flame: and the Ierusalemy Targum thus; A people strong, and burning like fire, and warriers like a flame of fire. from the citie of Sihon] from the citie which now is Sihons, as Chazkuni explaineth it. These parables are after by Ieremy applied against the
They that fled stood under the shadow of Hesbon, because of the force (of the enemy:) but a fire is gone out of Mesbon, and a flame from the midst of Sihon, [that is, of the citie of Sihon] and hath consumed the corner of Moab, &c.
Vers. 29. Woe to the Moab] in Chaldee, Woe to
you Moabites. It is a continuance of the parable taken up against them. people of Chemosh] in Greeke, of Chamos; which the Chaldee explaineth, people that serve Chemosh. So in Ier. 48. 46. Woe to thee Moab, the people of Chemosh is perished. This Chemosh was the god of the Moabites, 1 King. 1. 33. and as it seemeth also of the Ammonites, Iudg. 11. 24. for their service of which Idoll, they are called the people of Chemosh, as the Israelites are usually calhe hath given] that is, Chemosh hath given, or suffered his sonnes that escaped the sword, to be taken captives. Thus MoMoab shall be ashamed of Chemosh, as the house of Israel was ashamed of Bethel their confidence, Ier. 48. 13. And againe, Chemosh shall goe forth into captivity, with his Priests and his Princes together, Ier. 48. 7. Likewise another Prophet saith, When it is seene that Moab is weary on his high place, he sh
16. 12. And though
Vers. 30. their lampe is perished] their light is
lost, that is, as the Greeke translateth it, their seed is perished; by seed, meaning such as should inherit the kingdome; and so the Chaldee paraphrast exthe kingdome is ceased from Heshbon: and Targum Ierusalemy giveth the same expositithe kingdome is ceased from Hesbon, and ruler from Dibon. The like metaphor is elsewhere used; as, And unto his some will I give one tribe, that David my servant may have a lampe alway before me in Ierusalem, that is, a seed, or son to reigne in Ierusa
Vers. 31. the land of the Amorite] in Greeke, all
the cities of the Amorites. This countrey, which beNumb. 32. 33, 34, &c.
Vers. 32. Iazer] a citie also that had beene Ier. 48. 32. but Numb. 32. 1, 3, 34, 35. daughters] that is, the townes or villages, as the Greeke and Chaldee exvers. 25.
Vers. 33. the way of Bashan] that is, as the the way which (leadeth) unto Basan. This Basan (which the Chaldee calleth Matnan) was a goodly soile, the pastures nouriDeut. 32. 14. A
another King of the Amorites, a Giant of great statute: See
Vers. 35. they possessed] or, they inherited his
These countries God gave unto Israel, as the
ANd the sonnes of Israel set forward by Iericho.
And Balak the sonne of Zippor saw all that this company lick up all that are round about us, as the oxe licketh up the greene grasse of the field: And Balak the sonne of Zippor was King of Moab at that time. And hee sent is by the river of the land of the sonnes of his people, to call him, saying, Behold a people is come out from Egypt, behold they cover the eye of the land, and they abide over against me. Now thereare mightier than I, peradventure I shall be able to smite them, and shall drive them out of the land: for I know that he whom thou blessest is blessed, and he whom thou cursest is cursed. And the Elders of
And God came unto Balaam, and said, are these with thee? And Bala
And God said unto Balaam, Thou shalt not are blessed. And Balaam leave to go with you.
And the Princes of Moab rose up and more honorable than they.
And they came to Balaam, and said to this night, that I may know what Iehoby night, and said unto him, If the men be come to call thee, rise up, goe with them: but yet the word which I shall speake unto thee, that shalt thou doe.
And Balaam rose up in the morning, and were with him. And the Asse saw the Angell of Iehointo the way. And the Angell of Iehovah stood in a path being on this side, and a wall on that side. And the Asse saw the was no way to turne aside, to the right hand, or to the left.
And the Asse saw the Angell of Iehovah, Am not I thine Asse which thou hast ridden upon ever since I was thine unto this day, was I ever wont to doe so unto thee? And he said, Nay. And Iebe an adversarie, bethy was is perverse before me. And it be evill in thine eies, I will get me backe againe. And the Anis by the border of Arnon, which is in the utmost of the border. And Balak
And Balaam went with Balak, and they unto Kirjath-huzoth. And Balak slew oxen and sheepe, and sent to Balaam, and the Princes that were with him. And it was in into the high places of Baal, that he might see from thence the utmost part of the people.
SEt forward] removed their campe from the
mountaines of Abarim, Num. 33. 48. the plaines of Moab] or, champion countrey, which sometime had been Moabs, afterward the AmoIos. 6.) and therefore it is called Iordan of Iericho: and here they remained till Moses died, encamping in these plaines from Bethjesimoth unto Abel shittim, Num. 33. 49. Here many notable things fell out, even all that are recorded from this place to the end of Deuteronomie, and in the beginning of Iosua; their deliverance from Balaams curse, their mustering for the inheritance of Canaan, their victorie over the Midianites, the addition of sundry divine orDeuteronomie, and the like: whereupon God saith unto their posteritie,
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉
Here beginneth the fortieth LeGen. 6. 9.
Vers. 2. Balak the sonne of Zippor] in Greeke, the sonne of Sepphor. This Balak was now King of Moab, vers. 4. a man of note, both for policie and power, Mic. 6. 5. Iudg. 11. 25. he saw all that Israel had done, but with an evill eye, and looked not upon it to
afraid of the people] or, because of the people. Thus the prophesie was fulfilled, The mighty
Vers. 4. Elders of Midian] in Greeke, the Senate
Vers. 5. Balaam] so written after the Greeke, Rev. 2. 14. in Hebrew, Bilghnam. He was a Diviner, or Scothsayer, as is said in Ios. 13. 22. Balaam also the sonne of Beor ▪ the Diviner, did the sonnes of Israel s
where the name
Vers. 6. Now therefore come] Hebr. And now
come. His purpose being by a curse upon them, to bereave them of Gods favour and protection, hee would have him to come, that by neerenesse of his person, and by beholding them, his speech might have more vehemencie of spirit, and better effect, as he supposed. So Elisha the Prophet turned backe and looked on the children whom hee cursed in the Name of the Lord, 2. Kings. 2. 24. And on the contrary, when Isaak would blesse his sonne, he called him neare and kissed him, and smelling the savour of his garments, he uttered a more powerfull blessing, Gen. 27. 26, 27. and so did Iakob to Iosephs children, Gen. 48. 9. 10, &c. And for this cause Balak led Balaam (when hee was come) unto high mountaines, from whence he might view them whom he was to curse, Num. 22. 41. and 23. 9. 14. 28. curse me this] or, curse for me this people. The curse was first laid upGen. 3. and heavy effects followed thereof: the earth curGen. 3. 17, 18Gen. 4. 12. the figtree cursed by Christ, suddenly withered, Mark. 11. 21. And when the curse is duly pronounced by Prophets, and men of God, it wanteth not effect; as the curse-bringing water of jealousie, which should cause the belly of the polluted to swell, and her thigh to rot, Num. 5. 21, 22, 27. and the children cursed by Elisha, were rent in peeces of Beares, 2
In which heathenish opinions and practises, there may some footsteps be seene of the ancient true ReExcessere omnes, adytis, aris relictis, que Di qui • us imperium hoc steterat. •
Vers. 7. divinations] that is the wages or rethe wages of unrighteousnesse, as the Apostle calleth it, 2 Pet. 2. 15. being for a wicked art, and to an The fruits of divinations sealed in thei
And thus
Vers. 8. I will bring you word againe] or, I will
returne you word; which the Greeke explaineth, I will answer you the things which the Lord shall speake unto me. He would have them lodge there that night, because he would aske counsell of God, who used to speake to the Prophets by dreames and visions of the night, Num. 12. 6. Io
4. 13. and 33. 14, 15.
Vers. 9. God came] to wit, by night, as in v. 20. word came from before the LORD. So God came to Abimel
20. 3. and
Vers. 12. not curse] As the message had two goe, and to curse; so God answereth unto, and forbiddeth both, adding a reason, bevers. 19. And though Israel had often prowhose iniquities are forgiven, and whose sinnes are covered, Rom. 4. 6, 7. are blessed] and therefore may not be cursed of any; for the gifts and calling of God are without repentance, Rom. 11. 29. And when Iakob the father of this peoI have blessed him, yea and he shall be blessed, Gen. 27. 33. neither could Balaam with all his altars and sacrifices, procure God to change, but was him-selfe forced also to blesse them three times, Num. 24. 10. Wherefore they are after put in minde of this mercie, the LORD thy God would not hearken unto Balaam, but the LORD thy God turned the curse into a blessing unto thee, because the LORD thy God loved thee, Deut. 23. 5.
Vers. 13. Iehovah refuseth to give me] the Chalit pleaseth not the LORD to suffer me; and in Greeke,
Vers. 14. Balaam refuseth to come] in Greeke, Balaam will not come. Observe Satans practise aBalaam refuseth to come; as if God had not forbidden or hindered this action, but onely there wanted a will in the Prophet; there being no word brought either of the Lords will touching his people, or of their blessed estate, as was signified in vers. 12. Hereupon grew occasivers. 15, 16. &c.
Vers. 15. moe, and more honourable] or, greater
and more honourable. Of the Hebrewes, Sol. Iarto goe with you, v. 13. that he being haughty and of a proud spirit, insinuated therby, as if with them he might not go, but with other greater than they he might: but this is uncertaine. The holy Ghost sheweth rather, how Balaams word (as it was related,) was so farre from causing the King to leave off his wicked purpose, that it was as a whetstone to sharpen it; and caused him to attempt it a fresh with stronger assaults both in persons and proffers.
Vers. 16. Be not letted] or, be not forbidden, or withholden; the Greeke translateth, I pray thee delay not (or
Vers. 17. Honouring I will honour thee] that is, I I will honorably honor thee. This offer, as it agreed with the majestie of the King, so with the ambition and covetousnesse of the Prothis bait he allured the woman to eat of the forbidden fruit, promising unto her opening of eyes, and likenesse unto God, Gen. 3. and by it he hoped to have taken Christ himselfe, when he promised to give him all the kingdomes of the world, and the glory of them, Matth. 4. 8, 9. and now with it he prevaileth over Balaam, and still doth over Prophets of Balaams spirit. I will doe] in Greeke, I will doe unto thee. The kings of the earth, if they may have their deIezabels table, when the Prophets of the Lord were fed in caves, with bread and water, 1 King. 18. 19, 13. and the witnesses of Christ prophesie in sackcloth, Rev. 11. 3.
Vers. 18. I cannot goe beyond] or, I may not
transgresse. The word signifieth sometime unaGen. 34. 14. and 43. 32. and 44. 26. Balaams speech here seemeth to imply all; for as he might not lawfully, being forbidden of God; so neither could he, being restrained of God, who would not suffer him to curse Israel. But for Balaams will, it was corrupt, being in love with the wages of unrighteousnesse, 2 Pet. 2. 15. therefore he sought of God that he might have done it, Num. 23. 1. 14. but the Lord would not heare him, Deut. 23. 5. the mouth] that is, as the Greeke openeth it, the word; in Chaldee, the decree of the
word of the LORD. Iehovah my God] by this it appeareth, that Balaam the Syrian (and so the people to whom he was a Prophet,) did know and worship the true God, though corrupt
Vers. 19. that I may know] or, and I will know, (that is, inquire) what Iehovah will adde to speake
with mee, that is, will speake more unto mee. Here hee beginneth to discover himselfe and his love to Balaks wages, in that he resteth not in Gods will, plainly revealed to him before: and that he tempteth God by this second consultamore, he intended and deGalat. 1. 8, 9.
Vers. 20. If the men be come] that is, Forasmuch
Vers. 21. in the morning] as Abraham being rase early in the morning and sadled his Asse, and tooke two of his young men with him, &c. Gen. 22. 3. shewing his readinesse to obey the will of the Lord, though with the losse of his onely sonne whom he loved: so Balaam here riseth in the morning, sadleth his Asse, and taketh two of his young men with him, vers. 22. shewing his greedinesse to get preferthe way of his commandements, when hee enlargeth their heart, Psalm. 119. 32. but the children of Satan runne as fast to evill, and make haste to shed innocent bloud, Esay 59. 7. They runne and prepare themselves without iniquitie in Gods people, Psal. 59. 4, 5. So are the wayes of every one that is greedy of gaine, which taketh away the life of the owners thereof, Prov. 1. 16, 19.
Vers. 22. Gods anger was kindled] in Greeke, God was angry in wrath. The judgements of God are a great depth, Psalm. 36. 7. hee is often ofEsay 10. 6, 7. and his word or leave, is in displeahee said, Send. They sent, and sought, but found him not: then Elisha gave them this reproofe, Did not I say unto you, Goe not, 2. King. 2. 16, 17, 18. As they ought to have rested in the Prothe Angell of Iebovah] this Angell speaketh as the Lord him-selfe, onely the word that I shall speake unto thee, that shalt thou speake, v. 35. Wherfore this seemeth to be Christ, the Angell which redeemed Iakob from all evill, Gen. 48. 16. and now commeth to redeeme Iakobs children from the curse intended against them; the Angell that was sent before Israel, to keepe them in their way, in whom Iehovahs
Vers. 23. the Asse saw the Angell] It pleaseth for the foolishnes of God is wiser than (the wisdome of) men, 1 Cor. 1. 25. Balaam was a great Prophet, accustoknew with all his skill (v. 34.) that the Angell stood against him, whom his Asse, a rude and silly beast, did see and avoid, to the safety of his master: and he that could advertise others of things that should befall them, Num. 24. 14. could not advertise himselfe of the danger of death wch was before him. So God destroyeth the wisedome of the wise, and bringeth to nought the understanding of the prudent, 1 Cor. 1. 19. When visions appeared, the Prophets were wont to see them, and others in their company saw them not, as in Dan. 10. 7. & Act. 9. 7. here the Prophet seeth nothing, but the beast under him hath the eyes opened to see the aphis sword drawne] a signe of wrath and vengeance; so David saw the Angell that plagued Israel with a drawne sword in his hand, 1 Chron. 21. 16. and Iosua the like, in that Angels hand, who as captaine of the Lords host, was to destroy the CanaIos. 5. 13. 14. Balaam went with a purpose to curse Israel, and after to have them killed with the sword: his curses would have been like the piercings of a sword, Prov. 12. 18. he had whetted his tongue as a sword, and bent his arrow, even a bitter word, Ps. 64. 4. the Lord to reward him according to his works, sendeth out a sword against him. the Asse turned aside] The beasts, and fowles, and other bruIob 12. 7, 8. Esay 1. 3. Ier. 8. 7. & Balaams folNu ̄. 22. 28, 30. 2 Pet. 2. 16. Balaams way was perverse before the Lord,
V. 24. and a wall] in Chaldee, and another wall.
feare, and pit, and snare; Hee that fleeth from the feare shall fall into the pit; and hee that getteth up out of the pit, shall be taken in the snare, Ier. 48. 43, 44.
Vers. 25. and thrust Balaams foot] or, pressed,
crushed his foot. This word is used in 2 Kings 6. 32. where the Kings messenger, who was sent to take away Elishaes head, was pressed (or crusht) in the doore. God by this second signe came neerer unto Balaam, who went on in his perverse way, and withall discovereth the vanity of his art, who being a diviner, could not presage the evill that should befall him, though such things as these happened in his way; which in the opinion of vaine men, are signes of ill lucke: and therefore by the grounds of his owne craft, should have turned him backe, or made him to suspect at least that his journey should be unfortunate: see 1 Sam. 6. 2, 3. 9. But God taketh the wise in their owne craftinesse, and the counsell of the froward is carried headlong: they meet with darknesse in the day time, and grope in the noone day, as in the night. But he saveth the poore from the sword, from their mouth, and from the hand of the mighty, Iob 5. 13, 14, 15. The children of God have the Angels to keepe them in all their wayes, and to beare them up, lest they dash their foot against a stone, P
91. 11, 12. But Ba
Vers. 26. no way to turne aside] In this carri
Vers. 27. Balaams anger was kindled] the wrath
of man worketh not the righteousnesse of God, Iam. 1. 20. but a furious man aboundeth in transgression, Prov. 29. 22. Balaam learned no good by this strange carriage of his beast, but is more inraged, and smiteth it, not knowing that by meanes of it his owne life was saved, vers. 33. This foolishnesse of the Prophet the dumbe beast reproveth, vers. 28. &c. and in him God would let us see the na
Vers. 28. opened the mouth of the Asse] that the
dumbe asse spake with mans voyce, 2 Pet. 2. 16. by wich miracle the Prophet had not onely a rebuke, but a cause of feare and astonishment, yet hardned he himselfe against it also, and pleaded for to mainvers. 29. so no workes, signes or miracles, are able to change the hardnesse of mans heart, but grace from God onely, Iohn 12. 37, 38. And here we may observe how the deuill, to draw into sinne, chose the Serpent for his instrument, the most subtill beast of the field, Gen. 3. 1. but God to rebuke and convince the wicked, useth the Asse, the most silly of all beasts: shewing as in a fiby deceitfull workers, by the sleight of men, and cunning craftinesse, wherby they lie in wait to deceive, 2 Cor. 11. 3. 13. Ephes. 4. 14. whiles Christ sendeth men to preach the Gospell,
Vers. 29. I would kill thee] The Prophet is neiA righteous man regardeth the life of his beast, but the bowels of the wicked are cruell, Prov. 12. 10. If Balaam looked for such good service of the bvers. 32, 33.
Vers. 30. ever since I was thine] or, since thou,
from by youth: the Chaldee, since thou hast beene: and the Hebrew phrase sometime so meaneth, as in Gen. since I was; where the Greeke also expoundeth it, from my youth. was I ever wont]
I accustoming beene accustomed? By this demand, the beast convinceth the Prophets fooLevit. 26. 20, 21, 22.
Vers. 31. uncovered the eyes] opened them to vers. 23. signifying, that as men cannot see the marvellous things of his Law, unlesse he uncover their eyes,
119. 18. so neither can they behold the deaths and dangers that are to come on them for the transgres
Vers. 32. Wherefore hast thou smitten, &c.]
saveth man and beast. Psal. 36. 7. and commanded that the beasts also should rest from their
Vers. 33. turned aside before me] or, at my face
presence: so after, turned aside from me, or, from my face or presence. I had slaine thee] or, killed thee: in the Angels former words the justice of his judgement is implied; for if Balaam did smite his Asse, for turning aside out of the way, vers. 23. and would have killed her for falling downe unvers. 29. how much more deserved he himselfe to be smitten and killed, for departing out of the Lords way, and following his own crooked wayes, with a purpose to destroy the lives of his people Israel. Therefore a woe is pronounced on those that runne greedily after Balaams errour for reward, Iude vers. 11. saved her alive] as we have an example in the Prophet, who being disobedient unto the mouth of the Lord, a lion met him by the way and slew him, but the Asse whereon hee rode was not torne, 1 King. 13. 23, 24, 26, 28.
Vers. 34. I have sinned] this seemeth to if it be evill in thine eyes] that is, as the Greek translateth, if it please thee not; meaif it were evill. His love to the wages of unrighteousnesse caused him thus to speake, together with the leave which God had given him, in vers. 20. faine he would goe, but if necessitie constraine him he will turne backe.
Vers. 35. Goe with the men] When neither the v. 12. nor the signes and dangers which met him by the way, could turne his heart, or deliver him from his error, the Lord againe biddeth him go on, so giving him up to his owne lusts; which he followed to his dev. 20. So Iarchi explaiGoe with the men, for thy portion is with them, and thine end to perish out of the world.
Vers. 36. he went out to meet him] for to welExod. 18. 7. and Ioseph went out to meet IsGen. 46. 29. and the kings of Sodom & of Salem, to meet Abraham, Gen. 14. 17, 18. Heb. 7. 1. It sheweth how greatly Balaam was respected of the King, as false prophets have alwayes been of wicked Rulers, because they serve their lusts. It had beene Moabs dutie to have met their brother IsraDeut. 23. 3.—6. Arnon] the border betweene Moab and the Amorites, Num. 21. 13, 26.
Vers. 37. Did not I sending send] that is, earnestly send unto thee. Am I not able indeed] a vaine
Vers. 38. am I able at all] the word is doubled for more vehemencie, canning can I speake; that is, LORD their redeemer, he frustrateth the tokens of the
44. 25.
Vers. 39. Kirjath-huzeth] which is by interthe citie of the outmost parts, or the citie of streets. It is the name of a citie, of the situa
Vers. 40. Balak slew oxen] either for sacrifice, Num. 25. 1, 2. Thus Balak rejoyced at the comming of his friend, and received him with all royall solemnity. Wherein as we see the enterch he had passed, and might againe fall into by the hand of God: so may we observe the contrary dealing of the LORD, and of this King. The Angell of the Lord came out as an adversary to withstand him; the King as a friend to welcome him. The King blameth him for comming no sooAs the Partridge sitteth on egges, and hatcheth them not: so he that getteth riches and not by right, shall leave them in the middest of his dayes, and at his end shall be a foole, Ier. 17. 11.
Vers. 41. in the morning] that is, the next day Psal. 101. 8. Balak riseth early to destroy the people of God, and is of them whose feet run to evill, and they make haste to shed bloud, Prov. 1. 16. the high places of Baal] in Greeke, the pillar of Baal; the Chaldee expoundeth it, the high place of his feare, meaning of his god or idoll whom he feared, (as God is called the Feare, in Psal. 76. 12.) and Tarthe Feare (or idoll) of P
whereof see
1 Balaam and Balak offer sacrifices. 4 God meeteth Balaam, and putteth in his mouth a blessing, which offendeth Balak. 13 They come to another place to curse the people of the Lord, and there againe they offer sacrifices. 16 God meeteth Balaam, and putteth in his mouth a more ample blessing. 26 Ba
ANd Balaam said unto Balak, Build soever hee sheweth me, I will tell thee: and hee went to an high place. And God met Balaam, and he stood by his Burnt-offering; he, and all the Princes of Mo(saying;) Come curse me Iakob, and come dewhom God whom Iehovah hath not defied? For from the top can count the dust of Iakob, and part of Israel? Let my soule die the death of the righteous men, and let my last end be like his. And Balak them. And he answered, and said, Must I not take
And Balak said unto him, Come I pray
And he tooke him to the field of Zophim, is not a can not reverse it. He hath not beheld iniquitie in Iakob, is with him, and the showt of a King is among them. God brought there is no this time, it shal be said of Iakob, and of Israel, What hath God wrought? Behold, the people shall rise up must doe? And Balak said unto Balaam; Come I pray
And Balak tooke Balaam unto the top of
BVild me here] or, Build for me in this place seven
Vers. 2. Balak did] Though Chemosh was Balaks Num. 21. 29. yet now by Balaams counsell he sacrificeth to Iehovah the God of Israel v. 3. 17. as unstable men in hope to obtaine their purposes are easily drawn to communicate with all religions true or false, & to make a sinfull mixture of them, 2 King. 17. 28, 29,—33. Ezr. 4. 1. 2. Act. 17. 23. on an altar] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, on every altar. The altar being an holy ordinance, wch sanctified the offering, Matth. 23. 19. and a fiHeb. 13. 10. Ioh. 17. 19. they (for the more sanctimony) offer their gifts on severall alExod. 17. 15. and 24. 4. but Idolaters accustomed themselves to many altars, 2 Kings 18. 22. Ier. 11. 13. Hos. 10. 1. & 12. 11. Amos 3. 14. Esa. 17. 8. such many altars were multiplied to sin, Hos. 8. 11.
Vers. 3. Stand] or, Present thy selfe, to wit, unto by thy burnt-offering, and goe not with me: as they were wont to stand by their sacrGen. 4. 4, 5. so Balak and his princes were to stay there, if perhaps God would respect their persons. peradventure Iehovah
or, as the Greeke translateth,
Vers. 4. God met Balaam] in Greeke, God appeared
put a word in Balaams mouth] The Lord giveth no answer to Balaams boasting speech, nor Prov. 15. 8.) but sendeth him backe with a blessing upon his people, contrary to his owne and the kings desire and expectation. The preparations of the heart in man, and the answer of the tongue from the LORD, Prov. 16. 1.
Vers. 7. he tooke up his parable] the parable of his prophesie, saith Targum Ionathan. By taking up,
parable or proverbe, is meant a grave speech, which groweth into common use among men. And it is used both in the good part, for excellent matter of doIob 27. 1. and 29. 1. Prov. 1. 1. and in the evill part, for proverbs of reproach and reprehension, as in Deut. 28. 37. Esay 14. 4. Parables also are opposed to plaine and familiar speeches easie to be understood, Ezek. 20. 49. Ioh. 16. 25. so now God speaketh by Balaam to the wicked Moabites, but in parables; that seeing, they might not see; and hearing, they might not understand, as in
Vers. 8. whom God hath not cursed?] Thus the whom: such wants the Seripture sometime supplieth; as, this house is high, 1 King. 9. 8. for this house which is high, 2 Chron. 7 21. Otherwise it may be translated, How shall I curse? God hath not cursed. Targum IonaHow shall I curse, when the word of the Lord blessed them? Here God by Balaams owne mouth reproveth the errour of the King, who had sent so farre twice to fetch him, that of himselfe was able to doe nothing in this businesse; and taxeth the vanitie of this Art of Magicke or diStand now with thine inchantments, and with the multitude of thy sorceries, wherein thou hast laboured from thy youth, if so be thou shalt be able to profit, if so be thou mayest prevaile. Thou art wearied in the multitude of thy counsels; let now the Astrologers, the Star-gaz &c.
Vers. 9. For from the top] or, when from the top
the head) of the rockes, I see him, meaning, the people, spoken of as one body. I behold him] in Greeke, I consider him, speaking againe of the people: as Targum Ionathan explaineth it, I consider this people. Balak brought him to the mounshall dwell alone] separated from other peoples. And this further signifieth, how they should be sufIer. 49. 31. And thus Moses blessing them, said, Israel shall dwell in confident safety alone, Deut. 33. 28. shall not be reckoned] or, shall not reckon themselves: this reExod. 19. 5. Lev. 20. 24, 26. Ezr. 9. 2. So Christ hath chosen his Church out of the world, Ioh. 15. 19. 1 Pet. 2. 9. and this grace the faithful apply unto themselves, as it is said, We know that we are of God, and the whole world lieth in wickednesse, 1 Ioh. 5. 19.
Vers. 10. Who can count] that is, None can count, Who counteth; which the Chaldee expoundeth, who can (or is able to) count. And thus the Scripture somtime explaineth it selfe; as, Not that which goeth into the mouth, defileth a man, Matth. 15. 11. that is, can defile him, Mark. 7. 15. See the Annotations on Gen. 13. 6. So after in vers. 20. the dust of Iakob] that is, the children of Iakob; as the Greeke translateth it, the seed of Iakob. Here Balaams mouth confirmeth the proThy seed shall be as the dust of the earth, Gen. 28. 14. and the like was before unto Abraham, I will multiply thy seed as the starres of heaven, and as the sand which is upon the sea shore, Gen. 22. 17. And thus the Chaldee here expoundeth it,
Vers. 11. I tooke thee to curse mine enemies] Ba
Vers. 12. Must I not take heed to speake] or, Shall I not observe to speake. Though Balaams will was Psal. 2. 4.
Vers. 13. see but the utmost part of them] or, but
a part of him, and shalt not see him all: speaking of Israel, as one body. The King gathered from Bavers. 9. that by seeing the whole multitude, he was dismayed; (so looking to the sefight against them in the plaine, hostro ̄ger than they, 1 King. 20. 20.—23. And when he could not have the whole peo
Vers. 14. field of Zophim] that is by interpretatiof the Spies (or Scout-watches:) and the Greeke interpreteth it, the Scout-watch of the field: it seeIt was an high place, where the Spie stood to watch whether any forces came against the citie ▪ of Pisgah] or,
Vers. 15. I will meet yonder] to wit, with IehoI will goe to enquire of God. See before in vers. 3, 4, &c.
Vers. 18. Rise up Balak] to heare the word of Iudg. 3. 20.
that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it,
Vers. 19. God is not a man, &c.] The Chaldee The word of God is not like the speeches of the sonnes of man; for the sons of man doe say and lye. By lying is meant failing in the perforHabak. 2. 3. Psal. 89. 35, 36. 2 King. 4. 16. that he should repent] The like testimony Samuel beareth of God before King Saul, The strength of Israel will not lie, nor repent; for he is not a man that he should repext, 1 Sam. 15. 25. Though the Scripture speaketh sometime of God, that he repenteth, as in Amos 7. 3, 6.
18. 8. yet that is spoken of him, according to our capacitie, because his worke is changed, when he himselfe continueth unchangeable, for with him is
Vers. 20. I have received to blesse] understand, received a commandement to blesse. See the AnnoGen. 24. 33. and I can not reverse it] or, shall not turne it away; which the Chaldee exand I shall not turne my blessing from them. The Greeke translateth, I shall blesse, and shall not reverse. Here Balaam preacheth the stablenesse of Gods love unto his people; and how all powers and potentates, all magicall inchantments and di
Vers. 21. He hath not beheld] or, He (that is, be holdeth not iniquitie. Here Balaam blesseth Israel the second time, pronouncing first their justiwhose iniquities are forgiven, and whose sinnes are covered, Rom. 4. 7. For not to behold, or
Vers. 22. God brought them] or, God the bringer
of them. This answereth Balaks complaint, there is a people come out of Aegypt, Numb. 22. 5. Balaam telleth him, they came not of themselves, (as he imNumb. 24. 8. he hath] or, to him is. It may be understood first of God, and then of Israel, unto whom God giveth strength, Psal. 68. 36. the strengths of an Vnicorne] or, as the Greeke translateth it, the glory of an Vnicorne. The Vnicorne is a beast commended in the Scriphorne: whereupon the Prophet saith, My horne shall be exalted as the Unicornes, Psal. 92. 11. and for his strength; as it is said, Wilt thou trust him, because his strength is great? Iob 39. 11. Therfore the prowesse of a people against their enemies is set forth by this similitude; as Moses saith of Ioseph, His hornes, the hornes of an Vnicorne, with them he shal push the peoples together, Deut. 33. 17. And in this sense Balaam speaketh here of Israel, as in his third blessing he explaineth it, He hath as the strengths of an Vnicorne, hee shall eat up the nations his enemies, and shall breake their bones, &c. Numb. 24. 8. And Christ being delivered from the power of his enemies, faith, Thou hast answered
me from the hornes of Vnicornes, Psal. 22. 22. And God himselfe sheweth the nature of this beast to be such, as he will not be tamed, or made ser
Vers. 23. Surely there is] or, as the Greeke and Chaldee interpret it, For there is: so making this no inchantment] or, no observing of fortunes; a sinfull art, when by obLev. 19. 26. and Deut. 18. 10. against Iakob] or, in Iakob: but in is often used for against, as in Numb. 12. 1. In this sense he teacheth that no devillish arts could hurt Gods peoMatth. 16. 18. Although therefore Balak had led him from place to place, to trie if one were more luckie for him than another, that Israel might be cursed; and Balaam had now twice gone to meet with inchantments, that hee might have cursed them, Num. 24. 1. yet all was in vaine, for God would not suffer it. But the Chaldee giveth the latter sense, as if no such inchantments were pleasing unto, or in use among this people, being forbidden them of God, Levit. 19. Deut. 18. divination] that is, presaging or soretelling of things to come: see the notes on Deut. 18. 10. according to this time] or, even at this time it shall be said: that is, not hereafter only, but even now, it shall be said by me, who am to prophesie of this people, what great things God hath wrought and will worke for them. It may also be referred unto time to come, as Chazkuni expoundeth it, The next yeare, after they are gone over Iordan, about this time, it shall be said concerning Iakob and Israel, how many (great) workes the holy blessed (God) hath wrought for them. See the like phrase in the AnnoGen. 18. 10. and 25. 31. what hath God wrought!] that is, how wonderfull things God hath wrought for them. The Greeke translaWhat God shall performe. He teacheth that all the valiant acts of Israel should not be done by themselves, but by God for them, as it is shewed in Psal. 44. 1, 2, &c. Wherefore it is written, Lord thou wilt ordaine peace for us: for thou also hast wrought all our workes in us, Esay 26. 12. And so the Apostle saith, It is God which worketh in you both to will, and to doe, of his good pleasure, Philip. 2. 13. and, he which hath begun a good worke in you, will performe it, untill the day of Iesus Christ, Phil. 1. 6.
Vers. 24. as a couragious Lion] Of these names Gen. 49. 9. Of the Lions nature, Solomon saith, it is strongest among beasts, and turneth not away for any, Prov. 30. 30. Here, the blessing which was specially given to the tribe of Iudah, Gen. 49. is applied to all Israel, which were in Christ, the Lion of the tribe of Iudah, Rev. 5. 5. for, just men are bold as a Lion, Prov. 28. 1. lift up himselfe] a signe of stoutnesse, courage, and Majestie. By this, and the former rising up, is meant the valiant onset which they should make upon their enemies the Canaanites, whereof the booke of Iosua is a testimony: and under them were figured the spirituall enemies of the salvation of Israel; Satan, sinne, the world, &c. which the Church of Christ should resist and overcome by faith, 1 Pet. 5. 9. and 2. 11. 1 Ioh. 5. 4. untill he cat the prey] that is, as the Chaldee, and TarIos. 22. 3, 4, 8. And when DaI have pursued mine enemies, and destroyed them, and turned not againe, untill I had consumed them, 2 Sam. 22. 38. But chiefly it is perfor
Vers. 25. Neither cursing curse him] in Greeke, Neither curse mee him with curses, neither blessing blesse him: that is, neither curse Israel at all, nor blesse him at all. Here Balaks indignation against Balaam, and sinne against God, is increased: re
Vers. 27. per adventure it will be right in the eyes
of God] that is, it will please God, as the Chaldee expoundeth it; and so the Greeke saith, if it may please God. This is Balaks third and last attempt against the Church of Christ in another place; as Satan tempted Christ himselfe thrice in three seveMatth. 4. 1,—11. And whereas before, the King supposed that Balaams seeing of the whole multi
Vers. 28. the top of Pe
the name of a moun
1 Balaam leaving inchantments, prophesieth by the Spirit of God the happinesse of Israel. 10 Ba
ANd Balaam saw that it was good in according to their tribes, and the Spirit of God was upon him. And he tooke up his parawhose eye is open, assuredly saith. Hee assuredly saith, which
having his eyes uncovered. How goodly are thy tents, side: as Lign-aloes-trees, which Ieshall be in many waters, and his King shall be higher than Agag, and his kingdom shal be exalted. God brought them thorow with his arbe every one of them that blesse thee; and cursed be every one of them that curse thee.
And Balaks anger was kindled against Bathem these three times. And now owne heart: what Iehovah shall speake, that will I speake. And now, behold I goe unto
And hee tooke up his parable, and said, whose eye is open, assuredly saith.
Hee assuredly saith, which heard the owhich saw the vision of the Alhaving his eyes uncovefor his enemies, and Israel shall doe valiantnesse. And hee
And he looked on Amalek; and he tooke was the first
shall be, that he perish for ever.
And he looked on the Kenite, and tooke is thy dwelthou puttest thy nest in a rock.
Neverthelesse, Kain shall be wasted, untill
And hee tooke up his parable, and said,
And ships (shall come) from the coast of
And Balaam rose up, and went and retur
HE went not as at other times] or, not at this time, as the time before, (which the Greeke translateth, according to his custome,) to meet with inchantments. This sheweth, that all his former altars, and sacrifices, and consultations with the Lord, were by that wicked art of inchantment, or observing of fortunes, such as the Prophets and diDeut. 18. 10. 14. Which thing he now left, as seeing it not availeable for his purpose; but that his evill heart was not changed, appeareth by his going with the King to mount Peor, to see if from thence he might curse Israel, by his commanding of altars and sacrifices as before, Numb. 23. 27,—30. and by his pestilent counsell which he gave the king after this, for the destructiNumb. 31. 16. Rev. 2. 14. set his face toward the wildernesse] where Israel lay encamping, that he might as it were prevent God, and suddenly utter a curse against his people. The Chaldee paraphraseth, he set his face towards the Calfe that Israel had made in the wildernesse, (Exod. 32.) as if, looking upon their sinnes, hee thought for them he might have cursed Israel: and so in TarHe set his face toward the wildernesse, and remembred concerning them the worke of the Calfe, and would have cursed Israel.
Versabiding in tents] or, dwelling; which the camping, or having their armie, or l
The order wherein God had placed the armies of Israel about his sanctuary,
Vers. 3. he tooke up his parable] that is, propheNumb. 23. 7. assuredly saith] or affirmeth, averreth: a word appropriate to the oracle of God, which is
Vers. 4. the oracles of God] or, the sayings of God,
the word from before God: but the Greeke translateth strong oracles, because God (in Hebrew El) is so named of being strong or mightie. vision of the Almightie] or, of the Alsufficient, that is, as the Greeke translateth, of God. falling] understand, into a trance, or deep sleepe, or falling on my face to the ground: for even the holy men of God, when they saw divine visia deepe sleepe (or trance) f
15. 12. and Daniel was a
Vers. 5. How goodly] or, how good! which word Gen. 1. 4. thy tents] in Greek, thy houses, or dwellings; but tents are a moveable habitation, fitting the people of God in this world. Hebr. 11. 9. and a warlike life, Ier. 6. 3. Afterward the Church is called the tents of Iakob, Mal. 2. 12
the tents of Iudah, Zach. 12. 7. And lakob their fGen. 25. 27. Moreover, when this people were seated in Canaan, their dwelling places were called their Tents, 2 Chron. 10. 16. and 7. 10. So this is meant of the state of the Church, not only then present, but throughout all ages. thy tabernacles] or, thy habitacles, dwelling places; which have their name of vicinitie, or neerenesse together. This therefore noteth the communion of the Church with Christ, and one with another: and is by Tarthe Tabernacle of the congregation which is set among you, and your tabernacles which are round about it, O house of Israel. O Israel] that is, O Israelites. The Church is named after their father Iakob and Israel; Iakob is their name in respect of their owne infirmitie, (whereupon it is said,
Vers. 6. spred forth] or stretched out, implying Song 6. 11. as Gardens] which are inclosed, set with pleasant and wholesome plants, and by rivers are made alwaies fresh, greene, and fruitfull. Wherefore the Scripture likeneth the Church to a garden full of pleasant fruits, Song 4. 12.—16. Esay 61. 11. by the river] in Greeke, by rivers: whereby the gardens are made greene and fruitfull, without which they wither. Thereas a garden that hath no water, Esay 1. Thou shalt be like a watered garden, Esay 58. 11. Hereby was sigriver of God full of water, Psal. 65. 9. the river, the streames whereof make glad the citie of God, Psal, 46. 4. even the Word and Spirit of the Lord, which refresheth and comforteth his people, as it is written, Their soule shall be as a watered garden, and they shall not sorrow any more at all, Ier. 31. 12. Lign-aloes-trees] or, as some thinke, Santalltrees, in Hebrew
Vers. 7. Hee shall poure waters] or, water shall
flow out of his buckets: speaking of Israel. This paThere shall come forth a man out of his seed, and shall have dominion over many nations, and his kingdome shall be higher than Gog, and his kingdome shall be increased. And by the Chaldee Paraphrast thus; There shall grow up a King, which shall be anoi
And Targum Ionathan expoundeth it to the like effect; and the exposition accordeth with other Scriptures which speake of the propagation of children, by the simili
Vers. 8. of an Vnicorne] This similitude is here Num. 23. 22.
that is, consume the nations, as the seven nations in Canaan,
Vers. 9. He couched] Here Balaam applieth unGen. 49. 9. and it signifieth the victory of the Church over their enemies: See also Numb. 23. 24. who shall stirre him up] who dare proBlessed be every one of them] The conclusion of this blessing is the same wherewith Isaak ended the blessing upon Iakob the father of this people, Gen. 27. 29. and like that which God gave unto Abraham, Gen. 12. 3. Thus God conti
Vers. 10. he smote his hands] or, clapped the palmes
of his hands; a signe of indignation and griefe in the king, with a contempt of the prophet; as elsewhere it is said, Men shall clap their hands at him, and shall hisse him out of his place, Iob 27. 23. and, All that passe by the way, clap their hands at thee, they hisse, and wag their head, &c. Lam. 2. 15.
Vers. 11. Flee thou] or, Flee for thy selfe, that is, fleeing is used for speedy departing, in Esay 48. 20. Zac. 2. 6. Iob 9. 25. and 14. 2. Amos 7. 12. Here Balak being out of hope to effect his purpose, leadeth not Balaam to another place, as he had done before, but turneth him off with ignominie. unto thy place] thy countrey Mesopotamia, as the place of the Canaanites, &c. in Exod. 3. 8. is their country, and in Exod. 23. 20. the place, is in Greek, the land. Or, unto thy city Pethor, as, unto the place of Sichem, Gen. 12. 6. is the citie of Sichem: See Amos 4. 6. kept thee back] in Greek, deprived thee of honour. Here Balaam, who ambitiThe wicked worketh adeceit full worke; but to him that soweth righteousnesse, shall be a sure reward. Prov. 11. 18.
Vers. 13. goe beyond the mouth] in Greeke, transgresse
Vers. 14. I will counseil thee what this people shall doe] This seemeth to be an unperfect speech, which the Chaldee Paraphrast well explaineth thus; I wicounsell thee what thou shalt doe, and I will shew thee what this people shal do. For the Scriptures have maExod. 4. 5. & 13. 8. and Moses after sheweth, that Balaam gave Balak wicked counsell against Israel, to draw them unto idolatry and fornication, Num. 31. 16 and our Saviour calleth it the doctrine of Balaam, who taught Balak to cast a stumbling-block before the children of Israel, to eat things sacrificed unto idols, and to commit fornication, Rev. 2. 14. the history whereof fol
Vers. 15. tooke up his parable] that is, prophesied, vers. 3. whose eye is open] in Greeke, the true man: See the notes on vers. 3.
Vers. 16. the knowledge of the Most high] in knowledge from before the Most high, that is, made knowne to him of God. This sentence is here added more than in vers. 4. Baal-hatturim here noteth, that he saith this, because hee would reveale the dayes of Christ. falling] into a trance; the Greeke translateth it,
Vers. 17. I shall see him] or, shall see it; meaning I see the praise of Iacob, and their greatnesse: but it is not now, but after a time. Chazkuni here saith, Hee prophesieth of David. but not nigh] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it,
Vers. 18. Edom] the Edomites the posterity of Chron. 18. 13. after that unto Christ; as it is written, Who is this that commeth from Edom, &c. Esay 63. 1.—6. Seir] the mountaine where Esau dwelt, Gen. 36. 7, 8. wherefore the Greeke in stead of Seir, naEsau. shall doe valiantnesse] or, doe valiantly, valiant acts: which phrase is sometime un
Vers. 19. And he shall have dominion] he, that one of the house of Iakob, as the Chaldee expresAnd a ruler shall rise up out of the house of Iakob. And it may be understood of David first, then and chiefly of Christ. Sol. Iarchi openeth it thus, And yet there shall be another ruler out of Iakob, and hee shall destroy him that remaineth out of the citie. Of the King Christ he speaketh thus, of whom it is said (in
Vers. 20. he looked on Amalek] on the countrie Gen. 36. 12. As the sight of Israel occasioned Bavers. 2, &c. so the beholding of the wicked, occasioned the utterance of their judgement and curse. the first] or the beginning of the nations; meaning either the chiefest of them, or, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, the first of them that warred against Israel; for which God threatExod. 17. as now he fore-telleth it againe by Balaam. As Israel was the Lords first-fruits, Ier. 2. 3. and therfore by him preserved: so Amalek being the first-fruits of the wicked natiSam. 15. and after in Mordecaies time, Ester 7. but spiritually accomplished by Christ. Thus Iericho the first-fruits of the Cananean cities, was also devoted and destroyed, Ios. 6. his later end] or, his posteritie; as the Greeke translateth, his seed: See Psal. 37. 38. that he perish for ever] or, unto perdition, which the Greeke translateth, shall perish; the Chaldee, shall perish for ever: So in vers. 24.
Vers. 21. the Kenite] that is, the Kenites, or Kenaeans; these the Chaldee calleth Salmeans; so that he tooke them for those Kenites mentioned in Gen. 15. 19. But Targum Ionathan expoundeth it of Iethro, that became a Proselyte, Exod. 18. And so in Iudg. 1. 16. it is said, the children of the Kenite, Moses father in law, went up, &c. And these are mentioned here next Amalek, because they dwelt with them; as is written, And Saul said unto the Kenites; Goe, depart, get you downe from among the Amalekites, &c. 1 Sam. 15. 6. thou puttest thy nest] Hebr.
Vers. 22. Kain] that is, the Kenite, who came, the Sal
Some thinke it to be the name of the place where they dwelt.
Vers. 23. Alas, who shall live] the Chaldee exWoe to the sinners that shall live, &c. He signifieth hereby extraordinary and grievovs caladoth this] Hebr. putteth, or disposeth this, to wit, this that followeth. Targum Ionathan explaineth it, When the word of the Lord shall be revealed, to give a good reward unto the just, and to take vengeance on the wicked, &c.
Vers. 24. from the coast of Kitim] Hebr. from
the hand of Kitim, which the Chaldee expoundeth from the Romanes; the old Latine version, from Italy; the Greeke keepeth the Hebrew phrase,
Vers. 25. returned to his place] that is, went away Numb. 31. 8. But this is here so sigExod. 8. 18. Numb. 14. 40. It might also be, that Balaam indeed returned to his place, and afterward came againe to the Midianites. So Chazkuni (on Numb. 31.) saith, After that he had returned to his place, to Mesopotamia, he came againe to Midian, to receive mony of the Elders of Midian, when he heard say of the plagne which had beene in Israel by his counsell.
1 Israel at Shittim commit whoredome with the daughters of Moab, and idolatry with Baal-Peor. 4 The idolaters are commanded to be slaine. 6 P
And Israel was joyned to Baal-Peor, and the
And Iehovah said unto Moses, Take all every man his men that were joyned unto Baal-Peor.
And behold, a man of the sonnes of Iswere weeping at the doore of the Tent of the congregait; and he rose up from amongst the Congregation, and tooke a javelin in his hand. And hee
And those that died in the plague were
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying: of peace. And there shall be to him, and to his seed after him, the cowas smitwas Zimri, the sonne of Salu, a Prince of a fathers house, of the Simeonites. And was smitten, was Cozbi the daughter of Zur; he was an head of nations, of a fathers house of Midian.
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying: was smitten in the day of the plague, for Peors sake.
ABode in Shittim] a place in the wildernesse, in Abel Shittim, in
Vers. 2. they called] that is, the daughters of King. 11. 1, 4. sacrifices of their gods] or, of their god; in Greeke and Chaldee, of their idols: meaning of Baal-Peor: whereof David speaketh thus, They were joyned unto Baal-Peor, and ate the sacrifices of the dead, Ps. 106. 28. By the dead, meaning Idols, unto which the Scriptures doe oppose the living and true God, 1. Thess. 1. 9. Ier. 10. 9, 10. did eat] and so communicated with their idolatry; for they which eat of the sacrifices, are partakers of the Altar, 1. Cor. 10. 18. This sinne God in speciall manner had forewarned them of, in Exod. 34. 14, 15. bowed to their gods] in Greeke and Chaldee, to their idols. This people whom God had guided thorow the wildernesse fortie yeares, who had seene Gods workes, and felt his punishments for their owne and their fathers sinnes, were delivered from many enemies round about, and now abiding in Shittim, were ready to enter into the promised land, are here prevented and overthrowne through their owne corruption.
Vers. 3. was joyned] or, was coupled, was yoked:
Be yee not unequally yoked together with unbeleevers, 2 Cor. 6. 14. to Baal-Peor] which the Chaldee expoundeth,
Vers. 4. the heads] that is, as the Greeke transthe captaines of the people, such as were chiefe in the transgression. hang them up] the Greeke translateth it, Make them a publike example: the Chaldee, Iudge & kill him that is worthy to be killed; but Targum Ionathan expoundeth it, crucifie them. The Law after saith, he that is hanged is the curse of God, that is, accursed of God, Deut. 21. 23. so the sinners brought the curse upon thembefore Iehovah] or, for, or, unto Iehovah, to his honour, in doing vengeance on his enemies. Both these phrases are used as one, in 2
Vers. 5. his men] the men under his governExod. 18. 25. Alvers. 17. Num. 31. 2. for judgement must begin at the house of God, 1 Pet. 4. 17. Ezek, 9. 6. Compare herewith the judgement inflicted for the golden Calfe, Exod. 32. 27, &c:
Vers. 6. brought neere] this word signifieth a Gen. 20. 4. Abimelech had not come neare unto her: See the Notes on Levit. 18. 6. they were weeping] these circumstances shew the sinne to be done with an high hand, in contempt of Moses, of the congrega
Vers. 8. into the tent] The originall word used tent, is not the ordinary name, but such as signifieth a cave, or hollow place; and is thought to meane such a tent as was made for fornication: and so it more sheweth the height of his impierie, that erected such a place of wickednesse. her belly] in Chaldee, her bowels; in Greeke, her wo
(or
Vers. 9. 24 thousand] all the men that had folDeut. 4. 3. The Apostle speaNeither let us commit fornication,
10. 8. It seemeth that one thousand were slaine by the Iudges,
Here the Hebrewes begin the 41 Se 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 ction or Lecture of the Law, which they call Phinehas.
Vers. 11. hath turned away] in Greeke, hath
caused my wrath to cease. The fact of Phinehas, who was but a Priests sonne, no ordinary Magihee was zealous with my zeale] or, he was jealous with my jealousie, for Gods cause, not his owne. The Apostle hath a like speech, I am jealous over you with jealousie of God, that is, with godly jealousie. Zeale or jealousie, (both which are signified by one word in the Heand hee killed the guilty among them. in my zeale] or, in my jealousie; it is the word before used, and applied here to God, as in Exod. 20. 5. and often.
Vers. 12. I give] in Chaldee, I decree. of
peace] understand, my covenant, (the covenant of) peace: so God saith of Levi, my covenant was with him, (the covenant of) life and peace; and I gave them unto him, for the feare where with he feared me, &c. Mal. 2. 5. So in this place Targum Ionathan paraphraseth, Behold I decree unto him my covenant of peace, & I wil make him the messenger of my covenant, and he shall live for ever, to preach the Gospell of redemption in the end of dayes. By which words Phinehas in his covenant was a figure of Christ, who is called
Vers. 13. of an everlasting priesthood] meaning Heb. 7. 11. &c. PhineIudg. 20. 28. his sonnes successively were high Priests till the captivitie of Babylon, 1 Chron. 6. 4. 15. and at the returne out of captivitie, Ezra the great Priest and Scribe was of his line, Ezra 7. 1. 5. And God by his Prophet promiseth, that David shall never want a man to sit upon the throne of the house of Israel: neither shall the Priests the Levites want a man before me, to offer burnt-offerings, and to kindle meat-offerings, and to doe sacrifice continually, Ier. 33. 17, 18. 21, 22. Both which are ac
Vers. 14. smitten] that is, killed, as the Chaldee vers. 15. and 17. Zimri] in Greeke, Zambri, sonne of Salo; the notation of this name agreeth with his end; for Zimri significutting off, as superfluous boughes are pruned, or cut off from the Vine: Salo signifieth treading under foot; so as a fruitlesse branch he was cut off from the vine of Israel, and trodden down of God and men; as it is written, Thou hast trodden downe
all them that goe astray from thy statutes; for their d
in Chalde
Vers. 15.
in Greeke,
Vers. 17. Vex the Midianites] or, Distresse,
the Mi
as the Greeke translateth,
Vers. 18. For they vox you] or, disiresse you, not Reward her even as shee hath rewarded you, Rev. 18. 6. The reward of unrighteous workes, is righteous judgement.
1 The summe of all the men of Israel from twen
according to the house of their fathers, every one that goeth forth with the armie in Israel. And Moses neere Iericho, saying; From twentie yeares old and up
Reuben, the first-borne of Israel; the sons of Enoch, the familie of the Eno
These are the families of the Reubenites, that were mustered of them were three and fortie thousand, and seven hundred and thirtie. And the sonnes of Phallu, Eliis that Dathan and Abiram, the called of the congregation, who strove against Moses, & against Aaron, in the congregation of Korah, when they strove against Iehovah. And the earth opened her
The sonnes of Simeon, according to their
Of Zerah, are the families of the Simeonites; two and twentie thousand, and two hundred.
The sonnes of Gad, according to their famiare the families of the sonnes according to those that were mustered of them, fortie thousand and five hundred.
The sonnes of Iudah were Er and Onan: according to are the families of Iudah, according to those that were mustered of them, seventie and six thousand, and five hundred.
The sonnes of Issachar, according to their faof Thola, the familie of the Tholaites; of Phuva, the familie of the Phunites. Of are the families of Issachar, according to those that were mustered of them, sixtie and foure thousand, and three hundred.
The sonnes of Zabulon, according to their are the families of the Zabulonites, according
The sons of Ioseph, according to their famiwere Man esses and Ephraim. The sons of Manasses; of Machir, the family of the Maare the of Ieezer, the familie of the Ieezerites: of Helek, the familie of the Heleof Asriel, the familie of the Asof Shechem, the familie of the Shechemites. And of Shemida, the familie of Hepher, the famiwere Machlah, and Noah, Hoglah, Milcah, and Tirzah. These are the that were mustered of them, two and fiftie thousand, and seven hundred.
These are the sonnes of Ephraim, according
are the sonnes of are the families of the sonnes according to those that were muare the sonnes of Ioseph, according to their families.
The sonnes of Benjamin, according to their are the sonnes of Benjamin, according
that were muste
These are the sonnes of Dan, according to are the families of Dan, according to their families. All the families according to those that were mustered of them, sixty and foure thou
The sonnes of Aser, according to their fawas Serah. These are the families of the sonnes of Aser, according to those that were mustered of them, three and fiftie thousand and foure hundred.
The sonnes of Naphtali, according to their
Of Iezer, the familie of the Iizrites: of Silare the families of Naphtali, according to their families, and they that were mustered of them, five and fortie thousand and foure hundred.
These were the mustered of the sonnes of
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying;
Vnto these the land shall be divided for an inheritance, according to the number of names. To the many thou shalt give them to every man according to those that were mustered of him, shall his inheritance be given. Notaccording to the names of the tribes of their fathers they shall inherit. According to the lot, shall the inheritance thereof be
And these are they that were mustered of the Levites, according to their families; of are
was Iochebed the daughter of Levi, whom she bare to Levi in Egypt: and she bare unto Amram, Aaron and Moses, and Mary their sister. And unto Aaron that were mustered of them,
These are they that were mustered by Moneere Iericho. And among these, that were musteCaleb the sonne of Iephunneh, and Ioshua the sonne of Nun.
AFter the plague] after the death of the 24 (Num. 25. 9.) the Lord commandeth the people to be numbred, which should have inheritance in his land; to signifie his love and care of those that cleaved unto him, Deut. 4. 3, 4. The Hebrewes explaine it by the similitude of a shepherd, who when wolves have gotten among his flocke, and w
Againe;
Vers. 2. the summe] Hebr. the head; which the count, or summ
see
Vers. 3. spake with them] in Chaldee, spake, and
said to number them; but Targum Ionathan adspake with the Princes, and said, to number them. So it accordeth with Num. 1. 4. plaines] or, champion countrey of Moab: see Num. 22. 1.
Vers. 4. From 20 yeares old] Hebr. from a sonne of 20 yeares; as vers. 2. and here is to be underthe people are to be numbred, or the like.
Vers. 5. the first-borne] Reuben for this cause is Num. 1. 5, 20. though he lost his dignity by his sinne, 1 Chron. 5. 1. and was put downe to the second quarter, as they enNum. 2. 10.—16. Enoch] in Hebr. Chanoch. see Gen. 5. 18. and 46. 9. of the Enochites] Hebr. of the Enochite, (or Chanochite) the singular number put for the plurall: so after thorowout this chapter. See the annotations on Gen. 10. 16. And here Reuben hath foure families, according to Gen. 46. 9. and 1 Chron. 5. 3.
Vers. 7. mustered] or numbred; Hebr. visited.
Num. 1. 3. 43 thousand, &c.] at the former muster they were 46 thousand and five hundred, Num. 1. 21. so they increased not, but decreased whiles they travelled in the wildernesse.
Vers. 9. the called] that is, renowned, famous:
Num. 1. 16. and 16. 1, 2. &c. strove] in Greeke, made insurrection: in Chaldee, gathered themselves together. This mutinie stirred by the chiefe of the tribe, seemeth to be one cause of their decrease by the hand of God against them.
Vers. 10. and Korah] that is, the men and goods Num. 16 32. the congregation died] in Greeke, his congregation, meaning Korahs, as Num. 16. 40. 250 men] that offered incense, Num. 16. 35. for a signe] or, for an ensigne, a banner; the Greeke and Chala signe: whereby God signified his anger to be displaied against all that should rebell in like manner. In Num. 16. 40. it is called A memoriall unto the sonnes of Israel, that no stranger, &c. come ne
Of such things the Apo
Vers. 11. died not] to wit, either by that fire, or Num. 16. 32. 35. It seemeth they consented not to their fathers rebellion, or at least repented at the warning given by Moses, Num. 16. 5. &c. The sons of Korah were Assir ▪ and Elkanah, and Abjasaph, Exod 6. 24. these and their posteritie lived and kept their office in Israel; for their genealogie is reckoned in 1
Vers. 12. Nemuel] called also Iemuel, in Gen.
Exod. 6. 15. in Greeke here, Namov
So in 1
Vers. 13. Zerah] in Greeke, Zara; so in 1 Chr.
Zohar, Gen. 46. 10. Exod. 6. 15. Saul] the sonne of a Canaanitesse, Gen. 46. 10.
Vers. 14. These are the families] to wit, which Obad, Gen. 46. 10 Exod. 6. 15. but that was extinct in the wildernesse, and therefore omitted here and in 1
Vers. 15. Gad] though hee was not the next Num. 2. 10. 14. Zephon] in Greeke, Sapho
he was called also
Vers. 16. Oz
in Greeke,
Vers. 17. Arod] in Greeke, Aroadi, and in Gen.
Arodi.
Vers. 18. and five hundred] so this tribe had fewNum. 2. 15.
Vers. 19. and Onan died] both of them died Gen. 38. 7. 10.
Vers. 20. Selah] in Greeke, Selon.
Vers. 21. of Pharez] The sonnes of Iudah were five in all, Gen. 38. so noted by the holy Ghost, in 1 Chron. 2. 4. they were all to have beene heads of families; but two dying childlesse, here are taken two of his sonnes sonnes (H
and
Vers. 22. and six thousand] at the first muster thousand and six hundred, Num. 2. 4. now he is increased nineteene hundred moFor Iudah prevailed above his brethren, for the honour of Christ who was to come of his stocke: see 1
Issachar] he is numbred next Iudah, Num. 2. 5. next him graved on the high Priests brest-plate, Exod. 28. borne next of the same mother Leah, Gen. 30. 17, 18. Of him and his foure families here reckoned, see the notes on Gen. 46. 13. Phuvah] called also
Vers. 24. Iashub] hee is called Iob, in Gen.
Vers. 25. 64 thousand] hee had before but 54 thousand and foure hundred, Num. 2. 6. so that his tribe is increased nine thousand and nine hundred men of warre.
Vers. 26. Zabulon] or Zebulun, hee was next Gen. 30. 19, 20. next him on Aarons brest-plate, Exod. 28. and next him in marching and camping about the Tabernacle, Num. 2. His three families continue here, as they were in Gen. 46. 14.
Vers. 27. sixtie thousand, &c.] who were before thousand and foure hundred, Num. 2. 8. so they are increased three thousand and one hundred men.
Vers. 28. Ioseph] of him came two tribes, for Chron. 5. 2. Gen. 48. 1. 5.
Vers. 29. Manasses] he, though the elder broGen. 48. 14. 19, 20. and by Gods dispoNum. 2. 18. 20. yet here hee is mustered before Ephraim the standard-bearer; as his armie was increased in the wildernesse, when Ephraims was diminished, which after doth apMachir] he was the sonne of Manasses by his concubine an Aramitesse, 1 Chron. 7. 14. Gilead] in Greeke, Galaad. There was also a place called Gilead, which the sonnes of this Machir conNum. 32. 39, 40. Ios. 17. 1.
Vers. 30. Ieezer] in Greeke, Achiezer: in Ios.
Abiezer. Here not onely the sonnes sonnes (as was noted before of Iudah, vers. 21.) but the sonnes sonnes sonnes are made heads of families in the tribe of Manasses: the like whereof is not in any other tribe. This honour hath Ioseph above his brethren; who also whiles he lived, saw unto Ephraim sonnes of the third generation: also the sonnes of Machir sonne of Manasses, were borne upon Iosephs knees, Gen. 50. 23. And Manasses here hath eight families, when no other tribe hath so many.
V. 33. Zelophehad] or Zelophehad, in Greek, S
•
lpa
•
d.
Vers. 34. 52 thousand, &c.] he had before but thousand and 200. Num. 2. 21. so that now hee was increased 20 thousand and five hundred men of warre: none of all the other tribes had halfe so much increase. Thus Iakobs prophesie is fulfilled, Ioseph shall be the sonne of a fruitfull Uine, Gen. 49. 22.
Vers. 35. Shuthelah] in Greeke, Southala. Becher]
Vers. 36. Eran] in 1 Chron. 7. 26. called Edan
Laadan:) so the Greeke here writeth him Eden, for the likenesse of the Hebrew letters, whereof see the Annotations on Gen. 4. 18. and Num. 2. 14. Of this Eran (or Edan) came Iosua the sonne of Nun, 1 Chro. 7. 26, 27. And here Evers. 21.
Vers. 37. 32 thousand, &c.] he had before 40 thousand, Num. 2. 19. so eight thousand of this tribe are now diminished.
Vers. 38. Bela] in Greeke, Bale: he was Benjafirst-borne, 1 Chron. 8. 1. Ashbel] called Iediael, 1 Chron. 7. 6. Benjamins second sonne, 1 Chron. 8. 1. The Greeke here writeth him As
or as some copies have it,
Vers. 39. Shephupham] in Greeke, Sopha
in
Vers. 40. Ard] in Greeke, Ader: so in 1 Chro.
Adar. the familie] understand (as the Greeke also supplieth)
Vers. 41. 45 thousand, &c.] hee had before but thousand and 400. Num. 2. 23. now his number is increased ten thousand and two hundred; that though his families were diminished, yet hee had the greatest increase of men of warre amongst all the tribes, save Manasseh and Aser.
Vers. 42. Shuham] or Shucham, called by transHushim (or Chushim) in Gen. 46. 23. in Greeke, Same.
Vers. 43. 64 thousand, &c.] of one familie of Num. 2. 26.
Vers. 44. Iimnah] in Greeke, Iamein.
Vers. 45. Cheber] or Heber, in Greeke, Cheber:
Chron. 7. 32. Here Asers sonnes sonnes are also heads of families, as were before in Iudah and Ephraim, vers. 21. and 36.
Vers 46. Serah] or Serach; in Greeke, Sara
Gen. 46. 17. 1 Chron. 7. 30.
Vers. 47. 53 thousand, &c.] when before thousand and five hundred, Num. 2. 28. that his increase in the wildernesse was elev
Vers. 48. Naphtali] in Greeke, Naphthal
thousand, &c.] wheras before he had been 53 thousand and 4 hundred, Num. 2. 30. so that
Vers. 51. and a thousand, &c.] The number of all at the former count was 600 thousand, and three
thousand, and 550, Num. 2. 32. so that now in the whole summe the host of Israel is decreased in their 38 yeares traveil, eighteene hundred and twentie men, exempting the Levites which were numExod. 1. (for outward perhe consumed their dayes in vanity, and their yeares in hastie terrour, Psal. 78. 17.—33. And though amongst other blessings, God give them his lawes to direct them,
The speciall hand of God touching the tribes, and the mothers that bare them, and the families and persons that proceeded of them, may thus be viewed:
Seven of the twelve tribes did increase in multiver. 62.
The summe of all increased, was nine and fiftie thousand and two hundred, besides the thousand Levites. Notwithstanding the decrease of the five
So the summe of all that were diminished, was one and sixtie thousand and twentie men.
Observe also the worke of God in respect of IaLeah, R
and
So the fruit of Leahs body increased in the wil
So Rachels increase was thirtie thousand and seven hundred.
3 Zilphah Leahs handmaid increased in her son Aser, eleven thousand and nine hundred.
4 Bilhah Rachels handmaid was multiplied in her son Dan seventeene hundred. Thus God un
They were likewise all of them partakers of his chastisements in their posteritie: for,
1 Leah was diminished in Reuben, 2770. in Si
2 Rachel was diminished in Ephraim, 8000.
3 Zilphah lost in Gad her sonne, five thousand one hundred and fiftie.
4 Bilhah lost in Naphtali, eight thousand men.
So the farre greatest losse was Leahs, who now might weepe for her children, because they were not, as long after befell unto Rachel, Mat. 2. 18.
Againe, as the twelve tribes camped in foure quarters about the tabernacle, Num 2. so the hand of God for the increase and diminishing of their campes may be seene thus:
In the first and chiefest quarter Eastward, were IVDAH, Issachar, and Zabulon, all increased. Iudah was the father and figure of Christ, under whose standard, all that camp & march are blessed.
In the second quarter Southward, were REVChro. 5. 1. so his sons rebelled, Num. 16. and SiNum. 25.
In the third quarter Westward, were EPHRA
In the fourth quarter Northward, were DAN, Aser, and Naphtali; of whom the two former were multiplied, the third and last diminished.
Concerning the families of the tribes (excepting Levi) they are 57 in all. For here are families
The sum of all the families is 57: to whom if we adde the twelve tribes, and Iakob himselfe the faSeventie, wch was the number of the soules of Iakobs house that went into Egypt, Gen. 46. 27. But comparing these now with the heads of families named in
Gen. 46. we shall see five families rooted out; one of Simeon, Leahs son; one of Aser, the son of Leahs handmaid; and three of Benjamin, Rachels son; whose ten families are decayed unto seven. In these numbers, increase and decrease of the tribes and fach lob saith of Gods works; Who knoweth not in all these, that the hand of the Lord hath wrought this? in whose hand is the soule of every living thing, and the breath of all flesh of man. Behold he breaketh downe, and it cannot be built againe: he shutteth up a man, and there can be no opening. He increaseth the nations, and destroyeth them: he enlargeth the nations, and straitneth them, Iob 12. 9, 10. 14. 23.
Vers. 53. Unto these the land shall be divided] So Ezek. 47. 22, 23. By this also it appeareth, that the tribes diminished had a double punishch stood on these two branches, multitude of children, and inheritance of the land, Gen. 12. 2. 7. and 13. 15, 16. and 15. 5. 8. 18. and 17. 2. 6. 8. and 22. 17. and 26. 3, 4. and 28. 13, 14. and 35. 11, 12. Sol. larchi here saith, To these and not to them that are lesse than twentie yeares old, although they came to full twentie before the division of the land. For loe the land was seven yeares in conquering, &c. yet none had portion in the land but these six hundred thousand, & one thousand: and if one of them had six sons, they received but their fathers portion onely. But Chazkuni refer
Vers. 54. To the many] To the tribe and familie ch hath many persons in it, Thou shalt give them the more (Hebr. thou shalt multiply his) inheritance. So the portions were not all equall in quantitie, but proportioned to the multitude of men in the tribes and families. To the tribes which had the greater multitudes, they gave the greater portion, though the portions were not equall: for lo every tribe had his portion according to his multitude; saith Sol. Iarchi on
Vers. 55. by lot] Although Eleazar the high Num. 34. 17, 18. &c.) were to divide the land; yet to cut off contention, and to shew the providence & disposition of God, according to the purpose of his will, hee comThe lot causeth contention to cease, and parteth betweene the mightie, Prov. 18. 18. and,
Vers. 56. According to the lot] Hebr. At (or Vpon) the mouth of the lot: as the lot (whereon the name of the tribe, or of the inheritance is written) shall speake. This lot being of the Lord, figured the diversities of gifts in the Church, which the Spirit of God divideth to every man severally
12. 4.—11. as also the dispensation of his graces concerning our heavenly inheritance, which
of the Levites] who though they had vers. 62. yet were they to have 48 cities and their suburbs for their habiNum. 35. which also fell unto them by lot, Ios. 21. 4. &c.
Vers. 58. Korachites] or, Korhites, of Korah Num. 16. 1. Korah himselfe died in the rebellion, but his sonnes died not, Num. 26. 11. therefore they are reckoned here for a familie in the fourth generation from Levi, which is one deExod. 6. 16. &c. there are reckoned of Gershon two sonnes,
Vers. 59. she bare to Levi] by she understand his wise bare her in Egypt. she bare to Amram] that is, Iochebed Amrams wife, (who was also his aunt) bare to Amram, Exo. 6. 20. Marie] Hebr. Mirjam: she was a prophetesse: see Exod. 15. 20. Num. 12. 1.
Vers. 60. unto Aaron was borne] Here Moses Gershon and Eliezer, are againe omitted: see the notes on Num. 3. 38.
Vers. 61. and Abihu died] and they had no sonnes,
Num. 3. 4. See the historie in Levit. 10.
Vers. 62. 23 thousand] who at the former numthousand, Num. 3. 39. So they increased in the wildernesse a thousand males.
Vers. 65. dying they shall die] i. they shall surely Nu ̄. 14. and the fulfilling of Gods judgment is here shewed.
1 The daughters of Zelophehad sue for an inhe
THen came the daughters of Zeloare the names of his daughters; Machlah, Noah, & Hoglah, and Milcah, and Tirzah. And they stood before at the doore of the Tent of the Congregation, saying; Our father died in the wildernesse,
And Iehovah said unto Moses, saying; is next to him of his familie, and he shall inherit it, & it shal be unto the sonnes of Israel for a statute of judgement, as Iehovah commanded Moses.
And Iehovah said unto Moses, Go thou up ch I have given to the sons of Israel. And thou shalt see it, and thou also shalt is the water of Meribah of Kadesh, in the wilder
And Moses spake unto Iehovah, saying; is the spirit, and lay thine hand upon him. And cause him to stand before Eleazar the Priest, and before
And hee shall stand before Eleazar the (counsell) for him, by the judgement of Vrim, before Iehovah: at his mouth shall they goe out, & at his mouth shall they come in; hee, and all the sonnes of Israel with him, and all the congregation.
And Moses did as Iehovah commanded
THen came] Hebr. And they came neere (or approached)
Vers. 3. of Korah] who was a rebell, Num. 16. Zelophehad was not among other Rebels, wherein his sinne] in (or for) his owne sinne, as other men died in the wildernesse: and he had not beene a meane to draw other men into sinne, as did Korah, and other rebellious persons.
Vers. 4. Why should the name of our father bee done away] or, be diminished; that is, let not his Let not our fathers name be blotted out: see the notes on Exod. 32. 11. It was esteemed as a curse to have their fathers name abolished; as it is writIn the generation following let his name be b
These daughters, as they honoured their father deceased, in seeking to have his name continued, so they shewed faith in God, beleeving that the land should bee given them for inheritance, which the men of Israel before beleeved not, and therefore could not come into it, but it was promi
Vers. 5. brought their cause] or, brought neere
their judgement, that is, their cause to be judged of, as in difficult cases he used to doe. Foure princiNum. 15. 34.
Vers. 7. speake right] speake that which is just the father of the fatherlesse, Psal. 68. 5. And of them Sol. Iarchi here observeth, that their eyes saw that which Moses eyes saw not. giving then shalt give them] that is, thou shalt surely give them without faile. This commandement was fulfilled in Ios. 17. 4. Here the word them, (as Chazkuni also noteth) is of the male or masculine gender, though he speaketh of females: which may bee either in respect of their faith and confidence, such as might beseeme men; or of Gods gift (especialmale and female, Gal. 3. 28. The Hebrewes (in Talmud Bab. in Baba hathra, ch. 8.) have recorded that The daughters of Zelophehad had three portions for inheritance; their fathers portion, because he was one of them that came out of Egypt; and his portion with his brethren in the goods of Hepher (his father) and because he was the first-borne, he had two portions. Which Rambam in his Annotations on that place, explaineth thus; All that came out of Egypt were to have part in the land; and if the father and his sonne both came out, each of them had a portion alike. And Zelophehad and Hepher were both of them that came out of Egypt: so Zelophehad was to have had his part, and to have had by inheritance of Hepher, two parts, because he was the first-borne, &c.
Vers. 8. If a man] or, Any man when hee dieth
and have no sonne: here God passeth from the spe
Vers. 11. unto his kinsman] or, unto his neere kin;
Levit. 18. 6. From this word, and that which followeth, next to him, Sol. Iarchi noteth he should be of his familie; and none is called a familie but on the fathers side. Touching the right of inheritances, the Hebrew Canons lay it downethus; Who so dieth, his children doe inherit that which is his, and they are before all other. And the males are before the females. But the female never inheriteth with the male. If he have no children, his father shall be his heire; or if it be a
(that is, are begotten first.)
Vers. 12. this mountaine of Abarim] There were many mountaines of Abarim, Num. 33. 47. by this mountaine therefore is meant one speciall, which was called Nebo, which was in the land of Moab, over against Iericho, Deut. 32. 49. And they were called Abarim, of the fords or passages which were by them over Iordan into the land of Canaan. Wherefore the Greeke version saith, Goe thou up into the mountaine which is on this side (Iordan) of mount Naban, (or this mount Nabais:) And Mos. Gerundens. explaineth it thus; The mountaine of Abarim is mount Nebo, as is expounded in Deut. 32. and is so called, because it is by the fords of Iordan, where they passe over into the land of Canaan. see the land] the land of Canaan, saith the Greeke: and so Moses expresseth it in Deut. 32. 49. Though this were some comfort unto Moses, to see the land a farre off, and salute the same (as the faithfull fathers are said to doe the promises which they received not, Heb. 11. 13.) yet his desire and earnest suit unto the Lord was, that he might have gone over and seene it: but he would not grant it him, because he had sinned, and God had denounDeut. 3. 23.—26. Num. 20. 12. See the Annotations on Deut. 34. where his viewing of the land is described.
Vers. 13. be gathered unto thy peoples] in Greeke, be added unto thy people: meaning, that he die there, and be buried, Deut. 32. 50. and 34. 5, 6. and his soule should be gathered unto his godly forefathers: see Num. 20. 24.
Vers. 14. For ye rebelled] or, For as much as yet
rebelled against my mouth, that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee expound it, against my word: so in Num. 20. 24. to sanctifie me] that is, which word and commandement of mine was, that ye by faith should sanctifie mee, but yee sanctified mee not. Wherefore the Greeke here translateth, ye sanctified me not: and so it is explained in Deut. 32. 51. because ye sanctified me not. Meribah of Kadesh] or,
V. 15. of the spirits of all flesh] the Greeke transof the spirits, and of all flesh: so before in Num. 16. 22. It meaneth that God is both the Creator of all mens soules or spirits, Eccles. 12. 7. Zach. 12. 1. and he that giveth them spiritual gifts of wisdome, knowledge, grace, &c. as spirits are used for spirituall gifts, in 1
Vers. 17. goe out before them] by this phrase of going out, and comming in, and that which followleading out and bringing in, is signified the adI can no more goe out and come in, Deut. 31. 2. So the Priests administratigoing in thereto, 1 Chron. 24. 19. The similitude is taken from a shepherd, whose dutie is to goe before the sheepe, and to lead them out, that by his guidance they may goe in and out and sinde pasture, as is spoken of our great shepherd, the Lord Iesus, whom this Iesus the successor of Moses prefigured, Iohn 10. 3, 4, 9. which have no shepherd] or, no Pastor: wch estate is miserable, as is noted of our Saviour, that when he saw the multitudes, he was moved with compassion on them, because they fainted & were scattered abroad, as sheep having no shepherd, Mat. 9. 36.
Vers. 18. Iosua the son of Nun] in Greeke, Iesus the
son of Naue: so in the new Testament he is called Iesus, Act. 7. 45. Heb. 4. 8. the spirit] to wit, the spirit of God; meaning the gifts and graces of the Spirit; as wisdome, Deut. 34. 9. and the like. The Chaldee expoundeth it, the spirit of prophesie; and Targ. Ionat. saith, the spirit of prophesie from before the Lord remaineth upon him: wch accordeth with Num. 11. 24. But whether in prophesie or other graces, he was but a shadow of Iesus the son of God, to whom he gave not the spirit by measure, Iob. 3. 34.
lay thine hand] or, impose thine hand, that is, thine hands, as the Greeke translateth, and as Moses after sheweth in vers. 23. which was a signe of his calling and ordination to his office, as in Numb. 8. 10. with which also it seemeth he received a greaAnd Iosua the sonne of Nun was full of the spirit of wisdome; for Moses had laid his hands upon him, Deut. 34. 9.
Vers. 19. charge thou him] or, command him;
Deut. 31. 7, 8. Besides that which was now done by Moses, God himselfe did after give him a charge in the Tabernacle, Deut. 31. 14, 15.
Vers. 20. give of thine honour] or, give (that is, put) of thy glory, or of thy Majestie: whereby the gifts fitting the government of Israel seeme to be meant, as wisdome, according to Deut. 34. 9. or some other exterior signe of his calling from God, whereby the people might be obedient to him. As it is said of Solomon, when he sate on the throne of the Lord, and all Israel obeyed him, that the Lord magnified Solomon exceedingly before the eyes of all Israel, and gave upon him the honour of the kingdom, (or royall majestie) such as had not beene on any king before him in Israel, 1 Chron. 29. 23, 25. And the contrary is spoken of Antiochus, that vile person, they shall not give upon him the honour of the kingdome; but he shall come in peaceably, and obtaine the kingdome by slatteries, Dan. 11. 21. The Chaldee translateth,
Vers. 21. and he shall aske for him] that is, Eleaand hee shall aske of him, that is, Iosua shall aske of Eleazar: this the Greeke favoureth, translating, and they shall aske of him the judgement of Vrim (or of manifestations.) by the judgement of Vrim] by the brest-plate of judgement, wherein were Vrim and Thummim; whereof see the Annotations on Exod. 28. 30. Thus Saul enquired of the Lord by Urim, but hee answered him not, 1 Sam. 28. 6. at his mouth] in Chaldee, at his word; by his, understanding Gods mouth, or Eleazars mouth, speaking from the Lord: so in Targum Ionathan it is expounded, At the word of Eleazar the Priest they shall goe out. But then is implied the Lords word, by which the Priest was to give answer: for it is a rule among the HeEvery Priest that speaketh not by the Holy Ghost, and the divine Majesty residing on him, they aske not (counsell) by him. Talmud Bab. in Iocap. 7. in Gemara. For in such consultations, though they inquired by the Priest, yet the answer came from the Lord; as there is an example in DaSam. 23. 9, 10, 11, 12. shall they goe out] out to warre, and in againe from the same; and so in all weighty affaires which were extraordinary. Wherefore it was an over sight in Iosua and Israel that they made peace with the Gibeonites, and asked not (counsell at)
1 The Lords oblations are commanded to be of
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, sayofferings, the savour of my rest, ye shall observe to offer unto me in his appointed time. And thou shalt say unto is the Fire-offering which ye shall offer unto Iehovah; Two hee-lambes of the first yeare, perfect, day by day, for a continuall Burnt-offering. The one lambe thou shalt ready in the morning, and the other lambe thou shalt make ready betweene the two evenings. And a tenth part of an Ephah part of an Hin of beaten oile.
The continuall Burnt-offering which was
offering unto Iehovah. And the Drink-offering shall be the fourth part of an Hin for the one lambe; in the holy place shalt thou cause to be powred out a drink-offering of strong wine unto Iehovah. And the oready betweene the two evenings: as the Meat-offering of the morning, and as the Drink-offering thereof, thou shalt make ready; a Fire-offering, a favour of rest unto Iehovah.
And in the Sabbath day, two hee-lambes parts of fine flower for a Meat-offering, mingled with oyle, and the Drinke-offering thereof.
The Burnt-offering of the Sabbath, in his
And in the beginnings of your moneths parts of fine flower for a Meat-offering, mingled with oyle, for one bullocke: and two tenth parts of flower for a Meat-offering, mingled with oyle, for one ramme. And a severall tenth part of for a Meat-offering mingled with oyle, for one lambe: for a Burnt-offering, a savour of rest, a Fire-offering unto Iehovah.
And their Drinke-offerings, halfe an Hin part of an Hin for a ram, and the fourth part of an Hin for a lambe: This is the Burnt-offeoffering unto Iehoready beside the continu
And in the first moneth, in the fourteenth shall be the Passeover unto Iehovah. And in the fifteenth day of this moneth shall be the feast: seven daies shall uncakes be eaten. In the first day shall be
offering for a Burnt-offering unto Ieho
And their Meat-offering, fine flower parts shall ye make ready for a bullock, and two tenth parts for a ramme. A severall tenth part shalt ready for one lambe, throughout the seven lambes. And one goat-bucke for
offering, to make atonement for you.
Beside the Burnt-offering of the morning, is for a continuall Burnt-offering, yee shall make ready these. After this manner ready for every day, seven daies, the bread of the Fire-offering of a savour of rest unto Iehovah: it shall be made ready, be
And in the day of the First-fruits, when ye
And yee shall offer a Burnt-offering for a parts for one bullocke, two tenth parts for one ramme. A severall tenth part
One goat-buck of the goats, to make atonethem ready, beside the continuall Burnt-offering, and his Meat-offering; perfect shall they be unto you, and their Drinke-offerings.
COmmand the sonnes of Israel] After that God the lands of the heathens, and they should inherit the labour of the peoples, that they might observe his statutes, and keepe his lawes, Psal. 105. 44, 45. And because they had omitted the soNum. 9. untill the Circumcision and Passeover at Gilgal, Ios. 5.) by reason of their traNumb. 26. 64, 65. therefore lest the ordinances formerly given should be forgotten or neglected, and the people continue to doe as now they did, every man whatsoever was right in his own eyes, Deut. 12. 8. the Lord causeth the law of sacriEsay 66. 23. Zach. 14. 16,—19. 1 Cor. 5. 7, 8. Coloss. 2. 16, 17. Heb. 13. 15.
Mine oblation] that is, mine oblations; in Greek, my gifts: Hebr. my Korban, which is an offering or gift by which men drew nigh unto God, through faith in Christ. See the notes on Levit. 1. 2. my bread for my Fire-offerings] the Chaldee exthe bread ordained for my oblations. Vnbread all food is implied, and the flesh it selfe, or fat of the sacrifices, as is noted on Levit. 3. 11. the savour of my rest] the savour or odour of sacrifices which may quiet or pacifie my spirit and anger, and make you and your service pleasing and acceptable to me. The Greeke transfor a savour of sweet smell; the Chaldee, to be accepted with favour. See Lev. 1. 9. in his appointed time] every one in the time appoinin my feasts; for the same word which signifieth an appointed time, is also used for a solemne feast appointed of God, Levit. 23. 2. Hereby God limiteth every savers. 10. where he saith, The Burnt-offering of the Sabbath, in his Sabbath; which the Hebrewes expound thus,
Vers. 3. the Fire-offering] the sacrifices to be Fire signiMatth. 3. 11. Hebr. 9. 14. 1 Pet. 4. 12, 13, 14. of the first yeare] Hebr. sonne of the yeare: so after often in this and the next chapter: of which phrase see the Annotations on Exod. 12. 5. perfect] that is, perfect lambes, without blemish or corruption: what this meant is shewed on Lev. 1. 3. and 22. 21. day by day] or for a day, that is, daily. a continuall Burnt-offering] Hebr. a Burnt-offering of continuation, which should be offered without inExod. 29. 42. and Levit. 1.
Vers. 4. make ready] or doe, that is, kill, sprinLevit. 1. betweene the two evenings] that is, in the after-noone: of which phrase, see the AnExod. 12. 6. God setteth no houres for the morning or evening sacrifices, because they might occasionally be changed. By the Hebrew Canons, the ordinary time of killing the morning sacrifice, was before Sun-rising, after that the face of all the East was inlightned, that is, betweene dayhalfe an houre after two of the clocke: and this they did by reason of the sacrifices of particular persons, or of the conbecause it was unlawfull to offer any oblation at all, before the continuall Burnt-offering of the morning: neither killed they any oblation after the continuall evening sacrifice, save the oblation of the Passeover only: for it was unpossible for all Israel to offer their Passeovers in two houres: So they killed not the Passeover, but after the daily evening sacrifice. Maimony in Tamidin,
Vers. 5. a tenth part] that is, an omer; for that Exod. 16. 36. fine flower] meaning wheaten flower, as Exod. 29. 2. So Chazkuni here saith, as the flower spoken of in the consecration (of the Priests) was of wheat; so all flower spoken of in the Law is of wheat. the fourth part] that was somewhat lesse than a quart of oyle; for an Hin contained twelve Logs, and a Log held as much as six egges: See the Annorations on Exod. 30. 24. and Levit. 14. 10. When God shewed unto Ezekid the spirituall Temple which Christ should build, and the service therein, (declared after the similithe sixt part of an Ephah, and the third part of an Hin of oyle. Ezek. 46. 13, 14. where the quantity is inflower and oyle. beaten oyle] oyle signified grace; beaCor. 1. 21. and 12. 9, 10. The oyle was beaten in a morter and they stratned it out with hands, and pressed it not out in an (oile) presse, to the end there might be found no dregs in it, saith Chazkuni on
Vers. 6. which was made] that is, which (or such
as) was offered; as in Targum Ionathan it is exsuch as was offered at the mount of Sinai. Or, by made, understand ordained of God, having
Exod. 29. 38.—42. Thus God calleth them throughout their generatiBurnt-offering, as also in
Vers. 7. Drinke-offering] so named of powring
out upon the Altar, as is noted on Num. 15. 5. in the holy place] the Court of the Sanctuary; Hebr. in the Holinesse. strong wine] in Hebrew Shecar, which name the Greeke retaineth, calling it Sikera, and so in the Evangelists writing, Luk. 1. 15. It is generally used for all strong drinke, which causeth mirth, fulnesse, and (if it be taken excessively) drunGen. 43. 34. The Chalold wine, and that is better than new, Luke 5. 39. Thus God required the best liquour, wine; and the best sort of wine to be giMatth. 26. 27, 28, 29.) but of the bloud also of his servants, powred out in martyrdome, upon the sacrifice and service of the faith (as in the holy place) Phil. 2. 17. See the Annotations on Numb. 15. 12.
Vers. 9. the Sabbath day] Hebr. the day of Sabbath, that is, of Rest; which the Greeke expresseth
Vers. 10. in his Sabbath] the Chaldee expounthat shall be done in the Sabbath; it meaneth, that on the Sabbath it should be offered, and not deferred till another day or weeke, as is before novers. 2. The like is for the moneth in vers. 14.
Vers. 11. the beginnings of your moneths] that is, the new-moones; for in Israel they began the moneth with the new mooKiddush ba
1. These new-moones were daies sanctified to the service of God, by speciall sacrifices appointed, as after followeth; then did they blow with the sil
Vers. 12. three tenth parts] of an Ephah or vers. 5. that is, three Omers. The like quantitie was prescribed in Numb. 15. 9. and so two
Num. 15. 6. But in Ezek. 46. 7. the Meat-offering is increased; an Ephah for a bullocke, and an Ephah for a ramme; and for the lambs, according as his hand shall attaine unto. See before on
Vers. 13. a severall tenth part] Hebr. a tenth part a tenth part, that is, for every one a tenth part; or, Numb. 29. 4.) one tenth part for one lambe. So after in vers. 21. and 29. and chap. 29. vers. 10. 15. with oyle] with the fourth part of an Hin of beaten oyle, as was declavers. 5. But when there was an Ephah of flower for a Meat-offering, there was an Hin of oyle to an Ephah, Ezek. 46. 5. 7. 11.
Vers. 15. for a Sin-offering] in Greeke, for sin; this was to make atonement for them, vers. 22. the Levit. 4. And whereas some Sinne-offerings were eaten by the Priests, and othersome (whose bloud was carried into the Holy place) were not eaten, but burnt without the campe, Levit. 6. 26. 30. of this the HeThe offering (or doing) of the Sin-offerings at the beginnings of the moneths, and at the solemne feasts, is like the offering of the Sin-offering that is eaten. Maimony in Tamidin,
Vers. 16. the first moneth] called of the HeAbib, and Nisan; it answereth in part to that which we call March: see the notes on Exod. 12. 2. and Levit. 23. 5.
Vers. 17. the feast] of unleavened cakes, as is Levit. 23. 6. The Passeover was a fiChrist our Passeover, to be sacrificed for us: the unleavened cakes signified sincerity and truth, with which we should keepe the feast, 1 Cor. 5. 7, 8. See the Annotations on Exod. 12. 15.
Vers. 18. any servile worke] Hebr. any worke of
service: it meaneth any worke save about that which men should eat; that only was to be done of them, Exod. 12. 16. See the notes there, and on Levit. 23. 7.
Vers. 19. two bullockes, &c.] the same sacrifices, vers. 11. The Meat and Drinke-offerings also were the same, vers. 12, 13. 20, 21. But Ezekiel prophefor himselfe, and for all the people of the land, a bullocke for a Sinoffering. And the seven daies of the feast (of unlea
Vers. 22. a Sin-offering] of it the Hebrewes it was eaten in the second day of the Passeover, which was the sixteenth day of (the first moneth) Nisan. Maim. in Tamidin, chap. 7. sect. 3. See bevers. 15.
Vers. 23. Beside the Burnt-offering] the daily vers. 3. unto which these saSheafe or Omer, as was commanded in
Vers. 25. the seventh day] which was the last a feast to Iehovah, Exod. 13. 6. called here a convocation of holinesse, or holy assembly. So in Exod. 12. 16. and Lev. 23. 8.
Vers. 26. day of the First-fruits] called Pentecost,
Act. 2. 1. the feast of harvest, Exod. 23. 16. the feast of Weekes, of the first-fruits of wheat-harvest, Exod. 34. 22. a new Meat-offering] called so in respect of the former offered at the Passeover: the law for this was given in Levit. 23 16. after your weekes] after the seven weekes, or fifty daies, which the Israelites were commanded to number unto them from the Passeover, Levit. 23. 15, 16. The Hebrew which usually signifieth in your weeks, is here to be interpreted after: See the AnnotatiExod. 2. 23.
Vers. 27. two bullockes] these and the rest folseven lambes, one bullocke, and two rammes, which were offered with the first-fruits, Levit. 23. 18. as is shewed in the Annotations there; and beside the continuall Burnt-offering, or daily sacrifice, as after followeth in
Vers. 31. and their drinke-offerings] This seeyee shall make them ready, but also to the latter, they shall be perfect: that as the beasts, flower and oyle, were to be perfect, unblemished, sound and sweet; so the wine for drinke-offerings should likewise be perstrong wine, in vers. 7.) not dead, soure, mixed with dregs or lees, or otherwise corrupted. See the Annotations on Gen. 4. 4.
1 The offerings at the feast of Trumpets on the first day of the seventh moneth; 7 at the day of af
ANd in the seventh moneth, in the first day of the moneth, yee shall have a convocation of holinesse; yee shall not doe any servile worke: a day of blowing of trumpets shal it be unto you. And ye shal ready a Burnt-offering for a savour of rest unto Iehovah; one bullocke, a youngling of the herd, one ramme, seven hee-lambes of the first yeare, perfect. And their Meatshall be of fine flower mingled with oyle; three tenth parts for a bullocke, two tenth parts for a ramme. And one tenth part for one lambe, throughout the seven lambes. And one goat-bucke of the goats for a Sin-offering, to make atonement for you.
Beside the Burnt-offering of the moneth, and his Meant-offering, and the continuall offering unto Iehovah.
And in the tenth day of this seventh mofor a savour of rest; one bullocke, a youngling of the herd, one ramme, seven he-lambs, of the first yeare, perfect shall they be unto you. And their shall be of fine flower, mingled with oyle; three tenth parts for a bullocke, two tenth parts for one ramme. A severall part for one lambe, throughout the sefor a Sin-offering, beside the Sin-offering of atonements, and the continuall Burnt-offe
And in the fifteenth day of the seventh offering for a savour of rest unto Iehovah; thirteene bullocks, younglings of the herd, two rammes, fourteene hee-lambes of the first yeare, they shall be perfect. And shall be of fine flower, mingled with oile; three tenth parts for one bullocke, throughout the thirteene bullocks; two tenth parts for each ramme, of the two rammes. And a severall tenth part for one
And one goat-buck of the goats for a Sinoffering,
And in the second day, twelve bullockes, younglings of the herd, two rammes, four
And their Meat-offering and their Drinkfor a Sin-offering, beside
And in the third day, eleven bullocks, two for a Sin-offering, beside the con
And in the fourth day, ten bullockes, two for a Sin-offering, beside the continuall Burnt-offering, his Meat-offering, and his Drinke-offering.
And in the fifth day, nine bullockes, two for a Sin-offering, beside the continuall Burnt-offering, and his Meat-offe
And in the sixth day, eight bullockes, two for a Sin-offering, beside the con
And in the seventh day, seven bullockes,
And one goat-bucke for a Sin-offering, be
In the eighth day ye shall have a solemne
And ye shall offer a Burnt-offering, a Fireoffering
And one goat-bucke for a Sin-offering, be
These things ye shall doe unto Iehovah in offerings, for your Burnt-offe
THE seventh moneth] called in 1 King. 8. 2. the moneth Ethanim, of the Hebrewes commonly Tisri; of us, September. This moneth was the going out of the yeare, Exod. 23. 16. and
Vers. 2. savour of rest] which the Greeke transof sweet smell; the Chaldee, to be accepted with favour before the LORD. See Gen. 8. 21. one bullocke] at every new moone they were to offer two bullockes, one ramme, and seven lambes, Numb. 28. 11. the same were to be offered at this New-moone, and this one bullocke, one ramme, and seven lambes, &c. here mentioned, were added over and beside the Burnt-offering of the moneth, as is after expressed in vers. 6. So this day they sacrificed three bullockes, two rammes, and fourteene lambs for Burnt-offerings, and two goats for Sin, besides the two lambes for the daily oblation. For as the solemnitie was greater, by reason of the blowing of the Trumpets, (which figured the preaching of reEsay 58. 1. Mark. 1. 1, 2, 3, 4.) so their service and thankfulnesse unto God was to be testified by the moe sacrifices. And if this new-moone fell to be on the Sabbath, then besides all the former oblations, they offered also the two lambes, which were added for the Sabbath, Numb. 28. 9, 10. The Order of offering is said to be thus; After the daily morning sacrifice was offered, the addition of the Sabbath was first, and after that, the addition of the new-moone; and after it, the addition of this good day (or seast) Maimony in Tami
Vers. 6. their manner] Hebr. their judgement,
vers. 18. 21. 24. &c. Vnder this word manner, or judgement, the Hebrews understand the order alLeo. 5. 7, 8, 10. in the oblations of the feast (they say) it was not so, but they offered according to the order that is written, as it is said, According to their maner. As, first the Bullocks, and after them the Rams, and after them the Lambs, and after them the Goat-buckes, although the Goat-buckes were Sin-offerings, and all those before them were Burnt-offerings. Maichap. 9. sect. 7.
Vers. 7. the tenth day] which was the day of Atonements,
Vers. 11. beside the Sin-offering of Atonements]
Lev. 16. 9. 29. besides it, this sacrifice here coOn Atonement day, they offer an addition according to the addition of the beginning of the yeare [which was the first day of the seventh month, fore-mentioned in vers. 1, 2.] a bullock & a ram, and this ram is called the peoples ram; and seven lambes, all of them for Burnt-offerings, and a goat-buck for a Sinoffering, & that was eaten at evening. Moreover the congregation offered a goat-bucke for a Sin-offering which was burnt, the fellow wherof was sent away for a Scape-goat, (Lev. 16. 9, 10.) Maim. in Tamidin,
Vers. 12. the fifteenth day] when the feast of Booths,
Lev. 23. 34, 35, 36, &c. the signification of which feast is shewed in the Annotations on that place.
Vers. 13. thirteene bullockes] Whereas at the oDeut. 16. 13, 15. therefore the Lord requiZach. 14. 16.—19.) appointeth like sacrifices as were to be offered at the Passeover; as that the Prince should prepare seven bullocks and seven rammes daily for a Burnt-offering, &c. Ezek. 45. 23, 25.
Vers. 17. twelve bullocks] in every of the seven eleven, vers. 20. on the fourth day ten, vers. 23. and so forward, till on the seventh day they were to offer seven bullocks, vers. 32. (all which, in seven dayes amounted to seventie bullockes) but the rammes and lambes were every day alike. By this diminishing of one bullocke every day, the Holy Ghost might teach
Rom. 12. 1.
Vers. 18. and for the lambes] the Hebrewes say never to be mixed together, but the Meat and Drinke-offerings of the bullockes were by themselves, and the Meat and Drink-offerings of the rams by themselves, and of the lambes by themselves; whether they were the oblations of the congregation, or the oblations of a particular person. Maimony in Tamidin, chap. 10. sect. 15.
Vers. 35. In the eighth day] Chazkuni here obAnd in the eighth day; to teach that it was a good day (or feast) by it selfe. a solemne assembly] or, generall assembly: See the notes on Lev. 23. 36.
Vers. 36. one bullocke] though this was the last, the great day of the feast, Ioh. 7. 37. yet were the sacrifices fewer than on any other day; as if God would call them from the multitude of outward obvers. 17. And our Saviour on that day called the people from their many carnall observations (some whereLevit. 23. 40.) unto himselfe to drinke the waters of his Spirit, Ioh. 7. 38, 39.
Vers. 39. beside your vowes, &c.] of the diffeVowes and Voluntary offerings, see the Annotations on Lev. 7. 16. The sacrifices fore-mentioned the congregation of Israel was bound to offer, every thing in his day: but all men as they had either vowed, or voluntarily would, brought their sacrifices at the feasts, (especially Peace-offeDeut. 16. 10, 11. 14, 15. The truth and comthe sacrifice of praise to God continually, that is, the fruit of our
1 The Lord commandeth that mens vowes or oathes be not prophaned, but kept. 3 Amaid in her fathers house, the father hath power to establish her vow, or to disanull it. 6 Likewise a married woman is in her husbands power, he may confirme or disanul. her vow, in the day that he heareth it. 9 But the vowes of a widow, or divorced woman, are to stand. 10 An explanation of the case betweene man and wife, concerning vowes or oathes.
ANd Moses spake unto the heads of the is the thing which Iehothat he heareth, not any of her vowes or of her bonds which she hath bound upon her soule shall stand: and Iehovah will merbe upon her, or the uttethat hee heathat her husband is upon her, and the uttethat is put away, whatsoever shee hath bound upon her soule shall stand upon her.
And if she vowed in her husbands house,
And her husband heard, and held his peace and disallowed her not; then all her vowes shall stand, and every bond which she hath bound upon her soule shall stand. But if her husband hath utterly made them that hee heard, whatsoever proceeded out of her lips concerning her vowes, or concerning the bond of her soule, shall not stand; her husband hath made them void, and Iehovah will mercifully forgive
But if her husband altogether hold his peace at her from day to day, then hee estaare upon her: he establisheth them, because hee held his peace at her in the day that hee heard them. But if hee shall utterly make that hee hath heard them, then he shall beare her iniquitie. These are
in her fathers house.
Gen. 6. 9.
THE heads] that is, as the Greeke translateth, the Rulers (or Princes) of the Tribes. In the two former Chapters were lawes for necessary duconcerning the sonnes] or, to the sonnes of Israel; or as the Greeke joyneth it with the former, the Princes of the Tribes of the sonnes of Israel. It was spoken by Moses to the Princes, that by them it might be orderly communicated unto the peoExod. 12. 3. 21. and 4. 29. also that the Governours should looke unto the people for the performance of their religious promises. the thing] Hebr. the word.
Vers. 2. a vow] a religious promise to the a vow, and how it differed from a voLevit. 27. 2. and 7. 16. and of an oath, see the notes on Levit. 5. 1. 4. And that almes promised for the poore, is comprehended also under the name of vowes, is shewed on Deut. 23. 21. a bond upon his soule] that is, to binde his soule (or himselfe) with a bondThy
are
Vers. 3. and binde a bond] to wit, upon her soule,
vers. 4. that is, bound her selfe with a bond. And, may Or (as it is often, and as the Greeke here translateth, or determine a determination) to imply either a vow to sanctifie any thing to the Lord, or a bond to restraine her selfe from something, as by afflicting her soule, or absteinance, as in
Vers. 4. hold his peace at her] or, keepe silence at
it: though hee doe not by words appshall stand] that is, shall be stable, firme and sure; as the field which Abraham bought, was said to stand, when by sale it was made sure, Gen. 23. 17. 20. So ones counsell or word is said to stand, when it abideth firme, Prov. 19. 21. Esay 14. 24. and 40. 8. Ier. 44. 29.
Vers. 5. disallow her] or, disallow (nulli
Vers. 6. if having she have a h
Hebr.
Vers. 8. he disallow her] or, disallow it, that is, A man maketh void, or establisheth the words of his wife, or of his daughter in any language, although she know it not; for it is not of necessity that the woman should heare the making void, or the establishmēt, &c.
Vers. 9. put away] to wit, from her husband, as Levit. 21. 7. that is, divorced. shall stand] she is to performe her vow; and this (as the Hebrewes thinke) though she be afterward maried. As, A woman which hath no husband, and which is not under her fathers power, if she say, Loe (such) flesh be unlawfull to me after thirty daies, and she be married within thirty dayes; although at the time when the vow beginneth, shee be under the power of a husband, he cannot make it void; because at the time of the vow (making) she was not under his power. And of this it is said (in Num. 30. 9.) But the vow of a widow, and of her that is put away, &c. Maim. in Vowes, chap. 13. sect. 16.
Vers. 10. in her husbands house] after that shee A maid that is betrothed, none can make ther vow void, but her father and her husband joyntly together. And if the one of them alone doe make it void, it is not made void. If her espoused husband die, she returneth into the power of her father: and whatsoever she voweth, her father may make void, as before her espousals. If her father die after that she is betrothed, and she make a vow after his death, her husband cannot make it void; for an husband maketh not the vowes of his wife void, untill shee be come into the wedding chamber, (or married.) Maim. in Vowes,
Vers. 11. shall stand] shee is to keepe her vow, A young woman, whom her father hath given in mariage, if she become a widow, or be divorced after mariage, loe she is as an Orphan whiles her father liveth, and her father cannot make her vowes of none effect, although she be yet but a young woman. Maim. ibidem,
Vers. 12. hath utterly made them void] or, hath
any waies made them void; Hebr. making void hath made them void: so in vers. 15.
Vers. 13. oath of bond] that is, binding oath, or to afflict the soule] by abstenance, fasting, &c. See the notes on Levit. 16. 29. This seemeth to be added for ampliNumb. 30. and Maichap. 12. sect. 1. may establish it] or,
Vers. 14. altogether hold his peace] Hebr. holding
Vers. 15. shall utterly make them void] or, shall
any waies make them of none effect: see this phrase in vers. 12. shall beare her iniquitie] that is, shall beare the punishment of her iniquitie; God will require her sinne at his hand. From hence wee learne (saith Sol. Iarchi) that he which is a cause of scandall (or offence) unto his neighbour, shall cone in his stead unto all punishments.
1 The Israelites are commanded to take venge
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, saysome men of your selves unto the warre, and let them be against Midian, to render the vengeance of Iehovah, upon Mifor war. And Mothose that were slaine of them; Evi, and Rekem, and Zur, and Hur, and Reba, five Kings of Midian: Balaam also the sonne of Beor they killed with the sword.
And the sonnes of Israel tooke the woare by Iordan, neere Iericho.
And Moses, and Eleazar the Priest, and all
Behold, these were to the sonnes of Israel (a cause) to commit trespasse against Iehovah in the matter of Peor: and there was a plague awith a male. But all the litwith a male, keepe alive for your selves. And you, encamp ye withany soule, and whosoever hath touched any slaine; purifie your selves and your capti(haire,) and every instrument of wood.
And Eleazar the Priest said unto the men is the ordinance of the Law, which Iehoit passe thorow the fire, and it shall be cleane; neverthelesse, it shall be purified with the water of separatithing that goeth not thorow the fire, yee shall make passe thorow the wa
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying;
Take thou the summe of the bootie of the captivitie, of man, and of beast; thou, and Eleazar the Priest, and the heads of the Fathers of the Congregation. And divide
Of their halfe shall yee take it, and thou it unto Eleazar the Priest, for an heave-offering of Iehovah. And of the sons
And Moses and Eleazar the Priest did as Iewere two and thirtie thousand. And the halfe, which was the were six and thirtie was seventy and two. And the asses were thirwas sixtie and one.
And the soules of mankinde were sixteene was two and thirty soules. And Moses gave the
And the officers which were over the thouwere in our hand, and there lacfor Iehovah, what every man hath found of jewels of gold, chaines, and bracelets, rings, eare-rings, & tablets, to make atonement for our soules before Ieho
And all the gold of the heave-offering, that every man for himselfe. And Moses and Eleazar the Priest tooke the gold of the captaines of thousands, and of hunfor a memoriall for the sonnes of Israel, before Iehovah.
AVenge the vengeance] or, Revenge the revengement
Vers. 3. to render] or, to give the vengeance of
Iehovah, which phrase the Apostle useth in 2 Thess. 1. 8. giving (or rendring) vengeance on them that know not God. That which in vers. 2. was called the vengeance of the sonnes of Israel, is here named the vengeance of the Lord, as being executed by his word, and for the injury done unto him; for he that toucheth his people, toucheth the apple of his eye, Zach. 2. 8. The Chaldee here expoundeth it, the vengeance of the people of the LORD.
Vers. 4. A thousand of a tribe a thousand] that of every tribe a thousand; in all, twelve thousand, vers. 5. which was but a small company in respect both of the six hundred thousands of Israel, Numb. 26. 51. and of the nation of the Midianites, goverfive Kings, vers. 8. But there is no restrain: to the Lord, to save by many, or by few, 1 Sam. 14. 6. And this small number was chosen, that the victoThe people that are with thee are too many for me to give the Midianites into their hands, lest Israel vaunt themselves against me, saying, Mine owne hand hath saved me, Iudg. 7. 2.
Vers. 5. there were delivered] in Chaldee, there
were chosen; in Greeke, they numbred.
Vers. 6. Phinehas] the zealous Priest, who had Num. 25. 7.—15. holy instruments] Hebr. instruments (or vessels) of holinesse: hereby the Arke and things belonging thereto may be meant, as appeareth by Numb. 14. 44. Or, because the Arke was but one, and he speaketh here of moe instruthe holy instruments, that is, the trumpets, &c. for and is sometime used by way of explicatithat is, or to wit, as is noted on Gen. 13. 15. But to understand hereby the Vrim and Thummim, or Golden plate (as some do) is unprobable, because they were not in the hand of Phinehas, but of EleaNumb. 27. 21. and 20. 26. trumpets of alarme] to blow an alarme, that they might be remembred before the Lord their God, and saved from their enemies, according to the law and promise in Num. 10. 9. and practise in ages following, 2 Chron. 13. 12, 14, 15. Thus had they both Gods commandement, and the signes of his presence and aid, to sanctifie their ex
Vers. 8. beside those] or, with those that were gnal often signifieth with, as in Exod. 35. 22. Levit. 14. 31. Deut. 22. 6. and ofive kings] called else-where Princes and Dukes of Sibon, Ios. 13. 21. But Sihon the Amorite being slaine before (Num. 21. 23, 24.) these Dukes of his now reigned as Kings, & fought against Israel, and were overcome by faith which subdueth kingdomes, Hebr. 11. 33. The Antichriten Kings, as hornes on his head, which make warre with the Lambe (Christ,) and the Lambe overcomRev. 17. 12, 14. and 19. 19.—21. Balaam also] they killed among (or with) those that were slaine of them, as is expressed in Numb. 13. 22. which also is added in the Greeke version
Num. 24. 25. And hee died not the death of the righteous, (as he seemed to desire, Num. 23. 10.) but his iniquitie was upon his bones, though hee was the terrour of the mightie in the land of the living; yet was he broken in the midst of the uncircumcised, and lay with them that were slaine with the sword, as the Prophet speaketh of others, in Ezek. 32. 27, 28.
Vers. 10. castles] or, goodly buildings, or, villages:
Vers. 12. the captivitie] that is, the captives,
Num. 21. 1. So after in vers. 19. the bootie] or, the thing taken; which being here distinguished from the captives, meavers. 32. and 26. the spoile] a generall word for things taken in warre, Ios. 22. 8. implying sometime beasts and cattell also, as in 2 Chron. 15. 11. and all other things, as garments, gold, silver, &c. vers. 20. 22. Ios. 7. 21. 2 Chron. 28. 15. victuals, 1 Sam. 14. 30. and the like. These all they brought unto the Governours and Congregation, to be dispo
Vers. 13. to meet them] As Melchisedek King Gen. 14. so Moses the King, Eleazar the Priest, and the Princes goe forth here to meet Abrahams children returning from the slaughter of the Kings of Midian. WhereHebr. 7. Also they went out to meet them, to provide for the cleansing of the Souldiers, wch were polluted by the dead, and might not therefore come into the campe before they were purified, Num. 5. 2, 3. and 19. 11, 12, 13.
Vers. 14. the officers] or, the Bishops of the host,
the captains, as after is explained. Moses who was the meekest man on earth in his owne matters, is yet observed to have beene often angry for the Lords cause, as is noted on Num. 12. 3. And he was wroth with the officers, because upon them lay the charge to direct and governe the peoActs 20. 28.
2. 1,—5. &c.
Vers. 16. the word of Balaam] the doctrine of
Balaam, as Rev. 2. 14. or, (as the Chaldee expounthe counsell of Balaam; having reference to that counsell intimated, Num. 24. 14. a cause to commit] or, an occasion to commit (Heb. to give) atrespasse by fornication and idolatrie, Num. 25. 1, 2, 3. The Greeke translateth, to revolt and to despise the word of the Lord. the matter] Heb. the word; in Greeke, because of Phogor: see Num. 25. 3. 18.
Vers. 17. knowne man by lying with a male] the Gen. 4. 1. Luke 1. 34. After it is said, knowne the lying with a male: the like phrases are in Iudg. 21. 11, 12.
Vers. 19. seven dayes] for so long did the polNum. 19. 11. any soule] that is, any person. purifie] with the water of separation, vers. 23. the law whereof was given in Num. 19. your captivitie] that is, your captives, or prisoners; as in vers. 12. The Iewes hold, that the heathens are not polluted by the dead, or with other like legall uncleannesse, as is noted on Num. 19. 14. But in this case, when heaGen. 17. 12, 13. Wherupon Iarchi here saith, Your selves and your captivity, not that heathens doe receive uncleannesse, and need to be sprinkled; but as you the children of the covenant, so your captives also which come into the covenant, and are uncleane, have need to be sprinkled. and in the seventh day] according to the law in
Vers. 20. every garment] or, every cloth: the Num. 4. 6 7, 8. instrument] or, vessell of skin; whatsoever is made of the skin of any beast: so after, every instrument (or
Vers. 21. which went] that is, which had gone:
which came; wherefore it may also bee Englished, which came from the battell: so the Greeke here translateth it; and so the Hebrew word which usually signifieth to, is by the holy Ghost in Greeke translated from, or out of, as in Rom. 11. 26. from Esay 59. 20. See the like noted on Gen. 36. 6. the ordinance] or the statute of the law; which the Greeke calleth Dicaioma, that is, the just ordinance, or righteous statute of the law. The same word Paul useth in Rom. 2. 26. if the uncircumcision (that is, the uncircumcised Gentile)
that goeth thorow the fire] that is, will, or may abide the fire, and not be consumed therewith. Or, that commeth in the fire. and it shall be] or, that it may be cleane. water of separation] in Greeke,
Vers. 26. the summe] Hebr. the head, that is, Num. 1. 2. So after in vers. 49.
Vers. 27. into two parts] or into halfes: Hebr. divide (or halfe) the bootie. The warre and victoAs his part is that goeth downe to the battell, so shall his part be that tarrieth by the stuffe: they shall part alike, 1. Sam. 30. 24, 25. And to the warriers of the two tribes and the halfe that fought against the Canaanites, Iosua said, Divide the spoile of your enemies with your brethren, Ios. 22. 8.
Vers. 28. And levie] or, And heave up; which And separate a tribute to the Lord: by this homage and tribute, they were to acknowledge the victory to be of God, and to shew their thankfulnesse for his salvaSam. 8. 11. 12. And Esaias prophesieth, In that time shall a present be brought unto the LORD of hosts, of a people scattered and peeled, &c. Esay 18. 7. one soule of 500] by soule is here meant person of mankinde, and living body of beasts, as after is explained. And as the 12000 souldiers had much more of the spoile, considering their small number, than the other many thousands of the congregativer. 30. God requireth lesse of them, as their la
Vers. 29. unto Eleazar] The Lord, who was the Dent. 18. 1, 2. and had given them the ordinary heave-offeNum. 18. 19. giveth them also this extraordinary tribute which was levied for him. So Abram gave to Melchisedek the Priest the tithe of the spoiles which he had gotten in warre, Gen. 14. 20. And as the Levites had the tithes in Israel, and the Priests had but a tenth of those tithes, Num. 18. 21. 24. 26. 28. so is there here a like proportion allotvers. 30. and the Priests but the five hundreth.
Vers. 30. one portion of fiftie] or, one taken (or detained) of fiftie: so in vers. 47. of the sheepe] or, of the flocke-beasts, that is, of sheepe and of goats; for both these are implied under the name flocke; as in Lev. 1. 10. of all beasts] that is, of all manner of beasts: but this seemeth to be meant of the beasts fore-named onely, and not of Camels, or other uncleane beasts; because in the particular summes after rehearsed,
Vers. 32. the residue of the prey] the cattell (whose the residue or remainder, either because some had beene slaine for the souldiers to eat, or in respect of the gold and silver, and other such spoiles, whereof there was no tri
Vers. 33. seventie and two thousand] that is, seventie
Vers. 35. soules of mankind] Heb. soule of Adam,
soule, the persons; and by Adam or mankinde, the women, as after is explained. For as at the first; both man and woman were called Adam, Gen. 5. 2. so the same name is often used for both sexes, as here and in vers. 40. 46, 47.
Vers. 40. two and thirtie] So the whole number vers. 41.
Vers. 47. one portion of fiftie] or, one taken of fiftie,;
Vers. 48. the Officers] or Bishops, as in vers. 14.
Vers. 49. in our hand] that is, in our power, under our leading and charge: wch the Greeke and Chaldee translate, with us. there lacketh not Heb. there is not numbred, or mustered, to wit, as wanting or missing: for in such musters the number is obserthe sword devoureth one as well as another, 2 Sam. 11. 25. But hereby appeareth, that
Vers. 50. an oblation for Iehovah] or, as the the oblation of the Lord: in Greekea gift to the Lord. This was a voluntary gift, whereas the former levie was commanded, v. 25 ▪ &c. hath found] that is, hath gotten in this war.
Vers. 51. every wrought jewell] Hebr. jewell (or instrument) of worke; that is, cunningly wrought. So as the matter was the best of gold; the forme also was the best. Chazkuni here saith; The Scripture sheweth that they brought no broken instrument.
Vers. 52. shekels] what the shekell waighed, Gen. 20. 16. of the captaines] or, from the captaines; that is, Moses tooke the gold of them; as in vers. 51. and 54.
Vers. 54. the Tent] the Lords Tabernacle, a memoriall for them: as the like is spoken of the halfe shekels wch the Israelites gave when they were numbred, to make atonement for their soules, Exod. 30. 15, 16.
1 The Reubenites and Gadites sue for their in
NOw the sonnes of Reuben, and the was a place for cattell. And the sonnes of Gad, and the sonnes of for cattell, and thy servants have cattell. And they said; If we have found grace in
And Moses said unto the sonnes of Gad, ch Iehovah hath given them? Thus did your they should not goe into the land which Iewas consumed that had done evill in the eyes of Iehovah. And behold, ye are risen up in your if yee turne away from
And they came neere unto him, and said; our selves will goe ready armed before the sonnes of Israel, untill that we have brought them unto their place; and our little ones shall dwell in the fenced cities, because of the Inhabitants of the land. Wee will not reevery man his inheri
And Moses said unto them, If ye will doe for warre before Iehovah to battell, as my lord speaketh.
So concerning them, Moses commanded man armed to battell be
And the sonnes of Gad, and the sonnes of into the land of Canaan; and the possession of our inheritance on this side Iordan, shall bee ours. And Moses gave unto them, unto
And the sonnes of Gad built Dibon, and for sheepe. And the sonnes of Reubeing changed) and Sibmah: and they called by names, the names of the cities which they builded. And the sonnes of ch
was in it. And Moses gave Gilead
REuben] he was Israels first-borne of his wife Leah, Gen. 29. 32. and Gad was the first sonne of Zilpah Leahs handmaid, Gen. 30. 10. 11. To these are added some of the sonnes of Manasses, (vers. 39. &c.) who was the sonne of Ioseph, the
Gen. 30. 22. 24. Iazer] a citie taken a while before from the Amorites, Num. 21. 32. Gilead] in Greeke, Galaad, a mountaine also of the Amorites which had many cities; halfe that mount was givers. 40. Deut. 3. 12, 13. Ios. 13. 24. 25. 31. a place for cattell] that is, meet to seed and nourish cattell. Therefore God promiBashan and Gilead, Mic. 7. 14. Ier. 50. 19.
Vers. 2. sonnes of Gad] they are named before the sonnes of Reuben, both here and in vers. 6. 25. 29. 32. 33. so it seemeth they were first in this counsell and foremost in the suit.
Vers. 3. Ataroth, and Dibon, &c.] These were places in the countrey of Sihon and Og on the Ios. 16. 2. 5 7. Of Dibon, see Num. 28. 30. Ios. 13. 9. 17. Nimrah] called also
Vers 4. Iehovah smote] that is, smote or killed Deut. 2. 33. but the victorie is ascribed unto the Lord. for cattell] in Greeke, that nourisheth cattell: see vers. 1.
Vers. 5. bring us not over] or, lead us not, cause
to wit, for to have pos
Vers. 6. Shall your brethren] the other tribes. every man on his owne things, but every man also o
2. 4. and that they ought to lay downe their lives for the brethren, 2
Vers. 7. breake ye the heart] that is, discourage
ye, or make ye it to turne; as the Greeke translapervert ye the mindes. A like phrase is of melting the heart, for discouraging, in
Vers. 8. Thus did your fathers] the Greeke exDid not your fathers thus? So where the Prophet saith, All these my hand hath made, Esay 66. 1. the holy Ghost turneth it in Greeke, Hath not my hand made all these? Act. 7. 49.
Vers. 9. valley] or bourne of Eshcol, that is, as the valley of the cluster of grapes: see Num. 13. 23, 24.
Vers. 11. If the men] that is, Surely the men,
&c. shall not see: this is an oaNum. 14. 23. twentie yeares old] Hebr. sonne of twentie yeares. followed me fully] Hebr. fulfilled after me, wch the Chaldee expoundeth, fulfilled after my feare; the Greeke,
Vers. 12. the Kenizite] of the posteritie of Kenaz,
Vers. 13. wander] this is an explanation of that shall feed in the wildernesse; wherof see Num. 14. 33. the generation] that is, the men of the generation, as,
Vers. 14. an increase of sinfull men] or, a crew (a
multitude) of men sinners: that is, bred and brought up of men most sinfull, which the Chaldee exdisciples of sinfull of men. By sinners, is meant men given unto sinne: see the notes on Gen. 13. 13. & Num. 16. 38. the burning anger] Hebr. the burning of the
(or
Vers. 15. from after him] that is, from following, from after his feare. So Christ calling Iames and Iohn, they went after him, Mark. 1. 20, that is, they followed him, Mat. 4. 22. then he will yet again leave them] Heb.
Vers. 17. will go ready armed] Heb. will be armed,
making haste, before the sonnes of Israel: which the Greeke explaineth, it being armed will goe in the fore-ward, before the sonnes of Israel. Signifying both their ready minde to jeopard their lives in the battell; and that by leaving their wives, children, and cattell behind them, they should be freed from that cumbrance which others had.
Vers. 18. we will not returne] Here they promise Yee have not left your brethren these many dayes, unto this day, &c. And now the LORD your God hath given rest unto your brethren, &c. Ios. 22. 3, 4.
Vers. 19. we will not inherit with them] By taking th might justly seem at first to be imvers. 20. &c.
Vers. 20. this thing] Hebr. this word: in Greeke, according to this word. before Iehovah] the Chalver. 21. and in Ios. 4. 13. before the people of the LORD. So, the helpe of the LORD, in Iudg. 5. 23. is in Chaldee, the helpe of the people of the LORD. See the notes on Num. 31. 3.
Vers. 21. all of you armed] or, every armed man of
you: Thus things are carried betweene Moses and them, as if the land should be conquered by force of armes: but it was lest they should tempt God, by neglect of the meanes; and that under this war-fare the good fight of faith might be fought of Isabout fortie thousand, Ios. 4. 12, 13. which were much fewNum. 26. 2. 7. 18. 34. It seemeth the residue were left behind, to keepe their countrey and families: or, God would not have all to goe to warre, that the victory might appeare to be his, as the Church after acknowPsal. 44. 2, 3, 4. &c. and lest Israel should vaunt themselves against him, saying, Mine owne hand hath saved mee: as in Iudg. 7. 2.
Vers. 22. before Iehovah] in Chaldee, before the
people of the LORD, as in vers. 20. So againe in vers. 27. and 29. and 32. guiltlesse before Iehovah] or,
Vers. 23. sinned against Iehovah] or, unto Iehovah;
Vers. 25. said] Hebr. he said, signifying their
Vers. 29. then ye shall give] Moses giveth them Heb. 7. 19.
Vers. 32. shall be ours] or, that it may be ours:
with us, that is, remaine with us as our owne. So in Plsal. 12. 5. our lips are with us, that is, are ours.
Vers. 33. halfe the tribe of Manasses] There is no vers. 39. therefore the Lord by Moses giveth them a possession there. And of Machir the sonne of Manasses it is said, Because he was a man of warre, therefore he had Gilead and Bashan, Ios. 17. 1. This halfe tribe had also their inheritance given them upon like condition as the former two tribes, Ios. 4. 12. with the cities thereof in the coasts] or, as the Greeke translateth, and the cities with the coasts thereof. The Hebrew preposition Lamed is often in Greeke translated and, with good sense, as in Gen. 1. 6. and 2. 3. Exod. 17. 10. Levit. 8. 12. and 16. 21. Num. 9. 15. and 33. 2.
Vers. 34. built Dibon] that is, repaired and fortiver. 37.
Vers. 38. the names being changed] or, being turned in name: which seemeth to be in respect of the former idolatry whereto by name they were dedicate: for Nebo and Baal were the names of false gods, Esay. 46. 1. Iudg. 6. 31. which the Lord would not have to be mentioned, Exod. 23. 13. And thus the Hebrewes (as Sol. Iarchi here) exThey were idolatrous names, and the Amorites had called their cities by the names of their idols; but the sonnes of Reuben turned their name to other names. they called by names] that is, by other names for the cause fore-mentioned: the Greeke translateth, they named by their names: so it accordeth with vers. 42. where Nobah having
Kenath, called it Nobah by his owne name.
Vers. 40. gave Gilead] to wit, halfe of mount Gilead, for the other halfe was given to the sonnes Deut. 3. 12, 13. unto Ma
Seeing Machir was the first-borne of Manas
Vers. 41. Iair the sonne of Manasses] Iair was the sonne of Hezron the sonne of Iudah by the Chron. 2. 21, 22. and taking these villages with the other Manassites, he is here reckoned of that tribe. So elsewhere some of the Priests are called the sonnes of Barzillai, which tooke a wife of the daughters of Barzillai the Gileadite, and was called after their name, Ezr. 2. 61. the villages of Iair] in Hebrew, Havoth Iair. There was also one Iair sonne of Segub, who had three and twenty cities in the land of Gilead, 1 Chro. 2. 22. and another Iair of the tribe of Manasses, who was Iudge of Israel twentie yeares: he had thirty sonnes, and they had thirtie cities in the land of Gilead, which were also called Havoth Iair, Iudg. 10. 3, 4.
Vers. 42. the daughters] that is, the townes or villages, as is noted on Num. 21. 25. So againe in Chron. 2. 23. These two tribes and an halfe, as they were the first of all Israel that had their inKings 15. 29. For they transgressed against the God of their fathers, and went a whoring after the gods of the people of the land, whom God destroyed before them. And the God of Israel stirred up the spirit of Pul King of Assyria, and the spirit of T
5. 25, 26.
1 Two and fortie journies of the Israelites tho
THese are the journies of the sonnes according to their journies at the mouth of Iehovah: and these are their journies according to their goings out. And they journied from Rameses, in after the Passeothose which Iehovah had smitten among them, every first-horne: upon their gods also Iehovah executed judgments. And the sons of Israel jouris in the edge of the wildernesse. And they journied from is before Baal-zephon, and they enwere twelve fountaines of water, and seventie Palme trees, and they en
And they journied from Horhagidgad, is Kadesh. And they journied from Kadesh, were come out from the land of Egypt, in the fift moday of the moneth. And Aaron was an hundred and twentie and
And they journied from Almon-Diblaneere Iericho. And they encamped by Iordan, from Beth je
And Iehovah spake unto. Moses in the neere Iericho, saying; Speake unto the sonnes of Israel, and say unto them; When yee are passed places. And ye shall dispossesse according to the tribes of your fathers ye shall inherit. But if yee that those which ye let remaine of them, shall be pricks in your eies, and thornes in your sides, and shall vex you in the land wherein yee dwell. And it shall be that I will doe unto
the journies: see Gen. 6. 9.
THe journies] or the removings, to wit, from Deut. 12. 9. Figuring the unstaiednesse of the Church under Moses law otherwise than under the Gospell of Christ, where we which have beleeved doe enter into rest, Heb. 4. 3. Of which un
Vers. 2. according to their journies] or, their journies (or removings) as the Greeke transand their journies (or stations.) the
mo
that is,
Vers. 3. from Rameses] a citie in the land of EGen. 47. 11. See also Exod. 12. 37. the first
moneth] called Abib, and Nisan, Exod. 13. 4. Nehem. 2. 1. answering to that which we call
Vers. 4. had smitten] that is, as the Chaldee exhad killed; and the Greeke, all the
dead which the Lord had smitten: see Exod. 12. 29. their gods] in Chaldee, their idols. Some underjudgements] in Greeke, did (or executed) vengeance: see
Vers. 5. Succoth] by interpretation, Boothes: see Exod. 12. 37.
Vers. 6. Etham which is in the edge] in Greeke, Bouthan, which is a part of the wildernesse: see Exod.
Vers. 7. Pi-hahiroth] or, as the Greeke and the mouth of Hiroth: for in the next verse, the place is called onely Hiroth: which seeme to be mountaines betweene which was a narrow passage, called figuratively a mouth. It was by the red sea, and there the Egyptians overtooke the Israelites, Exod. 14. 2. 9.
Vers. 8. the sea] the red sea, the waters whereof Exod. 14. 21, 22, 23, &c. three dayes journie] Hebr. three dayes way. Etham] called the wildernesse of Sh
that is,
Vers. 9. plame trees] or Date trees: see Exod. 15. there] there by the waters, Exod. 15. 27. So God refreshed his pe
Vers. 10. by the red sea] of this resting place
Vers. 11. of Sin] a wildernesse which adjoyned Sin, a citie of Egypt so called, Ezek. 30. 15, 16. Hither they came a just moneth after their deparvers. 3. namely in the fifteenth day of the second moneth: in this wildernesse they murmured for want of food, and God gave them Quailes, and rained Manna from heaven, Exod. 16. 1, 2, &c.
Vers. 12. Dephkah] in Greeke, Raphakah: putGen. 4. 18. Of this place there is no mention in Exodus.
Vers. 13. Alush] in Greeke, Ailous: Neither is after their journies, Exod. 17. 1.
Vers. 14. Rephidim] in Greeke, Rephidein.
no water] therefore the people contended with MoMassah, and Meribah, that is, Tentation, and contention. Here also at Rephidim, the Amalekites fought against Israel, and were overcome, Ex. 17.
V. 15. wildernesse of Sinai] the wildernesse of mount
Sinai, Act. 7. 30. Thither they came in the beginthe third moneth, Exod. 19. 1. There God gave them his Lawes, Statutes and Iudgements, Exod. 20. and 21, &c. There they sinned and made the golden Calfe, Exod. 32. Afterward they made the Tabernacle, Exod. 36, &c. Out of it God speaLev. 1, &c. He numbred and ordered the twelve tribes, both for their encamping about the Tabernacle, and for their journyings with it toNum. 1, &c. And in this place they abode, till the twentieth day of the second moneth of the second yeare after their comming out of Egypt, Num. 10. 11, 12.
Vers. 16. Kibroth hattaavah] that is, the graves
of lust, where the people lusted for flesh, died whiles the flesh was betweene their teeth, and were buried there, Num. 11. 14,—34.
Vers. 17. Hazeroth] In this place Marie with Num. 12.
Vers. 18. Rithmah] a place in the wildernesse of Num. 13. 1. It hath the name of Iuniper, which either grew there, or (as some of the He(Num. 13. 3.) and brought up an cvill rePsal. 120. 3, 4.) and kindled a rebellion among the people, Num. 14.
Vers. 19. Rimmon Parez] in Greeke, Rhembon
Phares: by interpretation, the Pomegranate (or the lifting up) of the breach. This place is not naNum. 14. 25. So it might have the name of the breach or slaughter which the Amalekites and Canaanites made among the Israelites for their presumption, Num. 14. 44, 45. as Perez Vzza, in 1 Chron. 13. 11. and Baal Perazim, in 1 Chron. 14. 11. were places so named of the death of Vzza, and slaugh
Vers. 20. Libnah] in Greeke, Lembona:
Laban, in Deut. 1. 1.
Vers. 21. Rissah] in Greeke, Ressan: it is not
Vers. 22. Kehelathah] in Greeke, Makelath:
Assembling.
Vers. 23. mount Shapher] in Hebrew, Har
Shapher; by interpretation, Faire mount: in Greeke, Arsaphath.
Haradah] or Charadah; in Greeke, Charadath: it signifieth Trembling.
Vers. 25. Makheloth] in Greeke, Makedoth:
Assemblies, or Congregations, and is thought of some to be so called of the mutinous assemblies of Korah, Dathan & Abiram, Num. 16.
Vers. 26. Tahath] in Greeke, Kataath, signifiVnderneath, or below.
Vers. 27. Tarah] or Therach; in Greeke, Tharath.
Vers. 28. Mithkah] in Greeke, Matheka; by insweet.
Vers. 29. Hashmonah] in Greeke, Aselmona.
Vers. 30. Moseroth] in Greeke, Masurouth; in English, Bonds. In Deut. 10. 6. it is called singularMoserah.
Vers. 31. Bene Iaakan] that is, the sons of Iaakan,
Deut. 10. 6. Beeroth Bene Iaakan, that is, the Wels of the sons of Iaakan: though some thinke that was another place. Of one Iaakan, we reade in 1 Chron. 1. 42.
Vers. 32. Horhagidgad] that is, the hole of Gidgad,
Vers. 33. Iotbathah] in Greeke, Etebatha: it was a land of rivers of waters, named also Iotbath, Deut. 10. 7.
Vers. 34. Ebronah] or Gnabronah, not elsewhere mentioned.
Vers. 35. Ezion-gaber] in Greeke, Gethsion-gaber,
Vers. 36. Zin which is Kadesh] or, that is Kades,
ch the Chaldee calleth Rekam. Hither they came in the first moneth of the 40 yeare of their travell: and here Marie the Prophetesse, the sister of Moses and Aaron, died. Here againe the people murmured for water, which was given them out of a Rocke. And at this Kadesh they sent unto Edom for leave to passe thorow his countrey, but were denied it, Num. 20. See the Annotations there.
Vers. 37. in the edge] by the border of the land, Num. 20. 23. the Greeke translateth, neere the land of Edom.
Vers. 38. at the mouth] that is, as the Chaldee exat the word; in Greeke, by the commandement of the Lord. died there] being stript of his Priestly garments which were put upo
Vers. 40. King of Arad] of whom see Num. 21. 1. heard of the comming] and sought against IsraNum. 21. 1, 2, 3.
Vers. 41. from mount Hor] by the way of the red Num. 21. 4. Zalmonah] in Greeke, Selmona; which seemeth to be so named of Zelem an Image, and to be meant of that place where the brazen serpent was set up, to heale those that were stung of fiery serpents, because they had murmured against God, Num. 21. 5, 6, &c.
Vers. 42. Funon] or Phunon; in Greeke, Phinon;
Vers. 43. Oboth] mentioned in Num. 21. 10.
Vers. 44. Ije Abarim] that is, the heapes of Abarim; which Abarim were mountaines,
Vers. 45. Dibon Gad] in Greeke, Daibon Gad,
Dibon was the name of an high place and citie, wherof see Num. 21. 30. This Dibon was repaired and possessed by the sonnes of Gad, Num. 32. 34. and it is so named to distinguish it from another Dibon which was giIos. 13. 15. 17.
Vers. 46. Almon] or Gnalmon; in Greeke, Gelmon
Vers. 47. Before Nebo] the name of a mountain, Deut. 32. 49, 50: and 34. 1. 5.
Vers. 48. Iordan neere Iericho] that part of the riIarden of Iericho.
Vers. 49. Beth Iesimoth] which place was allotIos. 13. 15. 20. mentioned also in Ezek. 25. 9. Abel Shittim] the Chalthe plaine of Shittim: it seeAbel Ceramim, is the plaine of the Uineyard, Iudg. 11. 33. The travels of Israel thofierie serpents, and scorpions, and drought, where there was no water, Deut. 8. 15. which was a land of desarts & of pits, a land of drought, and of the shadow of death, a land that no man passed thorow, and where no man dwelt, Ier. 2. 6. signified the many troubles and afflictions through which we must enter into the kingdome of God, Act. 14. 22. The helpes, comforts and deliverances which God gave unto his people in their distresses, are examples of his love and mercie towards his, who comforteth them in all their tribulation, that as the sufferings of Christ abound in them, so their consolation also aboundeth in Christ, 2 Cor. 1. 45. The punishmehapned unto them for ensamples, and they are written for our admonitiō, upon whom the ends of the world are come, 1 Cor. 10. 1,—11. Heb. 3. 17, 18, 19. and 4. 1, 2. By the names of their encamping places, and histo
Vers. 52. Ye shall drive out] or, ye shall dispossess
Vers. 53. dispossesse the land] or, disinherit, drive
out (as in v. 52.) the land; that is, as the Greek transdestroy the inhabitants of the land: and so Moses explaineth it in v. 55. A like phrase is in Ios. 17. 17. they could not dispossesse (or drive out) the cities, meaning the inhabitants of those cities: so
Vers. 54. by lot] as was commanded before in Num. 26. 55. ye shall give them the more inheritance] Hebr.
Vers. 55. shall be pricks] or shall be for pricks in
your eyes, and for thornes in your sides: which Ioshua repeating, saith, scourges in your sides, and thornes in your eies, Ios. 23. 13. And the Prophet speaking of the enemies of Gods people, calleth them a pricking bryar unto the house of Israel, and
1 The Lord by Moses declareth unto Israel the
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, sayis the land that shall fall unto you for an inhericoast of the salt sea Eastward. And thereof: this shall be your sea border. And this shall be your North border: from the great sea you shall side of Ain: and the border shall goe downe, and shall reach unto the side of the sea of Chinnereth Eastward. And the border shall goe downe to Iordan, at the salt sea: this shall be your land with the borders thereof round about. And Moses comis the land, the which ye shall inherit by lot, which Iehovah commanded to give unto the nine tribes, and to the halfe tribe. For the according to the house of their fathers; and the tribe of the sonnes of the Gadites,
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying; are the names of the men which shall are the names of the men: Of the are they whom Iehovah com
COmmand the sonnes of Israel] After the comcommand from God, to signifie the weight of the precept and care which Israel should have to observeit. shall fall unto you] to wit, by lot, or by line: as, hee made them fall by line of inheritance, Psal. 78. 55. and, The lines are fallen unto me in pleasant places, Psal. 16. 6. and, there fell tenne lines, (that is, tenne portions) to Manasses, Ios. 17. 5. with the borders] or, according
Vers. 3. South quarter] or So
which
Vers. 4. shall turne about] that is, fetch a comshall compasse, for which in Ios. 15. 3. is said, it went out. from the South] or, on the South-side: so after. the ascent of A
or,
Vers. 5. unto the river of Egypt] it went out unthe river of Egypt, Ios. 15. 4. the river called Sihor, Ios. 13. 3. in Targum Ionathan,
Vers. 6. the sea border] that is, as the Chaldee the West border: so called because the great sea lay Westward from the land of Canaan: see Gen. 12. 8. you shall even have] or, shall bee to you: which two phrases expound one another; as is noted on Gen. 12. 16. So after in vers. 7. and 12. the great sea] so called in respect of the lesser inland seas, as the salt sea, vers. 3. and the sea of Chinnereth, vers. 11. This great sea is commonthe Mediterrane sea. and the border thereof] so the Chaldee here translateth it, supplythereof: and so it is Englished in Ios. 15. 12. 47. The Greeke interpreteth it, the great sea shall bound (or shall limit.)
Vers. 7. you shall point out] or, shall marke out,
shall designe; in Greeke, yee shall measure out: so in vers. 8. and 10. mount Hor] This is not that mount Hor where Aaron died, which was South-ward in the edge of Edoms land, Num. 33. 37, 38. but another mountaine on the North side of CaIos. 13. 5. is called mount Hermon, and neere the entring into Hamath, as mount Hor is here. And Hermon had many names, as Moses sheweth in Deut. 3. 9. and 4. 48.
Vers. 8. the entrance of Hamath] or, the entring
into Chamath: this Hamath (in Greeke, Emath) is in Amos 6. 2. called Hemath the great. See the Annotations on Num. 13. 21. Hamath is also menEzek. 47. 16, 17. Zedad] in Greeke, Sedada: so in
Vers. 9. Hazar-
in
Vers. 10. Shepham] called in 1 Sam. 30. 28. Siphmoth: in Greeke, Sepphama: by Targum Ionathan, and some other, it is called Apamiah.
Vers. 11. Riblah] a citie in the land of Hamath, King. 23. 33. and 25. 6. 20, 21. Ier. 39. 5, 6. east of Ain] Ain by interpretatianeie, or a fountaine, and so is translated here in Greeke, Fountaines: and by the old Latine interthe fountaine Daphnis. the side] or, the shoulder, that is, the shore of the sea. the sea of Chinnereth] called in Greeke, Chenereth; in ChalGinnosar; and in the New Testament, the lake of Gennesaret, Luk. 5. 1. and in 1 Mac. 11. 67. there is mentioned the water of Gennesar. And the counthe land of Gennesaret, Mat. 14. 34. Mar. 6. 53. This sea is also named the sea of Galilee, & the sea of Tibertas, Ioh. 6. 1. & a lake and sea are the same; as, they ran into the lake, Luk. 8. 33. that is, into the sea, Mat. 8. 32. Of the sea Chinnereth there is mention also in
Vers. 12. Iordan] in Hebrew Iarden; in Greeke, Iordanes. It was the goodliest river of all Canaan, famous thorowout the Scriptures. The waters of this river God did cut off, and made them stand upon an heape, (at that time when Iordan over-flowed all his bankes) untill his people Israel passed over it on dry grouIos. 3. 13,—17. Elijah and Elisha the Prophets divided also the waters thereKing. 2. 8. 14. Naaman the Syrian washing seven times in it, by the word of the Prophet, was cleansed of his leprosie, 2 King. 5. 10. 14. In this river our Lord Iesus him-selfe, and the nation of the Iewes were baptized, Marke 1. 5. 9. salt sea] or sea of salt: See vers. 3. The river Iordan ranne all along by the land of Canaan on the East side, from the North end of the countrey to the South, beginning at the foot of mount Lebanon, (where it is said to spring out of two fountaines, the one called Ior, and the other Dan,) and passed on to the lake of Merom, (by the waters whereof Ioshua vanquished the Canaanites, Ios. 11. 4, 5, 7, 8.) and from thence it ran and empsalt sea, here spoken of, where also the limits of the land began, in vers. 3. The promised land bethe mountaines are round about Ierusalem, so the LORD is
Vers. 14. sonnes of the Reubenites] Hebr. of the Reubenite, and after, of the Gadite; which the Greeke sonnes of Reuben, and of Gad. Of these two tribes receiving their inheritance, see Numb. 32.
Vers. 17. shall divide the land by inheritance unto
you] or, shall inherit the land for you, that is, shall take possession of the land for you, and in your names, and after divide it unto you, as in vers. 29. See vers. 18. Eleazar the Priest, and Ioshua] in Greeke, Iesus. These were the two chiefe Prinfor if Iesus (that is, Ioshua) had given them rest, then would he not afterward have spoken of another day, Hebr. 4. 8. The Priest had an hand in parting the inheritance, to signifie that it was an holy worke, and a shadow of heavenly things. Also, that if difficultie did arise, he might aske counsell for Ioshua,
Vers. 18. one Prince, one Prince of a tribe] that of every tribe one Prince. See the like phrase in Numb. 13. 2. and 17. 6. Ios. 3. 12. and 4. 2. 4. to divide the land by inheritance] or, to inherit the land, as the Hebrew properly and usually signifiIos. 19. 49. (where the like phrase is also used) both the Chaldee and Greeke doe there translate it, cause to inherit, or divide by inheritance; and so Moses explaineth it in
Vers. 19. Caleb] he was one of the Spies sent to Num. 13. 7, 31. and 14. 24. Ios. 14. 6. &c.
Vers. 20. Samuel] or Shemuel: the notation of Sam. 1. 20. The Greeke calSalamiel, by a mistaking from Num. 1. 6. Ammihud] in Greeke, Semioud: so in Numb. 1. 10.
Vers. 21. Elidad] in Greeke, Eldas the sonne
of Chaslon.
Vers. 22. Bukki] in Greeke, Bokk
Vers. 23. Hanniel] in Greeke, Aniel sonne of
S
Vers. 24. Kemuel] in Greeke, Kamouel sonne of
Saphtan.
Vers. 25. Parnach] or, Pharnach; in Greeke, Charnach.
Vers. 26. Paltiel] or, Phaltiel; in Greeke, Phantiel
Vers. 27. Ahihud] or, Achihud; in Greeke, Achiod
Vers. 28. Pedahel] in Greeke, Phadiel. ObIudah, 2. Si
This order agreeth not with that in
Vers. 29. to divide the inheritance unto] or, to
give the sonnes of Israel inheritance. According to this commandement, so was it fulfilled by Eleazar the Priest, and Iosua the sonne of Nun, and the beads of the fathers of the tribes of the sons of Israel, who divided the inheritance unto the people by lot, in Shiloh, before the LORD, at the doore of the Tabernacle of the Congregation, Ios. 19. 51.
1 The Lord commandeth Israel to give eight and fortie cities for the Levites, with their suburbs and measure thereof. 6 Six of them are to be cities of re
ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses, in the neere Iein; and suburbs to the cities round a
And the cities shall be for them to dwell in, and the suburbs of them shall be for their cattell, and for their goods, and for all their beasts. And the suburbs of the cities which shall be from the wall of the citie, and outward, a thousand cubits round about. And ye shall measure shall be in the midst; this shall be to them the suburbs of the cities. And the cities which yee shall shall be the six cities of refuge, which ye shall give, for the man-slayer to flee thither; and above them yee shall give fortie and two cities. All the cities which ye shall be forty and eight cities, them and their suburbs. And that have many, ye shall give many; and from them that have few, ye shall give few; every man according to his inheritance which they in
And Iehovah spake unto Moses, saying;
Speake unto the sonnes of Israel, and say unto them; When ye be come over Iordan into the land of Canaan; Then ye shall apman-slayer may flee thiwhich smiteth a soule by errour. And man-slayer die not untill he stand before the Congregation for judgethis side Iordan, is a man-slayer; the man-slayer shall be surely put to death. And if he smite is a man-slayer; the man-slayer shalbe surely put to death. Or, if
is a man-slayer; the man-slayer shall be surely put to death. The aveman-slayer; when he meeteth him, he shal put him to death. And if he thrust is a man-slayer: the avenger of the bloud shall put to death the man-slayer when he meeteth him. But if he him; and hee hath it to fall upon him, and he die, and he was not his enemie, nor a seeker of his evill.
Then the Congregation shall judge beman-slayer man-slayer going shall goe forth, out of the border of the citie of his refuge, whither hee was fled: And the avenger of the bloud man-slayer, no bloud shal be unto him.
Because he should have abidden in the ciman-slayer shall returne into the land of his possession. And these things shall be
Every one that smiteth a soule by the man-slayer shall be slaine; but one witnesse shall not answer aman-slayer, which is guilty of death, but he shall be surely put to death. Neither shall yee take ransome him that is fled unto the citie of his refuge, to returne to dwel in the land, until the death of the Priest. And ye shall not pollute the land, wherein yee are, for bloud, it polluteth
THat they give] or, and let them give unto the
Levites. The Lord having given order in Chap. 34. for dividing the land unto Israel, comProv. 3. 9. and for maintaining his Ministers, Gal. 6. 6. is perpetuall. Therefore speaking of the Church under the GoWhen yee shall divide by lot the land for inheritance, yee shall offer an oblation unto the LORD, an holy portion of the land, &c. The holy portion of the land shal be for the Priests, the Ministers of the Sanctuary, which shall come neere to minister unto the LORD, &c. Ezek. 45. 1, 4, 5. and 48. 9, 10, 13. suburbs to the cities] or, as the Greeke translateth,
Vers. 3. their goods] or, their substance, their gathered
Vers. 4. a thousand cubits] The Greeke saith, two thousand cubits, as it is in the verse followcubits: so the thousand cubits here mentioned, some thinke to be meant of holy measure, double so much as the common measure, and that the lat
Vers. 5. without the citie] by the citie, the Hecubits forementioned, which were for their cattell, and these two thousand moe for fields and vineyards, as is before noted.
East side] or, East quarter; in Chaldee, East winde: See the notes on Numb. 34. 3. Sea side] that is, the West side, as the Chaldee saith, the West winde. Moses useth to call the West, the Sea, as is noted on Gen. 12. 8. So in Numb. 34. 6.
Vers. 6. of refuge] that citie is called in Hebrew Miklat, of gathering, because the man-slayer was there gathered and detained; in Greeke, Phugad
a place of
Vers. 8. yee shall give many] or, yee shall multiply
Vers. 11. shall appoint] or prepare, as the Chalyee shall distinguish, (or distinctly separate:) elsewhere it is called separ
4. 41. and
Vers. 12. the avenger] to wit, of the bloud, as is expressed in vers. 19. and the Chaldee and Greeke here adde the same. Goel, here Englished an Avonger, elsewhere signifieth a
Vers. 14. Three cities] which were Bezer, Ramoth,
Vers. 15. the stranger] in Greeke, the proselyte,
the sojourner] that dwelt a stranger in the land of Israel, and yet not of their Church and religion, Deut. 14. 21. These all had benefit by the cities of refuge; but if an heathen by errour killed an heathen, the cities of refuge receichap. 5. sect. 4. smiteth a soule] that is, killeth any person; so vers. 11.
Vers. 16. if he smite him] to wit, purposely, and presumptuously, as the punishment after sheweth. surely put to death] or, put to die the death; Hebr. dying hee shall be put to death; so in vers. 17, 18, 21.
Vers. 17. a stone of the hand, that is, throwen with
the hand; the Greeke translateth it, a stone out of the hand; the Chaldee, a stone that is taken in the hand. he may die] the Chaldee more fully explaiwhich is enough for him to die therewith; so in vers. 18.
Vers. 18. wood of the hand] Greeke, out of the
hand; Chaldee, wood taken in the hand, which is sufficient for him to die thereby; as in vers. 17. These cautions are here added to discerne of murders; the Hebrewes explaine them thus: He that smiteth his fellow presumptuously with a stone, or with wood, that he die, they measure the thing wherewith he smote him, and the place whereon he smote him to see
&c.
Vers. 19. he shall put to death] or, he may put him to death, to wit, after he is adjudged to death by the vers. 12. If the avenger of bloud will not, or if he be not able to kill him, or if he have no avenger of bloud, then the Iudges shall kill the murderer with the sword. Maim. Treat. of Murder,
Vers. 20. of hatred] which is inveterate anenmitie or v. 21. He that hateth, dissembleth with his lips, and layeth up deceit within him, Prov. 26. 24. The Hebrewes say,
Vers. 21. enmity] or hostility, ill will open and
Vers. 22. suddenly] or, unawares, and as it were
Vers. 23. with any stone] that is, have smitten him with any stone, as in vers. 17. wherewith he
may die] in Chaldee, which is sufficient that he may die therewith: See the notes on vers. 18.
Vers. 25. of the great Priest] a figure of Christ, called the great Priest over the house of God, Hebr.
great High-Priest that is passed into the heavens, Hebr. 4. 14. who is
Vers. 26. going shall goe forth] that is, shall at aHee might never goe out of the citie of his refuge, no not though it were for a thing commanded [as to worship at the solemne feasts, or the like] or for to beare witnesse, whether it were in money matters, or to testifie in case of life and death, &c. Maim. Treat. of Murder, chap. 7. sect. 8.
Vers. 27. without the border] so not the citie Every citie of refuge, the borders thereof are a refuge as well as it, &c. and if (the avenger of bloud) kill him there, he is to be killed for him. Notwithstanding though the border be a refuge, yet the man-slayer may not dwell in it; for it is said (in vers. 25.) AND HE SHALL ABIDE IN IT; in it (the citie,) and not in the border of it. Maim. ibid.
Vers. 28. into the land of his possession] into his atonement was made for him, yet he never returned to the princely state (or dignitie) that hee had (in the citie,) but was debased from his greatnesse all dis dayes, because that great scandall came by his hand. Maimon. ibid. chap. 7. sect. 14. Moreover they say, A man-s
Ibid.
Vers. 30. Every one that smiteth a soule] that is, who so killeth a person, to wit, him that is a murdeby the mouth] that is, by the testimony of witnesses, which after is explained of two witnesses, or three witnesses, Deut. 17. 6. and 19. 15. See the Annotations there. not answer] that is, not testifie, as the Greeke and Chaldee translate it, meaDeut. 19. 15. to die] that is, to cause him to die; or, that he should die: See the notes on Gen. 6. 19.
Vers. 31. the soule of the man-slayer] that is, the The Iudges are warned that they take no ransome of the murderer, and though he could give all the weal
(God.) Maimon. Treat. of Murder,
Vers. 32. for him that is fled] Hebr. to flee; which is explained by Iarchi and others, for him
that is fled. in the land] in the land of his possession, as in
Vers. 33. polluteth] or impiously staineth, foulely deformeth the land. This word which Moses here
Vers. 34. I doe dwell] the land of Israel was the LORDS land, Hos. 9. 3. and by his dwelling the holy land, Zach. 2. 12. and though he dwelt most specially in his Sanctuary there, which afterward was in Ierusalem, Psal. 74. 2. and 1 35. 21. yet the whole land was sanctified by his habitation thereholinesse becommeth his house for ever, Psal. 93. 5. And for this cause the uncleane were to be put out of the campe of Israel, in the midst whereof God did dwell, Numb. 5. 3.
1 The inconvenience of the inheritance of daugh
AND the heads of the fathers of the if they become wives
And Moses commanded the sonnes of Isis the thing which Iehovah doth whom it is good in their eyes, onely to the family of the tribe of their father shall they become wives. And the inheritance of the every man of the sonnes of Israel shall cleave to the inheritance of the tribe of his fathers. And every daughter that posevery man the inheritance of his fathers. And the inheritance shall one tribe to another tribe, but every man of the tribes of the sonnes of Israel shall cleave to his inheritance.
Even as Iehovah commanded Moses, so (To
men) of the families of the sonnes of Manas
These are the commandements and the neere Iericho.
THE heads] in Greeke, the Princes, that is, the
chiefe fathers. God having designed the limits of the holy land which Israel should inherit, in Numb. 34. and appointed his owne portion out of the same, to be given unto the Priests and Levites, Numb. 35. doth now conclude his lawes with an orGilead] in Greeke, Galaad, of whom see Numb. 27. 1.
Vers. 2. my lord] meaning Moses, for to him Numb. 26. 52, 53. &c. and 27. 6, 7. And by this title they give hoPet. 3. 6. Matth. 22. 44, 45. Zelophehad] in Greeke,
Vers. 3. of the tribes] of any of the other tribes, beside their owne. be taken away] or, be diminished;
Vers. 4. the Iubilee shall be] which was every fiftieth yeare, in which the inheritances that were Lev. 25. to returne unto the first owners; which ordi
Vers. 5. the mouth] that is, the word of the Lord, as the Chaldee translateth; in Greeke, by the commandement
Vers. 6. good in their eyes] that is, pleaseth them: Daughters are not to be forced to marry with such Gen. 24. 57, 58. to the family] to some of the family, or, in the family: See vers. 12.
Vers. 7. shall cleave to the inheritance] keeping himselfe thereto, and (for the better performance cleave, is often used in case of marriage, Gen. 2. 24. Dan. 2. 43. Thus God provideth that the order which he should set for the inherita
Vers. 8. that possesseth an inheritance] or, that is
heire of a possession; by reason that her father had no sonne to inherit, as in this case of Zelophehad. So here is no restraint of other women, save such as had inheritance. The Priests also and Levites, (which might have no inheritance with Israel, Deut. 18. 1.) had liberty to marry with the women of any tribe; as Iehojada the Priest had to wife the Kings daughter of Iudah, 2 Chron. 22. 11. another tooke a wife of the daughters of Barzillai the Gileadite, Ezra 2. 61. and the like. By reason of such marriages there might be kindred betweene Eliza
Vers. 11. For Machalh] Hebr. And Machlah,
Vers. 12. was unto the tribe] that is, remained
unto (or in) the tribe. So Daniel was (that is, continued) even unto the first yeare of King Cyrus, Dan. 1. 21. and,
I Will bring forth out of Jakob a seed, and out of Judah an inheritor of my mountaines, and mine elect shall inherit it, and my servants shall dwell there.
I will bring you into the wildernesse of peoples, and there will I plead with you face to face, like as I pleaded with your fathers in the wildernesse of the land of Egypt, so will I plead with you, saith the Lord God. And I will cause you to passe under the rod, and I will bring you into the bond of the Covenant, &c.
Christ,he is the Mediator of the NewCovenant, that by meanes of death, for the redemption of the transgressions Or,Testament. that wereunder the first Covenant, theywhich arecalled, might receive the promise of the eternall inheritance.
ANNOTATIONS VPON THE FIFTH BOOKE OF MOSES CALLED DEVTERONOMIE: WHEREIN, BY CONFERENCE OF THE Holy Scriptures, by comparing the Greeke and Chaldee Versions, and Testimonies of Hebrew Writers, the Histories, Lawes, and Ordinances, which MOSES (a little before his death) repeated and enlarged unto ISRAEL in this Booke, are explained.
BY HENRY AINSWORTH.
IOSVA 1. 8.
This booke of the Law shall not depart out of thy mouth; but thou shalt meditate therein, day and night, that thou maiest observe to doe, according to all that is written there in; for then thou shalt make thy way prosperous, and then thou shalt have good successe.
LVKE 16. 31.
If they heare not Moses and the Prophets, neither will they be perswaded, though one rose from the dead.
LONDON, Printed by John Haviland for John Bellamie, and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE. 1626.
IN this fifth Booke, Moses, to prepare the Israelites unto their inheritance in the Holy Land, rehearseth the chiefe things that had befallen them in their forty yeares travell thorow the wildernesse; exhorteth them to the love of God, and observation of his Law; repeateth the ten Commandements, and explaineth them particularly, with the Ordinan
1 Moses speech in the end of the fortieth yeare, briefly rehearsing the Story. 6 Of Gods promise and offer to give Israel the Land of Canaan. 9 Of Of
this side Iordan, in the wildernesse, in the plaine, over against the red Sea, betweene Pharan and Tophel, and Laban, and Hazeroth, and Dizahab. Eleven daies journey from Horeb, by the way of mount Seir unto Kadesh-Barnea. And it was in the forday of the moneth, Moses spake unto the sonnes of Israel, according unto all that Iethis side Iordan, in the Land of Molong enough in this mountaine. Turne you and take your jourto the land of the Canaanite, and Lebanon, unto the great Ri
And I spake unto you at that time, saying, are this day, as the Starres of the heavens for multitude. Iehovah, God of so many as you are, and blesse you as hee hath spoken unto you. How shall I beare my selfe to be your heads. And yee answered me and said, The to be heads over you; rulers of thousands, and rulers of hundreds, and rulers of fifties, and rulers of tens, and officers among your tribes. And is Gods:
it unto mee, and I will heare it.
And I commanded you at that time, all the
And we journeyed from Horeb, and went it, as Iehovah the God of thy Fathers hath spoken unto thee; feare not, neither be discouraged.
And ye came near unto me, all of you, and
And the word was good in mine eies, and I
And they turned & went up into the mounit downe unto us, and brought us word againe and said, It is a good land which Iehovah our God giveth us. But ye would towards us, he hath brought us forth out of the land of Egypt, to give us into the hand of the Amorite to destroy us. Whiis grea
And I said unto you, Bee not terrified, did not beleeve in Iehovah your God.
Who went before you in the way, to search you out a place to pitch your tents in: in fire by night, to shew you by what way ye should goe; and in a cloud by day. And Iehovah this day good and evill, they shall goe in thither, and unto them will I give it, and they shall possesse it.
But as for you, turne ye, and take your jourby the way of the red sea. And yee answered and said unto every man his weapons of war, and pressed forward to go up into the mounam not among you, that yee be not smitten bethere.
DEuteronomie:] A Greeke word, by interpreThe repetition, (or second declaration) of the Law. This name is borrowed from Deut. 17. 18. where Mishneh hatorah, the Copie of the Law, is in Greeke translated Deuteronomion, which title is given to the whole booke, as that which containeth a repetition and explanation of the Lawes before given, as v. 5. The Ebrews call this booke by the first words thereof, ELLEH HADBARIM, THESE be THE WORDS. And here beginneth the 44 Section, or Lecture of the Law: see the notes on Gen. 6. 9.
Vers. 1. On this side] or, on the out side; that is,
beyond Iordan, as the Greeke translateth. The word signifieth both sides, and by circumstance of place is to be understood. To those out of the land of Canaan, it was on this side: to the Israelites in Canaan, it was beyond, or the out side of Iordan, where Moses spake these things: For Moses might not enter into the land. Here Thargum Ierusalemy (whom
Verse. 2. Eleven daies journey] so the Chaldee expounds it, adding also the word journey. Some of the Hebrews thinke, that in eleven daies, all things in this Booke of Deuteronomie were by Moses rehearsed. Neither could it bee any long time seeing Moses began the first day of the eleventh
3. and having ended all things in this booke, died and was mourned for thirty
Verse 3. Fortieth yeare] of Israels comming out Marie, Moses sister, died, Num. 20. 1. in the first day of the fifth moneth thereof, Aaron his brother died, Num. 33. 38. and now at the end of the yeare, Moses himselfe dieth, when he had repeated the Law, and renewed the Covenant between God and his peo
Vers. 4. Sihon] the storie hereof see in Num. 21. Deut. 2. 26. &c. The slaughter of Sihon and
Verse 5. began] or, willingly tooke upon him: for Gen. 18. 27. So all Ministers should feed their flocks willingly, and of a ready minde, 1 Pet. 5. 2. And Moses began to declare, that is, he declared as Iesus began to say unto his Disciples, Luk. 12. 1. that is, he said unto them, Mat. 16. 6. and his disbegan to plucke the eares of corne, Mat. 12. 1. that is, they plucked, Luk. 6. 1. to declare] or, to make plaine, clearely manifest, to the understanHabak. 2. 2. a thing is said to be made plaine in writing, that hee may run that readeth it.
Verse 6. dwelt] or sitten (that is, continued) much.
in the third moneth after their departure out of Egypt, Exod. 19. 1, 2. and removed frothe 20 of the second moneth in the second yere, Num. 10. 11, 12. so they remained there almost a whole yeer, where they received the Law, or Old Testament, and had made a TabernaNum. 10. 11. 13. 33. to journey towards Canaan, the land promised to Abraham, the figure of their heavenly inheritance by faith in Christ. The law is not for men to continue under, but for a time, till they be fitted and brought unto Christ: see Gal. 3. 16, 17, 18. and 4. 1.—5. Heb. 3. 18, 19. and 4. 6.—11.
Verse 7. Amorite] put for Amorites, as the neighbours were the CaExod. 23. 23, 28, 31. side] or, sea Port, which was their westerne border, Num. 34. 6. Lebanon] which was a mount on the north part of the Land. Euphrates] in Hebrew, Phrath; which was their easterne bound, in the utmost extent without Iordan. And so far Salomon reigned, 1 King. 4. 21. Of this Euphrates, see the notes on
Vers. 8. I have given] or, I give: which impliLevit. 25. 23. Iudg. 11. 23, 24. and their assured victorie over the inhabitants, Exod. 23. 27—31. Both these proceeding from the gracious gift of God: as eternall life (shadowed by this land) is also
Vers. 9. I said] Moses was occasioned unto Exod. 18. 14, 18, 19, 21, 23. Thus the people were furnished with all helpes, for their orderly and peaceable travels.
Vers. 10. As the Starres] so the promise was fulfilled which Abraham beleeved, Gen. 15. 5, 6. Exod. 12. 37. Numb. 1. see alDeut. 10. 22.
Vers. 11. Adde] that is, increase: Moses enviPsal. 115. 14. And the increase of the Church is a speciall blessing, fulfilled in Christ, as Esay 49. 20, 21. and 54. 1, 2, 3.
Vers. 12. Your cumbrance] or, wearisome molestation;
Vers. 13. Give yee] of your owne looking out, and choise. So Ministers were lookt out, and preAct. 1. 15, 23. and 6. 3, 5, 6. In Ex. 18. 25. it is said, Moses chose men of abilitie, &c. Here the people gave them: and afv. 15. Againe, Moses gave, that is, made them heads: for when things are done by many, under the government of one principall, they are said to be done by them, or by him. See the AnNum. 21. 21. understanding] or prudent: the Greeke translateth, skilfull, or indued with knowledge; which word the Apostle useth,
Vers. 15. and gave them] that is, set them, made
them, or constituted them, as the Greeke and ChalChron. 9. 8. is expounded, hee hath set (or constituted) thee King, 1 King. 10. 9. Officers] in Hebrew, Shotrim: they were such as executed the Magistrates lawes, as the Hebrews thinke: see the notes on Deut. 16. 18. among] or, to your Tribes. The Greeke transto your Iudges: which seemeth to bee a mistaking, Shophte for Shibte: although even in the Hebrew text wee may see one of these put for another, as Iudges in 1 Chron. 17. 6. which in 2 Sam. 7. 7. is Tribes.
Verse 16. Heare betweene your brethren] to wit, To heare, which phrase is often used in commanExod. 13. 3. and it may be a defective speech; for hearing, heare yee; that is, heare diligently. judge justice] that is, just and righteous judgment: which is opposed unto judging according to the appearance, Ioh. 7. 24. his stranger] that is, the stranger that is with him, or contendeth with him: as, hee that eateth my bread, Psal. 41. 10. that is, which eateth bread with me, Ioh. 13. 18.
Verse 17. respect persons] or, acknowledge faces,
honouring the person of the mightie, or by countenancing a poore man in his cause, Levit. 19. 15. Exod. 23. 3. Salomon noteth this as one of the things belonging to the wise, that it is not good to acknowledge faces (or respect persons) in judgment, Prov. 24. 23. alike the small, &c.] that is, the small as well as the great, and the great as well as the small. Hebr. like small, like great. It implyeth both persons, and causes. of man] or, of any man. that is Gods] or, of God, and belonging to him: appointed by his Law. So in 2 Chron. 19. 6. Yee judge not for man, but for the LORD. And a like phrase is in another case, The battell is not yours, but Gods, 2 Chron. 20. 15. the cause] or, the word, the matter. See Exod. 18. 22.
Verse 18. all the things] Hebr. all the words.
(who was faithfull to him that appointed him, as Moses was, Heb. 3. 2.) made knowne to his Disciples, all things that he had heard of his father, Ioh. 15. 15. which they should teach also his people to observe, Mat. 28. 20.
Verse 19. journied] or departed. Here Moses sheweth the obedience which they began to shew unto God, in leaving the mount of God, the place which might seeme sanctified, and where men might have said, Lord, it is good for us to bee here: as Mat. 17. 4. great] for it bordered upon many countries, Madian, Edom, Moab, &c. and fearefull, for the many troubles and terrours in it. Num. 11. 1. &c. it was a land of desarts and of pits, a land of drought and of the shadow of death, a land that no man passed thorow, and where no man dwelt, Ier. 2. 6. wherein were fiery serpents and scorpions, Deut. 8. 15. It was the wildernesse of Pharan, Num. 10. 12. and 13. 1. where Ismael dwelt, when his mother Agar and hee had lost themselves in wanGen. 21. 21. It figured the estate and domiPsal. 63. 2. and 32. 4. and 107. 4, 5. and the healing of all these spirituEsa. 40. 3, 4. Mark. 16. 18. of the mount] that is, which leadeth to the mount of the Amorites; a people high as Cedars, strong as Okes, Amos 2. 9, 10. Kadesh Barnea] called sometime Kadesh onely; it was in the wildernesse of Pharan, Num. 13. 26.
Verse. 21. discouraged] or, cast downe, broken:
discouragement through feare. Here Moses shewed them the right that they had in the promi
Verse 23. was good] that is, pleased, or liked me
well: because it was approved, or at least permitted of the Lord, Num. 13. 2, 3. For prudent policie (so it bee not mixed with unbeleefe) doth well beIos. 2. &c. one man of a tribe] or, for a tribe, of every tribe one: See Num. 13. 2, 4. &c. where their names are set downe, and the charge given them.
Verse 24. Eshcol] that is, the Cluster of grapes,
Num. 13. 25.
Verse 25. the fruit] as grapes, pomegranates, figs,
Num. 13. 23. a good land] flowing with milke
13. 27.
Verse 26. rebelled] in Greeke, disobeyed: proturned, or changed, as in Ezek. 5. 6. which figuratively is used for rebellion or disthe mouth] that is, the word, as the Greeke translateth. So Exod. 17. 1. Gen. 24. vers. 43. Of their rebellion, see Num. 14. 2, 3, &c.
Verse 27. In the hatred] or, for the hatred of Ie
(wherwith he hateth)
Vers. 28. to melt] that is, discouraged, or (as the broken. The Greeke saith, Have turned away our heart. David amplifieth this
in
Vers. 30. He] the Chaldee paraphraseth, his
Verse 31. bare thee] this word meaneth not etrophophsrese, a word that Paul useth in
Verse 32. yet in this thing] or, for this word:
in Iehovah] Chald. in the word of the LORD. This unbeleefe Paul noteth to be the cause why they entred not into the Lords rest, Heb. 3. 1, 2. 18. 19.
Verse 33. Who went] namely, by his Arke, Fire,
Cloud, the signes of his presence, Numb. 10. 33. 34. or, who goeth, to wit, still before you.
Verse. 35. If there shall] that is, surely there
shall not: as Paul openeth the phrase, Heb. 3. 11. 18. Though Moses intreated for the people, Num. 14. 13.—19. and the Lord pardoned them, that they were not then destroyed, Num. 14. 20. yet hee sware (and so it was irrevocable, and without repentance, Psal. 110. 4.) that they should not come into the promised land: See the notes on Num. 14. see] that is, come into and enjoy: as to see good, is to enjoy the same, Psal. 106. 5.
Verse 36. Caleb] one of the twelve Spies who Num. 13. 6. 30. and 14. 6. &c. fully followed] Hebr. fulfilled after Iehovah; which the Greeke translateth, followed the things pertaining to the Lord. This he did, being guided by another spirit, Num. 14. 24.
Verse 37. with me] with Aaron also; for they Num. 20. 10, 12, 24. for your sakes] for the people provoked his spirit, whereupon hee uttered his sinne with his lips, Psal. 106. 32, 33. his sinne proceeded also from unbeleefe: see Num. 20. 12. Thus God shewed severity towards all, after many provocations: and by it the people were taught, that not Moses Law, but Iesus Gospel should bring them into their heavenly rest.
Vers. 38. Ioshuah] or, Iehoshuah; in Greeke, Iesus:
Verse 39. for a prey] to be spoiled and devoured Num. 14. 3. they shall goe in] after forty yeares wandring in the wildernesse, and bearing their fathers whoreNum. 14. 31. 33. So God sheweth grace to weaklings and babes in Christ, 1 Cor. 1. 28. Mat. 11. 25.
Verse 40. way of] that is, which leadeth towards Exod. 14. and whither they were now led againe, to learn repentance and a new life. See Num. 14. 25.
Vers. 41. sinned] The people mourned greatly,
Num. 14. 39, 40. but their repentance was not according to God; (for presently they rushed into another extremity;) neither could they reverse the decree passed against them. his weapons of war] or, the weapons of his warre, which is an Hebrew phrase very common, translated in Greeke, his weapons of War: so in
Vers. 42. I am not] the Chaldee expoundeth it, my majestie (or presence) dwelleth not among you: see Num. 14. 42. smitten] in Greeke, broken, or crushed. The Lord threatned their fall by the sword of the Amalekites and Canaanites, Num. 14. 43.
Verse 43. were presumptuous] or, were proud, arrogant: compare
Verse 44. Amorite] with the Amalekites: See Numb. 14. 45. Bees doe] or, Bees vse to doe:
Psal. 118. 12. Our sinnes are enemies, like Bees, many compact in the hive of the heart: being troubled and provoked, they become more eager and fierce, sting and pursue us. They cannot be subdued but by faith in Christ, (as they that were stung of SerNum. 21.) for, by the workes of the Law, no sinne can be expelled, Rom. 7. 7, 8. &c. Hormah] the Greeke saith, from Seir unto Herma: see Num. 14. 45.
Verse 45. returned] the Greeke saith, yee sate downe and wept. heard not] Chaldee, accepted
not your praier. This figured, how Israel following the Law of justice, could not attaine unto it, because they sought it not by faith, but as it were by the works of the Law, Rom. 9. 31, 32.
Verse 46. Kadesh] a large wildernesse, where Israel abode long, as appeareth by Num. 13. 27. Iudg. 11. 17. Deut. 2. 14.
1. The storie is continued, that the Israelites were not suffered to meddle with the Edomites, 9. nor with the Moabites. 19. nor with the Ammo
AND wee turned and tooke our jourby the way of the Red sea, as Iehovah had spolong enough: turne you northward. And command thou the people, saying, Yee are to passe thorow the coast of your brethren, the sonnes of Esau, which dwell in Seir: and they shall be afraid of you; and take ye great heed unto your selves. Meddle not with for a poshath beene with thee, thou hast not lacked any thing. And wee passed by from our breby the way of the wildernesse of Moab. And Iehovah said unto me, Distresse in battell: for I will not give thee of his land, for a possession; because I have given Ar untime dwelt therein, a people great & many, & tall as the Anakims. They also were time; and the sonnes of Esau possessed them, and destroyed them from before them, and dwelt in their stead, as Israel did, unto the land of his possession, which Iehovah gave unto them. Now rise in which wee came from Kadesh-Barnea, untill we passed over the brooke Zewere thirtie and eight yeares, untill all the generation of the men of war were waany possession, befor a possession to the sonnes of Lot. That also was accounted a land of Giants: Giants dwelt therein before time; and the Ammonites call them Zamit, and meddle with him in battell. This day will I begin to give the dread of thee, and the thee. And I sent messengers out of the wilwith words of peace, saying, Let to the right hand or to the left. Thou shalt sell me he might give him into thy hand, as this day. And Iehovah said unto me, Behold, I have it, that thou maiest possesse his land. And Sihon came out against us, hee of everie citie the men, and the women, and the little ones; wee left none to remaine. Onely the
From Aroer, which is by the brinke of the is by the brooke, even unto Gilead, there was not a citie that exalted it selfe above us; Iehovah our God delivered all before us. Onely unnor unto any place of the brooke Iabbok, or the cities of the moun
HAD spoken] as is before mentioned, Deut. 1. 40. which then the people were unwilling to doe, but would needs goe fight, till they had learned by their discomfiture, what it was to disobey, and were enforced to yeeld unto the word of God. mount Seir] the mountainy countrey of Seir, which was Edoms Land, Gen. 36. 8, 9, 20. but they went in the wildernesse, and were sore cumbred in the way: see Num. 21. 4.
Verse 3. Long enough] a like speech God used Deut. 1. 6. so here is mentioned a second calling of Israel, from the desarts of Seir, to goe northward againe towards Canaan, after they had wandred almost thirty eight yeares in Kadesh wilvers. 14. by which traNorthward] towards Canaan; Not the way they went before by Ka
Verse 4. afraid] as was prophesied of them and Exod. 15. 15. &c. yet Edom was a mighNum. 22. 3. great] or vehement heed; meaning, that they offred Edom no wrong, neiWalke wisely towards them that are without, Col. 4. 5.
Verse 5. Meddle not] or, contend not with them,
in battell, as is explained in vers. 9. and so the Greeke here saith, Make not warre with them. As all warres should be made by wise counsels, Pro. 24. 6. so chiefly by the mouth of God, who teachPsal. 144. 1. who hath wilIf it be possible, as much as lyeth in you, bee at peace with all men, Rom. 12. 18. In speciall it was commanded, Thou shalt not abhorre an Edomite, for hee is thy brother, Deut. 23. 7. to the treading, &c.] that is, not a foot bredth; the Greeke translanot the step (or bredth) of a foot: which phrase Luke useth, in Act. 7. 5. concerning AbraRom. 9. 11. 12. &c. Col. 1. 12. See the notes on Gen. 36. 43. a possession] or,
Vers. 6. buy] Hebr. breake: which both Greeke buy: see Gen. 41. 56. in the Annotations. In the strangers land nothing was to be had freely, but with money, figuring the estate of those under the Law: in Canaan they had all things freely; signifying the free grace in Christ, Deut. 11. 9, 10, &c. Esa. 55. 1. Rev. 21. 6. money] Hebr. silver. buy] Hebr. dig; which the Chaldee translateth, buy; the Greeke, receive by measure. It may be meant of buying wells digged out of Edoms ground; for so they were wont; see Gen. 26. 18. &c. Num. 21. 18. or, after the Arabuying.
Vers. 7. he knoweth] this is meant of carefull regarding their estate, wants, &c. wherfore the Chal
Vers. 8. wee passed by] though the Edomites Num. 20. 14. 18. &c. yet upon warning and charge giNum. 20. 21. Iudg. 11. 17. Afterward this favour of Israel, and the ill reChron. 20. 10, 11, 12. Ezion-gaber] these were port towns, by the brink of the Red sea, in the land of Edom, 1 King. 9. 26.
Vers. 9. Moab] that is, the Moabites, as the next words manifest. So the Greeke, deale not enemiously
Verse 10. Emims] in Greeke, Ommeins, by interterrible ones, and so the Chaldee transGen. 14. 5. Anakims] in the ChalGiants: see Num. 13. 29.
Vers. 11. Giants] in Hebrew, Rephaim, which Raphaein, of one Rapha, who was a Giant; whereupon it is a name for all Giants: see the notes on Ger. 14. 5. so after in Deut. 3. 11.
Vers. 12. Horims] or, Chorites; in Greek, Chorraeans:
Verse 13. brooke] or bourne: a valley and river the valley Zareth. Of it see
Verse 14. from Kadesh barnea] to wit, from the Deut. 1. 46.) and after till they passed over Zared. sware] or, had sworne: see Numb. 14. 21, 22, 23.
Verse 15. the hand] the Chaldee expounds it, A plague from before the Lord. This is after menconsumed their daies in vanitie, and their yeares in hastie terrour, Psal. 78. 33. and upon occasion of this mortality, Moses made the 90. Psalme. to destroy] with trouble and tumult: for the word elsewhere signifieth, to trouble, Exod. 14. 24. so in Deut. 7. 23.
Verse 19. sonnes of Ammon] the Ammenites, Ben-ammi the sonne of Lot, Gen. 19. 38. so in vers. 37.
Verse 20. Giants] or Rephaims, as vers. 11. Zamzummims] that is, presumptuous wicked ones; in Greeke Zommein. These are thought to bee those that were of old called Zuzims, Gen. 14. 5. The Chaldee calleth them Chushbanin.
Verse 22. Horims] or Horites; Hebr. the Chorite;
Verse 23. Avims] or Avites; in Greeke, Evites:
Ios. 13. 3. Caphthorims] the Philistians: see
Vers. 24. brooke] or, as the Greeke translateth, the
valley Arnon: as vers. 13. see Num. 21. 13. Sihon] in Greeke, Seonking of Esebon. Hee had aNum. 21. 26. which now God taketh againe from him, and giveth to the Israelites, who else might not have taken any of Moabs possession, vers. 9. meddle] or contend. Here after long travells in the wildernesse, God calleth his people unto warres (which their fathers before were afraid of:) and gave them his word to embolden them, as his truth was their shield and buckler.
Vers. 25. report] or fame; Hebr. hearing, which name. See this promise fulfilled among the Canaanites, Ios. 2. 9, 10, 11. be in anguish] have paines as a woman in travell. A similitude often used to shew the terrours of conPsal. 48. 7. and the mighty power of God, who taketh away the heart of the chiefe of the people of the earth, Iob 12. 24.
Verse 26. Kedemoth] there was a City of that Ios. 13. 18. and by them giIos. 21. 37. neare which there was a wildernesse where Israel now lay, when they sent this ambassage. of peace] according to the law alter given, Deut. 20. 10. which being refused, the war was now just before God and men.
Vers. 27. by the way by the way] that is, onely by
the way, and not turning aside into fields, or into vin
see
Verse 28. sell] Hebr. breake, as in vers. 6.
Vers. 29. of Esau] the Edomites, who though
10. 18. &c. yet as they passed along their
Vers. 30. thorow him] that is, thorow his counNum. 20. 18. hardened] as is spoken Exod. 4. 21. in the Ios. 11. 20.
Verse 32. to battell] or, unto war; refusing peace, When I speake (for peace) they are for war, Psal. 120. 7. Iahaz] in Greeke, Iassa: see Num. 21. 23.
Verse 33. smote him] with the edge of the sword,
Num. 21. 24. his sonnes] or, his sonne: the HeDeut. 33. 9. The Greeke and Chaldee translate, his sonnes: it may intend all and every of his sonnes, or all the sonnes hee had, which were but one. So Manasses caused his sonnes to passe thorow the fire, 2 Chron. 33. 6. which another Prophet writeth, his son, 2 King. 21. 6. See the notes on Gen. 46. 23.
Verse 34. of every citie] or, wee destroyed every
citie, (consisting) of men, and women, and little ones: or, citie full of men, and women, &c. This was acDeut. 20. 14, 15, 16. and here is fulfilled upon the wicked, the judgment which is written, His roots shall bee dried up beneath, and above shall his branch bee cut off: his remembrance shall perish from the earth, Iob 18. 16, 17.
Verse 36. by the brooke] or, in the bourn (or valley)
Verse 37. thou approachedst not] in Greeke, wee
came not, meaning, to war against the Ammonites, or invade their possessions. any place] or, all the place; Hebr. all the land; in Greeke, all (places) pertaining to the brooke Iabok; to wit, on the out side thereof; for Sihon ruled from Aroer &c. unto the river Iabok, which was the border of the sonnes of Ammon, Ios. 12. 2. and all that the Israelites posNum. 21. 24. they tooke not: so that Iephtah answered truly, Israel tooke not away the land of Moab, nor the land of the sonnes of Ammon, Iudg. 11. 15. of the mountaine] possessed also by the Ammonites, whose border was strong, Num. 21. 24. commanded us] or, charged us, namely, to abstaine from, that is, forbade us to meddle with. The word command is used also in things forbidden: see Deut. 4. 23. Now though the Moabites and Ammonites were thus spared by Israel, yet they ill rewarded them afterward, when they warred against Gods people, to cast them out of their possession, Iudg. 11. 4, 5, &c. 2 Chron. 20. 1, 10, 11. and ript up the women with child of Gilead, that they might enlarge their border, Amos. 1. 13. and dwelt in the cities of Gad, Ier. 49. 1. For which the Lord God of Israel plagued them, as also for their unkindnesse already past, a law is enacted against them, in Deut. 23. 3.—6.
1 The Story of the conquest of Og king of Basan:
AND we turned and went up the way were sensed with of every Ci
But all the cattell, and the spoile of the ciis on this side Iordan, from the brooke of Arwas a bedsted of iron; is it not in Rabbah of the sonnes of Ammon? nine cubits was the length thereof, and foure cubits the bredth thereof, after the cubit of a man. And this land, which wee possessed is by the river Arnon, and halfe mount Gilead, and the ciwhich is called the land of Giants. Iair the sonne of Manasses, owne name, Bashan Havotthereof, from Chinne
And I commanded you at that time sayunto you; and they also possesse the land which Iehovah your God giveth them, on
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉
And I besought Iehovah for grace, at that (is there) in the heavens, or in the earth, that can doe acacts? Let mee passe over, I pray is beyond Iordan; this good mountaine, and Lebanon.
But Iehovah was exceeding wroth with would not heare me: and Iehovah said unto me, Let it suffice thee; speake no more unto mee of this matter.
Goe thou up to the top of Pisgah, and lift it with thine eies: for thou shalt not passe over this
WAY of Bashan] in Greeke, the way that (leadeth) unto Basan; which Basan the Matnan: so in Num. 21. 33. Edrei] in Greeke, Adraein. Of this battell, see Num. 21. 33. &c.
Vers. 3. his people] in Num. 21. 35. his sonnes
none remaining] the Greek translateth it, no seed: meaning none left alive, of whom, as of a seed, others might spring. So when the Prophet speaketh of a remnent, Esay 1. 9. the Apostle in Greeke calleth it, a seed, Rom. 9. 29.
Vers. 4. threescore Cities] which sheweth the reigned in mount Hermon, and in Salcah, and in all Bashan, unto the border of the Geshurites, and the Maachathites, &c. los. 12. 4, 5. region] in Hebrew,
Vers. 5. unwalled] or, villages; in Hebr. Peraz
Vers. 6. destroying of every citie the men] or, de
Vers. 8. the land] The killing of the Amorites, Psal. 136. 17. Deut. 3. 21, 22. and a Ios. 2. 10, 11.
Vers. 9. Sidonians] the dwellers in Sidon the great Phanicians. Shir
Greeke,
Vers. 11. Giants] in Hebrew, Rephaim, which Rephaein, as before in Deut. 7. 11. This Og seemeth to bee of the remGen. 14. 5. for Og reigned in Ashteroth, Ios. 13. 12. is it not in Rabbah?] that is, it is in Rabbah: the question maketh it an earnest affirmation, as the Greeke also translateth it. Rabbah was the chiefe City of the Ammonites, their royall City, 2 Sam. 12. 26. The Greeke here translateth it, the chiefe. of a man] which ordinarily is a foot and a halfe; but the Chaldee here translateth it, the cubit of the King.
Vers. 12. Reubenites] Hebr. the Reubenite,
the tribe of Reuben, so
Vers. 13. of Manasses] for conquering the AmoNum. 32. 39, 40. Argob] this the Chaldee calleth Tracona. Basan] in Chaldee, Matnan. Giants] in Hebrew, Rephaim, which the Chaldee expoundeth, Mighties.
Vers. 14. Basan Chavoth Iair] the Chaldee Matnan the townes of Iair: see Numb. 32. 41.
Vers. 15. Gilead] in Greeke, Galaad; that is, the
rest of Galaad, as vers. 13.
Vers. 17. Chinnereth] or, Kinnereth, as the Greek Ginnosar; in the new Testament, Gennesaret, Matt. 14. 34. see the notes on Numb. 34. 11. sea of salt] or, salt sea: see Gen. 14. 3. Ashdoth Pisgah] in Greek, Asedoth Phasga, by interpretation, the Streames (or Sheddings-out, that is, the Springs) of Pisgah (or, of the hill) and so the Chaldee translateth it, The shedding (or, powring-out) of the waters of Ramatha. Pisgah is a hill, mentioned after in
Vers. 18. you] hee speaketh to the Reubenites, Num. 32. 20. &c. sonnes of power] or, sonnes of valour; that is, able and valiant men, as in 2 Sam. 13. 28. bee yee sonnes of valour, that is, bee valiant men: so in 2 King. 2. 16. 1 Chron. 5. 18. The Greeke here exevery prudent man; the Chaldee, all armed men
Vers. 21. Iosua] in Greeke, Iesus: see Num. 27. so will Iehovah doe.] The examples of Gods former mercies, serve for the encouragement and strengthning of the faith of his people, in the like, or greater trialls that may follow: such use alSam. 17. 36, 37. and Paul, 2 Tim. 4. 17, 18.
Vers. 22. he fighteth] or, he it is that sighteth, or will sight. The ChalHee, saith, his Word. As Moses here encouof his departing which hee should accomplish at Ierusalem, Luk. 9. 30, 31. at what time this figure was fulfilled.
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉
Here beginneth the 45 Lecture of the Law: see Gen. 6. 9.
I besought Iehovah for grace] or, I supplicated
Verse 24 Lord Iehovah] or, Lord God: the Greeke hath, Lord Lord: See Gen. 15. 2. for what
God?] meaning, there is none. The Chaldee turThat thou art God, whose glorious habitation is in the heavens above, and thou rulest in the earth beneath, and there is note that can doe according to thy workes. powerfull acts] Hebr.
Verse 25. mountaine] that is, mountainy countrey:
Exod. 15. 17. Lebanon] in Greeke, Antili
in Chaldee,
Verse 26. for your sakes] for they rebelling, grieNum. 20. 3.—12. Psal. 106. 32, 33. And the Lord sware that Moses therDeut. 4. 21. which oath Moses, though he repented and intreaPsal. 110. 4. would not heare me] Hebr. heard me
or,
Vers. 27. Pisgah] the Greeke here translateth, of the hewen hill, because it seemeth they used to hewstones out of it, as they did out of other mounts, 2 Ch
2. 18. The Chaldee of the height calleth it
Vers. 28. Iosua] or, Iesus; as vers. 21. As Iesus, Ioh. 1. 17. Gal. 2. 16. and 3. 12, 13, 24. So it is said of the Tabernacle, that it was brought in with Iesus, into the possession of the Gentiles, Act. 7. 45.
Verse 29. Beth-peor] in Greeke, the house of Phogor, an Idol temple on the mount Peor, where Num. 23. 28. and 25. Deut. 4 3.
1 An exhortation to obedience unto the Law, 6 because of the wisdome and righteousnesse, 9 and the miraculous giving of the same. 15 Against Ima
AND now Israel, hearken thou unto did cleave unto are alive all of you, this day. Behold, I have taught you statutes, are going, to possesse it. And ye them: for this is your wisis a wise and understanding people. For what is there so great, which hath God nigh unto the same, as Iehovah our God is, in all that wee call upon him for. And what natiis there so great, which hath just statutes, and judgments, as all this law which I set bethis day. Onely take heed to thy with darknesse, cloud, and thicke dark
And hee declared unto you his covenant, which hee commanded you to doe; the ten are going over to possesse it.
And take yee heed diligently unto your soules; for yee saw not any similitude, in the that Iehovah spake unto you in Horeb, out of the middest of the fire. Lest ye coryour selves, and make unto you a graven thing, the similitude of any figure: the like
The likenesse of any thing that creepeth
And Iehovah was angry with me, for your for an inheritance. For I must die in must not goe over Iordan: but ye shall goe over and possesse that good land.
Take heed unto your selves, lest yee forthing, the likenesse of any thing, which Iehovah thy God hath charged thee.
For Iehovah thy God, hee is a consuming
When thou shalt beget children, and chilyour selves, and make a graven thing, the likenesse of any thing; and shall doe evill in the eyes of Iehovah thy God, to provoke him to anger. I call the this day, that perishing ye shall perish soone, from off the land, whereunto you passe over Iordan to possesse it; yee shall not prolong your
few men in number, among the heathens, whither Iehovah shall lead you. And there ye shall if from thence ye shall shall be on thee, and all these things shall finde thee, in the latter daies, and thou shalt turne to Iehovah thy God, and heais a (aske) from the utmost part of the heavens, and un(other) utmost part of the heavens, whether there hath beene (any such thing) as this great thing is; or hath beene heard like it. Hath a people heard the voyce of God is God: there is none else besides him. Out of the heavens hee made for an inheritance, as it is this day. And thou shalt know this day, it to returne into thy heart; that Iehovah, hee is God, in the heavens above, and on the earth beneath: there is none else. And thou shalt keepe his statutes & his comthis
thy daies upon the land, which Ieho
Then Moses separated three Cities on this
man-flayer to flee thither, which should kill his neighbour unwittingly, and he hated him not in times past: and that hee might flie unto one of these cities and live. Bezer in is the law, which Moses set are the testimonies, and the statutes, and the judg
On this side Iordan, in the valley over a
And they possessed his land, and the land were on this side Iordan, tois by the banke of the river Arnon, and unto mount Sion, that is Hermon. And all the this side Iordan, Eastward, and un
STatutes] or, Ordinances, which taught the ser(Heb. 9. 1.) as the next word judgments,
Vers. 2. not adde] Hereby all doctrines of men are condemned, Matt. 15. 9. and the all-sufficiency Gal. 3. 1Tim. 3. 16, 17. Adde thou not unto his words, lest hee reprove thee, and thou be found a lier, Prov. 30. 6. diminish] for every word of God is pure, Prov. 30. 5. and profitable for doctrine, for reproofe ▪ for correction, for instruction in righteousnesse, 2
Vers. 3. Baal-peor] in Greeke, Beel-phegor, the INum. 25. 1, 2.—18. and 31. 16. Psal. 106. 28. The Chalagainst them that served Baal-peor. destroyed] or, abolished: by sending a plague, to the death of twenty foure thousand, Num. 25. 9. This judgment was remembred after, in Ios. 22. 17. Have wee too little for the wickednesse of Peor? &c.
Vers. 4. unto Iehovah] the Chaldee saith, unto
the feare (or religion) of the Lord. Thus they that keepe themselves pure in generall defections, are saved from the common destruction, Ezek. 9. 4, 6. 2 Tim. 2. 19. Rev. 20. 4.
Vers. 6. wisdome] Hereupon the Oracles of God making wise the simple, Psal. 19. 8. making us wiser than ouenemies, and to have more understanding than all our teachers, Psal. 119. 98, 99. and able to make us wise unto salvation, through the faith which is in Christ Iesus, 2
Vers. 7. what nation is there so great] or, what
great nation is there? meaning, there is not any. So in vers. 8. God nigh] or, Gods
The Hebrew words are both of the plurall number, yet meaning one God in the plurality of persons; as the like is in
Vers. 9. thy soule] that is, thy selfe: the soule is lose his soule, Matth. 16. 26. another saith, Iose himselfe, Luk. 9. 25. diligently] or, vehemently; so
Vers. 10. Horeb] or, Choreb, called also Sina
see
Vers. 11. heart] that is, the midst: as the heart
of the Sea is the midst thereof, Exod. 15. 8. So here, the heart of heaven is the middest of the aithicke darknesse] or, tempestuous darknesse, gloc
••••
〈◊〉
, as the Greeke version, and the holy Ghost in
Vers. 12. voice of words] This also Paul menHeb. 12. 19. In the next verse Moses calten words, that is, ten commandements, whereof see the notes on Exod. 34. 28. no similitude] to wit, of God: so after,
Vers. 13. of stone] signifying the perpetuity of Exod. 31. 18.
Vers. 14. statutes] for the worship of God, as judgments were for the repressing and punishing of vice, Exod. 21. 1. These were spoken to Moses onten words were spoken to all the people, and written by the singer of God.
Vers. 19. the sunne] It was a common corruptiKing. 21. 3. and 17. 16. Amos 5. 25, 26. of which sinne Iob cleareth himselfe, Iob 31. 26, 27. driven away] or thrust, to wit, out of the
Deut. 13. 5. which is meant by the seduction of others, or of their own hearts. Therefore the Greeke and Chaldee here beest deceived, or made to erre and
which the Hebrew word implyeth, be
Vers. 20. fornace of iron] that is, fornace wherein
so Egypt is called for the cruell op
Vers. 21. your sakes] or, your words: as the Greek the things spoken by you: meaning Num. 20. 3, 4, 5. whereNum. 20. 12. Psal. 106. 32, 33. Deut. 3. 26. and now a
Vers. 23. stroke] or cut, that is, covenanted or Cor. 11. 23, 24. charged thee] or, commanded thee, that is, commanded thee not to doe, or,
Vers. 24. fire] to consume all his enemies; and Deut. 9. 3. and thee thy selfe, if thou disobey him; as Zeph. 1. 18. Heb. 12. 29. See also Exod. 24. 17. The Chaldee addeth, his word is a consuming fire: which is also true, Ier. 23. 29. Deut. 33. 2. jealous] the former word signified Gods power, this his will: hauing a jeaProv. 6. 34, 35. See Exod. 20. 5.
Vers. 25. waxen old] that is, continued long, as the become ancient inhabitants. Gods blessings were by Israel abused to sin, as is here foretold, and againe in
Vers. 26. perishing yee shall perish] that is, surely perish with perdition: so in
Vers. 27. few men] Hebr. men of number; that is, few in number; and in Iob 16. 22. yeeres of number, are a few yeares: see Gen. 34. 30. This is contrary to that promised blessing in Gen. 15. 5.
Vers. 28. serve gods] being given over to your God turned, and gave them up to worship the host of heaven, Act. 7. 42. This same God threatned afterward, in Ier. 16. 13. But the Chaldee here turneth it, yee shall serve peoples that serve Idols, the worke of mens hands. nor smell] the vanity of Idols is after this sort described in
Vers. 29. seeke Iehovah] the Chaldee translaseeke the feare of the Lord; meaning his true service. Here Moses annexeth promises, to comDeut. 30. 1, 2, 3, &c. all thy heart] see an example of this in 2 Chron. 15. 15.
Vers. 30. finde thee] that is, come upon, or befall
thee, as the Chaldee explaineth it.
Vers. 31. thy fathers] Abraham, Isaak, and IaLevit. 26. 42. &c.
Vers. 32. of the heavens] that is, from one utmost
part of the world unto the other. By the heavens are meant the parts of the world under the heavens: and the holy Ghost openeth this phrase; for in Mat. 24. 31. it is written, from the utmost parts of the heavens, unto the utmost pa
for which in
Verse 33. voice of God] the Chaldee saith, the
voice of the word of the Lord: the Greeke, of the living God. and lived] As at the apparitions of God, men were wont to feare they should die,
Verse 34. hath God] or, hath any God; speaking of the true God, and his workes unto Israel, above assaied] or, tempted. This is spoken not of God trying his owne strength, but proving the obediOr the tentations, (or
Vers. 35. so know] that is, that thou mightest know, and acknowledge. The end of all Gods
Vers. 36 to instruct] or, to nurture, chastise: by restraining from vice. So Gods chastening, and teaching out of his law, are joyned together, in Ps. 94. chastening bee often with workes (as Levit. 26. 18, 28. Deut. 8. 5.) yet is it also with words: is here, (where the Chaldee translateth it teach) and Prov. 9. 7. and 31. 1. Ezek. 23. 48. Iob 4. 3. the fire] before, he said, out of heaven; and now, out of the middest of the fire: for though the voice came out of heaven, Israel perceived it not, but onely out of the fire, saith R. Menachem on Deut. 4.
Vers. 37. therefore he chose] or, and chose (that is, loved) his seed after him, therefore he brought thee
out. Gods love, and election out of love, is the cause of mans redemption and salvation. his seed] that is, the seed of thy fathers, every one partheir seed (or sonnes) after them. in his sight] or, with his face (or presence) The Greeke saith, he brought thee out himselfe; the Chaldee, he brought thee out by his word. Thus the face or presence of God, may imply Christ, the Word, the Angell of Gods face, Esa. 63. 9. He it was that brought Israel out, as 1 Cor. 10. 1, 9. and the signe of his presence was in the pillar of the cloud and fire, Exod. 13. 21. and 14. 19, 20.
Vers. 38. to drive out] to wit, out of possession (as to disinherit; the Greeke saith, to destroy, (or, root out.) as it is] the Greek addeth, as thou hast this day. Meaning of the land of Sihon and Og, which they had now in posDeut. 3. 21.
Vers. 39. And thou shalt know] or, know (and acknowledge) therefore: see vers. 35. The knowChron. 28. 9. cause it to returne] or, bring againe, reduce, that is, call to minde, and consider, that not onely for the present, but alwaies af
Vers. 40. all daies] this may be referred both to Mat. 28. 20. all daies, is explained, unto the end of the world.
Vers. 42. unwittingly] or, without knowledge therunawares. See the law for this, in Num. 35. 9, 10, &c. and after in Deut. 19. 2. in times past] or, in former daies; Hebr. from yesterday, and the third day. See Gen. 31. 2.
Vers. 43. Bezer] in Greeke, Bof
see
Vers. 44. this is] He meaneth, that which here
Vers. 45. after they came forth] Hebr. in their
comming forth: but In is often used for After, as is noted on Exod. 2. 23. so againe, in vers. 46.
Vers. 46. Beth-peor] in Greeke, the house of
Phogor, an Idoll Temple: see Deut. 3. 29. Amorites] Hebr.
Vers. 48. banke] Hebr. lip. Sion] in Greeke, Seon. This is not that which usually the ScripZion, in Ierusalem; but otherHermon: see Deut. 3. 9.
Vers. 49. sea of the plaine] the sea of salt, Deut. 3. 17. the lake of Sodome, or dead sea. Ashdoth Pisgah] or, the springs of Pisgah: see the notes on Deut. 3. 17.
1 Mosesrehear seth the covenant that God made
AND Moses called unto all Israel, and said unto them, Heare O Israel, the this day: and yee shall learne them, and keepe, to doe them. Ieeven us, who are all of us here alive this day. Iehovah
I, Iehovah thy God, which have brought any other Gods before my face.
Thou shalt not make unto thee a graven thing, any likenesse, of things which are in the heavens above, or which are in the earth beneath, or which
Thou shalt not take up the name of Ieho
Keepe thou the Sabbath day, to sanctifie is a Sabbath to Iehovah thy God: in it thou shalt not doe any worke; thou, or thy sonne, or thy daughter, or thy man-servant, or thy woman-servant, or thine oxe, or thine asse, or any of thy cattell, or thy stranger which is within thy gates, that thy man-servant and thy woman-servant may rest as well as thou.
And thou shalt remember that thou wast a
Honour thy father and thy mother, as Ie
Thou shalt not kill.
Neither shalt thou commit adulterie.
Neither shalt thou steale.
Neither shalt thou answer a false witnesse against thy neighbour.
Neither shalt thou covet thy neighbours is thy neighbours.
These words Iehovah spake unto all your with a great voyce, and he added no more: and he wrote them on two tables of stones, and gave them unto mee. And it is there
have, and lived? Goe neere it. And Iehovah heard said, all that they have spoken. Who
Goe say to them, Get you againe into your them in the land which I give to them to possesse it. And yee shall observe to doe, to the right hand or to the left. You shall walke in all the way (that it may bee) well with you, and yee may prolong your dayes, in the land which yee shall possesse.
IN your eares] that is, in your hearing, and to your understanding: the Chaldee translateth it, before
Vers. 2. stroke] Heb. cut a covenant, the reaGen. 15. 18. in Horeb] or, at Choreb, called also Sinai: see Exod. 19. 20. and 24. 8. God, though he might absolutely command, yet vouchsafed to enter into covenant with his people, that by mutuall stipulation and promises, he might have not constrained, but free and voluntarie obedience performed by them, to his glory, and their further good.
Vers. 3. fathers] which are dead: hereby all the Patriarchs unto Adam may be meant, who had Gal. 3. 17. Or it may meane, our fathers onely, as Iarchi here expoundeth it, such as died in the wildernesse, after the Law was given. See alDeut. 11. 2. even us] or, we are they, which are here this day, the Greeke translateth, & you are here all alive this day. So the covenaSchoolemaster unto Christ, Gal. 3. 21. 24.
Vers. 4. face to face] that is, openly, clearely, plainly; as Exod. 33. 11. Gen. 32. 30. Deut. 34. Cor. 13. 12. opposed to the darke visions, by which God before time revealed his will.
Vers. 5. I standing] or, stood, as the Greeke translateth, And I stood between the Lord, which the the Word of the Lord. Thus the Law was given in the hand of a mediator, Gal. 3. 19. for God and the people were not one; by reason of their sinnes: therefore they were afraid.
Vers. 6. servants] in Greeke and Chaldee, servitude. God redeemed Israel; not onely from out
Vers. 7. any other gods] or, another god: see Deut. 4. 7.
Vers. 8. graven thing] the Chaldee translaImage. any] the Greeke saith, nor the likenesse of any thing. The word
Vers. 10. his commandements] or, his commandement;
Vers. 12. Keepe] or, Observe; for this, in Exod.
Remember. as Iehovah, &c.] this sentence is added, more than in Exod. 20. 8. So againe in the fift commandement, vers. 16. And these two charges onely are affirmative, all the other are prohibitions.
Vers. 14. Oxe, &c.] these particulars are also as well as thou] or, even as thou. This reason was not expressed in Exod. 20. 10. And it sheweth that the Sabbath was commanded in part for the ease of servants, which were of the heathens that were round about them, Lev. 25. 44.
Vers. 15. to doe] that is, to celebrate: the Greeke to keepe the Sabbath day, and to sanctifie it. In Exod. 20. 11. the creation of the world is there rendred as a reason, which is here omitted; and the comming out of Egypt (which seemeth to be on the Sabbath day) is here made a reason of observing this day. For it was a figure of delive
Vers. 16. be well with thee] or, good may be done
unto thee. This branch of the promise is more than was expressed in Exod. 20. 12. and this addition the Apostle also citeth, in Ephes. 6. 3. but putteth it there in the first place, changing the order of the words, which the Scripture often doth, as may be seene, in 2 King. 11. 8. compared with 2 Chron. 23. 7. Ioel 2. 28. with Act. 2. 17. 1 King. 19. 10. with Rom. 11. 3. Esai. 65. 1. with Rom. 10. 20. Mat. 21. 13. with Marke 12. 8.
Vers. 18. Neither shalt thou] or, And thou
shalt not: and so in the precepts following; all which are joyned to the former, with this copulaAnd, (otherwise than was in Exod. 20.) to teach the conjoyning of all these commandements, as into one bodie of the Law: which must be likeWhosoever shall keepe the whole Law, and yet offend in one point, he is guiltie of all. For hee that said, Doe not cemmit ad
&c.
Vers. 20. false] or, rash, vaine. The same word Shav, used before in verse 11. but for it in Exo. 20.
Sheker, false: and so the Chaldee hath in this place.
Vers. 21. wife] in Exod. 20. 17. our neighbours house is put in the first place, and his wife in the sedesire] Here againe Moses useth another word,
whereas in
Vers. 22. added no more] meaning, no moe comten
Deut. 4. 13.) or no more unto the people; there were spoken to Moses, Exod. 21. 1. &c. The Chaldee translateth, ceased not: see the notes on Nam. 11. 25. of stones] both to have them perpetuall to his Church, Iob 19. 23, 24. and in mysterie, to shew the stonie nature of mens hearts: see the annotations on Exod. 31. 18. unto mee] that Moses might carry them to the people, and see then duly executed. So the Magistrate is the kee
33. 5.
Vers. 23. and the mount] understand, and saw the mount, as Deut. 18. 16. Exod. 20. 18. The things which the people heard and saw, were terrible unH
in Greeke,
Vers. 24. his voice] the Chaldee saith, the voice
of his Word. So in vers. 25.
Vers. 25. why should we die?] The Greeke translet us not die: so it is a deprecation. This speech implieth the sentence of death also, which their owne hearts pronounced against them for their sinnes: for such a question is likewise an afWhy doth hee speake blasphemies? Mark. 2. 7. is expounded, this man blasphemeth, Matt. 9. 3. And this sheweth the effect of the Law in our consciences; it causeth the spirit of bondage to feare, Rom. 8. 15. and when the voice of God in his Law is heard and understood of men, it teralive without the Law, Rom. 7. 9, 10. fire] which signified the force of the firie Law, Deut. 33. 2. that it is in mans heart, as a burning fire shut up in his bones, as Ier. 20. 9. both manifesting sinnes, and tormenting the conscience; wherein it differeth from the Gospell, Heb. 12. 18. then] or, surely; Heb. and we shall dic. Thus there was not a law given which could give life, Gal. 3. 21. but
Vers. 26. all flesh] or, who is any flesh, that is, any
fraile man: for, all flesh is grasse, Esa. 40. 6. The Greeke translateth, For what flesh? Which word flesh is often used for unregenerate man, as is noted on Gen. 6. 3. and to such especially, the Law is the terrours of death: though all humane nature bePsal. 143. 2. the living God] The Hebrew words are both plurall, implying the mysterie of the Trinitie, as is noted on Gen. 1. 1. and he is called the living God, (as here, so in Ios. 3. 10. 1 Sam. 17. 26. Esa. 37. 4. Psal. 42. 3. Hos. 1. 10. and in sundry other places) to oppose him unto all false gods, which are called the dead, Psal. 106. 28. whereupon it is said, Yee turned to God, from Idols, to serve the living and true God, 1 Thess. 1. 9. Also to shew that God is powerfull in operation, being not only living in himselfe, (so that he only hath immortalitie, 1 Tim. 6. 16.) but the giver of life unto all; For in him wee live, and move, and have our being, Act. 17. 28. and he is the fountaine of living waters, Ier. 17. 13. who continually and abundantly refresheth his people. It signifieth also his eternitie, as he that liveth for ever and ever, Revel. 10. 6. of whom it is said, For he is the living God, and continuing for ever, Dan. 6. 26. Wherefore that speech of Iob, My Redeemer liveth, Iob 19. 25. is translated in the Greeke,
Vers. 27. Goe neere thou] The people being vers. 28, 29. and he gave them Moses to helpe them for the present, and further promised them a Prophet like unto him, which was Christ,
Vers. 28. well said] The Greeke translateth, they
have spoken all things rightly (or well.)
Vers. 29. Who will give] An Hebrew phrase, meaning, O that some would give, or, O that there
were; and so the Chaldee explaineth it. The like is in Iob 6. 8. Psal. 14. 7. and 55. 7. and otherwhere. to feare, &c.] The things that God approveth in men, are, feare, humilitie, distrust in themselves, and a confidence in him, with love unto his Law. Hereunto God called them, by this his covenant, drawing them unto Christ.
Vers. 31. all the commandement] that is, the Law in generall, or commandements, as the Greeke transevery commandement. So in Deut. 6. 1. and 8. 1. also in 2 Pet. 2. 21. and 3. 2.
Vers. 32. observe to doe] or, and doe, as this phrase often signifieth: see the notes on Gen. 2. 3. right hand or to the left] This signifieth an exDeut. 2. 27. Therefore all aberration from the right way, is noted by the turning to the right hand or to the left, Esa. 30. 21. So after in Deut. 17. 11. 20. and 28. 14. Prov. 4. 27.
1 Moses setting himselfe to explaine Gods com
ANd this is the Commandement, the in the land that floweth with milke and honey.
Heare, ô Israel: Iehovah our God, Iehovah is one. And thou shalt love Iehovah thy God, with all thy heart, and with all thy soule, and with all thy might. And these words, this day, shall be in thy heart. And thou shalt whet them on thy things, which thou filledst not; and wells digged, which thou diggedst not; vineyards and olive-trees, which thou planare round about you. For Iehovah thy God is a jealous God, in the midst of thee; lest the anger of Iehovah thy God be kindled against thee, and he destroy thee from off the face of the earth.
Yee shall not tempt Iehovah your God, as ye tempted him in Massah. Keeping ye shalwhich is right and good in the eyes of Iehovah, that it may be well with thee, and thou maist goe in, and possesse the good land which Iehovah sware unto thy fa
When thy sonne shall aske thee to morare the testimonies, and the statutes, and the judgements, which Ieho
And he brought us out from thence, that he (it is) this day. And justice shall it be unto us, when we
COmmandement] put generally for Commandements,
Vers. feare] this is the beginning of wisdome,
Psal. 111. 10. and by it we depart from evill, Prov. 16. 6. and it comprehendeth generally Gods worEsay 29. 13. Matt. 15. 8, 9. therefore it is mentioned in the first place. prolonged] under which, eternall life is also implied; for Gods commandements when they are kept, doe adde unto men,
Vers. 3. and honey] signifying heavenly graces, Exod. 3. 8.
Vers. 4. Heare] The last letter of this first word Heare, and of the last word One, are extraordinathe first and great commandement, as our SaMark. 12. 29, 30. Matt. 22. 38. And this place of Scripture, unto the end of the ninth verse, was one of the foure paragraphs which the Iewes were wont to write upon their Phylacteries, as is noted on Exod. 13. 9. and fastned to their doore-posts, and read in their houses twice a day: as the Hebrewes say, Twice every day doe men reade the lecture, HEARE O ISRAEL, &c. at evening and at morning, as it is written (in Deut. 6. 7.) when thou liest downe, and when thou risest up; at the time when men are wont to lie downe, which is at night; and at the time when men are wont to rise up, which is at day. And what is it that he readeth? Three sections; to wit, Heare O Israel, &c. (Deut. 6. 4) And it shall be if you shall hearken, &c. (Deut. 11. 13.) And Moses said unto the people, &c. (Exod. 13. 3.) And they read first the section, Heare O Israel, because in it there is the propertie of God, and the love of him, and the doctrine of him, which is the great foundation, whereupon all doe depend. Maim. in Misn. b. 2. in Keriath Shemangh,
Vers. 5. love] The end of the commandement is
love, out of a pure heart, and of a good conscience, and of faith unfained. 1 Tim. 1. 5. See the notes on Exod. 20. 6. Ie
these implie the causes of our love of the Lord; the one, for his owne nature and being,
Vers. 6. these Words] the Oracles of God are Psal. 119. 97, 98. in thy heart] as the fleshly tables wherein Gods law is to be
Vers. 7. What them] that is, often, earnestly, and
diligently teach them, that they may pierce the hearts of thy children, to understand and affect them. So the Greek and Chaldee explaine it, to fore-instruct and teach. thy children] or, thy sonnes: under this name the Hebrews understand, not the naturall sonnes onely, but schollers also, or disciples; because disciples are called sonnes, as it is written (in 2
Vers. 8. phylacteries] or, fr
ornaments
Vers. 9. doore posts] by this signe to professe unExod. 12. 7. Of this riHeare O Israel, &c. Deut. 6. 4.—9. And it shall be if you shall bearken &c. Deut.
treat. Tephilin, (or of Phylacteries &c.) chap. 5. and 6. adA man must be warned of the post writings, because it is every ones duty continually. And every time that he goeth in, and goeth out, hee meeteth with the name of the holy blessed God, and shall remember the love of him, and awake out of his sleepe, and his erroars among the vanities of the time; and know that there is nothing which abideth for ever, and for ever and ever, but the knowledge of (God) the everlasting Rocke; and forthwith he returneth to his knowledge, and walketh in the strait & even waies. Our ancient wise men have said, Whosoever hath his phylacteries on his head and on his arme, and fringes on his garment, and postwriting on his doore, he is fortified that he shall not sin: for behold, hee hath many remembrancers, and they are the Angels which deliver him from sinning; as it is written, The Angell of the Lord encampeth round about them that feare him, and delivereth them, Psal. 34. 8. Thus have they magnified their outward observances; and were taxed by our Saviour, for making their phyla
Vers. 10. to give unto thee] understand, he sware that he would give unto thee: so in vers. 19.
Vers. 11. digged] or, hewed, to wit, out of the Deut. 28. 47. Prov. 3. 9, 10. And by earthly riches, the spirituall graces of God in Christ, are also unCor. 1. 4, 5, 7. Ephes. 1. 18. and 2. 5, 6, 7. full] or, satisfied: which also is a blesLevit. 26. 5. But by mens corruption may easily be abused, unto lasciviousnesse, Deut. 32. 13, 14, 15.
Vers. 12. forget Iehovah] the Chaldeesaith, forget
Vers. 13. feare] this is for the inward worship Feare is exworship, Matth. 15. 9. from Esay 29. 13. and so Christ speaketh, having reference to this Scripture, Matth. 4. 10. See after on Deut. 10. 12. serve him] the Greeke addeth, serve him
and so Christ all eageth it against Satan,
Versother gods] which the Chaldee interIdols of the peoples. By going, or walking after such, is meant, worshipping or serving them, as afterward is shewed, Deut. 8. 19. and 13. 2. 4.
Vers. 15. in the middest] the Chaldee expounds his Majestie dwelleth is the middest of thee. Gods presence, and diligent looking to the waies of his people, is hereby meant, Esay 12. 6. Rev. 2. Of jealousie, see Exod. 20. 5. by it was signified, that God would not forgive their transIos. 24. 19.
Vers. 16. in Massah] or, in the tentation (as tempted the Lord, saying. Is the Lord amongst us or no? Exod. 17. 1.—7. As prosperitie, so adversity often occasioneth men to sione; therefore the Prophet prayeth against both extremities, Proverb. 30. 8
Vers. 18. right] in Greeke, pleasing, which the Exod. 15. 26. And so our Saviour did alwaies those things that pleased his Father, Ioh. 8. 29. By things right and good, are meant the things commanded of God, and the doing of them with a sincere heart. To performe this, the Apostle saith, Bee yee transformed by the renewing of your minde, that ye may prove what is that good, that well-pleasing and perfect will of God, Rom. 12. 2.
Vers. 19. to drive out] that is, hee sware unto that he would drive out, &c. But because the people obeyed not the voice of God, he would not drive out all from before them, Iudg. 2. 1, 2, 3, 12, 14. and 3, 1.—4.
Vers. 20. tomorrow] that is, hereafter in time to
come. See Exod. 13. 14. Here followeth a briefe Catechisme, containing the grounds of religion. what are] that is, what meane, or signifie. The word are is supplied also in the Greeke, (as before in vers. 4.) and by it the meaning of Gods precommanded you] The Law was comPsal. 78. 5, 6.
Vers. 21. to Pharaoh] the Historie hereof is in Exod. 1. and 2. &c. the mystery was, our serviRom. 6. 17, 18. Heb. 2. 14, 15. The memoriall whereof is alwaies to be continued amongst us and our posterity, to the praise of Gods grace, Deut. 26. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. strong hand] that is, by force and constraint, through great judgExod. 6. 1. and 3. 19.
Vers. 22. evill] that is, hurtfull, grievous, noysome
Vers. 24. for good] or as the Greeke explaineth, that it may bee well with us. The end of our reRom. 6. 17, 18, 22. to preserve] meaning, that hee may preserve us alive: the Greeke translateth, that wee may live. Here Life is promised to the doers of the Law; as alsoLuke 10. 28. but this is a legall proRomans 8. 3. and is not of faith, (as the Apostle teacheth) by which the just shall live, Galathians. 3. 11, 12.
Vers. 25. justice] or righteousnesse; the Greeke Mercy shall be to us: so the word justice sometime signifieth,
1 A commandement to root out the seven na
WHen Iehovah thy God shall any covenant with them, nor shew them grace.
Neither shalt thou make mariages with them: thy daughter thou shalt not give unto Images yee shall burne with fire. For thou art an holy peoare upon the face of the earth. Not for your multitude above all peoples did Iehovah set his love upwere the fewest of all peoples. But because Iehovah loved is God, the faithfull God, that keepeth covenant and mercy to them that love him, & that keepe his commandements, to the thousand generation. And repayeth this day, to doe them.
And it shall be, because yee shall hearken will be a snare unto thee. If thou shalt say in are moe than I, how shall I be able to dispossesse them? Thou ch Iehovah thy God did unto Pharaoh, and unto all Egypt. The great tentations which thine eye saw, with wch Iehovah thy God brought thee out: so will Iehovah thy God do unto all peoples, of whose faces thou art afraid. And also Iehovah they perish that are left, and that hide themselves from thy face. Thou shalt not be
And Iehovah thy God will plucke out these nations from thy face, by little and little: thou with a
And hee will deliver their Kings into thine hand, and thou shalt destroy their name from images of their gods shall that is on them, nor take it unis an abomination to Iehovah thy God. And is a cursed thing.
CHethite] that is, as the Chaldee explaines Chethites; G
&c. See the notes
Vers. 2. before thee] that is, as the Gve
So in
Vers. 3. make mariages] or,
by
Vers. 4. from after me] that is, from following
me and my Law. The Gfrom me ▪
the Chaldee,
Vers. 5. pillars] or, statues, or standing images:
Exod. 23. 24. and Levit. 26. 1. This Law was executed by the good Kings of Iudah, 2 King. 18. 4. and 23. 6.—14. gro
or,
Vers. 6.
Vers. 7.
o
Vers. 8. the oath] Gods irrevocathat by two immu
•
able things in which it was impossible for God
•
o
〈◊〉
•
ee might
〈◊〉
a strong consolation, Heb. 6. 17, 18. ser
〈…〉
] in Greeke and Chaldee,
Know therefore] Hebr. And thou shalt know: so in v. 11: See the notes on Gen. 31. 44. that love him] see the notes on Exod. 20. 6. Vnto this promise Daniel hath respect in his praier, Dan. 9. 4. and Nehemiah, Neh. 1. 5.
Vers. 10. his face] that is, the face of every of them. So after, to destroy him, that is, every one of
them: therefore the Greeke translateth plurally, them. The Chaldee saith, In their life (time) hee will repay them. Chazkuni likewise and others exIn his life time. And so it is said, Behold, the righteous shall be recompensed in the earth; much more the wicked and the sinner, Prov. 11. 31. A like phrase there is of recompensing the wicked into their bosome, Esay 65. 6. not delay] that is, not faile, See the notes on Exod. 22. 29. will repay him] or, recompense, reward him, to wit, with venDeut. 32. 35, 41. and it is called paiment or reward, because it shall be according to mans
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉
Here beginneth the 46 Section of the Law: whereof see Gen. 6. 9.
Vers. 12. because] the Greeke translateth it, when
it implieth a reward of their obedience, which God of his grace will give: as in
Vers. 13. love thee] that is, continue to love thee; for the love of God to his people, was the cause not that we loved God; but that hee loved us, 1 Iob. 4. 10. and from the feeling of this in our hearts, proceedeth our love towards God; and out of love obedience; and so God continueth his love, which is the fountaine of all blessings. So Christ faith, Hee that hath my commandements; and keepeth them, is hee that loveth mee: and he that loveth mee, shall be loved of my Father, and I will love him, and will shew my selfe unto him, Iob. 14.
in Chaldee,
Vers. 14. barren male] the Greeke translateth, without seed (or generation) compare this with Ex. 23. 26. Hereupon barrennesse was a reproach, Luk. 1. 25. and fruitfulnesse counted a blessing, Psalm. 128. 1, 3.
Vers. 15. evill diseases] that is, painefull, malignant,
Vers. 16. eat up] that is, as the Chaldee translaconsume: But the word, eat, hath respect unto that in Num. 14. 9. they are bread for us. See also Psal. 14. 4. This is not onely a promise of viv. 1, 2, 3. spare] to wit, from vengeance, not take pitty on them. This affection is often given to the eye, (as in other cases, Matt. 20. 15.) See Gen. 45. 20. Deut. 13. 8. Ezek. 5. 11. snare] a cause of thy ruine: the Chaldee faith, a scandall, or stumbling-blocke: so after in v. 25. See Exod. 23. 33. and the performance hereof mentioned in Psal. 106. 36. they served their Idols, which were a snare unto them.
Vers. 17. dispossesse them] or, as the Chaldee transcast them out; in Greeke, destroy them. These words of God tend to the strengthening of faith, against the feares and infirmities of the Saints, and power of their enemies. Compare Num. 13. 32.—34.
Vers. 18. Egypt] or, the Egyptians, as both Deut. 4. 34. &c. and 29. 2, 3. for it was a manifestation both of the power of God, and of his good will towards his people.
Vers. 19. tentations] or, trialls, essaies: see Deut. 4. 34. and 29. 3.
Vers. 20. the hornet] or, hornets, as the Greeke Exod. 8. so did he the Canaanites with hornets, Ios. 24. 12. shewing his power in confounding mighty enemies by small and weake meanes, 1 Cor. 1. 27, 28. HereExod. 23. 28. from thy face] the Greeke transfrom thee: so it is referred to the latter word hide, rather than to the former, perish.
Vers. 21. fearefull] or, terrible; in Greeke, strong, that is, able to save thee, terrible to thine enemies, (as 1 Sam. 4. 7. 8.) and unto thee fearePsal. 89. 7.
Vers. 22. by little] This was accomplished, when Ios. 15. 63. Iudg. 3. 1. suddenly, or, hastily, quickly, that is, at once, but by degrees. Yet in Deut. 9. 3. hee promiseth that they should destroy
suddenly, to wit, in respect of their enemies, Therefore the Lord
Hebr.
Vers. 23. destroy] or, vex, with Deut. 2. 15. and 2Exod. 14. 24. It im
Vers. 24. their kings] as was fulfilled in Ios. 10. 24. and from under heaven] out of this world: the Greeke translateth, out of that place. This hath long since been accom
Vers. 25. The graven images of their gods] in Chaldee, The Images of their Idols: under the name
all other sorts are implyed, as images mol
Vers. 26. into thine house] for any use or profit to The Idoll, and things that serve it, and that which is offered thereto, and whatsoever is made for it, is unlawfull for any use. Maimony treat. of Idolatrie, chap. 7. sect. 2. lest thou be] Hebr.
1 An exhortation to keepe and doe the Law for their owne good, 2 because of Gods former mercies in the wildernesse, 7 and future blessings in Canaan. 10 A warning lest fulnesse occasion them to forget God, and his former benefits: 17 and lest they pre
ALL the commandement which I comthis day, ye shall observe to doe, that ye may live and multiply, & goe in, and possesse the land which Iehovah sware unto your fathers. And thou shalt rewas in thine hart, whether thou wouldest keepe his commandements, or no. And he (word) that proceedeth out of the mouth of Iehovah doth man live. Thy raiment waxed not old upon thee, & thy foot swelled not these for
A land of wheat, and of barley, and of thing in it: a land whose stones are iron, and out of whose mountaines thou maiest hew brasse. And this day. Lest thou eat, and bee full, in them. And thy heards, and thy flockes mulwherein were fierie serpents, and scorpions, and drought, where there was no water: who brought forth unto thee waters, out of the rocke of flint. Who ch thy fathers knew not, for to humble thee, and for to tempt thee, to doe thee good at thy latter end. And thou say in thy heart, my it is hee that giveth thee power to get wealth, that he may establish his covenant, which he sware unto thy fathers, as it is this day. And it this day, that perishing yee shall perish. As the
COmmandement] that is, as the Greeke translacommandements. See Deut. 5. 31. and observe to doe] or, keepe and doe, as the phrase sometime signifieth. See the notes on Gen. 2. 3.
that is, continue long in a prosperous life; for as sorrowes, plagues, miseries are called
Vers. 2. all the way] that is, all the accidents that Amos 2. 10. Psal. 136. 16. and 78. 52, 53. Ier. 2. 2. 6. to humble] or, to afflict; as the Greeke translateth, that hee might afflict thee, and tempt thee. So vers. 3. tempt] or, prove, to wit, their faith and obedience: see the notes on Gen. 22.
that is, to have experiment in practise of that which was in them. The like is said of king Ezechias, whom God left, to tempt him,
Vers. 3. humbled] or, afflicted, as vers. 2. So afflicteth the strength of his people in the way, Psal. 102. 24. Hee suffered them to hunger, before he gave them Manna: so Gods people hunger and thirst after righteousnesse, and then he filleth them, Matt. 5. 6. Luk. 1. 53. Manna] Hebr. Man: of this meat, see the annotations on Exod. 16. 14, 15. &c. It was a figure of Christ, Ioh. 6. bread onely] that is, ordinary food, such as men live by; whereof bread is the principall. This sentence Christ alledged against Satan, when hee tempted him to unlawfull meanes for satisfying his hunger, Matth. 4. 4. word that proceedeth] so the Greeke also translateth, adding this word, as the Apostle also doth, in Matt. 4. 4. But another Evanevery word of God, Luk. 4. 4. The word of God is the ground of faith, Rom. 10. 17. which they that have abiding in them, shall surely bee fed in time of hunger, both soule and body, Psal. 37. 3. &c.
not old] that is, was not worne out with age,
Deut. 29. 5. Neh.
M
the Chaldee expoun
Vers. 5. know with thine heart] that is, know and acknowledge heartily, upon thine owne feeling and Yee know in all your heart, and in all your soule, Ios. 23. 14. chasteneth] or nurtureth, restraineth from the pleaProv. 3. 11, 12. Heb. 12. 5.—10. and, Blessed is the man whom thou chastenest
94. 12.
Vers. 6. his wayes] which he hath commanded to Exod. 18. 20. Psal. 25. 4. The Chaldee expoundeth it, the wayes that are right
These are opposed to mens own
Vers. 7. good land] a fat and fertile soile: See
or
Vers. 8. pomegranates] it signifieth both the fruit, Num. 13. 24. and the tree that beares them, Song 7. 1
Hebr.
Vers. 9. eat bread] so having the fruition of Gods Deut. 28. 30. 33. 39. 40. And for their sinnes it came to passe, that they did eat bread by weight, and with care, Ezek. 4. 16. brasse] these latter are for munition, and other uses, as the former were for food: so all good things are implyed. See also Deut. 33. 25. The mouniron is taken out of the dust, and Brasse is molten out of the stone, Iob 28. 2.
Vers. 10. be full] or, satisfied; which is a blessing Prov. 13. 25. Ps. 147. 14. the contrary, to the wicked, Mic. 6. 14. Hag. 1. 6. shalt blesse Iehovah] that is, shalt give him thankes; as where it is said, that Iesus tooke bread, and blessed, Mark. 14. 22. another Evangehe tooke bread, and gave thankes, Luke 22. 19. And as our Saviour teacheth us to blesse beMat. 14. 19, 20. so this law chargeth us to blesse after we have eaten: and as for meat and drinke, so for other good things which we receive of God; as David saith, Blesse the LORD, O my soule, and forget not all his benefits, Psal. 103. 2. and the Apostle commandeth, In every thing give thankes, for this is the will of God in Christ Iesus concerning you, 1 Thes. 5. 18. The Hebrewes (from this Law of Moses) teach, that although it be here said,
Vers. 11. lest thou forget Iehovah] or, that thou
forget not Iehovah; which the Chaldee expoundeth, that thou forget not the feare of the LORD. God is forgotten, when his Commandements are negPsal. 106. 19, 21. Ier. 2. 32. and he is rePsal. 103. 18. Moses his next words shew this to be the meaning here. So God is forgotten, when his workes towards us are forgotten, as
vers. 14. 15. &c.
Vers. 124 good] that is, goodly faire, pleasant,
commodious; see the notes on Gen. 1. 4.
Vers. 14. l
the Chaldee expounds it
Vers. 15.
or,
Vers. 16. Mavna] where of see before, vers. 3. Exod. 16. thy latter end] for though no chastening for the present, seemeth to be joyous but grievoin, yet afterward it yeeldith the peaceable fruit of righte on snesse, unto them which are exercised shereby, Hebr. 12. 11.
Vers. 17. And thou say] understand from vers. 12. lest thou say, that is, as the Greeke translateth, and say not. gotten] Hebr. made, that is, as the Chalgotten: So in vers. 18. wealth] or power, meaning wealth or goods, as the Chaldee hath it.
Vers. 18. that it is he] or, for it is he. Riches and The blessing of the LORD, it maketh rich, Prov. 10 22. but Israel forgat this, as God saith, For she did not know, that I gave her corne, and wine, and oile, and multiplied her silver and gold, Hos. 2. 8.
Vers. 19. other gods] the idols of the people, saith forgetting of God meaneth: so Psal. 106. 19, 21. Itestifie] the Greeke addeth, I take heaven and
So Moses him-selfe elsewhere speaketh in
Vers. 20. not heare] that is, not obey the voice,
not receive the word of the LORD.
1. Moses teacheth Israel (now ready to enter into Canaan) that God would goe before them, and de
HEare O Israel; thou art passing over this day, to goe in to possesse Nations, greater and mightier than throu; Cities, great and fenced, up to the Heacan stand before the sonnes of Anak? And thou shalt know this
is he that passeth over before thee, a consuming fire; he will de
And thou shalt know, that not for thy ju
themselves; they have quickly turned aside our of the way which I commanded them; they have made them a molten calfe. And is a stiffe-necked people. Let me alone, that I may destroy were in my two hands.
And I saw, and behold, yee had sinned aat the first, fortie daies, and it well, unwas not able to bring them into the land which he spake unto them; and because he hated them, he hath brought them out to slay them in the wildernesse. Yet they are thy people, and thine inheritance, which thou broughtest out by thy great power, and by thy stretched out arme.
IOrdan] Hebr. Iarden: a river thorow which IsDeut. 1. 1. See Num. 34. 12. this day] that is, at this time, veDay is often used for time, as 2 Cor. 6. 2. An boure is likewise so used for time; as the last houre, 1 Iohn 2. 18. So, in that houre, Luke 10. 21. 16. At that time, Matth. 11. 25. possesse] or inherit; which when it is spoken of nations, signiLev. 25. 45, 46. Here it may be meant also of the lands or countries of those nations, as they are said to possesse Gad, which dwelt in his cities, Ier. 49. 1.
Vers. 2. Anakims] whom the Chaldee calleth Giants.
Vers. 3. he that passeth] Against feare and distrust, Numb. 14. 1, 2, 3, &c.) hee opposeth the presence and power of God, which is the maine argument to strengthen faith, Numb. 14. 9. Psal. 56. 4, 5. and 60. 13, 14.
consuming] Hebr. eating: so Deut. 4. 24. The Chaldee translateth, his word is a consuming fire suddenly] or, quickly, hostily: see the notes on Deut. 7. 22.
Vers. 4. For my justice] The Hebrew In, is by the Greeke also here translated For, and it often noteth cause of a thing; as Hos. 12. 13. in (that is, for)
So in
Vers. 5. righteousnesse] or, uprightnes, straitnesse,
equitie: the Greeke translateth it here piety; the Chaldee, truth. By naming iustice, hee excludeth all merit of workes, Deut. 6. 25. and by righteousnesse of heart, all inward affections and purposes, which men might plead, notwithstanding that they faile in action. Yet these two are the chiefe things which God respecteth in men,
Vers. 6. this good land] a figure of heavenly blesGen. 12. 5. stiffe-necked]
of a hard necke, that is, stubborne and rebelliExod. 32. 9. to which place Moses hath reference, and from Gods testimonie there, and their sinnes then and at other times, conEzek. 20. 43, 44. and 36. 31, 32.
Vers. 7. Remember, forget not] an earnest and efDeut. 33. 6. against] Hebr.
Vers. 8. H
or
Vers. 9.
called up thither of God,
Vers. 10. of stone] the signification whereof is Exod. 31. 18. finger] signifying the Spirit: as, I with the finger of God, cast out devils, Luke 11. 20. that is, with the Spirit of God, Matt. 12. 28. So it figured the worke of God in our hearts writing there his Law; as, Yee are manifestly declared to be the Epistle of Christ, ministred by us, written not with inke, but with the spirit of the living God; not in tables of stone, but in fleshie tables of the heart, 2 Cor. 3. 3.
Vers. 12. corrupted.] This word meaneth the Exod. 32. 7. and Gen. 6. 11, 12, 13. molten calfe] the word calfe is expressed in v. 16. This molten calfe they worshipped; and Moses said, Oh, this people have sinned a great sinne, and have made them gods of gold, Exod. 32. 8. 31.
Vers. 13. saying] Here the Greeke version adI have spoken unto thee once and twise, saying; I have seene, &c. I have seene] by the Lords seeing and hearing of sinners, is often meant a due regard of their sinnes, to punish them in his anger, Deut. 32. 19. Psal. 78. 21. and 90. 8. But when he pardoneth sinners, he is said to hide his face from their sinnes, and not to see them, Psal. 51. 11. Num. 23. 21.
Vers. 14. Let me alone] which the Chaldee exLeave off thy prayer before me. So in Exod. 32. 10.
Vers. 15. burned] Hebr. burning: the terrour Exod. 19. 18. and 20. 18. two hands] both hands full with blessings of the Lord for them, if their unworthi
Vers. 17. I took a] the originall word signifieth taking hold, and
of a thing; as they that goe to warre, are said to
Vers. 18. I fell downe] the Greeke expoundeth I prayed before the Lord the second time, as at the first. Here Moses repeateth, how by his humble intercession, they escaped destruction, and were reconciled againe unto God. See the historie at large, in Exod. 32. 31. &c. fortie dayes] the number of dayes, and of yeeres, sundry times men
the Greeke transleteth,
Vers. 19. For I was] the Greeke applying this And I am afraid:
Exod. 32. 34. hearkened unto me] that is, as the Chaldee explaineth it, accepted my prayer.
Vers. 20. with Aaron] who made the calfe for Exod. 32. 21,—24.
Vers. 21. your sinne] the Calfe is so called, as bea sinne in Esa. 31. 7. the brooke] that came out of the Rock Horeb, which Rocke in figure was Christ, 1 Cor. 10. 4. of which they drunke, to signiExod. 32. 20.
Vers. 22. at Taberah] or, in Taberah, that is (as the Burning: a place so called, because the people
Vers. 23. Kadesh-barnea] where, being come Numb. 13. and 14. against the mouth] that is, against the
or
Vers. 24. that I knew you] the Greeke expounds
So he
Vers. 25. I fell downe] in Greeke, I prayed. Hee Gal. 3. 22. 24. Rom. 3. 20,—22. and 5. 1, 2, &c. as I fell downe] to wit, at the first, as v. 18. or, which I fell downe, that is, which I said before that I fell downe. But the Hebrew asher, which, is sometimes used for as, as in Ier. 48. 8. said for to destroy] that is, said that he would destroy you. See the like phrases so expounded in Esay 49. 6. with Acts 13. 47. 1 Chron. 17. 4. with 2 Sam. 7. 5. Matt. 20. 19. with Mark. 10. 33, 34.
Vers. 26. Lord Iehovoh] in Greeke, Lord, Lord:
Lord God. See the annotations on Gen. 15. 2. thy people] this respecteth their adopPet. 2. 9, 10. inheritance] this implyeth their sanctification, unExod. 34. 9. through thy greatnes] in Greek, through thy great strength, as v. 29. it implyeth alChron. 17. 19. Luke 1 49.
Vers. 27. thy servants] Hee meaneth Gods oath Exod. 32. 13. So the Greeke addeth here, unto whom thou swarest by thy selfe. hardnesse] the naturall corruption, whereby the heart is hardned, that it cannot repent and beRom. 2. 5.
Vers. 28. the land] that is, as the Greeke and the inhabitants of the land. This reason is also alleaged in Exod. 32. 12. and Numb. 14. 16.
1 A rehearsall of Gods mercies, in renuing the two tables of the Covenant; 6 in leading the people forward towards Canaan, and continuing the priest-hood after Aarons death; 8 in separating the tribe of Levi unto the ministerie; 10 in hearkning un
AT that time Iehovah said unto mee, my self, and came from Moserah: there Aaron dyed, and was buried there; and Eleais his inheri
And now Israel, what doth Iehovah thy God aske of thee, but to feare Iehovah thy this day, for good unto thee. Behold, unto Iehovah thy God belong the heavens, and the heavens of heais. Onely in thy fathers Iehovah had a delight, to love even you, above all peoples, as it is this day. Ciris God of Gods, and Lord of Lords, the great
He is thy praise, and he is thy, God, which hath done for thee these great and fearefull things, which thine eies have seene. With
AT that time] Moses rehearsing the mercies of Exod. 34. hew thee] herein they differed from the first Tables, which were the worke of God, Exod. 32. 16. These being of Moses hewing, shewed the worke of Moses Law upon the heart of man, which is to hew and polish it, but not to change it from stone to flesh, for that is the worke of Christ: see the notes on Exod. 31. 18. & 34. 1. come up] Moses onely, and no man with him, was commanded to goe up to the top of the mount; and it was to be in the morning, the time of mercie: see Exod. 34. 2, 3. Of the mount Sinai, and how it differed from mount Sion, see the annotations on Exod. 19. and 20. an Arke] of this there was no mention in Exod. 34. but in Exod. 25. there the Arke and Mercy-feat that covered it, is commanded: which was a figure of Christ. That seemeth to be the Arke here spoken of; for any other temporary Arke we reade not of.
Vers. 2. on the first] Gods law was the same, and
Vers. 3. Shittim wood] which was a kinde of Ceuncorruptible, as the Greeke translateth it: see the notes on Exod. 25. 5. in my hand] the Greeke saith, in my two hands, as was in Deut. 9. 15. The Tables which God made and gave before, were written on: these which Moses made were hewed, but empty, till God wrote upon them: so the Law is written in mens hearts, and they doe by nature the things of the Law, Rom. 2. 14, 15. but corRom. 2. 23. till that be fulfilled which God hath promised, I will put my lawes into their minde, and write them in their hearts, Heb. 8. 10.
Vers. 4. the ten words] that is, ten commandements;
in the Arke] so the covenant remained in the midst of Israel, and the Tables were not Exod. 34. 29. there they be] for an evidence of Gods grace, and testimony of his covenant renued with Israel. Wherefore those Tables were called the Testimonie; and the Arke wherein they were put, the Arke of the Testimony: see Exod. 25. 10. 16. 22.
Vers. 6. journeyed] the Arke of Gods covenant Numb. 10. 33. So this was another testiBeeroth] by interpretation, Wells, or Pits: which word is not mentioned in Num. 33. 31. but understood there. Neither was it a place by mount Sinai, from whence they first journeyNumb. 10. 33. but many stations from it, as appeareth by Numb. 33. 16.—31. Moses thereAben Ezra) doe thinke this was anothe sonnes of Iaakan, mentiNumb. 33. and that hereby is meant Kadesh. sonnes of Iaakan] who was one of the posterity of
Vers. 7. From thence] namely, from Beeroth of
the sonnes of Iaakan, Numb. 33. 32. Gudgodah] in the Chaldee,
Vers. 8. At that time] not when they came to Iotbath, but long before, whiles they were at mount Sina, God separated the tribe of Levi: see Num. 3. 1, 6, &c. So the time (when God was provoseparated] from all other businesse, to serve the Lord and his people, Exod. 28. 1. Numb. 3. 45. and 16. 9. tribe of Levi] of which tribe Aaron and all the Priests were; so he speakto beare] Hereupon David said, It is not for any to beare the Arke of God, but for the Levites, &c. 1 Chron. 15. 2. See also Numb. 4. 15. to stand] this gesture the Priests and Levites used in all their ministration, standing, not sitting; and it was a signe of service, as hee that stood before the King, Ier. 52. 12. is in another Scripture called the servant of the King, 2 King. 25. 8. So after, in Deut. 17. 12. and 18. 5. 7. Iudg. 20. 28. In like manner, the Prophets are said to stand before the Lord, 1 King. 17. 1. and 18. 15. 2 King. 3. 14. and 5. 16. Likewise also the Angels, as Luk. 1. 19. I am Gabriel that stand before God: so in 2 Chron. 18. 18. And as the Levites stood before the Lord, so they are said also to stand before the people, and to serve them, Numb. 16. 9. 2 Chron. 35. 3. Ezek. 44. 11. to blesse] of this duty, see the annotations on Num. 6. 23. Thus God provided for the comfort of their soules, whiles his ministery was setled among them, by which they might daily have accesse unto his throne of grace.
Vers. 9. no part] to wit, no part in the spoiles no inheritance in the land of CanaNum. 18. 20. and 26. 53, 57. and 35. 2. Deut. 18. 1. he is] for of the first-fruits, tithes, vowes, and oblations of the Lord, the Priests and Levites had their livelihood: see the annotations on Num. 18. 8, 9.—20, 21, &c. Therefore the Chaldee paraphrast here translateth, the gifts that the Lord hath given him, they are his inheritance. Of which see more in Deut. 12. 19. and 14. 27. and 18. 1, 2.
Vers. 10. And stood] or, when I had stood, that Standing, often signifiGen. 18. 22. and the words following here manifest the same. hearkned] the Chaldee expounds it, accepted my prayer. destroy] Hebr. corrupt; which when it is spoken of God, usually meaneth destruction: set Gen. 6. 13.
Vers. 11. that they may] or, and they shall, which and let them goe in. These phrases are one in sense, as is noted on Gen. 12. 12. and 27. 4. This commandement and promise was a testimony that God now was reconciled unto them, by the intercession of Moses.
Vers. 12. aske of thee] This word, often used aske ▪
that is,
Vers. 13. for good] or, as the Greeke and Chalthat it may be well with thee: so Deut.
Sam. 2. 30. and godlinesse hath the promise of the life that now is, and of that which is to come, 1 Tim. 4 8.
Vers. 14. unto Iehovah] or, of Iehovah: his they are, and of him made, preserved, and loved geneman and beast, Psal. 36. 7. and is kinde unto the unthankefull, and to the evill, Luk. 35. So it is acknowledged in Neh. 9. 6. Thou even thou, art Lord alone, thou hast made the heavens, the heavens of heavens, with all their hast, the earth, and all things that are therein; the seas, and all that is therein; and thou preservest them all, and the h
that is, the highest heavens, as the Apostle mentioneth
Vers. 15. had a delight,] which the Greeke transfore-chose to love them: and this is his speEphes. 1. 3, 4, 5, &c. their seed] their children, as the Chalto thousands of them that love him, &c. Exod. 20. 6.
Vers. 16. the superfluous fore-skinne] this the hardnesse of heart: the Chalfoolishnesse (or grossenesse) of the heart: See the annotations on Gen. 17. 11. Hereby is taught recircumcision of the heart, in the spirit, Rom. 2. 29. in putting off the body of the sinnes of the flesh, Col. 2. 11. For we are the circumcision that worship God in the Spirit, Phil. 3. 3. Hereupon God promiseth to circumcise their hearts, Deut. 30. 6. and blauncircumcised in heart, Ier. 9. 26. Acts 7. 51. make not your necke stiffe] or, harden not, (stiffen not) your necke: see Deut. 9. 6. This is against their outward disobedience, as the former was against their inward; and teach
Vers. 17. God of Gods] that is, the chiefest God,
as there be Gods many, and Lords many, 1 Cor. 8. 5, 6. The Idols of the Heathens, the Angels in heaven, and Magistrates on earth, are called Gods, Deut. 7. 25. Psal. 8. 6. with Heb. 2. 7, 8, 9. Psal. 82. regard persons] or respect (or accept) faces: which the Greeke transnot have in admiration the person (or face) of any; which phrase the Apostle useth, Iude v. 16. Of God, sundry other Scriptures testifie, that hee respecteth no persons, as Act. 10. 34. Rom. 2. 11. 2 Chron. 19. 7. Iob 34. 19. 1 Pet. 1. 17. Gal. 2. 6. Ephes. 6. 9. Col. 3. 25. nor take reward] that is, will not pervert judgement, by condemning the innocent, or justifying the wicked, for gifts or re
Vers. 18. doth the judgement] that is, executeth
Vers. 19. Love ye therefore] or, And love ye the
stranger, to wit, as God loveth him, that is, manifest your love by releeving him: see Ia
this remembrance of their former misery, is often used, to move them unto compassio
Vers. 20. cleave] This word is first used to exGen. 2. 24. applied here, to signifie our union with
Ephes. 5. 25.—32. But this is spirituall He that cleaveth to
the Lord, is one spirit, 1 Cor. 6. 17. It is to be done with purpose of heart, Act. 11. 23. and with soule, Psal. 63. 9. with a continued resolution, as Ruth 1. 14.—16. So in other cases, cleaving signifieth such an union as will not be parted, Iob 41.
2. 43. Compare also
Vers. 21. thy praise] in Greeke, thy glorying, that is, whom thou oughtest to praise continually, th
17. 14. and David,
Vers. 22. seventy soules] that is, seventy persons: some Greeke Copies have seventie five soules; other seventie; though elsewhere they have 75. which the Holy Ghost followeth in Act ▪
7. 14. See the annotations on
An exhortation to love and obedience, 2 by
ANd thou shalt love Iehovah thy God, and keepe his charge, and his statutes, and his judgements, and his commanthis day: (I speake) not with your children, which have not knowne, and which have not seene the chastisement of Iehovah your God, his greatnesse, his strong hand, and his stretched-out arme. And his signes, and his deeds
And what he did unto the armie of Egypt, was at their feet, in the midst of all Israel.
But your eyes have seene all the great work this day, that yee may be strong, and goe in, and possesse the land, whiare going over to possesse it. And your dayes upon the lch Iehovah sware unto your fathers, to give unto them, and to their seed; a land flowit with thy foot, as a garden of herbs. But the land are going over to possesse it, is a land of mountaines and of vallies; it drinketh waters of the raine of heavens. A land which are continually upon it, from the beginning of the yeere, even to the end of the yeere.
And it shall be, if hearkening ye shall hearthis day, to love Iehovah your God, and to serve him, with all your heart, and with all your soule; That I will give the
Take heed to your selves, lest your heart
And yee shall put these my words in your
Behold, I set before you this day a blesthis day. And a curse, if yee will not hearken this day, to goe after other gods, which yee have not knowne.
And it shall bee, when Iehovah thy God are passing over Iordan, to goe this day.
ANd thou shalt love] or, Love thou therefore.
his charge] or, his custodie, his observation: which word is often used for a watch, as in Exod. 14. 24. The Greeke translacharges, or custodies; meaning, ordinances to be kept heedfully: so in Gen. 26. 5. Lev. 8. 35. and 18. 30.
Vers. 2. for (I speake not) with your children]
that (it is) not your children (or sonnes) namebut your eyes (are they) that have seene, &c. vers. 7. Hee commendeth Gods speciall favour to their owne persons, more than to their fathers, or to their children, in shewing them his great workes, for which they should the more love and obey him. This he after confirmeth by many arguments. the chastisement] or nurture: which the Chaldee translateth, doctrine, or instruction. It implieth nurDeut. 4. 36. and 8. 5. Lev. 26. 18. Prov. 1. 2. and 4. 1. stretched out] the Greek and Chaldee translate, high arme. See the notes on Deut. 4. 34.
Vers. 3. deeds] or acts, in Greeke wonders. Of Exod. 7, &c. And here is the first argument, from Gods mighty workes in Egypt.
Vers. 4. arme] or power, forces. So the Greeke power of the Egyptians. See Exod. 15. 4. to their horses] Hebr. to his horses, and to his Chariots; speaking of them as of one man, or having respect to Pharaoh their King. to flow] or, to swim; and over their faces, is like that in Lam. 3. 54. waters flowed over mine head. He meaneth they were drowned, the Sea covered them, they sanke as Lead in the mighty waters, Exod. 15. 10. destroyed] or,
Vers. 5. what hee did] or, the things which hee
did, in his continuall guiding them thorow that terrible wildernesse, where they bewrayed their many infirmities, and had experience both of his chastisements, and of his mercies: the third argu
Vers. 6. Dathan] of whose historie, see Numb. 16. This is the fourth argument of Gods greattheir houses] that is, housholds; as the Chaldee exthe men of their houses: See Numb. 16. 32. at their feet] that is, in their possession: the Greeke and Chaldee translate, that was with them.
Vers. 7. have seene] or, are they that see. Thereworke] or deed, that is, workes, as the Greeke translateth. So in the verse followcommandement, for commandements.
Vers. 8. be strong] in body and spirit, to fight aIos. 1. 6. 1 Ioh. 2. 14. Or, be strong, that is, lively and healthfull, as the Greeke translateth, that ye may live: and they that be strong, Matth. 9. 12. are by another Evangelist said to be in health, opposed to the sicke, Luk. 5. 31. possesse] or, inherit the land; a figure of the kingEsay 60. 21. and 65. 9.
Vers. 9. and honey] which signified the great Exod. 3. 8.
Vers. 10. thou sowedst] and so all the inhabithey s
In E
Verse 11. mountaines, &c.] hereby is meant mountaine, Exod. 15. 17. And bethe raine] this, as it is most kinde, & causeth the earth to be fruitEsay 45. 8. Mica 5. 7. See the notes on Gen. 27. 28. Deut. 32. 2. The want of raine is on the contrary, a signe of curse, Zach. 14. 17, 18. Rev. 11. 6.
Vers. 12. careth for] Hebr. seeketh, that is, carefully seeth unto it, and as the Greeke translavisiteth. According to this phrase, Sion is called a citie sought, (that is, cared for, or regarded) and not forsaken, Esay 62. 12. And of Gods graciPsal. 65. 10, 11, 12. the eyes] this also signifieth Gods care and providence, for good, as in the like speeches, Ier. 40. 4. Ezra 5. 5. Psal. 34. 16. Though Gods providence be towards all peoples, and hee giveth to all, life and breath, and all things, Acts 17. 25. dogood. giving us raine from heaven, and fruitfull seasons, Acts 14. 17. causing it to raine on the earth where no man is; on the wildernesse, wherein there is no man, Iob 38. 26. yet other peoples have not the word and promise of God, whereon to depend, as Israel had: whereby they might live, not by bread onely, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the Lord, Deut. 8. 3.
Vers. 13. if hearkening yee shall hearken] that Deut. 6. 4.
Vers. 14. the first raine, &c.] or, the early raine.
Exod. 12. 2. whereupon it is called
Vers. 16. deceived] or, inticed and drawen away If my heart hath beene secretly inticed (or deceived) Iob 31. 27. other gods] that is, Idols, falsly reputed Gods: so the Chaldee translateth, Idols (or Errours) of the peoples.
Vers. 17. shut-up the heavens] this phrase is used, Kings 8. 35. and the spirituall raine of Gods word and blessings, Revel. 11. 6. perish quickly] or,
Vers. 18. phylacteries] or frontlets, written in Exod. 13. 9. 16. and Deut. 6. 4, 8.
Vers. 19. teach them your children] cause your children (Hebr. your sonnes) to Iearne them; this Thou shalt whet them on thy children, Deut. 6. 7. Abraham (the father of the faithfull) is commended for this, that he would command his children, and his honshold after him, to keepe the way of the LORD, Gen. 18. 19. and SoProv. 4. 3, 4. and 31. 1, 2, &c. when thou walkest &c.] answeWhen thou goest, it shall lead thee; when thou sleepest, it shall keepe thee; and when thou awakest; it shall talke with thee: for the Commandement is a Lampe, and the Law is a light, Prov. 6. 22, 23.
Vers. 20. doore-posts] of this rite, see the notes on Deut. 6. 9.
Vers. 21. dayes may be multiplied] Long life is a blessing, often promised to them that keepe Gods Heare, O my sonne, and receceive my sayings, and the yeeres of thy life shall be many, Prov. 4. 10. dayes of the heavens] that is, whiles the world endureth; for so long, by the decree of God (in Gen. 8. 22.) shall the dayes of heaven be; and so long shall the heavens be over the earth. And unhis throne should be as the dayes of the heavens, Psal. 89. 30.
Vers. 22. this commandement] the Greek explaithese commandements: see the notes on Deut. 5. 31. to cleave] that is, to continue fast united unto him and his Law, as is noted on Deut. 10. 20.
Vers. 23. drive out] according to his former Exod. 23. 23. 27.—31. But because Israel kept not Gods commandement, this promise was not fully performed, Iudg. 2. 1, 2, 3.
Vers. 24. shall tread] The like promise is made Ios. 1. 3. who was a figure of our Lord Iesus Christ, by whom this promise was fulfilled. the wildernesse] of Paran, which was the southerne border of the land of Canaan. and Lebanon a mountaine which was the northerne bound. By and Lebanon, we may understand and unto Lebanon, as the next words manifest. Euphrates] in HePherath: this is called the river for excellency sake, meaning the great river, as Deut. 1. 7. Gen. 15. 18. and so the Greeke translateth it here. It was the easterne border of their territories. hindmost sea] or,
Vers. 25. stand] or, set himselfe, that is, resist or withstand you, as the Greeke translateth. So in Ios. 1. 5. feare] in Greeke, trembling; this was fulfilled before, Deut. 2. 25. Psal. 105. 38. and afIos. 2. 11. and 10. 10.
Here beginneth the 47. section, Genes. 6. 9.
Vers. 26. I set] Hebr. I give: this was, that Deut. 30. 19. and so to manifest, that if the curse or evill came upon them, they caused it themselves.
Vers. 27. if yee shall hearken] or, that yee may
hearken: but the Hebrew Asher, That, is someIf, as the Greeke here translateth it, and in Levit. 4. 22. So Asher in 1. King. 8. 31. is Im, that is, If, in 2 Chron. 6. 22.
Vers. 28. after other gods] in Greeke, to serve
other gods, following other religions, or divine services, which the Chaldee calleth the idols of the peoples. Sol. Iarchi observeth from this place, that whosoever committeth idolatry, he turneth aside from all the way which was commanded to Israel: here upon they say, He that professeth idolatry, is as if he denied the whole Law.
Vers. 29. put the blessing] Heb. give the blessing,
Vers. 30. Are they not] that is, Loe they are,
Gen. 4. 7. by the way] or, after (behinde) the way of the going downe of the Sunne, that is, the way towards the West, or Sunne-setting. Gilgal] the place where Israel was circumcised afterward in Iosuahs time, Ios. 5. 9. Okes of Moreh] or, plaines of Moreh, as the Chaldee expoundeth it; which was a place by Sechem, where God first apGen. 12. 6, 7. And that mount Gerizim was by Sechem, (in that part of the country which after was called Samaria) appeareth in Iudg. 9. 6, 7. And the Hebrewes say, in Thalmud Bab. in Sotah, chap. 7. that Gerizim and Ebal were in Samaria. There on mount Gerizim was the Samaritans Temple, 2 Maccab. 6. 2. where they worshipped they knew not what, Ioh. 4. 20. 22. See also Iosephus Antiq. l. 11. c. 8. It seemeth they tooke occa
1 Places and monuments of idolatrie are to be de
THese are the statutes and the judgeshall possesse, served their gods, upon the high mountaines, and upon the hills, and under every greene tree. And ye shall breake downe their altars, and images of their gods, and ye shall destroy the names of them out of that place. Yee shall even unto his habitation shall ye seeke, and thither shalt thou come. And thither ye wherein Iehovah thy God hath blessed thee. Yee shall not doe after all things which we doe here this day, every man all that is right in his owne eyes. For yee are in consident safetie. And is within your gates, forasmuch as he hath no part nor inhe
Notwithstanding, in all the desire of thy
But thou shalt eat it before Iehovah thy is within thy gates: and thou shalt rejoyce before Ie
When Iehovah thy God shall enlarge thy border, as he hath spoken unto thee, and thou which is right in the eies of Iehovah. Onely thy howhich is good and right in the cies of Iehovah thy God.
When Iehovah thy God shall cut off the to Iehovah which he hateth, have they done unto their gods; for even their sonnes and their daughters they have burnt in the fire to their gods. Every word which I com
STatutes] Here Moses entreth into the explicaStatutes for the service of God; and afterwards Iudgments for the repressing of evils.
Vers. 2. destroying] that is, yee shall speedily destroy with destruction. In the Hebrew canons it is said,
Vers. 3. pillars] or statues, standing Images: of Exod. 23. 24. Levit. 26. 1. greves] which were wont to bee as temples unto the heaExod. 34. 13. See also the anDeut. 7. 5. gods] in Chaldee, Images of ther Idols. names] whether in speech, (for the name of other gods might not bee heard out of their mouths,
Vers. 4. not doe so] in any of the former partiPsal. 74. 3, 6, 7, 8. not to breake downe his Altars, 1 King. 19. 10. nor to deface any holy writings, or monuments of his name, Ier. 36. 23. The Hebrews say, Whosoever destroyeth any name of the holy pure names, wherby the blessed God is called, is by the law to be beaten; for Maimony in Iesudei hatorah,
Vers. 5. to put his name there] that is, to have it consecrated unto him, and his divine service. Such My name shall be there, 1 King. 8. 29. and his Name was called upon them, Dan. 9. 18. and put there, 2 King. 21. 4, 9. 1 King. 14. 11. The Chaldee here expoundeth it, to cause
(or
Vers. 6. sacrifices] of all sorts, as sinne-offerings, Sacrifices have their name of slaughter, which were staine, offered, and eaten before the Lord: the Chaldee here expoundeth it, the slaughter (or sacrifice) of your holy things. tithes] the tenth of the h
Vers. 7. Yee shall eat] to wit, such things as were rejoyce] God is to be served with gladPsal. 100. 1, 2. and the holy things of God might not be eaten with mourning, Deut. 26. 14. Hos. 9. 4. yee put your hand] Hebr. the putting to (or sending forth) of your hand. This, though it may be applied to that which they might take and eat, of the holy things, as in Gen. 3. 22. yet it seeDeut. 15. 10. and 23. 20. and 28. 8. 20. may appeare. So after in vers. 18. houses] that is, housholds, children and such like; as the Chaldee expoundeth it, men of your houses: and so Moses explaineth it in vers. 12.
Vers. 8. which wee doe] the Greeke expoundeth which yee doe. Israel committed idolatry in the wildernesse, Act. 7. 42, 43. Howbeit this speech of Moses seemeth rather to meane the true service of God, which was not as yet perfected, neither could be in their travels; as it was after in Canaan. right in his owne eies] that is, which liketh or pleaseth him: so the phrase meaneth, in 2 Sam. 19. 6. 1. Chron. 13. 4. and is often spoken of the corruption of men, as Iudg. 17. 6. and 21. 25. unvers. 25, 28. and chap. 13. 18. There is a way which is right before a man, and the end thereof are the waies of death, Prov. 14. 12.
Vers. 9. the rest] in Chaldee, the house (or place)
of rest: meaning the land of Canaan, and in speciall, Ierusalem there, 1 Chron. 23. 25. where afvers. 10. and 1 King. 8. 56. But David being there, speaketh of another rest, which remaineth for people of God, Psal. 95. 11. into which rest, wee that beleeve doe enter, and Heb. 4, 3, 8, 9, 10.
Vers. 10. in confident safety] or, in security; it Iudg. 8. 11. and 18. 7. and without danger of evill, Psal. 78. 53. See the like promise in Levit. 25. 18, 19. This promise is fulLuk. 1. 74.
Vers. 11. And there shallbe] or, And it shall bee
the place, &c. See vers. 5. the choice] that is, the best, or fairest, as the Chaldee translateth.
Vers. 12. your gates] the Chaldee explaineth it, your cities: so the Hebrew text sometime explaiExod. 20. 10. no part] of the spoiles or inheritance in the division of the land, but the Lord is his part and inheritance. See Deut. 10. 9. Num. 18. 8.—21.
Vers. 13. lest thou offer] that is, that thou offer
not. This precept is often and carefully urged, beKing. 12, 28, 29, 30. 2 King. 17. 9. 11. And it taught men the unitie of the faith of Christ, and the band of love and peace, to be kept in the heaRev. 21. 24, 25, 26.
Vers. 14. that I command thee] the Greeke adthis day. So not the place only, but all other things in Gods service, were to be according to the word of God, because the naturall man (not regereceiveth not the things of the spirit of God, neither can he know them, 1 Cor. 2. 14. and in the things which he knoweth he corrupteth himselfe, Rom. 1. 21. and God would have obedience to his word, rather than sacrifice, 1 Sam. 15. 22.
Vers. 15. Notwithstanding] or Only, as the word vers. 16. 26. It is a libertie granted for civill things, but with a limitation. in all the desire of thy soule] the Greeke translateth, in all thy desire, the soule being put for the whole person. It meaneth, whatsoever thou, or thy soule desireth. maist slay] this word is the same that is used for sacrificing, (which also was with slaughter of the creature,) but applied here, and often, to the slay
Vers. 16. Only] as the Greeke saith, But the bloud,
Lev. 7. 26. this was absolutely forbidden even in civill diet; the reason hereof is noted on Levit. 17. poure it] or shed it on the earth, and cover it with dust, Levit, 17. 13. see the annotations there.
Vers. 17. Thou maist
that is, it is not per
Vers. 19. lest thou forsake] that is, that thou forsake
Vers. 20. Because thy soule] or, as the Greeke if thy soule desireth.
Vers. 22. as the Roe-bucke] that is, as common Deut. 15. 22, 23.
Vers. 23. Only be sure] or, be strong: the Greeke Take heed strongly: it meaneth a full and firme purpose of heart, not to eat it at any time. Of this Law, see the notes on Lev. 17. 10. &c. is the soule] figuratively spoken, because the soule (or life) is in the bloud, as is expressed, Lev. 17. 11. not eat the soule] because God gave them that upon the altar, to make an atonement for their soules, Lev. 17. 11, 12.
Vers. 26. holy things] Hebr. holinesses: the Chaltithes.
Vers. 27. the flesh and the bloud] both of them Levit. 1. The Greeke translateth, the flesh thou shalt offer upon the altar. sacrifices] to wit, peace-offerings, for the flesh of them was eaten by the owners, Levit. 7. 15. upon the altar] the Greeke translateth it, at the base (or foot) of the altar.
Vers. 28. in the eyes] that is, as the Greeke and before the Lord.
Vers. 29. to possesse them] or, to disinherit them; to cast them out: the Greeke translateth, to inherit their land. God having gi
Vers. 30. lest thou be ensnared] that is, deceived that thou seeke not to follow them. See Exod. 23. 33. As the nations were to be destroyed, so their idolatrous service was to be abolished, that none of their customes should be retained in Israel. How did] Heb. How will, that is, how use they to serve. Hereupon the Hebrewes say, Thou maist not inquire (or aske) concerning the way of the
service of an idoll how it is, although thou serve it not; for this thing
Maimony treat. of Idolatry,
Vers. 31. every abomination] the Chaldee exevery thing that is abominable before the Lord: in Greeke, the abominations which the Lord hateth. to their gods] the Chaldee expounds it, to their idols. This one particular of burning their children, is named, (all other being implyed) because herein they shewed most zeale and love; as Abraham for sacrificing his sonne at Gods comGen. 22. 12. and Isthe fruit of their body for the sinne of their soule, Mich. 6. 7. and sometime practised this abomiPsal. 106. 37, 38. Ezek. 23. 37, 39. But God here condemneth the most fervent devotion of Idolaters.
Vers. 32. Every word] or thing: in Chaldee, every
1 The Prophet that inticeth to idolatry, though he give signes which come to passe, must not bee hear
IF there arise in the middest of thee a
And that Prophet, or that dreamer of a
If thy brother, the sonne of thy mother, is in thine owne soule, entise thee in secret, saying, Let us goe and serve other gods, which thou hast not knowne, thou nor thy fathers. Of the are round about you, nigh unto thee, or farre off from thee, from the one end of the earth, even unto the other end of the earth. Thou shalt not con
If thou shalt heare (say) in one of thy ciCertaine men, the sons (if it be) truth, the word certaine, this abomination is done in the middest of thee. Smiting thou shalt is therein, and the cattell thereof, with the edge of the sword. And all the spoile for ever, it shall not bee built againe.
And there shall not cleave to thy hand this day, to doe that which is right in the eies of Iehovah thy God.
IF there arise] or, when there shall stand up; by in the middest of thee] speaking to Israel, amongst whom many false proPet. 2. 1. Vnto which danger all Churches are subject, as it is said, Moreover of your owne selves shall men arise, speaking perverse things, Act. 20. 30. a Prophet] a publike seducer, touching whom hee giveth warning first, as afterv. 6. &c. What a Prophet signifieth, is noted on Gen. 20. 7. and Exod. 7. 1. dreames] this was one of the waies, by which prophesie came of old unto men, Num. 12. 6. Ier. 23. 25. 28. By a Prophet he seemeth to denote the principall sort, such as saw visions: by a dreamer, the inferiour sort, that saw things more obscurely. he give] either by word and promise, or by action or gesture, as 1 King. 13. 3. and 22. 11. Mat. 12. 39, 40. wonder] any miraculous, or superExod. 7. 22.
Vers. 2. or the wonder] Hebr. and the wonder:
come, when they are effected or fulfilled: so Ier. 28. 9. Deut. 18. 22. saying] that is, and he say: as saying in 1 Chron. 13. 12. is exand said in 2 Sam. 6. 9. so in 2 King. 22. 9. compared with 2 Chron. 34. 16. after other gods] the Greeke explaineth it, and serve other gods; which the Chaldee calleth, idols of the peoples. Thus the religion given of God by the hand of Moses, was established against all opposition that after might arise, upon what pretence soever: And so the saith taught by Christ and his Apostles, was confirmed against the future signes, and lying wonThess. 2. 9. 10. The Hebrews say, If there stand up a prophet, and hee doth great signes and wonders, and seeketh to denie (or make false) the prophesie of Moses, wee may not hearken unto him, but wee know certainly, that those signes are by enchantment and sorcery. For the prophesie of Moses was not by signes, &c. but with out eies we saw, and with our eares we heard as he did heare, &c. Therefore the Law saith, If the signe or wonder come to passe, thou shalt not hearken to the words of that Prophet, (Deut. 13.) for loe, hee commeth unto thee with signe and wonder, to make that false which thou hast seene with thine eies. And for as much as we beleeve not in a wonder, but because of the commandement which Moses commanded us; how should wee receive this signe, which commeth to make the prophesie of Moses false, which we saw and heard? Maimo
Vers. 3. that dreamer] or, the dreamer of that
dreame; and so the Greeke translateth it. God tempteth] or proveth: See the notes on Gen. 22. 1. But there God himselfe immediately tempted AThere must be also heresies among you, that they which are approved may bee made manifest among you, 1 Cor. 11. 19.
Vers. 4. After Iehovah] the Chaldee saith, after
Vers. 5. spoken revolt] or apostasie, that is, spoken
words to cause thee to revolt, or turne away; as the Greeke translateth, to make thee to erre from the Lord. This judgment of the false Prophet (as all other weighty matters) none but the high councell of 71 Elders might judge of, as the Hebrewes say, Talmud. Bab. in Sanhedrin, c. 1. and Maimony in Sanhedrin, c. 5. See the annotations on Num. 11. 30. the evill] both person and worke; as the Chaldee translateth, the evill doer: the Greeke, the evill thing: but in Deut. 17. 7. the Greeke translathe evill one; which Paul approveth, using the same words, in 1 Cor. 5. 13.
Vers. 6. thy brother] by nature, or in the same thy brother on thy fathers side, or on thy mothers. son of thy mother] such are dearest brethren, as the exam
Vers. 7. unto the other end] that is, all the world over. Hereby God condemneth all the feigned Wee know that we are of God, and the whole world lieth in wickednesse, 1 Ioh. 5. 19.
Vers. 8. not consent] or, not affect, have any liking it is unlawfull for the intised to love the intiser. Maimony treat. of Idolatry, chap. 5. sect. 4. If he were drawne away by him, so that hee said, Goe we and let us serve them, although they had not as yet served, both of them were to be stoned, the intiser and the intised. Ibidem sect. 5. eye spare] to wit, from vengeance. See this phrase in
Vers. 9. shalt kill him] by shewing the thing to Shewing thou shalt shew concerning him. thine hand] this is spoken to the accuser, or first witnesse, who must cast the first stone at him, Deut. 17. 7. Of the manner of stoLevit. 24. 23.
Vers. 10. to thrust thee away from Iehovah] in to make thee to erre from the feare of the Lord, that is, to goe astray from his true worship feare in Esay 29. 13. is expounded worship, in Matt. 15. 9. of servants] in Greeke and Chaldee, of servitude, or bondage.
Vers. 11. shall doe no more] Hebr. shall not adde to
doe as this evill word, that is, any such evill thing as this is. For punishment of transgressours, is a meane to restraine others from wickednesse, and to make them wise, Prov. 21. 11. On the conBecause sentence against an evill worke is not executed speedily, therefore the heart of the sonnes of men is fully set in them to doe evill, Eccles. 8. 11. See the like in Deut. 17. 13. The Hebrewes gaAll Israel shall heare, &c. that a cryer was to proclaime before him unto all, the cause of his death; and they note foure sorts of evill doers, before whom such proclamation was made; The rebellious Elder, (Deut. 17. 13.) the presumptuous false witnesse, (Deut. 19. 19, 20.) the intiser to Idolatry, (here spoken of) and the stubborne rebellious sonne, (Deut. 21. 18, 21.) Maimo
Vers. 12. If thou shalt heare say in one] or, When
thou shalt heare of one, that is, of any one of thy cities. This is one of the most severe lawes, where
Vers. 13. sonnes of Belial] that is, wicked or sonnes of wickednesse. Belial (in Hebrew Beliijagnal) is by interpretation,
Vers. 14. Then shalt thou enquire] hee speaketh enquire, search, aske, & that well or diligently, he teacheth them what care should be had for finThey judge not a citie thrust away, but in the judgment hall of 71 (Magistrates:) it is said (in Deut. 17. 5.) Thou shalt bring forth that man or that woman unto thy gates, and shalt stone them, &c. Particular persons are killed by the Iudges that are in every citie; but the multitude are not killed save by the great Synedrion. The great Court doe send, and enquire, and search, till they know evidently, that all the citie, or the most of it, is thrust away, and turned to idolatry. Afterward they send two learned men, to admonish and to convert them. If they convert and shew repentance, it is well: but if they persist in their folly, the Synedrion doe command all Israel to goe up against them to warre: and they doe besiege them, and wage warre against them, untill the citie be broken up. When it is broken up, forthwith they set for them many courts of judgment, and doe judge them: whosoever hath two witnesses come against him, that hee served an Idoll, after they have dispatched him, they put him apart. If all the Idolaters be found the lesser number, they stone them to death, and the rest of the citie is delivered. If they be found the greater number, they carry them up to the high Court, and give sentence there against them. Maim. treat of Idolat.
Vers. 15. smite the inhabitants] the Greeke saith, kill all the inhabitants with the slaughter of the sword: which is to bee understood, if they bee all found guilty: as they say, They kill with the sword all that have served (the Idoll;) and smite every soule, men, women, and children, if all (the citie) bee thrust away. If the Idolaters be found the greater number, they smite all the little ones, and women of the Idolaters with the edge of the sword. And whether the whole, or the most part, be thrust away, they stone to death those that did thrust them away. Maim. ibid.
Vers. 16. all the spoile of it] This the Hebrews unThe goods of the just men that are within it, if they be the rest of the inhabitants of that citie, which are not drawne away with the multitude, they are burnt with the generall spoile: for as much as they dwell therein, their goods perish. A company of passengers from place to place, if they passe thorow a citie so drawne away, and be drawne away with it; if they have continued in it thirty daies, they are killed with the sword, and their goods perish; if not, they are stoned to death, and their goods are to their heires. The goods of the men of another citie reserved therein, are not burned, but returned to the owners; for it is said, The spoile of it, and not the spoile of their neighbours. The goods of the wicked men of that citie, which are reserved in another citie, if they be gathered together with it, are burnt in the generall: if not, they perish not, but are given to their heires. The holy things within it, such as are sanctified for the Altar, doe die; for the sacrifice of the wicked is an abomination. Things sanctified to the maintenance of the Temple, are redeemed, and afterward burnt: for it is said, the spoile of it, not the spoile of heaven. The first-borne, and the tithe that are perfect, are as the holy things of the Altar, and dye: such as are blemished, are as the common cattell, and are killed, &c. The second tithes, and the money of the second tithes, and the holy Scriptures that are within (the citie) are laid up in store. Maimon. in Idolat.
Vers. 17. not cleave to thy hand] that is, thou shalt Ios. 6. 17. &c. and see the annotations on Deut. 7. 26. from the burning] the Chaldee expoundeth it, from the strength; the Greeke, from the wrath of his anger, which oftentimes is kindIos. 7. 1. 11, 12. and 22. 17. 18, 20.
Vers. 18. obey] or hearken to the voice; in Chalshalt receive the word of the Lord. that which is right in the eies] which the Greeke exThat which is good and pleasing before the Lord.
1 Gods children are not to disfigure themselves in mourning for the dead, 3 nor eat any abominable thing. 4 What may, and what may not bee eaten, of Beasts; 9 of fishes, 11 of sowles. 19 Creeping things may not bee eaten, 21 nor that which dieth of it selfe. 22 Tithes to bee eaten before the Lord, 24 or (if the way be too long) to be turned into mo
YEe are the sonnes of Iehovah your God: yee shall not cut your selves, art an holy people are upon the face of the earth.
Thou shalt not eat any abomination. are the beasts which yee shall eat; the Oxe, the Lambe of sheepe, and the Kid of Goats. The Hart, and the Roe-buck, and the
And every beast that parteth the hoofe, shall be uncheweth not the cud, he shall be uncleane unto you: of their flesh yee shall not eat, and their carkasse yee shall not touch.
These yee shall eat of, all that are in the wa
And all that hath not finne and scale, yee shall be uncleane unto you.
Every cleane bird yee shall eat. But these are they of which yee shall not eat: the Ea
And the Owle, and the Night-hawke, and the Sea-gull, and the Hawke after his kinde:
And the great Owle, and the little Owle, shall bee unis in thy gates, that hee may eat it; or thou maiest sell it unto an alien; for thou art an holy people unto Iehovah thy God. Thou shalt not seeth a Kid in his mo
Tithing thou shalt tithe all the revenue of by yeere. And thou shalt eat before Iehoit
is within thy gates, thou shalt not forsake him, for hee hath no part nor inheri
At the end of three yeeres thou shalt bring it up within thy gates. And the Levite, because he hath no part nor are with
THE sonnes of Iehovah] or, sonnes to Iehovah:
sonnes before the Lord. Vnder the name sonnes, hee implieth daughters also, as is expressed in Deut. 32. 19. 2 Cor. 6. 18. Moses here entreth into precepts concerSonne of his love, Coless. 1. 13. Wee in Christ are the sonnes of God by adoption, Rom. 8. 15. by faith in Christ, Gal. 3. 26. So many as are led by the Spirit of God, Rom. 8. 14. and are made partakers of his love, as it is written, Behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that wee should bee called the children of God, 1 Ioh. 3. 1. not cut your selves] as was the manner of the heathens, especially in their sorrow, 1 King. 18. 28. Ier. 41. 5. and in particular, when their friends died, Ier. 16. 6. which thing is chiefly intended here. The Chaldee translateth, yee shall not make a tumult. Because they are the children of God, therfeare, 1 Pet. 1. 17. and purifie themselves, even as he is pure, 1 Ioh. 3. 3. and beare all accidents and afflictions that come upon them, patiently; and forsake all heathenish customes, and not hurt their owne bodies, which are the Temples of the holy Ghost, 1 Cor. 6. 19. See the notes on Levit. 19. 28. The Hebrewes say, that Gedidah, the cutting here spoken of, and Seritah, the
Vers. 2. of peculiar treasure] in Greeke, a peculiar people; in Chaldee,
Vers. 3. any abomination] This Sol. Iarchi, and any thing that I have made abominable to you, (or, put farre from you.) For every creature of God is good, 1 Tim. 4. 4. and there is nothing common (or uncleane) of it selfe, Rom. 14. 14. but by the ordi
Vers. 4. Kid of goats] or, the lambe of goats: the Seh, is either a young sheepe, or a young goat, as Exod. 12. 4, 5. and by naming the Lambe, he meaneth all the breed of these beasts, young or old; as the sonne of man, is used for any man genePsal. 144. 3. Iob 25. 6.
Vers. 5. Hart] in Hebrew, Ajal, a wilde beast H
49. 21. light of foot, 2
Vers. 6. that cheweth] understand, and that
cheweth, (as the Greeke addeth the word and) for it must doe both, else it was not cleane. And here, because the former beasts may bee unknowne by their names, (as is to be seene by the variety of inparting of the hoofe in twaine, and the chewing of the cud; of which, see the annotations on Levit. 11. 3.
Vers. 7. Camel] of this and the rest that folLevit. 11. 4.—7. and of the exception how in cases of necessity uncleane meats might bee eaten, it is there spoken. they chew] or every of them cheweth.
Vers. 9. in the waters] whether in the seas, or in the rivers, Levit. 11. 9. fin and scale] in Greeke and Chaldee, finnes and scales: see the anLevit. 11. 9. &c.
Vers 10. uncleane] and so an abomination, as is Levit. 11. 10, 11. that their flesh might not be eaten, nor their carkasses touched, as before in vers. 8.
Vers. 12. Eagle] of this, and the rest that folLevit. 11. 13, &c.
Vers. 13. Vultur] called here in Hebrew, Raah,
Seeing; in Levit. 11. 14. Daah, of Flying. Chazkuni here saith, Raah and Daah are one, and it is called Raah, because it seeth much. Ionathan in his Thargum calleth it, the white Dajetha, accorLevit. 11. and Onkelos naBath canpha, that is, Daughter of wing. Glede] a kinde of Kite or Puttock, in Hebrew Dajah: this is not mentioned in Levit. 11. (see the annotations there on vers. 14.) the Greeke calleth it
that is, a
Vers. 15. Owle] or, young Owle, or young Ostrishe
Levit. 11. 16. for this and the rest that follow.
Vers. 19. that flyeth] or, of the flying sowle: in all the or
which Io
Vers. 20. cleane fowle] or, cleane flying thing;
Locusts, which were lawLevit. 11. 21, 22.
Vers. 21. any carkasse] the flesh of a cleane beast Levit. 17. 15. the stranger] not the Proselyte, or stranger joyned to the Church, for such were bound to keepe the whole law, and this in speciall, Levit. 17. 15. but as both the Chaldee paraphrases expound it, the uncircumcised stranger that is in thy Cities; and the Greeke, the sojourner that is in thy cities. Of three sorts of strangers, see the notes on Exod. 12. 43, 45, 48. This stranger here spoken of, the HeGer toshab, that is, the stranger inbabstant (or
Vers. 22. Tithing thou shalt tithe] that is, shalt vers. 23. for there was a first tithe, which was given to the Levites, out of which the Levites paid a tenth part again to the Priests, Num. 18. 24.—28. Nehem. 10. 37, 38. Then of that which remained, the owners separated a second tithe, which themselves did eat before the Lord, the first and second yeare: in the third yeare it was given to the Levites, and to the poore, Deut. 14. 28, 29. In the fourth and fiExod. 23. 10, 11. And this course they were constantly to follow in Israel. Hereof it is writAfter that they have separated the first tithe, every yeare they separate a second tithe, Deut. 14. 22. and in the third yeare, and in the sixt, they separate the tithe of the poore, in stead of the second tithe. In the first (day) of Tisri (or September) is the beginning of the yeare for the tithe of corne, and of pulse, and of herbes: and whersoever the beginning of the yeare is mentioned, it is the first of Tisri. And the fifteenth of Shebat [that is the eleventh moneth which wee call Ianuary]
Vers. 23. shalt eat] in Greeke, shalt eat it: speaIonathan in his Thargum saith, Yee shall eat the second tithe before the LORD. before Iehovah] the tithes which were given to the Priests, they might eat in every place, Num. 18. 31. this second tithe was holy, and might not be eaten but where Gods sanctuary was; as within Ierusalem when the Temple was there built. The second tithe is eaten by the owners, within the walls of Ierusalem (Deut. 14. 23.) Whosoever eateth so much as an olive of the second tithe, or drinketh of it the fourth part (of a Log) of wine, without the wall of Ierusalem, is to be beaten, as it is written (in Deut. 12. 17.) thou maiest not eat within thy gates, the tithe of thy corne, or of thy wine, or of thine oyle, &c. and hee is to bee beaten for every one in particular: therefore if hee eat of them all three, without the wall, hee is beaten three times. Maim. in Maaser sheni, chap. 2. sect. 1. 5. This is meant (they say) if he eat thereof without the walls of Ierusalem, after it is once brought in thither; But if he eat of it, before it commeth within the wall of Ierusalem, hee is chastised with stripes. ibid. sect. 6. Of beating, see
Vers. 24. too much for thee] that is, as the Greeke be far away from thee. to carry it] in Greeke, to carry them, meaning the tithes fore-mentioned. hath blessed thee] that is, hath gi
Vers. 25. turne it] or, sell it for money: Hebr. give it for silver; which the Greeke translateth, sell them for silver. Of this the Hebrewes have these ordinances; Hee that will redeeme the fruits of the second tithe, redeemeth them by their price (or worth) and saith, Loe this money is in stead of these fruits, &c. and hee carrieth the money up to Ierusalem. He that redeemeth his second tithe, blesseth God for the
redemption thereof. When they redeeme it, it is not by the name of Tithe, but by the name of common (or profane) things: and they say, How much are these common fruits worth; though all doe know that they are Tithes. They redeeme not the tithe fruits, but with silver; and they redeeme them not with silver
Maimony in Maaser sheni,
Vers. 26. thy soule asketh of thee] in Greeke, thy
soule desireth; by soule, meaning appetite or lust after meat or drinke, as in Psal. 78. 28. they asked meat for their soule. They might not bestow the moHee may not take for the money of the tithe, ought save mans meat, which groweth out of the earth, or which is nourished by that which groweth out of the earth; as the particulars expressed in the Law, oxen, sheepe, wine, or strong drinke. Therefore they may not buy with the tithe money water or salt, &c. because they grow not out of the ground. Honey, egges, and milke, are as oxen, and sheepe; for though they grow not out of the earth, yet are they proceeded of them which are nourished from the earth. Likewise, they buy not a beast with the tithe money out of Ierusalem. Maim. in Maaser sheni,
Vers. 27. thy gates] in Greeke and Chaldee, thy
cities: so in v. 28. not forsake him] that is, not neglect him, but minister sufficient for him also to eat, drinke and rejoyce; seeing he hath no land of his owne, to supply this unto him: See Deut. 12. 19. And this here seemeth not to be meant onely of the first tithe, commanded to be given unto the Levites, Num. 18. but of communicating also these second tithes with them, to rejoyce together, as may be gathered by the Law following, v. 29.
Vers. 28. At the end of three yeeres] in Greeke, After three yeeres: but it is meant in the third yeere, to wit, of the seventh or Sabbath yeere; and so againe in the sixt yeere, for every third yeere is meant. Therefore in Deut. 26. 12. it is written, In the third yeere. all the tithe] The Hebrewes write, After a man hath reaped the seed of the earth, or gathered the fruits of the trees, and ended the worke thereof; he separateth out of it, one of fiftie; and this is called the great Heave-offering (or first-fruits) and it is given to the Priest: and of this is spoken in Deut. 18. 4. Afterward he separateth out of the remainder, one of ten; and that is called the first tithe; and he giveth it to the Levites: and this is mentioned in Num. 18. 24. After this, he separateth out of the residue, one of ten; and that is called the second tithe: and it is for the owners, and they eat it in Ierusalem: and this is spoken of in Levit. 27. 30, 31. and Deut. 14. 22. According to this order doe they separate in the first yeere of the seven, and in the second, and in the fourth, and in the fift. But in the third, and in the sixt of the seven, after they have separated the first tithe, he separateth out of the remainder, another tithe, and giveth it to the poore, & that is called the tithe of the poore. And these two yeeres there is no second tithe but the tithe of the poore; and that is spoken of in Deut. 14. 28. & 26. 12. The yeere of Release [which is the seventh yeere] is all free; and there is in it no heave-offering, nor tithes at all, either first or second, or tithe of the poore. Maimony tom. 3. in Mattanoth, gnanijim,
Vers. 29. the Levite) he was to have all the first Num. 18. 24. and of that doe the Hebrewes understand this, and not of the second tithe: as Sol. Iarchi here saith, The Levite (shall come) and take the first tithe: and the stranger and the fatherlesse, and they shall take the second tithe, for it is for the poore of this yeere. And Chazkuni saith,
1 The seventh yeere, a yeere of release for the poore. 7 Vnto the poore men must lend freely, and give; the seventh yeere must be no let thereof. 12 An Hebrew servant must be set free in the seventh yere, and liberally rewarded. 16 If hee will not goe out free, his eare must be bored, and he is a servant for ever. 19 All firstlings, males of the cattell, are to be sanctified unto the Lord, and eaten before him; 21. Except it have a blemish, then is it to be eaten by any in any place: 23 But not the bloud.
AT the end of seven yeeres thou shalt make a release. And this is the manought unto his neighbour, doe release it: hee shall not exact of his neighbour, and of his brother, because hee hath proclaimed a release to Iehovah. Of a forrainer thou maist exact it: but that which man; for Iehovah blessing will blesse thee for an inheritance, to possesse it. Only, if hearkning thou wilt hearken unto the voice this day. For Iehovah thy God blesseth thee, as
If there shall be in thee a needy man, of one of thy brethren, in any of thy gates, in thy man. But opening thou shalt open thine for his want, that which is wanman, and thou givest not unto him, and he cry against thee unto Iehovah, and it be sinne unto thee. Giving thou shalt give doe command thee, saying; opening thou shalt open thine hand to thy brother, to thy poore afflicted, and to thy needy in thy land.
If thy brother an Hebrew, or an Heof that wherewith Iehovah thy God hath blessed thee, thou shalt give unto him.
And thou shalt remember that thou wast doe comfor ever; and also unto thy woman-serservant, he hath served thee six yeers: and Iehovah thy God will blesse thee in all that thou doest.
Every firstling, which shall be borne of thy (person) to
AT the end of seven yeeres] Hereby seemeth properly to be meant according to the old In the seventh yeere; as in Deut. 14. 28. At the end of three yeeres, meaneth in the third yeere: and in Ier. 34. 14. it is said, At the end of seven yeeres, let yee goe every man his brother, &c. that is, as there after followeth, when hee hath served thee six yeeres; and Moses here in
Vers. 2. the manner] Hebr. the word; which the the ordinance (or commandement) of the release. every c
Hebr.
Vers. 3. Of a forrainer] whoa sonne of the peoples, meaning an heathen. exact] the Greek addeth, require whatsoever things are thine with him. thine hand shall release] which the Greeke explaineth thus, but to thy brother thou shalt make a release (or, forgivenesse) of thy debt: In this the Hebrewes (which hold the release to be for ever,) have their limitations. They say, the
Release and Iubilee, ch. 9. Of some of these there is question to be made, whether they be agreeable to the Law of God here given, especially if it be understood but of an intermissi
Vers. 4. Only that there be not] or, To the end that
there be not: it sheweth the reason of the former law of release, that there might not be through exin thee] in the midst of thee O Israel, or, among you: so againe in vers. 7. a needy man] This word noteth a depth of poverty, and hath the name Ebjon, of wishing or desiring things that may releeve his wants. blessing will blesse thee] that is, will surely blesse thee much; so that thou shalt not lose by it, if thou performe this dutie to thy poore brother. The Greeke explaineth it, for this thing the Lord blessing will blesse thee.
Vers. 6. blesseth thee] or, hath blessed thee, that thou shalt lend] God will so blesse thee, that thou shalt have enough to lend, and shalt not need to borrow: so it is explained in Deut. 28. 12. rule over many] as other wayes, so particularly by lending unto them, being richer than they; for, The rich ruleth over the poore, and the borrower is servant to the man that lendeth, Pro. 22. 7. Compare also Psal. 37. 21, 26.
Vers. 7. any of thy gates] or, one of thy gates: which the Greeke and Chaldee expound cities.
not make strong] that is, not harden thine heart; for so these phrases doe one open another; as in Exod. 4. 21. and 7. 3. The Greeke expoundeth it, not turne away thine heart: the Apostle calleth it a shutting up of the bowels (of compassion) from him that hath need, 1
Vers. 8. open thine hand] that is, be bountifull and give: so againe in v. 11. Thus it is said of God, Thou openest thine hand, they are filled with good, Psal. 104. 28. and 145. 16. Our Saviour saith, Doe good, and lend, hoping for nothing againe; and your reward shall be great, and ye shall be the children of the most high; for he is kinde unto the unthankefull, and to the evill. Be ye therefore mercifull, as your Father also is mercifull, Luke 6. 35, 36.
Vers. 9. a thought] Hebr. a word; used generally thing or thought: the Greeke saith, a hidden word, or, secret thing. in thy hart] or, with thy hart. of Belial] that is, of wickednesse; see Deut. 13. 13. This is to be referred unto the former, a word (or thought) of Belial; as they are joyned in Ps. 101. 3. & 41. 9. that is, a wicked thing (or thought) in thy hart, and so the Greeke explaineth it, an unlawfull thing. Some referre it to the latter, the hart; as if he should say, a thought in thy wicked heart. thine eye be evill] hereby is meant the manifestatioand thou givest not unto him; and proceedeth from an evill heart, v. 10. for the eye declareth what is in the mind. This Solomon teacheth by the contrary, saying, He that hath a good eye, shall be blessed, for hee giveth of his bread to the poore, Prov. 22. 9. whereto agreeth that speech in Ecclus. 35. 8. Give the Lord his honour, with a good eye, & diminish not the first fruits of thine hands. But an evill eye signifieth envie and coveEat thou not the bread of him that hath an evill eye, Pro. 23. 6. and, Is thine eye evill, because I am good? Matth. 20. 15. and Christ saith, that an evill eye proceedeth from within, out of the heart of men, Mark. 7. 21, 22. it be sinne unto thee] or, sin in thee, that is, a great sinne, for which thou shalt be condemned, as is shewed in Matth. 25. 41, 42, 45. Thus sin is used sundry times for a most sinfull and damnable action; as, The thought of foolishnes (that is, of the foole) is sin, Pr. 24. 9. and, If I had not done among the ̄ the works which none other man did, they had not had sin, Ioh. 15. 24. See also
Vers. 10. Giving thou shalt give] that is, In any v. 11. opening thou shalt open thine hand. thine heart shall not be evill] or, let not thine heart be evill, that is, grudge not, grieve not, nor distrust the prothou shalt not be grieved in thy heart. This is spoken of the heart, because a pretence of liberality is someProv. 23. 6, 7. Hereupon it is said, Every man according as he purposeth in his heart, (so let him give:)
Verse 11. not cease out of the land] or, from the
middest of (that is, from within) the land. Though God is able abundantly to supply all mens wants, yet suffereth he some to have need, as for other causes, so to make triall of the love and compassiYee have the poore with you alwaies; and whensoever yee will, yee may doe them good, Mar. 14. 7.
Vers. 12. an Hebrew, or an Hebrewesse] that is, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, a sonne of Israel, or
a daughter of Israel: for the Israelites were called Hebrewes; Exod. 2. 6. afterward (when the other tribes were fallen from God, and the tribe of IuHos. 11. 12.) they were calIewes, Ier. 34. 9. Ezra 5. 5. and 6. 7, 8. &c. Est. 4. 7. and 9. 1. sold unto thee] of the selling of the Hebrews, see the Lawes fore-given in Exod. 21. 2.—11. Levit. 25. 39.—55. The Hebrew ExExod. 22. 3. and not for such as sold themselves. Maim. treat. of Servants, c. 3. s. 12. but it seemeth by the words of Moses, and by Ier. 34. to extend further. in the seventh yeere] to wit, from the time of his sale; for this is not the seventh yeere, the yeere of release fore-spoken of in v. 1, 2, 9. see the annotaExod. 21. 2. send him out free] or, let him goe out a free man: This was not an intermissiIer. 34. 14, 15, 16. &c. Neither was this release to be purchased by the servants of their friends, but was for nothing, Exod. 21. 2. This Sabbath, or seEsay 61. 1, 2. Luk. 4. 18, 19. Rom. 6. 12, 13, 14. and 3. 24. Heb. 2. 14, 15. Iohn 8. 32, 34, 35, 36.
Vers. 14. Furnishing thou shalt furnish him] that it, in any case furnish him, and that liberally, or Dan. 5. 29. so the Master should honourably reward his broExod. 22. 3. Levit. 25. 39. and if hee should bee turned away emptie, he might either be forced to returne into servitude, (from which God would free his people, because they were his servants, Levit. 25. 42, 55:) or be driven to steale, Prov. 30. 9. or to beg, or live in misery. thy floore] thy corne: by these three, flesh, bread, and wine, he was sufficientthy God hath blessed thee] so implying other things besides those forementioned, and giGen. 30. 27, 30. and 31. 6, 38, 40, 42. For the quantitie, the Law appointeth not how much the master should give his servant at his departure; the Hebrewes gather from Exod. 21. 32. that he might not give him lesse than the worth of thirty
Maim. treat. of servants,
Vers. 16. thine house] that is, thine houshold, the men of thine house. he is well] is well used, and to his contentment. What the Hebrewes gather from these words, is noted on Levit. 25. 40.
Vers. 17. thou shalt take an aule] this was to Exod. 21. 6. see the annotations there. in his care, and in the doore] so fastning his care to the doore, as the Greeke version here explaineth it; to signifie, that hee yeelded himselfe as a perpetuall servant in his masters house. a servant for ever that is, till the yeare of jubilee, or, all the daies of his Masters life: see the notes on Exod. 21. 6. thou shalt doe likewise] to furnish her liberally when she goeth out of thy service, as vers. 14. and (as some thinke) to bore her care for a perpetuall serch. 3. s. 13. Of maid-servants, see the Law in Exod. 21. 7.—11.
Vers. 18. It shall not be hard] or, Let it not bee
hard, that is, seeme hard unto thee, & grieve thee, that thou must so furnish him with thy goods when thou lettest him goe. the double] in Chaldee, two for one. the hire of an hired servant] that is, hee hath beene double the worth of an hired serLuk. 17. 7, 8, 9. But by the Law, Hebrew servants might not be used like slaves, but like hired servants, Levit. 25. 39, 40. Therefore others understand it in reEsay 16. 14. within three yeeres, as the yeeres of an hireling, &c.) whereas this servant had served six yeares. But there is no law given of God, that a man might not bee hired for longer time than three yeeres; and there is the like phrase in speech of one yeere, Esay 21. 16. Others thinke it to bee in respect of his condition, that he was
Vers. 19. of thy herd] or, in (that is, among) thy
herd, and in thy flocke; meaning of beeves, sheepe, and goats. After the lawes that concerne the poore and the servants of Israel, hee now repeateth a law which concerned the releefe of his ministers the Priests that served the Lord, and his people Israel. shall sanctifie] that is, shall separate as holy unto the Lord: the ground of this Law was because God smote all the first-borne of Egypt, from man to beast, but spared the Israel sees; therefore hee comExodus 13. 2, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15.
not serve] that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, not doe any worke therewith; as to plough, tread out the corne, or any other like. Because these beasts were the Lords, he forbiddeth men to use them as their owne, for any worke service, or proc. 1. s. 7.
Vers. 20. Thou shalt eat it] this is not meant of Num. 18. 15, 17, 18. See the annotations there. yeere by yeere] every firstling in his yeere, and not deferre the eating of it till the yeere following. shall chuse] to put his name, and place his Sanctuary there: see Deut. 12. 5, 6. thine house] thy fathe men of thy house.
Vers. 21. lame or blinde] understand, if the beast lame or blinde, or any otherwise blemished. The firstlings were to be killed, their bloud and fat brought to the Altar, their flesh eaten by the Priests, as is noted on Num. 18. 17. but no bleLevit. 22. 18.—22. therefore not the firstlings that had blemish on them.
Vers. 22. Thou shalt eat it] speaking to the Priest, Num. 18. 17. within thy gates] in Greeke and Chaldee, within thy cities, that is, in any of their common habitation. as the Roebuck] that is, as ordinary meats wherein is no holinesse. So in Deut. 12. 22.
Vers. 23. the bloud] because it is the soule, or Deut. 12. 23. and Levit. 17. 11, 12.
1 A repetition of the Law touching the feast of the Passeover, and of unleavened bread: 9 Of Weekes or Pentecost: 13 Of Boothes or Taberna
OBserve the moneth of Abib, and by night. And thou shalt sacrifice the Passover unto Iehovah thy God, of the flocke any leavened bread; seven dayes shalt thou eat with it unleavened cakes, the bread of affliction: for thou camest forth out of the land of Egypt, in haste; that thou mayest remember the day of thy comany old leven in all thy coast, seven daies; neither shall any thing of the flesh which thou shalt sacrifice in the evening, in the first day, remaine all night, untill the morning. Thou mayest not sacrifice the Passeover withat the season that thou camest forth out of Egypt. And thou shalt boile cakes, and in the seventh day shall be a solemne assembly unto Iehovah thy God; thou shalt not doe any worke.
Seven weeks shalt thou number unto thee, (to put) the sickle into the standing corne, thou shalt begin to number the seven weekes. And thou shalt observe with a tribute of a voluntary offering of thine hand, which thou shalt give, according as Ieis within thy gates, and the stranare in the midst of thee, in the place which Ie
Thou shalt observe unto thee the feast of are within thy gates. Seven cakes, and in the feast of Weekes, and in the Every man
IVDGES and Officers shalt thou give with judgement of justice. Thou shalt not wrest judgment,
Thou shalt not plant thee a grove, any tree,
OBserve] Hebr. To observe; the indefinite put Exod. 13. 3. Abib] which wee call March: the Greeke expoundeth it, the moneth of new fruits. See the notes on Exod. 13. 4. and keepe the Passeover] Hebr. and thou shalt doe (or make) that is, celebrate the feast of the Passeover, or sacrifice the Passeover; so named, because God passed over the houses of the Israelites, when hee slew the first-borne of EExod 12. and the annotations there. It was a figure of Christ our Passeover, and of our redemption by him, whose feast wee are taught to keepe, 1 Cor. 5. 7, 8. by night] at mid-night the Angell of God slew the first-borne in Egypt, then rose they up, and began to take their journey, though they went not out of Egypt till the day following: see Exod. 12. 29, 30, 41, 42.
Vers. 2. sacrifice] or, kill; slay: so Christ our Passeover
Vers. 3. Leavened bread] which signified corLuk. 12. 1. Matt. 16. 6, 12. 1 Cor. 5. 7, 8. 13. and the annotations on Ex. 12. 15. seven daies] after the Paschal Lambe, Levit. 23. 5.—8. see the notes on Exod. 12. 15. bread of affliction] or, bread of povertie: so calExod. 12. 34. 39. Hereupon the Israelites used, after the eating of the Paschall Lambe, to breake a cake of unleavened bread, and the father of the family gave every man a peece, and said, This is the bread of affliction which our fathers did eat in the land of Egypt, &c. as is shewed at large in the notes on Exod. 12. 8. That bread Christ consecrated to bee a memoriall to us of his afflictions and death for our sakes, whereby his body was broken for us, 1 Cor. 11. 24, 25, 26. in haste] this word impliDeut. 20. 3. 2 Sam. 4. 4. 2 King. 7. 15. See the notes on Exod. 12. 11.
Vers. 4. seene with thee] or, seene (appeare) unto
thee. Leaven might not be eaten, nor so much as left within their dwellings, but carefully sought out and put away before the feast began. The manExod. 12. 15. 19. thy coast] or, thy border; the Greeke saith, thy coasts. Leaven might no way bee reserved for any use till after the Passeover, but was purged out the day before, and abolished, either burnt, or otherwise made away, as is noted on Exod. 12. 15. of the flesh] the Greeke translateth plurally,
Vers. 5. not sacrifice] or, not kill. thy gates]
thy cities. This was a perpetuall Law for the Pasche, as the Hebrewes declare, from this Law, thus; They kill not the Passeover but in the Court, as the rest of the holy things: yea, in the time when the high places were permitted, they sacrificed not the Passeover in a private high place: & who so offereth the Passeover in a private high place, is beaten. For it is said (in Deut. 16. 5.) Thou maist not sacrifice the Passeover in any of thy gates: we have beene taught, that this is a prohibition to kill it in a private high place, although it be in the time when high places are permitted. Maimony in Korban Pesach, ch. 1. s. 3.
Vers. 6. about the going downe of the Sunne] that Exod. 12. 6.
Vers. 7. shall boile] or, seeth: so the Hebrew thou shalt boile, and rost, and eat. Therefore this cannot be meant of the Paschal Lambe, which might not be boiled, but rosted onExod. 12. 8, 9. but is spoken of the Chagigah (or Feast-offering) forementioned, which might be boiled if they would: and so they practised in Iosiahs Passeover; they rosted the Passeover (that is, the Lambe) with fire, but the holy offerings they boiled in pots and in cauldrons, &c. 2.
Vers. 8. solemne assembly] called in Hebrew Gnatser
of retaining the people, or of restrai
Vers. 9. Seven weekes] or, Seven sevens, to wit, of daies. The Greeke addeth, Seven intire weekes.
Lev. 23. 15. where they are called seven Sabbaths. into the standing corne] that is, from the sixteenth day of Nisan (or March,) at which time the Magistrates of Israel sent messengers to reape the sheafe, the first-fruits of Barley harvest, to wave it before the Lord: from which day precisely, they were to number these seven weekes, untill Pente
Vers. 10. shalt observe] Hebr. doe or make, to Exod. 34. 22. So after in vers. 13. of weekes] so called, because it was seven weekes after the bringing of the sheafe at the Passeover: and it was fifty dayes, whereupon it is called in Greeke Pentecost, Acts 2. 1. See Lev. 23. 15, 16. a tribute of a voluntary offering] or, a contributio ̄ of voluntarinesse, that is,
Vers. 11. shalt rejoyce] this they were bound to Ex. 23. 15. and after here on v. 14. his name] in Chaldee, his Divine presence, or Majestie.
Vers. 12. and thou shalt] and, may here imply therefore thou shalt observe. For they came out of Egypt to keepe a feast to the Lord in the wildernesse, Exod. 5. 1, 3. which they kept at mount Sinai, where the Law was given at this time of Pentecost, or of Weekes, Exod. 19. 1. 11. and 24. 5.—11. In memoriall whereof this day was kept holy every yeere. And when they were come into Canaan, they brought two loaves of the first-fruits of their wheat harvest, with many sacrifices unto them adjoyned, Lev. 23. 17.—20. which inAct. 2.
Vers. 13. Boothes] or Tabernacles, made with the Lev. 23. 34, 40. See the Annotaof thy floore, and of thy winepresse] that is, thy fruits, the corne which is threshed in the floore, and the wine pressed out of the fat: therfore it is called the feast of ingathering, in the going out of the yeere; when thou gatherest in thy labours out of the field, Exod. 23. 16.
Ver. 14. rejoyce in thy feast] this is meant both of inward joy for the mercies of God, past, present, & to come by Christ; and of outward manifestation of their joy, by sacrifices of thanksgiving unto God, and holy banquetting with the poore, and ministers of the Lord, as after he commandeth.
keepe a feast] by offering of sacrifisurely joyfull] or, onely joyfull; with spirituall mirth serving the Lord. So the Apostle saith,
Vers. 16. Three times] the times before and afExod. 23. 14.—17. and 34. 22, 23. Of the speciall sacrifiLevit. 23. and Numb. 28. and 29. chapt. he shall not appeare] that is, no man of Israel: the Greeke saith as before, thou shalt not appeare: in Exod. 23. 15. it was said, they shall not appeare before me, emptie. Thus here are three things required, appearing, keeping a feast, vers. 15. and rejoycing, vers. 14. every of which implied a sacrifice, as is noted on Exod. 23. 15.
Vers. 17. according to the gift of his hand] that is, Let every man appeare with a gift (or oblation) Every one according to the ability of your hands.
Here beginneth the 48. section Genes. 6. 9. and 28. 10.
Vers. 18. Iudges and Officers] in Chaldee, Iudges and Avengers. These were to judge cauOfficers are called in Hebrew Shotrim, in Greeke Grammateis, and
Vers. 19. not wrest judgement] not decline (or pervert, turne aside) judgement, not give wrong judgement for any cause, as did Samuels sonnes, who turned aside after lucre, and tooke bribes, and wrested (or perverted) judgement, 1 Sam. 8. 3. See Deut. 24. 17. respect persons] or, acknowledge faces, that is, be partiall, respecting one more than another: see Lev. 19. 15. Deut. 1. 17. Prov. 24. 23. take a gift] or, a bribe: this is repeated from Exod. 23. 8. see the Annotations there.
Vers. 20. Iustice justice] that is, all manner juIustly that which is just shalt thou follow. The doubling of the word, is for more vehemency: see Deut. 2. 27. and when a word is trebled, it is most vehement, as in Ezek. 21. 27. Esay 6. 3.
Vers. 21. not plant thee] or, not plant unto thee,
for thy selfe: see the like phrase in Exod. 20. 4. a grove] called in Hebrew Asherah, of Felicity
happinesse, a blessed grove: such the heathens used for the service of their gods, as is noted on Exod. 34. 13. but the Lord would not have such neere his altar, in his service: notwithstanding the Israelites corrupted themselves herewith sundry times, as Iudg. 3. 7. and 6. 25. 1 King. 14. 23. and 16. 33. 2 King. 21. 3. 7. and there were prophets of the groves, 1 King. 18. 19. For this sin God threatKing. 14. 15. The HeHe that planteth a tree neere unto the Altar, or in any (part) of the Court-yard, whether it be barren tree, or tree that beareth food, although he doe it for to adorne the Sanctuary, and beautifie it, he is to be beaten, Deut. 16. 21. Because this was the manner of Idolaters, they planted trees by the altars side, that the people might assemble there. Maimony treat. of Idolatrie, ch. 6. s. 9.
Vers. 22. set thee up a pillar] or, set up for thy selfe a statue, or standing image: whereof see the Lev. 26. 1.
1 The things sacrificed to the Lord must be un
THou shalt not sacrifice unto Iehovah is an abomination to Iehovah thy God.
If there be found in the midst of thee, in aof it, and it be a truth, and the thing certaine, that this abomi
If a matter be too hard for thee in judgment they of that place which Ieto the right hand or to the left. And the man that will doe presumptu
When thou art come into the land which are round about me. Setting thou shalt set othat is a forrainer, which is not thy brother. But he shall not multiply horses to that which is before the Priests, the Levites. And it shalbe with him, & he shal reade there
That his heart be not lifted up above his hee turne not aside from the commandement, to the right hand or to the left, to the end that he may prolong his daies, in his kingdome, hee and his sonnes in the midst of Israel.
NOt sacrifice] in Greek, not offer, which is more generall: and so the Law also saith in Lev. 22. Oxe or Lambe] these are the greatest and the least sacrifices, under which two, all other are comprehended. The Oxe is not to be understood of a gelded beast, (which wee usually call an Oxe,) for so it became blemiBull, as the oLambe (in Hebrew Se
implyeth the
Vers. 2. If there be found] or, When there shall be
found. any of thy gates] or, one of thy gates, that is,
as the Greeke and Chaldee translate it.
Vers. 3. other gods] which the Chaldee calleth Idols of the peoples.
Hebr.
Vers. 4. and hast inquired] or, then thou shalt inquire
Vers. 5. unto thy gates] in Greeke, unto the gate:
to thy citie. Of this the Hethey stone not. an Idola
(of the citie)
Vers. 6. At the mouth] which the Chaldee transthe word, meaning the testimony of two or three. But from hence the Hebrewes gather; they must receive no testimony but from the mouth of the witnesses; it may not be from a writing of their hand. Maimony in treat. of Witnesses, ch. 3. s. 4. See the notes on Deut. 19. 15. he that is to die] or, he that dieth: the Chaldee expoundeth is; bee that is guilty (or deserveth) to be killed. of one] See this explained in Deut. 19. 15.
Vers. 7. and thou shalt put away the evill] If this Deut. 13. 5. the Greeke translateth, & put ye away (or, take away) from among your selves that wicked (person:) which very words Paul useth in 1 Cor. 5. 13. when he commandeth a wic
Vers. 8. a matter] Hebr. a word. too hand ▪
or,
Vers. 9. and unto the judge] by and is meant or,
vers
by
Vers. 10. according to the word] or, according
to the sentence of the word: Hebr. the mouth of the word: so in v. 11. all that they informe thee] or, all that they teach thee, to wEzek. 44. 24. And in this sense, Christ said to the people of the Scribes and Pharisees sitting in Moses seat; All whatsoever they bid you observe, that observe and doe, Matth. 23. 2, 3. which he meaneth not of their owne trafor doctrines the commandements of men, hee both reproved them himselfe, and willed his Disciples to let them alone, as
Vers. 11. According to the Law] or, According
Vers. 12. the man that will doe presumptuously]
in presumption, proudly; as the Greeke translain pride; the Chaldee, in wickednesse. It is opExod. 21. 13, 14. By the man here here to be meant either priRebellious Elder, or Iudge: and whereas they brought their owne traditions (or law by word of mouth) withvers. 10.) they except the Sadduces which had beene from their youth trained up in their fawill doe, they teach that the rebellious Elder was not guilty of death, for holding in judgto do the thing, or doe it himselfe. Yet though he were free from death, the Magistrates might beat him, or otherwise punish him. Maim. in Rebel. c. 3. s. 1. &c. the Priest] that is, the Priests. as in v. 9. for, by their mouth every controversie, and every stroke was to bee tried,
Vers. 14. and shalt say] that is, if thou shalt say, I
will set over mee a King: Thus God, who had set Iudges over his people, permitteth them also to have a king, if they saw it so meet, and would; and should doe this thing after an holy and orderly manner. But when they sought it amisse, it displeaSam. 8. 5, 6, 7. and 12. 12, 17, 19. Then God gave them a king in his anger, and took him away in his wrath, Hos. 13. 11.
Vers. 15. Setting thou shalt set] that is, thou shalt
in any wise set: thus bindeth hee them to doe this during, according to the rules here given, both for the good of their Common-wealth and Church, and for a figure of Christ, to whom the kingdome of Israel did belong, Esay 32. 1. Zach. 9. 9. Luk. 1.
either by the manistery of his Prophets, as by Samuel hee anoin
Vers. 16. not multiply horses] not get him many horses, lest hee should put confidence in worldly strength, whereof horses were the principall, as apPsal. 20. 8. Deut. 20. 1. Prov. 21. 31. to Egypt] in which land were many horses, which they accounted the strength of their countrey, 2 Chron. 1. 16. and 9. 28. whereupon it is said, Woe to them that goe downe to Egypt for helpe, and stay on horses, &c. Esay 31. 1. not adde to returne] that is, not againe returne, either for the cause aforesaid, or for to dwell there, because of their great idolatries, and other sinnes, whereby Gods people might be corrupted. So Ieremy from the Lord disswaded the Iewes from going into Egypt,
Vers. 17. multiply wives] take many wives; the seven hundred, 1 King. 11. 3. and not that moe wives than one are here forbidden. But howso
Vers. 18. when he sitteth upon the throne] that is, Exod. 11. 5. the copie of this Law] the Greeke translateth it, this Deuteronomie. The Hebrewes have recorded thus; When the King sitteth upon the throne of his kingdome, hee is to write him the booke of the Law for himselfe, over and beside the booke which is left him of his fathers, &c. If his fathers have lest him none or, if that be lost, he is to write him two bookes of the Law; the one he is to reserve in his house, for so he is commanded, as every one of Israel; the other is not to depart from before him. If he goe out to war, it (goeth) with him; if he fit in iudgment, it is to be with him, &c. Maimony treat. of Kings, c. 3. s. 1. before the Priests] the originall booke of the Law was kept in the Sanctuary, as appeareth by
Deut. 31. 26. 2 King. 22. 8. out of that was the Kings copie to be written, that it might be perfect.
Vers. 19. it shall be with him] in all places whiThis booke of the Law shall not depart out of thy mouth, but thou shalt meditate therein day and night, &c. Ios. 1. 8. Thus David did, as appeareth by Psal. 119. 16, 24, 97, 98, 99 &c. learne to feare] under this name feare, notonely the inward reverence, but the outward worship and service of God is also implied, even all true Religion: as that which is written, their feare towards
29. 13. is expounded by our Saviour,
Vers. 20. not lifted up above his brethren] beIos. 1. 16, 17, 18. Eccles. 8. 2, 3, 4. Rom. 13. 1. therefore hee is warned to shunne pride, and loftinesse of heart; whereupon David said, Lord, my heart is not haughty, nor mine eies lofty, &c. Psal. 131. 1, 2. The contrary was found in Nebuchadnezzar, to whom
1 The Priests and Levites have no inheritance, but the Lord. 3. The Priests due from the people. 6 The Levites portion. 9 The abominations (the unlawfull arts) of the nations are to bee avoided.
THe Priests, the Levites, all the tribe offerings of Iehovah, and his inheritance, shall they eat. And hee shall have no inheritance ais his inheri(of any beasts) whether Oxe or Sheepe, that hee shall give unto the Priest the shoulder, and the two cheekes, and the maw. The first-fruits of
And if a Levite shall come from any one
When thou art come into the land which any that maketh his sonne or his daughter to passe thorow the fire; a divione
things, is an abomination unto Iehovah: and because of these abominations, Iehovah thy God doth drive them out from before thee.
Thou shalt be perfect with Iehovah thy shalt possesse, hearkened unto observers of times, and unto diviners: but as for thee, Iehovah thy God hath not suffered thee so. Iehovah
According to all that thou askedst of Ie
And Iehovah said unto mee, They have spoken that which they have spoken. A Prophet will I raise up unto them, from athat the man which will not hearken unto my words, it of him. But the Prophet which shall presume to speake a word in my name, That which a Prophet shall speake in the name of Iehovah, and the thing be not, (to passe,) that is the word which Iehovah hath not spoken, the Pro
NO part] or, no portion, namely in the spoiles taken from the enemies: which would have Ios. 22. 8. So the Hebrewes expound it, No part in the spoile, nor inheritance in the land. Maimony tom. 3. treat. of the Release and Iubilee, ch. 13. sect. 10. See the notes on Num. 18. 20. nor inheritance] in the land of Canaan, which was divided among the other tribes, Num. 26. 2.—53. 57. But because the Levites were adjoyned to the Priests for the serNumb. 18. 1, 2. &c. therefore God would not have them cumbred with the affaires of this life, lest by them they should be hindred from doing their dutie, as it is writNo man that warreth, intangleth himselfe with the affaires of this life, that he may please him who hath chosen him to be a souldier, 2 Tim. 3. 4. See also Deut. 10. 8, 9. So the Hebrewes say, Wherefore was not Levi counted meet to have inheritance in the land of Israel, or spoiles with his brethren? Because hee was separated to serve the Lord, and to inherit him, and to teach his strait waies, and his just judgments unto many, Deut. 33. 10. Therefore was he separated from the waies of the world: they wage not warre as doe the rest of Israel, neither doe they in
Maim. treat. of the Release and Iubilee,
Vers. 2. and he] that is, Levi, put for all the M
in
Vers. 3. the Priests due] Hebr. the judgment (or right) of the Priests: which the Chaldee expoundue unto the Priests: and so the word judgment is elsewhere used for dutie, Psal. 81. 5. slay a slaughter] that is, kill any beast for common food. The originall word generally signifieth no more than to kill a beast (as is noted on Gen. 31. 54.) and in speciall, to kill for sacrifice unto God. But the large meaning is here to be chosen: for it agreeth not with the former lawes in Leviticus touching sacrifices, that the Priests should have the cheekes, &c. and the generall exposition of the Hebrewes is, that this is meant of common meats. oxe or sheepe] implying goats also; for that is usually comsheepe or lamb. that hee] or, and he, that is, every one of the people shall give. give unto the Priest] Hereupon these are called gifts. Of them the Hebrewes write; It is commanded to give of every cleane beast that is killed, unto the Priest, the shoulder, & the two cheekes, and the maw, (Deut. 18. 3.) and these in every place are called gifts. And this commandement is in use continually, whether when there is a Temple, or not; and in every place, whether within the land (of Israel) or without it: and it is to be of common (things) not of things sanctified. If it bee doubtfull whether (the beast) be a firstling, these gifts must be given out of it: if it be a firstling, that is all the Priests. (Num. 18. 15.) and if it bee not a firstling, these gift
〈◊〉
(out of it) for the Priest. Gifts are due of none but cleane beasts onely, as it is said, WHETHER OXE OR SHEEPE, &c. whether it bee killed for mans meat, or for to feed infidels, or dogs, or for medicine, these gifts are due of it. If a Proselyte have a beast killed, if it were before he was joyned, he is free; if after he were joyned, hee is bound (to give these gifts.) In a place where no Priests be, they may priz
•
the gifts and eat them, and give the price to any Priest that they will. If he will give these gifts to one Priest, hee may; or if he will divide them, he may not give halfe the maw to one, or halfe the shoulder, but the shoulder to one, and the maw to another, and the cheekes to them both, [that is, to each of them one.] If a priest will sell his gifts, he may, or give them to an Infidell, &c. for there is no holinesse in them at all. The Priest may not violently take the gifts, nor aske them with his mouth; but he receives them when they are given him, with honour, &c. Maimony in Biccurim (or
Vers. 4. The first fruits] of these, see the AnnoExod. 22. 29. and Numb. 18. 12. These were called by the Hebrewes, the great heave-offering; and it was to be given (they say)
Vers. 5. to stand to minister in the name, &c.] the to stand before the Lord thy God, to minister and to blesse in the name of the Lord. This sheweth a reason of the former duty; because God had called the Priests from worldly affaires, to serve him, and to minister, and sow unto his peoCor. 9. 11, 13. By standing is noted their manner of service, as is obDeut. 10. 8. and their continuance in the same, as Psal. 119. 91.
Vers. 6. a Levite] This is spoken generally, and of thy gates] that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee doe translate, of thy cities. For the Levites dwelt dispersed in the tribes of IsIos. 21. he sojourned] his dwelling in the cities is called a sojourning as a stranger, for that the priests had no inheritance with Israel, v. 1. but the Israelites gave them (of their inheritance) cities to dwell in, and the suburbs for their cattell, Num. 35. 2, 3. shall chuse] to have his Tabernacle, or Temple and publike worship there: see Deut. 16. 2. and 12. 5.
Vers. 7. shall minister.] Although the Priests Chron. 24. and 25. yet if any would at other times voluntarily serve, God here allowMoses our master divided the Priests into eight wards (or charges) foure of Eleazar, and foure of Ithamar. And so they were till Samuel the Prophet: and in Samuels daies, hee and King David divided them into foure & twenty wards, and over every ward one head Provost. And they went up to Ierusalem, for the service of the ward, every weeke, &c. And it is commanded that at the solemne feasts, all the wards be equall, and whosoever of the priests commeth up at the feast and will serve, hee may serve and have a portion with them; and they may not say to him, goe thy way till thy ward commeth, as it is written (in Deut. 18. 6.) AND IF A LEVITE SHAL COME FROM ONE OF THY GATES. Which words are meant of the offerings at the feasts, &c. But vowes, and voluntary offerings, and the daily sacrifices, none offer them but the ward, whose time is appointed: yea, though it bee at the feast, as it is said (in Deut. 18 8.) THEY SHALL EAT PORTION LIKE PORTION, BESIDES HIS SALES BY THE FATHERS. As if he should say, they shall eat portion like portion, of the offerings of the Congregation, but have no like portion in other things, which the fathers have already apportioned them, and appointed every ward by the weeke, &c. And they account, that hee speaketh not but of the priests: for there are no gifts in the Sanctuary to eat of, but for the priests onely. And so a priest which hath an offering, may come into the sanctuary, and offer it any day when he will, as it is said (Deut. 18. 6.) AND SHALL COME WITH ALL THE DESIRE OF HIS SOVLE) and minister; yea, though it be a sinne-offering, or a trespasse-offering, he offereth it, and maketh atonement by his owne hands, and hath the skin of his offering, and eateth (the flesh.) And if hee will give his offering to any priest whom he will, for to offer it, he may give it; and then the skin of the oblation, and the service thereof, is the priests onely, to who Maimony treat. of the Instruments of the Sanct.
Vers. 8. portion like portion] that is, equall portions, one as much as another. The Greeke transla
Vers. 10. There shall not] or, Let there not bee found. to passe thorow the fire] so to burne Molech, to which abomination this service was performed among the heathens, Lev. 18. 21. See the Annotations there. The Greeke translateth, any that purgeth his sonne or his daughter in fire. Of Achaz king of Iuhee made his sonne to passe thorow the fire, 2 King. 16. 3. which Ezra explaineth thus, he burnt his sonnes in the fire, 2 Chron. 28. 3. a diviner] in Hebrew, Kosem, a fore-seer, or presager, a foreteller of things to come, as doth a
Vers. 11. charmeth a charme] or, inchanteth an
inchantment, or, conjureth conjuration. The HeChober signifieth conjoyning, or consociating: the Chaldee name Ratim, is of murmuring or mumbling: the Greeke
Vers. 13. perfect with Iehovah] that is, in faith Perfection (or Sinceritie, Integritie,) respecteth our upright conversation in body and minde, as is noted on Gen. 6. 9. and to be perfect with the Lord, is expounbefore the Lord; and the Chaldee saith, in the feare of the Lord: but our Saviour more fully openeth it; Be yee perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect, Matt. 5. 48.
Vers. 14. not suffered thee] Hebr. not given thee:
Psal. 147. 19, 20.) and will more fully informe thee by the Prophet, whom he will raise up unto thee, v. 15. So in Act. 14. 16. God in times past suffered all nations to walke in their owne waies.
Vers. 15. a Prophet] so named of the Greeke Prophetes, which signifieth a foreteller; in Hebrew Nabi, of uttering and interpreting the oracles of God; as Aaron was Moses Prophet, that is, Interpreter, Exod. 7. 1. and of seeing visions of God, such a man was called
Vers. 16. Horeb] a mountaine called also Sinai,
Exod. 19. where the Law was given, Deut. 5. 2. of the assembly, or, of the church, when all Israel were assembled to heare the Law, Exod. 19. 9, 10, &c. not heare again
Hebr.
Vers. 17. have well spoken] or, have done well
Rightly (or Well) all that they have spoken. Although their speech proceeded from the spirit of bondage and feare, manifested in them by the worke of the law in their consciences, Rom. 8. 15. and they desired not Christ, but Moses to speake unto them; yet as the Law was a schoolemaster to leade them unto Christ, Gal. 3. 14. so God tooke occasion hereby to preach and promise Christ unto them; who is here not only in stead of all Diviners and Soothworketh wrath, Rom. 4. 15. and was the ministration of death, 2 Cor. 3. 7. But Christ hath redeemed us from the curse thereof, Gal. 3. 13. and is here promised as a Prophet sent to blesse us, Act. 3. 26. for the Law was given by Moses, but grace and truth came by Iesus Christ, Io. 1. 17
Vers. 18. A Prophet] meaning Christ him-selfe, vers. 15. of whom the multitude said, This is Iesus the Prophet, Matt. 21. 11. raise up] this also the people confirmed, saying, A great Prophet is risen up amongst us, Luk. 7. 16. will give] that is, will put and stablish, as the word given, 1 Chron. 17. 22. is the same that
V. 19. my words] God here acknowledgeth the My doctrine is not mine, but his that sent me, Ioh. 7. 16. And whereas Prophets used to shew signes & wonders, Deut. 13. 1, 2. though Christ did many such, Act. 2. 22. yet are they not here mentioned, because the word & gospell of Christ is the power of God unto salvation, Ro. 1. 16. and his commandement is life everlasting, Ioh. 12. 50. and Christs name is called the word of God, Rev. 19. 13. Io. 1. 1. & the word (rather than wonders) was that wch the ancient Iewes expected by Christ, as their later writers doe witnesse, saying, Let it not come up into thy mind, that the king Christ needeth to do signes & wo ̄ders; the thing is not so: for behold Rabbi Akibah was a great wise man of the wise men of the Thalmud, and he was armour-bearer to Ben Coziba the King,
who was thought to be the king Christ. And both he and all the wise men of his age supposed that he had beene Christ the King, untill he was killed for his iniquities: when he was killed, they knew he was not so. And the wise men asked not of him any signe or wonder. Maim. in treat. of Kings,
Vers. 20. shall presume] The Greeke and Chaldee expound it, shall doe ungodlily and wickedly. not
commanded] of this sin the false Prophets in Israel were commonly guiltie, & for it reproved; as, They have seene vanitie, and lying divination, saying, The Lord saith; and the Lord hath not sent them, Ezek. 13. 6. and, I have not sent them, saith the Lord, yet they prophesie a lie in my name, Ier. 27. 15. And of this the Hebrewes say, The false Prophet is to bee strangled to death, although he prophesie in the name of the Lord, and neither addeth nor diminisheth, (Deut. 18. 20.) Whether he prophesieth that which he hath not heard by propheticall vision, or who so hath heard the words of his fellow Prophet, and saith that this word was said unto him, and be prophesieth therby;
Mai
Vers. 22. That which] in Greeke, Whatsoever
things: meaning of predictions foretelling things to come. For touching matters of faith, and of the worship of God, the people were to hold unto the written Law; against which if any Prophet did teach, and give a signe or wonder which came to passe, yet they were not to beleeve or hearken unDeut. 13. 1,—5. the thing] or, the word be not. But Ionas prophesied the destruIon. 1. and 3. Here then conditions are implied; as, if men breake not off their sinnes by repenEzek. 33. 13, 14, 15. Ier. 26. 12, 13, 18, 19. Especially this is meant concerning prophesies of good things, which if they come not to passe, the Prophet is found false, as Ieremie said to Ananias, The Prophets that have beene before mee, and before thee of old, prophesied both against many countries, and against great kingdomes, of warre, and of evill, and of pestilence. The Prophet which prophesieth of peace, when the word of the Prophet shall come to passe, then shall the Prophet be knowne, that the Lord hath truly sent him, Ier. 28. 8, 9. Of this matter the Hebrewes say, Every Prophet that riseth up among us, and saith that the Lord hath sent him, it is not necessarie that he doe a signe like one of the signes of Moses our master, or like the signes of Elias and Elisaeus, that there should be in them a change of the custome of the world. But his signe shall be, that he foretell things that are to come in the world, and so confirme his words, Deut. 18. 21, 22. Therefore when there commeth a man fit for prophesie, with the ambassage of the Lord, and he commeth not to adde unto, or to diminish from (the Law) but to serve the Lord by the commandement of the Law, they must not say to him, divide the sea for us, or raise up the dead, or the like, and afterward we will beleeve in thee: but they must say unto him, If thou be a Prophet, foretell us of things that are to come: and when of the things;
1 The cities of refuge. 4 The privilege of them for the manslayer. 11 The wilfull murtherer must die. 14 The land-mark may not be removed. 15 Two witnesses at the least must stablish every matter. 16 A false witnesse must be diligently inquired into, and done unto as he had thought to doe unto his brother.
WHen Iehovah thy God hath cut parts the coast of thy land, which Iehovah thy God shall give thee to inherit; and it shall be, that every man-slayer may flee thither. And is the case of the man-slayer which shall flee thither and live: who so smiteth his neighman-slayer while his heart is hot, and overtake him, because the way is long, and smite him in soule, and he had not the judgethis day, to love Iehovah thy God, and to walke in his wayes all dayes; then thou shalt adde three cities moe for thee, beside these three. That innocent bloud be for an inheritance, and so blouds be upon thee. But if a man be a in soule that he die, and fleeth unto one of these ci
Thou shalt not remove thy neighbours lifathers have limited, in thine inheritance which thou shalt inherit, in the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee to possesse it.
One witnesse shall not rise up against a man
When an unrighteous witnesse shall rise is, shall stand before Iehoif the witnesse be a false witnesse, and hath testified a falshood against his brother: Then shall yee doe unto him as hee had such an evill thing as this in the midst of thee. And thine eye shall not spare: soule
THou shalt separate] in Ios. 20. 7. he useth the sanctified; in Num. 35. 11. shall appoint. Here Moses explaineth the sixt commandement, for some speciall lawes concerning it. three cities] besides those three which Moses had separa
Vers. 3. shalt prepare] Of this it is said, The senate
Vers. 4. the case] Hebthe word; in Greeke, the ordinance of the man-slayer (or murderer.)
and live] or, that he may live. From these words the Hebrew Doctors teach, that a Scholer exiled to the cities of refuge, his Master also goeth with him; as it is written, AND LIVE: But the life of them that love and seeke after wisdome, is without the doctrine of the Law, counted as death. And so the Master that is exiled, his schoole goeth with him, &c. Maim. treat. of Murder,
Vers. 5. As when he commeth] or, And he that
shall come; and thus the Greeke translateth it. a wood] or, forrest. This is a similitude for all like places and cases: but hence the Hebrewes gather, Who so commeth into a mans yard without his leavs, of the man of that house kill him by errour, he is free from being exiled (into the cities of refuge,) for it is said, INTO A WOOD. What is that wood? A place which the slaine person hath libertie to come into. And so all other the like. Maim. treat of Murder,
Vers. 6. avenger] or, neare kinsman, who is by Num. 35 12.
inflamed with anger, griefe, and desire of revenge; in such heat of minde, the affecti
Vers. 8. all the land] from the river of Egypt, Gen. 15. 18.
Verse 9. this commandement] in Greeke, these
commandements. This condition being legall, and unpossible for man to fulfill, had not therefore the accomplishment outwardly for the inlarging of their coast, or for adding of three cities moe, for ought that is knowne either by the Scriptures, or Iewish records; and is therefore to be referred unto Christ, spiritually. The Iewes themselves referre it unto Christs dayes, but carnally, as after followin his wayes] the Greeke addeth, in all his wayes: the Chaldee, in the wayes that are right before him. adde three cities] of this the Hebrewes say;
Vers. 10. That innocent bloud be not] or, as the And innocent bloud shall not be shed: meaning the bloud of the unwilling man-slayv. 6. and blouds be] that is, the guilt of bloudshed; as the Chaldee expoundeth it, the guilt of the judgement of murder. The Greeke translateth,
Vers. 11. smite him in soule] Greeke, smite his
soule, that is, as the Chaldee saith, kill him: as vers. 6.
Vers. 12. the Elders] in Greeke, the Senate.
thence] from the citie of refuge, yea or from the Altar of the Lord, Exod. 21. 14. for, a man that doth violence to the bloud of any person, shall flee to the pi
28. 17. See more in the annotations on
Vers. 13. put away innocent bloud] that is, as him that shed innocent bloud. and it shall goe well] or, that it may bee well with thee: or, and good shall be unto thee.
Vers. 14. limit] or, bound, border, land-marke:
Iob 24. 2. but greatest in the land of Israel, Gods hoPsal. 78. 54. which was
Num. 26. 53.—56. and figured the spirituall inheritance which the Saints have in the Church, all the limits whereof are of pleasant stones, Esay 54. 12. and whereof Canaan was a type, as is noted on Gen. 12. 5. Therefore aCursed bee he that removeth his neighbours land-marke, (or
Vers. 15. not rise up] or, not stand, not be stablished,
shall not abide (or continue.) The Hebrewes say,
Vers. 16. unrighteous] so the Greeke translateth witnesse of unrighteousnesse (or, of violent wrong, of injuriousnesse.) the Chaldee tranfalse witnesse: So in Exod. 23. 1. to testifie] Hebr. to answer, which is a generall word for all speaking or testifying, as the Chaldee exto testifie: so in v. 18. See Exod. 20. 16. revolt] or apostasie, a falling, or turning away from the Lord, as Deut. 13. 5. The Greeke translateth it impiety.
Vers. 17. both the men] or, the two men, that is, v. 15. and ch. 17. v. 6. before Iehovah] before his Arke or Sanctuary: in the place which he shall chuse: see Deut. 17. 8. 1 King. 8. 31. before the priests] the Greeke version addeth, and before the Priests, and before the Iudges: See Deut. 17. 9.
Vers. 18. make diligent inquisition] or, inquire
well: which the Greeke translateth, acriboos, that is, exactly, exquisitely, or perfectly, as Act. 23. 20. false] the Greeke translateth this as before, unrighteous, or
Vers. 19. thought] or presumed, presumptuously
devised and enterprised: the Greeke translateth, maliciously thought. Of the originall word Zamam, thought, the Hebrewes call the false witnesse Zomem, the
Vers. 20. the residue] that is, all other shall heare and feare. Therefore the Hebrewes say, Proclawrote and sent into every citie, that such and such men witnessed so and so, and were found false, and we killed them, or they were beaten before us, or we set such a fine (or mulct) upon them. Maimony treat. of Witnesses, chap. 18. sect. 17.
Vers. 21. not spare] or, not pittie: of this the Hebrewes hold, that all hurts may be bought out Num. 35. 31. See the Annotations on Exod. 21. 25. soule] or life (to wit, shall goe) for life. See Lev. 24. 17.—20.
1 Israel must net feare the forces of their ene
WHen thou goest out to battell against thine enemies, and seest is with thee, which brought thee up out of the land of Egypt. And it shal this day unto battell against your enemies: Let not your heart be soft, feare not, and hasten not away, is he that goeth with you, to fight for you with your enemies, to save you. And the Officers shall speake unto the is there that hath built a new house, and hath not dedicated it? Let him goe and returne to his house, lest hee die in the battell, and another man dedicate it. And what man is there that hath planted is there that hath is there that is fearefull, and soft-hearted? Let him goe, and returne unto his house, that his bre
When thou commest nigh unto a Citie, to that all the people that is found therein shal be tributaries unto thee, and they shall serve thee. And if it will not make peace with are very farre off from thee, which are not of the Cities of these nations. But of the Cities of these peoples, for an inheritance, thou shalt not save alive any breath. But utterly destroying thou shalt ut
When thou shalt lay siege unto a Citie is the tree of the field a man, to goe in from before thee into the bulwarke? Onely the tree which thou knowest, that it is
WHen thou goest out] This is meant of all but the warres commanded of God; and those were
Vers. 2. the Priest] one that was appointed and Whether it be in warre commanded, or in warre permitted, they appoint a Priest to speake unto the people at the time of the battell, and they anoint him with the anointing oile [mentioned in
Vers. 3. soft] tender, that is, faint and fearefull; dissolved (or faint,) the Chaldee, moved. This softnesse or faintnesse of heart, God threatneth as a plague, Levit. 26. 36. and Iob acknowledged it so, saying, God hath softned my heart, Iob 24. 16. and Rehoboam being
Vers. 5. the Officers] in Greeke, the Scribes: of Deut. 16. 18. and before on vers. 2. What man is there] that is, If any man, or whosoever hath: as in Psal. 34. 13. What man is he? is expounded by the Apostle, He that will, 1 Pet. 3. 10. built a new house] By the Hebrews this Law taketh place, whether he hath built it, or receiued it (by purchase) or it be given unto him for a gift, or it fall unto him by inheritance. But who so buildeth an house, or planteth a vineyard, out of the land (of Israel) he returneth not home for them. Maimony in treat. of Kings,
Vers. 6. planted a vineyard] This also the HeWhether he have planted a vineyard, or planted five trees for meat, of any kinde, or transplanted (that is, removed it from another place,) or grafted it; so that it be bound to that law of uncircumcised fruit, (in Levit. 19. 23.) or that he hath purchased it, or tabeth it by inheritance, or by free gift: (he returneth home.) But if hee hath planted but foure trees for food, or five trees (or moe) that are barren, or hath gotten a vineyard by rapine, hee returneth not home therefore. And so, if a vineyard belong to two partners, they returne not for it. Maimony treat. of Kings,
Vers. 7. betrothed a wife] whether maid, or widow;
Vers. 8. shall speake further] Hebr. shall adde to
speake. See the notes on vers. 2. soft] or tender, that is, faint-hearted: see vers. 3. When Gedeon warred against the Madianites, and made this protwo and twenty thousand, and but ten thousand remained, Iudg. 7. 3. melt not] that is, faint not, or be discouraged; in Greeke, be not made fearefull. An usuall phrase, whereof see Deut. 1. 28. By this, God taught his people to have faith in him, and every man to enChron. 5. 20. the Iewes war against the Israelites, 2 Chron. 12. 12,—18. Iehosaphats warre against the AmChron. 20. and many the like. Of this point the Hebrewes say, that after a man is entered into the warre, hee should stay himselfe upon him that is the Hope of Israel, and his Saviour in time of distresse; and know that for the name of God he maketh warre; and should put his life in his hand, and not be afraid or adread, nor thinke either of his wife, or of his children, but wipe the remembrance of them out of his heart, and turne from every thing, unto the battell. And whosoever beginneth to thinke, and cast doubts in the battell, and maketh himselfe afraid, transgresseth against this prohibition, LET NOT YOVR HEART BE SOFT, &c. And not onely so, but that all the bloud of Israel hangeth on his necke: and if he prevaile not, and make not warre with all his heart and with all his soule, loe he is as he that sheddeth the bloud of all; as it is written, That his brethrens heart melt not, as well as his heart. And behold it is plainly said, (in Ier. 48. 10.) Cursed be he that doth the worke of the Lord deceitfully; and cursed be he that keepeth backe his sword from bloud. But who so sighteth with all his heart, without dread, and his intent is to sanctifie the name (of God) only, trusteth in him that hee shall finde no hurt, and no evill shall come unto him. And he will build him a sure house in Israel, and honour him and his children for ever, and count him worthy of life in the world that is to come; as it is written, (in 1 Sam. 25. 28.) For the LORD will certainly make my lord a sure house, because my lord fighteth the battels of the LORD, and evill hath not beene found in thee from thy dayes; and the soule of my Lord shall be bound in the bundle of life, with the LORD thy God. Maimony treat. of Kings,
Vers. 9. Captaines] or Princes, Rulers. That as for an head] or, in the forefront of the people; Heb. in the head; which may be understood both these wayes, as here, so in 2 Chron. 13. 12. and 20. 27. The Greeke translateth, foreleaders of the people.
Vers. 10. shalt proclaime peace unto it] Hebr. shalt call unto it for peace; whereby may be meant, thou shalt invite (or perswade) it unto peace. The Greeke translateth, shalt call them out with peace; the Chaldee, shalt proclaime thereto words of peace. The Hebrewes say, They must make no warre with any man in the world, untill they proclaime peace unto him, whether it be warre permitted, or warre commanded, Deut. 20. 10. If they make peace, and receive upon them the seven commandements which were given to the sonnes of Noe, [whereof see the notes on
Vers. 11. if it answer] that is, accept of the conAnd if they answer thee peaceable words. tributaries unto thee] Hebr. shall be unto thee to tribute; which the Chaldee expoundeth,
Vers. 12. not make peace] upon the former conif they will not obey
thee.
Vers. 13. shall give it] This may be taken as a promise; or, when hee shall give it, &c. then thou
shalt smi
Vers. 14. eat the spoile] that is, enjoy that which thou hast spoiled. And this is a blessing and comIos. 22. 8. and figured the fruit of the labours which Christ and his peoEsay 53. 12. Luke 11. 22.
Vers. 16. these peoples] the seven nations in the land of Canaan, Deut. 7. 1, 2. unto which the Deut. 25. 19.) the Amalekites; saying,
Vers. 17. utterly destroy] or, destroy as cursed:
Numb. 21. 2. hath commanded thee] in Exod. 34. 11, 12. Deut. 7. 1, 2, 3.
Vers. 19. not destroy the trees] Hebr. not corrupt
marre) a tree: meaning any tree that bare mans meat. The Greeke translateth trees; and the sinGenes. 3. 2. And under the name of
Vers. 20. sub dued] or, come downe: which the Greeke translateth, untill it be delivered.
1 The expiation of murder done by an unknowne person: that the Elders of the next citie should kill an heiffer, and wash their hands over it, so clearing themselves, and asking mercy of God. 10
IF one be found slaine in the land which and it be not knowne who hath smitten him: Then thy are round about him that is slaine. And it shall that the citie which is next unto the slaine are next unto the slaine man, shall wash their hands over the Heiffer that is beheaded in the valley. And they shall answer, and it. Make expiawhich is right in the eyes of Ieho
When thou goest forth to battell against
If a man have two wives, one beloved, and if the first-borne sonne be hers that was hated:
Then it shall be in the day that he maketh which is the first-borne. But the first-born, the sonne is the beginning of his strength, the right of the first birth-right is his.
If a man have a sonne stubborne and reis stubborne and rebellious, he obeyeth not our voice, he is a glutton, and a drunkard. And all the men
And if there be in a man a sinne worthy hee that is hanged is the curse of God; and thou shalt not defile thy land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee for an inheritance.
SLaine] or, Wounded, meaning to death; as the Chaldee translateth, killed: and this Law was to giveth] or, is giving, to wit, shortly. This being a figurative expiation, done by Priests, with the death of an heiffer, &c. sheweth this Law to be peculiar to the common-wealth of Israel: and so the Hebrewes say, The Law for the beheaded heiffer is not to be used but in the land of Israel. Mai
Vers. 2. thy Elders] he saith not the Elders of that citie, as after in vers. 3. (for it is not knowne thy Elders (O Israel) which were of the generall States of the Land. The Hebrewes say, When a slaine man is found fallen on the earth, &c. they leave him in his place, and five Elders come forth from the high Councell that is in Ierusalem, and they measure from him unto the cities that are round about the slaine man. Maim.
Vers. 3. an heiffer] which was by the death of the mens of that citie, saith Maim. ibidem, sect. 2. and an heiffer of the second yeere, or under; but if it were a day older than two yeeres, it was unlawfull, Maim. ibidem, chap. 9. sect. 2. and chap. 10. sect. 2. in the yoke] the same caution was for the red heiffer, Num. 19. 2. see the Annotations there. But why speaketh he of the yoke, after he had said, not wrought with? seeBecause the yoke maketh it disallowable, whether it be in the houre of worke or not. When it hath drawne in the yoke but an hand-bredth, it is unlawfull, though it neither ploughed therewith, nor did any other worke. Maim. ibid. chap. 10. sect. 3.
Vers. 4. a rough valley] or, a strong bourne: the Nachal is both a valley, Gen. 26. 17. 19. and a water-streame running in a valley, Deut. 2. 13. 36. both which we call a bourne. Ethan signistrength, or strong and durable, and is applied sometime to waters, Exod. 14. 27. Psalm. 74. 15. And Nachal Ethan, in Amos 5. 24. is a mightie streame. So here wee may understand this to be not only a valley, but a streame also in it, as the Chaldee version confirmeth: but the Greeke transa rough valley. Maimony in treat. of Murchap. 9. sect. 2. saith, they bring downe the heiffer unto a bourne that floweth strongly, and that is the Ethan spoken of in the Law. shall not be tilled] either at the time when the heiffer is killed, or after.
Vers. 5. the sonnes of Levi] in Greeke, the Levites.
Vers. 6. all the Elders] both the Magistrates then Elders, as appeareth by Iudg. 8. 14. where the Princes and Elders of Succoth, were threescore & seventeen men. So in this case, the HeThe Iudges of that citie, with all the Elders, although they be an hundred, they all wash their hands there, in the place where the heiffers necke is stricken off. Maimony treat. of Murder,
Vers. 7. shall answer] that is, shall speake: for so the word answer is often used for the beginning of Io
or,
Vers. 8. Make expiation] or Make atonement:
be mercifull. Here the Chaldee version addeth, The Priests shall say, Make exptation, &c. and so the Hebrewes explaine it, as is noted on v. 5. hast redeemed] the Greek addeth, out of the land of Egypt. lay not innocent bloud] Hebr. give not, that is, as the Chaldee openeth it, give not the guilt of innocent bloud; in our phrase, lay it not to their charge. The Greeke translateth, that there may not
To
Vers. 9. innocent bloud] that is, the guilt therethe shedder of innocent
according to the former exposition.
〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉
Here beginneth the nine and fortiGen. 6. 9.
Vers. 10. delivered them] Hebr. given (or deli
Vers. 11. in the captivity] that is, amongst the
captives, or prisoners. At any other time, the Hehast a desire] or affectest, settest thy love; as Gen. 34. 8. and wouldest take her] or, and takest her, to wit, by proAnd so a man may lie with an heathen woman, if his concupiscence urge him therto; but he may not lie with her and goe his way, bust must bring her home to his house; and he may not lie with her the second time, untill he have married her. Neither is it lawfull for him to take this beautifull woman, save in the time of captivitie, as it is written; And thou seest in the captivity, &c. Neither is it lawfull to lie with two, for it is said, HER: nor lawfull to take two, and lie with the one, and leave the other for his brother. Maimony tom. 4. treat. of Kings and Warres,
Vers. 12. home to thy house] Hebr. into the midst
of thine house, that is, into it, as this phrase meaneth: See the notes on Gen. 2. 9. she shall shave] the Greeke changeth the person, saying; thou shalt shave: for this being a shame and dishonour unto her, (1 Cor. 11. 6. 15.) it is not likely the woman would willingly doe it, but the man (in whose power she was) must see it done. doe her nailes] or make them, which the Chaldee expoundeth, let them grow: though the phrase may be taken oto pare or cut them, (as in 2 Sam. 19. 24.) and so the Greeke translateth; yet the letting of them grow, seemeth here to be meant, for her more deformity, answerable to the shaving of her head. The Hebrews open it thus; After he hath lien with her once, whiles she is in her paganisme, if she take upon her to come under the wings of Gods Majesty, she is baptised for a Proselyte out of hand: and if she will not, she must remaine in his house thirty daies (Deu. 21. 13.) and she is to let her nailes grow, and shave her head, to the end, that she may be deformed in his eies; and she must be with him in his house, that he may looke upon her and loath her. And he is to perswade with her, that she may receive (the faith:) if she receive it, she is made a Proselyte, and baptised as all strangers, And she must tarry three moneths, one maneth weeping (for her father,) and two moneths after it, and he is to take her with bill of dowry, & mariage. And if he have no delight in her, he is to send her away whither she will, & if he sell her, he transgresseth, &c. (Deut. 21. 14.) If she will not become a Proselyte, they perswade with her 12. moneths. If (yet) she will not, (but) receiveth the 7. commandements which were commanded to the sons of Noe, [whereof see the Annotations on
Vers. 13. raiment] in Greeke, the garments of
her captivity, to wit, those wherein she was taken, and shall put on mourning weeds: which was anremaine] or, sit in thine house, where thou maist behold and observe her carriage. a moneth of daies] that is, thirty daies, an whole moneth. This was in respect of her speciall case forementioned. And whereas the Hebrewes speake of two moneths longer, (as is novers. 12) the reason thereof they elsewhere shew to be in regard of his lying with her, left she should be with childe, that so the seed of Exod. 21. 4. it appeareth that a heathen bond-wo
Vers. 14. If thou have no delight in her] This seehumbled her (as after he speakewhither she will Hebr. to her soule, that is, according to her owne will or desire. The Greek translateth, thou shalt send her away free
that is,
Vers. 15. two wives] which though it was conGen. 2. 22, 23, 24. and was begun by Kains posterity, Gen. 4. 19. yet the corruption being spred over all, and even in the Church, God for a time suffered this untill the time of reformation; but approved not of it, as apMal. 2. 15. Matth. 19. 4, 5. And here provideth by his Law, against troubles and confuand another hated] Hebr. and one hated; but this word one in the latter branch of the sentence, is used for another; and is so explained by the Holy Ghost: as where it is said in Matth. 24. 40. the one shall be taken, and the one left; another Evangelist expresseth it thus, the one shall be taken, and the other le
17. 36. And by
Vers. 16. he maketh his sonnes to inherit] or, divideth
Vers. 17. acknowledge] in Chaldee, separate,
a double p
Hebr.
Vers. 18. stubborne] or perverse, revolting, refractarie,
Vers. 19. and his mother] both of them; so vers. 20. and that gluttony to be eating of flesh onely, and drunkensonne, and not a father. Moreover, that the father and mother must bring this rebellious sonne first to the court of three Iudges, and there complaine of his disobedience; bringing with them two witnesses of his stealth and gluttony: whereupon he is there beaten, as others are for the like crime; and this is that chastening in v. 18. If he fall againe to stealth and riot, his father and molay hold on him, and bring him, and must say, this our sonne, &c. hee obeieth not our voice, &c. These, and the like cautions, are noted by Maimony in treat. of Rebels, chap. 7. and in the Bab. Thalmud. in Sanhedrin, ch. 8. but they have not all of them found ground from the Scripture. Howbeit if any sonne be by any of these exceptirebellious sonne, yet is he under all other punishments which the Mathe gate of his place] that is, the gate of the place where he dwelt, at which gate the MaDeut. 22. 15. and 25. 7. So the Chaldee here translateth, the gate of the judgementhall of his place.
Vers. 20. a glutton] or riotour, devourer: in HeZolel, which hath the signification of vilenesse,
Vers. 21. and he shall die] or, that he die. The He that keepeth the Law, is a wise son; but he that is a companion of gluttons, shameth his father, Prov. 28. 7. all Israel shall heare] The like is spoken of the death of some other notorious malefactors, as
Vers. 22. worthy of death] Hebr. of the judgement
Vers. 23. burying] in Greeke, with buriall thou shall burie him, that is, in any wise burie him. This Ioh. 19. 31, 38, 42. he that is hanged] to wit, on tree, as Gal. 3. 13. This speech, as many other of like sort, is generall; therefore the Greeke transevery one that is hanged on tree; and that inGal. 3. 13. the curse] that is, cursed as the A postle expounGal. 3. 13. And here in the utmost rigour and severity of the Law God fore-signified the riches of his grace towards sinners in Christ, who redeemed us from the curse of the Law, being made a curse for us, as apGal. 3. 13. He was reckoned among the transgressors, Luke 22. 37. and God made him to be sinne for us, who knew no sinne, that wee might be made the righteousnesse of God in him, 2 Cor. 5. 21. The Chaldee translateth,
1 The Law for our brethrens cattell strayed, or things lost. 5 The sex is to be distinguished by appa
THou shalt not see thy brothers oxe be not nigh unto thee, or thou
Thou shalt not see thy brothers asse or his them up with him.
A mans ornament shal not be upon a wothings is an abomination to Iehovah thy God.
If a birds nest chance to be before thee in thy daies.
When thou buildest a new house, then
Thou shalt not sow thy vineyard with di
Thou shalt not plow with an oxe and an
Fringes shalt thou make unto thee, upon thee withall.
If a man take a wife, and goe in unto her, have virginity: Then shall the father of the in the gate. And the faagainst
her occasions of speech, saying, I found not thy daughter to have virginitie; and this is my daughters virginity: and they shall spread the cloth before the Elders of the citie. And the Elders of that citie in an hundred shekels of silver, and give them unto the faand virginitie be
If a man be found lying with a woman to an husband, then they shall die, even both of them; the man that lieth with the woman, and the woman: and thou shalt put away evill from Israel.
If there be a damosel a virgin betrothed to
And if in the field a man doe finde a bethere is in the damosell no sinne of death: for as when a man riseth against his neighbour, and killeth him in soule, so is this matter. For he found her in the field; the betrothed
If a man finde a damosell a virgin, which shekels of silver, and she shall be his to wife, because he hath hum
A man shall not take his fathers wife, nor
THy brothers oxen] yea though it be thine onemies,
Vers. 2. gather it] that is, take it in. into thine
house] Hebr. into the midst of thine house; whereby is meant within the same, as the phrase often sigGenes. 2. 9. But this teacheth a care to keepe it safe. seeke after it] But he that found it, is also to use meanes that the owner may know of it; and the Hebrewes say, He is bound to cry it, and make it knowne, saying, who so hath lost such a kinde of thing, let him come and give the signes of it, and he shall have it. At the first, who so hath found any thing, crieth it three times. After the last time, within seven daies he crieth it the fourth time. If the owner come not, the thing found is to be left with him that found it; and if in all that time it be stollen, or lost, he is bound to make satisfaction; but if it be gone by violence, he is free. For he that keepeth a lost thing, is as he that keepes for hire, &c. [whereof Iee the Annotations on
Vers. 3. every losse] that is, every lost thing: and Hee that seeth the water to overflow, and it commeth to marre his neighbours house, or his field, he is bound to stop the same, &c. Maimony treat. of Robberie and losse, chap. 11. sect. 20. which shall be lost] Hence the Hebrewes observe, that if a man will lose his goods wittingly, men are not bound unto him. As, if he put his beast into a stable which hath no doore, and he tieth it not, and so it goeth away. If he cast his purse into a place common for all, and goeth his way, or any the like, loe he loseth his goods wittingly. And though it be not lawful for him that seeth this thing, to take it for himselfe, he is not bound to bring it againe (to the owner,) for it is said, WHICH SHALL BE LOST, to put a difference from him that loseth wittingly. Maimony ibidem,
Vers. 4. thy brothers asse] in Exod. 23. 5. hee saith, thine haters asse, that men should not thinke these Lawes binde us to doe good unto our friends onely. So our Saviour saith, Love your enemies, doe good to them that hate you. Mat. 5. 44. fallen] that is, lying under his burden, Exod. 23. 5. So lying, Deut. 21. 1. Though here it may be taken more generally. and hide thyselfe] that is, for beare to helpe him up, Exod. 23. 5. listing, &c.] or, raising thou shalt raise them up, that is, helpe to doe it, in any case, though it bee againe and againe. This the Hebrewes understand to be another commandement from that in Exod.
ch they open thus; Who so meeteth with his neighbour in the way, and his beast lying under a bur
Maimony treat. of Murder,
Vers. 5. A mans ornament] or instrument, apparell,
Vers. 6. chance to be] that is, if unawares thou If thou meetest with a birds nest before thy face. or on the ground] or in any other place, as on the water, or the like; for these are put but for an instance, because usually birds nestle either on trees, or on the ground. So the Hebrewes exHe that findeth a nest upon the waters, or on the backe of any living creature, is bound to let the damme goe. The young or the egges are not mentioned,
neither the tree or ground, but that the Scripture speaketh by an instance. Maimony tom. 2. in Shechitah,
Vers. 7. Sending thou shalt send] that is, in any
wise send away (or let goe) the damme. This shewis bound to performe the precept concerning it; and if he performe it not, he is to be beaten. If one come and snatch the damme out of his hand, and send her away, or if she escape away from under his hand against his will, he is to be beaten; for till be send her away of himselfe, he performeth not the precept concerning her. If he take the damme, and clip her wings that she cannot flie, and then send her away, he is to be chastised with stripes; and hee must keepe her by him till her wings be growne, and then send her away. And if she die before, or be lost, he is to be beaten, for he hath not performed the commandement. If he send her away and she come again, he must send her away againe, though it be foure or five times; for it is said, SENDING THOV SHALT SEND HER AWAY. If one say, I will take the damme, and send away the young, he is bound to send away the damme. The, sending away of the damme is not in use, save for cleane birds, &c. Maimony in Shechitah,
Vers. 8. a new house] to wit, a dwelling house; It is commanded to make a battlement for the roofe, if it bee a dwelling house; but a barne, or a stable, or the like, a man is not bound concerning them. Maimony treat, of Murchap. 11. sect. 1. a battlement] in Greeke, a crowne: which was to compasse the roofe of the house round about, to keepe men from falling off. For in Israel the houses had flat roofes, on which men walked, 2 Sam. 11. 2. and from thence they called and spake to the people: whereupon Christ speaketh of preaching, and proclaiming upon the house tops, Matt. 10. 27. Luke 12. 3. The heighth of the battlement might not be lesse than ten hand-bredths [six of which hand-bredths made a cubit] and it was to be strong, that a man might leane thereon, and not fall. Maimony treat. of Murder,
Vers. 9. thy vineyard] nor any other field, Lev.
divers kinds] or mixtures, as wheat and barley together, or the like. See the Annotations on Lev. 19. 19. The Hebrewes divide seeds into three sorts. The first of them is called Tebuah, (Revenue,) and it comprehendeth the five kinds of graine,
Wheat, Rye, Barley, Fox-eare-barley, and Oats. The second of them is called Ketannith (pulse,) and it cōprehendeth all seeds which are eaten of men, besides the Revenue (aforesaid,) as Beanes, Pease, Lentiles, Millet, Rice, &c. and such like. The third of them are called Garden seeds; and they are all other seeds which are not meet for mans meat, but the fruit of the seed is mans meat: as the seed of Onions, and of Garlicke, and of Rapes, and such like. And flax seed is comprehended under the generall of garden seeds. And all these seeds when they are growne up, and all the while the seed is not discerned, are called Herbs. Maimony tom. 3. in Kilajim,
Vers. 10. with an oxe and an asse] the oxe was a asse an uncleane: the Hebrewes understand this law generally; plowing, for all worke; and the oxe and the asse, for all cleane and uncleane beasts together. Whosoever doth worke with two kindes of cattell or beasts together, and the one of them is of a cleane kinde, and the other of an uncleane, loe he is to be beaten in every place, Deut: 22. 10. Whether he plow, or sow, or draw a wagon or a stone with them together, &c. he is to be beaten.
And whether it be oxe and asse, or any two kindes, whereof one is uncleane and the other cleane, either of cattell, as a swire and a sheepe; or of wilde beasts, as a wilde oxe and an elephant; or beasts with cattell, as a dogge with a goat, or the like; for any of these he is by the Law to be beaten. If a wagon be drawne with beasts of divers kindes, he that sitteth on the wagon is to be beaten: and if one sit on the wagon, and another guide it, they are both beaten; yea though they be an hundred that guide it, they are all beaten. It is lawfull to doe worke with a man and a beast together: for the Law saith, WITH AN OXE AND AN ASSE; it saith not, with a man and an asse, or with a man and an oxe. A (cleane) beast that is become polluted (or unfit) for sacrifice, though it bee but one body, yet the Scripture maketh it as two bodies, for that it was holy, and was made as holy and as profane mixt together; and this beast is fonnd as a cleane beast with an uncleane beast mixed in one; as it is said (in Lev. 27. 11.) IF IT BE AN VNCLEANE BEAST, OF WHICH THEY DOE NOT OFFER A SACRIFICE TO THE LORD: wee have beene taught, that this is not spoken but of beasts disabled for sacrifice. Therefore he that ploweth with an oxe disabled for sacrifice is to be beaten as for mixed kindes; but this prohibition is come by tradition. Maimony in Kilajim,
Vers. 11. linsie-wolfie] in Hebrew, Shagnatnez, expounded in Greeke, Kibdela, which signifieth adulterate, or impurely mixed. Moses exwooll and flax together, unto which onely the Hebrewes restraine it, as is more largely noted on Lev. 19. 19. This Law was also figurative: the garments of the Saints are prinPut yee on the Lord Iesus Christ, Rom. 13. 14. he hath given unto his church, that she should be arayed in fine linnen, cleane and bright, which is the righteousnesse of the Saints, Rev. 19. 8. that we may bee found in him, not having our owne justice (or righteof the Law, but that which is through the faith of Christ, the righteousnesse of God by faith, Phil. 3. 9. There are also other vertues and graces of the spirit, wherewith the faithfull are adorned, which are good workes, 1 Tim. 2. 9, 10. 1 Pet. 3. 3, 4. but in the case of our justification before God, these may not be mixed together, for a man is justified by faith, without the deeds of the Law, Rom. 3. 28. Gal. 2. 16. And as by the letter of this Law, in the Hebrewes account, one threed of wooll in a linnen garment, or one linnen threed in a woollen garment, made it unlawfull, (as is noted on Lev. 19. 19.) though linnen or woollen garif it be by grace, the
that is,
Vers. 12. Fringes] in Hebrew Gedilim, which wreathes, in 1 King. 7. 17. and the wreathes spoken of in Exod. 28. 24. and the ropes (or cords) in Iudg. 16. 11, 12. are by the Chaldee translated, Gedilan: and the Greeke here expoundeth it Strepta, that is, wreathes, or cords: for they were twisted threeds or thrumbs, which hung upon their garments. Moses called them before Tsitsith, Num. 15. 38. of the lookes of haire like which they did hang. These are the same, though called here by another name; and the Chaldee translateth both Tsitsith and Geddim, by the word Cruspedin, which is borrowed of the Greeke Craspeda, which name the holy Ghost giFringes, in Matt. 23. 5. where Christ blameth the Pharisees hypocrisie for making their phylacteries broad, and (craspeda) the fringes of their garments large. The making of these by the Iewes, is shewed on Num. 15. 38. &c. Here Moses having repeated the mysteries concerning the Church, in vers. 9. of the ministerie, in vers. 10. and of the doctrine, in vers. 11. addeth to them this law of the fringes, which were signes annexed to the word, and visible tokens, for them to looke upon, and remember all the commandements of the Lord, and doe them, and be holy unto their God, Num. 15. 39, 40. See more in the Annotations on that place.
Vers. 13. take a wife] that is, marrie her: for Matt. 1. 18. 20. And before mariage, the betroThe spouse is to be restrained from her husband, by the doctrine of the Scribes, all the while she is in her fathers house: and he that lieth with his spouse in his father in lawes house, is to bee chastised with stripes. Maimony in treat, of Wives, chap. 10. sect. 1. After in the same place he sheweth the manIoel 2. 16.) and this was the consummation of the mariage. And who so maried a virgin was to reGen. 29. 27. Iudg. 14. 10. 12.) and with a widow three dayes, not doing any worke those dayes, but eating, drinkgoe in] into the chamber, Iudg. 15. 1. and by consequence, lie with her. The Greeke translateth, dwell (or house) together with her: which word the Apostle useth, 1 Pet. 3. 7. hate her] which ought not to be towards any, least of all towards his wife, whom hee ought to love as his owne bodie; for no man ever yet hated his owne flesh, Ephes. 5. 28, 29.
Vers. 14. lay against her] or, put upon her. occasions of speech] or, of words, that is, of evill pretenses of words, that is, pretended words, or pretended matters. So the Greeke translapretended words; they are such as have a copretense for the coveMatt. 23. 14. But pretense and
Vers. 15. the father] to whom the injurie exvers. 21. and to whom the deof the damosell] The word Nagnarah (damosell) is properly a maid mariageable, which of the Hetwelve yeares of age: bea little one or childe; and after also, if she have not signes that she is mariageEzek. 16. 7.] AfNagnarah (adamosell,) till six moneths compleat, and no longer: from that day and forward, she is called
Vers. 17. occasions] or, pretenses; in Greeke, pretended words (or matters) as vers. 14
is] that is, these are the proofes, or the signes, as
Vers. 18. the man] the husband of the damochastise him] in the Chaldee, beat him; which was the next punishment unto death. The HeIf the father bring witnesses, which doe disprove the witnesses which the husband brought, and it be found that they have witnessed a falshood, then they are stoned [to death, according to the law, in Deut. 19. 18, 19.] and he [the husband] is beaten, & amersed in an hundred shekels. And of this it is said (in v. 17.) THESE are
Vers. 19. amerse] or mulct; fine him. hundred
shekels is added both in the Greeke and Chaldee versions, and usually is to be understood when the Hebrew nameth silver only: see the notes on Gen. 20. 16. where also it is shewa shekel was. An hundred shekels was the double dowrie of virgins: see after in vers. 29. unto the father] and if she were fatherlesse, then he gave them unto her selfe, saith Maimony in Nagnachap. 3. sect. 1. a virgin of Israel] in Greeke, a virgin an Israelitesse. Hereupon the Hebrewes say, that if she were an heathen that was become a Proselytesse, or a bondwoman that had her freedome, &c. hee that brought forth an evill name upon her, was free both from the mulct, and from beating. They have also other like exceptions, which seeme not approveable; as, that if she were
Vers. 20. be truth] so proved by certaine eviDeut. 17. 4, 5, 6. For the Hebrewes acknowledge, that those tokens might sometime be wanting in virgins, and yet they not defiled; and therefore the Iudges were to examine, whether her progenitors wanted their fluors, or she herselfe had not had some great sicknesse, or other like accident, whereby those signes might faile. Maimony treat. of Wives chap. 11. sect. 12.
Vers. 21. her fathers house] that where the sinne follie] in Chaldee, ignominie; which was not onely evill in her, but a reproach to her father, and scandall to the whole Church: See the notes on Gen. 34. 7. where this phrase is first used. whoredome in her fathers house] and (as the Hebrewes thinke,) unExod. 22. 16, 17. This which is said (in Deut. 22. 20.) IF THIS WORD BETRVTH, she shall be killed, (is) when she hath committed whoredome after the betrothing before witnesses: but before the betrothing, the Law hath already said of her, that she is free from any thing; and hee that lay with her is bound to make recompense with goods onely, whether he had entised her, or forced her. Maim. in Nagn. bethulah,
Vers. 22. they shall die] in Greeke, yee shall kill
both. The manner of their death was either by stoning, as may be gathered by Ioh. 8. 4, 5. or, as the Hebrewes say, by strangling: see the AnnotatiLevit. 20. 10.
Vers. 23. betrothed] or espoused, which was, by Matt. 1. 18. It might bee done in Israel (as the Hebrewes write) three wayes; by a peece of money, or by a writing, or by copulation. By a peece of money, though it were but a farchap. 3. and 10. and Ios. Karo in Shulehan aruch, treat. or Espousals, chap. 1. in the citie] or towne, or any place of recitie is named for an instance, because therein are store of people.
Vers. 24. she cried not] as is presumed, because Whosoever is lien with in the citie, it is certainly presumed that she was intised, because she cried not out: unlesse witnesses doe testifie that she was forced; as that (the man) drew a sword at her, and said, If thou crie I will kill thee. Maimony in Nagnarah bethulah,
Vers. 25. in the field] or any solitary place, citie, in vers. 23. take strong hold on her] or, as the Greeke translateth, force her.
Vers. 26. thou shalt not] in Greeke, yee shall not,
any thing] Hebr. a word. sinne of death] that is, sinne worthy of death, killeth him in soule] that is, so as that hee taketh away his soule, or life. In Greeke, killeth his soule, this matter] Heb. this word.
Vers. 27. cried out] as is presumed in charitie, vers. 24. Whosoever is lien with in the field, it is certainly presumed that she was forced; and they judge her with the judgement of a woman forced, unlesse witnesses doe testifie that she lay with him willingly. Maimony in Nagnarah bethulah,
Vers. 28. lay hold on her] the Greeke translaforce her. Herein this differeth from the law in Exod. 22. 16, 17. which was for such as consen
Vers. 29. to the damosels father] or, to herselfe, chap. 1. sect. 9. shekels] this word is added in the Chaldee and Greeke, as before in vers. 19. And 50. shekels, as the Hebrewes write, was the least dowrie that virgins might have, and is called in Exod. 22. 17. the dowrie of virgins; and was the weight of fiftie shekels of fine silver. Maimony in Nagnarah, chap. 1. sect. 1. and every shekell weighGen. 20. 16. and these fifty shekels were the mulct for lying
Exod. 22. 16.) paid but three things, the forfeit of 50. shekels, and for her shame, and for her blot. The forfeit, that is alike for all; whether a man lie with the high Priests daughter, or with a strangers daughter, or ba(Exod. 22. 17.) he payeth onely for the shame and blot ch. 2. sect. 1, &c. See also the Annotations on Exod. 21. 19. humbled] or afflicted, that is, defiled her. And hence the Hebrewes gather, that the man was to pay also for her paine, or smart, as is before noted. not send her away] not give her a bill of divorce, as other men might, Deut. 24. 1. See before on vers. 19. Here the Hebrewes say; If the high Priest force a maid, or intice her, he may not marry her, because he is commanded to take a virgin, (Lev. 21. 13.) and at that time when he taketh this woman, she is not a virgin: and if he doe take her, she is to goe out againe by bill (of divorce.) If (another man) transgresse, and send her away, they compell him to take her againe, and he is not beaten: but if the diuorced woman dye, or be betrothed to another, before he take her againe; or if it were a Priest, that might not take a divorced woman, (Lev. 21. 7.) such a one is to be beaten, because he transgresseth against a prohibition [HE MAY NOT SEND HER AWAY] and he cannot fulfill the commandement concerning her, SHE SHALL BE HIS TO WIFE. Maim. in Nagn.
Vers. 30. not take] to wife, much lesse abuse by Lev. 18. See the Annotations there. his fathers skirt] in Greeke, his fathers covering: So in Deut. 27. 20. where a curse is upon him that doth this. It meaneth the skirt or covering which his father onely might uncover, and not he. In Levit. 18. 7. it is called his fathers nakednesse, in like sense.
HEe that is wounded in the stones, or his privie member cut off, shall not enter into the Church of Iehovah.
A bastard shall not enter into the Church to his tenth generation, hee shall not enter into the Church of Ieho
An Ammonite or a Moabite shall not ento their tenth generation, hee shall not enter into the Church of Iehovah for ever. Because
Thou shalt not abhorre an Edomite, beis thy brother; thou shalt not abin the third generation, any of them shall enter into the Church of Ieho
When the campe goeth forth against reason of an accident in the night, then shall hee goe forth out of the campe, hee shall not come in within the campe. But it shall be at the looking him-selfe in water: and when the Sunne is gone downe, hee shall come in within the campe.
And thou shalt have a place without the up thine enemies before thee, therefore thy campe shall be holy, that hee see not in thee the uncleannesse of any thing, and turne away from after thee.
Thou shalt not deliver up a servant unit is good for him: thou shalt not vexe him.
are abo
Thou shalt not lend upon biting-usurie unto thy brother, usurie of mony, usurie of art going in to possesse it.
When thou shalt vow a vow unto Iehooffering which thou hast spoken with thy mouth.
When thou commest into thy neighbours (desireth) thy fill, but into thy vessell thou shalt not put any.
When thou commest into the standing
WOunded in the stones] or, wounded in any of his stones; for the word is singular, and bruising or crushing, applied here to the wounding of a man in his secret parts, which might be done either with beating and bruising, or with cutting of the sinewes, or whole member, or part thereof. The Greeke translateth it Thladias, which signifieth one that hath his stones broken, or is gelded. This law the HeIf the stones be cut off, or one of them, or if one of them be wounded, &c the man is not allowable [to enter into the Church of the Lord.]
Vers. 2. Abastard] in Hebrew Mamzer, which Of an whore: in Zach. 9. 6. the Greeke hath Allogenes, an
Vers. 3. An Ammonite, or a Moabite] For their Ruth the MoaBoaz, Ruth 4. Their words are; All heathens whosoever, when they are become Proselytes, and have taken upon them all the commandements which are in the Law; likewise servants when they are made free, loe they are as Israelites in all respects, Num. 15. 15. and it is lawfull for them to come into the Church of the LORD, out of hand. And the Proselyte or free man may marry a daughter of Israel; and the Israelite may marry her that is a Proselyte, or made free; except of foure peoples onely, which are Ammon, and Moab, and Edom, and Egypt: for these peoples, when any of them becommeth a Proselyte, hee is as an Israelite in all respects, save in the case of entring into the congregation. The Ammonite and the Moabite are forbidden for ever, the males, but not the females, Deut. 23. 3. We have it as a tradition of Moses from mount Sinai, that the Ammonite is the male, and the Moabite is the male, which is forbiddē for ever to marry a daughter of Israel, though it be his sons sonne, to the worlds end. But an Ammonitesse, and a Moabitesse are lawfull out of hand, as the other peoples. Maim. in Issure biah,
Ver. 4. they met you not] this sinne was common Mat. 25. 42,—46. The contramet Abraham with bread & wine, as he returned from the slaughGen. 14 18, &c. Heb. 7. 1. be hired] that is, the Moabite hired. The history hereNumb. 22, &c.
Vers. 6. not seeke their peace] the like is spoken Ezr. 9. 11. 12. This is not meant of revenge in malice, which is unlawfull, Rom. 12. 17 19. or that they should not procure the salvaTim. 2. 4. but respecteth the matter in hand, and those peoples in their infideliDeut. 20. 10. about offering peace when in lawful warre they came to besiege their cities. Ammon and Moab, we send not unto them (proclamation) of peace, Deu. 23. 6. Our wise men have said, for asmuch as it is written, PROCLAIME PEACE VNTO IT, Deut. 20. 10. if any should thinke the like for Ammon and Moab, he saith, Thou shalt not seeke their peace. And whereas it is written, HE SHALL DWELL WITH THEE, &c. WHERE IT IS GOOD FOR HIM, Deut. 23. 16. if any should suppose the like for Ammon and Moab, he sa
Maimony tom. 4. treat. of Kings,
Vers. 7. an Edomite] or, Idumean, as the Greeke Marke 3. 8. Edoms land is called Idumea: the Hebrew here writeth it
Adomite, as also in Psal. 52. 2. it meaneth the poGen. 25. 25,—30. thy brother] the neerest kinne to IsNum. 20. 14. Obad. 10. 12. Amos 1. 11. for which alliance in nature, though they were enemies, (Num. 20. 18, 21.) yet God would have his people to retaine loving and natua stranger] or sojourner: although the Egyptians turned to hate Gods people, and to oppresse them,
Vers. 8. the third generation] to wit, after they An Egyptian and Edomite, whether males or females, the first generation, and the second, are unlawfull to enter into Israel, but the third generation may. An Egyptian woman that is with childe when she becommeth a Proselyte, her sonne is the second (generation.) Maimony in Issure biah, chap. 12. sect. 19, 20. As for other nations, it is before shewed, that they receiving the religion of Israel, might enter into the congreWho so becommeth a Proselyte of the seven peoples (of the Canaanites,) he is not forbidden by the Law to enter into the congregation. And it is a knowne thing, that none of them become Proselytes, save the Gibeonites, (Ios. 9.) and Iosua decreed concerning them, that it should be unlawfull for them to enter into the congregation, either men or women. But he for bade them not, save so long as there was a Sanctuary, (Ios. 9. 23.) And they were called Nethinims, because he gave them for the service of the Sanctuary. Then came David and decreed against them that they should not come into the congregation for ever, no not in the time when there is no sanctuary. And so it is expressed in Ezra, And of the Nethinims, whom David and the Princes had given for the service of the Levites, (Ezra 8. 20.) Loe, thou maist see they depended not on the Sanctuary. And why did he and his Councell decree this against them? Because hee saw the hardnesse and cruelty that was in them, at the time when they required that seven of the sonnes of Saul, the chosen of the Lord, should be hanged and killed, and they had no compassion on them, (2 Sam. 21. 6. 9.) When Senacharib King of Assyria came up, (2 King. 18. 13, 34, 35.) hee confounded all the peoples, and mixed them one with another, and carried them captives out of their places. So these Egyptians, which are now in the land of Egypt, are other men: and so the Edomites that dwell in the field of Edom. And for asmuch as these foure Nations which be forbidden, are commixed with all nations of the world which are lawfull all are lawfull. So that whosoever separateth from them, and becommeth a Proselyte at this time in any place, be he an Edomite, or an Egyptian, or Ammonite, or Moabite, or Ethiopian, or of any other people, whether they bee men or women, it is lawfull for them to enter into the Church out of hand. Maim. in Issure biah,
Vers. 9. the campe] or the host, an army of soulNum. 5. 2, 3. so every campe or army sent forth to warre at any time, should also have care of holikeepe thee] or, beware, take heed. evill thing] Hebr. evill word, that is, all uncleanLuk. 3. 14.) or figuratiue, as some specials here follow.
Vers. 10. an accident] to wit, of uncleannesse, an issue; of which, and the pollution by the same, see Levit. 15. with the Annotations. out of the campe] or, unto (a place) without the camp, where all uncleane persons were to remaine, Num. 5. 3.
Vers. 11. at the looking forth of the evening]
towards evening; the Chaldee, at the time of the evening: See this phrase in Gen. 24. 63. and Exod. 14. 27. bathe] in Greeke, wash his body, as all such uncleane perLev. 15. figuring our sanctificaHeb. 10. 22. gone downe] Heb. gone in, that is, when the day of his uncleannesse is at an end: for the day ended at Sun setting.
Vers. 12. thou shalt have] or, there shall bee to
thee, to wit, by publique designation. a place] Heb. a hand, that is, as the Greeke hath it, a place; in Chaldee, a place appointed (or prepared.) So the Hebrewes say, It is unlawfull to turne aside within the campe, or in the open field in any place; but it is commanded to appoint there a way peculiar for (men) to turne aside therein. Maimony treat, of Kings,
Vers. 13. a paddle] an instrument of iron, to dig Pattalos or Passalos, whereby the Hebrew Iathed is translated here. upon thy weapon] or, among thine armour: in Greeke, upon thy girdle. that which commeth from thee] thine excrements; in Greeke, thy shame (or unseemelinesse.) These by the Law are counted uncleane, (as almost all the oEzek. 4. 12, 13, 14. and figured the corruption of nature, Esay 4. 4. Marke 7. 15. 20,—23.
Vers. 14. walketh] the Chaldee addeth, his divine presence walketh. before thee] the Greeke
Vers. 15. not deliver up] Hebr. not shut up (or close) as Deut. 32. 30. meaning, shut up into the
hand, as is expressed in Psal. 31. 9. that is, delivered, as the Greeke and Chaldee here translate it.
Vers. 16. in the midst of thee] the Greeke transamong you shall he dwell. By the Hebrewes, if a man sold his servant to the heathens, he was to be compelled to redeeme him againe, and to let him goe out free. If a man sold his servant out of the land, he was to be set free. Maim. treat. of Serchap. 8. sect. 1. 6. in one of thy gates] that is, as the Chaldee translateth, in one (or any) of thy cities: which figured the Churches of Christ, Psal. 69. 36. wherein they that are escaped from the servitude of sinne, should remaine, Act. 2. 47. good for him] or, good unto him, that is, where it liketh him best; as the Greeke translateth, where it pleaseth him, and where may be most for his benenot vex him] or oppresse; in Greeke, afflict him. This law was for all strangers, Exod. 22. 21. and forbiddeth all manner vexation in word or worke. The Hebrewes say, the Scripture addeth this admonition concerning him, because hee is of a more humble spirit than (another) stranger: and who so vexeth this stranger, transgresseth against three prohibitions; Yee shall not vex any man his neighbour, Lev. 27. 17. and, A stranger thou shalt not vex, Exod. 22. 21, and, Thou soalt not vex him, Deut. 23. 16. he transgresseth also against this, Neither shalt thou oppresse him, Exod. 22. 21. And hee is not to be vexed, no not with words. Maimony treat. of Servants,
Vers. 17. a where] or common where, fornicatresse,
Vers. 18. the hire] or, the reward, wages: the Ethnan is usually an whores hire, as may be seene in Ezek. 16. 31, 33, 34. Hos. 2. 12.
Mich. 1. 7. an whore] in Hebrew Zonah; which seemeth to be the same with
Vers. 19: not lend upon biting usurie] Hebr. not
cause to bite; which meaneth, as the Greeke and Chaldee both interpret it, not lend upon biting usurie (or
Vers. 20. a stranger] or alien, in the Chaldee, a
sonne of the peoples, meaning a Gentile, an infidell: for to the strangers which were brethren in the faith, they might not lend upon usurie, Levit. 25. 35, 36, 37. maist lend] or shalt lend upon usurie; Hebr. shalt cause to bite, to wit, if thou wilt; so it may be taken for a permission, like the bill of divorce. But the Hebrewes undercommandement, not a permission onely; (Maimony tom. 4. treat. of the Lender and Borrower, chap. 5. sect. 1) As if God would by this cut off occasions of familiarity with Infidels, lest Israel by much dealing with them, should learne their waies. Howbeit, our Saviour (by the example of God himselfe,) teacheth us to be loving and bountifull unto all, both good and bad, Matt. 5. 44,—48. Luke 6. 35, 36. Spiritually this shewed the use of the Law, which as an hard creditour exaTi
7.
Vers. 21. a vow] the law whereof, see in Levit.
Num. 30. And whether it were a thing promised unto God, or to be given to the poore, it was a vow. not delay] that is, not faile, either altogether, or by deferring the time of paiment: see the notes on Exod. 22. 29. Wherefore if a man have absolutely vowed a thing to the Lord, (seeing no man hath assurance that his life shall continue, Iam. 4. 13, 14.) he must with all speed performe it, lest death prevent him. So the Hebrewes say; He that saith, I will not depart out of the world untill I be a Nazirite; loe, hee is a Nazirite out of hand, lest hee die by and by. And if hee deferre his Naziriteship, he transgresseth, &c. Maimony tom. 3. treat. of Nazirites,
Vers. 22. shalt forbeare] or cease, refuse: the If thou wilt not vow. So before they promised, it was in their owne power, as in Ananias case, Act. 5. 4. Howbeit, when duty bindeth us to shew thankfulnesse unto God for his mercies, we are willed to vow and to pay, Psal. 76. 12. The Hebrewes say, Although sanctified things, and things devote, and valuations be commanded, and it is meet for a man to exercise himselfe in these things, for to suppresse his concupisence, and that he be not niggardly, but may fulfill that which is commanded by the Prophet, HONOVR THE LORD WITH THY SVBSTANCE, (Prov. 3. 9.) yet notwithstanding, if hee doe never sanctifie or devote, there is not any thing in it; for loe the Law testifieth and saith; But if thou shalt forbeare Maimony treat. of Valuations and Devote things,
Vers. 23. That which is gone out] that is, thy all that proceedeth out of the mo
8. 3. is expounded,
Vers. 24. When thou commest] the Chaldee transwhen thou art hired: and of such doe the Hebrewes understand this Law, that labourers hiWho planteth a vineyard, and eateth not of the fruit thereof: or, who feedeth a flocke, and eateth not of the milke of the slocke? 1 Cor. 9. 7. Whereby not the owners onely, but the labourers also are intended. This and the like law following, seemeth to extend also to such as ocMatt. 12. 1. vineyard] and by proportiLabourers which doe worke upon any thing that groweth out of the earth, &c. the housholder is commanded to let them eat of that which they are a working upon, Deut. 23. v. 23, 24. which law wee have beene taught, that it is not written of any thing but concerning the hired (labourer.) And if he did not hire him, how was it permitted him to come into his neighbours vineyard, or standing-corne, without his knowledge? But thus he saith; When thou shalt come, by the owners leave, to labour, thou shalt eat. Maimony tom. 4. treat. of hired things,
Vers. 25. with thine hand] to wit, for to eat, vers. 24. as did Christs Disciples, Matt. 12. 1. upon When thou art hired into thy neighbours standing corne, then thou maist plucke, &c. Which though the meaning bee good, (for even the beasts were by Gods Law to eat of that whereon they laboured, Deut. 25. 4.) yet the extent hereof seemeth to reach further, even to all such as came in occasionally, and had a desire or need to taste of the fruits. not move a sickle] namely, for to cut downe for thine owne eating, or for to carry away with thee, as v. 24. God, whose the earth is, and the plenty therePsal. 24. 1. and whose the land of Canaan was in speciall, Levit. 25. 23. who reserved the first-fruits, tithes, corners, gleanings, &c. for himselfe, his priests, and the poore of his people, Num. 18. Deut. 24. 19,—21. would have the fruits in some sort common for the necessities of all men, especiCor. 10. 14,—16. 1 Cor. 9. 7, 9, 10,—14. Rom. 15. 20.
1 Of divorce. 5 A new married man goeth not to warre. 6 10 Of pledges. 7 Of man-stealers. 8 Of leprosie. 14 The hire to bee given in due time. 16 Of justice. 19 The forgotten sheafe is for the poore. 20 And the gleanings of the fruits to bee left for them.
WHen a man hath taken a wife, it in her hand, and send her away out of his house: And shee it in her hand, and send her away out of his house; or if the latter man die, which tooke her to him to wife: Her first husband which sent is abomination before Iefor an inheritance.
When a man hath taken a new wife, hee
(A man) shall not take to pledge the nea
If a man bee taken stealing a soule of his
Take thou heed in the plague of leprofie,
When thou lendest thy neighbour the loane be a poore man, thou
Thou shalt not fraudulently oppresse an servant that is poore and needy, of thy brethren, or of thy stranger which is in thy land, within thy gates. In his day thou shalt is poore, and unto it hee lif
The father shall not be put to death for the every man in his owne sin. Thou shalt not wrest the judgment of the stranger, nor
BEene her husband] that is, done an husbands dwelt together with her. So Deut. 21. 13. For his mariage is signified by the former phrase, taken a wife, as is noted on Deut. 22. 13. grace] ofavour in his eies; in Greeke, grace before him. that is, if he like her not. matter of nakednesse] or, the nakednesse of any thing, that is, the discoveany thing of nakednesse, that is, of shame and ignominy; as the Greeke translateth, a shamefull (or
IN such a day of the weeke, in such or such a day of the moneth N. in such or such a yeere from the creation (of the world,) or from the supputation (of Alexander) after the account which wee are wont to count by, here in the place N. IN. the sonne of N. of the place N. (or if there be any other name or surname which I have, or my fathers have had, or (which) my place hath, or my fathers place have had) have voluntarily, with the willingnesse of my soule, without constraint, both dismissed, and left, and put away thee, even thee N. the daughter of N. of the city N. (or if thou hast any other name or surname, thou, or thy fathers, or thy place, or thy fathers place) which hast beene my wife heretofore, but now I dismisse thee, and leave thee, and put thee away, that thou maiest be free, and have power over thine owne soule, to goe away, to bee married to any man whom thou wilt; and that no man be refused of thine hand, for my name, from this day and for ever. And thus thou art lawfull for any man; and this is unto thee from mee a
N. sonne of N. Witnesse. N. sonne of N. Witnesse.
Vers. 2. be another mans] or, be to another man:
Deut. 22. 23, 24. So the Hebrewes say; Hee that putteth away his wife, and she is betrothed to another, although she bee not married to him, shee is unlawfull for the first (husband.) And if the first doe returne and marry her, he is to be beaten, and to bee compelled to put her out, Deut. 24. 4. Maimony in Divorces, chap. 11. sect. 12. Shee might also become another mans by fornication, though she married not, Ier. 3. 1. yet the phrase often implieth the state of mariage, Rom. 7. 3, 4. unto which sense the Hebrewes restraine it here.
Vers. 3. And the latter] understand from the And if the latter man hate, and if hee write her a bill, &c. for these are but suppositions, and bare permissions, not commandements which God would have done, as is before noted.
Vers. 4. may not returne] or, cannot, it is not Mal. 2 16. For, Whosoever shall put away his wife, saving for the cause of fornication, causeth her to commit adultery, [and if he marry another, he committeth adultery,] and whosoever shall marrie her that is divorced, committeth adulterie, Matt. 5. 32. and 19. 9.
Vers. 5. in the armie] unto the war, as the Greeke Deut. 20. a law was given for such as were betrothed and not married, had planted vineyards, or built houses, and not eaten of, or dwelt in them; the Hebrewes understand those two also in this law, saying, Hee that hath builded a house, and dedicated it, and he that maried his betrothed wife, or his brothers wife (Deut. 25. 6.) and hee that hath made his vineyard common, these goe not out to war till the yeare be ended. Maimony tom. 4. treat of Kings,
Vers. 6. (A man) shall not take] Hebr. He shall not
take: this is to be understood of any man: thereThou shalt not take, speaking to every man, as after Moses also speaketh in vers. 17. nether milstone] elsewhere this word Rechajim signifieth both milstones, or the mill in ge
Vers. 7. a soule] that is, any person, man, woof Israel] This the Hebrewes take as a limitation to Israel and the Proselytes thereof: and for stealing Infidels, they hold hee was but to make restitution. Maim. tom. 4. treat. of Theft, chap. 2. sect. 1. and chap. 9. sect. 6. maketh gaine or, serveth himselfe; the Greeke transand bringing him under his power, selleth him. See this word used in Deut. 21. 14. and selleth him] The Hebrewes joyne this to the former, without which they thinke the theefe was not to dye. A theefe is not guilty of death, untill hee steale an Israelite, and get him into his power, and serveth himselfe of him, and selleth him to others, Deut. 24. 7. If he steale him, and serve himselfe with him, and doe not sell him, or doe sell him before he hath served himselfe by him, he is free (from death) Maim. treat. of Theft, ch. 9. sect. 2, 3. Others thinke that if he either served himselfe with him, or sold him, hee was to dye: and this may well bee the meaning of the Law; for and often signifieth or, as is noted on Gen. 13. 8. and 19. 12. shall dye] as the Hestrangled to death. Maim. ibid. ch. 9. sect. 1.
Vers. 8. plague of leprosie] which might bee on Levit. 13 and 14 Chapters. all that the Priests] the Greeke translateth, all the Law that the Priests the Levites shall shew unto you. This is a warning to Israel, that if any man had the Leprosie, or a sore like the LeHee that plucketh off the signes of uncleannesse, either all or some of them, or seareth the living (raw) flesh, all, or some of it, or cutteth all the sor
25. 8.) Maimony tom. 3. treat. of Leprosie,
Vers. 9. unto Marie] in Hebrew Mirjam, in Mariam; shee was the sister of Moses and Aaron, a Prophetesse in Israel, who for speaking against Moses, was smitten of God with Leprosie, Numb. 12. whose example is for a warning to all, that they should not sinne as shee did, lest God plague them also: and that the justice of the Law should bee executed upon all Lepers, without reCor. 10. 6,—11. and so Christ saith, Remember Lots wife, Luk. 17. 32.
Vers. 10. when thou lendest] or, when thou shalt
exact of thy neighbour the exaction of any thing, that is, any debt: which if it were with rigour, or of a poore man that had not to pay, was unlawfull. See the notes on Exod. 22. 25. The Greeke transIf there be a debt in thy neighbour, (that is, if he be indebted to thee) what debt soever. See the notes on Deut. 15. 2. thou shalt not goe in] This is spoken to the creditor, and (as the Hebrews say) to the messenger of the Magistrate sent to take a pawne. He that lendeth to his neighbour poore or rich, may not take a pawne of him, but by the Synedrion, [that is, by authority of the Magistrate:] and though it bee the messenger of the Synedrion that commeth for a pawne, he may not come into his house and take his pawne, but must stand without, and the borrower is to bring out a pawne unto him, Deut. 24. 10. If it be so, what (difference) is there betweene the crediter, and the messenger of the Synedrion? The messenger of the court, he may take the pawne out of the hand of the borrower by force, and give it the lender: but the creditor may not take the pawne, till the borrower give it him with consent. If the creditor transgresse, and goe into the borrowers house for his pawne, or snatcheth a pawne cut of his hand by force, hee is not to bee beaten, because the act is broken off, for he must restore the pawne, Deut. 24. 13. If he keepe not this Maimon.
Vers. 12. not lie downe] to sleepe; not goe to They lay themselves downe upon clothes laid to pledge, by every altar, Amos 2. 8. But hereby not onely the use of the poore mans pawne, but the keewith his pawne, that is, and his pawne by thee (or in thy custody) Maimony in Lender and Borrower, c. 3. s. 5.
Vers. 13. when the Sun] or, as the Greeke transabout the going downe of the Sunne: in Exod. 22. 26. it is said, before the Sunne goeth downe; see the Annotations there, where is shewed, that every pawne is to bee restored when the poore man hath need of it, by night or by day. If the pawne must thus be restored when he hath need, what booteth it to take the pawne? The Hebrewes answer, that by this meanes the debt is not released in the seventh yeere, (which the Law biddeth, Deut. 15. 1, 2, 3.) and if the borrower die, his moveables are not made his childrens, but paiment is made by the pawne after his death. Maimony ibid. chap. 3. sect. 5. justice] in Greeke,
Vers. 14. not fraudulently oppresse] or, not defraud:
Thou shalt not fraudulently keepe backe the hire of the poore, &c. which word the Apostle useth in like Behold the hire of the labourers, &c. which is by you fraudulently kept backe, crieth, &c. Iam. 5. 4. and among the oMark. 10. 19. See also Levit. 19. 13. thy gates] that is, as the Greeke and Chaldee transthy cities.
Vers. 15. In his day] in Greeke, The same day,
Day, is used for all time. his hire] or, his wages, whether for his owne labour, or for his beasts, or other things. So the Hebrewes explaine it, Whether it bee the hire of man, or the hire of beasts, or the hire of instruments, hee is bound to give it in his time: and if hee keepe it after the time, he transgresseth against a prohibition. Maimony tom. 4. treat. of Hiring;
Vers. 16. for the children] Hebr. for the sonnes.
slew his servants which had slaine the king his father, but the sonnes of them that slew him he put not to death, according to this law of Moses, 2 Kin. 14. 5, 6. 2 Chron. 25. 4. And God himselfe proThe sonne shall not beare the iniquity (that is, the punishment) of the father, neither shall the father beare the iniquity of the sonne, &c. the wickednesse of the wicked shall bee upon him, Ezek. 18. 20. The Chaldee Paraphrast here transby the mouth of the sons; and so after, by the mouth of the fathers; meaning that they should not die by their testimony. And so the Hebrewes gaNeere kinsfolke are not fit to be witnesses by the Law, as it is written, The fathers shall not be put to death for the sonnes, &c. Wee have beene taught, that in this generall prohibition is comprised, that the fathers be not put to death by the
Maimony tom. 4. treat. of witnesses.
Vers. 17. not wrest] or, not pervent, decline, or turne a side. This is forbidden in all judgment geneExod. 23. 2. Deut. 16. 19. specially concerposre, Exod. 23. 6. more specially here concerning the stranger and fatherlesse: against such as thus wrest judgment, the Lord will come neere to judgment, and be a swift witnesse against them, Mal. 3. 5. The Hebrewes say, Whosoever wresteth the judgment of any one of Israel, transgresseth against one prohibition, viz. Yee shall not doe unrighteousnesse in judgment, Levit. 19. 15. And if it bee of a stranger, hee transgresseth against two prohibitions, Deut. 24. 17. and if it be of the fatherlesse, hee transgresseth against three prohibitions, Deut. 24. 17. Maimony in Sanhedrin,
Vers. 19. reapest thine harvest] This is an addition Lev. 19. 9. there, a corner of the field, and the gleanings were commanded to be left for the poore; and here the forgotten sheafe. These three were due to the poore out of every corne-field in Israel. And the Hebrewes say, this law of the forLevit. 19. 10. hast forgot] This the Hebrewes understand as spoken both to the owner, and to his labourers; that it is not a forgotten sheafe till all have forgotten it. But so as that
Vers. 20. beatest] that is, as the Greeke translagatherest the olives. The same is to be undernot goe over the boughs] in Greeke, thou shalt not returne to gather the (olives) after thee: in Chaldee, thou shalt not take away after thee. It is the same law for trees, which was before for corne, that what was forgotten or past over at first, should not after be gathered, but left for the poore. As that which is forgotten in the revenues of the field, and the like, so that which is forgotten in all trees (is for the poore) as Deut. 24. 20. When thou beatest thine olive tree, &c. And the same law is for other trees. So there are two gifts for the poore from the trees, that which is forgotten, and the corner, Levit. 19. Maimony in Mattanoth gnanijim, chap. 1. sect. 6, 7.
Vers. 21. not gather the single grapes] or, not gleane, and properly the grapes which grow not Levit. 19. 10. which law is here repeated: and by saying, after thee, hee seemeth to teach the same for the vine, which hee taught for the corne and other trees, that all forgotfoure gifts for the poore in the vineyard; the grapes that are broken off, and the single grapes, and the corner, and that which is forgotten. Maim. in Mattanoth gnan. ch. 1. s. 7.
1 God commandeth just judgment towards all. 2 To beat such as deserve it, but not with moe than forty stripes. 4 Not to mousell the Oxe when he trea
IF there be a controversie betweene men,
And it shall be, if the wicked he worthy to (stripes) hee may smite him; hee shall moe, lest if hee adde to smite him a
Thou shalt not mousell the Oxe when hee the corne.
If brethren dwell together, and one of them to one without, to a man that is a stranger, her husbands brother shall goe in unto her, and take her to him to wife, and do the duty of an husbands brother unto her. And it shall bee, that the first-borne which she is dead, that his name be not blotif he stand and say, I like not to take her; Then
When men strive together, a man and his brother, and the wife of the one draweth neere
Thou shalt not have in thy bag a stone and a stone, a great and a small. Thou shalt not hee is an abominato Iehovah thy God, whosoever doth these things, whosoever doth unrighte
Remember that which Amalek did unto were feeble behind thee, and thou wast faint and weary; and hee feared not God. Therefore for an inheritance to possesse it, thou shalt blot out the remembrance of Amalek from under the heavens: thou shalt not forget it.
A
or
Vers. 2. worthy to be beaten] Hebr. a son of beating,
Vers. 3. Forty stripes] this number, forty the Deut. 9. 9, 18. Elias faKing. 19. 8. and our Saviour, Matth. 4. 2. Forty yeares Israel was afflicted in the wildernesse forNumb. 14. 33, 34. and forty yeares Egypt was desolate for trecherous dealing with Israel, Ezik. 29. 11, 12, 13. Forty daies every woman was in purification from her uncleannesse, for a man-childe that shee bare, and twise forty daies for a woman-childe, Levit. 12. 4. 5. Forty daies and forty nights it rained at Noes flood, Gen. 7. 12. Forty daies did Ezekiel beare the iniquity of the house of Iudah, Ezek. 4. 6. Ioyet forty daies and Nimveh shall bee over throwne ▪ Ion. 3. 4. Forty yeares space the Ca
Vers. 4. the oxe] or the asse, or any other beast: oxe is named but for an instance. And if the beast may not bee mouseled, that is, have his mouth tied up (as the Chaldee translateth) but is to eat of that wherein he worketh, how much more men. Hereupon the Apostle saith, Doth God take care for Oxen? or saith hee it altogether for our sakes? For our sakes no doubt this is written, that he that ploweth should plow in hope; and hee that thresheth in hope, should be partaker of his hope, 1 Cor. 9. 9, 10. See also the notes on Deutero. 22. 10. when hee treadeth] or, in his treading or threshing: which the Greeke (followed also by the Apostle) translateth, treading or threshing. They used in Israel to thresh their corne, not onely with flaile as wee doe, but with the seet of beasts they trod it out, Hos. 10. 11. and sometime with Cart-wheeles, as Esay 28. 27, 28. So they were wont in other nations, as the Romans did beat out their corne with staves, or tread it out with cattell. Columel. de re rust. lib. 2. cap. 21. Spiritually this signified the labour of the Ministers of the Word, preparing the bread of life for the soule, as the Apostle sheweth, saying, Let the elders that rule well bee counted worthy of double honour, especially they who labour in the word and doctrine: for the Scripture saith, Thou shalt not mousell the oxe that treadeth out the corne, 1 Tim. 5. 17, 18. and to this the Proverbe agreeth,
Vers. 5. If brethren dwell together] This Law is first to bee understood of naturall and next brebrethren,) is to doe the duty here required, as the example of Booz and Ruth sheweth, Ruth 3. and 4. chap. And their dwelling together seemeth to denote their single state of life, whilest they abode in their faEr, Onan, and Selah, in Iudahs family, where before Moses time this Law was practised, Gen. 38. 7. &c. One of them dye] One is often used for the first, as in Gen. 1. 5. and 8. 5. So some understand this Law to be for the first-borne of the brethren onely: others take it generally for any one of them; and thus the Hebrewes take it in the largest sense. It is commanded by the Law, that a man should take the wife of his brother by the fathers side, whether of such as bee maried or betrothed, if hee dye without seed, Deut 25. 5. Brethren by the mothers side (only) are not counted for brethren, in the case of inheritance, or of taking the brothers wife, and putting off (the shooe) but are as if they mere none: for there is no brotherhood but by the fathers side. Strangers that are become Proselytes, and servants which have their freedome, have no brotherhood at all, but are as strangers one to another, &c. Maimony tom. 2. in Iibbum (or treat. of taking the Brothers wise)
Vers. 6. stand up in the name of his brother] that hee know that the seed should not be his, Gen. 38. 9. Thus Obed, whom Boaz begat of Ruth, is said to bee the sonne of Naomi, Ruth 4. 17. And as hee did this for his dead brother, so by the Hebrewes, Who so maried his brothers wife, hee was the heire of all his brothers goods. Maimony tom. 4. treat. of Inhechap. 3. sect. 7. his name be not blotted but] or, not wiped out; for that was an heavie judgDeut. 9. 14. and 29. 20. Psal. 109. 13. Therefore to comfort the godly Eunuchs, the Lord promiseth to give them a name better than of sonnes and of daughters, Esay 56. 5. And this shewto the living, and to the dead, as Ruth 2. 20. that widowes should not be left comfortlesse, and that families should not be cut off from their inheritances in Canaan, (which were figures of a better and heaGen. 12. 5.) but that the name of the dead might be raised up upon their inheritances, Ruth 4. 5, 10. And as Christ himselfe came according to the flesh, after this manHos. 2. who bare him no children by the Law, Rom. 7. and 10. and 11. But the Apostles (his brethren, Iohn 20. 17.) by the immortall seed of the Gospell, begat chilCor. 4. 15. Gel. 4. 19. 1 Pet. 1. 23. not that they should be called by any mans name, 1 Cor. 1. 12, 13. but to carry the name of Christ, whose name shall be forever, and continued as long as the Sun; in whom all nations shall blesse themselves: and blessed be the name of his glory for ever, Psal. 72. 17, 19.
Vers. 7. like not] or be not willing, have no delight
Vers. 8. and speake unto him] The brothers wife
goeth after her husbands brother, in the place where he is, and commeth to the Iudges: and they call him, and give him counsell, such as is meet for him and her. If it be good to marry, they counsell him to marrie her: and if it be good to put off the shooe, as if she be very young, and he an old man, or she an old woman, and he a young man, they counsell him to put off (the shooe.) And it is needfull that the Iudges appoint a certaine place to sit in, and afterward she pulleth off his shoe there before them; &c. Maimony in Iibbum,
Vers. 9. pull off his shooe] It is said in Ruth 4. 7. this was the manner in former time in Israel, concerning redeeming, and concerning changing, for to confirme all things; a man pulled off his shooe, and gave it to his neighbour, and this was a testimony in Israel. So in this case it was a signe, that the broEsay 20. 2, 4. that also is implied here, as the words following manifest. The manner of performing this rite is said to be thus; They brought him a shooe of lether, which had an heele, &c. and hee put it on his right foot, and tied the latchet thereof upon his foot, and stood hee and she in the Synedrion (or Court.) And he setting his foot upon the ground, and she sitting downe stretched out her hand in the Court, and loosed the latchet of his shooe, and pulled the shooe off his foot, and cast it on the ground. After this she stood up, and spitted on the ground before his face, with spittle that might be seen of the Iudges; and it was necessary that the Iudges should see the spittle that came out of her mouth. And afterwards she said, THVS SHALL IT BE DONE TO THE MAN WHICH WILL NOT BVILD VP HIS BROTHERS HOVSE; AND HIS NAME SHALL BE CALLED IN ISRAEL, THE HOVSE OF HIM THAT HATH HIS SHOOE PVLLED OFF; all in the holy tongue. And all that sate there, answered after her, HE THAT HATH HIS SHOOE PVLLED OFF, three times. Maimony in Iibbum,
Vers. 11. When men strive] or fight, as it were flying one upon another. and his brother] that his neighbour; brother is taken here in a large sense, as in Exod. 2. 11. and in many other places. to deliver her husband] This though it was lawfull for her to doe, and a fruit of her love; yet God forbiddeth it to be done by any unlawfull or immodest manner: for wee may not doe evill that good may come, Rom. 3. 8. putteth forth her hand] This noteth a purposed act: for if she had done this unawares, the penalty following was not to be inflicted upon her. So the Hebrews conclude in the generall for all men, He that bringeth shame (on his neighbour) is not guilty (of punishment) for the shame, unlesse he doe it purposely, as it is written, AND SHE PVTTETH FORTH HER HAND: but hee that doth shame to his neighbour without intent, is free. Maimony tom. 4. in Chobel (or treat. of him that doth hurt and dammage)
Vers. 12. cut off her hand] the instrument where
Vers. 13. a stone and a stone] that is, as the Greek and Chaldee translate, a weight and a weight; meathe bag of deceitfull weights, Mich. 6. 11. In Israel they used to have their weights of stone, or the like: see the Annotations on Lev. 19. 36. So an heart and an heart, meaneth a double deceitfull heart, 1 Chron. 12. 33. This Law forbiddeth not onely all unrighteousnesse in buying, selling, and exchanging; but all unjustice in judgement, Matth. 7. 1, 2. as God blaming the Iudges, saith, You weigh the violent wrong of your hands in the earth, Psal. 58. 3. The like evill is to be avoided in handling the word of God, that it be not deceitfully, 2 Cor. 4. 2. So for measuring the ordinances of God in his Church, by the Reed and Line which he hath given therefore, Ezek. 40. 3, 5. & 43. 10. Re. 11. 1. called a golden Reed, Re. 21. 15.
Vers. 14. in thine house] Though a man doe to have a light weight, or scant measure in his house or shop, (as the Hebrewes teach from this place,) for another may come, who knoweth not that it lacketh weight, and may weight with it. Maimony treat. of Theft,
Vers. 15. A perfect stone] in Greeke, A true
weight: so after, a true measure. Hence Solomon saith, A perfect stone is the Lords. delight, Prov. 11. 1. and a just] Hebr. and (a stone of) justice: so an Ephah of justice, that is, most just and exact: contrary to them that made the Ephah small, and the shekel great, Amos 8. 5. So in Ezek. 45. 10. it is said, Balances of justice, and an Ephah of justice, and a Bath of justice, shall ye have. God here comIudge not, and ye shall not be judged: condemne not, and ye shall not be condemned: forgive, and ye shall be forgiven: Give, and it shall be given unto you, good measure, pressed downe, and shaken together, and running over, &c. Luke 6. 37, 38. And Iob apLet him weigh me in balances of justice, that God may know mine integrity, Iob 31. 6. And every man is willed to ponder (or weigh) the path of his feet, Prov. 4. 26. that is, (as the Apostle expoundeth it) to make strait paths for his feet, Heb. 12. 13. may be lengthned] or, prolonged; or, that they may lengthen thy daies; of which phrase see Exod. 20. 12. As a just weight and balance are the Lords, Prov. 16. 11. and his delight, Prov. 11. 1. so hee rewardeth with blessing and long life, the keeping of this law, than which there is none more necessarie in hu
Vers. 16. an abomination] that is, most abominable;
Vers. 17. Remember] Hebr. To remember, of Exod. 13. 3. Amalek] that is,
Vers. 18. he met thee] by way of enmitie, not hee resisted thee; when it had beene his dutie to have met them with bread and water, for their refresh
Vers. 19. given rest unto thee from all] under which is implied, a subduing of all the enemies; for Sam. 7, 11. with 1 Chron. 17. 10. And here God deRom. 2. 4. and compasExod. 13. 17. blot out] or,
the remembrance, that there should no name or memoriall of them remaine: a signe of great, wrath, as
1 The profession of him that offereth the
ANd it shall be when thou art come infor an inheritance, and thou possessest it, and dwellest therein; That thou shalt take of the first of all the fruit it in a basket, and shalt goe unto the place which Iehovah thy God shall chuse to cause his name to dwell there. And this day unto Iehovah thy God, that I am come into the land which Iehovah sware unto our Fathers for to give unto us. And was my Father, and he went down into Egypt, & sojourned there with a few men, and became there a nation great, mighty & many. And the Egyptians eis in the midst of thee.
When thou hast made it unto the Levite, to the stranger, to the fatherlesse, and to the widow, that they may eat within thy gates, and be filled. Then thou shalt say bemine house, and also have given it unto the Levite, and to the stranger, to the fatherlesse, and to the widow, accorought thereof for the uncleane, neither have I given ought thereof for the dead: I have hearkened to the voice of Iehovah my God; I have done ac
Looke downe from the habitation of thine
This day Iehovah thy God hath commanthis day to be this day to be unto him for a people of peto be high, above all nations which he hath made in praise, and in name, and in beautifull glory; and that thou maist be an holy people unto Iehovah thy God, as he hath spoken.
Gen. 6. 9.
WHen thou art come] or, When thou shalt
become. possessest it] Hee sheweth that they were not bound to (bring) the first fruits, till the land were subdued, and parted among them, saith Sol. Iarchi on this place.
Vers. 2. of the first] or, of the beginning; which the Greeke translateth, of the first fruit of the fruits
of thy land; meaning, of those which were first ripe, them they were to honour God with in the first place, and to shew their thankfulnesse for his blessings, that so they might be sanctified, and inPro. 3. 9. 10. These first-fruits were to be separated before all other, as is noted on Numb. 18. 13. And Sol. Iarchi scanneth the words thus; Of the first, and not all the first: for all fruits were not bound to give the first-fruits, but the seven sorts onely, for which the land of Israel is comDeut. 8. 8.) the like is said by others of them; They bring no first-fruits save of the seven kindes spoken of in commendation of the land, (Deut. 8.) and they are wheat, and barley, and grapes, and figs, and pomgranats, and olives, and dates: and if one bring any besides these seven sorts, they are not sanctified. They bring not of the Dates that grow on Mountaines, nor of the fruits that grow in Vallies, nor of Olives which are not of the choisest; but of the dates that grow in vallies, and of the fruits that grow on mountaines, because they are of the choisest (or best.) They bring no first-fruits of liquors, save of olives and of grapes onely; for it is said, OF THE FRVIT OF THE LAND, and not of the liquor: and if one bring of the liquors, they receive them not of him. They that dwell neere to Ierusalem bring figs and grapes that are moist, and they that dwell farre off bring them dried. Maimony tom. 3. in Biccurim,
Vers. 3. unto the Priest] Gods publike minister, and the figure of Christ, of whom it is written, By
him let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually, that is, the fruits of the lips, confessing to his name, Heb. 13. 15. which shall be] that is, which shall minister in his course in those daies; for the Priests ministred by turnes: see 1
Vers. 4. before the Altar] that there it might he Mat. 23. 19. He. 13. 10, &c. and so made acceptable to God.
Vers. 5. shalt answer] that is, shalt speake, or pronounce:
Vers. 6. evill intreated] did evill, or vexed: and Exod. 1. &c. and it was afiRom. 6. 17, 18. Tit. 3. 3. hard servitude] in Greeke, hardworkes: they made them serve with rigour, that their lives were bitter unto them, Exod. 1. 14. God would not have us forget our former miseries, though wee bee come out of them: hee sundry times commandeth this; Thou shalt remember that thou wast a servant in Egypt, Deut. 16. 12. Remember that yee having beene in times passed heathens, &c. were without Christ, being aliens from the Common-wealth of Israel, &c. Ephes. 2. 11, 12.
Vers. 7. wee cried out] in Chaldee, wee praied:
Exod. 2. 23, 24, 25. heard our voice] in Chaldee, accepted our praier. saw] in Chaldee, it was revealed (or manifest) before him: see Exod. 3. 7. our labour] or, our molestation.
Vers. 8. out stretched] in Greeke and Chaldee, an high arme: see Exod. 7. &c. terriblenesse] or terrour: this the Greeke and Chaldee translate visions; and so in Deut. 4. 34.
Vers. 9. milke and honey] under which two, all Exod. 3. 8. So after in vers. 15.
Vers. 10. the first-fruit] in Greeke, the first-fruits of the fruits. As wee our selves are the Lords first-fruits, Rev. 14. 4. and have received the first-fruits of his Spirit, Rom. 8. 23. so wee then doe give the first-fruits unto him, when in Christ (the true SanCor. 3. 5. Ephes. 2. 8, 9, 10. Tit. 3. 3, 4, 5, 6. set it downe] or, leave it for the Priests, which did after eat it. The first-fruits were given to the men of the charge [the Priests that ministred] and they divided them among them, as the [other] holy things of the Sanctuary. Maimony in Bch. 3. sect. 1. It figured, that wee should conRom. 12. 1. and 6. 19. 22.
Vers. 11. shalt rejoyce] as they were bound to doe at all other feasts, Deut. 16. 11, 15. So that afseven things, which they that brought first-fruits were bound unto; the comming to the place; and the vessell (or basket;) the Profession to be made; and the oblation, (or sacrifice;) and the Song; and the Waving of it by the Priest; and the tarrying all night. When hee hath brought his first-fruits to the Sanctuary, and made profession, and offered his peace-offerings, hee may not goe out of Ierusalem that day, to returne to his owne place, but must tarry there all night, and returne on the morrow to his citie; as it is written (in Deut. 16. 7.) and thou shalt turne in the morning, and goe unto thy tents. All the turnings which thou shalt turne out of the Sanctuary after thou art come thither, shall not be but in the morning. Maimony in Biccurim,
Vers. 12. of thy revenue] which the Greeke exof the fruits of thy land. See the notes on Deut. 14. 22. the yeere of tithe] that is, the yeere when the second tithe was to be given to the poore, which was the third and the sixt yeere of eDeut. 14. 28. The Greeke translateth, the second tithe thou shalt give to the Levite, &c. Of this the Hebrewes say, Wee are commanded to confesse before the LORD, after that we have brought forth all the gifts which be of the seed of the land, and this is called the Confession of the tithe. And wee make not this Confession, but after the yeere wherein we have separated the Tithes of the poore, Deut. 26. 12. Maimony tom. 3. in Maasar sheni, (or treat. of the Second tithe)
Vers. 13. Then] Hebr. And thou shalt say. The at the Minchah [the Oblation] in the last good day of the Passeover of the fourth (yeere) and of the seventh; as it is said, WHEN THOV HAST MADE AN END OF TITHING: at the Feast wherein all the tithes are ended. And the Passeover of the fourth yeere commeth not, but all the fruits of the third (yeere) are tithed, whether they be the fruits of the trees, or fruits of the land. Maimony in Maa
Vers. 14. in my mourning] or, in my sorrow: By Deut. 24. 28. 29. and might not be eaten by the owner of the land: and reached to the first and second yeeres tithes, which the owners were to eat before the Lord, Deu. 14. 22, 23. but might not eat of it in their mourning, upon paine of being
Vers. 15. the habitation of thy holinesse] that is, thy holy habitation; as the Greeke translateth it, thine holy house. By this prayer they submitted themselves unto the triall and judgement of God, for their upright keeping of these his lawes, (as Psal. 26. 1, 2, 3.) and having cleare consciences, they had boldnesse before God, to crave and exa doer of the worke (of God) this man shall bee blessed in his deed, Iam. 1. 25.
Vers. 16. This day] Moses concluding his exHos. 12. 4. Psal. 66. 6, 7. thy God] the first argument of obedience, from the person of God, and his grace towards them, who hath soveraigne authority thereby to command.
Vers. 17. hast avouched] or, hast made to say,
hast chosen. A seExod. 19. 3, 4. 8. which covenant was not with the fathers only,
Vers. 18. hath avouched thee] or, made thee to say, that is, to promise, or give thy word: in Greeke, hath chosen thee. peculiar treasure] in the Greek, a peculiar people; in Chaldee, a beloved people: see the notes on Exod. 19. 5. to keepe] that is, that thou shouldest keepe; which as it is a part of the covenant on Gods behalfe, so is it the worke of his grace in all his people, as he hath said, I will put my Law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts, Ier. 31. 33.
Vers. 19. give thee to be high] or make thee (set thee) high: of which see the notes on Deut. 28. 1. Colos. 3. 1, 2, 3, 4. Iam. 1. 9. in praise] or for praise; to be praised even of the enemie, for my mercies upon thee, as Zeph. 3. 19. 20. So he is said to make Ierusalem (his Church)
1 The people are commanded to write the Law upon the stones, when they are come into the land of Canaan, 5 and to build an altar of whole stones. 11 The T
ANd Moses, and the Elders of Israel, this day. And it shall be in the
And thou shalt write upon them all the this day in mount Ebal, and thou shalt plaister them with plaiany iron upon them.
Of whole stones shalt thou build the Althis day.
And Moses commanded the people in with an high voyce.
Cursed be the man that maketh a graven or image, an abomination unto Iehoit in a secret place: and all the peo
Cursed be hee that setteth light by his fa
be hee that removeth his neigh
Cursed be hee that maketh the blinde to erre in way: and all the people shall say, A
Cursed be hee that wresteth the judgement of the stranger, fatherlesse, and widow: and all
Cursed be he that lieth with his fathers wife,
Cursed be he that lieth with any beast: and
Cursed be hee that lieth with his sister, the
Cursed be hee that lieth with his mo
Cursed be hee that smiteth his neighbour in secret: and all the people shall say, A
Cursed be he that taketh a reward to smite a soule the bloud of an innocent: and all the
Cursed be he that confirmeth not the words of this Law to doe them: and all the people
THe Elders of Israel] in Greeke, the Senate of the sonnes of Israel: compare vers. 9. Here vers. 26. Gal. 3. 10. all the commandement] that is, commandements, as the Greeke translateth it; or, every commandement. See vers. 10.
Vers. 2. the day] that is, the time, the first opIos. 8. 30, &c. So day is used for time, Luke 19. 42. set up] or erect, to wit, stones for pillars, as in Exod. 24. 4. to signifie the tribes of Israel; who being brought of God into his good land, were by this extraordinary with plaister] or with lime, whiting, that the words of the Law might be written thereon; a memoriall of Gods benefits unto them. This word plaister is used to signifie hypocrisie, as Paul called Ananias a p
(or
Vers. 3. all the words] either the ten commanten words, Exod. 34. 28. which vers. 8. that thou maist goe in] and consequently posRom. 10. 5. though unto man it is unpossible. Or, it may be read, for that thou art come in: as being a reason of this seruice, and of their dutie to keepe the Law. And so the Greeke translateth, When as thou art come in.
Vers. 4. Ebal] or, Gebal; as the Greeke wriGaibal: and here the other mount Ger
12.) is also understood; but because the Curses onely, are after expressed, and they were on mount Ebal, therefore it is named. Of this mount: see
Vers. 5. An Altar] to signifie God, the other Exod. 24. 4. and to teach by it, and the sacrifices offe
Vers. 6. of whole stones] and not of hewen, Exod.
whole or entire stones did Iosua build it, Ios. 8. 31. Burnt-offerings] to obtaine of God by Christ forgivenesse of sins; and sanctiLev. 1.
Vers. 7. Peace-offerings] to shew their hope of Lev. 3. eat there] keeLevit. 7. 15, &c. This taught them the spirituall joy
Gal. 3. 13. Ioh. 6. 51.
Vers. 8. very plainly] or, plainly and well (or fairly) Heb. making them plaine, doing them well,
Habak. 2. 2. That all sorts of people might have the knowledge of Gods Law, and learne to doe the same. And by this it appeaall the words commanded to be written, (or the Copie of the Law, which Iesus wrote, Ios. 8. 32.) were not the whole booke of Deuteronowhite stone (in Rev. 2. 17.) which Christ giveth to all his, and in the stone a new name written, which no man knoweth saving he that receiveth it: those beCor. 3. 2, 3.
Vers. 9. Take heed and heare] or, Attend (hearken) and heare, as the Chaldee expoundeth it; but
Vers. 10. therefore thou shalt] Hebr. And thou
shalt obey; the Chaldee saith, shalt receive the Word of the Lord. By obeying ▪
(or
Vers. 12. Gerizzim] called in Greeke Garizein;
Ebal, Moses said before, they were over against Gilgal, beside the Okes of Moreh, Deut. 11. 30. and Benjamin] these six here named were the worthiest tribes, all borne of Iakobs wives the free women, and none of the handmaids children: God shewing hereby the strength and noblenesse of the Blessings (above the Curses;) and that they belong to such children of the free women, as Paul teacheth us in an allegorie, Gal. 4. 22,—31. Howbeit, though Moses appointeth these to blesse, yet hee expresseth not the blessings: by such silence leaIoh. 1. 17. Act. 3. 26. For silence in the holy story often implieth great myHeb. 7.) teacheth from the narration of Melchisedek, in Gen. 14.
Vers. 13. for the curse] that is, to pronounce it. In speaking of the blessings, hee nameth the
people, vers. 12. but now for the curse, hee menthe people, but implieth them onely, as if hee were Ioth to name them for such misery. Ebal] in Greeke, Gaibal: this is reported to be neare to mount Gerizzim, but northward; and Gerizzim towards the South, (which is the right side of the world, Psal. 89. 13.) if so they were, it foreshewed the blessings which should be proon the right hand, and the curses upon those on the left, Mat. 25. 33, 34. 41. The manner of perSix tribes went up towards the top of mount Gerizzim, and six tribes went up towards the top of mount Ebal; and the Priests and Levites and the Arke stood beneath in the middest. The Priests were round about the Arke, and the Levites about the Priests, and all Israel on this side and on that, as it is written. And all Israel, and their Elders, and Officers, and their Iudges, stood on this side the Arke, and on that side, before the Priests the Levites, which bare the Arke of the Covenant of the Lord; as well the stranger, as hee that was borne among them; halfe of them over against mount Gerizzim, and halfe of them over against mount Ebal, (Ios. 8. 33.) They turned their faces towards mount Gerizzim and pronounced the blessing, Blessed be the man that maketh no graven or molten (image;) and those (on the one side) and those (on the other) answered, Amen. They turned their faces towards mount Ebal, and pronounced the curse, Cursed bee the man that maketh a graven or a molten (Image) &c. and those (on the one side) & those (on the other) answered, Amen, till they had finished the blessings and the curses. And afterwards they brought stones and built an Altar, &c. Thalmud Bab. in Sotah,
Vers. 14. the Levites] that is, some of the Priests Ios. 8. 33. their office was to teach Iakob Gods
Vers. 15. Cursed] It was commanded that the blessing should be put upon mount Gerizzim, De
11. 29. and so in the fulfilling of this precept, Iosua read as well the
Vers. 16. setteth light by] or, as the Greeke hath, dishonoureth: see the Annotations on Exod. 20. 12.
Vers. 17. limit] or, land-marke, border: against which the Law was before given, in Deut. 19. 14.
Vers. 18. blinde to erre] or, to goe astray. They that see, ought to be eyes to the blinde, Iob 29. 15. put a stumbling blocke before them, Lev. 19. 14. much more to seduce them from the right way: for they that are proud, and erre from Gods commandements, are cursed; Psal. 119. 21. how much more if they cause others to errHe that causeth the righteous to go astray in an evill way, shall fall himselfe into his owne pit, Prov. 28. 10.
Vers. 19. wresteth] or, perverteth, turneth aside:
Deut. 24. 17.
Vers. 20. fathers wife] of this, and the rest that Lev. 18. Because men give themselves over to divers noysome lusts of the flesh, God cau
Vers. 24. smiteth] this word is used sometime slaying or killing, as Deut. 1. 4. and 13. 15. someZach. 13. 6. or chastising, Deut 28. 27, 28. sometime for smiting with the fist of wickednesse, Esai. 58. 4. or with the tongue, Ier. 18. 18. in secret] the Greeke expoundeth it, by guile.
Vers. 25. a reward] a bribe, or gift: as the Greeke gifts: and this is the Magistrates sin, Deut. 16. 19. and was found in Israel, as Mic. 3. 11. The heads thereof judge for bribes. to smite] in Chaldee, to kill a soule, that is, a person. the bloud of an innocent] or, as the Greeke expoundeth it, of innocent bloud; which is an effect of briberie, as in Ezek. 22. 12. In thee have they taken bribes, to shed bloud.
Vers. 26. Cursed be he] the Greeke translateth, Cursed be every man: and so the Apostle alleageth it, Gal. 3. 10. where he giveth this doctrine, So many as are of the works of the Law, are under the curse: that whiles men doe the Law outwardly, yet are they cursed by the Law, as being privie transgres
1 Vpon condition of observing and doing all Gods commandements, hee promiseth many blessings earth
ANd it shall be, if hearkening thou shalt this day, that Iehovah thy God will give thee to bee high above all the nations of the earth. And shalt thou be in the city, and blessed shalt thou be in the field. Blessed shall be the fruit of thy shall
be thy basket and thy dough trough. Blessed shalt thou be when thou commest in, and blesshalt thou be when thou goest out. Iehoto be smitten before thy face: they shall come out against thee one way, and flie before thee seven waies. Iehovah will command to be with thee, in thy store-houselfe for an holy people, as hee hath sworne unto thee, if thou shalt keepe the commandements of Iehovah thy God, and walke in his waies. And all things, in the fruit of thy wombe, and in the fruit of thy cattell, and in the fruit of thy ground, in the land which Iehovah sware unto thy fathers to give unto thee. Iehovah will open unto thee his
And Iehovah will give thee to be the head, this day, to obthis day, to the right hand, or to the left, to goe after other gods to serve them.
And it shall bee, if thou wilt not hearken this day, that all these curses shal come upon thee, and overshalt thou be in the citie, and shalt thou be in the field. Cursed shall be thy basket, and thy dough-trough. Curshall be the fruit of thy wombe, and the fruit of thy ground, the increase of thy kine, and the flockes of thy sheepe. Cursed shalt
bee when thou commest in, and cursed shalt thou be when thou goest out. Iehovah for that thou hast forsaken mee. Iehovah will make the are over thine head shall be brasse, and the earth which is under thee shall be iron.
Iehovah will give the raine of thy land to
be powder and dust, from the heavens shall it come downe upon thee untill thou be destroyto bee smitten beshall fray them away. Iehovah will smite in thy wares, and thou shalt bee onely fraudulently oppressed and robbed all daies, and none shall save thee. Thou shalt shall be slaine before thine eies, and thou shalt shall be violently tashall be given unshall be
shall see, and shall faile with longing for them all the day, and there shall be no power in thine hand.
The fruit of thy land, and all thy labour shall a people eat up which thou knowest not: them, but thou shalt not drinke the wine, nor gather (the grapes) for the worme shall eat it. Thou trees in all thy coast, but thou shalt not anoint thy selfe with the oile, for thine Olive shall cast (his fruit.) Thou shalt is within thee shall get up above thee on high on high, and thou shalt come downe below below. He shall lend to thee, and thou shalt things. Therefore thou shalt serve thine enethings: and hee will put a yoke of iron upon thy necke, untill he have destroythat is tender among you and he will not give any one of them of the flesh of his sonnes, whom hee shall eat, because hee hath not left unto him any thing in the siege & in the straitwoman ait on the ground for delicatenesse and for tendernesse, her eie shall bee evill towards the husband of her bosome, and towards her sonne, and tothings, in secret, in the siege and in the straitare written in this booke, to feare this glorious and fearefull name Iehovah thy God. And
Also every sicknesse, and every plague, there
And thy life shall bee hanging in doubt be
And Iehovah will returne thee to Egypt with ships, by the way whereof I said unto shall buy you.
HEarkening thou shalt hearken] that is, shalt continually
Vers. 2. overtake thee] or, take h
The
Vers. 3. Blessed thou] The first blessing is upon Gen. 4. 4. and the person being blessed, all things prosper about him. What blessing is, see the Annotations on Gen. 1. 22. and 2. 3. and 12. 2. citie] by this, and the field, all places, and all estates of life are meant.
Vers. 4. fruit of thy wombe] or, of thy belly: the the child of thy bowels. The second blessing is upon a mans possessions, of all sorts for increase, which was at the first by God blessing the creatures, Gen. 1. 22. 28. and so continueth, as it is written, And he blesseth them, and they are multiplied greatly, Psal. 107. 39. So Psal. 128. 1, 3. thy ground] or land, the fruits whereof were also figures of heavenly blessing: see Levit. 26. 4. increase] or young: in Greeke, herds: see Deut. 7. 13.
Vers. 5. basket] whereinto fruits are put when Deut. 26. 2. dough-trough] or dough, or store: see Exod. 8. 3. and 12. 34. These two are named in stead of all places and vessels, wherein the fruits and commodities which God sendeth, are kept for use and store. Therefore the Greeke for basket, translateth barnes (as Luk. 12. 18.) and for the dough-trough, remainders, or store that is left. So in v. 17. And this is the third de
Vers. 6. comest in] by comming in, and going out,
Chron. 1. 10. of the Church; Act. 1. 21. of a family, Gen. 39. 11. Psal. 104. 23. and generally of all other affaires, as 2 Sam. 3. 25. Act. 9. 28. So this fourth blessing concerneth the whole administration and conversation of the Saints.
Vers. 7. smitten] that is, as the Greeke and Chalcrushed, and broken: see an examSam. 22. 38,—43. And this fift blessing concerneth the safety of Gods people, and their victories over their enemies, of whom the chiefe is Sathe God of peace crush under the
of his people,
Vers. 8. will command] that is, will powerfully Levit. 25. 21. The contrary herewill send upon thee, v. 20. the blessing] whereunto is opposed
Vers. 9. stablish thee] set thee up firme and sure. This seventh blessing properly concerneth spiriPsal. 110. 4. For the gifts and calling of God are without repentance, Rom. 11. 29.
Vers. 10. is called upon thee] that is, thou art called
Vers. 11. make thee plenteous] or, make thee to
excell; in Greeke, multiply thee. in good] or, for good things. An enlargement of the blessing promised in v. 4. which all should see by the abun
Vers. 12. treasure] or, treasury, store-house, which treasuries of the snow, and treasuries of the haile, and of the winde, Iob 38. 22. Psal. 135. 7. and these were blesv. 4, 5. in his season] that is, in due season; meaning the first and latter raine, mentioned in Deut. 11. 14. See the notes on Levit. 26. 4. shalt lend] that is, shalt have such plenty, as that thou shalt lend unto many nations; a signe both of wealth, liberality, and sothe borrower is servant to the man that lendeth, Prov. 22. 7. therefore the Greeke giveth here a double interpretation; thou shalt lend unto many nations, and thou shalt not borrow: and shalt rule over many nations, and they shall not rule over thee: which words are borrowed here from Deut. 15. 6.
Vers. 13. the head] a figure or parable, meaning chiefe in authority and power, (called before, a ruDeut. 15. 6.) as the taile signifieth inferiority and basenesse, which the Chaldee expoundeth thus, The Lord will give thee to be strong and not weake. This is opened in Esay 9. 14, 15. The Lord will cut off from Israel, head and taile, &c. the ancient and honourable, hee is the head; and the Prophet that teacheth lies, he is the taile. Thus by head here, we may also understand spiritually, the honour of the truth, wherewith the Church of God should bee adorned and exalabove] in honour and dignity, not earthv. 1. So Christ said to the Iewes, Yee are from beneath, I am from above: yee are of this world, I am not of this world, Iob. 8. 23. Likewise of his Disciples he saith, They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world, Iob. 17. 16. If thou hearken] The condition of the former promises, the first branch whereof is obe
Vers. 14. and thou shalt not] that is, If thou shalt not; for this is the second branch of the condition, other gods] which the Chaldee expounIdols of the peoples.
Vers. 15. not hearken] in Chaldee, not receive
the Word of the LORD. Here followeth a large commination of the curses that shall come upon the transgressours of the Law: compare herewith Levit. 26. 14. &c. and this condition is opposite to the former in v. 1, 2.
Vers. 16. Cursed thou] The first curse is upon v. 3. What the curse meaneth, see Deut. 27. 15. Gen. 3. 14.
Vers. 17. dough-trough] or store; in Greeke, thy
remainders. This second curse is opposed to the third blessing in v. 5.
Vers. 18. fruit of thy wombe] in Chaldee, the
child of thy bowells. This third curse is set against the second blessing in v. 4.
Vers. 19. commest in, &c.] that is, in all thy v. 6.
Vers. 20. a curse] so God threatneth the Priests, Mal. 2. 2. and this fift denunciation is against the sixt promise of blessing, in v. 8. This curse the Greeke expoundeth, lacke, or penury. vexation] or, trouble, tumult and destruction, as Deut. 7. 23. this the Greeke interpreteth, famine; but the word is more generall, implying warres also, and other plagues upon the body, as Zach. 14. 13. 1 Sam. 14. 20. and 5. 9. And this judgement was upon Israel, 2 Chron. 15. 5. rebuke] this is not onely from men, but from God, who is said to rebuke, not onely by words but by deeds, whereupon men perish, Psal. 80. 17. and his rebuke is with flames of fire, Esay 66. 15. Hereupon the Greeke here transconsumption. How this came upon Israel, see Esay 51. 20. and 30. 17. forsaken me] in Chaldee, forsaken my feare.
Vers. 21. the pestilence] The Greeke and Chaldeath: see the Annotations on Ex. 5. Levit. 26. 25. The fulfilling of this plague is mentioned in Amos 4. 10.
Vers. 22. consumption] of this and the ague folLev. 26. 16. the sword] or draught: but the Greeke taketh it in the first sense, translaslaughter: So in Levit. 26. 25. blasting] of corne and fruits with a dry winde, 2 Kin. 19. 26.
drinesse; and such was the East-winde that blasted in those parts, Gen. 41. 6. Therefore the Greeke translateth it, corruption with winde. The fulfilling of this judgAmos 4. 9. Hag. 2. 17. meldew] which hath the name in Hebrew of palenesse (as
Vers. 23. thy heavens] in Greeke and Chaldee, the heaven: see the Annotations on Levit. 26. 19.
Vers. 24. powder] or small dust. In stead of raine, your aire shall be filled with dust, which the winde Esay 5. 24. and 29. 5. Ezek. 26. 10. Nahum. 1. 3. Luk. 9. 5. and with dust was Egypt plagued, Ex. 9. 9. from the heavens] that is, from the aire.
Vers. 25. smitten] in Chaldee, broken: this is ver. 7. flee] and consequently fall and perish; as to flee three moneths before the enemie, 2 Sam. 24. 13. is expounded, to be destroyed three moneths, 1 Chron. 21. 12. for a removing] that is, removed, shaken, and dispersed; as the Greeke translateth,
Vers. 26. thy carkasse] that is, carkasses; the Greek your dead men: hee meaneth that they should not have honest buriall; but being slain by the sword, should bee eaten by beasts. These words of Moses Ieremy repeateth, Ier. 7. 33. and 16. 4. and 34. 20. And Asaph lamenteth the comPsal. 79. 1, 2, 3.
Vers. 27. boyle of Egypt] or Egyptian ulcer,
Exod. 9. 9, 10, 11. emrods] or piles, a disease wherewith God smote the Philistines in their secret hinder parts, 1 Sam. 5. 9. Psal. 78. 66. For this disease the Hebrew hath two names, the one in the line Gnaphólim, the other in the margine Techórim; and this latter is used in the line, in 1 Sam. 6. 11, 17. itch] so the Greeke expouna drie scab. whereof] or, so that thou canst not be healed: and this is conExod. 15. 26.
Vers. 28. madnesse] or furie; this is properly in Sam. 21. 13, 14. And because the Prophets were often moved with extasies, & carried themselves strangeKing. 9. 11. Ier. 29. 26. blindnesse] this is both in body and minde, Esay 42. 19. The conEsay 42. 7. 16. astonishment] or, amazement, wondring: this is threatned even to the Prophets, in Ier. 4. 9. and other unbeleevers, Habak. 1. 5. Act. 13. 41.
Vers. 29. groping] or, feeling; meant as an effect that they should seeke the Lord, if haply they might seele (or grope) after him, and finde him, Act. 17. 17. So it is said of the wicked, in Iob 5. 14. They meet with darknesse in the day time, and grope in the noone day as in the night: and in Iob 12. 25. They grope in the darke without light. save thee] that is, as the Greeke translateth it, thou shalt have no belper. So in 2. Sam. 22. 42. they looked, but there was none to save.
Vers. 30. lie with her] or, defile, ravish her. The Shagal signifying the act of generation, as here and in Esa. 13. 16. and Zach. 14. 2. expounShacab, which is to lie with. make it common] that is, gather and eat the grapes thereof. See Deut. 20. 6. On the contrary, when God promiseth grace, hee saith, the planters shall plant (vines) and shall make them common, Ier. 31. 5.
Vers. 31. not returne] that is, not be returned, or restored, as the Greeke explaineth it. See the AnGen. 2. 20. and 16. 14. to save] in Greeke, no helper: as v. 29.
Vers. 32. faile] or, be consumed, to wit, with longing,
Vers. 33. eat up] or, devoure: this judgement Esai. 1. 7. Ier. 5. 17. and 8. 16.
Vers. 34. for the sight] in Greeke, for the sights (or visions) meaning that they should see such heavy troubles, as should make them mad through feare and sorrow, being without faith, comfort, and pathe Law is not of faith, Gal. 3. 12.
Vers. 35. evill boyle] sore, or, malignant ulcer:
Rev. 16. 2. And in body Iob was afflifrom the sole of his foot unto the top of his head, for the triall of his faith and patience, Iob. 2. 7.
Vers. 36. bring] or lead, make goe into captivity. King. 17. 6. and 25. 1. &c. thy King] in Greeke, thy Princes: both were fulfilled, 2 King. 24. 14, 15. other gods] as in their owne land they served other Gods, that is, Idols of wood and of stone, Ier. 2. 27. so God threatneth to send them as slaves into other lands, where they would doe the like, though by his Prophets hee warned them not to doe so, Esay 44. 8, 9. &c. Ier. 10. 2, 3,—11. So for making an Idoll in the Wilderto worship the host of heaven, Act. 7. 41, 42. The Chaldee here
thou shalt serve peoples that serve idols of wood and of stone: So after in v. 64.
Vers. 37. a by word] a sharpe or
Vers. 38. the Locast] that is, Loc
see the judgements here threatned, fulfilled in
Vers. 42. Grash
called in Hebrew
Vers. 44. the head] or, for the head, that is, the
chiefe, which the Chaldee expoundeth strong; as the taile is in Chaldee the weake: see v. 13.
Vers. 46. for a signe] the Greeke and Chaldee signes and wonders. thy seed] Chaldee, thy sonne
Vers. 47. goodnesse of heart] the Greeke transa good heart; the Chaldee, truth of heart: it meaneth also gladnesse, as in Esay 65. 14. it is opposed to sorrow. Of this the Iewes made conNehem. 9. 35. of all] Greeke, of all things; and Thargum Ionathan addeth, of all good: and so in v. 48. want of all good.
Vers. 48. yoke of iron] that is, hard servitude Ier. 28. 13, 14. for servants are said to be
Vers. 49. as the Eagle] that flieth swiftly and like the violence of an Eagle. This is a prophesie of the BaLion with Eagles wings, Dan. 7. 4. So Nebuchadnezzar is likened to a great Eagle with great wings, &c. Ezek. 17. 3. 12. not heart] that is, not understand: see the notes on Gen. 11. 7.
Vers. 50. of a strong face] that is, bold, fierce, impudent. This title is given to Antiochus Epiphanes, the great afflictDan. 8. 23. not regard] not respect or honour any person.
Vers. 51. fruit of thy cattell] thy young beastsEsay 1. 7. corne] The enemies devouring of these earthly blessings in Canaan, the holy land, figured also that Israel should for their sinnes bee deprived of Gods heavenly blessings, till God should turne them againe to himselfe by the faith of the Gospell: and then hee sweareth, If I give (that it, surely I will not give) any more thy corne to be meat for thine enemies, and the sonnes of the stranger shall not drink thy wine, for which thou hast laboured: but they that have gathered it, shall eat it, and praise the Lord, and they that have brought it together, shall drinke it in the Courts of my holinesse; Esay 62. 8, 9.
Vers. 52. thy gates] in Greeke and Chaldee, thy
cities: so vers. 55. See this fulfilled, 2 King. 17. and 25.
Vers. 53. the fruit of thy
in Chaldee,
Vers. 54. eie shall be evill] that is, he shall grudge Deut. 15. 9. The Greeke translateth, he shall be witch with his eie. So in v. 56. of his bosome] that is, which lieth in his bosome, as Mic. 7. 5.
Vers. 57. her after-birth] and so her little one the least of her children.
Vers. 58. fearefull] in Greeke, marvellous.
Vers. 59. thy plagues] or, every of thy plagues, as the forme of the Hebrew word implieth. thy seed] Chald. thy children. permanent] or, firme, faithfull, and continuing long: as Tharg. Ionath. exwhich shall dure long upon your bodies.
Vers. 60. disease] or sicknesse; in Greeke, sorrow.
Exod. 8. &c.
Vers. 62. with a few men] Greeke, in a short (or small) number: Chald. a people of number, that is, soone numbred. See this fulfilled, Esay 1. 9. hearkenedst not] Chaldee, receivedst not the word
Vers. 63. will rejoyce] although the destruction Rev. 18. 20. Ps. 58. 11, 12. Ier. 51. 48. for, when the wicked perish, there is shouting joy, Prov. 11. 10.
Vers. 64. and unto the end, &c.] that is, from one
end of the earth to another. A like phrase is, from the end of the heavens unto the end of them, Matt. 24. 31. Mark. 13. 27. This dispersion of the Iewes is visible even to this day. serve other gods] the Chaldee expoundeth it, serve peoples that serve idols: but it implieth Gods judgment in givers. 36.
Vers. 65. not finde ease] or, not have quietnesse.
Ier. 31. 2. a trembling heart] in Greeke,
Vers. 66. hanging in doubt] that is, uncertaine, thy life shall bee hanging before thine eies. not have assurance of thy life] or, not beleeve in thy life; in Greeke, not beleeve thy life; that is, have no assurance of it, but alwaies feare death.
Vers. 67. Who will give] that is, O that it were
evening: see Deut. 5. 29. A lively description of misery, wherein every houre by night or by day seemeth long and tedious. Compare Iob 7. 3, 4.
Vers. 68. to Egypt] the house of bondage, Exod.
They shall not dwell in I
9. 3.
Mos
THese are the words of the covenant which Iehovah commanded Moses
And Moses called unto all Israel, and said unto them, You have seene all that Iehovah am Iehovah your God. And yee came
Yee stand this day all of you before Iehois within thy campe, from the this day. That hee may stablish thee this day for a people unto himselfe, and that he may bee unto thee a God, as hee hath spoken unto thee, and as hee hath sworne unto thy faselves alone doe I this day beis not here with us this day. For ye know, how by. And yee have seene were with them. Lest there should be among you this day from Iehovah our God, to goe to serve the gods of those natiis written in this book shall lie upon him, and Iehovah will blois written in this book of the Law. And That all the land thereof is brimand burningthat it is not sowen, neither springeth, nor any grasse groweth therein, like the overthrow of Sodom and Gomorr
Even all nations shall say, Wherefore hath meaneth the heat of this great anger? Then they
TO strike] or, to cut, whereof see the notes on Gen. 15. 18. Here the covenant is renewed Exod. 19. and 24. save that Christ, who is the end of the legall covenant, is here more cleerely revealed, esChap. 30. vers. 11,—14. of Moab] the countrey on the out side of Iordan, whereof see Deut. 1. 1, 5. in Horeb] or Choreb, that is, mount Sinai, where the covenant was given, Ex. 20. and the blessings and curses for confirmation thereof, Lev. 26. 3,—46.
Vers. 3. tentations] or trialls, whereby God tried the Israelites faith, and the hardnesse of the EgypDeut. 4. 34. and 7. 19. From Gods former benefits, whereof they had experience, hee exhorteth them unto the keeping of the covenant.
Vers. 4. not given unto you] This sheweth the uneven unto this day, when Moses is read, the veile is laid over their hearts, 2 Cor. 3. 15. and Christ saith, that to them it was not given to understand the mysteries of the kingdome of heaven, Matt. 13. 11, 13, 14.
Vers. 5. upon you] or, from upon you; that is, so as Deut. 8. 4.
Vers. 6. bread] to wit, ordinary bread out of the earth, but God hath nourished you with Manna, Psal. 78. 24, 25. Deut. 8. 3.
Vers. 7. Sihon] in Greeke, Seon king of Esebon. Of this history see Num. 21.
Vers. 8. wee tooke] in Chaldee, wee subdued.
to the Reubenites] in Chaldee, to the tribe of Reuben, &c. See the performance hereof in
Vers. 9. wisely doe] or, prudently carry, and with understanding, and consequently prosper: so King. 2. 3. Ios. 1. 7, 8.
Here beginneth the one and fiftieth Gen. 6. 9.
Vers. 10. your heads of your tribes] that is, your heads, or chiefe men, which are the heads of your
tribes: the Greeke translateth them by one word Archiphuloi, that is, the chiefe, or Rulers of the tribes.
Vers. 11. thy stranger] in Greeke, the proselyte
which is in the midst of your campe. Such of that mixed multitude as came out of Egypt with Israel, Exod. 12. 38. and others that had joyned themhewer of thy wood] such ashewed wood, and drew water, were the basest servants or slaves of Israel, (as afterward was the case of the Gibeonites, Ios. 9. 21, 27.) who also by faith were admitted into the Church and cove
Vers. 12. That thou shouldest passe] He speaketh to into the covenant, is a phrase taken from the manner of making covenants, when they passed betweene the parts of the sacrifices,
Vers. 13. a God] or, for a God: this is the subCor. 6. 16. Heb. 8. 10. Rev. 21. 3. See the Annotations on Gen. 17. 7.
Vers. 15. not here] meaning their posterity and with every generation that shall rise up unto the worlds end, &c. But this is to be understood with exception of the new CoveIer. 31. 31, 32, 33. Heb. 8. 7, 8, 9, 10.
Vers. 16. how wee have dwelt] or, that which we
have dwelt, which Ionathan expoundeth, the number of yeares that wee have dwelt. This their pere
Vers. 17. filthy idols] in Hebr. Gillulim, (whereLevit. 26. 30.) in Greeke, Idols.
Vers. 18. Lest there should be] or, as the Greeke That there be not. whose heart] the heart is to bee kept with all diliProv. 4. 23. According therefore to this, Paul warneth the Israelites, Take heed brethren, lest there be in any of you an evill heart of unbeleefe, in departing from the living God, Heb. 3. 12. from Iehovah] in Chaldee, from the feare of the Lord. the gods] in Chaldee, the idols of the peoples. a root] an evill heart forementioned, which is hidden from men, as the root is hidden in the earth, but the fruits after doe appeare. The Chaldee translateth it, a man. beareth] or, fructifieth, beareth fruit: in Greeke,
Vers. 19. of this oath] or, as the Greeke saith, of this curse: see vers. 12. I shall have peace] or, peace shall be unto me, that is, safety and prosperity, without hurt or punishment. imagination] or contemplation, that which the heart hath spied out, and looketh unto. So the Chaldee translateth it, imagination, (or conceit) but the Greeke calleth it aberration. This sinne Ieremy often imputeth to this people, Ier. 3. 17. and 7. 24. and 9. 14. and 11. 8. and 16. 12. and 18. 12. and 23. 17. to adde the drunken] to wit, the drunken soule to the thirsty, or, the moist to the dry; meaning, to adde sinne unto sinne in abundance, as in Esay 30. 1. The soule that desireth is said to thirst, Psal. 63. 1: and as the godly doe hunger and thirst after righteousnesse, Matt. 5. 6. so doe the wicked after unrighteousnesse, and drinke it up like water, Iob 34. 7. which when he hath glutted himselfe therethat I may adde unto him the sinnes of ignorance, unto (the sinnes of)
Vers. 20. not spare] or, not forgive him in mercy. if wee walke in the light, as (God) is in the light, the bloud of Iesus Christ his Sonne cleanseth us from all sinne, 1 Ioh. 1. 7. But God will not bee mercito any that unfaithfully commit iniquity, Psal. 59. 6. jealousie] which is the rage of a man, that he will not spare in the day of vengeance, Prov. 6. 34. applied here unto the Lord, as in Exod. 20. 5. smoke] in Greeke, burne: a signe of great displeaPsal. 74. 1. shall lie upon him] the Greeke and Chaldee translate, shall cleave unto him. See this word in Gen. 4. 7.
Vers. 21. out of all the tribes] in Greeke, from all
the sonnes of Israel, that is, from the communion of the Church (whereto hee addeth daily such as shall be saved, Act. 2. 47.) even as before in v. 20. the man was separated from communion with God. So he threatneth against the false Prophets, they shall not be in the secret of my people, neither shall they be writte ̄ in the writing of the house of Israel, neither shal they enter into the land of Israel, Ezek. 13. 9. And this is a separation unto evill, or for his hurt, as on the contrary the Levites were separated for their good when they were designed
Vers. 22. made it sicke] in Greeke, which he hath
sent upon it. God here signifieth such a certainty of his judgments, as all peoples (within the Church and without) should be witnesses of them.
Vers. 23. and salt] which maketh the land barsaltnesse is used for barrennesse in Psal. 107. 34. So Abimelech sowed the city with salt, which hee made utterly desolate, Iudg. 9. 45. and the wicked man shall dwell in a salt land and not inhabited, Ier. 17. 6. and of mytie places, which should not be healed, it is said,
Vers. 24. shall say] every man to his neighbour, as Ier. 22. 8. that is, one to another.
Vers. 25. stroke] Hebr. cut, that is, made with
them; which the Greeke translateth, covenanted (or disposed) with their fathers. For things done to the fathers are applied to the children: see v. 14, 15. The like speech is in 1 King. 9. 8, 9. they shall say, Why hath Iehovah done thus unto this land, and to this house? And they shall answer, Because they have forsaken Iehovah their God, who brought forth their fathers out of the land of Egypt, &c. which another Prophet recordeth thus; Because they have forsaken Iehovah the God of their fathers, who brought them forth out of the land of Egypt, 2 Chron. 7. 22. So in Ier. 22. 8, 9.
Vers. 26. other gods] in Chaldee, the idols of the
peoples. gods whom they knew not] or gods which knew not them. and he had not imparted] that is, and hee, to wit, any of those gods, had not imparted or bestowed any good thing upon them. Thus the Chaldee Paraphrast expounds it, and they had not done good unto them: and Ionathan in Tharg, and they had not divided unto them. Or it may be referhe had not imparted, that is, taught them to have any part or fellowship with those gods, or their services. The Greeke translaneither had hee distributed unto them. And whereas it is said of the Sunne, Moone, and Stars, that God hath imparted them unto all nations, Deut. 4. 19. this here may aggravate their idolatry, that not onely worshipped such, but even the fictions also of the heathens, gods which they never saw, knew, or had any manner of benefit by them;
Vers. 27. every curse] the Greeke paraphraaccording to all the curses of the covenant,
which are written in the booke of this Law. The acThe curse is powred upon us, and the oath that is written in the Law of Moses the servant of God, because we have sinned against him, Dan. 9. 11. &c.
Vers. 28. rooted them out] or, plucked them up: which is contrary to planting, Ier. 24. 6. and 42. planteth them upon the land, and they shall no more be plucked up, Amos. 9. 15. for they are kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation, 1 Pet. 1. 5. and cast them] or,
Vers. 29. The secret things belong] or hidden
unto Iehovah. This is to be unthe times or seasons which the father hath put in his owne power, Act. 1. 7. the day and houre of judgment, Matt. 24. 36. and all other like things. Particularly it may be appliRom. 11. saith; O the depth of the riches both of the wisdome and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are his judgments, and his waies past finding out! Rom. 11. 33. The Hebrew
1 Great mercies promised to the repentant sin
ANd it shall be when all these things them to returne unto thine heart, in all the nations whither Iehothis day, thou and thy sonnes, with all thine heart, and with all thy soule: Then any of thine bee driven out unto the outthis day. And Iehovah thy God will which is written in this booke of the law, if thou shalt
this day, it is not hidden from thee, neither is it far off.
It is not in the heavens, to say, Who shall goe up for us to the heavens, and take it for is it beyond the sea, to say, Who shall goe over to beyond sea for us, and take is very nigh unto thee, in thy mouth, and in thy heart, to doe it. this day life and good, death and evill. In that I command this day to love Iehovah thy God, to walke in his waies, and to keepe his commanthis day, that perishing yee shall perish, yee shall not prolong your daies upon the land, which thou art passing over Iordan to goe in thither to possesse it. I take the heathis day; life and death I have set before thee, the blessing and the curse, therefore chuse thou life that thou maist live, thou and thy seed. To love Iehovah thy God, to hearken to his is thy life, and the length of thy daies, to dwell up
THese things] Hebr. these words, that is, things before spoken of. Here follow promises of the blessing] that is, as the Chaldee explaithe blessings and the curses. After the expeGal. 3. 24. Rom. 8. 3, 4. have set] Hebr. have given. So in v. 15. and 19. cause them to returne] or, reduce, bring againe to thine heart, that is,
Vers. 2. unto Iehovah] the Chaldee expoundeth unto the feare of the LORD. This is true reLament. 3. 40. Let us search and try our waies, and turne againe to the Lord. The contrary is complaiHos. 7. 16. they returne, but not to the most high. And here faith also is implyed; for as to come unto Christ, is to beleeve in him, Ioh. 6. 35. so to turne unto the Lord with all the heart, is to beleeve in him; for with the heart man beleeveth unto righteousnesse, Rom. 10. 10. and
Vers. 3. will returne thy captivity] will bring Pet. 2. 19, 20. Therefore the Greeke translateth it, will heale thy sinnes, that is, will forgive them; as healing, in
Vers. 4. If any of thine bee driven] Hebr. If thy driven out; speaking of every particular person, If thy dispersion be, that is, thy dispersed; which word is used in this sense, in Ioh. 7. 35. 1 Pet. 1. 1. outmost part of the heavens] that is, of the world which seemeth to bee bounded by the heavens. The Greeke translateth it, from the end (or
outmost part) of heaven, unto the end of heaven: which phrase Christ useth, of gathering together his Elect at the last day, Matt. 24. 31. See the notes on Deut. 4. 32. This promise Nehemias looked unto, in his praier alleaging Gods words, If yee transgresse, I will scatter you abroad among the nations: But if yee turne unto me and keepe my commandements, and doe them, though any of thine were driven out unto the outmost part of the heavens, yet will I gather them from thence, and bring them unto the place that I have chosen to set my name there, Neh. 1. 8, 9. thy God gather thee] The Thargum called Ionathans expoundeth this to be the Word of the LORD; and the performance to be by the hand of Elias, and by the hand of the King Christ. Respecting (as it seemeth) the promise of Elias, Mal. 4. 5, 6. which was Iohn the Baptist, the fore-runner of Christ, Luk. 1. 16, 17.
Vers. 5. shalt possesse] or, shalt inherit it. This is Psal. 69. 36, 37. Ezek. 36. 8, 11, 12, 24, 28, &c.
Vers. 6. will circumcise thine heart] the Greeke will purge (or cleanse round about) thine heart: and both the Chaldee Paraphrasts expound it, will take away the foolishnesse of thine heart, and the foolishnesse of the heart of thy sonnes. This is a promise of spirituall blessings in regeneration and sanctification by Christ, in whom we are circumcised with the circumcision made without hands, in putting off the body of the sinnes of the flesh, by the circumcision of Christ, buried with him in baptisme, &c. Col. 2. 11, 12. And of this it is said,
Vers. 7. will put] Hebr. will give. Here follow earthly blessings, which God of his grace will Thou wilt render unto them a recompence, O LORD, according to the worke of their hands: thou wilt give them sorrow of heart, thy curse unto them; thou wilt persecute in anger, and destroy them from under the heavens of the LORD, Lam. 3. 64, 65, 66.
Vers. 8. hearken to] or, obey the voice; which the receive the Word of the LORD: so in vers. 10. The condition of obegodlinesse hath the
Vers. 9. make thee plenteous] or, make thee excellent, unto which Thargum Ionathan addeth,
Vers. 10. that which is written] meaning all and unto Iehovah] in Chaldee, unto the feare of the Lord.
Vers. 11. this commandement] which after in v.
the Word; and the Apostle expounthe Word of faith, Rom. 10. 8. So this speech is not of the Law onely, neither sheweth it what man can doe by the Law, much lesse by nature; but is the speech of the righteousnesse of faith, Rom. 10. 6. Though Moses teacheth them also, not to blame the Law of hardnesse to bee learned, seeing God had now caused it to be written & expounded unnot hidden from thee] or, not too marvellous and
Vers. 12. to say] that is, that thou shouldest say;
v. 13. see the Annotations on Gen. 6. 19. where sundry like speeches are shewed. This saying is meant of the heart also; wherefore the Apo
Vers. 13. beyond the sea] Thargum Ionathan explaineth it, beyond the great sea; and Thargum Neither is the Law beyond the great sea, that thou shouldest say, O that we had one like Ionas the Prophet, that might goe downe to the bottome of the great sea, and bring it to us, &c. All things hidden from men, which they cannot atwho shall goe over to beyond sea] Paul alleageth this place thus, Who shall goe downe into the deepe, that is, to bring up Christ from the dead? Rom. 10. 7. unto which he opposeth in vers. 9. beleefe in the heart, that God hath raised him from the dead. Now, Ionas the Prophet, to whose example the Ierusalemy Thargum applieth this, was a figure of Christ, as himselfe hath said,
Vers. 14. But the word] This the Apostle exBut what saith (the righteousnes which is of faith?) The Word is nigh thee, &c. that is the word of faith which we preach, Rom. 10. 8. By this it appeareth that Moses wrote of Christ, Iohn 5. 46. and that he was closely taught in the Law, E
10. 4. And the Iewes, which cleaving to the Law refused the Gospell, or word of faith,
Vers. 15. I have set] Hebr. I have given, that vers. 19. life and good] life as the end, and good as the meanes leading to life: or life, that is, God himselfe, (of whom hee saith ivers. 20. hee is thy life;) and good, that is, felife and death, good and evill. Tharthe Law of life, which is a good Law; and the Law of death, which is an evill Law. And Thargum Ionathan thus; The way of life, for which a good reward shall be recompenced to the just; and the way of death, for which an evill reward shall be recompenced to the wicked.
Vers. 16. to love] this is a declaration of the life
and good fore-mentioned, which they, whose hearts God would circumcise, vers. 6. should come unto by the faith that is in Christ. in his wai
the Chaldee saith,
Vers. 17. But if] or, And if thine heart turne,
death and evill fore-spoken of: see Deut. 29. 18. other gods] in Chaldee, the idols of the peoples.
Vers. 18. perishing yee shall perish] that is, assuperish with perdition. So in
Vers. 19. I call the heavens, &c.] This obtestaDeut. 4. 26.) may be understood of God and the Angels in heaven, (as Paul expresseth them in 1 Tim. 5. 21.) or of the other creatures also in heaThis stone shall be a witnesse unto us, for it hath heard all the words of the Lord, &c. Ios. 24. 27. So in Deut. 32. 1. Esa. 1. 2. Give eare O heavens, & heare Oearth: & in Psa. 50. 4. He will call to the heavens from above, and to the earth to judge his people; and in Iob 20. 27. the heavens shall reveale his iniquity, and the earth shall rise up against him. I have set] Hebr.
Vers. 20. to hearken to his voice] in Chaldee, to
receive his word. unto him] Chald. unto his feare. he is thy life] that is, the author of thy life and salvation through Christ, as in Iohn 17. 3. This is life eternall, to know thee the onely true God, and Iesus Christ whom thou hast sent: yea, Christ
the resurrection and the life, Iob. 11. 25. and 14. 6. And in 1 Iohn 5. 20. We know that the Sonne of God is come, and hath given us an understanding that we may know him that is true: and we are in him that is true, even in his Son Iesus Christ; this is the true God, and eternall life.
1 Moses being ready to die, encourageth the peo
ANd Moses went and spake these I am an hundred & twenthis day, I can no more goe out and come in: and Iehovah hath said unto me, thou shalt not goe over this Iordan. Iehoshall go over before thee, as Iehovah hath said. And Iehovah will doe unto them as hee did to Si
And Iehovah will give them before you, and yee shall doe unto them according to eit is that goeth with thee, he will not faile thee, nor for sake thee.
And Moses called unto Iosua, and said unit is that goeth before thee; hee will be with thee, hee will not faile thee, nor forsake thee; feare not, neither be dismaid.
And Moses wrote this Law, and gave it un
Gather together the people, men, and wois within thy gates, that they may heare, and that they may learne, and may feare Iehovah your God, and observe to doe all the words of this Law. And that their sonnes which shall live on the land, whither ye are going o
And Iehovah said unto Moses, Behold thy are going in to be amongst them, and will forsake mee, and breake my covenant which I have stricken with them. And mine is not amongst us. And I, hiding will hide my this day, beam yet alive with you this day, yee have beene rebellious against Iehovah, and how much more after my death? Gather together unto (your selves,) and will turne aside from the way which I have commanded you, and evill will befall you in the latter daies, because yee will doe evill in the eyes of Iehovah, to provoke him to anger through the worke of your hands. And Moses spake in the eares
Gen. 6. 9. And here Moses set
OLd] Hebr. sonne of an hundred and twenty
yeeres; of which phrase see Gen. 5. 32. So long while Noe preached to the world, building the Arke, Gen. 6. 3, 14. 1 Pet. 3. 19, 20. Of these 120. yeeres, Moses lived 40. in Pharaohs court in Egypt, Acts 7. 20, 23. forty in the land of Madian, Acts 7. 29, 30. Exod. 7. 7. and 40. yeeres he governed Israel. I can no more goe out] that is, no more administer in my office: see the AnnoNum. 27. 17. This inability of Moses was not so much for his age, (for his eye was not dim, nor his naturall moisture fled, Deut. 34. 7.) as for the ordinance of God next mentioned. and Iehovah] or, for Iehovah hath said; as is shewNum. 20. 12. Deut. 3. 25, 26. And is often in stead of For, as is noted on Gen. 12. 19. Or it may be taken as another reason, why Moses might no longer governe them.
Vers. 3. Ioshua] in Greeke, Iesus, who was subNum. 27. 16, 17, 18. &c. A figure of our Lord Iesus, who by grace and truth bringeth us into Gods eternall rest, after the enIohn 1. 17. Rom. 10. 4. Thus the people are comforted in respect of their sor
Vers. 4. of the Amorite] that is, of the Amorites,
Vers. 5. commanded you] which was, to root Deut. 20. 16, 17.
Vers. 6. Be ye strong] or, Be confirmed, Hold
fast, to wit, your faith in God: in Greeke, Quit you like men; which word Paul useth in 1 Cor. 16. 13. So after, in vers. 7. couragious] or, be hardy, strong, valiant in heart and carriage. This word is applied to the heart in Psal. 27. 14. and armes, in Prov. 31. 17. and signifieth an increase and stedfastnesse, Prov. 24. 5. Ruth 1. 18. The like exhortation is often used, as Ios. 10. 25. 1 Chron. 22. 13. 2 Chron. 32. 7. hee it is] in Chaldee, his Word it is. So in vers. 8. faile thee] or, let thee goe, leave thee to thy selfe, but will hold thee fast. So vers. 8. and Ios. 1. 5. Heb. 13. 5.
Vers. 7. strong and couragious] or, confirmed and strong, as vers. 6. Iosua being to beare the charge Chron. 28. 20.
Vers. 8. he will be with thee] the Chaldee parahis Word will be thy helpe.
Vers. 9. this Law] in Greeke, all the words of this
Law in a booke. which bare the Arke] they had the chiefe charge to looke to the Arke, and other holy things; and though the Levites bare it, as apNum. 3. 31. and 4. 15. and 10. 21. yet sometime the Priests themselves also bare it, as when they passed over Iordan, Ios. 3. 6, 17. when they compassed Iericho, Ios. 6. 12. So after in v. 25. Moses spake to the Levites. the Elders] the MaMal. 2. 7. Hos. 4. 6. Mich. 3. 1. 2 Chron. 19. 6, 8, 9, 10.
Vers. 10. of seven yeeres] that is, of every seventh
Vers. 11. which he shall chuse] to set his Arke to place his name there, Deut. 16. 2. thou shalt reade] speaking to IsNehem. 8. 1, 2, 3, &c. or as the HeCommandement was to Ioshua, and therefore the King read it, saith Chazkuni upon this place. Which is by others of them declared thus,
Vers. 12. women and children] which though they were not bound to come up at the yeerely Exod. 23. 17. yet to this reading they were bound, such as could understand, Neh. 8. 3. The Hebrew canons say, Whosoever is free from appearing (before the Lord,
Vers. 14. thy dayes approach] or, are nigh, at the kingdome of heaven approacheth, Matth. 4. 17. another explaineth it,
Vers. 15. Iehovah appeared] that is, a glorious the glory of the divine majestie of the Lord. pillar of a cloud] out of which he was wout in favour to speake: see Exod. 33. 9. Psal. 99. 7.
Vers. 16. liest downe] to wit, to sleepe, that is, to
die: as Iob 14. 12. Acts 7. 60. 1 Thess. 4. 13. thy fathers] the faithfull of former times, signifiGen. 25. 8. Wherefore Thargum Ionathan parathou liest downe in the dust with thy fathers, and thy soule shall be treasured up in the treasury of eternall life with thy fathers. goe a whoring] or fornicate, that is, commit idolatry, as the Chaldee explaineth it.
Vers. 17. will hide my face] in Chaldee, will take
away my divine presence. So in vers. 18. devoured] or
Vers. 18. other gods] in Chaldee, idols of the peoples:
Vers. 19. this song] in Greeke, the words of this
song; after described in Chap. 32. containing a proagainst] or in, that is, amongst the sonnes of Israel: so in vers. 26.
and be fat] the like is prophesied in Deut. 32. 15. and shewed to have come to passe in Neh. 9. 25, 26.
Vers. 21. answer before them] that is, testifie before
Vers. 23. I will be with thee] in Greeke, he will be with thee; as being the words of Moses (whom my Word shall be thy helpe. See vers. 8.
Vers. 25. the Levites] especially the Priests the
sons of Levi, as in vers. 9.
Vers. 26. in the side] or, by the side: which in in a coffer by the right side of the Arke.
Vers. 27. stiffe necke] or, hard necke; which else-where an iron sinew, Esay 48. 4. See Exod. 32. 9.
Vers. 28. Elders of your Tribes] in Greeke they Phularcha
that is,
1 Moses song, which setteth forth Gods mercies unto Israel, their sinnes, and his chastisements by sword, famine, pestilence and captivity. 36 His mercie in Christ to
GIve eare ye heavens, and I will
For I will proclaime the name of Iehovah; give yee greatnesse unto our
The Rocke, perfect is his worke, are judgement: God is faithfulnesse, and without iniquity; just and righteous is he. They have is not (the spot) of his sonnes, (they are) a crooked and perverse generation.
Do ye thus requite Iehovah, O peoIs not hee that hath bought thee? hath not he made thee, & established thee?
Remember the dayes of old, conaccording to the number of the sonnes of Israel.
is his people, is the line of his inheritance. Hee found him in a land of wilderplace, and how
As an Engle stirreth up her nest, there was no strange god with him.
He made him ride on the high places of the earth, that he might eat the
They sacrificed to devils, not to Godto gods whom they knew not, to new gods that came lately up, of whom your fathers were not afraid. Of the it, & contemptuously abhorred them,
shall be; for they are a very froward generation, sonnes in whom is no faith. They have prothat which
is not god; they have provoked mee to anger with their vanities: and I will provoke them to jealousie with those which are not a people; I will provoke them to anger with a foolish nation. For a fire is kindled in mine They shall
be burnt with hunger, and devoured with the burning coale, and with a bitter stinging plague, and I will send upon them the teeth of beasts, with the poyson of serpents of the dust. Without, the sword shall beamong men. Were it not that I feaare a nation voyd there is no understanthat they understood this, that they would consider their latter end. How should one chase a thousand, & is not as our Rocke, even our enemies being judges. For their vine is of the vine of Sodom, and of the blasted fields of Gomorrah: their Grapes are Grapes of gall, they have most bitter clusters. Their wine is
Is not this laid and sealed up in my treasuries?
To mee belongeth vengeance and is neere, and the things that shall come upon them make haste. For Iehovah will judge his people, there is none shut up, or left. And hee shall say, Where are
place for you. See now I am he, and there is no God
there is none that delive
If I whet my glittering sword, and mine hand take hold on judgement, I will render with his people, for he will avenge the bloud of his servants, and will render venge
And Moses came, and spake all the words this day, which you shall comis not a vaine is your life; and through this word ye shall prolong your daies upon the land, whither yee are going over Iordan to possesse it.
And Iehovah spake unto Moses in that is in the land of Moab, that is over against Ieam giving to the sonnes of Israel for a possession.
And die in the mount whither thou goest in the wildernesse of Zin, because ye sanctified me not in the midst of the sonnes of Israel. Yet thee, but thither thou shalt not goe in unto the land which I am giving to the sonnes of Israel.
GIve eare O heavens to that which I declare, and
heare, O earth, what my mouths sayings are. Drop
downe as doth the raine shall my doctrine; distill as
deaw so shall my speech divine: as on the tender
herbe the small raine powres, and as upon the grasse
the greater showres: For I Iehovahs name proclaime
abroad; O give ye greatnesse unto him our God.
Gen. 6. 9.
GIve eare] or, hearken yee heavens. Moses beDent. 30. 19. and 31. 28.) the more to affect the hearts of the people. So Esaias beginneth his prophesie against rebelliEsa. 1. 2. For though men die, yet heaPsal. 119. 89, 90, 91. Eceles. 1. 4. And though men will not heare, yet other creatures shall heare and witnesse against them, Ios. 24. 27. and I will] or, that which I shall speake: as, and he shall prepare, Mal. 3. 1. is expounded, which shall prepare, Mar. 1. 2. and let the earth heare] or, heare O earth; for he changeth the perEsay 1. 2. hee changeth the order also, Heare ye heavens, and give eare thou earth; and in Ier. 22. 29. O earth, earth, earth, heare the word of Iehovah.
Vers. 2. My doctrine] or, My received learning:
Vers. 3. proclaime] or publish, preach: but the pray in the name of the Lord. give ye greatnesse] or majestie, that is, magni
him: so in
Vers. 4. The Rocke] that is, as the Greeke transGod: so in vers. 18, 30, 37. 1 Sam. 2. Sam, 22the Rocke, because of his might, stability and immutability; and to his Church he is a firme foundation, Matth. 16. Cor.
in Greeke,
Vers. 5. They have corrupted themselves] or, It
hath corrupted it selfe; speaking of the people, (as is expressed in Exod. 32. 7.) as of one man, and prophesying here their falling away from God. Or, It hath corrupted (it selfe) before him, that is, before or against God. The Greeke translateth, they have finned: and corruption is used both for sinne, as in Gen. 6. 11. and for destruction following sinne, as Gen. 6. 13. it being alwaies the changing of the ecorrupting themselves, was chiefly by idolatry, as
Vers. 6. requite] or reward, recompence. This is What shall I render unto Iehovah for
Vers. 7. of old] or, of the world and ages past, all which will testifie of Gods grace unto his people. vers. 6. and by this the Saints confirmed themselves in their troubles and feares, Psal. 77. 6. 7. &c. and 119. 52. and 143. 5. So in Esay 46. 9. Remember the formerthings of old, for I am God, and there is none else, &c.
Vers. 8. divided inheritance] that is, appointed and gave lands and Countries for the nations to mount
to the Edomites;
Vers. 9. portion] or part, which hee hath diviExod. 19. 5, 6. and for whom he long before prepared an habitation. And as he hath taken his people for his portion, so they againe take him for theirs, Psal. 142. 6. and hee is calthe portion of Iakob, Ier. 10. 16. and 51. 19. This word Paul applieth to our heavenly calling in Christ, speaking of the portion of the inheritance of the Saints in light, Coloss: 1. 12. Iakob] that is, the posterity of Iakob; which being the name of his infirmity, before he was called Israel, comIakob is the generatiPsal. 24. 6. the line] or, the cord of his inheritance, that is, his heritage, as by line or measure befallen or allotPsal. 16. 6, 7.
Vers. 10. Hee found him] that is, God found Iakob,
Vers. 11. an Eagle] the chiefest of all birds, Exod. 19. 4. stirreth up] or,
that is, her young ones: which
Vers. 12. alone lead] or, lead him alone; which Num. 23. 9. & Deut. 33. 28. they are said to dwell alone; and thus the Chaldee interprelead him] that is, lead Israel, conducting them thorow the wildernesse in safetie, as Deut. 8. which mercie is often mentioned, Psal. 78. 14. 52. 53. and 1 36. 16. Neh. 9. 12. The Angell of his presence saved them, Esay 63. 9. with him] with Iehovah; or, with Israel; as the Greeke translateth, with them. God erected his Tabernacle, and set his true worship in Israel, without commixture with the idolatrie of the nation. And unto that they should have kept themselves, as Psal. 81. 8, 9, 10. The Chaldee parphraseth, there shall no service of idols be established before him.
Vers. 13. made him ride] made Israel to conriding is often used for conPsal. 45. 4. and 66. 12. Rev. 6. 2. and 19. 11. 14. high places of the earth] or, of the land, to wit, Canaany, which they conquered: and by the high places, are meant the mountaines, and high walled cities which they subdued, Deut. 1. 28. A like promise is made in Esai. 58. 14. I will cause thee to ride on the high places of the earth: and in Deut. 33. 29. thou shalt tread upon their high places. The Chaldee here translateth, He placed them on the strong places of the earth. and he did eat] or, that he might eat: the Greeke saith, he fed them with the fruits of the fields. fruits] or, fruitfulnesses, all things that grew in the fields. honey out of the rocke] that is, honey of Bees nestling in rocks: or honey fruits, as dates and the like, which grow on palme trees, (as oile on olive trees,) in rocky places: that whereExod. 17. 6. Num. 20. 11. whereto this here also may have reference, and meane waters sweet as honey and oile. This honey and oile figured the heavenly graces which God bestoweth upon his Church in Christ, (who is likened to a Rocke, 1 Cor. 10. 4.) and which he would continue, if men would hearken unto his Law, Psal. 81. 14,—17. and 119. 103. Song 4. 11.
Vers. 14. Butter of kine] or, of the herd, that Esai. 7. 21, 22. And as soft and smooth words are sometimes likened to butter, and oile, Psal. 55. 22. so here they figured the soft and comfortable words of grace, wherwith God saHe gave them the spoiles of their kings and rulers, with the riches of their great and strong men, &c. and so in Amos 4. 1. Princes of Samaria are called kine of Basan. of the flocke] of sheepe and goats, Levit. 1. 10. for the food of them and of their houshold, as Prov. 27. 27. fat of lambs] that is, fatted lambs, rams, &c. of the breed of Basan] Hebr.
Vers. 15. Iesurun] or Ieshurun, that is, as the Israel; the Greeke, Beloved; so in
Vers. 16. provoked him to jealousie] or, made him
jealous, that is, exceeding angry: for jealousie is the rage of a man; therefore he will not spare in the day of vengeance, Prov. 6. 34. strange gods] the Chaldee explaineth it, the service of Idols, or idolatry. So in
Vers. 17. to devils] that waste and destroy man-kinde, as their name Shedim here signifieth: see Levit. 17. 7. and these are in this respect opposed to God, who maketh and saveth his people, v. 15. So Ieroboams calves are called Dev
2
Vers. 18. the Rocke] that is, as the Greeke saith, the God, and the Chaldee, the strong Feare, that is, the strong God: see v. 4. begat thee] with the word of truth, that thou shouldst be a kinde of first-fruits of his creatures, as Iam. 1. 18. The Chaldee expoundeth it, created thee; which may also bee applied to creating in Christ Iesus unto good workes, as Ephes. 2. 10. unmindfull] in Greeke, hast forsaken: this & the word following, hast forgotten, sheweth their long continuance in their sin, wherMy people have forgotten me daies without number, Ier. 2. 32. And is not only forgetfulnesse in minde, but in afthey forgat God their Saviour, Ps. 106. 19. 21. So God when he will punish them, threatneth, I will utterly forget you, and forsake you, Ier. 23. 39. Hereupon he saith, Remember these, O Iakob and Israel, for thou art my servant; I have formed thee, thou art my servant, O Israel, shew not thy selfe forgetfull of mee, Esay 44. 21. that formed thee] or, that brought thee forth: in Greeke, that nourished thee: in Chaldee, that made thee. God is here likened to a father that begat, and a mother that bare or brought forth; both which do set forth his love, and the worke of his grace.
Vers. 19. saw] the Chaldee saith, it was revealed
before the Lord. God the Iudge first taketh notice of the sinne, as in Gen. 18. 20, 21. contemptuously abhorred] or,
Vers. 20. will hide my face] the Chaldee exwill take away my divine presence. It meaPsal. 27. 9. and 102. 2, 3. Exod. 33. 15, 16. And when God threatneth judgment to his people, he saith, I will shew them the backe and not the face in the day of their calamity, Ier. 18. 17. And here their puProv. 1. 28. The contrary is promised to the faithfull, They shall see his face, Rev. 22. 4. will see] and let others see: as the Greeke saith, I will shew what shall be to them at the last. Now the last end of sinners, if they convert not, is their dePsal. 73. 17, 18. Prov. 14. 12, 13. and 23. 32. very froward] Hebr. a generation of frowardnesses, or, of perversities, that is, a most froTit. 3. 11. no faith] no firmnesse, truth, or stability: for faith hath the name of stedExod. 17. 12.
Vers. 21. not god] or, no god: a prophesie of the their vanities] that is, as the Greeke translateth, their idols, or, as the Chaltheir service of idols. So Idols are called vanities, Ier. 8. 19. and 14. 22. 2 King. 17. 15. because they are nothing, 1 Cor. 8. 4. not a people] or, no people, that is, by the Gentiles which now are not my people, whom I will call to my faith and obedience by the Gospell, whereby the Iewes shall have occasion of jealousie and anger. So Paul expoundeth this in Rom. 10. 19, &c. And in 1 Pet. 2. 10. which in time past were not a people, but are now the people of God. And in Hos. 1. 10. In the place where it was said unto them, Yee are not my people; there it shall bee said unto them, Yee are the sonnes of the living God. Thus God threata foolish nation] and therefore vile and despised: so this is a reward of their foolish despising of the Lord, forementioned v. 15. The Iewes understand these things of the Chaldeans, which caried them captive and so grieBehold the land of the Chaldeans, this was not a people, &c. Esay 23. 13. But the Apostles exposition is heavenly, shewRom. 11. 14. 1 Thess. 2. 15, 16. which Gentiles are called foolish, because they were carried away after dumbe idols, 1 Cor. 12. 2. Whereup
Vers. 22. kindled in mine anger] or, burneth from
mine anger, or, through my nostrill, that is, by the breath thereof. By fire is meant Gods fiery judgAmos 2. 2, 5. So in Ezek. 30. 8. God, saith hee, will set a fire in Egypt, which the Chaldee there expeoples strong as fire; but here the ChalFor an East winde strong as fire commeth forth from before me in anger. As before, God withdrew his good things from them, so now hee threatneth to inflict evils upon their land, and up
Vers. 23. I will heap] or, will adde: I will consume, will spend evils on them: the Greeke saith, I will gather
Vers. 24. burnt] in Greeke, consumed: Moses heat or burne; and so it may intimate their destruction by the ChaldeLament. 4. 8. Others translate it, filled or mested; so it answereth to their sinne, who had filled themselves, and kicked, vers. 15. and now for a punishment should bee filled with hunger. This the Chaldee favoureth, translating it, blowne up (or swollen) with famine. And this is the first evill arrow of famine, as Ezek. 5. 16. the burning cole] hereby the lightning or hot thunderbolt seemeth to be meant, as in Psal. 78. 48. or the burning carbuncle, a fiery ulcer on the body, as in Habak. 3. 5. this word is joyned with the pefiery coles, Song 8. 6. figuratively it is applied to arrowes that flie, Psal. 76. 4. The Greeke and Chaldee here expound it, devoured with fowles. bitter] in Greeke, incurable. stinging plague] in Hebrew, Keteb, which is the name of a deadly stinging dispestilence, in Psal. 91. 6. which the Apostle translateth a sting, in 1 Cor. 15. 55. from Hos. 13. 14. and so the Greeke there exOpisthotonos, which is a strange & vehement disease in the necke, when by the stiffenesse of the nerves or sinewes, the necke is strained backward to the shoulders, and killeth a man within foure daies, as Cornel. Celsus sheweth in l. 4. c. 3. But it seeevill spirits. the teeth] Hebr. the tooth of beasts, wild beasts to devoure men and catLevit. 26. 22. Ezek. 5. 17. and 14. 21. serpents] or, creeping things, wormes: the Chaldragons that creepe in the dust. The wild beasts kill by force; wormes and serpents by secret subtilty.
Vers. 25. Without] abroad out of the cities. the sword] of the enemy by warres. bereave] or rob, to wit, all sorts and sexes, as after followeth. Thus God threatneth his foure sore judgments, mentioned in Ezek. 14. 21. Revel. 6. 8. the sword, and the famine, and the evill beasts, and the pestilence, to cut off from them man and beast. terrour] inIob 15. 20,—24. terrours of death, as Psal. 55. 5. and so the Chaldee translateth it, dread of death; meaning that they should even die through feare. both the young man] to wit, shall be bereaved: so all sorts shall be cut off with these judgements.
Vers. 26. scatter them into corners] or, drive them
from corner to corner: in Greeke, disperse them; in Chaldee, destroy them. Here God sheweth the mea
Vers. 27. Were it not] or, but that I feare the
wrath (or provocation) of the enemie. God speaketh these things after the manner of men: and in reEzek. 20. 13, 14, 21, 22, 44. behave themselves strangely] or,
Vers. 28. For they] that is, the Israelites, as the v. 26. it may also bee applied to their enevoid of counsels] or, as the Greeke transwhich have lost counsell, in that they have forsaken Gods Law, which should be their counPsal. 119. 24.
Vers. 29. O that they were] or, as the Chaldee If they were wise. Compare Psal. 107. 43. Hos. 14. 9. understand] which is the effect of wisdome, whereof they deprived themselves. consider their latter end] study and apply their minds to Gods workes past, present, and to come: this want of wisdome in them, the Prophet lamenShe remembred not her latter end, therefore she came downe wonderfully, Lament. 1. 9.
Vers. 30. one chase a thousand] Seeing God proLevit. 26. 7, 8. how should on the contheir Rocke] that is, God, as the Greeke translateth: see v. 4. sold them] in Chaldee, delivered them, meaning to the enemies, to whom they were sold even for nothing, as Psal. 44. Esay 52. 3. and this was for their iniquities, Esay 50. 1. shut them up] in Greeke, delivered them; meaning, into the enemies hand, as Psal. 31. 9. So God is said to shut up (that is, deliver) his people to the sword, Psal. 78. 62. See this phrase in Deut. 23. 15.
Vers. 31. their Rocke] the god on whom the For our God is not like their gods. The person is chanIudges] for the enemies were afraid of the God of Israel because of his forSam. 4. 8. BaNum. 23. 8, 12, 19, 20, 21. &c. The Egyptians would have fled, for they perceiExod. 14. 25.
Vers. 32. their vine] the vine of Israel, so other Esay 1. 10. Ezek. 16. 45, 46, 56. Although therefore these things may be applied to the heawhat things soever the Law saith, it saith it to them that are under the Law, that every mouth may be stopped, and all the world may become guilty before God, Rom. 3. 19. By the vine here, the Chalpunishment, translating, Their vengeance is like the vengeance of the people of Sodom. And that such was their sinne and punish
Vers. 33. their wine] wine is sometime used to Song 4. 10. and 5 1. and 8. 2. Here it signifieth the corrupt doctrine & heresies wherewith the Iewes poisoned themselves and their disciples: and the wine of fornications, that is, the heresies and idoRev. 17. 2. poyson of dragons] in Greeke, fury (or hot wrath) of dragons; that is, their doctrines and actions are venemous and deadly in soule and body, as being doctrines of devils, and the poison of the old dragon whom Antichristians adore, 1 Tim. 4. 1. Rev. 13. 4. and 12. 3, 4, &c. So in Esay 59. 5. They hatch Cockatrice egges, &c. hee that eateth of their egges dieth. cruell] in Greeke,
Vers. 34. this] in Greeke, these things; that is, all their workes. laid up in store] which the Chaldee interpreteth, manifest before me. Their evillfruits, the grapes of Gomorrah, and of gall, God laid up for to punish. sealed up] not to
laid up against the day of judgment in my treasuries. According to this phrase Iob speaketh, My transgression is sealed up in a bag, and thou sowest up my iniquity, Iob 14. 17. speaking of his sins wch God left not unpunished: though the time and meanes of punishment is to man unknowne, as a sealed booke cannot be read, Esay 29. 11. in my treasuries] or, among my treasures: meaning Gods secret wisdome & knowtreasures of wisdome and knowledge, Coloss. 2. 3. and in Iob 38. 22, 23. the treasurs (or treasuries) of snow and of haile are mentioned, which God reserveth against the time of trouble, against the day of battell and warre.
Vers. 35. To mee vengeance] or, vengeance is
mine, to punish Israel for their rebellions, and to punish their enemies for abusing them. Therefore the Apostle maketh this a generall doctrine, and teacheth us to commit our injuries unto God; Beloved, avenge not your selves, but rather give place unto wrath; for it is written, vengeance is mine, I will repay, saith the Lord, Rom. 12. 19. And by this hee would deterre us from sinne,
Vers. 36. judge his people] that is, punish the The Lord will judge his people; and adIt is a fearefull thing to fall into the hands of the living God, Heb. 10. 30, 31. And for defence the Psalmist saith, Iudge mee, O God, and plead my cause against an unmercifull nation, Psal. 43. 1. repent himselfe] change the course of his administration towards his people, as a man when hee repenteth changeth his way. This is spoken of God not proSam. 15. 29.) but after the manner of men, as is noted on Gen. 6. 6. For this repentance of God concerning his serPsal. 90. 13. and God promiseth, if a nation turne from their evill, hee will repent him of the evill that he thought to doe unto them, Ier. 18. 8. and performed it towards the Ninevites, Ion. 3. 10. and towards the Israelites, Amos 7. 2, 3, 6. And hereupon men are exhorFor hee is gracious and mercifull, slow to anger, and of great kindnesse, and repenteth him of the evill, Ioel 2. 13. the hand] of his people, that is, their strength; which the Greeke explaineth thus, for he seeth them feeble. So hand is for strength, or power; as, the hand (or power) of the sword, Iob 5. 20. the hand of the dog, Psal. 22. 21. and there is none shut up] or, and nothing is shut up or left: or, and come to nothing (consumed) is hee that is shut up, and that is left. And so it may be unnone shut up in the enemies hand, as captive or prileft untaken by the enemy; or, none shut up in houses, cities, towers, to escape the enenone left escaped from destruction. It meaneth an utter overthrow of their state and kingdome; as the overthrow of Ieroboams house is threatned in these termes, I will cut off from Ieroboam him that pisseth against the wall, him that is shut up and left in Israel, 1 King. 14. 10. The like is threatned to Ahab, 1 King. 21. 21. And this compassion here promised, was in some sort shewed to Israel, in the daies of Ieroboam, sonne of Ioash, as it is written, For the Lord saw the affliction of Israel, that it was very bitter, for there was not any shut up, nor any left, nor any helper for Israel, 2 King. 14. 26.
Vers. 37. And he shall say] that is, the Lord shall
say, as the Greeke version explaineth it. God here upbraideth the idols which Israel followed, as beWhere are thy gods that thou hast made thee? Let them arise if they can helpe thee in the time of thy trouble, &c. Ier. 2. 28.
Vers. 38. did eat the fat] that is, to whom they eaten by those gods; as the sacrifices to the Lord, was called his bread, Lev. 21. 6. let him be] in Greeke, let them be: but this hath rethe Rocke (the mighty God) forementiovers. 37. in whom they hoped for safety. So God said to Israel, Goe and cry unto the Gods which yee have chosen, let them save you in the time of your tribulation, Iudg. 10. 14. It is a sharpe reproofe, with an upbraiding of their folly.
Vers. 39. See now] in Greeke, See see. God haWhen the word of the Lord shall be revealed for to redeeme his people, hee well say to all peoples, See now, &c. I I am he] in Greeke, I am: it is the more vehement by doubling
I, as the like is found in Esay 43. 25. Hos. 5. 14. it meaneth also, I am the same, that is, eterPsal. 102. 28. Thou art hee, which the Apostle expoundeth, thou art the same, Heb. 1. 12. Ionathan aforesaid openeth it thus, I hee that am, and have beene, and I hee that shall bee. This accordeth with Gods describing of himselfe in Revel. 1. 4. and 16. 5. And here the myDeut. 6. with mee] in Greeke, besides mee; and so in Esay hee saith, besides mee there is no God, Esay 45. 5. I doe kill] none but I have power of death and life: so Anna in her Song saith, Iehovah killeth and maketh alive, hee bringeth downe to the grave, and bringeth up, 1 Sam. 2. 6. Hereby Christ is knowne to be very God,
Vers. 40. For I lift] or, when I lift up my hand;
Gen. 14. 22. Exod. 6. 8. Num. 14. 30. So the Greeke here exI will lift up my hand unto heaven, and sweare by my right hand, and say, &c. Though the lifting up, or stretching forth of the hand, is also for a signe, to make the hearers attentive, Esay 49. 22. Act. 26. 1. I live] understand, as I live: these are the words of an oath; as in Ier. 4. 2. thou shalt sweare Iehovah liveth. And because God can sweare by no greater, he sweareth by himselfe, Heb. 6. 13. So the Angell lifted up his hand to heaven, and sware by him that liveth for ever and ever. Rev. 10. 5, 6. And as an oath is for confirmation, and to shew the immutability of his counsell, Heb. 6. 16, 17. so here God confirmeth the former threatAs I live, so will I not breake mine oath for ever.
Vers. 41. my glittering sword] Hebr. the lightning
of my sword, that is, the bright glittering blade of my sword; which the Greeke translateth, If I whet my sword like lightning. So in Gen. 3. 24. the flame of a sword, that is, a bright flaming sword; and in Hab. 3. 11. at the shining of the lightning of thy speare, that is, of thy glittering speare. This similiZach. 9. 14. his arrow shall goe forth as the lightning. So in Ezek. 21. 10. his sword is fourbished that it may glitter. on judgment] that is, on weapons of judgment;
Vers. 42. drunke with bloud] this signifieth a foot in the bloud of the enemies, Psal. 68. 23. shall devoure, or, shall eat flesh; which the Chaldee expoundeth, shall kill among the peoples. So the Lords
Vers. 43. Shout joyfully] or sing: in Greeke, rejoyce.
Vers. 44. Moses came] the Greeke addeth, unto
Vers. 46. set your heart] that is, your hearts; as, harden not your heart, Ps. 95. 8. is interpreted, your hearts, Heb. 3. 8. in Greeke, attend with your heart. It meaneth a diligent consideration & application, which elsewhere God explaineth thus, Behold with thine eies, and heare with thine eares, and set thine heart upon all that I shall shew thee, Ezek. 40. 4. and 44. 5.
Vers. 47. a vaine word] or, a vaine thing; that great reward, Psal. 19. 12. your life] so Paul saith, Moses describeth the righteousnesse which is of the Law, that the man which doth those things shall live by them, Rom. 10. 5, 6. where he opposeth it to the righteousnesse of faith. And by life is meant eternall life, as our Saviour answered the Lawyer, asking what hee should doe to inherit eternall life, &c. Doe this and thou shalt live, Luk. 10. 25,—28.
Vers. 48. in that selfe same day] Hebr. in the body
strength) of this day. See this phrase in Gen. 7. 13. and 17. 23.
Vers. 49. Nebo] the performance of this comDeut. 34. 1. &c. See also Num. 27. 12.
Vers. 50. unto thy peoples] thy godly forefathers: in Greeke, thy people. See the Annotations on Gen.
mount Hor] whereof see Numb. 20. 23. &c.
Vers. 51. trespassed] in Greeke, disobeyed my
word. Of this trespasse, see Num. 20. 10, 11, 12. Here Moses at his death maketh a commemoratiMeribah] or, contention of Cadesh: so the Greeke translateth it, contradiction.
Vers. 52. before thee] or, over against thee, that a farre off, for so this phrase often signifieth, as is noted on Numb. 2. 2. So that may be said here of Moses, which Paul speaketh of the godly fathers, These all dyed in faith, not having received the promises, but having seene them afar off, and were perswaded of them,
1 Moses blessing Israel before his death, shew
ANd this is the blessing wherewith Mohand the fire of the Law for them. Yea, the lover of are in thine hand, and they sate downe at thy feet, every one shall receive of thy words. Moses commanded
Let Reuben live, and not die, and his men
And this (is the blessing) of Iudah: and
And of Levi he said, Thy Thummim and
Of Benjamin he said, The beloved of Iehe shall cover him all the day, and betweene his shoulders he shall dwell.
And of Ioseph hee said, Blessed of Iehovah be his land: for the precious things of the heathings of the anit come on the head of Ioseph, and on the crowne of the head of the separated among his brethren. His glory (be like) the firstling of his bullock, to the ends of the land; and they are the ten thousands of Ephraim, and they are the thou
And of Zabulon he said, Rejoyce Zabuto the mountaine, there they shall sacrifice the sacrifices of Iu19 for they shall suck the abundance of the seas, and treasures hid in the sand.
And of Gad he said, Blessed be he that enpart for in a portion of the Law-giver was he protected; and he came with the heads of the people, he did the justice of Ieho
And of Dan he said, Dan is a renting Li
And of Naphtali he said, Naphtali satisfied
And of Aser he said, Blessed with sons be
There is none like God, Ieshurun, who rideth upon the heavens for thy helpe, and in his excellency on the skies. The God of antiis thy mansion, and underneath are the armes of eternity, and he will thrust out the ein confident safety aart thou Israel! is thy excellency, and thine enemies shall falsly deny unto thee, and thou shalt tread upon their high places.
Here beginneth the 54. and last SeGen. 6. 9.
THe man of God] which the Chaldee expounthe Prophet of the Lord. So Samuel is called a man of God, 1 Sam. 9. 6, 7. and in v. 9. hee is also called a Seer, and this is added, he that is now (called) a Prophet, was before time called a Seer. So these three names are one: though a man of God is so named in respect of his divine calling to the ministerie (wherefore the minister of the New Tea man of God, 1 Tim. 6. 11. 2 Tim. 3. 17.) a Seer is in respect of the Visions which they saw, Esay 1. 1. and a Prophet, for utGen. 20. 7. Exod. 7. 1.
Vers. 2. from Sinai] or, as the Greeke translateth unto Sinai: for the Hebrew Min, which usually signifieth From, is sometime put for unto, by the interpretation of the Holy Ghost himselfe, as, from Baale of Iudah, 2 Sam. 6. 2. is by another Prophet explained to Baalah, 1 Chron. 13. 6. So the Deliverer shall come from (or out of) Sion, Rom. 11. 26. is the same that hee shall come unto Sion, Esay 59. 20. Min hashamajim, from heaven, 2 Chron. 6. 21. is El hashamajim, unto (or in) heaven, 1 King. 8. 30. Thus
Vers. 3. Yea the lover of the peoples] that is, yea (or certainly) hee loveth, or thou (O God) lovest the peoples, or protectest them. The Hebrew Chobeb signifieth a loving embracing, or hiding, as in the bosome; and so implyeth Love and Protection. And the peoples are meant of the tribes of Israel, as in Iudg. 5. 14. after thee Benjamin, among thy peoples; and in
Vers. 4. Moses commanded us] these are the The sonnes of Israel said, Moses commanded, &c. The Law was first and properly of God; but being given by Moses ministery, it is called
Vers. 5. he was] Moses was in Iesurun a King; which the Greeke translateth, a Prince. So the HeMoses was the King: and Maimony in Misn. in Beth habchichap. 6. sect. 11. Moses our master was a King. So Princes are called Kings, in Psal. 105. 30. Ier. 19. 3. Or it may be understood of God himselfe, that hee was their King, as 1 Sam. 12. 12. Ieshurun] in the Chaldee, Israel; see Deut. 32. 15. the heads] that is, the chiefe, the Governours, together with the people, as was at the giving of the Law, Exod. 19. 7,—17.
Vers. 6. Let Reuben live] the Chaldee addeth, to life eternall. This blessing may respect Reubens sinne with his fathers Concubine, for which hee lost his birthright of his father, Gen. 35. 22. and 49. 4. and the sinne of the Princes of that tribe, which rebelled with Korah, Num. 16. 1. &c. But mercy is here promised in Christ, that hee should live before God among his brethren. So hee went armed before them against the Canaanites, Ios. 4. 12. and not die] the Chaldee expounds it, and let him not die the second death; (by which name the Scripture calleth eternall damnation, Revel. 20. 6. 14.) So Ionathan in his Thargum paraphraseth, Let Reuben live in this world, and not die with the death wherewith the wicked shall die in the world that is to come. It is very vsuall in the Scripture, to set downe things of importance and earnestnesse, by affirmation of the one part, and deniall of the oEsay 38. 1. thou shalt dye and not live, Num. 4. 14. that they may live & not die, Ps. 118. 17. I shall not dye but live, Gen. 43.
and many the like.
Vers. 7. the blessing of Iudah] the word blessing
v. 1. And Ionathan in his Thargum supplieth it. So doth the Scripture often, as in 1 King. 22. 24. which way went the spirit? the word
Vers. 8. of Levi] or, unto Levi, that is, the tribe And Moses the Prophet blessed the tribe of Levi, and said. thy Thummim and thy Vrim] by interpretation, thy perfections and thy Lights: these were mysteries put into the high Priests brest-plate; whereof see the Annotations on Exod. 28. 30. so they signifie here the graces and office of the Priesthood, which was committed to Aaron and his seed, till Christ came, who had the Priest-hood for ever, after a more excellent order, Heb. 6. 20. And the speech here may bee directed unto God, who gave these mysteries to the Priest: and so the Chald. explaineth it, Thummim & Vrim thou didst put upon the man that was found holy before thee: and Sol. Iarchi saith, Hee speaketh as to the Majestie of God. Or it may be spoken to the tribe of Levi, who had the Vrim and Thummim among them, but apwith the man] understand, be with the man, or, to the man, that is, they belong to him, with him they are, and so let them rethy gracious saint] thy mercifull, pious, or holy one; or, of thy holy one: which title is gi(Ier. 3. 12.) to Christ, (Psal. 16. 10. with Act. 13. 35, 36, 37.) and to all godly men (Psal. 149. 5.) And here referring it to Aaron, or to Christ, the man thy holy one, may meane one thing, thy holy man, (as a man a Prince, in Exod. 2. 14.) or, if wee read it, the man of thine holy one, it is meant the man of God: and in Psal. 106. 16. Aaron is called the Saint of the LORD. temptedst] or triedst. This word is sometime spoken of God, as hee tempted Abraham, Gen. 22. 1. and the Israelites in the wildernesse, Deut. 8. 2, 15, 16. Sometime of men who are said to have tempted God and Christ, Exod. 17. 2. 1 Cor. 10. 9. in Massah] or, in the temptation; a place so called because there Israel tempted God, Exod. 17. 7. or, with temptation, and so it is no propet name. contendedst] or strive
this also is sometime spoken of God, whose con
Vers. 9. who saith] or, who said. of his] or, unto his father, &c. I respect him not] I see not, or, looke not upon him. The Greeke translateth, That saith to his father and to his mother, I have not seene (or, I respect not) thee. This is meant either of the Priests continuall duty, who by the Law, if his father, mother, brother, or child did die, hee might not mourne for them, but carry himselfe as if hee did not respect, know, or care for them; as is said of the High Priest, that was anointed and cloathed with the ornaments, and had Vrim and Thummim upon his heart; for his father or for his mother he shall not bee defiled, neither shall hee goe out of the Sanctuary, &c. Levit. 21. 11, 12. NeiLev. 10. 2,—7. For God would have them more to regard their function, and duty in his service, than any naturall affection whatsoever. And herein Christ was figured, (unto whom this blessing chiefly belongeth) who when hee was told, that his mother and his brethren stood without to speake with him, hee answered, Who is my mother? and who are my brethren? &c. whosoever shall doe the will of my Father which is in heaven, the same is my brother, and sister, and mother, Mat. 12. 46,—50. This may also have reference to the Levites fact, who being commanded or Moses, killed every man his brother, friend,
neighbour, and
Vers. 10. They shall teach] or, Let them teach. As v. 8. hee mentioned their gifts and calling, in v. 9. their sanctification; so here he teacheth their administration in the Word, Praier, and other miThey shall teach my people (the difference) between the holy and prophane, and cause them to discerne betweene the uncleane and the cleane; and in controversie they shall stand in judgment, and they shall judge it according to my judgments &c. Ezek. 44. 23, 24. Compare also
Vers. 11. his power] so the Greeke translateth, his strength; By power, is meant sometime an army of men, as Ezek. 37. 10. so here the first praier is for a blessing upon the persons which administred, that they might bee increased and strengthened in number and in knowledge. Wherefore the comhost or armie, Num. 4. 3. &c. In this sense Maimony (in treat. of the Rechap. 13. sect. 12.) expoundeth it, saying, The Levites are separated from the waies of the world, they wage not warre like the other Israelites, neither have they inheritance, &c. but they are the power (or
Vers. 12. Of Benjamin] or, Vnto Benjamin, who betweene the sonnes of Iudah and the sonnes of Ioseph; and Ierusalem (where the Levites after administred in the Temple) belongIos. 18. 11. 28. And in the heathe first foundation is a Iasper, which was Benjamins stone, Rev. 21. 19. Exod. 28. 30. And when the other Tribes fell away from the Kingdome of IuChron. 11. 1. 3. 12, 13. Beloved] meaning the tribe of Benjamin, who as their father was beloved of Iakob, Gen. 44. 20. 22. 29. 30. so his posterity should be beloved of the Lord. shall dwell] or praier-wise, let him dwell. inconfident safety] that is, boldly, securely, safely. by him] by the Lord, who would tender this little tribe, as Iakob tendered Benjamin, whom he kept at home with him, Gen. 42. 4. So Benjamins posterity dwelt in Ierusalem and the coasts thereacover him] or let him, meaning God, cover him: so the Greeke translateth, God overshadoweth him. The word meaneth a covering or protection from evill, as in Esay 4. 6. The Chaldee expoundeth it, he shall be a shield over him. all the day] or, every day; in Greeke,
Vers. 13. of Ioseph] or, unto Ioseph. Hee is next Chron. 5. 2. And his posterity were many and great in Israel, Ios. 17. 14,—18. his land] Iosephs inheritance in Canaan. And as the Land which the Lord curseth, yeeldeth not fruit, or bringeth forth thornes and briars, Gen. 4. 11, 12. and 3. 17, 18. so the land which hee blesseth, bringeth forth much and good increase, Psal. 65. 10,—14. The Hebrewes say, There was not of all the inheritance of the tribes, a land so full of all good things as Iosephs was. Sol. Iarchion Deut. 33. for the precious things] or, with dainty fruits. Of this word, see the Annotations on Gen. 24. 53. of the heavens] which God by the influfor the dew] or, by the dew, and raine which maketh the earth to fructifie. So Isaac blesGod give thee of the dew of the heavens, Gen. 27. 28. On the contrary, David said for a curse,
Vers. 14. the revenues] that is, the fruits which land lay open to the Sunne, which made the fruits sweet. Sol. Iarchi on Deut. 33. the thrusting forth of the Moones] that is, fruits which every Moone thrusteth forth, or causeth to grow every moneth: for all fruits grew not at once; in one moneth they gathered summer fruits, in another Olives, in the third Dates, saith Chazkuni; and Sol. Iarchi addeth, There are some fruits which the Moone ripeneth, as Cucumbers, and Gourds. As the Sunne by warmth, so the Moone by moisture maketh the earth fruit
Vers. 15. chiefe things] Hebr. the head, that is, principall; the Greeke translateth it, the top of the
mountaines. There fruits are first ripe. ancient mounts] Hebr.
Vers. 16. the plenty thereof] all creatures that fill Psal. 24. 1. the favourable acceptation] or, the
Vers. 17. His glorie] or, Hee hath glory (or beauty,
Vers. 18. of Zabulon] or, to Zabulon; and with Zabulon, Gad, Dan, Naphtali and Aser, were those five mentioned in Gen. 47. 2. when Ioseph tooke of his brethren five men, and presented them before Pharaoh. Sol. Iarchi on Deut. 33. and Thargum Ionathan on Gen. 47. 2.
Rejoyce Zabulon] that is, God so blesse thee, as thou maist have cause to rejoyce in thy prosperitie. thy going out] to trade in merchandise by shipdwell at the haven of the Seas, &c. Gen. 49. 13. so here Moses blesseth him with good successe in his traffique, or going out to warres, as Gen. 14. 8. 2 Sam. 11. 1. and so the Chaldee here expoundeth it, in thy going out to warre against thine enemies. And in Iudg. 5. 18. Zabulon is commended for jeotheir lives unto the death, in the high places of the field. and Issachar] to wit, rejoyce thou alIssachar was elder brother to Zabulon, Gen. 30. 18. 20. yet Iakob blessed Zabulon first, Gen. 49. 13, 14. and so doth Moses here; and God in parting their inheritance preferreth Zabulon, giving him the third lot, and Issachar the fourth, Ios. 19. 10. 17. in thy tents] that is, in thy dwelling at rest, or tarrying at home; for so the remaining in tents, is opposed unto going forth to warres, or traffique, or hunting abroad, Ios. 22. 4. Iudg. 7. 8. and 5. 24. Gen. 25. 27. And tent is often used for ones home, house or citie; as, the tents of Iakob, Mal. 2. 12. where the Chaldee translateth, the cities of Iakob: so these tents of Issachar, meane his quiet life at home, differing from Zabulons going abroad to trade. Chazkuni (on this place) noteth, that Issaland was good to sow, and hee sate in tents to keepe his fields; and Moses prayeth that hee might prosper and rejoyce in his fields. And so Iakob said unto him (in Gen. 49. 14.) couching betweene two bounds; betweene the limits, to keepe his fields. The Chaldee translateth,
Vers. 19. They shall call] or, let them call, and so the mountaine] mount Sion, where MoThey shall gather the tribes of Israel to the mountaine of the house of the Sanctuarie. Though by
Vers. 20. inlargeth Gad] this may be underI will inlarge thy border, Exod 34. 24. Or understood of his perinlarging is his deliverance out of distresse, as in Psal. 4. 2. thou hast inlarged mee, when I was in distresse. So it hath reference to Gads troubles, prophesied in Gen. 49. 19. see the AnnoIudg. 11. a couragious Lion] see this word in Gen. 49. 9. There were of the Gawhose faces were like the faces of Lions, and were as swift as the Roes upon the mountaines, 1 Chron. 12. 8. the arme] this noteth strength, as the crowne of the head, principalitie; meaning that none should be so strong or excellent, but Gad should overcome them. The Greeke translateth, hee shall breake the arme and the Ruler: the Chaldee, he shall kill rulers with kings. This may have reference both to his warres in subduing the Canaanites, going armed before his brethren, Ios. 1. 12, 13, 14. and to that famous victorie which he got over the Hagarims, 1 Chron. 5. 18, 19, 21, 22. as also to the couragiIehu, 1 King. 9. and 10. chapters.
Vers. 21. he provided the first part for him] or, he saw his first-fruits: or, he provided in the beginning (at the first) for himselfe. Gad, with Reuben, saw the Land of Iaand the sonnes of Gad and of Reuben asked of Moses and of the Princes, that the land might be given them
Num. 32. 1,—5. It may also bee understood of the Lord, that he provided this first portion for Gad; or, that Gad himselfe saw, that is, enjoyed (as the Chaldee expoundeth it, received) his first part. Sol. Iarchi openeth it thus, Hee saw (or provided) to receive his portion in the land of Sihon and Ogh, which was the first-fruits (or
Vers. 22. Lions whelpe] in Chaldee, strong as a
Lions whelpe. In Gen. 49. 17. Iakob likened Dan to a Serpent, for his subtill and secret undermining of his enemies: Moses here likeneth him to a Lion, which signified his strength and prowesse, shewed when this tribe fought against
Vers. 23. Naphtali] in Greeke Nepthaleim. He God and Aser were of Zil(Gen. 49.) in blessing the tribes. satisfied with favourable acceptation] in Greeke, the satiety (or abundance) of acceptable things: hee meaneth, that the tribe of Naphtali should have in their land many good and acceptable fruits, through Gods favour and blessing. There also the light of Gods favour in Christ abundantly appeared, Matth. 4. 13, 15, 16. and Capernaum in this tribe was Christs Citie, Mar. 2. 1. Matth. 9. 1. wherein he did many mighty workes, Matth. 11. 23. the blessing of Iehovah] blessings given of him; and, as Chazkuni expoundeth it, Whosoever commeth into his land, and seeth the first ripe fruits, shall blesse the Lord for them. But the Greeke translateth, let him be filled with blessing of (or from) the Lord. the sea] this the Chaldee interpreteth, the sea of Ginosar, called in the new Testament
Vers. 24. with sonnes] or, for sonnes, for multiwith the blessing of sonnes: as in Asers tribe there were now 53.
Vers. 25. thy shooes] that is, the ground under Rev. 1. 15. thy strength] or, thy old age. The Hebrew Dobee (here only used,) is in Greek translated
Vers. 26. Ieshurun] that is, O Israel: see Deut.
There is none like the God of the Beloved-one: the Chaldee saith, there is no God like the God of Israel. This conclusion concerneth all the tribes of Israel in generall, celerideth] which is a signe of honour, and of his speePsal. 68. 34. For which cause he is said also to ride upon the Cherub, 2 Sam. 22. 11. and to ride upon his horses and chariots of salvation, Hab. 3. 8. This was fulfilIos. 10. 10, 11, 13. and before, against the Egyptians, Exod. 9. 23. and 14. 24, 25. And Christ still rideth in heawhite horse, to conquer the enemies, for his Churches sake, Rev. 6. 2. and 19. 11,—16. The Chaldee translateth, whose habitation (or divine majestie) is
Vers. 27. The God of antiquity] that is, the ancient
Vers. 28. alone] secure from enemies, as Ier. 49. alone, and shall not be reckoned among the nations, as
Vers. 29. who is like thee] not any people. So DaWhat one nation in the earth is like thy people, like Israel, 2 Sam. 7. 23. See also
1 Moses from mount Nebo vieweth the land. 5 He dieth there, and is buried of God. 7 His age and vigour when he died. 8 The Israelites mourne for him thirty dayes. 9 Ioshua succeedeth him. 10 The praise of Moses.
ANd Moses went up from the plaines to the top of Pisgah, which is over against
is the land which I sware unto Ait with thine eyes, but thou shalt not go over thither. And Moses the servant of Iewas an hundred and twenty yeeres old when hee
MOses went up] as God commanded him, Deu. 32. 49. plaines of Moab] in the wilderNum. 22. 1. Deut. 1. 1. 5. The Greeke retaineth the Hebrew name, Araboth Moab. mount Nebo] or, of Nebo, that from thence hee might view the holy land, as Iohn from an high mountaine was shewed the holy Ierusalem, Rev. 21. 10. and Ezekiel likeEzek. 40. 2. Nebo was the name of a mountaine, and of a Citie by it, which was giNumb. 32. 37, 38. 1 Chron. 5. 3, 8. Pisgah] in Greeke, Phasga: in Chaldee, Ramatha: so named of the highnesse of it: See Deut. 3. 27. Ierecho] in Greeke Iericho, a Citie within the land of Canaan, which the Israelites first conquered, by faith causing the wall to fall downe, Ios: 6. Heb. 11. 30. See after on vers. 3. caused him to see] as in vers. 4. or, shewed him, as the Greeke translateth. from Gilead] in Greeke, the land of Galaad: But Galead was on the outside of Iordan, and given to Reuben, Gad, and halfe Manasseh, Deut. 3. 12. 13. being conquered by Moses himselfe; so that there was no need to view that, but from that Countrey forward hee viewed all the rest. Therefore the Hebrewes expound the word Eth, by Min, From; saying, From Gilead which was on the outside of Iordan, towards the Sunne rising, where in Moses was standing; unto Dan, which is the border of the land of Israel, as it is written, from Dan even to Beersheba, (1 Sam. 3. 20.) ChazkuDeut. 34. Others referre it to a spirituall viThe Word of the Lord shewed him all the Mighties of the land; the valiant acts which should be done by Iephthe of Gilead, and the victories of Samson son of Manoah of the tribe of Dan. Likewise Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it, He shewed him the sonnes of Dan committing idolatry, as it is written (in Iudg. 18. 30.) and the sons of Dan set up the graven image: and he shewod him Samson, that should come out of him for a Saviour. By
Vers. 2. all Naphthali] in Greeke, all the land of
Nephthali, which lay also Northward in Galilee, Matth. 4. 15. of Ephraim and Manasseh] meaning the halfe tribe of Manasseh that dwelt within lordan; this was in the middest of the land in Samaria: see Ios. 16. and 17. 7,—11. of Iudah] which was the Southerne part of the Coun
Vers. 3. the south] in Greeke, the wildernesse:
Ios. 15. 21. &c. So in Num. 34. 3. your south quarter shall be from the wildernesse of Zin, along by the coast of Edom, &c. Thus Moses viewed the land after the order that Abraham did at the first: see Genes. 12. 6, 7, 8, 9. with the Annotations there. God here sheweth Moses all the kingdomes, and glory of Canaan, from an high mountaine, for his comHeb. 11. 9. 13. On the conMatth. 4. 8, 9. the plaine of the valley of Iericho] in Greeke, the regions about Iericho: this last part which Moses viewed, was the first which the Israeliees possessed, Ios. 2. 1. and 3. 16. and 4. 13, 19. Sol. Iarchi here saith, God shewed to MoSolomon casting the vessels of the sanctuary, as it is said, In the plaine of Iordan did the King cast them, 2 Chron. 4. 17. Citie of palme-trees] so Iericho is called here, and in 2 Chron. 28. 15. Iudg. 1. 16. and 3. 13. and of them and other fragrant fruits there growing, as Balsam and the like; the Citie had the name Ierecho, by interpretation, Odoriferous, or
Vers. 4. I sware] that is, I promised by oath: see Gen. 12. 7. and 22. 16, 17. Psal. 105. 9, 10, 11. thy seed] in Greeke, your seed: in Chaldee, thy sonnes. caused thee to see] in Greeke, I have shewed it to thine eyes. This view was by the marholy-land (so calZuch. 2. 12.) were comprehended: and it being the land of Immanuel, (or of Christ) Esa. 8. 8. the beholding thereof was the beholding of the blessings to be enjoyed by Christ Iesus; unto whoGal. 3. 24. not goe over] to wit, over the river Iordan, beNumb. 20. 12. And as hee and others could not enter into the good land, because of their unbeleefe, Heb. 3. 19. so all that are of the workes of the Law, and not of the saith of Christ, though they may behold the blessing a farre off, yet shall they not enter in to enGal. 3. 9,—12. Rom. 9. 31. 32.
Vers. 5. servant] so he is often called, even of God himselfe, Ios. 1. 2. and in the new Testament, as Rev. 15. 3. the song of Moses the servant of God.
Psal. 18. 1. and 36. 1. See Numb. 12. died there] in the mountaine, Deut. 32. 50. as Aaron died on the top of mount Hor, Num. 20. 28. In that the death of Moses immediatly followed after his viewing of the promised land, it foreshewed the end and abrogaafter that Faith is come, we are no longer under the Schoolemaster, Gal. 3. 25. The Law hath dominion over a man as long as he liveth: for the woman which hath an husband is bound by the Law to her husband so long as hee liveth; but if the husband be dead, she is loosed from the law of the husband: So we also
Vers. 6. he buried him] that is, Iehovah buried Michael (that is, Christ, who is Iehovah, one with the Father,) Iude vers. 9. Signifying that none but Christ should abolish the Law and OrdiRom. 8. 3. Gal. 3. 13, 14. Coloss. 2. 14, 16, 17. Heb. 9. 9, 10, 11, &c. and 10. 1,—9. And this was a speciall honour unto Moses person, whom the Lord loved when he was dead, and buried his corps (which we finde not done to any man else in the world,) which he will also raise up incorruptible and glorious, at the day of his apin a valley] he died in the mountaine, Deut. 32. 50. but was buried in a valley. over against Beth-Pehor] the Greeke saith, neere to the house of Phogor; of which place, see Deut. 3. 28. no man knoweth] God would not have Moses Sepulchre to be knowne, (though the devill conIude vers. 9.) because there should be no occasion of superstition or idothat none which inquire of the dead (as Deut. 18. 11.) might seeke unto him. The chiefe cause seemeth to be a mysterie, that the Law (whereof Moses was the minister) being once dead and abrogated by Christ, should never more be sought after, but quite abolished out of the conscience of sinners, that the grace of Christ may live & raigne alone. See Gal. 4. 9, 10, 11. and 5. 4. Also that the legall rudiments should by the comming of the Gospell be taken away from Israel, never to be found or enjoyed by them any more. For Christ destroyed both their Citie and Sanctuary, as was foretold in Dan. 9. and they have been many daies without a King, and without a Prince, and without a sacrifice, and without an image, and without an Ephod, and without Teraphim; and so shall be untill they
Vers. 7. yeeres old] Hebr. sonne of 120. yeeres:
Genes. 6. 3. his eye] in Greeke, his eyes: his eye-sight faiGen. 27. 1. The eye is also used for the outward appearance and colour of a thing, as Exod. 10. 5. Numb. 11. 7. so it may be meant here also, his visage was not wrinkled. Chazthe shining of his face, mentioned in Ex. 34. 30. his naturall moisture] his radicall humour, wherein the life and strength of the body consisteth, which when it is spent and dried up, a man dieth. The Greeke translateth, his lips were not corrupted: the Chaldee saith, the brightnesse of the glory of his face was not changed: having reference to
Vers. 8. the plaines of Moab] in Greeke, Araboth
Moab by Iordan, over against Iericho; as v. 1. thirty daies] so long they mourned also for Aaron: see Num. 20. 28.
Vers. 9. Iosua] in Greeke, Iesus the sonne of Nave.
of wisdome] in Greek, of understanding the spirit of wisdome, meaneth wisdome ministred by the spibeing full of the holy Spirit, entred upon the worke of his ministration here on earth, Luke 4. 1, &c. On him the spirit of the Lord rested, the spirit of wisedome and understanding, the spirit of counsell and might, the spirit of knowledge, and of the feare of the Lord, Esa. 11. 2. laid] or, imposed his hands upon him: of this see Numb. 27. 18,—23. As MoHeb. 7. Acts 26. 22, 23. & Moses himselfe appeared talking with Iesus, and speaking of his decease, which he should accomplish at Ierusalem, Luke 9. 30, 31. hearkened unto him] that is, obeyed him: as after also they promised, in
Vers. 10. knew face to face] the Chaldee saith, was revealed unto him face to face. So in Exod. 33. 11. it is said, Iehovah spake unto Moses face to face, as a man speaketh unto his friend: and in Num. 12. 8. he said, with him will I speake mouth to mouth. See the Annotations there.
Vers. 12. the mighty hand] that is, workes Humble your selves therefore, under the mighty hand of God, &c. 1 Pet. 5. 6. great terrour] that is, workes done with great terrour; which the Greeke translateth, great marvels: the Chaldee, great visions. These things doe magniNumb. 12. 7, 8. approved and exwill not be perswaded, though one rose from the dead, Luk. 16. 31. But unto us God hath raised up a Prophet like unto Moses, as he promised, Deu. 18. 18. Act. 3. 21. even Iesus the sonne of the Most high, a man approved of God among the Israelites, by miracles, wonders, and signes, which God did by him in the middest of them, Act. 2. 22. Heb. 2. 4. in whom God was reconciling the world unto himselfe, 2 Cor. 5. 19. whoto him give all the Prophets witnesse, that through his name, whosoever beleeveth in him shal receive remission of sins, Act. 10. 40. 43. And by him, all that beleeve are justified from all things, from which we could not be justified by the law of Moses, Act. 13. 39. This is the true God, & eternall life, 1 Ioh. 5. 20. To him be honour, and glory, and praise, throughout all generations; and
all travell, and every right worke, that for this a man is envied of his neighbour, Eccles. 4. 4. And against this kind of worke of inter
There are above eight hundred words in the Hebrew Bible, which have marginall readings, differing from the words in the line, some of great and good use in all translations, other some of speciall use for the Hebrew Tongue and Grammar. The words in the line have usually the prickes or vowels of the words in the margine, and so the marginall words are noted to be read. Some have judged this to bee a corruption of the Text through negli
Vpon this occasion, difference and seeming contrariety sometimes are to be seene in transExod. 21. 8. our ancient English Bibles read, If shee please not her Ma
where they followed the Hebrew in the line: but the o
These things, not commonly knowne, may cause the Readers to marvell and be offended at such varietie and seeming contrarietie, both in these and other common versions set forth in vulgar tongues: for no traslation almost in any language, but followeth sometimes the one, and sometimes the other; and afterward sometime varieth from it selfe, upon this ocExod. 21. 8. Lev. 11. 21. and 25. 30. and otherwhere: and according to the measure of knowledge which God hath given me, endevouring in the Annotations to cleare the Scripture of that seeming contradiction, am publiquely taxed, as setting downe that which the Hebrew hath not; as making God like unto Ianus Bifrons, the Idoll with twofaces, to looke two divers wayes at once; with other like hard imputations: and this diversity of writing and reading, is from the authoritie of some late Rabbines, said to arise
I will set downe the reasons of my contrary judgement, without purpose of further con
If those divers readings, which the Hebrewes call Keri and Cethib, be corruptions of the Scripture, they have beene many of them done voluntarily and purposely, as is apparant to all of understanding that looke upon them. For beside that the Lo, are not one like another to deceive the eye, so often in Moses & the ProGnapholim, for Techorim, the Emrods, as in Deut. 28. 27. & 1 Sam. 5 or Shagal for Shacab, as in Deut. 28. 30. Esay 13. 16. and Zach. 14. 2. Chore jonim, for Dib jonim, as in 2 King. 6. 25. Chorachem for Tsoatham; and Shenehem, for Meme raglehem, as in Esay 36. 12. and 2 King. 18. 27. Macharaoth, for Motsaoth, as in 2 King. 10. 27. And when Naarah a Young woman, is but 22 times used by Moses, that it should 21. times be written with want of the last letter, so that in copies wanting pricks (as many have done, and do) it might be read Naar, a young man: that these and sundry the like should be of negli
1 It standeth not with the wisedome, goodnesse and providence of God, who preserveth all his creatures, and hath magnified his Word above all his name, Psal. 138 2. that he should suffer his Word, in the originall and fountaine thereof, left for a peculiar treasure to his Church in all ages, to be corrupted and depraved, and that in many hundred places, to the scorne of Infidels, and offence of his weake people. The Iewes which hold that God hath more care of the letters and syllables of the Law, than of the starres of heaven, will loath them that shall seeke so to disgrace the holy Scripture.
that unto them were com
3. 1, 2. And from them we Christians have received them. But this is no praise or advantage (as the Apostle attributeth unto them) if they have through neg
3. These sixteene hundred years, whiles the Iewes have been cast off from being the Church of God, and have beene scattered for their sinnes upon the face of the earth, and have bent their studies to disprove Christianitiy; yet can they not justly be charged (to my knowledge) doe want but a letter; or, if it have but one letter
if one letter touch another; or, if the forme of any letter be so corrupted that
it is a booke which Children may learne on, but
4. Kimchi, Arias Montanus, and such as thinke that these divers readings were occasioned by the captivity of Babylon and calamities then upon the Iewes, have little shew of reason. For Esay 9. 3. Ios. 19.
61. 1, &c. and Arias translateth now the line, and then the margine, and sometimes
5. Our Saviour blameth the Priests, Scribes and Pharisees, for corrupting the Law by wrong Mat. 5. & 15. & 23. if they had violated and falsified the writing of the ScripIob. 5. 39. 2 Pet. 1. 19. and our Saviour confirmeth the Law unto every jot Ma
5. 18. all which things doe perswade that the holy Text was not then corrup
6 The divers readings fore-spoken of, are such as savour not of humane superstition, but to men of understanding, doe shew Gods wisdome, as the residue of the Scripture; and good reasons have beene rendred by many, as well Christian as Iewish Expositors, of both line and margine, being in stead of briefe Commentaries one to another: and if we cannot doe the like of all, yet ought we not to condemne that we know not, but in humility to seeke for fur
7. The holy Ghost in many places approueth the Keties or readings in the margine, as where one Prophet writeth Tamor, 1 King. 9. 18. (in Greeke Thamor) and noteth in the marTadmor; another Prophet after confirmeth it, writing onely Tadmor, 2 Chron. 8. 4. and there the Greeke also hath Thedmor. Ieish in Gen. 36. 5. 14. is noted in the margine to be read Ieush, and so the line writeth his name in Gen. 36. 18. and in 1 Chron. 1. 35. When one writeth Ish chai, a lively man (as Vatablus noteth and interpreteth it) but warneth in the margine to reade Ish chajil, a valiant man, 2 Sam. 23. 20. another Prophet writeth this margiIsh chajil, 1 Chron. 11. 22. When in speech of the first person, there is a sudden change to the third, as in 2 Sam. 22. 33, 34. his way, and his feet: that this should not seeme strange, the Hebrew margine there readeth it, my way, and my feet: and this is confirmed by the Hebrew line in Psal. 18. 33, 34. Neither may wee say that the former place is corrupted, seeing the Scripture useth such change of person other where, as in Deut. 5. 10. Iob 18. 4. Mit. 1. 2. Psal. 59. 10. and 65. 7. Dan. 9. 4. So Duke Aljah in 1 Chron. 1. 51. is there in the margine to to be read Alvah; and so Moses wrote his name in Gen. 36. 40. Hezrai in the Hebrew marSam. 23. 35. is by the letters in the line Hezro, and in 1 Chron. 11. 37. only Hezro, Zaanaim in
8. As the Iewish nation (a few late men excepted) approve of those readings in the margine, and yet hold the word in the line uncorrupted: so among Christians of all languages they have beene reverenced, & Translatours from the Hebrew have at their discretion taken someKing. 22. 48. Ios.
King. 20Sam. 14. 20. Psal. 100. 3: Pro. 17. 27. Ier. 2. 20. Dan. 9.
9. 3. and 30. 32. and suudry other places. The French version set out by the Pastors a
The ancient Dutch version likewise observeth these readings by noting the different in Sam. 2. 3. 1 King. 22. 48. 2 King. 20. 4, &c. The Germane Bible set forth by Lev. 11. 21. 2 Sam. 22. 51. Psal. 100. 3. 2 King. 20.
9. 3. and 49. 5. and 63. 9.
The Latine versions differ not from this. Tremellius and Iunius follow the one, or the oPsal. 11. 1. Flee thou, or, Flee yee: and Iunius afterward changeth the one for the other, as in some instances is before shewed, and moe might be produced.
The Tigurine Latine version dealeth as the former, but more frequently noteth the other Dan. 9. 24. ad consummandum, to make an end: or, ad obsignandum, to seale up: in Iob. 13. 15. non expectarem; or, eum expeotarem: so in Esay 63. 9. 1 Sam. 2. 3. Pro. 17. 27. and other places.
Pagnine followeth the line in Exod. 21. 8. Ios. 8. 12, 16. 2 King. 8. 10. Psal. 100. 3. Pro. 19. 7.
9. 4. and 12. 6.
Vatablus in his Latine annotations giveth notice often of these divers readings, as may be Sam. 2. 3. 2 Sam. 23. 20. Psal. 11. 1. Ezra 4. 2. Iob 13. 15. Eccles. 9. 4. and 12. 6. Esay
17. 27, &c.
Expositors in their Commentaries do the like. Calvin in his Comment on Moses, on Exod.
Lo the affirmative, and Lo the negative; shewing the Esay 63. 9. reading the affirmative, he noteth in the margine the neIer. 2. 20. I will not serve, or, I will not transgresse, for there is (saith he) a dou
Peter Martyr in his Commentary on 1
Now if these (and other Interpreters which might further be alleaged) had judged these di
SEsay 9. 3. Psal. 100. 3. Pro. 19. 7. 2 Sam. 22. 51. Ier. 2. 20. 2 King. 5. 12. yet doth it Exod. 18. 8. Lev. 11. 21. 1 Sam. 2. 3. 2 King. 8. 10. Iob 13. 15. Prov. 26. 2. Ios. 5. 1. and 8 12. and 15. King. 22. 48. 2 King. 20. 4. Ier. 21. 12. Ezek. 3. 15. and 25. 7. and 42. 16. and in many
The Chaldee Interpreters (of whom Ionathan that translated the Prophets, is as ancient as Ios. 9. 7. & 18. 24. 2 Sam. 22. 51. 2 King. 20. 18. Iob 6. 21. Prov. 26. 2. & 19. 7. Esay 63. 9. but usually they follow the Hebrew margine, as in Exod. 21. 8. Lev. 11. 21. & 25. 30. Gen. 30. 11. Deut. 28. 27Ios. 5. 1. & 8. 12. 16. & 15. 47. 2 Sam. 16. 18. & 23. 21. Psal. 100. 3. Eccles. 9. 4. 2 King. 8. 10. Esay 9. 2. & 49. 5. Iob 13. 15. Ier. 2. 20. & 21. 12. Ezek. 3. 15. & 25. 7. & 42. 16. and in most other places.
Likewise the Greeke Bible, as now we have it, translateth according to the line, in Exod. 21. 8. Ios. 9Psal. 100. 3. 2. Sam. 22. 51. 1 King. 9. 18. King. 5. 12. Esay 63. 9. Prov. 17. 27. & 19. 7. Ier. 2. 20. and in Lev. 11. 21. & 25. 30. Ezra 4. 2. 2 King. 20. 4. & 8. 10. 1 Sam. 20. 2. 1 King. 1. 47. & 22. 48. Esay 9. 3. & 49. 5. 2 Sam. 23. 18, 21, 35. and otherwhere. So that whether we respect the latter, or the most ancient Translators, we shall finde these marginall readings to be many of them regarded as the au
Object.
But if these translate according to the margine onely, or according to the Text onely, then doe they afford unto us not both the divers readings, but one onely, &c.
Answ. Were it so, that they never yeelded us but one onely, yet seeing they take that one sometime from the Text in the line, but most commonly from the margine, it may teach us not to reject those marginall notes, as the Rabbines fictions; unlesse we will say, that all men, in all ages, have delivered the Rabbines traditions in stead of the pure Word of God. And it would be known of this Excepter (for he hath not shewed his minde) whether he would have men alwaies to follow the word in the line, or that in the margine, or to take that which they thinke best of either, and to condemne the other; and what warrant men have so to doe. But many of the best translations doe afford us both, if not in the line (which is not easie to be done) yet by an or in the margine, as may be seene in our last Englished Bible, where in many of the places before alleaged they doe by a marginall note compared with a line, give vs a difProv. 19. 7. rendreth both negative and affirmative (according both to the Hebrew line and margine) they are wanting to him: whereas our former version was only after the negative in the line, they will not. And before them, the Pastors of Geneva in their French version, translate both line and margine in the same place, though in another sense,
Likewise in
Tremellius and Iunius, besides that they translate either indifferently (as is before shewed) and sometime note the Massorites observation, as on 1 Sam. 27. 8. Girzeum, pro Gezer
••
, transposit is liter is, literis, ut nota
•
t Massoritae; and likewise expresse the Hebrew line in their line, and the margine in their margine, as
The Tigurine Latine version, in 1 King. 22. 48. where the marginall Hebrew is Asah,
〈◊〉
〈…〉
de; and the lineall
Munster on 2 Sam. 23. 13. giveth both readings together, as doth the Tigurine version, of Sheloshah and Shal
saying,
The Chaldee paraphrast in Psal. 22. 17. translateth both Caru the margine, and Caari the Nichthin hec cearja, they did bite like a Lion: and in 2 Sam. 23. 13. (the place before mentioned) by Tlatha gibbaraja, three mighty men, it expresseth both readings. Now seeing all these have thus done before mee, how is it that I onely should haue such blame imputed
Obiect.
You make God like unto Ianus Bifrons, the idoll with two faces, to looke two divers wayes at once, in these divers and contrary readings of the same Text.
Answ. 1. A Turke or Infidell might thus object against all Christian translations, which sometime read one contrary to another, sometime contrary to themselves, and sometime give both readings, as before is shewed.
2. A Iew may so object against the new Testament, which alleaging the testimony of the Prophet, thou Bethlehem Ephratah art little, Mic. 5. 2. expresseth it by the negative, thou Bethlehem art not the least, Mat. 2. 6.
3. If it please God in the same speech to looke divers or contrary wayes, in divers respects; What is man that hee should pleade against the Lord? There is no absurdity, to a modest minde, whether with the Greeke and other common Interpreters we reade the negative in the He hath made us, and not we: or, the affirmatiue in the margine, He hath made us, and his
100. 3. as the Chaldee, Hierom, and some other doe explaine it. Whether ac
Object.
many Hebrew Bibles want thes readings you speake of; as that by Sebast. Munster; the great Edition by Plantine; those by Rob. Stephanus, Raphelengius, and R. Isaak bar Shim
Answ. It followeth not, because some have printed the Bible without these marginall notes, therefore they were not in the originall Copies. Some of our latter small English EKing. 6. 25. and 10. 27. and 18. 27. and many other places, which argue those bookes to be unperfect, which have vowels to be read with consonants that are not expressed, or fit for them. 4 If the marginall readings be omitted, some Scriptures will not easily be read with any true and perfect sense, as in Ezek. 42. 16. five cubits, for
Object.
But the Massorites Bible have a thousand superstitions more, which by like warrant are there recorded unto us as divine traditions, &c. The Thalmudists also have another vile practise, their al tikri,
Answ. It cannot be shewed (for ought that I know) that ever the Iewish nation received the other Masoriticall notes, or the al tikries, for part of the Canon, or text of Scriptures, as they have done all the bookes of the old Testament, with the Keries in the margine, which they reckon 848 in number. Neither can it be shewed that Translators old or new, have renKeries, or marginall readings in very many, yea in the most places. Neither are those notes and
Object.
If these (divers readings) were written by the Spirit of God as you will have it, then must they bee for our learning and instruction, for increase of our comfort and hope, Rom. 15. 4 but if you cannot shew that there is a certaine and sure way to gather necessary doctrine from the
Answ. All Translators old and new will have many of them to bee written by the Spirit of God, as by their versions and notes hath beene manifested; yea, and the Spirit of God him-selfe by other Prophets hath confirmed sundry of them: and they are all (for ought that hath beene yet shewed) of equall authority. 2 If I, or another man cannot shew a sure way to gather necessary doctrine from every one of them, it followeth not that therefore a sure way could not heretofore, or cannot now, or shall not here after bee shewed by any. 3 From many of them, both doctrine and comfort hath soundly beene gathered by sundry men: the like (I doubt not) may be done from the rest, as God shall furnish men with more abundan
Object.
If it were true, that Keri and Chethib were both written by the Spirit of God, &c. then doe you herein declare your selfe to be guilty of great sinne, treachery and unfaithfull dealing with the Scriptures, in that you doe leave out divers parts of the same at your pleasure, &c. as in Gen. 8. 17. and 10. 19. and 25. 23. and 27. 3, &c.
Answ. 1. This reason (if it be of weight) woundeth not me alone, but thorow my sides, all ancient and latter Interpreters, that have read, noted, or expounded some of them, as is formerly manifested; for none hath ever read or noted them all. Though this be no excuse for me, wherein I have done amisse.
2 Those marginall readings doe many of them concerne the Hebrew tongue and GramArjeh a Lion, is noted to be read Ari a Lion, in 2 Sam. 23. 20. it sheweth in the Hebrew tongue an agreement with 1 Chron. 11. 22. where it is written onely Ari: but in other tongues which write the name of a Lion but one way, it hath not such use. When Shenajim (in statu absoluto, as GrammariShene (in statu constructo,) 2 King. 17. 16. both which in Engtwo, which word with us varieth not the forme as doth the Hebrew: when Anu is by the margin to be read Anachnu in Ier. 42. 6. both which in our language signifie Wee: when in the night, Lam. 2. 19. is by the letters in the line belel, and by the vowels and margin ballajlab, both which signifie one thing; and many the like; as in 1. King 18. 5. and 19. 4. and 21: 8. 2 King. 7. 12. and 11. 20. and 15. 25. Esay 54Hotse in Gen. 8. 17. being to be read by the vowels and margin Hojtse, bring forth; Gojim, nations, being written in the line with jod, and read in the margin with vau, in Gen. 25. 23. and sundry the like; because they so specially belong to the Hebrew tongue, and vary not in our English, I have therefore omitted to speake of. And if this reason be not of weight, let me beare my deserved blame: but let not the booke of God be accused of cor
WHiles the Iewes Common-wealth did stand, they had besides the writings of Moses and the Prophets, (which were of Publike and Divine authority) other civill Monuments, and private Records, (as all Kingdomes for the most part have,) for their use; some of which are mentioned in the holy Scriptures, Ios. 10. 13. 1 Kin. 11. 41. and 14. 19, 29. But those ancient stories are now lost; some that were written beThalmud, or Doctrinall. In which they have recorded the practise of the Law from old time, in their Common-wealth and Church, acIerusalemi, was finished about the yeere of our Lord 230. and the other called Babeli, about the yeere 500. according to the Canons and conFrom Moses (the Prophet) to Moses (sonne of Maimon) there was none like this Moses. Other ExWhen they doe well, they are the best Expositors; and when they doe evill, they are the worst.
Now whereas I have alleaged many of their interpretations, especially from the Greeke and Chaldee, and Maimony the chiefest of esteeme among them; I am for this blamed, those Writers generally condemned; and to make them the more odious, their heresies, fables, falshoods are displaied, by him, that from two or three late Rabbines, and one Papist, dis
And first, the esteeme which all Christian Churches have had, and yet have, of such books of the Iewish Rabbines as were written in Greek, and so came to be knowne more easily than other Chaldee and Hebrew workes, might somewhat allay the rigour of this sentence. For the storie of the Maccabees, Ecclesiasticus, Wisdome, and the other Apocryphall writings of the Iewes, notwithstanding the evils in them, have beene, and are translated, commented upon, and commended to be read for instruction.
2 Other of the Rabbines, as the Thalmud, Maimony, and the like, have beene also by Expositors of the Scriptures (and those of the best esteeme) occasionally alleaged: as TreMatth. 26. noteth from Iosephus, Paulus Burgensis, Tremellius, and Scaliger, sundry rituals of the Iewes about the Passeover, and some such as I am taxed for, because I name them on Exod. 12. Vatablus often recordeth the expo
3 To object the Iewes heresies, fables, and false expositions of many Scriptures, is no sound reason to condemne the good things which are found in them. For even among Christian writers (and those of the ancients) sundry such things are to be seen: yet many proMatth. 15. and 23. chap. Rom. 10. 3. Tit. 1. 14. 2 Pet. 1. 16. Yet Christ commanded to heare the Scribes & Pharisees sitting in Moses chaire, Mat. 23. 1, 2. Now the eare trieth words, as the mouth tasteth meat, Iob 34. 3. and as by hearing their speeches, the godly wise might discerne when they taught according to Moses, and when they spake of themselves; so by reading their writings, men of understanding may doe the like at this day.
4 The Apostles also in alleaging sometimes the testimonies of the Rabbines, doe teach us that their writings are not wholly to be despised. Paul nameth Iannes and Iambres the chiefe sorcerers of Egypt, 2 Tim. 3. 8. out of the private Records of the Iewes, as may yet be read in their Thalmud. He rehearseth the persecutions of the godly under Antiochus, recorded in the booke of the Maccabees, Heb. 11. 35, &c. Others speake of the contention between MiIude v. 9.
Matth. 1. 5. and the like, Acts 5. 36. 37.
5. The Gentiles were fallen from God, and turned his truth into a lie, and corrupted reRom. 1. yet the Holy Ghost citeth and maketh use of Acts 1. 7. 28. 29. 1 Cor. 15. 33. Tit. 1. 12. And who hath ever interpreted the visions of Daniel, and of the Apostle Iohn in the Revelation, without the help of the stories of the Maccabees, Iosephus, Polybiu
I Will onely annex a few words about a place of Scripture, for the interpretation whereof I am specially blamed. It is for expressing the Hebrew Iahalom, in Exod. 28. 18. by the Greeke name Sardonix, as I understand the Holy Ghost to expound it, in Revel. 21. 20. I am asked for proofe or shew of proofe, that Iohn did translate all the 12. stones from Aarons breast,
(in Rev. 21.) and am charged with
All men of any reading doe know how diversly those 12. stones in Exod. 28. are exprespresumption, especially seeing I ground my exposition upon that other Scripture, Revel. 21. My proofe, or shew of proofe, that the holy Ghost there translateth the 12. stones from Exod 28. is this:
1. The continuall course of the Spirit of God throughout that booke of the Revelation, which is to take matters, words and phrases, from Moses and the Prophets, and apply them to the things there prophesied. As in Revel. 4. the Church is described from the ancient fiEsai. 6. Ezek. 1. The number of 24. Elders, according to the lots and divisions of the Priests and Levites by DaChron. 24. 3,—19. and 25. 7,—31. The foure living creatures answerable in numNumb. 2. in shape, to the living creatures, in Ezek. 1. In Rev. 5. Christ is shewed like a Lambe slaine, according to the sacrifice under the old Testament. In Revel. 6. Gods administration is set forth by the similitude of horses and riders, as in Zach. 1. and 6. and with such judgement as the Prophets threatned of old, Esai. 34. 4. In Revel. 7. Gods people are sealed on their foreheads, according to Eze. 9. 4. and the twelve tribes of Israel are expressed by their names. And so in other things throughout that booke, as the studious Reader may observe, which for brevitie I will now omit. If then the whole tenour of that Revelation be to prophesie of matters from former types and preRevel. 21.
2. And that 21. Chapter foretelling the restauration of the Church, after the fall of AnRom. 11. it is not likely, but the holy Ghost, who throughout those visions, and in matters concerning the Gentiles, alludeth to the old Testament, would much rather doe the like where he prophesieth of the Iewes.
3. Many particulars in that Chapter confirme this; as when the Church is called by the Ierusalem, Revel. 21. vers. 2, 10. and the Tabernacle of God, vers. 3. when expresse
the
of Israel, to be at the twelve gates,
4. It will not be denied (I suppose) by men of under standing which compare the ScripReuben, one of Iudah, one of Levi, &c. the twelve tribes of the sonnes of Israel, Rev. 21. 12. There, waters issue out of Gods house, Ezek. 47. Rev. 22: 1. There, trees grow by the river, Ezek. 47. 12. here, the tree of life, Rev. 22. 2. with other things concordant. So that the state of the Church there being described from Israel, and the possession of the tribes by name, Ezek. 48. yeeldeth strong probability of the like al
5. And this the rather, because as Aarons ornaments were for glory and beauty, Exod. 28. 2. so these stones are for garnishment to the foundations of the walls of the Citie, Rev. 21. 19. And the Tabernacle of Moses was walled (as we may say) with the twelve Tribes which compassed it in a square, Numb. 2. Now, seeing the Saints are compared to precious stones, Lam. 4. 1, 2, 7. 1 Pet. 2. 5. unto what company rather than to the twelve tribes, described by their precious stones in Aarons Ephod, may we thinke hath the Lord reference in Rev. 21.
6. Againe, seeing the names of the Lambes twelve Apostles are in the foundations of this wall, Rev. 21. 14. which Apostles are answer able to the twelve Patriarchs of the tribes, both in number (so noted by the Spirit of God, v. 12. 14.) and in propagation of the Church spirituCor. 4. 15. Gal. 4. 19. 3 Ioh. v. 4. as the Patriarchs were fathers of the anPsal. 45. 16. Matth. 19. 28. 1 Cor. 4. 19, 21. besides other things wherein they may be compared, it seemeth most fit, and according to the things both in this Chapter, & whole Booke, that the precious stones by which these twelve foundations are described, should be answerable to the twelve precious stones whereon the names of the Patriarchs were graved, Exod. 28. for there is no place else in the Scripture whereto they can have reference.
7. Moreover, there is in the Prophets another name of the Adamant, or Diamond, called in Hebrew Shamir, which is noted of the Holy Ghost to be hard, even harder than flint, Zach. 7. 12. Ezek. 3. 9. and to be of use for graving, Ier. 17. 1. so that the speciall things which mine Opposite observeth from Plinie an heathen writer, of the nature of the Adamant, are by the testimony of God found in this Shamir. And it is translated the Adamant, by consent of the most Interpreters both old and new, and by the Greeke version in Ier. 17. 1. that if the voices of learned men may end this controversie, there be as many or moe for Shamir to be the Adamant, than can (I suppose) be brought for
That which is alleaged for the contrary, from the notation of the word Iahalom, and conAdamant, though the notation likewise of Shamir, and agreement of Interpreters, may also perswade it to be the Adamant; and for Plinies testimony of the Adamants, that they are desired of engravers, it accordeth to this Shamir, as we may learne of the Prophet
The reason alleaged from Rev. 7. 5, 8. that the tribes are there reckoned up by the Holy Ghost, with omission of Dan, otherwise than they are reckoned in any place of the old Testament; weakneth not, but rather confirmeth that which I have said. For as there is no new person put in stead of any tribe, or new name given to any tribe, but such as was given before in the old TestaRev. 21. any other new stone should be placed, than such as agreeth with the description of Moses; so that the Sardonyx should be looked for in Exo. 28. among the rest. Againe, the omission of Dan in Rev. 7. accordeth very well with the old Testament; for though Iosephs sonnes Ephraim and Manasses made two tribes, Genes. 48. 5, 6. Num. 1. 10, 33, 35. so that after a sort there were thirteene; yet the Scripture usuthe twelve tribes is famous also in the new Testament, Luke 22. 30. Act. 26. 7. Iam. 1. 1. Rev. 21. 12. And when they are reckoned by the Prophets, one commonly is omitted; for either Ioseph is named in stead of his two sonnes, as in Gen. 49. or if they two be mentioned, Levi (for his separation to the Lords service in the Tabernacle) is omitted, as in Num. 13. and often; or if both hee and they be expressed, some one of the other is let passe, as Simeon is unnamed in the blessing of the tribes, Deut. 33. Accordingly the Spirit of God in Rev. 7. naming Levi, and Manasses, and Ioseph for his sonne Ephraim, was to omit the name of some other; unlesse hee should have counted 13. tribes, contrary to the course of the Scriptures, and scope of the matter there in hand. Why Dan is not named in Revel. 7. or Simeon in Deut. 33. belongeth not to this question; it sufficeth that there is no new practise in Rev. 7. differing from the Prophets; neither need we looke for any innovation among the precious stones, Rev. 21.
Thus have I, according to the measure of knowledge which God hath given me, and as the extreme infirmity of my body would permit, made answer to the chiefe matters obje
ANNOTATIONS VPON THE BOOKE OF PSALMES.
WHEREIN THE HEBREW WORDS and sentences are compared with, and explained by the an
BY HENRY AINSWORTH.
2 SAM. 23. 1, 2. David the sonne of Iesse said; And the man who was raised up on high, the anointed of the God of Iakob, and the sweet Psalmist of Israel said; The Spirit of Iehovah spake by me, and his word was in my tongue.
LVKE 24. 44. All things must be fulfilled, which are written in the Law of Moses, and in the Pro
phets, and in the Psalmes.
LONDON, Printed by John Haviland for John Bellamie, and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE. 1626.
the sonne of Iesse, of the tribe of Iudah, of the linage of Abraham in the
fourteenth generation, was borne in Bethlehem (a towne in the tribe of Iudah, in the land of Canaan,) about 2917 yeares after the creation of the world, in the daies when Samuel the Prophet was Iudge of Israel. He was the
After Davids anointing in Bethlehem, he went againe and fed his
fathers sheep: but the Spirit of God wrought mightily in him. He killed
Goliath, the Philistian Giant, from whose face
all the men of Israel fled away for feare: David overcame him (in the name of the Lord of hosts) with a sling and with a stone. He was a cunning Musitian; and
When Saul was dead, and David
thirtie yeares of age, the men of Iudah
anointed
him King the second time, in Hebron, over the house of Iudah. Ishbosheth, Sauls son, resisted him; but David waxed stronger and stronger. Then
But alwaies in his feares
he trusted in God, and was not afraid what flesh could doe unto him; in his distresse
he called upon the Lord, and cried to his God, who heard his voice out of his Temple, and drew him out of
many waters, from his strong enemie, and from them that hated him, and brought him forth into a large place, and delivered him, because he delighted in him. Hee gave him the
And hereof this booke of Psalmes (most whereof David made) is a glorious testimony; wherein by manifold Psalmes, and Hymnes, and spirituall Songs, he set forth the praises of God, his owne
And these his Psalmes have ever since, by the Church of Israel, by
Christ and his Apostles, and by the Saints in all ages, been received and honoured as the oracles of God, cited for confirmation of true religion, & sung in the publike assemblies, as in Gods Tabernacle and Temple, where they sang praise unto the Lord, with the
Now because many things, both for phrase and matter, are difficult to such as ar
1 The happinesse of the godly, whose conversation is described, and their prosperitie like a fruitfull tree. 4 The contrary course of the wicked, for which they and their way doe perish.
is the man hath his delight in the law of Iehovah, and in his law doth hee meditate day and night. And hee shall be
Therefore the wicked shall not stand up
THE Booke of Psalmes] so our Lord himselfe Luke 20. 42. but the Hebrew title
signifieth
Vers Blessed] or O Happy, or Well fares
Vers. 2. Hath his delight] or his pleasure is. law] or doctrine. See the notes on Psal. 19. 8. Iehovah] or the Lord, as the Greeke and the new Testament usually expresseth it. The opening of this name, see on Psal. 83. 19. and Gen. 2. 4. d
or
Vers. 3. Brookes] or, beckes, riverets; in HePlagim, that is, divisions or partitions, being little streames derived either from a great riPsal. 46. 5. or from a well or fountaine, as Prov. 5. 16. or from any other head, Iob 29. 6. In hot countries they use to plant gardens neare wellEzek. 31. 3, 4. Eccles. 2. 6. According to this, Christ is called the fountaine of the gardens, that is, of the Churches,
Vers. 4. driveth it away] or tosseth away; therewind, translateth whirle-wind or tempest; and in Iob 21. 18. it is said, such are as chaffe, that the tempest stealeth away. Compare alPsal. 35. 5. Hos. 13. 3. The word it is added for vehemencie sake, and may be omitted in our EngChro. 28. 3. compared with 2 King. 16. 3. yet such manner of speeches the Greeke also in the New Testament useth, Rev. 7. 2, 9.
Vers. 5. stand up] or rise up, consist, stand sure;
bending or falling downe, Psalm. 18. 39. and 20. 9. God is he that riseth up to judgement, Psal. 76. 10. and men do stand or fall therein, when they are justified or condemned. See Mat. 12.
6. 16. So the Chaldee (in the Masorites Bible) expoundeth it, they
Vers. 6. knoweth] or acknowledgeth. This word regard and care of; as, the just man knoweth (that is, regardeth) his beasts life, Prov. 12. 10. so Iob 9. 21. 1 Theff. 5. 12. Also to approve, or allow, as Psal. 10 1. 4. Rom. 7. 15. 1 Joh. 3. 2. And as Gods knowledge of his, implieth their election, 2 Tim. 2. 19. so his not knowing of the wicked, imrejection, Mat. 25. 12. and 7. 23. shall perish] or, be done away, decay, be lost. To this way of the wicked, which perisheth, is opposed the good way, which is everlasting; wherein David deto lead him, Psal. 139. 24.
1 David prophesieth of the rage of Iewes and Gentiles against Christ. 4 Gods wrath against them for it. 6 Christ is established King, 7 de
WHy doe the heathens tumultuously
Let us breake their bands, and cast their
Then will he speake unto them in his an
art my sonne; I this day begat thee.
Aske of me and I will give the Heathens for thine inheritance, & the ends of the earth for thy firme possession. Thou shalt rough
And now, O ye Kings, be prudent, be nurin the way, when his anger shall burne suddenly; O blessed are all that hope for safetie in him.
WHY] or, For what? David was the wriA Psalme of David:) and he beginActs 4. 25, &c. And as David himselfe was a figure of Christ in his kingdome, and a father of him according to the flesh: so suffered hee the like opposition at the hands of his owne people, and of the nations round about him, 2 Sam. 2. 10. and 3. 1. and 5. 17. and 10. 6, 7, &c. Tumultuously rage] or,
Vers. 2. Set themselves] or present themselves,
will stand up, noting a setled purpose in the heart, with a standing up in person to act the same, 1 Chr. 1
or
Vers. 3. their bands] These were signes of subIer. 27. 2, 3. 6, 7. And thus the Kings and nations speake, refusing to serve Christ, though his yoke be easie, Matth. 11. 29, 30. Ier. 5. 5. The Hemo, importeth their bands and his; speaking of the Father and the Sonne jointly, and of the Sonne in speciall: but he that honoureth not the Sonne, honoureth not the Father which sent him, Ioh. 5. 23. So in the verse following, the Lord mocketh at them and
Vers. 4. The Lord] in Hebrew, Adonai; which Iehovah, mysticalmy staies, or my sustainers, my pillars. And where in one place Adonai is used, another speaking of the same thing hath sometime Iehovah: See
anger] ire, outward in the face, grame,
grimnesse or fiercenesse of countenante. The origiaph signifieth both the Nose by which one breatheth, Psal. 115. 6. and Anger which appeabreathe out threatnings and slaughter, Act 91. The circumstances of the Text will shew which of the two is meant: though sometime it is doubtfull, as Psal. 138. 7. wrath] fervent ire, inflamed displeasure. This word Charon, noteth burning or inflammation of choler, sometime of griese, Gen. 4. 5. Ior. 4. 10. sometime of other affeNehem. 3. 20. suddenly trouble] or vex, apall fright, make them to start. It noteth hastinesse of seare and trouble: opposed to firme staiednesse.
Vers. 6. And I] The word And is here a signe And sittest thou to judge me, &c. Act. 23. 3. or and may be used here for but, as in Gen. 42. 10. Isa. 10. 20. and often otherwhere. have anointed] or powred out, that is, ordained, authorized: by powring out the oile of the spirit, the oile of gladnesse, as is noted on
Vers. 7. I will tell] telling is often used for preaching, declaring, shewing, as Psal. 22. 23. with Heb. 2. 12. Exod. 9. 16. with Rom. 9. 17. So herethe decree] Here the Hebrew el seemeth to be used for eth: as cl haderech; 2 Chror. 6. 27. is the same that eth hoderech, 1 King. 8. 36. we may also read it thus, I will tell of the decree; cl being many times used for of, as Gen. 20 2. Iob 42. 7. 2 King. 19. 32. Ier. 51. 60. So the Greeke pros (answering to the Hebrew el) is used for of, or concerning, Heb. 1. 7. and 4. 13. decree] prescript, law or statute: the Greeke translateth it, the ordinance of the Lord; the Chaldee, the Covenant of God. The Hebrew Chok usually denoteth the rules, decrees, and ordinances about Gods worship, as the
Vers. 8. for thine inheritance] or, to bethine inheritance.
Vers. 9. roughly rule them] or, bruse, crush them.
intreat evill, or rigorously: and this is meant of Christs enemies. potter] or former of the clay: this signifieth their utter
destruction; for a
Vers. 10. be prudent] be skilfull, or, behave your selves skilfully, prudently, wisely. be nurtured]
restrained, chastised, disciplined: and so the Chalreceive chastisement ye governours (the Greeke saith, all ye Iudges) of the earth.
Vers. 11. be glad] This word signifieth open and manifest joy, exultation, or outward glee. Gladnesse and trembling are here joyned together, as feare and joy, Matth. 28. 8. The Greeke sheweth in whom this gladnesse should be, saying, shew gladnesse unto him; the Chaldee translateth,
Vers. 12. Kisse the sonne] Kissing was used in love and of obedience, Gen. 41. 40. 1 Sam. 10. 1. it was used also in religion and divine worKings 19. 18. Hos. 13. 2. Iob 31. 27. All these are due to Christ: but Iudas betrayed the Sonne of man with a kisse, Luke 22. 48. The Greeke translaReceive nurture (or instruction) and the Chaldee, receive doctrine; both are implied in kissing of the Sonne, Prov. 24. 26. perish in the way] or, from the way. To perish or be lost in the way, importo perish from the way, is to wander or lose the right way, and not know whither to goe. So Deut. 32. 28. perishing in (or from) counsels, is to be void of counsell, not knowing what to deliand yee lose the way: the Greeke, and yee perish from the just way. when his anger shall] or for his anger will burne; or, his angry countenance. suddenly] or very soone, or a very little: this manner of speech someshort time, speedily, Psal. 81. 15. Isa. 26. 20. 2 Chron. 12. 7. sometime, a little deale, as Isa. 1. 9. The Greeke here turneth it, soone or suddenly. See also Psal. 8. 6. that hope for safety] or,
1 David in Absaloms rebellion complaineth to God of his many enemies: 4 Comforteth himselfe in Gods protection: 6 Testifieth his securitie therein. 8 Prayeth for full deliverance, 9 and a blessing up
A Psalme of David when he fled from
IEhovah, how many are my distressers? There is no salvation for him in God, Selah. But thou Iehovah art a shield about me, my glory, and the lifter up of my head. With my voice I called unon the cheeke bone: thou hast broken the teeth of the wicked. To Iehovah the
APsalme] called in Hebrew Mizmor, which pruning or cutting off superfluous twigs, and is applied to songs made of short sentences or verses; where many superfluous words are cut away. There be three kinds of songs mentioned in this booke; 1 Mizmor, in Greeke Psalmos, a Psalme: 2 Tehillah, in Greeke hymnos, a hymne or praise: 3 and Shir, in Greeke Odé, a song or Laie. All these three the Apostle mentioPsalmes, and Hymnes, and spirituall Songs, Ephe. 5. 19. of David] or to David: and so after in this booke usually. But the Hebrew speech useth these indifferently; as lasderoth. 2 Kings 11. 15. and hasderoth, 2 Chron. 23. 14. lammaghnaloth and
Vers. 2. how many are] or, how multiplied are.
the conspiracie was great, and the people multiplied still with Absalom, 2 Sam. 15. 12.
Vers. 3. Many saying] or how many doe say?
of my soule] that is, of me, of my life, concerning me; or, to my soule, and so the Greeke translateth it. no salvation] or, no manner salvation; no health, helpe or deliverance at all. The Hebrew hath a letPsal. 44.
Iob. 5. 16. God] in Hebrew Aelohim, which is the first name whereby the Creator of all is called in Scripture, Gen. 1. 1. See the Annotations there. And it is in the plurall number, to signifie the myAelohim, he went, 1 Chr. 17 21. and Aelohim, they went. 2 Sa ̄. 7. 23. See
Vers. 4. a shield about me] or for me, that is, a protector, a defender. So Gen. 15. 1. Deut. 33. 29. Psal. 84. 12. glory] or honour, which in the Hebrew hath the signification of weightinesse or gravitie; which the Apostle seemeth to respect, mentioning the eternall weight of glory, 2 Cor. 4. 17. David here calleth God his glory, who had adglory, Mat. 6 29. the lifter up] or exalter of my head, that is,
Vers. 5. he answered] or heard: but to answer is to certifie by some meanes, that he heareth; as by Psal. 22. 22. Isa. 41. 17. (so to answer by fire, 1 Kings 18. 24.) therehearing, Isa. 30. 19. and 58. 9. The Chaldee translateth, he received my prayer, from the mountaine of the house of his Sanctuary for ever.
Vers. 6. I lay downe, &c.] This speech denoteth safetie and securitie from danger and dread of evill, Lev. 26. 6. Iob 11. 19. Ps. 4. 9. Ezek. 34. 25. Pro. 3. 24.
Vers. 7. doe set] to wit, themselves in leager, or in
battell-ray, or set their engins. So Esa. 22. 7.
Vers. 8. on the cheeke-bone] a signe also of reIob 16. 10.
Vers. 9. To Iehovah the salvation] to wit, is, or belongeth; or, Of Iehovah is salvation, helpe, or deliverance. So
2 David prayeth to God for audience; 3 Repro
To the master of the musicke on Negi
WHen I call answer me, O God shall my glorie be to ignomore than of the time when their corne and their new wine were multi
TO the master of the musicke] or, To the over-seer,
to him that excelleth: the Chaldee transto sing. The originall word Menatseach signifieth one that urgeth the continuance of any thing unto the end, or the going forward with a worke till it be overcome, 2 Chron. 2. 2. 18. and 34. 12, 13. Ezra. 3. 8, 9. and such as in 2 Chron. 2. 18. are called Menatschim, masters, are in 1 Kings 5. 16. called Rodim, rulers. And in musick, there were Levites appointed for severall duties, and some lenatseach, to plie, or to set forward, and be over the rest, 1 Chro. 15. 21. and these were such as excelled in the art of singing & playing on instruments, to whom sunChr. 9. 33. on Neginoth] that is, stringed instruments of musicke, played on with the hand. See the note on Psal. 33. 3.
Vers. 2. when I call] or, in my calling; which the In the time of my prayer, receive thou it
Vers. 3. Sonnes of men] Hereby is meant, Great
men, the Hebrew being Ish, which is the name of man in respect of his power and aignitie, as appeaPsal. 49 3. shall my glory be to ignominy] or, wil ye turne
Vers. 4. marvellously separated] or selected in wondrous
Vers. 5. Be stirred] or Be commoved, which may Be angry, be grieved, or tremble: and the Chaldee addeth for him, meaning God. The oRagaz noteth and stirring or moving, Iob 9. 6. as to be moved or tremble with feare, Psal. 18. 8. Deut. 2. 25. Isa. 14. 9. to be moved with griefe, 2 Sam. 18. 33. to be stirred with anger, Prov. 29. 9. 2 Kings 19. 27, 28. Ezek. 16. 43. This latter the Greek here followeth, saying, Be angry and sin not, and the Apostle hath the same words, Eph. 4. 26. sin not] or misdoe not. This word signifieth to misse of the way or marke: as in Iud. 20. 16. men could sling stones at an haires bredth and not sin, that is, not misse: and Pro. 19. 2. he that is hastie with his foot sinneth, that is, misseth or swarveth. In religion Gods law is our way and mark, from which when we swarve we sin. Therfore sin is defined to be transgression of law, or
Vers. 6. Sacrifice] The word signifieth killing or slaughtering; as beasts were killed for offerings to God, figuring mans mortification, or dying to sin, Ps. 51. 19. sacrifices of justice] such Moses speaketh of, Deut. 33. 19. and David afterward, Psal. 51. 21. meaning sacrifices just and right, and in faith, accorMal. 1. 14. So sacrifices of triumph or joy, Psal. 27. 6. are joyfull sacrifices offered with gladnesse. And
Vers. 7. Many doe say] Hebr. are saying: which doe say, as in Mat. 22. 23. hot legontes, saying, is in
Vers. 8. hast given joy] or shalt give or put joy: so giving is used for putting, often times, Psal. 8. 2.
more than of the time] or from of the time. An Hebrew phrase, where the signe of comparison is wanting; as Gen. 38. 26. Psal. 19. 11. and 130. 6. The like is also in the Greek tongue; as Luk. 15. 7. and 18. 4. And of joy in harvest when corne is increased: see Isa. 9. 3. Ioel 1. 11, 12.
Vers. 9. together] that is, I will lie downe and sleepe
together, not being disquieted with feare or care: see Ps. 3. 6. or together, I and others with me: or, I my selfe wholly & alone. See the note on Ps. 33. 15. alone] The Hebrew phrase is, in lonedom, or in solitarinesse; and may be referred (by the distinDeut. 32. 12. or, to that which followeth, Thou wilt seat me alone in safety. Herein looking to Moses blessing, Deut. 33. 28. where Israel dwelleth safely, alone; and so in Num. 23. 9. Ier. 49. 41. Thus it is a blessing to be alone from enemies: otherwise to be alone from friends, is a note of affliction; as Psal. 102. 8. Lam. 1. 1. wilt seat me] that is, cause me to sit, dwell, or remain. in confidence] or, trustfulnes, with hope: that is, confidently or trustfully; wch by cosecurely, safely. And this was a blessing promised in the law, Lev. 26. 5. Deu. 12. 10.
David prayeth, and professeth his studie in prayer. 5 God favoureth not the wicked. 8 David profes
To the master of the musicke on Nechi
HEare thou my words Iehovah, unat morning thou shalt heare my voice, at morning will I orderly addresse unto thee, and will looke out. For thou art not a God delighting wickednesse, the evill shall not sowith thee. Vain-glorious fools shal is no part is wofull evils: their throat is an open grave, their tongue they make smooth. Condemne thou them as guiltie, O God, let them fall, from their with a buckler, with fauourable acceptation thou wilt crowne him about.
NEchiloth] These (by the name) seeme to be Neginoth are stringed instruments, Psal. 4. 1. For Chalil is a Pipe, Isa. 5. 12.
Vers. 2. my meditation] in Greeke, my cry.
Vers. 3. Attend] or In
namely,
Vers. 4. at morning] or, in the morning: which inquiring, looking and seeking early, and is therefore used for every first opportune or fit time, both to pray for, and to receive blessings, Psal. 88. 14. and 92. 3. and 90. 14. and 143. 8. Here also the word at or in is to be supplied; as Beith a house, 2 Chron. 26. 21. for bebeith, in a house, 2 King. 15. 5. and many the like. orderly addresse] prepare, or settle in order; meaning either his
Vers. 5. a God] or, a mightie one: in Hebrew Ael,
might or puissance: which therefore the Greeke sometime translateth Ischuros, Mightie, Psal. 7. 12. sometime Mighty God, Isa. 9. 6. but most commonly God: which the holy Ghost alloweth, Mat. 27. 46. and 1. 23. delighting wickednesse] or, that takest pleasure in wickednesse. By wickednesse and evill, may here be meant also (by figure of speech,) wicked and evill persons. See Psal. 36. 12. sojourne] or, be a guest with thee, meaning that an evill man should have no entertainment to be harboured as a guest, much lesse to have any abiding, or setled habitation with God. Here the word with, is to be supplied; as in the like Hebrew phrase, Ps. 94. 20. Ge ̄. 30. 20. So in
Vers. 6. Vainglorious fools] or, mad boasting fools:
Holelim of halal, to extoll, praise, glorifie: wch when it is of ones selfe, and immoderate, is dotage, folly, and madnesse. Hence is the word used, for mad, or raving with folly, Eccles. 2. 2. 12. and 7. 9. and 10. 13. Isa. 44. 25. So after in Psal. 75. 5. and 10mockers. that worke] so the holy Ghost translateth it, Act. 13. 41. from Hab. 1. 5. The Hebrew word signifying a willing working out, perfecting and practising: as Psal. 7. 14. painfull iniquitie] or, sorrowfull sin, vaine unlawfulnesse. The originall word Aven,
paine or sorrow, is of large use, denoting all sinfull and unjust affections, actions, or endevours, which cause paine or sorrow, or be painfully done, and is applied in speciall to idolatry, joyned with
Vers. 7. Thou wilt bring to perdition] or wilt doe quite away, wilt fordoe, or make perish. man of
blouds] that is, bloudy man, or murderer, as the Chalthe man that sheddeth innocent bloud. When bloud is used in the plurall number, it usually noteth murder or manslaughter, and the guilt following it: as Gen. 4. 11. the voyce of thy brothers blouds crieth, 1 Chr. 22. 8. thou hast shed many blouds: so after in
Vers. 8. mercy] or kindnesse, benignitie: in Chalgoodnesse. See the note on Psal. 136. 1. thy house] or edifice, named in the Hebrew of building, beith: in Greeke, of dwelling, oikos: in English, of tuition, and custodie, a house: of the Almein huis, which is of hu, to defend. By house here is meant Gods tabernacle, called his house, 1 Chron. 9. 23. Mark. 2. 26. for the temple was not built in Davids dayes. will doe worship] or bow downe my selfe, in signe of honour. toward the palace] for the worshippers entred not into the Sanctuary it selfe, but into the court-yard, and at the doore offered their gifts, Psal. 116. 19. Lev. 1. 3. Heb. 9. 6. A palace (Heical) is the name of
Vers. 9. in thy justice] that is, in the religion and
conversation set forth in thy law, called the paths of justice, Ps. 23. 3. or, for thy justice sake. enviers] or spials, observers that pry for evill. So Psal. 27. 11.
Vers. 10. no certainty] no certaine stable thing, no
firme truth, which one may trust unto: or no true word. his mouth] that is, the mouth of any of them; which the Chaldee explaineth thus, the mouth of the wicked men. inward part] properthat which is neerest unto them: this the Greeke translateth heart. And these in parts, are put for the thoughts, affections, purposes in them: as Psal. 49. 12. wofull evils] havvoth the originall sigwoes, sorrowes, heavy annoyances, mischiefes and wofull events: so named of hoi or hovah, wch sigwoe, Ezek. 7. 26. they make smooth] or make flattering, and consequently deceitfull, as the Greeke translateth, wch the Apostle followeth, Rom. 3. 13.
Vers. 11. Condemne them as guilty] Asham, is a guilt, sin or trespasse, Lev. 5. 19. whereof the word here used, is to make guiltie, or damne of trespasse: and so the Greeke here hath it, Iudge or damne, and the Chaldee, make guiltie (or condemne.) And bedestruction and desolation abideth such as are damned for crime, therefore is this word used aldesolating, abolishing, destroying, Ezek. 6. 6. Ioel 1. 18. And so may it be here meant, punish, or make them desolate, O God. So Psal. 34. 22, 23. and 69. 6. with the multitude] or for the multitude, the many. trespasses] or seditious iniquities, defections, done purposely and disloyally, and are there
Vers. 12. for ever] or to eternitie. showt] or shrill out, sing joyfully, for so commonly the Hebrew Ranan signifieth; and is therfore by the holy Ghost interpreted, to be merry or joyfull, Rom. 15. 10. from Deut. 32. 43. & Gal. 4. 27. from Isa. 54. 1. yet someshowt, shrill, or cry aloud for sorrow; as
Vers. 13. buckler] a picked shield called tsinnah,
sharpe pickednesse: as another kind of ScutMagen, Psal. 3. 4. of fencing or protecting. favourable acceptation] or
Davids complaint in his sicknesse, with prayer for release. 9 By faith he triumpheth over his enemies.
To the master of the musicke on Neginoth,
IEhovah, rebuke me not in thine anger, am weake; heale me, Iehovah, for my bones are is no mein a mo
VPon the eight] or after the eight: meaning the eight tunc, which was grave, as that which we call the base. So David fetching home Gods Arke, appointed some Levites with harps upon the eighth, for the honour and service of God, 1 Chron. 15. 21. And so the Chaldee here translateth, To sing with playing upon the harpe of eight strings.
Vers. 2. wrathfull heat] or choler. This word nothe inward affection, as the former doth the outward appearance. David prayeth not simply against correction, (for as many as God loveth, hee doth rebuke and chastise, Rev. 3. 19. but would have his nurture with moderation, lest it broke him in peeces; as Ieremy likewise prayeth, Ier. 10. 24. So after in Psal. 38. 2.
Vers. 3. heale me] recure me. Though this may bodily sicknesse, Psal. 107. 18. 20. yet is it also applied to soule-sicknesse, and cuPsal. 41. 5. heale thou my soule, for I have sinned against thee.
Vers. 4. how long?] or till when? An imperfect how long wilt thou cease, or deferre to helpe, or, how long wilt thou afflict me? So Psal. 90. 13. The Chaldee supplieth the want thus, Let me have a refreshing.
Vers. 5. release] loosen, or deliver my soule or me;
from death, as is expressed, Psal. 116. 8.
Vers. 6. for in the death] This doctrine King HeFor hell shall not confesse thee, death shall not praise thee; they that goe downe the pit shall not hope for thy truth: the living the living, he shall confesse thee as I doe
Vers. 7. I faint] or am over awed with my sighing;
Ier. 45. 3. The origiIagaghn, signifieth awing, toile, turmoile and sore labour of body or mind, and consequentfainting through wearinesse, and is opposed to rest or quietnesse, Lam. 5. 5. every night] or, the whole night. The Chaldee expoundeth it, I speak in my sorrow all the night (or every night) upon my bed. I water] that is, bathe, or dissolve into water; or I melt my bedstead. These are excessive figurative speeches, to expresse the greatnesse of his sorrow. In the Hebrew they are also in the future time, I shall melt, I shall make swim, that is, I usually melt & bathe, noting the continuance of his affliction.
Vers. 8. mine eye] This may be taken for the face or visage: as in Num. 11. 7. the eye is used for the colour or appearance. gnawne] in Greek, troubled. The Hebrew, Ghnashash, is to gnaw and fret, and so to make deformed and ugly, and to consume. Hereof Ghnash is a moth-worme, Ps. 39. 12. that fretteth garments. A like speech Iob useth, mine eye is dimmed with indignation, Iob 17. 7. but gnawne here, is a word more vehement. So after in Psal. 31. 10, 11. with indignation] for griefe that I take, being provoked by the enemies.
Vers. 11. let be abasht] or, shall be abasht, The HeBosh signifieth to be abasht, wax pale & wan; as when the colour fadeth and withereth; and nodisappointment of ones expectation, Iob 6. 20. and confusion or destruction, Ier. 48. 1. 20. oppojoy, Esa. 65. 13. let them returne] or, recoile; a signe also of discomfiture and shame: so Psal. 56. 10. in a moment] or in a minute, that is, a short space, or suddenly.
David prayeth against the malice of his enemies, professing his innocencie. 11 By faith he seeth his defence, and the destruction of his enemies.
Shigajon of David, which he sang to Ie
IEhovah my God, in thee I hope for safethere is none delivering. Iehovah my it, and tread downe my life on the earth, and my glory let him make it dwell in the dust Selah.
Rise up Iehovah in thy anger, be thou lifted thou triest the hearts and reines, just God. My shield is in God, is a just Iudge, and God angerly threatneth every day. If he turne not, he will whet his sword: he hath bent his bow and made it
SHigajon] An artificiall song of David, or Davids
delight. The word properly signifieth Aberration, or
Vers. 3. Lion] called here in Hebrew, Arjch, that renter or Tearer; and elsewhere, L
that is,
Vers. 4. done this] which Cush accuseth me of injurious evill in my hands] or,
Vers. 5. that had peace with mee] my friend and confederate. Such treachery David much blameth in his foes, that in time of peace made war, Psa. 41. 10. and 55. 13. 15. 21. yea I] Hebr. and I;
yea, or when I released my distresser: which may have reference to his spaSam. 24. 6, 7, 8. 11, 12. and 26. 9, 10, 11, &c. without cause] or
Vers. 6. my life] in Hebrew, lives; so usually callife, Act. 2. 28. from Psal. 16. 11. 1 Pet. 3. 10. from Psal. 34. 13. my glory] or honour; meaning either his honourable estate, renowne, and posteritie, as Hos 9. 11. Iob 19. 9. or his soule, as Gen. 49. 6. in the dust] that is, in base estate and ignominie, as Ps. 113. 7. Iob 16. 5. or, the dust of death, the grave, as Psal. 22. 16. Isa. 26. 19.
Vers. 7. in the rages] or, because of the outrages,
surpassing indignations, so called of the passing out of the heat and choler. wake up] or, raise up, to wit, thy selfe, and come unto me; for judgement thou hast commanded or appointed. It may also be read, raise up to me the judgement which thou hast commanded: so the Chaldee paraphrase here supplieth the word which, saying; Hasten unto me, (or for me) the judgement which thou hast commanded: the Hebrew it selfe somtime doth the like; as 1
Vers. 8. for it] for the same congregations sake, wch
to the high place, or to the heigth, that is, the throne of Iudgement, for throns were set high, 1 Kin. 10. 19. This word heighth is also used for heaven, Psal. 93. 4. and there Gods throne is, Ps. 11. 4. The Chaldee saith, returne to the house of thy divine habitation (or Maiestie.)
Vers. 9. Iehovah] The Chaldee translateth it, The word of the Lord shall judge, &c. judge] two words are here used in Hebrew for judging, 1 Dan, & 2 Shaphat; the first is more speciall to give doom or sentence in controversies: the latter more genejudging or doing right in all causes. The Akrino, judge, as
Vers. 10. for thou triest] or, he trieth. God who is possessor of the reines, Psal. 139. 13. doth also trie them as metall in the fire. The heart may signifie the cogitations, and the reines the affections. So Ps. 26. 2. Ier. 11. 20. and. 20. 12. Rev. 2. 23.
Vers. 12. angerly threatneth] or detesteth, disdaineth
Vers. 13. If he] that is, If the wicked turne not, as If he turne not unto his feare. The Greeke translateth, if ye turne not.
Vers. 14. he worketh for the hot persecutors] or polisheth, to wit, to shoot
Vers. 15. he shall be in travell] or, continually travelleth,
Vers. 16. is fallen] to wit, unto his owne perdition, as Prov. 26. 27. Eccles. 10. 8. or, to lurke there for the perdition of others: See Psal. 10. 10. the corrupting ditch he wrought] or,
Vers. 17. his crowne] the scalp, or heads top: meaabundantly, and apparantly in the view of all. See Esth. 9. 25. Violent wrong] The word Chamas signifieth injurie done by force and rapine, violation of right and justice.
Vers. 18. sing Psalme to] or praise with Psalme,
Psal. 3. 1.
Gods glorie is magnified by his works. 6 A pro
To the master of the musicke upon Git
IEhovah our Lord, how wondrous excelis thy name in all the earth, which hast given thy glorious Majestie above the heavens. Out of the mouth of babes and is sorry man that thou rememis thy name in all the earth.
GIttith] or the Gittith, which title is also giPsalmes. Gath in Hea wine-presse, Isa. 63. 2. It is also the name of a citie of the Philistims, 1 Sam. 17. 4. A citie also of the Levites was called Gath-rimmon, Ios. 21. 25. whereupon Obed-Edom the son of Ieduthun, a LeGittite, 2 Sam. 6. 10. So by Gittith here may be meant, either such instruments as were used by the posteritie of Obed-Edom the Gittite, or that these Psalmes were made upon occasion of transporting Gods arke from the house of that
Vers. 2. our Lord] or, our sustainers: See the note Psal. 2. 4 wondrous excellent] or wondrous ample, illustrious and
Vers. 3. hast founded] that is, firmely decreed, appointed,
Vers. 5. what is sorry man] to wit, thus thinke I what is man, &c. Here man is called Aenosh, (the name of Adams nephew, Gen. 4. 26.) which signifieth dolefull, sorry, sorrowfull, wretched, and sick incurably. And this name is given to all men, to put them in mind of their misery and mortality; as
Vers. 6. For thou madest him lesser] or, And thou
madest him lack; or, Though thou madest him to want a little of the Gods. a little] The originall word signifieth either a little while, Psal. 37. 10. or a little deale, Ps. 37.
14. 29. The Greeke
Vers. 7. all, didst thou set] in the first creation rule over fishes, fowles, beasts, and all that moveth on the earth, Gen. 1. 26. but after, for his sake and sinne, the earth was cursed, and he enjoyed it with sorrow, Gen. 3. 17. But the Son of man, who is heire of all things, Hebr. 1. 2. restoreth our losse, and will cause the remnant of the people, even who-soever overcommeth, to inherit all things, Zach. 8. 12. Rev. 21. 7. though unto man living here in sorwe yet see not all things subdued, Hebr. 2. 8.
Vers. 8. Sheepe and oxen] or Flockes and herds;
flocke comprehending both sheepe and goats, Levit. 1. 10.
Vers. 9. The fowle] that is, fowles or birds; one
many or all; so the Hebrew often speaship, for ships, 1 King. 10. 22. with 2 Chron. 9. 21. speare, for speares, 2 King. 11. 10. with 2 Chro. 23. 9. So Psal. 20. 8. and 34. 8. of the heavens] that is, of the aire, for all this Outspred or firmament spred over the face of the earth, God called Heavens, Gen. 1. 17. the place alheavens, Gen. 1. 17. and the highest place where the Angels dwell, (and God himselfe is said to sit in,) is likewise called heaven, Matth. 5. 9. and 24. 36. and by the Apostle named the third heaven, 2 Cor. 12. 2. So other Scriptures mention the birds of heaven, Matth. 13. 32. the winds of heaven, Dan. 7. 2. the
David praiseth God for executing of judgement. 12 He inciteth others to praise him. 14 He pray
To the Master of the Musicke upon Muth labben; a Psalme of David.
I Will confesse Iehovah with all my heart, workes. I will rejoyce and shew gladnesse in thee, I will sing Psalme to thy name, O most high.
When mine enemies turned backward,
For thou hast done my judgement and my
The desolations of the enemie are wholly
And he will judge the world with justice,
And Iehovah will be an high refuge for in Sion, shew forth among the peoples his doings. For he that seeketh that they made; in the net that they hid caught is their foot.
Knowne is Iehovah, judgement hee hath nor the exthat they be sory men Selah.
VPon Muth labben] This, if it be referred to the Counter-tenour. Otherwise it may be read, For the death of Labben; but who he was, is uncertaine: some thinke it was Goliath; the Chalfor the death of the Sonne. It seemeth to me, as the former Psalme was of the propagation
Vers. 2. marvellous works] or wonderfull things, miracles. The originall word signifieth high and hidden, such as mans power cannot performe, nor reason reach unto, and therefore are admired.
Vers. 3. in thee] the Chaldee saith, in thy word.
Vers. 4. when my enemies turned] This may be taken for a summe of his praise for deliverances past, when my foes turne backe, they shall stumble and perish. from thy face] from before thee, because of thy presence, that is, for feare of thee, and shut out from thy face or presence. So after, Psal. 68. 2, 3, 9. So the Apostle speaketh of the wickeds perdition from the face of the Lord, 2 Thess. 1. 9.
Vers. 5. done my judgement] that is, given senPsal. 7. 9. The Chaldee expoundeth it, my vengeance. sitten on the throne] or set thee downe on the throne, the seat of judgement or tribuPsal. 132. 11, 12. and the acting or executing of the same, 2 Chron. 18. 18. Isay 6. 1. Dan. 7. 9. Rev. 20. 11.
Vers. 6. hast rebuked] with rough and severe words: but this, when God doth it, commonly imconfusion, as being to his enemies, and therPsalm. 119. 21. and 68. 31. and 76. 7. and 18. 16. Zach. 3. 2. So else-where he saith, at the rebuke of thy face they perish, Psalm. 80. 17. wiped out] or, wiped away, as with the hand. And this wiping out the name, noteth an utDeut. 9. 14. and 29. 20. Psal. 109. 13. for ever and aye] or, for ever and yet; or, to eternitie and perpetuity. The HeGhned, yet, is added to eternity or ever, to inPsal. 10. 16. and 21. 5. and 104. 5. and 145. 1, 2. taExod. 15. 18.
Vers. 7. The desolations] which the enemie made in spoiling our land; or the desolate places which Iob 3. 14. great men are said to build themselves desolate places. of the enemie] So the Greeke turned it. We may also reade it, O
Vers. 9. will judge] or give doome unto. Two judging are here used, as before, Psal. 7. 9. with righteousnesses] that is, all manner righteousnesse and
Vers. 10. an high refuge] in Hebrew Misgab,
an exaltation, that is, an high place, tower, or fort to resist the enemie, Jer. 48. 1. wherein men are protected, and escape their foes invasion, Deut. 2. 36. for the oppressed] or, to the beaten downe; the poore is so called, as being pownded or s
by the adversary. So
Vers. 11. that know] or that acknowledge thy
name: such are Gods people, Esay 52. 6. and shall by him be delivered and advanced, Psal. 91. 14.
Vers. 12. dwelleth in Sion] or sitteth in Sion.
hath placed his divine habitation (or
Vers. 13. seeketh out] or requireth blouds, that is, Gen. 9. 5, 6. See the Annotations there. The Chaldee expoundeth it, he that requireth the bloud of the innocent, remembreth his just ones. meeke afflicted] The originall here hath a double reading, Ghnanaj
that is,
Vers. 14. from my haters] that is, which comlifting up] or, ô lifter up (exalter) of me. gates of death] This noteth present perill and feare of death, as being now neare at the very doore or gate thereof,
Vers. 15. gates of the daughter of Sion] these gates of death, and mean the publike places where Gods people came togevers. 12. and
Psal. 87. 2. The daughter of Sion signifieth the Church or Congregation there gathered; as also the Chaldee Paraphrase here shewthe congregation of Sion, for evemother, 2 Sam. 20. 19. (whereupon the Apostle calleth Ierusalem, the mother of us all, Gal. 4. 26.) the villages that were neere and pertained unto such cities, are called daughters, Ios. 15. 45. 2 Chron. 13. 19. Psal. 48. 12. and the inhabitants there seated, or assemblies of people resorting thither, are likewise named daughters; as being bred, borne, nourished there, and subiect therto. Such speeches are often in the Scrip
Vers. 17. Iudgement hee hath done] or, by the
judgement that he hath executed. his hands] or his palmes, the wickeds owne hands, called the palmes or hollowes, for the secret manner of working. So Psal. 7. 4. Meditation Selah] meaning that this is a matter of deepe meditation, worthy to be well minded, and spoken or sung with earnest consiHiggajon Selah, for that it may import a kinde of Song or tune, (as the Greeke turneth it,) being found in this forme, onely here, and in Psal. 92. 4. The Chaldee interpreteth it, the just shall joyfully shout for ever.
Vers. 18. into hell] into hell it selfe: for the word into is in effect twice put in the Hebrew for more vehemencie. forget God] the Chaldee addeth, that forget the feare of God.
Vers. 19. needy one] two names are here given Aebjon, needy and desirous, which imPsal. 132. 15. and 112. 9. Ghnani, poore afflicted, which need helpe and deliverance from vexation, as before, vers. 13. yet this precise diffeperish for aye] that is,
Vers. 21. Put a feare in them] The originall morah (used in this place onely) seemeth to be put for Mora, which is Feare or Terrour, Psal. 76. 12. these two Hebrew letters being often put one for another, as Amon, Ier. 52. 15. for Hamon, 2 King. 25. 11. Shinna, 2 King. 25. 29. for Shinnab, Ier. 52. 33. Or according to the Letters it may come of Horah, to teach, and signifie a
1 The Prophet complaineth to God of the outrage of the wicked against God himselfe and his poore peo
WHerefore Iehovah dost thou stand place farre off, dost thou hide at times in distresse? In the haughthat he seeketh not: there is no God, in all his crafty purposes. His waies doe are on high above his sight, all his distresses he pufI shall not be in evill to generation and generation. His mouth is molestation and painfull ini
Hee lieth in wait in the secret place, as a
He croucheth, he boweth downe, that fall pawes a troope of poore.
He saith in his heart, God hath forgotten, it into thy hand, unto thee the poore doth leave it: thou art the helper of the faman; seek out his wictill thou findest none. Iehovah is
for ever and aye; perished are the heathat he adde not any more to daunt with terrour sory man out of the earth.
THis Psalme is in the Greeke version a continu
Vers. 1. wherefore dost thou stand] or, wilt thou stand? This forme of expostulation implieth an Lord stand not farre off. For questiwhy diseasest thou the Master, Mark. 5. 35. another saith, Disease not the Master, Luke 8. 49. See the notes on
Vers. 2. hee hotly pursueth] or, burne doth the
poore, doth broile in afflictions, is hotly persecuted. See Psal. 7. 14. The Apostle useth like speech for exceeding griefe, 2 Cor. 11. 19. Who is offended and I burne not? craftie purposes] or, devices, policies; The word noting sometime good purposes, and sometime evill. See also
Vers. 3. praise doth the wicked] to wit, himselfe,
the soule of the wicked desireth evill, Prov. 21. 10. the covetous] or gain-thirsty, he blesseth, to wit,
Vers. 4. such is the loftinesse of his nose] or, according
Vers. 5. His waies, &c.] or, bring forth doe his
waies; a similitude from bringing forth children with paine, which being effected, causeth joy, Ioh. 16. 21. Therefore here, (as in Iob 20. 21.) it is used for good successe and (as the Chaldee explaineth it,) prosperitie. Or referring it to the poore whom he persecuteth, we may reade, his wayes make sorowfull, or are grievous; the Greeke saith, are polluted. in all time] or, in every time, that is, alwaies continually. So
Vers. 6. I shall not be in evill:] or, that am not
in evill; that is, I who am not now in evill, shall neevill, trouble or affliction; as the Israelites saw themselves in evill, Exod. 5. 19. Or, perhaps, by evill, he meaneth sinne and maliciousnesse, (as when Aaron said, the
Vers. 7. of cursing] or, of execration or adjuration.
Vers. 8. in the waiting place of the villages] or, the
ambush of the court-yards, both which have their name in Hebrew of the grasse that groweth in them, as it were grasse-yards. And because such places commonly are rich mens possessions, therefore (it seemeth) the Greek translateth, in the waiting place with the rich.
Vers. 10. He croucheth] or, And he crusheth, to Lion, Iob 39. 2. that fall may int o his strong pawes a troope] or,
Vers. 11. he will not see] or, not at all respect.
Psalm. 94. 7. Ezek. 8. 12. and 9. 9. Isay 29. 15.
Vers. 12. lift up thy hand] that is, shew openly thy
power for helpe of thy people, and confusion of thy foes. Lifting up the hand is applied to the publishing and
Vers. 14. to give it into thine hand] that is to
take the matter into thy hand, to menage it, or, to give with thy hand, that is, liberally to recompence the evill that is done. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus, It is manifest before thee, that thou wilt send upon the wicked sorrow and wrath, thou lookest to pay a good reward to the just with thy hand. unto thee] or, upon thee the poore leaveth, to wit, his cause, or him-selfe. To leave, is to commit unto ones fidelitie, Gen. 39. 6. Esa. 10. 3. Iob 39. 14. And so the Chaldee saith, thy poore trust in thee. See also 2 Tim. 1. 12.
Vers. 15. Breake the arme] the arme noteth strength, meanes, power, and helpe, Ezek. 30. 21, 25. Isa. 33. 2. Dan. 11. 6. 22. also violence, Iob 35. 9. I respect of all these, the armes of the wicked men shall be broken, Psal. 37. 17. till thou findest none.] In Ier. 50. 20. the sinnes of Gods people being sought for, are not found, because of his mercy in pardofound, because of his judgement in consuming them, as he saith in Ezek. 23. 48. thus will I cause wickednesse to cease out of the land.
Vers. 16. heathens out of his land] the land of Canaan,
Vers. 17. thou preparest firme] to wit, by thy Spirit,
Vers. 18. that he adde not] he, that is, the wicked
David being counselled to flee, encourageth him-selfe in God against his enemies. 4 He sheweth the providence and justice of God.
To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme
IN Iehovah doe I hope for safety; how say yee to my soule, flee to your mountaine as a bird? For loe the wicked bend the that are upshall bee the portion of their cup. For just Iehovah hee loveth ju
A Psalme of David: I this word Psalme wanPsal. 14. and 25. and 26. and 27. and many other. See the note on Psal. 10. 10. flee] or flit. In the Hebrew there is a double reading, flee thou, and flee yee, meaning David in speciall, and his reyour mount] or, from your mount; but the Greeke and Chaldee supplieth the word to. In mounts, rockes, and caves, David hid himselfe from Sauls persecution, 1 Sam. 23. 14. and 24. 3, 4. as a bird] This noteth his danger, who was hunted as a partrich on the mountaines, 1 Sam. 26. 20. and his feare, as in Isa. 16. 2. Hereupon is that proverb, As a bird fleeing from her nest, so is a man fleeing from his place, Prov. 27. 8.
Vers. 3. For the foundations] or the things set up. The originall word Shathoth signifieth things orderly
Vers. 4. Palace of his holinesse] or, his holy palace
Vers. 5. prove the just] or trie them; by the Psal. 66. 10, 11, 12. his soule] that is, Gods soule doth hate. This is attributed to God afeies, hands, eares, &c. So Levit. 26. 11. my soule shall not loath you.
Vers. 6. snares] hereby is often meant in Scripstrange, sudden, and inevitable judgements, Iob 22. 10. and 18 9, 10. Isa. 8. 14. and 24. 17, 18. The Chaldee expounds it, He will send downe the raine of vengeance on the wicked that breathe fire, &c. fire and brimstone] such was the wrath that fell on Sodome and the cities by it, Gen. 19. 24. and was threatned unto Gog, Ezek. 38. 22. and figureth the vengeance of eternall fire, Iude 7. Rev. 20. 10. wind of burning stormes] or, of blasting tempests, that is,
Vers. 7. loveth justices] that is, all manner justice,
his face] or their faces, in mystery of the holy Trinity; as often in the Scripture. See Psal. 149. 2. The Hebrew here may be Englished, the face (the aspects) of them, or of him: See the note on Psal. 2. 3. will view the righteous] usually vieweth the right. And this noteth the manifesting of Gods care and fauour toHis face seeth righteousnesses: the Chaldee thus, The just shall see the sight of his face.
David destitute of humane comfort, craveth helpe of God. 4 He comforteth himselfe with Gods judge
To the Master of the Musicke upon the eight,
SAve O Iehovah, for the gracious Saint each man with his next friend, with lip of flatteries; with a heart and a heart they speake. Iehovah cut off all lips of flat
Which have said, with our tongue we will are with us, who is Lord oare pure sayings: as silver tried in a subliming furnace of earth, fined seven times. Thou Iehovah wilt keepe
Vers. 1. upon the eight] which the Chaldee exupon the eight stringed harpe: See Psal. 6. 1.
SAve] or helpe. This word is largely used, for saving, helping, delivering, preserving,
Exod. 2. 17. 2 King. 6. 26, 27. to deliver from all adversities, Psal. 34. 7. as from sicknesse, Mat. 9. 21. Mark. 6. 56. from drowning, Mat. 8. 25. from shipwracke, Act. 27. 31. from hands of enemies, Psal. 18. 4. Iude 5. from sinne, Mat. 1. 21. from death, Mat. 27. 40. from wrath, Rom. 5. 9. and infinite the like. And is not onely a helping in trouble, but a riddance out of it, as one Evangelist saith, Let us see if Elias will come and save him, Mat. 27. 49. another saith, if Elias will come and take him downe, Mark. 15. 36. the faithfull are diminished] or faiths, fidelities are ceased. The originall word is used both for
Vers. 3. false vanity] or vaine falshood; in Greeke, vaine things. This word (shav) noteth vanity both of words and deeds, Exod. 20. 7. Ier. 2. 30. and offalse, Exo. 23. 1. as that which Moses in Exod. 20. 16. calleth witnesse of falshood, (Sheker,) relating it he calleth false vanity, (Shav) Deut. 5. 20. with his next friend] or his neighbour, his friend with whom he is associate. Sometime this word is used for a speciall
Vers. 5. our lips are with us] or, are ours, that is, we have skill, power, and liberty to speake; who shall
controll us?
Vers. 6. I will rise up] the Chaldee addeth, will
rise up to judgement. set in salvation] that is, deliver out of all misery, and safely settle in health and prosperous estate. he shall have breathing] or, he (meaning God) will give breathing, or respiration to him, that is, to every poore man, (as after in vers. 8.) or, hee will breath out, that is, speake plainly to him. The Greeke, changing the person, translaparrhesiásomai, that is, I will speake plainly with him. So it noteth the bold assured comfort which God by promise giveth to the afflicted, whose faithplaine and confident breathing out, or uttering of the truth, Habak. 2. 3. Prov. 12. 17. Or we may understand it of the wicked, thus,
Vers. 7. The sayings] or, the words, promises.
tried] examined, fined, as in fire. The like praise of Gods pure word is in Psalm. 18. 31. and 119. 140. Prov. 30. 5. a subliming furnace of earth] This furnace, called Ghnalil, a sublimatorie, of subliming or causing to ascend upward, is the best and choisest vessell for trying and subliming of meDokimion, a Triall. And the Apostle hath the like word for a Triall of faith, better than gold, 1 Pet. 1. 7. seven times] or seven fold, that is, many times, fully and sufficiently. Seven is a perfect number used for
Vers. 8. preserve him] that is, every one of them:
keepe them, preserve him. The Greeke changeth person also, saying, wilt keepe us, and preserve us. from this generation] that is, from the men of this geneWhereto shall I liken this generation? Mat. 11. 16. he meant, Whereto shall I liken the men of this generation? Luke 7. 31. The like may be seene in Mat. 12. 42. compared with Luke 11. 31. The originall word Dor, that is, generation, race or age, hath the signification of durance, or
Vers. 9. vilenesse] or, vile luxuriousnesse, riotize.
Zulluth here used, is derived from Zolel, that is, a rioter, glutton, or luxurious person, Deut. 21. 20. Prov. 23. 21. and consequently one vile, contemptible and
David complaineth of delay in helpe; 4 prayeth for mercy, 6 and glorieth therein.
To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme
HOw long Iehovah wilt thou forget for ever: how long wilt thou hide thy face from me? How long shal bounteously rewarded unto me.
HIde thy face] that is, withdraw thy favourable
countenance and comfort; which the Chaldee expoundeth, the brightnesse of thy face. This is conthe lifting up of the light of Gods face, Psal. 4. 7. and importeth trouble and griefe, and is caused by sinne, and is the cause of many adversities and discomforts, Deut. 31. 17. 18. Isa. 59. 2. Ezek. 39. 23, 24, 29. therefore this Prophet doth often comPsalm. 30. 8. and 104. 29. and 88. 15. and 69. 18. and 102. 3. and 143. 7. and 27. 9.
Vers. 3. set counsels] that is, consult and devise
with my selfe how to escape. by day] that is, daily; in Greeke,
Vers. 4. lighten my eyes] that is, make them see cleare, and consequently, make me joyfull; for, the
light of the eyes rejoyceth the heart, Prov. 15. 30. Or, keepe me alive: which sense the words following seeme to imply, and the like speeches in Prov. 29. 13. Eccles. 11. 7, 8. The eyes are said to be inlightened, when penurie, sorrow, sicknesse, or other af
Vers. 6. But I,] or, And I, as for me. bounteously
David discribeth the corruption of all naturall men; 4 and convinceth them by the light of their consciences. 6 He sheweth their enmitie against Gods people, who wish for, and glory in his salvation.
To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme of David.
THe foole saith in his heart, there is no their practise; there is none that doth good. Iehovah from the there is none that doth good, none, not one. Doe as they eat bread; they call not on Iehovah. There dread they a is in the just generation.
The counsell of the poore afflicted yee is his hope. Who will give out of Sion the sal
THe foole] Nabal (which hath the signification jading, dying, or falling away, as doth a leafe or flower, Isa. 40. 8. 1 Pet. 1. 24.) is a title given to the foolish man, as having lost the juice and sap of wisdome, reason, honestie, godlinesse; being falGod; as a dead carkasse, (which of this word is calNeba
11. 40.) and therefore
Vers. 3. All is] or the all, that is, the whole
universall multitude is departed; all in generall, and every one in particular, as is expressed, Psalm. 53. 4. become unprofitable] or fit for no use; so the Apostle expresseth it in Greeke: the word here
Iob 15. 16. and betokeneth a thing loathsome, stinking, and so unfit for use.
Vers. 4. Doe they not know?] meaning, doubtlesse
Vers. 5. There dread they a dread] that is, they
are sore adread, or feare a great feare, as Luke 2. 9. So, hath sinned a sinne, Lam. 1. 8. that is, hath grievously sinned. And by
Vers. 6. yee would make abashed] that is, ye reabashing and shame is often used for frustration of ones purpose and hope, Psal. 6. 11. because Iehovah] or, but Iehovah is his shelter and hope, therefore he shall not be abashed, Psal. 25. 3. Contrariwise, the wicked shall be abashed, because God refuseth them, Psal. 53. 6.
Vers. 7. Who will give] or, O that some would give! it is a forme of wishing often used in the ScripPs. 55. 7. Deut. 5. 29. Iob 6. 8. out of Sion] this is meant of Christ the salvation of God to Isthe Redeemer shall come out of Sion, and shall turne away impieties from Iakob, Rom. 11. 26. returneth the captivitie] that is,
David describeth a citizen of Sion, by his godly and righteous conversation.
A Psalme of David; Iehovah, who shall is
his hurt, and chanthings shall not be moved for ever.
IN thy tent] or pavilion, called in Hebrew Ohel,
spreading over. God caused an habitation to be made in the wildernesse, wherein he dwelt among men, Exod. 26. Psal. 78. 60. that mansion, made of ten curtaines, he called Mishcan, an Habitacle, or Tabernacle, Exod. 26. 1. Psal. 26. 8. over which, other curtaines were made and cast for a covering, called Ohel, a Tent or covering, Exod. 26. 7. HereOhel, a Tent, sometime Mishcan, a Tabernacle. To this Tent all Gods people were to come for his publike worship, Lev. 17. 4, 5. Deut. 12. 5, 6. It was a movehouse or setled habitation, 2 Sam. 7. 1, 6. 1 Chron. 17. 5. yet for the use, it is sometime called a house, as is noted on Psal. 5. 8. mountaine] the mount Sion, whereof see Psal. 2. 6. The Chaldee calleth it, the mount of the house of thy holinesse.
Vers. 2. walketh perfect] that is, leadeth his life perfect, entire, simple, sincere, and unblemished. It
walke before me, and be perfect, Gen. 17. 1. and, thou shalt be perfect with Iehovah thy God, Deut. 18. 13. Mat. 5. 48. Therefore this
Vers. 3. Slandereth not] or defameth not, backbiteth
Vers. 4. In whose eyes an abject] or, In his eyes
a reprobate is contemned. The order also may be changed thus, in whose eyes the contemptible (or vile person, as Dan. 11. 21.) is rejected. See examples of such cariage, 2 King. 3. 14. Esth. 3. 2. Luke 23. 9. The Greeke translateth it, an evill doer is set at nought before him: the Chaldee thus, He that is despised in his owne eyes, and contemned. sweareth to his
Vers. 5. money] Hebr. silver, that is, money ususilver. to biting usury] or with biting, that is,
David prophesieth of Christs confidence in God, and love to the Saints on earth. 4 The sorrowes of Idola
MIchtam of David: Preserve me O art my Lord; my good not unto thee. To the Saints which are in earth, and the excelthat endow another: I will not powre out their powred out oblatiplaces, yea the heritage is faire for me.
I will blesse Iehovah, which hath counselin the nights my reines doe chahe is at my right hand, I shall not be moved. Therefore my heart reto perpetuitie.
MIchtam of David:] Davids jewell, or not able
song. Cethem is fine glistering gold, Psal. 45. 10. of that this Michtam may be derived, for a golden jewel: and so note the excellency of this Psalme. The like title is before the 56. 57. 58. 59. and 60. Psalmes.
Vers. 2. Thou hast said] he speaketh this to him-selfe; Thou ô my soule sayest: so the Chaldee ParaI have said. Or, it may be spoken to the Spouse or Church of Christ. my good not unto thee] understand, extendeth not, or pertaineth not to thee, or is not for thee; which the Greeke expoundeth thus, of my goods thou hast no need. For, if man be just, what giveth he to God: or what
Iob 35. 7. The Chaldee saith, my good is not given but of thee.
Vers. 3. To the Saints] to wit, my good extendeth, as else-where Christ saith, for their sakes sanctifie I
my selfe, that they also may be sanctified through the truth, Ioh. 17. 19. are in earth] such is the meain earth they; the relative being put for the
Vers. 4. Their sorrowes shall be multiplied.] This is meant of Idolaters, who hastily endow. that is, offer
Vers. 5. of my part] or, of my partage, that is, of the inheritance parted, shared, and diealt unto me. So of mine nheritance. The word is generally used for lands, cities, goods, spoiles, &c. that are shared out. And this here hath reference to the law of the Priests, which had no part among the people, for that the Lord was their part and inheritance, Numb. 18. 20. The Lord is his peoples part, Ier. 10. 16. and 51. 19. and againe, his people are called his part, Deut. 32. 9. my cup] that is, measure and portion of joyes or afflictions, Psal. 23. 5. and 11. 6. my lot] this also is used for an inheritance obtained by lot, Ios. 18. 11. Iudg. 1. 3. The Apostle calleth Christs Church by this name, 1 Pet. 5. 3. The Greeke translateth, thou art he that restorest mine inheritance to me.
Vers. 6. The lines] or Cords, such were used in Psal. 105. 11. and 78. 55. 2 Sam. 8. 2. and figuratively a line is put for the portion measured, Jos. 17. 5, 14.
or, which
Vers. 7. counselled me] given me counsell by his Pet. 1. 11. Luke 24. 25, 26. God is wonderfull in counsell, and excellent in worke, Esay 28. 29.
Vers. 8. I have proposed] or equally set: the Greeke I beheld before, Act. 1. 25. he is at my right hand] The word is is supplied, Act. 2. 25. For God to be at the right hand, is powerfully to assist and comfort: as on the contraPsal. 109. 6. Zech. 3. 1. I shall not be moved] or,
Vers. 9. my glory] This by the Apostle is applied tongue, Act. 2. 26. which is the instrument wherewith we glorifie God. See Psalm. 30. 13. and 57. 9. Gen. 49. 6. dwell in confidence] or, abide with hope, that is, boldly, safely, and securely; meaflesh (his body) should abide (or rest) in the grave, with sure hope of rising againe from death the third day.
Vers. 10. my soule] The Hebrew Nephesh, and Psuchee, which we call soule, hath the name of breathing or respiring, and is therefore sometime used for the breath, Iob 41. 12. it is the vitall spirit that al quick things move by; therfore beasts, birds, fish and creeping things, are called in Scripture, living soules, Gen. 1. 20. 24. And this
Vers. 11. Thou wilt make me know] or, hast made
me know, (as Act. 2. 28.) that is, givest me experience of. the way of life] or
David in confidence of his integrity, craveth de
A Prayer of David.
HEare thou Iehovah, justice; attend but hast not found: I have purposed, my mouth shall not transthat my foot-steps be not removed. I call upon thee, for thou wilt anthat inviron round against mee. With their fat they have closed up, with their mouth they In our steps now they comis as a renting Lion that is greedy to teare, and as a lurking places. Rise up Iehowith thy sword. From mortall men with thine hand, Iehovah, from mortall men of the who have their part in this life, and their belly thou fillest with thine hid treasure; satisfied are the sons, and they lay up their overplus for their babes. I, in justice shall view thy face, shall be satisfied when I
with thine image.
IVstice] that is, my justice, as the Greeke explaineth it, my just cause and complaint. The Chaldee saith, accept Lord my prayer in justice. shrill crie] or showting, that is, loud complaint: See Psalm. 5. 12. without lips] or, not with lips of deceit, that is, which prayer is unfained, not uttered with guile.
Vers. 2. come forth] or proceed, that is, let my judgement be clearly pronounced and executed. TherHos. 6. 5. he addeth the similitude of the light or Sunne. righteousnesses] or equities: this is all righteous causes and persons, or my most righteous cause.
Vers. 3. hast tried] or, examined me, to wit, as metall in the fire: So Psal. 66. 10. hast not found]
shalt not at all finde, to wit, any drosse, or deceit, or, as the Chaldee addeth, corruption. The Greeke translateth, iniquitie was not found in me. shall not transgresse] or, transgresseth not, that is, I purposed not to transgresse with my mouth, by murmuring against thy fiery triall of me; or,
Vers. 4. For the workes] or concerning the workes of men: Adam is here used for all earthly men.
have observed] or taken heed of, to wit, lest they should hart me, or, that I should not walke in them, as the next verse sheweth: otherwise, sometime to observe waies, is to walke in them, Psalm. 18. 22. the breaker thorow] that is, the robber or theefe, as this word is expounded in Greeke, Mat. 21. 13. from Ier. 7. 11. one that breaketh bounds or limits, houses, hedges, lawes, &c. So Ezek. 18. 10.
Vers. 5. Sustaine] Hold up, or containe; this is spoken prayer wise to God, as the next verse maniMake perfect. It may also be read, Sustaining, or To sustaine; and so have reference to the former verse, I observed the robbers paths, not to walke in them, but to sustain (or sustaining, holding fast) my steps in thy paths. The Hebrew Tamoch may be Englished Sustaine thou; as Zachor is remember thou, Exod. 20. 8. Shamor, observe thou, Deut. 5. 12. Haloc, is Goe thou, 2 Sam. 24. 12. for which in 1 Chron. 21. 10. is written Lec, Goe thou. my steps] or, my steppings forward, my
Vers. 7. marvellously separate] or make marvellous,
Vers. 8. the blacke] that is, the sight in the middest
Vers. 9. from faces] or because of the wicked. See Psal. 3. 1. enemies in soule] or, for the soule; meadeadly enemies, that seeke the soule or life. See Psal. 35 4. The Chaldee expoundeth it, in the will (or desire) of their soule.
Vers. 10. They have closed up] to wit, their face
body; (much like that speech in Iob 15. 27. hee hath covered his face with his fatnesse,) or their fat they close up, meaning that they pamper and harden themselves. in pride] that is, proudly or haughtily.
Vers. 11. In our steps] or in our going, that is, wheresoever we goe, they trace our footing, they composse me and
Vers. 12. His likenesse] that is, the likenesse (or
or he may meane some one principall, as
Vers. 13. prevent his face] that is, first come to helpe me, and suddenly and unlookt for come upon him,
and disappoint him. with thy sword] that is, thy judgement and vengeance, for all means of destructisword, Isa. 66. 16. and 27. 1. Ier. 47. 6. Zeph. 2. 12. The Chaldee expoundeth it, the wicked which deserveth to be killed with thy sword; or understand, which wicked man is thy sword, as Asshur is called the rod of his wrath, Esay 10. 5. and so in the verse following, from mortall men, which are thy hand; or with thy hand, that is, thy judgement or plagne, for so Gods hand often signifieth, Exod. 7. 4. Act. 13. 11.
Vers. 14. of the transitory world] that is, worldlings,
Vers. 15. in justice] meaning in the justice (or righteousnesse) which is of God by faith in Christ, as Phil. 3. 9. View thy face] that is, enjoy thy comfortable favour, as
David having beene delivered from all his ene
To the Master of the Musicke a Psalme of the that Iehovah had delivered him from the hand of all his enemies, and from the hand of Saul. And he said;
I Will dearely love thee, Iehovah my was under his feet. And he rode upon place, round about him his pavilion: darknesse of waters, thick clouds of the skies.
From the brightnesse that was before him
Iehovah rewarded me according to my juwere before me, and his decrees I did
With the gracious Saint thou wilt shew thy is perfect, the saying of Iehovah is
is a shield to all that hope for safety in him. For who is God besides Iehovah? is a rocke except our God? God that girdeth me with valour, and giveth my way perfect. He matcheth my feet as Hindes feet: and upon my high places hee with mine armes. And thou hast given to me the shield of thy salvation: and thy right
And thou hast given to me the necke of there
was none to save; unto Iehovah, but hee anwho ̄
I have not known doe serve me. At the hearing of the eare
THe servant of Iehovah] So he intituleth him-selfe Psal. 36. 1. for his service in administring the kingdome. This song is also written in 2 Sam. 22. with some little change of a few words which shall be observed. hand of Saul] which noteth the power of the King, above that which is noted by the hand or palme of other enemies: yet for this word hand, in 2 Sam. 22. 1. is used palme: the Chaldee expoundeth it, the sword of Saul.
Vers. 2. I will dearely love] or, I love heartily with
my inmost bowels. The originall word is in this place for intire love; but otherwhere is often used for tender mercie, or bowels of compassion, Psal. 25. 6. and 102. 14. and 103. 13. This verse is added here, more than in 1 Sam. 22.
Vers. 3. fortresse] or, munition, a place or hold to Ps. 31. 3. rocke] Two names of a Rocke are in this verse; the first Selangh, a firme stony Rocke or cliffe; the latter, Tsur, a strong or sharpe rocke, and is ofGod himselfe, and turned in Greeke, Theos, that is, God, as in the 32 and 47 verses of this Psalme, Deut. 32. 4. 18. 30, 31. Psal. 71. 3. and in many other places. horne of my salvation] that is, the horne that saveth me. A horne signifieth power and glory, Psal. 92. 11. Amos 6. 13. Hab. 3. 4.
hornes are used to signifie Kings, Dan ▪ 8.
Vers. 4. P
that is,
Vers. 5. the pangs] paines, throwes ▪ sorrowes, as of a woman in childbirth; so the originall word sig
Vers. 6. of hell] which the Chaldee expouna company of
a simi
Vers. 7. distresse upon me] or to me, that is, in
that my distresse, or while it was upon me. So Psal.
The Hebrew properly is,
Vers. 8. foundations of the mounts] that is, the roots and
By these and the words following, under the similitude of a sore tempestuous weather, Gods judgements against the wicked are excellently set for
Vers. 9. in his anger] or, in his nose: the like Esa. 65. 5. these are a smoke in my anger; or, for these a smoke is in my nose: and it noteth sore indig
for
Vers. 10. he bowed the heavens] This was for Psal. 144. 5, 6. Esai. 64. 1, 2. and came downe] that is, as the Chaldee openeth it, his glory appeared. gloomie darknesse] myrke and
Vers. 11. on the Cherub] a Cherub, and the pluCherubim of Cherubines, is a name given to the Angeli ▪ Gen. 3. 25. and to the
Vers. 12. his pavilion] or covert, tabernacle. In the Chaldee it is explained thus; Hee placed his divine
Vers. 13. passed away] that is, vanished; for Gods passing away, is used for vanishing, Esai. 29. 5. haile and coles] that is, there was, or there came haile, to wit, from his brightnesse, as in 2 Sam. 22. 13. it is written, From the brightnesse before him there burned coles of fire. Haile and fire are instruments of Gods warre and punishment, Iob. 38. 22, 23. Iosh. 10. 11. Rev. 16. 21. Zach. 12. 6. Ezek. 10. 2.
Vers. 14. thundred] this also is a signe of Gods anger, 1 Sam. 2. 10. and 7. 10. Isa. 29. 6. and of his power and glory, Psal. 29. 3. and 77. 19. Iob 26. 14. and 37. 4, 5. and 40. 4. gave his voice] a comloud and high speech ▪ cry, noise, thundring, &c. Psal. 46. 7. and 68. 34. and 77. 18. and 104.
Vers. 15.
the instruments of his
Vers. 16. channels of water.] that is, of the sea,
Sam. 22. 16. channels signifie violent currents, or forcible streames, running rivers. So Psal. 42. 2. and 126. 4. The Greeke here translateth them, fountains of waters. foundations of the world] that is, the deepe waters and maine
or,
Vers. 17. drew me out, &c.] this hath reference drawne out of the water, and thereupon called Mosheh, Exod. 2. 10. that word Mashah is used here by David; and no where else in Scripture. Waters signifie troubles, as is noted vers. 5. and sometime multitudes of peoples, Rev. 17. 15. so the Chaldee turneth it here, he delivered me from many peoples.
Vers. 19. cloudy calamitie] The Hebrew Aeid
a fog, vapour, or mistie cloud, Gen. 2. 6. Iob. 36. 27. by figure it is put for calamitie or misery of man, Deut. 32. 35. As elsewhere, the cloudy and darke day, Ezek. 34. 12.
Vers. 22. frommy God] meaning by swarving,
or turning away from him; which the Chaldee exI walked not in wickednesse before my God.
Vers. 23. not turne away from me] in 2 Sam.
turned not away from it, that is, from any of his statutes. The Greeke translateth, they departed not fro
Vers. 24. from mine iniquitie] that is, from the
iniquitie that I am prone to fall into. The Hebrew word signifieth that which is unright, unequall, crooked or
Vers. 25. purenesse of my hands] in 2 Sam. 22. 25. my purenesse.
Vers. 26. gracious] or mercifull, pious, godly. See Psal. 4. 4. man] or mighty one; called Geber,
strength, valour, and superioritie: for which in 2 Sam. 22. 26. is put Gibbor, that is, Strong, or a champion: a mighty man, Psal. 19. 6. and 45. 4. with the froward thou wilt shew thy selfewry] A like speech is used in Moses, Levit. 26. 27, 28. if yee walke stubbornly against me, I will walke stubbornly in anger against you: But here David useth two words, whereof the first,
Vers. 28. the lofty eyes] In 2 Sam. 22. 28. it and thine eyes are upon the lofty, that thou maist bring them low.
Vers. 29. hast lighted my candle] or, doest lighten
Vers. 30. broken thorow an host] Hebr. shal breake,
or run thorow an host, or troup. This, and the leaping over a wall which followeth, may be under
Vers. 31. in him] the Chaldee saith, in his word.
Vers. 32. who is a rocke] that is, a mighty saviour and defender. The Greeke here for
Vers. 33. that girdeth me] that is, prepareth and strengtheneth me: therefore in 2 Sam. 22. 33. it is my strength: elsewhere he speaketh of begirded with joy, Psal. 30. 12. valour] or power, force, prowesse. And this word is used both for valour, activitie and courage of body & ruinde; also for a power, or army of men, Ps. 33. 16. and 136. 15. and also for wealth gotten by industrie, whereby men are able to doe much, Psal. 49. 7. 11. and 62. 11. and giveth] that is, maketh or disposeth my way to be perfect, that is, without impediment ▪
or, as the Greeke translateth,
Vers. 34. He matcheth my feet as hinds] that is, maketh me swift to runne like the Hindes, and so to escape danger, and stand safe upon my high places; which usually denoteth securitie, honour and prosperitie, Deut. 32. 13. and 33. 29.
Vers. 35. bow of brasse] or of steele; and this is stronger than iron, Iob 20. 24.
Vers. 36. thy right hand hath upheld me] or,
(and
Vers. 37. hast widened my passage] or enlarged
my pase, that is, given me roomth to walke steadily and safe. Contrary to that which is said of the wicked, that his strong (or violent) passages are straightned, (or made narrow) Iob 18. 7.
Vers. 38. overtooke them] and consequently quelled, or cut them off, as is expressed 2 Sam. 22. 38.
Vers. 39. I wounded them] or strucke thorow,
embrewed with bloud. This verse in 2 Sam. 22. 39. is read thus; And I consumed them, and wounded them, and they rose not, but fell under my feet.
Vers. 41. the necke of mine enemies] that is, put
them to flight, and subdued them, 2 Chr. 29. 6. Ger. 49. 8. And this respecteth Gods promise, Exod. 23. 27.
Vers. 42. They cried out] for an helper, as the Sam. 22. 42. is, They looked. answered] in Chaldee, they prayed to the Lord, and he received not their praier.
Vers. 43. powre them out] or empty them, that tumble them downe, to be trodden as dirt; I spread them abroad; as in 2 Sam. 22. this verse is written, And I did beat them small as the dust of the earth: as the clay of the streets I pounded them, I spread them abroad.
Vers. 44. of the people] in 2 Sam. 22. it is, the contentions
Vers. 45. At the hearing of the eare] that is, speedily,
Vers. 46. fade away] or fall, to wit, as leaves of
trees that wither.
Vers. 47. my Rocke] in Greeke, my God.
Vers. 48. that giveth vengeances to me] that is, giveth me power to be avenged of my foes; or, giveth vengeances for me, that is, avengeth and punisheth for my sake. Whereupon he is called the God of vengeances. Psal. 94. 1. So to give vengeance, is to execute it, Nu ̄. 31. 3. subdueth] bringeth into good order and subjection, therefore in 2
Vers. 50. I will confesse thee] that is, give thee publike and solemne praise and thankes. This verse Rom. 15. 9. to the calling of the Gen
Vers. 51. He maketh great] or magnifieth; Hee is the magnifier of the salvations, that is, of the full
salvation and deliverance. In stead of Magdil, that is, magnifier, in 2 Sam. 22. 51. there is Migdol, which is so written, as by the vowels signifieth
2 The creatures shew Gods glory. 8 The law more clearely revealeth his will. 13. His grace cleanseth and sanctifieth through Christ the Redee
To the master of the musicke, a Psalme
THe heavens doe tell the glory of God, There is no speech, is as a bridgeroome, going is his egresse, and his compassing regresse is unto the utmost ends of them, and none is hid from his heat.
The law of Iehovah is perfect, returning is faithare right, giving joy to the heart: the commandement of Iehovah is pure, giis cleane; standing to perpetuallaie; the judgements of Iehovah are truth, just they are together. To be desired more than gold, is clearely admonished by them; in keeping of them there is much reward. Vn advised errours who doth understand? faults cleanse thou me. Also from presumptuous sinnes withhold thou thy servant, let them not have dominion in me, then shall I be perfect and made cleane from much trespasse. Let the words of my
DOe tell] to wit, unto men, and so give occasiThey that looke upon the heavens doe tell, &c. the glory] that is, the glorious worke; so in Ex. 16. 7. Num. 14. 21, 22. Ioh. 11. 40. the out-spred firmament] the whole cope of heaven with the aire, as the Chaldee saith, they that behold the aire: which though it be soft and liquid, and spred over the earth, yet is it fast and firme, and therefore cala firmament, the holy Ghost expresseth it by another terme, Mid-heaven, Rev. 8. 13. and 14. 6. and 19. 17. This out-spred firmament, or expansion,
Heavens, Gen. 1. 7, 8. which of David is said to be stretched out
or
Vers. 3. Day unto day] one day unto and after another: so unto is used for after, in Exod. 16. 1. and Vttereth] or welleth
as a fountaine, continually and plenteously.
Vers. 4. not heard is their voyce] that is, whose voyce is not heard or understood: meaning that they Rom. 1. 19, 20. and the Greeke version here leaRom. 10. 19. and the like Hebraismes are usuall, as Iob 3. 3. Let the day perish, I was borne in it, that is, wherein I was borne: and hearing is often put for understanding, Gen. 11. 7. 2. Kings 18. 26. 1 Corin. 14. 2. Compare also herewith that Hebrew phrase in
38. 5. Or we may read it thus: There is
V. 5. their line] or, their
w
Vers. 6. as a bridegroome] the Chaldee addeth, in the morning as a bridegroome. The Sun when he riseth is gloriously adorned with beautifull rayes, and seemeth most cheerefull; which two things are set forth by similitude of a bridegroom, Esa. 61. 10: & 62. 5. to run a race] a long way, journy, or, course. The swift course of the Sun is joyfully per
Vers. 8. Th
or
The Precepts] or, Commissions, Changes. This word is by David onely applied to Gods Pikkudim; of Pukad to
Vers. 10. The feare] or reverence, that is, the Matth. 15. 9. that is called Worship, which in Isa. 29. 13. is named Feare; and this is said to bee cleane from all filthinesse, because hee requireth to be worshipped in spirit and truth; and with pure hands, Ioh. 4. 24. 1 Tim. 2. 8. Or, as God himselfe is called Feare, Psal. 76. 12. so his law may also here be called Peare, for that it was given with fearefull majestie, and worketh in men the feare and reverence of God, Exod. 20. 18, 19, 20. Deut. 5. 24,—29. standing] or abiding, continuing firme, yet and perpetually.
Vers. 11. fine gold] or solid gold, called Paz, which hath the name of strength, fastnesse, or solidity:
Vers. 12. clearely admonished] The word signiillustrating, making bright or shining, Dan. 12. warning. or. information to make the soule cleare and circumstect. Exod. 18. 20. 2 King: 6. 10. Eccles. 4. 13. Ezek. 3. 17. 18, 19, 20. much reward] or much end, that is, great profit or reward, as the Greeke translate that. The Chaldee applieth this peculiarly to David, saying, and because be kept them, he was made the Prince of Israel. The HeGhnekeb, signifying the heela or seetsole, is used figuratively for the end of a thing, (as the head, for the beginning, Psal. 119. 160.) and so for the sa
and
Vers. 23. Vnadvised errors] or, Ignorant saults,
Vnwitting. and inconsiderate finnes. The law for which is given, Lev. 4. 2. &c. who dotn understand] or,
Vers. 15. be to favour able acceptation] that is, be
acceptable or well pleasing; or, as before, they shall be acceptable. For the Hebrew will beare either interpretation. Therefore also in the Greeke, these two phrases are used as one, He shall be, Marke 10. 44. and Let him be, Mat. 20. 27. Of the word at, ceptation, see the note on Psal. 5. 13. my redeemer] or
The Church blesseth the King in his exploits: 6 Promiseth thankefulnesse, 7 testifieth confidence in Gods succour; 8 and triumpheth by faith in Christ.
To the master of the musicke, a Psalme
IEhovah answer thee in day of distresse, (make mention) of cha
ANswer thee] thee O King, whom after he calMessias, or Anointed, vers. 7. And this Gen. 35. 3. as after he mentioneth the God of Iaakob. And the whole Psalme is a prophesie of Christs suffeanswer, the Chaldee saith, accept thy prayer. set thee on high] in a high refuge, and so defend and keep thee safe: see Psal. 9. 10. As Gods name, even his onely is advanced high, Psal. 148. 13. so is it also a strong tower which the righteous runneth unto, and is set on high, Prov. 18. 10.
Vers. 3. from the Sanctuarie] or sanctitie; Thus the tabernacle was called, Lev. 16. 2. and the temKing. 8. 10. as being the place of holinesse, for the presence of God there.
Vers. 4. remember all thy oblations] This hath respect to the law, which appointed part of the oblation
Vers. 5. fulfill all thy counsell] or accomplish it:
filling thereof. So to fill or accomplish petitions in the verse following: to fulfill joy, Ioh. 3. 29. and 15. 11. to fulfill words, is to confirme them, 1 Kings 1. 14. and to performe or effect them, 1 Kings 2. 27.
Vers. 6. We will showt] or, that we may showt, or shrill. For these two phrases are used in differently: See the note on Psal. 43. 4. thy salvation] which thou (O King) hast received; or which thou (O God) hast given. set up the banner] or, display the slag or ensigne, which was for triumph and viSong 6. 3. 9.
Vers. 7. his anointed] or Messias, that is, his
King, vers. 10. Psal. 2. 6. with powers the salvation] that is,
Vers. 8. These] that is, Some mention chariots
some horses. Chariot is used for chariots; as alPsal. 68. 18. so bird for birds, Psal. 8. 9. Angell for Angels, Psal. 34. 8. make mention of the name] that is, make it to be knowne and to be remembred with honour,
Vers. 9. stand upright] or, set our selves sure to Psal. 146. 9. and 147. 6.
Vers. 10. the King, he answer us] By the King
Christ, of whom this whole Psalme is composed: as also the Chaldee Paraphrast understood it, and therefore explained this verse thus; O word of the Lord, redeeme us; O mighty King, receive our prayer in the day of our invocation. But the Seventie (not keeping the distin
The King giveth thankes for many blessings recei
To the master of the musicke, a Psalme
IEhovah, in thy strength the King shall reit him; length of dayes, ever and aye.
Great is his honour in thy salvation; gloto bee
hand shall find out them that hate thee. Thou wilt set them as an obut they shall not be able. For thou wilt set as a Butt, with thy strings thou wilt make ready against their faces. Be thou ex
IN thy strength] or, for thy strength, thy kingKing Messias. Also the HeIismach, (Shall rejoyce,) hath the letters (beMashiach, Christ. shall rejoyce] or rejoyceth continually.
Vers. 4. a crowne] a signe of glorious victorie,
V. 5. length of dayes] that is, a long continued life time, Isa. 53. 10. Iob 12. 12. So Ps. 23. 6. & 93. 5. and short of dayes, is short lived, Iob 14. 1. ever and aie] to eternall and perpetuall aie. Christ being raised from death, dieth no more; death hath no more dominion over him,
Vers. 7. hast set him blessings] that is, made him to abound with all manner blessings himselfe, & to be
an example of, or to impart blessings unto others. So to Abram it was said, be thou a blessing, Gen. 12. 2. the like promise is to his children, Ezek. 24. 36. Isa. 19. 20. with thy face] or before thy face, in thy presence as Psal. 16. 11.
Vers. 9. shall find out all thy enemies] to wit, to punish them, as Isa. 10. shall find for all, that is, shall be enough for all thy foes, that is, sufficiently able to overcome them: so finding is used for sufficiencie, Num. 11. 22. Iudg. 21. 14. For hand, the Chaldee saith, the stroke of thine hand.
Vers. 10.
or
Vers. 11. Their fruit] that is, their children, calfruit of the body and wombe, Psal. 127. 3. and 132. 11. Deut. 28. 4. or their labour and that which comes thereof; as Prov. 31. 16. 31. their seed] that is, children, or posteritie, Psal. 22. 24. 31. and Gen.
Vers. 12. shall not be able] to wit, to stablish, (as to effect it. After this word can, or able, there often wanteth a word to be understood: see Psal. 101. 5.
Vers. 13. a Butt] to shoot at; Hebr. a shoulder;
thou hast set them to thy people as
David as a figure of Christ complaineth of his ma
To the master of the musicke, concerning the
MY God, my God, wherefore hast art farre off from my salvation, from the words of my roaring. My God, I call by day, & thou anthere is no siart holy, sitting, the am a worme, and not a man; the
All they that see me doe scoffe at me, they
He confidently turned unto Iehovah, let art the drawer even at my mothers brests. Vpon art my God.
Be not thou gone farre off from me, for is neere; for there is no helper. Many bullocks have compassed me about; buls of Bashan have environed me.
They have wide opened upon mee as a renting and roaring Lisoule from the hand of the dog. Save me from the mouth of the Lion, and shall be my praise in the great
For to Iehovah pertaines the Kingdome: he is ruler among the nations. All the fat ones of the earth shall eat and bow downe themselves, all that goe downe to the dust, shall bend downe before him: and hee that quickneth not his soule. A seed shall serve him, it shall be accounted to the LORD for that shall be
this.
THe Hind of the morning] meaning Christ, who dogs, vers. 7. hunted and worroughed in the morning, Iohn 18. 28. and also rose from death the third day early in the morning, Ioh. 20. 1. when God had made his feet like Hindes feet, and set him on his high places, Psal. 18 34. Compare with this, Song 2. 9. 17. and 8. 14. where Christ is also likea young Hart. And in Psal. 49. 15. the resurrection is called, the
Vers. 2. My God, my God, &c.] Christ speaketh Aeli, Aeli, lammah ghnazabtani; which words our Lord uttered on the crosse, Mat. 27. 46. (save for the later, he used the Syriak, sabachtani, of the same signification.) At which the prophane Iewes mocked, saying that he called for Elias, Mat. 27. 47. 49. Wherefore hast thou forsaken me] or, why leavest thou me? They are the words of saith, striving in tentation, and doe imply both a hope of, and a prayer for deliverance, as it is noted on Psal. 10. 1. See the like also in Psal. 42. 10. and 43. 2. my roaring] this argueth great griefe of heart, uttered with loud complaint: So Psal. 38. 9. and 32. 3. Iob 3. 24. And Christ, in the dayes of his flesh, offered up prayers, with strong crying and teares, to him that was able to save him from death, Heb. 5. 7.
Vers. 3. no silence to me] or, but I have no silence:
no rest or ease. So Iob 30. 20. 27.
Vers. 4. sitting] or sittest, that is, abidest still one Psal. 9. 8. and 55. 20. and 102. 13. or fittest, to wit, still; as Ruth. 3. 18. that is, risest not up to helpe me: or sittest, that is, inhabitest, as Psal. 9. 12. and 132. 15. The Chaldee translateth, which stablishest the world for the praises of Israel. the praises] in Greeke, the praise of Israel; that is, art he to whom Israel singeth all praises for deliverances, and of whom Israel glori
So Moses said to Israel,
Vers. 7. a worme] that is, weake, (as the Chalwretched, and trodden under foot. So Iob 25. 6. Isa. 41. 14.
Vers. 8. make a mow] make an opening with the
lip; which may be taken both for mowing or thrusting out of the lip, and for licentious opening thereof to speake reproach. wag the head] a signe also of scorne, Esa. 37 22. Mat. 27. 39. Iob 16. 4. Psal. 44. 15. Lam. 2. 15.
Vers. 9. He confidently turned] or rolled; that is, trusted, as in the New Testament this phrase is exMat. 27. 43. where they mocke at Christ. The Hebrew applieth this word roll or turne, figucommitting of ones selfe, wayes, or actions unto another; as here, so in Psal. 37. 5. Prov. 16. 3. and Gol, properly is Roll thou, but put for he rolled, or trusted; as the like phrase, make the heart of this people fat, &c. Esa. 6. 10. is thus rethis peoples heart is waxed fat, &c. Mat. 13. 15. or it is the indefinite, to turne, for he turned; as in Esth. 9 16. to stand, is used for they stood.
beene cast from the wombe] that is, from
my infancie committed to thy care and custodie. So elsewhere he faith, the Lord hath called me from the womb
49. 1. Contrariwise,
Vers. 13. bullocks] chat is, strong and lustie persons, such as were the high Priests, scribes, &c. that set peoples like pushing buls. mighty buls
Vers. 14. wide opened] or, gaped; and this also is a signe of reproach and contempt, Iob 16. 10. Lam.
Vers. 15. dispart themselves] or, are sundred, that is, out of joynt. as wax] that is, tender, and melting through faintnesse and feare, Psal. 68. 3. and 57. 5. Like this is Iobs complaint, God hath softned my heart, Iob 23. 16. So the word following molten, noteth feare and discouragement, Iosh. 7. 5. and 14. 8. Deut. 20. 8. The Greeke translateth, as molten wax.
Vers. 16. cleaveth] or, is made cleave to my jawes,
Psal. 137. 6. Iob 29. 10. Ezek. 3. 25. and sometime extreLam. 4. 4. and so may have refethirst which our Saviour felt, Ioh. 19. 28. hast brought me downe] or set and bounded me in the dust of death, meaning death it selfe, or the grave which turneth men to dust, Gen. 3. 19. the Chaldee turneth it, the house of the grave. See Psal. 7. 6.
Vers. 17. dogges] the Greeke addeth, many dogs, that is, base and vile persons of rancorous disposition,
Iob 30. 1. Prov. 26. 11. Rev. 22. 15. Mat. 7. 6. Phil. 3. 2. Psal. 59. 7. 15. So the Chaldee paraphraseth, a company of wicked sinners which are like to many dogs. These were the high Priests and rulers of Israel, of whom it is said, that Pilate knew well that for envie they had delivered Iesus, Mat. 27. 18. they Lion-like pierced] The originall hath a double reading, Caari, like a lion, and Caru, they digged or pierced. This latter the Greeke followeth: but the Chaldee in the Masorites Bible keepeth both reathey did
This was fulfilled in the nailing of our Lord to the crosse, by his feet and hands,
Vers. 18. did view me] or see in me; namely, their desire or lust, or the affliction upon me, they saw with delight. See the like phrase, Psal. 54. 9. and 59. 11. and 1187.
Vers. 19. for my coat] or, my vesture: The SoulIob. 19. 23, 24.
Vers. 21. from the sword] the Chaldee saith, from
them that kill with the sword. my alonely soule] which is one alone, solitary and desolate. So after in Psal. 35. 17. and 25. 16. and 68. 7. the Chaldee expounds it, the spirit of my body. hand of the dog] the power of the devill, the prince of this world, who then came to Christ, but had nought in him, Iob 14. 30. Or dog is put for dogs, meaning the mahand is often put for power: see Psal. 63. 11.
Vers. 22. mouth of the Lion] to the Devill is naPet. 5. 8. and wicked rulers, Pro. 28. 15. Ier. 50. 17. The Chaldee here saith, from the mouth of him that is strong as a Lion, and from Kings mighty and proud like Vnicornes. hornes of Vnicornes] the Devils Angels, principalities, powers, worldly governours, princes of the darknesse of this world, &c. Ephe. 6. 12. The Vnicorne is so fierce and wild, that he will not be tamed, Iob 39. 12, 13. &c. and his strength and pride is in his horne. See Psal. 92. 11. Num. 23. 22. Deut. 33. 17. Esa. 34. 7. thou hast answered] for, answer thou me; a speech of faith, inserted in his prayer; therefore next followeth thanksgiving. Answering is here used for safe delivering upon prayer: as the Chalhast accepted my prayer.
Vers. 23. to my brethren] the disciples and befor hee that sanctifieth, and wee which are sanctified, are all of one; for which cause he is not ashamed to call us brethren, Heb. 2. 11, 12. Ioh. 20. 17. the Church] or Convocation, Assembly, Congregation.
Vers. 26. Of thee, my praise] or From with thee,
my praise: it shall begin and continue of thee, thou art the cause and ground thereof. the great Church] either that assembly where Christ after his resurrection personally appeared to moe than five hundred brethren at once, 1 Cor. 15. 6. or the great Church of the Gentiles, with whom Christ is spiritually present, Mat. 28. 19, 20. So afPsal. 40. 10, 11.
Vers. 27. and be satisfied] It was a curse of the eat and not be satisfied, Levit. 26. 26. Mic. 6. 14. but it is a blessing of the Gospell, that the meeke and needy shall eat and have enough, Psal. 132. 15. God filleth the hungry with good things, and sends away the rich empty, Luke 1. 53. The meeke meaneth the regenerate, who are mortiyour heart shall live] hee turneth his speech to the meeke and seekers of God, who should eat of Christs flesh that was given for the life of the world, and thereby live for ever, Ioh. 6. 51. The living of the heart, importeth also the chearing, comfort and solace of the same, Gen. 45. 27. the contrary whereof is in the dying of the heart, 1 Sam. 25. 37. See also the like promise, Psal. 69. 33. The Chaldee yeeldeth this sense, The spirit of prophesie shall rest in the thoughts of their heart for ever.
Vers. 28. All the ends, &c.] that is, the dwellers
in the utmost parts and ends of the world. A proRom. 16. 26. Eph. 2. 1, 2, &c. remember] the Chaldee addeth, remember his miracles. families of the heathens] or, kindreds of the nations; whereof see
Vers. 29. ruler among the heathens] to reigne oRom. 3. 29, 30.
Vers. 30. All the fat ones] that is, the rich and
mightie personages, fat with plentie, Deut. 31. 20. For, Kings and Queenes, and men of authority and wealth, are also called to the participatiChurch, Esay 60. 3, 5, 10. Rev. 21. 24. 1 Tim. 2. 1, 2. Sometime fatnesse is used to note out Gods spirituall blessings, Psal. 36. 9. and 63. 6. and 65. 12. and 92. 15. Prov. 28. 25. all that goe downe to the dust] this is, the poore base and wretched people, which for their misery and affliction, are said to goe downe and sit in the dust, as Psal. 113. 7. Esay 47. 1. and 29. 4. Iob 30. 19. Lament. 3. 29. but the Chaldee expounds it, the house of the grave. that quickeneth not] or cannot quicken; that is, the poore wretched man, that doth not, (or cannot, as Psal. 77. 5.) keepe alive his soule; that cannot nourish him-selfe, he shall eat. So to keepe alive, is to nourish, Esa. 7. 21. Or, he that revived, that is, cheered not, nor refreshed his soule with comfort, as before, vers. 27. or, he that cannot keepe alive his soule, that is, not save it from wrath and eternall death, by his owne workes, he shall live by faith in Christ. So this phrase to keepe the soule alive, is used, Ezek. 18. 27. The Chaldee giveth this sense, and he will not keepe alive the soule of the wicked.
Vers. 31. A seed] The posterity of those godly Deut. 10. 15. and 30. 6, 19. Psal. 69. 37. and 102. 29. Esay 43. 5. and 44. 3. Or the seed of Christ, the children which God giveth him, as Esa. 53. 10. Hebr. 2. 13. Or a seed, that is, a small remnant, as Rom. 9. 29. the Chaldee saith, the seed of Abraham. for a generation] a
Vers. 32. They shall come] The Chaldee explaiTheir sonnes shall come. his justice] the Psal. 71.
that shall be
David under the similitude of a Shepherd sheweth
A Psalme of David.
IEhovah feedeth me, I shall not lacke. In folds of budding grasse he maketh me wilt be with me; thy rod and thy staffe, they shall comfort me. Thou in presence of my distressers: thou makest fat my head with oile, my cup is abundant. Doubtlesse, good and
FEedeth me] or, is my Feeder, my Pastor. The feed their people, Psal. 78. 71, 72. 2 Sam. 5. 2. Hereupon it is attributed to God, and to Christ, feeding his Church, as the ShepPsal. 80. 2. Ezek. 34. 12, 14, 15. Esay 40. 11. Ioh. 10. 11. 1 Pet. 2. 25. The Chaldee referreth this to a former worke, sayingThe Lord fed his people in the wildernesse, they lacked nothing.
Vers. 2. of budding grasse] pleasant pastures and he maketh me] or, will make me lie downe, to wit, for rest from heat. This also is another dutie of a good Herder, as, I will feed my flocke, and I will make them lie downe, saith the Lord, Ezek. 34. 15. and, Shew me, O thou whom my soule loveth, where thou feedest, where thou makest lie downe at noone, Song 1. 6. easily leadeth] or comfortably
it noteth
Vers. 3. returneth my soule] or, will returne or restore
Vers. 4. shade of death] that is, darke and dreadfull
Vers. 5. Thou furnishest] or wilt furnish, and make ready a table. This and the things following, note the abundant supply of all good things, for neProv. 9. 2, &c. So by Christ the good shepherd, his sheepe finde pasture, have life, and have it in abundance, Ioh. 10. 9, 10. in
Vers. 6. converse] or quietly repose my selfe, and dwell, as the Greeke translateth it. Likewise the Chaldee, saying, I shall dwell in the house of the Lords Sanctuary. to length of daies] that is, a long life-time, or for ever. See Psal. 21. 5. and 93. 5.
Gods Lordship in the world. 3 The citizens of his spirituall kingdome. 7 An exhortation to receive him.
A Psalme of David.
THe earth is Iehovahs, and the plentie
Who shall ascend into the mountaine of Iehovah, and who shall stand in the place of
He shall receive a blessing from Iehovah, and justice from the God of his salvation. is the generation of them that enquire
Lift up yee gates your heads, and be lifted is this King of is he is the King of glory Selah.
APsalme of David] unto this title the Greeke of the first day of the weeke: meaning that this Psalme was wont to be sung in the Temple every first day of the weeke, which now with us is the Lords day, the Christians Sabbath: and of Christ his Church and kingdome, and the entertaining of his Gospell, doth this Psalme treat. In Solomons Temple God ordained Levites with Cymbals, Psalteries and
Vers. 2. upon the seas] or above them. The earth is said to be founded (or fast setled) upon the seas, (the
heapes of waters were called seas, Gen. 1. 10.) bewould stand above the high mountaines, Psal. 104. 6. are by the word of God gathered together, and thrust under the earth, that the drie land might appeare and be inhabited, Exod. 20. 4. Gen. 1. 9. And these which may seeme a most weake and flitting foundation, yet are firme bases, and mighty foundations, Psal. 104. 5. Mic. 6. 2. to magnifie Gods power, who as he brought light out of darknesse, so setleth he the solide earth on the liquid waters; yea, hangeth the earth upon nothing, Iob 26. 7.
Vers. 3. Who shall ascend] The Chaldee paraWho shal be worthy to ascend unto the mountaine of the house of the Sanctuary of the Lord?
Vers. 4. The cleane in hands] He whose hands or palmes are cleane, or free of evill. So Iob 17. 9. good workes, as purenesse of heart meaholy faith and affections, Act. 15. 9. not lifted up his soule] or, my soule. The Hebrew hath two readings; by the letters in the line, his soule, and in the margine, my soule; as if this were spoken in the person of God, and of him; which then may be understood of swearing. For this forme of words is used in the third Commandement, Exod. 20. Thou shalt not lift up (or take up) the name of Iehovah thy God to false vanity. But for Name, here is put Soule. And God is said to sweare by his soule, that is, by himselfe, or his life, Ier. 51. 14. Amos 6. 8. It was also the wont in Israel to take an oath thus, As the Lord liveth, and as thy soule liveth, 1 Sam. 20. 3. 2 King. 2. 2, 4, 6. Also concerning a mans owne soule, in swearing this forme was used, I call God for a record against my soule, 2 Cor. 1. 23. And thus the Chalwhich hath not sworne in vaine to the condemnation of his soule. Otherwise, if this be not understood of vaine swearing, the meaning is, he that affecteth not, or regardeth not vanity; for so the lifting up of the soule also signifieth; see Psal. 25. 1. to deceit] or, deceitfully.
Vers. 5. He shall receive] or shall take up, or beare
away a blessing. justice] or righteousnesse; wherPhil. 3. 9. Psal. 69. 28. Hereby also may be meant a benefit, the fruit or reward of righteousnesse. The Greeke turneth it mercy, or almes: and by justice, mercies and benefits are sometimes meant, Iudg. 5. 11. Psal. 112. 9. Dan. 4. 24.
Vers. 6. of Iakob] understand, this is the generation
Vers. 7. Lift up yee gates &c.] This may first the Arke (the glory of Israel, 1 Sam. 4. 21.) should enter; on which Arke, betweene the Cherubims, God was said to dwell, 1 Sam. 4. 4. 1 King. 8. 1, &c. So the Chaldee expoundeth it, gates of the house of the Sanctuary; though in the 9. verse otherwise, saying, Lift up, O ye gates of the garden of Eden, your heads. Secondly, it may be retemple of God, 1 Cor. 3. 17. at the doore of whose hearts he knocketh to have entrance, Rev. 3. 20. doores of eternity] that is, strong durable, everlasting doores: which being referred to the doores of Solomons Temple, note the perpetuall abiding of Gods Arke therein, as 1 King. 9. 3. Psal. 132. 13, 14. whereas before the Arke was removed from place to place, 1 Chron. 17. 5. Or being applied to Christians, it noteth the eternall durance of the Church. that enter may] or, and enter shall the King of glory, that is, the glorious King; So Christ is called the Lord of glory, 1 Cor. 2. 8. Iam. 2. 1. and the opening of the doores before him, signifieth his entrance into, and administration of the Kingdome, as Isa. 45. 1.
Vers. 10. Iehovah of hosts] or, as the Hebrew is, Iehovah Tsebaoth, for so the word is used by the ASabaoth, Rom.
Jam. 5. 4. It signifieth hosts or armies standing readie in martiall order, and in battell ray, and comGen. 2. 1. King. 22. 19. Exod. 12. 41.
Davids desire and confidence in God. 4 He pray
1. A Psalme of David.
VNto thee, Iehovah, lift I up my soule.
2. My God, in thee doe I trust, let
3. Yea all that earnestly expect thee, shall
4. Thy wayes, Iehovah, make thou mee to
5. Make me to tread in thy truth, & learne art the God of my salvation;
are from eternitie.
8. Good and righteous Iehovah is, there
9. Hee will make the meeke to tread in
10. All the paths of Iehovah are mercie and truth, to them that keepe his covenant,
11. For thy Name sake, Iehovah, even is much.
12. Who is the man that feareth Iehothat hee shall chuse.
13. His soule shall lodge in good, and his
14. The secret of Iehovah is to them that
15. Mine eyes are continually unto Ieho
16. Turne the face unto mee, and bee am solitary and poore afflicted.
17. The distresses of my heart are in
18. See mine affliction, and my molesta
19. See mine enemies, for they are multi
20. Keepe thou my soule, and deliver me;
21. Let perfection and righteousnesse pre
22 Redeeme Israel, O God, from all his distresses.
OF David] This Psalme is composed after the Alphabet: which care denoteth the weight and excellencie of the matter in it. The same is to be observed of some other Psalmes, as the 34. and 37. and 111. and 112. and 119. and 145. Lift I up my soule] The Chaldee addeth, in prayer. This signifieth an earlift up the soule, is to desire, Ier. 22. 27. and 44. 14. and a like phrase in Ezek. 24. 25. implieth both desire and delight; and in Deut. 24. 15. the poore man is said to lift up his soule unto his hire or wages, hoping by it to have his life sustained. In this place, every of these hath use, and so in Psal. 86. 4.
Vers. 2. In thee] the Chaldee expoundeth it, In
thy Word: so in vers. 3. not be abashed] that is, not disappointed of my hope, nor vanquished by my foes. See Psal. 6. 11. shew gladnesse] insult or triumph for ioy, as having got the victory, 2 Chron. 20. 27.
Vers. 3. yea all] or, Yea any: for, whosoever beleeveth
Vers. 4. Thy wayes] that is, thy true faith and religion,
Vers. 5. Make me to tread] or to goe; guide my
way in thy truth, that is, in thy word, for that is the truth, Ioh. 17. 17. 3 Joh. 3. So after, vers. 9.
Vers. 6. tender mercies] or bowels of compassion:
Psal. 18. 2. This word noteth the inward affections, as the next,
Vers. 7. Sinnes of my youth] The imagination Gen. 8. 21. and of all mans life, youth commonly is most vaine, Eccles. 11. 9, 10. for which God often punisheth men in their age, so making them (as Iob saith) to inherit the iniquities of their youth, Iob 13. 26. Ier. 3. 25.
Vers. 8. will he teach] or informe with the law;
Law is derived, Psal. 19. 8. sinners in the way] that is, such as sinne and misse the right way, God will teach and reduce them: thus the Greeke interpreteth it. Or, those that are sinners he will teach and informe in the way that is right, or in his way, as vers. 9.
Vers. 9. to tread in judgement] to walke judiciously,
Vers. 10. his covenant] his testament all bond or league, called in Hebrew Brith, wch hath the signiof brotherly or friendly parting, & of explaining the conditions of agreement. For at the making of solemne covenants,
Vers. 11. even mercisully pardon] or, therefore thou wilt mercifully forgive. This David taketh from Exod. 34. 9. and it betokeneth to spare or pardon upon pacification, of grace and mercie; and is interpreted by the Apostle in Greeke, to be mercicifull, propitious or appeased, Heb. 8. 12. from
Vers. 12. Who is the man] or, What manner of man shall he be? The Hebrew phrase is, Who this the
man: which also may be resolved, Whosoever is the man. he shall chuse] that is, which he shall love and like; or, which he loveth. So chosen, Isa. 42. 1. is translated in Greke, beloved, Matt. 12. 18. Or, which he shall require and command; for so chusing sometime signifieth, 2 Sam. 19. 38. and 15. 15.
Vers. 13. lodge in good] that is, continue in good estate, case and prosperitie. So lodging is for continuance,
Vers. 14. The secret] or The mysterie of the
Lord; meaning that his secret favour is towards them, and his secret counsell and mysterie of the faith is revealed unto them: for so this word noteth, as when Iob saith, Gods secret was upon his tabernacle, meaning his favour and providence, Iob 29. 4. and Gods secret is his counsell, Iob 15. 8. Ier. 23. 18. 22. and the hid thing of Christ are often called a mysterie, Rom. 16. 25. 1 Cor. 2. 7. and 4. 1. 1
Vers. 16. turne the face] or Have respect unto
me. This was a blessing promised in the law, Levit. 26. 9. I will turne the face unto you, and make you increase. Contrary to this is
Vers. 17. are inlarged] or doe inlarge themselves,
doe make wide roomth. He sheweth his heart to bee penned in with straights and distressing sorrowes, which largely spread themselves overall. vexations] or
Vers. 18. See my affliction] This phrase is taken Deut. 26. 7. he saw our affliction. And it here meaneth, a seeing and regarding with compassion, and so, a redresse and helpe, Gen. 29. 22. Exod. 3, 7, 8. Psal. 31. 8. and 119. 153. and 106. 44. Sometime it meaneth otherwise, as in the next verse, See my enemies. forgive] or lift up, take away. This word which properly signifieth to take up or beare, is applied to forgivenesse of sinnes, Rom. 4. 7. from Psal. 32. 1. and the phrase hath reference to Christ, who bare and tooke away the sinnes of the world, Ioh. 1. 29. For when it is applied to a man himselfe, bearing his owne sinne, it meaneth guilt and punishment, Num 5. 31.
Vers. 19. of violent wrong] that is, most violent
wrongfull hatred.
Vers. 22. his distresses] or their distresses, for Israel being put for the whole people, may have with it a word singular or plurall, which the Heall Edom was, 2 Sam. 8. 14. or all Edom were, 1 Chron. 18. 13. The like is in 2 King. 23. 30. with 2 Chron. 36. 1. He tooke, or they tooke, speaking of the people.
David committeth the triall of himselfe unto God, in confidence of his integritie and good conversation. 9 He prayeth formercy, 11. and promiseth upright walking and thankefulnesse.
A Psalme of David.
IVdge me, Iehovah, for I walke in my peris before mine eyes, and I walk workes. Iehovah, I love the mansion of thy is a mischievous purpose, & their right hand is full of bribes. And I doe walke in
IN my perfection] or, integritie, simplicitie: and Sam. 15. 11. Such a walker walketh confidently, and blessed shall be his children after him, Prov. 10. 9. and 20. 7. in Iehovah] Chaldee, in the word of the Lord.
Vers. 2. try my reines] examine as in the fire my inmost
Vers. 3. I walke] to wit, continually, (as the converse. The Greeke saith, I have pleased: so to walke with God, is to please God, Heb. 11. 5.
Vers. 4. men of false vanitie] that is, vaine mortall men, or
Vers. 5. church of evill doers] the malignant
church; or congregation.
Vers. 6. my hands with cleannesse] or palms in
innocency. He hath respect to the washing which God appointed for such as came to his altar, Exod. 40 32. Hereupon we are willed to lift up pure hands when we pray unto God, 1 Tim. 2. 8. See also Esai. 1. 15, 16.
Vers. 7. To cause to heare] that is, to sound
forth, or proclaime so as may be heard. So Psal. 66. 8. and 106. 2. And in 1 Chron. 15. 16. David apto cause to heare, or to resound, lifting up the voice with joy.
Vers. 8. mansion] or habitation. This name is gitabernacle which Moses made, and God dwelt in, 1 Sa ̄
2. 29. 32. & afterward to Solomons
Vers. 9 Gather not my soule] Gathering is used taking away, as Ier. 16. 5. Esa. 4. 1. and so for death, Esa. 57. 1. 1 Sam. 15. 6. Ezek. 34. 29. and sometime is expressed, to whom they are gato their fathers, to their people, to the grave, 2 King. 22. 20. Num. 20. 24. 26. and what is gathered, the soule, as here; or the ghost, the spirit, as Psal. 104. 29. So David here desireth that God would not take away his life among sinners, that is, with such as for their crimes deserve to die: as 1 King. 1. 21. Contrariwise, gathering is somegracious receiving or succouring, as Psal. 27. 10. men of blouds] bloud-guiltie persons. See
Vers. 10. a mischievous purpose] craftily devised
evill. The Chaldee translateth it, counsell of sinne; the Greeke, iniquities. See Psal. 10. 2. Sometime this word is generally used for any abominable evill, Levit. 18. 17. and 19. 29. and 20. 14. full of bribes] and consequently, of injustice; for bribes cause justice to be perverted, Deut. 16. 19. ContraGods right hand is full of justice, Psal. 48. 11.
Vers. 12. in righteousnesse] or, in a right, even
and plaine place, as the word signifieth, Deut. 3. 10. Ier. 21. 13. the Apostle expresseth the word by righteousnesse, Heb. 1. 8. from Ps. 45. 7. it is opposed to crookednesse, Esa. 40. 4. See also Ps. 27. 11. in the churches] or co ̄gregations, assemblies, church-meetings, called in Greeke
David sustaineth his faith by the power of God: 4 by his love to the service of God: 9 by prayer for Gods assistance and instruction. 13 The fruits of faith and patience.
APsalme of David; Iehovah is my light is the strength of my life, for whom should I dread? When evill themselves stumbled and fell. If a pitched host
One thing I have asked of Iehovah, the same that I may sit in the house of Iehovah all the dayes of my life, to view the pleasantnesse of Iehovah, and to inquire in his Palace. For he will keepe me privily in place of his tent; on a rocke he will exalt me. And now shall mine when
To thee, said my heart, seeke yee my face;
OF David] the Greeke addeth, before hee was
anointed. my light] that is, my comfort, joy, &c. So God and Christ are often called the light or illumination of his people, Mic. 7. 8. Esas. 16. 19, 20. and 10. 17. Luk. 1. 79. and 2. 32. Rev. 21. 23. Ioh. 1. 4. and 8. 12. The Chaldee expounThe word of the Lord is my light. the strength] or strong fort, fortification: see Psal. 28. 8.
Vers. 2. made battell] or came neere against me, to wit, in fight. So this word is used for battell,
Psal. 55. 19, 22. my enemies to me] a vehement manner of speech (as 2 Sam. 22. 2. my deliverer to me:) noting against whom in speciall their ha
Vers. 3. if war] that is, warriers, or an-armie,
Iosh. 8. 11. See also Psal. 76. 4.
Vers. 4. One thing] or One request, as is expresKing. 2. 20. 1 Sam. 2. 20. For such want of words to be supplied, see the notes on Psal. 10. 10. that I may sit] that is, dwell, or abide. to view the pleasantnesse] to see the pleasantnesse or amenitie of Iehovah, and consequently to
Vers. 5. will keepe privily] or hide me, that is, keepe
me safe as in the most holy of his Sanctuary, into which none might enter, Levit. 16. 2. called therefore Gods hidden place, Ezek. 7. 22. and his Saints are his hidden ones, Psal. 83. 4.
Vers. 6. sacrifices of shouting] or of triumph, of
joyfull sounding and alarme. This hath respect to the law, which appointed over the sacrifices, trumNumb. 10. 10. whose chiefest, most loud, joyfull and triumphant sound was called Trughnah, Triumph, alarme or Iubilation; Numb. 10. 5, 6, 7. So to other instruments this triumphant noise is adjoyned, Psal. 33. 3. and is applied someIos. 6. 5. 1 Sam. 4. 5. Ezra 3. 11. See also Psal. 89. 16. and 47. 6. and 81. 2. and 100. 1.
Vers. 8. seeke yee my face] an unperfect speech, (thou saidest) seeke yee my face; and this thy commandement my heart minded, and spake of to thee in my tentations; and I made it
Vers. 10. Though my father &c. should] see the Esay 49. 15. Or, For my father &c. have forsaken me, but Iehovah will gather me, that is,
Vers. 12. to the soule] that is, to the will, lust, or desire. So Soule is for will, Psal. 41. 3. and 105 22. Ezek. 16. 27. and for lust, Psal. 78. 18. the Chalthe will. that breatheth] or puffeth out. See Psal. 10. 5.
Vers. 13. Except I had beleeved] an unperfect I should have fainted, or They had overthrowne me, if I had not beleeved: but the Greeke saith,
Vers. 14. be confirmed] be comfortable, hold fast,
be manly, or, quit thee as a man; which word the Apostle useth, 1 Cor. 16. 13. These are the words of incouragement against remisnesse, feare, faintnesse of heart, or other infirmities, as Deut. 31. 6, 7. Ios. 10. 25. 1 Chron. 22. 13. Dan. 10. 19. let thy heart wax strong] so also the Greeke turneth it: or we may reade it, he will strengthen thy heart. So after in Psal. 31. 25.
David prayeth for deliverance from his enemies. 6 He blesseth God for hearing and helping him. 9 He prayeth for the Lords people.
APsalme of David. Vnto thee Iehois in their heart. Give thou to them according be Ieis my strength is a strength to them, and he is the strong sort of the salvations of his A
CEase not &c.] that is, cease not to speake unto
answer me, be not silent as turned away from me; so the like phrase meaneth, Iob 13. 13. Ier. 38. 27. or, cease not to speake for me, as the phrase also importeth, 1 Sam. 7. 8. and so by the Rocke fore-mentioned he may meane Christ, 1 Cor. 10. 4. who is our Advocate with the Father, 1 Ioh. 2. 1. And to be silent (or still) is not in words only, but deeds, as in Iudg. 18. 9. 1 King. 22. 3.
Vers. 2. oracle of thy holinesse] thy holy oracle: The inmost, and most holy place of the Temple King. 6. 5, 16, 19, 20. called the Holy of Holies, 1 King. 8. 6. and that which one Prophet calleth the Oracle, 2 King. 6. 23. another calleth the house of the Holy of holies, 2 Chron. 3. 10. The Hebrew Debir hath the signification of Speaking; for from the most holy place God spake to his people, Num. 7. 89. The Apostle seemeth to expresse it by that which is within the veile, Hebr. 6. 19.
Vers. 3. Draw me not] to wit, unto death, that is, destroy me not. So drawing is used, Ezek. 32. 20. Job
Jud. 4. 7.
Vers. 4. the evill of their practises] This hath reference to the curse denounced against sinners, Deut. 28. 20.
Vers. 5. not discreetly attend] or, consider, so as to discerne and understand them. The like sinne is Isa. 5. 12. breake them downe] or, destroy: opposed to
Vers. 8. strength to them] or, to him, as Psal. 2. 3. meaning, his people, (as the Greeke expresseth,) and
his anointed King: both which follow. Or, Iehovah strength is
Vers. 9. inheritance] that is, people or Church,
Deut. 4. 20. and 32 9. Psal. 33. 12. and 94. 5. 1 Pet. 5. 3. Sometime it is the land where they dwelt, Psal. 79. 1. advance them] or beare them up, releeve them. The word is used for advancing to honour, Est. 3. 1. and 9. 3. and for bearing up, supporting, helping, as 1
David exhorteth Princes to give glory to God. 3 The marvellous effects of the Lords Voice. 10 His providence at the Floud, 11 and protection of his people.
A Psalme of David.
GIve ye to Iehovah, sons of the mighis upon the is with able power; the voice of Iehovah with comely honour. The voice of Iehovah
A Psalme of David] The Greeke addeth to this Exodiou skenes, that is, of the solemne assemblie
of th
(or
Vers. 2. honour of the Sanctuary] that is, the honourable
Vers. 3. The voice] that is, the thunder, as Exod.
Gods voice, Exod. 9. 28, 29. Yet voices and
Vers. 5. Cedars of Lebanon] The Cedar is a tree Cedars of God, Psal. 80. 11. and by him planted, Psal. 104. 16. Lebanon is a mountaine in Canaan, high, pleasant, and fruitfull, full of Cedars and other trees, the glory of that mount, 2 Chron. 2. 8. Song 3. 9. and 5. 15. Isa. 60. 13. Hos. 14. 6, 7, 8. It is called Lebanon, of whitenesse, for the snow that lieth on it, Ier. 18. 14. To this mount, and to the goodly trees thereon, great kingdomes and personages are compared, Ezek. 31. 3. and 17. 3.
Vers. 6. Shirjon] this is mount Hermon, called Shirjon, and of the Amorites, Shenir, Deut. 3. 9. and by another name Sion, (not Tsijon, spoken of in Psal. 2. 6.) Deut. 4. 48. for this Shirjon or Hermon lay without the river Iarden, where Ogh reigned, Ios. 12. 1, 5. 1 Chron. 5. 23. Here also grew goodly trees, and many wilde beasts kept in it, Ezek. 27. 5. Song 4. 8. Of Hermon see more in Psal. 89. 13. and 133. 3. and 42. 7. a young Unicorne] a fierce untamed beast; see Psal. 22. 22. The Hebrew phrase is, son of the Vnicornes; the like is also, Psal. 114. 4. All young creatures, and things that come of, or belong to another, are in Hebrew called sons: so the sons of the cole, are sparkes, Job 5. 7. the sons of the quiver, are arrowes, Lam. 3. 13. the sonne of the morne, is the morning starre, Isa. 14. 12. the sonnes of S
are
Vers. 7. striketh] or cutteth
as the flashes
Vers. 8. maketh tremble] or quake, or paineth
the wildernesse, that is, the wilde beasts there, which being frighted by Gods voice or thunder, doe traKadesh] called also Paran and Zin, a desart thorow which the Israelites passed from AeNumb. 13. 27. and 33. 36. and had the name of the citie Kadesh by which it lay, Numb. 20. 1, 16. The beasts of this wildernesse were cruell, Deut. 8. 15. and 32. 10.
Vers. 9. the hindes] though of all other creatures bowing themselves, bruising their young, and casting out their sorrowes, Iob 39. 4, 6. maketh bare] by driving the beasts with the thunder into their dens; as the Chaldee addeth,
Vers. 10. at the floud] meaning Noahs floud, Gen.
The Lord at the generation of the s
Vers. 11. with peace] or in peace; which word integrity, perfection, a making whole and absolute; opposed both to warre and sword, Psalm. 120. 7. Matth. 10. 34. and to division, consusion, and
14. 33. It denoteth
David praiseth God for his deliverance. 5 Hee exhorteth others to praise him by example of Gods dealing with him.
APsalme, a song of the dedication of is in is in my bloud, when I goe downe unto corruption? shall dust confesse thee? shall it shew forth thy truth? Heare thou Iehovah, my glory may sing Psalme to thee, and not be silenced: Iehovah my God, I will con
DEdication] or initiation, which is, when a new
thing is first imployed and put to that use for which it was made. It is applied to houses, as here, and Deut. 20. 5. to altars, as Num. 7. 84, 88. to walls, as Nehem. 12. 27. to images, as Dan 3. 2. and to men, and then it meaneth instruction, or training up, as Prov. 22. 6. Gen. 14. 14. It is recorded by the HeDent. 26. and came thither in compathe Levites said this 30. Psalme, I will exalt thee, &c. Maimony in Misn. tom. 3. in Biccurim (or Treat. of First-fruits) chap. 4. sect. 17. And the Chaldee expoundeth this title, For the dedication of the house of the Sanctuary an Hymne of David.
Vers. 2. hast drawne up me] as out of a pit of waters;
Vers. 3. healedst me] that is, helpedst me out of trouble: So Psal 41. 5. and 60. 4. Hos. 7. 1. 2 Chron.
my soule from hell] me, or my life from the perill and state of death. So Psal. 86. 13. Ionas meant the same, when he said, thou hast brought out my life from the pit, Ion. 2. 6. Of hell, See Psal. 16. 10. them that goe downe] that is, which die, that I should not be among them: The Hebrew also hath another reading, that I should not goe downe the pit. The meaning is the same.
Vers. 5. to the remembrance] or for it, that is, that
his holinesse may be had in remembrance, as Isa. 26. 17. So Psal. 97. 12.
Vers. 6. a moment] or little while. For Gods anger
Vers. 7. in my safe quietnesse] or tranquillitie.
chap. 29. 18, 19, 20.) and in adversitie they are too fearefull, as David elsewhere doth conPsal. 31. 23. and 116. 11.
Vers. 8. setled] or made stand, that is, reared up,
constituted and stablished sure. So this phrase imporPsal. 107. 25. and 31. 9. to my mountaine] that is, mount Sion, where Davids house or court was: or, figuratively, he meaneth his kingdome, as Isa. 2. 2. Dan. 2. 35, 44. See Psal. 65. 7. thy face] thy favourable countenance; the Chaldee calleth it Shecinah, the divine Majestie of God.
Vers. 10. what profit] what gaine (or use) will in my bloud; which here may meane his violent death, as in Psal. 72. 14. unto corruption] the grave, or place where the body rotteth. See Psal. 16. 10. shall dust] that is, my body when it is turned to dust. The Chaldeesaith, they that lie in the dust. See the like in Psal. 6. 6. and 88. 11. and 115. 17. Isa. 38. 18.
Vers. 12. to a dance] which is a signe of joy, Ier.
joy. The contrary is in Lam. 5. 15. where their dance is turned into mourning. loosed my sacke] or, done off my sackcloth; which was wont to be worne in time of sorrow, Esth. 4. 1. Ion. 3. 6. Psal. 35. 13.
Vers. 13. my glory] so the Greeke putteth to my; by glory, meaning the tongue or soule: See Psal. 16. 9. But the Chaldee translateth, That the glorious ones of the world may praise thee. silenced] or made
David shewing his confidence in God, craveth his helpe; 8 rejoyceth in his mercies, 10 prayeth in his calamities, 20 professeth Gods goodnesse to such as feare him: 22 blesseth him for the mercies that hee had found, 24 and encourageth all the Saints.
of the Musicke, a
IN thee Iehovah doe I hope for safety, let art my firme rocke and art my firme strength. Into thy is on me: gnawne is with in
For my life is quite spent with pensiveacquaintance; seeing mee in the street they fled from mc. I am forgotten, as a dead
IN thee] the Chaldee saith, in thy word.
Vers. 3. a house of fortresses] a place of defences, a most safe hold. David being often forced to take such forts for his safetie, did not make them, but God his strength: See 1
Vers. 6. commit my spirit] or commend, depose,
of trust to be kept. Such words our Lord Christ uttered on the Crosse to his Father, Luke 23. 46.
Vers. 7. I have hated] in Greeke, Thou hast hated.
Vers. 8. hast knowne my soule] that is, acknowledged,
Vers. 9. not shut me up] or closed me, that is, not
given me into their power: So Psal. 78. 48, 50, 62. Deut. 23. 15. and 32. 30.
Vers. 10. gnawen] that is, fretted, and consumed
as with wormes: in Greeke, troubled: see Psalm. 6. 8.
Vers. 11. decayed,] or weakned, so as one stumbleth
and falleth downe through weaknesse, Psal. 27. 2. So Psal. 109. 24. and 105. 17. with my iniquitie] that is, punishment due for iniquitie; so the word ofGen. 19. 15. 2 King. 7. 9. So, whoredome, for the punishment of whoredome, Numb. 14 33.
Vers. 12. knowne acquaintance] that is; such as I
knew, respected, and favoured, and to whom I made knowne my minde, estate, &c. my familiars.
Vers. 13. out of heart] that is, out of minde, ot memory; for the remembrance of the dead is forgotten, Eccles. 9. 5. therefore
Vers. 14. the infamy of many] or the diffamation
Vers. 16. my times] Hereby he meaneth, that his
many and sundry events, troubles, deliverances, prosperities, adversities, life and death, (for all things have their appointed time, Eccles. 3. 1, 2.) were in the hand and disposition of God. Though
Vers. 17. Make thy face to shine] that is, cause
thy favourable countenance to appeare. This is taken from the blessing prescribed, Numb. 6. 25. and is ofPsal. 4. 7. and 67. 2. and 80. 4, 8, 20. and 119. 135.
Vers. 18. silenced] that is, through shame and feare be confounded, tamed, quieted, and made still. The cut off, or destroyed, and so may here be taken. So Psalm. 49. 13, 21. The Greeke translateth, let them be brought downe. to hell] vnderstand, thrust downe to hell, or, to the grave; as the Chaldee calleth it, the house (or place) of buriall.
Vers. 19. an hard word] or durable speech; a rewhich lasteth long to a mans infamie. The Ghnathak signifieth durance, hardnesse, and antiquitie, Psal. 6. 8, and respecteth both antique things long agoe, 1 Chron. 4. 22. and things lasting or durable for time to come, Prov. 8. 18. Isay 23. 18. And in speeches, it is put for an old said saw, takefor any hard or stout speech, 1 Sam. 2. 3. Psal. 94. 4. and 75. 6. The Greeke here expouniniquitie.
Vers. 21. Thou keepest them secret] or, hidest
them in the hiding place of thy presence, where thou alwaies lookest unto them, in secret favour, which the world knoweth not of. rough prides] or knots, knobs, rough troubles. The Hebrew Racas signifieth Knitting or binding with knots, Exod. 28. 28. and 39. 21. from which a word is derived, in Isa. 40. 4. signifying knotty, knobby, or rough places, opposed to smooth or plaine. Here David useth it figurativerough affections or actions of men, meaning their pride, conspiracies, or molestations, as the Greek translateth, from the trouble of men. lay them up] or hide them. Hereupon Gods people are calstored or hidden ones, Psal. 83. 4. the strife of tongues] plea, or contradiction, as the Greeke turneth it, and the Apostle, Iude vers. 11.
Vers. 22. made marvellous his mercy] or marvellously severed it, as
Vers. 23. my hastening away] namely through
amazement or feare, as the word commonly intenDeut. 20. 3. Psal. 48. 6. 2 Sam. 4. 4. The Greeke calleth it an extasie (or trance.) And that David hastened him away for feare, is recorded 1 Sam. 23. 26. So Psal. 116. 11. cut downe] IoNigrazti, saith, Nigrashti, I am driven away from before thy face, &c.
Vers. 24. the faithfull] or, keepeth fidelities, as Isa. 26. 2. The originall word signifieth either faithfull persons, or
Vers. 25. wax strong] or, he will strengthen, See Psal. 27. 14. hopefully wait] or persevere with hope and patience. The word jachal implieth both a patient waiting, Gen. 8. 10. and a hope or trusting, as the holy Ghost expoundeth it, Mat. 12. 21. from Isa. 42. 4. for Iehovah] which the Chaldee exthe word of the Lord.
David teacheth that blessednesse consisteth in re
An instructing Psalme of David:
O Blessed hee whose trespasse is forgiwhose sinne is covered. O blesis the man, to whom Iehovah imis no deceit. Because I ceased speaking, my bones me my trespasses to Ieart a seshall be upon thee. Be not ye as the horse, must be stopped with bit and bridle, which come not neere unto thee. Many are for the wicked, but he that trusteth in Iehovah, mercy shall compasse him. Re
AN instructing Psalme] or, A Psalme that maketh
Vers. 2. not impute] not thinke, count, or reckon.
God was in Christ, and reconciled the world to himselfe, not imputing their sinnes unto them, 2 Cor. 5. 19. And hereunto the Apostle applieth this Psalme thus; David saith, blessednesse is the mans unto whom God imputeth justnesse without works; saying, Blessed are they whose iniquities are forgiven, and whose sinnes are covered. Blessed is the man to whom the Lord shall not impute sinne, Rom. 4. 6, 7, 8.
Vers. 3. because I ceased speaking] or, when I
kept silence, forbearing to confesse my sinnes, as after, vers. 5. Like doctrine Elih
teacheth,
Vers. 4. thy haud] in Chaldee, thy plague. moisture] the chiefe sap, or radicall moisture, which Num. 11. 8. where it is applied to the best moisture (or creame) of oile.
Vers. 5. confesse] Confessing of sinnes is when one Ios. 7. 19. against me my trespasses] or, concerning my trespasses; but both the Greeke version plainly hath,
Vers. 6. the time of finding] or, time to finde:
the time when afflictions shall finde, that is, shall come vpon him; as Psal. 116. 3, 4. or the time when God may be found, as Isa. 55. 6. and that time is, when he is sought with the whole heart, Deut. 4. 29. Ier. 29. 13. 2 Chron. 15. 15. To this latter the Chaldee applieth it, saying, of favour. floud] or
Vers. 7. shouting songs of deliverance] or, of evasion,
Vers. 8. mine eie shall be upon thee] or, mine eie
upon thee, that is, I will have care of, and looke well unto thee, as Ier. 40. 4. Ezra. 5. 5. Deut. 11. 12. Psal. 34. 16. So the Chaldee explaineth it, I will counsell thee, and set mine eie upon thee for good. Or thus, I will give counsel unto thee with mine eie, that is, with my care and providence. Thus Christ counselled Peter with his eie, Luk. 22. 61. So the eie is said to mocke, Prov. 30. 17.
Vers. 9. as the horse, &c.] that is, be not fooles, unto the horse belongs a whip, unto the asse a bridle, and a rod to the fooles backe, Prov. 26. 3. mouth must be stopped] or, jaw is to be tied. Hebr. to stop; for, to be stopped: active for passive; as after Ps. 36. 3. which come not neare] that is, which will not obey or doe thee service, unlesse they be forced and ruled by the bridle: according to the saying of the Apostle,
Vers. 10. Many paines] or, Great smarts (or sores) are for the wicked: So Solomon saith, Affliction followeth sinners, &c. Prov. 13. 21. and 19. 29. and 24. 20.
God is to be praised for his goodnesse, 6 for his powerfull workes, 12 and for his providence. 20 Confidence is to be placed in God.
SHout joyfully ye just in Iehovah, praise with ten stringed instrument, sing Psalme unis the word of is the Nation whereof Iehovah is God, the people that he hath chosen for a possession to himselfe. From the heavens Iehovah doth
There is no King saved by multitude of a is
is unto them that feare him, to them that hopefully wait for his mercie. To rid is our helpe and our shield. For in him our heart shall rejoyce,
BEcommeth] the word denoteth a faire and
comely grace, for which a thing is to be liked and desired. So Psal. 93. 5. and 147. 1. The Apofaire or beautifull, Rom. 10. 15. from Esa. 52. 7.
Vers. 2. with harpe] or, with sitterne; in Hebrew, Kinnor: a musicall instrument invented by Iubal, Gen. 4. 21. used for mirth and joy, Psal. 137. 1, 2. Esa. 24. 8. Gen. 31. 27. and therefore is called the pleasant harpe, Psal. 81. 3. opposed unto mourning, Iob 30. 31. in skill on this instrument David excelSam. 16. 16. 23. and with this and other they used in Israel to celebrate the Lord with gladnesse, 1 Chron. 13. 8. and 15. 16. 28. and 25. 1. Nehem. 12. 27. So spiritually in the New Testament, Rev. 14. 2. with Psalterie] or Lute, or Uioll: In HeNebel; an instrument so called of the forme, which (as seemeth) was with a round hollow bulke, much like a bottle: (foNebel is also a bottle or pitcher, 1 Sam. 10. 3. Lam. 4. 2.) and of this the Greeks and Latines had their instruments named Nablé, Naulon, Nablium. The Greeke here calleth it Psaltérion. ten stringed instrument] this difPsalterie, Psal. 92. 4. therefore the word with is here supplied.
Vers. 3. a new song] A thing is said to be new
fresh, renewed upon new occasipermanent; as Iob saith, my glorie was new with me. So Love is both an old and a new commandement, 1 Ioh. 2. 7, 8. Or these
Vers. 4. in faith] that is, faithfull, true, and constant:
Vers. 5. the earth is full] the like is said, Ps. 119. doth good unto all, both just and unjust, Matth. 5. 45. and
V. 6. the host of them] that is, the many creatures
in them; as Angels, Suune, Moone, Starres, &c. Ps. 148. 1, 2, 3, 5. Gen. 2. 1. So mention is made of the powers or hosts of heaven, Matt. 24. 29. Spirit] or breath; thus Iehovah his Word and his Spirit are noted to be the maker of the world, as in Gen. 1.
Vers. 7. giveth the deepes] that is, putteth or disposeth the deepe waters into treasuries, or in cellars & secret store-houses, hidden from the eye of man, called elsewhere the secret roome of the deepe, Iob 38. 16. So God is said to have treasuries or store-houses of winde, Psal. 135. 7. of snow and haile, Iob 38. 22. of darkenesse, Isa. 45. 3. and the like. The Chaldee translateth, he putteth (the waters) into the treasuries of the deeps.
Vers. 9. it stood] that is, existed firme and stable,
continued. So Psalm. 119. 91.
Vers. 10. dissipateth] or maketh frustrate, undoeth,
Vers. 11. shall stand] that is, continue and have
effect, whatsoever men purpose to the contrary. See Isa. 14. 24. 27. and 46. 10. Prov. 19. 21.
Vers. 12. is God] to wit, by speciall covenant and
favour, though all the earth be his, Gen. 17. 7. Exod. 19. 5. and this is by the new Covenant, Heb. 8. 10. So Psal. 144. 15.
Vers. 15. altogether] or alone. The Hebrew jachad
Vers. 16. Of a power] that is, of an armie; so calPsal. 136. 15.
Vers. 17. A horse is falshood] that is, a false and deceitfull helpe cannot save a man, but faileth those Zach. 10. 5. Ps. 76. 6. The horse is here used for all warlike furniture; this being above other creatures, strong, fierce, and couragious, Iob 39. 22,—28. and therefore is prepared for the day of battell, but salvation is of the Lord, Pro. 21. 31.
Vers. 18. The eye of Iehovah] that is, his care
providence for good, as the next verse sheweth, and as Ps 32. 8. Zach. 12 4. 1 Pet. 3. 12. Sometime the Lords eye is on men for evill, Amos 9. 4. 8.
Vers. 20. for Iehovah] in Chaldee, for the redemption of the Lord.
Vers. 21. in him] Chaldee, in his word.
David praiseth God for his deliverance, and ex
1. A Psalme of David, when he had chan
2. I Will blesse Iehovah in all time, conshall be in my mouth.
3. In Iehovah my soule shall glory, the
4. Magnifie ye Iehovah with me, and let
5. I sought Iehovah, and he answered me,
6. They looked to him and flowed, and
man called, and Iehovah heard, and saved him out of all his distresses.
8. The Angell of Iehovah pitcheth a
9. Taste ye and see, that Iehovah is good: is the man that hopeth for safety in him.
10. Feare Iehovah ye his Saints, for there
is no want to them that feare him.
11. The Lions are impoverished and an
12. Come sonnes, hearken to me, I will
13. Who is the man that willeth life, that
14. Keepe thy tongue from evill, and thy
15. Eschew evill, and doe good; seeke
16. The eyes of Iehovah are unto the just,
17. The face of Iehovah is against them
18. They cried, and Iehovah heard, and
19. Iehovah is neere to the broken of
20. Many are the evils of the just, and out
21. He keepeth all his bones, one of them
22. Evill shall slay the wicked, and they
23. Iehovah redeemeth the soule of his servants, and they shall not be condemned as guiltie, all that hope for safetie in him.
HIs behaviour] or his sense, reason, properly the taste, as in verse 9. Iob 6. 6. and often other-where, which is used both for ones inward sense or reason, and outward gesture and demeanour, (as the Greeke here translateth it, face,) because by it a man is discerned and judged to be wise or foochanged his behaviour before them, and sained himselfe mad in their hands, & scrabbled on the doores of the gate, and let his spittle fall downe upon his beard, 1 Sam. 21. 12, 13. Abimelech] whose proper name was Achish King of Gath, a citie of the Philistims, 1 Sam. 21. 10. and as every King of Egypt was calPharaoh, Gen. 41. 1. Exod. 5. 1. 1 King. 11. 18. so every King of the Philistims was called Abimelech, that is,
or,
Vers. 3 shall glgrie] or joyfully boast. For so the to praise ones selfe, 1 Cor. 1. 31. from Ier. 9. 23, 24. So in Psal. 52. 3. and 97. 7. and 105. 3. and 106. 5.
Vers. 4. Magnifie] or, Make gr
to wit,
Vers. 6. They looked] to wit, the meeke, mentiovers. 3. or generally, they that looke and flow unto him. flowed] ran as a river; the like similitude is, Isa. 2. 2. and 60. 5. Ier. 31. 12. and 51. 44. be not ashamed] or, shall not be ashamed; which word in the originall signifieth digging; as Psal. 35. 7. applied to shame, which causeth men to seeke to hide themselves, as is lively described, Rev. 6. 15, 16.
Vers. 8. The Angel] that is, the Angels; for hee the inhabitant, for, the inhabitants, 2 Sam. 5. 6. with 1 Chron. 11. 4. So, frog for
for
Vers. 9. Taste and see] that is, make triall and
you shall find that God is good, sweet and delectable; and you will the more desire him. Thus the Apoas new borne babes desire yee the sincere milke of the word, that yee may grow thereby, if so be ye have tasted that the Lord is good, 1 Pet. 2. 2, 3.
The Chal
Vers. 10. Feare Iehovah] under this word Feare,
worship, as is shewed on Psal. 19. 10. and the walking in his wayes, as it is expounded in 2 Chr. 6. 31. compared with 1 King. 8. 40. and Psal. 128. 1.
Vers. 11. Lions] Lurking lions (whereof see Psal. 7. 3.) which are lusty, strong toothed, fierce, roaring, ravenous, as appeareth by Psal. 58. 7. and 104. 21. Mic. 5. 8. Ezek. 19. 3. 5, 6. 7. Iob
rich and mighty of the world, whom God often bringeth to miserie; and so the Greeke for Lions, putteth here the rich. Tyrants and strong men are sometime called Lions, Ier. 2. 15. 1. Chr. 11. 22. Nahum 2. 13. See Luke 1. 53. are impoverished] or suffer penurie. See Iob 4. 10, 11. Prov. 10. 3. that seeke Iehovah] Chaldee, that seeke the doctrine of the Lord.
Vers. 13. that willeth] that is, faine would have
delighteth. dayes to see good] that is, to enjoy good many dayes; which the Apostle (follow
Vers. 14. Keepe thy tongue] to wit, by restraining
making it cease from evill, as the Apostle teaPet. 3. 10.
Vers. 16. their outcrie:] or, their deprecation,
their prayer for need, as the Greeke (which the Apo
Vers. 17. The face] that is, open anger, Lev. 17. The face of the Lord is angry against evill doers: See Psalm. 21. 10.
Vers. 18. They cried] that is, as the Greeke faith, The just cried: and the Chaldee, the just prayed.
Vers. 19. the broken of heart] them that have
their hearts broken and their spirits contrite (or humble) for their sinnes. See the like speeches,
Vers. 20. the evils] that is, griefes and afflictions;
Deut. 31. 17. Psal. 27. 5. and 88. 4. Mat. 6. 34. the word also may import sinnes and vices, as Psal. 28. 3. and 94. 23. So after in verse 22.
Vers. 22. slay the wicked] or, doe him die, kill him;
vers. 20. The Greeke and Chaldee exThe death of sinners (of the wicked) is evill. condemned as guilty] and consequently perish. See
Vers. 23. all that hope] that is, any one of them. So all is used for any, Psal. 147. 20.
David prayeth for his owne safety, and his enemies confusion. 11 He complaineth of their wrongfull dealing, and sheweth his contrary carriage. 22 Ther
A Psalme of David.
PLead thou Iehovah with them that plead with me, war thou against them that war against me. Lay hold on am thy salvation. Let them be abashed them. Let their way be darknesse is like thee, that riddest free the poore afflicted things that I knew not they did aske of me. They repaied me evill for good, the was sackcloth; I afif he had been a fellow-friend, as if he had been a his mother. But in my halit not: they rent and were not silent. With hypocrites, scoffers for a cake of bread, gnashing their teeth asoule from the Lions. I will them that are my enemies with falsity, rethem that are my haters without cause winke with the eye. For they speake
PLead] This properly is to contend or debate a matter with many words, as the next word, war
fight, is with deeds. But Gods pleading opleaded Davids cause against Nahe slew him, 1 Sam. 25. 39. And as here David prayeth, so God elsewhere promiseth to plead with those that plead with his people, Isa. 49. 25. warre] which in the originall tongue hath the name of cutting, biting or devouring, for warres devoure and consume many. So the sword is said to have a mouth, that is, an edge, Iob 1. 15. Heb. 11. 34. and to eat, that is, to kill and consume, 2 Sam. 11. 25.
Vers. 3. drawout] or, as the Hebrew phrase is, empty, that is, unshead; the like is of the sword, Exod. 15. 9. Levit. 26. 33. sword] or close weapon, as the name signifieth. This interpretation see
Vers. 4. that seeke my soule] that is, my life to
take it away: for so this phrase commonly meaneth, as Psal. 38. 13. and 54. 5. and 70. 3. Exod. 4. 19. Mat. 2. 20. and sometime is so explained, as Psal. 63. 10. 1 King. 19. 10. they seeke my soule to take it away. Yet somtime this phrase intendeth seeking the soule for ones good, as Psal. 142. 5. turned backward] a token of feare, shame, and discomfiture, as Psal. 129. 5. and 40. 15. and 70. 3. and 9. 4. Isa. 42. 17. Ier. 46. 5.
Vers. 6. Darknesse, &c.] that is, most darke and
slippery: meaning, fearfull, dangerous, troublesome, &c. Nahum 1. 8. Psal. 88. 7. and 107. 9. Prov. 4. 19. So elsewhere it is said, their way shall be unto them us slippernesses in the darknesse; they shall be driven and fall therein, Ier. 23. 12.
Vers. 7. the corruption, &c.] that is, their corrupting
Vers. 8. tumultuous ruine] calamitie, wasting or desolation that is with noise and sonnd as of waters, Isa. 17. 12, 13. So Psal. 63. 10. Prov. 1. 27.
Vers. 10. my bones] that is, my strong and solid members
Vers. 11. of cruellwrong] that is, cruell, violent,
unjust witnesses. So Exod. 23. 1. Deut. 19. 16.
Vers. 12. the bereaving of] that is, to deprive,
bereave or rob me of my soule or life; or, to bereave my soule of comfort. The word properly signifieth the bereaving or losse of children.
s
used to bee worne in signe
Vers. 14. sad] or blacke, to wit, in blacke and
mournfull attire, and with sad and heavy countenance, as the Greeke here translateth it,
Vers. 15. my halting] that is, my calamitie and infirmitie, whereby I seemed ready to fall. So in Psal. 38. 18. Ier. 20. 10. the smiters] that smote me with the tongue, as Ier. 18. 18. and as here folthey rent, &c. The Seventy in Greeke turne it Scourges, alluding (as I thinke) to the scourge of the tongue, as Iob 5. 21. and another Greeke versiplectai, smiters. It may also be read the smitten, that is,
Vers. 16. hypocrites] or, close dissemblers, which Matt. 23. 27, 28. or which have their hearts covered, Iob 36. 13. The Greeke also (from whence our English word hypocrisie is borrowed,) signifieth an under judgement, that is, dissimulation. scoffers] or, of scoffes, that is, men that make scoffs; as in Psal. 36. 12. pride is for proud persons. for a cake of bread] that is, for good cheare, for their bellies: or, at their belly cheare, at banquets. So Solomon speaketh of some that will transgresse for a peece of bread, Prov. 28. 21. The originall word Mag
is
Vers. 17. returne] or, reduce, restore stay my soule
life: so Iob 33. 30. alonely] or solitarie, desolate soule: See
Vers. 18. a mightie people] or, a strong, to wit, in number, that is, a great multitude. The word Ghnatsum, as it is mighty in strength, Psal. 135. 10. Prov. 30. 26. so is it many in number, Psal. 40. 6. 13. and 105. 24. and 137. 17.
Vers. 19. enemies with falsitie] that is, for a false
cause; or (as the Greeke explaineth it) unjustly. winke] make secret signes by the winking of the eye, which argueth both privie and scoruefull gesture; therefore this alwaies is a signe of evill, Prov. 10. 10. and 6. 13. not peace] that is, not peaceably or friendly, which yet some hypocrites doe, Psal. 28. 3. or, not speake to come to any sound composition, or peaceable end which one may trust unto. But God speaketh peace to his people, Psal. 85. 9. words of deceits] deceitfull words or things.
Vers. 21. hath seene] or, seeth, to wit, the evill of
David, or, that which we desired. In speeches of evill cases, often the Hebrew useth silence. So afPsal. 54. 9. and 59. 11. and 118. 7.
Vers. 23. to my judgement] that is, to judge and
avenge me of mine enemies: so after, to my plea, is, to plead my cause, as vers. 1.
Vers. 25. aha our soule] that is, aba
Vers. 26. cloathed with bashfulnesse] meaning their confusion on every side, when nothing but their shame appeareth and so continueth. So Psal. 109. 29. and 132. 18. Iob 8. 22. that magnifie] to wit, their mouthes, as is expressed, Hobad. 1. 12. Ezek. 35. 13. that is, speake great things and boastfully, as the Greeke explaineth. So after in
The grievous estate of the wicked. 6 The excel
To the master of the musicke, a Psalme of
THe trespasse of the wicked assuredis before his eyes. For himselfe in his owne eyes, to find his iniquity which he ought to hate. The are iniquity and deceit; he hath left off to be prudent, to doe good. He thinketh iniquity upon his bed, he setteth is in the heauens, is thy mercy, O God, is the well of life: in thy light we see light. Extend thy mercy to them that it not make meflee. There have they fallen, that downe, and have not beene able to rise.
THe trespasse of the wicked] or Trespasse saith to
the wicked, that is, perswadeth, imboldneth, hardeneth him. assuredly saith] or, it is
Vers. 3. to finde] that is, to performe, or accomplish;
Vers. 5. he setteth himselfe] namely, to stand or
walke continually in a way not good, as Isa. 65. 2. or, he standeth still, as Exod. 14. 13.
Vers. 6. in the heavens] elsewhere it is said, unto the heavens, Psal. 57. 11. so here in may bee used for unto: sometime it is, above the heavens, as Psal. 108. 5.
Vers. 7. mountaines of God] that is, high, mighty
Vers. 8. How precious] that is, honourable and much to be esteemed; sometime the word signifieth bright and glorious, Iob 31. 26. Zach. 14. 6. which also agreeth well here. and the sonnes] or, when, or therefore the sonnes. shadow of thy wings] that is, thy protection, so Psal. 63. 8. and 91. 4. called sometime, the secret of Gods wings, Psal. 61. 5.
Vers. 10. Well of life] or, as the Chaldee transwell of living waters, that is, an ever-springing fountaine, from whom life & all graces spring and flow. So God is called the
Vers. 11. Extend thy mercy] or draw it, meaexercise and shew it; as Psal. 109. 12. also prolong or continue it; as Psal. 85. 6. Eccles. 2. 3.
Vers. 12. foot of pride] or of haughtinesse, that of the proud man, as Ier. 50. 31, 32. the thing being put for the perdeceit, for a deceitfull man, Prov. 12. 27. Povertie, for poore people, 2 King 24. 14. habitation, for inhabitants, 2 Sam. 9. 12. Circumcision, for
Vers. 13. There] to wit, in the very enterprise,
while they laboured to remove me.
David perswadeth to patience and confidence in God, by the different estate of the godly and wicked.
1 A Psalme of David.
FRet not thy selfe for the evill doers; en
3 Trust thou in Iehovah, and doe good; in the land, and feed on faith. 4 And delight thy selfe in Iehovah, and he will give thee the petitions of thy heart.
5 Turne confidently thy way upon Ieho
in his way, for the man that effe
8. Surcease from anger and leave off
10. And yet a little while, and the wicked shall not be: and thou shalt consider his place and he shall not be. 11. And the meeke shall inherit the land, and shall delight them
12. The wicked deviseth against the just,
14. The wicked have drawne the sword, owne heart, and their bowes shall be broken.
16. Better is the little of a just man, than men. 17. For the armes of wicked men shall be broken; but Iehovah upholdeth the just.
18. Iehovah knoweth the dayes of permen, and their inheritance shall be for ever. 19. They shall not be abashed in time of evill and in the dayes of famine they shall have enough.
20. But the wicked shall perish, and the fat of rammes; they are consumed, with the smoke they are consumed.
21. The wicked boroweth and repayeth
23. By Iehovah the steps of the man are
25. I have beene young, also I am waxed man for saare in the blessing.
27. Eschew
29. Iust men shall inherit the land, and
30. The mouth of the just will utter wisis in his heart, it shall not stagger in his steps.
32. The wicked spieth for the just, and
34. Wait thou earnestly for Iehovah, and it.
35. I have seene the wicked daunting terwas not, and I sought him and he was not found.
37. Observe the perfect man ▪
and see the
39. And the salvation of just men is of Ie
THis is the third Psalme penned Alphabetverse 7. 20. 29. 34. See Psal. 25. 1.
Vers. 1. Fret] or, Inslame not, burne not thy selfe
with anger or griefe. So after, verse 7. and 8. Pro. 24. 19. evill doers] to be like unto them, as the Chaldee addeth; which accordeth with verse 8. envie not] or, have not envious zeale or emulation. This word is generall for all
Vers. 3. Dwell in the land] This may be taken eito dwell in the land of Canaan, which God had given them to possesse, Num. 33. 53. though troubles and wants should arise therein, as did the Patriarchs by faith, Gen. 37. 1. and 26. 3. 12. Heb. 11. 9. Or, for a promise, dwell, that is, thou shalt dwell, that is, abide long, as afv. 27. So, see, for thou shalt see, Psal. 128. 5, 6. Seeke mee and live, Amos. 5. 4. that is, yee shall live ▪ feed on faith;] to wit,
Vers. 4. delight thy selfe] or, thou shalt delight, or solace thee: so vers. 11. and Iob 22. 26.
Vers. 5. Turne confidently] Commit of trust: in Hebrew, Roll; in Chaldee, Reveale before the Lord:
Psal. 22. 9. So Prov. 16. 3. Roll (or Commit) thy workes unto Iehovah. will doe] that which thou desirest; or will execute, to wit, thy judgement, as the next verse sheweth, and as elsewhere is exMic. 7. 9.
Vers. 6. as the light] to wit, of the morning, or sunne: (for so light sometime signifieth, Nehem. 8. 3. Iob 31. 26.) that is, clearely, manifestly. So Hos. 6. 5. Compare also Iob. 11. 17.
Vers. 7. be silent] or, bee still, stay and tarry silently. See
Vers. 8. Surcease] or, Slake, Let goe. A word conholding fast, applied here to the shaking or abating of anger; so Iudg. 8. 3. also to doe] or, which is but to doe; or, at least to doe evill.
Vers. 9. inherit] or possesse. So Isa. 57. 13. He
that trusteth in me (saith the Lord) shall inherit the land, and possesse my holy mountaine.
Vers. 11. And the meeke] or But the meeke. From Blessed are the meeke, for they shall inherit the land, Mat. 5. 5.
Vers. 13. his day] that is, his dismall day, the
time appointed for his affliction and destruction, 1 Sam. 26. 10. Ezek. 21. 25. 29. So the Chaldee explaineth it, the day of his calamitie. Day is often used for the time of punishment; as, The posterity shall be astonied at his day, Iob 18. 20. Woe unto them, for their day is come, Ier. 50. 27. So, the day of Madian, Isa. 9. 4. the day of Iezreel, Hos. 1. 11. the day of Ierusalem, Psal. 137. 7.
Vers. 14. drawne] Hebrew, opened, or loosed,
out of the shead. A like phrase is, the emptying of the sword, Psal. 35. 3.
Vers. 16. the little of a just man] or, a little (a
small portion) to the just. See Prov. 15. 16. and 16. 8. plenteous mammon] The Hebrew hamon signifieth multitude, plenty or store, of riches, or any other thing. Here the Greeke translateth it riches. From this Hebrew word, riches are called mammon▪ Luk. 16. 9. 11. 13. many wicked] or
Vers. 17. armes] that is, power, helpe, &c. See Psal. 10. 15.
Vers. 18. knoweth] that is; acknowledgeth and regardeth,
Vers. 20. the precious fat] that which is precious
Vers. 21. repaieth not] shall not, or will not pay
againe. It may intend both his inabilitie that hee cannot, and his unconscionablenesse that hee will not pay. Borrowing in the Law is noted for a curse; as lending, for a blessing, Deut. 28. 12. 44. for the borrower is servant to the lender, Prov. 22. 7. sheweth grace] or, doth graciously, that is, is liberall and bountifull. So the Apostle calleth
Vers. 22. his blessed ones] or
Vers. 23. steps of the man] the gate, or wayes
of such a man as is before shoken of; or as after folwhose way God delighteth; called here Geber, a
Vers. 24. shall fall] to wit, into sinne, by occasiGal. 6. 1. or into affliction and trouble, Mic. 7. 9. Thus the Chalde
Vers. 26. his seed] that is, his children or posterity
Vers. 27. dwell for ever] that is, thou shalt dwell;
vers. 3. The like promise is in Ier. 7. 5
V. 28.
a like judgme
Vers. 30. will meditate] usually meditateth, that resoundeth, uttereth, as Psal. 35. 28.
Vers. 31. in his heart] so God commanded, Deut. 6. 6. and there hath he promised to write his law, Hebr. 8. 10. See also Psal. 40. 9. Isa. 51. 7. it shall not stagger] understand, his foot shall not stagger, or, faulter, Iob 12. 5. Or, any one of his steps (or feet) shall not stagger or slide.
Vers. 33. condemne him for wicked] make (or pronounce) him wicked, that is, condemne him. Opjustifying: so Psal. 94. 21. Iob 9. 20.
Vers. 35. daunting terrible] sorely dismaying
others with his terrour: in Greeke, lifted very high. See Psal. 10. 18. spreading bare] making bare, that is, thrusting forth and shewing himselfe. greene] that is, fresh and flourishing, as Dan. 4 1. It is not meant for colour onely, but for juice and vigour. So Psal. 52. 10. selfe-growing lawrell] a tree that groweth in his naturall place, which comas the Cedars of Lebanon.
Vers. 37. the after end] or, the last, or the posteritie.
Vers. 40. in him] Chaldee in his word.
David in sore afflictions, intreateth God not to bee angry with him, 5 complaineth of his sinnes, and chastisements, 11 of his owne weaknesse, 12 of his friends forsaking him, 13 and his enemies ma
A Psalme of David, for to record.
IEhovah, rebuke me not in thy fervent is in my flesh because is in my bones, because of my sinne. For my iniquities are there is no soundnesse in my flesh. I am weakned and is all is not hid from thee. My heart panteth, my able strength are not with mee. My lovers man heare not, man openeth not his mouth.
And I am as a man which heareth not, are no reproofes. Beand when my foot is moved doe magnifie against me. For I am ready to halting, and my paine is
are alive mighty, and mul
FOr to record] or to cause remembrance for commemoration,
Vers. 2. neither] Hebr. and, where the word not is againe to be repeated, as is noted, Psal. 9. 19. and as is expressed, Psal. 6. 2. where the like prayer is made.
Vers. 3. thy arrowes] so Iob saith, the arrowes
of the Almighty are in me, the venome whereof drinketh up my spirit, Iob 6. 4. Arrowes are
Vers. 4. no soundnesse] or, there is nothing sound,
whole. So Esai. 1. 6. angry throat] or, detestation, indignation. See
my stripes] or skarres: properly such sore marks, wounds or stripes, as wherin the bloud and humours are gathered and doe appeare after beating; named in English, wailes. foolishnesse] The Hesvveleth, meaneth rash and unadvised folly, through want of prudencie. Therefore though comimprudencie, yet sometime it is called unadvised rashnesse, Prov. 14. 17. and Aevil the Foole, is named rash or heady, Prov. 10. 14. And by foolishnesse is meant usually viciousnesse or sinne, and is so expressed by the Greekes, Prov. 13. 16. and 15. 2. and 26. 11. and our Saviour numbreth foolishnesse among other evils that defile a man, Marke 7. 22.
Vers. 7. sad] mournfully. See Psal. 35. 14.
Vers. 8. my flancks] or loines. parching]
burning, rosting: so elsewhere he complaineth of the burning of his bones, Psal. 102. 4. and so the Chaldee Paraphrast here taketh this word, which may also be translated, vile matter: meaning a vile or loathsome disease, full of burning paine. The Greeke turneth it, mockings.
Vers. 9. the gro
or
Vers. 11. panteth] throbbeth, beateth about,
able strength] force and abilitie that is in the heart and bowels; as elsewhere he saith, my heart forsaketh me, Psal. 40. 13. are not with me] that is, I have no use of them; I cannot see, Psal. 40. 13. Through faintnesse oft times the eye-sight faileth, 1 Sam. 14. 28. 29. Psal. 13. 4.
Vers. 12. my plague] or, stroke, touch, hurt.
touching, for striking, or hurting any manner of way, Psal. 105. 15.
Vers. 13. seeke my soule] to kill me. See Psal. 35. wofull evils] in Greeke, vanities; in Chalfalshood.
Vers. 15. no reprehensions] no arguments, or convictions.
Vers. 16. thou wilt answer] or, that thou make
answer, that is, heare and deliver me, Psal. 3. 5.
Vers. 17. I said, lest] or, I say, (I thinke) it is to
be feared, lest, &c. An unperfect speech through passion. my foot is moved] that is, slip. This is alwayes in the evill part, when ones state is chanDeut. 32. 35. Psal. 66. 9. and 94. 18. and 121. 3. A like phrase is of moving of the hand, Lev. 25. 35. magnifie] vaunt themselves: in Greeke, speake great things: See Psal. 35. 26.
Vers. 18. to halting] to shew my infirmitie in my
trials and afflictions; as Iaakob halted after his wrastling with God, Gen. 32. 31. See Psal. 35. 15. In the Greeke, I am ready for scourges, that is, to suffer correction and punishment for my sinnes: so the Chaldee saith, for calamitie.
Vers. 19. am carefull] or, will shew care, taking
thought as for feare of some evill or danger to come. So the originall word importeth, Iosh. 22. 24. 1 Sam. 9. 5. and 10. 2. Isa. 57. 11.
Vers. 20. are alive] or living, that is, lively,
lusty, chearefull, haile, and sound. Or rich, as the word seemeth to meane in Eccles. 6. 8. are mightie] or strengthened, compacted, by power, riches, numPsal. 35. 18. falsly] or in falsitie, that is, for a false untrue and unjust cause, Ps. 35. 19. So the Greek translateth it, unjustly.
Vers. 21. my adversaries] or, are adverse to
me, opposite, to let and hinder me. The Hebrew Satan is hereupon applied to
Davids care of his words: 5 his consideration of the brevitie and vanitie of life; 8 his hope in God, 10 patience and prayer in affliction. 12 He confes
To the master of the musicke to Iedu
I Said I will take heed to my waies from is before me. I was dumbe with stilnesse, I is: let me know how soone ceasing I am. Loe, thou hast given my dayes of is as nois every man, though setled Selah. Surely in an image each man, surely in vanitie doe they make a stirre, hee heapeth up, and knoweth not who shall gather them. And now what is for thee. Deliver me from all my trespasit. Turne away thy plague from mee; by the striking of thine hand I am consumed. With reproofes is every man Selah. Heare my prayer, Iehovah, and am with thee, a sojourner as all my fathers. Stay my selfe before I goe, and I be not.
TO Ieduthun] or, for him: and it may be meant Aaron is put for the Aaronites, 1 Chron. 12. 27. This Ieduthun and his sonnes were singers in IsraChron. 25. 3. So Psal. 77. 1. The Chaldee addeth to the title thus: To praise for the keeping of the house of the Sanctuarie, by the mouth of Ieduthun.
Vers. 2. take heed] or, beware, observe. The like King. 2. 4. from sinning] that is, as the Greeke translateth, that I sin not, or misse not. If any man sinne not in word, he is a perfect man and able to bridle all the bodie, Iam. 3. 2. a bridle] or mousell: the Greeke turneth it a ward: by this the untamednesse of the tongue is noted, which must by force and watchfulnesse be restrained. See Iam. 3. 3,—8.
Vers. 3. with stilnesse] or, silentnesse, tamed subPsal. 4. 5. Wherefore the Greeke here turneth it, I was humbled. from good] in Greeke,
Vers. 4. fire burned] with this speech of David we may compare that of Ieremie; And I said I will
not mention him, nor speake any more in his name: but it was in my heart as a burning fire shut up in my bones, and I was weary with forbearing, and could no longer, Ier. 20. 9.
Vers. 5. how soone ceasing] how temporary, fraile, brittle and short-lived; as the Chaldee expoundeth when I shall cease out of the world; or, how defective I am: so the Greeke saith,
Vers. 6. of hand bredths] that is, thou hast exactly A hand bredth is a short measure, the bredth of foure fingers. my worldly time] my life-time, my temporary age. The Greeke translateth it, my substance; the Chaldee, my bodie. The Hebrew Cheled, is the world; Psal. 17. 14. used here for mans life-time in this world. So Psal. 89. 48. Iob 11. 17. surely] or,
Vers. 7. walketh in an image] or, in a shadow,
obscurely, changeth daily, leadeth an imagiHe fleeth as a shadow, and abideth not, Iob 14. 2. So Paul saith, the fashion (or hiew) of this world goeth away, 1 Cor. 7. 31. The Chaldee explaineth it otherwise, walketh in the image of the Lord. make a sturre] or a tumult, disquieting themselves and one another. he heapeth] that is, any one heapeth up, to wit, goods, and knowes not who shall enjoy them. See Eccles. 2. 18, 19.
Vers. 9. put me not] or, expose, make me not to be the reproach of the foole, of Nabal; whereof see Psal. 14. 1.
Vers. 10. I am dumbe] or tongue-tied. This a profession of his patient sufferance of the things laid upon him by God. And so did David carry himselfe, 2 Sam. 16. 10. and Aaron, Levit. 10. 3.
Vers. 11. the striking] or buffeting: this noteth the greatnesse and oft reiteration of his trouble.
Vers. 12. melt] that is, consume away. as a
moth] to wit, as a moth-worme consumeth, or perisheth, which is
Vers. 13. unto my teares] which cry unto God, bloud is said to cry, Gen. 4. 10.) or, which are joyned with earnest prayers, as Heb. 5. 7. a stranger with thee] This is taken from the Law, Levit. 25. 23. The land is mine, yee are but strangers and sojourners with me. The like acknow
Vers. 14. Stay] or Leave off, to wit, thine anger,
David prophesieth of Christs afflictions and delive
of the Musicke,
WAiting, I waited for Iehovah,
And he hath given into my mouth a new song, a praise to our God: many shall see and is the man that putteth Iehovah his secure works and thy thoughts towards us; none can count them in order unto thee: would I declare and speake of them, they are mightimoe than can be told. Sacrifice offering thou askedst not. Then said I, it is writis within my bow
For innumerable evils have assailed mee moe than the haires of my head, and my heart forsaketh mee. Vouchart my helpe and my deli
DAvids Psalme] or, a Psalme of David; but a Psalme concerning David that is, Christ, who is called David in the Prophets, Hos. 3. 5. Jer. 30. 9. Ezek. 34. 23. and 37 24. Of him this Psalme intreateth, as the Apostle teacheth, Hebr. 10. 5, 6, &c.
Vers. 2. Waiting] or, expecting; the doubling earnestnesse, constancie, patience. bended] to wit, his eare, as is expressed, Psal. 17. 6.
Vers. 3. pit of sounding calamity] or, dungeon of
tumultuous desolation, which ecchoed and resounmire of mud] that is, muddy (or durty) mire, or clay, signifying fast cleaving afflictions. So Psal. 69. 3. set up] or stablished, set fast my feet on a rocke, that is, on firme ground, opposed to the former mud.
Vers. 5. respecteth not] or turneth not the face;
liking, or inclination of the mind and affections, Iob 36. 21. the proud] or stout, that in confidence of their strength carry themselves inturne aside to a lye] swarve (or revolt) to deceiveable falshood; meaning Heretikes and Idolaters.
Vers. 6. thy thoughts] thy good meanings, or purposes.
Vers. 7. thou wouldest not] or delightedst not;
was to cause the sacrifice and oblation to cease, D
9. 27. because it was unpossible that they should purge sinnes,
Vers. 8. Loe I come] or, am come, to wit, into
the world, Hebr. 10. 5. and particularly, to Ierusalem
to give my selfe a sacrifice for sinne. See
Vers. 9. thy acceptable will] by the which will we
are sanctified, even by the offering of the body of Iesus Christ once, Heb. 10. 10. See also Ioh. 6. 38. Luk. 22. 42.
Vers. 10. I have preached the glad tidings of]
I have evangelized justice; of this word, the Evangelie or Gospell hath the name, the Greeke sigGood tidings, and the English also to like effect, made of the Saxon godspell, that is, a good speech. And the justice here meant is thus set forth by the Apostle; Now is the justice of God made manifest without the law, having witnesse of the law and of the Prophets; namely the justice of God, by the faith of Iesus Christ, unto all and upon all that beleeve, &c. Rom. 3. 21, 22. the great church] or,
Vers. 11. I said] that is, mentioned, and spoke of, as 2 Sam. 6. 22. to the great church] the word to is referred to Gods mercy and truth extended to the church. The Greeke referreth it to concealed, and translateth, from the great church. And the Hebrew elsewhere usually speaketh, Psal. 69. 6. and 78. 4. and 139. 15.
Vers. 13. iniquities] this word as the former evils, is sometime used for sinne, sometime for the punishment of sinne. See Psal. 31. 11.
Vers. 14. Vouchsafe] or, Let it please thee.
Vers. 15. to make an end of it] to consume or destroy it. Compare this conclusion with the 70.
Vers. 16. made desolate] or, wondrously wasted,
unto amazednesse and astonishment. So after in Psal. 46. 9. and 69. 26. and 73. 19. and 79. 7. for a reward] or, an end of their shame, that they would bring upon me. End is used for reward, as Psal. 19. 12. or, For because of their shame. The Hebrew word sometime signifieth because, Isa. 5. 23. Genes. 22. 18. Deut. 7. 12. aha] the Chaldee opewee are glad at (his) destruction.
Vers. 18. thinketh on me] in Greeke, hath care of me: in Chaldee, thinketh good for me. delay
not] prolong not the time till the last, and consefaile not. The word is so to tarry or linger, as to disappoint one of his expectation, as Habak. 2. 3. Though it tarry, wait thou; for it shall surely come, and shall not delay, that is, not faile. And thus may we understand other like Scriptures, as Deut. 7. 10. God will not delay (that is, not faile) to reward him that hateth him, Deut. 23. 21. when thou vowthou shalt not delay (that is, not faile) to pay it. So Exod. 22. 29. and sundry the like.
David prophesieth of Christs poverty and afflictions. 5 His prayer, and complaint of his enemies. 10 Iu
To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme
O Blessed is hee that prudently attenin his heart, he heapeth up painselfe: he goeth forth, ait. Together against me is
And thou Iehovah be gracious to me, and is Iehovah, the God of Is
THat prudently attendeth] or, skilfully carieth
himselfe; it implieth both a skilfull minding or judging, and a cariage according, in word and deed:
attendeth to the affaires of the poore to have pitie on him. the poore weakling] The Hebrew Dal hath the signifidrawing out, or emptying, and is applied to the weake, leane, sickly, whose flesh and health is spent, Gen. 41. 19. 2 Sam. 13. 4. and to the poore, whose wealth is wasted, Psal. 72. 13. and 113. 7. opposed to the rich, Exod. 30. 15. And as the poore are thus called weake, thinne, or leane; so rich and great men, are called thicke, or fat, Psal. 78. 31. The poore weakling treated of here, was David and his sonne Christ, as appeareth by the 10. verse, compaIoh. 13. 18.
Vers. 3. preserve him alive] conserve his life and health, as Deut. 20. 16. or restore him to health from
sicknesse, as Hezekiah is said to live, when he recovered his health, Isa. 38. 9. 21. give thou him not] he turneth his speech to the Lord: and so a
Vers. 4. languishing sorrow] or, of sicknesse, feeblenesse. The Chaldee expoundeth it thus;
Vers. 5. heale my soule] that is, heale me, who now am sicke: or, heale my soule, of sinnes, infirmities,
&c. so God healed the people, when hee pardoned their uncleannesse, 2 Chron. 30. 20. and healeth the broken hearted, Psal. 147. 3. And that which the Prophet speaketh of healing of the people, the Evangelist expoundeth of forgiving them their sins, Isa. 6. 10. Mark. 4. 12. Mat. 13. 15.
Vers. 7. abroad] or, in the street.
Vers. 9. A mischievous thing] or, Some devillish matter; Heb. a word of Belial. See word for thing, in Psal. 7. 1. and Belial, (which the Chaldee here translateth perverse and wicked,) in Psal. 18. 5. And both joyned as here, in Psal. 101. 3. Deut. 15. 9. It may be understood of some odious sin and wicked vice, or, of some grievous punishmet for the same. is fastned] or, is powred into him. The originall word signifieth both, and may denote the greatnesse and fast cleaving of his sin, and likewise of his punishment: for plagues are said to be powred out, Rev. 16. 1. &c.
or,
Vers. 10. the man of my peace] that is, my familiar
Vers. 12. shout triumphantly] this word noteth loud sound with voice or trumpet, as Iosh. 6. 5. 20. Numb. 10. 7. sometime a sorrowfull crying out, as Ierem. 20. 16. but commonly joyfull shouting, as here, and after, Psal. 81. 2. and 47. 2. and 66. 1.
Vers. 13. And I,] or, As for me.
Vers. 14. Amen] or, as the Greeke translateth, So be it. But the Hebrew word Amen is used in the Greeke, English, and all other languages, to betoken vnity of faith and spirit: and it implieth both a wishNum. 5. 22. Deut. 27. 15, &c. Matth. 6. 13. 1 Cor. 14. 16. It is used also in the beginning of speeches, and then it is an earnest asserveration, as Ioh. 6. 26. Amen, Amen, that is, Verily, Verily. For so else-where, when one EAmen, Mat. 24. 47. another, (speaUerily, or, truly, Luk. 12. 44. Sometime it is the title of God himselfe, Isa. 65. 16. and of Christ, Revel. 3. 14. because of his faithfulnesse and truth in performing all promises. The Chaldee paraphraseth upon this verse thus, Blessed be the name of the LORD, the God of Israel, from this world, and unto the world to come: and let the just say,
The Prophet sheweth his desire to appeare before God; 4 his teares for his absence; 6 hee checketh himselfe for his weaknesse, 8 complaineth of his trou
To the Master of the Musicke; an instructing Psalme to the sonnes of Korach.
AS the Hinde desirously brayeth for before the face of God! My teares have beene to they say unto me all the day, where is thy God? These things I remember, and powre out upon mee my soule, because I had passed with the throng, had resorted with them unto the house of God, with voice of shouting and confession, a multitude keeping festivitie. Why water-spouts; all thy bilweapon in my bones, my distressers doe reproach me; when they say unto me all the day, where is thy God? Why bowest
THe second booke] to wit, of Psalmes. For though they be all compiled in one volume, (as were alThe booke of the Psalmes, Act. 1. 20. (as, The booke of the Prophets, Act. 7. 42.) yet in the Hebrew there are five bookes; the first reacheth to the end of the 41. Psalme fore-going, which is concluded with Amen and Amen. The second, to the 72. Psalme, concluded also with Amen Amen, and the end of Davids Prayers. The third reacheth to the 89. Psalme, concluded likewise with Amen and Amen. The fourth unto the 106. Psalme, whose conclusion is Amen, Halelujah. The fifth, unto the 150 Psalme, ended with Halelujah.
Vers. 1. Korach] this was the Levite that rose up and rebelled against Moses and Aaron, for which Numb. 16. Howbeit, there were of his sons that died not, Numb. 26. 11. departing (as it seemeth) from their fathers tents, as all were counNumb. 16. 24, 26. Of his race came Samuel the Prophet, and Heman his nephew was a singer, 1 Chron. 6. 33. To those sons of Korah, this and sunTo laud with good understanding by the hands of the sons of Korah.
Vers. 2. As the Hinde] or the Hart, a beast thirHinde, the female is here meant, as the word annexed, she brayeth, and the Greeke arheel
manifest. And in females the passi
Vers. 3. thirsteth] that is, earnestly desireth: So Psal. 63. 2. Of thirst for Gods grace and spirit, see Isa. 55. 1. Ioh. 7. 37. Rev. 22. 17. the living God] so called here, because he is the well of living (that is, of continuall springing) waters, Ier. 17. 13. abundantly refreshing those that come to him. Or,
Vers. 4. to me bread] that is, my bread, my food.
bread of teares, Psal. 80. 6. they say] my foes, as vers. 11. or while it is said. all the day] or, every day, as the Greeke turneth it.
Vers. 5. These things] namely my absence from vers. 3. and my adversaries reproach, vers. 4. The Chaldee addeth, These signes I remember. powre out upon me] or shed within me, or by my selfe. This noteth exceeding sorrow, or fainting, like that in Iob 30. 16. And now my soule powreth out it selfe upon mee, and the daies of affliction have tooke bold on me. So 1 Sam. 1. 15. Lam. 2. 12. throng] a multitude preasing to goe before God: the Chaldee expoundeth it a shadow, saying, When shall I goe under the shadow, shall I together be strengthned in the tents of the just, in the house of the Sanctuary of the Lord, &c. keeping festivitie] or, with a multitude dancing, or keeping a feast. For at their solemne assemblies they kept feasts, Exod. 23. 14. with dancing, eating, drinking and joy, Exod. 32. 5, 6, 19. Iudg. 21. 19, 21. Deu. 16. 14, 15.
Vers. 6. Why lowest thou downe] to wit, with sorrow;
Vers. 7. for that I remember] and cannot come vers. 3. or, therefore I will minde thee, seeing I have no way else to comfort mee in my absence from thee. The Chaldee referreth it to others, therefore they remember thee which dwell on the other side of Iordan. the land of Jordan] which lay eastward from Ierusalem where Gods Sanctuary was, and Hermonim] that is, the inhabitants, (or
Vers. 8. Deepe unto deepe calleth] that is, one deepe abisme, or Gulfe, is a place of many waters, signifying great afflictions, Ezek. 26. 19. Ion. 2. 5. The Chaldee translateth, the higher deepe calleth the lower deepe. billowes] such are most dangerous to drowne: they have their name of breaking as the next word waves, of wallowing or tumbling; both signifie afflictions. So Psal. 88. 8. Ion. 2. 3.
Vers. 9. command his mercy] that is, appoint, or send it with speed, power, and authoritie: a phrase taDeut. 28. 8. Levit. 25. 21. 2 Sam. 17. 14. So after, in Psal. 44. 5. and 133. 3. and 71. 3. and 68. 29. and 7. 7. and 91. 11. his song] that is, cause and matter for me to sing him praise. So God is said to give songs in the night, Iob 35. 10. See also Isa. 30. 29. a prayer] to wit, I shall make a prayer. And some Psalmes are intituled prayers, as Psal. 17. 1. and 90. 1. and 102. 1. and 142. 1. Habak. 3. 1.
Vers. 10. sad] mournfull. See Psal. 35. 14.
Vers. 11. with a murdering weapon] Retsach, murder, seemeth here to be a sword or weapon of murdering; (as
Vers. 12. salvations of my face] that is, he which vers. 6. according to which the Chaldee translateth it here, for the redemption which is from his face.
He prayeth to be delivered from the wicked, and restored to Gods Sanctuary. 5 He encourageth his
IVdge me O God, and plead my plea, from the nation unmercifull, from the man of deceit, and injurious evill, do thou deliver me. For thou art the God of my strength, why thrustest thou me away: why goe I still sad, for the oppression of the enemie? Send thy light and thy truth, let them lead me, let places. And I will come unto the Altar of God; unto God, the joy of my gladnesse; and confesse thee with harpe. O God my God. Why bowest thou downe thy selfe, my soule, and why ma
IVdge me] This meaneth an examination of the giving sentence, and executing of it, by delijudging is used for delivering, 1 Sam. 24. 15. 2 Sam. 18. 19, 31. Iudg. 3. 10. Pleading also ones
Vers. 2. my strength] or my strong fort, as Psal.
Psal. 42. 10. hee useth the word Rocke.
Vers. 3. dwelling places] meaning the holy Tabernacle
Vers. 4. And I will come] or, That I may come,
Luk. 6. 37. and ye shall not be judged; for which in Matth. 7. 1. it is, that yee be not judged. to the Altar] Chaldee, to offer an offering upon the Altar. the joy of my gladnesse] that is,
Vers. 5. why bowest &c.] This verse is the same Psal. 42. 12. of my face] the Chaldee exfor the redemption which is from his face, for he is my God.
The Church in memory of former favours when they inherited the Land, 10 complaineth of her pre
To the Master of the Musicke, to the sonnes Psalme.
O God, with our eares we have heard, with thy hand didst disowne sword art he my King, O God; command the salvations of Iakob. In thee
But now thou thrustest away, and makest that be round about us. Thou for a parable among the heathens, a nodding of the head among the nations. All the day my ignominie is before me, and
All this is come on us, and we have not forthings of the heart. But for thee wee are killed all
Stitre up, why sleepest thou, Lord? awake, for an helpfulnesse to us, and
DIspossesse] or disinherit the nations, meaning the Thou by thy strong hand didst cast out the peoples of Canaan, and plantedst the house of Israel. See examples hereof in the Amorites,
Vers. 4. light of thy face] thy favourable counPsal. 4. 7. and
Vers. 5. thou art he] that is, Thou art the same
my King, (as the Greeke expresseth it:) this noteth Gods unchangeablenesse. See Psal. 102. 28. command] procure by thy commandement. See Psal. 42. 9. salvations of Iakob] that is, the full salvation (the absolute deliverance) of thy weake people the posterity of Iakob. See Psal. 14. 7.
Vers. 6. push with the horne] a speech taken from Deut. 33. 17. and meaneth a vanquishing or subduing, 1 King. 22. 11. Dan. 84. tread downe] or tread under foot, which signifieth both a subduing or destroying, 2 Chron. 22. 7. and a contempt or setting them at nought, Prov. 17. 7. and so the Greeke here translateth it, we shall set at nought. So after in Psal. 60. 14. and 108. 14.
Vers. 9. In God, we praised] to wit, his actions,
salvations &c. See a like phrase in Psalm. 56. 5. 11. and Psal. 71. 6. Or understand, we praised our selves, that is, gloried, triumphed. And thus the Greeke, In God we shall be praised; the Chaldee saith, In the word of our God.
Vers. 12. sheepe for meat] or, of meat, that is, to
be eaten. So after, vers. 23. sheepe of slaughter, that is, to be slaine. fannest] or dispersest, strowest abroad, as the fan that winnoweth, Ier. 4. 11. and 51. 2. So after in Psal. 106. 27.
Vers. 13. for no wealth] that is, for a vile price,
without gaine. God is said to sell his people, when he delivereth them into their enemies hands, as out of his owne possession. So Deut. 32. 30. Likewise in Esay 52. 3. the Lord saith, yee have beene sold for nought, and yee shall be redeemed without money. increasest not] or gainest not by the prices of them; takest no other people in their stead: or increasest, that is,
Vers. 15. a parable] a by-word, or proverbe. This Psalm. 49. 5. here in the ill part for a by-word, reproach and
Vers. 17. taunter] or blasphemer, Num. 15. 30.
Vers. 20. of Dragons] or, of whale fishes. For the Hebrew word is common both for land and water-dragons or
Vers. 2spred out our hands] or our palmes, that is, have prayed unto: for in prayer they spred out King. 8. 22. Exod 9. 29. Psal. 143. 6. So the Chaldee explaineth it, spred out our hands in prayer, to the idols of other peoples.
Vers. 23. But for thee] or, For, for thy sake, that is, so farre we be from following strange gods, as Rom. 8. 36.
Vers. 24. Stirre up] to wit, thy selfe. These things are spoken of God after the manner of men, for slumbreth not, nor sleepeth, Psal. 121. 4.
Vers. 26. to the dust] this noteth a base and abPsal. 113. 7. like this is the soule cleaving
to the dust, Psal. 119. 25. and putting the mouth in the dust, Lam. 3. 29.
Vers. 27. an helpfulnesse] that is, a full helpe. The Hebrew hath a letter more than ordinary, to inPsal. 63. 8. and 94. 17. See the notes on Psal. 3. 3.
The Majestie and grace of Christ and his king
To the master of the musicke upon ShoshanPsalme; a song of the wel-beloved virgins.
MIne heart hath boiled a good word; I doe say my workes to the King, in thy comely honour, proand of justice: and thy right hand shall teach thee fearfull things. Thy arrowes are sharp, peoples shall fall under thee, in the heart of is ever and perpetuall, the scepter of thy kingis a scepter of righteousnesse. Thou with oile of joyfuluesse above thy fellowes. Myrrh and Aloes Cassia all thy garments, they that make thee joyfull. Kings daughters are ais thy Lord, and bow downe thy selfe to him.
And the daughter of Tyrus with oblation even the rich of the people. The Kings daughter is all is of purled workes of gold. In embroideries shee shall
SHoshannim] that is, Six-stringed instruments:
Shalishim, be
Vers. 2. hath boiled] or frieth, boileth as in a frying
pan, that is, hath studied and prepared by servent meditation. A similitude taken from the Mincah or meat-offering in the law which was dressed in the frying pan, Levit. 7. 9. and there boiled in oile, being made of fine flower unlevened, mingled with oile, Levit. 2. 5. and after was presented to the Lord by the Priest, vers. 8. &c. Here the matMincah or oblation, which with the oile, the grace of the spirit, was boiPsal. 141. is likewise comMincah or oblation presented at evePs. 141. 2. This word is not elsewhere read in
a good word] an excellent, sweet and pleasant matter. A word is used often for a thing or matter, Psal. 41. 9. here it is for the whole arI doe say] or, I am saying, that which feruently boyleth in me. For of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaketh. my works to the King] or my poems of the King; that is, of Christ; concerning him, and dedicated to him is this Psalme, or Dittie. my tongue, the pen] understand, it is as the pen; or praier wise, be it as the pen. The Chaldee addeth, my tongue shall speake swiftly, as the pen, &c. of a speedy writer] or, of a swift (a ready) Scribe. So Esra was called not onely for writing, but also for interpreting the law, Ezr. 7. 6. Scribes were both Scriveners or Notaries, 2 King. 12. 10. and 22. 3.
Vers. 3. thou art much fairer] The Hebrew word is of double forme, to note out double, that is, very excellent beautie. This fairenesse is not of boEzek. 28. 7. there is mentioned beautie of wisdome. Here the Psalmist beginneth his speech to Christ and of his praises: which the Chaldee para
Vers. 4. Gird thy sword] that is, make ready Exod. 32. 27. 1 Sam. 25. 13. Song 3. 8. The spirituall sword is the word of God, Eph. 6. 17. Therefore Christs sword properly commeth out of his mouth, Rev. 1. 16. and with the breath of his lips shall hee slay the wicked, Isa. 11. 4. upon the thigh] understand thy thigh. The Hebrew often omitteth words of this sort easie to be understood; so the Greeke in the new Testament, as mending the nets, Mark. 1. 19. or mending their nets, Mat. 4. 21. to put away, Mark. 10. 4. for, to put her away, Mat. 19. 7. and many the like. O mighty one] or Champion; Heb. Gibbor, one of the titles of Christ, Isa. 9. 6. The Chaldee paraphraseth, as a mighty one to kill kings and rulers. thy glorious Majestie] this sheweth of what manner sword he speaketh, called glory and comlinesse, or magnificence, because of the powerfull effects. Of these words, see Psal. 8. 2. 6.
Vers. 5. prosper ride] that is, ride prosperously: see the like phrase, Psal. 51. 4. The Chaldee opeThine honour is great, therefore thou shalt prosper, to ride upon the throne of the kingdome. on word of truth] which is the Gospell of our salvation, Eph. 1. 13. the white Horse whereon Christ rideth, Rev. 19. 11. or because of truth; for the truths sake. The Hebrew al debar is often used for because, Psal. 79. 9. Gen. 43. 18. Deut 22. 24. and so the Greeke version hath it here. of meeknesse] so Christ came riding meeke, Mat. 21. 5. and his word is both to be taught and to be reTim. 2. 25. Iam. 1. 21. and of justice] or, meeknesse of justice, that is, justice meekly administred: but the Greeke supand. shall teach thee] or, let it teach thee fearfull things. In the Greeke it is, thy right hand will guide thee maruellously.
Vers. 6. Thy arrowes] that is, thy words wherebow when he goeth to conquer, Rev. 6. 2. Arrowes are
Vers. 7. Thy throne O God] The Chaldee adin heaven. Here Christ our King is magnified as God above the Angels, as the Apostle sheweth, Heb. 1. 8. But unto the Son he saith, thy throne O God is for ever. &c. Hereby also is meant the perpetuiChron. 22. 10. 2. Sam. 7. 16. a scepter of righteousnesse] or, a rod (a mace) of equitie, plaine and righteous in adminihath anointed thee] of this Hebrew Mashach, hath anointed, our Lord is called Mashiach or
Vers. 9. Myrrh] named of the Hebrew word Mor, and is the gumme or liquor of a tree, in taste bitter, in smell odoriferous; therefore it was used in the precious ointment of the high priest, and TaExod. 30. 21. and in other sweet perfumes. Est. 2. 12. Prov. 7. 17. See Song 4. 14. and 5. 1. 13. Aloes] of the Hebrew name Ahaloth, a sweet wood wherwith perfumes were also made, Num. 21. 7. Song 4. 14. The Arabians call it, tsandal. Cassia] or
Vers. 10. Kings daughters] These the Chaldee interpreteth Countries of Kingdomes. among
thy precious ones] that is, with thy honourable woin thy preciousnesse, that is, are in thy preset is the Queene] or, maried Queene (the wife) is placed at thy right hand, that is,
Vers. 11. Heare O daughter] Hee speaketh to Queene fore-mentioned, siguring the church, or heavenly Ierusalem, the Lambs wife, Rev. 21. 9, 10, &c. And so the Chaldee paraphraseth, Heare O congregation of Israel, the law of his mouth, and see his marvellous workes: and bow thine eare to the words of the Law, and forget the evill workes of the wicked of thy people, and the house of Idols whom thou servedst in thy fathers house. and thy fathers house] As man and wife must leave their parents, to cleave each to other, Gen. 4. 24. and 31. 14. so must wee leave all, to cleave unto Christ, Matt. 10. 37. Luk. 14. 26.
Vers. 12. will covet thy beauty] will delight him-selfe
in thy fairenesse, (thy sanctitie;) set forth in Song 1. 14. and 2. 14. and 4. 1, &c. So the King is tied in the rafters, Song 7. 5. and bow downe] or, therefore worship thou him.
Vers. 13. the daughter of Tyrus] that is, the peoTyre; as daughter of
Sion, Psal. 9. 15. So the Chaldee expoundeth it, They that dwell in the fort of Tyrus. Tyre or Tyrus (in Hebrew Tsor, which signifieth a Rocke or Fortresse;) was a strong city appertaining to the tribe of Aser,
Vers. 14. glorious within] or, honourable inward,
&c. or in the inner man, as Eph. 3. 16. Here the Chaldee maketh this paraphrase; Every thing that is praise-worthy, faire & to be desired, the wealth of countries and treasuries of Kings, which are laid up within, shall they offer for oblations before the King, and gifts unto the Priests, whose garments are woven with fine gold. purled works] or grounds, closures of gold, such as precious stones are set in, Exod. 28. 11, 14. Compare also herewith, Ezek. 16. 13.
Vers. 15. In embroideries] with broidered (or needle wrought) garments. Hereby is meant the varietie of graces, and embroidery of the spirit. So Ezek. 16. 10.
Vers. 17. In stead of thy fathers.] Here the HeNum. 27. 7. So lahem 1 King. 22. 17. lahen 2 Chron. 18. 16. shall be thy sonnes] thy children shall succeed, meaall Christias, that by the immortall seed
Isa. 9. 6. Gal. 4. 26. or in speciall, the Apostles may be intended. See Heb. 2. 13. shalt put them] shalt place, constitute, or appoint them for Princes: As all Christians are called Kings, Rev. 1. 6. and 5. 10. Or in speciall, by the Fathers may be meant the 12 Patriarchs, by the sonnes, the 12 Apostles succeeding them, as the heavenly Ierusalem hath at the 12 gates, the names of the 12 tribes, and in the foundations of the wall, the names of the lambes 12 Apostles, Rev. 21. 12, 14. which ApoMat. 28. 19. to goe and bring forth fruit, and their fruit to remaine, Ioh. 15. 16. Like this is the proKings of peoples should come of her, Gen. 17. 16.
Vers. 18. I will make memorie] will mention and make to be remembred. The inditer of this Psalme speaketh this to Christ, and of his eternall kingshall confesse thee] shall celebrate, or
The confidence which the Church hath in God. 5 The river that maketh glad the citie of God. 6 His presence and helpe from enemies. 9 An ex
To the master of the musicke, to the sons
GOd will be to us an hopefull shelter Though the waters though the mountaines quake for the haughtinesse ther
The nations made a noise, the Kingdomes is with us, the God of am God: I will be is with us, the God
ON Alamoth] This seemeth to be some musicall instrument,
Vers. 2. we shall find] to wit, an helpe: or in distresses that
Vers. 3. though the earth] or, when the earth
change, to wit, her place. By the changing of the earth, and removing of the mounts, are often meant the alteration of states and polities, Hag. 2. 22, 23. Revel. 6. 14. Ier. 51. 25. hart of the seas] that is, the middest, or deepest bottomes of them; as the Chaldee expoundeth it, the gulfe of the great sea. The like phrase is in Exod. 15. 8. Io
23. 34.
Vers. 4. be muddy] or cast up mud, that is, rage, or be troubled, as the Greeke translateth it, Waters, are peoples, Rev. 17. 15. Ier. 47. 2. and their restlesse stirre is likened to the seas that cast up mire and dirt, and foame out their own shame, Isa. 57. 20. Iude verse 13. for the haughtinesse] the proud swel
Vers. 5. A river, the streames thereof] or, There a flood, whose riverets (or streames.) In the earthriver Kidron, 2 Sam. 15. 23. Iob 18. 1. and the streames or lesser rivers of
Vers. 6. at the looking forth of the morning] that is, as the Greeke explaineth it, very early, when the Exod. 14. 27. Iudg. 19. 26. and so of the looking forth of the evening, Gen. 24. 63. Deut. 23. 11.
Vers. 7. gave his voice] that is, spake aloud, or thundred; See Psal. 18. 14. or, gave with his voice:
with or in, seemeth to be superfluous in the Hebrew, as else-where, Ier. 12. 8. Psal. 68. 34. So to seeke in Iehovah, 2 Chron. 34. 26. is to seeke Iehovah, 2. King. 22. 18. The Chaldee referreth it to Gods voice on mount Sinai;
Vers. 10. chariots] or round shields, as both the Greeke and Chaldee Paraphrast here taketh it: but wagons very often.
Vers. 11. Surcease] or, Leave off: see Psal. 37. 8. The Chaldee expounds it of Surceasing from wars.
The nations are exhorted cheerefully to entertaine the kingdome of Christ.
To the Master of the Musicke, to the sonnes
ALl peoples clap ye hands, shout triumphantly
He hath chosen for us our inheritance, the high excellencie of Iakob, whom hee loveth is King of all the
CLap hands] or the Palmes; Hebrew, the palme: a signe of joyfull approbation, used as at other King. 11. 12. So after Psalm. 98. 8. voice of
that is,
Vers. 4. He hath subdued, or, will subdue: So in He will chuse; but the time to come is often used for the time past or continued. And here it seemeth to be spoken of the subduing of the Canaanites, and the subduing, see
Vers. 5. our inheritance] the land of Canaan, Psal. 78. 55. and that immortall undefiled heritage reserved in heaven for us, 1 Pet. 1. 4. high excellencie] or glorious highnesse; meaning the kingthe house of the Sanctuary:) whereby Iacobs posteritie excelled, Ezek. 24. 21. Amos 6. 8. and 8. 7. Nahum 2. 2. and all the heavenly promi
Vers. 6. God is gone up] as when the Sam. 6. 15. 1 Chron. 13. 8. and 15. 28. when the Arke was carChron. 5. when Christ ascended with triumph into heaven, Luke 24 51, 52. and with like glory shall he come againe, 1 Ihess. 4. 16. Act. 1. 9, 11. The Chaldee referreth this Going up, to the Exalting of Gods name.
Vers. 7. an instructing Psalme] Maschil, the title Psal. 32. and many others, here used in like sense for a Psalme to give instruction; or, as in Psal. 14. 2. for a prudent understanding person; in this sense, sing Psalme every one that is prudent; or, as the Greeke explaineth it, sing prudently; the Chaldee, with good understanding.
Vers. 9. throne of his holinesse] Greeke, his holy
throne. See Psal. 9. 5. Revel. 4. 2. The Chaldee calthe throne of his glory.
Vers. 10. The bounteous Princes] or, the voluntaries,
God is magnified for the ornaments, privileges, and protection of the Church.
A song a Psalme, to the sonnes of Korach.
GReat is Iehovah, & praised vehementis mount Sion, in the sides of the North; it is the Citie of the
is unto the ends of the earth; thy right hand is full of justice. Let mount Sion reis our God, ever and aye; he
SOnnes of Korach] See the notes on Psal. 42. 1. for the second (day) of the W
that this Psalme was then to be sung in the Temple, as is before noted on
Vers. 2. the mountaine] in the Greeke, his holy mountaine; in Chaldee, the mount of the house of his
Sanctuary. This was mount Sion, vers. 3. a figure of the Church of Christ, Hebr. 12. 22. Rev. 14. 1.
Vers. 3. Faire in situation] or, Beautifull of coast, or climate, situate in a faire climate or region. The Faire as a Bridegroome, the joy of all that dwell on the earth. the sides of the North] the place where the Temple was builded. So Isa. 14. 13. of the great King] that is, of God, who dwelt in this citie, vers. 9. Zach. 8. 3. Hereupon Christ said, sweare not by Jerusalem, for it is the
5. 35.
Vers. 4. loftie Palaces] or, high bowers, or steeples.
Vers. 5. the Kings] we may referre this either to the Kings of Moab and Ammon, in the daies of Chro. 20. or to Sanacherib and his CapKing. 18. 19. or to the Philistian Princes, 2 Sam. 5. were assembled] or
Vers 7. that travelleth with childe] or, that bringeth forth. And this paine is great, and sudden, an
Vers. 8. an east wind] which is strong and boyIsa. 27. 8. Ier. 18. 17. Exod. 14. 21. and 10. 13. Gen. 41. 7. Ezek. 19. 12. Ion. 4. 8. Hereupon the Greeke translateth it, violent wind; and the Chaldee, a strong East wind, as a fire from before the Lord. of Tarshish] or, of the Ocean sea. Tarshish was the name of the son of IaGer. 10. 4. of whom Tarsus (mentioned in Act. 21. 34.) the chiefe citie of Cilicia in Syria had the n&c. 1 King. 22. 48. and 10. 22. Hereupon that Sea was called Tarshish; and generally the name is applied to every Ocean, or maine sea.
Vers. 10. we have quietly winded] or, in silence
thought upon, and consequently, waited for.
Vers. 12. daughters of Iudah] the lesser cities daughters to the mother citie Ierusalem, as the lesser cities of the Ammodaughters to Rabbah, Ier. 49. 3. So Ekron with her daughters, Ios. 15. 45. and many the like. So
Vers. 13. tell the towers] number, count them:
Esay 33. 18.
Vers. 14. Set your heart] minde earnestly, set Psal. 62. 11. the fort] or strong frontier,
made for strength and safegard of the citie, 1
Vers. 15. ever and aye] ever and yet, to eternitie will guide us] or lead us, to wit, as a flocke of sheepe, Psal. 78. 52. 72. therefore the Greeke turneth it, poimanei, he will f
or
All are exhorted to heare Christs wisdome and parables. 7 To build the faith of Resurrection from the dead, not on worldly power, but on God. 17 World
To the Master of the Musicke, to the sons
HEare ye this, all peoples; hearken ye
My mouth shall speake wisdomes; and the meditation of my heart, prudencies. I will when the iniquitie of my foot-steps shall compasse me? They that trust in their wealthy power, and glory his brother, shall not
For he seeth the wise doe die, together the thought is that their houses shall be for ever, their dwelling places to generation and generation; they proclaime their names on lands. But man in honour doth not lodge a he is likened to beasts that are silenced.
This their way is unconstant folly to them, men shall have rule over them at the morning, & their forme weare away in hell, from his dwelling place.
But God will redeeme my soule from the
Though in his life he blesseth his soule, and that are silenced.
THe transitory world] see Psal. 17. 14.
Vers. 3. base man] in Hebrew Adam, who was so called of Adamah the earth, whereupon this title is given to the baser sort of people. The Greek translateth it here earth-borne. So the Apostle saith, the first man of the earth, earthly, 1 Cor. 15. 47. noble man] in Hebrew Ish, which is the name of man in respect of heat, valour, noblenesse and dignitie, whereby man
Vers. 4. wisdomes] that is, excellent and manifold
wisdome; so after, prudencies, for very excellent prudence, and of sundry sorts. So Solomon calleth the chiefe and most excellent wisdome,
Vers. 5. a parable] or a proverbe: in Hebrew Mashal,
Vers. 6. Why should I feare] This is the hidden
doctrine or riddle which the Prophet propoundeth, as in his owne name, and therefore also called it a parable. By feare, he meaneth dismay or discouragement. See
Vers. 7. their wealthy power] their riches; which by power given of God, Deut. 8. 18. with labour and industry; and to the rich, their goods are their strong citie, Prov. 10. 15. therefore here they are said to trust in them: contrary to 1 Tim. 6. 17. Iob 31. 24. Mark. 10. 24. glory] or praise themselves, vaunt, conIer. 9. 23.
Vers. 8. not redeeming redeeme] that is, shall in
no wise, or not at all redeeme. The Chaldee expouna wicked man cannot redeeming redeeme his captived brother.
Vers 9. So precious shall be] or, And deare (costly)
Vers. 10. That he may live] this is referred to the not give his ransome, and so live. And, is here for That; see Psal. 43. 4. The Chaldee expoundeth live, to be the life eternall; & the pi
to be
Vers. 11. the wise] The Chaldee saith, For hee
shall see wicked wise men that die the second death, and are adjudged to Gehenna. unconstant foole and brutish] these two names are often joyned togePsal. 92. 7. and 94. 8. the one noting ficklenesse and mutabilitie, called
Vers. 12. Their inward thought] or, their meaning purpose. This word signifieth
Vers. 13. But man] or And Adam and this may be minded both for the first man Adam, who conAnd the sonne of man a sinner, abideth not in honor. in honor] being in honour, dignitie, or estimation, not lodge a night] or, not continue. The word though it properly signifieth a nights lodging, or abiding, Gen. 28. 11. Exod. 23. 18. yet is used also for longer continuance, Psal. 25. 13. and 55. 8. Zach. 5. 4. The Greeke translateth, understandeth not, as the Hebrew also is in vers. 21. are silenced] that is, are cut off, die, or perish: the Greeke translateth, are like unto them. The Hesilence or stilnesse, not onely in speech, but in motion: as, the Sunne was still, or silent, when it moved not, Ios. 10. 12, 13. and people destroyed, are said to bee silenced, Isa. 15. 1. and the grave or death is called silence, Psal. 115. 17. and things without life are in the Hebrew phrase, dumbe, or silent, Hab. 2. 19. Exod. 15. 16.
Vers. 14. unconstant folly to them] that is, is their folly: or, a constant hope to them, that is, is their confidence.
Vers. 15. they are put] or laid: or, they put, that men put them. An Hebrew phrase, as Luke 12. 20. they shall fetch away thy soule, that is, it shall bee fetched away. The like is often used, Psal. 105. 28. and 141. 6. The Hebrew Text it selfe sometime explaineth this; as, they had anointed David, 2 Sam. 5. 17. that is, David was anointed, 1 Chron. 14. 8. Howbeit the Chaldee taketh it actively, saying, Like sheepe they put the just to death and kill them, and crush the Saints, &c. in hell] into a ditch: to the lowest grave or state of death, called Sheol. See the notes on Ps. 16. 10. death shall feed them] as a shepherd shall feed and rule them, as Psal. 78. 72. or death shall feed on them to devour them, as Ier. 50. 19. at the morning] the last day of judgement, for then all that sleepe in the dust of the earth shall awake and rise, and the new day of eternall life shall begin.
Vers. 16. from the hand of hell] that is, from
the power of the grave, death, and damnation. So of all the faithfull he saith, I will redeeme them from the hand of hell, Hos. 13. 14. but so can no man redeeme himselfe, Psal. 89. 49. Hand is put for power, as Ps. 22. 21. And this is meant of the resurrection and redemption of body and soule from damnation by Christ. for he will receive me] or,
Vers. 17. Feare thou not] that is, be not dismayed, or
Vers. 18. take any thing] Hebr. take of all; that ought of all that he hath. For we brought nothing into the world, and it is certaine that we can carry nothing out, 1 Tim. 6. 7. Iob 1. 21.
Vers. 19. Though in his life] that is, whiles he liveth.
Vers. 20. It shall come] to wit, the soule forespoperson: or, Thou shalt come. to the generation of his fathers] that is, to his wicare gathered to their fathers and
Vers. 21. understandeth not] or discerneth not,
jalin, lodgeth, into jabin, understandeth; which the Chaldee openeth thus;
The Majestie of God in the Church. 5 His order to gather Saints. 7. The pleasure of God is not in in legall sacrifices; 14 but in sinceritie of obedience. 16 The wicked are shut out from Gods Covenant. 21 They abuse Gods patience to their destruction, 23 but the godly shall see his salvation.
A Psalme of Asaph.
THe God of gods, Iehovah speaketh and calleth the earth, from the rising up of the Sun, unto the going downe thereof. Out of Sion the whole perfection is judge Selah. Heare O my peoam God thy God. I will not are before me continually. I will is mine; the beasts that bee on a thousand mountaines. I know all the is with me. If I were hunis the world, and the plenty thereof. Will I eat buls, and drinke the bloud of goat-bucks? Sacrifice thou to God a
But to the wicked saith God, what hast that thou shouldest take up my covenant on thy mouth. And thou hatest nurture, and cais with the adulterers. Thy mouth things thou hast done, and I kept silence, thou didst thinke that I was surely like thee; I will reprove thee and set in order to thine eies. O now consider this ye that forget God, lest there be no reskewer. Hee that sacrificeth confession, honoureth me, and hee that disposeth his way, I will cause him to see the salvation of God.
A Psalme of Asaph] that is, made by him, as the An hymne by the hand of Asaph; or to Asaph, that is, committed vnto him to sing. For Asaph was a Seer or Prophet, which made Psalms as did David, 2 Chron. 29. 30. Also he and his sons, were singers in Israel, 1 Chron. 25. 2. The God
of Gods] that is, God of all Angels, Iudges and Rulers of the world: or as the Chaldee saith,
Vers. 2. Out of Sion] the state of the Church unHeb. 12. 18. 22. Psal. 2. 6. therethe whole perfection] or, the Vniversality of beautie, that is, which is wholly and perfectly beautifull. See the like praise of Sion, Psal. 48. 3. Lam. 2. 15. shineth clearly] as the Sunne shineth in his strength: that is, appeareth in glorious majestie. This also is a signe of favour, Iob 10. 3. Psal. 80. 2. So God shined from mount Paran, Deut. 33. 3.
Vers. 3. Our God come] a praier to hasten his comming, as in Rev. 22. 20. or, as the former, our
God will come. So the Chaldee paraphraseth, The just shall say, In the day of the great judgement, our God will come, and not silent, to execute the vengeance of his people. fire shall eat] that is, consume, devoure. So God is called an
Vers. 4. call to the heavens &c.] that heaven and earth may beare record; as in Deut. 31. 28. Isa. 1. 2. The Chaldee expoundeth it, He will call the high Angels from above, and the just of the earth from beneath.
Vers. 5. have stricken my covenant] or have cut, that is, made covenant with me with sacrifice. For at Gen. 15. 10, 13, 18. Ier. 34. 18. See Psal. 25. 10. See also a coveExod. 24. 4,—8. The Chaldee openeth it thus; which have stricken the covenant, and confirmed the Law, and beene busied in praier, which is like to sacrifices.
Vers. 6. And the heavens] hereby may be meant the heavenly Angels, as in Iob 15. 15. and so the high Angels, or the meteors in the aire, thunder, lightning, &c. Exod. 19. 16. 18. See also Psal. 97. 6. and 89. 6. he is Iudge] himselfe in his owne person, and not by his serHeb. 1. 1, 2. 2 Tim. 4. 1.
Vers. 7. testifie to thee] that is, give thee contestations, admonitions, charges, &c. to cause the
Vers. 8. for thy sacrifices] so elsewhere hee saith, I spake not to your fathers, &c. concerning sacrifices, Ier. 7. 22. are
Vers. 9. goat-buckes] the he-goats; such with bullocks were principall in the sacrifices, Num. 7. 17. 23, &c. Psal. 66. 15.
Vers 11. store of beasts] all sorts of beasts that
range about. So Psal. 80. 14.
Vers. 12. If I were hungry] This the Chaldee If the time come of the continuall sacrifice, I will not tell thee. So it may bee a prophesie of Christs abolishing the daily sacrifice, as in
Vers. 14. a confession] a thanke-offering. There Levit. 7. 12, 15. mentioned also in Ps. 116. 17. and 107. 22. which the Apostle openeth, exhorting to othe sacrifice of praise continually to God, that is, the fruit of the lips, confessing to his name, Heb. 13. 15. See also Psal. 95. 2. The Chaldee saith, Subdue evill concupiscence, and it shall be counted before the Lord as a sacrifice of confession. vowes to the most high] that is, to God, Gen. 14. 18. so hee that in Luke 6. 35. is the Most high, in Matth. 5. 45. is our Father which is in heaven. To him vowes were made with prayers, Gen. 28. 20. Psal. 61. 6. and paid with thanksgiving, Psal. 65. 2. and 66. 13, 14. and by law their payment was required, Deut. 23. 23. Eccles. 5. 5. Psal. 76. 12. and there were sacrifices for vowes, Levit. 7. 16. But the Chaldee referreth this here to the vow which they made at mount Sinai, to confirme the commandements, (Exod. 19.)
Vers. 16. what hast thou to doe] the Hebrew what to thee? the Greeke, wherefore doest thou?
Vers. 17. nurture] or restraint, chastisement;
the way of life, Prov. 6. 23. and 12. 1. The Chaldee addeth, nurture of wise men. behinde thee] or after thee. See a like speech, Neh. 9. 26.
Vers. 18. then thou] Hebr. and thou runnest, or readily consentest, takest pleasure. And, may be omitHe that partaketh with a theefe, hateth his soule, Prov. 29. 24.
Vers. 19. thou sendest out] that is, usest and appliest
Vers. 20. ill report] or infamie, offensive scandalous
Vers. 21. I was surely] Hebrew, I being had b
no reskuer] or no deliverer. A similiHos. 5. 14.
Vers. 23. he that sacrificeth confession] that is, The sacrifice of praise shall glorifie me; the Chaldee, He that slayeth evill concupiscence, and subdueth it, it shall be counted to him as a sacrifice of confession. disposeth his
David prayeth for remission of sinnes, whereof hee maketh a deepe confession. 8 He prayeth for sancti
To the master of the musicke, a Psalme of Da
BE gracious to me, O God, according to thy kinde mercie, according to the
For I know my trespasses, and my sinne is before mee continually. Against thee, which is evill in thine eyes, that thou maiest be just when thou speakest, maiest be pure when thou judgest. Loe in iniquiparts, and in the that thou hast crushed, shall be gladsome. Hide thy face from my sinnes, and wipe away all with a free spirit. I wil teach trespas
For thou delightest not sacrifice, else would it; burnt offering thou wilt not conare
HE had gone in] to wit, into the chamber, as Iudg. 15. 1. that is, had lien with, as the phrase importeth, Gen. 6. 4. and is expressed, 2 Sam. 11. 4. Bathsheba] the daughter of Eliam, 2 Sam. 11. 3. called also Bathshua daughter of Ammiel, 1 Chron. 3. 5. She was wife to Captaine Urijah the Hittite, and whiles her husband was at the leager of Rabbah, David lay with her; and she being with child, he first sought to cover his fault by sending for Vrijah home, that he might be esteemed the father; which not succeeding, he sent him backe with privie letters to Ioab the Generall for to proSam. 11. and 12.
Vers. 4. much wash mee] or, multiply wash mee,
thorowly wash me, againe and againe. He ap(Lev. 11. 25. 32. Exod. 19. 10. Num. 19. 19.) to the spirituall washing from sinne in the bloud of Christ, Rev. 7. 14. 1 Ioh. 1. 7. So after in verse 9. and Ier. 4. 14. The Hebrew Hereb (or Harbeh) multiply, is used for much, as 2 King. 10. 18. where it is opposed to little. And that which in one place is written harboh, multiply: in another is
Vers. 5. I know] or acknowledge. So Isa. 59. 12. Ier. 3. 13.
Vers. 6. Against thee] or, Vnto thee onely. This is either because he concealed his sinne from men, Sam. 12. 12. or, that onely God could remit the punishment of his sin, Isa. 43. 25. So Psal. 41. 5. I have sinned] and so am deprived of the glory of God, as Rom. 3. 23. that which is evill, &c.] which displeaseth thee. This hath reference to 2 Sam. 11. 9. and 11. 27. that thou maiest be just] that is, thou hast suffered me to fall into sinne, that thou maiest be just, (or justified,) in whatsoever thou hast spoken for the salvation of thy servant, or punishment of my sinne, 2 Sam. 12. 10. For the injustice of man, commendeth the justice
Rom. 3. 4, 5. or it may have reference to the former words, I know (and acknowledge) my sinne, that thou maist be just. when thou speakest] or in thy speaking, that is, in thy words, as Rom. 3. 4. so after, in thy judging. maist be pure] or cleare, sincere, unreproveable, and consequently maist win the victorin in judgement: whereupon the Apostle (according to the Greeke version) saith, maist overcome, Rom. 3. 4. The Hebrew Zacah also in the Syriak tongue is used for overcomming.
Vers. 7. in iniquitie] the perversenesse or vitiosity of nature, commonly called originall, & by the Apoinhabiting sinne, Rom. 7. 17. whereby all men are carnall, sold under sinne, Ioh. 3. 6. Rom. 7. 14. The Chaldee calleth it, the sinne of evill concupiscence. This David maketh the fountaine of all his actuall sinnes. painfully brought forth] borne with sorrow. The Hebrew signifieth,
Vers. 8. the inward parts] or the covered parts,
the heart roots where wisdome is seated of God, Iob 38. 36. named in Hebrew of covering, plaistering, or pargetting. the secret] or, the closed place; which being referred to the person, meaneth the heart, which God reneweth, Ezek. 36. 26. and wherein he writeth his lawes, Heb. 8. 10. And thus the Chaldee expoundeth it, the close place of the heart, which the Apostle calleth the hid man of the heart, 1 Pet. 3. 4. or, if it be referred to the thing, it meaneth the secrets of wisedome; Iob 11. 6. the wisedome of God in a mysterie, the hid wisdome manife
Vers. 9. Thou wilt purge me from sinne] or prayer-wise, Purge thou me from sinne, or, make me sinlesse,
expiate or purifie my sinne. Prayers are often made in this manner, as with assurance that they shall be performed. See the note on Psal. 17. 8. Eizop] or hyssop, of the Hebrew Ezob, and Greek hyssopos, an herbe or tree growing out of the wall, 1 King 4. 33. appointed in the law for to sprinkle and cleanse with, Exod. 12. 22. Num. 19. 6. 18. Lev. 14. 4. 6. 49. Heb. 9. 19. and the sprinkling with it, was the last part of the purification of the uncleane, here used to signifie the ful cleansing from sinne by the bloud of Christ, Heb. 9. 13, 14. whether it were that herb which we now call eizop, or no, is uncertaine. The Childee paraphraseth, Thou wilt sprinkle me like a Priest, which sprinkleth the uncleane with the purifying waters, with hyssop, with the asbes of a heifer, and I shall be cleane. wash me] another legall rite for purifying the uncleane,
Vers. 10. to heare joy] the joyfull tidings of the forgivenesse of my sins. bones that thou hast
crushed] or brayed: nothing hereby the greatnesse of his griefe and affliction, Iob 2. 2. 5. and 30. 17. and 33. 19. 21. Psal. 38. 4.
Vers. 11. Hide thy face] that is, regard not my
finhes to visit them on me. See the contrary, Psal. 90. 5. and 109. 14, 15. Ier. 16. 17.
Vers. 12. firme spirit] a spirit ready prepared, stedfast
Vers. 13. from thy face] or from thy presence:
Kings 24. 20. Ier. 7. 15. and 52. 3. Gen. 4. 16. thy spirit of holinesse] thy holy Ghost: which the Chaldee expoundeth, thy holy spirit of Prophesie.
Vers. 14. the joy of thy salvation] the joy which a free spirit] a voluntary, free willing spirit, or a princely ruling spirit, as the Greeke turneth it. See this word, Psal. 47. 10. by a free or princely spirit, he meaneth a spirit not in bonthe spirit of adoption, Rom. 8. 15, 16. whereby a man is made willing to obey the Lord, as
Vers. 16. from blouds] that is, from the guilt of from the judgement of murder; or, from my native corruption. See the note on Isal. 5. 7. shall shout] or shrill, sing joyfully and proclaime thy justice; such as Paul speaketh of,
Vers. 17. shalt open my lips] shalt give me ocin thy law. This phrase is used Iob 11. 5. and 32. 20.
Vers. 18. else I would give it] or, for else I would
give it: as the Greeke turneth it, if thou wouldest sacrifice, I had given it.
Vers. 19. The sacrifices of God] that is, which
please God; or, as the Chaldee saith, holy to God. So, the workes of God, Ioh. 6. 28. heart broken] to wit, with sorrow for sinne. So Isa. 61. 1. Luke 4. 18. Compare with this, Rom. 12. 1. also Isa. 57. 15. and 66. 2.
Vers. 20. Doe well] or Doe good, deale bounteously:
Vers. 21. Then shalt thou accept] when the place in every place, Levit. 17. 5 8 9. Deut. 12. 11, 13. and promised to accept their sacriEzek. 20. 40. ThereNeb. 1. 3. and the peoples negligence in building Gods house was sharply blamed, Hag. 1. 2, 4, 8, 9. and 2. 15. &c. of justice] that is, sacrifices offered in faith, and according to the will of God. See Psal. 4. 6. the whole oblation] the Calil: a kinde of oblation that was wholly and every whit given up in fire unto God: and differed from the Gnolah, or Burnt-offering, which was only of beasts or birds, Lev. 1. whereas the Calil was also of flower, called the Meat-offering, but burned all together, which the common Meat-offerings were not, Lev. 6. 20, 22, 23. It was also of beasts, 1 Sam. 7. 9.
David condemning the shightfulnesse of Doeg pro
To the master of the musicke, an instructing Psalme of David. When Doeg the Ado
WHy boastest thou in evill, O endureth all the day. Thy more than good; falshood more than to speake juthat put not God for his strength, but trusted in the multitude of his riches; hee was strong in his wofull evill. But I, as a this; and will patiently expect thy name, for it is good before thy gracious Saints.
DOeg] a servant of King Saul, and master of Sam. 21. 7. the Adomite] that is, an Aedomite, or, Idumean, as the Greeke here translateth: or a man of Adamah a citie of the tribe of Naphtali, Ios. 19. 36. of Acbimelech] David flying from Sauls tyranny, came for comfort to the house of God in Nob, where Achimelech the Priest administred. He gave unto David and his company the showbread Sam. 21. and 22. Matth. 12. 3 4.
Vers. 3. in evill] the Chaldee expounds it, in an
evill tongue. O mighty man] or, Potentate, Doëg is thus named, for his chiefe place over King Sauls herdmen, 1 Sam. 21. 7 and his killing of so many Priests of the Lord, 1 Sam. 22. 18. 19. in which mis
Vers. 4. thinketh] or understand, Why thinketh
thy tongue? that is, uttereth the evils thought and premeditated. doing deceit] that is, as a rasour which in stead of cutting the haire, cutteth the throat. Or it may be referred to the man, O doer of deceit, as the Greeke saith, thou hast done deceit.
Vers. 5. justice] that is, truth or faithfulnesse.
Vers. 6. words of swallowing] or of devouring, of perniciousnesse, that is, pernicious words which cause destruction.
Vers. 7. destroy] or pull thee downe: a similitude Levit. 14. 45. applied here to mans overthrow. So Iob 19. 10. pull thee away] or take thee hence, as a coale of fire is taken with the rongs, Esa. 30. 4. plucke thee] as the stakes are plucked up when the tent is restablishing, Deut. 28. 63. Prov. 2. 22. and 15. root thee up] as a tree plucked up by the roots, Iude 12. So Iob 31. 12. la
that is,
Vers. 8. shall see] the Chaldee paraphraseth, shalt
see thy punishment, and feare before the Lord.
the man] the mighty
It hath re
Vers. 10. greene olive] alwayes fresh and flourishPsal. 37. 35. Ier. 11. 1
see
Vers. 11. hast done] the Chaldee addeth, hast done the vengeance of my judgement.
David describeth the corruption of a naturall man, 5 and convinceth them by the light of their consciences. 7 He glorieth in the salvation of God.
To the master of the musicke on Machalath, Psalme of David.
THe foole saith in his heart there is no themselves abominable with injurious evill; there is none that doth good.
God from the heavens looked downe upany that understandeth, that seeketh God. Every one is gone backe, together they are there is none that doth good, none, not one. Doe they not know, as they eat bread, they call not upon God. There they dreaded a dread where
them abashed, for God hath contemp
MAchalath] this seemeth to be a kind of inNechiloth, Psal. 5. 1. It sicknesse or infirmitie. So in the title of Psal. 88. an instructing Psalme] Maskil: see Psal. 32. 1. This Psalme is the same in effect, and almost in words, with the 14 Psalme, some few things changed. See the notes there.
Vers. 2. with injurious evill] so the Greeke saith, with iniquities they are made abominable. Or, wee they have done abominable
Vers. 4. every one is gone backe] Hebr. All he, that is, Each one, or whosoever he be, in particular. Psalm. 14. 3. he speaketh generally, all is departed.
Vers. 6. where no dread was] that is, no cause of
droad. God giveth to the wicked a trembling
28. 65. and
Vers. 7. who will give] a wish; O that therewere
given, &c. See the notes on Psal. 14. 7. salvations] that is,
David complaining of the Ziphims, prayeth for salvation. 6 Vpon his confidence in Gods helpe hee promiseth sacrifice.
To the master of the musicke on Neginoth, an Psalme of David. When the Zi
O God, in thy name save me, and in thy is mine helper, the Lord is with it is good. For hee hath
ZIphi
or
Vers. 5. strangers] the Ziphims, estranged from Psal. 58. 4. Isa. 1. 4. So wicked men are called Heathens, Psal. 59. 6. In Psal. 86. 14. his is repeated by David: but for Zarim, strangers, there he calleth them Zedim,
proud. daunting tyrants] terrible dismayers, as Saul and his retinue, whose terrour daunted ma
Vers. 6. with them that uphold] or, among the upholders, the valiant souldiers that helped David Chron. 12. 1. &c. a like manner of speech is, Iudg. 11. 35. thou art among them that trouble me.
Vers. 7. returne the evill] to wit, which they inthe righteous escapeth out of
trouble, and the wicked shall come in his stead, Prov. 11. 8. suppresse them] restraine them, or cut them off. Compare Psal. 143. 12.
Vers. 8. With voluntarinesse] or, In freenesse; that is, freely, liberally, of a willing minde. Such saLevit. 7. 16.
Vers. 9. eye hath seene] to wit, the worke, or reward of God; in Chaldee, the vengeance on mine
enemies, mentioned before in vers. 7. and as is exPsal. 91. 8. but often this word is conPsal. 35. 21. and 92. 12. or hath viewed them with delight: see Psal. 22. 18.
David in his prayer complaineth of his fearefull case. 10 He prayeth against his enemies, of whose wickednesse and treacherie he complaineth. 17 He comforteth himselfe in Gods preservation of him, and confusion of his enemies.
To the master of the musicke, on Neginoth, Psalme of David.
HEare thou, O God, my prayer, and hide not thy selfe from my supplicathat I might flie and dwell. Loe, my wandring flight, I would lodge in the wildernesse Selah. I them, Lord, divide their are within it. Wofull are within it, and fraud and guile deparit: not my hater magnified against me, for I could be hidden from him. But it was thou counsell, went into Gods house with the society. Let death to hell; for evill are in their dwelling place in their in most part. I will call unto God, and at no one, will I meditate and make a noise, and he heard my voyce. Hee hath from antiquitie Selah, for that they have no changes, neither feare they God. He sent forth his hand on his peaceable friends, he profaned his covenant. The words of his mouth were smoother than butter, but battell was in his heart; his words were softer than oile, but they were drawne swords. Cast thou thy carefull burden upon Iehovah, man for ever to be moved. But thou, O live halfe their dayes, but I will trust in thee.
VErs. 3. I mourne] as one cast downe with sormeditation] or, discoursing talke, prayer, complaint. The HeSiach signifieth any large discourse or exercise of the minde or mouth, by busie musing, talking, praying, communing with ones selfe or others.
Vers. 4. they bring] they make move or turne upon
Vers. 5. is pained] or, trembleth with paine. The such paines as a woman feeleth in her travell.
Vers. 6. horrour] or, amazed quaking; when darknesse.
Vers. 7. who will give] a wish, O that I had, or, O
that some would give. See Psal. 14. 7. wing as a
dove] which being a fearfull bird, flieth fast to de
Vers. 8. in the wildernesse] the place whither the
woman (the Church) also flieth in her persecutiRev. 12. 6. 14.
Vers. 9. hasten safe escaping, &c.] or, I would speed my evasion, hasten any deliverance. So David hastened his flight from Absalom, 2 Sam. 15. 14from wind of driving forward] that is, from the driving (stormy) wind, that beareth all things away before it. meaning the storme of persecution, which forced him to flie. The Greeke turneth it, from pusillanimitie (or seeblenesse of spirit;) intima
Vers. 10. Swallow] that is, destroy. It hath reDathan and Abirams death, who with their
company were swallowed alive into the earth, Numb. 16. 32. as after in the 16 verse here is explained. divide their tongue] for, their tongues, that is, their language, counsels, plots, &c. As at Babel tongues were confounded, Gen. 11. 7. so tongues of AbsaSam. 17. 1,—5,—14.
Vers. 11. they compasse it] to wit, violent wrong and strife before mentioned, which were as wals they, that is, those wicked persons.
Vers. 13. For, not an enemie] or, Because it was no enemie that reproached me: the Greeke turneth it for if an enemy reproached me, I could suffer it, &c. for I could beare] Hebr. and I could beare it: and being in stead of for, or otherwise, as in Psal. 60. 13. and 51. 18. magnified] that is, spake great and boastfull words: See before, Psal. 35. 26.
Vers. 14. But thou] Hebr. And thou; and is often used for but, as Gen. 42. 10. Isa. 10. 20. So in Rom. 1. 13. and often in the Psalmes. The Chaldee addeth, But thou Achi
or,
Vers. 15. made sweet secret counsell] that is, sweetly communicated our secret affaires each to other, or the mystory of godPsal. 25. 14. These were fulfilled betweene David and Ach
•
tophel, Christ and Iudas the traitor. with the
〈◊〉
or,
Vers. 16. Let death seize] oDeath shall seize,
Let sentence of death make them guiltie. upon them] and, on him, as the Hebrew forme noteth, that is, on every of them. to hell] to the place and state of death, Psal. 16. 10. as the conspirators with Korah went downe quicke into hell, Numb. 16. 30, 33. in their dwelling place] or, in their
place; for this life is a pilgrimage where men are but guests.
Vers. 18. and at noone] These three times in Dan. 6. 10. and at the sixt houre (which was their
•
oone tide) Peter
〈◊〉
to prayer, Act. 10. 9. Though the day was then divided into twelve houres,
Vers. 19. from the battell against me] from the
the Greeke saith,
Vers. 20. even he that sitteth] that is, the eternall,
Vers. 21. He sent forth his hand] that is, laid
violent hands: as Nehem. 13. 21. his peaceable friends] or, them that were at peace with him.
Vers. 22. drawne swords] that is, wounding Prov. 12. 18. There is that speaketh words like the prickings of a sword. See also
Vers. 23. thy carefull burden] or thy gift, that is, thy care: which phrase the Apostle useth, 1 Pet. 5. 7. Cast all
your care upon him, &c. The Chaldee saith,
Vers. 24. pit of corruption] the Chaldee exthe deepe Gehenna. men of blouds,
bloudy men; as Psalm. 5. 7. not live halfe] Hnot halfen their daies, that is, not come to halfe the daies of their life, but be cut off by untimely death. So Job. 15. 32.
David praying to God in confidence of his word, complaineth of his enemies. 10 Heprof
To the master of the musicke, concerning the in faire places, Michtam of David, when the Philistims tooke him in Gath.
BE gracious to mee, O God, for sory man would swallow me up; all the day, In the day I shall feare, I will trust unto thee.
In God, I will praise his word; in God doe be for evill. They draw together, they keep close themselves, they doe observe my steps, are they not in thy regithat I call; this I know, that God will be for mee. In God, I will praise the
In God doe I trust, I will not feare what are upon me, O God; I will pay confessions unto thee. For thou hast delivered my soule thou not also my feet from sliding? for to walke on, before God, in the light of the living.
COncerning the dumbe dove] or after the Hethe dove of dumbnesse; thus Dadove subject to vexPhilistims, which were farre disthe people farre off from the Saints. Or Aelem, interpreted dumbnesse, may also be turCongregation, as in Psalm. 58. 2. and so the meaning is, the dove of the Congregation of them that be farre of, that is, of the Philistims. And thus the Chaldee expoundeth it, To praise for the congregation, which is like to a silent dove, in the time when they are driven farre from their cities, &c.
Vers. 2. would swallow me up] or, breatheth after
me, to take and devShaaph is used for sooping in of drinke, Iob 5. 5. also, of the wind or breath, Ier. 2Ioh 7. 2. Eccles. 1. 5. So after, in
Vers. 4. In the day] or, what day, that is, when
Vers. 5. what flesh can doe] or, question-wise, what can flesh doe unto me? by flesh, meaning corrupt and weake man, as is expressed,
Vers. 6. they grievously wrest] they pairfully
forme, and frame my words (or my matters ▪) per
Vers. 7. They draw together] or, gather, that is, convene and combine together, or, gather warres, as is expressed, Psal. 140. 3. So Psal. 59. 4. my steps] or my heeles ▪
or
Vers. 8. cast downe] or make descend, to wit, to
the pit of corruption, as Psal. 55. 24. or nether parts of the earth, as Ezek. 32. 18.
Vers. 9. my wandring] my flitting to and fro, as Sa
21. 10. from thence to the cave of Adullam, 1
Vers. 10. that God will be for me] or, with me,
that God is mine: as the Greeke saith, thou art my God.
Vers. 13. Thy vowes are upon me] that is, I have
thank-offerings ready, wherewith to pay my vowes which I made unto thee. A like phrase is in Prov. 7. 14. Vpon me are peace-offerings. See also how vowes were paid with peace or thank-offerings, Lev. 7. 15, 16. Psal. 66. 13. Or, they are upon me, that is, I am bound to pay them, or, doe now binde my selfe and take them upon me. The Chaldee saith, O
that is, as the Chaldee saith,
Vers. 14. hast thou not also] meaning, surely thou hast: as before in vers. 9. and Psal. 116. 9. from
sliding] or, from driving, from thrust, that is, from sliding by the thrust of my enemies. to
David in prayer flying unto God, complaineth of his dangerous case. 8 He encourageth himselfe to praise God.
To the master of the musicke, Corrupt not, Michtam of David, when he fled from
BE gracious to me, O God, be gracious to me, for in thee my soule hopeth for is among among inflamers, the sonnes of Aare speares and arrowes, and their tongue a sharpe sword. Be exbe thy glory. They prepared a net for is
is my heart; I will sing and praise with Psalme. Raise up my glorie, raise up Psalterie and at the day dawning. I will confesse thee among the peoples, O is great unto be thy glory.
COrrupt not] or, Bring not to corruption, or perdition.
Vers. 2. evills passeth] that is, every evill; or,
Vers. 3. perfectly accomplisheth] or performeth,
Psal. 138. 8. A like speech the Apostle useth, Phil. 1. 6.
Vers. 4. He will send] or usually sendeth, to wit, his hand, as Psal. 144. 7. or, his Angell, as Dan. 3. 27. and so the Chaldee explaineth it; or, his mercy and truth, as after here followeth. swallow mee] or,
Vers. 5. Lions] called here Lebaim,
Vers. 6. over the heavens] the Chaldee expounover the Angels of heaven: so in vers. 12.
Vers. 9. Raise up] or Stirre up, to wit, thy selfe, or Awake. A word of exciting, Iudg. 5. 12. ComPsal. 108. 2, 3, &c. my glory] my tongue or soule. See Psal. 16. 9. and 30. 13. at the day dawning] I will rouse up my selfe with my instruments. Or, I will raise up the day dawning, that is, I will prevent the early morning, and be up before it, and so stirre it up. A figurative speech.
Vers. 11. That thy mercy] or, For thy mercie is great, &c. Compare Psal. 36. 6.
David reproveth wicked Iudges: 4 describeth the nature of the wicked; 7 devoteth them to Gods judgements: 11. Whereat the just shall rejoyce.
To the Master of the Musicke Corrupt not; Michtam of David.
INdeed, O assembly, speake yee justice? judge ye righteousnesses, O sonnes of Athat stoppeth his eare. Which will that passe away: bend he his arrowes, be they as cut off. As a snaile that melteth, let him as the untimely birth of a woman; as they that have not seene the Sunne. Ere there is fruit for the just; surely there is a God that judge in the earth.
COrrupt not] Bring not to perdi
See
Vers. 2. O assembly] O band, Company or congregation.
Vers. 3. yee weigh] or, ye balasse, (of the HePalas) ye peise. A similitude taken from the weighing of things which should be in even peise and proportion, Prov. 16. 11. so justice should weigh all words and works in equitie, and reward them accordingly: but these weighed out wrong for right.
Vers. 4. from the womb] that is, even from their Esa. 48. 8.
Vers. 5. Hot poison they have] or, Hot wrath is to them. The Hebrew Chamath signifieth both poison and rage or fury, each of them being hot. The Greeke here turneth it rage; the similitude of a serpent rather giveth it to be
Vers. 6. the voice of charmers] which with Eccles. 10. 11. Ier. 8. 17. And these Charmers have their name in Hebrew of whispering, or, soft, sweet, and eloquent speaking,
Vers. 8. refused as waters] that is, (as the Greeke explaineth,) set at nought, nothing esteemed; as bend he his arrowes] or, his arrow, (for the Hebrew hath a double reading;) that is, every of his arrowes. And this may be meant of the wicked man, whose arrowes bent at the just, shall be broken: or, of God, who shooteth at the wicked, and cutteth them off.
Vers. 9. snaile that melteth] or, snaile of melting, that is, a consuming snaile; which creeping out of let him go away] or, walk meaning, let him die. So where one Prophet saith, to go with thy fathers, 1 Chron. 17. 11. another saith for it, sleepe, that is, die, 2 Sam. 7. 12. the untimelybirth] or fallen birth, meaning fallen before due time. So Iob. 3. 19. Eccles. 6. 3. 5.
Vers. 10. Ere that they shall perceive] or, Before men shall understand. He speaketh to the wicked Ere men shall perceive (or feele,) the pricking of your thornes, which are thornes of the Bramble, God will as with a whirlewind destroy every of them. The bramble or brier (mentioned also in IothaIudg. 9. 14, 15.) hath strong and sharpe thornes, fit to resemble the evill counsels and deeds of the wicked. The Hebrew Sir is used both for a thorne, and a pot: wherefore some here translate po
yet yeelding the same sense. The Greeke turneth it
Vers. 11. his feet in bloud] This noteth both the Psalm, 68. 24. Esay 63. 3. Rev. 14. 20.
Vers. 12. earthly man] Hebr. Adam, put here for men in generall: as son for sons, 2 King, 21. 6. with 2 Chr. 33. 6. See also Ps. 8. 9. fruit] that is, a comfortable reward, after their labours and troubles. As
David prayeth to be delivered from his enemies. 7 He complaineth of their crueltie. 9 He trusteth in God. 12 He prayeth against them. 17 He prai
To the Master of the Musicke, Corrupt
DEliver me from mine enemies, O my
For loe they lay wait for my soule, the for my trespasse, nor for my sinne, Iehovah.
Without iniquitie in me, they runne and are in their lips: for who heais
be no more; and let them is mine high de
COrrupt not] or bring not to perdition. See Plasm. 57. 1. Michtam] a notable song:
Psalm. 16. 1. to kill him] or to doe him die. Saul having cast his speare at David, and misMichal (Sauls daughter,) bewrayed the matter, let David downe at a window, and so he escaped, 1 Sam. 19. 10, 11, 12. Hereupon he made this Psalme.
Vers. 2. set mee on high] set mee aloft, where I
Vers. 4. not for my trespasse] to wit, against them; as else-where David professeth, 1 Sam. 24.
Vers. 5. without iniquitie] to wit, of mee, or on my part, understanding it of sinne, as in the without punishment (understanthey runne. &c. Iniquitie is often used for
Vers. 6. to visit] namely, with punishment, as Exod. 20. 5. See otherwise, in Psal. 8. 5. the heathens] that is, the wicked mine enemies, called here heathens, as elsewhere strangers, Psalm. 54. 5. unfaithfully worke] or, distoyally commit. See this word, Psal. 25. 3.
Vers. 7. They returne at evening] The enemies, like hungry dogs, come at evening, secretly to surPsal. 22. 17. or it may be a promake noise as a dog] barking, grinning, howling, as a dog for his meat; as after, vers. 15, 16. therefore the Greeke turneth it, they are hungry.
Vers. 8. utter] or well out, as from a fountaine; belch or babble, as Prov. 15. 2, 28. This similiIerem. 6. 7. As the fountaine casteth out her waters, so shee casteth out her malice. swords &c.] that is, they speake sharpe devouring words. So the Chaldee interpreteth it,
Vers. 10. His strength] understand, O God that
art his strength: and it may be meant of himselfe, though he speake as of another: 1. Because in the Hebrew there is sometime a sudden change of the person, as Dan. 9. 4. thou keepest covenant towards them which love him, that is, which love thee, Deut. 5. 10. that love me, and keepe his Commandements; for, my commands, Mic. 1. 2. Heare yee people all they, for all yee. 2. Because in the last verse of this Psalme it is repeated, My strength. 3. Also in this place, both the Greeke and Chaldee turne it My strength. 4. Because in the next verse it is written in the Hebrew text letters, his mercy, but by the vowels and margine, read, my mercy; which giSaul, thus, O God that art his strength, and hast given him the kingdome, and this power. For even wicked rulers have no power, except it be given them from above, Ioh. 19. 11. And DaGods Anointed, 1 Sam 26. 11. 2 Sam. 1. 14. I take heed] or, will I keep, observe, that is, wait upon thee, or keep thanks and praises for thee, as vers. 18.
Vers. 11. God of my mercy] or, of his mercy, (as my God of mercy, that is, my mercifull God. prevent me] to wit, with mercy, or blessings, as Psal. 21. 4. let mee see] to wit, vengeance, Psalm. 54. 9. as the Chaldee also here explaineth it.
Vers. 12. people forget] to wit, their sinne, and punishment for the same. Dead men are forgotten, Psal. 31. 13. Eccles. 9. 5. so their punishment whiles they live, is the more memorable. make them wander] to wit, as vagabonds. The word hath reCains judgment, who was not killed, but marked for a vagabond, Gen. 4. 14, 15. Some puRevelat. 9. 6.
Vers. 13. The sinne of their mouth, &c.] This that my people forget not their sinnes and punishments, but may tell of them: or, 2. It may respect themselves; let them tell (or confesse) their owne sinnes and punishments, as did Cain, Iudas, &c. Gen. 4. 13, 14. Mat. 27. 4. Or, 3. It. may shew the cause of their judgements, For the sin of their mouth, &c. and so the Chaldee expoundeth
when they shall.] or, and let them be taken. and of cursing] or, for the curse, (the execration,) which may be understood of
Vers. 14. Consume] to wit, them, as Loose, Mat.
loose him, Mark. 11. 2.
Vers. 15. And they shall returne] or, let them returne &c. a prophesie of, or prayer for their puvers. 7.
Vers. 16. They shall wander] or, make themselves
Vers. 17. sing thy strength] that is, praise with
song thy strength, who canst defeat my soes, and protect me.
David complaining to God of former afflictions, now upon better hope prayeth for deliverance. 8 Com
To the Master of the Musicke, upon Shu
When he fought with Aram of Mesopo
O God, thou didst cast us away, thou didst break us, thou wast angry; turn thing; thou didwith
shall be mine, and Manasseh shall be my law-giver. Moab to the citie of strong deIs it
is the salvation of earthly man. Through God we shall doe valiant
SHushan] that is, the six-stringed instrument, (or Lily.) See Psal. 45. 1. eduth] that is, the testimony; which here either belongeth to the muArke and Tables of the covenant in it, was called
Vers. 2. Aram] that is, the Aramites, or Syrians;
Vers. 3. cast us away] This complaint seemeth Sam. 13. 19, &c. and 31. 7. turne] The Chaldee addeth, turne thy glory to us.
Vers. 4. the land quake] that is, change the state
thereof; as Hag. 2. 7. compared with Hebr. 12. 26, 27, 28. also Ezek. 31. 16. This land, the Chaldee expoundeth the land of Israel. rive it] as at earthquakes rifis and chinkes appeare. This word is not else-whereused in Scripture. heale] that is, repaire: See the like phrase, 2 Chron. 7. 14.
Vers. 5. astonishing horrour] or reeling, giddinesse:
Vers. 6. a banner] or ensigne. This word is apflagge or ensigne of the Gospell, Esay 11. 12. and 49. 22. and 62. 10. here, to David and his victory. to be high displayed] or, to use for a banner, which hath the name of lifting high. the certaine truth] of thy promises.
Vers. 7. answer me] or us, me and my people. The Hebrew hath both readings. The Chaldee Receive my prayer.
Vers. 8. shall divide] this meaneth a full possesIos. 1. 6. and 13. 7. Shechem]
Vers. 9. Gilead] and Manasseh: These were the utmost borders of the land of Canaan without Sam. 2. 8, 9. &c. yet were by Gods promise to be subjestrength of my head] that is, my hornes wherewith I shall smite the people togeDeut. 33. 17. or by head, may be meant headship, kingdom or principalitie. law-giver] or statute-maker, a title of authoritie; therefore the Greeke translaKing. This also accordeth to the promise made to Iudah, Gen. 49. 10. 1 Chron. 5. 2.
Vers. 10. Moab] the land or people of the Moabites, neare to the land of Israel; these were the posterity of Lot, Abrahams nephew, begotten by Lot in his drunkennesse, of his own daughters, Gen. 19. 33,—36, 37. they had now forsaken the true God, and worshipped Baal-pehor and Chemosh, Numb. 25. 1, 3. and 21. 29. were enemies to Israel,
Vers. 11. Who will lead] it is a kinde of wish, as Psal. 14. 7. yet implying also some difficultie, as the next verse here sheweth. of strong defence] that is, defenced or fortified: see Ps. 31. 22. This may be meant generally of all strong cities that resisted DaRabbah, the chiefe citie of the Ammonites, whereof see 2 Sam. 12. 26, 29, &c.
Vers. 13. from distresse] or from the distresser,
the adversary. for vaine] Hebr. and vaine: but and is often used for because, or for; as 2 Sam. 22. 28. with Psal. 18. 28. so Isa. 64. 5.
Vers. 14. doe valiantnesse] or valour, that is, valiant
David flieth to God upon his former experience. 5 He voweth perpetuall service unto him, because of his promises.
To the Master of the Musicke, upon Nea Psalme of David.
HEare thou, O God, my shouting, atto my prayer. From the end of the land unto thee do I call when my heart is overwhelmed: lead thou me unto the rock that is higher than I. For thou hast for ever, I will hope for safetie in the secret of thy wings Selah. For thou, O shall be as generation and generation.
He shall sit for ever before God; prepare which may keep him. So will I sing Psalme to thy name, unto perby day.
VPon Neginath] or with neginath, that is, the
playing on the strings of the instrument: meaPsal. 4. 1.
Vers. 3. end of the land] the utmost border of the
land of Canaan, where David sometime was driven
Sam. 17. 24. or, end of the earth. is overwhelmed] or covered over, to wit, with griefe, (as the Greeke explaineth it,) whereby it fainteth; opprest with sorrow. So Psal. 102. 1. and 77. 4. and 107. 5. and 142. 4. lead thou] or, thou wilt lead: a speech of faith, from former deliverances, as the next verse sheweth. higher than I] which I cannot get up on, unlesse thou lead me.
Vers. 4. a safe hope] or, shrowding place, where
Vers. 5. I will sojourne] or shall abide. See Psal. 15. 1. in the secret] or, the hiding place, calthe shadow of his wings, Psal. 36. 8. and 63. 8. See Psal. 91. 1,—4.
Vers. 6. my vowes] that is, my prayers made
with vowes, as the Saints used, Gen. 28. 20. Iudg. 11. 30, 31. Hereupon, prayer is called in Greeke Proseuche, of powring out vowes to God. inheritance to them] so the Greeke also hath it; or,
Vers. 7. Thou wilt adde] or prayer-wise, adde thou &c. so the rest. daies unto daies] or, upon
daies, that is, a long life. of the King] meahimselfe, and specially Christ, who was to be his Sonne after the flesh. So the Chaldee saith, of the King Christ. See Psalm. 72. and 89. 21, 30, 37, 38.
Vers. 8. He shall sit] to wit, on the throne, that reigne, or sit, that is, dwell, or abide, as Psalm. 140. 14. prepare] or, appoint, as his due and readie portion. The HebMan, a name whereprepared meat was called, which God gave his people from heaven, Psal. 78. 24.
Vers. 9. day by day] or day and day, that is, daily. The Hebrew usuall phrase is,
David professing his confidence in God, discoura
To the Master of the Musicke over Iedu
YEt surely unto God my soule keepeth silence; from him is my salvation. is my rocke, and my salvaye shall be as a bowed wall, as a fence that is shooved at. Surely they consult to him downe from his high dignity, they delight in a lye: with his mouth each of them blesseth, & with their inward part they curse Selah. Yet unto God, my soule keepe thou is my expectation. Surely he is my rocke and my salvation; mine is my salvation and my glory; the rock of my strength, my safe hope, is in God. Trust ye is a safe hope for us Selah. Surely the sons of base man are vaare a lye; in baare lighter than vanitie. Trust not yee in oppression, theron. Once did God speak, twice heard I this
OVer Ieduthun]
Chron. 25. 3. or, to Ieduthun: See also Psal. 39. 1.
Vers. 2. Yet surely] or Only. It is an earnest afvers. 3, 5, 6, 7, 10. keepeth silence] or is sile
or
Vers. 3. moved much] or, moved with a great
Persecuted, but not forsaken; cast downe, but
as 2
Vers. 4. endevour mischiefe] this word is not a purpose in minde, and a thrusting forward in act of any mischievous deed. against a man] in Chalagainst a gracious man. So man here is used as in Jer. 5. 1. if yee can finde a man, that is, a just and godly man. yee shall be killed] or will yee be murdered? violently killed. Some Hebrew copies varying a point or vowell, give it an active signifiwill ye murder? This the Greek followeth; but the former sense here fitteth best. a fense] wall, or mure, another word than the former. shooved at] or thrust, namely, for to fall, as is exPsal. 118. 13. Hereby is meant a great and sudden ruine, as Isa. 30. 13. Ezek. 13. 13, 14.
Vers. 5. from his high dignity] or excellencie
mine honour;) and blameth them here for oppPsal. 4. 3. they d
or
Vers. 6. my expectation] that is, my salvation expected, and hoped for, as
Vers. 9. in all time] that is, alwaies: See Psal. 34 ▪ 2. powre out your heart] that is, the desires
Vers. 10. noble man] hereby is meant men of all degrees, high and low. See the notes on Ps. 49. 3. in ballances to mount up] or, to ascend: meaning that all men together, if they be put in one ballahebel, vanity, here used, denoteth a vaine light thing, as the breath of ones mouth, or bubble on the water.
Vers. 11. in oppress
that is,
Vers. 12. Once] Hebrew One, meaning one time,
Exod. 30. 10. and as is expressed, Ios. 6. 3. So twise, or two times. Though it may also be interone thing, two things, (as achath is one thing, Psal. 27. 4.) The Greeke here saith, Once spake God, these two things have I heard.
Vers. 13. to man] that is, to every one, as this phrase is opened, Matth. 16. 27. Rom. 2. 6. Rev. 22. to his worke] whether it be good or evill. See the like in Prov. 24. 12. ler. 32. 19. Iob 34. 11. Ezek. 7. 27. 2 Cor. 5. 10. Ephes. 6. 8. Coloss. 3. 25. 1
1. 17.
David under persecution sheweth his thirst for God, and comforts that he had found in him. 10 His confidence of his enemies destruction, and his owne safety.
A Psalme of David, when he was in the
O God, thou art my God, early will I
So as I did view thee in the sanctuary, for to is better than life, my lips shall celewith fat and with lips of shouting joy. When I remember thee on my beds, night-watches. That thou hast beene a helpfulnesse to mee, and in the shadow of thy wings I shouted. My that seeke my soule
WIldernesse of
Vers. 2. early] this noteth care and diligence, Iob
Hos. 5. 15. Psal. 78. 34. Prov. 1. 28. Luk. 21. 38. longeth ardently] this word (which is here onan earnest or hot appetite for meat, as the former
Vers. 3. the sanctuary] or, the sanctitie ▪ the holy
celebrate] land,
The Chaldee paraphraseth on this verse thus:
Vers. 5. So will I blesse thee] to wit, when th
therefore
Vers. 6. fat] or s
Both words
Vers. 7. when I remember] or, if I remember,
so oft as. The Hebrew
is here used for
Vers. 8. helpfulnesse] that is, a full helpe, as Psal. 44. 27. of thy
which the Chaldee trans
Vers. 9. eleaveth after thee] this noteth love, constancy, and humility, and union in the spirit: for Gen. 2. 24. so he that cleaveth to the Lord, is one spirit. 1 Cor. 6. 17. And this union commeth of the Lord, who saith by the Prophet, a
13. 11.
Vers. 10. for tumultuous ruine] that is, to bring my soule unto destruction, or ruine. See this word, Psalme 35. 8.
Vers. 11. They shall make him run out] or, They (the enemies) shall powre out him, meaning some Saul, or every of his sees: or Hee (eshall be made run out, that is, his bloud shall be shed, as waters, Psal. 79. 3. A like phrase is used Ier. 18. 21. Ezek. 35. 5. The Greeke translateth, They shall be delivered unto the hands of the sword. hands] that is, the edge, or force of the sword, as Iob 5. 20. Ier. 18. 21. portion of foxes] that is, left unburied, for foxes and o
Vers. 12. But the King] that is, I who am King
by God
16. 12
David praieth for deliverance, complaining of his enemies. 8
To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme
HEare my voyce, O God, in my praieven a bitter word. To places at the perfect; suddenly will they shoot at him, and feare not. They themselves an evill word; they tell to hide snares: they say, who shall see them? They search out injurious evils, they each man, & the deep heart. But God when they have by their owne tongue, they shall betake themselves to flight, whosoever seeth them.
And all men shall feare, and declare the man shall rejoyce in Iehovah,
PRayer] or meditation: see Psa. 55. 3. the Greek when I pray unto thee.
Vers. 3. the secret] or secrecy, mysterie, that is, councell, or assembly of evill doers, that is, the malignant Church, as the holy Church is called the secrecie (or mysterie) of the righteous, Psal. 111. 1.
Vers. 4. bent their arrow] that is, laid their arPsal. 58. 8. See also Psal. 11. 2. bitter word] or bitter thing, as the Greeke explaineth it. So after in vers. 6. an evill word, or thing. See the notes on Psal. 7. 1. A bitter word is here calarrow; and in Ier. 9. 3. their tongue is called their bow.
they tell, to hide] or, of hiding, that is, impart their counsell one to another, how to hide they accomplish an exquisite search] or, a search searched out, that is, a curious diligent search. The Greek translateth, they are consumed searching out searches: meaning that they spend both their time and themselves, in searching out evils against the just. It may also be read, wee are consumed by the search searched out, meaning that in their judgeven the inmost] Hebr. and the inmost, that is, whatsoever any mans wit and deepe heart can finde out: or, So deepe (is) the inward part and heart of man.
Vers. 8. have beene] or, assuredly shall be: the time past being used for more certainty, as in Isa.
have beene, is meant the sure event and accomplishment of Gods judgements on them, with the continuance of the same. As the Hebrew word of being, signifieth to come to passe, or have event, 1 Sam. 4. 1. Iob 37. 6. and to continue to be, Dan. 1. 21. Esai. 66. 2. Ruth 1. 2.
Vers. 9. they have caused them every one] Hebr. caused him: which being spoken of many, as in to fall, &c.] or to stumble downe: signifying, that Gods strokes should have effect to overthrow them by their owne devices. betake themselves to flight] or,
Gods praises in Sion for hearing prayer, 4 for pardoning sinnes, 6 for his just administration in the world, 10 and for his manifold blessings upon his land and people.
To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme,
PRaise, silent waiteth for thee, O God, Thou hearest praier, unto thee all flesh shall come. Words of iniquities mercifully cover them. O blessed is hee whom thou chusest and takest neere, that hee in thy courts; we shall be satisfied with the good things of thine house, with the holy things of thy Palace. Fearefull things
by sea. O he that stabliis
in the with the streame of God full of waters; thou preon the pastures of the wildernesse, and the hills are girded about with gladnesse. The with sheepe, and the vallies are covered with Corne; they shout, they al
PRaise, silent waiteth] or, is silent, that is, submisly
Vers. 3. Thou hearest] or, O thou that hearest, or, he that heareth: see after in vers. 7. all flesh] that is, all sorts of men; as Gen. 6. 12. Psal. 145. 21. Act. 2. 17. This is a prophesie of all Nations converted unto Christ.
Vers. 4. words of iniquities] or, of perversities,
perverse things, or words, unrighteous deeds. Words are often put for things, as Psal. 7. 1. mercifully cover] or
Vers. 5. takest neere] or, causest to approach, to wit, unto thy selfe; the Greeke saith, takest unto thee. thy courts] or, court-yards, the open places of the Tabernacle and Temple. There was an inner court and an outward, 1 King. 7. 12. one for the Priests, another for the people, called the great court, 2 Chron. 4. 9. 2 King. 21. 5. good things] so the Greeke explaineth it well: the Hebrew speaking of the good thing in generall, comprehending the wholestore of pleasures and commodities, Deu. 6. 11. Ge
45. 23. The like here followeth,
Fearefull things, &c.] God out of his Taoracles and answers to his people, Numb. 7. 89. and from Heaven he answered to their prayers against their adversaries, Psal. 3. 5. he answered alwaies things reverend and fearefull. those farre off by sea] whereby is meant, not onely those upon the sea, whose hope God is, Psal. 107. 23. 28, &c. but those also that dwell farre asunder disjoyned by the sea, as in Ilands, which wait for his law, Isa. 42. 4. So the Chaldee interand of the Iles of the sea which are disjoyned from the dry land (or
Vers. 7. O he that stablisheth] or, which setteth fast: it is a continued speech to God, as the words Iob 18. 4. O he that teareth his soule, for, O thou that tearest thy soule. See the notes on Psal. 59. 10. mountaines] herekingdomes, polities, and commonweales, Ier. 51. 25. See
Vers. 8. of the seas] waters signifie peoples, Rev. 17. 15. and seas are the huge armies of peoples, Ier.
Esai. 17. 12, 13. All such, as well as the naturall seas, God asswageth. See also Psal. 46. 7.
Vers. 9. And they] or, When they feare. utmost parts] or
Vers. 10. plenteously moistenest it] This sense the Greeke yeeldeth: the Hebrew also may be turned, when thou hadst made it to desire raine: or, and givest it the desire thereof. These things are spoken first of
Vers. 11. set lest the furrowes] or, the clods, that is, with raine thou causest the clods to lye close to cover
Vers. 12. yeere of thy goodnesse] that is, thy good
yeere, which thou honourest with singular blesLev. 25. 20, 21. But the good yeere is that acceptable yere of the Lord, which Christ preached, Esai. 61. 2. Luke 4. 19. thy pathes drop] the clouds which are Gods chariot, Psal. 104. 3. in which water is bound, Iob 26. 8. and from which raine is dropped, to cause the earth to fructifie, Iob 36. 28. and 38. 26, 27. And pathes here are properly such trackes as are made by cha
Vers. 13. of the wildernesse] where there is no Iob 38. 26. that grasse may grow for beasts, Psal. 104. 14. Though sometime shepherds there feed their flocks, as Exo. 3. 1. girded with gladnesse] rejoycing for the store of grasse that grow on them on every side. Things are figuratively said to be
Vers. 14. the pastures] or fields, are cloathed, that fields, the Greeke putteth Rams of the sheepe: the Hebrew Carim signifieth both, Esai. 30. 23. and 34. 6. but the grammaticall construfields or pastures.
An exhortation to praise God, 5 to observe his workes, 8 to blesse him for his gracious benefits. 13 The Prophet voweth religious service to God. 16 Hee declareth Gods speciall goodnesse to him-selfe.
To the Master of the Musicke, a Song,
SHout ye unto God all the earth. With to his praise. Say unto God, how is every of thy workes! through the greatnesse of thy strength, thine enemies shall falsly deny to thee. Let all the earth bow to thy name Selah.
Come and see the workes of God; he is
his doing toward the sonnes of Aland, they passed for ever, his eyes espie among the nations; the re
Ye peoples, blesse our God, and make the voice of his praise to be heard. That putteth place. I will come into thine house with burnt-offerings, I will pay to thee ready beeves, with goat-bucks Selah. Come heare ye and I will tell, all ye that feare with my mouth, and he was extolbe God, which hath not turned away
SHout] to wit, with a joyfull or triumphant noise:
Psal. 41. 12. all the earth] or, all the land, that is, the inhabitants thereof, as the Chalvers. 4. and Psal. 98. 4. and 100. 1. and often in the Scripture.
Vers. 2. put glorie] in Greeke, give glory to his
praise, that is, make his praise glorious and honourable. A like phrase is in
Vers. 3. fearefull is every, &c.] or, fearefull art thy works. One word singular, and another plurall, meaneth exactly all and every one, as Psal. 57. 2. and 62. 5. falsly deny] or l. e, that is, fainedly submit: See
Vers. 4. Let all] or, All shall.
Vers. 5. in his doing] or, in practise; the Greek translateth, in counsels: See Psal. 9. 12.
Vers. 6. sea to dry land] the red sea God turned to dry land by a strong east wind, dividing the waExod. 14. 21, 22. thorow the river] Iarden, when the banks thereof were full, was dried; the waters stood still on an heape till all the people went thorow it, Ios. 3. 13, 14,—17. So the Chaldee explaineth it,
he teacheth them to apply their fathers deliverances to them
Vers. 7. espie] that is, watchfully view in the nations,
Vers. 8. peoples] tribes of Israel, called also pe
Vers. 9. That putteth our soule in life] that is, first giveth, then preserveth life, and finally, restoreth our dead soules unto life. Saving from dangers of death, Psal. 30. 4. quickning them that were dead in sinnes. Ephes. 2. 1. The Chaldee expounds it, the life of the world to com
that is, suffered our estate to be changed to our ruine: So
Vers. 10. as silver is tried] Hebr. as to try silver;
Ezek. 22. 19, 20, 21, 22. wherefore when God mentioneth lesser trialls, he saith, Loe, I have tried thee, but not as silver, Isa. 48. 10. Hereby also is meant a purifying from drosle and corrupti
Vers. 11. straightnes] or affliction, as the Greek strait chaine or wringing girt may bee meant, such as burthens are tied with to beasts backs.
Vers. 12. upon our head] to use us as beasts for to Isa. 51. 23. came into fire and into waters] that is, passed thorow afflictions of sundry sorts,
Vers. 14. opened] that is, uttered, or promised
distinguished: for the mouth being opened in vowes, signifieth that they may not be called backe,
Vers. 15. marrowed rammes] that is, fat and
lusty. The word rammes is in Hebrew set after the word incense: which may therefore be read, the incense (or
Ver. 17. under my tongue] that is, with my tongue: or it may be meant of the heart and inward parts,
Vers. 18. If I had seene in my heart] that is, had regarded with it: so to see, is to behold with a corIob 31. 26. Thus God cannot see evill, Habak. 1. 13. would not have heard] for,
A Prayer for the enlargement of Gods kingdome, to the joy of all peoples, and increase of Gods bles
To the Master of the Musicke on Neginoth, a Psalme, a Song.
GOd be gracious unto us, and blesse us, he make his face to shine with us Sethey may know in the earth thy way, thy salvation among all the Heawith righteousnesse, and the nations in the earth, thou wilt guide them Selah. Peoples shall confesse thee, O God,
FAce to shine] or, to be light, that is, cheerefull and favourable. See Psal. 4. 7. and 31. 17.
Vers. 3. That they may know] meaning men, inthy way may be knowne. Gods way is generally his administration in the world, specially his Gospel, Act. 18. 25, 26. as his salvation is Christ, Luke 2. 30.
Vers. 4. shall confesse] or, let them confesse and so af
Vers. 7. The earth] or land of Canaan, (as the Chaldee explaines it, the hand of Israel) the seat of increase God proLevit. 25. 19. and Ezek. 34. 27. Zach. 8. 12. Esay 45. 8. and our land or earth is our hearts regenerate, to beare fruits to the Lord, Matth. 13. 19,—23. Heb. 6. 7.
A Prayer at the removing of the Arke, with a Prophesie of Christs resurrection. 5 An exhortation to praise God for his mercies, 8 and for his care of the Church. 19 A prophesie of Christs ascension and benefits following, for which God is to be blessed; 32 and of the conversion of the Gentiles unto his fur
To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme,
LEt God arise, let his enemies be scatteso
them away; as wax is melted at the face of fire, so let the wicked perish from the face of God. And let the just rejoyce, let to his name; make an high way for him that rideth in the desarts, in Iah his name, and shew gladnesse before his face. He is a father of the fatherlesse, and a even God, in the manthat are bound in chaines; but the rebellious dwell in a dry land. O God, when thou wentest forth beit was wearied, thou didst confirme it. Thy com
The Lord will give the speech of those to the great arpot ranges, yee shall bee as the wings of a Dove, which is decked with silver, and her feathers with yellow gold. When the Almighty scattereth abroad Kings is, an hilly mountaine mount Bashan. Why leape ye, this is the mountaine God desireth for his seat; yea, Iehovah will dwell in it to perpetuall aye. Gods Chariot, is with them, as in Sinai in the Sanctuabe the Lord, which day by day lodeth us: the God our salvation Seis a God of salvations, and to belong the issues of death.
But surely God will wound the head of his it selfe in bloud, the tongue of thy dogs in bloud of thine enemies, even of every of them. They have seene thy goings, them the Damosels beating on Timbrels. In the even the Lord, yee of the fountaine of Israel. There little Benwith their ruler, the Princes of Iudah with their assemblie, the Princes of Zebulun, the Princes of Naphtali. Thy God hath men, the congregation of mighty bulls, with the and him that submitteth himselfe with peeces of silver: he hath scattethat delight in warres.
Princely Ambassadours shall come out of Egypt: Aethiopia shall hastily stretch her to the Lord him that rideth in the heavens of heavens of antiquitie: loe, hee will give his is upon Israel, and art thou, O God, out of thy Sanctuaries: the God of be God.
LEt God arise] or stand up. By God here is meant Christ our Lord; for of him is this Psalme inEphes. 4. 8, 9, 10. This entrance is taken from Moses, Numb. 10. 35. where when the host of Israel rose up from mount Sinai to journey towards Canaan, the Arke of the covenant of the Lord went before them three dayes iourney, to search out a resting place for them. And when the Arke went forward, Moses said,
Vers. 4. let them joy] to wit, inwardly, with delight, (as the Greeke explaineth it) as the former word signifieth, outward ioyfull cariage and exultation.
Vers. 5. make an high way] or, exalt: but that a way, or causie, first the Hebrew word Sollu naturally beareth, as Isa. 62. 10. and 57. 14. secondly, the Greeke version hodopoiesate, make way, confirmeth it; thirdly, the scope of this place sheweth it, compared with Esay 40. 3. where the Voice in the wildernesse crieth to prepare the way of the Lord Christ, Matt. 3. 2. desarts] places where things are mixed and confused, as the word Ghnaraboth properly signifieth. So Gnarabah is a
Vers. 6. a Iudge] that is, a defence and avenger
Exod. 21. 22, 23, 24. Isa. 1. 17. Iam. 1. 27. mansion of his holinesse] or, his holy mansion, whereof see
Vers. 7. the solitarie] them which are alone, or desolate, meaning without children. in house] that is, giveth them children: See Psal. 113. 9. in chaines] or, in conveniences, that is, in convenient and commodious sort; or, into fit (and commodious) places. The Greeke saith, in fortitude. The Chalhe brought forth the sonnes of Israel, which
were bound in Egypt. dry land] or,
Vers. 9. Sinai it selfe] or, this Sinai, to wit, quaked,
Vers. 10. raine of liberalities] that is, a liberall, plentifull,
Vers. 11. Thy company] the host of Israel, seaCh
signi
Vers. 12. will give the speech] or, gave the word; but it may be taken for a prophesie. And by giving
Vers. 13. shall flee] this is meant of Christs enewandring flight, seeking where to hide them, as Rev. 6. 15. So five Kings fled from IoIosh. 10. 16. See also Iosh. 11. 1, 4, 5, 8. she that remaineth] Heb. the mansion (or habitation) that is, the woman or women, who goe not out to warre, but
Vers. 14. betweene the pot-raunges] or, betweene
the two bankes or rewes, to wit, of stones made to hang pots and kettles on in the campe or leager: places where scullions lye, and so are blacke; meaaffliction and miserie; as on the contrathe doves silver wings is meant prosperity. Or, we may understand it of the two bounds and limits of the enemies, where they are continually assayled and indangered. And this the Greeke seemeth to favour, turning it, [ana meson
(or
the Almighty] or Al-sufficient, that is, God, named in Hebrew Shaddai, of his power
sufficiencie to goe thorow with all things, and for wasting and destroying his enemies, as at the drowning of the world. To this the Prophets have reference, saying, that shod (destruction) shall come from Shaddai, (the Almighty) Isa. 13. 6. Ioel 1. 15. scattereth] or spreadeth abroad, having disthe kings, his enemies, in that his inheriverse 10. 11. So spreading is used for scattering, Zach. 2. 6. it shall be snow-white] or,
Vers. 16. A mount of God] that is, high, large, and full of divine blessings; for Basan was a fat and Psal. 22. 13. and 36. 7. an hilly mount] or, a mount of hill
or
Vers. 17. leape ye] insult ye proudly, or lay ye
wait for. The originall Ratsad is no where found in Hebrew but here onely. In Arabik it signifieth to espie and lye in wait for the hurt of others, which agreeth well with the argument here. for his seat] to dwell in it. The Lord chose Sion, and desired it for his seat: this shall be
Vers. 18. Gods chariot] which he useth for his owne service, for defence of his Church, and dePsal. 18. 11. Chariot is put for Chariots (as ship, 1 King. 10. 22. for ships, 2 Chron. 9. 21.) or to note out the joint service of all the Angels, as of one. twise ten thousand] or double myriads, that is, innumerable; in the Greek, ten thousand f
meaning,
Vers. 19. Thou art ascended, &c.] Thou (Lord
Iesus) art gone up to the highest Heaven, having first descended to the lowest earth. So the Apostle teaEph. 4 8, 9. to on high] or to the high place: see Psal. 7. 8. The Chaldee translateth it, to the firmament. led captive] or, captived a captivitie, that is, a company of captives, a prey of people taken in warre: See the like phrase, 2 Chron. 28. 5. 11. Iudg. 5. 12. Numb. 21. 1. Deut. 21. 10. So poverty is used for a company of poore people, 2 King. 24. 14. Christs enemies, Satan, sinne, death, hell, &c. were by him subdu
Vers. 20. day by day] or daily: see Psal. 61. 9.
to wit,
Vers. 21. Our God, &c.] or, God to us is a God for salvations, that is, all manner health, helpe and deliverance that fully saveth. Iehovih] so the name of God is written usually, when Adonai, Lord, next followeth it, as here and Psal. 109. 21. or goeth before it, as Gen. 15. 2. having the vowels of Aelohim, God, and so is by the Iewes proAdonai, it is so pronounced,
Vers. 22. hairie scalpe] Hebr. the crowne (or scalpe) of haire, meaning open and inevitable guiltinesses] guilty sinnes, impieties: So Psal. 69. 6.
Vers. 23. I will bring againe] or, will returne, reduce, to wit,
Vers. 24. That thy foot may embrew] that is,
or,
Vers. 25. They have seene] that is, Men have
seene (not naming any speciall persons) thy goings, or waies, and administration. The Chaldee saith, The house of Israel have seene the going of thy Majestie upon the Sea, O God. in the] that is,
Vers. 26. beating on timbrels] or on Tabers, to wit, with the hand; so in the triumph at the red Mary the sister of Aaron, and all the women after her with timbrels and pip
sung praise to God,
Vers. 27. In the Churches] or congregations: see Psal. 26. 12. ye of the fountaine] that come out of Israel, as out of a well or fountaine; a phrase taken from Deut. 33. 28. Esaias hath also one much like it, Isa. 48. 1. It seemeth to be meant of the people, though it may also be referred to Christ: blesse the Lord, who is of the fountaine of Israel. For, of the Israelites, concerning the flesh, Christ came, who is God over all, blessed for ever, Amen, Rom. 9. 5.
Vers. 28. There] in the Churches be little Benjamin,
Vers. 29. commanded thy strength] that is, powPsal. 133. 3. and 44. 5. By strength also, Kingdome is often meant. strengthen] the Chaldee paraphraseth, dwell in this house of the Sanctuarie which thou hast made for us.
Vers. 30. For thy Palace] or temple, which was Lord and the Lambe are the Temple of it, Rev. 21. 22. bring a present] or, lead along a gift ▪
that is,
Rebuke] that is, Destroy: See Psal. 9. 6.
men] or
Vers. 32. Princely Ambassadours] Heb. Chashmannim, a word not used but here. The Greeke
Vers. 34. of heavens of antiquitie] that is, the most ancient and highest heavens, which were since Deut. 33. 26. will give] or giveth usually his voice, that ispeakes aloud or thundereth: see the notes on Psal. 46. 7. and 29. 3. Some Apostles were called Sonnes of thunder, Mark ▪
3. 17. and Christs power
Vers. 35. Give the strength] that is, strong praise,
Psal. 8. 3.
Vers. 36. San
the holy and most holy
David (the father and figure of Christ) complai
To the Master of the Musicke, upon Shoshana Psalme of David.
SAve me, O God, for waters are entred is; I am entred into the deeps of waters, and the streaming floud overfloweth me. I am weaI attentively waiting for my God.
Many are, moe than the haires of my head, that which I tooke not away, then I restored. O God, thou knowest my foolish
For the zeale of thine house hath eaten me afflicted my soule, and it was for reproachecloth, and I was to them for a Proverbe.
They that sit in the gate spake against me, made melois to thee, Iehovah, in time of acceptation; O God, in multitude of thy mercy answer thou me, in the truth of thy salvation. Deliver me out of the mire, is good; according to the mulis on me; make haste, an
Thou hast knowne my reproach, and my are all my distressers. Reproach hath broken some to mone me, but none came; and for comforters, but I found none. But him whom thou hast smitten, and they tell of the it, they shall reioyce; the seekers of God, and your
And the seed of his servants shall possesse it: and they that love his name, shall dwell
SHoshannim] that is, six-stringed instruments, or, Lilies: see Psal. 45. 1.
Vers. 2. Save me, &c.] David in his troubles, waters, mud, myre, pit, deeps, streames, &c. and that this Psalme had accomplishment in Christ, the Evangelists shew, Mat. 27. 48. Ioh. 19. 29. that the use hereof is for us, the Apostle shewRom. 15. 3, 4. that we through patience and comfort of the Scriptures might have hope. waters] The Chaldee expoundeth these,
Vers. 3. mud of the gulfe] or, of the deepe, that the deepe or gulfie mud in the bottomes of the sea, as Psal. 68. 23. Ion. 2. 4. another signe of great calamitie, as also in Psal. 88. 7. wherefore Babylon that held captive Gods people, is called a Gulfe, or Deepe, Isa. 44. 27. no standing] no stay or ground, but I sinke more and more. deepes of waters] in Greeke, deepes of the see.
Vers. 4. is burnt] that is, parched, dried, or (as the Greeke explaineth it) hoarse. eyes faile]
are consumed, to wit, with teares and earnest expectation, as
Vers. 5. falsly] in Greek, uniustly. rocke not
away] or, which I robbed not, tooke not by force a
This though it may be taken for all
Vers. 6. my foolishnesse] that is, my sinne: see the Psal. 38. 6. In David were sinnes properly; in Chrst, by imputation: for God made him sinne for us, which knew no sinne, 2 Cor. 5. 21. Or this may be meant of false imputation, O God thou knowest my foolishnesse, if any such be, as my Psal. 7. 4, 5.
Vers. 7. abashed for me] for my sake, to wit, If I
be not delivered. So of Christ, his Disciples hoped that he should be the Saviour of Israel; but when he was killed, they began to doubt and feare, Satan winnowing their faith to make them ashamed; but Christ prayed for their confirmation, Luk. 24. 20, 21. and 22. 31, 32. So great are Christs afflictiMat. 11. 6. Iehovih] or, God, it hath the vowAelohim: see Psal. 68. 21.
Vers. 8. beare reproach] that is, are reproached:
beare grace and favour, that is, to be favoured and well liked, Esth. 2. 15, 17. Compare herewith Psal. 44. 23. 16.
Vers. 9. forreinour] to wit, in their estimation Iob 19. 13. Gen. 31. 15. & of Christ the Iewes said, they knew not whence he was, Ioh. 9. 29. and his brethren beleeved not in him, Ioh. 7. 5.
Vers. 10. zeale of thine house] or jealousie, indignation
Vers. 11. afflicted my soule] the word afflicted is Psal. 35. 13. for often there is want of a word to be understood, which the HeChron. 10. 11, 14. I, with Scorpions, for which in 1 King. 12. 11, 14. is written, I will chastise you with Scorpions: see the notes on Psal. 18. 7, 29. and 27. it was for] or, it was turned to reproaches, that is, to much reproach and opprobrie. So Iohns fasting turned to his reproach; they said, he had a Devill, Luk. 7. 33.
Vers. 12. And I made] or, when I gave, that is, made, or put on. So giving is for putting, Psal. 8. 2.
Vers. 13. that sit in the gate] that is, great men Deut. 25. 7. Ruth 4. 1, 2, &c. spake] or talked
and meditated, communed how to worke me evill,
Vers. 14. And I] that is, And (or but) as for me. time of acceptation] that is, an acceptable time,
Cor. 6. 2. from Esay 49. 8. in truth of thy salvation] that is, for thy saving truths sake, or faithfull salvation.
Vers. 15. mire] the Chaldee expoundeth it, captivity, which is like unto mire.
Vers. 16. shut her mouth] so that I cannot get and the earth covered over them, that no hope was left of their returne, Numb. 16. 33. But Christ in all troubles had comfort, even in the grave his flesh rested in hope, Psal. 16. 9, 10. The Chaldee expoundeth this verse thus, Let not the strong king, which is li
Vers. 17. turne the face] or, respect, regard mee with favour: See, Psal.
Vers. 20. dishonour] or ignominie, slander, calumnie:
Vers. 21. full of heavinesse] or, sicke, sorrowfull;
Aenosh: see
Vers. 22 gall] in Hebrew Rosh, an Herbe bitDeut. 29. 18. Am. 6. 12. Lam. 3. 19. It groweth in Corne fields, Hos. 10. 4. the water or juice hereof signifieth bitter affliction, Ier. 9. 15. These things were also actually done to Christ, whom the Iewes refreshed with gall and vinegar, Mat. 27. 34. Ioh. 19. 28, 29, 30.
Vers. 23. and for recompences] that is, and for a full recompence of that which they did to me (let their table be)
Vers. 24. that they see not] so the Apostle exfrom seeing Rom. 11. Esa. 44. 28. And hereby is meant the eyes of their understanding, that seeing they see and perceive not, because a veile is over their hearts, Ioh. 12. 39, 40. Act. 28. 26, 27. 2 Cor. 3. 14, 15. make their loines to sha
saith the Apostle,
Vers. 26. their castle] or their tower, palace, habitation,
Vers. 27. whom thou hast smitten] Christ the smitten of God, and wounded for our sinnes, Esa. 53. 4, 5. Mat. 26. 31. they tell of the sorrow, that is, tell one another vauntingly, of the sorrow (smart or paine) of thy wounded, thy serthey preach hereof: see the like phrase, Psal. 2. 7. or, they tell to the sorrow, that is, adde unto and increase it, as the Greeke turneth it.
Vers. 28. Give thou iniquity, &c.] that is, Adde
sinne unto their sinne, give them over to a reprobate minde, which was Gods heavie judgement first on the Gentiles, Rom. 1. 24, 28. afterward on the Iewes, who fulfilled their sins when wrath came on them to the utmost, 1 Thes. 2. 16. Rom. 11. 8. Mat. 23. 32. Or by iniquitie, may be understood punishment for it, as Psal. 31. 11. not come into thy justice] that is, not beleeve thy Gospell, and so come to the justice of God, which is by faith; as the Scriptures shew, Rom. 10. 3, &c. Phil. 3. 9. Ioh. 12. 39, 40. The Chaldee expounds it, let them not enter into the Church of thy just ones.
Vers. 29. booke of the living] or, Booke of life,
just that live by saith are written, that is, let them be cut off from being any longer counEzek. 13. 9. Rom. 11. 20. Phil. 3. 2, 3. Psal. 87. 6.
Vers. 30. lift me up] or, set me on a high place,
Vers. 32. better to] that is, more pleasing and acceptable.
Vers. 33. the seekers] or, ye seekers of God, to wit, shall see it, and your heart shall live; yee shall have inward life, joy and consolation: See Psalme 22. 27.
Vers. 34. his prisoners] such as are persecuthe prisoner of Christ, Ephes. 3. 1.
Vers. 35. heavens] the Chaldee saith, Angels
of Heaven, and the inhabitants of the earth.
Vers. 36. save Sion] that is, his Church, figured Sion and Iudah: see Psal. 2. 6. and this builIudahs cities is by preaching of the GosCor. 3. 9, 10. a figure of this worke was done by Iehoshaphat, 2 Chron. 17. 9. 12, 13. and Isaiah prophesieth the like, Isa. 44. 26.
David prayeth for speedy helpe, to the shame of the wicked, and joy of the godly.
To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme of
O God, for to deliver me; Iehovah, to mine helpe make haste. Let them be art mine helpe and my deliverer; Iehovah, delay not.
TO record] or to cause remembrance: see Psal. 38. 1.
Vers. 2. to deliver] or, to rid me free; undermake haste, or vouchsafe, as is expressed in Psal. 40. 14. for this Psalme is the same in sub
Vers. 3. that seeke my soule] to make an end of it,
Psal. 40. 15.
Vers. 4. turne backe] desolate or wasted, as Psal. 40. 16.
Vers. 5. be God] in Psal. 40. 17. it is written, be
Iehovah.
Vers. 6. O God, make haste to me] for this, in Psalm. 40. 18. is, the Lord thinketh on me. Iehovah] in Psal. 40. 18. my God.
The Psalmist in confidence of faith and experience of Gods favour, prayeth both for himselfe and against the enemies of his soule. 14 He promiseth constancie. 17 Prayeth for perseverance. 19 Praiseth God, and promiseth to doe it cheerefully.
IN thee Iehovah doe I hope for safety, let art my rocke and my munition. My art mine expectation, is my praise continually.
As a wonder I am unto many, but thou art
with thy praise, all the day with thy glory. Cast me not away at the time of old age; when
Saying, God hath forsaken him; pursue and there is none to reskue. O God, be not thou farre away from me; my God, make haste to mine helpe. Let them bee aand consumed that are adversaries of my soule: let them be covered with reproach and dishonour that seeke mine evill. And I workes. And also this genethat shall come. And thy justice, O God, which is to things; O God, who is like thee? Which didst make and quicken me; and from the deeps of the earth didst returne and bring mee up. Thou didst much increase my greatand comfort me. Also, I will confesse thee with the instrument even thy faithfulnesse, my God; I will sing Psalme to thee with Harpe, O ho
IN thee] Chald. In the Word of the Lord. This Psalme which hath no title in the Hebrew, is in Of David, a Psalme of the sonnes of Ionada
Vers. 2. deliver] or, make me to escape safe.
Vers. 3. of habitation] or of mansion, a rocke whereto I may flie and there dwell safe. God is often Rocke, Psal. 18. 3. and a mansion (or habitation) to his people,
Vers. 4. evill doer] or, injurious, wrong doer. the levened] that is, the malicious: for maliciousnesse
wickednesse is likened to leven, 1 Cor. 5. 8. The Hebrew Chomets properly signifieth that which is levened or sowre, Exod. 12. 39. here used for the malicious or violent cruell man, as the Greeke turthe injurious, or Chomets may be used for Chomes, the violent.
Vers. 5. Iehovih] or God, for it hath the vowAelohim: so after, vers. 16. See Psal. 68. 21.
Vers. 6. tookest me] or, didst rid me, to wit, from
danger: Compare this with Psal. 22. 10, 11. of thee] or in thee, but in is often used for of as Psal. 63. 7. and 87. 3. see the notes there.
Vers. 7. a wonder to many] or, a monster to the mighty: a signe whom the many (or mighty) doe wonder and a signe are sometimes used as one, 2 Chron. 32. 24. with 2 King. 20. 8, 9. So, Christ and his Disciples were as signes and wonders in Israel, Isa. 8. 18. Heb. 2. 13. Iehomonstrous persons, Zach. 3. 8. the Apostles agazing stocke to the world, 1 Cor. 4. 9. hope] or refuge, a place where one hopeth for safety.
Vers. 8. with thy glory] or glory of thee, that is, with glorifying thee, honouring, beautifying, and commending thy Majestie.
Vers. 10. speake of] or say of me, that God hath vers. 11. or, they speake against me. observe] that is, lay wait for, it is meant here for evill: as is the observing of the steps, Psal. 56. 7. but often this phrase is used for good, to keepe, regard, and
Vers. 14. adde unto all thy praise] that is, increase it; I will praise thee more than I have done, or, Chron. 10. 11. I will adde unto your yoke, that is, increase it.
Vers. 15. though I know not] or, for I know not
the numbers, to wit, of them. Gods justice and salvation is innumerable waies administred, which are to be celebrated, but cannot be reckoned,
Vers. 16. I will enter] to wit, into this worke I will enter, that is, begin with his powerfull works to praise them; or, I will enter, that is, go in hand, or goe forward with my busines through his power.
Vers. 18. unto old age] or, whiles old age is upon vers. 9. So elsewhere God saith, that he had borne Israel from the wombe and birth, and would beare them still unto old age and the hoary haires, Isa. 46. 3, 4. thine arme] that is, strength, helpe, salvation. So Psal. 77. 16. Isa. 51. 5. and 53. 1. D
33. 27. this
Vers. 19. And thy justice, O God, which is to on
high] that is, which reacheth up to Heaven, viz. I will shew it. Thus the Greeke understandeth it. We may also translate, For thy justice is unto the high place, that is, to heaven, incomprehensible, as Psal. 36. 6, 7. And may be in stead of For, as Psal. 60. 13. and the high place is by the Chaldee exhigh heavens: so Psa. 93. 4. Mat. 2
Vers. 20. didst make me see] or us see: sheweast
me and us; for the Hebrew hath a double reading, meaning David in speciall, and other Gods peoquicken me, bring me up, (as also the Greeke quicken us, bring us up. By making see, is also meant experience and feeling, as Psal. 49. 10. and evill] or evils, that is, calamities. didst returne] that is,
Vers. 21. my greatnesse] or magnificence, majestie,
Vers. 22. psalterie] or lute: see Psal. 33. 2. thy faith] or, for thy faithfull truth. holy one] or Saint of Israel: God is so called, both for that he is holinesse it selfe, and sanctifieth his peoLev. 20. 8, 26. and againe is sanctified, that is, holily praised and honoured of them, Isa. 8. 13. So Psal. 78. 41. and 89. 19.
Vers. 24. talke of] or meditate, that is, speake Psal. 1. 2. for they] or when they are abashed, that is, dePsal. 6. 11.
David praying for Solomon, sheweth the goodnesse and glory of his in type, and in truth of Christs King
For Solomon.
O God, give thy judgements to the King, and thy justice to the Kings sonne. That he may judge thy peoto generation grasse; as the showers, the dispersed moisture of the earth.
In his dayes shall the just man flourish, and multitude of peace, untill the Moone be not.
And he shall have dominion from sea unto
For he shall deliver the needy that cryeth out, and the poore afflicted, and him that be Iehovah God, the God of Isbe the name of his glory
Ended are the prayers of David
FOr Solomon] the Greeke addeth, a Psalme of David for Solomon; and the last verse sheweth it to be made by David, and it concerneth Christ
Solomon, Song 3. 11. and therfore called by his name, as elsewhere he is called David, Hos. 3. 5. Such also is the title of the 127. Psalme. Kings sonne] to whom the right of the Kingdome belongeth by birth and inheriKing Davids sonne, and borne King of the Iewes, Mar. 11. 10. Mat. 2. 2. and 22. 42. to him the Father gave all judgement, Iohn 5. 22. The Chaldee expoundeth the King to bee Christ, and the Kings sonne to be King Davids son.
Vers. 2. That he may] or, Let him judge, that thy people in justice, that is, justly, whereMelchizedek, that is, King
7. 2. of whom it was prophesied,
Vers. 3. The mountaines shall bring forth] or, shall
beare, to wit, as their fruit; for so this phrase imIob 40. 15. This and the rest that follow, may also bee read prayer-wise, let the mountaines beare, &c. The Chaldee paraphraseth, The dwellers on the mountaines shall bring peace to the people of the house of Israel. peace] that is, prospe
Vers. 4. shall judge] that is, shall deliver; see the Psal. 43. 1. save the sonnes of the needy] that is,
Vers. 5. They shall feare] men shall reverence,
worship and serve thee. So feare is used for worship, Isa. 29. 13. Mat. 15. 9. with the sun] or before the sun, as is after expressed, vers. 17. & as the Hebrew ghnim, with, is elsewhere used for before, Est. 7. 8. and before the sun and moone, meaneth continually, so long as they shine on the earth, which is, so long as the world endureth,
Vers. 6. the mowen grasse] the medow, which beshorne fleece of wooll; which sense some keepe here, and referre it to the deaw that fell on Gedeons fleece, when the land was dry, and againe on the land when the fleece was dry, Iudg. 6. 37,—40. Solomon and Christ are here said to come downe as raine, in respect of the doctrine and administration of judgement by them. So Moses said, My doctrine shall drop as the raine, &c. Deut. 32. 2. and Iob said, they waited for me as for the raine, &c. Iob 29. 23. and the Lord shall come unto us as the raine, &c. Hos. 6. 3. the dispersed moisture] understand,
Vers. 7. multitude of peace] to wit, shall be, or, shall flourish: and this Shalom, peace, may respect the name of Shelomoh or Solomon, which signifieth peaceable, as was promised to David, Behold, a son is borne to thee which shall be a man of rest, for I will give him rest from all his enemies round about, therefore his name is Solomon, and I will send (Salom) peace and quietnesse upon Israel in his daies, 1 Chron. 22. 9. moone be
Vers. 8. from sea to sea] from the salt Sea, (the
lake of Sodome, Gen. 14. 3.) to the maine sea. See Numb. 34. 3,—6, &c. where the limits of the land are described. from the river] the great river Euphrates, Gen. 15. 18. Deut. 11. 24. In Solomon this was accomplished, when hee reigned over all kingdomes, from the river to the land of the Philistims, and to the border of Aegypt, 1 King. 4. 21. in Christ, when all Nations were brought into his subjection by the Gospell, as
Vers. 9. in dry places] or, in desarts, which the the Aethiopians. The Hebrew Tsijim signifieth here, and Psal. 74. 14. people that dwell in dry desart places: sometime it is used for wilde beasts that haunt such desarts, as Esa. 34. 14. and 13. 21. Ier. 50. 39. lick the dust] like a Serpent, as is expressed in Mic. 7. 16. noting heregreat feare and subjection, testified by bowing downe their faces to the ground, as is the manner in the Easterne countries. In Esa. 49. 23. a like promise is made to the Church of Christ.
Vers. 10. Of Tharshish] or of the Ocean, that dwell maine sea. See the Note on Psal. 48. 8. Sheba and Seba] that is, of Aethiopia and Arabia, far southerne Countries, inhabited by the posteriSheba and Seba, the Nephew & son of Cush, the son of Cham, the son of Noah, Gen. 10. 7. The Queen of Sheba (or of the South) came from the utKing. 10. 1,—10. Mat. 12. 42.
Vers. 12. hath no helper] or, to whom no helper.
Iob 29. 12.
Vers. 14. precious shall their bloud be] that is, their
death, meaning, that hee regardeth their life, and will not easily suffer them to be killed, for that it is precious and deare unto him: as on the contrary Paul said, his life was not deare unto himselfe, when hee was willing and ready to lose it for Christs cause, Act. 20. 24. See Psal. 116. 15.
Vers. 15. he shall give] meaning man in generall, each one brought in subjection, as the Greeke saith, to him shall be given, meaning to Salomon. gold of Sheba] the Greeke saith, of Arabia: see vers. 10. all the day] or daily.
Vers. 16. There shall be a parcell, &c.] where a shake] or stirre with noise, rustle. Lebanon] that is, trees of Lebanon; as the earth, for the inhabitants of the earth, Psal. 66. 1. of this mount see the Note on Psal. 29. 5. they of the City] that is, the citizens, as, they of the world are worldlings, Psal. 17. 14. ye of the heavens, Psal. 148. 1. are the inhabitants there. The Chaldee addeth, of the City Ierusalem. Compare herewith Isa. 27. 6.
Vers. 17. continued] to wit, as a sonne continueth
his fathers name, for the originall jinnon (or janin) commeth of Nin, which is a Sonne: the Greeke also turneth it, his name continueth; and Christs name is continued in us that beleeve in him, calChristians, Act. 11. 26. and his children, Heb. 2. 13, 14. before the sun] that is, so long as it envers. 5. So Psal. 102. 29. they shall blesse] to wit, men of all nations shall count and speake of their blessednesse in him. So Gen. 22. 18. call him blessed] or happy, shall beautifie him.
Vers. 19. name of his glory] that is, his glorious
honourable) name. So Lord of glory, Iam. 2. 1. for glorious Lord. filled with his glory] that is, with the manifestation of his glorious workes, and praising him for the same. See the like speeches, Numb. 14. 21. Isa. 6. 3. Rev. 18. 1. Ezek. 43. 2. Amen] So beat. This second booke of Psalmes is concluded with twise Amen, as was the former: see Psal. 41. 14.
Vers. 20. Ended] or Compleat are, meaning Pet. 1. 10, 11. Iesse] or Iishai, as the Hebrew soundeth it, and sometime Ishai, 1 Chro. 2. 12, 13. which name signifieth strength and manhood, as David, amiable.
The Prophet prevailing in a tentation, sheweth the occasion thereof, the prosperity of the wicked. 13 The wound given thereby, diffidence. 15 The victory over it, knowledge of Gods purpose in destroying of the wic
A Psalme of Asaph.
YEt surely God is good to Israel, to them that are pure in heart. And I, when I saw the peace of the wicked. For there are no bands in their is their strength. They are not in the molestation of sory man, and with earthly man they are not plagued. Therfore as a garment. Their eyes standeth out with fatnesse, they passe the imaof oppression, they speak from aloft. They set their mouth cup are wrung out to them. And they say, How doth God are the wicked, and in tranin vaine have I cleansed mine heart, and is in the mornings. If I say, I will tell thus; loe, I unbut it was a painplaces, dost make them fall to debrought to wonin a moment? are they at one waketh; O thou raisest up, thou wilt despise their image. Surely mine heart was levein my reines. And I was bruitish and knew not; as the beasts was I with thee. Yet I continually was with thee, thou hast holden me fast by my right hand. to glory. Whom have I in the Heavens? and with thee I delight not any in earth. Wholly consumed is my flesh is God forever. For loe, they that is
THe third Booke] to wit, of Psalmes. See the Note on Psal. 42.
Vers. 1. of Asaph] or, to As
who was both
Vers. 2. almost] or, a very little lacked, but my
feet had swarved; so after, welnigh, or, almost nothing lacked, but my steps had beene shed: noting hereby his great danger to have fallen through his infirswarved] or turned, declined. This and the next word slipped have a double reading in the Hebrew by the vowels, they had swar
by the consonants,
Vers. 3. envied] or was jealous, had envious zeale:
Psal. 37. 1.
Vers. 4. bands] or knots, that is, paines, sores, diseases,
Vers. 5. molestation of sory man] that is, such turmoile
Vers. 6. compasseth, &c.] or, is a chaine to them
to him, that is, every of them; as a collar that is hanged for an ornament about the necke. And of this word Anak, to hang a chaine, that Giant Anak had his name, whose children were called Anakims. men great of stature, proud and cruell. See
Vers. 7. eyes standeth] that is, Each eye standeth
Vers. 8. They doe corrupt] or consume, dissolve
make dissolute by their wicked speeches, and by their oppression of men. It may be understood of corrupting, or making rotten with sinne themselves or others, or consuming and wasting with oppressiwith maliciousnesse] or in evill, that is, maliciously or
Vers. 9. against Heavens] that is, against God
and his Saints whom they blaspheme, as it is writhe opened his mouth unto blasphemie against God, to blaspheme his name and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in Heaven, Rev. 13. 6. So elsewhere Heavens are used for God, Dan. 4. 23. L
15. 18.
Vers. 10. his people] Gods owne people are by this my people; the Psalmist speaking of his brethren, as after of himselfe, vers. 13. hither] to these thoughts and tentations, which follow in the next verses. a full] the word cup or bason is here to be understrong, for strong pawes, Psal. 10. 9. See the note there. By waters of a full cup, are meant abundance of teares, which they must drinke, that is,
Vers. 12. in tranquillity] or quiet, safe, wealthy,
at ease. Compare herewith Ier. 12. 1. 2. wealthy power] abilitie by riches; see
Vers. 13. cleansed] that is, laboured to cleanse and
purge, by faith and continuall sanctification, Acts 15. 9. 1 Ioh. 3. 3. otherwise, who can say, I have made mine heart cleane. Pro. 20. 9. innocency] or cleannesse: see
Vers. 14.
or
Vers. 15. I will tell thus] that is, if these tentatiTelling is often used for
Vers. 17. prudently attend to] or, consider their latter end. A like speech Moses useth, Deu. 32. 29.
V. 18. slippery places] where they suddenly fall in darke places.
Vers. 19. wondrous desolation] such as astonieth the beholders. Such sudden strange desolation Ier. 51. 37. 41. and will againe, Rev. 18. 10. 17.
V. 20. As a dreame] to wit, so they are, or, so vanisheth
Vers. 21. was levened] or lev
that is,
Vers. 22. bruitish] that is, foolish, sens
like a
Vers. 24. to glory] or with glory, that is, gloriously,
Vers. 25. whom have I] or, who is for me, but
thee to trust in, or call upon. delight not] or take no pleasure, in any person, or thing.
Vers. 26. the R
that is,
Vers. 27. gone farre ▪
that is, the wicked who
Vers. 28. to draw nigh] so both the Greeke and the drawing neere of God; and thus it is also used in Isa. 58. 2. and is done by the faith of the Gospell, Heb. 7. 19. Iehov
or
The Prophet complaineth of the desolation of the Sanctuary. 10 He moveth God to helpe in conside
An instructing Psalme of Asaph.
WHerefore, O God, hast thou cast us off to perpetuitie: shall thine anger smoake against the sheep of thy pasture? Remember thy congregatiowhich thou hast purchased of old, the rod of thine inheritance, which thou hast redeemed, this mount Sion wherin thou hast dwelt. Lift things, in the Sanfor signes. He was knowne, as he lifted on high,
They have cast into the fire thy sanctuaries, any Prophet more, nor any with us that knoweth draw it out of the midst of thy bosome, make a full end. For God is my King from antiquifor meat to the people that dwell in drie desarts. Thou didst cleave the fountaine and the streame, thou diddest dry up the rivers of is thine, the night also is
OF Asaph] or, to Asaph; in Chaldee, by the hands of Asaph: see Psal. 50. 1. If Asaph (who Asaphs posterity the singers, called by their fathers name; as Aarons posterity, are called Aaron, 1 Chron. 12. 27. thine anger smoake] or, thy nose smoke, that is, burne, as was threatned, Deut. 29. 20. A manifestation of fore displeasure: see Psal. 18. 9. and 80. 5. sheepe or flocke, that is, us thy people, as Psal. 79. 13. The stocke comprehendeth sheepe and goats, Lev. 1. 10.
Vers. 2. purchased of old] or bought of y
when
Vers. 3. Lift up thy feet] or thy hammers, that is, thy strokes, to stampe or beat downe the enemy unto perpetuall desolations. Thus the feet are used to tread downe with, Isa. 26. 6. and so the Greeke tathy hands, which are also instruments to strike downe with. Or lift up thy feet, that is, Come quickly to see the perpetuall desolations which the ehath done evill] that is, broKing. 24. 13. and 25. 9, 13, 14, &c.
Vers. 4. thy synagogues] or assemblies, either the courts and places about the temple, where the peosynagogues in Ierusalem, as after in vers. 8. he speakes of all the synagogues in the land, places where prayers and lectures of the law were used, Act. 16. 13. and 15. 21. The assembly of Christians is called also by this name
Vers. 5. He was knowne] He, that is, A man,
every one of the enemies was knowne, that is, renowmed, or
Vers. 6. And now] or, And then, at the same time. Ps. 27. 6. carved workes] gravings, or (as the Hebrew phrase is) openings, used for graven or carved workes, Exod. 28. 11. The Greeke here turneth it,
Vers. 7. thy sanctuaries] the temple (which had was burned by Nebuzar-adan, 2 King. 25. 9. to the earth] to wit, burning or rasing downe to the ground.
Vers. 8. Let us make spoile] or, wee will oppresse,
Vers. 9. our signes] the testimonies of Gods preDan. 11. 31. So Circumcision, the passeover, the Sabbath, &c. were for signes to IsraGen. 17. 11. Exod. 12. 13. and 31. 13. or, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, the signes which the Prophets gave us. any Prophet] that could see and foretell by the spirit an end of these troubles,
Vers. 11. draw it, &c.] this word, or some such, seemeth here to be understood, as often in the HePsal. 69. 11. The drawing the hand out of the bosome denoteth a performance of the worke without Prov. 26. 15. full end] by consu
Vers. 13. the sea] in Chaldee, the waters of the red sea. of the dragons] or whales, meaning the
noble men of Egypt, who pursuing the Israelites were drowned in the red sea, Exod. 14. 28. For great persons are likened to Dragons or Whale-fishes, as Ezek. 29. 3.
Vers. 14. the heads] that is, the head, as the Greek translateth it, called heads for the excellency and of Livjathan] or, of the whale, meaning Pharaoh king of Aegypt, who was drowPsal. 136. 15. Livjathan is the name of the great whale-fish, or sea Dragon, so called of the fast joyning together of his scales; as he is described, Iob 40. 20. and 41. 6, &c. and is used to resemble great tyrants, here, and in Isa. 27. 3. So the Chaldee expoundeth it, the heads of Pharaoh
that is,
Vers. 15. didst cleave the fountaine] bringing a Exod. 17. 6. Num. 20 11. Isa. 48. 21. Psal. 105. 41. rivers of strength] that is, strong, rough, or vehement rivers, as the waters of Iarden were dried up, that Israel might goe thorow, Ios. 3. 15,—17. The Chaldee Paraphrast addeth also the rivers Arnon and Iabok; whereof see Num. 21. 14. Deut. 2. 37.
Vers. 16. the light] The Hebrew Maor is proa lightsome body, as is the Sunne, Moone, Stars. &c. Genes. 1. 14, 15. and here may be meant of the Moone, as the Chaldee translateth it, for the S
next followed. For these God is else-where also celebrated,
Vers. 19. soule of thy turile-dove] that is, the life
of thy Church, called a turtle-dove, for their danv. 8. being of themselves weake, modoves mentioned, Hos. 11. 11. Ezek. 7. 16. Isa. 38. 14. and 59. 11. Song 4. 1. and 6. 8. Matth. 10. 16. So the Chaldee explaineth it, Give not the soules of them that teach thy law, to the people which are like wilde beasts. wilde company] or wilde beasts, as the Greeke translateth it, meaning the cruell people like wilde beasts, as the Chaldee saith. The same word straight-way followeth for the Church, or lively stocke of Christ. See the notes on Psal. 68. 11. 31.
V. 20. the covenant] which thou didst make with Psal. 105. 8, 9. 10. or, which was made with Noah, that the world should no more be drowned, as once it was, when it was full of cruelty, Genes. 6. 13. 17. 18. and 8. 21, 22. which covenant the Prophets apply to the Church after, Esa. 54. 9. the darknesses] that is, darke places, as in Ps. 88. 7. and 143. 3. he meaneth that the base obscure places werefull of violence, even folds or habitations of cruelty; no cottage being free from the rapine of the enemies. Darke places may be put for base or meare
Prov. 22. 29. darke or obscure persons, are the base sort. The Greek here also translateth it darke persons, meaning the vile gracelesse enemies.
Vers. 22. pleade thy plea] defend thine owne Psal. 35. 1. from the foole] underwhich thou sufferest from the foole, or impious, Nabal, which word was also before, v. 18. whereof see Psal. 14. 1. The Chaldee paraphraseth, from the foolish King.
Vers. 23. ascendeth] that is, commeth up unto
thee, it is so great; as Iona. 1. 2. or, it increaseth, as the battle is said to ascend when it increased, 1 Kin. 22. 35.
A confession to God, and promise to judge upright
To the Master of the Musicke, Corrupt not:
WE confesse to thee, O God, we conis thy name; they tell thy wondrous works. When I shal is the earth and all the nor speake with a stiffe neck.
For not from the East, or from the West, neither from the desart commeth promotion.
But God is the judge, he abaseth one, and is in the hand of Iehovah, and the wine is red, it is full of mixand drinke shall all the wicked of the earth. And I will shew man shall be ad
COrrupt not] or, Destroy not; see Psal. 57. 1. The Chaldee addeth, in the time when David
said, destroy not the people. of Asaph] or to Asaph; in Chaldee,
Vers. 2. and neere is] to wit, neere in our mouths word is said to be neere, Rom. 10. 8. and, thou art neere in their mouth, Ier. 12. 2. In this sense the Greeke also exand wee will call on thy name. they tell] that is, I and others with me: so the Greeke saith, I will tell.
Vers. 3. receive the appointment] or, take the appointed thing, (or
Vers. 4. dissolved] or melted, that is, faint with troubles, feares, &c. as Ios. 2. 9. set sure] or, will fitly fasten, artificially stablish, as by line and measure, that they fall not. Pillars] the mountaines, which may also meane
Vers. 5. the horne] the signe of power and glorie, Ps. 112. 9. and 89. 18. 25. Lu. 1. 69. In 1 Chr. 25. 5. to lift up the horne.
Vers. 6. to on high] that is, aloft, or against the high God. with a stiffe necke] like untamed oxen shaspeake not a hard thing (as Psal. 31. 19.) with a necke stretched out, that is, arrogantly, or with one necke, that is, with joynt force: as heart, in Psal. 83. 6. is for one heart.
Vers. 7. the desart] that is, the South or North: for desarts were on both ends of the land of Canapromotion] or exaltation; or, as the Greeke translateth, desart of the mountaines, that is, the mountainy desart, meaning that preferment or deHarim is ambiguous, signiexaltation, and mountaines. The ChalFor there is none besides me, from East to West from the North the place of the desart, or from the South the place of the mountaines.
Ver. 8. abaseth one] Hebr. this man. another]
this man. It may also be read, He (this God) abaseth, and he advanceth.
Vers. 9. a cup] to measure out afflictions; as Psa.
Hab. 2. 16. Ezr. 23. 31, 32. Ier. 25. 28. The Chaldee saith, a cup of curse. wine] that is, wrath or indignation, as is expressed, Ier. 25. 15. Iob 21. 20. Revel. 14. 10. red] or thicke, troubled, muddie, noting fierce indignation. The Greeke turneth it, acratou, more, meaning
Vers. 10. will shew] to wit, this worke of God
his mercy, and judgement. The Chaldee explaineth it, will shew thy miracles. hornes of the wicked] their power, dominion, and pride, whereby they afIer. 48. 25. Lam. 2. 3. Zach. 1. 21. Rev. 17. 12, 13. as by hornes of the just man, is meant his power, dominion, glory, Psal. 132. 17. and 92. 11. and 148. 14. 1 Sam. 2. 10. So the Chaldee openeth it, And I will humble all kingdomes, the high strength of the wicked.
A declaration of Gods majestie in the Church, a
To the Master of the Musicke on Negi
GOd is knowne in Iudah, his name is
Bright, wondrous excellent art thou, more art fearefull, and who shall stand before they that be
To him that gathereth as grapes the spirit of the Governours, that is fearefull to
ON Neginoth] or, with stringed instruments: see Psal. 4. 1. of Asaph] or, to Asaph: see Psal. 50. 1.
Vers. 3. Shalem] or Salem, the City of MelchiGen. 14. 18. afterwards called Ierusalem;
Psal. 51. 20. The Greeke translateth it, in Peace, which is the interpretation of the name Salem, as the Apostle sheweth, Heb. 7. 2. The Chaldee paraphrase saith, Ierusalem. his tabernacle] or tent, pavilion, which is both a meane dwelling, and a moveable, Lev. 13. 42, 43. Heb. 11. 9 10. For both Moses Tabernacle and SoKing. 8. 27.
Vers. 4. burning arrowes] or fiery darts, (as the Apostle calleth the tentations of that wicked one, Ephes. 6. 16.) The Hebrew Ri
is properly
Vers. 5. Bright] made light, that is, Glorious: speaking to God, as vers. 7. wondrous excellent]
V. 6. mighty of heart] or stout, stubborn-hearted;
E
46. 12. called here in Greek
Vers. 7. thy rebuke] that is, punishment, destruction:
Vers. 8. when thou art angry] Hebr. from then
from the time of) thine anger, after thine anger is once kindled.
Vers. 9. the earth] or, the land; which the Chalthe land of the heathens
feared, the land of Israel was quiet.
V. 11. shall confesse thee] that is, shall turne to thy
praise, when thy people are delivered from the rage of their foes. the remnant] or, the re
that is, thy people
Vers. 12. Vow ye] men in danger, or deliuered Genes. 28. 20. Iona 1. 16. Psal. 66. 13, 14. round about him] a description of his people, as the twelve tribes pitched round about the TaNumb. 2. 2. and the foure and twenty Elders were round about Gods throne, Revel. 4. 4. So the Chaldee expoundeth it, ye that dwell about his Sanctuary. to the feare] that is, the most fearefull God, called Feare or Terrour, for more reverence and excellency, unto whom all feare is due, as Isai. 8. 12. 13. Malach. 1. 6. So Iakob called God the Feare of his father Isaak, Genes. 31. 53. And this was performed when after Asshurs overthrow, many brought offerings to the Lord, 2 Chron. 32. 21, 23.
Vers. 13. To him that gathereth] so the Greeke, to him that taketh away: or wee may reade, Hee gathereth, (or Cutteth off as in vintage;) a similigrape-gatherers, which cut off the cluRev. 14. 18, 19, 20. also in Iudg. 20. 45. The Chaldee explaineth it,
To him that represseth the pride of the spirit of governours; God, to be feared above all Kings of the earth. ...Governours] or
The Psalmist sheweth what fierce combat hee had with diffidence. 11 The victory which he had by consideration of Gods great and gracious workes done of old.
To the Master of the Musicke, to Ieduthun, a Psalme of Asaph.
MY voice was to God, and I cried out: my voice was to God, and he gave by night is his word ended to generation and generatidoth this make me sicke,
I will record the actions of Iah; surely, I is in the sanctuary; who is so great a God as God? Thou art the God that doest a marvelwas in the round aire; lightnings illuminated the world, the earth was stirred, and quaked. Thy way was in
TO Ieduthun] or, for him: see Psal. 39. 1. and
Vers. 2. he gave eare] so the Greeke explaineth to give eare: see the like Psal. 65. 11.
Vers. 3. sought the Lord] in Chaldee, sought instruction
Vers. 4. meditated] or praied. See Psal. 55. 3, 18. overwhelmed] or covered it selfe, that is, swowned or
Vers. 5. the watches] or the wards, custodies, (that the lids) of mine eies, so that I cannot sleepe. stricken amazed] beaten with terrour, as with a hammer; or, as the Greeke saith, troubled. So Dan: 2. 1, 3. Gen. 41. 8. could not speake] so the Hebrew phrase spake not, is sometime to be interepreted: as, who shall judge, 2 Chron. 1. 10. for which in 1 King. 3. 9. is written, who can (or, is able to) judge. So Psalme 78. 20.
Vers. 6. of ancient times] or, of eternities, that is, of ages past. This hee did according to the comDeut. 32. 7. for former histories are written for our learning, Rom. 15. 4. 1 Cor. 10. 11.
Vers. 7. my melody] or musicall play, to wit, how Psal. 33. 2, 3.) or, I remembred my musicke, and tooke my instrument, and thus I sung.
Vers. 11. doth this make me sicke] doth it grieve it maketh me sicke; or, this is my infirmitie. the change] or, that changed is; for so the Hebrew phrase,
Vers. 12. will record] will remember for my selfe, mention to others: The Hebrew implieth both these, by a double reading. miracle] that is, miracles or
Vers. 13. discourse] or meditate, intreat of, both
in the Sanctuary] or in sanctitie, in the holy place, as the Greeke turneth it: meaning, it is most holy, and secret, hidden from the eyes of the world, as holy things were hidden in the SanctuaNum. 4. 6, 7, 15, 20. Levit. 16. 2. ComPsal. 73. 16, 17. The Chaldee translateth, O God how holy are thy wayes. a God] or a mightie one, a Potentate: Hebr. Ael. So in the next verse. as God] in Greeke, as our God: in Chaldee, as the God of Israel.
Vers. 15. Marvellous work] that is, works, wonders. This is taken from
Vers. 16. with arme] that is, with power: an arme stretched out, as Exod. 6 6. in Greeke, with thine
arme. of Iaakob] that is, the tribes of Israel, borne of him. of Joseph] this may be meant (as the Chaldee Paraphrast taketh it) of all the IsGen. 45. 10. 11. and 50. 21. called therefore his sonnes; or in speciall of the tribes of Ephraim and Manasses, the sonnes of Ioseph, noted from the rest, for more honour. Compare also herewith Psal. 80. 2, 3.
Vers. 17. The waters] of the red sea, Exod. 14. 21. Psal. 114. 3. The Chaldee paraphraseth, They
saw thy divine Majestie from the midst of the sea, O God. trembled] or were pained, as a woman in travell. So Psal. 29. 8. and 97. 4.
Vers. 18. streamed] or gushed with a tempest. Exod. 14. 24. 25. And thus Israel was baptised in the cloud and in the sea, 1 Cor. 10. 1. 2. thine arrowes] or stones (as this word also signifieth, Lam. 3. 16.) meaning haile-stones. See Psalm. 18. 15. Ios. 10 11.
Vers. 19. in the round aire] in the sphere or globe.
aire is so called of the round forme, which it (with all the heavens) hath. Of the thunder in the aire, see Iob 37. 2,—5. Psal. 29.
Vers. 20. Thy way] wherein thou wentest, and leddest thy people; confounding thy foes, Exod.
Nehem. 9. 11. So elsewhere, his way is in the whilewind, Nahum 1. 3. were not knowne] to wit, before that time; nor after, for the waters returned to their force, and drowned the Aegyptians: Exod. 14. 27. So his other wayes
Vers. 21. lead thy people] thorow the sea, and afthorow the wildernesse towards Canaan; Moses
being their King, and Aaron their Priest. The MeDeut. 8. 2,—5. 15. and 32. 10. Ier. 2. 2, 6. Amos 2. 10. Mic. 6. 4. Psal. 136. 16. Act. 7. 35. 36.
An exhortation both to learne and to preach the Law of God. 9 The story of Gods wrath against the incredulous and disobedient Israelites. 67 Ephraim being refused, God chose Iudah, Sion, and David.
An instructing Psalme of Asaph.
GIve eare my people to my law, incline your eare to the words of my mouth. I will open my mouth in a parable,
That the generation after, sons that should that prepared not aright their heart, and whose spirit was not faithfull, with God. The sonnes of Aephrajim armed shooting
They kept not the covenant of God, and out of the great deepes. And brought forth streames out of
And they added yet to sin against him, to can he pre
And rained upon them Manna to eat, and wind to passe forth in the heavens, and brought on a South-wind by his strength. And rained flesh upon them as dust; and feit fall in the midst of his campe, round about his dwelling places. And they did eat and were filled vehemently, and their dewas yet in their mouth. When the anger of God came up against them, and slew of workes. And hee consumed their daies in vanitie, and their yeares in hastie terrour. was their Rocke, and the most high God, their redeemer. But they flatteringly allured him with their was not firmely prepabeing compassionate, mercifully covered iniquitie, and corrupted
For he remembred that they were flesh, a nor the day in which hee had redeemed them from the distresser. When hee put his signes in Aegypt, and his that they could not drinke. He sent among by the sending of the messengers of evills. Hee weighed out a path to his anger, he withheld not their which his right hand purchased. And he cast out the idols they stirred him to jealousie. God heard, &
And he refused the tent of Ioseph, & chose places, like the earth which hee founded for ever. And he chose David his servant, and ewes with young brought he him, to feed Iakob his people, and Israel his possessi
MY Law] or doctrine, for of it the Law hath the Psal. 19. 8. Christ speaIsa.
Vers. 2. in a parable] that is, in (or with) parables,
Vers. 5. stablished] or reared up. testimonie] or
Vers. 8. perverse] or froward, stubborne. So IsExod. 32. 9. Deut. 31. 27.
Vers. 9. Aephraim] The ten tribes of Israel, of which Ephraim was chiefe, though they were valiKing. 17. Hos. 10. 11, 14. Some underChron. 7. 21, 22, 23. which was while their father lived in Aegypt.
Vers. 10. refused to walke] as 2 King. 17. 14, 15. they would not obey, but hardned their neckes,
and refused his statutes and his covenant, which he made with their fathers &c.
Vers. 12. a miracle] that is, miracles, marvels, as in vers. 2. parable is for parables. of Tsoan] or of Tanis, as the Greeke and Chaldee calleth it. It was a chiefe citie in Aegypt, and the Kings Court or palace, and a place of great antiquitie, Isa. 30. 3, 4. Num. 13. 23. And the field of Tsoan, is the countrie or territories of that citie, as the field of Edom, Gen. 32. 3. the field of Moab, Gen. 36. 35. Num. 21. 20. So after,
Vers. 13. cl
the
Vers. 14. a cloud] to shadow them from the Sunne; and to guide them in their journeyes: a Exod. 13. 21. and 40. 38. Num. 9. 17,—22. Nehem. 9. 19. Isa 4. 5.
Vers. 15. the Rockes] once at Horeb, Exod. 17. Num. 20. 1. 11. The Rocke was spiritually Christ, 1 Cor. 10. 4. great deep's] that is, the great deepe, as the Greeke turneth it: the phrase is taken from Gen. 7. 11. though here deepes is put for deepe, for the more vehemencie, or, for every of the great deepes. Or we may turne it, as in deepes very much, to wit, drinke.
Vers. 17. to provoke bitterly] by rebellion, exPsal. 5. 11. Hebr. 3. 16.
Vers. 18. for their soule] that is, their lust, their
appetite: See Psal. 27. 12.
Vers. 20. bread] that is generally, food, Psalm.
flesh, as after is explained, and the Hebrew lechem sometime signifieth, Eev. 3. 11. Numb. 28. 2. Of this their lufting, see Num. 11. 4, &c. can he prepare] The word can is againe to be repeated from the former sentence. See also the note on Psal. 77. 5.
Vers. 21. ascended] that is, burned: for fire mounvers. 31.
Vers. 24. Manna] or as in Hebrew, Man, a Coriander seed, coloured like Bdelium, (that is, like wax, & clear, but white,) hard, to be ground in milles, or pounded; of it cakes were made, whose taste was like the best fresh oile, and like wafers made with honey. When the dew fell on the host by night, the Manna fell with it; when the dew was ascended, the Manna apIt is Manna (that is, a ready meat, or What is this?) for they wist not what it was: and Moses said, This is the bread which the Lord hath given you to eat, Numb. 11. 7, 8, 9. Exod. 16. 14, 15. 31. Deut. 8. 3. Of this they had to eat forty yeeres in the wilderExod. 16. 35. Ios. 5. 12: It was a figure of Christ, and his spirituall graces, Joh. 6. 31, 32, 33. Revel. 2. 17.
Vers. 25. man did eat] or Every one did eat.
bread of the Mighties] that is, of the Angels, (as the Chaldee and Greeke explaineth it,) which are mightie in strength, Psal. 103. 20. and Manna is called their bread, either because by their ministery God sent it, or because it came from heaven, the habitation of Angels, as the Chaldee paraphraseth; or because it was excellent, so as the Angels (if they needed any food) might eat it. So the tongue of Angels, 1 Cor. 13. 1. is the most sweet and exmighties, we may underthe mightie heavens. meat] The Hetsedah properly signifieth venison, that is, meat caught with hunting; but generally is used for all food. So Psal. 132. 15. to satietie] or enough: for every man had an Omer full (that is, the tenth part of an Ephah or Bushell) of Manna for a day, Exod. 16. 16, 36. and of flesh they had store, till it came out at their nosthrills, and was loath some unNumb. 11. 19, 20.
Vers. 26. brought on] led or drove forward; as Numb. 11. 31. Then there went forth a wind from the Lord, and brought quailes from the sea &c.
Vers. 27. flesh as dust] that is, quailes in great one Homer contained ten Ephahs, Numb. 11. 32. Ezek. 45. 11.
Vers. 28. made it fall] the flesh, the quailes; beNumb. 11. 31. his campe] the Lords, because he dwelt among them, Num. 5. 3. called elsewhere the hosts of the Lord, Exod. 12. 41. or his, that is, Israels: so vers. 63, 64.
Vers. 30. They were not estranged] that is, (as the they were not deprived, their desired meat was not taken away from them; as it is
the flesh was yet betweene their teeth, it was not yet cut off: (that is, taken from them, as Ioel 1. 5.) and the wrath of the Lord was kindled against the people, Numb. 11. 33. Or it may be understood of their affections and lust not yet changed.
Vers. 31. ascended] that is, burned, as vers. 21. Numb. 11. 33, 34. fat] that is, the chiefe and strongest, as Iudg. 3. 29. So weake, poore, or base men, are called leane or thin, Psal. 41. 2. Fat, (or fatnesses,) is here figuratively put for fat persons. See the notes on
Vers. 33. hastie terrour] or, a sudden plague; as was threatned, Levit. 26. 16.
Vers. 36. flatteringly allured] or deceived, that is, went about to deceive, by perswading flattering
Vers. 37. firmely prepared] aright setled ready and stable, as is the heart of the godly, Psal. 112. 7
Vers. 38. mercifully covered] made expiation, and forgave: So Psal. 65. 4. and 79. 9. corrupted]
Vers. 39. flesh] that is, weake, and corrupt. See Psal. 56. 5. a wind] mans life is a vapour that
appeareth for a little time, and afterward vanisheth away, I am. 4. 14.
Vers. 40. How oft] ten times (as the Lord said, Numb. 14. 22.) this people tempted him, and obeyed Exod. 14. 11, 12. 2. At Marah, where they wanted drinke, Exod. 15. 23, 24. 3. In the wildernesse of Sin, where they wanted meat, Exod. 16. 2. 4. In keeping Manna till the morrow, which God had forbidden, Exod. 16. 20. 5. In going out for Manna on the Sabbath day, Exod. 16. 27, 28. 6. At Rephidim, murmuring for lack of water, Exod. 17. 1, 2, 3. 7. At Horeb, where they make the golden calfe, Exod. 32. 8. In TaNumb. 11. 1. 9. At Kibroth hattaavah, where they lusted for flesh, Numb. 11. 4. 10. In Paran, where they refuse the land of Canaan, being discouraged by their spies, Num. 14. 1, 2, &c. And after this they sinned seven times; as 1. In pressing to goe fight, when God forbade them, Num. 14. 44, 45. 2. In the rebellion of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram, Numb. 16. 1, &c. 3. In the murmuring for the death of Korah and his company, Numb. 16. 41, &c. 4. At Meribah, murmuring for lack of waNumb. 20. 2, 3, &c. 5. For griefe of their way, murmuring and loathing Manna, Numb. 21. 4, 5, &c. 6. At Shittim, committing whoredome with the daughters of Moab; 7. And in the same place, coupling themselves to Baal-peor, and eating the sacrifices of the dead, Numb. 25. 1, 2, 3, &c.
Vers. 41. returned and tempted] that is, efisoones, againe and againe tempted; contrary to the
Vers. 44. to bloud] The first of the ten plagues, Exod. 7. 19. 20, 21. and 1. 22. whereto agreeth the third viall of wrath powred out on Antichrists kingdom, spiAegypt, Rev. 16. 4. 6. and 11. 8.
Vers. 45. a mixed swarme] a mixture, sundry sorts flyes; by the Chaldee, mixtures of wilde beasts. It was the fourth plague of Aegypt: See Exod. 8. 24. the frog] that is, frogs, (as aftercaterpillar, locust, for locusts, &c.) The second plague of Aegypt, Exod. 8. 6. figures of uncleane spirits, which gather the Kings of the world to the battell of the great day of God, Rev. 16. 13, 14. corrupted] that is, marred and destroyed.
Vers. 46. their fruit] all that growes out of the
earth. caterpillar] a worme that consumeth and spoileth grasse & fruits, Ioel 1. 4. Locust] or grashopper, (which have their name of their
Vers. 47. blasting hailestone] a word no where grievous haile mixed with fire, that killed men, beasts, herbs and trees, Exod. 9. 24, 25. So in Revel. 16. 21. baile of talent weight falleth on blas
Vers. 48. he shut up] that is, gave: See Psal. 31. vers. 50. lightnings] or, the flying firecoles, thunderbolts: see this word,
Vers. 49. messengers] or Angels of evils, or as the evill Angels: such indeed God useth to punish men by, Job 1. 12, 16, &c. The Chaldee also translateth, sent by the hand of them that doe evill. But hereby may be meant Moses and Aaron, whom the Lord sent to denounce these plagues beExod. 7. 1, 2, 19. and 8. 1, 2, 5, 16, 21. and 9. 14, 15, &c.
Vers. 50. He weighed] to wit, making his punishLevit. 26. 21, 23, 24, 27, 28. Wilde beast] that is, beasts, which have their name of livelinesse (as is noted, Psal. 68. 11.) therefore some turne it here, life; but the Greeke plainly saith cattell. The fifth plague of Aegypt, was the pest or murraine of all beasts and cattell, Exod. 9. 3.
Vers. 51. the first-borne] the tenth and last plague Exod. 12. 27, 29, 30. The first-borne usuNumb. 33. 4. but, spared
Num. 3. 40, 41, 45. and 8. 16,—19. beginning of strengths] or
Vers. 52. his people passe forth] the Israelites Exod. 12. 37. See Psal. 77. 21.
Vers. 54. border of his holinesse] his holy border;
Num. 34. 2, 3,—12. or, border of his Sanctuary. this mountaine] that is, mouna land of mountaines and valleyes, Deut. 11. 11. So Exod. 15. 17. Or in speciall he may meane mount Sion: whereof after in verse 68.
Vers. 55. the Heathens] the seven mighty NaDeut. 7. 1. Iosh. 12. 7,—24. made them fall in the line] that is, made their countrey fall out by line and measure, to be the inIosh. 15 and 16 and 17 chapters. tribes] the posteritie of the 12 sonnes of Israel, called
Vers. 56. And they tempted] The Israelites not
Vers. 57. like their fathers] whose carkasses fell in the wildernesse. For of six hundred thousand Exod. 38. 26. Num. 14. 29, 30. and 26. 64, 65. a warping bow] or, bow of deceit, that shooteth awry, and so deceiHos. 7. 16.
Vers. 58. high places] Temples, Chapels, & conseNum. 33. 52. Deut. 12. 2. 1 Kings 11. 7. and 12. 31, 32. and 14. 23. to jealousie] to jealous anger, for which a man will not spare in the day of vengeance, nor can beare the sight of any ransome, Prov. 6. 34, 35. unto this, God is moved by idolatry, which is spirituall fornication, Exod. 20. 4, 5. Deut. 31. 16, 17. and 32. 21.
Vers. 59. abhorred] or refused, with loathsomvers. 67.
Vers. 60. the dwelling place] the tabernacle set in Shilo, 1 Sam. 1. 3. There God dwelt among men, Exod. 29. 44. 45, 46.
Vers. 61. his strength] the Arke of his covenant, the Arke of his strength, Psal. 132. 8.) this was captived by the Philistims, 1 Sam. 4. 11. The Chaldee translateth it, his Law. beauteous glory or fatrenesse, magnificence; meaning the Arke fore-mentioned, as Phineas wife said, the glory is departed from Israel, for the Arke of God is taken, 1 Sam. 4. 20, 22.
Vers. 62. shut up] that is, delivered his people to
the sword of the Philistims, who killed thirty thousand Israelites, 1 Sam. 4. 10.
Vers. 63. The fire] that is, Gods wrath, by the verse 21. So in Ezek. 30. 8. a fire in Egypt, signifieth (as the Chaldee there expoundeth it) a people strong like fire. were not praised] by hymnes, and songs, as was the wont at their espousals and marriages; that is, they were not married.
Vers. 64. Their Priests] Hophni and Phineas,
Sam. 4. 11. The Hebrew is singularly, His Priests, and so before and after, his choise young men, &c. meaning Israels, who is spoken of, as of one man. But the Scripture useth these phrases indifferently; as, All Aedom was servants, 2 Sam. 8. 14. for which in 1 Chron. 18. 13. is written, All Aedom were servants. Of this name
Vers. 65. awaked] stirred up himselfe to punish the
Philistims, where as before he seemed to sleepe, as Psal. 44: 24. after wine] or, by reason of wine, that is, when hee hath drunke wine, which cheareth and encourageth the heart; so did God behave him-selfe.
Vers. 66. behinde] that is, in the hinder secret
parts; (as the Chaldee addeth, with emerods in their hinder parts:) for so God smote the Philistims with pilos or hemoroids for abusing his Arke, 1 Sam. 5. 1, 6. 9, 12. eternall reproach] by this punishment, and the monuments thereof; for the Philistims were forced to make similitudes of their hemoroids and secret parts, of gold, and send with the Arke home to Israel, as an oblation for their sinne, 1 Sam. 6. 4, 5, 11, 15, 17.
Vers. 67. herefused] or, abhorred, despised, as verse 59. the tent of Joseph] that is, the tribe of Ephraim the sonne of Ioseph, where the TaberSam. 6. 12. and 7. 1, 2. Wherefore Shiloh is used after for an example of judgement, Ier. 7. 12, 14. and 26. 6, 9. Or this may be meant of the ten tribes of Israel, (of whom Ephraim of Ioseph was chiefe) which were cast off for idolatrie, and capKings 17.
Vers. 69. builded his Sanctuary] the glorious King. 6. 1, 2, 3, &c. like high places] Kings palaces or towers. The Greeke and Chaldee turne it, Unicornes, whose hornes are high, Psal. 92. 11. For Ramim, high places, they read Remim, Unicornes.
Vers. 70. from the fold of sheepe] that is, from base Sam. 16. 11. 13. 2 Sam. 7. 8. So Amos 7. 14, 15.
to feed Iakob] so the Greeke well explaito feed in Iakob; where in is to be omitted in English, as the like phrase shewSam. 16. 11. & 17. 34. & the Hebrew it selfe often omitteth it, as 2 Sam. 5. 2. and 7. 7. So here in the former verse, he chose in David, that is, he chose David. Kings are said to feed their people, because their office is like to the good shepherds, in guiPsal. 23. 1. And Pastors are Princes, Ier. 6. 3. and 12. 10.
Vers. 72. discretion of his hands] or Prudencies
The Psalmist complaineth of the desolation of Ie
A Psalme of Asaph.
O God, the heathens are come into for meat, to the fowle of the heavens; the flesh of thy gracious Saints to the wilde beast of the earth. They have shed their bloud like wathere was
them. We are a reproach to our neighbours, a scoffe and a scorne to them that are round about us. How long, Iehois their God? knowne be among the heathens before our eyes, the vengeance of the bloud of thy servants that is shed. Let the sighing of the prisoner come before
OF Asaph] or to him: see Ps. 50. 1. thine inheritance]
Vers. 2. carkasse] for carkasses, as after, beast, for beasts; and prisoner, vers. 11. for prisoners: See Psal. 34. 8.
Vers. 3. none to bury] which is a thing most dishoEccl. 6. 3. CoRev. 11. 2, 9.
Vers. 5. jealousie] that is, hot wrath burne, as Psal.
Ezek. 36. 5. elsewhere it is said to smoake, Deut. 29. 19. this fire is the flame of Iah. Song 8. 6.
Vers. 6. which call not &c.] a note of prophanePsalm. 14. 4. This sentence Ieremie useth, Ier. 10. 25.
Vers. 8. former iniquities] iniquities of former
times (or persons;) done by us, or our fathers, as Psal. 25. 7. both are joyned together, Lev. 26. 40. Lam. 5. 7. Former, and iniquities, differ in gender, yet many times such are coupled, the sense being regarded more than strict forme of words; which the Hebrew text sometime manifesteth, as tabo, 2. Sam. 8. 5. for which in 1 Chron. 18. 5. is jabo; lahen. 2 Chron. 18. 16. lahem, 1 King. 22. 17. So a
Vers. 10. knowne be] to wit, the vengeance, let Let him be revealed among the peoples, that we may see the vengeance of thy servants bloud that is shed. Here againe the words differ in gender, (as was noted before, vers. 8.) wherefore some turne it, let him (that is, God) be knowne, by the vengeance, &c. Compare herewith Deut. 32. 42, 43. Jer. 51. 36, 37.
Vers. 11. the sighing] or the groaning mournfull
crie: So Psal. 102. 21. reserve] or make to remaine, that is, keepe alive from destruction; which if God had not done, they had been as Gomorrah,
Vers. 12. seven-fold] that is, fully and abundantly.
The Psalmist complaineth of the miseries of the Church. 9 Gods former favours are turned into judgements. 15 He prayeth for deliverance.
of the musicke on Shoshan
O Thou that fe
Iehovah God of hosts, how long wilt thou smoake against the prayer of thy people?
Thou removedst a Vine out of Egypt, thou the way before it, and roowith the shawere like the Cedars of God. It sent out the branches whom thou maIt is burned with it is cut downe; at the rebuke of thy face they perish. Let thy hand be upon the man whom thou madest strong for thy selfe. And we will not goe backe from thee; quic
Iehovah God of hosts returne us; cause
SHoshannim] that is, six-stringed instruments, or Lilies: see Psal. 45. 1. Eduth] that is, a Testimonie, or Ornament. An excellent testimonithat sate in the Synedrion, that studied in the testimonie of the Law. See also
Vers. 2. feedest Israel] O God, Pastor of the Israelites.
Vers. 3. Ephraim, Berjamin, and Manasseh] that the tribes, or posteritie of these three Patriarchs, which were all joyned together in one quarter, on the West side of Gods Tabernacle; and when it reNum. 2. 17. 18, 20, 22. and 10. 21. 22, 23. 24. After the captivitie of Babylon also, the remnants of these tribes dwelled in Ierusalem, for which they were thanked by the people, 1 Chron 9. 3. Nehem. 11. 2. a salvation] or full salvation and deliverance. By adding a letPsal. 3. 3.
Vers. 4. returne us] or restore us, to wit, from Psalm. 126. 1. and 23. 3. So the Chaldce saith, returne us from our captivity. face to shine] or, to be light, that is, chearefull, comfortable. See Psal. 4. 7. and 31. 17 and 67. 2. Dan. 9. 17. and we shall] or, that we may be saved: as Psal. 43. 4. so vers. 8. and 20.
Vers. 5. smake] be very angry against the prayer,
Habak. 1. 2. Lam. 3. 8. So the Chaldee expoundeth it wilt thou not receive the prayer. See smoake for anger, Psal. 74. 1.
Vers. 6. bread of teares] bread steept in teares,
teares in stead of bread, as Psal. 42. 4. meaning great afflictions, agreat measure] The Hebrew Shalish is the name of a meathree, as containing a third part of the greatest measure, foure times as big as the usuall cup to drinke in.
Vers. 7. a strise] contention, or contradiction, that among themselves] for their pleasure; or, mocke at them, (as Psal. 2. 4.) that is, at thy people, as vers 6. that is, at us, as the Greeke translateh it. This may be the meaning, though us went before; for the Hebrew sometime changeth person, though it meane the same; as Deut. 5. 10. that love me, and keepe his (that is, my) commandements. See also Psal. 59. 10. and 65. 7. and 115. 9.
Vers. 8. and we shall] or, that we may be saved.
God; here is added, God of hosts; and in vers. 20, (where it is the third time repeated,) is added, Iehovah, God of hosts; thus increasing saith and earnestnesse in their prayers.
Vers. 9. removedst a Ui
that is,
Vers. 10. preparedst] or madest ready: so this Mat. 3. 3. from Isa. 40. 3. and Mat. 11. 10. from Mal. 3. 1. where the word way is expressed; and here also the Greeke saith, thou madest way; properly it signifieth to take away all impediments, that the plaine way may appeare. The Chaldee explaineth it,
Vers. 11. Cedars of God] that is, the great and goodly Cedars, as Psal. 36. 7. or, Cedars planted of
God, as Psal. 104. 16. These the Chaldee expounTeachers (of the Law) likened to strong Cedars.
Vers. 12. the river] Euphrates: see the notes on Psal. 72. 8.
Vers. 13. the hedges] the fences; whereupon the spoile of it followeth, as Isa. 5. 5. So after, Psal.
Vers. 14. boare] beastly tyrants, like swine; as the Assyrians, Babylonians, &c. which wasted the land King. 17. 6. and 25. 1, 2, &c. store of beasts] as Psal. 50. 11. So the law threatI will send wilde beasts upon you, which shall spoile you, &c. Levit. 26. 22. But here beasts are wicked people.
Vers. 16. the stocke] or vine-yard; the base or place which beareth up the vine-branches. and
the sonne] or branch: understand againe, visit him, or looke upon him. By the sonne may be meant Christ, as the Chaldee Paraphrast plainly saith, the King Messias, (called in verse 18. the sonne of man, and so here also in the Greeke version:) who is the true Uine, his Father the husbandman, his disthe branches, Ioh. 15. 1, 5. who taketh part with the afflictions of his people, was himselfe called out of Egypt, Mat. 2. 15. and when his servants are vexed, it is done unto him,
Vers. 18. man of thy right hand] whom thou lovest,
An Exhortation to a solemne praising of God. 5 God challengeth that duty by reason of his benefits. 9 Exhorting to obedience, he complaineth of the
To the master of the musicke upon Gittith, A Psalme of Asaph.
SHout joyfully unto God our strength, triumphantly unto the God of Iais a statute to Israel, a due to the God of Iakob. Hee put it in Ioseph for a testimony, when hee went forth from the land of Egypt, where I heard a language that I knew not. I remoIf there
I am Iehovah thy God, which brought had been obethat Israel had walked in my wayes. Even soone would I have humbled
GIttith] see the Note on Psal. 8. 1.
Vers. 3. Take up] to wit, in your mouthes, or lift up your voice with Psalme or song. So in Esa. 42. 2. to lift up, is meant the voice. give] that is, bring the timbrel, &c. of these instruments, see Psal. 68. 26. and 33. 2.
Vers. 4. Blow the trumpet] or, the Cornet, (wherePsal. 98. 6.) this was done both to proclaime the solemnitie unto men, and to be a memoriall for them before God, Levit. 23. 4. Num. 10. 10. for in their publike worship, the Israelites used trumpets, with other musicall instruments, 2 Chron. 5. 12, 13. and 29. 27. the new moone] when a solemne
Num. 28. 11, 14. and at these times (as on the SabKing. 4. 23. Ezek. 46. 3. Esa. 66. 23. these feasts were a shadow of things to come, but the body is in Christ, Col. 2. 16, 17. the appointed time] or,
Vers. 5. a judgement] that is, a rite, or ordinance, made by God, and a duty to be performed to him. judgement is for dutie, Deut. 18. 3.
Vers. 6. in Ioseph] among the posteritie of IoIoseph is naChron. 5. 1, 2. So Psal. 80. 2. from the land] so the Greeke turneth it, the Hebrew ghnal, being here for meghnal, the same that min, from, as 2 Chro. 33. 8. with 2 King. 21. 8. Zach. 4. 3. At their going out of Egypt, the feast of the Passeover was appointed, Exod. 12. after in the wildernesse, the other feasts, Levit. 23. or we may read it, against the land, viz. to destroy it, and the first-borne, Exod. 11. 4, 5. The Chaldee applieth this to Ioseph when hee went out of prison and ruled over the land of Egypt. I heard a language] Hebr. a lip, used for the speech or language, as Gen. 11. 1.
Vers. 7. from the burden] that is, burdens, whereExod. 1. 11. and 5. 4, 5, 7, 8. basket] or pot; such vessels as wherein they carried straw, mortar, bricke, &c.
Vers. 8. Thou calledst] Israel having left Egypt, Exo. 14. 10, 15. secret place of thunder] out of the blacke cloud, wherewith God guided and protected IsraExod. 14. 19, 20, 24, 25. See also Psal. 77. 18, 19. of Meribah] that is, of Strife; so named because Israel there strove with Moses, and almost stonied him, Ex. 17. 1, 2, 3 4—7. There God proved the ̄, to know what was in their heart, whether they would keep his commandements or no,
Vers. 9. testifie] or protest, take to witnesse, nameDeut. 31. 28. and 32. 1 46. and 30. 19. and deeply charge thee. Compare herewith Exod. 19. 3, 4, 5, &c. and 20. 22, 23. Ier. 11. 7, 8, 8.
V. 11. open wide] that is, speake and aske freely. If yee abide in m
15. 7. and the A
Vers. 12. not well affected] had no will, or good
inclination; which they shewed presently after the giving of the Law, by making themselves gods of gold, and by their continuall rebellions afterward, Exod. 32. 1,—31.
Vers. 13. perverse intendment] or, stubborne opinion,
Vers. 15. humbled] and so have given them rest Chron. 17. 10. compared with 2 Sam. 7. 11.
Vers. 16. falsly denied] or, fainedly submitted:
Psal. 18. 45. and 66. 3. their time] if this be referred to the enemies, it is meant their time of distresse, as Ps. 10. 1. and 31. 16. so time is used, Ier. 27. 7. Isa. 13. 22. if to Gods people, it meaneth their continued setled state, which the Chaldee transtheir strength.
Vers. 17. fed him] that is, his people, verse 14. fat of wheat] the principall, or flower of corne: so Deut. 32. 14. Psal. 147. 14. out of the rocke] out of which God had made his people sucke honey and oile, Deut. 32. 13. Spiritually, the Rocke is Christ, 1 Cor. 10. 4. the honey is the gracious words that flow from him; sweetnes to the soule, and health to the bones, Prov. 16. 24. Psal. 19. 11. Song. 4. 11.
An exhortation to the Iudges, and reproofe of their negligence.
A Psalme of Asaph.
GOd standeth in the assembly of God, he judgeth in the midst of the Gods. How long will ye judge injurious
They know not, neither will they underare Gods, and ye all are sonnes
THe assembly of God] that is, the assise (or session)
of Magistrates; whose office is the ordinance of
god, Rom. 13. 1, 2. Deut. 16. 18. and who are to execute not the judgments of man, but of the Lord, who is with them in the cause and judge
Vers. 2. How long, &c.] Thus God by his ProGods or Iudges
How long ye wicked will ye judge, &c. accept the faces] respect the persons, lift up, admire, honour or
Vers. 3. Iudge ye] that is, defend, deliver; see Psal. 43. 1. Esa. 1. 17. justifie] that is, doe justice,
Vers. 5. They know not] The Iudges are ignorant
of their dutie, Mic. 3. 1. Ier. 10. 21. Prov. 29. 7. The Chaldee paraphraseth, The are not wise to doe good, and they understand not the Law. they will walke on] that is, continue wilfully ignorant, and sinfull in perverting justice, Mic. 3. 9. To walke in darknesse, is to live in sin, 1 Ioh. 1. 6. Ephe. 4. 17, 18. and 5. 8. moved shall be] to wit, therefore moved, as the Chaldee explaineth it; or though moved be all the foundations; though all lawes and orders be violated, all estates disturbed, and strongEsa. 24. 18, 19.
Vers. 6. sonnes of the most high] the Chaldee paas the Angels of the high. And MagiAngels for wisdome, 2 Sam. 14. 20.
Vers. 7. as earthly men] as Adam, that is, as as one of the Princes, that is, of the other Princes of the world: see the like in Iudg. 16. 7. 11. 17. Ge. 49. 16. for this Psalme was spoken to the Magistrates of Israel: for whatsoever the law saith, it saith it to them that are under the Law, Rom. 3. 19.
Vers. 8. inherit] that is, have soveraignty and dominion.
A complaint to God of the enemies conspiracie. 10 A prayer against them that oppresse the Church.
A Song, a Psalme of Asaph.
O God, keepe not thou silence, cease not as dease, and be not still, O God. counsell, and consulted against being a nation, that the name of Israel may be remembred no more. For they have consulted in heart to Midian, as to Sisera, as to Iabin, at the brooke of Kishon. Which were aboeven their Nobles, as Oreb Princes. Who selves the habitais IEHOVAH, onely thou art the most high over all the earth.
KEepe not silence, &c.] Hebr. let not silen
(or
Vers. 3. lift up the head] insolently and boldly, Iudg. 8. 28. On the contrary, Gods people shall lift up their heads, that is, be of good comfort and couLuk. 21. 28.
Vers. 4. thine hidden ones] that is, as the Greek exthy Saints, which are hidden of God in his tabernacle in the day of evill, from the strife of tongues, Psal. 27. 5. and 31. 21. whose life is hid with Christ in God, Col. 3. 3.
Vers. 5. from being] or, that they be no more a
nation; Moab and others consult thus against IsraMoab, and effected, Ier. 48. 2.
Vers. 6. in heart together] this noteth their ear
Vers. 7. the tents] that is, armies with their Iudg. 7. 13, 15. 2 Kings 7 7 10. Ier. 6. 3. Hab. 3. 7. Edom] the Edomites, or Idumeans, which were the sonnes of Esau, named Aedom: the brother of Israel; see the Notes on Psal. 60. 10. the Ismaelites] children of Ismael.
Hagar his mother,) cast out of his fathers house for persecuting his brother Isaak, in whose evill wayes his children here walke, Gen, 16. 1. 15. and 21. 9 10. 14. Gal. 4. 22, 29, 30. Moab] the Moabites, the posteritie of Lot; see Psal. 60. 10. the Hagarens] the Chaldee Paraphrast calleth them Hungarians. They were the posteritie of Ietur, Maphish, and other like children of Ismael, son of
Vers. 8. Gebal] that is, the Gebalites, or Gibleans,
Vers. 9. Ashur] the Assyrians, the posteritie of Shem the son of Noah, Gen. 10. 22. This nation was the rod of Gods wrath against Israel, who in the end captived ten tribes, Esai. 10. 5, 6. 2 King. 15. 29. and 18. 9, 11, 13. &c. The Chaldee paraSenacherib also the King of Ashur, &c. an arme] that is, an helpe, (as the Greeke saith,) & a strength to Lots sons, the Moabites & Ammonites. Thus were here ten peoples, confederates against God & his people. So in Gen. 15. 19. 20. 21. there are ten wicked nations, whose land is given upon conquest to Abrahams seed.
Vers. 10. as to Midian] the Midianites, the poChron. 1. 32. who being turned I do laters, drew IsNu ̄. 31. 1, 7, 8, 16. 32, &c. but after that recovering and oppressing Israel in their own land, were by
Vers. 12. Put them] or him, that is, every one of
their nobles, and all jointly. See the Notes on Psal. 2. 3. Oreb and Zeeb] two Princes of the MadiIudg. 7. 25. Zebach and Salmunach] two kings of the Madianites, whom Gedeon also pursued and killed, Iudg. 8. 12, 21. authorised] or anointed, that is, Princes, as the Greeke expresseth, and the Chaldee translaKings. See the Notes on Psal. 2. 6.
Vers. 14. as a rolling thing] or wheele; but here a light thing, as chaffe or straw, that rolleth or turneth round before the whirlewind, as the next words shew, and a like speech in Isa. 17. 13. plainly manifest. Elsewhere the word signifieth ala wheele, Isa. 28. 28: and the sphere or round orbe of the aire, Psal. 77. 19.
Vers. 15. seare] or burne up. See the like similiDeut. 32. 22.
Vers. 17. with shame] or dishonour, contempt:
lightnesse; as the contrary honour is so called of weightinesse, Psa. 3. 4. that they may seeke] or, and let them seeke: it may be meant of the enemies forementioned, forPsal. 18. 42. or indefinitly, that men may seeke. So after in verse 19.
Vers. 19. Iehovah] This is the chiefest name of Deut. 6. 4. The force of this name the holy Ghost openeth by He that is, that was, & that will be, or, is to come, Rev. 1. 4. 8. and 4. 8. & 11. 17. and 16. 5. and the forme of the Hebrew name implieth so much; Ie, being a signe of the time to come, Iehevah, he will be,
of the time present;
The Prophet longing for the communion of the Sanctuary, sheweth how blessed they are that dwell therein. 9 He prayeth to be restored unto it.
To the master of the musicke upon Gittith, a Psalme to the sonnes of Korach.
HOw amiable are thy dwelling plaare they that abide in thine is the man whose strength is in thee, they in whose heart, are the high-wayes. They that passing thorow the vale of Baca, for a well-spring, also with blessings the raine covereth. They shall goe from is a day in thy courts than a thousand: I have chosen to sit at the threshold in the house of my God, rather than to remaine in the tents of wickednesse. For Iehovah God is
is the man that trusteth in thee.
GIttith] see Psal. 8. 1.
Vers. 2. dwelling places] or habitacles,: see the Notes on Psal. 43. 3.
Vers. 3. for the courts] that I may come into Kings 21. 5. See Psal. 65. 5. shout] to wit, for desire to come unto God.
Vers. 4. the sparrow] or bird, in Chaldee, the
dove; the Hebrew tsippor is generally any bird, Psal. 11. 1. Gen. 7. 14. specially the sparrow, when other birds are named, as here and Psal. 102. 8. for such haunt mens houses. swallow] or, free bird, called in Hebrew dror, of libertie which this bird seemeth to have above others, flying boldly and nestling about houses: so Prov. 26. 2. The Greeke takes it here for the turtle dove, (which hath in Hebrew another name, Psal. 74. 19.) so also doth the Chaldee, adding this reason, because her young are lawfull to be offered on thine altar. thine altars] to wit, are the places where the birds nestle neere unto them, in houses or trees, which some
Vers. 6. the high wayes] or causeyes; namely, wayes or pathes are made by preaching of the Gospell, Esa. 40. 3. and 35. 8. and 11. 16.
Vers. 7. They that passing] or, of them that passe.
of Baca] that is, of mulberie trees; which use to grow in dry places. The Greeke saith, vales of teares. Both meane that through wants and affliSam. 5. 22, 23. Ios. 15. 8. put him
set him, that is, God, making him by faith a well of life unto them; for he is the fountaine of living waters, Ier. 2. 13. Or, set it, that is, the valley, making it a fountaine by digging wels therein. And this may be an allusion to that well, digged by the PrinNum. 21. 16, 18. also with blessings, &c.] that is, bountifully & abunRaine figureth out the doctrine of the Gospell, Deut. 32. 2. Isa. 45. 8. Ioel 2. 23. Revel. 11. 6. the raine of blessings is a bountifull abundant raine, Ezek. 34. 26. (as to sow with blessings, 2 Cor, 9. 6. is to sow abundantly, or liberally; and blessing is liberalitie, 2 Cor. 9. 5. Prov. 11. 25.) So God would cause a bountifull raine of grace and comfort, to cover them that goe up to his house in Ierusalem; as elsewhere hee is said to refresh his inheritance with the raine of liPsal. 68. 10. whereas on the contrary, who so will not goe up to Ierusalem, to worship the King the Lord of hosts, upon them shall come no raine, Zach. 14. 17. The Greeke turneth this sentence thus, the Lawgiver (or Teacher) shall give blessings; the originall Moreh being ambigua Teacher, Iob 36. 22. sometime raine, Ioel 2. 23. Isa. 30. 20. so that from the Hebrew it may also be interpreted, with blessings the teacher shall cover them; the meaning much like the former; the
Vers. 8. from power to power] that is, increasing their power (or strength) daily more and more; as from glory to glory, 2 Cor. 3. 18. and Gods justice is revealed from faith to faith, Rom. 1. 17. our faith and glory increasing more and more, Prov. 4. 18. Or from army to army, (from troupe to troupe) respecting the troupes of Israel, which went all the males thrice every yeare to appeare before the Lord, Exod. 23. 14,—17. The Hebrew Chajil, power, is used sometime for an army of men, Psal. 33. 16. and sometime for riches, Psal. 49. 7. which also may be implied here. he shall appeare] or, till
Vers. 10. of thine anointed] or Messiah, our Gods anointed, 2 Sam. 23. 1.
Vers. 11. than a thousand] to wit, in any other
place. sit at the threshold] that is, be in the lowbe cast downe, (or an abject) And by Gods house may be meant his tabernacle; as Luk. 11. 51. with Mat. 23. 35. to remaine] or abide my whole life long.
Vers. 12. is a Sun] or, will be a Sun, that is, a light, Isa. 60. 19. Rev. 21. 23. understanding hereby the Sunne of righteousnesse, Mal. 4. 2.
The Psalmist out of the experience of former mer
To the master of the musicke, a Psalme to
THou hast beene favourable to thy and revive us, that thy people may reis neere to
TO the sonnes] or, of them. See Psal. 42. 1.
Vers. 2. hast been favourable to] or, hast favourably accepted, beene well pleased, to wit, in times past. This also respecteth the promise,
Vers. 4. gathered away] that is, withdrawne, ceased,
Vers. 5. Turne us] to our former estate. cause to cease] or dissipate; as Psal. 33. 10.
Vers. 6. wilt thou draw] that is, continue: see Ps.
Vers. 7. wilt not thou turne and revive] that againe revive us. See Psal. 71. 20. The Greeke saith, O God, thou turning wilt revive us. For halo, they read ha-al, the letters transplaced.
Shew us] or, Let us see, that is, enjoy. SPsal. 50. 23.
Vers. 9. the God] or, the Almightie, Ael. and let them not] or, that they turne not to folly,
Psal. 125. 3. The Greeke saith, and to them that turne the heart to him.
Vers. 10. that glory may dwell] or, glory shall
dwell; meaning that glory of God, which we are deRom. 3. 23. shall be restored by grace in Christ, and God will dwell among men, and communicate with them his glory, Rev. 21. 3, 11. Isa. 60. 1. & they are changed into the same image, from glory to glory, as by the Spirit of the Lord, 2 Cor. 3. 18. Or, by glory is meant, Christ the salvation of God, who dwelt in our land, when the word was made flesh, and men saw the glory thereIoh. 1. 14.
Vers. 11. are met] that is, come together, which meeting importeth, Prov. 22. 2. Isa. 34. 14.) The truth of Gods promises are in Christ fulLuke 1. 68, 69, &c. Act. 13. 32, 33. have kissed] as friends use when they meet,
Vers. 12. Faithfulnesse springeth] or, Truth buddeth out of the earth (or
Vers. 13. the good] or good things, that is, the good
gift of the holy Ghost, to sanctifie his people, as Luk. 11. 13. compared with Matth. 7. 11. See also the Note on Psal. 65. 5. our land] our earthly naMat. 13. 23. See Psal. 67. 7.
Vers. 14. Iustice shall goe] or, He will cause justice
to goe before him. will put her footsteps] or, will set (her,) in the way of his footsteps: which seemeth to meane a setled course of walking in vertue. Or, when he shall put his footsteps into the way.
David strengtheneth his prayer by the conscience of his religion, 5 by the goodnesse and power of God. 11 Her desireth the continuance of former grace. 14 Complaining of the proud, he craveth some to
A Prayer of David.
BOw downe thine eare Iehovah, answer me, for I am poore, afflicted, and neeam merciart good, and mercifully pardonest, and much of mercie to all that call upon thee. Give eare Iehovah to my prayer, and There is none like thee among the gods, O Lord, and none like thy works. All nations whom art thou, and art God thy selfe alone. Teach me, O Iehovah, thy way, is great toward me, and thou hast delivered my soule from the lowest hell. O God, the art a God, pittifull and gracious, long suffering, and much of mercie and truth. Turne the face unto me, and be gracious to
A Prayer] the like title is of Psalme 17. To
Vers. 2. mercifull] or, a gracious Saint, pious, holy.
Psal. 4. 4. This tiIer. 3. 12.
Vers. 4. Lift I up] See the Notes on Psal. 25. 1. lift I up my soule in prayer.
Vers. 5. mercifully pardonest] or, art propitious, a forgiver: the Chaldee addeth, of them which turne to the Law. See Psal. 25. 11.
Vers. 8. among the gods] Though there be that
are called Gods, whether in heaven or in earth, (as there be many gods, and many Lords;) yet unto us there is but one God, &c. 1 Cor. 8. 5, 6. all the gods of the peoples are idols, Psal. 96. 5. Or, by gods may be meant Angels, as the Chaldee here explaineth it, and the Princes of the world. and none] to wit, can doe workes like thine; or, no workes are like thy works, Psal. 13 6. 4.
Vers. 11. Vnite my heart] apply and knit it to thy
Vers. 13. hell] or grave, the state of death: see Ps.
the proud] Compare this with Psalm.
Vers. 15. pitifull] or, full of ruth, mercie, and tender
Vers. 16. son of thine handmaid] that is, borne Luk. 1. 48. See the like speech, Psal. 116. 16.
Vers. 17. Doe with me a signe] or, Shew it me: that is, So deale with me, in my deliverance and Num. 16. 38. & 26. 10. Ionas a signe to the Ninevites, and Christ to the Iewes, Luke 11. 30.
The nature and glory of the Church. 4 The in
To the sonnes of Korah, a Psalme,
HIs foundation among the mounis of thee, O Citie of God Selah. I man was borne there. And of Sion it shall be said, man and man was borne in her, and he the most High shall man was borne there Selah. And singers, as players on
HIs foundation] or, The foundation thereof,
Morijah and Sion, 2 Chron. 3. 1. Ps. 2. 6. Some referre it to the Psalme, the foundation (or argument) whereof is of the Church of Christ. The Chaldee saith, By the hands of the sonnes of Korah the Psalme was said, and the Song founded in the mouth of the ancient fathers.
Vers. 2. gates of Sion] the publike assemblies Psal. 9. 15. The Law was to come out of Sion, Mich. 4. 2. and the Scepter of Christs Kingdome, Psal. 110. 2. dwelling places] these the Chaldee expoundeth, Synagogues of the house of Iakob, which were in all the Cities of Israel.
Vers. 3. spoken is] that is, are particularly spoken,
of thee Citie of God] that is, Ierusalem: so called also, Psal. 46. 5. and 48. 2. a figure of the Church. What honourable things are spoken of this Citie, see Isa. 54. and 60. and 62. and 65. Rev. 21. and 22 chapters. The Hebrew phrase, in thee, is rightly turned accorof thee, or concerning thee: which many times hath such signification, as Psal. 63. 7. and 71. 6. and 119. 46. 1 Sam. 19. 4. so also in the Greeke, as Rom. 11. 2.
Vers. 4. Rahab] that is, as the Chaldee Parathe Aegyptians. So Aegypt is called Rahab, in Psal. 89. 11. Isa. 51. 9. either for the strength and pride of Egypt, (which the word Rahab signifieth;) or of some chiefe citie so named; as elsewhere
Vers. 5. man and man] so the Greeke also exevery man, successiively, as Hest. 1. 8. For Ierusalem is the mother of us all, Gal. 4. 26. (So day and day, is every day, Hest. 3. 4. Psal. 61. 9.) Or, man and man, is many men, of this and that Nation, of each estate and degree. stablish her] that the gates of hell shall not prevaile against her, Mat. 16. 18. Therefore this citie lieth fouresquare setled in all changes, Revel. 21. 16. Ezek. 48. 16,—20. It may also be read, and he will stablish her on high: and so the Chaldee expoundeth it; and Ierusalem is said to be above, Gal. 4. 26.
Vers. 6. writing the peoples] in the writing of the
house of Israel, that is, the Church, Ezek. 13. 9. Isa. 4. 3.
V. 7. And singers] or, And singing are, &c. This singers & players on instruments had in charge continually to laud the Lord, &c. 1
A prayer containing a grievous complaint of ma
A Song, a Psalme to the sonnes of Korach: of the musicke, on Machalath leannoth; an instructing Psalme, of He
OIehovah, God of my salvation, by day I cry out, & in the night before thee. that hath
in the grave, whom thou replaces; in darknesses, in the places. Thy wrathfull heat stayeth upwith all thy billowes thou afflime Selab. My knowne acquaintance thou hast put farre away from me, hast see me for abominations to theI am shut up & can
Wilt thou doe a miraculous worke to the worke be knowne Iam poore afflicted, and my youth; I beare thine affrightings, I am doubtfully troubled. Thy wraths passe over me, thy acquaintance are in darknesse.
MAchalath] a kind of wind instrument; or, by ininfirmitie: see Ps. 53. 1. leannoth] or, to sing by turnes, which is, when one part answeto afflict (or humble.) This Psalme is the most doleHeman the Aezrachite] so the next Psalme is intituled of Aethan the Ezrachite: there were two of this name, Heman and Aethan, sonnes of Zerach the sonne of Iudah the Patriarch, Chron. 2. 4, 6. men renowned for their wisedomeKing. 4. 31. also Heman and Aethan, singers and musiChr. 15. 17, 19. and 16. 42. Heman being son of Ioel the son Samuel the Prophet, 1 Sam. 6. 33. himselfe being also a Seer or Prophet in King Davids daies, 1 Chron. 25. 5. And of the kingdome promised to David, doth Aethan intreat, Psal. 89. 4. &c. Christs afflictions and kingdome are in these Psalmes fore-told; he was the true David, Hos. 3. 5.
Vers. 4. draweth neere] or toucheth hell, or the
grave. So, to touch (or come neere to) the gates of death, Psal. 107. 18.
Vers. 5. a man] Hebr. geber, that is, a strong man,
helplesse.
Vers. 6 free] that is, acquitted, or discharged from the prisoners rest together, and the servant is free from his master, Iob. 3. 18. 19. or free, that is, sequestred, apart from others; as King Azariah being le
Vers. 7. pit of the lowest places] the nether most pit,
ch the Chaldee paraphraseth
in captivitie, which is like to the nether pit. darknesses] or darke places: so Psal. 143. 3. deepe places] or gulses: see Psal. 69. 3.
Vers. 8. stayeth] or, is imposed, and lieth hard.
billowes] breaking waves of the sea: see Psal. 42. 8.
Vers. 9. set me abominations] that is, made me most abominable (or loathsome,) to every of them.
not get out] so Lam. 3. 7. Iob 19. 8. Of this phrase see the Note on Psal. 77. 5.
Vers. 10. languisheth] or pineth away; the Chaldroppeth teares. Compare herewith, Lev. 25. 16.
Vers. 11. the deceased] Hebr. Rephaim; dead
men are so called, as being incurable or unrecoverable to life; so
Vers. 12. perdition] Hebr. Abaddon, the grave
perish, and seeme to be lost. So Iob 28. 22. and 26. 6.
Vers. 13. darknesse] that is, the place and state of
the dead, called the land of darknesse, and shadow of death, Iob 10. 21, 22. So Eccles. 6. 4. Note here the sundry titles given to the state of death. land of oblivion] where dead men are, (as is before noted;) which also are forgotten out of minde, Psal. 31. 13. Eccles. 8. 10. and 9. 5.
Vers. 16. breathing out the ghost] that is, ready to
dye, expiring, through continuall miseries. The Greeke saith, in labours from my youth. from the youth] or, for the shaking off, that is, the affliction. am doubtfully troubled] or distracted for feare lest evils should befall me.
Vers. 17. dismay] suppresse, or cut me off. The Hetrouble.
Vers. 19. my knowne acquaintance are in darknesse]
The Psalmist praiseth God for his covenant, 6 for his wonderfull power, 16 for the care of his Church, 20 and for his favour to the kingdome of David. 39 He complaineth of contrary events, 47 expostu
An instructing Psalme, of Aethan
I Will sing the mercies of Iehovah for
for ever; the heavens, thou wilt stablish thy faithfulnesse in them. I have stricken a coworke, Ieis daunting terrible in the secret of the Saints, very much; & fearefull over all round about him. Iehovah, God of hosts, who is like thee is round about thee. Thou rulest over the swelling man, thou hast scattered thine enemies with the arme of thy strength. Thine are the heavens, thine also is the earth; are the are the art the glory of their strength; is our shield, one chosen out of the peoshall be with him, & in my name shall his horn be exalted. And hand in the rivers. He shal call on me, my father thou; to be the first borne, high above the kings of the earth. For ever will I keepe shall be faithfull to him. And his seed I will put for ever, and a witnesse in the skie faithhand of his distressers, hast rejoyced all his enemies. Also thou hast turned the edge of am; unto what vanitie thou hast created all the sonnes of Adam. What
Where be those thy former mercies, Lord,
Remember Lord the reproach of thy serof all great peoples. Wherewith thine enemies, Ieho
Blessed be Iehovah for ever, Amen, and A
OF Aethan] see the Note on Psal. 88. 1.
V. 3. I said] to wit, by thy spirit, therefore thou (Lord) saidest. built up] that is, conserved, propagated, increased continually. in them] or with them, that so long as the heavens endure, thy faithfulnesse shall continue; as vers. 30. 37, 38. Ps. 72. 5. and 119. 89. or by heavens may spiritually be meant the Church, called often heaven, and the kingdome of heaven, Esa. 66. 22. Revel. 4. 1, 2. and 12. 1. and 15. 1.
Vers. 4. my chosen] mine elect people. Therefore my chosen ones: but the Chaldee translateth, with Abraham my chosen. David] the figure and father of
Vers. 5. thy seed] Christ and Christians, the chilChrist, the Sonne of David, Heb. 2. 13. Rev. 22. 16. thy throne] the kingdome of Christ, unto whom God gave the throne of his father David, to reigne over the house of Iakob for ever, Luke 1. 32, 33. 69. Ierusalem is this
Vers. 6. the heavens] the heavenly creatures, AnLuk. 2. 13, 14. Phil. 3. 20. Rev. 7. 9, 10, 11, 12. So the Chaldee expoundeth it, the Angels of heaven. See also Ps. 50. 6. in the church] or in the congregation, to wit, shall be confessed, or celebrated.
Vers. 7. sonnes of the mighties] or of the Gods, that Princes of the world. See Psal. 29. 1. and 82. 1. 6. The Greeke saith, sonnes of God, whereby also Angels may be meant, as
Vers. 8. daunting terrible] in Greeke, glorified.
Psa. 10. 18. the secret] or mystery, or (as the Greeke turneth it) councell: meaning the Church or Congregation, where the secrets or mysteries of Gods kingdome are manifested, Mat. 13. 11. Rom. 16. 25. 1 Cor. 4. 1. Eph. 3. 4. This word is sundry times used for a Councell or Congregation, Ps. 111. 1. Ezek. 13. 9. Ier. 6. 11. and 15. 17. or it may here be understood of the company of Angels, as 1 King. 22. 19. very much] to wit, terrible, or, referring it to the latter, in the great secret councell. over all] or, above all; see Psal. 76. 12. The Chaldee paabove all the Angels which stand round about him.
Vers. 11. Rahab] in Greeke, the proud; hereby Egyptians, as Psal. 87. 4. (and so the Chaldee expounds it of Pharaoh the wicked;) or, the proud sea, as Iob 26. 12. both were subdued when Israel came out of Egypt, Exod. 14. and 15. See Isa. 51. 9. The raging sea, and swelling waters, doe also signifie wicked enemies of God and his people, Esai. 57. 20. Iude 13. Psal. 124. 4, 5. thine] or, to thee the earth, to wit, belongeth. See Psal. 24. 1, 2.
Vers. 13. The North] wch God hath stretched out
over the empty place, Iob 26. 7. the right side] that is, the South (as the Chaldee Paraphrast explaiEast is called Kedem, before; and the West achor, that is, behinde, Ioh. 23. 8. Esai. 9. 12. It seemeth that this turned to superstition and idolatry, that men
Ezek. 8. 16. Exo. 27. Num. 3. Tabor] a goodly mountaine in Galilee, Ios. 19. 22. Iudg. 4 6, 12. Hermon] anShirion: See Psalm. 42. 7. and 29. 6. by these are meant the East and West parts, answeraNorth and South: as the Chaldee Paraphrast saith, Tabor in the West, and Chermon that is in the East.
Vers. 15. the prepared place] establishment, or base, on which the throne is setled; so the word sometime signifieth, as Ezra 3. 3. Psal. 104. 5. So Psal. 97. 2. goe before] or come before, prevent, as prest and readie at hand.
Vers. 16. the shouting sound] or the alarme, the
shrill clanging sound of the trumpet, which was blowne at the warres, journeyes, assemblies, soPsal. 81. 4. and 27. 6. Numb. 10. 3. 9, 10. Ioel, 2. 1, 15. or the shouting, the jubilation, to wit, of the King that is among his people, as Numb. 23. 21. who by the sound of his word, as of a trumpet, warneth, inforIsa. 58. 1. Ezek. 33. 3,—7, 8. Hos. 8. 1. Ier. 6. 17. 2 Chron. 13. 12. 15. Zach. 9. 14. Revel. 1. 10. and 4. 1. light of thy face] the favour of God shining in the Gospell, and light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Iesus Christ, Ioh. 12. 35. 2 Cor. 4. 6. See also the notes on Psal. 4. 7. and 44. 4.
Vers. 18. the glory] or beauty, by whom they our horne] a signe of honour, strength, kingdome, gloPsal. 112. 9. and 92. 11. and 148. 14. 1 Chron. 25. 5. Luke. 1. 69. So after, in vers. 25.
Vers. 19. of Iehovah] or to him, to wit, pertaineth.
Vers. 20. in a vision] by the spirit of prophesie, Isa. 1. 1. Lam. 2. 9. to thy gracious Saint] that is, Saints, (for so the Greeke changeth the numSamuel and Nath
the one of which anointed David, the other fore-told of the perpetuitie of his kingdome, 1.
Vers. 21. oile of mine holinesse] that is, mine holy
Vers. 23. the enemie shall not exact] or not seaze,
Satan and death prevailed not against Christ, though hee became surety for our debts, Ioh. 14. 30. 1 Cor. 15. 26. Heb. 2. 14. See this word, Psal. 55. 16. sonne of injurious evill] that is, the injurious, wicked person: this promise is in 2 Sam. 7. 10. applied in this phrase to all Gods people. A sonne of evill is one addicted and given over to it, Deut. 13. 13. So sons of death, Psal. 79. 11. son of perdition, 2 Thess. 2. 3.
Vers. 26. set his ha
that is, give him power
Vers. 27. my father] so God promised, I will
be his father, and he shall be my son, 2 Sam. 7. 14. The Apostle applieth this to Christ, and proveth hereHeb. 1. 4, 5.
Vers. 28. first-borne] or first-begotten, that is, the principall, as is after explained. For the first-borne had three prerogatives, a double portion of goods, Deut. 21. 17. the government or chiefty, 2 Chron. 21. 3. and the priesthood, Numb. 8. 14, 15, 16, 17. Mal. 2. 5, 6, 7. and 3. 3. See the notes on Psal. 78 51. This honour is peculiar to Christ, who is said to be the first-borne of every creature, and the first-borne of the dead, that in all things hee might have the preeminence, Coloss. 2. 15, 18. to be worshipped therefore of all the Angels of God, Heb. 1. 6. and Prince of the Kings of the earth, Rev. 1. 5. The Chaldee addeth, the first-borne of the Kings of the house of Iudah.
Vers. 30. his seed] Christians borne of God, are seed and children, Isa. 53. 10. Heb. 2. 13. and Christ is called the Everlasting Father, Isa. 9. 6. his throne] that is, kingdome, which shalbe perpetuall, 2 Sam. 7. 13. Heb. 1. 8. Dan. 2. 44. and 7. 14. The accomplishment of these promises cannot be found in Solomon, whose seed & throne was overthrowne, Ier. 22. 30. Ezek. 21. 25, 26, 27.
Vers. 31. If his sons &c.] This explaineth the If he sin &c. 2 Sam. 7. 14, 15. for being understood of Christ, hee properly sinned not, 1 Pet. 2. 22. but was made sin for us, 2 Cor. 5. 21. and the sins of his sons or people are counted his, for God laid on him the iniquity of us all, Isa. 53. 6.
Vers. 33. with the rod] the rod of men, 2 Sam. 7. Hebr. 12. 6. 10.
Vers. 34. not make frustrate] not breake off, or cease, (as Psal. 85. 5.) that is, not utterly take: for, the mountains shall sooner remove, Isa. 54. 10. and no afflictions can separate us from the love of God which is in Christ Iesus our Lord, Rom. 8. 35,—39. See the fulfilling of this touching David, in 1 King. 11. 6, 12, 13, 36, 39.
Vers. 36. Once] or One time: See Psal. 62. 12. by my holinesse] by my selfe, who am the holy God, Gen. 22. 16. Esay 5. 16. Because he hath no greater to sweare by, God sweareth by himselfe; and willing more abundantly to shew the heires of promise the stablenesse of his counsell, bindeth himselfe with an oath, Hebr. 6. 13, 17, 18. if I lye] that is, surely
Vers. 37. as the Sunne] that is perpeshall shine as the Sunne.) See Psal. 72. 5.
Vers. 38. it shall be sta
or, which
Vers. 39. But thou] or, And thou, a word of Psal. 2. 6.
Vers. 40. his crowne] or diademe, prophaned to the ground. Nezer, a separation, is figucrowne or garland, such as Kings wore, 2 Sam. 1. 10. and high Priests, Exod. 29. 6. as being a signe of their separation from others, in reNazarites had their name, Numb. 6. 2Psal. 132. 18
Vers. 42. rob] or rifle him, meaning Christ in Act. 9. 4. Mat. 25. 40, 45.
Vers. 4his brightnesse] or puriti
that is, the
Vers. 46. daies of his youth] of his strength Hos. 7. 9. See the contrarie, Psalm. 103. 5. Io
Vers. 48. how transitory] or, of what worldly
time, of what short durance: See Psalm. 39. 6. the Greeke turneth it, what my substance is. Compare herewithIoh 10. 9
Vers. 49. see death] that is, die, So Luke 2. 26. Psal. 16. 10. The Chaldee saith, see the Angell of death. the hand of hell] the power of the grave, or of death: See Psal. 49. 16. 10.
Vers. 51. of all great peoples] or, of all the many
(the multitudes of) peoples.
Vers. 52. the foot-steps] or foot-soles, that is, the Psal. 56. 7. and 49. 6. This referred to Christ, respecteth the oraGen ▪
3. 15. that the Serpent should bruise the foot-sole of the womans seed. Referred to Chri
Vers. 53. Blessed be] These be words of faith and Rom. 7. 24, 25. 2 Cor. 1. 3, 4, &c. and Amen] Thus is this third Booke of the Psalmes also concluded. See the notes on Psal. 41. 14. and 72. 19.
Moses setting forth Gods providence, 3 com
A prayer of Moses the man of God.
LOrd, thou hast beene to us an habitati
Before the mountaines were borne, art God. Thou turnest sory man are as yesterday when it is past, and as a watch in the night. Thou carriest them aas a sleepe in the morning, as the grasse that is changed. In
For we are consumed in thine anger, and sins to the light of thy face.
For all our dayes doe turne away in thine are threescore and ten yeares; and if they be in strengths, fourescore yeares; and their pride is molestation and painfull iniquius to know, that wee may apply the heart to wildome. Returne, Iehovah, wherein we have seene evill. Let
THe man of God] that is, the Prophet, as Deut. 33. 1. For a Prophet, a Seer, and a man of God,
Sam. 9. 6, 8, 9, 10, 11. The Chaldee Paraphrast sheweth it here, saying, A Prayer that Moses the Prophet of the Lord prayed, when the people of the house of Israel had sinned in the wildernesse. This Psalme hath reference to that history in
Vers. 2. were borne] this and the next word, brought forth, are similitudes taken from procreatiJob. 38. 28, 29. of the raine, dew, ice, and frost.
Vers. 3. unto contrition] till he be contrite, or broken,
Vers. 4. a watch] a ward or custodie, which is three houres space: for the Iewes divided the day into twelve houres, Ioh. 11. 9. and so the night, which they subdivided into foure watches, Matt. 14. 15. named the evening midnight, cock-crowing ▪
and
Vers. 5. a sleepe] the Chaldee paraphraseth, If
they turne not, thou wilt bring death upon them, which is like a sleepe unto them, and in the world to come they shall be changed, as the grasse which is cut downe.
Vers. 6. is changed] or changeth, to wit, the sprouteth or groweth, as the Chaldee explaineth it. And so the Hebrew (which generally signifieth a change, passage, or shifting,) is sometime used for the better, to sprout, Ioh 14. 7change the strength, Esay 40r
Vers. 8. our hidden sinnes] or, sins of our youth ▪
Vers. 9. doe turne away] or, turne the face, decline,
Vers. 10. if they] (the yeares) be in str
Vers. 11. according to thy feare] or, as thy feare,
who knoweth (or acknowledgeth) thy wrath, so as thy feare teacheth men to doe? meaning by feare, either Gods law, as Psal. 19. 10. or his feareDe
1. 16. Or,
Vers. 12. may apply] or, may bring, may make
come. to wisdome] or, may get a heart of wisdome, that is,
Vers. 13. how long?] wilt thou afflict us? as the wilt thou deferre to helpe us? See Psal ▪ 6. 4. repent thee] to wit,
Vers. 14. in the morning] that is, early ▪
after the
Vers. 15. the yeares &c] that is, as wee have
Vers. 16. thy comely honour] or magnificence, in
Vers. 17. the pleasantnesse] or beautie, that is, staffe beauty (or pleasantnesse) in the Lords hand, signified his covenaZ
11. 7. 10. or generally it
The state of the godly. 3 Their safetie. 9 Their habitation. 11 Their keepers. 14 Their friend, with the effects of them all.
HEe that sitteth in the secret of the most high, shall lodge himselfe in shalbe a buckler and a shield. Thou shalt not feare for the dread of the night, for the arrow that flieth by day.
For the pestilence that walketh in the darkthat wasteth at noone-day. A thousand shal fall at thy side, hand; unto thee it shall not come neare. Onely, with thine for
any evill, and the plague shall not come nigh thy tent. For his Angels will he com
Vpon their hands shall they beare thee up, will I be in distresse; I wil
SEcret] in Greeke, helpe. shall lodge] or, that lodgeth,
that is,
Vers. 2. I will
or,
Vers. 3. of the fowler,] as Psal. 124. 7. or hunter,
devill that hath the power of death, and seeketh to destroy, Heb. 2. 14. 1 Pet. 5. 8. the wofull pestilence] Hebr. the pest of wofull evils, that is, the most wofull, noysome and contagious pest.
Vers. 5. the dread of the night] the dreadfull
evill that terrifieth in the night, Prov. 3. 25. Song 3. 8. arrow] so the pestilence is called, Deut. 32. Ezek. 5. 16. The Chaldee calleth it, the arrow of the Angell of death.
Vers. 6. the stinging plague] the murreine (or pest) that suddenly pricketh and destroyeth, Deut. 32. 24. The Apostle in Greeke calleth it a sting or pricke, 1 Cor. 15. 55. from Hos. 13. 14. as there the Lxx. turned it. The Chaldee here expounds it, the company of Devils. at noone-day] that is, openly: So Ier. 15. 8.
Vers. 8. shalt thou behold] or, regard, consider,
Vers. 9. Because thou Iehovah] an unperfect vers. 2. understand, Because thou sayest, thou Iehovah art &c. or, because thou hast put Jehovah who is my covert: even the most high hast thou put for thy mansion, or
Vers. 10. befall unto thee] or occasionally be sent,
thrust upon thee, or caused to come unto thee: so Prov. 12. 21.
Vers. 12. upon their hands] or, their palmes;
their strength. This Scripture the Devill alleaged, when he tempMatt. 4. 6. Luke 4. 10, 11. but some of these words are there omitted. lest thou dash] or, that thou dash (or hurt) not. The Angels are all ministring spirits, sent forth to minister for their sakes which shall be heires of salvation, Heb. 1. 14. See also Psal. 34. 8. a stone] the Chaldee interprets it, evill concupiscence, which is like unto a stone.
Vers. 13. the fierce Lion] or Libbard, in Hebrew Shachal. Of Lions there be divers kinds; see Psal. 7. 3. aspe] or, Cockatrice, Basiliske, as the Greeke Here turneth it: See Psal. 58. 5. under these names are meant all other things dangerous, or adverse to the life of man, which by faith are overcome; as Mark. 16. 17, 18. Heb. 11. 33, 34.
Vers. 14. He cleaveth to me] or, is fastned, that affected to me, in faith, hope, love, delight, &c. The Chaldee expounds it, to my word. God cleaveth in love to his people, Deut. 7. 7. so they also unto him: The Greeke here turneth it, he hoped in me. Else-where it is commonly used for fast-love and pleasure, Gen. 34. 8. Esay 38. 17. Deut. 21. 11. se
to wit, in a safe defenced place, as the word importeth: therefore the Greeke saith,
Vers. 15. honour him] give him honour, or glory:
honour or glorifie him, Psal. 50. 15. See 1 Sam. 2. 30.
Vers. 16. satisfie] or give him his fill. So Abrafull or sa
25. 8. and 35. 29. 1
The Prophet teacheth how good it is to praise God, 5. for his great workes, 7 for his judgements on the wicked, 11 and for his goodnesse to the godly.
A Psalme, a song for the day of Sabbath.
IT is good to confesse to Iehovah, and to
To shew forth thy mercy in the mor
For thou hast rejoyced me, O Iehovah, with thy worke; in the acts of thy hands will men
art high shall be anointed with fresh oile. And mine eye shall behold is righis in him.
OF Sabbath] that is, of Cessation, or Resting,
from our owne workes, wills, waies, and words, Exod. 20. 10. Esay 58. 13. Heb. 4. 10. which day was the seventh from the creation, wherein God rested from all his worke, and blessed and sanGen. 2. 2, 3. Exod. 20. 8. which was a token of his mercy unto, and sanctification of his people, Nehem. 9. 14. Exod. 31. 13, 14. This day was sanholy convocation or assembly of the people, Levit. 23. 3. offering of sacrifices, Numb. 28. 9, 10. singing of Psalmes, as this title sheweth, with 2 Chron. 29. 26, 27. reading and expounding the Scriptures, Act. 13. 15. and 15. 21. praying, Act. 16. 13. disputing, conferring, meditating of Gods word and workes, Act. 17. 2. and 18. 4. and doing workes oMatth. 12. 2,—7, 8, 11, 12. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus, An hymne, a song which the first man Adam said for the Sabbath day.
Vers. 3. in the nights] see Psal. 134. 1.
Vers. 4. with meditation] or meditated song, or upon Higgajon with the harpe. The word signifieth meditation, as Psal. 9. 17. Here some thinke it to be the name of an instrument, or a solemne sound: the Greeke turneth it a song.
Vers. 5. with thy worke] which is all done well
and perfectly, Gen. 1. 31. and 2. 2, 3. Deut. 32. 4.
Vers. 10. shall be scattered] or shall dispart themselves:
Vers. 11. shall be exalted] or, thou wilt exalt as
the Vnicornes, therewith to smite mine enemies, as Deut. 33. 17. The horne signifieth kingdome, and strength, and glory: and the Chaldee here translastrength. See Psal. 75. 5, 11. Psal. 22. 22. mine old age] so also the Greeke translateth it: or, when I am old. After which seemeth to be undershall be anointed (or, as before, shall be exalted) with oile. Oftentimes words are not expres
Vers. 12. mine eye shall view] to wit, evill, or destruction, as the Chaldee explaineth, or the reward of my foes. See
Vers. 13. palme-tree] or date-tree, which growSong 7. 7. the branches faire and greene, wherwith they made boothes at their solemne feasts, Levit. 23. 40. the fruit pleasant to eat, Song 7. 8. Exod. 15. 27. This tree, though loaden and pressed, yet endureth and prospereth; therefore the branches carried in the hand, or worne in garlands, were signes of victory, Revel. 7. 9. With such graven trees, the walls of Gods house, and other holy things were beautified, 1 King. 6. 29. and 7. 36. figures of the flourishing estate of the godly alEzek. 40. 16, 26, 31. and 41. 18, 19, 20. whereas the wickeds prosperitie is momentany as grasse, vers. 8. a Cedar] see the note on Psal. 29. 5.
V. 15. sprout] or grow, wexing in stature and fruitCor. 3. 6. Vnto this are all Gods people exhorted, Ephes. 4. 15, 16. Colos. 1. 10. The Chaldee paraphraseth, Yet, as their fathers shall they procreate children. in grainesse] or hoary age, when naturall strength decaieth; God ministreth vigour above nature. See Psal. 71. 9. 18. Esay 65. 22. Heb. 11. 11, 12.
Vers. 16. no injurious evill] no manner of injustice,
The Majestie, power and holinesse of Christs kingdome.
IEhovah reigneth, is cloathed with high majestie; cloathed is Iehovah, hath giris thy throne from then; thou art from more wondrous strong is Iehovah in the high place. Thy
IS cloathed] or hath put on, to wit, as an ornacloathing
Psalm. 65. 14. girded himselfe] that is in a readinesse to performe his work, Esay 8. 9. Luke 12. 35.
Vers. 2. from then] that is, from the time that before then; which the Chaldee expoundeth,
Vers. 3. The flouds] these are often put for the
tumultuous rage and tyrannie of peoples, Psal. 65. 8. and 18. 5. Esay. 17. 12, 13. but here the Chaldee explaineth it of their lifting up their voice with song.
Vers. 4. wondrous strong] excellent, or magnificent
Vers. 5. faithfull] or, made sure, constant, See Psal. 19. 8. to length of daies] that is, for ever. See Psal. 21. 5. and 23. 6.
The Prophet calling for justice, complaineth of tyrannie and impietie. 8. He teacheth Gods provi
O God of vengeances, Iehovah; O shall the wicked, O Iehovah; how word; shall they boast themselves, all that work iniquity?
Thy people, Iehovah, they bruise in peeces, are vanitie. O blessed is the man, hee whom thou chastenest, O Iah, and teachest him out of thy law. To give him quietnesse had beene an helpfulnesse unto me, my soule had almost dwelt in silence. When I said,
GOd of vengeances] to whom vengeance belongeth,
Vers. 2. be lifted up] on thy throne, and in thy Psal. 7. 7, 8.
Vers. 4. Vtter] or talke lavishly, well out as a Ps. 19. 3. Iam. 3. 11. a hard word] hard things, durable reproaches: See Psal. 31. 19.
boast] or exalt themselves with speaking & applyEsa. 61. 6.
Vers. 9. that planted the eare] that is, made and set it in the body. So in Esa. 51. 16. he is said to plant the heavens.
Vers. 10. man knowledge] here is to be undershall not he know? Such unperfect speeches Psal. 6. 4. 2 Sam. 5. 8. supplied in 1 Chro. 11. 6. The Chaldee maketh this paraphrase, Is it possible that he hath given the Law to his people, and they not be rebuked when they sinne? Did not God teach the first man knowledge?
Vers. 11. the thoughts of men] the inward disceptations and reasonings of all men, even the wisest.
Vers. 12. the man] Hebr. geber, the mighty.
shastenest] or nurturest, instructest, as this word is Englished, Deut. 4. 36. which this place seemeth to have reference unto. For chastisement or restraint is by word or deed. And here the doctrine of Gods Law is opposed to all wise mens cogitations.
Vers. 14. not leave his people] not give them over, or reject them, (as the Greeke turneth it,) to wit, because it hath pleased the Lord to make them his people; as 1
Vers. 15. judgement shall returne to justice] that judgement is often used for sentence of punishment, as Ier. 52. 9. and justice for grace and mercy: see Psal. 24. 5. Or, judgement, which in the affliction of Gods people, and prosperity of the wicked, seemeth to be parted from justice, shall returne unto it, when the godly are delivered, and the wicked punished. after it] so the Greeke turneth it; or, after him, meaning God.
Vers. 16. who will rise up] or, who standeth up,
Vers. 17. an helpfulnesse] that is, a full helpe: see Psal. 44. 17. in silence] the place of stilnesse and silence, that is, the grave, as the Greeke explaineth it: so Psal. 115. 17. see also Psal. 49. 13.
Vers. 18. is moved] or slippeth: see Ps. 38. 17.
Vers. 19. my cogitations] my carefull troubled thoughts, perplexed as the branches of a tree, (for so the word properly signifieth,) therefore the Greeke turneth it sorrowes. So Ps. 139. 23.
Vers. 20. of wofull evils] or of mischiefes, the misit shall not: as, Shalt thou build? 2 Sam. 7. 5. is, Thou shalt not build, 1 Chr. 17. 4. See also Psal. 5. 5. which frameth] or, he that frameth, or formeth. by a decree] or, for a statute, a law.
V. 21. run by troupes] combine and gather togethey hunt for.
V. 23. will turne] Hebr. hath turned, that is, will in their malice] or, for their evill.
An exhortation to praise God, 3 for his great
COme, let us shout joyfully to Iehois a great God, and a great King above all gods. In whose hand are the deepe places of are his. Whose the sea is, for he made land his hands have formed. Come, let us bow downe our selves, & bend is our God, and we are the peoin Meribah, as in the day of Mas
Fortie yeeres I was irked with' that generaare a people erring in hart, and they know not my waies. So that I sware
COme] or Goe to. The holy Ghost by David thus exhorteth Israel to laud the Lord, and Heb. 3. 7. and 4. 7. the Rocke] meaning Christ, as the Apostle sheweth, Heb. 3. 6, 7. the Greeke translateth it, God our Saviour.
Vers. 2. prevent] come first, and speedily.
Vers. 3. great God] or great Potentate, Ael. So Christ is also intituled, Tit. 2. 13. All Gods] Angels, Princes, or
Vers. 4. deepe places] or, deepe closets; Hebr. searchings,
Vers. 7. of his hand] that is, of his guidance, Psal.
Psal. 100. 3. to day] hereby is meant the whole time wherin Christ speaketh by his Gospell, Heb. 3. 7, 13, 15. and 4. 7, 8.
Vers. 8. in Meribah] that is, in the Contention (or Provocation, as the Greeke turneth it.) The name
contended with Moses, and tempted the Lord, saying, Is the Lord among us or no? because there was no water for the people to drinke. Therefore he called the place Massah (Tentation) and Meribah (Contention) Exod. 17. 1, 2,—7. Also another place, where athey contended with Moses, & with the Lord, Num. 20. 1, 3, 13. day of Massah] that is, of Tentation: by
Vers. 9. tempted me] hereupon the Apostle saith, they tempted Christ, 1 Cor. 10. 9. my worke] that is, workes, Heb. 3. 9. both in miraculous mercies giPsal. 78. 15,—23, &c. and in puPsal. 78. 31, 33, &c. Heb. 3. 17. For worke sometime signifieth reward, Psal. 109. 20. Iob 7. 2. Lev. 19. 13.
Vers. 11. if they shall enter] that is, they shall not
enter, Heb. 3. 11. 18. a part of the oath is not uttePsal. 89. 36. This oath was made at CaNum. 14. 21, 22, 23, 30, 32. Heb. 3. 17. 19. my rest] the land of CaDeut. 12. 9. 1 Chron. 23. 25. a figure of a betHeb. 4. 3. for if that land (wherein now they were) had beene their rest, David would not have spoken of another; there remaineth therfore a Rest for the people of God; let us studie to enter into it, Heb. 4. 8, 9, 11.
An exhortation to praise God for his greatnesse. 5 The vanity of Idols. 8 God onely is to be served. 9 His reigne and judgement is to be shewed to the Gentiles.
SIng ye to Iehovah a new song, sing ye to workes. For great is
is above all Gods. For all the gods of the peoples are vaine idols, but Iehovah made the are before him, strength and beauteous glory in his sanctuary. Give to Iehovah, yee is: then let all the trees of the wood shout joyfully. Before Iehovah, for
A New song &c.] see Psal. 33. 3. This Psalme is a part of that song wherewith God was ceChron. 16. 23, &c. And it contai
Vers. 2. preach the good tidings] or Evangelize:
Psal. 40. 10.
Vers. 4. praised] and praise-worthy: see Ps. 18. 4.
Vers. 5. Vaine idols] or things of nought, as the Awe know that an idoll is nothing in the world, 1 Cor. 8. 4. Elim and Elohim, in Hebrew are
Vers. 6. beateous glorie] for this in 1 Chron. 16. joyfulnesse.
Vers. 7. Give, &c.] Compare Psal. 29. 1, 2. The Bring a new song to God.
Vers. 8. to his courts] to his face, or presence, as Chron. 16. 29.
Vers. 9. of the sanctuary] or, of sanctity; see Psal.
tremble] or be pained, as in travell of child-birth.
Vers. 10. with righteousnesses] that is, most righteously.
Vers. 11. Let rejoyce] or shall rejoyce; and so the Psa. 98. 7, 8, 9. The Chaldee paraphraseth, Let the hosts of heaven rejoyce, and the just of the earth be glad.
Vers. 13. with justice] or, in justice, that is, justly;
The majestie of Gods kingdome. 7 The Church rejoyceth at Gods judgements upon idolaters. 10 An exhortation to godlinesse and gladnesse.
IEhovah reigneth, let the earth be glad, let the many iles rejoyce. Cloud and are round about him, justice and judgement are the stable-place of his throne. Fire goeth before him, and flathing, that gloriously boast themselves art
is sowne for
IEhovah] that is, Christ, called Iehovah our justice, Ier. 23. 5. 6. of him and his reigne is this Psalme, the many iles] that is, nations or gentiles dwelling in the iles: as, the iles shall wait for his Law, Esa. 42. 4. which is expounthe Gentiles shall trust in his name, Matth. 12. 21. So Esa. 60. 9.
Vers. 2. gloomy darknesse] see Psa. 18. 10. this noMal. 3. 2. Matth. 3. 12. as at the law giving, Deut. 4. 11. The Chaldee saith, A cloud of glory and gloomy darknesse. stable-place] establishment, or base: see Psal. 89. 15.
Vers. 3. Fire] severe judgements for Christs eneEsa. 42. 25. and 66. 15, 16. Ps. 50. 3.
Vers. 4. illuminate] or have illumined: as at the giving of the law, there were thunders, lightnings,
voices, earthquakes, &c. Exod. 19. so the like proRev. 4. 5. trembleth] or is
Vers. 5. at the presence] or, from the face.
Vers. 6. The heavens] heavenly creatures, as thunPsal. 50. 6.
Vers. 7. vaine idols] see Ps. 96. 5. allye Gods]
all ye his Angels; see Psal. 8. 6. Vnto this the Apostle seemeth to have reference, saying, when he bringeth in his first begotten sonne into the world, he saith, And let all the Angels of God worship him, Heb. 1. 6. Although the very words of the Apostle are found in the Greeke version of
Vers. 8. daughters] that is, cities of Iudah, the Psal. 48. 12.
Vers. 11. Light is sowen] that is comfort and joy Esth. 8. 16. but hidden for the present, as seed in the ground; for, we are dead, & our life is hid with Christ in God, Col. 3. 3. 4. & it doth not yet appeare what we shall be, 1 Ioh. 3. 2.
Vers. 12. confesse to] that is, celebrate it. See Psal.
The Psalmist exhorteth the Iewes, 4 the Gentiles, 7 and all creatures to praise God for his salvation by Christ.
A Psalme.
SIng ye to Iehovah a new song, for he hath done marvellous things: his right hand hath saved him, and the arme of his ho
With trumpets, and voice of the cornet,
Let the sea roare, and the plenty thereof, the
A New song] see Psal. 33. 3. saved him] or, got him salvation, and victory over all his eneEsa. 59. 16. and 63. 5.
Vers. 2. his salvation] the redemption by Christ, as Luke 2. 30, 31, 32. so his justice is that which is by faith in Christ, Rom. 10. 3, 4, 6, 10.
Vers. 3. remembred] and consequently, performed
voice of the cornet] or, sound of the trumpet:
V. 8. clap the hands] or, clap palmes: a signe of Isa. 55. 12. Psal. 47. 2.
V. 9. in justice] that is, justly. So Psal. 96. 13. in righteousnesses] that is, most righteously. So Psal. 9. 9.
The Prophet setting forth the kingdome of God in Sion, 5 exhorteth all by the example of fore fathers, to worship God at his holy mountaine.
IEhovah reigneth, the peoples are stirred: on the Cherubims, the earth is moved. Iehovah is great in Sion, and is above all the peoples. Let theis. And the strength of the King loveth judgeis. Moses and Aaron, with his is holy.
ARestirred] or, though they be stirred, to wit, with anger; as the Greeke translateth, be angry:
Vers. 4. the strength] this is joyned with Gods wrath, Ezr. 8. 22. and here seemeth to have like
V. 5. at the footstoole] or toward it, meaning the Sanctuary and Arke there, Esa. 60. 13. 1 Chron. 28. Lam. 2. 1. Psal. 132. 7. Ezek. 43. 7. he is] as is expressed, vers. 8. or it (the temple) is holy.
V. 6. with his Priests] or, among his principall officers;
V. 7. of a cloud] as Exod. 33. 9. Num. 16. 42. and Heb. 4. 14, 16. and 7. 25. and 9. 11, 12.
Vers. 8. a God for giving] a mighty God that pardonedst
An exhortation to praise God cheerefully for his grace, goodnesse, and fidelity.
A Psalme for confession.
SHout ye triumphantly to Iehovah, all is God, hee art.
is good, is for ever, and his faith unto gene
FOr confession] for the publike praise of God, all the earth] that is, as the Chaldee translateth, all inhabitants of the earth.
Vers. 2. singing] or shrilling, shouting mirth.
made us] this word is used both for our first creation in nature, Gen. 1. 26. and for the maSam. 12. 6. Deut. 32. 6. Esa. 43. 7. and 29. 23. Ephes. 2. 10. and not we] or, and his we are: as the Hebrew in the margine readeth it. Both senses are good: and the Chaldee keepeth this lathis we are. sheepe] or flocke which hee seeEzek. 34. 30. 31. Psal. 95. 7.
V. 4. confession] the sacrifice of thankes was thus named, 2 Chron. 29. 31. Ier. 17. 26.
Vers. 5. faith] or, faithfulnesse: truth, in perfor
David maketh a profession of godlinesse touching his owne person, his house, and the Citie of God, in cherishing the good, and suppressing the wicked.
A Psalme of David.
MErcy and judgement I will sing to thee, Iehovah will I sing Psalme. any word of Belial: I hate the doing of suffer. Mine eyes shall be on the faithfull of the land, for to sit with
In the mornings I will suppresse all the wic
MErcy and judgement] This may be meant of Davids owne administration: howbeit the If thou dealest mercifully with me, if thou dost judgement with me, for all, I will sing praise.
Vers. 3. doe wisely] behave my seife prudently; as David is said to doe, 1 Sam. 18. 14. when wilt
thou come] namely, to assist me in the performance hereof: or, when thou shalt come] namely, to call me unto an account of my life, &c.
Vers. 3. of Belial] that is, mischievous (or wicked) word or thing. See Psal. 41. 9.
Vers. 4. know] or acknowledge, that is, regard, or approve; so Psal. 1. 6.
Vers. 5. hurteth with tongue] that traduceth, or (as the Hebrew phrase is) betongueth. Hereupon a man of tongue, is for a pratler or calumniator, Psa.
He that speaketh with a third (or
Vers. 8. In the mornings] that is, every morning, Psal. 73. 14.
The Prophet in his prayer complaineth of his mise
A praier for the poore afflicted when he shall
IEhovah heare my praier, and let my cry against me, have sworne against me. For I eat ashes as bread, and mingle my are as a shadow declined, and I am wi
For thy servants delight in the stones
For he hath looked downe from the height
To tell in Sion the name of Iehovah, and are through generation of generations. Afore-time thou are the worke of thine hands. They shall perish, art the same, and thy yeeres shall not be en
FOr the poore] agreeing to his estate; or, of the poore. overwhelmed] with feares, cares, sorPsal. 61. 3.
Vers. 4. as smoke] or, with the smoke, vanishing in the aire, so Psal. 37. 20. The Hebrew letters beth, with, and caph, as, are one like another, & sometime put one for another, as 2 Sam. 5. 24. with 1 Chron. 14. 15. an hearth] the place whereon fire burneth. Compare Iob 30. 30.
Vers. 5. as grasse] or as the herbs smitten with blasting, Amos 4. 9. to eat my bread] The Chalthe Law of God.
Vers. 6. to my flesh] that is, my skin, as Iob 19. 20. so elsewhere skin is put for flesh, Iob 18. 13. See Lam. 4. 8.
V. 7. a Pelican] a bird living in wilde & desolate places, Zeph. 2. 14. Esa. 34. 11. It seemeth to have vomiting, and to be that fowle which we call the shovelard, which swallowLevit. 11. 18. Some thinke it to be the bittour, which maIob 30. 29.
Vers. 9. rage against me] or vaunt against; or, would make a foole of mee: the Greeke saith, that
praise me; meaning fainedly. The word signifieth to lift up with praise and glory; and also ingloriPsal. 5. 6. and 75. 5. The word against is here to be understood: as in Prov. 8. 35. he that sinneth against me. An exLuke 6. 11.
Vers. 12. declined] or stretched out; as the shaPsal. 109. 23. and 144. 4.
Vers. 13. sittest] that is, continuest, as the Greeke sitting and standing (as after in vers. 27.) are often used for sure and setled abiding. The Chaldee addeth, sittest for ever in heaven. thy memoriall] or remembrance of thee: so Psa. 135. 13. from Exod. 3. 15.
Vers. 14. the appointed time] promised for reDan. 9. 2. 24, 25. &c. Ier. 29. 10.
Vers. 15. delight] or doe favour the stones,
Nehem. 2. 13, &c. and 4. 2. Zach. 1. 12.
Vers. 18. the lowly] so the Greeke here turneth heath, that groweth in the wildernesse, Ier. 17. 6. and 48. 6. by the name in Hebrew, it seemeth to be some naked shrub, and so a fit resemblance of Gods afflicted people, made low, naked, and desolate by their enemies. Or we may turne it, the broken downe, or ruined, from Ier. 51. 58.
Vers. 19. This shall be] or, Let this be written, to Ex
31. 19. 21. This sheweth these to be pro
Vers. 20. the height of his holinesse] that is, his holy
high place, or his high sanctuary, meaning heaven. This is taken from Deut. 26. 15.
Vers. 21. groaning] or mournfull cry: so Psal. 79. sonnes of death] appointed to die, as Psal. 79. 11.
Vers. 24. in the way] in the course of my life; see Psal. 2. 12. He respecteth the affliction of Israel, in the way that God led them thorow the wildernesse, Deut. 8. 2, 3.
Vers. 25. take me not away] or, make me not ascend:
Vers. 26. Afore-time] that is, At the beginning,
Heb. 1. 10. where these things spoken to God, are applied to Christ, to prove his god head.
Vers. 27. shalt stand] that is, endure or continue,
Heb. 1. 11. change them] by folding them up, as the Greeke explaineth, Heb. 1. 12. for the heavens when they are changed shall be folden like a booke, Esa. 34. 4.
V. 28. art the same] or, art he, that is, unchangeable,
Vers. 29. shall dwell] to wit, in Sion, vers. 14. 22. Psal. 69. 36, 37. before thee] that is, so long as thou dost dure, meaning for ever,
before the Moone and Sunne, Psal. 72. 5. 17. is so long as the Moone and Sunne endure.
David stirreth up his soule to blesse God for his mercies. 6 He remembreth Gods former actions to his people, 8 His pitie, 9 Patience, 10 Clemency. 15 Mans frailty. 17 Gods constancy in his graces, for which all are to blesse him.
A Psalme of David.
MY soule, blesse thou Iehovah, and all things, thy youth is renewed as an Eagles. Iehovah
He made knowne his waies to Moses, his actions to the sonnes of Israel. Iehovan is
(his anger) for is the height of the heaso strong is his mercy over them that feare him. As farre remote as so farre hath he rehis sonnes, Iehovah hath pitty on them that feare him. For he knoweth our are dust. Sorare as grasse, as a flower of the field so flourisheth he. For a wind pasis not, and the place thereendureth from eternity and un
ALl his rewards] that is, any of his benefits. All
any, Psal. 147. 20. 1 King. 10. 20. and rewards for benefits: see Psal. 13. 6.
Vers. 3. sicknesses] all diseases, griefes and punishsinnes) are meant by the word sicknesses, Exod. 15. 26. Deut. 28. 59, 61. Esa. 33. 24. See also Psal. 41. 5. and 147. 3.
Vers. 4. pit of corruption] death and the grave; from Gehenna (or Hell) whiIob 33. 19, 23, 24, 27, 28, 30.
Vers. 5. good things] Hebr. the good thing: see Psal. 65. 5. is renewed] or, thou renewest thy selfe as an Eagle, as thy youth, thy flesh being fresher than in childhood, thou returning to the dayes of thy youth, as is said, Iob 33. 25. This change is by the renewing of the minde, Rom. 12. 2. wrought by the holy Ghost, Tit. 3. 5. The Chaldee applieth it to renuing in the world to come. as an eagles] which casteth her feathers yeerely, and new grow up, whereby she seemeth fresh and young, flyeth high, and liveth long. ComEsa. 40. 31.
Vers. 6. justices] that is, all manner justice, and wisdomes, Pro. 9. 1.
Vers. 7. his waies] wherein men ought to walk, Exod. 18. 20. Psal. 25. 4, 5. or, wherein him-selfe walketh, his administration, his workes, as Psal. 77. 20. Iob 40. 14. This latter seemeth most meant here by comparing it with Exod. 33. 13. and 34. 6, 7.
Vers. 8. long suffering] or slow to anger: see Psal.
Vers. 9. contend] or chide; compare Esa.
keepe] understand his anger. as both Greeke and Chaldee do explaine it; sometime the Hehe set, 1 Chron. 18. 6. that is, he set garrisons, 2 Sam. 8. 6. This phrase is taken from the Law, Lev. 19. 18. So Ier. 3. 5. Nahum 1. 2. See also Psal. 109. 21.
Vers. 13. Iehovah hath pitty] the Chaldee exthe Word of the Lord hath pitty. So in verse 19. for Iehovah is the Word of the Lord.
Vers. 14. our forming] that is, our formed naformed vessell of earth, applied to our fraile estate, Rom. 9. 20, 21. somefictions and sinfull imaGen. 6. 5. Deut. 31. 21. and so the Chalour evill concupiscence which carrieth us into error.
Vers. 15. as the grasse, &c.] that is, few and tranPsal. 90. 5, 6. Iob 14. 1, 2. Iam. 1. 10, 11. 1 Pet. 1. 24.
Vers. 16. not know it] or know him, that is, hee Iob 7. 10.
Vers. 18. to doe them] this noteth the outward keeping or observing is with the heart and spirit of man, Prov. 3. 1, 3. and 4. 4, 21. Psal. 78. 8.
Vers. 19. prepared his throne
or
Vers. 20. hearkning] or to hearken; to obey, and Mat. 6. 10. The Hebrew phrase to obey, may be Englished obeying, as the like in Psal. 104. 15, 21. and 105. 11. See also Psal. 49. 15. and 65. 11.
Vers. 21. his hosts] or armies, the thrones, principalities,
A meditation upon Gods powerfull workes and wonderfull providence in creating and governing the world and creatures therein. 31 Gods glory is eter
MY soule, blesse thou Iehovah; Iehothy selfe with Mahim-selfe
Making his Angels spirits, his Ministers a flaming fire. He hath founded the earth upfor ever and aye. Thou coveredst it with the deepe as with a raiment, the waters stood above the
They give drinke to all the wilde beasts of that rejoyceth the heart of sorry man, making the face chearefull with osle; and bread that upholdeth the heart of sorry man. Tilled are are her house. The high mountaines for the
He made the Moone for appointed times, them away, and couch downe in their dens. Out goeth man unto his worke, and are creeping things even innumerable, small wilde beasts with great. There goe the them their food in his time. Thou givest it to them, they gather it, thou
Thou hidest thy face, they are suddenly the ghost, and returne unto their dust. Thou sendest forth thy spirit, they are am. Sweet shall my medibe they no more; my soule, blesse thou Iehovah, Halelujah.
ANd comely honour] that is, shewest thy selfe Iob 40 4, 5.—9. Of these words, see Psal. 8. 2,—6.
Vers. 2. Decking] or clothing, or He clotheth, to himselfe with light, dwelling in the light that none can attaine unto, 1 Tim. 6. 16. and at first comlight to shine out of darknesse, whereGen. 1. 3. 2 Cor. 4. 6.
as a curtaine] that is, as a canopie, or tent, Song 1. 5. Ier. 49. 29. when he spred out the firmament by himselfe alone, Gen. 1. 6. Esa. 44. 24. and 51. 13. Iob 37. 18.
Vers. 3. Planchering] He plancketh or planchereth his lofts, (or
Vers. 4. spirits] that is, spirituall substances, so differing from Christ who is no made or created Psal. 102. 26. and from men made of flesh and bloud, Luk. 24. 39. The originall word also signifieth winds, and Angels by interpretation are messengers; whereuphe maketh the winds his messengers: but the Holy Ghost in
Vers. 5. bases] firme and fit groundsels: see Psal. 24. 2. and 78. 69. Iob 38. 4. 6.
Vers. 6. the deepe] or depth of waters, which hid all the earth till God separated them, Gen. 1. 2. 9.
Vers. 8. they went up] that is, the mounts shewed themselves on high, when the waters of the deepe Gen. 1. 9. and 8. 5, &c. Or, They (that is, the waters) went up the mounts and downe the dales when they were parted from the dry land, as if that thing were efrebuke driving the waters, vers. 7. see Psal. 18 16.
Vers. 9. abound] or limit, shutting up the sea with doores and barres, saying, hitherto shalt thou
come, but no further, and here shall it stay thy proud waves, as Iob 38. 8. 10, 11. So Psal. 148. 6.
Vers. 10. That sendeth] or He sendeth: so after. wel-springs] or fountaines, meaning rivers flowing from such, as the next words shew. they walke] that is, runne: so Psal. 105. 41.
Vers. 11. breake] that is, slake or quench their
thirst. So we say, to brake ones fast.
Vers. 12. give the voice] the Chaldee addeth, the voice of singing, that is, sing loud and chearePsal. 68. 34.
Vers. 13. his lofts] or his high chambers, the skies that give raine. the fruit] that is, the raine Ier. 14. 22. and 10. 13. and consequently, the corne and herbes that grow after raine. Compare Iob 38. 26, 27, 28. Deut. 11. 14, 15.
Vers. 14. the use] or service. bringing] or to bring, but this is referred still to God so after, to make, that is, making faces, &c. see Psal. 103. 20. bread] that is, bread-corne: so Esa. 28. 28. and 30. 23. Iob 28. 5. Eccles. 11. 1.
Vers. 15. cheerfull] or merry, so the Greeke turEst. 8. 15. or, to shine. with oile] wherewith they used to anoint them, Psal. 23. 5. or more than oile, that is, wine makes the face seeme more cheerefull than if it were ointed. upholdeth] that is, comforteth: so Gen. 18. 5.
Vers. 16. trees of Iehovah] this is after expounwhich hee planted. So the Chaldee expounTrees which the Lord created.
Vers. 17. the stroke] a bird somewhat like a Chasidah, of mercy or kindnesse, which is said to be in this fowle, that the young will nourish their dams when they are old.
Vers. 18. wilde goats] or roes, named of climing
rocks, for they haunt high hils and rocks, where they are safe from dogs that hunt them, 1 Sam. 24. 3. Iob 39. 4. conies] commended for wisdome, that being a people not mighty, they make their houses in the rocke, Prov. 30. 24, 26.
Vers. 19. appointed times] seasons of the yeere, as for times to be counted by it: or certaine times, for that the moone is not alwaies seene. knoweth] to wit, by Gods comIob 38. 12.
Vers. 21. for the prey] or at it: see Esa. 31. 4. Iob 4. 11. and 39. 1, 2.
Vers. 23. labour] or his tilth, service, husbandry, as Gen. 2. 5.
Vers. 24. riches] or possessions.
Vers. 25. wide of spaces] or of hands, that is, broad and spacious, reaching out his armes on every side, Iob 11. 9. A like phrase is of other spacious things, Gen. 34. 21. Nehem. 7. 4. Isa. 33. 21.
Vers. 26. Livjathan] or the whale, or the seadragon:
Vers. 27. looke attentively] or, wait with hope,
Psal. 145. 15. in his time] that is, in due season: see Psal. 1. 3.
Vers. 28. openest, &c.] that is, givest freely, as Deut. 15. 11.
Vers. 29. gatherest] that is, takest away: see Psal.
to their dust] their earth whereof they were made, Gen. 1. 24. and 3. 19. Psal. 146. 4. This is taken from Iob 34. 14, 15.
Vers. 30. renewest] by causing new creatures to Eccles. 1. 4. and restoring the estate of things decayed, Ezek. 37.
Vers. 31. be] or shall be for ever. rejoyce]
Esa. 65. 19. Gen. 6. 5, 6.
Vers. 32. they smoke] a signe of feare, Exod. 19. Psal. 144. 5.
Vers. 33. in my life] so long as I live: so Psal.
Vers. 34. Sweet shall be] that is, delightfull to me, be it sweet, that is, acceptable to God.
Vers. 35. Consumed be sinners] or, they shall bee
consumed; by sinners, meaning men given to sinne: See Ps. 1. 1. Hallelu-jah] that is, Praise ye Iah; an Hebrew phrase kept in the Greeke, Rev. 19. 3, 6. and in other languages, set sometime in the beginning, sometime in the end of Psalmes; but first used in this place, where consuming of sinners is mentioned, as in the new Testament it is first used in Rev. 19. where the destruction of Antichrist, the man of sinne is foretold.
An exhortation to praise God, and to seeke out his workes. 7 The story of Gods providence over Abra
COnfesse yee to Iehovah, call on his is Ieare in all the earth. He remembreth his covenant for ever, that he commanded to the thousand generation. Which hee stroke with Abrafor a co(few) of numone kingdome to another people. He suffered any man to doe them wrong, but reproagainst his word. Hee turned their waters to bloud, and slew their fish. Their land abundantly brought forth
Hee said, and there came a mixed swarme, to be haile, fire of flames in their land. And smote their Vine and their Fig-tree, and was feeble. Egypt rejoyced when like a river. For he remembred the Word of his Holinesse to Abraham his servant. And brought forth
CAll on his name] or proclaime, that is, preach his
name. The first part of this Psalme is part of that which David appointed to laud the Lord with, when his Arke was seated in Ierusalem, 1 Chron. 16. 7, 8,—22.
Vers. 2. discourse] or talke, meditate.
Vers. 3. Glory] or Praise your selves: see Psal. 34. 3.
Vers. 4. his strength] that is, his Arke, from Numb. 7. 89 See Psal. 78. 61. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus, Seek ye the doctrine of the Lord and his Law. his face] his counsell and Oracle: see the notes on Psal. 27. 8.
Vers. 6. of Abraham] in 1 Chron. 16. 13. it is of Israel. his servant] this is meant of the seed as well as of Abraham, as the next words shew: therefore the Greeke turneth it servants.
Vers. 8. He remembreth] therefore also Remember
Vers. 11. land of Canaan] the sonne of Cham, the sonne of Noah, who was cursed by his Grand-father, Gen. 9. 18, 22, 25. This Canaan had eleven sonnes, heads of their families, Gen. 10. 15, 20. they seated in the lesser Asia in a goodly Country, having the great sea Westward, the river Iarden, Syria, and Arabia Eastward, the Wildernesse on the South, and the mounts of Lebanon on the North. It was the pleasantest of all lands, and flowed with milke and honey, Ezek. 20. 6. it had store of rivers and founDeu. 8. 7, 8, 9. and 11. 10, 11, 12. This land God proGen. 12. 6, 7. and 13. 15, 17. See also the Notes on Psal. 25. 13. the line] that is, the portion of your patrimoPsal. 16. 6.
Vers. 12. When they were] in 1 Chron. 16. 19. when ye were. men of number] that is, a few men, soone numbred: so Gen. 34. 30. Deut. 4. 27. The contrary is, without number, or innumerable, Psal. 147. 5.
Vers. 13. from nation to nation] up and downe Deut. 7. 1. How there the Patriarkes walGen. 12. 8, 9, 10. and 13. 18. and 20. 1. and 23. 4. and 26. 1. 23. and 33. 19. and 35. 1, &c. Heb. 11. 9, 13.
Vers. 14. wrong] or to oppresse them. reproved
Vers. 15. anointed] men consecrated to me by the oile of the spirit: see 1 Ioh. 2. 20, 27. Prophets] so Abraham is called, Gen. 20. 7. See Psal. 74. 9.
Vers. 16. called famine] that is, effectually King. 8. 1. The contrary hereof is, to call for corne, Ezek. 36. 29. the land] of Canaan, Egypt, and other countries,
Vers. 17. a man] Heb. Ish, a noble man: see Psal.
a wise man. for a servant] for a slave, by his brethren to the IsmaeGen. 37. 28, 36.
Vers. 18. his soule entred] or, as the Greek saith, passed thorow the iron, that is, he (his body) was laid in irons when he was cast into prison most unGen. 39. 20. and there he was in perill of his life. Of soule, see Psal. 16. 10.
Vers. 19. his word came] that is, the word spoGen. 36. 5,—8, 9, 10. and 42. 9. So comming is for fulfilling, Ier. 17. 15. 1 Sam. 9. 6. Iob 6. 8. tried] or fined him, by trying as in fire, his faith and patiPet. 1. 7. see Psal. 12. 7.
Vers. 20. The King] Pharaoh (for that Ioseph Gen. 41. 14, &c. and 45. 8.
Vers. 22. To bind] that is, informe, and governe Psal. 2. 3. to his soule] to his will or pleasure, (as Psal. 27. 12.) so as without him no man should lift up his hand or his foot (that is, atin all the land of Egypt, Gen. 41. 44, 40. Or, with his soule, that is, with him-selfe, as the Greeke expoundeth it, to nurture his Princes as himselfe, which may meane to informe them in vertue, wisdome, &c. wherein himselfe excelled, Gen. 41. 38, 39. With is sometime used for as, Psal. 102. 4. and the soule for ones selfe; see Psal. 16. 10. The words following seeme to favour this exposition. his elders] or Senators, the Kings Nobles and Counsellers, Gen. 50. 7.
Vers. 23. came into Egypt] being sent for by Gen. 45. 17,—20. and 46. 3, 4. of Cham] the father of Mizraim, or Egypt: see Psal. 78. 51.
Vers. 24. increased] made them fructifie, that the Exod. 1. 7, 9.
Vers. 25. to deale craftily] or, conspire guile fully
Gen. 37. 18. Pharaoh and his people fretting at Israels prosperity, thought to worke wisely with them when they plotted their ruExod. 1. 9, 10, 12, &c.
Vers. 26. had chosen] to be Moses his mouth to Exod. 4. 12, 14, 16. and 7. 1, 2, &c.
Vers. 27. words of his signes] the signes which Exod. 7. 1, 2, 3, &c. Or words of signes, as words of song, Psal. 137. 3. are signes and songs. So Psal. 145. 5.
Vers. 28. darknesse] the ninth plague of Egypt, three dayes, that no man saw another, nor rose from the place where he was, Exod. 10. 22, 23. turned not rebellious] or, they disobeyed not: (see Psal. 5. 11.) that is, his words (or word) were not disobeyed or changed, but effected as God had spoken: see a like phrase noted on Psal. 49. 15. Or, they may be reMoses and Aaron, who performed the things commanded them, though with danger to them.
Vers. 29. to bloud] the first of the ten plagues, Exod. 7. See Psal. 78. 44.
Vers. 30. frogs] the second plague, Exod. 8. 3, 6. Psal. 78. 45. Kings] Pharaoh and his Princes: so Esa. 19. 2.
Vers. 31. swarme] of flyes or beasts: see Psal.
Exod. 8. 24. lice] the third plague. All the dust of the land was lice, and went upon man and beast, Exod. 8. 17.
Vers. 32. showers] of raine, in stead whereof haile, the seventh plague, Exod. 9. See
Psal. 78. 47. of flames] that is, sorely flaming and blasting; never was the like there seene, Exod. 9. 24.
Vers. 33. tree] for trees; so after, verse 34. 40. Psal. 34. 8.
Vers. 34. grashopper] or locust, the eight plague, Exod. 10. see Psal. 78. 46.
Vers. 36. the first-borne] the tenth plague, Psal. 78. 51.
Vers. 37. feeble] ready to fall through weaknes, Exod. 12. 37. and 13. 18. A like promise is made to the Church, Esa. 33. 24.
Vers. 38. dread of them] that is, of death for Exod. 12. 33, 35. See the like speech, Esth. 8. 17. and. 9. 2.
Vers. 39. a fire] that they might travell night and day towards the promised land, Exod. 13. 21. Psa. 78. 14.
Vers. 40. quaile] that is, quailes which for their Numb. 11. Compare Psal. 78. 27, 28. bread] Manna, whereof see Psal. 78. 24, 25. and Exod. 16.
Vers. 41. the Rocke] at Rephidim, Exod. 17. and at Kadesh, Numb. 20. a river] so that the people
Vers. 44. heathens] the seven nations: whereof see Psal. 78. 55.
Vers. 45. keepe his lawes] The end of all Gods mercies was, that he might be glorified in his peoExod. 19. 4, 5, 6. Deut. 4. 1, 40. and 6. 21,—24, 25.
The Psalmist exhorteth to praise God. 4 He pray
HAlelu-jah; Confesse ye to Iehovah, for he is good, for his mercy endureth
Our fathers in Egypt did not prudently minde thy marvellous workes; they rememin the wildernesse. And he sa
They made haste, they forgat his workes, with lust in the wildernesse, and tempted God in the desart. And he gave to them their re
And they envied at Moses in the campe,
They made a calfe in Horeb, and bowed Idoll. And turned their glory into the forme of an Oxe that eathings in Egypt. Marvellous workes in the land of Cham, fearefull things by the red sea. And he said, to abolish them; them.
And they contemptuously refused the
And to fell their seed among the heathens,
And they were joyned to Baal-pehor, and
And they caused servent wrath at the wait with his lips.
They abolished not the peoples which Ieho
And served their Idols, & they were to them themselves by their workes, and whored by their practises. And the anger of Iehowas on
Save thou us, Iehovah our God, and gather bee Iehovah, God of Is
THe powers] that is, the powerfull workes, such verse 8, &c. Thus also were Christs miracles named, Mat. 11. 20, 21. So after, praise for praise-worthy acts. cause to heare
that is,
Vers. 4. visit mee] that is, come and bestow Psalme 8. 5. and compare herewith. Luke 1. 68, 69.
Vers. 5. To see] That I may see or enjoy; See Psal. 27. 4. to glory] or boast joyfully; see Psal. 34. 3. thy inheritance] that is, the people whom thou inheritest see Psal. 28. 9.
Vers. 6. sinned with our fathers] This confesLeviticus 26. 40. and with the practises of other godly, Ieremy. 3. 25. Dan. 9. 5.
Vers. 7. turned rebellious] the Greeke salth, provoked
Vers. 9.
that is, powerfully repressed
Vers. 10. the hater] Pharaoh and his host that Exod. 14. 23, 24, 30.
Vers. 12. they sang] as is expressed, Exod. 15.
Vers. 14. with lust] that is, greedily, even weeping for desire of flesh to eat, and loathing Manna,
Vers. 15. leannesse] a sudden plague, whereby Psal. 78. 30, 31. also Isa. 10. 16.
Vers. 16. the holy one] sanctified of the Lord to Exodus 29. 44. Levit. 8. 12, &c. which Korah with other LeNum. 16. 1, 3, 5.
Vers. 17. Dathan] and Abiram, princes with Numb. 16. 32, 33.
Vers. 18. the wicked] 2Numbers 16. 35. Korach was the chiefe of them.
Vers. 19. in Hereb] a mount in the wildernesse, the mountaine of God, Exod. 3. 1. 1 King. 19. 8. for there God gave his Law, and made a coveDeut. 4. 10. and 5. 2. but while Moses was with God on the Mount, they made themselves a god of gold, Deuteronomy 9. 8, 9,—12. Exodus 32. 1, 4, 31. It was called also Sinai, Psalme 68. 9. of bushes that there grew, and Horeb of the
Vers. 20. their glorie] that is, their God: so Ier.
Rom. 1. 23. for me
or
Vers. 23. to abolish] or, that hee would destroy
them, and put out their name from under Heaven, as is expressed, Deut. 9. 13, 14. in the breach] in the gap which their sinne had opened, for God as an enemy to enter and destroy them. A similiEzek. 13. 5. and 22. 30. But Moses earnest prayer stopped this breach, Exodus 32. 11,—14. destroying] Heb. corrupting, that is, consuming them: See Psal. 57. 1.
Vers. 24. land of desire] the pleasant land of Cato be desired for the pleasures and profits of it above all other Countries, Ezek. 20. 6. Deut. 11. 11 22. This land they through unbeNum. 14. 1, 2, 3, &c. Heb. 3. 19. So meat of desire is daintie meat, Iob 33. 20.
Vers. 26. his hand] that is, sware (as the Challifting up the hand often signifieth, as Gen. 14. 22. Rev. 10. 5, 6. Deut. 32. 40. Nehem. 9. 15. How God sware against this
Numbers 14. 21, 23. Psalme 95. 11.
Vers. 27. to fanne] that is, scatter: see Psal. 44. 12. Ezek. 20. 23.
Vers. 28. were joined] or coupled, yoked unequalCor. 6. 14. Baal-pehor] the God of Moab and Madian, to whom by Balaams counsell Israel joyNumb. 25. 3. and 31. 16. Revel. 2. 14. Baal signifieth a Lord, master, husband or patron: Pehor was the name of a mountaine where this god was worshipped, and had a temple called Beth-pehor, Numb. 23. 28. Deut. 3. 29. Baal was a common name whereby the heathens called their gods, 2 King. 1. 2. Iudg. 8. 33. and so Israel also called the true God, Hos. 2. 16. but for the shamefull abuse of Gods worship, the Scriptures turne Baal, a Lord, into bosheth, a shame; as Ierub-besheth, 2 Sam. 11. 21. for Ierub-baal (or Gedeon) Iudg. 8. 35. and 9. 1. Ish-bosheth, 2 Sam. 2. 10. or Esh-baal, 1 Chron. 8. 33. Mephi-bosheth, 2 Sam. 9. 10. or Merib-baal, 1 Chron. 8. 34. So the Greeke in 1 King. 18. 25. for Baal hath Aischunes, that is, Shame. Hereupon the Prophet saith, they went to Baal-pehor, and separated themselves unto that Shame (Bosheth) Hos. 9. 10. and so Ieremy calleth the Idols
Vers. 29. brake in] with violence killing 24. thousand men, Numb. 25. 9.
Vers. 30. Phineas] nephew of Aaron the Priest, he being zealous for the Lord, thrust thorow with Numb. 25. 7, 8, &c.
Vers. 31. for justice] for a just action, though done without ordinary authority, and God rewarNumb. 25. 11, 12, 13.
Vers. 32. Meribah] that is, Contention, where they strove with the Lord, Numb. 20. 13. See Psal.
evill was] Gods displeasure towards Moses, who uttering his anger, was for it deprived of comming into the land of Canaan, Num. 20. 12. Deut. 3. 25, 26.
Vers. 34. the peoples] the heathens in Canaan, as is noted, Iud. 1. 21. 27, 29, 30, 31, 33. though Exod. 23. 32, 33.
Vers. 36. idols] or images, named in Hebrew of the curious labour spent in framing and serving Ier. 10. 9. Isa. 44, 9, 12, 13, 15. or of sorrowes that they bring to such as worship them, Psal. 16. 4. sometime they are called gods, 2 Sam. 5. 21. compared with 1 Chro. 14. 12. a snare] a scandall (as the Greeke saith) whereby they fell into miseries;
Vers. 37. devils] the Idols forementioned, whereby deuils are worshipped and not God, as Cor. 10. 19, 20. Rev. 9. 20. 2 Chron. 11. 15. Deut. 32. 17. Lev. 17. 7. Devils here are called Shedim, Wasters, in opposition to Shaddas, God Almighty, Psal. 68. 15.
Vers. 38. with blouds] that is, with bloud-shed,
with finnes of murder.
Vers. 39. whored] committed spirituall whorPsal. 73. 27. Iudg. 2. 17. Ezek. 23. 7, 37.
Vers. 42. their haters] the heathens round aLevit. 26. 17. and fulfilIudg. 3. 8, 14. and 4. 2. and 6. 1. and 10. 7, 8, 9. and 13. 1.
Vers. 43. Many times] by Ehud, Barak, Gedeon,
Iephtah, Samson, &c. Iud. 3. and 4. and 7. and 11. and 15. Nehem. 9. 28, 30. by their counsell] that is, purposely and advisedly, as 1 Chronicles 12. 19.
Vers. 46. gave them] that is, procured mercy
Vers. 47. from the heathens] among whom diChron. 16. 35, 36. to glory] that we may glory or commend our selves.
The Psalmist exhorteth the redeemed, in praising God to observe his manifold providence, 4 over tra
COnfesse ye to Iehovah, for he is good; endureth for ever. Let the redeemed of Iehovah say it, whom he hath redeemed from the hand of the di
And he led them in a right way, for to come works to the sonnes of Adam. For he hath satisfi
They that sit in darknesse and the shadow in affliction and iron. Bethere was no helper. And they cried works
Fooles, for the way of their trespasse, and for their iniquities are afflicted. Their soule workes to the sons
They that goe downe to the sea in ships, that doe their labour in the many waters; acts in the deepe. For hee man; and all their wisdome is swallowed up. And workes to the sonnes of Adam. And let them exalt him in the Church of the peo
He putteth rivers to a wildernesse, and issues of waters to a thirstinesse. A land of fruit to He powreth contempt on bounteous Princes, and maketh them erre in his families as a flocke. The righteous shall see and rejoyce, and all injuis wise and will observe these things; and they shall un
THe fifth booke] see Psal. 42 1.
Vers. 2. whom he hath] or, that he hath redeemed them. of the distresser] or
Vers. 3. the sea] that is, the south, where the red
sea was situate from Iudea (as the Chaldee exthe southerne sea,) for the maine sea was westward, Ios. 23. 4. and so is often used for the West.
Vers. 4. desart way] Heb. desart of way, meawhere no way was, as vers. 40. see also Esa. 43. 19. This estate figureth out mens dispersion among the peoples of the world, Ezek. 20. 35, 36. when men are without the law, Rom. 2. 14. dwelling citie] Heb. citie of habitation or seating; so verse 7 36. that is, no harbour or place of refreshing, for wilde and venomous beasts onely haunted there, Ier. 2. 6. Deut. 8. 15. Compare also Eccles. 10. 15. Gen. 21. 14, 15, 16.
Vers. 5. overwhelmed] fainted: see Psal. 61. 3.
Vers. 7. citie] this the Chaldee expoundeth of Ierusalem.
Vers. 9. with good] or good things, as the Greeke Psal. 65. 5. Luk. 1. 53.
Vers. 10. shadow of death] that is, terrible darkPsal. 23. 4. Esa. 49. 9. and 9. 2. Mat. 4. 15. Luk. 1. 79. affliction] as with cords and fetters: see Iob 36. 8, 9, &c.
Vers. 16. barres] that is, all the most strong Isa. 45. 2.
Vers. 17. Fooles] evill disposed persons, so named unadvised rashnesse: see Psal. 38. 6. are afflicted] or, bring affliction on themselves.
Vers. 18. soule] that is, appetite: see the like in Iob 33. 20. and the contrary in Psal. 78. 18. gates] that is, imminent perill of death: see Psal. 9. 14. Iob 33. 22.
Vers. 20. healeth them] example in Hezekiah,
King. 20. 1. 4, 5, 7. and the contrary in Asa, 2 Chron. 16. 12, 13. for God woundeth and healeth, Deut. 32. 39. Hos. 6. 1. Iob 33. 19, 24. corruptions] that is,
Vers. 22. of confession] that is, thank-offerings:
Psal. 50. 14.
Vers. 23. doe labour] that is, occupie or get their Rev. 18. 17.
Vers. 25. raiseth up] or maketh stand, which noIon. 1. 4.
Vers. 29. he setteth] or restoreth firme. See Mat.
Ion. 1. 15.
Vers. 30. because they] or, when they, that is, the
waves.
Vers. 32. the sitting] or the Assise (session) of
the Elders or Senators, the governours of the peoWise men. And from this Psalme, and this verse of it, the HeFoure must confesse (unto God;) The sicke when he is healed, the prisoner
when he is released out of bonds; they that goe downe to sea, when they are come up (to land;) and waifaring men, when they are come to the inhabited land. And they must make confession before ten men, and two of them wise men, Psal. 107. 32. And the manner of confessing and blessing is thus; He standeth among them, and blesseth the Lord, the King eternall, that bounteously rewardeth good things unto sinners, &c. Maimony in Misr. treat. of Blessings, chap. 10. sect. 8.
Vers. 33. He putteth rivers] that is, hee turneth watry fruitfull places to a dry barren desart. Rivers
Vers. 34. saltnesse] that is, a salt barren land: so Ier. 17. 6. Iob 39. 6. for salt causeth barrennesse, Deu.
Iudg. 9. 45. The Chaldee paraphraseth, The fruitfull land of Israel he layeth waste like Sodom, which was overthrowne for the evill of them that dwelt therein.
Vers. 35. land of drought] that is, a dry barren land: compare Isa. 41. 18.
Vers. 37. yeeld fruitfull revenue] Heb. make fruit of revenue (or increase.) see Psal. 1. 3.
Vers. 39. And they are] that is, And againe, when he curseth them, they are minished, &c. the blesseth is to bee underDeut. 28. 4, 18. Or, as the Chaldee expoundeth it, And when they sinne, they are diminished. restraint] either of liberIsa. 53. 8. or of any blessing.
Vers. 40. contempt] a base contemptible estate: so Iob 12. 21. deformed wildernesse] or wilde
ground, unordered: so Iob 12. 24.
Vers. 41. raiseth up] or setteth in a high place safeSam. 2. 8. Psal. 1
Vers. 42. all injurious evill] that is, all evill perIob 5. 16. and so pride is for proud persons, Psal. 36. 12.
Vers. 43. Who is wise?] a complaint how few Hos. 14. 10. Ier. 9. 12. and they shall] or, as before, who will understand.
David incourageth himselfe to praise God. 6 He praieth for Gods assistance according to his promise. 11 His confidence in Gods helpe.
A Song, a Psalme of David.
O God, mine heart is firmely prepared; with my glory. Raise up Psalterie and at the day dawning. I will confesse thee among the peoples, O Teis great above with thy right hand, and answer me. God spake by
Gilead shall be mine, Manasseh mine, and shall be my law-giver. Moab my washing to the city of strong defence? who will conduct me into Edom? Wilt not thou, O which hadst cast us away; and wouldst not goe forth, O God, in our hosts? O give is the salvation of man. Through God wee
YEa with my glorie] that is, with my soule and tongue (as Psal. 16. 9.) or, Yea my glory, to wit, shall sing. This Psalme is composed of the 57. Psalme, from the 8. verse to the end, and of the 60. Psalme, from the 7. verse to the end: see the Annotations there.
Vers. 7. answer me] or us: see Psal. 60. 7, &c.
Vers. 14. valiantnesse] that is, valiantly, and so prevaile, as Balaam prophesied, Numb. 24. 18.
David complaining of his slanderous enemies, un
To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme
O God of my praise, cease not as deafe. For the mouth of the wicked one with a tongue of falshood. And with words of ha(give my selfe to) prayer. And they put upon me evill for children. Let his posterity be (appointed)
next after let his name be wiped out. Let the iniquitie of
Let them bee before Iehovah continually, him. And hee loved curpart, and as oile into his bones. Let it bee to him as a garment wherewith hee may cover himselfe, and for a girdle wherewith hee may gird himselfe continually. This be the worke of mine adis thy mercy, deliver thou me.
For I am poore afflicted and needy, and is thine hand, thou Iehovah hast done it.
Let them curse, and doe thou blesse; rise themselves with their shame as with a cloke. I
OF my praise] that is, which art praised of me,
Psal. 22. 4. or, which praisest and justifiCor. 10. 18. Rom. 2. 29. Numb. 12. 7, 8. cease not] or bee not silent: see Psalme 28. 1. of diceit] that is, the deceitfull men, as the Greeke explaineth it: so pride for proud person, Psalme 36. 12. are] or have opened, to wit, themselves.
Vers. 4. and I prayer] to wit, I made or give my
selfe to prayer (as the Greeke and Chaldee saith) I prayed, or, I am a man of prayer. So I peace, Psal. 120. 7. See also 1 Cor. 14. 33.
Vers. 6. Set in office] or Make visiter, or over-seer:
verse 8. the wicked one] the devill, as 1 Ioh. 2. 13, 14. and 3. 12. and 5. 18. or generally, wicked rulers. the adversary] in Hebrew Satan, in Greeke the
Vers. 7. wicked] that is (as the Greeke saith) condemned:
Vers. 8. his office] or charge, visitation, bishoprick,
(Episcopée:) and this is applied to Iudas, whose office was derived to Matthias, Act. 1. 16, 20, 26. A Bishop and bishops charge (so called of visitation) is a common name to all overseers and offices, Numb. 4. 16. and 31. 14. Ezek. 44. 11. 2 King. 11. 15. 2 Chron. 34. 12, 17. Nehem. 11. 9.
Vers. 9. fatherlesse] or orphans and this is a Exod. 22. 24. Ier. 18. 21.
Vers. 10. wander] rogue about as vagabonds,
Gen. 4. 12.
Vers. 11. the Creditor] he to whom he is inthe extortioner, let him seise on all his goods. his labour] goods gotten by his la
Vers. 13. posteritie] or his last end: see Psal. 37. 37. to cutting off] or, appointed to be cut off, to perdition or to destruction, as the Greeke explaineth. The verbe active is of passive signification, as Psal. 32. 9. and 36. 3.
Vers. 15. memory] or memoriall, Psal. 34. 17. Iob 18. 17.
Vers. 16. smitten] with griefe, that is, sorrowpricked in heart. So verse 22. See Psal. 102. 5. and 34. 19.
Vers. 17. let it come] or, it shall come: and so
Vers. 18. his raiment] or a mantell. let it enter]
the worke] that is, the wage or reward due for his worke: so Lev. 19. 13. Isa. 49. 4. Iob 7. 2. Ezek. 29. 20.
Vers. 21. Iehovih] the Name of God: see Psal.
doe] to wit, mercy, as the next words shew, and is expressed, Psal. 18. 51. See also Psal. 103. 9. where the word anger is omitted.
Vers. 23. I am gone] or am made to goe (or depart) namely towards my grave, as
Vers. 24. feeble] or loosened, so that I am ready loose or feeble knees, Heb. 12. 12. from Isa. 35. 3. for fatnesse] or for oile, that is, for want of fat or oile: as for the fruits, is for want of the fruits, Lam. 4. 9. for five, is for want of five, Gen. 18. 28. for fornication, 1 Cor. 7. 2. is, for to avoid fornication. Or we may turne it
Vers. 25. shaked] or wagged, a signe of scorne, Psal. 22. 8.
Vers. 27. thine hand] that is, thy handy worke.
Vers. 28. rise they up] to wit, against me (as the Greeke explaineth it) and be they abashed as disap
Vers. 30. of many] or, of the mighties, of great men, as the Chaldee saith, of wise men; but the of many.
Vers. 31. at the right hand] to assist, contrary to Satan, verse 6. that judge] that is, condemne
David prophesieth of Christs Kingdome, 4 his eternall Priesthood, 5 his Conquest, 7 and his Passion.
A Psalme of David.
IEhovah assuredly said unto my Lord, Sit shall be voluntaries in the day of thy power; in the beauties of holinesse, art a Priest for ever, ac
IEhovah] that is, God the Father. assuredly
said] see Psal. 36. 2. to my Lord] that is, to Christ, whom David here calleth his Lord, though he was also his sonne according to the flesh, Mat. 22. 42, 45. Rom. 1. 3. Act. 2. 34. So the Chaldee, The Lord said unto his Word, meaning Christ, Ioh. 1. 1. sit at my right hand] sitting noteth reigning with
Vers. 2. the rod] or staffe (scepter) of thy
strength; thy strong staffe (O Christ) that is, the powerfull word of thy Kingdome, Isa. 11. 4. Mat. 13. 19. which was to come out of Sion and Ierusalem, Isa. 2. 3. Luk. 24. 49. Acts 1. 4. and 2. 1, 2, &c. For in
Vers. 3. voluntaries] a people of voluntarinesses,
of liberalities (as Psal. 68. 10.) that is, shall most freely, willingly, and liberally present themselves and their oblations to thee, as Iudg. 5. 9. Act. 2. 41. Exod. 25. 2. Rom. 12. 1. Psal. 47. 10. and 119. 108. Song 6. 11. of thy power] or armie (as Psal. 33. 16.) that is, when thou sendest forth thy powRom. 1. 16. 2 Cor. 10. 4, 5. Rev. 6. 2. Psal. 45. 4, 5, 6. in the beauties of bolinesse] or
Vers. 4. sware] For as much (saith the Apostle) as it is not without an oath, &c. by so much is Iesus made
surety of a better Testament, Heb. 7. 20. 22. a Priest] or Sacrificer; see Psal. 99. 6. for ever,] Among the Levites, many were made Priests, because they were not suffered to endure by reason of death: but this man because he endureth ever, hath an ever lasting priesthood. Wherefore hee is able also perfectly to save them that come unto God by him, seeing he ever liveth to make intereession for them, Heb. 7. 23, 24, 25. to the order] or
Vers. 5. The Lord] Christ, as in vers. 1. which the Chaldee calleth Shecinah] (the divine presence)
of the LORD. at thy right hand] this may be spoken to God the Father, at whose right hand Christ sitteth, as vers. 1. or to the people of God, at whose right hand he standeth, as Psal. 109. 31. hath wounded] or shall wound, or embrew in bloud, as Psal. 68. 22, 24. a prophesie spoken as of a thing done. So usually in the Prophets, Isa. 9. 6. and 53. 4, 5, &c. See this fulfilled, Rev. 19. 18.
Vers. 6. hath filled] or shall fill, to wit, all places Ier. 16. 4. So the Chaldee paraphraseth, he hath filled the land with carkasses of the wicked which are slaine. the head] Antichrist the man of sinne, whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of his mouth, 2 Thes. 2. 3, 8. or head for heads, and land for lands; that is, all wicked governours wheresoever.
Vers. 7. of the brooke] or streame, to wit, of affliwaters usually signifie, Ps. 18. 5.) Christ was to drinke, that is, to suffer, and so to enter into his glory, Matth. 26. 39 42. Luke 24. 26. 1 Pet. 1. 11. Philip. 2. 8, 9. Or, drinking of the brooke in the way, may meane a short refreshing of himselfe, and then a hot pursuit of his enemies without delay, till he hath got a full conquest of them. Compare herewith the history of Gedeons souldiers, Iudg. 7. 4, 5, 6, &c. As waters sometimes signifie doctrine; so the Chaldee here expoundeth it,
The praises of God for his glorious and gracious workes.
1 Halelu-jah.
I Will confesse Iehovah, with all the heart: in the secret of the righteous, and as
2 Great are the actions of Iehovah, sought
is his worke, and his justice standeth to per
4 He hath made a memoriall of his marworkes; gracious and pittifull is Ie
5 He hath given a prey to them that feare
6 He hath shewed to his people the able
7 The actions of his hands are truth and are all his precepts.
8 Stablished they are for aye
9 Hee sent redemption to his people, hee is his name.
10 The beginning is the feare of Iehovah; good prudency have
HAlelu-jah] Praiseye Iah. This Psalme setteth Psal. 25. 1. the secret] or Councell; see Psal. 64. 3. and 89. 8.
Vers. 2. sought out] that is, regarded and cared for; so Isa. 62. 12. a citie sought out, that is, cared
for, as Deut. 11. 12. Or sought out, that is, found, or manifested unto, as Isa. 65. 1. compared with Rom. 10. 20. Or sought, that is, worthy to be sought, as Praised, Psal. 18. 4. for praise-worthy. of all that delight] or for all their delights, that is, the de
Vers. 3. Majestie] that is, most majstandeth] that is, continueth, or abideth firme, as 1 Sam. 16. 22, Psal. 102. 27. and 33. 11. 2 Cor. 9. 9. from Psal. 112. 9.
Vers. 5. a prey] that is, a portion of meat, or food,
Prov. 31. 15. Mal. 3. 10.
Vers. 6. in giving] or, to give unto them.
Vers. 7. faithfull] or sure, constant: see Ps. 19. 8.
Vers. 9. redemption] or deliverance; which meaDeut. 7. 8. and 15. 15. Psal. 25. 22. and 130. 8. and a preservation from the evils whereinto the wicked fall, Exod. 8. 23. Psal. 49. 7, 16. and 119. 134.
Vers. 10. beginning] the first, chiefe and principall, either in time or dignity. So, the first, Marke 12. the great commandement, Matth. 22. 36. prudenci
or
The praises of the godly man, who hath the promi
Halelu-jah.
1 OBlessed is the man that feareth Ie
2 His seed shall be mighty in the earth:
3 Wealthy store and riches shall bee in
4 Vnto the righteous light ariseth in dark
5 A good man doth graciously and lendeth:
6 Surely hee shall not be moved for eman shall be to everlasting mo
7 He will not feare for evill heare-say: his is fixed, trusting in Iehovah.
8 His heart is stablished,
9 He hath scattered abroad,
10 The wicked shall see, and be angry; he
HAlelu-jah] or, Praise ye the LORD. This
Vers. 2. his seed] his children, as Psal. 21. 11. Levit. 21. 17. So the Chaldee saith, his sonnes shall be mighty in the Law. the generation] their progenie, as Deut. 29. 22. Iob 42. 16. or, the nation, (the multitude) of righteous men: see
Vers. 3. Wealth] or store of riches, sufficiency of Hon signifieth also sufficiency, Prov. 30. 15. standeth] that is, continueth, abideth, as Psal. 111. 3. where the very same is spoken of God. So after, vers. 9.
Vers. 4. light ariseth] or springeth up, properly as Mal. 4. 2. Light signifieth comdarknesse, affliction, Iob 30. 26. Esth. 8. 16. Psal. 107. 10. Lam. 3. 2. And so in Religion, Act. 26. 18, 23. Rom. 2. 19. 2 Cor. 4. 6. Compare this sentence with Esa. 58. 10. Exod. 10. 23. and the contrary, Iob 38. 15. gracious] this may be understood of God, thus; from him that is gracious, &c. as Psal. 111. 4. or of the godly man,
he is gracious, &c. as the next verse sheweth: or, of the light, that it is gracious, &c. meaning it of God, who is our light, as Psal. 27. 1.
Vers. 5. will moderate] or measure out, or carry and dispense them, as the Greeke explaineth it, by steward. his words] or, affaires, matters. en-judgement] or,
Vers. 6. Surely] or For ▪
compare
Vers. 7. heare-say] or hearing, that is, tidings, fame, rumour or report, which he heareth, as the word signifieth, Rom. 10. 16, 17. So that which one Evangelist calleth akoé, hearing, Mark. 1. 28. another calleth echos, sound or ecchoe, Luke 4. 37. both meaning fame or rumour. See the contrary to this in the wicked, Ier. 49. 23. fixed] or firmely prepared, not to be moved with ill tidings.
Vers. 8. he see] to wit, Gods worke, or reward; see Psal. 54. 9. The Chaldee otherwise, thus, till hee see redemption in distresse.
Vers. 9. scatt
to wit,
Vers. 10. the desire] that is, the thing that hee Prov. 10. 24, 28. and 13. 12.
An exhortation to praise God for his excellency, 6 for his mercy.
Halelu-jah.
PRaise ye servants of Iehovah: praise ye be the name is high, above all natiis above the heavens. Who is like Iehovah our God, that lifteth himselfe high, to sit? That debaseth himselfe low to him with
FRom this time] or, from now, henceforth. So Psa. 115. 18. and 121. 8. and 131. 3.
Vers. 3. rising] that is, the east part of the world; Psal. 103. 12. going in] or going downe, that is, the west, where the Sunne is said to goe in, as when it riseth, to come out, Gen. 19. 28. meaning by east and west, all the world over: so Mal. 1. 11.
Vers. 5. lifteth high to sit] or, to dwell, that is, (as dwelleth on high: and so after, seeth the things below.
Vers. 7. from the dust] that is, from base estate, as King. 16. 2. So after, from dung, as Lam. 4. 5. This speech is taken from 1. Sam
Vers. 9. the barren of house] that is, the woman build their husbands houses, Ruth 4. 11. so house is used for children or
115. 10. 12.
The deliverance of Israel out of Egypt affected the dumbe creatures: all the earth are thereupon exhor
WHen Israel went out from Ealied thee, O sea, that thou that thou turnedst about backward? O mountaines, that ye leaped like
At the presence of the Lord tremble thou to a lake of waters, the
BArbarous speech] or, speaking barbarously, of a a Barbarian, that is, a stranger, 1 Cor. 14. 11. even as here also the Chaldee turneth it. Spiritually it meaneth such as speake against the faith, the language of Canaan, Isa. 19. 18.
Vers. 2. Iudah] that is, the congregation of that
tribe, which was most principall, Num.
was] or became; and it is of the feminine gender, to signifie the Congregation, usua daughter, as Ps. 9. 15. his sanctuary] sanctity, or sanctification, which God had sanctiLevit. 19. 2. and 20. 7, 26. and 26. 11, 12. 2 Cor. 6. 16. The Chaldee exThe Church of the house of Iudah was united to his holinesse, Israel to his dominions. dominions] or dominations (seigniories) ruling over the tribes by his lawes and spirit.
Vers. 3. The sea] the red sea, thorow which IsExod. 14. 21. Psal. 77. 17. and 78. 13. and 66. 6. and 136. 13. the Iarden] the great river in the land of Canaan, Ios. 3. Psal. 66. 6.
Vers. 4. The mountaines] Sinai, Horeb, and oExod. 19. 18. Hab. 3. 6, 10. Psal. 68. 9. So leaping is used also in Psal. 29. 6. The Chaldee paraphraseth, When hee gave his law to his people, the mountaines leaped, &c. younglings] Hebr. sonnes; meaning Lambs: so vers. 6.
Vers. 5. What ailed thee] or, what was to thee?
Vers. 7. At the presence] or, At the face, or Before the Lord. For these phrases are used indiffe
Vers. 8. the flint] that is, hard flinty rocke, as is Deut. 8. 15. Compare Isa. 41. 18.
Because God is truly glorious, and idols are vani
NOt unto us, Iehovah, not unto us, is now their God? And our God is in the heavens: are silver and gold, the worke of mens hands. A mouth they have, and speake not: eies they have, and see not. Eares they have,
O Israel, trust thou in Iehovah: he is their helpe, and their shield. O house of Aaron, is their helpe, and their shield. Ye that feare Iehovah, trust in Iehois their helpe, and their shield. Ieus: he will blesse the house of Israel, he will blesse the house of Aaron. Hee will blesse them
Iehovah will adde unto you; unto you, shall you be of Iehovah, which made the heavens, and earth. The heavens are Iehovahs; and the to silence. But wee will blesse Iah, from this time, and for ever; Ha
NOt to us] or, for us; the Chaldee addeth, not
for our desert. This Psalme the Greeke joyPsal. 10. 1.
Vers. 2. now] or, I pray. A word of intreating, Ps. 79. 10.
Vers. 3. And] or, But our God. It is a signe of Psal. 2. 6.
Vers. 5. They have] Hebr. is to them, speake
not] or, cannot speake, as Psal. 77. 5. and so the rest. Compare herewith Ier. 10. 3, 4, 5, 9, &c. Deut. 4. 28.
Vers. 7. sound] or matter, meditate; see Psal.
Vers. 9. Israel] the Church is here distinguiIsrael, or the body of the Common-wealth: 2 Aarons house the Ministers; and 3 the fearers of Iehovah, that is, strangers, converts of all nations,
Vers. 10. House] that is, children or posterity. See Psa. 113. 9.
Vers. 12. hath remembred] The Chaldee explaiThe word of the Lord hath remembred us for good, will blesse] to wit, us; as the Greeke turneth it, being mindfull of us, hath blessed us. See the like want, in Ps. 59. 14. and 69. 2. and 45. 4.
Vers. 13. small] or little, in age or degree. So Rev. 11. 18.
Vers. 14. will adde unto] or adde upon you, that is, increase you, as Deut. 1. 11. Esa. 26. 15. or, adde his blessings.
Vers. 15. shall you be of] or, are you to Iehovah,
Vers. 16 hee hath given] or understand, which
hee hath given: for, the earth also is his, Psal. 24. 1. though heaven properly is his dwelling place, yet not able to containe him, 1 King. 8. 30. 27.
Vers. 17. to silence] the grave, the place of siIob 3. 17, 18. See Ps. 94. 17. So the Chaldee expoundeth it, the place of buriall in the earth.
The Psalmist professeth his love and dutie to God for his deliverance. 12 He studieth to be thankefull.
I Love, because Iehovah heareth my voice, is Iehovah, and just: and our God is mercifull. Iehovah keepeth the simbounteously rewarded unto thee. Because is a lier. What shall I render to Iehovah, for all his bountifull rewards unto me? I will take up the cup of is the death of his gracious Saints. O Iehovah, surely I am thy servant, am thy servant, the son of thine hand-maid; thou hast unloosed my bands. To thee will
I Love] to wit, the Lord: or, I am lovingly affected,
Vers. 2. and] that is, therefore will I call, or, when
I did call. my daies] that is, whiles I live: or daies of affliction, as Iob 30. 16. See Ps. 119. 84. & 37. 12.
Vers. 3. pangs] or paines: compare Psa. 18. 5. &c.
hell] the state of death, or grave: see Ps. 16. 10. found] that is, came upon me. So 1 Chron. 10. 3. Nehem. 9. 32. Esth. 8. 6. Psal. 119. 143.
Vers. 5. Oh] or, I beseech thee, O now! The HeAnna and Na, are words of intreating; as the Greeke Nai, Philem. 1. 20. Rev. 1. 7.
Vers. 6. brought low] drawns drie, weakened,
afflicted: see Psal. 41. 2. and 79. 8.
Vers. 7. thy rest] thy quiet comfortable estate in Matth. 11. 29. but sinne taketh away, Deu. 28. 65. rewarded] or, as the Greeke saith, been beneficiall; the Chaldee explaineth it, the word of the Lord hath rewarded good unto thee: See Psal. 13. 6.
Vers. 8. sliding] or thrust, fall: See Psal. 56. 14. Sam. 2. 9.
Vers. 9. walke on] to wit, pleasingly, as the Greek pleasingly administer: so 1 Sam. 2. 30, 35. Psal. 86. 14. the living] in this world: see Psal. 27. 13.
Vers. 10. therefore] the Hebrew Ki, For, is here therefore, as the Greek translateth, and the Apostle alloweth, 2 Cor. 4. 13. So may it also be taken, 1 Sam. 2. 21. so the Greeke ho
as
Vers. 11. my hastening] through feare; in Greek my extasie (or trance:) see Psal. 31. 23. hereto is opposed his quietnesse, Psal. 30. 7. every man] even the Prophets, which have promised mee the kingdome, &c. and thus it might be Davids infirevery man (in respect of God) is alier, and unable to helpe in time of need, Numb. 23. 19. Rom. 3. 4. Psal. 33. 17.
Vers. 12. for all] so the Greeke supplieth the for: and by rewards, he meaneth benefits, as vers. 7. Compare 1 Thes. 3. 9. 2 Chron. 32. 25.
Vers. 13. the cup of salvations] or, of healths, that peace (or thanke) offerings; wherethe cup of blessing, 1 Cor. 10. 16. So our Lord, at the feast of the Passeover, tooke the cup, and gave thankes, Luk. 22. 17. call on] that is, pray, and praise God: or call in, that is, proclaime and preach Gods mercies: so vers. 17.
Vers. 15. Precious, &c.] that is, God will not Psal. 72. 14. So the soule is said to be precious, when the life is spared, 1 Sam. 26. 31. 2 King. 1. 13.
Vers. 16. handmaid] borne thy servant in thy Psal. 86. 16. bands] that is, hast set me at liberty; (as Iob 39. 8.) from afflictions, Esa. 28. 22. a similitude taken from captives, Esa. 52. 2.
Vers. 17. confession] that is, a thanke-offering: see Psal. 50. 14.
The Gentiles are exhorted to praise God for his mercy and truth.
PRaise Iehovah all ye Gentiles; laud him endureth for ever; Halelu-jah.
GEntiles] or nations; all which are exhorted to glorifie God, for obtaining mercy by Christ,
hath received us into the glory of God; as the Apostle sheweth from this Scripture, Rom. 15. 7.—11.
An exhortation to praise God for his mercy. 5 The Psalmist by his experience sheweth how good it is to trust in God. 19 Vnder the type of the Psalmist, the comming of Christ in his kingdome is expressed.
COnfesse ye to Iehovah, for he is good, endureth for ever. Let Israel now say, that his mercie endureth for ever. Let the house of Aaron now
A voice of shouting & of salvation is in the is exalted; the right hand of Iehovah doth valiantnesse. I shall not die but live, and shall that I may enter into them, may confesse Iah. This gate of which the builders refused, is become for head of the corner. This was of Iehovah, is marvellous in our eies. This is the day Ie
Oh Iehovah save now, oh Iehovah prosper be hee that commeth in the name of Iehovah; wee blesse you out of the house of Iehovah. God is Iehovah, and hath offerings with cords, unto the hornes of the Altar. Thou art my God, and I will confesse thee; he is good, for his mercy endureth for ever.
FOr he] or, that he is good: so vers. 29.
Vers. 4. that feare] strangers of all nations, as before he mentioned the Church and Ministers: see Psal. 115. 9.
Vers. 5. with a large roomth] that is, by bringPs. 18. 20. and 4. 2.
Vers. 6. for me] to wit, an helper, as the Greeke Heb. 13. 6. So the Chaldee saith, the word of the Lord is for mine helpe: so in vers. 7. See also Ps. 56. 5, 12.
Vers. 7. with them that helpe mee] in stead of all
helpers: see a like phrase, Psal. 54. 6. The Greeke saith, mine helper. see on them] to wit, their reward, or
Vers. 10. but in, &c.] or, in the name of Iehovah,
that I shall cut them off. The Greek agreeth with the former; the Chaldee with this latter: and so in the verses following.
Vers. 12. were quenched] or (on the contrary) were kindled, as both the Greeke and Chaldee doe translate it. Sundry words signifie contraries, as barac to blesse and to curse, 1 King. 21. 13. The fire of thornes is both soone kindled, and soone quenched: so Christs enemies. for] or, but in the name, &c.
Vers. 13. Thrusting, &c.] that is, Thou diddest
sorely thrust, speaking to the enemie: the Chalmy sinne thrust mee to fall. Thrusting thrust, is an Hebraisme often used; as after,
Vers. 14. song] or melodie, that is, whom I sing Exod. 15. 2. so Isa. 12. 3. for a salvation] or, a salvation, that is, hath saved or rescued me against mine enemies, as 2 Sam. 10. 11. where the like phrase is used: so afvers. 21. the word for may be omitted, as someChron. 18. 21. comKing. 22. 22.
Vers. 15. salvation] that is, victorie, as Psal. 98. thankes for salvation, as Psal. 116. 13. See Rev. 19. 1. tents] that is, dwelling places; but spoHeb. 11. 9. So tents of the Saints, Rev. 20 9. See alChron. 31. 2.
gave] or delivered; so Ezek. 31. 14.
Vers. 19. gates of justice] that is, of Gods SanSam. 3. 15. called gates of justice, because only the just and cleane might enter into them, as vers. 20. Isa. 26. 2. 2 Chron. 23. 19. Rev. 21. 27.
Vers. 20. gate of Jehovah] this the Chaldee exthe gate of the Sanctuary of the Lord.
Vers. 22. The stone, &c.] By this stone is meant David himselfe, and his Sonne Christ; by the builders, are meant the
Vers. 24. made] that is, preferred in honour above others; so
Vers. 25. save now] or, I beseech thee save: in Hebrew, Hoshiah-na, or Hosanna, as it is sounded Matth. 21. 9, 15. where the people and children welcome Christ into Ierusalem, singing Hosanna the Sonne of David, that is, praying God most high, to save the King (Christ) who then came in the name of the Lord.
Vers. 26. he that commeth] that is, the King that commeth in the name (power, and auof the Lord, Luke 19. 38. we blesse you] these seeme to be the Priests words, whose ofto blesse Gods people in his house, Num. 6. 23. Deut. 10. 8. 1 Chron. 23. 13.
Vers. 27. the feast-offerings] or festivitie. This festivall day, as Psal. 81. 4. is sometime figuratively used for the sacrifices offered at those feasts, as Exod. 23. 18. Isa. 29. 1. and so the Chaldee explaineth it here. Thus Christ is called our Passeover, 1 Cor. 5. 7. that is, our Paschall lamb. with cords] This word is sometime used for thick twisted cords, Iudg. 15. 13. sometime for thick branches of trees, used at some feasts, Ezek. 19. 11. Levit. 23. 40. Hereupon this sentence may two wayes be read; binde the feast with thick branches, or binde the sacrifices with cords; both meane one thing, that men should keepe the festivitie with joy and thankes to God, as Israel used at their sounto the hornes] that is, all the Court over, untill you come even to the hornes of the altar: intending hereby many sacrifices or boughes. The Chaldee interpreteth it, till he have offered him, and powred the bloud at the hornes of the Altar.
This Psalme containeth manifold praises of the Law of God, and effects of the same; with sundrie prayers, and professions of obedience.
are they that are perfect in way, they that walke in the law of Ieare they that keepe his testimonies, they that seeke him with all the heart. 3. Also, they that worke not iniquity, but walke in his waies. 4. Thou hast commanded thy precepts to be observed vehemently. 5. Oh that my waies were di
12. Blessed art thou, Iehovah, learne mee thy statutes. 13. With my lips have I told all the judgements of thy mouth. 14. In the way of thy testimonies have I joyed, as above all store of riches. 15. In thy precepts will I meditate, and will have respect unto thy waies. 16. In thy statutes will I delight my selfe, I will not forget thy words.
Bounteously reward unto thy servant, that I may live and observe thy word. 18. Vnthings of thy law. 19. A stranger I am in the earth, hide not thou from me thy com
21. Thou hast rebuked the proud accur
22. Turne thou from mee reproach and contempt, for I have kept thy testimonies. 23. Princes also did sit, they spake against me, thy servant meditateth in thy statutes. 24. Also thy testimonies are my delights; the men of my counsell.
workes. 28. My soule droppeth for heavinesse; raise thou me up, according to thy word. 29. Take away from me the way of falshood, and graciously give me thy law. 30. The way of faithfulnesse I have chosen, thy judgements I have propo
unto the end.
34. Make me to understand, that I may keep
35. Make mee to tread in the path of thy commandements, for in it I take pleasure.
36. Incline mine heart unto thy testimonies, and not unto covetousnesse. 37. Turne ais given to the feare of thee. 39. Turne away my reproach, which I am afraid of, for thy judgements are good.
40. Loe I have a desire to thy precepts; in thy justice quicken thou me.
44. And I will observe thy law continualin the presence of Kings, and not be ashamed. 47. And I will delight my selfe in thy commandements, which I have loved. 48. And I will lift up my hands to thy commandements which I have loved, and will meditate on thy statutes.
is my comfort in mine af
51. The proud have scorned me very great
56. This was to mee, because I kept thy precepts.
am a companion to all that feare thee, and that observe thy precepts. 64. The earth is full of thy mercy, Iehovah; learne me thy statutes.
was astray; but now I observe thy saying. 68. Good art thou, and doest good; learne me thy statutes. 69. The proud have forged against me falshood; I, with all the heart, doe keep thy precepts. 70. Their heart is grosse as fat; I, in thy law have delighted my selfe
71. It is good for me that I was afflicted, that I may learne thy statutes. 72. The law of thy mouth is better to me than thousands of gold and silver.
are justice, and with faithfulnesse thou hast afflicted me. 76. Oh let thy mercy be to comfort me, according to thy saying unto thy servant. 77. Let thy tender mercies come to me, that I may live, for thy law is my delights. 78. Let the proud be abashed, for with falshood they have depraved me: I doe meditate in thy precepts. 79. Let those turne to mee that feare thee, and that know thy testimonies. 80. Let my heart be per
are the dayes of thy servant? When wilt thou doe judgeare not according to thy law. 86. All thy commandements are faithfulnesse; with falshood do they persecute me, help thou me.
87. Almost they had consumed me in the earth, but I have not forsaken thy precepts. 88. According to thy mercy quicken thou
is to generation and generation; thou hast stathis day, for they all are thy servants. 92. Vnlesse thy law had beene my delights, then had I perished in mine affliction. 93. For ever I will not forget thy precepts, for by them thou hast quickened me. 94. I am thine, save thou me, for I have sought thy precepts. 95. The wicis thy commande
is my meditation. 98. Thou makest mee wiser than mine enemies, by thy commandeis with me. 99. I am more prudent than all my teachers, for thy testimonies are my meditation. 100. I am of more understanding than the Elders, because I have kept thy precepts. 101. I have re
is a lampe to my foot, and a light to my path. 106. I have sworne, and will ratifie it, to observe the judgements of thy justice. 107. I am afflicted very veheofferings of my mouth, favourably accept thou, oh Ieis in my hand continually, and thy law I have not forgotten. 110. The wicked have laid a snare for me, and from thy precepts I have not strayed. 111. I posare the joy of mine heart. 112. I have inclined mine heart to doe thy statutes, for ever to the end.
vaine thoughts, and I love thy law. 114. Thou art my secret place, and my shield, I hopefully wait for thy word. 115. Depart from me yee evill doers, that I may keepe the commandements of my God.
116. Vphold me according to thy saying, that I may live; and let me not be abashed for my hope. 117. Sustaine me, and I shall be saved, and I will delight in thy statutes continually. 118. Thou hast troden downe all them that stray from thy statutes, for their deceit is falshood. 119. Like drosse thou makest cease all the wicked of the earth, ther
for thy servant, for good; let not the proud oppresse mee. 123. Mine eyes faile for thy salvation, and for the sayings of thy justice. 124. Doe with thy servant accoram thy servant, give me under
126. It is time for Iehovah to doe, they have made frustrate thy law. 127. Therfore I love thy commandements, above gold, and above fine gold. 128. Therefore, all thy precepts of every thing I hold righteous; I hate every way of falshood.
are thy testimonies, ther
art thou Iehovah, and righteis fined vehemently, and thy servant loveth it.
141. I am small and despised, thy preis a justice for ever, and thy law is the truth. 143. Distresse and anguish have found me, thy commandements are my deis for ever; make me to understand, that I may live.
night-watches, to mediart thou, Iehovah, and all thy commandements are truth. 152. Of old I have knowne of thy testimonies, that thou hast founded them forever.
according to thy saying quicken thou me. 155. Salvation is farre from the wicked, because they seeke not thy statutes. 156. Thy tender merare many, O Iehovah; according to thy judgements quicken thou me. 157. Many are my persecutors, and my distressers; from thy testimonies I have not declined. 158. I saw unfaithfull transgressours, and was griefor that they observed not thy saying. 159. See, that I love thy precepts; Iehovah, according to thy mercy quicken thou me. 160. The beginning of thy word is truth, and for ever is every judgement of thy justice.
am joyfull for thy saying, as one that findeth much spoile. 163. Falsetimes in a day doe I praise thee, for the judgements of thy justice. 165. Much peace is to them that love thy law, and to them is no stumbling-blocke. 166. I have hoped for thy salvation, Iehoare before thee.
are justice. 173. Let thine hand be to helpe me, for I have chosen thy precepts.
174. I have longed for thy salvation, Iehois my delights. 175. Let my soule live, that it may praise thee; and let thy judgments help me. 176. I have strayed like a lost sheepe; seeke thou thy servant, for I have not forgotten thy commandements.
PErfect in way] intire (or unblemished) in their state or conversation: See Ezek. 28. 15. Psalm. 1. 1.
Vers. 2. seeke him] with hope and trust, as the Esay 11. 10. with Rom. 15. 12. See also Deut. 4. 29. Ier. 29. 13. 2 Chron. 15. 15. The Chaldee translateth, seeke his doctrine.
Vers. 3. Also they &c.] the Greeke turneth it For, not they that worke iniquitie, doe walke in his wayes.
Vers. 4. to be observed] or, for men to observe.
Psal. 36. 3.
Vers. 5. O that] or, My wishes are that &c. It is good for me that I have directed my waies.
Vers. 8. very much] or unto vehemencie, vehemently,
Vers. 10. let me not wander] omake mee not to
erre; in Greeke, repell me not.
Vers. 14. as above] as that which is superiour to
all riches; or, as for all abundant wealth.
Vers. 16. delight] or solace, recreate my selfe.
Vers. 18. Vncover] or unveile. that I may] or, and I shall: so after in this and other Psalmes often. See Psal. 43. 4.
Vers. 19. in the earth] or in the land: See Psal.
Vers. 20. sor desire] or, with desiring, or to desire;
Vers. 23. spake] or talked of me; spake largeEzek. 33. 30.
Vers. 24. men of my counsell] that is, my counsellours,
Vers. 25. quicken me] or, spare my life, as Ios.
Vers. 26. answeredst me] which the Chaldee acceptedst my prayer.
Vers. 27. and I will] or, that I may; as vers.
Vers. 28. droppeth] to wit, teares, that is, weepeth:
Vers. 30. of faithfulnesse] or faith, that is, a sure proposed] to wit, before me, as Psal. 16. 8.
Vers. 32. inlarge] that is, amplifie and increase
King. 4. 29. (as to want an heart, is to be foolish, Prov. 9. 4.) or, with comfort, as Isa. 60. 5. or love, as 2 Cor. 6. 11.
Vers. 33. to the end] Greeke, continually; some rewards, as after the Greeke doth, vers. 112. The Hebrew properly is the heele or foot-sole; figuratively the end, and sometime reward: see Psal. 19. 12. that I may] or, and I shall keepe &c. So vers. 34.
Vers. 37. Turne away] or Make passe, transferre:
Vers. 38. Confirme] or raise up, that is, performe
Vers. 41. come] that is, be performed, as Iudg.
Vers. 42. answer] Hebr. answer him word, that returne him answer, as this phrase importeth, 2 Sam.
20. 9. and 12. 16. so
Vers. 43. very much] or, unto vehemencie, vehemently, as
Vers. 45. in a large roomth] or, in widenesse, that Psal. 4. 2. and 18. 20. and 118. 5.
Vers. 48. lift my hands] that is, put my hands to
Vers. 53. A burning horrour] a storme of terswow
or
Vers. 54. songs] theames, or arguments of singing.
Vers. 56. This was] Thus ordered I the course
Vers. 57. my portion] that is, as the Greeke exO Lord thou art my portion, as Psal. 142. Ier. 10. 16. or, my portion, O Lord, shall be to keepe thy words.
Vers. 58. besought] or intreated: see Psalm. 45. 13.
Vers. 59. thought upon] considered and counI thought to make good my wayes.
Vers. 60. delayed not] or, distracted not my selfe, to wit, with worldly cares, feares, pleasures, &c.
Vers. 61. Bands] or Cords, as the Greeke also turneth it, or Companies, as the Chaldee explaineth a band of Prophets, for a company of them, 1 Sam. 10. 10.
Vers. 66. reason] or behaviour: Hebr. taste or savour: see Psal. 34. 1.
Vers. 67. afflicted] or answered, cried, to wit, for
my affliction.
Vers. 69. forged] or composed, adjoyned: so Iob
Vers. 70. grosse] congealed, and so made hard crudled as milk. ComAct. 28. 27. Ephes. 4. 18.
Vers. 72. thousands] to wit, of peeces, as is exPsal. 68. 31. the Chaldee expoundeth it, of talents.
Vers. 73. fashioned] or fitted, composed. ComIob 10. 8.
Vers. 75. with faithfulnesse] or in faith, or truth.
Cor. 10. 13.
Vers. 78. depraved] perverted, wronged mee,
dealt perversly with me; or, would pervert me from the right way.
Vers. 79. turne to me] in Chaldee, turne to my
doctrine.
Vers. 80. perfect] sincere, in Greeke, without
spot, unblemished, as vers. 1.
Vers. 81. fainteth] faileth, or, is consumed, to with desire. So Psal. 84. 2. faile] or, are consumed, as before, and vers. 123. See Psal. 69. 4. 1 Sam. 2. 33.
Vers. 83. in the smoake] that is, drie and wrinPsal. 32. 4. and 102. 4.
Vers. 84. daies] to wit, of affliction: see Psal. 37.
Vers. 85. digged pits] to take away my life, Psal.
told me tales, to intrap mee with errours.
Vers. 86. faithfulnesse] or faith, that is, faithfull,
Vers. 89. is stedfast] or, standeth fast, abideth:
Isa. 40. 8.
Vers. 90. stablished] or fitly setled: See Eccles.
Vers. 91. To thy] that is, According to thy ordinations;
Vers. 96. of all perfection] or consummation,
large] or broad, wide, meaning infinite.
Vers. 98. thou makest] or it maketh. it is with me] or, it is mine, that is, thy law (or every one of thy commandements,) is mine.
Vers. 103. my palate] that is, my taste.
Vers. 105. a lampe] or, a candle, lanterne: so Prov. 6. 23. Compare Iob 19. 8.
Vers. 106. sworne] making covenant to walke Nehem. 10. 29. ratifie] per
Vers. 108. free-offerings] or, voluntaries: see Psal. 54. 8.
Vers. 109. in my hand] or palme, that is, I goe
in danger of my life. See the like phrase, Iudg. 12. 3. 1 Sam. 19. 5. and 28. 21. So the Chaldee explaineth it, my soule is in danger, as if it were upon my hand.
the end] as vers. 33. Here the Greeke for reward, respecting the end and rePsal. 19. 12. Heb. 11. 26. 1 Pet. 1. 8, 9.
Vers. 113. vaine thoughts] or wavering cogitations,
Vers. 117. delight] or, have respect, or contemplate,
Vers. 119. Like drosse] consumed with the fire Ezek. 22. 18,—22. Prov. 25. 4, 5. makest cease] that is, removest, or takest away.
Vers. 120. feeleth horrour] as when the haire flesh, may be meant the haire of his flesh, as is expressed, Iob 4. 15. from whence this phrase seemeth to be taken.
Vers. 121. Be surety] answering for, and degive sweetnesse (or delight,) unto him.
Vers. 126. to doe] or worke, shewing his power: It is time to doe the will of the Lord. made frustrate] of none effect, or dissipated: See Psal. 33. 10.
Vers. 128. hold righteous] or make righteous,
doe esteeme, and defend to be most right, and doe rightly use them.
Vers. 130. The opening] or doore, that is, the declaration (as the Greeke interpreteth it;) or the first entrance into them.
Vers. 132. according to the judgement] that is, judgement is for manner, or custome, Gen. 40. 13. Ios. 6. 15. 1 Sam. 2. 13. and 27. 11.
Vers. 136. they] men in generall, or the wicked;
vers. 158.
Vers. 137. righteous] to wit, is every of thy judgements; or,
Vers. 138. justice of thy testimonies] that is, thy just and very faithfull testimonies. Or, justice,
thy testimonies and faith.
Vers. 139. suppresseth] or cutteth off, that is, consumeth. Compare
Vers. 140. fined] purified as in fire, Psal. 12. 7.
Vers. 142. for ever] that is, everlasting: so vers. 144.
Vers. 143. found] that is, come upon me, as Psal. 116. 3.
Vers. 144. justice of &c.] or, Thy testimonies are just &c.
Vers. 147. prevented] to wit, thee, with prayer, Psal. 88. 14. and 95. 2. twilight] the dawning of the morning, as the Chaldee explaineth it, and the Hebrew sometime signifieth,
Vers. 148. watches] see Psal. 63. 7. and 90. 4. the morning and evening watches.
Vers. 149. judgement] equitie, or custome, as vers. 132.
Vers. 160. the beginning,] or, the head, but the from the beginning thy word is truth; and so for ever. Or, ta
Vers. 164. Seven times] that is, often; for seven
many, as Levit. 26. 18. Prov. 24. 16. and 26. 25. 1 Sam. 2. 5.
Vers. 165. is no stumbling blocke] or, they have
no offence, (or scandall.) So in 1 Ioh. 2. 10. he that loveth his brother, there is no scandall in him. Hee walkes without feare of falling.
Vers. 172. resound] or, sing; Hebr. answer.
Vers. 175. Let my soule live] that is, Let mee wholly live: as on the contrary, let my soule die, Iudg. 16. 30.
Vers. 176. a lost sheepe] a sheepe of perdition, or perishing, that is, ready to perish. All we like sheepe have gone astray, Isa. 53. 6.
The Prophet prayeth against, and reproveth the evill tongue: 5 and complaineth of his necessary conversation with the wicked.
A song of degrees.
VNto Iehovah, in my distressednesse, I cried, and he answered me. Ieho
What shall it give thee, and what shall it with Meam for peace, and when I speak, are for warre.
OF degrees] or, of ascensions, of heights: (Hebr. ham-mahaloth,) that is, a Psalme to be sung with an high voice; as the Levites are said to praise God with a great voice on high, (Hebr. le-mahlah,) 2 Chron. 20. 19. Or, this title noteth the excellencie of the song, for short, grave and pithy sentences; as Adam ham-mahalah, is a man of eminencie, (or of high degree,) 1 Chron. 17. 17. Sundry other waies is this title understood, as of the staires that went up to the house of the Lord, whereon the singers should stand; and this the Chaldee favoureth: althe comming up from Babylon, (called mahalah, an a scension, Ezr. 7. 9,) &c. Fifteene Psalmes together have this title prefixed.
What shall it give] or, (as the Greeke what shall be given, that is, what good, or profit shalt thou get? meaning, none at all. The verbe active is often used passively; see Psal. 32. 9. and 36. 3. Or, what shall be (meaning God, or any one) give to thee, O deceitfull tongue? it adde] or be added, to wit, as good, or advantage: so Psal. 115. 14. tongue] this may also be read, what shall the tongue of deceit give to thee, that is, profit thee, spea
Vers. 4. arrowes, &c.] This may note out the words are like arrowes, Ps. 64. 4. Prov. 25. 18. or, the reward which God will give the deceitfull tongue, his plagues, like arrowes, Psal. 45. 6. Deut. 32. 23. Ezek. 5. 16. coales of Iuniper] which wood in burning smelleth sweet, but the coales thereof burne extremely, and last long; so that under the ashes the glowing coales may be kept (as some write) a yeere long. So it fitly noteth the long lasting infamy of an evill tongue. Or, if we referre it to Gods judgements, they are severe and durable, as Deut. 28. 59. Ps. 18. 9. and 140. 11.
Vers. 5. sojourne] or am a pilgrim, a stranger.
Meshec] that is, with a profane and barbarous people, like the posteritie of Meshec and Kedar, mentioned in Gen. 10. 2. and 21. 13. Meshec siglength or protraction, and so may here be taken for no proper name, but I sojourne so long; and thus the Greeke turneth it, my peregrination is prolonged. Tents of Kedar] the sonne
Vers. 6. it hath much] or, to it selfe (in it own hath long dwelt: so Psal. 123. 4.
Vers. 7. for peace] or, to peace (as after for or to
warre) that is, addicted thereto; or understand, a man of peace, that is, peacefull, as the Greeke exIob 5. 24. and 21. 9. 2 Sam, 17. 3. See the like phrase Psal. 109. 4. Also in Obad. 7. thy bread, for, men of thy bread.
The great safetie of those that trust in Gods pro
A Song of degrees.
I Lift up mine eies unto the mountaines, from whence shall come mine helpe. Mine helpe commeth from with Iehovah, is thy keeper, Iehovah thy shadow
OF degrees] or, for-degrees, or, ascensions: see the mountains] Sion and Merijah, where was the Sanhis foundation in the holy mountains, Ps. 87. 1. wch was a figure of the heavens, Heb. 9. 24. and sometime mountaines and heavens are used for the same, as Ps. 18. 8. with 2 Sam. 22. 8. So the meaning is, that when he looked up to God for helpe, he received it. Or we may read it thus; Shall I lift up mine eyes to the mountaines? that is, to the places where Idols are worshipped, Deut. 12. 2. as if he should say, farre be it from me. For in vaine is helpe expected from the hills, or the multitude of the mountaines; but in Iehovah our God is the salvation of Israel, Ier. 3. 23. The
Vers. 3. to be moved] or, to slide, or to commotion,
Vers. 5. shadow] that is, protection, comfort and Esa, 25. 4. and 4. 6. Num. 14. 9. See also Psal. 1
Vers. 6. The Sunne] which annoyeth with heat, Ion. 4. 8. Gen. 31. 40. And the Sunne and Moone being ruPsal. 136. 8, 9. imply all other things whatsoever. But this hath reference to Gods protection of Israel in the wildernesse, Exod. 13. 21. Esai. 4. 5.
Vers. 8. Thy going out and oomming in] that is, Deut. 28. 6. 2 Chron. 1. 10. 2 Sam. 3. 25. Act. 1. 21. and 9. 28.
Davids joy for the Church, and prayer for the peace thereof.
A Song of degrees, of David.
IRejoyced in them that said unto me, We will goe into the house of Iehovah. Our to the testibe in thee. Because of
IN them] or, for them: Greeke, for the things that
were said. we will] or, let us goe, exhorting one another, as Deut. 33. 19. house] which the Chaldee expoundeth, house of the Sanctuarie of the Lord.
Vers. 3. joyned to it selfe] compact, fitly framed and builded together for an habitation of God
through the spirit, Ephes. 2. 21, 22. so the curtaines of the tabernacle were conjoyned, Exod. 26. 3.
Vers. 4. to the testimony] that is, the Arke, wherethe tables of testimonie, and from whence Exod. 25. 21, 22. or, by the testimony to Israel, that is, according to the charge given for their comming thither, Deut. 16. 16, 17.
Vers. 5. are set] or sit thrones; that is, they stand;
remaine still, or; are set, active for passive, as Psal. 36. 3. of the house] or, for the house, that is, the posteritie; as Psal. 115. 10. The Chaldee saith, for the Kings of the house of David.
Vers. 6. Aske] that is, Desire, or pray for the peace; in Greeke, the things that belong to the peace: see Luke 19. 42. Ier. 15. 5.
or,
Vers. 7. fort] or rampart. frontier; whereof hee Lam. 2. 8.
Vers. 9. good for thee] or, thy good: see Neh. 2. 10.
A profession of patient confidence in God, and pray
A Song of degrees.
VNto thee lift I up mine eyes, O thou that sittest in the heavens. Loe, as are unto the hand of their Masters; as the eyes of a maiwith the scorning of those that are at ease, the contempt of the proud.
SIttest] that is, reignest, governest, judgest: for heaven is Gods throne, Esai. 66. 1.
Vers. 2. that he be gracious] or shew mercie; this Luke 18. 1,—7.
Vers. 4. it is or, to it selfe, as Psal. 120. 6. of
the proud] or, be to the proud; as a Prayer that the evill may turne upon themselves.
David teacheth Israel to blesse God for their deli
A Song of degrees of David.
EXcept Iehovah, that he had beene for us, now let Israel say: Except Iehobe Iehovah, who hath not gifor a prey unto their teeth. Our soule, as a bird is escaped out of the snare of the fowlers; the snare is broken, and we are escaped. Our helpe is in the name of Ieho
EXcept Iehovah, that he] or, But for Iehovah who
was. The Chaldee saith, Except the word of the Lord, &c.
Vers. 2. men] in Chaldee, sinfull men.
Vers. 4. waters] that is, sinfull people, as Isa. 59. 19. Rev. 17. 15.
Vers. 5. proud waters] the Chaldee expoundeth the King whose Campe is like the high waters of the Sea.
The safety of such as trust in God. 4 A prayer for the godly, and against the wicked.
A Song of degrees.
THey that trust in Iehovah, shall be as mount Sion which is not moved, but remaineth for ever. Ierusalem, thare round about it, and Iehovah is round about his people, from this time and for ever. For the rod of wickednesse shall to their crookednesses, Iehovah will lead them away with the worshall be upon Israel.
THey that crust] The Chaldee explaineth it, The just which trust in the Word of the Lord.
Vers. 2. and Iehovah] that is, and so Iehovah,
the divine presence (or majestie) of the Lord.
Vers. 3. of wickednesse] that is, of the wicked, as pride, for proud men, Psal. 36. 12. and their rod meadominion, or power, as Psal. 2. 9. lot] that is, inheritance; as Ios. 18. 11. 1 Pet. 5. 3.
Vers. 5. crookednesses] crooked wayes, or, vices.
lead them away] or, make them goe away, that is, to die, as 1 Chron. 17. 11. compared with 2 Sam. 7. 12. So the Chaldee paraphraseth, will lead them to Hell, and their part shall be with the workers of iniquitie.
The Church celebrating her incredible returne out of captivitie, prayeth for, and prophesieth the good successe thereof.
A Song of degrees.
VVHen Iehovah returned the captivitie of Sion, we were like them that dream. Then was joyfull shouting, bearing his sheaves.
THe captivitie] or, the reversion, that is, the multitude
Vers. 2. joyfull shout] or song, or shrill singing: so vers. 5, 6. Compare Iob 8. 21. done very great things] or done magnificently, or magnified his doings, as the Greeke translateth this phrase, in
Vers. 4. our captivitie] that is, the rest of the capcaptivitie icaptives, Ezek. 11. 24, 25. in the South] that is, in the dry ground; for so the Hebrew word signifieth, and so South lands were waterlesse, Iudg. 1. 15. Here we may understand, this shall be to us as rivers in the South. The Chalas the land is turned when water-springs breake forth into it, in time of drought.
Vers. 5. shall reape] or, let them reape: as conti
Vers. 6. He going goeth] that is, every sower fore-mentioned: they did going goe: which phrase meaneth a continuall and di
The vertue of Gods blessings in all estates. 3 Good children are his gift.
A Song of degrees for Solomon.
IF Iehovah build not the house, in vaine doe the builders thereof labour therein: if Iehovah keepe not the citie, in vaine doth the keeper wake. It is vaine for you to up late, to eat the bread of sorrowes; so he will give his beloved sleepe.
Loe, sonnes are an heritage of Iehovah; the his wages. As arrowes in the hand of a mightie man, so are sonnes of the youth. O blessed is the man that
FOr Solomon] as Psal. 72. 1. or, of Solomon. the
citie] in Chaldee, the citie Ierusalem.
Vers. 2. to rise early] or, to be early in rising, to late in sitting, eating, &c. of sorrowes] that is, gotten with much sorrow or paines: as bread of wickednesse, Prov. 4. 17. is that which is wickedly gotten; or bread of sorrowes, may meane course meat, as bread of pleasures, Dan. 10. 3. is dainty fine meat. so] by building, keeping and blessing their labours without sorrow; or surely he will give. his beloved] or dearling; the Hebrew Iedid, hath reference to Solomons name Iedid-jah, 2 Sam. 12. 25. that is, Beloved of Iah: but the Greek turneth it plurally, his beloved ones. sleepe] quiet rest withShena is written with
Vers. 3. an heritage] that is, a reward (or blessing)
given of the Lord: so Iob 20. 29. Isa. 54. 17. Psal. 61. 6. wages] or reward, which sometime is of debt, for service, Num. 18. 31. Gen. 30. 28. someRom. 4. 4. as Gods rewards to his servants, Gen. 15. 1. Isa. 62. 11.
Vers. 4. sonnes of youth] that is, young men, who area helpe to their parents against the enemie, as Ioh. 2. 14. Prov. 20. 29.
Vers. 5. his quiver with them] that is, his house full of children. when they shall speake] that is, plead in judgement; which was at the citie gates; see the contrary, Iob 5. 4. It may also be read, but they shall subdue the enemies in the gate. The Greek giveth the first interpretation. The Chaldee saith, when they contend with their adversaries in the gate of the judgement hall.
The sundry blessings which follow them that feare God.
A Song of degrees.
O Happy is every one that feareth Ieshall it be
shall be as a fruitfull Vine by the sides of thine house, thy sonnes
O Happy] or Blessed: as Psal. 1. 1.
Vers. 2. When thou] or, For (surely) thou shalt eat. the labour] that is, things got with labour, according to the Law,
Vers. 3. fruitfull] or, fructifying: see also this siEzek. 19. 10. Gen. 49. 22. Olive plants] alwayes greene, Psal. 52. 10. and legitimate, as the Olive admitteth no other graffe.
Vers. 5. will Iehovah] or, prayer-wise (as the Iehovah blesse thee. see thou] or, thou shalt see, that is, enjoy: looke the Notes on Psal. 27. 4. and 37. 3. the good] that is, the good things, as the Greeke hath it: see Psal. 65. 5.
Vers. 6. thy sonnes sonnes] or, sonnes to (or of) thy
sonnes. See this fulfilled in Iob 42. 16. where Iob saw his sonnes, and his sonnes sonnes, even foure generations.
Many are the afflictions of Israel, but God delive
A Song of degrees.
OFten have they afflicted me from my youth, may Israel now say. Ofone pulleth it off, is withered. Wherewith he that mow
OFten] or Much, vehemently. from my
youth] my first constitution, in Aegypt, Ezek. 23. 3. not prevailed] in Chaldee, they could not doe me evill.
Vers. 3. plowers] that plow iniquitie, Iob 4 8. the sinners. furrow] and furrowes, that is, every of them; (for the Hebrew hath both reainjuries, or iniquitie, as the Greeke turneth it.
Vers. 4. cord] for cords, or ropes; one put for maPsal. 8. 9. by cords, meaning counsels and enterprises, wherewith they drew the plough of their iniquitie, Esai. 5. 18.
Vers. 5. Let them] or, They shall be abashed.
Vers. 6. pulleth it off] or pulleth out, namely, the hooke to cut it. The Chaldee explaines it, which before it flourisheth, an East wind commeth and bloweth on it, and it withereth.
Vers. 7. his bosome] his armes; as Esai. 49. 22. lap.
Vers. 8. we blesse you] the Chaldee addeth, and
they answer them not, we blesse you, &c. taking this latter branch to be the harvest mens answer, as in Ruth 2. 4.
The Psalmist praying out of deepe afflictions, pro
A Song of degrees.
OVt of the deepes doe I call unto thee Iehovah. Lord, heare my voyce, is
more than there is mercy, and with him is much redemption. And he will
DEeps] or low places, that is, great calamities, Psal. 69. 3. 15. with hearty deepe affections,
Vers. 3. shall stand] or can subsist? meaning, no man can.
Vers. 6. watchmen] or, warders, keepers. Which the Chaldee explaineth thus, more than they which
observe the morning watch, which they observe that they may offer the morning sacrifice. for] or to the morning.
Vers. 8. his] or their iniquities: see the note on Psal. 25. 22.
David professeth his humilitie, and exhorteth Is
A Song of degrees of David.
IEhovah, mine heart is not haughty, neimatters, and too marvellous for me. If I have not composed and stilled my child with his mother; as a weaned child with me is my soule. Let Is
HAughty] or lifted up, with pride: see Deut. 17. Prov. 16. 5. 2 Chron. 32. 25, 26. Psal. 101. 5. marvellous] that is, too hard for me, high and above my reach: as Psal. 139. 6.
Vers. 2. If I have not] that is, Surely I have: an Psal. 95. 11. Ier. 49. 20. composed, or put fit and in order. The Chaldee expoundeth it, If I have not put my hand on my mouth, and silenced my soule, till it might heare the words of the Law, as a weaned child on his mothers brests, &c. stilled] or,
Davids care to bring home the Arke of God. 8 His prayer at the removing thereof. 11 The Lords oath and promises to David & to the Church.
A Song of degrees.
IEhovah, remember unto David all his afplaces for the Mighty one of Iakob. Loe, we heard was in Ephrathah, we found it in the fields of the wood. We will goe into his dwelplaces; we will bow downe our selves at the footstoole of his feet. Arise Iehovah to joyfully shout. For thy servant Davids sake, turne not away the face of thine Anointed. Iehovah sware unit for his seat. This is my rest even to perpetuitie, here will joyfully. There will I make
VNto David] or for him, that is, for good unto David with all his affliction. So Psal. 137. 7. affliction] or, humiliation, afflecting care, for to have the Arke brought home unto him, 1 Chron. 13. 1, 2, 3, 12. and 15. 1, 2. &c. or, to build God an house, 2 Sam. 7. 1, 2.
Vers. 2. the Mightie one] in Greeke, the God of Iakob; so called first by Iakob himselfe, Gen. 49. 24. Psal. 78. 25. and 22. 13.
Vers. 3. If I enter] that is, surely I will not enter: see Psal. 95. 11. and 89. 36. Compare this care of Hag. 1. 4. 2 Sam. 7. 1, 2. mine house] menChron. 15. 1.
Vers. 5. finde] that is, prepare, or build: so Act. 7. Psal. 36. 3. finding is accomplishing. for Iehovah] that is, for his Arke to rest in, which the Chaldee explaineth, a place for the house of the Lords Sanctuarie. dwelling places] or, habitacles: see
Vers. 6. it] Gods Arke, vers. 8. Ephra
the country of Ephraim, the citie
Vers. 7. at the foot stoole] or towards it, meaning Psal. 99. 5.
Vers. 8. thy rest] the Sanctuary builded for thy name, as 1 Chr. 28. 2. 2 Chr. 6. 41. Arke] or Chist,
Coffer, wch was made of Shittim (or Cedar) wood, overlaid with plates of gold, whose cover (called the Mercie-seat) was also of pure gold, on which were two glorious Cherubs of gold, from whence God gave his Oracle, Exod. 37. 1, 2,—6, 7. Num. 7. 89. In this Arke were the two Tables of the Law or Testimonie, written with the finger of God, Deut. 10. 3, 4, 5. This Arke is called Gods strength and glorie, Psal. 78. 61. For Arke of thy strength, the Chaldee saith, the Arke wherein thy Law is.
Vers. 9. cloathed with justice] that is, let them just administration, saith, I put on justice, and it cloathed me, my judgement was as a robe and crowne, Iob 29. 14. Therefore the Priests had holy garments to administer in, Exod. 28. 2, 3. In 2 Chron. 6. 41. and after here in vers. 16. the Priests are cloathed with salvation: so Christ, and his people, Isa. 61. 10. Rev. 1. 13. and 19. 8. thy Saints] the people of Israel, 1 Chron. 15. 28. and specially the Levites which were singers in Gods Sanctuary. So the Chaldee paraphraseth, Let thy Priests be cloathed with the garments of justice, and let the Levites thy Saints say praises for the oblations.
Vers. 10. Davids sake] for the promises made David: see Psal. 18. 51. turne not away the face] that is, deny not the request: as 1 King. 2. 16, 17, 20.
Vers. 11. truth] that is, a true oath, a faithfull fruit of thy wombe] or belly, that is, thy children: see 2 Sam. 7. 12. And this prophesie respecteth Christ, Act. 2. 30.
Vers. 13. his seat] or dwelling place; see Ps. 68. 17.
Vers. 15. victuals] or meat: see Psal. 78. 25. blessing blesse] this noteth certainty and abundance of blessing.
Vers. 16. with salvation] the minstration of the they save themselves and those that heare them, Deut. 33. 10. 1 Tim. 4. 16. So Gods ministers are called Saviours, Obad. 21. See before, vers. 9. The Chaldee translateth, with garments of salvation (or of redemption.)
Vers. 17. the horne to bud] or to grow, that is, the I will make a glorious King to bud in the house of David. See Psal. 75. 5. and 89. 18, 25. So Christ is called the horne of salvation, Luke 1. 69. ordained a lampe] or,
Vers. 18. cloath with shame] the Chaldee saith, with garments of shame. He meaneth they shall be disappointed and confounded in all their enterPsal. 35. 26. and 109 29. crowne] or diademe; a signe of government and sanctitie: therefore the Greeke turneh it, sanctification: see Psal. 89. 40.
The benefit of the communion of Saints.
A Song of degrees of David.
BEhold how good and how pleasant it is, for brethren to dwell even together! Like the good oile upon the head, which went downe upon the beard, the beard of Aaron, which went downe upon the col
TOgether] in unitie and concord. The Chaldee to dwell in Sion and Ierusalem, like two brethren together.
Vers. 2. the good oile] the balsam, or oile of holy ointment, made of the principall spices, for the Exod. 30. 23, 25, 26,—30. the collar] Hebr. the mouth, that is, the edge, the upper hole or border which was bound about that it should not rent, Exod. 39. 23.
Vers. 3. Hermon] an high and fertile mount Shirion: see Psal. 29. 6. which descendeth] understand here againe, and as the dew that descendeth: for Hermon and Sion were farre asunder. there] where brethren dwell in unitie. commanded] appointed, and sent effectually: see Psal. 42. 9.
An exhortation to blesse God.
A Song of degrees.
BEhold, blesse ye Iehovah all yee serin the Sanctuary, and blesse
THat stand] that is, serve, or minister, as, which
stood before the King, Ier. 51. 12. for which is written, in 2 King. 25 8. servant of the King. Here is meant chiefly the Priests and Levites, whose ofto stand and minister, Deut. 10. 8. and 17. 12. Ezek. 44. 11, 15. So Neh. 12. 44. the Priests and Levites that stood, that is, served. See also Psal. 13 5. 2. The Chaldee expoundeth it, that stand in the watches of the house of the Sanctuary of the Lord, and doe praise in the nights. in the nights] keeping the watch of the Lord. See Levit. 8. 35. 1 Chron. 9. 33.
Vers. 2. in the Sanctuary] or, towards the holinesse,
Vers. 3. blesse] or will blesse thee, speaking to Num. 6. 24. Psal. 128. 5. and the promise, Exod. 20. 24. In all places where I put the memory of my name, I will come unto thee, and blesse thee.
Gods servants are exhorted to praise him for his mercies to Israel, 5 his power, 8 his judgements on their enemies. 15 The vanitie of Idols. 19 An ex
Halel
PRaise ye the Name of Iehovah, praise him, O ye servants of Iehovah. That is good; sign Psalme to his Name, for it is pleasant. For Iah hath choselfe Iakob, Israel for his peculiar treasure. For I doe know that Iehovah is
is above all Gods. All that pleaseth Iehovah hee doth, in the heaplaces. He causeth vapours to ascend from for a posis for ever; Iehovah, thy memorie is to generation and generation. For Iehovah will judge his people, and for are silver and gold, the worke of the hands of men. A mouth they be Iehovah out of Sion, which dwelleth in Ierusalem; Halelujah.
HAlelu-jah] that is, praise, or glorifie ye Iah ▪
it is
Vers. 4. peculiar treasure] or precious and singular
possession, proprietie: so Deut. 7. 6. This was promiExod. 19. 5. but performed by Christ his redeeming and purifying of his people, Tit. 2. 14. 1 Pet. 2. 9.
Vers. 7. vapours] or elevations; in Greeke clouds:
he calleth for the waters of the sea, and powreth them out on the faoe of the earth. Amos 5. 8. So Ier. 10. 13. and 51. with the raine] or, to the raine; so fire and water are mixed in one cloud. treasures] or cosfers, store-houses. see
Vers. 8. from man, &c.] that is, both men and
beasts: see Psal. 78. 50, 51. Exod. 12. 12, 29.
Vers. 9. Pharaoh] the King who was plagued first in Egypt, and after drowned in the red sea, Exod. 7. and 8. and 9. and 10. and 14.
Vers. 10. Many] or ample, great nations, the Amorites, Canaanites, &c.
Vers. 11. Ogh] a giant whose bedsted was of Num. 21. 23, 35. Deut. 3. 11. kingdomes] thirtie and one, as is reckoned, Iosh. 12. 9,—24.
Vers. 12. a possession] or heritage: see Psal. 78. 55.
Vers. 14. for] or concerning his servants: this is taken from Deut. 32. 36.
Vers. 15. idols] compare this that followeth, Psal. 115. 4. &c.
Vers. 19. house of Israel] that is, the posteritie of
Israel; so after. of Aaron] to whom the Priest-hood was committed, Exod. 28. 1.
Vers. 20. of Levi] which were taken from among Num. 18. 2, 6. ye that feare.] all strangers converts, profelytes, Act. 2. 5. and 10. 35.
An exhortation to confesse Gods goodnesse, power, and wisedome, shewed in the creation of the world, the deliverance of Israel out of Egypt, and many other mercies.
COnfesse ye to Iehovah, for he is good, endureth for ever. Confesse ye to the God of Gods, for his mercy endureth for ever. Confesse ye to endureth for ever. To him that doth wondrous great things himselfe alone, for his mercy endureth
endureth for endureth for ever. To him that made the great lights, endureth for ever. The Sunne for dommion by day, for his mercie endureth for ever. The Moone and stars for the doendureth for endureth for ever. And endureth for ever. With a strong endureth for ever. To him that parendureth for ever. And made Israel to passe
MErcie] the Hebrew Chesed signifieth a sapious benigne affection wherewith hee doth good: somemercie or bountihed which he receiveth; as in Isa. 40. 6. it is the glorious grace which man hath from God, called by the holy Ghost in Greeke, doxa, glorie, 1 Pet. 1. 24. usually the Greeke version hath for it eleos, mercie, which the New TeMat. 9. 13. from Hos. 6. 6. Hereof a godly man is called Chasid, gracious, or mercifull: see Psal. 4. 4.
Vers. 8. dominion] or rule, soveraigntie: see Gen. 1. 16.
Vers. 10. Aegypt] or, the Aegyptians: see Psal.
Vers. 13. parts] or divisions. By the Iewes traditi
Vers. 15. shooke off] that is, overthrew: so Exod.
Vers. 18. magnificent] mightie and excellent, Psal. 135. 10, 11, 12.
Vers. 24. redeemed] or delivered, broken off, and pulled away, as by violence; for so also the word signifieth, Psal. 7. 3.
Vers. 25. bread] that is, food; Bread is used for all meats: so in the Greeke, to buy bread, Mark. 6. 36. is, to buy meat, (or victuals) Mat. 14. 15. TherePsalm. 147. 9.
make my bed] or spread my couch; in Greeke, descend. Compare Amos 9. 2.
Vers. 9. wings of the morning] or, day-dawning, which is said to have wings, for that it speedily fliof the sea] meaning the furthest parts of the world, for so the sea often sigPsal. 65. 6. and 72. 8. Isa. 24. 14.
Vers. 11. shroud] over-dim me, as with the darke shall bruise, shall crush me downe, as Gen. 3. 15. so the Greeke, shall tread me downe.
Vers. 12. darkneth] that is, hideth: Compare Iob 34. 22. Ier. 23. 24. as is, &c.] or, like darknesse, like light, that is, they are equall, as that which in
Vers. 13. covered] that is, safely kept and proholpen me, or covered me with skin and flesh, &c. as Iob 10. 11.
Vers. 14. fearefully] or in fearefull sorts, to I am made: or, these are fearefull things: the Chaldee saith, thou hast done fearefull things. marvellously made] or excellently made; elsewhere this word is used for separated from, and excelling others: see Psal. 4. 4.
Vers. 15. my bone] that is, bones, any of them; my substance or strength; for thereof the bone is named. embrodered] that is, cunningly wrought with Nerves, Sinewes, Veines, & variety of limbs. A similitude taken from broiderie worke, Psal. 45. 15. nether places of the earth] so hee calleth his mothers wombe, because of Gods secret and unEccles. 11. 5. And thus may the like phrase, Ephes. 4. 9. be understood of Christs incarnation.
Vers. 16. My unformed substance] or, Mine
embryon, which is the body in the wombe before it hath perfect shape, or, unwrought up, as the Greeke here translateth it. The Hebrew name is of wrapmy wound-up masse, or body. all of them] all my members wound up in that my embrion or unperfected substance. Or generally, all men. The Chaldee saith, all my dayes were written in the booke of thy memoriall. were written] Hebr. shall bee written, which meaneth a continuall act: see Psal. 2. 1. So after, shall be formed. in the dayes they were formed] or, what dayes they should be formed: meaning that all his members, in the dayes that they were in fashioning in his mothers wombe, were written downe of God: or, that the dayes of their forming were written. The Chaldee saith, in the day when the world was created, &c. and when not one] Hebr. and not one of them, or in them. Meaning that God had written downe all parts of his body, not onely when they were in forming, but long before. So commending his providence, who calleth things which bee not as though they were, Rom. 4. 17.
Vers. 17. how precious are] that is, how rare are Iob 26. 14. And a thing is said to bee precious which cannot bee attained unto or effePsal. 49. 9. Otherwise we may take it thus, Thy thoughts, that is, the thoughts that I have of thee, how precious, of how much esteeme and worth are they to me? So precious is used, Psal. 36. 8. The Chaldee expoundeth it, How honourable are they that love thee, O God, and how are their princes fortified. mightily increast] many and strong: see Psal 40. 5. the summes] Hebr. heads, used for summes, and so the Greeke, archee, Numb. 1. 2. and 26. 6. I awake and] or, when I awake I am still with thee, that is, still meditating of thee. The Chaldee referreth this to the last resurrection thus, I shall rise againe in the world to come, and shall be still with thee. See Psal. 17. 15.
Vers. 19. If thou wouldest] or, O that thou wouldest,
Vers. 20. speake of thee] or against thee, as the like King. 21. 13. witnessed of (or against) him. See the notes on Psal. 5. 5. Or say thee, that is, mention or speake of, as Psal. 40. 11. 2 Sam. 6. 22. The Chaldee understands it of sweawhich sweare in thy name deceitfully. to a mischievous purpose] or with a crafty intent, that is, craftily, wickedly. See Psal. 10. 2. lift up doe thy foes. &c.] or, thy foes take up thy name to vanitie; this sense the Chaldee paraphrase giveth, and the phrase is taken from Ex. 20. 7. the word name beLev. 24. 11. the word Lord is understood) or, thy soes lift up their head (as is expressed, Psal. 83. 2.) in vaine, that is, they are vainly proud and insolent. Often times words wanPsal. 103. 9. Or, they lift up thy foes in vaine, that is, the wicked (which speake evill of thee) doe vainly extollthine enemies. to false vanitie] or
Vers. 21. am not I grieved] or grieve (irke) my
selfe: so Psal. 119. 158. Compare also 2 Chron. 19. 2. Prov. 29. 27.
Vers. 23. Prove] or trie me. Compare Psal. 26. 2.
Vers. 24. way of sorrow] or of griefe, that is, wicked way (purposes or
David prayeth for deliverance from the wicked.
He prayeth against them. 13 He comforteth him-selfe by confidence in God.
To the Master of the Musicke, a Psalme
RElease mee, O Iehovah, from the things in heart; every day they gather warres. They sharpen their tongue is under their lips Selah.
Keepe me, O Iehovah, from the hands of
I said to Iehovah, Thou art my God; heare, lest they exalt themselves Selah.
The head of those that compasse mee aill ton
THey gather warres] or are gathered to warres,
Psal. 32. 9. and 109. 13.
Vers. 4. of the Aspe] or Viper; Greeke, of Asps: so Rom. 3. 13. Compare Psal. 58. 5.
Vers. 5. to thrust away my feet] or, to overthrow my footsteps.
Vers. 6. by the paths side] or, fast by my path;
at the hand of the path. Compare Psal. 142. 4. Ier. 18. 22. Prov. 29. 5.
Vers. 8. Iehovih] or God: see Psal. 68. 21. of armes] or of armour, that is, of battell, (as the Greeke translateth it) when men harnesse themselves. This is that helmet, salvation, Eph. 6. 17.
Vers. 9. further not] or, bring not to passe. lest they] or, they will exalt themselves, that is, be
proud or lofty. Compare Deut. 32. 27.
Vers. 10. the head] that is, As for the head (the chiefe) of those, &c. An head sometime signifieth a company of chiefe men, 1 Chron. 4. 42. though here perhaps some one man is meant, as the ChalAchitophel. It is also used for a band of men, as Iob 1. 17. Sometime the Hebrew word signifieth gall, as Psal. 69. 22. Which sense also is not amisse here. shall cover] or prayer-wise, let it cover them, and him (as Psal. 2. 3.) that is, every of them.
Vers. 11. They shall bring] or make move (as Psal. 55. 4.) upon themselves; or coales shall be moved (that is,
Vers. 12. An ill-tongued man] Heb. a man of
tongue, that is, a pratler or evill speaker, that hath tongue at will to use and abuse at his lust, and to smite therewith, as Ier. 18. 18. So a man of lips, Iob 11. 2. is one talkative: a man of words, Exo. 4. 10. is one eloquent: a man of arme, Iob 22. 8. is one mighty; and sundry the like. to a sudden overthrow] or, his
Vers. 14. sit before thy face] or dwell with thy face, that is, in thy presence: see Psal. 16. 11. and 61. 8.
David prayeth that his suit may be acceptable, his conscience sincere, and his life safe from snares.
A Psalme of David.
IEhovah, I call upon thee, make haste unto me, give eare to my voice when I call unto thee. Let my prayer be firmeas incense before thee; the lifting up of my hands as the evening oblation. Set thou, Iehovah, a watch before my mouth, man smite mee, it shall be a kindshall be in their evils. Their when one cutteth and cleaveth are unto thee, which they have laid for me, and the grinnes of them that worke pain
BE firmely directed] or prepared; and so acceptaincense] or perfume, which was a Exod. 30. 34, 35, 36. 7. 8. a figure of the praiers of the Saints, acceptable to God, through Christs mediation, as this place sheweth, compared with Rev. 8. 3. my hands] or palmes, lifted up in praier: see Psal. 63. 5. evening oblation] the
Vers. 3. a watch] or, a ward, custody, to keep me from speaking amisse. keepe] observe thou: or, an observation, before the doore. the doore] or gate of my lips, by which my words passe out as at a doore: so the doores of the wombe, Iob 3. 10. The originall dal, is contracted for deleth, a doore: though this be rare: yet the Hebrew text someChaji, 2 Sam. 23. 20. for Chajil, 1 Chron. 11. 22.
Vers. 4. Incline not] to wit, by Satan, or mine owne corruption: for God properly tempteth no Iam. 1. 13, 14. 1 Cor. 7. 5. and by Satan, God moveth mens minds, as appeareth, 1 Chro. 21. 1. with 2 Sam. 24. 1. So Matt. 6. 13. evill thing] or word: see Psal. 7. 1. to pretend pretences] or, excuses; thus the Greeke turneth it: the Hebrew also signifieth occasions pretended, as Deut. 22. 14, 17. Or we may reade it, to practise practises in wickednesse. with men that worke] or,
Vers. 5. smite] or beat me; the word properly signifieth beating with an hammer, Psal. 74. 6. Iudg.
sharperebukes. So Prov. 23. 35. Compare also Prov. 9. 8. and 25. 12. and 28. 23. Zach. 13. 6. it shall be a kindnesse] a mercy, or, with kindnesse, that is, let him smite mee kindly, and reprove me. the head-oile] that is, the chiefe or precious oile: (as head spices are chiefe and principall, Exod. 30. 23.) or
Vers. 6. Their Iudges] the Princes of mine adare throwne downe] or, throw downe themselves, that is, secretly pursue and beset me in the rockes and mountaines whither I am forced to flee, 1 Sam. 24. 3. and 23. 26. The word may also beare their throwing down to destruction, as 1 Chro. 25. 12. by the rock sides] or, in rockie places; Hebr. in the hands of the rocke; as Psal. 140. 6. and they shall heare] or, though they have heard.
Vers. 7. cutteth and cleaveth] to wit, wood, or the ground with the plough. of hell] or, the grave. Compare Ezek. 37. 1, 11, 12. Iehovih] or God: see Psal. 68. 21. powre not out my soule] to wit, unto death, as Esa. 53. 12. that is, kill mee not: or, make not my soule bare, that is, leave it not destitute and helplesse.
Vers. 10. Let the wicked fall] or, They shall fall.
into his net] that is, every of them into his owne not, or flue. together] namely, with their fall, or together with them that are with me: or, altogether (wholly) passe over, and escape: the Greeke saith, alone I am, untill I passe over. See this word, Psal. 33. 15.
David sheweth that in his troubles, when his owne heart and all other helpe failed him, all his comfort was in faith and praier unto God.
An instructing Psalme of David: a praier
WIth my voice unto Iehovah did I with my voice unto Iehovah did I supplicate for grace. I powI did looke art my hope for safety, my portion in the land of the living. Attend unto my shouting, for I am brought very bounteously reward unto me.
IN the cave] fled thither from the persecution of Saul, 1 Sam. 24. 4, &c.
Vers. 4. was overwhelmed] or, swowned, fainted: see Psal. 77. 4. then thou] Hebr. and thou: so, And he saith, Mark. 14. 34. is expounded, Then he saith, Matth. 26. 38.
Vers. 5. I did looke] or, Looke thou, &c. continuI considered: and the Hebrew Looke thou, or To looke, is often resolved by other definite perPs. 22. 9. and 49. 15. and 65. 11. & 77. 2. & 103. 20. and see] or, and behold, to wit, on the left hand. refuge] or flight. is perished fro ̄ me] that is, faileth me: I have no place to flie un
Vers. 7. brought low] or weakned: see Ps. 116. 6.
Vers. 8. the prison] the cave wherein I am shut up close. inviron] compasse, as Psal. 22. 13. or, expect, as
David praieth for favour in judgement. 3 Hee complaineth of his griefes. 5 Hee strengtheneth his faith by meditation and praier. 7 Hee praieth for grace, 9 for deliverance, 10 for sanctification, 12 for destruction of his enemies.
A Psalme of David.
IEhovah heare my praier, give eare to my supplications for grace; in thy faithfulnesse answer me in thy justice. And enter not for ever. And my spirit is othirsteth for thee Selah. Make speed, answer art my God, thy good spirit shall leade me in the land of righteousnesse. For thy names sake Iehovah, am thy servant.
ANd enter not into judgement] or, but goe not to
Law with me; by the deeds whereof no flesh shalbe justified in thy sight, Rom. 3. 20. so Iob 22. 4. & 14. 3. Esa. 3. 14. In Chaldee, go not into the judgment hall, namely, to judge with severity.
Vers. 3. my life] or, my company; the Hebrew Iob 33. 18. 22. Psal. 68. 11. darknesses] or,
Vers. 4. overwhelmed] fainteth, or, is perplexed:
Psal. 77. 4. wondrously amazed] astonished, or desolate. Gr. troubled. See this word, Esa. 59. 16. and 63. 5. Dan. 8. 27. Psal. 40. 16.
Vers. 5. of old] or, of antiquity; so Psal. 77. 6.
Vers. 6. spread out] that is, pray; as the Chaldee saith, spread out my hands in praier. See Psal. 44. 21. weary] that is, drie and thirsty: in Greeke, waterlesse: see Psal. 63. 2.
Vers. 7. for I] or lest I; Hebr. and I; which may left I perish, and be made like, &c. See Psal. 28. 1.
Vers. 8. in the morning] speedily: so Psal. 90. 14.
Vers. 9. I flie for covert] or, I cover (I hide) my selfe, flying unto thee: or, to thee I covertly flie, secretly disclosing to thee that which I would hide from others: so the Greeke, I flie to thee. The Chaldee expoundeth it, I have made thy Word my redeemer.
V. 10. thy good spirit shall leade me] so the Greeke let thy good spirit leade me; or, thy spirit is good; let it leade me, &c. and so the rest. Compare Neh. 9. 20. in the land] or, into the land of righteousnesse; in a plaine (or even) ground: see Psal. 26. 12. Esa. 26. 10.
HAlelu-jah] that is, Praise ye Iah; see Psalm.
Vers. 2. in my life] so long as I live: so Psalm.
Vers. 4. his spirit] mans ghost; so the soule is said to goe forth, Gen. 35. 18. to his earth] whereof he was made; earth is in Hebrew Adamah; hereAdam, Earthly; compare Gen. 2. 7. and 3. 19. Ps. 104. 29. his thoughts] or purposes, the most excellent effects of the minde or spi
Vers. 7. the bound] or prisoners; but here it may sicknesses also are Satans bonds, which our Lord Christ loosed, Luke 13. 16. See also Isa. 61. 1.
Vers. 8. openeth the eyes] or giveth sight to: comMat. 9. 29, 30. Ioh. 9. 6, 7, 32. uprightneth] or maketh strait; as Psal. 145. 14. see this fulfilLuke 13. 13.
Vers. 9. setteh upright] maketh to continue sure:
Psal. 20. 9. and 147. 6. Compare Deut. 10. 18. and 27. 19. Ezod. 22. 22, 23, 24. Psal. 68. 6. overthroweth] or
The Prophet exhorteth to praise God, for his care of the Church, wisedome, power, mercy and providence unto all. 12 To praise him for his blessings upon the kingdome, 15 for his works in nature, 19 and for his gracious word and ordinances given to his people.
PRaise yee Iah, for it is good to sing it is pleasant, praise is comely. Iehovah buildeth by names. Great is our Lord, and much there is no number. Iehovah setteth upright That giveth to the beast his food, in thy border peace: he satisfieth upon earth, his word runneth very swiftcan stand before his cold? He sendeth his word and
OVtcasts] or driven out; in Greeke, the dispersions,
Vers. 3. bindeth up their griefes] that is, healeth
their wounds, as Luke 4. 18. with Isa. 61. 1. ComEzek, 34. 16.
Vers. 4. Counteth] or Telleth, numbreth, which Gen. 15. 5. Ier. 33. 22. Isa. 40. 26.
Vers. 5. no number] nor searching out, Isa. 40. 28.
Vers. 6. setteth upright] conserveth, to continue yet: see Psal. 146. 9.
Vers. 7. Sing] or, Answer, that is, Sing by turnes,
one after another: as Exod. 15. 21.
Vers. 8. with clouds] as in Elias time, 1 King. 18. the mountaines] and desarts where no man is, as Iob 38. 26, 27. Psal. 104. 14.
Vers. 9. food] Hebr. bread, that is, the beasts their
food, as the Greeke hath it. young ravens] Hebr. sons (that is, younglings) of the ravens. So in Iob 39. 3. who prepareth for the raven his meat, when his young ones call unto God, wandring for lacke of meat?
Vers. 13. strengtheneth] or, hath made strong, a Lam. 2 9. Ier. 51. 30. Amos 1. 5. Psal. 107. 16. Isa. 45. 2. These graces are to be referred unto the Church under the Gospel, called the heavenly Ierusalem, Rev. 21. 2. and which is
Vers. 14. putteth in] or putteth thy border, &c.
maketh peace in thy borders. Compare Isa. 60. 17, 18. Ier. 12. 12. and 15. 13. and 17. 3. fat] that is, fine flower: so Psal. 81. 17.
Vers. 15. his edict] or saying, that is, commandement.
Vers. 17. ice] or frost, the frozen haile stones. stand] that is, endure it: so Pro. 27. 4. Nah. 1. 6.
V. 19. his words] the ten commandements (or morall law)
Vers. 20. any] or every; but in Hebrew, all is any: see Psal. 103. 2. and 143. 2. judgements] the Greeke saith, his judgements he hath not manifested to them; which sense the Hebrew also may beare, he hath not made knowne to them, as the Chaldee also interpreteth it.
The Psalmist exhorteth all the heavenly, 7. the earthly, 11. and the reasonable creatures to praise God.
Halelu-jah.
PRaise yee Iehovah from the heavens, praise yee him in the high places. Praise ye him all his Angels, praise yee him all his hosts. Praise yee him Sunne and be above the heavens. Let them
Fire and haile, snow and vapour, stormie
Young men and also maidens, old men with children. Let them praise the name even his alone; his glorious Majestie is above earth and heavens. And hee hath exalted the horne of his people, the praise of all his
FRom the heavens] ye heavenly creatures; as the yee holy creatures of heaven: so after, from the earth, vers. 7. is earthly creatures. ComRev. 5. 13. in the high places] which the Chaldee expoundeth, high Angels.
Vers. 3. starres of light] bright shining starres, which praised God together, Iob 38. 7.
Vers. 4. above the heavens] in the clouds of the aire, Gen. 1. 7. Job 26. 8. and 37. 11.
Vers. 6. stablished] or, made them stand, Psalm. 119. 91. a statute] that is, statutes
decrees, rules, ordinances, whereby every creaJob 14. 5, 13. and 26. 10. whereupon mention is made of the statutes or ordinances of heaven, of the Moone and starres, &c. Iob 38. 33. Ier. 31. 35. and 33. 25. it shall not passe] that is, not any of the things fore-mentioned shall passe the statute (or bound) set of God; or it, the statute shall not passe away, or faile, or, not be altered; as Esth. 1. 10. and 9. 27. 28.
Vers. 7. dragons] or whale-fishes.
Vers. 8. vapour] or smoake, exhalation, dampe.
for winds when they blow tempestuously, and for lightning & thunder, &c. for lights in the aire which seeme to be starres that fall, or runne from place to place, or blazing stars, comets, &c. when a man seeth any of these, hee is to blesse God who hath filled the world with his power and might. Also, he that seeth the beautifull creatures, as going out into the fields or gardens in the spring time, seeth the trees sprouting and blossoming, he is to blesse God, who hath not let his world lacke any thing, but hath created in it goodly creatures and saire trees. &c.
Vers. 10. fethered fowle] or winged bird: Hebr. bird of wing.
Vers. 13. high advanced] or set on high: so Esay
Vers. 14. the horne] the power and glory, as the the glory of the kingdome of his people: see
God is publikely to be praised for his graces to his Church, and power given to the same.
Halelu-jah.
SIng ye to Iehovah a new song, his praise in the Church of gracious Saints. Let Israel rejoyce in his makers, let the joyfully upon their beds. The
To binde their Kings in chaines, and their is to all his gracious Saints; Halelu-jah.
HIs makers] the Father, the Word, and the Hely
Vers. 3. with slate]
Psal. 150. 4. or, in a dance;
Ier. 31. 4. 13. Ps. 30. 12. One name is given both to the dance, and the pipe whereto they danced.
Vers. 4.
or
Vers. 6. The exaltations] that is, exalting songs, high acts, high praises, or, lifting up of the voice, preachings. in their throat] that is, aloud spoken of, and proclaimed: so Esa. 58. 1. Cry with the throat, is, Cry aloud. two edged] Hebr. a sword of mouths, that is, of two mouthes, as is expressed, Iudg. 3. 16. in Greeke two mouthed, that is, two edged, bisword is Gods word, and commeth out of Christs mouth, Ephes. 6. 17. Heb. 4. 12. Rev. 1. 16.
Vers. 7. on the beathens] by preaching against Act. 14. 15. and 17. 16, 17, 22, &c. Compare 2 Cor. 10. 4. 5. 6. Esa. 41. 15. reproofs] for sinne, as Ioh. 16. 8, &c.
Vers. 8. To binde their Kings] restraining their vices, and bringing them under the bonds and Ps. 2. 3. Mark. 6. 20. Acts 24. 26. Rev. 21. 24. Esa. 45. 14. a figure of capNahum 3. 10. 2 Cor. 10. 4, 5, 6. Matth. 16. 19. Nobles] or Honourable.
Vers. 9. written] in the booke of God; see 1 Cor. 4. 6. Rev. 22. 18. So the Chaldee paraphraseth, written in the Law. And this may have reference to that law, Deut. 7. 1, 2, &c. honour is] or, this shall be the honour of all his Saints.
An exhortation to praise Gods holinesse, power, & goodnesse, with all kinde of instruments, and all breath.
Halelu-jah.
PRaise ye God in his sanctity, praise him in the firmament of his strength. Praise
IN his sanctity] or, for his holinesse; his most hoIsa. 6. 3. the first argument of praise from Gods holy essence in himselfe: or, in his sanctitie, (his sanctuary) his holy place, meaning heaven, in the firmament of his strength] that is, for his strong firmament, (called heaven, Gen. 1. 8.) the second argument of praise, from the frame of the world, whereof heaven is chiefest: see Psal. 19. 2. or for the out-spreading of his strength, that is, for his strength spread out as the firmament.
Vers. 2. in his powers] or, for his powerfull acts, as Ps. 145. 4. the third argument of praise from Gods mighty administration of all things since the creati on. of his greatnesse] or majestie, in speciall merDeut. 3. 24. and 9. 26. and 32. 3. Ex. 15. 16. 1 Chro. 17. 19. Luke 1. 46, 49, 58. Act. 2. 11. Psal. 79. 11. and 145. 3. 6. Majesty hath the name of greatnesse, and is applied to the greatest state of Polities or Common-weales; which is to be minded here.
Vers. 4. flute] or dance: Psal. 149. 3. Virginals]
Vers. 6. all breath] or, every breath, that is, every
1 DEfect or want of words; as,
Of a Verbe substantive, am. art, is, &c. Psal. 2. 7. and often.
Of a Noune substantive after a Verbe, Psal. 103. 9. and 109. 21. and 137. 5. & 139. 20.
Of a Noune substantive after an adjective, Psalme 10. 10.
Of a Verbe generally, Psal. 69. 11. and 18. 7, 29.
Of a Pronoune, Psal. 45. 4. and 59. 14. and 68. 36. and 69. 2. and 71. 18. and 115. 12.
Of a Preposition, Psal. 5. 4. and 2. 8. and 9. 12. and 42. 3.
Of a part of a sentence, Psal. 6. 4. and 89. 36.
2 Overplus or redundance of some small words, Psal. 1. 4. and 46. 7. and 118. 14. and 137. 3.
3 Change, or putting one for another; as,
Of number, fowle for fowles, Angel for Angels, &c. Psal. 8. 9. and 34. 8. and 78. 2, 45. and 79. 2. and often.
Of person, Psal. 59. 10. and 65. 7. and 80. 7. and 115. 9. and 144. 10.
Of time, Psal. 2. 1. and 18. 7. and often.
Of gender; Psal. 45. 17. and 79. 8.
Of an active Verbe for a passive, Psal. 32. 9. and 36. 3. and 109. 13. and 49. 15.
4 Questions or expostulations, used
For affirmations, Psal. 56. 9. and 14. 4.
For denials, Psal. 94. 20.
For prayers, Psal. 10. 1.
For wishes, Psal. 4. 7. and 14. 7.
5 Words used in the plurall number for excellenPsal. 103. 6.
One word singular and another plurall, used for exactnesse, Psal. 66. 3.
6 The mysterie of the holy Trinitie, Psal. 11. 7. and 3. 3. and 149. 2.
7 A Verbe indefinite, of like signification with that which went before, Psal. 49. 15.
THe Psalter is in the Hebrew divided into five bookes.
Every of these Bookes is ended with Amen or Halelu-jah. But being all joyned together, they are usually counted one Booke, and so the A
The Inditers of these Psalmes are expressed five; Moses, David, Asaph, Heman and Aethan.
THe Psalmes, many of them have no title at all; others have titles, but very divers. Some signifie the writers, as David, Asaph, &c. some the singers, as the
Five and twenty Psalmes are without any title, namely, the 1. 2. 10. 33. 43. 71. 91. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 99. 104. 105. 107. 114. 115. 116. 117. 118. 119. 136. 137. & 147. Yet of some of these the hoDavid wrote them, Act. 4. 25. Heb. 4. 7. and so wee may iudge of the rest.
Davids name is prefixed unto 74. Psalmes, but
Five and thirty are intituled, a Psalme of David, as the 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 9. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 29. 31. 38. 39. 40. 41. 51. 62. 63. 64. 70. 101. 109. 110. 139. 140. 141. 143.
Three are intituled, A Psalme a song of David, Psal. 30. and 65. and 68.
One is intituled, A song, a Psalme of David, Psal. 108.
Fourteene are intituled, Of David, understanding the word Psalme or Song, as the 18. 25. 26. 27. 28. 34. 35. 36. 37. 61. 69. 103. 138. 144.
One is intituled, An hymne of David, Psal. 145.
Two are intituled, A prayer of David, Psal. 17. and 86.
Six are intituled, Miehtam of David, Psal. 16. 56. 57. 58. 59. and 60.
Five are named, Instructing psalmes of David, Psal. 32. 52. 53. 54. 55.
One is called, An instructing psalme of David, a prayer, &c. Psal. 142.
One is intituled, Shigajon of David, Psal. 7.
Five are intituled, A song of degrees of David, Psal. 132. 124. 126. 131. 133.
Asaphs name is set to 12. Psalmes, as written by
Seven are intituled, A psalme of Asaph, Psal. 50. 73. 77. 79. 80. 81. and 82.
Two are intituled, A psalme of Asaph, a song, Psal. 75. and 76.
One is named, A song a psalme of Asaph, Psal. 83.
Two are called, Instructing psalmes of Asaph, Psal. 74. and 78.
One is named, An instructing psalme of Heman,
Psal. 88.
And one, An instructing psalme of Aethan, Psal. 89.
Fourteene other have this title, An instructing psalme, or Maskel, Psal. 42. 44. 45. 46. 32. 52. 53. 54. 55. 142. 74. 78. 88. 89.
One of these is called, An instructing psalme, a song
of the welbeloved virgins,
Foure have this title before them, Corrupt not, or Al-Tashchith, Psal. 57. 58. 59. 75.
Two are intituled, for to record, Psal. 38. and 70.
One is intituled, A prayer of Moses the man of God,
Psal. 90.
One is intituled onely, A psalme, Psal. 98.
Two have this title, A psalme a song, Psal. 67. and 87.
One is intituled, A song a psalme, Psal. 66.
One is intituled, A psalme for Confession, Psal. 100.
One, A psalme a song for the Sabbath day, Psal. 92.
One, A prayer for the afflicted, &c. Psal. 102.
Fifteene are intituled, Songs of degrees, as from Psal. 120. to 134.
Two have the titles, For Solomon, Psal. 72. & 127.
Five and fiftie are intituled, To the Master of the Musicke, as Psal. 4. 5. 6. 8. 9. 11. 12. 13. 14. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 31. 36. 39. 40. 41. 42. 44. 45. 46. 47. 49. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 75. 76. 77. 80. 81. 84. 85. 88. 109. 139. 140.
Two are intituled, To Ieduthun, Psal. 39. and 77.
The sonnes of Korach have eleven Psalmes directed unto them. Of which,
Foure are intituled, A psalme to the sonnes of Korach, Psal. 47. 49. 84. 85.
Two thus, A song a psalme to the sonnes of Korach, Psal. 48. 88.
One thus, To the sonnes of Korach, a psalme a song, Psal. 87.
One thus, To the sonnes of Korach on Alamoth, a song, Psal. 46.
Three are named, Instructing psalmes to the sonnes of Korach, Psal. 42. 44. 45.
Nine Psalmes have before them Halelu-Iah, Psal. 106. 111, 112. 113. 135. 146. 148. 149. 150.
AS musicall Instruments were used with songs of old when Israel first came out of Egypt, Ex. 15. 20. and Trumpets were appointed of God at mount Sinai, which the Priests should blow over the Burnt-offean ordinance for ever, Numb. 10. 8, 10. so David, the sweet Psalmist of Israel, by the Spirit of God made Hymnes and Songs, with Cymbals, Harpes and Psalteries, which the Levites in their courses should sing and play upon continuChron. 15. 1, 16, 19, 20, 21. then all Israel brought up the Arke of the Covenant of the Lord with shouting, and with sound of the Cornet, and with Trumpets, and with Cymbals, making a noise with Psalteries and Harps, 1 Chro. 15. 28. The Trumpets which Moses made were of silver, Numb. 10. 2. Davids Cymbals were of brasse, 1 Chron. 15. 19. the Harpes and PsalChro. 9. 11. These are called the instruments of musicke (or of the song) of the Lord, 2 Chron. 7. 6. and David apcontinually before the Arke, 1 Chron. 16. 4, 5, 6. and divided by lot the Levites which were Musicians into foure and twenty wards, 1 Chron. 25. and they were by their courses to stand every morning to confesse and to praise the Lord, and likewise at evening, 1 Chron. 23. 30. And when Solomon had builded the Temple, he continued there
SOLOMONS SONG OF SONGS IN ENGLISH METRE: VVITH ANNOTATIONS AND REFERENCES TO OTHER SCRIP
BY HENRY AINSWORTH.
PSAL. 45. 11. 12. 11 Heare ô daughter and see, and bend thine eare: and forget thy people, and thy fathers house.
12 And the King will covet thy beauty: for he
isthy Lord, and bow-downe thy selfe to him.
EPHES. 5. 32. 23. 25. 26. 27. 32 This is a great mystery: but I speake concerning Christ and concerning the Church.
23—Christ is the head of the Church: and he is the Saviour of the body.
25—Christ also loved the Church, and gave himselfe for it:
26 That he might sanctifie and clense
itwith the washing of water by the word:27 That he might present it to himselfe a glorious Church, not having spot or wrinkle, or any such thing: but that it should be holy and without blemish.
Imprinted in the yeere, 1626.
The Song of Songs, which is Solo
are better, then wine. For the savour, of is an ointment powred-forth: therefore, the Virgins love thee. Draw me, wee will runne after thee: the King hath more then wine; the upright, love thee.
I am blacke, and comely; ô ye daugham
is mine, I have not kept.
Tell me, ô thou, whom my soule loone that turneth-aside, unto the flockes of thy companions.
If thou know not, ô thou fairest
While the King sitteth at his roundtable,
Behold thou art faire, my love; beart faire, thine eyes are as doves.
Behold thou art faire, my beloved, is greene. The beames of our houses, are Cedars; our galleries, of Brutin-trees.
This may be sung as the 55 or 86 Psalme.
THe Song of Songs] Songs and Psalmes are for Song: which therefore the faithfull should learne to sing with understanding, making melody in their hearts to the Lord, when they feele themselves made partakers of his joy. And it is intituled the Song of Songs, that is, the chiefest and most excellent Song: as Christ, whom it concerneth, is called the King of Kings, and Lord of Lords, Rev. 19. 16. and 17. 14. that is, the most high and mighty King, and supreme Lord of all. Solomon made a thousand Songs and five, 1 King. 4. 32. of all which this was most excellent; yea, and of all the Songs in the Scripwhich is Solomons] It is better to heare the rebuke of the wise, then for a man to heare the song of fooles, Eccles. 7. 5. but Solomon who made this Song in praise of Christ and of his Church,
V. 2. Let him kisse me] As the Scripture menthe Bride, the Bridegroome, and the friends of them both, the children of the bride chamber, Ioh. 3. 29. Matthew 9. 15. so in this Song all these, (especially the two former) are brought in as speakers, every one of and unto other, so declaring their mutuall desires, loves and affections. The Bride is the Church espoused to Christ, and called the wife of the Lambe, Rev. 21. 9. to whom shee is to be presented a chaste virgin, 2 Cor. 11. 2. and this Church Christ loved, and gave himselfe for it, that he might sanctifie and clense it with the washing of water, by the Word; that he might present it to himselfe a glorious Church, not having spot or wrinkle, or any
such things; but that
Ephes. 5. 25. 26. 27. How be it before Christ came in our humanity, the Church (according to the
For the favour] or, For thy odour (swell)
of thy good ointments. By savour or smell, is meant knowledge, understanding, sense or feeling; as the Apostle expoundeth it, the savour of his knowledge, 2 Cor. 2. 14. So a tree is said to bud through the smell (or
Iob 14. 9. and towe is bro
Vers. 4. Draw me] A second request of the Spouse gift of God, Eph. 2. 8. who worketh in us both to will and to doe, of his good pleasure, Phil. 2. 13.) that he would also open her heart, Acts 16. 14. effectually worke in her by his Spirit, and continue and increase his grace towards her. For drawing, implyeth power in him that draweth; as, Hee draweth the mighty with his power, Iob 24. 22. and when it is unto good, it argueth grace and good will, as, I drew them with cords of a man, with bands of love, Hos. 11. 4. and conO draw (that is, continue) thy loving kindnesse, to them that know thee, Psal. 26. 10. and in them that are drawne, it is a signe of infirNo man can come unto me, except the Father which hath sent me draw him, Iohn 6. 44. And this is a fruit and effect of Christs death, as himselfe saith, And I, if I bee lifted up, (or taken away) from the earth, will draw all men unto mee, Iohn 12. 32. This drawing is by being effectually taught of God, as againe he saith, It is written in the Prophets, And they shall be all taught of God: every man therefore that hath heard and hath learned of the Father, commeth to me: Iohn 6. 45. and is a signe of Gods everlasting love towards such, as it was said unto Israel,
Vers. 5. I am blacke] Hitherto hath beene the Churches first speech unto Christ, testifying her daughters of Ierusalem, against the scandals and ofBlacknesse signifieth tribulation, as Iob complaineth:
Vers. 6. Looke not upon me] or, Behold mee not, to Despise me not: as in Iob 41. 34. Hee beholdeth all high things, that is, despiseth them. Or, Looke not upon me, with delight and gladnesse for my afflicthou shouldest not have looked on the day of thy brother. Or,
Vers. 7. Tell me] or, Shew, declare unto me. A third Seeke the Lord, and his strength; seeke his face continually, Psalme 105. 4. And, Vnto the place which the Lord your God shall chuse out of all your tribes, to put his name there; even unto his habitation shall ye seeke, and thither thou shalt come, &c. Deut. 12. 5. That place is not alLee here is Christ, or loe he is there, Marke 13. 21. 22. and sometimes Christ, for mens sinnes, withdraweth himselfe, Song. 5. 6. God hideth his face, Deut. 32. 20 and saith, I will not feed you, Zach. 11. 9. Sometime the Woman is forced to flye into the wildernesse, where she is nourished of God many dayes, Rev. 12. 14. and sometime the state of the Church is such, as that it doth not for the present in joy the Pastors that should feed and guide the same, Acts 14. 21. 22. 23. Tit. 1. 5. my soule loveth] this signifieth unfeigned and fervent love, with a longing desire to injoy the fellowship of her beloved: therefore she useth this phrase againe, when in the absence of Christ, shee earnestly seek
Vers. 8. If thou know not] that is, Forasmuch as, or Seeing that thou knowest not; as in Num. 22. 20. If the men be come to call thee; that is; Forasmuch as they are come. Here Christ beginneth to speake unSol. Iarchi saith, This is the answer of the Pastour. thou know not] or, thou thy selfe knowest not. Hebr. If thou know not to thee; or, for thy selfe; which latter words are thought to be redundant, and are therefore oSol. Iarchi expoundeth it,
Ver. 9. I have compared] or, I have likened, thought
thee to be like. The order of the words in the HeTo the company of-horses, in the charrets of Pharaoh I have compared thee, ô my Love. my love] or,
Vers. 10. Thy cheekes are comely] or, are desirable,
gracious, beautifull. The Greeke translateth, How beautifull are thy cheekes! These words are contihis cheekes are afterwards likened to a bed of spices, Song 5. 13. But whether shee be still compared hereby to a company of horses, as in vers. 9. or to a woman (as she was a shepherdesse in ver. 8.) is doubtfull, for both similitudes doe agree to the things here spoken of. The word cheekes is used sometime for the cheekes or jawes of beasts, and of horses, whose bridles are often adorned with rowes, especially in Kings Charets: as in Ea bridle in the jawes (or cheekes) of the people. Also the next words, thy neck, with chaines; may have like reference: for the kings of Midian when they went to warre, had chaines about their camels neckes, Iudg. 8. 26. Taking it thus, the Church compared to the Lords company of horses, is said to have her
Vers. 11. We will make for thee] A promise of We, is unLet us make man. So in Rev. 1. 4. 5. Grace and peace is wished from the Father, Sonne, and Holy Ghost: and in 1 Corinth. 12. 4. 5. 6. the diversities of gifts are noted to be of the Spirit; the
Vers. 12. While the King] Here the Church speaketh of the fruits and effects of Christs forthe King is meant Christ, as in verse 4. by his round table (which the Greeke translateth his sitting downe, which was wont to be in a round, or as in a ring, 1 Samuel. 16. 11.) may bee understood the spirituall banquet of Christ with his Church, feeding her with his word and graces: as the table of the Lord, in MalaSpikenard is one of the pleasant fruits in the garden of the Church, Song 4. 13. 14. but here it seemeth to be the oyle or ointment made of Spikenard, which is very precious, which they used to poure out, and anoint men with; such as Mary anointed our Lord Iesus with, as hee sate at table with his friends, and the house was filled with the smell (or odour) of the ointment, Iohn 12. 1. 2. 3. Spiritually it signifieth the sweet smelling fruits of repentance, faith, love, prayer, thanksgiving, &c. which the Church sheweth forth by the com
Vers. 13. A bundle] or, A bagge of myrrh: by myrrh is meant the sweet gumme that issueth from the myrrh tree, which is gathered and bound up in bagges: it was the first of the chiefe spices, whereof the holy anointing oyle in the Sanctuary was made, Exodus 30. 23. and that holy ointment figured the gA bundle or bagge, is for to keepe safe, things that are of worth; as, The Joule of my Lord shall be bound in the bundle of life with Iehovah thy God, 1 Samuel 25. 29. So by this bag of myrrh, shee signifieth her care to injoy and possesse the beneinto the depths of the sea, Mic. 7. 19. which otherwise withsealed up in a bag, and reserved against her for punishment, Iob. 14. 17. my welbeloved] that is Christ; whom she thus calleth, not because she loved him, but he loved her, and gave himselfe to bee the propitiation for her sinnes: whereupon she againe loveth him, because hee loved her first, 1 Iohn 4. 10. 19. So shee glorieth not in her owne righteousnesse, but in that which her beloved is unto her: who of God is made unto her, wisedome, and righteousnesse, and sanctification, and redemption, 1 Cor. 1. 30.
Vers. 14. A cluster of Cypres] or, of Camphire;
Cypres is a tree whose fruit groweth in clusters, and is also sweet. The Hebrew name Copher, (from which Caphura or Camphire, as also the Cypres tree seemeth to bee derived,) usually signifieth Atenement, Propitiation, or
Vers. 15. thou art faire] Christ here speaketh to with the washing of the water by the word, Ephes. 5. 26. 27. as also by her constitution, and order, as mount Zion was beautifull for situation, Psalm. 48. 2. Of Tyrus (a city of merchandise) it is said, Thy builders have perfected thy beauty, Ezek. 27. 4. and of her
Vers. 16. Thou art faire] The Spouse returneth much fairer then the sonnes of Adam, Psalme 45. 2. 3. from whom all her fairenesse is derived, so that the prayse thereof belongeth not to her but unto him, Psalme 115. 1. as the Apostle saith, I live; yet not I, but Christ liveth in mee: and the life which I now live in the flesh, I live by the faith of the Sonne of God, who loved me, and gave himselfe for me, Galat. 2. 20. Howbeit, though Christ be most faire, and beauty it selfe; yet such was his basenesse and sufferings in the flesh, as his visage was marred more then any man, and his forme, more then the sonnes of men, Esay 52. 14. and 53. 2. 3. and such he often appeareth unto the world, to be in the Church, partaker of his afflictions. But the eye of faith, beholdeth his spirituall beauty, through all tribulations, and glothe King in his beauty, Esay 33. 17. And of his fulnesse have we all received, and grace for grace, Iohn 1. 16. yea pleasant] or, also pleasant, amiable, delightfull, beautifull. This is an addition unto the beauty of Christ, in respect of his pleasant and gracious administration of his covenant, doctrines, reproofes, &c. For the Lords staffe called Beauty or Pleasantnesse, signifiCovenant made with the people, Zachar. 11 10. and David desired to remaine in the Lords house all the dayes of his life, that he might behold the pleasantnesse (or beauty) of the Lord, Psalme 27. 4. and Moses desireth that the pleasantnesse of the Lord might bee upon them, in the perpleasantnesse shall bee unto them that rebuke the wic
Vers. 17. The beames] or, the rafters: it meanhouses] or, adifices; so named of builthe house of God, is expounded the Church of the living God: and the faithfull Hebrewes were the house of Christ, Hebrewes 3. 6. Cedars] trees strong, tall, and durable, the timber whereof is of sweet smell, and it rotteth not. To such Cedars the Saints of God are comTabernacles of Israel, are by Balaam likened unto such, for goodlinesse, Numbers 24. 5. 6. This wood was used in Solohe made Cedars like the Sycomore trees which are in the vale, for abundance, 1 Kings 10. 27. prefiguring the graces which should abound under Christ.
I, am the rose of Sharon; the lilie, of
As the lilie, among the thornes; so is my love, among the daughters.
As the apple-tree, among the trees is my beloved, among the sonnes: in his shadow, I desired and sate-downe; and his fruit, was sweet to my palate. He brought me, into the house of wine, and his banner was love. Stay me, with flaa bed, with apples: for am sicke of love. His left hand, unhand, imô daughters
The voice of my beloved! behold is like a Roe, or a fawne of the Hindes: behold he is staone, and come thou away. For loe, the winter singing (of birds) is come: and the voice of the Turtle, is heard in our land. The fig-tree, with the tender-grape, give a smell: Rise up thou my Love my faire one, and come thou away. My dove, that art in the clefts of the Rock, in the place of the staires; let mee see thy countenais comely. Take ye for us, the have tender-grapes.
My beloved is mine, and I am his; hee
I] This is thought of some to bee the speech of the rose of Sharon] in Greeke, the flower of the field: but Sharon is the name of a place or plaine, which was very fruitfull, wherein King Dauids herds of cattell were fed, 1 Chron. 27. 29. and the Prophet mentioneth the excellency of Carmel and Sharon, Esay 35. 2. and when hee threatneth desoSharon is like a wildernesse, Esay 33. 9. but promising mercy to his people, he saith, Sharon shall be a fold of flockes, Esay 65. 10. The Rose is the Queene of flowers, most commendable for sweetnesse and beauty: so the Lilie (after mentioeven Solomon in all his glory, was not arayed like one of these, Matth. 6. 29. The Lily is next in nobility to the Rose, saith Pliny, hist. l. 21. c. 5. of the valleyes] or, of the low (or deepe) places. These also were fruitfull places, where the Kings herds were fed, 1 Chron. 27. 29. And as roses and lilies growing in Sharon and these vallies, had more moisture then those that grew on hills and mountaines: so hereby it signified the blessed estate of the Church in Christ, by whose grace it is in low and base estate made sweet and amiable like the rose and lilie; as the Prophet saith, The wildernesse and the dry-place shall be glad for them: and the desert shall reioyce and blossome as the Rose; Esay 35. 1. And the Lord saith, I will be as the dew vnto Israel, he shall blossome as the Lilie, and strike forth his roots as Lebanon; Hos. 14. 5. But as here is mentioned the plaine of Sharon, and the vallies, which were open places where cattell fed, and not inclosed gardens: so by it may bee signified, how the Church is exposed to persecution, to be plucThe congregation of Israel said, When the ruler of the world causeth his Diuine majesty to dwell in the midst of me, I am like to a moist (or greene) lilie out of the garden of Eden; and my workes are faire as the Rose which is in the plaine of the garden of Eden.
Vers. 2. among the thornes] These are the words If ye will not driue out the Inhabitants, &c. those which ye let remaine of them, shall be prickes in your eyes, and thornes in your sides, and shall vexe you in the land wherein ye dwell, Numb. 33. 55. And againe, There shall be no more a pricking bryer unto the house of Israel, nor any grieving thorne, of all that are round about them, that despised them, Ezek. 28. 24 This similitude sheweth also what the Church ought to be, harmlesse as Lilies among thornes; inThe Lily among thornes, may also in speciall be vnderstood of that which we call the Wood-bind; which groweth and flourisheth in hedges and thornes. my love] or, my fellow friend; my companion: as in chap. 1. 9. the daughters] the congregations of peoples; as the Scriptures mention, the daughter of Babylon, Psal. 137. the daughter of Tyrus, Psal. 45. and ma
Ves. 3. the apple-tree] The Church setteth forth Pome-citron tree; but for the cause aforesaid, I would not restraine it to any one kind, that the fulnesse of grace and truth which was in Christ, might here be observed: of whose fulnesse all we have received, and grace for grace, Ioh. 1. 14. 16. of the wood] or, of the forest or grove: which are wilde trees, and without culture, bearing either none, or sowre, bitter, and unsavoury fruits. Such is the state of all the sons of men by nature, Rom. 11. 24. whom Christ farre excelleth in beauty, fruit, and comfort, Psalme 45. 3. Ioh. 15. 1. &c. my beloved] that is, Christ: in Hebrew Dod, the same in significaDavid: see the notes on chap. 1. 13. the sonnes] of Adam, all whom Christ farre excelAngels, which are the sonnes of God, Ioh. 1. 6. But though it be true that Christ excelleth them also, Heb: 1. yet the former similitude of the trees of the wood, leadeth us rather to understand it here of earthly creatures, as the Kings and Potentates, and wise men of the world, called sonnes in comdaughters, in vers. 2. So in Rev. 1. 5 Christ is the Prince of the Kings of the earth: in Ezek. 31. 3. 6. the King of Assyria is likened to a Cedar in Lebanon, under whose shadow dwelt all great nations: in Dan. 4. 20. 21. 22. Nebuchadnezar is likened to a tree strong, and high, under which the beasts of the field dwelt, &c. and Iosias King of Iudah, under whose shadow the Iewes hoped to liue, Lam. 4. 20. and others. in his shadow] that is, in his protection, and defence. The tree shadoweth from the heat of the Sunne; and Christ from the heat of the wrath of God, and from the persecutions of the world: as it is written, There shall be a Tabernacle for a shadow in the day time from the heat &c. Esa. 4. 6 and, Thou (Lord) hast beene a strength to the poore, a strength to the needy in his distresse; a refuge from
the storme, a shadow from the heat; when the blast of the terrible ones is as a storme against the wall, Esay 25. 4. So
Vers. 4. the house of wine] that is, either the wine celler, the place where wine is kept; or rather the cellars are called the treasuries or store-houses of wine, in 1 Chron. 27. 27. Wine, besides that it slaketh thrist, cheareth also the heart of man, Psal. 104. 15. causeth him to forget his sorrow and misery, Prov. 31. 6, 7. comforteth the sicke, by cherishing and augmenting the vitall spirits. By this the Church signifieth encrease of grace from Christ, as the fruit of the vine, excelleth the fruit of the apple tree, and is more comfortable unto the heart. And as her troubles and tentations were increased, so was his grace towards her; for spirituall consolations; for as the sufferings of Christ abound in us, so our consolation also aboundeth by Christ, 2 Cor. 1. 5. This
Vers. 5. Stay] or, Sustaine, Strengthen, Uphold ye
me. The Church in her soule sicknesse speaketh to her friends (the Ministers of Christ, and other Christians) that they, with the comfortable docstay and uphold her ready to fall as into a swowne, through trouble of minde, because of her owne infirmities, and want of feewith corne and wine I have sustained him, Gen. 27. 37. SpirituBe ye also patient; stablish, (or strengthen) your hearts; for the comming of the Lord draweth nigh, Iam. 5. 8. and I long to see you, that I may impart unto you some spirituall gift, to the end you may be established, Rom. 1. 11. And example may be seene in Iudah, when Ezekias spake unto their heart, and said, Bee strong and couragious, &c. for there be moe with us then with him: with him is an arme of flesh, but with us is Iehovah our God to helpe us, and to fight our battels. And the people stayed (or rested) themselves upon the words of Ezekias King of Iudah, 2 Chron. 32. 6. 7. 8. Likewise in the Apostles, who preaching the Gospell, confirmed (or stablished) the soules of the Disciples, Acts 14. 21. 22. and 18. 23. with flagons] to weer, of wine, which at banhe dealt to every
1 Chr.
Vers. 6. His left hand] understand, is under my
head: or prayerwise, let it be under mine head. The Church by faith beholdeth the helpe of Christ himselfe, in the ministery of his Word and Spirit sustaining her, outwardly and inwardly, as with the left and right hand; upholding her head, folnourish and cherish his Church, Ephes. 5. 29. The like speech is repeated in Song. 8. 3.
Vers. 7. I adjure you] that is, I earnestly charge you
by the Roes] here may be understood, yee that are by the
Roes: yee which feed your flockes abroad in the fields, where the Roes and Hindes runne: or, abide
Vers. 8. The voice.] Here the Spouse breaketh the voice is meant the word of his grace, the preaching of the Gospell: which she knoweth to be his, and receiveth with joy, as Christs sheep are said to heare and to know the voice of the shepheard, and not a strangers, Iohn 10. 3. 4. &c. In this sense, he said before Pilate, Every one that is of the truth heareth my voice, Ioh. 18. 37. and, they knew not the voices of the Prophets, Acts 13. 27. that is, their doctrines; and to day if yee shall heare his voice, harden not your hearts, &c. Heb. 3. 7. This voice is heard before his comming, to preVoice of a cryer, &c. Marke 1. 2. 3. behold he commeth] A further degree of grace from him, and comfort in her, that she not onely heareth his voice, but seeth him comming to save her, as is promised in Esay 35. 4. By the preaching of the Gospell, received with faith, Christ himselfe comsicke of love, vers. 5. so Christ here answereth to her desire, fulfilling that which he promised, If a man love me, hee will keepe my words; and my Father will love him; and we will come unto him, and make our abode with him, Iohn 14. 23. leaping] a similitude taken from the Roes and Harts, (whereunto Christ is likened in vers. 9.) which are swift in running, and skip upon mounts, hills and rockes: as in Esay 35. 6. the lame man shall leape as an Hart. Hereby thereupon the mountaines] that is openly and apparently to the eye of faith; as in Nahum. 1. 15. Behold upon the mountaines, the feet of him that bringeth good tidings, &c. Spiritually by the
Vers. 9. Like a Roe] for swiftnesse, 2 Sam. 2. 18. fawne of the Hindes] or, of the Harts, (for the originall word implyeth both males and females,) and shee speathe Fawne of a choice Hinde (or Hart.) Here the Church sheweth the readinesse of Christ to helpe her; as in verse 8. she saw him come leaping and skipping; so by these two creatures, most swift of behind our wall] This signifieth a more neere communion with Christ, then when he was farther off, leaping on the mountaines; and yet not so neere, but there was still a wall bestanding behind our wall, if it bee referred to Christ himselfe, may be understood of his incarthe word was made flesh, and dwelt amongst us, and wee beheld his glory, the glory as of the onely begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth. If it be referred to the wall, which God hath made for his Church, it may meane his holy ordinances (which in the time of the Law, were
Vers. 10. answered] or, spake. She telleth here the we are changed into the same image, from glory to glorie, even as by the Spirit of the Lord: 2 Cor. 3. 18.
Vers. 11. Winter] a time of cold, hardnesse, casteth forth his yee like morsels; who can stand before his cold? Psal. 147. 17. Therefore Christ saith, Pray that your flight be not in the winter, Mat. 24. 20. raine is over] or, is changed, that is, past away, and faire wether come in the place. Raine in winan hiding place from the wind, and a covert from the tempest, Esay 32. 2. and through him we being justified by faith, have peace with God, Rom. 5. 1. and his Tabernacle is for a place of refuge, and for a covert from storme and from raine, Esay 4. 6. The same thing is elsewhere signified by the scorching heat of the summer, Rev. 7. 16. 17.
Vers. 12. The flowers] or, The flourishîng things,
(the flowerings) appeare. A description of a pleasant and fruitfull Spring, after a dolefull winter: signiflowers may bee understood, both of the Saints themselves which now beganne to hold up their heads: and of the graces of the spirit, wherewith they are adorned, for their mutuall comfort: whiles the joyfull tiIsrael shall blossome, and bud, and fill the face of the world with fruit, Esay 27. 6. and they of the citie shall flourish like grasse of the earth, Psal. 72. 16. the earth] which being naturally dry and barren, (and cursed for mans sinne, Gen. 3.) is by the blessing of God, and by meanes of the raine and deaw of heaven, made fruitfull: and this is applyed unto our sinfull barI will bee as the deaw unto Israel, he shall grow as the Lilie, and cast forth his roots as Lebanon; his branches shall spread, and his beauty shall bee as the Olive tree, &c. Hos. 14. 4. 5. 6. The Chaldee Paraphrast apflowers to Moses and Aaron, which were like unto Palme tree branches, and appeared to doe miracles in the land of Aegypt. singing] to weet,
Vers. 13. her greene figs] or, her unripe figs; such Learne a parable of the figtree. When her branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that Summer is nigh, Matth. 24. 32. And the blesno grapes on the vine, nor figs on the figtree, &c. Ier. 8. 13. tender grape] or, young small grape, called in Hebr. Smadar, a word used onely in this Song, here, and in vers. 15. and c. 7. v. 12. By this variety of fruits, is figured the variety of graces the good workes and sweet odour of them, which appeare in the Saints after they are reconciled to God by Iesus Christ; who is the true vine, the faithfull are the branches; who when they beare much fruit, the Father is glorified, Iohn 15. 1. 5. 8. The people of God themselves are also likened to grapes, and figges; as, I found Israel like grapes in the wildernesse; I saw your fathers, as the first ripe in the figtree, &c. Hos. 9. 10. rise up thou] or, rise up for thy selfe, as in vers. 10. which exhortation is here againe repeated.
Vers. 14. My dove] so Christ calleth here his I did mourne as a dove, Esay 38. 14. and, wee mourne sore like doves,
as the doves to their windowes (or lockers) Esay 60. 8. and in Ezek. 7. 16. they that escape of them, shall escape, and shall be on the mountaines ▪ like doves of the vallies, all of them mourning every one for his iniquity. And in Hos. 11. 11.
Vers. 15. Take ye for us the foxes] It is uncerFoxes are meant false prophets and heretickes: as in Ezek. 13. 4. O Israel, thy prophets are like the Foxes in the deserts. Such are by Christ likened to wolves, Mat. 7. 12. And the Apostle to the Elders of Ephesus giveth warning of such, Acts 20. 28. 29. &c. and all Christians are to marke and espye such, Rom. 16. 17. The taking (or apprehending and holding fast) of these foxes, is the discovering and refuting of their errours, the judging, censuring, and caTake: meaning by consequence the rooting of them out. And as the Foxe is famous for his craft and subtilty; so are false Teachers, called theredeceitfull workers, transforming themselves into the Apostles of Christ, 2 Cor. 11. 13. And not they onely, but crafty tyrants, and other like enemies, may be meant by foxes; as Christ called Herod a Foxe, Luke 13. 32. also sinnes of all sorts, may by reason of their deceitfulness (Heb. 3. 13) be here imFoxes; whose property is to have holes in the earth, Matth. 8. 20. as sinnes are hidden in the fraudulent hearts of men. the little Foxes] the lesser sort of sinnes, errours, false teachers, &c. even in their beginning and first bud; when they may seeme to be lesse hurtfull: as is said of Babylon, Happy shall he be that taketh and dasheth thy little ones against the rocke: Psal. 137. 9.
Vers. 16. is mine] Here the Spouse professeth Because we thus judge, that if one died for all, then are all dead; 2 Cor. 5. 14. I am crucified with Christ. Neverthelesse I live, yet not I, but Christ liveth in me, &c. Gal. 2. 20. And we have knowne and beleeved, the love that God hath to us, 1 Ioh. 4. 16.
V. 17. Untill the day dawne] or, untill the day blow,
breath forth, to wit, light: as appeareth by that which followeth, the fleeing of shadowes. Although it may have reference to the blowing of the wind at the breake of the day. The like speech is used athe shadows flie] that is, the darkthe day goeth away, the shadowes of the evening are said to be stretched out, Ier. 6. 4. turn-about] to wit, unto me, have respect unto and care of me: it is a request of comfort from Christ, as David saith, Thou didst much increase my greatnesse, and didst turne about and comfort me, Psalme 71. 21. The Spouse here in the night and darknesse of her tribulation and tentatiday is the time of knowledge, holinesse, comfort, peace and joy, 1 Thessalonians 5. 5. Rom. 13. 12. 13. Esther 8. 16. The dawning or breake of this day, is the sense and feeling of inward joy and comfort by the Word and Spirit; as the Apostle willeth us to take heed unto the sure word of prophesie, as unto a light that shineth in a darke place, untill the day dawne, and the day starre arise in our hearts, 2 Peter 1. 19. the fleeing of the shadowes, is the removing away of blindenesse, ignorance, sinfulthe day of the Lord, and the day of Christ shall appeare, 1 Thessalonians 5. 2. 2. 2 Thessalonians 2. 2. when there shall be eternity of light, and joy to the faithfull. to a Roe] for swiftnes to help me, and pleasantnesse to delight mefawne of the Hindes] or of the Harts, that is, a yong Hart: see vers. 9. of Bether] or (by interpretation) of division, of partition. This seemeth to be the place called also Bithron, which was on the outside of Iordan, 2 Samuel 2. 29. called partition, because it was parted by the river Iordan from the land of Iudea. And on those mountaines (as by this Scripture appeareth) Hartes and Roes used to runne, from whom the similitude is taken.
VPon my bed, in the nights, I sought him whom my soule loveth: I sought him, but I found him not. I will rise now, and goe about in the him whom my soule loveth: I sought him, but I found him not. The watchmen that goe-about him whom my soule loveth? It was but a him whom my soule loveth: I held him, and would not let him goe: untill I had brought him into my mo
Who is this that commeth up, out of the wildernesse, like pillars of smoakwith myrrh, & frankincense, with all powder of the Merchant?
Behold, his bed which is Solomons, threescore mightie-ones are about it: being expert in war: every-man hath his sword upon his thigh, because of feare in the nights.
King Solomon, made him-selfe a of silver; the of gold, the covering thereof, of purple: the midst thereof, being paved with love, of the daugh
VPon my bed] The Church now sheweth greabed sometime signifieth tribulation, as in Rev. 2. 22. which may be also implyed here; that the Church sought and waited for the Lord, in the way of his judgements, as in Esay 26. 8. the nights] the times of solitary & earnest meditation, as also of effliction, are signified by the nights: as in PsWith my soul have I desired thee in the night; yea, with my Spirit within me, will I seeke thee earely. I sought] by prayer, study, meditation; upon repenmy soule loveth] Christ whom before shee called her Beloved, is here the love of lier soule; for by withdrawing the light of his face, & afflicting the conscience, the love, zeale and affections of the Christian heart are kindled and increased When he slew them th
Psal. 78. 34. 35.
V. 2. I will rise now] or, Let me rise now. This signigoe about in the Citie] a signe of earnest desire to obtaine that which one seeketh, whether it be for evill, as in Psal. 55. 11. and 59. 7. 15. or for good, as in this place. See also Esay 23. 16. By the Citie, unstreets and broad places] or, narrow streets, and broad streets, for both words are used for streets of a city; and the latter, for such broad places as oftentimes people met together in, as in 2 Chron. 32. 6. Neh. 8. 1. 3. 16. Iob Run ye to and fro through the streets of Ierusalem, and see now and know, and seek in the broad places thereof, if ye can find a man, if there be any that executeth judgment, &c Ier. 5. 1. And she therfore seeketh him in the streets because there wisdome uttereth her voice, Pro. 1. 20.
Vers. 3. The Watchmen] or, The Keepers, Warders.
I have set watchmen upon thy wals,
It is not said thee sought th
Ver. 4. but a little] or, a very little: meaning either time, or distance of place. passed from them]
but I found] or, untill I found: here, afSeeke and yee shall find, Mat. 7. 7. not let him goe] or, not leave him; shewing herein Iakobs faith when he wrastled with the Angel, Gen. 32. 26. I will not let thee go, except thou blesse me. This is done, when the doctrines & promises of the GosTake fast hold of instruction, let her not goe, Pro. 4. 13. my mothers house] Hereby any chiefe City, Politie, or solemne place of assembly is signified, 2 Sam. 20. 19. Esay 50. 1. Ier. 50. 12. Ezek. 19. 10. The mother is Ieruthe mother of us all; which is figured by Sarah the Freewoman, and signifieth the new Testament, or covenant of Grace, Gal. 4. 24.—26. The house and chamber wherein she con
Vers. 5. I adjure you, &c.] She having obtained If ye turne away from after him, hee will yet againe leave them in the wildernesse; and yee shall destroy all this people, Num. 32. 15. See the annotations on Song. 2. 7. where this charge was first given; in these same words.
Ver. 6. Who is this] this woman, speaking of the faith, and is now beorder, (the two things most respected in the Church of God, Colall the Citie was moved, saying: Who is this? Mat. 21. 10. commeth up] or, ascendeth, as the going into Aegypt, is called a descending, or going downe, Genesis 42. 2. and 46. 3. 4. so the going out from thence, is called ascending, or going up Exod. 13. 18. and 33. 3. Deut. 9. 23. The way of life, is above to the wise, that he may depart from hell beneath, Pro. 15. 24. from the wildernesse] the wildernesse of the land of Aegypt was a figure of the world; as the Prophet teacheth us when he mentioneth the wildernesse of peoples, Ezek. 20. 35. 36. So Christians are not of the world, but he hath chosen them out of the world, Ioh. 15. 19. pillars of smoake] or, vapours of smoake, as the Holy Ghost translateth it in Greeke, Act. 2. 19. from Iocl 2. 30. In Hebrew it hath the name of Palme trees, (such as the stature of the Church is likened unto, in Song. 7. 7.) which are upright and tall like pillars: and smoky vapours mounting upright, are so called by simi
Ver. 7. Behold his bed, which is Solomons] an HeBehold the bed of Solomon. Some understand here, his bed like that which was Solomons: others, above (or better thewhich was Solomons. The Spirit here calleth us to behold the guard which was abed is above Solomons. Christs bed here seemeth to meane the hearts of the elect, (as in Song. 1. 13. the Spouse said, he shold lodge betwixt her brests) in whose hearts Christ dwelleth by faith, Ephes. 3. 17. and there taketh his repose and rest. And this habitation or ledging, was figured by the Taberbed, to the Temple which Solomon built. 60. mightie ones] or, 60. valiants, strong men. Solomons bed was guarded with sixtie of the Valiants, or mighty men of Israel, that hee might bee safe from perill, figuring the safe guarding and keeping of the hearts and minds of Gods elect, both by their own diligent watch over their hearts and wayes; (as it is written, Above all observation keepe thy heart: for o
are
V. 8. hold the sword] or, holden (apprehended) of
the sword, that is, girded therewith. The word of God is the sword of the Spirit, Ephes. 6. 17. which men do then hold, when they hold forth the word of life, Phil. 2. 16. and therewith resist Satan and all eneexpert] or, learned, taught, (as the Greeke translateth it) being taught of God, who teacheth the hands of his people to war, 2. Sam. 22. 35. so that they fight the good fight of faith, 1 Tim. 6. 12. and by long custome are inured and skilfull in the Lords battels, and have their senses exercised to discerne good and evill, Heb. 5. 14. Such in figure, were the sons of Reuben, Gad, and Manasses, 1 Chron, 5. 18.
V. 9. a charret] The Hebrew Apirjon is not found Phoreion, which is a thing to cary upon, as a charet, licter or the like; but after the Hebrew it hath the name of fairenesse or gloriousnesse, and of fruitful
Ver. 10. the pillars] This if it be referred to persoas Iames, Cephas and Iohn seemed to be pillars, Gal. 2. 9. If unto other things, it may bee understood of the words of God, (likened unto fined silver in Psal. 12.) with whose oracles, as with pillars the charret of the Church is sustained. So Prov. 9. Wisedome builseven pillars. A pillar signifieth constancy and stability, Rev. 3. 12. the bottome] or, the seat on which Solomon sitAnacliton, that which one sitteth or lyeth downe upon. This bottome or seat of gold, seemeth to have reference to the golden Mercie-seat over the Arke in the Temple; on which God is said to sit, Ps. 80. 2. And it signifieth the covenant of grace, apprehended by faith: (which is much more precious thethe covering] the top and hangings, which have the name here of riding, because it seemed as it were to ride upon the charter: so the Greek calEpibasis, of ascending. It seemeth to signifie the outward conversation and cloathing of the Church, which being purple, is not onely a Princethe midst] or, the inmost thereof, being paved with love: or he made a pavement of love. This in respect of Christ, signifieth his inmost and servent love towards us, even giving his life for us, and having us as it were written in his heart: in respect of his people it signifieth the sense and feeling of Christs love towards them, as also their love unto Christ, and one to another. So the
Ver. 11. daughters of Zion] Zion was a mount in the holy Citie, Esay 52. 1. so Zion is called the Lords holy mountaine. Ioel 3. 17. because of his Temple there. The daughters of Zion were the women dwelling therein, or belonging thereto, Esay 3. 16. 17. and 4. 4. But under the name daughters, all the inhaInhabitants of the Provinces of the land of Israel. This mount SiVirgins, and to follow the Lamb Christ, who standeth upon mount Sion, Rev. 14. 1. 4. These are called forth by the preaching of the Gospel, to behold Christ (the true Solomon) with his crown. So in Psal. 149. 2. Let the sons of Sion be gladin their King: and in Mat. 21. 5. Tell ye the daughter of Sion, behold thy King commeth, &c. see K. Solomon] the faitfull are called out of their former state, to a further degree of knowledge, to see Christ (whom Solomon figured in his kingdome) crowned with glory and honor in his Church. So unto Iohn it was said, Come and see: Rev. 6. 1. 3. 5. 7. his mother crowned him] by the
BEhold, thou art faire, my love, beart faire; thine eyes (are
as) doves, within thy lockes: thy haire, is as a flocke of goats; that appeare, from mount Gilead. Thy teeth, are
(of sheepe) even (shorne) which come-up from the washing: which all of them beare-twinnes, and none among them is bereaved-of-the-yong. Thy lips, are like a threed of is comely: thy temples, are like a peece of a pomegrais
men. Thy two breasts, are like two fawnes, twinnes of the Roe; which feed among art all there is no blemish in thee. Come with mee from Lebamy Spouse: thou hast ravished-mymy spouse? how much better are thy loves then wine, and the savour of thine ointments, then all spices. Thy lippes, drop the honyare under thy tongue; and the savour of thy garments, is as the savour of Lebamy spouse: a spring locked, a fountaine are an opreciousthings:
Fountaine of gardens, well of living waters: and streaming from Lebanon. winde, and come that the spices therof may flow-out: let my beloved come into his garden, and eate the fruit of his precious things.
THou art faire] As the Church before set forth the glory of Christ, by the similitudes of the eyes] he mentioneth seven particulars, the eyes, haire, teeth, lippes, temples, necke, and breasts: that as seven is often the number of perfection, (Christ himselfe being likened to a Lambe with seven hornes, and seven eyes, which are the seven spirits of God, Revel. 5. 6.) so by these, the manifold graces bestowed on the Church might be signified; that in every thing she is inriched by him, and commeth behinde in no gift: as 1 Cor. 1. 5. 7. as doves] the word as, is after supplied, in Song 5. 12. and it meaneth, as doves eyes, that is, faire, full, cleare, chast; to see by faith him who is invisible, Hebr. 11. 27. and hathe eyes of her understanding inlightened, to know what is the hope of his calling, Eph. 1. 18. so that shee lifteth not up her eyes unto idols, Ezek. 18, 6. but to the Holy One of Israel, Esa. 17. 7. and her eyes observe his waies, Prov. 23. 26. See the notes on Song 1. 15. and 7. 4. where her eyes are like pooles. within thy lockes] or, from within (or through) thy locks; which are named in the originall of binding or restraining; because a womans lockes are modestly and seemely tied up and covered: so that it was a signe of sorrow, misery, and captivity, to have such lockes uncovered, Esa. 47. 2. But the Spouse of Christ freed by him from Satans bonhayre] this is the ornament and covering of the head, proceeding from moisture and strength of nature: likened here to the hayre of a flock of goats, fed in fat pasture, as on mount Gilead; whose haire is long, ranke and smooth: figuring the thoughts, purposes, devices, &c. which are ordered and comthoughts on the bed, and visions of the head are mentioned in Dan. 4. 5 and 7. 15. Iob 4. 13.) Or, if wee apply this unto persons, by hayre may be meant the multitude of beleevers, (as by the hayre, the people of Israel was signified, Ezek. 5. 1. 2. 12.) and by the eyes, the Guides of the Church, as in Numb. 10. 31 thou maiest be to us in stead of eyes. And thus the Chaldee Paraphrast here, by the eyes, understandeth the Princes and Wise men of Israel; and by the hayre the other people of the land. Other Hebrewes expound the eyes to meane the Prophets, called Seers, (1 Sam. 9. 9.) and the hayre, the Nazirites, which were to let their hayre grow, Num. 6. 5. that appeare] or, that appeare smooth, that glister; as the hayre of fat cattell is smooth and shining. The Hebrew word Galash is not used but in this place, and aare revealed (or appeare;) but there, doe come-up. Gilead] a mountaine which bare good pasture for cattell; as appeareth by Num. 32. 1. Ier. 22. 6. and 50. 19.
Vers. 2. of (sheepe) even shorne] or, (of sheepe) made even, or equall, of the same size. The word sheepe (or ewes) is after expressed in Song 6. 6. and is to be understood here. This is the first praise of the teeth of the Church, that they are cut of equall height; not one longer then another, which would both be unseemely, and an hinderance to the well eating and chewing of her spirituall food. from the washing] the second praise of her teeth, that they are white and cleane, as washed sheep: which seemeth to respect (besides comelinesse) the purihis teeth should be white with milke, Gen. 49. 12. beare twinnes] as fruitfull ewes bring forth twinnes of equall bigbereaved of the yong] or, robbed of the yong, by miscarying, or any other accident. Barren is that which beareth not, Esa. 54. 1. but the word here used, signifieth either miscarrying in the birth, or losse of that which is brought forth, by robberie, death, or the like: so this denoteth the stedfastnesse of every tooth in his place, after it is brought forth, against the inteeth of the Church which chiefly serve to eate with, may here meane her courage and strength against her enemies, as is prophesied of Israel, hee shall eate up the Nations his enemies, Num. 24. 8. or rather, her judging, discerning, esteeming and applying of the word of God and seales of his Covenant, for the comfort and nourishing of her soule; so chewteeth the Ministers of the word, that breake and as it were chew the bread of life unto and for the people. So the Chaldee expoundeth these teeth, to bee the Priests and Levites, that did offer and eate the sa
Vers. 3. a threed] or, a lace, a line, (aribband) of
scarlet: that is, thinne in substance, red of colour, as scarlet double-dyed: which two things are the grace of the lips. Here by the lips of the Church are commended, her doctrines, reproofes, prayers, prayses, &c. For the lips are the instruments wherthe singers in Israel. comely] gracious, and to be desired: see the notes on Song 1. 5. So our praises of God, are said to be pleasant, and
Vers. 4. like the towre of David] whereof mention is made in Nehem. 3. 19. 25. or the fort of Zion, necke was upright, high and strong: for the necke is named in Hebrew Tsavvaar, of firmnesse and strength; a Tower (Migdal) is a building great and high, Esa. 2. 15. This signifieth the magnanimity, and courage, the sure hope, the bold and comfortable cariage of the Church, whiles shee being by faith united unto Christ her head, doth no longer bow downe her necke to beare the yoke of her enemies, to serve Satan and sinne any more, or to bee a servant unto men, Rom. 6. 17. 18. 1 Cor. 7. 23. but by the wea
Vers. 5. Thy two breasts] These are both for ornathou art come to excellent ornaments; thy breasts are fashioned, &c. Ezek. 16. 7. and sheweth the use of them, that her children and lovers may sucke and bee satisfied with the breasts of her consolations, &c. Esa. 66. 11. So here the breasts of Christs spouse, are likened to Roes for pleasantnesse, to Fawnes, or yong Roes for smalnesse, to twinnes for equalizing; & to Roes feeding among Lilies, as in fat and sweet pasture. Here
Vers. 6. Vntill the day dawne] or blow: see before shadowes] that is, darkenesses; meaning ignorances, infirmities, troubles, miseries, &c. as chap. 2. 17. I will get me] or, I will goe for my selfe. It is not evident, whether these be the words of Christ, withdrawing himselfe for a time, or of his spouse, betaking her selfe to the mounto the mount of myrrh, and hill of frankincense, where she hopeth for comfort. The speech hath reference to mount Morijah, wherepure Myrrh and other chiefe spices; as also the incense made of pure frankincense and other sweet spices; which were to anoint and sanctifie the holy things and persons; and to burne upon the golden Altar daily; Exod. 30. 23. 34. 1 Chro. 9. 29. 30. On which mount, Abraham long before, did offer his sonne Isaak for a sacrifice; and upon experience of Gods grace and providence, this proverbe was used, In the mountaine of-Iehovah, it shall bee seene: Gen. 22 2.—14. To the kingdome of Christ, figu
Vers. 7. all faire] The Spouse was called faire, beall faire; whereby hee comforteth her against her feares, and infirmities, that in him shee hath perfect beauty; for he loved her, and gave himselfe for her, that hee might sanctifie and cleanse her, with the washing of water by the word; that he might present her to himselfe glorious, a Church not having spot or wrinkle, or any such thing, but that she should be holy and without blemish; Eph. 5. 25. 26. 27. no blemish] or nospot, no fault, no blame-worthy thing; called in Hebrew Mum, and thereof in Greeke, Momos, which meaneth first any blemish in the body, as blinde, lame, or deformed in any limme or part, Lev. 21. 18. 21. Deut. 15. 21. and 17. 1. so is applied to blemishes, in the soule, that is, to sinnes and vices, from which Christ purgeth his people, that being reconciled unto God, in the body of his flesh, through faith, he might present them holy, and without blemish, and unreproveable in his sight; Colos. 1. 21. 22. Thus the 144. thousand that stand with the Lambe on mount Sion, &c. are said to be without blemish before the throne of God, Rev. 14. 1.—5.
Vers. 8. Come with me] or, Thou shalt come with me. Here Christ (having cleansed his Spouse by his Lebanon] in Gr. Libanus, a mountaine in the north part of the land of Canaan, possessed of old by the Evites, Iudg. 3. 3. afterward by the Israelites: on it grew many Cemy spouse] or, my bride; named in Hebrew Callah; (of the perfection of her attire, orNymphee, which name the Holy Ghost giveth to the Church, calling her
Vers. 9. hast ravished mine-heart] or hast-taken-away; or
Vers. 10. How faire] or, how beautifull; and consehow gracious, how lovely and delightfull are thy loves! By loves are meant not onely the affeworke of faith, and labour of love and patience of hope; and by keeping his commandements, 1 Thes. 1. 3. 1 Ioh. 5. 3. and these are faire and goodly in the eyes of Christ, causing him to covet her beauty, Psal. 45. 11. 12. how much better] or, how good are thy loves, better than wine: the meaning of this speech is opened in Song 1. 2. there the Church preferreth Christs love above wine; here, he doth the like of her loves towards him: signifying how pleasant and acceptable the fruits of his owne gradelighteth in her, and rejoyceth over her, Esa. 62. 4. 5. savour of thine ointments] that is, of the graces of the Spirit wherewith thou art anoynted: see the annotations on chap. 1. 3. where the Church exsp
sweet odours, or sweet smel
Vers. 11. drop the honey combe] that is, utter sweet grace is powred into the lips of Christ, Ps. 45. 2. so by communication of his grace, the speech of his people is with grace, Colos. 4. 6. honey and milke under thy tongue] honey and milke both of them meane the sweet, easie, comforthe sincere milke of the word, whereby the babes in Christ may grow, 1 Pet. 2. 2. And plenty of grace is promised in Emmanuels daies, under the similie of abundance of milke, so that every one should eate butter and honey, Esa. 7. 22. By under the tongue, seemeth to be meant the secret and inward parts, as the heart and minde: (as David exalted God under his tongue, Psal. 66. 17.) to show her sincerity, and difference hereby from the lewd wolippes also drop the honey combe, but her end is bitter as wormewood, Prov. 5. 3. 4. For some, by good words and faire speeches deceive the hearts of the simple, Rom. 16. 18. the words of her mouth are smoother then butter, but warre is in their heart, Psal. 55. 21. and adders poison is under their lippes, Psalme 140. 3. the savour] or the smell, (the odour) of thy garments: these are the beautifull garments ofine linnen, cleane and bright, the righteousnesse of the Saints, Revel. 19. 8. who have put on the Lord Iesus Christ, Rom. 13. 14. Gal. 3. 27. and in their faith, doctrine, conversation and admaketh manifest the savour of his knowledge by them in every place; for they are unto God a sweet savour in Christ, 2 Cor. 2. 14. 15. Thus God promised unto Israel, that
Vers. 12. A garden] understand from the verses Thou art a garden; which is (by signification) a place closed and fenced; and is sowne and planted with hearbs and trees, for use and pleasure. So in Esa. 5. the Church of Israel is likened to a fenced Vineyard. locked] or, barred: that is, close shut; as the Greeke translateth it
Vers. 13. Thy plants] or, thy shoots: the Hebrew sending forth, that is of shooting or growing, and so of bringing forth leaves, flowers and fruits. Hereby the members of the Church are meant, planted and made fruitfull by Christ: and here the garden of the Church, is like the garden in Eden: out of which ground, the Lord God made to grow every tree pleasant to sight, and good for food; Genes. 2. 8. 9. And this is the second blessing of the Church, that it is replenished with wholesome, sweet and precious plants. an ortyard] or, a paradise, so called of the Hebrew Pardes, and Greeke Paradoisos: a place set with trees, as appeareth by Eccles. 2. 5. and is therefore sometime used for
Vers. 14. Saffron] in Hebrew Carcom: we call it Saffran, of the Arabik Tsaphran (or Zafran) so nayellow colour: it is not mentioned in Scripture, but in this one place. Calamus] or, sweet Cane, or sweet Reed: this with the Cinamon following, were used in the composition of the holy anointing oile, Exod. 30. 23. see the AnnotaFrankincense] this was used in the holy incense; as the Myrrh (following) was in the annointing oile; see Exod. 30 34. 23. Aloes] or, Lign-aloes: it was used also to perfume with, for the sweet smell thereof: see Numb. 24. 6. Psal. 45. 9. Prov. 7. 17. chiese spices] or, heads of spices: see Exod. 30. 23. By these fruits are signifibitternesse, that beare
Vers. 15. Fountaine of the gardens] This seemeth O thou the Fountaine, &c. whereby she acknowledgeth a third blessing to make her fruitfull, abundance of water, and that all the former graces which hee so praised her for, doe proceed from him who is the fountaine that watereth all the gardens (his Churthe fountaine of living waters. From the fountaine, rivers doe run, (as in Psal. 104. 10.) which water the gardens and plants in them, so making them greene and fruitfull, as in Ezek. 31. 4. 5.
Vers. 16. Stirre-up] or, Raise up (thy selfe) thou
North winde. A fourth blessing upon the garden of Christs Church, that it is blowne upon by the windes, to refresh it, to cleanse the aire of it, and to make it more fruitfull. And though the North and South windes be of contrary qualities, as cold and hot, moyst and dry, yet are they both fitting for her estate, which sometime needeth sharp reproof,
East winde; because that is often used in signe of wrath, to blast, burne and destroy the fruits; as Ezek. 17. 10. and 19. 12. Hos. 13. 15. Gen. 41. 6. blow upon my garden] The garden being Christs (as the words following mabringeth forth the winde out of his treasuries; Psal. 135. 7. speaketh unto it to blow: signifying hereby the ministration of his word and spirit bestowed on his people for their further good, that they have not onely the waters of hoprophesie unto the winde, and say thereunto, Come from the foure windes, O winde, and blow upon these slaine, that they may live. And the efthat the wind should not blow on the earth, nor on the sea, nor on any tree, Rev. 7. 1. spices thereof may flow] that is, the fruits may ripen, and be abundant: for by the gracious gifts of the Spirit, breathing upon the Church, corruption is purged away, the soules are refreshed, quickened, comforted, and all graces doe increase, 1 Cor. 2. come into his garden and eat] The faithfull acknowledging both themselves and theirs to be Christs, doe desire that hee would come and accept the fruits and graces of his owne Spirit; with which and for which hee is to be hobread; Num. 28. 2. the good workes of Christians, are called fruits, Ioh. 15. his acceptation of those fruits, and communication of further grace, is sigin his workes, Psal. 104. 31. fruit of his precious things] that is, the fruit of his precious graces; or, his precious fruits: so that now the Church is not like Israel of old, an empty vine, which brought forth fruit unto himselfe, Hos. 10. 1. or bare wilde grapes, even grapes of gall, and bitter clusters, Esa. 5. 2. Deut. 32. 32. but is filled with the fruits of righteousnesse, Phil. 1. 11. and walketh worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing, being fruitfull in every good worke, Col. 1. 10. and hath her fruit unto holinesse, and the end, everlasting life: Rom 6. 22. The Chaldee paraphrast applieth this to the service of God under the Law, saying; Let the beloved God come into the house of the Sanctuarie, and accept with favour the oblations of his people.
IAm come to my garden, my sister my spouse: I have gathered my honey-combe with my honey: I have drunke my wine, with my milke: eate O friends, drink, and drinke-abun
I sleepe, and my heart waketh: it is
I have put-off my coat, how shall I
My beloved put in his hand by the (of the doore;) and my bowels made a troubled-noise for him. I rose-up, to open to my beloved: and my am sicke of love.
What is thy beloved more then another beloved, O thou fairest among wo
My beloved is white and ruddie; hais altogether desires: This is my beloved, and this is my friend, O daughters of Ierusalem.
IAm come] or, I have come: but the time passed, is fulfill the desire of them that feare him, Psal. 145. 19 God is said to
Vers. 2. I sleepe] or, I sleeping, and my heart waking.
Sleepe is the rest or ceasing of the creature, from use of the outward senses, and from action: It is caused by vasleepe, as it is a refreshing, is sometime used in a good sense, for the repose and rest that the faithfull have in God; Psalme 3. 5. and 4. 8. Prov. 3. 24. But more often it signifieth the neglect of holy duties, and a sinfull kinde of life, Esa. 56. 10. Rom. 13. 11. 1 Thes. 5. 6. 7. and this sleepe is caused sometimes through sorrow, Luke 22. 45. sometime through wearinesse, Esa. 5. 27. sometime through sloathfulnesse, and then it causeth spirituall beggery, Prov. 19. 15. and 20. 13. The Spouse here, having eaten and drunke largely of the bland my heare
or,
Vers. 3. how shall I put it on?] that is, I cannot put
it on, without trouble and reluctation of my flesh. The like phrase God used in Hos. 11. 8. How shall I give thee up, Ephraim, &c. how shall I make thee as Admah? &c. that is, I cannot utterly destroy thee, as I did those Cities, such is my compassion towards thee. The Spouse here telleth her anTrouble mee not, the doore is now shut, and my children are with mee in bed: I cannot rise and give thee. The keeping on of clothes, is a signe of care and watchfulnesse, Neh. 4. 23. so shee now (in the absence of her Lord) should have had her loynes girded about, her light burning, her selfe waiting for his returne; that when he came and knocked, she might open to him immediately, Luke 12. 35. 36. But she had not onely ungirded, but put off her coat, and washed her feet, so composing her selfe to a setled rest in her bed; and in stead of watching, sleepeth; in stead opening the doore, driveth him away through her neglect and sloath. washed my feet] another signe that shee had betaken her selfe to rest: for in those hot countries (where usually they went bare footed) they washed their feet from soile and sweat after travell: which she now having done, could not (as shee pretended) without fouling them asieled houses, said, the time is not come that the Lords house should be built, Agg. 1. 4. 2. The slothfull saith, A Lyon is in the way, a Lyon is in the streets, Prov. 26. 3. and
Vers. 4. put in] Hebr. sent his hand, or, put it forth.
by the hole] or, from the hole, to weet, of the doore, where he knocked; which some understand to be a withdrawing of the hand as purposing to leave off his calling of her: but the Greeke translaby the hole; and the putting forth of the hand usually meaneth the enterprising of a work, rather then the leaving of it off, as in Gen. 3. 22. and 22. 10. 12. and 48. 14. Exod. 3. 20. 1 Chron. 13. 9. and the effects following, that her bowels were moved, that she rose up, &c. seeme to confirme this. And an hole is a meane either to looke in, or to put in the hand, or to make a wider entrance, Ezek. 8. 7. 8. 9. The Spouse of Christ here signifieth, that though the doore was shut against him, that her Beloved could not enter; and though his voice (by the outward Ministery of his word, could not cause her to arithe finger of God (in Luke the Spirit of God. Mat. 12. 28. so doth his hand. Wherefore the disciples outpreaching the word; it is said, the hand of the Lord was with them, and a great number beleeved, and turned to the Lord, Acts 11 19. 21. my bowels made a troubled noise] or, my bowels sounded, rumbled. Hereby she signifieth her disquietnesse, hear
Vers. 5. I rose up] or, I my selfe rose up. Vnto her dropped myrrh] that is, oile of myrrh. passing myrrh] that is,
Vers. 6. I opened] or, I my selfe opened: this noteth withdrawne him-selfe] or, turned-away. was passed-away] This doubling of the complaint for his departure, shewthe righteous are (for their sinnes) recompenced in the earth, and scarcely saved; Prov. 11. 31. 1 Pet. 4. 18. if wee refuse the grace of God profered, hee will hide his face from us, Mich. 3. 4. Hos. 5. 15. my soule went forth] or, was gone, departed; that is, failed, fainted. I was even a dead woman, through feare and griefe: for death is the departing of the soule from the body, Genes. 35. 18. and as the heart is said to goe-forth when men are astonished with feare, or the like passions, Gen. 42. 28. so here the soule is said to goe-forth for like cause. because of his speech] for his words, which he had used, when so lovingly he intreateth me, in verse 2. The word spoken doth not alwaies presently take effect in the hearers; but after, when they fall into tentation, the Spihe answered me not] This is one of the greatest tentations, that God seemeth not to heare the prayers of his people, though they call day and night, Psal. 22. 3. he shutteth out their prayer, Lam. 3. 8. But here the spouse hath measure for measure; because he called and she would not obey, shee also calleth and hath no answer. Howbeit his eare is not heavy, that it cannot heare: but (as it is written) Your iniquities have separated betweene you and your God: and your sins have hid his face from you, that hee will not heare; Esa. 59. 1. 2. The Hebrewes (in their Chaldee paraphrase) apply the affliction here pro
Vers. 7. The Watchmen] or, keepers, that keepe found me] By this it appeareth, that she went not only to the doore of her house to seeke Christ, but did goe about the city, in the streets, &c. as before in chap. 2. 3. they smote me] smiting is not onetongue, as in Ier. 18. 18. Come and let us smite him with the tongue: and generally to smite, is to afflict by what meanes soever, Esa. 53. 4. Psal. 69. 27. Here the Watchmen are more injurious then before in chap. 3. neither inquireth shee of these for her Beloved; but being by them found, out of the common course, is smitten and wounded as an evill doer, judged as a dishonest woman, whose feet would not abide in her house, no not by night, is rebuked, censured, &c. wounded me] drew blood of me, for it is a further degree of hurt then smiting, 1 King. 20. 37. Exod. 21. 25. So the husbandmen
Vers. 8. I adjure you] I charge you by oath; Here the daughters of Ierusalem; of whom, see the notes on Song 2. 7. and 1. 5. where also shee adjured them, upon other weightie cause. what shall yee tell him?] this is an earnest and passionate kinde of speech, shewing her great affection; and and stirring up their care and diligence; that if they who had not for the present the knowledge of Christ by his graces clearely manifested unto them, (as appeareth by their answer in v. 9. &c. 6. v. 1.) should finde him by being made partakers of his mercy through the revelation of his Gospell,
sicke of love] in Greeke, wounded with love: languishing with desire of his mercy, of the forgivenesse of my sins, of reconciliation, &c. See the notes on chap. 2. verse 5.
Vers. 9. more then another beloved] when God fairest among women] See chap. 1. 8. Here the Spouse of Christ, though in her sorrowes and miseries, though persecuted and abused by wicked watch-men, though in the darke night of tribulation; is notwithstanding discerned and professed to bee faire and glorious; by such as belong unto Christ, Heb. 11. 24.—26. 1 Thes. 1. 5. 6.
Vers. 10. White and ruddy] She describeth Christ evidently set forth, Gal. 3. 1. Here as a goodly yong man, hee is as in an image pourtrayed by his visible qualities, his colours; and by the parts of his body White and red, as they shew the best temperature of man, so here they may signifie in Christ, First, his Godhead & Manhood: for God in vision hath appeared all white as snow, and as pure wooll, Dan. 7. 9. and Christ in his glory had his face shining as the Sun, and his raiment white as the light, Matth. 17. 2. and in him dwelleth all the fulnesse of the Godhead bodily, Colos. 2. 9. Man had his name Adam, of Adamah the red mould of the earth out of which he was taken, Genes. 2. 7. and Christ (who here is Adom red) is the last Adam, 1 Cor. 15. 45. and was partaker with his children of flesh and blood, Heb. 2. 14. Secondly, white denored, his sinfull case by imputation, for God made him, who knew no sin, to be sin for us, that we might be made the righteousnesse of God in him, 2 Cor. 5. 21. and so these two colours are used to signifie sinfulred betokeneth his sufferings to the shedding of his blood; as white doth his victorie, peace, joy and comfort in God, Rev. 7. 9. 13.—17. Eccles. 9. 8. And in respect of his administration, white setteth forth his grace and mercy to repentant and beleeving sinners, whom he justifieth, sanctifieth and will bring into glory; who therefore are said to be clobysse white and cleane, which is the righteousnesse of the Saints, Revelation 19. 8. 14. and
Vers. 11. the fine gold, the solid gold] understand fine gold and solid gold, for this word and, is sometime not expressed in the Hebrew, though it be meant; as is noted on Exodus 22. 30. Deuteronomie 24. 17. Two names of the best gold are here joyned; Cethem, and Paz (or Phaz;) the first is fine, notaFesse gold: (according to the Hebrew name.) Fine-gold is in Arabik called Fes; and the land of Fesse seemeth to be so named of such gold there. Both these together, set forth the glohead here: which being taken either properly, or figuratively for the crown or ornament of the head; (as by the feet are implyed the shooes on the feet, Deut. 8. 4. 29. 5.) seemeth to denote his headKing, in Song 1. 4. and David praising God, saith, thou hast set on his head, a crowne of fine gold, Ps. 21. 4. And as Christ is here described, so is he in the administration and government of his Church: that when his Kingto be desired then much fine solid gold, Psal. 19. 11.) then is the street of Ierusalem (the Law wherein men walke,) pure gold, as in Revel. 21. 21. Hereby also his rich grace and bountifulnesse unto men, may bee implyed. his lockes] his hayrie-lockes, of which before hee complaineth in verse 2. that they were filled with drops of the night, curled]
heapes, that is, are like heapes, curled and bushy. blacke] in Revel. 1. 14. Christ appeared as an Ancient, with his hayres white as wooll; here hee is described as a goodly young man, with curled locks, black as a raven: that white color shewed him to be the Ancient of daies, Dan. 7. 9. full of gravity, wisedome, justice, &c. but blacke and curled locks, as they are signes of heat and strength in nature, so here they seeme to denote strength and vigour spidwelleth in the light which none can approach unto; in 2 Chro. 6. 1. he dwelleth in the thicke darkenesse: his administration of mercy by the preaching of the Gospell is signified by a white horse, his judgement by a blacke horse, Revel. 6. 2. 5. And if we referre this here to Christs administra
Vers. 12. as doves] in Revelalion 1. 14. his eyes
as aflame of fire, and in Daniel 10. 6. as lamps of fire; to search and try all mens wayes, and to set mens secret sinnes to the light of his countenance, Ieremie 16. 17. Psalme 90. 8. and 11. 4. here, he hath doves eyes, to shew that hee is of purer eyes then to behold evill, and cannot looke on iniquity, Habak. 1. 13. that hee graciously beholdoves eyes, Song 1. 15. & 4. 1. by streams] or, by currents (rivers) of water that run violently: such waters are pure and cleare, where doves delight to be, washing] to weet, themselves; which the Greeke translateth washed in milke. As doves washing themselves in milke white water are cleansed from dust and soile: so the eyes of Christ are pure and cleane, beholding his peositting in fulnesse] if the similifilling stones, Exod. 25. 7. were embossed and fitly set in the hollow places of the golden Ephod: so were these pure and gracious eyes, in the head of Christ.
Vers. 13. bed of spice] meaning a garden-bed, flowers] or, growne plants, so named of betowers, which have their names of greatnesse. The cheekes (which are both sides of the face) are likened here to a garden bed of sweet spice; not barren or faded, but sprouting and growne up to blade and flowre of sweet odours; whereby the beard also that groweth out of the cheeks or jawes, (Esa. 50. 6.) may be meant. These cheeks of Christ thus adorned, signifie his manlinesse and cohead, the Law of God, which is to be desired more then gold: by the lockes of haire, the interpretation of the words therein heaped togeblacke to those that keep them not: by the eyes, his providence to behold and blesse his people, by means of Counsellors, Teachers, Iudges, &c. by the cheekes, the two tables of stone, written with lines as with rewes of a garden of spices; and yeelding acute and sweete senses. passing myrrh] that is, oile of myrrh of sweet savour, which passeth currant and is vendible among merchants, (as begrace, (or words of grace, Luk. 4. 22.) which was powred out in the lips of Christ, Psal. 45. 3. which set forth by similitude of the pleasant lilie, and sweet my
Vers. 14. The Chrysolite] in Hebrew Th
Vers. 15. His legges piliars of marble] under the legges, the thighes also are comprehended, and all down to the feet: which are the instruments to beare, sustaine and remove the body from place to place: so the legges of a man, and the strength of an horse are mentioned (in Psal. 147. 10.) to signifie
yron legs destrong Kingdome, Daniel 2. 33. 40. so the strength of Christ in his wayes and government, is resembled by marble-pillars, and the uprightnesse and purity thereof, by the colour of white-marble, or alabaster. founded] or grounded, set fast as on a foundation. sockets of solid gold] that is, Christs feet, on which his legges are set, (as pillars on their sockets to sustaine and stay them up,) are of solid gold, firme and stable, pure and glorious: so that his way is perfect, his ancles slip not, 2 Sam. 22. 33. 37. his fo
Psal. 26. 12. he walketh safely in his way, and his foot stumbleth not, Prov. 3. 23. with these feet in justice he trea
Vers. 16. his palate] or, the roofe of his mouth
VVHither is thy beloved gone, O thou fairest among Wo
My beloved, is gone-downe to his am my beloveds, and my beis mine: he feedeth among the Lilies.
Thou art faire ô my Love, as Tirarmies with banners. Turne-about thine eyes, over-against me: for they, is as a flocke of Goats, that appeare from Gilead. Thy teeth, are as a flocke of is bereaved-ofare thy temples, within thy locks. There are threescore Queenes, and is one, she is the onely one of her mother; she is the choice-one of her that bare her: The daughters saw her, and they blessed her, the Queenes and the Concubines, and praised her. Who is she that looketharmies with banners.
I went-downe to the nut garden,
Returne returne, ô Shulammitesse,
TVrned aside] or, hath he turned his face, to wit, from thee to others; or, to another place. that we may seeke] or, and we will seeke him. The daughters of Ierusalem (Gods elect) having heard from his Spouse, the praises of Christ; are moved earnestly to inquire after him, and promise (if they know where) to seeke him with her, that they might bee made partakers of his grace and blesThe Pastors are become bruitish, and have not sought the Lord; therefore they shall not prosper; Ier. 10. 21.
Vers. 2. is gone-downe to his garden] The garden of Christ is his Church, as in chap. 4. 16. and 5. 1. Seeke, and ye shall find, Mat. 7. 7. If from thence thou shalt seeke the Lord thy God, thou shalt find him; if thou seeke him with all thine heart, and with all thy soule, Deut. 4. 29. bed of spice] rankes, rewes, or beds wherein spices were sowne: which seemeth to meane comPrasiai, which word is used in Marke 6. 40. for rankes of people sitting downe to bee fed of Christ. to feed] to associate himselfe and communicate with the graces of his people, eating his pleasant fruits, as in Song. 4. 16. as also to feed his friends and imto gather Lilies] to accept the sweet-smelling fruits of his owne graces growing in his Churches: or to gather unto him his faithfull people, which are as Lilies among thornes, Song. 2. 2. The Hebrewes in their Chaldee paraphrase, apply this to Gods returning of his people from the captivity of Baand as a man that gathereth lilies out of the vallies, so gathereth he them out of Babylon.
I am my Beloveds] The Spouse here glo
V. 4. Thou art faire] The Spouse having found, & as Tirzah] This was a city in Canaan, not far from Samaria, wherin one of the 31 Kings whom Iosua conquered, did dwell; Ios. 12: 24. Afterward the Kings of Israel kept their Courts in it, 1 King. 14. 17. and 15. 21. 33: and 16. 6. 8. 23. By interpretation Tirzah signifieth gratefull, well pleasing, or acceptable, and so the Greek here translateth it Good pleasure, or favourable acceptation: which sheweth it to be a goodly pleasant place, such as Kings delight to dwell in. A like beauty is here ascribed to the Spouse, being made faire and acceptable by Christ her Beloved, as E
Ver. 5. Turne about thine eyes] This word is used sometime for turning towards, as in 1 Chro. 12. 23. turning-away, as in Ezek. 7. 22. Here it seemeth to bee meant in the first sense that the eyes of the Spouse (which were like doves, Song. 4. 1.) should now in her Beloveds absence, be turned to him, by faith; that he thereby might be encouover against me] towards me, though a far off: so the word is used sundry times, as is noted on Num. 2. 2. It may also be Englished from me, or, from before mee ▪ for they have lifted me up] or,
Vers. 6. teeth] wherewith she eateth the spirituall from the washing] and so are white and cleane.
Ver. 7. temples] signifying her modesty, shame
Vers. 8. There are threescore Queenes] Hebrew Sixtie, they Queenes, and eighty Concubines: which may be understood either affirmatively; There are sixtie, (as the Greeke also translateth) or by suppobe there sixtie Queenes; that is, though there were sixtie, &c. yet one is my dove. And for the numbers threescore and fourescore, it is uncertaine whether the allusion bee to Solomons wives and concubines which hee tooke at first, before he inseven hundred wives, and three hundred concubines, 1 King. 11. 3
V. 9. she is one] or, There is (but) one my do ve, &c. so this one onely, is opposed to the many Queenes, ch is but one, (as there is one bodie, & one Spirit, one Hope, one Lord, one Faith, &c. Eph. 4. 45.) is preferred before the multitude of other, which in their owne & the worlds esteeme, are Queenes, Ladies, &c. Rev. 18. 7. Esay 47. 7. Thus was it said of Israel, And who is like thy people, like Israel: one nation in the earth; whom God went to redeeme for a people to himselfe, &c. 2 Sam. 7. 23. And when God entred into covenant with them, he said,
V. 10 Who is she] or, who is this; that is, what manTis, Who, in Mar. 4. 41. is Potapos,
V. 11. I went down] The words of Christ, shewing Nut garden] The originall word Egoz is not sound but in this one place: the Gr. translateth it the Nut, and most interpreters: the Arabike also aNuts are called Geuz. It meaneth aromaticall trees & fruits (such as Christs gardens are planted with, Song. 4. 12. 13. 14.) and so is to be understood of that fruit which wee call Nutmegs, and the like. The Chaldee paraphrast apNutgarden to the second Temple, builthe fruits of the valley] fruits here properly meane the new, greene or first ripe fruits, such as are tidie and forward in the beginfruits of the bourne (or streame.) In hot Countries, gardens and orchards were wont to be planted neere bournes, streames and pooles of water, to make them fruitfull. Eccles. 2. 6. Ezek. 31. 4. 5. 7. the pomegranates] or, pomegranate trees: by these and the former vines, are meant the people called of God, and planted in the garden of his Church, which when they flourish in a good profession, doe after bring forth the fruits of good workes, to the glory of Christ. The Chaldee expoundeth these of the wise men of Israel, likened to a vine, and their plenty of good workes, as the Pomegranate is full of juice and kernels. So in Song. 7. 12.
Vers. 12. I knew not] These words seeme to be I knew not, he meaneth experimentall knowI will goe downe now and see whether they have done altogether according to the cry of it, which is come unto me: and if not, (that) I may know. See also Exod. 33. 5. Gen. 22 12. Now that which Christ here
Verse 13. O Shulammitesse] As Solomon (naShelomoh) had his name of peace,
Ierusalem was also called Shalem (or Salem) Psalme 76. 3. which signifieth Peace, Hebrewes 7. 2. so here the Church or peoShulammitess (in Hebrew Shulamith) of her peace and perfectiEirenevousa, as being at Ierusalem, as being a daughter to that mother of us all. And this name hath occasioned some probably to apply this unto the recalling of the Iewes, as was fore-told, Romanes 11. 25. &c. which is yet to be fulreturne, returne] this doubling of the word and that twise, sheweth the earnest desire of her conversion, with the certainty thereof. that we may looke upon thee] or, and let us see (or view) thee, and properly it meaneth a looking upthe Angels desire to looke into the things that are imparted to the Church by the Gospell, 1 Peter 1. 12. and it was Davids one request, that hee might view the pleasantnesse of the Lord, in his House or Temple, Psal. 27. 4. And the Prophet foretold how the watch-men should sing with a high voice, for that they should
HOw beautifull are thy feet with shoes, ô bounteous-princes daughare like jewels, the worke of the hands of an Artificer. Thy navell, is like a round goblet; let there not want mixis like an heape of wheat; set about with Lilies. Thy two breasts, are like two fawnes, is like a tower of yvorie: thine eyes, like
is like the Towre of Lebanon, looking toward Damascus. Thine head upon thee, is like Carmel, and the hayre of thine is bound in the galleries. How fayre art thou, and how pleasant art thou; O Love,
I am my beloveds; and his desire is
it selfe, whether the Pomegraare all precithem up for thee.
HOw beautifull are] The Shulammitesse or Spouse of Christ, is here admired and prayfeet are first mentioreturne, Song, 6. 13. For Solomon (or Christ) is spoken of as another, or third person, after in v. 5. and 9. feet with shoes] or, steps (goings) in shoes: hereby is meant her obeI shod thee with Tachash skin, Ezek. 16. 10. so here the feet of his Spouse are shod with the preparation (or stability) of the Gospell of Peace; Ephes. 6. 15. with the knowbeautifull; as the feet also of them that preach the Gospel of peace, are said to bee beautifull: Rom. 10. 15. bounteous princes daughter] Hebath nadib, that is, daughter of the bountifull, (or of the Prince, the Noble) for Princes were stiBountifull or Benefactors, Luke 22. 25. as being free, liberall, and willing to doe good unto others: hereby is signified that shee was of noble race and ingenuous disposition, ready and willing to serve the Lord, and propagate the grace of his Gospell unto others; as before Christ calleth them his willing (or noble) people: Song, 6. 12. And as a sonne or daughter of Belial, meaneth one of wicked disposition, Deuteronomie 13. 13. 1 Samuel 1. 16. and for a King to be the sonne of Nobles, Eccles. 10. 17. is to bee of an ingenuous and noble disposition; so to be a daughter of Nadib, is to bee nobly and bounteously affected. This title belongeth to such onely as beleeve in Christ,
Verse 2. around goblet] or, a goblet (or cup) of roundnesse. The Spouse being pSion or Ierusalem (named here the Shulammitesse, Song. 6. 13.) is likened to a woman with childe, travelling, bringing forth children (or a man childe) and after noursing them with the breasts of her consolation, Esay 66. 7.—.11. So here first the navel (by which the childe is nourished in the wombe) is comround as a goblet; and for the nourishment, which is as mixed liquor withbreasts (with which the childe is nourifather that benurse cherishing her children, 1 Corinth. 4. 15. Galat. 4. 19. 1 Theslet there not want] or, there wanteth not, or,
V. 3. breasts] that minister sweet consolations to the children, sucking out of them the sincere milk
V. 4. towre of yvorie] faire, strong and upright. In Song. 4. 4. the necke of the Spouse was likened to the towre of David builded for an armory: here it is likened to a towre of yvory (or of Elephants tooth,) which the Chaldee paraphrast expoundeth the yvory tower that King Solomon made. But we read of no such tower made by him, unlesse it be meant of that
Ver. 5. Thine head upon thee] This may be underlike Carmel] or, like crimson; but both the Greek verCarmel, the name of a mountaine where Elias killed the Baalists, and prayed for raine, 1 King. 18. 19. 20.—42. Carmel also was a place inhabited by Nabal, 1 Sam. 25. 2. 5. It seemeth to have beene very fertile; Nahum. 1. 4. for a fruitfull place is called Carmel, opposed to a barren wildernesse, Esay 32. 15. and 29. 17. and 33. 9. Ierem. 4. 26. Thus her head likened to Carmel, may signifie her mind filled with the knowledge of God, and fruitfull in graces: so God promising the restauration of
Israel shall feed on Carmel and Bashan, &c. Ierem. 50. 19. and foretelling the glory of Christs Kingdome, saith, the glory of Lebanon shall be given unto it, the excellency of Carmel and Sharon, &c. Esay 35. 2. The Hebrew
Vers. 6. and how pleasant] This admiration of the King was bound in the galleries; for that he was delighted, and as it were ra
Vers. 7. thy stature] or, thy height: in Greeke, thy greatnesse. a palme-tree] or, a date tree, called in Hebrew Thamar, in Greeke Phoenix; it is of tall and upright stature, alwayes greene and flourishing, bearing pleasant fruit. Wherefore the just mans state is likened to this tree, Psalme 92. 13. and figures of Palme trees (signifying heavenly graces) were made in the Temple, 1 King. 6. 29. and 7. 36. and foretold to bee also in the spirituall Temple under the Gospell, Ezek. 41. 18. 19. and palm-branches caried in the hand, or on the head, were signes of victorie: wherefore the Saints (that by faith overcome the world) appalme-branches in their hands, Rev. 7. 9. And the palme-tree is said to bee of such a nature, that it will not bow downward or grow crooked, though heavy weights be laid upon it, but growthis stature of the Spouse liketo a palme-tree, sheweth her spirituall growth in the faith (notwithstanding all her tribulations) tending alwaies upward towards heaven, till shee attaine unto the measure of the stature of the fulnesse of Christ, as Eph. 4. 13. For God hath now broken the slaves of her yoke, and made her goe upright; Lev. 26. 13. So the Kingdome of Israel (whiles it flourished) is likened to a tree, whose stature was exalted among the thicke branches, &c. Ezek. 19. 11. clusters] to wit, of the Vine, as in v. 8. signibreasts were not onely fashioned, as in Ezek. 16. 7. but full of milke to nourish her children, and of the wine of heavenly consola
Vers. 8. I will goe-up to] or, I will climb-up on the
palme-tree; meaning to gather the fruit thereof. This purpose and promise, if it bee spoken in the person of Christ, implyeth his acceptation of the fruits of the Spirit in his Spouse, as is noted on Son. 5. 1. But it seemeth (by that which followeth)
the boughes thereof] or, the branches of it: the Hebrew Sansinnim is no where used but in this place: the Greeke translateth it the heightes thereof, meaning the branches which are on high, and which beare the fruit. For the Palme-tree though it be very tall, hath no boughes growing out by the sides of the bodie, as other trees; but on the very top, the leaves (which are long like swords) spread abroad pleasant to behold; and the fruit groweth not among the leaves, but on the top of the branches; as historians doe record, Pliny l. 13. c. 5. So Christ (if it be understood of him) going up and taking hold of the boughes, both signifieth it to be his owne possession, and sheweth his care and love to looke unto it, and to purge the branbe as clusters] or, shall be as clusters; and thus it is an assuneither be barren nor unfruitfull in the knowledge of Christ, He will cause them that come of Iakob, to take root; Israel shall blossome and bud, and fill the face of the world with fruit, Esay 27. 6. But it may be taken also as a wish,
Vers. 9. thy palate] or, the roofe of thy mouth ▪
in Greeke,
I am my Beloveds] Here the Spouse, promise, Gal. 3. 19. See before in Song. 2. 16. and 6. 3. his desire] his desirous affection, the Greeke inhis conversion (or turning) is towards me. This manner of speech was used before, when God chastning the woman for her sin, said, thy desire shall be unto thy husband, Gen. 3. 16. but now this woman being renued by grace, and ehis desire is unto her. And this ap
Verse 11. into the field] or, into the countrey: a in the villages] or, by the Cypresse trees; for the Hebrew Cepharim may sigvillages, and such country villages, are distinguished from fenced cities, 1 Sam. 6. 18. 1 Chron. 27. 25. The Spouse here desireth of Christ, that they may goe together into the field and villages, to looke unto their husbandry, how it prospered and whethe field in the parable is the world, Matth. 13. 38.) And as Christ himselfe in the dayes of his flesh went about all the cities and villages, preaching the gospell, Matt. 9. 35. Mark. 6. 6. and his disciples went abroad to teach all nations Matt. 28. 19. so af
Verse 12. Let us get up early] or, Let us rise betimes in the morning; another act of diligence and
Vers. 13. The Mandrakes] Dudaim (which the Mandragoraes or Mandrakes) have allusion in name to Dodim, loves, forementiDod that is, Beloved, as she after calleth Christ. Mandrakes grew in the field, and were found in the daies of wheat harvest, as the historie sheweth in Gen. 30. 14. &c. It appeareth by smell that here they are said to give, that they were very lovely and pleasant, (differing from the Mandrakes that grow in these parts.) The Chaldee paraphrast calBalsemon, Balsam. give a smell] or, an odour, that is, are fragrant and yeeld a pleasant sa
VVHo will give thee, as a brother hand, under mine head; and his right-hand, imbrace mee.
I adjure you, ô daughters of Ierusa
Who is this, that commeth-up out of the wildernesse; that leaneth, upon her that bare thee. Set me, is strong as death, zeale, is hard as hell: the coales thereof are coales of fire, the flame of Iah. Many waters, cannot quench can the flouds drowne it: if a man would give all the substance of his house, for love; contemning they would contemne it.
We have a little sister, and she hath
bee a wall; wee will be a doorewith boards of Cedar. I am a wall, and one that findeth peace.
every man shall bring for the fruit thereof, a thousand (shekels) of silveris mine, is
Thou that dwellest in the gardens,
Hee my beloved, and bee thou like
VVHo will give thee] that is, O if some would give thee; or, O that thou wert: a forme of as a brother] loving affected, conjoyned, familiar and con
Vers. 2. I would leads thee] to weet, with honour my mothers house] the state of Ecclesiastical policie, and publike assembly, figured by the house or Temple of God in IerusaIerusalem, which is the mother of us all, Gal. 4. 26. See Song 3. 4. thou should instruct me] or, shalt teach, shalt learne me, speaking to Christ, whose instruction shee would gladly receive. Thus also the Greeke interpreteth it, thou shalt teach me; and the Chaldee, thou shalt teach me to feare before the Lord. It may also bee remother aforesaid, shee that instructeth her; but the former seemeth most agreeable, and sheweth both her desire, and the end of bringing Christ unto her home, that shee might be further taught and builded up by the doctrines of his GosCome and let us goe up, to the house of the God of Iakob; and hee will teach us of his wayes, and we will walke in his pathes, &c. Eof spiced wine] wine sweeted with a mixture, or confection of spices; such (in the Law) were put into the holy incense, and oile, Exod. 30. 34. 35. 23. 25. such were also uthe juyce] or, the new-liquor, the sweet-wine, which hath the name of treading or pressing out of the pomegranats or grapes. Hereby she signifieth that the word should not be fruitlesse in her; but that she would honour Christ with her graces, and render unto him such fruits of faith, as should bee sweetned & spiced with his owne Spirit in her, & wrung out of her by the same, whiles she hath felcup in the womans hand full of abhominations and filthiness of her fornication, the heresies, idolatries, and other fruits of the flesh, with which
Vers. 3. under mine head] understand it prayer-wise as before, let it be under: or, should be under my
head. The Spouse privy to her owne infirmities, and desirous of strength and comfort from Christ; grace is sufficient for her, whose strength is made per
2 Cor. 12. 9. See before in Song 26. where the like words are used.
Vers. 4. I adjure you] or, I charge you by an oath.
why should yee stirre] that is, doe not stirre, for it will not be for your profitif yee stirre, in the like sense, and there (in Song 2. 7. and 3. 5.) the Roes, and Hindes of the field were mentio
Vers. 5. Who is this] this woman. This either imthe wildernesse] the peowildernesse was a dry and thirsty land, a land of drought, and of the shadow of death; Ezek. 19. 13. Ier. 2. 6. that leaneth] or, leaning, cleaving to, adjoyning, associating her selfe: it is a word, not elsewhere used in Scripture, and is borrowed from the Arabian lan
Vers. 6. Set me] or, Put mee as a seale upon thine
heart. The Spouse desireth of Christ, assurance and confirmation of his love towards her; that she may be graven as the ingraving of a scale or signet, upthe ingravings of a signet (or seale) is said to beare the names of the sonnes of Israel, in the Breast-plate of judgement upon his heart; for a memoriall before the Lord continually; Exod. 28. 21. 29. So shee desireth Christ to be her mercifull and faithfull high Priest, in things pertaining to God, Heb. 2. 17. that he would have a continuall care of her salvation, mindfull of her himselfe, and making a memoriall of her before God his Father; and that this affection of love, might not vanish away, but be as a deepe impresa seale is used for a raI will set thee as a seale; for I have chosen thee; Hag. 2. 23. and againe it is said, The foundation of God standeth sure, having this seale; the Lord knoweth them that are his: 2 Tim. 2. 19. a seale upon thine arme] The high Priest bare the names of the Tribes, not oneheart; but the same names he also bare (ingraven like a seale) upon his shoulders before the Lord for a memoriall, Exod. 28. 11. 12. And the Lord promising the daughter of Sion, that hee would not forget her to have compassion on her, saith: Behold I have graven thee upon the plames of my hands; thy walles, are continually before me, Esa. 49. 15. 16. But as the heart signifieth inward love, so the arme of Christ signifieth his outward manifeThou redeemest thy people with the arme, Psal. 77. 16. and, thou hast scattered thine enemies, with the arme of thy strength, Psal. 89. 11. and unto Ierusalem he saith, Behold the Lord will come with strong (hand) and his arme shall rule for him: Hee will feed his flocke like a sheepheard, hee will gather the Lambs with his arme, and carry them in his bosome, Esa. 40. 10. 11. love is strong as death] as death is strong, and overcommeth the strongest man, Psal. 89. 48. so the love which I beare towards thee, dezeale] or, gealousie: zeale is love inflabitter zeale (or
Vers. 7. many waters] By waters and floods are ofWho shall separate us from the love of Christ? shall tribulation, or distresse, or persecution, or famine, or nakednesse, or perill, or sword? (as it is written, for thy sake we are killed all the day long, we are accounted as sheepe of slaughter:) nay in all these things wee
Rom. 8.
Vers. 8. Wee have a little sister] The godly here sister; in respect of the unitie of faith; little
small) as being yong, newly converted, and nowithout breasts, as having yet no stablished ministerie, (for such is the state of the Churches in their beginning, as appeareth by Act. 14. 23. Tit. 1. 5.) so that her children could not sucke out the sincere milke of the word, and be sabreasts were fashioned, and the Lord entred into covenant with her, and shee bewhen she shall be spoken of] or, wherein speech shal be of her: when the fame of her calling and conversion shal come abroad, what furspeech to be had of her (or in her,) may be understood two waies, for or against her: for her, when treatie shall be of her espousals unto Christ; thus David sent and spake of (or with) Abigail, to take her to him to wife, 1 Sam. 25. 39. against her, as
Vers. 9. If she be is wall] The answere to the thing proponed, made (as some thinke) by Christ, to Michael the Prince of Israel will say: or, by other her sister churches, desirous to procure her good. a wall] that is, strong and well grounded in the truth; and so become a citie, which is often deThou shalt call thy walles salvation, Esa. 66. 18. and, we have a strong city, salvation will God appoint for walles and bulworkes, Esa. 26. 1. Moreover, when God signifiI will make thee unto this people, a fenced brazen wall; and they shall fight against thee shall not prevaile,
V. 10. I am a wall] or, I became a wall; that is, I grew my breasts as towers] my breasts are fashioned, Ezek. 16. 7. the ministerie of the word established in mee, to nourish up children unto Christ. The similitude of towers, noteth also the strength, power, and glory of the administration of the Gospell: and the open preaching of it out of pulpits of high places, that all may heare. For Migdal, a towre, is used for a pulpit, in Neh. 8. 4. in his eyes] in Christs sight. findeth peace] We all in our naturall corruption are enemies to God, Rom. 5. 10. but being justified by faith, we have peace with God, through our Lord Iesus Christ, Rom. 5. 1. for the worke of righteousnesse is peace, and the effect of righteousnesse, quietnesse and assurance for ever, Esa. 32. 17. and this peace is injoy
Vers. 11. Solomon had a Uineyard, &c.] These walketh in the midst of the seven golden candle stickes, Revel. 2. 1.) looketh to his Vineyard himselfe, that unto him, all the fruit and benefit thereof belongeth alone. If it be spoken by his Spouse (which I rather incline unto,) then it sheweth a greater care and diligence in her now then in former times, when she confessed, that shee kept not the Vineyard which was hers; that is, which was committed to her custodie, Song 1. 6. So by Solomon, she meaneth Christ, by the Vineyard, his church in generall; for the house of Israel was the Lords Uineyard, Esa. 5. 7. Baal hamon] that is by interpretation, the master (or owner) of a multitude; meaning hereby either the world, among the multitudes whereof Christ hath his Church; or in
Vers. 12. My vineyard which is mine] that is, unbefore me] that is, I alwaies looke unall his judgements were before me; and his statutes I departed not from them; 2 Sam. 22. 23. to thee O Solomon] that is, thou shalt have thy full due for the fruit of thy vineyard, which is a 1000. silverlings, vers. 11. See Math. 21. 41. 200. to those that keepe the fruit] that is, thy labouEvery man shall receive his owne reward, according to his owne labour; 1 Cor. 3. 8.
Vers. 13. Thou that dwellest] or, O inhabitresse:
gardens, that is, in the Churches; teaching her conti
Vers. 14. Flee my Beloved] The prayer of the Spouse unto Christ, desiring the end of his KingFlee, or Depart away. The Hebrews in their Chaldee paraphrast, though they apply not this to the end of the world, yet so speake as beleeving that Christ should ascend into heaven and from thence succour his church on earth; saying: At that time shall the Elders of the Congregation of Israel say, Flee thou O my Beloved, the Lord of the world, from this uncleane earth, and let thy Majesty dwell in the highest heavens: and in tim
or,